'^ita fork l>tate (Hollt^ nf Agritulturt At Qlnrnf U ImwrBttg ©brarij CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY 3 1924 052 113 432 M Cornell University Library The original of this book is in the Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924052113432 THE STANDARD CYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE THE MACMILLAN COMPANY NEW VORK • BOSTON - CHICAGO ATLANTA - SAN FRANCISCO MACMILLAN & CO., Limited LONDON . BOMBAY • CALCUTTA MELBOURNE THE MACMILLAN CO. OF CANADA, Ltd. TORONTO XXI. Cherry. — Specimen fruits of one of the heart cherries. THE STANDARD CYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE A DISCUSSION, FOR THE AMATEUR, AND THE PROFESSIONAL AND COMMERCIAL GROWER, OF THE KINDS, CHARACTERISTICS AND METHODS OF CULTIVATION OF THE SPECIES OF PLANTS GROWN IN THE REGIONS OF THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA FOR ORNAMENT, FOR FANCY, FOR FRUIT AND FOR VEGETABLES; WITH KEYS TO THE NATURAL FAMILIES AND GENERA, DESCRIPTIONS OF THE HORTI- CULTURAL CAPABILITIES OF THE STATES AND PROVINCES AND DEPENDENT ISLANDS, AND SKETCHES OF EMINENT HORTICULTURISTS BY L. H. BAILEY Illustrated with Colored Plates, Four Thousand Engravings in the Text, and Ninety-six Full-page Cuts IN SIX VOLUMES VOL. II— C-E PAGES 603-1200. FIGS. 701-1470 THE MACMILLAN COMPANY LONDON: MACMILLAN & CO., Ltd. 1914 The rights of reproduction and of translation are strictly reserved s CoAeight, 1900 bt the macmillan company IlEWEITTEN, ENLARGED AND RESET COPTBIGHT, 1914 By the macmillan COMPANY Bet TJp and Electrotyped. Published July 22, 1914 J. HosAcs McFabluid Compant Eabbibbubo, Fennstlvahia FULL -PAGE PLATES Facing page XXI. Cherry. — Specimen fruits of one of the heart cherries (in color) Frontispiece XXII. Carnations. — Types of the American winter-flowering varieties . 630 XXIII. Cattleya Lawrenceana ......■■ 686 XXIV. Coelogyne cristata, one of the popular and easily grown orchids . 710 XXV. Celery. — The cultivation under field conditions, at the hilling-up or banking stage (in color) .......... 724 XXVI. Sweet cherry in flower and fruit ...... 741 XXVII. Coconut in flower and fruit. Southern Florida. (Fla. Photo. Concern) 773 XXVIII. Stowell Evergreen sweet corn ...... 803 XXIX. Cranberry-picking in a New Jersey bog. (Photo, by Elizabeth C. White) 832 XXX. Chrysanthemum. — Two of the florist's types (in color) . 861 XXXI. The White Spine cucumber .... . . . 901 XXXII. The Fay currant, one of the leading red varieties . . 917 XXXIII. Cycas circinalis, the male plant. (Photograph by Henry Pittier) . 931 XXXIV. Dahlia. — Jeanne Charmet, one of the most beautiful Decorative dahlias (in color) 953 XXXV. Dendrobium superbum as grown in the American tropics XXXVI. A border of dianthus and digitalis . XXXVII. Draccena Goldieana, a "foliage plant" from tropical Africa . XXXVIII. The California poppy. — Eschscholtzia californica XXXIX. Eucalyptus viminalis in California 978 1009 1069 1120 1148 (V) Conical fonn of cabbage — Jersey Wakefield. CABBAGE. The more or less compact leaf-formed head of Brassica oleracea; also applied, with designa- tions, to related forms of the same species, as Welsh cabbage, tree cabbage. Closely related plants are the kales (Fig. 706), coUards, Brussels sprouts, cauliflower. See Brassica. The Chinese cabbage of this country is a wholly different species from the common cabbages. It does not form a compact and rounded head, but a more or less open and soft mass of leaves, after the manner of Cos lettuce. It is of easy culture, but must be grown in the cool season, for it runs quickly to seed in hot and dry weather. The culture of the cabbage antedates reliable historical record. Writers of Pliny's time or before refer to variations in growth and character which must have resulted from selections and culti- vation for many generations, under conditions very different from those which seem to be the natural habitat of the plant on the com- paratively barren chalk cliffs of England, and in similar locations in Europe. It is indeed hard to realize that the scrawny and somewhat starved- looking plant shown in Fig. 628 (Vol. I) could be the ancestral origin of such corpulent, overfed individuals as are shown in Figs. 701 to 704. Such a change in habit of growth can be accounted for only by the plant's possession of ex- ceptional capacity for using the more abundant food-supply fur- nished by cultivation for many generations, and the storing of it in a way that makes it available for man's use rather than for the mere perpetuation and multiplication of the parent plants. Characteristics of the plant and req- uisites for best development. The cabbage is classed by bota/- nists as a slow-growing bi-annual, and has three distinct periods of^ life; First, the more or less rapid growth of leaf and plant. Second, a more or less distinct resting period during which the formation of embryonic blos- soms is started. Third, the growth and development of the flower and seed. The culti- vated cabbages retain very per- sistently these distinct growing periods, but have added what might be classed as another, that of head-formation, which is in reality simply a distinct division of the first. This ad- ditional head-forming period, although essential to the plant's value as a cultivated vegetable, 704. A modern cabbage plant in head— Early Flat Dutch. is not at all necessary for the growth and perpetuation of the plant, which, when it has been held in check by long-continued severe frost or drought, will often revert to the original order of growth and pass directly from the growing to the seeding stages with no attempt at head-formation. Cultivated cabbage thrives best in a moist and comparatively cool climate, and will not reach its best and rarely a satisfactory or profitable development in a hot dry one, nor where there are likely to be even occasional days of high tem- perature or hot dry winds. Even if there is abundant moisture in the soil, a few hot dry days, such as corn and tomato plants would dehght in, will often not only check but permanently prevent any vigorous or profitable growth. This sensitiveness to over-heat is most pronounced during the second or unnatural period of growth, and the least so during the first. Young plants will often thrive in tempera- tures in which it would be quite impossible to induce older ones to form a solid head. Excessive heat is quite as injurious, and often more so, than freezing, but the latter is especially injurious to the younger plants, particularly if they are grow- ing rapidly, the older ones being little injured by frost which would kiU rapid-growing seedlings. One notable effect of exposure of young plants to severe or long-continued low temperature is that it takes the place of the resting period, and thus cuts out the second or head-form- ing period, so that the plant, as soon as estabUshed in the field, be- gins to shoot to seed without form- ing any head. The degree to which the plant suffers from unfavorable temperature seems to vary not only with different varieties but in differ- ent locations. In the Puget Sound country, cabbage plants are often killed by exposure to low tempera- tures, which those of the same variety and age growing in similar soil and exposure on Long Island would endure with Uttle apparent injury. In the United States, favorable climatic con- ditions are most Hkely to occur in succession during the winter, spring and fall months, as one moves northeast along the Gulf and Atlantic coasts, or in the West along the coast north from Portland, Oregon, and in isolated sections south of that point. Some of the finest cabbages ever produced in America have been grown at points on the Pacific coast as far south as Los Angeles, Cali- fornia. There are also locations, 39 (603) 004 CABBAGE CABBAGE 705. Section of cabbage head, showing the thickened rachis and leaf -stalks, and the buds in the axils. especially in New York, Ohio, Indiana, Michigan and Wisconsin, near the Great Lakes, or where smaller but deep inland lakes abound, in which cabbage does exceptionally well, but generally, in common with most cruciferous plants, they do better near the sea, in such locations as the Eastern Shore of Maryland, Long Island and Puget Sound regions, than in the interior or on the borders of even very large bodies of fresh water. As the plant is a native of the temperate zone, and thrives best in it, and cannot long endure high tempera- tures, one does not think of it as particularly sun- loving; but there are few garden plants to which abun- dant sunlight is more essen- tial and shade more detri- mental than the cabbage. In its native habitat, the plants are found growing alone or in small open groups where they are fully exposed to the sun. Similar condi- tions are essential to its best development under culti- vation so that it can rarely be profitably grown in the shade or in crowded groups or rows, and "shooting to seed" or other failure to form a head is often due to the crowding of the seedUngs in the seed-row. The cabbage is one of the grossest and least fastidi- ous feeders of cultivated plants, and while an abun- dance of easil3^ accessible food is essential for its profit- able culture, it is less particular than most plants as to its proportions and physical condition, if only it has an abundance. Large crops of the best quality are often produced by the use of fresh green and uncom- posted manures in almost limitless quantities. Some growers object to the use of manure from hog-pens, yet some of the largest, healthiest and best crops ever seen have been grown by the Uberal use of hog manure. Strange as it may seem, abundant fertilization hastens rather than retards the plant reaching marketable condition. The plant is more particular as to its water-supply than its food-supply, and suffers even more qmckly than most vegetables from a lack of sufficient moisture in the air or soil. On the other hand, it cannot long endure an excess, particularly in the soil, and soon succumbs to wet feet. A well-drained soil which at the same time is fairly retentive of moisture is essential to profitable cabbage-culture. Even more than with most garden vegetables, the physical condition of the soil is a most important factor in determining the development of the cabbage. Large and often very profitable crops may be grown on soils which would be classed as clay, loam, gravel, sand or muck, provided they are rich and friable, but seldom a large, or profitable crop can be grown on even a very fertile soil which after rains quickly hardens and bakes so as to be impervious to air. Permanent fria- bility rather than superior fertility makes some soils ex- ceedingly profitable for cabbage, while it is difficult and often impossible to grow a paying crop on others which are even richer and better watered, but which are liable to cake after every rain. This is especially true of some soils that are generally classed as a very rich clay or muck. Permanent friabiUty is the most essen- tial quality for profitable cabbage-culture, and the want of it the most common cause of failure to grow a profitable crop. Varieties of cabbage. Figs. 701-704, 707. Few vegetables show a wider range of variation. There are sorts that can be grown to edible maturity on a square foot and in 90 to 120 days from the seed, while others can hardly be crowded into a square yard or reach prime edible maturity in less than 200 days; sorts so short-stemmed that the flat head seems to rest on the ground, others in which the globular head crowns a stalk 16 to 20 inches long; kinds in which the leaves are long, round, or broad, smooth, or savoyed, Ught yellowish green, dark green or so dark red as to seem black, with surfaces which are glazed, smooth, or covered with thick bloom. There are many early- maturing kinds, each having characteristics adapting them for different cultural conditions and uses, that will, in fertile soil and a temperature between 60° and 80° by day, and never below 40° at night, form salable heads in 90 to 110 or 120 days from the germina- tion of the seed; others that mature in mid-season; still others that grow the entire season and increase in soUdity even while stored for winter. American seedsmen offer cabbage seed under over 500 more or less distinct varietal names, a large propor- tion of which stand for different stocks rather than for distinct varietal forms: here only the most dis- tinct types and the most commonly used names are mentioned. Early York, Etampes, Large York, etc. — Very compact, upright- growing smooth-leaved sorts which are comparatively tender to both heat and cold, and form vertically oval coniparatively soft heads of excellent quality, but better suited to European than American climatic conditions and market requirements. Early Jersey, Large Wakefield, Winnigstadl, etc. — Compact- growing, very sure-heading sorts which are very hardy to both heat and cold and form comparatively small, but closely wrapped hard sharply conical heads which are of attractive appearance, but not of the beat quality. Well suited to the general soil and cli- matic conditions and very popular in America. Enkhuizen Glory, Early Summer, Fottler^s Drum.head, etc. — Second-early sorts, forming small compact to large spreading short- stemmed plants, and nearly round to distinctly flat heads which mature qmckly, are of good quality but not well adapted for distant shipment or winter storage. Flat Dutch, Drumhead, BaUhead or Hollander, etc. — Large spreading comparatively slow-growing plants, forming round to oval hard heads, having the leaves very closely wrapped and over^ lapping in the center. They are generally good keepers, often improving not only in solidity but in quality during storage. Savoys. — A class in which the leaves of both plant and head are crumpled or savoyed instead of smooth as in the preceding. There are varieties of all the forms of smooth-leaved sorts. The plants are hardy, butsare slow to form heads, which are likely to be small 706. Curled kale. — ^Brassica oleracea var. acephala. and more or less open or loose-centered, but they are of superior flavor, and this class is worthy of more general cultivation in the home-garden and for local market. Red cabbage. — A class of which there are many varietal forms, and in which the plants and heads vary from purple shaded green to deep red. The heads are generally small, but very solid and are especially suited for Use as "cold slaw." Portugal Sea-Kale, Tronchuda or Chinese cabbage. — These are distinct classes and species of cabbage, intermediate in char- acter between the more common sorts and the more distant kales. They have never become generally popular in America, though they are rather largely grown and used by the Asiatics, particularly on the Pacific coast. The sea-kale cabbage is not to be confounded with sea-kale, which is a very different plant. CABBAGE CABBAGE 605 These are but a few of the almost limitless, more or less distinct variations offered by seedsmen, yet each of them was thought by someone to be superior in some location, under some conditions, or for some purpose. The general recognition of the value of each variation, and the consequent popularity of the sorts in which the variation is best developed, are constantly changing, partly because of local conditions of climate, but more largely because of changes in transportation and market facilities and conditions. Cultural methods. Ideal climatic conditions are found only in very limited areas, and the common cultural practice in each locaUty is largely shaped by the degree to which local conditions approach them. In the country north of Washington in which a weU-Ughted and heated greenhouse and experienced help are available, the simplest method, and one by which the very best of early cabbage can be grown, is to plant the seed in flats some sixty to ninety days before danger of kilUng by frost is past, and as soon as the central bud or leaves appear (which should be in ten to fourteen days) to "prick out" the plants, setting them 2 to 4 inches apart in other flats, according to the relative impor- tance in that particular culture of earUness and cost of production. The house should be given abundant ventilation, and temperatures exceeding 70° or 85° by day and 60° or 60° at night carefully avoided. Often it will be found very advantageous, as soon as the plants are well estabUshed, to remove them to well-lighted coldframes. These should be carefully tended in order to give all the air possible, and to avoid over-heating by the sun or faUing below 35° at night, and the plants transferred to the open ground as early as this can be done without danger from kiUing frosts. Some very successful growers plant seed in well-protected cold- frames so as to secure a thin, even stand, and by careful attention secure a slow but steady growth through the winter, and the seedlings are first transplanted to the open ground as soon as danger from kilKng frosts is over. A conmion practice from Philadelphia or Balti- more southward is to sow the seed in the fall in care- fully prepared beds in sheltered locations, and, as soon as the plants are large enough, to transplant them to flat-topped ridges about 30 to 36 inches from center to center and as high as can be formed by two or three back-furrows. These ridges usually are run east to west and the plants are set on the south, the north or the top, or sometimes in the furrow between them, depend- ing up6n the judgment of the planter as to which loca- tion *iU give the best result on that particular farm and exposure and in that particular season, as some- times one and sometimes another location gives the best results. In some sections and often only on certain farms of a section this method gives large very early- maturing and profitable crops, while in different fields, even on the same farm, a large proportion of the plants so handled will be killed by frost or will shoot to seed without heading. In certain locations, notably in the vicinity of Charleston, South CaroUna, cabbage- plant farms have been established, from which plants in prime condition for setting in the field can be secured by the million. The location and exposure, and the character of the soil of the most successful of these farms is such that the plants are rarely killed or seri- ously checked by frost, but make a constant but slow growth all winter and can be puUed at any time so as to retain abimdant root and vigor and be safely shipped long distances. The seed is sown and the plant-beds treated much as one would treat a bed of onions for sets or pickles, except that in many cases the rows are as close as 3 inches and the bed receives Uttle or no cultivation after the seed is planted. Objections that are sometimes well founded to plants from such farms are, that they are slow "taking hold" and a large proportion of them "shoot to seed" without heading, or the heads are small and of poor quality; but such failures often come from the use by the plant-raiser of cheap and inferior seed, or from the crowded rows and careless handling, or from the farmer sending for and setting the plants too early, or from holding them too long before setting. Some plant-raisers take pains to advertise that they do not guarantee plants shipped by them before December 1 to give satisfactory results (though they often do), but that they are willing to guarantee that plants shipped by them from December 1 to April 1 will, in suitable soil and exposure and with good cultivation, produce fuU crops of marketable cabbage. Most farmers who use 20,000 to 30,000 plants could grow on their own farms as good plants or better than they could buy from even the best and most reUable growers, and often at materially less cost; but it is 707. Cabbage shapes: Flat; round or ball; egg-shaped; oval; conical. questionable whether many of them would do so, and it is not surprising that the practice of buying plants, particularly when earUness in market maturity is desirable, is rapidly extending. The best distance between plants will depend not only upon the variety used but upon the character of the soil, kind of labor available and the condition and way in which the crop is to be marketed. Such small upright-growing sorts as Early York, Etampes, or true Jersey Wakefield, which are to be marketed when stUl quite soft, can be well grown set as close as 6 or 8 by 18 to 24 inches, requiring 20,000 to 30,000 plants to the acre; but in America such close planting necessi- tates so much hand labor that it is seldom profitable, and 8 to 12 by 28 to 30 or 36 inches, requiring from 8,000 to 15,000 or 20,000 plants to the acre, is usually found the more profitable distance. The best method of setting, whether by hand, hand- planters, or machine, will be determined by local con- ditions. The plants should "take hold" in two to four days and start into vigorous growth in tea days to three weeks, the time depending upon the con- dition of the plants, and the way they are handled, quite as much as upon the weather. After active growth has commenced, it should continue at a constantly accelerated rate until the head begins to harden, and although toward the last the plants may not seem to increase in size, the heads will gain in weight. The cab- bage suffers less than most vegetables from mutilation of the root, yet deep cultivation is undesirable because unnecessary. The essential thing is to prevent any crusting over, and the keeping of the surface in such good tilth as to permit of the free aeration of the soil. 606 CABBAGE CABBAGE One of the best crops of early cabbage on record was secured from what was regarded as naturally a rather unfavorable soil that was not very heavily fertilized, but received a shallow cultivation with a harrow tooth cultivator every day ^except Sundays and on four days when the surface was so wet from rain that it would puddle) after the plants were set untU the crop was in market condition. The time of planting for fall and winter cabbage and the general cultural methods most Ukely to give good results in any particular location are the same for both seasons, the time of maturity being determined more by the varietal character of the seed than by method of culture. The cultural practice usually followed by neighboring and equally successful growers is often radically different. One planter may always, on some fixed day in May or June, sow seed in flats and as soon as the seedUngs are well started pick them out into other flats, and then again into a plant-bed and wait for a favorable day, if necessary imtil August, before putting them in the field. An equally successful neighboring grower may wait until as late as the last of June and sow thinly in well-prepared seed-beds and transplant from them to the field, while still another may wait for favorable weather even until the last of July and then plant seed in place as is the usual practice of some most successful growers. In New England, growers often drill the seed in place, and when the plants are well established chop out the superfluous ones. 708. An outdoor method of storing cabbage. The weight or quantity of seed used for a given area varies greatly, as the size of the individual seeds vary, not only with different varieties but with different lots of the same sort. Some growers expect to get plants enough for an acre from less than an ounce. its value as a cultivated vegetable depends to the more natural but less useful formation of blossoms and seed. Just how on any particular farm the most favorable conditions can be secured cannot be told in general cultural directions, but must be de- cided by the grower from his knowledge of the character and wants of the plant, the condition of the soil, and last, but by no means least, his facilities for controlling the conditions upon which the growth of the crop depends. Harvesting. This is the simplest and easiest part of cabbage- growing. With an easily acquired dexterity, each head m five or six rows can be cut, trimmed and tossed into a central windrow by a single well-directed stroke of a well-sharpened spade or heavy hoe. Occasionally, be- cause of some unnatural growth of the plant, or want of attention, a head will need retrimming, but by the exercise of a little care, practically all of them can be kept in marketable shape. From the windrows, the heads are gathered and loaded loose into cars, delivered to factories or placed in storage. Yields secured vary greatly, being mfluenced by the sort, the quality of the seed, the character of the soil, loss from insects and disease; they generally range from five to twenty tons to the acre. The crop is usually readily salable in the fall, delivered at factory or on board cars at prices ranging from $4, or even less, to $10 to $20 a ton. Marketing. Cabbage greens. — In some sections, notably southern Mississippi and Louisiana, considerable acreage is grown and marketed as cabbage greens. The seed is sown in place or the plants are set quite close in the row, and as soon as they have commenced active growth and long before they have formed a distinct head, they are cut and marketed much in the same manner as spinach or kale, but this method of culture and use is very limited. Early cabbage is generally considered marketable as ^laixbo cLxvugi^ xvA am orms. — These are best guarded against by keeping the field perfectly clear of all vegetation for six to ten days before setting, then mix four quarts of bran meal or flour, one cup of molas- ses or sugar, and two tablespoonfuls of pans green, with water enough to make about the consistency of milk, and sprinkle on twenty to flfty times its bulk of fresh-cut grass and scatter over the field the night before setting the plants. Cahbage worm. — Keep careful watch of the plants and if the green worms appear in abundance and seem to reach full size, sprinkle or spray the plants with kerosene and whale-oil soap emul- sion, or paris green and water in the proportion of four gallons of emulsion and one pound of paris green to fifty gallons of water. After the heads are two-thirds grown, powdered hellebore, one ounce to two gallons of water, should be substituted for the poisonous paris green mixture. Root-knot (Nematodes). — Although seldom very destructive north of Philadelphia, this is often the unsuspected cause of failure in the South, particularly of fall crops in light lands. The only practical remedy is the avoidance of affected fields or sterilizing the soil by freezing or live steam. Seed-breeding and -growing. Figs. 710, 711. It is only through careful study of the practical value and correlation of varietal differences, the exercise of great care in selection and growing of the plants, and in the saving of the seed, that this or any vegetable can be improved or even its present good qualities main- tained. Under favorable conditions the plant is capable of producing abundant seed, a single plant having been known to yield thirty-five ounces, enough to plant 25 to 40 acres, but such yields are very exceptional, and one-half to four ounces a plant is much more common. Although botanically the plant is self-fertile, when isolated it seldom yields much and often no viable seed. It transmits very persistently through many generations any distinct variation, but often without expression, although such hitherto unexpressed variations are apt to appear in the seed of seU-fertiUzed plants, so that such seed is frequently less uniform than that from a field of plants of the same ancestry. At least one of our popular varieties is made up of the descendents of a single isolated plant, but it is a curious fact that in the second and subsequent generations 90 per cent of the plants, although quite uniform, were very different in character from that of the selected individual from which they were descended. The originator of one of our best varieties maintains that it is essential to the production of the best seed of that sort that seed-plants of very different types should be set together, and by crossing they will produce seed giving plants of the desired type. In spite of these facts, it is thought that the practice which will give the best results with i . other plants is vJylvl/l-W equally desir- WJiiUlJliNsJij able for the cab- bage, and that first a distinct and weU-defined conception of the varietal form desired must be formed and the stock started from the plant or plants whose seed most uni- formly devel- oped into plants 710. Wild cabbage plant in seed. Chalk Ot the desired cliffs of England. 608 CABBAGE CACALIOPSIS character, rather than from those in which it was exceptionally well developed. Often even professional seed-growers have but a very vague and constantly changing conception of what a given variety should be. The greatest profit is not from the field that pro- duces even a good many of the most perfect speci- mens, but from that in which the largest proportion of the plants are most uniformly of the desired character. In order to produce seed wmch wiU give such results, one must first form a very clear conception of just what one wants in plant and head, and learn the rela- tion between easily noted but economically unimpor- tant qualities, and others not so easily seen but more important in determining value. Having selected a mmiber of ideal plants, one should grow these either singly, or in groups of three or four that are nearest alike. Save and number the seed of each plant separ rately and plant a small sample of each nimiber, care- fully noting the numbers in which the product was most uniformly of the desired character. From the reserved seed of the num- bers which most uni- formly devel- oped the de- sired form, one can start a stock for field plant- ing. It is not safe, how- ever, to rest there; one must start a new selection of the desired character so as to contin- ually renew one's stock. In raising seed, plant- ings should be made a little later than one would for fall market cabbage. As the plants develop, each lot should be repeatedly looked over and not only those which show no disposition to form a head, or one in which the inclosing leaves do not pass over the center, but also those which show any departure (even if it be of itself a desirable one) from the desired form, should be removed. The plants should be left in place until there is danger of the ground being closed by frost and should then be pulled, a few of the larger leaves removed and then packed into narrow trenches in sheltered and well- drained localities, taking pains to pack the earth closely about the roots and stems. Gradually, as necessary to prevent hard freezing, they should be covered with earth and with coarse litterj the aim being to keep them as cold as possible without actually freezing, and to prevent them starting into growth. As early in the spring as possible, they should be set for seed^ ing, giving each plant about twice the space needed for market cabbage. In setting, the plants, should be more or less inclined, so that while the top of the head is but little above the surface, the roots are not buried in hard and cold subsoil. As they are set, the heads should be scarred across the top, not deep enough to injure the sprouting center, but so as to facilitate its pushing its way through the head. The seedstalks should not be cut until they begin to shed the seed, which turns black and seems ripe before it is fully mature. The entire plant should be cut and stored until quite dry, when the seed can be easily threshed, cleaned, and spread not over J^ inch deep in full sunlight for a few days and then stored. Commercial seed-growing. — Although one occasion- 711. Cultivated cabbage in seed. ally sees heavily seeded plants in all parts of the United States, cabbage seed rarely proves a profitable crop, except in very limited areas along Long Island Sound, the eastern shores of New Jersey, Maryland and Vir- ginia, and in the Puget Sound region, where the sdeld commonly secured varies from 300 to 700 pounds to the acre, although exceptional crops sometimes reach 1,500 to 2,000 pounds. The common zhethod of growing does not vary materially from that described, except that very often too little care is exercised in securing stock seed, and it is sowed or the plants set so late that they fail to develop sufficiently; to enable one to do very effective rogueing out of inferior stock. In Holland, seed is often raised from much better matured heads than are commonly used in America and which are cut from the root, but leaving more stem than for market use, and planted so that the top is level with or sUghtly below the surface. Treated in this way, they root Uke a great cutting and form loose, well-branched plants which are not so liable to injury from wind, and are said to yield more seed than would be produced if the entire plant was used. It is possible that this method might give good results in the Puget Sound region, but it would not in the East. ^. \y. Tract. CABOMBA (aboriginal name). Nymphseacese. FaN- WORT. Submersed aquatics of the western hemisphere, used in ponds and aquaria. Flowers small; sepals and petals 3, persistent; sta- rnens 3-6; carpels 3-18, separate: submerged Ivs. finely dissected, mostly opposite. — Six species. caroliniana, Gray (C. aqudtica, DC, not Aubl. C.OTndt/dKa, Hort.). Washington Plant. Fish-Grass. Floating Ivs. green, oblong-linear: fls. axillary, J^in. broad, white, with 2 yellow spots at base of each petal; stamens 6. Ponds and slow streams, S. 111. to N. C, Fla. and Texas. A.G. 15: 157. — Hardy as far north as Phila. if not frozen. The commonest plant for fish-globes and aquaria; roots easily in earth, grows well, is dense and bushy, and a good oxygenator; prefers water free from lime. Prop, by cuttings set in earth in 1-2 ft. of water at 55-70° F. Commonly sold for aquaria in bunches of 6-12 shoots 8 in. long, wrapped with lead at base; without earth the bunch lasts 4-8 weeks, when it drops most of its Ivs. and must be replaced. Var. rosaefdlia, Hort., is a form with reddish Ivs., less durable, and more difficult to prop. A. G. 15:157. Var. pulcherrima, Harper, has sts. reddish purple, Ivs. darker with nar- rower segms. and petals bright purple. Ga. The true C. aqudtica, Aubl., of Trop. Amer., with yellow fls. and nearly orbicular floating Ivs., is shown in B.M. 7090. H. S. CONARD. CACALIA (ancient Greek name). Compdsitse. Peren- nial herbs of wide distribution, some of which are planted in the open for ornament. Flowers paniculate or corymbose, the florets all hermaphro(fite, with white, flesh-colored, or orange, exclusively tubular coroUas, each of the 5 lobes with a midnerve: achenes glabrous: Ivs. petioled, alternate. The genus is by some considered as a section of Senecio, differing in never having ray-fls. — Species about 40, about one-fourth Asian and the remainder mostly American. They need protection in the North. l&tea, Mill. A slender rather attractive perennial, with alternate, widely separated Ivs. half clMping the St.: fls. orange-yellow, m heads about J^in. diam., corymbose. St. Helena; perhaps not a true cacalia. C. aitrea and C. littea of gardens may be Emilia. — C. cocdnea, Sim8=Emilia. jj TATMR.t CACALIOPSIS (Cacalia-like). Compdsitse. Peren- nial, for garden planting. Heads discoid, very many-fid. of perfect yellow florets; corolla rather deeply 5-cleft, the lobes lanceo- late: Ivs. palmate. — One species, little known in cult. CACALIOPSIS CACTUS 609 Nardfismia, Gray. Stout, 1-2 ft. high, loose, woolly, but becoming nearly glabrous: Ivs. nearly all radical, not unlike those of Petasites palmata, long-stalked, 5-9-cleft or very rarely parted, the lobes dentate or cut: heads an inch high, in a loose cluster at the summit of the nearly naked St., fragrant. Pine woods, Calif, to Wash. — Intro, by Gillett in 1881 as a border plant. CACAO, COCOA: Theobroma. CACTUS, CACTI. The plants correctly designated by this name constitute the family Cactdcese. Scarcely any group in the whole vegetable kingdom is more remarkable for its strange and varied forms, the beauty of its flowers, and wonderful adaptation to desert life. It is not, however, confined to desert regions; for in the moist forests of the tropics of the New World it is represented by a number of interesting forms often epiphytal or scrambling in their habit of growth, with beautiful flowers and sometimes with delicious edible fruit. "Botanical Features of North American Deserts,'' publication No. 99 of the Carnegie Institution ol Washington, 1908. To the southward, the family extends to Chile and Argentina. Giant torch thistles and echinocacti are scattered over the pampas of Uruguay, and melon- shaped echinopses amid the snows of the lofty plateau of Bolivia. The genus Mamillaria, so well represented in the southwestern United States and Mexico, is almost absent from Central America, the representative genera of that region as well as of the warm Huasteca region of eastern Mexico being Cereus, Pereskia, Pereskiopsis, Nopalea, and Opuntia; while the "turk's-head" or "melon cacti" are chiefly West Indian. The peculiar structure of columnar, opuntioid, and melon-shaped cacti is undoubtedly the result of exces- sive dryness of the climates in which they occur^ to protect themselves from which they have been obliged to store up water and to reduce their transpira- 712. Tips of Rhipsalis cassytha. 713. Skeleton of Opuntia stem. 714. Pereskia aculeata. 715. Opuntia joint with leaves. The Cactacese are confined to America, the only apparent exception being the genus Rhipsahs, com- posed of plants with the habits of the mistletoe, grow- ing on the trunks and branches of trees, and bearing small pellucid glutinous berries (Fig. 712). This genus, endemic in tropical America, has found its way to Africa, the island of Mauritius and even to Ceylon; and several opuntias, or prickly pears, occur on the shores of the Mediterranean, in South Africa, and Aus- tralia, where they have made themselves so thoroughly at home as to be regarded by many writers as indigenous. The Cactacese are not confined to trop- ical or even semi-tropical regions. At least two species of Opuntia extend northward into British Columbia, and species of Echinocereus, Echinocactus, and MamiUaria are found in the state of Colorado. The xerophytic forms flourish especially in the southwestern United States, the Mexican plateau, the peninsula of Lower California, where there are great cactus forests, and the vicinity of Tehuacan, in the southern part of the Mexican state of Puebla, a region celebrated for its remarkable and gigantic tree-like forms related to the genus Cereus. For an account of the vegetation of the deserts of the south- western states and of Mexico, the reader is referred to Frederick V. Coville's "Botany of the Death Valley Expedi- tion," published as Vol. IV of the "Contributions from the United States National Herbarium, 1893;" Coville and MacDougal's "Desert Botanical Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution — 1903"; and to D. T. MacDougal's 716. Cactus spines. tion as low as possible. They have a more or less pro- nounced woody axis surrounded by pulpy cellular tissue (parenchyma) in which the water-supply is stored. The stomata are usually situated in depressions or grooves in the leathery cuticle; and as an additional means for checking transpiration, the cell-sap is nearly always mucilaginous, while in some forms latex cells are present, filled with milky or gummy fluid which hardens on exposure to the air and effectively heals wounds in the soft fleshy plant. Certain species of Echinocactus (viz- nagas) are like great barrels studded with spines and filled with pulp of the consistency of watermelon rind, which is sometimes made into con- serves like citron (dulces de viznaga). Other forms, like species of Pereskia, Pereskiopsis, and arboreous opuntias have hard, woody stems and branches. The reticulated skeletons of certain species of opuntia (Fig. 713) are manu- factured into walking-sticks, legs of furniture, napkin rings, and even into veneering for woodwork. In Lower California and some parts of South America, where other vegetation is lacking, the stems of columnar cerei, or "cardones," are used for construct- ing habitations, inclosures, and for timbering mines. Columnar cacti are also planted for hving fences, or hedges, especially the "organ cactus" {Myrtil- locactus geometrizans) of tropical Mex- ico. Leaves are present in nearly all cacti, but in some species they are mere vestiges and can scarcely be seen with the naked eye. In other species they are large and perfectly developed, either with distinct petiole and feather 610 CACTUS CACTUS Opuntia leptocaulis, showing sheathed spines. veins, as in Pereskia acu- leata (Fig. 714), or sessile and fleshy with only the midrib and several paral- lel nerves apparent as in the genus Pereskiopsis. They are sometimes caducous, fleshy, cylindri- cal or awl-shaped, as in the genus Opuntia (Fig. 715). In the axils of the leaves are peculiar cush- ion-like areoles (corres- ponding in all probability to aborted branches) clothed with down or felt- like wool, from which spines, and, in some gen- era, also flowers, issue. In the genera Opuntia and Pereskiopsis, the areoles also bear minute short barbed bristles called glochidia, which will penetrate the skin and become detached at the slightest contact and are the source of annoying irritation which often per- sists for many hours. The spines (Fig. 716) are not connected with the axis of the stem or branches, but emerge from the areoles. In some forms they are simple and straight, bristle-like, awl- shaped, or short and coni- cal. In others they are bent like fishhooks or are curved and horn-like, with transverse ribs. Some- times they are minutely downy or hairy and some- times even plumose or feathery. They may be either naked or enveloped in a membranous barbed sheath (Fig. 717). They may be grouped in star- like clusters, with straight or curved rays spreading from a common center, or in comb-like fascicles, with the radial spines arranged in two rows on each side of a longitudinal axis (pec- tinate). In addition to the radial spines, there are usuaUy erect central spines either straight and rigid, or more or less curved. One of the most striking forms is that of the organ cactus, Myrtillocactus geometrizans, in which the stout erect central spine resembles the blade of a dagger and the radials a guard for the hilt. In contrast with this may be men- tioned the spines of Pehcyphora aselliformis, which resemble minia- ture sow-bugs, or aselli (Fig. 718). The flowers in most cases issue from the upper portion of the areoles, but in certain mamiUarias and allied forms they come forth from between the tubercles or from their base at the end of a dorsal groove. Usually the flowers are solitary and sessile, but in the genus Pereskia (Fig. 714) they are peduncled and often clustered. They may be tinted with rose-color, crimson, purple, yellow or orange, or rarely with copper-color or scarlet, but thw are never blue. Often they are pure white 720. Leuchtenbeigia principis, showing transformation from scales to petals. at first, gradually becoming suffused with rose-color in age. In a few species they are inconspicuous, as in the epiphytal Rhipsalis (Fig. 712). Some are diur- nal, others nocturnal; some open at sunrise and close at night or when the sky becomes clouded; others open at a certain hour and close at another fixed hour of the day or night; some last for only a few hours, others for a day, and some persist for several days. Some, like the ' 'night - blooming cereus' ' are delightfully fragrant, while others are ill-smell- ing or have no perceptible odor. The perianth is not divided sharply into calyx and corolla, although the outer floral leaves are usu- ally sepal-like and the inner ones are true petals. In one great division of the family including Opun- tia, which has been named Rotaiiflorx, the perianth is more or less wheel- shaped or widely spread- ing (Fig. 719) ; in the other division, Tuhuliflorse, to which Cereus belongs, the floral leaves form tube, often 718. Extreme condensation of the plant body. — Pelecyphora aselliformis. (Nat. Size.) remarkably long and slender, and crowned with a spreading limb. The floral leaves are not arranged in deflnite series but somewhat like those of a water-lily, the scale-like lower or outer leaves gradually becoming broad and petaloid as they approach the center (Fig 720). In all cases the perianth crowns the ovary, and sometimes persists after withering on the apex of the fruit (Fig. 721). The stamens are very numerous and are inserted on the petals or perianth-tube (Fig, 722). The single style is longer and stouter than the slender filaments, and usually terminates into a radially divided stigma (Fig. 723). Sometimes the stigma is conspicuously colored and issues star-like from the center of the 721. CephalocereuB fruit. CACTUS CACTUS 611 722. Echinocactus flower* show- ing insertion of stamens. 723. Opuntia flower, showing styles and ovary. 724. mass of stamens, as in the genus Echinocereus, in which the emerald-green star contrasts prettily with the golden-yellow or orange-colored stamens, rising from a rosette of rose-pm'ple petals (Fig. 724). The ovary (Fig. 723), although formed of several carpels, is 1-celled. The placentae are parietal, bearing an in- definite number of ovules, the stalks of which (funiculi) become fleshy as the seeds develop and form a sugary pulp around the seeds. The fruits of the Cactacese are variable in form. That of the leafy Pereskia is apple-shaped and bears a num- ber of leaf-like bracts on the skin (Fig. 725), on which account the fruit of P. aculeata is called blad-appel, or leaf-apple, in the Dutch colonies, while in the British West Indies it is known as Barbados gooseberry and is made into tarts and sauces like real goose- berries. In some of the pereskiopses, the fruit is elongated and shaped like a prickly pear, with watery rind and seeds covered with cottony hairs. In Opuntia and Nopalea the fruit is commonly called prickly pear, or tuna (by the ancient Aztecs, nochth). These fruits bear small fleshy leaves at first, like the flattened pads of the plants, and when the leaves fall off the areoles persist armed with the irritating sharp-barbed glochidia de- scribed above (Figs. 717 and 726). Many species allied to the genus Cereus bear edible fruits, usually called pita- hayas. Those of the tall columnar cardones (Lemaireo- cereus) are covered with easily detachable tufts of wool and spines but never bear glochidia. Those of Cephalo- cereus (Fig. 721) are spineless. The triangular climbing forms which are often trained over garden walls in tropical countries, sometimes bear enormous juicy fruits of fine flavor (Fig. 727). Those of Echinocactus (Fig. 728) are more or less scaly. The fruits of certain species of Echinocereus, called aUcoches by the Mexi- cans, are known to Americans as strawberry cacti, on account of the flne flavor of their juicy pulp. Those of Echinocactus longihamatus are known in northern Mexican markets as Umas de viznaga, or cactus limes, on account of their acid taste; and the small smooth crimson fruits of many mamillarias are called chilitos, on account of their resemblance to small chiU peppers. Very much Uke them are the fruits of melon cacti (Fig. 729) which issue from the dense crown of bristles like scarlet radishes or fire- crackers tipped with a fuse. The seeds of the Cacta- 725. Pereskia fruit. cesB vary considerably in Opuntia fruit. the different groups, and are sometimes useful in making generic determinations. Thus the woolly seeds of Pereskiopsis are sharply distinct from the black glossy seeds of the genus Pereskia, with which the first-named genus was at one time confused. In Opuntia and Nopa- lea they are flat, hard and bony, somewhat ear-shaped in the flat-jointed opuntias (Figs. 730, 733,) and usually discoid and marginless in cylindrical opuntias (Figs. 730, 735). In Cereus they are glossy black, with the testa either c(uite smooth or minutely pitted (Figs. 730, 732); in Echinocereus they are covered with minute tubercles or granules (Figs. 730, 734). In Echinocactus, which is not a very homogeneous group, the seeds are pitted in some species and tuberculate in others In one section of Mamillaria (Eumamillaria) they are glossy and marked with sunken rounded pits (Figs. 730, 731), while in another section, which should prob- ably be made a distinct genus (Cory- phantha) they are frequently smooth. In the closely allied Ariocarpus they are relatively large and tuberculate. In the genus Pelecyphora, they are sometimes kidney-shaped, as in P. aselliformis, and sometimes of a pecu- Uar boat-like form with a very large umbilicus, as in P. pectinata. In the epiphytal Bhipsalis cassytha they are kidney-shaped and flnely granular. The seeds of many of the species of Pachycereus ("car- dones") are used by the Indians of Lower California and Mexico for food. In south- em Puebla the fruit of Pachycereus columna- trajani, called tetezo figs (higos de tetetzo) are a reg- ular food staple, offered for sale in the markets of Tehuacan during the month of May. Other cactus fruits of great economic importance are those of the giant Cereus of our arid south- western region, Camegiea gigantea, locally known as Eitahayas de sahuara, first rought to notice in the year 1540 by the members of Coronado's expedition. They are not spiny like the fruits of Pachycereus and thej burst open when quite ripe. The fruit of Lemaireocereus Thurberi, known as pitahaya dulce, although much sweeter, bears clusters of stout spines issuing from tufts 727. Fruit of Hylocereus. Echinocereus flower, showing radiate stigma. 612 CACTUS C^SALPINIA of wool. Closely allied to it is Lemaireocereus griseus of central and southern Mexico, which yields much nutri- tious fruit. The fruit of the organ cactus, MyrtiUocactus geometrizans, sold in the markets as garambullaa, either fresh or dried, must also be mentioned as of economic importance. Of medicinal importance is the narcotic peyote or "mezcal button" 729, Uelon cactus bearing fruits. (Lophophora WiUiamsii), used as an intoxicant and febrifuge by certain tribes of Indians, and regarded by some of them with superstitious reverence. This little plant was regarded by some of the early Spanish writers as a fungus and was used by the Mexican Indians to produce marvelous visions. For an account of the methods of propagation and culture of cacti and their application to ornamental gardening the reader is referred to a paper by Charles Henry Thompson, on "Ornamental Cacti: Their Cul- ture and Decorative Value," issued by the United States Department of Agriculture as BuUetin No. 262 of the Bureau of Plant Industry, December 17, 1912. See also Succulents, vol. VI. ^y'. E. Safford. CACTUS (shortened from Melocactus by Linnseus). Cactacex. A single small species, sometimes grown in under-glass collections and in open succulent gardens South. Stems globose or ovoid, with vertical ribs, crowned at maturity with a "cephalium"— a prolongation of the axis densely covered with small tubercles imbedded in wool and bearing in their axils small fls. and berries. The plant has the appear- ance of an Echinocactus, but the fls. and berries resemble those of Mamillaria. Melocdctus, Linn. (Melocdctus commiinis, Link & Otto). Fig. 731. Ribs 10-20, acutej areoles nearly 1 in. apart; radial spmes 8-11, straight or curved, subulate; centrals 1^; cephalium at first low, hemispheri- cal, becoming cylindrical in time, reaching a height of 8 in.; the dense wool of the cephaUum is pierced by many red or brown bristles: fls. red, slender: fr. J^in. long, crowned by the persistent remains of the fl., red. W. Indies; called there "Turk's head." B.M.3090. J.N.Rose. CADALVENA: Kaempferia. CADIA (Arabic name, Kadi). Leguminbsx, tribe Sophbrex. Small evergeen shrubs of Arabia and Africa, remarkable for their regular mallow-Uke flowers. Leaves pinnate: fls. axillary, mostly soUtary, droop- ing; stamens 10, free, shorter than the petals: pod linear, acuminate, flattened, leathery. — Four species. 730. Seeds of Cacti. 1. Mamillaria; 2. Cereus; 3. Flat- jointed opuntias; 4. Ecliiiiocereus; 5. Cylindrical opun* tiaa. Can be grown outdoors in CaUf. or S. Fla.; in the N. in the temperate house. Prop, by seeds and cuttings. purpfirea, Forsk. (C. varia, L'Her.). A small shrub, the branches woody: Ifts. 20-40 pairs, very narrow, almost sessile: fls. bell-shaped, pedunculate, rose-red, the corolla about 1-1}^ in. long and very veiny, not spiny. Arabia. C. EUisidma, Baker, has few large Ifta. and rose-colored fla. Madagascar, B.M. 6685. — C. pubiscens, Bojer. Lfts. 8-10 pairs, broad-oblong. Madagascar. j^^ TAYLOR.t CffiSALPtETIA (Andreas Csesalpinus, 1519-1603, ItaUan botanist). Legumindsse. Brasiletto. Includ- ing Guilandina, and Poinciana in part. Ornamental tropical or subtropical trees or shrubs chiefly grown for their showy flowers and also for their attractive finely divided foliage; some species yield tanning materials and dye-stuff. Calyx with short tube and 5 imbricated lobes, the lowest concave and larger; petals 5, clawed, usually orbicular or obovate and nearly equal; stamens 10, curved; ovary sessile with few ovules and a slender elongated style: pod ovate to lanceolate, usually com- pressed, often indehiscent. — ^About 30 species in tropi- cal and semi-tropical regions. The genus belongs to the subfamily Csesalpinioidese, in which the fls. are not papiUonaceous, and is aUied to Gleditsia. CsBsalijinias are armed or unarmed trees or shrubs, rarely climbers, with finely divided bipinnate leaves and conspicuous yellow or sometimes partly red flowers in racemes, often forming terminal panicles. Many species are very showy in flower and are favorities in tropical and subtropical countries; in this country they can be grown only in Florida and southern Cahfomia except C. japonica, which is the hardiest species and will probably stand the winter in sheltered locations as far north as Washington, D. C. They are also grown sometimes in warm glasshouses. Propagation is readily effected by seeds, which should be weU soaked in warm water for some hours before sowing. A sandy soil should be chosen for the seed- bed, and lightly shaded. After the plants show the first true leaf, they should be potted off into small pots of ordinary garden soil, not too rich, made light by the addition of sand, if of a clayey nature. The plants grow very rapidly, and must be shifted into larger pots as their size requires for greenhouse culture, but in tropi- cal climates may be transplanted into permanent posi- tions outdoors after they reach a fair size in pots. The dwarf species are elegant subjects for subtropical gardening during the summer months in temperate climates, provided a sunny location is given them, as they revel in rather dry very warm soil, and do not require artificial watering after being estabUshed. A rocky, sunny situation may be given C. pulcherrima and its variety flava, where they will bloom during many weeks of summer, until frost checks them, if strong plants about a foot high are selected in early summer. Care should be taken to harden off plants gradually in the house, so that they may not be chilled when transplanted outdoors. While they will do well in a poor soil, an application of manure or chemical fertilizer may be given them to advantage, causing them to make a more vigorous growth and give better and larger heads of flowers. In the tropics, and also in subtropical climates, these shrubs and trees are always admired and are commonly planted for ornament. The royal poinciana (C regia, but properly Poinciana regia, which see), and also the dwarf poinciana, or flower-fence (C pulcherrima), will thrive in close proximity to the sea, and are valuable for planting in exposed coast situations. (E. N. Reasoner.) A. Stamens long-exserted: fls. very showy: trees, unarmed or nearly so. GQliesii, Wall. Shrub or small tree, with very many small lfts., scarcely }^in. long, oblong, obtuse, glabrous: CiESALPINIA CALADIUM 613 fls. light yellow, with brilliant red stamens protrading 3-5 in., in terminal racemes; sepals hainr-fringed. S. Amer. B.M. 4006 (as Poindana Oilliesii, Hook.). F.S. 1:61. R.H. 1893:400. G.C. III. 15:73. Gn. 76, p. 4.— A very showy and worthy plant which bears m Calif, the popxilar name of "Bird of Paradise" like Strelitzia Regime. It will stand a temperature as low as 20° F. pulcherrima, Swartz. B abb ados Fridb. Barbados Flower-Fence. Dwarf Poinciana. Shrub, with few scattered prickles, delicate, evergeen, mimosa-Uke Ivs. with 12-18 pinnee, each with 20-24 oblique-oblong Ifts. less than 1 in. long, and very gaudy red-and- yellow crisped fls. on the ends of the new growth: sta- mens and style red, and long-exserted. Generally dis- tributed in the tropics. B.M. 995. P.M. 3:3. Go. 75, p. 594. — One of the most popular shrubs in warm cU- mates, as S. Fla. There is a var. fliva, with yellow fls. 731. Cactus Melocactus. (XK) aa. Stamens not much exceeding the petals, or shorter. B.Lfts. very obtuse. c. Branches unarmed. panndsa, Brandeg. Medium-sized tree with slen- der branches spreading horizontally and clothed with white, deciduous bark: Ivs. decompound; pinnae 2-4, each with 4-6 oblong and retuse Ifts. : fls. yellow, showy: pod glandular, 1-2-seeded. Lower Calif. — ^A rapid- growing species which can be used for fences and is therefore caJled "palo estaca" in Lower Calif. cc. Branches prickly. D. Pod smooth: shrubs. sepiiria, Roxbg. Scrambling pubescent shrub: Ivs. glaucous, slightly pubescent beneath; pinnae 12-20, each with 16-24 oblong Ifts., rounded at both ends, ^r 1 in. long: fls. yellow in simple stalked racemes. India. — Furnishes dye-wood; also used as a hedge plant. japdnica, Sieb. & Zucc. Loose, spreading shrub, armed with stout, recurved prickles: Ivs. with 6-16 pinnae, each with 10-20 Ifts., oblong, very obtuse: fls. in large, panicle-like clusters, canary-yellow, the sta- mens bright red. Japan. B.M. 8207. G.C. III. 42:43. R.H. 1912:60. Gn. 40:588; 61, p. 81; 76, p. 411. J.H. III. 34:531; 51:181. — Endures the winters in some parts of England. The hardiest species of the genus, probably hardy as far north as Washington, D. C. Ndga, Ait. Vigorous climber: branches flexuose with copious hooked prickles: Ivs. glabrous; pinnae 4-6, each with 4r-6 ovate -obtuse Ifts. 1^-2 in. long: fls. bright yellow in large panicles; calyx glabrous: pods ovoid-oblong, 2 in. long, indehiscent, 1-seeded. Him- alayas and Philippine Isls. to N. Austral, and Poly- nesia. Blanco, Fl. FiUp. 150. DD. Pod prickly: tree. echinata, Lam. Tree, with prickly rusty pubescent branches: Ivs. unarmed, glabrous; pinnae 5-9, each with 15-20 rhombic-oblong obtuse Ifts. J^-^in. long: fls. yellow in axiUary and terminal racemes; calyx pubes- cent; stamens shorter than petals: pod oblong, 3 in. long. Brazil. Fl. Brasil. 15,- 2:22.— Yields dye-wood. BB. Lfts. acute or mvcronulate: pod prickly. mlnax, Hance. Diffuse shrub, thorny: pinnae 10, with 12-20 ovate-lanceolate glabrous lfts. 1-1 J^ in. long: racemes panicled, many-fld., with very large bracts: fls. white and purple: pods 7-seeded (seeds large and black), prickly. China. B6nduc, Roxbg. Climbing shrub, with prickly, pubescent bipinnate Ivs., oblong-ovate mucronate lfts. 1J^3 in. long, yellow fls., and a few large yeUow seeds in a short, prickly pod. Tropics; S. Fla. C. bljuga, Swartz (Acacia Bancroftiana, Bert.). Spiny shrub, with iiltimate lfts. in 2 pairs: fls. paniculate. Jamaica. — C. kan- aiSnsis, Mann=Mezoueuron kauaaense. — C. rigia, Dietr.=Poin- ciana regia. — C. vem&lis. Champ. Tall climbing prickly shrub: fls. in racemes. China. B.M. 8132. L. H. B. and Alfred Rehder. CAHOUIT: Attalea Cohune. CAILLIEA: Dichrostachys. CA JANUS (aboriginal name). Leguminbsx. A tropical shrub, grown for the nutritious peas. One variable species, probably originaUy from Africa. indicus, Spreng. (Cytisus Cdjan, Linn.). Gbandul. Congo Pea. Pigeon Pea. Dhal. Toor. Urhur. Erect, 3-10 ft., villous or often tomentose: lfts. eUiptic- oblong, exstipellate, resinous-punctate beneath: fls. yellow and maroon, pea-Uke, continuing all through the year, in axillary racemes: pod pea-fike, hairy, con- stricted between the many seeds. Much cult, in the tropics for the seeds or pulse, being treated usually aa an annual. It varies greatly iii stature and in charac- ter of seeds: C. fld/ous, DC, has yellow fls. and 2-3- seeded pods which are not spotted; C. bicolor, DC, a smaller plant, has red-striped fls., and 4-5-seeded pods which are spotted. See B.M. 6440 and R.H. 1874:190. The pigeon pea is much grown in the W. Indies, some varieties being preferred for human food and some for live-stock; run wfld. l, ij_ b_ CAJ6pH0RA: Blumenbachia. CALABASH: Crescentia. CALABASH GOURD: Lagemria. CALADIUM (origin of name obscure). Aricese. Warmhouse large-leaved plants^ grown for the foUage; also employed in summer bedding. Herbaceous perennials, arising from large rhizomes or tubers, acaulescent, with usually beautifully marked, long-petioled Ivs. ; the secondary nerves oblique to the few spreading primary nerves: peduncles usually soU- tary; spathe with the tube convolute, constricted at the throat, the blade boat -shaped; spadix erect, a httle shorter than the spathe, the lower part naked, stipe- Uke, the staminate part longer than the pistillate; fls. unisexual: fr. a berry, white. — A dozen or less species in Trop. S. Amer. Two of the species are immensely variable, and many named horticultural varieties are in the trade. Engler in DC. Monog. Phan. 2 :452 (1879) : also F. S. 13. 614 CALADIUM CALADIUM As soon as Caladium plants begin to lose their leaves in the fall, water should gradually be withheld until the leaves are all gone. The pots should then be removed to a position under a bench, and laid on their sides, or taken from the soil and placed in sand. Dur- ing the resting period they should not be subjected to a lower temperature than 60° F., and kept neither too wet nor too dry. About the beginning of March the tubers should be started for the earliest batch to be grown in pots. Arrange the tubers in their sizes, and keep each size by itseS. The largest-sized tubers will start quickest, and it is desirable to begin with these for pot-plants. Start them in chopped moss in boxes. The tubers may be arranged rather close together in the box, and merely covered over with the moss to the depth of about an mch. The new roots are made from the top part of the tuber, so it is important that this part should be covered to encourage the roots. For starting, a heat varying between 70° and 85° will suffice. As soon as a healthy lot 'of roots makes its appearance, the plants should be potted, using as small- sized pots as possible. The soil for this potting should be principally leaf-mold, with a little sand. In a short kinds are not so well suited for outdoor work as those having green predominating in the foliage, but some of the kinds, such as Dr. Lindley and Rosmi, do remark- ably well. Frequent watering with manure-water is absolutely necessary to the development of the foliage, both outdoors and in. (G. W. Oliver.) 732. Caladium bicolor var. Chantinii. (No. 17). time they will need another shift; the soil should on this occasion be a little stronger; give a position near the glass, and shade from strong sunshine. — New forms are raised from seed, this operation being an exceedingly easy one with the caladium, as they cross-fertiUze very readily. The flowers, unlike those of the Anthurium, are monceciojis, the females ripening first. To pollinate them, part of iiie spathe must be cut away. Seedlings at first have the foliage green, and it is not until the fifth or sixth leaf has been developed that they show their gaudy colorings. Propagation of the kmds is effected by dividing the old tubers, the cut surfaces of which should be well dusted with powdered char- coal to prevent decay. — As bedding plants, the fancy- leaved caladiums are gradually becoming more popu- lar. To have them at their best for this purpose, the ground should be worked for some time previous to planting out, with a goodly quantity of bone meal mcorporated with the soil. The tubers are best put out in a dormant state, as then they make very rapid prog- ress, and eventually make finer plants than when they are first started in the greenhouse, as by this system they are too likely to sustain a check in the hardening-off process, and lose their leaves. The fine, highly colored 5 ft.: Ivs. radical, oblong-lanceolate, spatulate or pbovate: fls. white with small purple or rose-colored lines and blotches. Chile. B.M. 8416.-0. ClibrAnii. Hort.=C. profusa. F.E.28:143.— C. defiixa, Ruiz & Pav. (C. fuohsisefolia, Hemsl.). Shrubby: Ivs. lanceolate: fls. yellow, panicled, the upper lin very large. Peru. B.M. 6431. G.C. II. 15:269. Gn 15:258—?. flexudsa,Rmz & Pav Son-bby at base: Iva. large-ovate, coarsely crenate-dentate: fla. rather large, clear yellow, with very large CALCEOLARIA CALLA 627 green calloea. Peru. B.M. 5154. F.S. 22:2331. — C. Forgaii, Skan. Underahnib, 1-1^ ft., slender: Iva. ovate, obtuse or somewhat acute, serrate: fla. small, pale yellow with a large reddish brown blotch inside the lower lip. Peru. B.M. 8436. — C. fuchsitefdlia, Hemsl.=C. defleza. — C. H&nriei, Hook. f. Shrubby, evergreen: Iva. willow-like, small-toothed: fls. panicled, clear yellow, the upper lip large. Peru. B.M. 5772. — C. hyssopifdlia, HBK. Shrubby: fvs. crowded, small, lanceolate and toothed, or at top of st. linear and entire, margins revolute: fls. rather large, in many-fld. corymbs, pale sulfur^ellow, the slipper obovate-orbicular and crenate. Ecuador. — C. 7^j?"reyi, Hort.,is a hybrid group between herbaceous l^reenhouse kinds and C. integrifolia, produced about 10 years ago in England: 2-6 ft., with branching panicles bearing fls. about 1 in. across of few colors. — ^. kew^aiSt Hort. Cross of C. Jef- frey! with herbaceous varieties: more compact and larger-fld. than C. Jeffreyi; colors of wide range: plant 1-2 J^ ft. high and about as broad when in good bloom. G.C. III. 39 : 390. — C lobdia, Cav. Herbaceous:* Ivs. triangular-ovate, palmately 5-7-lobed, dentate: fls. in terminal clusters, clear, pale yellow, and spotted on the up-curved slipper. Peru, Bolivia. B.M. 4525, 6330. — C. mex- I'cdna, Benth., is a small-fld., pale yellow species hardy in England: annual: lower Ivs. 3-parted or -lobed, the upper ones pinnatisect. Mts., Mex., Costa Rica. — C. petioldris, Cav. (C. floribunda, Lindl.). Herbaceous: Ivs. ovate, the lower ones wing-petioled, toothed, rugose: fls. yellow in loose panicles, the lips connivent. Chile. — C. pisacom^siSj Mej^en. Shrubby: Ivs. ovate-cordate, nearly or quite obtuse nearly sessile, irregularly crenate, margins reflexed: fls. large,orange varying to red, the slipper up-curved. Peru. B.M. 5677. — C. polyrrhiza, Cav. A dwarf and tufted species from Patagonia, with dark yellow purple-spotted fls.: herbaceous, cespitose: Ivs. crowded, lanceolate. S. Chile, Patagonia. For rockwork. — C. profksay Hort. (C. Clibranii, Hort.). On the order of C. Burbidgei. A garden form of free-flowering habit. — C. Sinclairii, Hook. Her- baceous, half-hardy: Ivs. oblong-ovate, stalked, crenate-dentate, hairy: fls. small, lilac or flesh-colored, spotted within, the 2 lips nearly equal, not saccate. New Zeal. B.M. 6597. Now referred to Jovellana (J. Sineclairii, Kranzl.) — C tsnfXta, Poeijp. & Endl. Herbaceous, half-hardy, 6 in. high: Ivs. ovate or orbicular, small ( Hin. long) , nearly or quite sessile : fls. yellow, spotted within. Chile. B.M. 6231. — C. VeUchii, Hort. Hybrid of C. alba and a garden variety: 3-5 ft., erect and branched: fls. many, rather small, pale lemon-yellow. G.C. III. 51, Suppl. June 1. Gn. 76, p. 271. (See No. 14.) — C. violdcea, Cav. (Jovellana violacea, Don). Shrubby: Ivs.small, ovate-cordate, deep-toothed, stalked: fls. yellow-salmon, spotted within and without, the two lips not saccate. Chile. B.M. 4929. — C. virgdta, Rui? & Pav. Bushy, 1-1 H ft- • Ivs. ovate, short-stalked: fls. rather small, numerous, wmte. Peru, Bolivia. G.C. III. 51 : 50. L. H. B. CALENDULA (Latin, calendx or calends: throughout the months). CompdsiUe. Flower-garden plants. Small herbs , the common cult, species annual, others perennial, with alternate simple Ivs., mostly large heads with yellow or orange rays, glabrous incurved achenes, plane naked receptacle, pappus none, and involucre broad, with scales in one or two series, their margin usually scarious. — Some 15 species from Canary Isls. to Persia. officinalis, Linn. Pot Makigou). Fig. 741. Annual: 1-2 ft. high, more or less hairy: Ivs. oblong and more or less clasp- ing, entire, thickish: heads sohtary, on stout stalks, large with flat spreading rays, showy, closing at night. S. Eu. B.M. 3204. V. 5:44; 16:165.— One of the most universal garden fls., running into many vars., distinguished by size, color, and degree of doubUng. The color varies from white-yeUow to deep orange. This is the marygold of Shakespeare's time. The fl.-heads are sometimies used in cookery, to flavor soups and stews. The calendula is of the easiest culture in any warm, loose soil. The seeds are usually sown where the plants are to stand, but they may be sown indoors or in a frame and the plants transplanted. The achenes are large and germinate quickly. The plant blooms the whole season, particularly if the fls. are picked. It is a hardy annual, and in the southern states wiU bloom most of the year. In the N. it blooms up to the first frosts, sometimes beyond. Sown in summer or autumn, it makes a good winter bloomer. Florets are used in medicine as a vulnerary and anti-emetic. The flowering plant was formerly used for removing warts. suffruticdsa, Vahl (C. Noeina, Boiss.). More dif- fuse, annual: Ivs. sessile, lanceolate, somewhat dentate: heads bright yellow, not doubled, very numerous, on long peduncles. W. Medit. region. — Seeds are sold by American dealers. C. Pdngei, Hort., and C. ■plunidlis, Linn., will be found under Dimorphotheca. L H B CALICO BUSH: Kalmia. CALIFORNIA POPPY: Eschacholtzia. CALIFORNIA YELLOW BELLS: Emmenanthe pendulifiora. CALIMERIS (Greek, beautiful arrangement). Com- p6sit3s. Good daisy-like border plants. Calimeris comprises about 10 Asian herbs, now mostly united with Aster, but horticulturally dis- tinct, and differing from that genus in the hemis- pherical involucre of few nearly equal scarious-mar- gined bracts, and broad convex receptacle: aehene flat and hairy. Hardy perennials of low growth, suited to the border in front of stronger plants. C. tatarica is described in the genus Heteropappus. incisa, DC. (C. incisasfdlia, Hort.? Aster incisus, Fisch.). One to 2 ft., erect, corymbose at the summit: Ivs. lanceolate, remotely incise-dentate; scales of involucre red-margined: fls. large, purple-rayed or almost white, and yellow-centered. — Of easy cult, in any good soil, making a ...(O^CVVcj,^ display throughout July and f£~'Ti^]iMsMMiii<^\/-^ Aug. The commonest species in cult. altiica, Nees {Aster altdr icus, WiUd.). Lower, pu- bescent or hispid: Ivs. linear- lanceolate and entire: scales of involucre pubescent and white -margined; rays nar- row, blue. L. H. B. CALIPHRURIA: CaXliphruria. CALLA (ancient name, of obscure meaning). ArcLcex. A monotypic genus, contain- ing a native bog-plant with a white spathe. Herb, with creeping rhi- zomes and 2-ranked Ivs. Differs from Orontium in the parallel secondary and ter- tiary veins of the If.-blade, as well as in having a prom- inent more or less fleshy persistent spathe envelop- ing the spadix, and in the absence of perianth; lower fls. perfect, upper stami- nate^ fr. a red berry. See Zantedeschia for C. xthio- pica, C. albo-maculata, and others. The caUa of florists, or calla hly, is Richardia of recent books, but is properly Zantedeschia, where it is de- scribed and the culture given in this work. palustris, Linn. Water Ahum. Fig. 742. Rhizome bearing many distichous Ivs. one year, the next only 2 Ivs. and the peduncle: petioles cy hndrical, long- sheathed ; blade cordate : 741. Calendula officinalis, double-flowered. Spathe elliptical, or ovate- (XM) lanceolate, white. Eu., N. 628 CALLA CALLICARPA Asia, and E. N. Amer. V. 2:197; 14:244. B.M. 1831. — ^An interesting little perennial plant, useful for out- door ponds. Jared G. Smith. CALLIANDRA (Greek, beautiful stamens). Legu- minbsse. Evergreen shrubs and trees of greenhouse culture, planted in the open far south. Leaves bipinnate; Ifts. numerous: fls. usually in globose heads or clusters; corolla small, ob- scured by the nu- merous, long, silky, purple or white stamens. — ^About 120 species, widely distributed in trop- ics. Distinguished from Acacia by the presence of a thick- ened margin on the pod. Propagation is by cuttings placed in sand over bottom heat. Keep in warm- house, with the ex- ception of those from Mexico. Lamb ertiina, 742. Calla palustris. Benth. {Acdcia Lamhertidma, D. Don.) Unarmed; branches terete: Ivs. puberulous-villous; pinnae 2-3- yoked; Ifts. 9-12-yoked, oval-oblong, obtuse at both ends; peduncles 3-6, racemose, heads roundish; stamens 20-25, pink. Mex. B.R. 721. tetragSna, Benth {A(Acia tetragbna, Willd.). Un- armed; branches tetragonal: pinnae 5-6-yoked: Ifts. 16-29-yoked, linear, acute, the outer larger: heads pedunculate, axillary; fls. white. Trop. Amer. portoricensis, Benth. (Acacia portoricinsis, Willd.). Unarmed shrub or small tree: pinnae 2-4-yoked; Ifts. 15-25-yoked, linear, obtuse, closing at evening; branch- lets pubescent: beads globose, pedunculate, axillary, the white fls. opening as Ivs. close; calyx ciUate on the margin; stamens 20-25; filaments long, white: pod straight, Unear, tapering at base. W. Indies. — Endures temperatures as low as 24° F. in Cahf. Var. m^jor, a splendid form, is known abroad. B.M. 8129. TweSdyi, Benth. Unarmed shrub, lightly pubescent: pinnae 3-4:-yoked; Ifts. 20-30-yoked, Unear, obtuse, shining: peduncles axiUary, 1-2 in. long, from large scaly buds; cal3rx and corolla silky, lobes erect; stamens long, numerous, purple. Brazil. B.M. 4188. . S- ^if^rnim, Benth. A stiff, hairy, much-branched shrub cult, in Cahf . It is native near Magdalena Bay and is the most north- ?W ™°wn representative of the genus. — C. caracasAna, Benth. (Munosa caracasana, Jacq.) differs from C. portoricensis in having purple stamens, but is probably not distinct. — C. grandifldra, Benth. Not over 10 ft.: foUage glaucous: fls. scarlet. Intro, by rranoeschi.=Mimosa grandiflora, L'Her.(7). C. Somdn, Griseb., =PithecolobiumSam»i. HaeVET MoNROE Hall.T CALLIAnTHEMUM (Greek, beautiful flower). Ra- nunciMcese. Two or 3 little herbs of the mountains of Eu. and Cent. Asia, allied to Anemone, some- times mentioned for outdoor planting. Lvs. radical (very small or none on the st.), decompound: fls. ter- minal, white or rose-color; sepals 6, deciduous; petals 5-15, showy, with nectaries at the base. The species apparently intergrade. C. anemonoides, Endl. Three to 10 in. high, blooming in spring: lvs. as broad as long, triangular in outline, bipinnatifid: fls. IJ^ in. or less across; sepals broad; petals narrow; rhizome somewhat fleshy. Tyrol. Useful in rockwork. CALLICARPA (Greek, beauty and fruit). Verbend- cex. Ornamental woody plants cultivated chiefly for their brightly colored berry-like fruit appearing late in autumn; also for the attractive flowers which appear in summer. Mowers perfect; caljrx short-campanulate, truncate or slightly 4-toothed, rarely 4-parted; corolla with short tube, 4^1obed; stamens 4, of equal length; ovary 4- celled, cells 1-ovuled: fr. a subglobose berry-like drupe with 2-4 stones. — More than 30 species in tropical and subtropical regions of Asia, Austral., N. and Cent. Amer. Callicarpas are shrubs or trees, often with stellate hairs, with opposite, usually serrate, deciduous leaves and small pink, bluish or whitish flowers in axillary clusters, followed in autumn by small berry-like Ulac, violet or red, rarely white fruits. The hardiest are C. purpurea, C. japonica and C. Giraldii, which may be grown even North in sheltered positions, if somewhat protected during the winter. If killed to the ground, young shoots spring up vigorously, and wiU produce flowers and fruit in the same season. If grown in the greenhouse, they require a sandy compost of loam and peat, and plenty of light and air. Propagation is readily effected by greenwood cuttings in spring or summer under glass; also by hardwood cuttings, layers and seeds. A. Lvs. tomentose beneath. americ£lna, Linn. Shrub, 3-6 ft., with scurfy, downy tomentvim: lvs. cuneate, eUiptic-ovate, acuminate, obtusely serrate, 3-6 in. long: cjones short-stalked; coroUa bluish, glabrous :fr. violet. July, Aug. Woods and rich soil. Va. to Texas and W. Indies.— -One of the hand- somest in fr., but more tende* than the Japanese spe- cies. Var. alba, Hort., has white fr.; very conspicuous in fall and early winter. AA. Lvs. not or slightly pubes- cent below and glandular: co- rolla glandular ouiside. B. Peduncles longer than, petioles: lvs. glabrous or nearly so below. jap6nica, Thunb. (C. Mimurazdki, Sieb.). Fig. 743. Shrub, 2-5 ft.: lvs. cuneate, elliptic or ovate-lanceolate, long- a cum in ate, serrulate, 2}^-5 in. long: cymes pe- duncled, many-fld.; fls. pink or whitish: fr. violet. Aug. Japan. S.I.F. 1:70. G.C. 1871:173. P. F.G.2,p.l65. H.F. 1861:12.Var.leuco- carpa, Sieb. With white fr. purpftrea, Juss. (C. grddlis, Sieb. & Zucc. C.dichdtoma, Koch). Shrub, 1-4 ft.: lvs. cuneate, elliptic or obovate, crenately serrate above the middle, entire toward the base, 1 J^-3 in. long : 743. CalUcarpa japonica. ( x H) CALLICARPA CALLIRHOE 629 cymes peduncled, few- or many-fld.; fls. pink: fr. lilac- violet. Aug. Japan, China. Gn. 23:540. — Closely aUied to the former, but smaller in every part. BB. Peduncles shorter than petioles. Girdldii, Hesse. Shrub: Ivs. broadly elliptic or ellip- tic-ovate to eUiptic-lanceolate, 2-4 in. long, dentate, glandular beneath, and sparingly stellate-pubescent; petioles slender, }^-J^in. long: fls. pink in dense cymes on pubescent stalks shorter than the petioles: fr. violet. W. China. C. cdna, Linn. Shrub: \va. broadly elliptic, shining above and whitiah-tomentose beneath: fr. deep purple. E. India, China, Phil- ippine Isls. B.M. 2107. — C. langifdUa, Lam. Shrub: Iva. oblong- lanceolate or lanceolate, narrowed at both ends, 3-5 in, long, stellate pubescent and glandular beneath: cymes short-peduncled; fls. pink or purple: fr. white. Himalayas, China. B. R. 10:864. H.E.. 2 : 133. — C. mdllis, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub, to 4 ft. : Ivs. oblong-lanceo- late, rounded at the base, tomentose beneath: fls. and fr. pink. Japan. S.I.F. 1:70. — C. pedunmlAta, R.Br. (C. lanata, Sohau., not Linn.) Shrub: Ivs. oblong-ovate, nearly sessile, and rounded at the base, green and slightly tomentose beneath: cymes slender- peduncled. E. Indies. Austral. Sieb. Flor. d. Jard. 4:97. — C. ntbSUat Lindl. (C. purpurea, Hort., not Juss.) Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs. cordate-oblong, tomentose beneath: fr. purple. Himalayas, China. B.K. 11:883. F.S. 13:1359. I.H.6:202. G.C. 1859:96. K.H. 1859, p. 106, 107. Alfred Rehder. CALLICHR6A: Layia. CALLldPSIS: Coreopsis. CALLIPHRURIA (Greek, beautiful prison; referring to the spathe inclosing the flowers). Written also Cali- phuria. Amaryllidacex. Tender bulbs. Distinguished from Eucharis by the stamens, the filaments being petaloid, with 3 large linear teeth on top, the middle one bearing the anther. The fls. ap- pear with the Ivs.j perianth funnel-shaped, spreading upward; stamens inserted at the throat of the tube: caps, tardily spUtting. — Three species from Colombia. Calliphrurias are warmhouse plants and should be grown in a rich soil of loam, peat or leaf-mold and sand. Propagated by offsets. Hartwegiana, Herb. Bulb ovoid, 1 in. thick, stolon- iferous, with brown membranous tunics: Ivs. bright green, firmer and more closely veined than in Eucharis, with an oblong-acute blade 4^5 in. long, 2 in. broad, narrowed into a petiole, which is flat above and round beneath: scape slender, 1 ft. long; fls. 6-8, in an umbel, white; perianth 1 in. long and wide. Andes of Bogota. — B.M. 6259. B.R. 30, p. 87, desc. Intro, in 1889 by Reasoner. C. mbedentiUa, Baker=Eucharis subedentata. CALLIPSdRA: Brodixa. N. TATLOR.t CALLIPS'JCHE (Greek, beautiful and butterfly). AmaryUidAcex. Three bulbous plants from Ecuador and Peru, the Ivs. produced after the yeUow or greenish yellow fls., probably not in the horticultural trade. Leaves thin, oblong and stalked: fls. many in an umbel on a hollow pedimcle or scape; perianth funnelform with short tube, the segms. aU equal and oblanceolate to oblong; stamens 6, much exserted, attached at the throat: fr. a deeply 3-lobed caps., with many seeds. They require the general treatment given amaiyUis. C. mirdbilis, Baker, has an oblong bulb 2 in. diam.: Ivs. 1 or 2, blade 5 or 6 in. broad: peduncle 2-3 ft.; fls. greenish yellow, about 30 in a dense umbel; stamens three times as long as perianth and widely spreading. July, Aug. C. aurantiaca, Baker, has an ovoid bulb 1 in. diam.: Ivs. few: peduncle lJ^-2 ft.; fls. bright yellow, 6-8 in the umbel; stamens green, twice the length of perianth. Autumn and winter. B.M. 6841. L. H. B. CALLiPTERIS (Greek, beautiful fern). PolypodiAcese. Ferns aUied to Asplenium and Diplazium, with elongate sori formed on both sides of the veins, and the veins uniting to form meshes or areoles. — Some 15 species are known from the warmer parts of both hemispheres. The following is the only one in cult. Culture the same as for tropical aspleniums. prolifera, Bory (Asplbnium decMssdtum, Swartz). Lvs. 3-6 ft. long, the stalks l-;2 ft. long, the pinnse numerous, 6-12 in. long, 1-2 in. wide, with deeply crenate margins and frequently with bulblets in the axils; veins pinnate, with the branches of contiguous veins uniting. Poljmesia and Malaya. L. M. Underwood. CALLIRHOE (Greek mythological name). Written also Callirrhoe. Malvacex. Hardy showy herbs, for out- door planting. Perennials or annuals: lvs. alternate, with lobed or cleft blades or more finely dissected: fls. showy, axillary or sometimes in terminal racemes, the petals irregu- larly cut at the apex or truncate, differing in this from the notched petals of Malva; involucel of 1-3 bracts, or wanting. — Nine species, native. The caUirhoes are of the easiest culture, and deserv- ing of a much greater popularity. They are chiefly propagated by seeds, but the perennial species may also be propagated by cuttings. 744. Callirhoe pedata. A. Annual: involucel absent. pedata, Gray. Fig. 744. Height 1-3 ft.: st. erect, leafy: radical and lower lvs. round-cordate, pahnately or pedately 5-7-lobed or -parted, the lobes coarsely toothed or incised, upper 3-5-cleft or -parted, usually into narrow divisions: fls. red-purple, cherry-red, vary- ing to hlac. On plains and in sand, 8. U. S., spring and summer. R.H. 1857, p. 430. AA. Perennial: involucel present. involucr^ta, Gray. Height 9-12 in., plant hirsute or even hispid: root large, napiform: sts. procumbent: lvs. of rounded outline, pahnately or pedately 5-7- parted or -cleft, the divisions mostly wedge-shaped, incised, the lobes oblong to lanceolate: fls. crimson- purple, cherry-red or paler. All summer. Minn, to Texas. R.H. 1862:171 (as C. verticillata) . Var. lineaifloba, Gray (C. linearlloba, Gray). Less hirsute than the type: sts. ascending: lvs. smaller, 1-2 in. across, the upper or all dissected into linear lobes: fls. lilac or pinkish. Texas and adjacent Mex. — An excellent trailer, especially for rockeries. Thrives even in very dry soils, the root penetrating to a great depth. A sunny position is preferable. .C. PapAver, Gray. A perennial decumbent or ascending plant with 3-5-lobed or -parted lvs. and involucrate purple-red fls. S.U.S. — Useful for very dry sandy places. t^ Tayt or + 630 CALLISTA CALLiSTA: Dendrobium. CALLISTEMON (Greek, kaUos, beauty; stemon, a Btamen; in most of the species the stamens are of a beautiful scarlet or crimson color). Myrticex. Bottle- Brush. Ornamental shrubs, thrivmg without uriga- tion in Cahfomia, where they are hardy aiid much used; also planted to some extent elsewhere m warm cUmates and occasionally seen under glass. Leaves alternate, entire, lanceolate or hnear, nwstly with oil- or resin-dots and fragrant when crushed : lis. in dense cyhndric spikes, at first terminal but the axis growing out as a leafy shoot; calyx-teeth 5; petals 5, deciduous; stamens mdefinite in number, not umted; anthers versatile, the cells parallel and bursting longi- tudinally; ovary inferior, maturing into a caps, which persists for several years. — About 25 species, natives of Austral., where they inhabit arid districts. Distin- guished from Melar leuca only by the stamens, which in that genus are united into bundles. Hall, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 4:22. The showy flower-clusters, re- sembling bottle- brushes in shape, and so giving the common name to the genus, are highly colored and render these shrubs very ornamental. The quantity of bloom may be much increased by judi- cious autumn prun- ing. The various species are recom- mended for parks, depot-grounds, school - yards, and also for smaller yards if kept well pruned. Hardy only in warm-temperate districts but endur- ing temperatures less than 20° F. Propagation from seeds is satisfactory: these are gathered during the summer months by allowing the capsules to open in boxes or on sheets of paper kejJt in a warm place; sow in early spring in finely sifted mixture of sand, leaf-mold, and loam, and cover very lightly; the ordinary cool greenhouse is warm enough. Some nurserymen state that i)lants from cuttings of ripened wood or of wood which is getting firm at the base will blossom earlier than seedUngs; others find no advantage in this method. Although adapted to nearly every variety of soil, these plants make but slow growth in heavy clay. A. Stamens ^-1 in. long. lanceolatus, DC. {Metrosidiros semperfldrens, Lodd.). Fig. 745. Height 6-12 ft.: Ivs. lanceolate, 1M-2J^ in. long, about J^in. wide, acute, reddish when young; midrib and lateral veins prominent: spikes 2-4 in. long, bright red, less dense than in the following species: fr. ovoid, contracted at summit. Jan.-June. B.M. 260 745. Callistemon laaceolatus. (X^) CALLISTEPHUS (as M. citHna). Maiden, Fl. PI. and FerM of New » Wales, 8.- Attains 30 ft. in Austral, where the hard and heavy wood is used for wheelwrights' work and for mallets. Garden hybrids between this and other species have been developed, especially in Eu. specidsus, DC. Large shrub: Ivs. narrowly lanceo- late, obtuse or acute, 1^-4 in. long, about Mm. broad, midrib prominent but lateral veins obscure: spikes 2-6 m. long: bright red, very dense: fr nearly globose the summit scarcely contracted. March-June. B.M. 1761. —The most highly colored caUistemon, the golden an- thers contrasting well with the dark red filamente. There are many garden forms varying in color, habit, and size. viminaUs, Cheel. TaU slender tree of pendulous habit: Ivs Unear-oblong: stamens sUghtly shorter: run of fr. thinner.— A handsome, graceful tree, very sho^ when in full bloom. Grown at Santa Barbara, Caht. (for- merly referred to C. specidsus, of which this may be a form.) rigidus, R. Br. (C. lineanfdlius, DC). Lvs. narrowly linear, rigid, sharp-pointed, 2-5 in. long, about }im. wide; midrib and marginal ribs prominent; cross-nerves often hidden by oil-dots: spikes deep red, large, dense. March-July. B.R. 393.— Stiffly branched shrub, the branches inclined to become rangy; best form and bloom secured by means of autumn pruning. In order to have fine specimen plants, cult, well and now and then give an apphcation of commercial fertihzer. linearis, DC. Scarcely more than an extreme form of C. rigidus with very narrow lvs. channeled above, the midvein quite obscure: fr. more globular and con- tracted at opening. AA. Stamens J^m. or less long. salignus, DC. TaU shrub or small tree: lvs. lanceo- late, acute, l}^-3 in. long, }4,-%m.. wide (much narrower in one variety), very distinctly penniveined: spikes yellow or Ught pink, 1-2 in. long: fr. nearly globular, with rather large opening. Apr., May. B.M. 1821. Var. viridifldrus, F. v. M. Lvs. only 1-2 in. long, thicker, rigid; veins obscure: fls. greenish yellow. B.M. 2602. brachyfindrus, Lindl. Slender shrub, young shoots soft-hairy or whole plant gray with a soft pubescence: lvs. rigid, nearly terete, M-1/^ ™- long: spike 2-3 in. long, the filaments dark red but nearly obscured by the golden yellow anthers. — ^The slender habit, gray fohage, and golden bloom render this shrub very desirable for ornamental planting. Habvet Monboe Hall. CALLfSTEPHUS (Greek words for beautiful crovm, said to be in allusion to character of fruit). Com- pdsitse. China Aster. (See page 419, Vol. 1.) One species in China and Japan. The genus Callistemma, also erected by Cassini, is older than Callistephus, but the latter is one of the "nomina conservanda" of the Vienna code, retained because accepted and in general use for fifty years following its publication. Under both these generic names, Cassini described the China aster as C hortensis. It was first named by Linnaeus, however, as Aster chinensis, and Nees subsequently transferred this name to CaUistephus, so that the plant now would better bear the name Callistephus chinensis, Nees. Callistephus is closely allied to Aster, from which it differs, among other things, in its pappus, which is minute and forming a crown in the outer series, and of slender longer barbellate and caducous bristles in the inner series: annual, erect, hispid-hairy branching herbs, with showy terminal fl.-heads: lvs. alternate, XXII. Carnations. — Types of the American winter-flowering varieties. (Half size.) CALLISTEPHUS CALOCHORTUS 631 broadly ovate or triangular-ovate and deeply and irregularly toothed; blade decurrent into a petiole, those on the upper parts becoming spatulate or nar- rower: heads in wild plant heterogamous and radiate, the ray-florets in 1-2 series and pistillate, the disk- florets perfect and fertile; involucre hemispherical, the bracts imbricated in many series and the outer ones large and green: fr. a compressed achene. The rays become much multipUed under cult., and they are also variable in size, shape and color. The colors are violet, purple, blue and white, the rays never being true yellow. Widely variable under cult., and one of the best of the garden annuals, growing from 6 in. to 2]/2 ft. high. It is the Reine-marguerite of the French and the Sommeraster of the Germans. l. h. B. CALLITRIS (from the Greek for beautiful). Includ- ing Frenila and Widdringtbrda. Pin&cex. Evergreen trees or shrubs, not quite hardy in the open in England, but thriving well in the southernmost parts of the United States; allied to Thuja. Leaves scale-like or awl-hke, in whorls of 3 or 4 on jointed branches, or sometimes alternate: monoecious; sterile catkins cyhndrical or ovoid, the stamens in whorls of 3 or 4, the scales broad and sometimes pel- tate; fertile cones of 4-8 scales, and borne on short and thick peduncles, either solitary or clustered, usually ripening the second year and often persisting after the seeds have fallen. — ^About 15 species in Austral., New Caledonia and Afr. Little known in cult. here. A. Cone 6-valved. robiista, R. Br. (Frenela rohista, Cunn.). Cypress Pine. Ranging from a shrub to a tree 90 ft. high: branchlets crowded, short and erect: sterile catkins J^in. or less long, solitary or in 3's: cones solitary or few-clustered, nearly globular, about 1 in. diam.; seeds Usually 2-winged. Austral. — Trees about 30 years old are said to be growing at Santa Barbara. In S. Fla. it makes good specimens, in 5 years becoming 10-12 ft. high. The tree somewhat resembles red cedar, and is reported as useful for tall hedges and windbreaks. This is one of the "pines" of Austral., the wood being used in building and for the making of furniture. rhomboidea, R. Br. (Frenela rhomboidea, Endl.). Smaller, reachmg 25-50 ft.: branches somewhat slender and often drooping, angled when young: cones usually only one-half the diam. of those of C. robusta, globular, the 6 valves alternately larger and smaller, the larger valves having a broadly rhomboidal apex with a pro- tuberance at the center. Austral, and Tasmania. — Timber used for telegraph poles and in construction. AA. Cone 4-valved. quadrivilvis, Vent. (Thiija articul&ta, Vahl). Arab-Tree. Sandarach. Gum Tree. Small tree, with fragrant hard durable wood: branches jointed and spreading: Ivs. very small, flattened, distichous, reduced to scales at the nodes: cone 4-sided, small, the valves oval and with a protuberance near the tip. N. Afr., in the mts. L.B.C. 9:844. — Furnishes varnish resin (gum sandarach). Wh^ei, Engler {Widdringtbnia Whi/tei, M. Wood). The wood is dull reddish white, strongly aromatic, and locally used for furniture and for doors and win- dows. Tree attaining a maximum height of 140 ft., with a diam. of 5J^ ft. at a point 6 ft. above the ground, the trunk being clear for 90 ft. : Ivs. on tiltimate branch- lets, deltoid and closely appressed opposite; on other branchlets usually linear-lanceolate, spreading at the tips, alternate: in seedling stage linear, spreading and about 1 in. long: cones 4^6 together, about ?iin. long and ^-1 in. wide when open. S. E. Afr. — It grows at an altitude of 5,000-7,000 ft. on Mt. Milanji in Nyassaland and is known as the Milanji cypress or cedar. Appar- ently hardy in parts of Cent. Calif. L. H. B. CALLOPSIS (Calla-like). Ardcex. A single species from German E. Afr.: C. V61kensii, Engler. Spathe like that of a Uttle calla, snow-white, 1}^ in. long by 1 in. broad, the spadix partly united to it (and yellow) : Ivs. crowded, cordate-ovate, 5 in. long, shining, the petiole about 2 in. long; semi-epiphytic, with creeping rhizome. Probably cult, only in botanic gardens or other collections. CALLUNA (Greek, to sweep; the branches are some- times used for making brooms). Ericdcese. Heather. Low evergreen shrubs cultivated chiefly for their bright rosy pink, rarely white flowers appearing in great pro- fusion late in summer. Leaves scale-like, opposite, in 4 rows, the branchlets therefore quadrangular: fls. in terminal, 1-sided spikes; coroUa campanulate, 4-parted, shorter than the 4-parted colored calyx; stamens 8, with 2 reflexed appendages: fr. a septicide, 4- celled, few-seeded caps. — One species in W. and N. Eu., also in Asia Minor; in E. N. Amer. in some localities naturaUzed. The genus differs from the closely related Erica in its deeply 4- parted colored calyx, longer than the 4-parted co- rolla. For culture, see Erica. vulgaris, SaUsb. {Erica vulgaris, Linn.). Fig. 746. From J^-3 ft.: Ivs. oblong- Unear, ob- tuse, sagittate at the base, glabrous or pubescent: fls. small, in long, erect, rather dense ra- cemes, rosy pink, sometimes white. Aug., Sept. — Some of the most distinct of the numerous named varieties are the following : Var. ilba, Don (and var. dlba Hdmmondii), with white fls.; var. Alpdrtii, Kirchn., of more vigorous growth, with rosy carmine fls.; var. c&mea, Hort., with flesh-colored fls.; var. plena, Regel, with double rose-colored fls.; var. hirsfita, Gray (var. tomentdsa, Don), the branchlets and Ivs. with grayish tomentum; var. n^na, Kirchn. (var. pygrmea, Hort.), forming low moss-like tufts; var. rfibra, Kirchn., with deep rosy carmine fls.; var. prostrita, Kirchn., with the branches spreading and partly prostrate, fls. pink; var. Searlei, Hort. (var. dlba Shrlei, Hort.), fls. white, appearing late in autumn. — The heather is a very handsome small shrub, well adapted for borders of evergreen shrubberies, or for dry slopes and sandy banks and preferring sunny posi- tions; it is also found growing well in swamps and in partly shaded situations. Cut branches keep their life-liJie appearance for many months. Alfred Rbhder. CALOCHORTUS (Greek for beautiful and grass). Lilidceie. Incl. Cyclobbthra. Mariposa Lilt. Stab Tulip. Globe Tulip. West American cormous plants, the occidental representatives of Tulipa, useful as border plants and to some extent for indoor culture. Stem usually branched, and from a coated corm, more or less leafy: perianth of unequal segms., the outer ones the smaller and more or less sepal-like, the 3 inner ones large and showy and bearing glands and hairs; stigmas 3, sessile and recurved; stamens 6; fls. showy, shallow-cupped on the inner segms., arching. — From 40-50 species, mostly on the Pacific side of the con- 746. CaUtma vulgaris. (Plant X H) 632 CALOCHORTUS CALOCHORTUS tinent from Wash, to Mex., and some of them in the interior country. Nearly all the species are in cult. Monogr. by J. G. Baker, Joum. Linn. Soc. 14:302-10 (1875); and by S. Watson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. 14:262-8 (1879). See also Colochorti in the Sierra Nevada, by George Hansen, Erythea, 7:13-15; A. Davidson, Erythea, 2:1-2,27-30; MaUett. Gn. 1901, 60:412, vol. 61, pp. 185, 203, 220; Carl Purdy, Proc. CaUf. Acad. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 2, No. 4 (1901). Calochortuses extend into Brit- ish America, and a few, belonging to a peculiar group, are found in Mexico; the remainder are natives of the United States, from Ne- braska to the Pacific Ocean. While the generic characteristics are uimiista^kable, the species and even varieties have the most variable incli- nations as to ' soil, exposure and climate. The Colorado Desert and the summits of the Sierra Nevada, the heavy clay lands of Califomian valleys, the volcanic soils of the foothills and the meadows of the North- west, each has its own representa- tives of this beautiful tribe. The character of the genus can be treated better under the various groups. Nearly every known spe- cies is in cultivation to some ex- tent. Some are readily grown, others present considerable cul- tural difficulties; but while there are some that probably will always be difficult to cultivate, there are many species — and the number in- cludes the very best — that can be grown suc- cessfully by anyone who is willing to give a little special care to them; and there are a few that possess such vigor and hardiness as to be adapted to extensive cultivation. All calochortuses are hardy in the sense of with- standing extreme cold, but they will not endure alter- nate thawing and freezing nearly so well; and thus there is the paradox of their going safely through severe eastern or European winters and suffering the loss of foUage in mild ones. They should be planted in the fall, and it is better to plant late, so that leaf-growth is delayed until spring. Diverse as are their natural habitats, one soil will answer the needs of all. A Ught loam, made lighter with sand or sawdust, powdered charcoal, or spent tan-bark, is best. Excellent results have been secured with a mixture of equal parts of a good light loam and spent tan-bark, with a little broken charcoal. Wallace, one of the most successful English growers, recommends making a bed sloping to the south, composed of leaf-mold and road grit in egual parts, with a smaller proportion of sharp sand. The idea is to have a light and porous, not [too stimulating soil, with perfect drainage. Wallace recommends covering the beds with reeds to throw off the heavy rains. The same end may be attained by such thorough drainage that the rains pass through quickly. In New York, they have been carried through the winter safely under a covering put on before the ground freezes hard. It is well to keep a few leaves about the shoots for a time and to have extra leaves at hand to be used when frost threatens. It is better to lift the bulbs as soon as they ripen, and replant in the fall. Water sparingly at all times. Under suitable conditions they are hardy and tenacious of life, but excessive moisture, either in air or ground, is not to their liking after the flowering season arrives. Theoretically, all calochortuses of Sec- tion A (star and globe tuUps) should have shade, and all mariposas (AA) sunshine; but the light shade of a lath-house suits all aUke, giving much finer bloom in the mariposas. The flowering season extends over three months, according to species. They take well to pot culture with similar soils and treatment. While not to be forced rapidly, they con- siderably anticipate their out-of-door season. The same treatment can be used in coldframe culture, but they must not be coddled too much. albus, 1. amabilis, 3. amoenus, 1. apiculatus, 12. atroviolaceua, 28. aureus, 22. Bonpiandianus, 37. Benthamii. 6. CGeruleus, 7. catalinee, 31. citrinus, 25. clavatus. 23. coUinuB, 10. concolor, 24, Eldorado, 27. elegana, 8, 9. flavua, 36. flexuosus, 29. Goldyi, 4. Greenei, 17. Gumiisonii, 34. INDEX. Howellii, 19. Kennedyi, 21. Leichtliniii 33. lilacin'ua, 15. Lobbii, 9. longebarbatus, 18. luteus, 24, 25. Lyallii, 8. XJyoniit 31. macrocarpua, 35. major, 5, 28. Maweanua, 5. montaiiua, 28. nanus, 8. nitidus, 16. nudus, 14. Nuttallii, 32. obispoensis, 20. oculatus, 25. Falmeri, 30. vidua, 27. Flummerss, 20. pulchellus, 2. Purdyi, 13. purpurascens, 20, 27. purpureuB, 37. robustuB, 25. roseus, 5, 27. j lubra, 5, 28. aangitineuSf 27. splendens, 28. sulphureua, 27. Tolmiei, 11. umbellatua, 10. uniflorus, 15. venustua, 25, 27. Vesta, 26. veatua, 20. Wallacei, 6. Weedii, 20. A. Blossoms or fr. more or less nodding {unless No. 4): inner perianth-segms. strongly arched: Ivs. long and glossy, not channeled. (Eucalochortus.) B. Fls. svbglobose, nodding: st. usually tall and branch- ing. Globe Tulips. — These have a single long and narrow shining If. from the base, and slen- der, flexuous, leafy sts., the perfection of grace in outline. The fls. are exquisite in delicacy of tints. Woodland plants. 1. filbus, Douglas (Cydobdthra ,dlba, Benth.). Fig. 747. Strong, 1-2 ft. high, glaucous: fls. globular, pendent, 1 m. across, of a satiny texture, delicately fringed with hairs, very strongly inarched or practically closed. Calif. B.R. 1661. F.S. 11:1171.— Chaste and deUcate. The form from the Coast Range is the Pearl calochortus of gardens; the form from the Sierras with fls. less strongly inarched and at length opening sUghtly is the C. albus of horticulture. Var. amobnus, Hort. (C. amoknus, Greene). Like C. albus J but rose-colored, lower and more slender: fls. opening in full bloom. Fresno and Tulare Co., Calif. 2. pulchellus, Douglas (Cyclobdthra pukhUla, Benth.). Stout, glaucouSj 8-16 in., usually branching: fls. yel- low, strongly marched but parts not overlapping; sepals shorter than petals, ovate-acuminate, yellow tinged with brown on the back; petals ovate, obtuse, 1 in. or less long, canary-yellow, with long silky hairs above the gland. Cent. Calif. B.R. 1662. 3. amfibilis, Purdy. Habit like C. albus: sts. stout, usually branching in pairs: petals clear yellow, very strongly inarched so that the tips overlap each other much like a child's pin-wheel; gland lined with stiff hairs that cross each other; petals margined with a line of stiff hairs. Cent, and N. Calif. 4. G61dyi, Watkins. Possibly C Benthamii X C. amabilis. Sts. several, freely branched, bearing 15-20 fls.: Ivs. narrow-lanceolate: fls. erect, 1 in. across, straw- yellow, inner surfaces covered with long silky sulfur- tinted hairs and a few shorter crimson hairs deep down in the cup; petals rounded and very hooded. Appar- ently of garden origin. CALOCHORTUS CALOCHORTUS 633 BB. Fls. bell-shaped, erect when open, mostly lined vnth hairs, the pedicels becoming recurved: st. mostly low, and fi. often more or less umbellate. Star Tuups proper. — Like the globe tuKp, but smaller as a rule, and the fls. dainty open cups. All of the species resemble each other, and were first included under the name C. elegans. 5. Maweanus, Leichtl. Plant low (3-10 in.), very slender, usually branched: fls. white, purplish at the base, filled with silky hairs, the gland covered by a broad semi-circular scale : caps, long-elliptic. Calif ., north. B.M. 5976 (as C. elegans). — Variable. Var. major, Hort. Twice as large in all its parts: fls. lighter colored. Var. rdseus, Hort. Fls. tinged rose. 6. Benthamii, Baker. Sts. 7 in. high, very flexuose, dividing into pairs: Ivs. linear-lanceolate: fls. nearly erect, yellow, the segms. Kin. long and brown at the base. Sierra Nevadas, in Calif. B.M. 6475. J.H. III. 30:549. Var. WaUacei (C. Wdllacei, Hort.). Claw of the petal dark red or nearly black. 7. csertlleus, Wats. Similar to small plants of C. Maweanus, but lined and dotted with blufe: low, 2-5-fld., the pedicels very slender; perianth ciUate inside: caps, nearly or quite orbicular. Calif., in the Sierras. Not variable. 8. €legans, Pursh. Similar to the last: petals green- ish white and purplish at base, bearded, httle or not at all ciUate: gland covered by a deeply fringed scale. Ore., Idaho. Var. ndnus, Wood (C. Li/allii, Baker). Subalpine, dwarf and very slender: petals delicate cream-color, narrow and usually more acute, more hairy and ciUate. Mts. Calif., N. 9. L6bbii, Purdy (C ilegans var. Ldbbii, Baker). St. 3-5 in. high: petals white tinged green, broadly rhombic-ovate, very deeply pitted and with the pit showing as a prominent knob on back of petal. Mt. Jefferson, Ore. 10. iimbellatus, Wood (C. collinus, Lemm.). Low and branching, 3-15 in., flexuose: fls. 5-10, white; petals broadly fan-shaped, nude excepting for many white hairs just- above the scale. In open grassy places around San Francisco Bay. BBB. Fls. bell-shaped: like bb, hut taU {1 ft. or more), and stoutly erect, with several fine, erect cups, similar to C. Maweanus. Giant Star Tulips. — In this splendid group the very dainty silky fls. and handsome glossy Ivs. of the star tulip are shown with a stout st. a foot or two high, and large fls. Unlike the others, they grow natura,lly in open places, and have a vigor and health which are a high recommendation. 11. T61iniei,Hook. &Arn. Stout, a foot high, generally branched: petals often more than an inch long, tinged lilac, with purple and white hairs: gland without a scale: caps. broad-elUptic, acutish. Mt. Shasta, N. — Remains a long time in bloom. 12. apicul^tus, Baker. Taller and stouter, 12-18 in., with umbellate straw-colored fls. N. Idaho. 13. Piirdyi, East. Glabrous and glaucous, 8-16 in., rather stout, branching, 2- to many-fld. : fls. creamy white or purple-tinged, filled with blue hairs, gland absent. S. Ore. G.C. III. 23 : 395.— Very handsome. BBBB. Fls. bell-shaped, the petals naked or hairy only at the base: low: If. solitary. Meadow Tulips. — These calochortuses are natives of wet meadows. C. uniflorus and C. Vesta grow well in all soils so long as well drained, and, as garden plants, thrive everywhere. In habit they are low, flexuous and leafy. The cups are open, erect and numerous, an inch or so in diam. 14. n&dus, Wats. Low, 2-4: in., deUcate: If. solitary: fls. 1-6, umbellate, small, greenish white or pale hlac, i)ude except for a tuft of 2 or 3 short hairs at each extremity of scale, denticulate. Calif., in the Sierras. 15. unifldrus, Hook. & Arn. (C. liladnus, Kell.). Handsome species, 4r-8 in. high: fls. 4-10, on long pedicels, clear hlac, hairy only at base: caps, elliptic, obtuse. B.M. 5804. — Grows naturally in wet meadows, and makes offsets very freely. Often seen in a depau- perate starved form, but responds at once tg good treatment. AA. Blossoms on stout, erect pedicels, the sts. stout and strict: fls. open-bell-shaped. Mariposa Tulips. — Excepting in b, the mariposa or butterfly tulips have slender, grassy, radical Ivs., stiff, erect sts. bearing cup-shaped fls., and sparingly leafy and with an erect caps. Bulbs small. B. Caps, oblong, acute-angled or winged: fls. lilac or white. These are hardy species, growing in the meadows from Ore. to Mont., where they endure much cold. They form a connecting link be- tween the giant star tulips and the true mari- posas. Their Ivs. are like those of the star tuUps — long, broad and glossy. Like the star tulips, also, the seed-pod is handsome, 3-comered and winged. The sts. are stiffly erect: the fls. cup- shaped, not so brilliant as the true mariposas, but very delicate: the plants are hardy, healthy and vigorous, and are to be highly recommended for cold climates. 16. nitidus, Douglas. Scape erect, but not stiff: If. solitary, glossy, narrow: fls. 1-3, large and showy, hlac, yellowish, or white, with a deep indigo blotch in the center, lined with yellow hairs. Meadows, E. Ore. to Mont, and N. E. Nev. Specimens from Yellowstone Lake are yellow. — Very beautiful and showy. 17. Greenei, Wats. St. stout and branching, 1 ft., 2-5-fld.: sepals with a yellowish hairy spot; petals lilac barred with yellow below, and somewhat purplish, loose-hairy, not ciliate: caps, beaked. Calif, and Ore. 18. longebarbatus, Wats. Slender, about 1 ft. high, bulb-bearing near the base, with 1 or 2 narrow radical Ivs., 2-branched and usually 2-fld.: fls. erect or nearly so, lilac with yellow at base, scarcely hairy except the long-bearded gland. Wash. 19. Howellii, Wats. St. erect, 1 ft. or more, 1-2-fld.: Ivs. very narrow: sepals ovate, short-acuminate; petals yellowish white, 1 in. long, denticulate, shghtly ciliate near the base, brown-hairy inside, the gland yellow- hairy. Ore. BB. Caps, oblong, obtuse-angled. c. Color yellow or orange or orange-red, more or less marked with brown and purple {except in forms of C. luteus): in cult, forms running into other colors. 20. Weedii, Wood. Radical If. single, glossy, brog4: st. tall, leafy, bearing large orange-colored fls. dotted with purple: petals triangular, square-topped: gland small, hairy: bulb heavily coated with fiber. S. Calif. B.M. 6200 (as C. citrinus). G.C. III. 16:183.— Varies to white. Var. purpuriscens, Wats. (C. Pltimmerx, Greene). Similar, but lilac or purple and very showy. Caliif. G.C. III. 16: 133. J.H. III. 29:289. Gn. 47: 80.— A fine form with fl. of large size and full outline, lined with long, silky yellow hairs. Var. vestus, Purdy. Petals much more truncated and Curiously fringed with brown hairs; reddish brown. Santa Barbara. Var. obispoensis, Purdy (Cobispo^nsis, Lemm.). Fig. 748. Tall and slender, branching, very floriferous: Eetals yellow, verging to red at the tip and less than alf the length of the orange-brown sepals. Calif. G.F. 2:161 (adapted in Fig. 748).— Odd and bizarre. 634 CALOCHORTUS CALOCHORTUS 21. Kennedyi, Porter. Bulb small and ovoid: st. very low, 1-4 in. : Ivs. linear, tufted from the branching of the St. : fls. 2-4, in an imibel; sepals broad with a purple spot; petals red-orange to vermilion, not ciliate nor prominently hairy, purple-spotted at the center. Desert species of S. Calif. B.M. 7264. Gn. 43:108. — Brilliant and desirable, but difficult to grow. 22. a&reus, Wats. Low, 4r-6 in., with a sinple carinate radical If.: petals yellow, not haiiy, the hairy gland purple-bordered. S. Utah. 748. Calochortus obispoensis. No. 20 var. ( X ii> 23. claviltus, Wats. Petals yellow lined with brown, the lower part bearing club-shaped (clavate) hairs, the gland deep and circular; anthers purple. CaUf. — In this excellent sort we have the largest-fld. and stout- est-stemmed of all mariposas. The bulb is very large, the single bare If . 1 or 2 ft. long: the st. is heavy, stout and zigzag. _ The fls. are shaped like a broad-based bowl, sometimes 5 or 6 in. across. The color is a deep, rich yellow, and the lower half is covered thickly with stiff yellow hairs, each tipped with a round translucent knob, and in the light look like tiny icicles. There are various strains: Eldorado, the largest, not so deep yellow; Ventura, very stout, deep yellow; Obispo, like the hat, but the upper half of the back of each petal is olive-brown, which shows through the deep yellow of the inside, giving changeable shades. 24. cdncolor, Purdy (C. litteus var. cSncdlor, Baker). Bulb large reddish: Ivs. narrow, glaucous: st. 1-2 ft., umbellate, if more than 1-fld.; not zigzag; petals a rich deep yellow, tending toward orange, lower third densely hairy with long yellow hairs above an oblong gland. A desert species of S. Calif. Much like C. clava- tus in general aspect. 25. l&teus, Douglas. Butterfly Tulip. St. 1-10- fld., bulb-bearing near the base: Ivs. very narrow: sepals narrow-lanceolate, with a brown spot; petals 2 in. or less long, yellow or orange, brown-lined, slightly hairy below the middle, the gland densely hairy. Calif. B.R. 1567. — ^Variable. Some of the forms are sold as C. venvstus. Var. citiinus, Wats. (C. venitstus var. citAnus, Baker) . Petals lemon-yeUow, with a central brown spot. Var. ocul^tus, Wats. (fi. venitstus var. oculdlus, Hort.). Petals pale or white, lilac or yellowish, with a dark spot. Var. robfistus, Purdy (C venitstus var. rohdstus, Hort.). A very bulbiferous form having white fls. luridly tinged in browns and purples. Very beautiful and also one of the hardiest. 26. Vesta, Purdy. Butterfly Tulip. Tall and large- fld. with petsils more narrowly cuneate than in C. luteus var. ocidatus, and the gland narrow and doubly lunate, color from white tinged through lilac to pink and lilac- purple; fl. often laciniately gashed, above the gland bearing rich maroon penciUngs and markings. N. W. Calif, in adobe soil. — One of the largest-fld., showiest and most easily grown of mariposa tulips. Named by its author in compliment to his wife. cc. Color prevailingly white or lilac, but sometimes run- ning into yellows. 27. vendstus, Benth. Butterfly Tulip. Stout, 6-36 in.: petals white or pale Ulac, with a reddish spot at top, a brown-yellow center, and brown base: gland large and oblong, usually densely hairy: caps. 1-2^ in. long. Calif. B.R. 1669. F.S. 2:104. Gn. 46, p. 395. — ^Very variable. The yeUow forms (as var. sul- phitreus, Hort.) are often treated as forms of C. luteus. To this group of calochortuses is properly applied the Spanish name mariposa (butterfly), for their brilliantly colored fls., with eye-like spots on each petal and sepal, and other delicate markings with dots, lines and hairs, which are strongly suggestive of the wings of a brilliantly colored butterfly. Botanists have variously divided this great group of allied forms between C. luteus and C. venitstus. BotanicaUy all may be consid- ered as either strains of one variable species or as a number of closely allied species. Var. Eldorido, Purdy. The finest strain of C. ven- tistiis in cult. It occurs naturally in a wonderfully varied mixture, in color from pure white through pink, to deep glowing reds and through Hlac to deep purples. In one locality a few may vary to light yellow. Some of these forms have been named var. pictus for the white form, var. sanguineus for the blood-red. The pur- ple forms are entirely distinct from C. venustus var. purpurascens. Sierran foothflls from Eldorado County to the far South. Altogether these plants comprise the loveliest group of the mariposa tulips. Var. purpurascens, Wats. Petals deep lilac or pur- plish, darker at center, the fl. fuUy 3 in. across. Coast Range. Strong grower. Gn. 46:394. Var. rdseus, Hort. (C. rdseits, Hort.). Creamy white or lilac, with an eye midway and a rose-colored, blotch at apex. Gn. 46:394. Var. sulphtireus, Purdy. Taller than the type: petals light warm yeUow with eye, and with a rose- colored blotch at top. Lower part of San Joaquin VaUey, Calif. 28. splendens, Douglas. Tall and slender, 1-2 ft.: fls. 1-1 J^ in. across, deep purple with a dark spot on the cla,w and with or without a gland covered with matted hairs. San Diego Co., Calif. Known in horticulture as C. splendens var. atromslaceus. Var. major, Purdy. Strong and tall, 1-2 ft.: fls. 2-3 in. across; petals large, clear lilac, paler below, with a CALOCHORTUS CALONYCTION 635 749. Calochortus Gunnisonii. (XH) very slender and darker claw and scattered long white hairs below the middle. Coast Ranges, Monterey Co., Calif . Var. montanus, Purdy. More slender than the type, often bulbiferous: lilac to saknon-pink, densely hairy with short yellow hairs about the gland. High mts., S. Calif. Var. rfibra, Purdy. Large, with deep-seated reddish bulb, 1-3 ft. : fls. reddish Hlac, pink or purple; petals quite hairy, with short hairs on the lower third. Lake Co., Calif. 29. flezudsus, Wats. Related to C. splendens, but with sts. so weak as almost to be said to creep. The fls. are large and very bril- liant, a dazzling purple, with a darker purple eye, and yellow hairs below. S. JJtah. — Litro. by Purdy in 1897. 30. Pfilmeri, Wats. St. 1-2 ft., flexuous, 1-7-fld., bulb-bearing near the base: sepals with long, narrow, recurved tips, spotted; petals 1 in. or less long, white (or yellowish below), with a brownish claw and bearing scattered hairs about the gland: caps, very narrow. S. CaUf. — The C. Palmeri of dealers is sometimes C. splendens var. montanus. 31. catalinae, Wats. (C Liionii, Wats.). Habit of C. splendens: st. 1-2 ft., branching: fls. white to Ulac, or deep lilac, very large and handsome, a large round black spot at base of each petal. — ^A lovely species between C. splendens and C. vermstus. Remarkable for blooming with the star tulip section, fuUy a month before other mariposas. Native to Santa Catahna Isl., off S. Calif.; aLso to CaJif. coast. 32. Nfittallii, Torr. & Gray. Sego Lilt. St. erect and stiff, 1-2 ft., bulb-bearing at base, usually with only 1 cauline If., 1-5-fld.: sepals ovate-lanceolate, often dark-spotted; petals 1-2 m. long, white tinged with greenish yellow or Ulac, with a purplish spot or band above the yellow base and hairy about the gland; anthers obtuse. Dak. and Neb. to CaUf . and New Mex., having the widest range of any calochortus. — ^There are no more exquisitely beautiful fls. than these sego lilies (the Mormon name) of the Great Basin. Most of them are plants of the sage-brush deserts. The Ivs. are an ashy green, the foliage scant, but the great fls. are wonderful in tintings. There are shades in blue, pink, Ulac, and yellowish; also white. The sego Uly is the State flower of Utah. 33. Lekhtlinii, Hook. f. Slender alpine species (5-6 in. high), by some regarded as a form of C. Nuttal- In: fls. smoky white, banded with green and marked with dark brown. Sierra Nevadas. B.M. 5862. F.S. 20:2116. 34. Gfinnisonii, Wats. Fig. 749. Much Uke C. Nvitallii: anthers acuminate: fls. Ught blue or almost white, deUcate yellowish green below the middle, pur- ple-banded at the base, and bearing a band of green hairs across each petal. Rocky Mts., Wyo. to New Mex. 35. macrocarpus, Douglas. Gbben-banded Maei- POSA Lily. St. stiff, the cauUne Ivs. 3-5: fls. 1 or 2; sepals acuminate, sometimes spotted; petals 2 in. or less, acute, lilac with a greenish midvein, somewhat hairy. B.R. 1152. N. Calif, to Wash, and Idaho.— This fine species forms a group by itself. It has a very large bulb, a stout almost leafless st.; and a large fl. of an exquisite pale lavender, banded down the back with green. Petals long, narrow and pointed. BBB. Caps, linear, not winged or prominently angled. 36. flavus, Schult. f. (Cydobdthra fl&va, Lindl.). St. slender, 1-2 ft., forked: Ivs. 2 or 3 below the 41 fork, linear, long-acuminate: fls. yellow, upright; petals and sepals acute, rhombic-oblong, with a darker somewhat hairy gland, the petals hairy and usuaUy denticulate. Mex. 37. Bonplandi^nus, Schult. f. (C. purpiireus, Baker. Cydobdthra purpiirea, Sweet). Rather stout, 3 ft.: st.-lvs. short, acuminate-lanceolate: fls. yeUow and pur- ple: the sepals with a purple pit and the petals purple outside: gland naked. Mex. Cabl Purdy L. H. B. CALODfiNDRTJM (Greek, beautiful tree). Palldsia, Houtt, which is the older name. Rutdcex. One of the handsomest deciduous trees at the Cape of Good Hope; cultivated in northern greenhouses, and outdoors in southern California and southern Florida. The great panicles of white or flesh-colored fls. are sometimes 7 in. across and 6 in. deep. It is a symmetri- cal tree, with attractive evergreen foUage and many interesting features. Called "wild chestnut" in Afr. Prop, by cuttings of half-ripened wood under glass in heat. A monotypic genus. capensis, Thunb. Cape Chestnut. Height in Afr. 70 ft. : branches opposite, or in 3's: Ivs. simple, decussate, ovate, obtuse retuse or acute, parallel-nerved, 4r-5 in. long, studded with oil-cysts, which look Uke translucent spots when held to the Ught : panicles terminal ; peduncles usuaUy trichotomous; calyx deciduous; petals 5, Unear- oblong, 1 J^ in. long, 2 Unes wide, sprinkled with purple glands; stamens 10, 6 alternate, sterile, and petaloid: seeds 2 in each ceU, larger than a hazelnut, black and shining. G.C. II. 19:217. Also written Calodendron capense. CALON'S'CTION (Greek, referring to the beauty of the flower, and the night-blooming habit). Con- vohnMcex. Moonflower. Twining perennial herbs with large night-blooming flowers. Flowers white or purple, fragrant, showy; sepals 5, the outer ones with horn-like tips; corolla salver- form, the limb more or less flat, the tube very long and not dilated at the throat; stamens 5, exserted; style capitate and obscurely 2-lobed; ovules 4: Ivs. broadj alternate. — ^Three species in Trop. Amer., two of which are widely cult. By some, the genus is united with Ipomoea, but it is weU distinguished by the salver- form rather than funnelform or beU-shaped coroUa, by the exserted stamens and style, and by the night- blooming habit. aculeitum, House (C. specidsum, Choisy. Ipomaba Bdna^dx, Linn.). Moonplower. Fig. 750. St. 10-20 ft. high, with milky juice: Ivs. 3-8 in. long, cordate to hastate, angular or 3-lobed, acute, glabrous: peduncles 2-6 in. long, 1-7-fld., equaling the petioles; corolla 3-6 in. longj 3-6 in. wide, trumpet-shaped, white, some- times with greenish plaits; fls.fragrant, usuaUy closing in the morning, sometimes remaining open tUl noon. Aug., Sept. B.M. 762. B.R. 11:889, 917 (as Ipomaa latiflora). Gn. 21, p. 259; 27, p. 473. V. 10:359. Known in gardens chiefly as Iporruea Bona-nox var. grandiflora, Hort. (7. grandifldra, Roxbg. and Hort., not Lam.), which does not differ materiaUy from the type. Most of the large-fld. and very fragrant forms in cult, may be referred here. Var. grandifldrum, Hort., is sold under the following 750. Moonflower— Calonyction names: Ipomcea CkUdsii, aculeatum. IXH) 636 CALONYCTION CALOTHAMNUS /. nodiphyton, I. nodiflora, I. mexicana grandiflora, I. mexicana grandiflora alba, I. mexicana grandiflora vera. These trade names represent strains of varying ex- cellence. (C. grandiflorwm, Choisy, is IpomcBa Tuba.) A form with variegated Ivs. is offered. Var. heteroph^llum, has Ivs. 3-5-lobed and subhastate. — The moonfiower is most popular as a garden plant, but it also does well trained along the roof of a low house or against a pillar. It is excellent for cut-fls. in the evening. Little grown in the open N. because it does not mature in the short seasons. It grows wild in swamps and thickets in peninsular Fla., and is probably indigenous there. Widespread in tropics of both hemispheres. muricatum, G. Don. {Convdhndus murichtus, Linn. Ipomo^ muric&ta, Jacq. Calonydion specidsum var. muricAtum, Choisy). Ffe. purple, smaller than those of C. speHosum, the tube very slender and the expanded partof the tubenot over 3 in. broad. — Tropical regions; extensively cult. in Japan and India, and often seen in American conservatories. C. tastiTiset House (IpomCEa tastense* Brandeg.), is the third speciesofCalonyction- It is native to Lower Calif., and not in cult. C. grandijldrum, Choisy.=IponioBa ^''a- L.H. B. CALOPHACA (Greek, kaios, beautiful, and phaka, lentil). Leguminosse. Or- namental plants cultivated chiefly for their bright yellow flowers ap- pearing in sum- mer. Deciduous shrubs or herbs, with alternate, odd-pinnate, pub- escent, and often glandular Ivs.: stipules scarious or herabceous, adnate to the petiole: fls. papiE- onaceous, solitary or in racemes; calyx tubular with 5 nearly equal teeth; standard upright; wings oblong, free, as long as keel; ovary sessile with many ovules: pod pubescent and glandular, cylindrical. — ^About 10 species from S. Russia to E. India. The two cultivated species are low, prostrate shrubs, with grayish green foliage, and rather large yellow flowers in erect axillary racemes, followed by dfecorative reddish pods. They prefer a well-drained soil and sunny position, and are well adapted for borders of shrubberies and sandy or rocky slopes. Propagated by seeds sown in spring; the young seedlings should have plenty of light and air, as they are very liable to damp-off if kept too moist and shady. Sometimes grafted high on Cara- gana or Laburnum, forming a very attractive small standard tree with pendulous branches. wolgarica, Pisch. Fig. 751. Two to 3 ft.: pubescent and glandular: Ifts. 11-17, roundish-ovate or oval, ]/i- J^in. long: racemes long-peduncled, with 4r-7 fls.; corolla over J^^in. long. June, July. S. Russia, Turkes- 751. Calophaca wolgaiica. (XH) tan. C. grandifiSra, Regel, is similar, but Ifts. 17-25: racemes 10-16-fld.; corolla 1 in. long. S. Russia. Gt. 35:1231. Alfred Rehder. CALOPlriXLUM (Greek, heaviifuUeaued). GvUif- eracex. Woody plants of the Old World and American tropics, with shining leathery leaves, sometimes planted South. Leaves parallel- veined at right angles to the midrib: fls. polygamous in many axillary or terminal clusters; sepals and petals 4^12, in 2-3 series; stamens very nu- merous: fr. a drupe with a single erect seed. — Sixty species. Closely related to Garcinia, which, however, MS only 4-8 sepals. In India, several species are of considerable economic importance, especially G. ionophyllum, which is the source of a gum, and the seeds of which contain the well-known domba oil used extensively for Ughting purposes. They must be grown in a warmhouse and in a rich weU-aerated soil. Caliba, Jacq. Calaba Tree. A tree, to 60 ft.: Ivs. variable, dark glossy green, 3-10 in long. : fls. in axillary racemes, white, rarely produced in cult., the petals about 3 lines long: fr. about 1 in. diam. W. liidies, perhaps intro. from the Old World. Timber and oil. inophylliun, Linn. A medium-sized tree, with gray smooth bark: Ivs. 4r-8 in. long, 3-4 in. wide, shin- y^ ing on both surfaces: racemes in the upper axils, ^w^ the fls. about %rn.. diam. and pure white; inner sepals petal-like: fr. about 1 in. diam., yellow, smooth, almost fleshy. Trop. Asia. n. Taylor. CALOPOGON (Greek, beautiful heard, in allusion to the fringed or bearded lip). OrchidAcess. A very attractive native orchid, sometimes planted in bog- gardens and rock-gardens. Flowers magenta-crimson, varjdng to white, in a loose raceme on a naked scape; sepals and petals all distinct and spreading, the hp narrow at base but broader and hairy above; column winged at summit, not attached to other parts; poUinia 2 in each anther cell. — One species, in bogs and moist meadows, Newfoundland to Fla. and westward. Cathea is an older name, but, be- cause of its general acceptance, Calopogon is retained in the "nomina conservanda" of the Vienna code. A moist and shaded position and very porous soil are most suitable for this pretty plant, although it may do admirably in a rock-garden only slightly shaded at midday if the plants are watered very freely every day during hot or dry weather. Propagated by offsets, separated from the old tubers, but the old established plants should not be disturbed very often. Collected clumps of many native orchids are offered at very reasonable figures, and these give immediate results, while the small offsets would not be strong enough to flower for several years, and require much attention during the first year, or perhaps longer (J. B. KeUer). pulchellus, R. Br. {lAmodbrum tuherbsum, Linn., in < part). Height 12-18 in., from a solid bulb or conn, ' bearing a single grass-like K. at the base: scape 2-12- i fld.; hp bearded with white, yellow, and purple club- shaped hairs; pretty. G.F. 10:505. J.H. III. 35:45. B.M. 116. L. H. B.t CALOSCdRDUM: Nothoacorchim. CALOTHAMNUS (Greek, beautiful bush). Myr- tdxese. Australian shrubs (more than twenty species) somewhat similar to CaUistemon but more graceful in habit; evergreen greenhouse subjects, and hardy out- of-doors in California. Leaves long, alternate: fls. showy, usually red, in^ lateral clusters; stamens united in bundles opposite the petals; anthers erect, attached by the base, oolong or Imear; cells paraUel, turned inwards, opening by . longitudinal slits. For cult., see CaUistemon. ' CALOTHAMNUS CALYCANTHUS 637 Quadrifidus, R. Br. Height 2-4 ft.: Ivs. narrow, terete or slightly flattened, heath-like, glandular-dotted: fls. rich crimson, 4-meroiis; calyx 2-lobed in fr.; staminal bundles nearly equal, of 15-20 or more filaments. W. Austral. B.M. 1606. C. rupSstris, Sohau. Evergreen shrub, the branches densely covered with needle-like small Ivs. : Ga. in small dusters on previous year's growth; stamens with crimson filaments and yellow anthers. B-M-7906. J, BuKTT Davy. CALOTROPIS (from Greek words referring to the beauty of parts of the flower). Asclepiaddeex. Milk- weed-like shrubs, or small trees, grown in the Ameri- can tropics and one species offered in southern Cali- fornia. Branching, glabrous or tomentose-canescent: Ivs. opposite, subsessUe, broad: fls. with 5-parted calyx glandular inside; corolla bell-shaped or somewhat rotate, 5-parted with broad lobes; crown of 5 narrow fleshy scales adnate to the staminal tube and free and recurved at the base; poUinia sohtary in each cell, obovate-oblong and compressed, hanging from the apex: fr. short homed gibbous acuminate jjods mostly in pairs; seeds with sflky hairs. — Three species in Trop. Asia and Afr., sometimes grown under glass in col- lections but in this country practically confined to the tropics. The bark of C. gigantea piodaceB a strong fiber, and the acrid milky juice dries into a substance like guttarpercha. The silk on the seeds is used in fabrics By natives; that of C. procera is said to be exported from the Cape Verde Isls. as kapok (kapok is usually from the ceiba or silk-cotton tree). gigantea, R. Br. {AsclhTpias gigantm, Wflld.). Giant Milkweed. Tree-like, &-15 ft., with pale bark and wooUy shoots: Ivs. obovate to broad wedge-shaped, entire, wooUy beneath: fls. rose and purple, in simple or compound umbels with involucrate scales, the coroUa-segms. bent downwards and twisted with age: fr. 3-4 in. long; seeds broadly ovate. B.R. 58. India, and planted or escaped in W. Indies. procera, Dry. {Asdhpias procera, Ait.). Shrub or bush, to 15 ft.: Ivs. more oblong and acute than those of C. giganka, grayish: fls. white and purple in long- peduncled cottony umbels; coroUa^lobes erect: fr. 4r-6 in. long, recurved; seeds ovoid. B.R. 1792. India. — Offered in S. CaUf., and said to be known in Porto Rico as Algodon de seda. L. H. B. CALPteNlA (after Calpumius, an imitator of Virgil, because these plants are allied to Virgilia). Legumi- ndsse. Trees and shrubs from tropical and southern Africa, cultivated oul^of-doors in southern California and other subtropical regions. Leaves odd-pinnate with numerous Ifts.: racemes long, axillary and terminal, the peduncles often panicu- late, giving rise to a splendid showy infl. ; fls. yellow, the calyx beU-shaped; petals pear-like: pods membranous- • winged on one side, often flattish. — Ten species. syMtica, Mey. Shrub, 6-10 ft. high: Ivs. 2-6 in. long; Ifts. in 3-10 pairs, membranous, obovate-eUip- tical, retuse or obtuse: fls. J^in. long; ovary glabrous. Caffraria. — ^Also rarely cult. N. as a greenhouse shrub. lasiogyne, Mey. (C. aiirea, Benth.). A taller shrub, very rarely tree-like, with larger evergreen lys.j more conaceous, more pubescent, and exactly elliptical or oblong Ifts: fls. racemose, much like Laburnum, appear- ing in winter, as do the fls. of most S. African plants. The silky ovary at once distinguishes it. Natal. N. TAYLOR.t CALTHA (Latin name of the marigold). Ranuncur l&cess. Beautiful hardy blooming marsh plants, the largest and best of which are used about water-gardens and moist parts of borders. Succulent perennial herbs, glabrous, with a fascicle of strong, fibrous roots: Ivs. simple, rather rounded- cordate at base: fls. yellow, white or pink; sepals large. deciduous, petal-like; petals none; stamens numerous: carpels sessile, becoming follicles, with 2 rows of seeds. — About 10 species of temperate and frigid regions. Monqgr. by G. Beck, in KaiserUch-Konigliche Zool. Bot. GeseUschaft (Vienna, 1886), 36:347-363; E. Huth, Monogr. ia Helios 9:69-74. Calthas flourish best in wet places near running water. Though naturally bog-plants^ they succeed ad- mirably well in an ordinary border m rather rich soil. They should be introduced more liberally into the flower-garden, where they bloom very freely year after year, and usually mature a second quite abundant crop of bloom in the fall. The flowers last a long time in water, and sell readily in the cut-flower market. The propagation is naturally accomplished by roots and by seed. The roots divide easily and several of the species send out rootstalks. The divisions may be made best in late fall or mild winter weather. If seeds are used, they must be fresh and given a moist, cool place in partial shade. bifidra, DC. No true St.: scape slender, usually 2- fld.: Ivs. as in C palustn§: sepals 6-9, nearly white or sometimes bluish: follicles at maturity distinctly stalked . Spring. Calif, to Alaska. leptos6pala, DC. Stout scape, 8-12 in.: Ivs. all basal or barely 1 on st.; nerves at base nearly parallel, other- wise like those of C. biflora: sepals 7-10, oblong, becom- ing narrower, white: fls. solitary: follicles scarcely stalked. May, June. Alaska to Wash, and Colo. Gn. 30:340. palustris, Unn. Mabsh MABiaoLD. St. hollow, 1-2 ft., branching, several-fld. : Ivs. cordate or renif orm, den- tate, crenate or entire: fls. bright yellow, 1-2 in. broad; sepals 5 or 6, rarely 7: follicles compressed, J^in. long. Apr .-June. Wet ground. Carolinas to Canada and west- ward. Gt. 47, p. 630. Gn. 69, p. 166.— Used before flow- ering LQ the spring as "cowsUp greens." Var. monstrdsa- pleno, Hort. (yax. fldre-plkno, Hort.). An improvement on the above: fls. larger, of greater substance, and often much doubled. Veiy beautiful. Var. T^ennanii, Hort. A dwarf form with golden fls. G.M. 52:415. polyp^tala, Hochst. Two ft. high: Ivs. 10-12 in. across: fls. 3 in. across. Caucasus and Asia Minor. — The plant spreads rapidly by stolons and may thus be easily prop. Gn. 69, p. 269. C eldia, Duthie. Fls. smaller than in C. palustris, golden yellow with orange-colored filaments and black anthers. Himalaya. Gn.W. 21=666. desc. K. C.Davis. CALTROPS: Trapa. CALVOA (apparently a personal name). Melas- tomAcex. A half-dozen or more herbs and shrubs in Trop. Afr., often succulent, with terete or 4-angled branches, enlarged nodes, long-petioled ovate 3-5- nerved Ivs., and red, rosy or violet fls. in scorpioid cymes. None of them is fikely to be in commerce for cult., although C. orientalis, Taub., is known in botanic gardens. It is a small shrub with 4-angled sts. produc- ing aerial roots: Ivs. nearly ovate, shining green and veined red at the base, the petioles red: fls. red, becom- ing violet, less than J^in. across. CALYCANTHUS {Kalyx and anthos, flower; the calyx is large and conspicuous). Syn. Butr^ria. Calycanthacex. Carolina Allspice. Sweet-scented Shrub. Omar mental shrubs, cultivated chiefly for their fragrant flowers. Winter-buds small, without bud-scales, hidden by the base of petiole before the Ivs. fall: Ivs. opposite, petioled, entire: fls. with numerous imbricate sepals and no dis- tinct petals; stamens many, short with innate anthers; Eistils many, inclosed in a hollow receptacle: fr. caps.- ke, formed like the rose-hip by the calyx-tube and containing numerous achenes. — Four species in N. Amer. 638 CALYCANTHUS CALYPSO These are deciduous shrubs of aromatic fragrance, with opposite rather large leaves usually rough above and brown or brownish usually fragrant flowers, terminal on leafy branchlets followed by a large capsule- like dry fruit. Except C ocddentalis, the species are hardy or nearly hardy North. They grow in ahnost 752. Calycanthus floridus. any well-drained and somewhat rich soil, and succeed as well in shady as in sunny positions. Propagated by seeds sown in spring; also increased by layers put down in summer, and by suckers or division of older plants. A. Lvs. densely pubescent beneath. flfiridus, Linn. Fig. 752. Three to 6 ft. : lvs. oval or broad-ovate, acuminate, dark green above, pale or grayish green beneath, 1J^3 in. long: fls. dark reddish brown, fragrant, about 2 in. broad. Va. to Fla. B.M. 503. Gn. 21, p. 184; 33, p. 392.— This species is much cult, for its very fragrant fls. and is the hardiest of all. Var. ov&tus, Lav. (C ovdttis, Ait.). Lvs. ovate to ovate-oblong, rounded or subcordate at the base. L.I. 24. AA. Lvs. glabrous beneath or nearly so: fls. slightly or not fragrant. fgrtilis, Walt. (C. f^ax, Michx. C. Isemgdtus, Willd. C. ndna, Loisel.). Three to 6 ft.: lvs. usually elliptic or oblong, acute or acuminate, green beneath, 2-5J^ in. long: fls. reddish brown, 1 J^ in. broad; anthers oblong: fr. ovoid, contracted at the mouth as in the preceding species. Alleghanies; from Ga. to N. C. and Ala. B.R. 6:481. — Roots, lvs. and bark used for their antiperiodic properties. Fr. said to be poisonous to sheep. Var. gladcus, Schneid. (C. glaiicus, Willd.). Fig. 753. Lvs. usually ovate or oblong-ovate, acuminate, glaucous beneath: fls. paler. B.R. 5:404. Var. oblongifdlius, Nutt., with oblong-lanceolate lvs. glaucous beneath. occidentWs, Hook. & Am. (C. macro'ph'jihis, Hort.). To 12 ft. : lvs. usually rounded at the base, ovate or oblong-ovate, green beneath and sometimes slightly pubescent, 4-6 in. long: fls. hght brown, 3 in. broad; anthers linear: fr. campanulate, not contracted at the mouth. Calif. B.M. 4808. F.S. 11:1113. R.H. 1854: 341. Gn. 33, p. 392.. C. Mdhrii, Small. Shrub, 2-6 ft.: Iva. ovate to oblong-ovate at the base, rounded to subcordate or broadly ouneate, densely pubes- cent beneath, 2-7 in. long: fls. purple, fragrant, more than 2 m. across. Tenn. and Ala. Little-known species, very similar to C. floridus var. ovatus, but the fr. campanulate and not contracted at the mouth. It has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum.— 0. pribcox, Linn.=Meratia prsecox. AlfHBD Rehdee. CALYCOCARPUM (Greek, cup-fruity alluding to the stone). MenispermAcess. A tall-climbmg vine: genus* monotypic. C. L^onii, Nutt., in rich woods, Ky. to . Kans. and south: woody twiner: lvs. large and broad, I simple, deeply pabnately 3-5-lobed, the lobes pointed: ' fls. small, greenish, in long racemose panicles, in May and June: fr. a globular drupe, the stone or pit hollowed out on one side, ripe in Aug. CALYCOTOME {Kalyx, and tome, a section or cut; calyx looks as if cut off). Legumindsx. Ornamental shrubs chiefly grown for their profusely produced yellow flowers; also used for low hedges. Leaves 3-foliolate, without stipules: fls. papiliona- ceous; calyx turbinate, truncate, colored; standard upright; keel obtuse, curved, shorter than standard; stamens 10 with the filaments connate; ovary sessile, many-ovuled: pod linear-oblong, along the upper suture winged or strongly thickened, 2-valved. — Five species in the Medit. region. Calycotomes are low spiny shrubs with smaU 3-folio- late deciduous leaves and fascicled or solitary yellow i; papilionaceous flowers. Hardy only in warmer tem- perate regions. They prefer a sunny position and well- drained soil. For propagation, see Cytisus. villdsa, Link. Two to 4 ft. : branchlets grayish tomen- tose: Ifts. obovate to oblong-obovate, densely silky beneath, under J^in. long: fls. J^in. long, 3 or more, fascicled: pod villous. May, June. — It is excellent for dense low hedges. spindsa, Link. Closely allied, but somewhat larger in every part, and with glabrous branchlets and pods; fls. solitary or few. B.R. 32:55. Alfred Rehdbr. CAL'fPSO (from the Greek goddess, whose name sig- nifies concealment; referring to its rarity and beauty). Orchiddcex. One of the rarest and most prized native orchids. A deUcate bog-plant, 3-4 in. high, with a small bulb, 1 roundish or ovate striated If., and 1 pink fl. with a spotted sac. For culture, see Calopogon; but more diffi- cult to grow than that plant. A monotypic genus. boreellis, Salisb. Fig. 754. Lf . an inch wide and long: scape 3-4 in. high, with about 3 sheaths; sepals and Eetals similar, ascending, lanceolate, acuminate, pink; p larger than the rest of the fl., with brown spots in lines and purple and yellow markings, wooUy-hairy 7S3. Calycanthus lertilis var. glaucus. ( X H) CALYPSO CAMASSIA 639 within; column petal-like, ovate, bearing the lid-like anther just below the apex. Maine to Minn, and N.; also Eu. Abundant in parts of Ore. and Wash. B.M. 2763. G.C. II. 16:656. CALYPTR6GYNE (from calyptra, hidden, and pyne, woman, in allusion to the half-hidden gyncecium). Palmdcex, tribe Geondmese. Short, almost comjiletely stemless and unarmed palms with unequally pinnate terminal leaves. Stems frequently stoloniferous, when present, ringed below: Ivs. numerous, often with the pinnate segms. joined together, in extreme youth 4-parted instead of bi-partite as in most related genera; Ifts. somewhat irregularly disposed on the rachis, broadly or narrowly scythe-shaped, running at the tip to an abrupt point, at the base revolute; petiole very short or practically none: spadix simple or sometimes branched at the base, long-stalked; spathes 2; fls. a httle unequal, with 3 sepals, 3 petals and 6 stamens, the style half immersed in the spadix: fr. oblong or obovoid, 1-seeded. — ^About 4 species, all from Trop. N. Amer. From Geonoma, a near relative and horticulturaUy a much more impor- tant genus, Calyptrogyne is distinguished only by the almost steinless habit, and the purely technical charac- ter of having prominently arrow-shaped anthers. In Geonoma the anthers are pendulous, but not sagittate. Calyptrogynes are handsome pahns, seldom seen out- side of large coUections. Special care must be given to the soil so that it will be sweet and porous, especially after the plants leave the seed-pan. WeU-drained pots and a little charcoal mixed with the soil, and the plants kept in a uniformly moist state, are conditions essential to the healthy growth of the plants. In this genus, C. Ohiesbreghiiana is the most widely known species, another garden name for which is Geonoma Verschaffeltii. These are shade-loving palms, having leaves of compara- tively thin texture, and consequently are subject to attacks of red spider unless properly cared for in regard to moisture. Calyptrogynes are most useful in a small state, old plants in general being rather leggy and poorly furnished. (G. W. Oliver and W. H. TapUn.) Jlaftca, H. Wendl. (Gednoma glaiica, Oerst.). Practi- y stemless: Ivs. 4-5 ft. long, the sheathing petiole brownish, about 1 ft. long; Ifts. numerous, about 2-3 in. apart, with 4 principal nerves, and scarcely any secondary ones: spadix simple, dif- fering from the following species in which the spadix is often branched, 2-3 ft. long, the pistillate fls. half hidden in tiny pits. Cent. Amer. G.C. III. 30:179.— Not a common species, but young plants are specially at- tractive. Ghiesbregh- tiana, H. Wendl. (Gednoma Ghies- hreghtiAna, Lindl. & H. Wendl. G. magnifica and G. Verschaffeltii, Hort.). St. short or almost none: petiole 5 ft. long: Ivs. elongate-oval; segms. in 6 pairs, unequal, almost opposite, rather remote, lanceo- late, very long- acuminate, fal- cate, the 2 upper- most on each side very wide: spadix often branched below, the fls. half hidden in tiny pits. Chiapas, Mex. B.M. 5782. C. sara-pigu^^is, H. Wendl. St. short: Ivs. 6 ft. long. Costa Kica. G.C. III. 29:217, deso. — C. spidgera, H. Wendl. St. evident: Ivs. irregularly pinnate, 3 ft. or less long, the stalks ilat on upper side. 755. Camaiotis lostrata. Guatemala. — C. Swdrtziij Hort., is a Geonoma. N. Taylob. 754. Calypso borealis. CALYPTROSTIGMA. DienriUa Middmdarffiana. CALYSTEGIA: Convolvulus. CAM AROTIS (a vault, in reference to the cavity in the apex of the Up). Orchidacex. Epiphytic hothouse orchids. Stems elongated, with short Ivs., and many-fld. racemes: sepals and petals similar, spreading; Up spurred, 3-lobed; rosteUum and anther beaked; polUnia 2, upon long thin stipes. — Species 2, in E. India. rostr&ta, Reichb. (C. pwrpiirea, Lindl. SarchocMlus purpureus, Benth.). Fig. 755. Sts. 2-3 ft. long, cUmb- ing: Ivs. oblong-linear, bifid at apex, 3-4 in. long: racemes longer than Ivs.; fls. crowded, about 1 in. diam., rose-purple, the Up somewhat darker. India. P.M. 7:25. — A scarce plant, now offered in American Usts. Free-growing plant with aerial roots similar to some epidendrums. The treatment accorded to the vandas and saccolabiums with similar roots will suit the camarotis. George V. Nash. CAMASSIA (Quamash or Camass is the Indian name). Sometimes _ written Quamasia. Lilidceas. Camass. West American spring-flowering bulbs. Leaves aU radical, long-lance-shaped, sheathing, from a true bulb that is pointed and with a rounded rather flattened base: sts. erect, 2-3 ft., bearing many bracted blossoms that open from the bottom of the raceme upward, in long succession: fls. blue, purple, white or cream, with 6 spreading 3-7-nerved segms., 640 CAMASSIA CAMASSIA 6 thread-like filaments, filiform style, and 3-angIed, 3-valved, several-seeded caps. — Five or 6 species in the temperate regions of W. N. Amer. from Cent. Calif, to Brit. Col. and east to Texas and Ark. They have resemblances to SciUa, but are much handsomer. The bulbs produce no offsets unless wounded. All the 756. Camassia Cusickii. (fla. X H) species vary greatly in width of Ivs., size and number of fls., so that definite figures mean Uttle. The large bulb and broad bluish Ivs. of C. Cusickii, the heavy St., regular fls., and twisted old segms. of C. Leichi- linii, the irregular fl. and drooping segms. of C Quamash, and the time of flowering of C. Howellii, are good gen- eral characters to distinguish them. Camassias are natives of rich meadows, very wet in winter and spring but dry in summer. Water often stands on the surface at flowering time. While the very best success can perhaps be attained by giving them a rather heavy soil with abundant moisture in the early season, they are most amenable to cultivation and thrive in any loam (only avoiding too rank manures), and they are perfectly hardy. They have been thor- oughljr tested throughout the region from Illinois east. Plant in early fall, from 3 to 4 inches apart and 3 to 6 inches deep, and do not disturb thereafter. As cut- flowers, they are excellent as they open in long succes- sion. Seeds grow readily, but from three to four years are required to make flowering plants. Cfisickii, Wats. Fig. 756. Bulbs very large (weigh- ing 4r-8 ozs.) : Ivs. numerous, broad, glaucous, somewhat undulate (15 in. long by 1}^ in. wide): st. often 3 ft. high: fls. 30-100, very pale dehcately blue; segms. spreading, crinkled at base, faintly 3-5-nerved. Ore. G.F. 1:174 (adapted in Fig. 756).— The very large bulb and broader and more numerous Ivs. easily dis- tinguish this species. Very easily grown. Quamash, Greene (C. escvlMa, Lindl.). Common Camass. Fig. 757. This species varies greatly; some forms are low and slender, others 2-3 ft. high, stout and many-fld.; it can be distinguished by the irregular per- ianth in which 5 segms. are more or less on one side and 1 on the other: Ivs. %in. broad or less: fls. 10-40, varying from almost white to intense ultramarine in the varieties; segms. 3-5-nerved and a little longer than the stamens, narrow and channeled at the base; pedicels not exceed- ing the fls.: caps, ovate-oblong, obtuse, transversely veined. Calif, to Utah and north to Brit. Col. B.R. 1486. F.S. 3:275. Gn. 46:338 and p. 339.— Bulb cooked and eaten by the Indians. The fls. vary to white. The large ultramarine form is the one in the trade. The withered segments fall down about the pedicel irregularly. Leichtlinii, Wats. Stout, often 3 ft. or even more in height: fls. white, cream-colofed, blue or purple, nearly regular; stamens and style ascending; segms. broad and flattened at the base, usually 5-7-nerved: caps, oblong- ovate, emarginate, obliquely veined. The withered segms. of the perianth twist about the caps, like bonbons; this is an infallible distinctive mark of the species. C. Leitchlinii is not common, but is distributed from Mendocino Co., Calif., to Brit. Col. B.M. 6287 (as C. esculenta var. Leichtlinii, Baker). — In Men- docino Co., a clear blue form grows rarely in mountain meadows. In the Umpqua Valley, Ore., the type is clear cream approaching white. In the same region and farther north, a very large deep blue or purple form is found, while in Brit. Col., the cream-colored form again appears but is rare. At their best, the sts. are stiff and heavy, the fls. large and many, and the masses of bloom approach the Eremurus in beauty and are even finer in separate fls. C. Leichtlinii is the finest of aU camassias. Several color forms are described, as var. atromol&cea, deep purple, and others. Edwellii, Wats. Bulb rather small: Ivs. few, 1 ft. long and less than J^in. wide: st. often 2 ft. high, many- fld., with spreading pedicels twice or more the length of the linear bracts: fls. pale purple, opening in the afternoon, the segms. J^in. lon§, 3-5-nerved; pedi- cels longer than the fls.: caps, small, broadly ovate and very obtuse. S. Ore. Intro, by Pilking- ton & Co., 1892. esculenta, Rob- ins. (C. Frdseri, Torr.). Scape 12- 18 in. high: Ivs. keeled: fls. light blue, smaller than in C. Quamash; segms. 3-nerved; pedicels mostly longer than fls.Pa., west and south. B.M. 1574 (as Scilla esculenta). Var. angtista (C. angtista, Hort.). Very slen- der, ^nd Ivs. nar- rower ( J^in. wide) : fls. smaller, }4 or J^in. long. La. and Ark. to Texas. Carl Purdy. 757. Camassia Quamash. (X H) CAMELLIA CAMELLIA 641 759. Camellia japonica — Lucida. CAMELLIA (after George Joseph Kamel or Camellus, a Moravian Jesuit, who traveled in Asia in the seven- teenth century). TemstroemiAcex. Camellia. Woody Elants, chiefly grown for their showy white or red owers and also for their handsome evergreen foliage. Evergreen trees or shrubs with alternate short-peti- oled serrate Ivs. and large terminal or axillary white or red fls. foUowed by subglobose woody caps.: fls. sessile, up- right; sepals many, imbricate, deciduous; petals 5 or more; stamens numerous, more or less connate; ovary 3-5-celled, with slender styles connate, at least be- 758.' Camellia japonica— Abby WUder. low: fr. a dehiscent caps., with few large subglobose seeds. — About 10 species in tropical and subtropical Asia. Often united with Thea, which differs in its nodding and stalked fls. with a persistent calyx consisting of 5 nearly equal sepals. There ia a monograph of this genus by Seemann in Trans. Linn. Soc. 22:337-352 (1859) and by Kochs in Engler Bot. Jahrb. 27:577-634 (1900). Illustrated monographs of the horti- cultural varieties are: Curtis, Monogr. of the genus Camellia (1819) ; Baumann, BoUweiler Camelliensammlung (1828); Chandler, CamelUese (1831); BerlSse, Monogr. du genre Camellia a (1839); Verschaifelt, Nouvelle Monographie du CamelUa (1848-1860): the last with 576 and the previous one with 300 colored plates. Camellias grow like natives on sandy lands and even on high pine land in central Florida, but they flower best in half-shady somewhat moist places. The half-double varieties of Camellia japonica do best, while the very double kinds often drop their buds entirely. The flow- ers suffer very much from the sun and cannot be grown much farther south than central Florida. Camellia Sasanqua, single, half-double and double kinds, grow much more satisfactorily than the varieties of C. ja- ponica. They begin to flower late in October and early November, and the double white C. Sasanqua is a mass of pure white usually at Christmas time. All the varieties of C. Sasanqua have somewhat fragrant flowers. C. reticulata does equally well in Florida. It is very distinct in foliage from the two former species which have glossy leaves, while the leaves of C. reticu- lata are dull green. All the camellias are extremely slow growers if not carefully cultivated and fertilized. A mulch of old cow-manure, now and then a Uttle commercial fertilizer, and thorough watering during the dry season several times a week start the bushes into a vigorous and healthy growth. They are so ex- tremely beautiful when in flower that all the care given them is well repaid. (H. Nehrling.) A. Ovary and Ivs. perfectly glabrous. japdnica, Linn. (Thka jap&nica, Nois.). Figs. 758- 761. Shrub or tree, sometimes to 40 ft., glabrous: Ivs very shining and dark green above, ovate or elhptic, acuminate, sharply serrate, 2-4 in. long: fls. red in the type, 3-5 in. across; petals 5-7, roundish. China, Japan. B.M. 42. S.Z. 82. F.S. 20:2121. S.I.F. 1:73. Gn. 24, p. 411; 28, p. 203; 36, p. 241. Var. alba, Lodd. Fls. white. L.B.C. 7:636. Gn. 54, p. 243. J.H. III. 54:227; 64:397. Var. aiba-plena, Lodd. Fls. white, double. L.B.C. 3:269. Gn. 53, p. 244. Var. anemonifidra, Curtis. Fls. red, with 5 large petals, the stamens changed into numerous smaller and narrow petals; the whole fl. resembling that of a double anemone. L.B.C. 637. B.M. 1654. Gn. 44, p. 329. Var. magno- lieefldra, Hort. Fls. pale rose, semi-double, with 12-15 petals rather narrow and half upright. Gn. 76, p. 31. Var. apuc8ef6miis, Rehd. (C. apucsefdrmis, Jacob- Mackoy). Lvs. bifid at the apex. — For the numerous other garden forms, see the above-mentioned mono- graphs; also, Flore des Serres, L'lllustration Horticole, and other older horticultural publications contain a large niimber of varieties with illustrations. AA. Ovary and lvs. on ike midrib above pubescent. reticulata, Lindl. {Thki reticulata, Pierre). Large shrub, glabrous: lvs. duU green, not shining above, reticulate, flat, eUiptic-oblong, acuminate, serrate, 3-5 in. long: fls. 5-7 in. across, purplish rose; petals 15-20, obovate, loosely arranged. China. B.R. 13:1078. B.M. 2784. P.M. 3:101. G.M. 35: suppL Apr. 2. F.W. 1880:321. G. 26:59. Var. plena, Hort. Fls. with twice as many petals, and more regularly arranged. B.M. 4976. F.S. 12: 1279-80. Sasinqua, Thunb. (TUa Sasdnqua, Nois.). Shrub of loose, straggling habit, and with the branches pubes- cent when young: lvs. ellip- tic to oblong- ovate, bluntly pointed at the apex, crenate- 760. Camellia japonica — H. A. Downing. 761. Camellia japonica — President Clark. serrate, shining, dark green and hairy on the midrib above, 1^2 in. long: fls. 1 J^2 in. across, white; petals 5 or more, obovate or oblong. China, Ja- pan. Gn. 54:142. S.Z. 83 (except the red vars.). S.I.F. 2:52. J.H. m. 43: 131. G.M. 36:51. Runs into many forms. Var. semi-plena, Hort. Fls. semi-double, white. B.R. 1:12; 13:1091. Var. anemo- nifidra, Seem. Fls. large, double, outer petals white, inner ones much smaller, yellow. B.M. 5152. Var. oledsa, Rehd. (Thka Sasdnqua var. oledsa, Pierre. C. olelfera, Lindl.). Of more robust habit, with lvs. and the single white fls. larger than in the type. B.R. 11: 942. L.B.C. 11:1065. Var. Kissi, Rehd. {Thla Sasdn- quaw2LT. ifissi, Pierre. C. iCissi, Wall.). Lvs. oval-oblong to ovate, long-acuminate, to 3J^ in. long. Himalayas. 642 CAMELLIA CAMPANULA C axiUdris, Iloxbg.=Gordoiiia anomala. — C. cuepidatat Hort.=Thea cuspidata. — C. drupifera, Lour. Shrub, to_8 ft.: Ivs. elliptic, long-acuminate: Qa. IH in. wide, fragrant, white, petals obovate. Himalayas, India. L.B.C. 19: 1815. — C. euryoidee, Lindl. =Thea euiyoides. — C. euryoidee, Hort.=Thea maliflora. — C. hojig- konghisis. Seem. (Thea hongkongensis, Pierre)._ Tree with glabrous branches: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, indistinctly serrate, lustrous above, coriaceous, 3-4 in. long: fls. red, 2 in. across; petals slightly emarginate; ovary pubescent. Hongkong. Trans. Linn. Soc. 22:60. — C. malifldra, Lindl.=Thea maliflora. — C. Tosifilnra, Hook.=Thea maliflora. — C sinensis, Kuntze=Thea sinensis. — C. spectabiKs, Champ.=Tutcheria spectabilis. — C. Thia, Link=Thea sinensis. Alfred Rehder. CAMOENSIA (Louis Camoens, Portugese poet). Legumindsx. Two species of climbing shrubs from W. Trop. Afr., with digitately 3-foliolate Ivs., and large papilionaceous fls. Calyx top-shaped; petals with long claws, the standard orbicular or nearly so; stamens free; ovary stipitate, with many ovules, the stigma small and capitate: fr. a broad-linear flattened 2-valved pod. C. maxima, Welw., has recently been offered by an EngUsh firm. Described by Baker as "a magnificent species" and by BuU as "one of the most gorgeously beautiful of tropical chmbers:" Ifts. obovate-oblong, 6-6 in. long, cuspidate: fls. milk-white tinged with gold and frilled on the edges of the petals, in short- stalked 6-8-fld. axillary racemes; standard projecting 4 in. beyond the calyx, 3-4 in. broad; other petals shorter and not more than 1 in. broad: pod 6-8 in. long. Trans. Linn. Soc. 25:36. B.M. 7572. G.C. III. 20:597. L. H. B. CAMPANULA (Latin, little bell, from the shape of the corolla in some species). Campaniddcex. Bell- flower. Harebell. Bltjebell. A large group of attractively flowering herbs, containing some of the most popular garden plants, especially of hardy her- baceous perennials. Annual, biennial or perennial, mostly tlie last, often small and tufted: root-lvs. usually larger than the st.- Ivs., and often of different shape and more or less tran- sitory: fls. blue, violet or white, sometimes yellow; calyx 5-fid; corolla 5-lobed or 5-fid; stamens 5, free; filaments wide at the base, membranaceous; stigmas 3 or 5, filiform: caps. 3-5-valved, dehiscing on the sides or (as in Fig. 762) at the base by 3-5 small valves; seeds ovate, complanate or ovoid. — Probably 250 species, nearly all m the northern hemisphere with the center of distribution in the Medit. region; about a dozen species are N. American. The species mostly inhabit swamps or moist ground, or alpine and boreal regions. AUied genera of garden value are Adenophora, Jasione, Lightfootia, Michauxia, Ostrowskia, Phyteuma, Platycodon, Specularia, Symphyandra, Trachelium, and Wahlenbergia, in which genera many species originally described as campanulas may be sought. Of these, perhaps the two best known cases are Platycodon grandiflorum, the "balloon flower," with its characteristic inflated buds, dark green, glossy, leathery Ivs.; and Specularia Speculum (C. Speculum), "Venus' looking-glass," a pretty annual, which ^ows in the grain fields of S. Eu., and is cult, for its violet fls. with a white eye. The calyx- tube of Specularia is relatively much longer than in any campanula. The most prominent campanulas now in cult, seem to be the forms of C. Medium, C. carpat- ica, C. persidfolia, C. pyramidalis, C. punctata, C. pusilla (casspitosa), C. rotundifolia. Botanically, campanulas fall into two important groups, based on the presence or absence of calyx appendages. The subgenus Medium has the appen- dages, and Eucodon lacks them. These appendages are often small and disguised. The genus may also be 762. Capsule ol Campanula with basal dehiscence. thrown into two broad groups based on the dehiscence, — the subgenus Medium with capsule opening near the base, and Rapunculus with the openings near the top. For the horticulturist, the most serviceable classi- fication is based on the use that he makes of the plants, — ^whether as a garden vegetable, as border plants, or as rock-garden or alpine subjects; and this is the division attempted here. In cultivation, campanulas tend to become taller and more robust, less hairy, more branched, and more floriferous. Blue is the prevafling color in the genus. A very few have white or yellowish flowers, with no blue or violet forms. Any blue or violet-flowered form is likely to have white varieties, and double and semi-double forms are common in three or four of the most popular species. All flowers tend to become larger and more numerous on a stem. In cultivation, the three-celled species are likely to have five stigmas instead of three, and five-celled cap- sules, often along with normally constructed flowers on the same plant. The height is the most variable feature of all, and in the scheme below C. carpatica, C. punctata and forms of C. glomerata especially will seem wrongly placed to many. But the characters used by botanists are well-nigh useless to the gardener, and nothing but a distinction of height can bring out the two important cultural groups of . campanulas. For a recent garden monography of dwarf campanulas, see Correvon, "The Garden," 59 (1901) pp. 276, 450; 60, pp. 51, 64, 111, 161, 218. Cultivation. — The genus Campanula is extraordi- narily rich in flowering garden plants of merit. The alpine section is distinguished by a charming grace both in character of growth and size and bearing of flowers. The peach-leaved class (C. persidfolia) is characterized by the noble^and beautiful form of single and semi-double blossoms carried by thin erect stems 2-3 feet high. The luster and clearness of tints of the bushy biennial Medium and calycanthema type are remarkable, while the rambling habit and the marvelous floriferousness of the varieties C. isophyUa and its descendant C. Mayii, indicate the wide range of orna- mental usefulness of beUflowers. Considering the good lasting qualities in a cut state and the great popularity of the flowers of long-stemmed sorts for indoor decorar tion, it is safe to say that campanulas will steadily gain in importance as material upon the florists' coimter as well as for garden planting. The greatest curiosities are C. punctata, C. m/icroatyla, C. Zoysii and C. rotundi- folia var. soldanelUeflora. For exhibition and for pot culture and also for large single specimens, C. pyram- idalis is most used. For edgings, C. carpatica is per- ■ haps the favorite. Of all wild forms, the best known is certainly C rotundifolia, the true harebell, or %lue bells of Scotland." It is native in North Amer- ica as well as in Europe, on rocky banks and shores. — Wherever rock-gardens are planned, alpine cam- panulas have become indispensable. The greater part of typical mountain inhabitants chiefly available for this purpose being spring-flowering plants, the summer flowers of campanulas are especially welcome. One of the best beUflowers for rock-gardens is C. carpatica, blue and white, with its var. compacta also in blue and white, var. cselestina, sky blue, var. pelviformis, light blue, and var. Riverslea with large dark-blue bells; but there are a number of other very handsome species possessing commercial value that deserve the atten- tion of progressive growers. The demand is for a plant material easy to handle, resistant and free-flowering. As such may be recommended for rockeries, C. gargan- ica and C. garganica var. hirsuta, both 4 inches high, flowers light blue. C. pusilla, in white and blue, is regarded as the hardiest low-growing alpine bellflower. Excellent effect may be secured from a number of the garden hybrids, when rightly employed; plantations of C. Wilsonii, cross between C. pulla and C. turbinata, dark blue, 6 inches tall, and C. Fergusmii and C. Hen- CAMPANULA CAMPANULA 643 dersonii, 12 to 18 inches, all blooming freely from late in June to early August, are good examples. Cam- panula glomerata var. acavlis, a clustered-flowering low- growing form, violet-blue, June and July, answers the same purpose, while C. glomerata var. dahurica, 12 to 18 inches, dark violet-blue and white, very free-flower- ing, is valuable also as a border plant. Other good rock- ery kinds are C. fragilis (which needs protection, but makes a good pot-plant), C. pvlla in sheltered position, C. Portenschlagiana, and C. rotundifolia. Many of the larger-growing kinds are also good for the rock-garden. — The best two representatives of the biennial class, are C. Medium and C. calycantkema, both standard garden flowers. In the northern states, especially, they do exceedingly well. When used for mass effects, their fuU bloom becomes a prominent feature of June. The deli- cate shades of pink and pale lavender, the purity of the white, and the rich tints in purple and blue are a reve- lation. They transplant very easily, even in an ad- vanced state of growth, and readily respond to mild forc- ing under glass in si)ring. In a cut state, they show remarkably good lasting qualities and are of excellent value as material for filling vases. A few other good biennials are C. sibirica, C. primulasfolia, C. spicata, (p. 650), C. thyrsoides. — The peach-leaved section com- prises the most perfect forms of the bellflower family, although C. persidfolia has been surpassed in popular favor by the more vigorou . C. grandiflora varieties in white and blue, which are rpally platycodons. C. iso- phylla, native of Italy, is not hardy in Maine and must be overwintered under glass. It is a very effective basket- and balcony-box plant, its long hanging vines being covered with large and attractive flowers in July and August. The color is a delicate light blue, while the bells of its garden descendant C. Mayii, have a deeper shade. For the South, both are valuable acqui- sitions for rockeries. — Of the perennial species, according to Robert Cameron, the best border plants are the fol- lowing: C. carpatica and vars. alba and turhinata; C. glomerata, especially var. dahurica; C. lactiflora; C. lati- folia, especiaUy its vars. eriocarpa and maerantha; C. nobilis (about 2 ft. in height); C. persidfolia and its numerous vars., especially the white kinds; C. punc- tata (about li4 ft.); C. pyramidalis, a very showy plant when well grown, but not quite reUable in the eastern states as to hardiness, making a good pot-plant for the cool greenhouse; C. rapunculoides, which spreads rap- idly and must be so placed that it will not crowd out the other plants that are near it; C. rotundifolia; C. Trachelium; C. Van Houttei, a hybrid, and one of the best bellflowers. — Campanulas are raised from seed and also by division or cuttings. Seeds should be started early under glass. Cover very shallow, and place the shallow seed-pans near the light in an aver- age temperature of 60°. Shade at midday while in pro- cess of germinating; avoid over-watering and "sticky" atmosphere. Transplant seedlings into flats as soon as they can be handled. Harden yotmg plants gradually and transfer them to the open ground in May. C. Medium, C. calycantkema, and all the C. persidfolia varieties, when grown for the cut-flower trade, should be placed on beds where they are intended to be flow- ered and cropped the next season. They thrive best in a rather light well-manured garden soU. Some of the alpine sjiecies require a sandy humus with addi- tions of fine limestone material. W^e^ grown for floral garden effect, the open sunny position is preferable throughout the North, while for the South half-shade at midday is likely to prolong the flowering season. Seedlings of single varieties come true to color to a high percentage. Of the semi-double and double C. persidfolia sorts, propagation is usually by division in September. C. isophylla and C. Mayii are shy seeders and are propagated by" cuttings in spring. For winter protection, a light covering of straw, leaves or ever- green boughs is sufl5cient south of New York. In more northern parts, hardy campanulas require a uniform layer of leaves 2 to 3 inches thick. The annuals can be raised in the border by seeds sown late in April or May, or raised in the greenhouse and then transferred to the border. The best of the annuals are C. ramosis- sima and var. alba, C. drabifolia, C. Erinus, C. macro- styla, and C. americana. (Richard Rothe.) 10. acaulis, 12. alaskana, 44. alba, 11, 16, 19, 32, 39, 45, 46. alba grandiflora, alliarisBfolia, 5. Allionii, 26. alpina, 29. americana, 9. arctica, 44. attica, 43. Backhousei, 10. barbata, 27. biserrata, 13, bononiensis, IS. csespitosa, 46. calycanthema, 4. ^carpatica, 39. ceUidifolia, 13. Gcelestina, 39. ccerulea, 13. compacta, 16, 39. coronata, 10. dahurica, 12. divaricata, 23. divergens, 30. drabifolia, 43. Elatines, 35. Erinus, 49. eriocarpa, 17. exciaa, 47. eximia, 30. Fergusonii, 16. floribunda, 40. fragilis, 33. garganica, 34. glomerata, 12. INDEX. grandis, 11. Grosaekii, 7. haylodgensis, 39. Hendersonii, 39. hirsuta, 33, 34. Hohenackeri, 30. Hoatii, 44. imperialis, 4. isophylla, 40. lactiflora, 13. lamiifoUa, 5. latifolia, 17. latiloba, 11. linifolia, 45. longestyla, 3. LoTei, 32. maerantha, 10, 17, macrophylla, 5. macrostyla, 2. major, 36. marginata, 10. Mayii, 40. /Medium, 4. 'mirabilis, 8. Moerheimei, 10. mollis, 28. muralis, 36. nobitis, 24. pallida, 25, 46. parviflora, 3. pelviformis, 39. i.persicifolia. 10. Portenschlagiana, pulla, 42. puUoides, 42. pumila, 46. punctata, 24. pttsiUa, 46. Lpyramidalis, 16. Rainerii, 37. ramosissima, 32. rapunculoides, 21. Hapunculus, 1. rhomboidalis, 19. riverslea, 39. /jotundifolia, 44. ruthenica, 18. sarmatica, 6. Scheuchzeri, 45. Scouleri, 41. sibirica, 30. Boldanella, 44. soldanellseflora, 44. sparsiflora, 12. speciosa, 12, 14. Stansfieldii, 31, 39. stenocodon, 44, superba, 12. Tenorii, 38. Tommasiniana, 31, thyraoidea, 14. thyrsoides, 14. Trachelium, 20. turbinata, 39. UTtidSolia, 20. Van Houttei, 25. velutina, 44. versicolor, 22. werus, 1. 36. Vidalii, 15. Waldsteiniana, 31. Wiegandii, 4, Wilsonii, 39. Zoysii, 48. C. primvhefolia and C. spicata will be found in the supplementary list, p. 650. Group I. Kitchen-garden vegetable: roots radish-like; a salad plant. 1. Rapiinculus, Linn. (Raptinculus verus, Fourr.). Rampion. Fig. 763. Biennial or perennial, 2-3 ft.: root spindle- or long-radish-shaped, J^in. thick, white: St. erect sulcate: lower Ivs. obovate, short-petioled, somewhat crenate; st.-lvs. linear-lanceolate, entire: fls. calyx-tube obconical, lobes hlac, in a spike or raceme; glabrous or bristly, erect, awl-shaped, a half shorter than or nearly equal to the funnel-shaped coroUa. Eu., Orient, N. Asia, N. Afr. — The roots and Ivs. are eaten as a salad. The seeds, which are very small, are sown in the open ground in early May either broadcast or in drills. A little sand mixed with the seed gives an evener sow- ing. Press firmly^ and water carefully. Thm out the seedlings & necessary. Water freely in hot weather. A fresh sowing may be made in June, as early -sown plants may run to seed. Roots are gathered in Oct. and may be stored in sand for win- ter use. "Rapunculus" 763. Root of rampion-Cam- means a httle turnip. panula Rapunculus. 644 CAMPANULA CAMPANULA Gbotjp II. Tall or border campanulas, characteristically afoot or IB in. or more high. Nos. S-^3. A. Calyx with an appendage at the base of each sirms. B. Caps. 5-celled and stigmas 5 {variable in No. 3). c. Style excessively long, the stigma an inch or more long. 2. macrdstyla, Boiss. & Heldr. Annual, 1-2 ft., branched from the base, hispid with rigid spreading scattered bristles: branches stout: Ivs. scattered, small for the size of the plant, sessile, bristly on both sur- faces; lower ones ovate-oblong, acute; upper ovate- lanceolate, recurved, cordate, eared at the Isase: calyx- tube hidden by the bladdery appendages, small, broader than long; fls. solitary; on stout peduncles, 2-2 J^ in. broad; corolla very broad and open, pale pur- ple without, dull purple within, marked with violet, and hairy toward the bot- tom; lobes very broad, short and acute. Mt. Taurus in Ana^ tolia. Gn. 15: 356 and 12, p. 209. B.M.6394. —The very long exserted style is brown and spin- dle - shaped be- fore spreading open. Self-sown ' 1 sometimes remam a year before sprout- ing. cc. Style not ex- cessively long. 3. longestyla, Fomine. Peren- nial, 1>^-2K ft, more or less hairy: basal Ivs. lance -oval, lobed, the st.- Ivs. oblong and sessile: fls. blue- purple, droop- ing; calyx-lobes lanceolate- pointed, the appendages re- flexed on the peduncle ;corolla almost urn-shaped, dilated below the middle; style exserted with 3, 4 or 5 stigmas: caps. 3-S-celled. Cau- casus. Gn. W. 23:671. Var. parviflSra, Bois. Fls. smaller. R.H. 1911:548; p. 549. 4. Medium, Linn. {Mhdium grandiflbrum, Spach). Canterbury Bells. Fig. 764. Biennial, 1-i ft.; plant pilose: st. erect: Ivs. sessile, ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, crenate-dentate: raceme lax, many-fld.; fls. violet-blue, varying to several shades and to white, 2 in. long; calyx-lobes ovate-acuminate, the appendages half as long as the ample ovate obtuse lobes; corolla bell- shaped, inflated. S. Eu. Gn. M. 14:9. Two forms (aside from thesingle-fld.) occur: thedouble, Fig. 764a, with 1-3 extra corollas, and the var. calyc&nthema, Hort., Fig. 764b, with an enlarged spreading and petal-like outer pAt sometimes deeply divided and sometimes little lobed or nearly entire (varying on the same plant) . The YB\calycanihenta is the Cup-and-Saucbr form (the 764. Campanula Medium, the Canterbury Bell. Modified forms are shown. name hose-in-hose, sometimes applied in Campanula, would better be retained for Primula elatior); a fair percentage come true from seed; usually a stronger plant than the common C. Medium. G.C. 111. 24:65. R.H. 1896, p. 301; 1897, p. 238. Gng. 5:88. Gn. 48, p. 295. F.S. 19, p. 152. G.W. 3, p. 291. G.Z. 17: 113. Var. Wiegandii, Hort. Lvs. golden yellow: fls. blue. Var. imperials, Hort., is a very floriferous form or possibly a hybrid. — Canterbury bells are most commonly treated as hardy biennials, the seed being sown in the open border, but they do not flower the first year. They can also be treated as tender annuals, the seed being sown indoors in early spring and the plants set out May 1-15. They will then flower well the first season, but always better the second year. Sowings may also be made in April, May or later, in pots, boxes or beds, and plants then be transferred into some sheltered place where they can be slightly pro- tected during the winter, and then transplanted in spring to their permanent places into good rich soil, where they will make a great show if they have had the right treatment. Let them stand 18-24 in. apart. Seed- lings potted up in autumn may be brought into bloom readily indoors in spring; and even blooming plants, if not spent, may be potted direct from the garden and used in the house in autumn. BB. Caps. S-celled: stigmas 3. 5. alliarisefdlia, Willd. (C lamiifdlia. Bleb. C. ma- crophylla, Sims). Perennial, 1J^2 ft.: st. erect, striate, wooUy, branched only at the top: root-lvs. large, heart- shaped, crenate, tomentose; st.-lvs. on petioles which gradually shorten upward, the highest being sessile: fls. white, nodding, on short stalks, borne singly in the axils of the floral lvs. as in C. sarmatica, but the floral, lvs. larger and broader; calyx a third or a fourth shorter than the corolla, with margins rolled back, and appen- dages less minute than in C. sarmatica; corolla always white, 2 in. long, ciliated at the margin, and with char- acteristic tooth-Uke processes at the base of each sinus. Caucasus, Asia Minor. B.M. 912. Gn. M. 14:9. 6. sarm&tica, Ker-Gawl. Perennial, 1-2 ft.: st. simple, striate, pubescent: Ivs. remarkable for their gray color, harsh, leathery, wrinkled, tomentose, oblong-cordate, crenate, the lower long-petioled, the upper sessile: calyx with minute reflexed appendages, and a short, densely hairy tuft: fls. about 6 on a st., nodding; corolla about 1 in. long, and 1}^ in. across, pale blue, marked with 5 hairy lines. Caucasus, in subalpine places. B.M. 2019. L.B.C. 6:581. 7. Grdssekii, Heuff. Has the habit and infl. of C. Trachelium, but the calyx is appendaged; perennial, 2J^ ft., branching from the base, angled, pilose: lvs. hispid, the lower cordate, unequally petioled, doubly crenate-serrate, the uppermost ovate-acute, narrowed into a petiole: calyx setose-ciUate, lobes spreading, reflexed at the apex, appendages lanceolate, a third shorter than the lobes; corolla hispid, 2 or 3 times longer than the calyx-lobes: fls. large, bell-shaped, violet, in a long raceme. Hungary. Gt. 35, p. 477. G. 27:459. 8. mirdbilis, Alboff. Biennial or short-Uved peren- nial, 1 ft. or more; whole plant forms a broad dense cone with such a profusion of bloom as almost to hide the foliage: lower lvs. 4-6 in. long, obovate or spatu- late, obtuse, coarsely toothed, petiole winged: fls. pale lilac, erect, broadly campanulate, 2 in. across, the corolla hairy on margins and back. Caucasus. B.M. 7714. G.C. 111.24:33:42:144-5. Gt. 47, p. 192. Gn. 54, p. 454; 60, p. 58. G.W. 12, p. 445.— A very beauti- ful and remarkable plant. AA. Calyx without an appendage at the base of each sinus. B. Fls. rotate or wheel-shaped. 9. americana, Linn. Annual and biennial, 3-6 ft.: St. erect, simple: lvs. thin, serrate, somewhat pilose; CAMPANULA CAMPANULA 645 ' ' root-lvs. ovate-acute, subcordate, petiolate; st.-lvs. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate at both ends: calyx-tube long, obconical, the teeth linear-acuminate, almost entire, spreading, shorter than the 5-fid, wheel-shaped corolla; fls. light blue, 1 in. broad, in long spikes, soli- tary or in 3's; corolla shallow, lobes pilose outside and ■ at the apex; style long, strongly declined and upwardly curved: caps, cylindrical, grooved. Shaded low ground Canada to Iowa, south to Fla. and Ark. — Rarely cult. It is possible that Phyieuma canescens is still cult, as C. americana. BB. Fls. sav£er-shaped or broadly beUrshaped, i. e., the tube shallower and the limbs more mdely spread- ing than the bell-shaped. c. St.-hs. linear-lanceolate, crenvlate. 10. persicifdlia, Linn. Fig. 765. Perennial, 2-3 ft. : st. erect: Ivs. glabrous, rigid, crenulate; root-lvs. lanceolate- obovate; st.-lvs. linear-lanceolate or spatulate, often 3 in. long: caljrx-lobes acuminate, wide at the base, entire, halt as long as the broadly beU-shaped coroUa: fls. blue or white, pedicelled, solitary, terminal and axillary, often IJ^ in. long, 2 in. broad: caps, ovoid, 3-grooved. Eu. B.M.397. G.C. III. 43:384. Gn. 75, p. 30. G. 6:297. Gn. M. 14:9. G.W. 3, p. 292. C.L.A. 13:478; the white form in G. 13:71 and Gn. W. 23:Suppl. Jan. 27; the double white in G.C. III. 27:409 and G. 3:563. One of the best of all perennial campanulas. Var. macrdntha is a large-fld. form with fls. aU along the st. Gt.44, p. 148. Gn.48, p. 306. A.F. 6:383. S.H. 1:131. Var. ilba grandifldra and var. Bdckhousei are among the popular white-fld. forms. There are double and semi-double forms in blue and white. The double white is useful for cutting. For portraits of var. gravdv- flora, see G. 27:458; 28:553, 673; G.W. 12, p. 433. Var. coron^ta, Hort., is a semi-double white form. F.S. 7:699. The pictures in B.M. and F.S. show distinctly saucer-shaped fls. Var. Moerheimei, Hort. White-fld., double, 2-3 in. diam.: excellent. G.C. III. 27:414. G.M. 49:535. G.W. 6, p. 545; 12, p. 434. A.G. 23:497. Var. marginata, Hort., has white fls. tinted blue on the bor- ders. R.B. 32, p. 252. This species occasionally runs wild, especially m England. The Ivs. are very charac- teristic, and, once seen, are never forgotten. cc. St.-hs. wider and coarsely toothed. 11. latfloba, DC. (C. grdndis, Fisch. & Mey.) Peren- nial, 1-1}^ ft., glabrous: st. erect, simple, terete: st.- lvs. 3-5 in. long, 4-6 lines wide, lanceolate, narrowed at both ends^ crenate-serrate: calyx-lobes ovate-acute, broad, entu-e, erect, one-half shorter than the broadly bell-shaped corolla: fls. blue, often 2 in. wide, sessile, BoUtary or somewhat clustered, sometimes equaling the ovate-acute, dentate bracts. Mt. Olympus. P.M. 10:31. H.U. 3, p. 137. Gt. 7:202.— Fls. like C. persi- cifolia. Quickly forms a dense carpet. Variable in color. Var. dlba, Hort. White fls. G. 19:440. BBB. Fls. beU-shaped or tubular, not saucer-shaped. c. Infl. a dense roundish head. 12. glomer^ta, Linn. One of the most variable: perennial, 1-2 ft., typically pubescent: st. erect, simple, terete: Ivs. serrulate, lower ones rough with very short, stiff hairs, 1J4-3 in. long, 1-2 in. wide, with a cordate, ovate-oblong blade shorter than the petiole; upper ones sessile, ovate, acute: fls. violet-blue to white, in dense heads or glomes, 15-20 in the terminal heads, fewer in axillary ones. Eu., Armenia, Persia, Siberia; some- times escaped in this country. Gn.M. 14:9. B.M. 2649 is var. specidsa, which has the largest fls. L.B.C. 6:505 is var. sparsifldra, with, much smaUer clusters. — This is one of the earliest flowering and easiest of cult. Fls. typically dark purple, running into Ughter varieties. Var. dahurica, Hort., is probably the com- monest form: terminal clusters 3 in. or more thick, a very characteristic infl. The fl. has a longer tube than C.lactifi rupted spike, blue. Eu. J.H. III. 47 : 267. — C. sulphitrea, Boiss. Annual: fls. size of those of C. rotundifolia, pale straw-color out- side and sulfur-yellow inside. Palestine. — C. urticifdlia. Tliis name is now abandoned. Plants are likely to be C. Trachelium. WlLHELM MiLLEK. L. H. B.t CAMPANtrM.£A (variant of Campanula). Cam- pamddcex. Twining or loose-growing perennial herbs, with rhizomes or tubers, rarely grown in. greenhouses. Lvs. mostly opposite, simple and often cordate, petioled: fls. yellowish or greenish, broadly bell-shaped, 4r-6-lobed: fr. a berry. — Five species occur in the Himalayan and E. Asian region and the Malay Archi- pelago. C. javdnica, Blume, and C. infldia, Clarke, both with yellowish brown-veined fls. are mentioned in gardening Uterature: the fls. are about IJ^in.; in the former the calyx is nearly free from the berry, which is hemispherical; in the latter the calyx is adnate to the berry, which is ellipsoidal; both are twiners. C. grdcilis, Hort., is of the genus Leptocodon, and C. lanceolita, Sieb. & Zucc, is a Codonopsia. CAMPH6RA: Cinnamomum. CAMPION: Silene. CAMPSfDIUM (alluding to its similarity to Camp- sis). Bignoni&cex. Ornamental vines grown for their bright orange flowers and also for their handsome evergreen finely pinnate foUage. Evergreen shrubs, high-climbing, without tendrib and without rootlets, with odd-pinnate, opposite lvs. and tubular, orange, slender-pedicelled fls. in terminal, loose and short racemes: calyx turbinate, 5- toothed, glandless; corolla tubular, slightly ventricose, straight, with 5 short equal lobes; stamens, 4, the 2 longer with the anthers exserted; anther-sacs parallel; disk cupular, flat: fr. a narrow caps, with many winged seeds. — ^Two species in Chile and in the Fiji Isls. They are adapted only for subtropical regions and do not seem to bloom readily, but even without flowers they are worth planting for their foUage alone. In Old World gardens, they are sometimes cultivated as stove plants, but C.yaldivianum, judging from its habitat, might do better in the cool greenhouse. Propagated by greenwood cuttings under glass. For further culture, see Campsis. Campsidium fUicifolium, from the Fiji Islands, has never flowered in the writer's garden (in Florida) and is cut down by frost almost every winter, but it is a strong grower and worth planting for the foliage alone. C. valdivianum has proved to be a very poor grower and is very difficult to keep in health for any length of tune. (H. Nehrling.) valdivianum, Seem. (C. chU&nse, Reissek & Seem. I ecoma vaUiviAna, Phil.). Climbing, to 60 ft.: branches angular, glabrous: lvs. glabrous, 4-6 in. long; Ifts. usually 11-13, sessile elhptic-oblong, ^-1 H in. long, serrate near the apex or almost entire: racemes pendulous, 6-10-fld.; CAMPSIDIUM CAMPSIS 651 fls. about 1}^ in. long, orange: caps. 3-4 in. long, nar- rowly elUptio-oblong. Chile. G.C. 1870:1182. B.M. 6111. F.S. 20:2142. filicifdlium, Van Geert (Ticoma fiUcifdUa, Nichols.). Climbing evergreen shrub: Ivs. odd-pinnate, 5 in. long; Ifts. 19-25, ovate, with 2 or 3 lobes on each side, the larger lobes sometimes dentate. Fiji Isls. F. 1874:280. Alfred Rehdee. CAMPSIS (Greek kampsis, curve, refer- ring to the curved stamens). Bignonidcese. Thumpet-Crbepeb. Ornamental vines cultivated for their strik- ing scarlet or orange flowers. Deciduous woody plants, climb- ing by aerial rootlets, with oppo- site, odd -pinnate Ivs., large orange or scarlet fls. in terminal clusters or panicles, followed by large elongated caps.: calyx tubu- lar - campanulate. leathery, un- equally 5- toothed; corolla f unnelf orm- campanulate, enlarged above the caljrx, 6-lobed, with spreading lobes, slightly 2-Upped; stamens 4, 2 longer and 2 shorter with diverging anthers; ovary 2-loculed, sur- rounded at the base by a large disk: fr. an elongated caps., locuKcidally dehis- 773. Trumpet-vine— Campsis cent, with the 2 valves radicans. (XM) Separating from the sep- tum to which the seeds are attached; seeds numerous, compressed, with 2 large translucent wings. — One species in N. Amer. and one in China and Japan. By some botanists, Bignonia is con- sidered the correct name for this genus, because the original description was chiefly based on C. radicans, while Tecoma is the proper name for the genus known as Stenolobium. The hardiest species is C. radicans, which may be grown as far north as Massachusetts, at least in shel- tered positions, while C. chinensis is more tender; the hybrid is intermediate between the two in hardiness. C. chinensis and C. hybrida, as weU as C. radicans var. speciosa, can be grown as bushy specimens and will bloom freely on the young shoots, even if cut back almost to the ground by frost. Such plants can be easily protected during the winter by laying them down and covering them with earth. C. radicans is particularly adapted for covering walls and rocks, as it climbs with aerial rootlets and clings firmly to its sup- port. The species of campsis prefer rich rather moist soil and sunny positions. Propagated by seeds, by greenwood cuttings under glass, or by hardwood and aJso by root-cuttings and layers. Trumpet -vines in the South. — The trumpet-vines are very successfully cultivated in Florida, being well adapted to the soil and climate, but to do their best need to be planted from the start in rich soil; and in addition they should be well fertilized at least once a year. They prefer a fertilizer rich in nitrogen; and a heavy mulch will also prove very beneficial. They should be grown on posts and tall stumps, or they may be trained over small oaks, persimmon trees or catalpas. Other bignoniads of similar culture are Tecomaria capensis, a half-climbing species with scarlet flowers effec- 42 tively used for decoration of the veranda, and Tecoma stans. That and Campsis chinensis are the two showiest bignoniads cultivated in Florida, the latter being a climber, flowering abundantly in May and June, while the first one is a large-growing bushy species opening its immense corymbs of vivid yellow flowers the latter part of November and early in December. The Chinese trumpet creeper, C. chinensis, is the most floriferous and gorgeous. In the writer's garden a large pine stump, about 16 feet high, in May and June is completely covered with masses of briDiant fiery orange-scarlet flowers which can be seen at a distance of half a mile. The flowers are much larger, more brilliant and much more abundantly produced than those of the native C radicans. It is sometimes infested by a voracious caterpillar, which devours the leaves greedily. The lubber grasshoppers also attack the lower foliage. C. chinensis grows well in the poor sandy soil, perfecting luxuriant shoots 25 to 30 feet long in one season if well fertilized. The native trumpet creeper, C. radicans, is very common in the southern woodlands and fields. There is a ^eat variety in the brilliancy of the blos- soms. This is an excellent plant for covering the bare trunks of palmettos. (H. Nehrling.) radicans. Seem. (TScoma radicans, Juss. Bignbnia roMcans, Linn.). Trumpet-Creeper. Trumpet-Vine. T R u M p E t-Honeysuckle. Figs. 773, 774. High-climb- «^ ing shrub, clinging with f||l' , rootlets: Ivs. odd-pinnate; Ifts. 9-11, oval to ovate- oblong, acuminate, serrate, dark green above, pale and pubescent beneath, at least along the midrib, 1^-2}^ in. long: fls. in terminal racemes; corolla tubular- funneKorm, about 3 in. long, with 5 spreading lobes, usu- ally orange with scarlet Umb, tube almost thrice as long as the short-toothed caljrx: fr. cylindric-oblong, keeled along the sutures, stalked and with a beak at the apex, 3-5 in. long. July- Sept. Pa. and III. to Fla. and Texas. B.M. 485. Gn. 22, p. 339. F. 1873, p. 220. A.F. 12:34. Mn. 2:9. Var. atroptirp&rea, Voss (var. grandifldra alropur- pitrea, Hort.). With large, ■■" "■= a^>^9 j||||^>!-|t?-; deep scarlet fls. Var. spe- cidsa, Voss. Scarcely climb- ing, usually forming a bush with long and slender branches: Ifts. small, oval, abruptly narrowed into a slender point often J^in. long: fls. orange-red, with rather straight tube; Umb about IJ^ in. across. Var. prsfecox, Schneid. Large scarlet fls. in Jime. Var. a&rea, Hort. Fls. yellow. chinensis, Voss (Tecoma grandifldra, Delaun. T. chi- nensis, C. Koch. Bignbnia chinensis, Lam. C. adrkpens, Lour.). Chinese Trumpet Creeper. Fig. 775 (adapted .-J from Gardening). Climbing 774. The Trumpet-creeper shrub, with tew or no aerial climbs by means of aerial rootlets: Ivs. odd-pinnate; roots. — Campsis radicans. m 652 CAMPSIS 775. Campsis chinensis on a clothes-post. Ifts. usually 7-9, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, eeirate, glabrous beneath, l}4-23^ in. long: fls. in terminal racemes; corolla funnelfonn-campanulate, shorter and broader than that of the preceding species, scarlet, about 2 in. across; calyx 5-lobed to the middle, about as long as the tube of the corolla: fr. obtuse at the apex. Aug., Sept. China, Japan. B.M. 1398; 3011. F.S. 11:1124^5. Gn. 27, p. 94; 33, p. 348; 47, p. 373. G.F. 3:393. F.R. 2:27. Gng. 4:195. — Less high- growing and sometimes shrubby; blooms when quite small and can be grown as a pot-plant, also suited for forcing. Var. Thlinbergii, Voss {Ticoma TkAnhergii, Sieb.). Fls. bright scarlet, with very short tube and reflexed lobes. Often a var. of C. radicans is cult, under the name C. Thunbergii. Var. Princei, Voss {Ticoma grandifldra var. Princei, Dipp.), probably belongs to the following hybrid. h^brida, Schneid. (,T6- coma k^hrida, Jouin. T. intermedia, Schelle. T. radicans grandifldra atropur- piirea, Hort. T. Princei grandifldra, Hort. T. chininsis aurantiaca, Hort.). Hybrid between the two preceding species: somewhat climbing, often forming a bush with straggUng branches: Ifts. 7-11, ovate to elliptic-ovate, usually pubescent along the veins beneath: fls. in ter- minal loose panicles; calyx divided for about one-third into ovate long-acuminate lobes much shorter than the corolla-tube; coroUa funnelfonn-campanulate with orange-yellow tube and scarlet limb, about 2 in. across and 3 in. long. July-Sept. Garden origin. S.T.S. 1:47. M.D.G. 1904:123. — The fls. are almost as large and showy as those of C. chinensis and the plant is hardier. Alfred Rehdek. CAMPTOSORUS (Greek, bent sori, alluding to the irregular arrangement). Polypodidcex. Two species of hardy ferns, with simple pointed Ivs., which take root at the apex, and are hence known as "walking-leaf ferns." A single species is native mostly on lime-bearing rocks, and an alhed species is known from Japan and N. Asia. rhizoph^llus, Link. Fig. 776. Lvs. evergreen, simple, tapering from a heart-shaped base, 4^12 in. long; veins forming meshes near the midrib; sori irregularly scattered, linear, straight or bent. Canada to Ala. — Sometimes grown in rockeries and wild gardens. L. M. Underwood. CAMPYLOBdTRYS: Hoffmannia. CAMPYLONEtJRON: Polypodium. CANADA: British North America, CANAIGRE: Rurrtex hymenoaepalus, CANANGA:\Canan- gium. CANANGIUM CANANGITTM (Makassar, kananga; Malay, kenanga). AnnonAcesB. Perfume-yielding tropical trees. Closely allied to Desmos but differing in having the apex of the connectives of the stamens prolonged into a point, instead of being broadened into a hood-like covering for the pollen-sacs: sepals 3; petals 6 in 2 series, valvate, nearly equal, flat, linear; stamens many, closely crowded on the convex torus, the connective produced into a long tapering point; carpels indefinite, 776. Camptosorus rhizophyllus. (XH) 777. Canangjum odoratum. a, flowering branch; b, stamens; c, longitudinal section of fruit; d, fruit cluster. clustered in the center of the mass of stamens; ovules in 2 columns or apparently in a single column; style linear or Unear-oblong, terminating in an obtuse swelling; ripe carpels (fr.) several, pedicelled, ovoid or oblong and more or less constricted between the seeds. The name Cananga, usually applied to this genus, was used by Aublet in 1775 for an entirely different genus, and cannot therefore be valid for the present one. Baillon recognized this fact, and proposed the name Canan- gium, without, however, coupling it with specific names. It was taken up by Sir George King in his Annonacess of British India, 1893, and was applied by him to the celebrated ylangylang tree, Canangium odcyratum. odoratum, King (Uvd,ria odordia, Lam. Unbna odordia, Dunal. Candnga odorata, Hook. f. & Thorns.). Ylangylang. Ilangilang. Alangilang. MoscS)i. MoTO-oi. Fig. 777. A tree bearing a profusioiiyof greenish yellow fragrant fls. with long narrow petals, from which the celebrated ilangilang is made. The tree is found in S. India, Java^ the Philippines, the Malay Archipelago, and many islands of tne tropical Pacific. It occurs spontaneously as well as in cult., and its seeds are widely scattered by fruit-pigeons and other birds. In the Samoan Ms. it is much beloved by the natives, who make garlands of "moso'oi" with which to adorn themselves, and they celebrate its fragrance in their songs. The fls. yield a fragrant volatile oil known in commerce as the oil of ilangilang, usualy obtained by steam distillation. The natives use a much simpler process in securing oil for anointing their heads and bodies. Fls. are put into coconut oil and, after remaining a short time, are replaced by fresh ones. CANANGIUM CANNA 653 the oil being subjected to a gentle heat. "Macassar oil" is prepared in this way, fls. of Michelia Champaca being often added to those of the ylangylang. Brandisanum, Safford {Undna Brandisd/na, Pierre. Undna latifdlia, Hook. f. & Thorns^ not Dunal). A tree endemic in the forests of lower Cochin China and Cambodia, with very fragrant fls. resembUng those of C. odoratum but with the petals relatively broader, con- stricted at the base, and thicker, and the Ivs. usually cordate at the base and tomentose beneath, instead of rounded at the base and pubescent beneath: the fr. resembles that of the preceding species but with fewer seeds arranged almost in a single row, but on close inspection seen to be biseriate. The fls. yield a per- fume similar to that of the true ylangylang of com- merce. W. E. Safford. CANASINA (from the Canary Islands). Campanu- Idcex. Cool-house tuberous-rooted herb closely aUied to Campanula, but with the tubes of the calyx and corolla grown together, and the floral parts in 6's. — Three species. C. Campanula, Lam., is a tender per- ennial from the Canaries, about 6-8 ft. tall, with drooping, inflated buds and solitary, bell-shaped fls. more than 1 in. long and IK in. wide, duU yellow, flushed and veined with dull purpUsh brown: the lobes of the coroUa strongly reflexed: Ivs. hastate, coarsely repand-dentate: fr. a fleshy berry. B.M. 444. — Intro, by Franceschi in 1895. CANARY-BIRD FLOWER: Tropmolum. CANARY GRASS: Phalaris. CANAVAlIA (an aboriginal name). Including Maldcchia. Legumindsx. Bean-hke plants, some of them producing edible seeds and some more or less grown for ornament. Prostrate trailing or twining herbs, with pinnately 3-foliolate Ivs.: fls. in axillary racemes or fascicles, often large, violet, rose or white, with bell-shaped, 2-Upped calyx, papilionaceous corolla, 9 stamens united and 1 free for all or part of its length: pods large and ribbed on edges. — A dozen species, widely dis- tributed in warm countries. ensifdrmis, DC. (C gladiata var. ensif&rmis, DC). Jack Bean. Chickasaw Lima. Figs. 485 (Vol. I), 778. Glabrous or nearly so : Kts. ovate-oblong or ovate, mucronate: upper lip of calyx longer than the tube, recurved and notched; keel blunt, curved: seeds white, with a dark raphe. Tropics of both hemispheres. — B. M. 4027. A.G. 14: 84. — Grown in the southern states for stock, but the pods make passable snap beans when not more than 4-6 in. long. In warm countries it is a bushy plant, with little tendency to cUmb. The pods reach a length of 10-14 in., the walls being very hard and dense when ripe; the halves of the pod, when split apart, roll up spirally often into an almost perfect cylinder. The large white turgid beans, bearing a very prominent brown seed-scar, are packed crosswise the pod, imbedded in a very thin white papery Uning. The fls. are small and light purple, resembling those of the cowpea (but larger) and of various species of Dolichos. The Ifts. are large and broad (5-8 in. long and half or three-fifths as broad), strongly veined and dull, dark green, abruptly pointed and smooth. Beans said to be used as a coffee substitute. 778. Seeds of Canavalia ensiformis. (XI) C. bonantnsis,i Lindl. T«!itiing: Ifta. ovate, with the long apex obtuse: fls. purple in drooping racemes that exceed the Ivs., the standard large broad and notched. Uruguay and S. Brazil. B.R. 1199. H.U. 4, p. 129. — C. obtusifdlia, DC. Prostrate or climbing: Ifts. nearly orbicular to oval or obovate, rounded or cuneate at base: fla. pink, in racemes exceeding the Iva.: seed brown, oblong. Fla. and Texas south. Known as "matode la playa" in Porto Rico. — C.ruaioapSrmat Urban. Large and tall, ascending highest forest trees: seeds red. Known as "Mato Colorado." W. Indies. L H B CANDELILLO: Euphorbia antisyphiKtim. CANDLEBERRY, CANDLENUT: Aleuritea. CANDOLLEA (A. P. DeCandolle, 1778-1841, fa- mous botanist of Geneva, Switzerland). Candollehcese; formerly referred to Dilleniacex. Herbs or woody plants sometimes grown under glass or in the open far South for the mostly yellow flowers. Shrubs or undershrubs or herbs, mostljr glabrous: Ivs. simple, mostly narrow, sometimes with margins revolute: fls. few or soUtary at the ends of the branches; sepals and petals 5; stamens many, united into 5 bundles or sets, each set bearing several anthers; carpels 2-3-5, with 1-3 ovules in each. — As now under- stood, probably 80-90 species, mostly W. AustraUan, but 1 in Trop. Asia and S. China and 1 in the E. Indies. Little known in cult., but the foUowing AustraUan species are now offered. tetrandra, Lindl. Shrub, with branches angular, pubescent: Ivs. narrow-oblong to oblong-ovate, obtuse or short-acuminate, 2J^ in. or less long, clasping, mar- gins not revolute: fls. much larger, paler yellow, the petals 1 in. long and the acute sepals %m. long: fr. with orange aril. B.R. 29:50. — Offered as a green- house plant. cuneif6rmis, LabiU. Erect shrub, 6 ft. and more, with short crowded branches that are somewhat hairy when young: Ivs. oblong-cuneate to obovate, truncate or few-toothed at apex, 1 in. long: fls. bright sulfur- yellow, sessile in the crowded floral Ivs.; sepals about J^in., and the notched petals somewhat longer. B.M. 2711. — Offered in S. Calif., where it blooms March- June. L. H. B. CANDYTUFT: I6ms. CANE-BRAKE: Species of Arundinaria (treated under Bamboo). CANf STRUM (Greek, a basket). Bromeli&cex. Epiphytic or terrestrial hothouse plants, requiring the treatment of billbergias. Leaves in a dense tuft, acute, spinulose on the margin: infl. compound, in a cup of Ivs., on a very short st. as in Nidularium, or on a longer exserted st.; fls. usually green, rarely golden or blue. — A genus of about 10 species, natives of Brazil. They are sometimes referred to Nidulariiun. Lindenii, Mez {Mchmha ebtimea, Baker. GuzmAnia frdgrans, flort. Nidularium lAndenii, Regel). Lvs. about 20, in a dense rosette, tomentose, green-spotted, the bract-lvs. cream-white: fls. white or greenish. amaz6nicum, Mez {Karatas amazdnica, Baker. NidulArium amazdnicum, Lind. & Andr6. Mchmea amazdnica, Hort.). Lvs. 15-20, 10-20 in. long, and rather wide at the middle, greenish brown above and Ught brown beneath, not sjiotted or scurfy, the bract- lvs. greenish brown: fls. white, with a green tube, in a dense head. C. aurantiacmn, E. Morr. (Mchmea aurantiaca, Baker). Plant vigorous: lvs. expanded in the middle: fls. yellow, 2 in. long. S. Amer. B. H. 1873: 15. q^^^^^ y j^^^^^ CANNA (name of oriental origin, of no application). Cannacex. Popular tall ornamental plants, prized for their stately habit, strong foliage and showy flowers; much used for bedding. Stout, unbranched: fls. mostly red or yellow, in a terminal raceme or panicle, very irregular: caps. 3- loculed and several- to many-seeded (Fig. 779, p.); sepals 654 CANNA CANNA 779. The parts of the Canna flower. («) 3 and small and usually green; petals (ccc) 3, mostly narrow and pointed, green or colored; style (e) single and long; the stamens are commonly petal-like, oblanceolate bodies or staminodia (aaab), 2 or 3 of which are usually much produced and broadened, and one is deflexed and narrower and forms the lip of the fl. (6); the pollen is borne in a single-loculed an- ther (/), borne on the side of a nar- row and more or less coiled stam- inodium. — In the latest monograph, 1912 (Kranzlin, in Engler's Pflan- zenreich, hft. 56), 51 species of Canna are de- scribed from sub- tropical and tropi- cal Amer. and Asia. A generation or two ago, cannas were grown for their foliage or mass-effect. They were tall and long-jointed, with smaU and late flowers (Fig. 780). An old-time garden race of tall cannas was C. Anmd, raised by M. Annfe, of France, from seeds of the true C. nepaU ensis, sown in 1848. The flowers from which the seeds were taken probably had been pollinated by some other species, most likely with C. glauca. In 1863, a new race appeared, as the result of the union of C. iridiflora with-C. Warscevnczii. This hybrid was known as C. Ehemgnni (and C. iridiflora hybrida). This was of inter- mediate stature, with showy foliage and better droop- ing flowers. Under this name plants are still sold, but they may not be identical with the original C. Ehe- manni. This race has been variously crossed with other species and forms, and from innumerable seedlings there have been selected the dwarf and large-flowered cannas (Figs. 781, 782), which have now practically driven out the old tall small -flowered forms. These dwarf cannas are often known as French cannas, from the country of their ori- gin; also, as Crozy cannas, from a renowned breeder of them. Within recent years, another race of cannas has arisen from the amalgamation of our native C. flaccida with the garden forms and with C. iridiflora. These have come mostly from Italy and are known as Italian cannas; also as orchid-flowered cannas. The flowers are characterized by soft and flowing iris-like out- Unes, but they are short-lived. Of this class are the varieties Italia (Fig. 783), Austria, Ba- varia, Burgundia, America, Pandora, Burbank and others. For a sketch of the evolution of the garden cannas, see J. G. Baker, Journ. Roy. Hort. Soc, Jan., 1894; silso, for the his- tory of the Italian race. Revue ^jip-.--- ^.,. Horticole, 1895, 516, and Gar- »**''C%<^' deners' Chronicle, Dec. 14, 780. Old-time canna. 1895; Kranzhn, cited above. The culture of cannas is simple and easy. They demand a warm, friable, rich and moist soil. They are injured by frost, and therefore should not be planted out until the weather is thoroughly settled. For dense mass effects, set the plants not more than 1 foot apart each way, but if it is desired to show individual plants and their flowers at the best, give three times that amount of room to a single plant. Pick the flowers as soon as they wilt, to prevent the forination of seeds (which causes the plant to lessen flowering), and keep the plants in tidy condition. Give the sdil and treat- ment that produce the best results with Indian com. New varieties are raised from seeds. The seeds usuaUy germinate slowly, and sometimes not at aU, unless the integument is cut or filed, or is softened by soaking in water; these precautions taken, they germi- nate quickly. Sow late in winter, in rather strong bottom heat, in flats or pots. Prick out, and give plenty of room. They should make blooming plants the first year. Commonly, cannas are propagated by dividing the rootstock. This rootstock is a branchy mass, with many large buds. If stock is not abundant, as many plants may be made from a rootstock as there are buds, although the weak buds produce weak plants. Leave as much tissue as possible with each bud. These one-bud parts usuaUy give best results if started in pots, so that the plant is 6 to 12 inches high at planting time. The commercial canna plants are grown mostly in pots. If one has sufficient roots, however, it is better not to cut so close, but to leave several strong buds on each piece (as shown in Fig. 784). These pieces may be planted directly in the ground, although more certain results are to be secured by starting them in the house in boxes or pots. If strong effects are desired, particuarly in shrub borders, it is well to plant the entire stool. In the fall, when the plants are killed by frost and the tops have dried a few days, dig the roots, and let them dry, retaining some of the earth on them. Then store them on shelves in a ceUar that will keep Irish or round pota- toes well. Take care that the roots do not become too warm, particularly before cold weather sets in; nor too moist. Well-cured roots from matured plants usually keep without much difficulty. If they do not hold much earth, it is well to throw a thin covering of light soil over them, particularly if they are the hi^y improved kinds. Cannas are commonly used only in formal beds, but most excellent effects may be secured by scattering them singly or in very small clumps in the hardy border or amongst shrubbery. Against a heavy back- ground of green, the gaudy flowers show to their best, and Jhe ragged effect of the dying flowers is not noticed. They also make excellent centerpieces for formal beds. The tall-growing cannas, with small and late flowers,_^ve given way almost wholly to the modem race of Crozy or French dwarf cannas, which usually remain under 4 feet high, and give an abun- dance of large early flowers. The canna always must be used for bold planting effects, because the flowers 781. Modem flowering canna. CANNA CANNA 655 have not suflScient durability to be very useful as cut- flowers. As individual blooms, the flowers are not usually attractive, but they are showy and interesting in the mass and at a distance. The new race of Italian or Flaccida cannas has more attractive flowers, but even these are most useful when on the plant. It is impossible for the' gardener to determine species of canna m the common garden forms. In fact, the species are little known except in herbaria and as wild plants growing in their original habitats. The mon- ographers do not agree as to the definitions of what have been described as original or wild species. The following account of species is included more for the purpose of showing the range within the genus and of making a catalogue of leading botanical names than to set specific Umits or to indicate what species- forms are in cultivation. The Crozy experiments began with crossing C. Warscewiczii with a variety of C. nepalensis of gardens (C. flaccida?) having large yellow flowers and very long creeping tubers; and some of the progeny was crossed with C. aureo- picta (a garden form). The recent attractive orchid -flowered cannas spring largely from the C. flaccida forms. Achiraa, 3. AUensteiniij 23. angustifoliat 13. Anruei, 16. aurantiaca, 7. aureo-vittaiaf 19. Buekii, 15. carnea, 8. cearensia^ 12. chinensis, 10. cinnabarina, 9. Goccinea, 17. 18. commutatat 7. compacta, 2. concinna, 6. crocea, 17. densifolia, 7. discolor, 6. edulis, 20. eseuXenta, 20. excelsa, 1. exigua, 9. exiTjiia, 12. Fintelmannii, 14. flaccida, 13. ftavescens, 11. florilmnda, 7, 19. formosa, 18. fulgida^ 9. INDEX. gemelXa, 23. gigantea, 23. glauca, 13, 16. heliconiifolia, 23. humilis, 9. indica, 17. iridiflora, 24. beta, 19. lagunensis, 4. Lambertii, 22. lanceolata, 16. lanuginosa, 3. latifolia, 23. leptochila, 10. leucocarpa, 16. liliiflora, 25. limbata, 19. longifolia, 16. lutea, 7. macrophylla, 23. TnacuZato, 7. mexicana, 16. MorUziaTui, 5. neglecta, 23. nepalensis, 10. orientalis, 11. pallida, 5. paniculata, 1. po(ens, 17, 19, 21. pedimculata, 15. Poeppigii, 22. polyclada, 12. polymorpha, 10. portoricensis, 19. recurvata, 19. refiexa, 15. Reevesii, 13. rotundifolia, 6. rubra, 18. rubricaulis, 20. rubro-Iutea, 16. eanguinea, 10, 21. saturate-^rubra, 10. Schlechtendaliana, 16. Selloi, 21. speciosa, 10. spectnhilis, 17. stolonifera, 16. sulphurea, 7. sylvestris, 19. tenuijiora, 17, Tinei, 7. variabilis, 8. variegata,' 19. ventricosa, 19. violacea, 16. Warscewiczii, 21. xalapensis, 23. A. Petal-like staminodia none. 1. paniculita, Ruiz & Pav. (C excelsa, Lodd.). St. very tall, slender, glabrous: Ivs. oblong or ovate and acute, green and glabrous above and pubescent beneath: racemes lax, disposed in a squarrose panicle, the fls. in 2's; sepals lanceolate, |in. long, obtuse; petals lanceo- late, yellow-gj-een, 2-3 in. long; Up rather longer than the petals, crimson. Subequatorial Andes. AA. PetaMike staminodia 2. B. Plant woolly-pubescent on the sheaths and sometimes on the If. -blades. 2. compicta, Roscoe. St. tall, stout, and green: Ivs. many, oblong to ovate and acute: raceme simple and densely many-fld., the rachis 3-angled; sepals ovate, acute, J^in. long; petals unequal, narrowly lanceolate and long-acuminate, IJ^ in. long, red-yellow; stamino- dia oblanceolate, slightly emarginate, 13^-2 in. long, scarlet or deep orange-red; lip broad-Hnear, emarginate, red-yellow. S. Amer. 3. lanugindsa, Roscoe (C. Achiras, Litt.). St. green, woolly, 4-6 ft., densely Ivd.: Ivs. ovate-oblong, acute, green: raceme long and contracted, many-fld., simple. the bracts obtuse, small and green; sepals ovate-lanceo- late, greenish red, }^in. or less long; petals long-lanceo- late, li4 in. long, tinged with red; staminodia entire, red or red-yellow; lip the same color, and revolute. Brazil, Peru. B.R. 1358. 4. lagunensis, Linm. Differs from C. lanuginosa in having long pale yellows fls., by some referred to C. lutea: plant of medij||||^size, lightly lanate on the sheaths: If .-blades ovate-oblong, short-acute and apicu- , " late, pale-margined: petals hnear-lan- H^^v^^ ceolate and acuminate: lip strongly revolute, red -spotted. Mex., Cent. Amer. B.R. 1311, 1358. Aug.-Nov. 5. pallida, Roscoe (C. Moritzidna, Bouch6). Plant medium height: If .-blade elongate-eUiptic, acuminate and filamentous at end, sometimes white-margined: raceme simple and narrow, the bracts broadly oblong- cuneate; sepals ovate and obtuse, green; petals lanceo- late and acuminate, green- ish-sulfur-color; lip Unear, 2-tipped, revolute, pale yel- low, spotted. W. Indies and N. S. Amer. Plant glabrous on sheaths and If.-blades. c. Lvs. of 8 colors. 6. discolor, Lindl. (C rotundifdlia, Andr6). St. stout, 6-10 ft., purple and glar- brous: lvs.' very broad-oblong, acute, the lower ones sometimes 3 ft. long, dark green and purple-margined, red-purple beneath: fls. in a deeply forked panicle of lax racemes, the bracts small and oblong; sepals lanceo- late, obtuse, Kin. long, green, tinted with purple; petals lanceolate, acuminate, 1}^ in. long, pale green tinted with rose; staminodia entire, 2Ji in. long, bright red, exterior yellow; lip lanceolate and emarginate, brick- red. Cent, and S. Amer. B.R. 1231. C. con- cinna, Bouch6,is a related species with lance- olate lvs. narrowed at both ends. S. Amer. cc. Lvs. unicolored, green. D. Fls. narrow, the parts connivent. 7. l&tea. Miller (C. commutAta, C. flori- btlnda and C. densifhlia, Bouchd. C. macu- 2dto, Link. C. st*ZpAtirea, Hort.). St. slender and green, 3-4 ft., distantly foliated: lvs. oblong or broad-lanceolate, acute: raceme lax, simple or rarely forked, the small green bracts oblong and obtuse; sepals ob- long, J^in., green, white-margined; petals lanceolate, pale yellowish white, 1-1 K in- long; staminodia pale yellow, often emar- Flow'ering or ginate, 1J^2 in. long; lip linear, pale yel- French canna low, emarginate. Mex. to Brazil. B.M. —Prince 2085. L.B.C. 7:646. C. Tinei, Tod-, perhaps Bohenlohe. a hybrid, apparently is to be associated with this species. Var. atirantlaca, Kranzl. Fls. orange; lip yellow. 8. variabilis, Willd. (C. cdmea, Roscoe). St. green, 3-6 ft.: lvs. broad-lanceolate or elliptic, acute, bright green: raceme simple and lax, the small bracts oblong and obtuse; sepals lanceolate, green, J^in. long; petals lanceolate, acuminate, concave, IJ^ in. long, pale flesh-color; staminodia 2, spatulate-linear, mostly entire, variable in color but mostly orange or rose; lip linear or ligulate and entire: caps, small, globose. S. Brazil, the particular place unknown. 656 CANNA CANNA DD. Fls. ringent or gaping, or open-sprecuUng. E. Infl. simple or only moderately branched. 9. hftmilis, Bouch6 (C exlgua, Bouchfi). Low, 3 ft. or less, slender: Ivs. short-petioled, the blade oblong, acute or short-acuminate, glabrous above and below, 10-16 in. long: raceme sub-simple (rarely paniculate), bearing fls. large for size of plant (about 3 in. long); sepals very unequal, ovate-oblong; petals long-lanceo- late, concave, connate at base into a tube, scarlet; staminodia spatulate, more or less 2-lobed at apex; lip rather narrow, about 2^ in. long. Farther India, China, etc. C. cinnabarina, BoucM (C. fiilgida, Bouch6), is a related species but larger and with yeUow and scarlet rather smaller fls. Mex., Cent. Amer., W. Indies. 10. specidsa, Roscoe (C leptocMla and C. saturdte-rubra, Bouch6. C. polym&r- pAa, Loud. C. sanguinea,^oit.). Large: St. green, 5-6 ft. : Ivs. broad- oblong, acute : fls. in an elon- gated raceme or sometimes paniculate; sepals lanceolate, Jiin. long, pale purple; petals linear-lanceolate, IJ^in. long, erect, pale purple; staminodia 3 in. long, emarginate, bright red; lip emarginate, yellow. Himalayas. B.M.2317. B.R. 1276. C. chinensis, WiUd. (C. nepalensis, Wall.), differs in having reflexed petals. 11. orient&lis, Roscoe (C. flavSscens, Link). St. slender, glabrous, 3-4 ft. : Ivs. ovate-oblong, a foot or more long: raceme lax, simple or forked, the bracts oblong; sepals oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, J^in. or less long, pale green and rose-tinted; petals lanceolate, acuminate, 1}4 iii- long, pale rose; upper staminodia 2^ in. or less long, bright red, often emarginate; lip red-yellow: caps, globose and very small. Malaysian tropics. BE. Infl. much-branched; fls. purple. 12. polyclftda, Wawra (C. eximia, Bouchfi. C. cearensis, Huber). St. tall and very slender: Ivs. ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acute: fls. (often in pairs) in a long, much-branched panicle, the bracts nearly orbicular; sepals lanceolate, J^in. long; petals long-lanceolate and unequal, acuminate, the longest about 2J^ in., purple; staminodia acute, scarcely longer than the petals; lip oblanceolate, scarlet-spotted. Brazil. AAA. Petal-like staminodia 3 {exception in No. 18). B. Lvs. lanceolate: fls. mostly yellow or orange. c. Petals deflexed. 13. flficcida, Salisb. (C glaiica and C. angusti- fdlia, Walt.). St. green and glabrous, 4r-6 ft., very leafy below: lvs. ovate-lanceolate to narrowly elUptic, acute, green: raceme simple, lax and few- fld., the bracts very small; sepals lanceolate or ob- long, acuminate, 1 in. long, green; petals broadly linear-lanceolate to obovate and reflexed, to 3 in. long (as is also the tube); staminodia obovate, sulfur-yel- low, 2-3 in. long by IJ^ in. broad; lip large, yellow. Swamps S. C. to Fla., near the coast. L.B.C. 6:562. G.W. 12, p. 253. — Useful for its good habit and iris- like fls. C. Refevesii, Lindl., of India and the Philip- pines, has the outside staminodia acute rather than all obtuse or emarginate as in C.flaccida, and fls. less than 4 in. across rather than about 6 in. across. B.R. 2004. 14. Fintelmannii, Bouch6. St. green and glaucous, 4-5 ft.: lvs. oblong or ovate-elliptic and acute, bright green: raceme few-fld. and rather dense, the bracts green and oblong; sepals obloiig, ,J^in., green; petals lanceolate, acuminate, greenish yellow, 1J^2 m.; staminodia obtuse and entire (or 2-lobed at apex), 2-3 in., yellow; lip linear, strongly reflexed, yellow, mottled red: caps, large. Mex. and Cent. Amer. 15. peduncuiata, Sims (0. Bu&kii, Weinm. C. refl&xa, Nees). St. tall, slender, green and glaucous, 5-6 ft.: lvs. oblong-lanceolate, green and glaucous, 1-2 ft. long and 3-4 in. broad: fls. in a ma,ny-fld. long raceme, with a hairy rachis and long-spreading pedicels, the bracts small, oblong and obtuse; sepals oblong, small and green; petals Unear-lanceolate, greenish yellow, reflexed, 2 in. long; staminodia emarginate, about 2 in. long, pale yel- low; Up oblanceolate, yellow: caps, globose, small. W. Indies, S. Amer. B.M. 2323. L.B.C. 7:622. cc. Petals erect. 16. gla&ca, Linn. (C. SchlechtendaliAna, B o u c h €. C. A nnsei,Ajidr6. C. mexicana, and C stolonifera, Bouchd. C. lanceoldta, Lodd.). St. green and glaucous, 5-6 ft., from a long and stolonif erous rhizome: lvs. green and glau- cous, oblong-lanceolate and very acute, tapering both ways (the middle of the blade 4-6 in. wide), white-mar- gined: raceme lax, simple or forked; sepals ovate-obtuse, green, J^ia. long; petals Enear - lanceolate, yellow- green, lH-2 in.; staminodia entire, 2J^-3 in., yellow, not spotted; lip linear or obovate-oblong, emarginate, pale yellow: caps, oblong, 13^-2 in. long. W. Indies, S. Amer. vA''ar. rabro-lfitea, Hort., n. has fls. deep yeUow tinted red, or in some I portraits represented as deep purple. B.M. 3437. C. longifdlia, Bouchfi, from Mex. and Cent. ( Amer., has the petals all free, whereas they are , united in a tube in C. glauca, and with curved sulfur-yeUow fls. C. leucoc&rpa, Bouch6, S. Amer., has petals imited into a snort tube, the fls. small, pale orange with broad leafy style. C. viol&cea, Bouch^, habitat unknown, has pet- als united in short tube, fls. violet, strongly^' gaping, plant deciduous-woolly above. BB. Lvs. broadly oblong or elliptic: rhizome tuberous. Plant low or medium in height (mostly 5 ft. or less). D. Staminodia entire at apex, 17. indica, Linn. (C. pAtens, Roscoe. C. crbcea, Hort. C. tenuifldra and C. spectdbilis, Bouch& C. cocdnea, Link). Indian Shot. St. slender, glabrous, green, 3-5 ft.: lvs. oblong and acute, green, not glaucous, half as broad as long (1-1 H ft- long) : racemes simple or very nearly so and lax, some of the fls. in pairs, the bracts green and nearly or- bicular; fls. small; sepals oblong and green, )^in. long; ' petals lanceolate, pale green, about 1 J^ in. long; upper staminodia bright red, entire, 2 in. long but narrow^ lip linear, red-yeUow, minutely spotted with red: caps, globose, 1 in. diam. W. Indies, Cent, and S. Amer. Naturalized in parts of southern states. B.M. 454. B.R. 776. L.B.C. 17:1693. 18. coccinea, Miller (C. rUbra, Willd.). St. slender, green, 4-5 or sometimes 6 ft.: lvs. oblong, or oblong- lanceolate, and acute: raceme simple and lax, with small green, orbicular bracts; sepals lanceolate, ^in. or less CANNA CANNABIS 657 long, green tinged with red; petals lanceolate, acumi- nate, IJ^ in. long, pale scarlet; .staminodia 2, long and narrow, mostly emarginate; lip yeUow-spotted: caps, globose and small. W. Indies, Cent, and S. Amer. C. formdsa, BoucW, Brazil, has 3 unlike staminodia. DD. Staminodia S-lobed. 19. sylvSstris, Roscoe (C. portoricinsis, Bouch6). Plant stout, 4r-5 or 6 ft. : Ivs. long-oblong or oblong- lanceolate, acuminate, bright green, to 2 J^ ft. long and one-third as wide: raceme slender, usually squarrose, rarely simple; fls. narrow and elongated, red; sepals lanceolate and acute, J^in. long; petals much longer, lanceolate and very acuminate; staminodia sub-equal, narrow-spatulate; Up narrow, strongly revolute. W. Indies, Cent. Amer. C. limb&ta, Roscoe (C patens, Hook. C. aitreo-viftdta, Lodd. C.floribiinda,C.variegata, C. recurvdta, C. lata and C. ventricbsa, Bouch6), of S. Brazil, has unlike staminodia, the largest being 2-lobed, the medium one emarginate, the other entire, all red with yeUow margins. B.R. 771. L.B.C. 449. cc. Plant tall, often up to 10 ft. {No. 21 perhaps excepted). D. Staminodia of medium length (3 in. or less). E. The staminodia not united. 20. edfilis, Ker (C. esculenta, Lodd. C. rubricaiilis, Link). Rootstock thick and edible: st. stout, 8-12 ft., purple: Ivs. large, oblong, or ovate-oblong, green or bronze, 1-2 ft. long: raceme lax, forked or simple; fls. red or brick-red, usually in pairs, the bracts orbicular or oblong; sepals oblong-lanceolate, }^in. long, tinged with red; petals oblong-lanceolate, 1 j^ in.; staminodia entire or emarginate, 2J^ in. long, bright red or orange; lip bright red or yellow-red: caps, large. W. Indies, S. Amer. B.M. 2498. B.R. 775. — Starch is procured from the roots, and for this purpose the plant is widely cult, in the tropics. 21. Warscewiczii, Dietr. (C. sanguinea,Wa,TSC.). St. claret-piu^le and glaucous, 3-4 ft.: Ivs. oblong and acute, more or less claret- or bronze-tinged, J^ft. long and nearly one-half as broad: raceme simple and rather dense, with ovate, brown, glaucous bracts; sepals lanceolate, 3^in., glaucous purple; petals lanceo- late, acuminate, nearly 2 in. long, reddish and glaucous; staminodia oblanceolate, entire, 2J^-3 in. long, bright scarlet; Up oblanceolate, emarginate, bright scarlet. Costa Rica, BrazU. B.M. 4854. C. SeU6i, Hort. (C. patens, Baker), of S. BrazU, is tomentose: sepals ovate; petals oblong-lanceolate, united into a tube; staminodia strongly reflexed, one 2-parted. BE. The staminodia united into a tube, or at least connate at base. 22. Lambertii, Lindl. (C. Pdeppigii, Bouch6). St. stout, very taU (to 10 or 11 ft.): green and glabrous, 12-14 ft.: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate to eUiptic, green, acute: raceme simple or forked, lax and few-fld., the bracts large and oblong, green; sepals lanceolate, pale purple or Ulac, J^in. long; petals lanceolate, acuminate, IJ^ in. long, purple; staminodia unUke, obovate, entire, scarcely longer than the petals, connate at base, bright crimson; Up bright crimson-purple: caps, oblong, large. W. Indies, S. Amer. B.R. 470. 23. latifdlia, MiUer (C. gigantha, Desf. C. macro- phylla, Hort. C. neglScta, Weinm. C. gemella, Nees. C. Altenstdnii, Bouch^). St. stout, very tall (10-16 ft.) pubescent: Ivs. ovate or ovate-oblong, acute, green, but purple-margined when young, the lower ones often 3-4 ft. long: fls. in several racemes forming a panicle, the bracts oblong or the lower ones becoming several inches long; sepals oblong and green, J^in. long, very unequal, petals lanceolate, acuminate, 2 in. long, scarlet; staminodia united into a tube, entire at apex or one of them 2-lobed, somewhat- twisted, brick- red; lip brick-red: caps, large. S. Amer, L.B.C. 7:634. — C. heUconiifdUa, Bouoh6, Texas to Venezuela, has the staminodia more or less connivent: fls. orange- red: Ivs. long-petioled, more or less woolly, oblong- acuminate: plant 7-8 ft. Var. xalapensis, Kranzl 'j (C. xalapensis, BouchS), has narrower Ivs. and smaller / stature. DD. Staminodia large {5 in. or less long), united into a tube. B. Fls. pendulous, rose-colored. 24. iridifldra, Ruiz & Pav. St. green, 6-12 ft.: Ivs. broad-oblong, bright green, sUghtly pubescent beneath: racemes paniculate, drooping; fls. large, beautiful rose- color; tube of corolla and staminodia as long as the blade; sepals lanceolate, 1 in. long; corolla-lobes lanceo- late, 2)^ in. long; 3 upper staminodia somewhat longer than the corolla-lobes, obovate, nearly or quite 1 in. broad, rose-crimson; lip narrow, deeply emarginate, rose-crimson. Andes of Peru. B.M. 1968. B.R. 609. L.B.C. 10:905. R.H. 1861:110. 784. Stool of canna, showing how it may be divided. EE. Fls. erect-spreading, white and red. 25. liliifldra, Warsc. St. robust, green, 8-10 ft.: Ivs. many, oblong, green, 3-4 ft. long, spreading from the St. at a right angle: fls. in a corymbose panicle; sepals Unear, as long as the tube of the corolla; corolla- lobes lanceolate, 2-3 in. long, pale green, the tube of equal length; 3 upper staminodia white, united into a tube for half their length, the blade obovate and spread- ing; lip oblanceolate, as long as the staminodia. Colom- bia. R.H. 1884:132. F.S. 10:1055-6.— A fine species. The white fls. finaUy become tinged with brown; lonicera^scented. l_ jj 3 CANNABIS (the ancient Greek name). Mord/xx. Hemp. A widely cultivated fiber plant, and also used occasionally as an ornamental subject, being grown from seeds and treated as a half-hardy annual. Hemp is dioecious: staminate fls. in axiUary panicles, with 5 sepals and 5 drooping stamens and no petals; pistillate fls. in short spikes, with 1 sepal folding about the ovary: Ivs. digitate, with 5-7 nearly Unear, coarse- toothed Ifts. : fr. a hard and brittle achene. C. sativa, Linn., probably native in Cent. Asia, is now escaped in many parts of the world: tall, rough and strong- smelling, 8-12 ft.: Ifts. 5-11, Unear-lanceolate, toothed, the upper Ivs. alternate and the others more or less opposite. Only one species, but various forms have received specific names. In gardens, the form known as C. gigantea is commonest; this reaches a height of 10 ft. and more. The seeds are usually sown where the 658 CANNABIS CAPSICUM plants are to stand; but if quick effects are wanted, they may be started indoors in pots or boxes. Hemp makes excellent screens in remote places. It thrives best in a rich rather moist soil. For field cult, for fiber (which is derived from the inner bark), see Cyclo. Amer. Agric, VoLlj^p. 377. L. H. B. CANTELOUPE: Mushmelm. CANTERBURY BELL: Campanula Medium. CAnTUA (from Cantu, Peruvian name). Pole- moniacex. Showy flowering shrubs, with variable foliage, in greenhouses, and out-of-doors far South. 785. Capparis spinosa. (XK) Flowers corymbose; caljrx campanulate, of 5 (rarely 3) sepals, which are much shorter than the long tubular corolla; stamens inserted at the base of the corolla, but exceediiig it in length. — Six species in S. Amer. One kind is recommended in Eu. as a coolhouse shrub. No tenderer than fuchsias. Prop, by cuttings in sand under a bell-jar. buxifdlia, Juss. (C. dependens, Pers.). Much- branched shrub, about 4 ft. high; branches more or less downy: Ivs. very variable, generally oblong-obovate, acute, tapering at the base, entire or serrate, downy or glabrous: fls. 5-8, drooping vertically, in a kind of leafy, terminal corymo; calyx pale, membranous, green- streaked, 5-toothed, a fourth shorter than the coroUa^ tube; corolla long-funnel-shaped, the tube 2}^ in. long, red, usually streaked; limb of fringed, obcordate, crimson lobes which are much shorter than the tube; stamens included. Peru. Apr., May. B.M. 4582. F.S. 7:650. R.H. 1858, p. 294. R.B. 27:181.— One of the choicest of European greenhouse plants. Very Uable to red spider. C. bicolor, Lem. Distinguished from the above by the entire Ivs. which are shorter, about 1 in. long, and the solitary fls. with a short, yellow tube, the limb not fringed. The fls. droop, but not vertically. Peru. B.M. 4729. F.S. 4:343. Probably less desirable than the above. — C. pyrifdliat Juss. Lvs. generally broader and more toothed than in C. bicolor: fls. as many as 17, in an erect, terminal, compound corymb; calyx red-tipped, nearly half as long as the yellow corolla-tube; corolla about IK in. long, with a white limb; Btamens long, exserted. Peru. B.M. 4386. F.S. 4:383. WiLHEiiM Miller. N. Taylor, t CAOUTCHOUC TREE: Hura, Manihot, Fims elastica, Castilloa, Hetea, Landolphia, and others, not treated here. CAPE BULBS. A name applied to bulbous and bulb- Uke plants native to South Africa. They are dry-region plants, and often bloom with us in summer and auttunn. Some of the leading genera are Amaryllis, Brunsvigia, Nerine, Ixia, Tritonia, Watsonia. See Bulbs . CAPE CHESTNUT: Calodmdrum capenais. CAPE GOOSEBERRY: Phyialu. CAPE JESSAMINE: Gardenia. CAPER: Capparis. CAPE-SPURGE: Euphorbia Lathyrus. CAPPARIS (Greek, caper, said by some to have been derived from the Arabic name of the plant). Cappa- ridacex. Caper-Bush, or Caper-Tree. Greenhouse plants North, and suited to the open in Florida and CaUfornia. Trees and shrubs, with simple lvs.: sepals 4, rarely 5; petals usually 4; stamens usually many, inserted on the receptacle, the filaments thread-like and free; ovary long-stalked, 1-4-ceUed, with many ovules. — More than 150 species distributed throughout the warm regions of the earth. Differing from Cleome and most other cult, genera of the family in having baccate, not capsular, fr. Capers are pickles made by preserving the flower- buds of C. spinosa, a straggling shrub which grows out of old walls, rocks, and rubbish in Mediterranean regions and India. Also rarely cultivated as a green- house flowering shrub. Propagation is by cuttings of ripe wood, under a bell- jar, in greenhouses, and by seeds South. spindsa, Linn. Fig. 785. Spiny shrub, 3 ft. high, often straggUng and vine-Uke: lvs. roundish or ovate, deciduous: fls. borne singly, alternately, and fading before noon; sepals 4; petals 4, oblong, clawed, wavy, white, 114 in. long; stamens 40-50; filaments purple above, perhaps the chief beauty of the plant. B.M. 291. — What seems to be the long style with a short un- opened stigma, is really the elongated peduncle or torus topped by the pistil, which has no style and a minute stigma. Var. rupestns (C. rupistris, Sibth. & Smith) is a spineless form. Mitchellii, Lindl. A much-branched shrub, usually very spiny, and more or less densely tomentose: lvs. ovate-oblong, 1-1 J^ in. long, narrowed into a short petiole: fls. few, axillary, white or yellowish, followed by a tomentose globular berry 2 in. diam. Sand plains of Austral. — Suitable for dnr places outdoors in S. CaUf. C. acumindta, Lindl. St. shrubby, with flexuose, smooth branches: lvs. petiolate ovate-lanceolatet acuminate: fls. large, soli- tary, white, the conspicuous stamens 3-4 times as long as the petals. China. B.R. 1320. WiLHELM MiLLBR. CAPHIF6LIUM: Lonicera. CAPRldLA: Cynodan. N. TAYLOR.t CAPSICUM (name of uncerta,in origin, perhaps from kapto, to bite, on account of the pungency of the seed or pericarp; or from capsa, a chest, having reference to the form of fruit). Solanhcex. Red Pepper. Cayenne Pepper. Herbs or shrubs, originally from tropical America, but escaped from cultivation in Old World tropics, where it was once supposed to be indigenous. Stem branchy, 1-6 ft. high, glabrous or nearly so: lvs. ovate or subelliptical, entire, acuminate: fls. white or greenish white, rarely violaceous, solitary or some- times in 2's or 3's; corolla rotate, usually 5-lobed; sta- mens 5, rarely 6 or 7, with bluish anthers dehiscing longitudinally; ovary origi- nally 2-3-loculed: fr. a juice- less berry or pod, extremely variable in form and size, many-seeded, and with more or less pungency about the Sl^'^^r,.,^''^ pericarp. Fig. 786. Normal 2-loculed fruit of 786. The fr. becomes many- Capsicum, in cross-section. CAPSICUM CARAGANA 659 loculed and monstrous in cult. — About 90 species have been named, most of which are now considered forms of one or two species. Monogr. by Irish, 9th Ann. Rept. Mo. Bot. Gard. For cult., see Pepper. A. Plant annual or biennial. Snnuum, Linn. Fig. 787. Herbaceous or suffrutes- cent, grown as annuals in temperate climates, but in warmer latitudes often treated as bien- nials. All of the leading commercial varie- ties in the U. S. readily find classification within the types or botanical varieties. The species has never been found wild. It is the pimento of Trop. Amer. B. Fr. oblong-linear. c. Calyx usually embracing base of fr. Var. conoides, Irish (C. coruAdes, Mill.). Suffrutescent: Ivs. numerous, rather small, 2-3 in. lon^, J^-2 in. wide: peduncles slender, straight, erect; fls. small; calyx obconical or cup-shaped, usually embrac- ing base of fr.; coroUa greenish white, spreading, J^-^in.: fr. erect, subconical or oblong-cylindrical, about IJ^ in. long or less, usually shorter than the peduncles and mostlyborne above the Ivs., very acrid. Coral Gem, Tabasco. Gn. 66, p. 381. Var. fasciculatum, Irish (C. fasdadatuin, Sturt.). Red Cluster Pepper. Fig. 788. St. herbaceous, round or nearly so: branches few: Ivs. clustered or crowded in bunches about the summit, eUiptical- lanceolate, pointed at both ends: fr. also clustered, erect, slender, about 3 in. long by J^in. diam., very acrid. Var. acuminatum, Fingh. (C. chilense, Hort.). Long Cayenne. Heroaceous, very branchy, about 23^ ft. high, bearing a dense mass of foliage: fl. medium size, spread }/i-Hin.: fr. larger than the preceding, either erect or pendent. Chile. cc. Calyx not usually embracing base of fr. Var. I6ngum, Sendt. (C Annuum, Linn. C. Idngum, DC). Plant herbaceous, about 2J4 ft. high, with com- paratively few branches: Ivs. large, often 4 in. long by 2)4 in. wide: fl. large; corolla spreading, l/g-l^i in., dingy white; calyx usually pateriform or fun- nelform, rarely embracing base of fr. : fr. often a foot long by 2 in. diam. at base ; flesh thick and in some varie- ties very mild. Garden varieties are: Black Nu- bian, County Fair, Elephant'sTrunk, 787. A form of Capsicum amiuum. Ivory Tusk. BB. Fr. of various shapes, but not oblong-linear. Var. grdssum, Sendt. (C. grdssum, Linn.). Herba- ceous, about 2 ft. high, with few branches: Ivs. very large, often 3 by 5 in., sometimes coriaceous, lower ones usually pendent; petioles deeply channeled: pe- duncles stout, about 1 in. long; corolla large, spreading, J^-IJ^ in.: fr. large, oblate, oblong, or truncated, 3-4- lobed, usually with basal depression, more or less sul- cate and rugose; flesh thick, firm, and of a mild flavor. Emperor, Monstrous, Bell, Sweet Mountain, Golden Dawn, Ruby King, Golden King, Brazilian Upright, Golden Upright, Squash, and others, are garden varieties. Var. abbrevi^tum, Fingh. (C. unibilicdtum, Veil. C. liiteum, Lam.). Suffrutescent: Ivs. broadly ovate, 2-4 in. long: peduncles slender, straight or curved, as long as or longer than the berry : fr. about 2 in. long or less, vary- ing much in the different horticultural varieties, in gen- eral ovate, quite rugose, ex- cept in one variety, some- times turbinate. While this variety is used to some ex- tent for pickling, it is noted more as an ornamental plant. Some garden forms are : Celes- tial, Etna, Kaleidoscope, Red Wrmkled, Yellow Wrinkled. Var. cerasiffirme, Irish (C cerasif&rme, MiU.). Suffrutes- cent: Ivs. medium size, ovate or oblong-acuminate, about 1M-3J^ in.: calyx seated on base of fr.; corolla large, spreading, ]/i-ll4 in.: fr. spherical, subcordate, oblate, or occasionally obscurely pointed or slightly elongated, smooth or rarely minutely rugose or sulcate; flesh fiirm, Tj— J^in. thick, extremely pungent. Garden forms are: Cherry, YeUow Cherry, Oxheart. AA. Plant perennial. frutescens, Linn. Fig. 789. Shrubby perennial, 3-6 ft. high, with prominently angled or somewhat channeled st. and branches: branches loosely spreading or trailing: Ivs. broadly ovate-acuminate, 3-6 in. long, 2-3}^ in. wide: peduncles slender, 1-2 in. long, often in pairs, usu- ally longer than the f r. ; calyx cup-shaped, embracing base of fr. ; corolla often with ocherous markings in the throat : fr. red, obtuse or oblong-acuminate, %-l}4 in. long, }^-^in. diam., very acrid.--Cult. only S., as the seasons in temperate lati- tudes are not long enough to mature fr. Var. baccatum, Irish (C. baccdtum, Linn.). Plants not BO tall, but more erect than the species: branches slen- der, fastigiate, flexuose: corolla small, spreading, about J^in. : fr. ovate or sub-round, about J^in. diam. H. C. Irish. CARAGANA {Caragan, its Mongolian name). Legu- minbsx. Pea Tree. Ornamental shrubs chiefly grown for their bright yellow flowers; some species are also used for hedges. Leaves abruptly pinnate, often with persistent spiny-pointed rachis; Ifts. small, entire; stipules deciduous or persistent and spiny: fls. papilionaceous; stand- ard upright, hke the wings with long claws; keel obtuse and straight; stamens 10, 9 connate, 1 free; ovary scarcely stipitate: pod linear, terete, straight, 2- valved, with several seeds. — More than 50 species from S. Russia to China, most of them in Cent. Asia. Mono-? graph by Komarov in Act. Hort. Petrop. 29:179-388 (1908), with 16 plates. The caraganas are decidu- ous unarmed or spiny shrubs 788. Capsicum anauum var. fasciculatum. 789. Capsicum frutescens. 660 CARAGANA CARALLUMA with yellow, rarely whitish or pinkish flowers axillary and solitary or fascicled, followed by linear pods. The cultivated species are quite hardy, except a few Hima- layan species. They grow in almost any soil, but best in a sandy soil and sunny position, and are well adapted for shrubberies. C arborescens is the only one which grows into a small tree, and is of upright habit, like C. frutex, which is about half as high and more grace- ful; most of the other species are low shrubs, of usu- ally spreading habit. C. arborescens is one of the best hedge shrubs for the prairies of the Northwest. Propagation is by seeds sown in fall or in spring; if kept dry during the winter, soaking in tepid water for two or three days before sowing will be of advantage; also increased by root-cuttings and layers, or by graft- ing on seedling stock of C. arborescens in spring. A. Lfts. lS-18, y^-Vi in. long: rachis deciduous. microph^lla, Lam. {C.Altagd,na,'Po\i. C. arborescens var. aren- drio, Hort.). Fig. 790. From 4-6 ft.: lfts. 12-18, obovate, pu- bescent when young, grayish green, }^in. long or shorter: fls. 1 or 2, yellow, Min. long; pedicel about as long as the il. Siberia, China. L.B. C. 11 : 1064.— Under this name a dwarf form of C. arborescens is often cult. Var. megalfintha, Schneid. Lfts. bright green, J^ or sometimes 3^in. long: fls. \]4, in. long. AA. LfU. 8-14, 14-1 in. long: rachis deciduous. arborescens, Lam. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.: lfts. 8-12, obovate or oblong, sparsely pubescent beneath or glabrous 790. Caragana microphrlla. (XH) B,t length: fls. 2-4, pale or bright yellow, %m. long; pedicels usually longer than the fls.: pods about 2 in. long. May, June. Siberia, Manchuria. G.O. H. 67. Var. pendula, Dipp., with pendulous branches, is the most remarkable; it should be grafted high. M.D. G. 1897:425. Var. Lorbergu, Koehne. Lfts. linear to linear-oblanceolate, about 1 in. long. A very pecuhar and striking form. fruticdsa, Bess. (C Reddwskii, Fisch. C. arborescens var. armaria, Sims). Shrub, to 6 ft., very similar to the preceding: lfts. 10-14, oblong-elliptic to obovate, cu- neate at the base, rounded at the apex; stipules herba- ceous or somewhat spiny; pedicels and calyx puberu- lous, calsrx-teeth very short: pods about 1 in. long; seeds brown. Amurland, Korea. B.M. 1886 (not good). AAA. Lfts. S-4. B. Rachis of the Ivs. deciduous: pedicels as long as or longer than the fls. frfttex, Koch (C.frutescens, DC). Fig. 791. From 6-10 ft. : lfts. 4, approximate, nearly digitate, cuneate, obovate or oblong, rounded or emarginate at the apex, glabrous, J^-l in. long: fls. sohtaiy, ?<-l in. long, yel- low. May. S. Russia to China. Gt. 10:348. S.B.F.G. 3:227. Var. grandifldra, Koehne. Fls. somewhat longer than 1 in. : lfts. usually large and broad. Var. ' latifdlia, Schneid. (vax. obtusifdlia,TlloTt.). Lfts. more than an inch long and about }^ in. broad: fls. as in the type. BB. Rachis persistent, spiny: pedicels shorter than the fls. Chdmlagu, Lam. Shrub, 2-4 ft.: spines long: lfts. 4, in 2 somewhat remote pairs, chartaceous, obovate, emarginate or rounded at the apex, glabrous, J^-J^in. long: fls. solitary, reddish yeUow, IJ^ in. long. May. N.China. G.O.H. 30. pygmsea, DC. (C. grdcilis, Hort.). One to 3 ft.: spines short, J^in.: Ivs. nearly sessile; lfts. 4, approxi- mate and almost digitate, cuneate, linear-elliptic or linear-lanceolate, glabrous, }4-}4^- long: fls. solitary, J^in. long, golden yellow. Caucasus to Siberia and Thibet. B.R. 12:1021.— Grafted high on C. arbo- rescens, it forms a graceful standard tree, with pendulous branches. C. AUagdna, Poir.=C. microphylla. — C, arborSacens arendria, Hort.=C. microphylla. — C. arendria, Dipp.^C. aurantiaca, Koehne. — C. aurantidca, Koehne. Allied to C. pygnuea. Fla. orange-yellow; calyx as long as broad; ovary glabrous. Siberia. — C Boisii, Schneid. (C. microphylla var. crasse-aculeata, Bois). Allied to C. arborescens. Shrub, to 6 ft.: lfts. 10-12, obovate or narrowly obovate, about Hin. long, silky pubescent beneath at least when young, whitish beneath; stipules spiny: fls. solitary. W. China. V.F. 57. — C. brevispina, Royle (C.triflora.Lindl.). Spines 2-3 in. long: lfts. 12-16, pubescent: fls. 2-4, on a common peduncle. Himalayas. P.F.G. 2: 184. — C. decdrticans, Hemsl. Allied to C. microphylla. Shrub or small tree, spiny; lfts. 8-12, oval, less than Hin. long: fls. 1-2. Afghanistan. H.I. 18:1725. — C. frutSscens, DC. =C. frutex. — C GerardidTia. Royle. Spines 1^-2 in. long: stipules large, scarious: lfts. 8-12, densely pubes- cent: fls. 1-2, short - pedicelled. Himalayas. — C. grdcilis, Hort.=C- pygmEDa. — C. grandifldra^ DC. Allied to C. pygmsea. Lfts. cuneate- oblong, glabrous or pubescent: fls. IH in. long; calyx gibbous at the base. Caucasus. — The plant some- times cult, under this name is a variety of C. frutex. — C. jubdta. Pall. Sparingly branched shrub with very thick, spiny and villous branches: stipules large, scarious: lfts. 8-14, linear-oblong, villous beneath: fls. whitish, 1 in. long, short-pedicelled. Siberia. F.S. 19:2013. L.B.C. 6:522. Gt. 10:331. A very distinct and curious- looking species: hardy. — C. sophorxfdlia, Bess. ' (C. arborescens X C. microphylla. C. cuneif olia, Dipp. ). Lfts. usually 12, oblong to elliptic, cuneate, acute; pods 5^in. long. Garden origin. — ^. apindsa, DC. Spines 1 in. long: lfts. 4, rarely more, approximate, cuneate-lanceo- late, glabrous; fls. solitary, short-pedicelled. Siberia. — C. apinoais' aima, C. Koch=C. spinosa. — C. tragacanthoides, Poir. Spiny: lfts. 4-8, cimeate, oblong, pubescent: fls. solitary, short-pedicelled; calyx villous-pubesoent. Himalayas. — C. trifldra, Lindl.=C. brevispina. 791. Caragana frutex. {X)fi -C. vulgdria, Hort.=C. arborescens. Alfred Rehdeb. CAKAGTTATA. By the latest monographer referred to Cus- mania, which see. CARAXLUMA (aboriginal name). Asclepiaddcex. Low succulents, sometimes seen in collections; about 40 species, from S. Spain and Afr. to Arabia and India. They resemble stapelias, and require similar treatment. The sts. are leafless, somewhat branched, erect, 4-sided and the angles toothed: fls. near the sum- mit of the sts., more or less clustered, purple, brown and yellow, and other colors; corolla rotate and S-parted: fr. long and slender follicles. The carallumas are probably not in the American trade. Some of the names that may be expected in collections are C. adscendms, R. Br.; C. afflnis, Wildem.; C. campanulata, N. E. Br. (Boucerosia campanulata, Wight); C. commutata, Berger (sometimes grown as C. Sprengeri); C. fimbrir ata. Wall.; C. inversa, N. E. Br.; C. Luntii, N. E Br.; CARALLUMA CARDOQN 661 C. Sprengeri, N. E. Br. ; C. Simonis, Berger (Bouoerosia Simonis, Hort.); C. torta, N. E. Br. CAKAMBdLA: Averrhoa. CARAWAY {Cdrum Cdrvi, Linn.). Umbelliferx. A biennial or annual herb grown for its seeds, which are used in flavoring bread, cakes and cheese; also oc- casionally for the young snoots and leaves, which are eaten. It grows a foot or two high, has finely-cut, pin- nately compound foliage, and small white flowers, in umbels. It is of the easiest culture. The seed is usu- ally sown in spring and the crop of seed taken the fol- lowing year. It thrives in any garden soil. The plant occasionally runs wild. See Carum. loose corymbs surrounded by large sterile fls.: calyx- tube cupulate, adnate to the ovary; petals 5; stamens numerous with filiform filaments and suborbicular anthers; ovary inferior, incompletely 3-ceUed; styles 3, short; sterile fls. with 3 large sepals: caps, loculicidal. — Three species in Japan and China. Tender plants, thriving in any good garden soil; best in a partly shaded and moist position. Prop, by greenwood cut- tings under glass. altemifdlia, Sieb. & Zucc. One to 3 ft. : Ivs. broadly elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, tapering into a very short petiole, coarsely serrate, sparsely pilose, membrana- ceous, 3-7 in. long: fls. pink, lilac or white. Summer. S.Z. 66, 67. Gt. 14:486. Alfred Rehdeb. CAKBt;NIA:AnmoorreotordoubtfulnameforCmcus,whiohaee. CARDINAL FLOWER: Lobelia cardinalis. CARD Amine (Greek name of a cress). Crudferx. Small mostly leafy-stemmed perennials (the annual species apparently not cultivated), growing m low rich land, blooming in spring or early summer. Flowers sometimes large for size of plant, white or purple; petals »V3»|>_/ obovate or spatulate: pods Unear -»W » a and straight, more or less flat- "\ a \L^ tened, the wingless seeds in 1 row, 1 V^ valves usually separating elastic- ally from the base: Ivs. simple or pinnate or lyrate: root often tuber- ous or rhizomatous. — About 50 species, largely in boreal or alpine regions. Of easy cult. Only C. pratensis is much known among growers. pratensis, Linn. Cuckoo Flower. Fig. 792. Plant slender and usually glabrous, 12-20 in., somewhat branched: Ivs. pinnately divided; Ifts. of root-lvs. small and rounded ( J^in. or less across), those of the upper st.-lvs. oblong or even linear and entire or somewhat toothed: fls. J^in. long, in a corymb, white or rose-color, pretty. Eu. and Amer., in the northern parts. — In the gardens it is chiefly known in the double-fld. form, which probably has been derived from European rather than Ameri- (^an sources. There are other forms of it. It is an excellent little plant to grow in moist places, particularly along creeks and about springs. It is also useful in drier places, as in rockeries. trifdlia, Linn. Attractive spring bloomer, 6 in., creep- ing: Ivs. temate, the toothed parts or segms. irregularly roundish: fls. snow-white, on a naked scape. S. Eu. B.M. 452. angalktSL, Hook. Erect, 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. 3-5-folio- late, the Ifts. ovate or oblong, and the middle one usuaUy coarsely toothed: fls. rather large, white, in short, few-fld. racemes. Mts. of Ore. and Wash.— Intro. 1881 by GiUett. L. H. B. CARDAMOIf: Amomum and Elettaria. CARDIANDRA (Greek, heart, and man or stamen: alluding to the shape of the anthers). Saxifragdicex. Orna- mental half-shrubby plants, rarely cultivated for their white, lilac or pink flowers. Suffruticose deciduous plants with alternate rather large Ivs. and small pink, lilac or white fls. in terminal 792. Caidamine pra- tensis. Root-leaves not showing. 793. Fruit of Cardiospermum. (XM) CARDIOSPERMUM (Greek, heart-seed, from the white heart-shaped spot on the round black seed; hence the plant was thought a cure for heart diseases). Sapind&cex. Tendril-climb- ing tropical herbs. Leaves alternate, biter- nate; Ifts. coarsely serrate: fls. small, white, polyga- mous or dicEcious, in axiUary racemes or corymbs; sepals and petals 4, in pairs; stamens 8; ovary 3-celled, fol- lowed by a mem- branous caps. — A dozen species wide- ly distrib- uted. The most popular is the interesting balloon- vine, which is a rapid- growing, woody perennial, behav- ing as an annual, curious for its inflated seed-ves- sels. Fig. 793. Prop, by seeds. Halicicabum, Linn. Fig. 794. Balloon -Vine. Heart-Seed . Heart -Pea. Height 10 ft. : St. and branches grooved: Ivs. glabrous, oblong-acuminate, deeply dentate: balloons an inch or more thick. Trop. India, Afr., and Amer. B.M. 1049. — A general favorite, especially with children. Grown as a garden annual. hirs&tum, Willd. Creeping or ascending perennial vine with densely hairy grooved st. and Ivs. as in the preceding, but usually hairy on the under surface; fls. not showy: fr. pointed, hirsute; the globular choco- late-brown seed IS borne on the detaching parachute- like dissepiment. Air. — ^A useful perennial m S. CaUf. for covering arbors; evergreen and blooming continu- ously. N. TATLOB.t CARDOON {C-ynara Card-dncvlus, Linn.). A thistle- like plant of southern Europe, cultivated for the thick leaf-stalk and midrib. It is thought to be of the same species as the arti- choke, and to have been developed from it by long culti- vation and selection. See Cynara. The plant has been 794. Balloon-Vine — Cardiospermum Halicacabum. (XM) 662 CARDOON CAREX introduced into South America, and haa run wild exten- sively on the pampas. Darwin writes that "no culti- vated plant has run wild on so enormous a scale as the cardoon." JYom the artichoke it differs in taller and more prickly growth and smaller heads. The cardoon is perennial, but it is not hardy, and is treated as an annual. Seeds are sown in spring, either in pots under glass or in the open where the plants are to stand. The later sowing is usually preferred. The plants are given 795. Leaf of Canada tlustle. — Carduus aivensis oi Ciisium arvense. rich soil and should have abundant moisture supply, for they must make continuous and strong growth. When the leaves are nearly full grown, they are tied together near the top, straw is piled around the head, and earth is banked against it. This is to blanch the plant, for it is inedible unless so treated. From two to four weeks is required for the blanching. The procedure is not very unlike that adopted for the blanchmg of celery or endive. If the plants are late, they may be dug just before frost and blanched in a storage pit. The plants are usually grown 2 to 3 feet apart, in rows which are 4 feet apart. They are sometimes grown in trenches, after the old way of growing celery. Cardoon is very little known as a vegetable in America except among foreigners. L. H. B. CARDUUS (the ancient Latin name of these plants). Compdsitse. Thistle. Spiny-leaved annual, biennial or perennial herbs, sometimes grown in borders and rock- gardens for the interesting habit and the heads of purple or white flowers. Carduus is sometimes united with Cirsixmi, but is here kept distinctj being separated chiefly by non-plumose or only indistmctly serrate pappus-bristles (see Cirsium) . The common weedy thistles are referred either to Carduus or Cirsium, depending on the definition of the genus. Fig. 795 shows the spiny leaf of one of these. Under the restricted use of the name, Carduus com- prises about 80 species, from the Canary Isls. to Japan. For C. benedictus, see Cnicus. acanthoides, Linn. A much-branched perennial about 18-24 in. high: Ivs. bright green, piimately parted, the nerves very prominent beneath, spinose margined: the solitary heads long-peduncled; the fls. purple and showy. S. Eu. — Scarcely known m Amer. C. Maridnus, Hort., is a Silybum, and C. taitricum, Hort., is a Cirsium. Both are advertised in England, but are unknown in ^^^^ N. TATLOK.t CAREX (name of obscure origin). CyperAcese. Sedge. Grass-like perennials of very many kinds, a few of which are grown in bogs or as border plants. Flowers unisexual, in spikes, the staminate naked and subtended by a bract or scale, the pistillate com- prising a single pistil inclosed in a thin sac or perig3m- ium; monoecious or rarely dioecious: sts. or culms solid, not jointed, mostly 3-angled: Ivs. grass-hke but 3- ranked. One large group has 2 styles and a lenticular achene, and the spikes are commonly androgynous or contain both sexes (Fig. 796) ; another division has 3 styles and a triangular achene, and the spikes are commonly imisexual, the staminate being above (Figs. 797, 798). Carices are very abundant in cool temperate regions, both in species and in individual plants. There are more than 800 known species. Many of them grow on dry land, but the largest species grow in low grounds and swales, and often form much of the bulk of bog hay. Carices cover great areas of marsh land in the upper Mississippi region and are employed in the manu- facture of "grass carpets" or Crex fabrics. The species are difficult to distinguish because they are very similar, and the study of them is usually left to specialists. Some of our broad-leaved native species make excellent bor- ders and interesting clumps in corners about build- ings and along walls. Of such are C. platyphyUa, C. plantaginea, C. albursina. Many of the low- land species are excellent adjuncts to the pond of hardy aquatics. Others have very graceful forms, with drooping spikes and slender culms (Fig. 798). The following native species, and probably others, have been offered by collectorB: C. aurea, C. eburnea, C. fiava, C. Grayi (one of the best), C. hystricina, C. lupulina and its var. peduncvlaia, C. lurida, C. paupercula, C. penn- sylvanica, C. plantaginea, C. Pseudo-Cyperus, (.XH) ^' ™'''<"'S'') C'. Richardsonii, C. riparia, C. Tucher- manii, C. utricidata, C. vulpinoidea. The species present no difficulties in cultivation if the natural habitat is imitated. Propagated readily by seed sown in late fall (germinating m spring) or by division of the clumps. Mdrrowi, Boott (C. japdnica, Hort., not Thunb. C. tenuissima, Hort. C. acutifblia, Hort.). Fig. 799. Lvs. stiff and evergreen, long-pointed, in the common garden form with a white band near either margin: culm 1 ft. with a terminal staminate spike and 2 or 3 slender pistillate spikes (1 in. long) from sheaths: perigynium small and firni, somewhat excurved, 2- toothed, glabrous. Japan. G.C. III. 13:173. R.B. 20, E. 9. — ^A very handsome plant, suited for pots or the order. The stiff clean white-edged foliage keeps in condition for months, making the plant useful for decorations in which pot-plants are used. It is per- fectly hardy in Cent. N. Y., holding its foUa,^e all win- ter. A useful florists' plant. 796. Carez (C. scopaiia), with androgynous spikes and lenticular achenes. (XI). N. Amer. 797. Carex (C. lurida), with staminate terminal spikes and trigonous achenes. (XH). N, Amer. intumescens, Rudge (C. tendria, Hort. C. tenera, Hort.). Slender, but stiff, to 30 in.: Ivs. narrow, rolling more or less when dry: staminate spikes long-stalked: pistillate spikes 1 or 2, short-stalked, short, with few large, turgid, tapering, shining perigynia and awl-like, rough-pointed scales. N. Amer. CAREX CARICA 663 comans, Berger (C. Vilmorinii, Mott. C. Vilmorinidna, Hort.). Densely tufted, with many very narrow Ivs., and filiform culms 1}4 ft- or less high: spikes 5-7, the terminal staminate, Imear and short- stalked, the lateral pistillate (or perhaps staminate at base), oblong or cyfindrical and dense-fld., about 1 in. long, and with aristate scales: perigynium 3-angled (stigmas 3), lance-ovate, attenuate at base and with a 2-toothed scabrous beak. New Zeal. — A good hardy edging plant when a tufted grassy effect is desired. Buchfinanii, Berger (C liicida, Boott, var. BucMnanii, Kuek.). Alliea to the preceding: densely tufted: Ivs. leathery, semi-terete, very narrow, brown-red: spikes 5-8, the terminal staminate and Unear- cylindrical, long-stalked, the lateral pistil- late and cyUndrical, IJ^ in. long, densely- fld. : perigynium plano-convex (stigmas 2), produced into a long margined scabrous deeply bidentate beak. New Zeal. — Grown for its reddish foliage. Gaudichaudiana, Kunth (C. vulgdris, Fries, var. Gaudichavdi&na, Boott) . Culms erect, 1-2 ft.: Ivs. long and grass-like: staminate fls. in terminal spikes: pistillate fls. in 2-3 cyUndrical, sessile or subsessile spikes: perigynium lenticular, small, very short-beaked, obscurely 2-toothed, finely nerved, longer than the narrow scale. Japan, Austral. New Zeal. — Useful for bog planting. FrSseri, Andr. {Cymophyllus Fraseri, Mack.) Lvs. 1 in. or more broad, stiff, but with no midnerve, fiat and thick, ever- green: culm 16 in. or less high- bearing at its summit a single whitish spike which is staminate at top: perigynium ovoid, thin and inflated. Rich mountain woods, Va. B.M. 1391 (as C. Fraseriana). — Rare, and a very remarkable plant. C. bdccaTis, Nees. Robust, with curving lvs. to 2 ft. long and ^in. broad: fr. berry-like (whence the name), crimson or vermilion, in clustered spikes standing well above the lvs. India. G. 1:461. Useful for pots or for planting in a conservatory, for its ornamental fr., but probably not now in cult, commercially. — C. gallica variegata is offered abroad as a "very elegant, showy and charming'' carex.-^. Tipdria, Curt,, a rank-growing lowland species of wide distribution, is sometimes grown in a variegated-lvd. form. The name has no botanical standing. — -With the exten- sion of wild gardening, and particu- larly of bog- and water-gardening, many other species of Carex may be expected to appear in the trade lists. L. H. B. CARICA (a geographical name). Papay&cex. Papaya. Small, rapid - growing, un- branched trees, commonly grown in greenhouses as foli- age plants and often bearing fruit under such conditions. Juice milky. Leaves large, soft, long- stalked, in clusters at the top of the trunk: usually dioecious, the male fls. on long axillary peduncles, fimnel-shaped, with 10 anthers in the throat, the pistillate fls. larger and with 5 distinct petals and a single 799. Carex Morrowii. 798. Carex (C. longirostris),with termi- nal staminate spikes and drooping pistil- late spikes. (.Xi4). N. Amer. pistilwith 5-rayed stigma, sessile in the axils of the lvs. ^Perhaps 20 species, all native to the American tropics, but C. Papaya is cult, throughout the tropics for its delicious edible fruits. See Papaya- The soil most suited for caricas is a rich loam, having perfect drainage. As the stem is succulent and tender, great care is necessary to avoid bruising, hence pot- grown plants are much to be preferred to seedlings from the open ground. Seeds should be selected from the best and largest fruits and sown in a well-worked bed under a slight shade. If seeds are quite dry or old, they should be soaked in warm water before sowing. The seedling plants are delicate, and require close__ watching at first to avoid damping-off. As soon as plants are well up remove the shading, and after the third leaf appears they may be pricked out into a larger bed, or better, potted off in fairly rich soil. After plants are a few weeks old, and have been shifted once into larger pots, they may be set permanently outdoors in the tropics. Caricas seldom branch, but usually grow upright like a palm, hence cuttings are not often avail- able. Sometimes small branches form, and these may be out off and as readily rooted as most tropical deco- rative plants, provided the cutting is not too young and tender. This method has been found in Florida to be too slow, and what is evidently a better method of propagation, by means of graftage, has been devised by Edward Simmonds, of the Plant In- troduction Field Station, Miami, Florida. Numerous shoots are formed by the buds at the leaf-scars when a papaya tree is topped, as many as fifty or more being produced. "One of these shoots is taken when a few inches long and about the diameter of a lead pencil, is sharpened to a wedge point, the leaf surface re- duced, and inserted in a cleft in a young seedling which has been decapitated when 6 to 10 inches high, and spMt with an unusually sharp, thin grafting-knife. At this age the trunk of the young seed- ling has not yet formed the hollow space in the center. Seeds planted in the greenhouse in February produce young seedlings large enough to graft some time in March; these grafted trees, which can be grown in pots, when set out in the open ground in May or the latter part of April, make an astonishing growth and come into bearing in Novem- ber or December; they continue bear- ing throughout the following spring and summer, and if it is advisable, can be left to bear fruit into the following autumn." Varieties of superior flavor and better size and shape for shipping, as weU as hermaphrodite varieties, may now be successfully main- tained. For complete descrip- tion of this method see "The Grafted Papaya as an Annual Fruit Tree," by David Fair- child and Edward Simmonds, Circular No. 119, Bureau of Plant Industry, 1913. In tem- Eerate climates, caricas have een found to be good decora- tive plants for both conserva- tory and summer bedding, the deeply out, palmate leaves forming a striking contrast to ordinary vegetation. In bed- ding out, select open, sunny exposure, with perfect drainage, and make the soil rich and friable. Constant cultivation , with a light hoe will cause a j 664 CARICA CARLUDOVICA luxuriant growth under these conditions, and the planter wiU be amply repaid for his trouble by beauti- ful showy specimens as tropical-appearing as palms. Papaya, Linn. {Papdya Cdrica, Gaertn.). Papaya. Pawpaw. The commonest species in cult., sometimes growing to a height of 20 ft., with large palmately 7-lobed Ivs., sometimes 2 ft. across, and fr. shaped hke a roughly angled melon up to 12 in. long and half as thick, hanging, especially from the lower axils of the pis- tillate plant. B.M. 2898-9. — From the frs., which vary in size up to 15 lbs. and in number to the tree from 20-50, is extracted the papaya juice, which furnishes the papain of commerce. This is obtained by slashing the fr., and collecting the milky juice in porcelain-lined receptacles, where it is allowed to evaporate. When evaporated to a granular condition, it is ready for the market and brings from $4-$6 a lb. in the crude state. The papaya has of recent years become one of the conmionest table frs. of the tropics. The flesh, which is usually of a salmon-pink or yellow color, is excellent when one becomes accustomed to its peculiar flavor, and resem- bles somewhat a most luscious muskmelon. From its large content of papain, it may be eaten without injury in considerable quantities and assists in the digestion of other foods. As the tree grows with great rapidity in tropical climates, it may be treated as an annual, the seeds being sown early in protected beds, weU cared for and transplanted to their permanent places when well estabUshed. They will then bear fr. late in the suc- ceeding autumn. The method of graftage described on p. 663 IS preferable, however. The frs. have a consider- able cavity, which, in the smaller rounded frs., is well filled with the small brownish or blackish seeds. The firm skin, the firmness of which may be increased by selection, will permit of shipping to a distance. The plant is sometimes polygamous, and from such plants in Hawaii there have been bred tjrpes which appear to have great promise as a shipping fr. The green frs. are frequently used as vegetables, and the Ivs., if cooked with tough meat, are said to make it tender, due to the digestive principle. candamarcensis, Hook. f. (C cundinamardnsis, Lindl.). This is a more hardy ornamental species with numerous Ivs., dark green above and pale beneath, rounded-heart-shaped, 114 ft- across, 6-lobed to the center with pinnatifid lobes: fls. green and pubescent: frs. smaU, pointed, 5-angled, golden yellow. B.M. 6198. — Hardy in S. Calif., but the frs. of no value as such. quercifdlia, Benth. & Hook. (Vasconcellea querd- fblia, St. Hil.). Lvs. shaped like those of the Enghsh oak, palmately 3-lobed, and containing a greater per- centage of papain than C. Papaya; frs. small. — ^Hardv in S. CaUf. gracilis, Sohns. (Papd,ya grddlis, Regel). Habit of C. Papaya; trunk simple, 4-6 ft. high, slender, very gla- brous: lvs. 5-digitate, the lobes sinuate-lobed, the middle one 3-lobed, the whole blade suborbicular in outline, petioled. Brazil. Gt. 1879:986. S. C. Stuntz. CARiSSA (aboriginal name). Apocyndtcex. Very branchy spinose shrubs of the tropics of the eastern hemisphere, cultivated for ornament or hedges, but here mainly for the edible berry-Uke fruits. Flowers white, soUtary or in cymes; lobes of calyx and corolla 6, the 5 stamens free and included in the throat, the ovary 2-loculed: lvs. opposite and thick, simple. — About 30 species. Used abroad as greenhouse plants but grown in this country only in S. Fla., and Cahf . Prop, by seeds and cuttings of ripe wood. Carandas,Linn. Caraunda. Christ' s-Thobn. Ever- green shrub or small tree, with dark green ovate or elhptic mucronate entire lvs., strong axillary spines (which are often forked) and fragrant white fls. in clusters of 2-3, the corolla twisted to the left in the bud: fr. the size of a cherry (1 in.'diam.), reddish, pleasant-flavored. India. L.B.C. 7:663.— Reaches 20 ft. Half-hardy in Cent. Fla. The frs. are eaten from the hand or made into a jelly much like currants when ripe, and pickled when green. bispindsa, Desf. (C. ardulna, Lam.). Amatunguhj. Maritzgula. Spines strong, often 2 in. long: lvs. ovate and subcordate, mucronate, glabrous and entire: fls. white, the corolla twisted to the right in the bud. S. Afr. — ^A choice evergreen shrub, rather hardy, with thick camellia-Uke very glossy lvs. : fls. large, fragrant, white, and borne profusely and continuously: fr. dark red, size of a cherry, good. L.B.C. 4:387. — Closely resembles C. grandijhra, but fls. slightly smaller and frs. in clusters; seeds lanceolate. grandifldra, DC. Natal Plum. Spiny shrub: lvs. ovate-acute, tapering to the base: fls. large, white, fragrant, solitary and terminal, twisted to the right, heterogonous: fr. red, 1-1 J^ in. long, resembUng cran- berries in flavor when cooked, and having a papery skin, milky juice and few small almost circular seeds. Sauce made from this fr. is almost indistinguishable in flavor from cranberry sauce^ but the frs. ripen so irregularly, although almost contmually, as to make the fr. suitable only for home-garden use unless handled on a large scale. Said to be the finest hedge plant in S. Afr. B.M. 6307. acuminata, DC. Spines weak: lvs. smaller, ovate- acute, subcordate, mucronate; peduncles short, forked, axillary: fls. with lance-acuminate calyx-lobes, the corolla twisted to the right in the bud. S. Afr. — ^Per- haps not different from C. bispinosa. C. edidis, Vahl. A straggling shrub with small purple edible fr, from Trop. Afr. Intro, from Abyssinia, but has not yet been thoroughly tested. The plant in the American trade under this name is described as much taller than C. Carandas and more vigor- ous: lvs. persistent, ovate-acuminate: fls. 10-25 in axillary clusters, white and pink, jasmine-scented: berries oval, red but turning black at maturity, 1-seeded. — C ovdia^ R. Br., from Austral., a more open shrub than any of the preceding, the small frs. of which are edible and used for jams, has been intro. by the Office of Foreign Seed and Plant Introduction as a possible stock for the more ten- ] der species, in the hope of extending the range of these frs. — C. J spindrum, DC, a small edible-fruited evergreen shrub from India I is said to be an important element in reforestation since it persists I on the poorest and rockiest soils in spite of being greedily eaten by -^ eheep and goats. g_ q gTUNTZ.f ' CARLiNA (said to have cured the army of Charle- magne [Carolinus] of the plague). Compdsitx. Low rather coarse annuals, biennials or perennials, with thistle-like fohage, large white or purplish heads, a feathery pappus, and chaffy receptacle: outer involu- cral bracts coriaceous, usually spiny, the inner ones colored or shiny and petal-like: fr. a silky-hairy achene. — Some 15 or 20 species in the Medit. region. An open sunny place and ordinary garden soil are all they require. They are capital for the sunny part of a rockery. Propagated by cuttings or seeds. acafilis, Linn. A very dwarf hardy perennial; height 3-6 in.: lvs. glossy, pinnatifid, divided, with spiny ends: fl. rising barely above the fohage, soMtary, very interesting, the scales surrounding the fl.-head being long and narrow and ray- or petal-hke, sUky, shiny: head 6 in. across when expanded, white. June, July and late fall. G.C. II. 13:720-1. G.L. 19:178. acanthifdlia, Linn. A white-tomentose thick-Ivd. biennial, the lvs. oblong, the upper pinnatifid and spiny: fl.-heads 4 in. wide, yellowish purple. S. Eu. July and later, G.C. III. 47:68.— Little known in U. S. N. TATLOR.t CARLUDOVICA (Charles IV, and his Queen Louisa, of Spain). Cyclanthiccex. Palm-Uke, sometimes merely herbaceous plants, of tropical America. The plants are stemless, or sometimes with a lax creeping st., and usually have stalked, sometunes sea- Bile, flabellate lvs. : fls. monoecious, the two sexes being on the same spadix, which is inclosed in a 4-lvd. spathe; staminate fls. with many stamens and many- CARLUDOVICA CARNATION 665 lobed calyx, 4 of them surrounding a pistillate fl. — the latter have a 4-sided ovary, 4 barren stamens, and 4- lobed cals^x: fr. a 4-sided, many-seeded berry. The car- ludovicas are usually regarded and treated as stove palms by gardeners. They are useful for decoration. The family Cyclanthacese is exclusively tropical Ameri- can, of about 45 species and 6 genera (StelestyUs, Carludovica, Sarcinanthus, Ludovia, Evodianthus, Cyclanthus); it is often united with the Pandanaceae or screw-pine family. The genus is an important economic one, as C. palmata, and perhaps other species, are the source of Panama hats. In making these, the leaves are cut young, the stiff veins removed, after which the leaves are sUt into shreds, but not separated at the stalk end. It is said that hats of superior quality are plaited from a single leaf, without any joinings. U. S. Dept. Agric, Fiber Investigations. Rept. 9:112 (1897). 800. Carludovica palmata. Carludovica ■palmata is the species most frequently met with under cultivation. Under favorable condi- tions it grows to a height of about 8 feet. All of the kinds need stove treatment during the winter months; in summer they may be used for subtropical bedding with good results. They have a certain palm-Uke ap- pearance, but the leaves are of a softer texture than any of the palms. They may be propagated by division, choosing the early spring for the operation. C. palmata seeds freely. The fruit, when ripe, has an ornamental appearance for a short time after bursting open. The seeds are very small, and should be carefully washed free from the pulp, and sown on the surface of a pan of finely chopped sphagnum moss. Germination takes place in two weeks from sowing if kept in a brisk, moist heat. The species are not particular as to soil but the drainage must be perfect, as the plants require an abundance of water when growing. (G. W. Oliver.) A. Lvs. S-6-lobed. palmata, Ruiz. & Pav. Fig. 800. No trunk: petioles 3-6 ft. long, glabrous, terete and unarmed; blades 4-lobed, the lobes again cut into narrow segms., dark green, gracefully spreading, and drooping at the mar- gin. Peru. R.H. 1861, p. 36. — The common species, and a very useful plant. Totundifdlia, Wendl. Much like the last, but more compact under cult., owing to the shorter petioles, but growing much larger: petiole distinctly pubescent; If.-blade large and orbicular, 3- or 4-lobed. Costa Rica. B.M. 7083. elegans, WiUiams. Blades with 4 or 5 lobes, which are very deeply cut into straight strap-like divisions. Probably of horticultural origin. AA. Lvs. $-lobed. atrdvirens, Wendl. Blades very deeply 2-lobed and very deep, rich green (whence the name, dark green), glabrous. Colombia. h&milis, Poepp. & Endl. Dwarf: blades angular, 2-lobed at the summit, the seems, more or less jagged but not divided, a foot or less broad. Colombia. R.H. 1869, p. 327.— One of the best. Pl&merii, Kunth (C. palmsefblia, Sweet). Caudex erect: blades with 2 lanceolate and pUcate divisions, bright green above and pale beneath: spadices pendu- lous. Martinique. imperialis, Lind. & Andr6. Caudex short and pros- trate: blades with 2 ovate-lanceolate entire segms., with very prominent veins, the lobes about 5 in. wide and shining green; petiole purphsh, canaliculate, tmnid at the base. Ecuador. I.H. 21:166 (by error 165). The following species are in cult, in this country but not as yet known to the trade: C. S^'^^S^^^ Kunth. Stemleas or sometimes creeping and with a round, sparsely branched St.; lvs. alternate 1-2 ft. S. Amer. — C. tnciso, Wendl. A much cut, low plant from Cent. Amer. — C macrd-poda^ Klotzsch. St. scarcely 1 ft. long; lvs. faintly 3-nerved, deeply 2-parted, 1 ^2 ft. Colombia, — C. micros eiphala^ Hook. f. St. a few inches high; lvs. numerous, 10-18 in. long, split into 2 S-nerved segms. ; petiole slender, purplish at base. Costa Rica. B.M. 7263. — C. plicdta, Klotzsch. St. short: lvs. di- vided into 2 1-nerved segms. ; petioles channeled; spadix about 6 in. long: the thick woody caudex may not rise more than 1 ft. Colombia. — C. acdndens, Cowell. St. creeping, often 25 ft. long: lvs. several at the summit, about 18 in. long. St. Kitts. N. TAYLOK.t CAKMICHJeLIA (Capt. Dugald Carmichael, Scotch botanist, who wrote on the flora of the Cape and cer- tain islands). Leguminbsx. Shrubs, leafless or usually becoming so, either erect or depressed, with reddish or purplish small fls., rarely cult. There are about 20 species in New Zeal., very difficult of delimitation. Lvs. 1- or 3-5-foholate, wanting or deciduous after the bloom has passed: fls. in lateral racemes; cal5rx cup- shaped or bell-shaped, 6-toothed; corolla papiUona- ceous, the standard orbicular and usually reflexed, the wings oblong and obtuse and somewhat falcate, the keel oblong and incurved and obtuse; upper stamen free : pod small, leathery, oblong to orbicular. C. grandi- fldra. Hook, f., is recently offered in S. Calif.: it is much-branched, to 6 ft. high, with compressed and grooved glabrous erect branches: lvs. pinnately 3-6- foliolate, appearing in spring and early summer and then caducous, the Ifts. glabrous and obcordate-cuneate: fls. about }iin. long, in drooping racemes of 5-12, white or lilac. C. odorata, Colenso, has pubescent drooping branches, and much smaller fls. in 10-20-fld. racemes: pod smaller Q^m.. or less long) and longer-beaked. L. H. B. CARNATION (Didnlhm Caryophyllus, Linn.). Cary- ophyllacese. Choice and popular flower-garden and greenhouse plants of the pink tribe; in North America grown mostly under glass as florists' flowers. PI. XXH. The carnation is a half-hardy perennial, herbaceous, suffrutescent at base: height 2 ft.: st. branching, with tumid joints: lvs. linear, glaucous, opposite: fls. termi- 666 CARNATION CARNATION nal, mostly solitary; petals 5, flesh-colored, very broad, beardless, margins toothed; calyx cylindrical, with scaly bracts at base. June-Aug. S. Eu.; occasionally met in the wild state in England, where it was intro. through cult. A single-fid. and undeveloped carnation is shown in Fig. 801. A section of a single fl. is depicted in Fig. 802, showing the 2 styles and the 5 stamens; also the bracts at the bottom, in 2 series, beneath the calyx. In Fig. 803 some of the beginnings of doubling are shown. General development. (By Geo. C. Butz.) Theophrastus, who lived about 300 years B.C., gave the name Dianthus (Greek dios, divine; anthos, flower) to the group, probably sug- gested by the deUghtful fra- grance. The specific name yjl Caryophyllus (Greek, caryon, hi? nut; and phyllon, leaf) has been applied to the clove-tree (Caryo- phyllus aromaticus) , and because of the clove-like fragrance of the carnation this name was ap- plied to it. The name carnation (Latin, camatio, from caro, camis, flesh) has ref- erence to the flesh-color of the flowers of the original type. This plant has been in cultivation more than 2,000 years, for Theophrastus (History of Plants, translation) says: "The Greeks cultivate roses, gillyflowers, vio- lets, narcissi, and iris," gilly- flower being the old English name for the carnation. It was not, however, until the beginning of the sixteenth century that the development of the carnation into numerous varieties made an impression upon its history. The original flesh-color of its flowers was already broken up into red and white. The garden- ers of Italy, France, Germany, Holland and England, with their respective ideals of beauty in this flower, contributed so many varieties that in 1597 Gerard wrote that "to describe each new variety of carnation were to roll Sisyphus' stone or number the sands." There have been many at- tempts at classification, but most of them, like the varieties they serve, have dis- appeared. Two of them are as follows: A French scheme arranges all varieties into three classes: Grenadins (Fig. 801), including those with strong per- fumes, flowers of medium size, either single or double, petals fringed, and of but one color; Flamands, includ- ing those with large flowers, round and double, rising in the center to form a convex surface, petals entire, either unicolored or striped with two or more colors; Fancies, including those with colors arranged in bands on light grounds, the petals toothed or not. The English classi- fication of these varieties makes four categories: Selfs, or those possessing only one color in the petals; Flakes, or those having a pure ground of white or yellow and flaked or striped with one color, as scarlet, purple or rose; Bizarres, or those having a pure ground marked as in the Flakes, but with two or three colors; and Picotees (Fig. 804), or those having a pure ground of 801. A single-flow- ered Grenadin carna- tion. (X5i) Section of normal carnation flower. white or yellow, and each petal bordered with a band of color at the margin. This last class has been regarded with the distinction of a race. In the early part of the nineteenth century, English gardeners exercised very great care in the growing of carnations to ma- ture only perfect flowers. Imperfect and superfluous petals were ex- tracted with for- ceps; petals appearing out of place were arranged in a perfect imbrication; the calyx-tube was cut partly down between the teeth, to prevent excessive split- ting at one side and to give more freedom to the expansion of the flower. These and many more tedious details seem to have wrought the depreciation of this flower about the middle of the nineteenth century. All the foregoing has reference to those types of carnations that are Uttle known or grown in America at the present day; the varieties so common in Europe are usually kept in coldframes or coolhouses during the winter, and as spring approaches the plants are brought into their blooming quarters, for no flower is expected to appear until the month of July, when there is a great profusion of blossoms, but for a short season. Therefore, they can aU be classed as a summer race. They are also grown permanently in the open. Development of the perpetual -flowering carnation (Remontant, Monthly, Forcing, or Tree). Figs. 805-807. The perpetual-flowering race of carnation, which has been brought to its highest state of perfection by American growers, and which is generally regarded as the "American carnation," really originated in France, and was grown in that country from its origin in 1840 until about the year 1856, before it was introduced to America. A French gardener, named M. Dalmais, obtained a constant-blooming carnation by crossing CEillet de Mahon, which bloomed in November, with pollen from (Eillet Biohon, crossing again with the Flemish carnation, the first-named sort being dissemi- nated under the name "Atim." By the year 1846 varie- ties in all colors had been secural and the type per- manently fixed. These were taken up and improved upon in quality by other enthusiasts, among whom were M. Schmidt and M. Al- phonse Alegatiere, of Lyons, France. The latter succeeded in securing varieties with rigid stems which in 1866 were given the name "tree-carnation. M. Schmidt's most prominent varie- ties were Arc-en-ciel and Etoile Polaire, which were grown for several years. But the strong rigid-stemmed varieties obtained by Alegatiere, which were termed tree-carnations in 1866, proved of greater value com- mercially, and became more gen- erally cultivated. About the year 1852, a native of France who 803. The anthers had settled near New York City, ate leafy, showing one imported plants of this strain, process in doubling. CARNATION CARNATION 667 and cultivated several varieties for a number of years. About the year 1856 the firm of Dailledouze, Zeller & Gard imported plants of La Purity, a rose-colored variety, also Mont Blanc and Edwardsii, white, and Manteaux Royal, red-and-white variegated. These were used for crossing, and the first variety produced in America, about the year 1858, proved to be a great improvement on exist- ing varieties. It was named "Mrs.Degraw," and with another white variety named "Flat- bush, was dissemi- nated about the year 1864. Other varieties followed, and the work was taken up by other growers, among whom were M. Donati, who raised Astoria, a yellow which is conceded to be the ancestor of all the yellow varieties grown today; Rudolph Heintz, who raised 804. Carnation, Picotee. S^^^^^^^^^i^^^ ™ ^F^i Chas. T. Starr, whose most famous variety was Buttercup, introduced in 1884; Jos. Tailby, whose Grace Wilder became and remained the standard rose-pink variety until the introduction of Wm. Scott in 1893; John Thorpe and W. P. Sim- mons, who introduced Portia, Tidal Wave, Silver Spray and Daybreak in the eighties; Sewal Fisher, whosfe Mrs. Fisher appeared in 1890 and became one of the leading whites; E. G. HiU, whose most notable pro- ductions were Flora Hill, the leading white for several years, and America, a scarlet; R. Witterstaetter, who obtaLaed Estelle, Aristocrat, Afterglow and Pres. J. A. Valentine; John Hartje, who raised the scarlet Jubilee; Peter Fisher, whose Mrs. Thos. W. Lawson, Beacon, and Enchantress with its several sports, became leaders in their respective colors; C. W. Ward, who dis- seminated Governor Roosevelt, Harry Fenn and Mrs. C. W. Ward. The late Frederick Domer conducted the most sys- tematic work in developing the carnation, and succeeded in producing a strain which is recognized as the highest development of the American carnation. His records, which cover a period of 22 years, contain a complete list of the many thousands of crosses made during that time. This strain is distinguished for its easy-growing habit, its freedom and steadiness in producing blooms, the diversity of colors and its adaptability to commer- cial growing. His labors produced such varieties as Wm. Scott, Mme. Diaz Albertini, White Cloud, Mrs. Geo. M. Bradt, G. H. Crane, Lady Bountiful, White Perfection, Pink Delight, White Wonder and Gloriosa, all leaders in their respective colors. Through the rapid strides in its development, after being introduced in this country, the carnation estab- lished itself as one of the leading flowers for commercial growing and now stands second only to the rose in commercial importance. Not only does it share equally with the rose the bench space in most large growing establishments, but many large ranges are devoted entirely to the carnation. Growing methods have been perfected by the carnation specialists until the practices employed during its early history have been entirely superseded. Since its first arrival in America, over 1,200 varieties have been introduced, and the quality has been improved until the highest developed varie- ties produce blooms measuring 4}^ inches in diameter and are carried on rigid stems 3 feet long. 43 In 1891 the American Carnation Society was organ- ized to promote the interests of the carnation. By hold- ing exhibitions annually it has assisted materially in popularizing the flower. A system of registering new varieties is in operation, which prevents confusion in nomenclature. From this country, the improved strain of the per- petual-flowering carnation has returned to European countries, being grown in increased quantities each year and displacing all the older types of carnation for commercial growing. Culture of outdoor or flower-garden carnations. Fig. 808. Americans are not sufficiently aware of the excel- lence of some of the forms of the flower-garden or bor- der carnation. While perennial, like the greenhouse carnation, many of them bloom profusely the first year from seed and are described as annuals. The Marguerite type is one of the most useful. These forms bloom by midsummer from early-sown seeds, and with some protection the plants will pass the winter in the open and bloom again the following spring. The Margaret strain, distinct from the Marguerite, bears double flowers, _,, sulfur-yellow, and also blooms the first season from early-sown seed. The Chabaud strains behave similarly. The Grenadins (Fig. 801) bloom the first year from seed. They pro- 806. Modem florists' or forcing carnation. 668 CARNATION duce fine singles, of simple form and strong fragrance, although more than half of any sowing from improved seed may produce various degrees of double bloom. Riviera Market and others bloom in autumn from spring-sown seeds. The culture of the hardy or flower- garden carnations is very simple. Their profusion of sum- mer bloom makes them desirable. ThePicotee class (Fig. 804) is little known in this coun- try. It is a hardy perennial in Eng- land, and the fine strains are often propagated by layers (Fig. 809). They also do well from seeds, bloom- ing freely the second year. The Malmaison strain, which was the leading carna- tion in England before the advent of the Perpetual- fiowering strain, has been found of little value in this country. On ac- count of its large size it was used to some extent for breeding purposes, but with unsatis- factory results. The border oar- nation is a more condensed and bushy plant than the long-stemmed few-flowered plant seen in the Ameri- can greenhouses, although there are different families or groups of them as there are of phlox or snapdragons. Some forms are dwarf and some tall-growing. American methods of culture for indoor bloom. The modem method of propagating the carnation for commercial growing is by means of cuttings which are taken from either the blooming stock or from plants that are grown for cuttings alone. The old method of layer- ing (Fig. 809) would prove too slow in increasing stock for present-day needs. Millions of cuttings are rooted each season for planting the houses for blooming pur- poses. So much depends on the quaUty of the cuttings in keeping up the vitaUty in the stock that expert growers have learned to discriminate in their selection. The best cuttings, if taken from the blooming stock, are those from near the middle of the flower-stems (Fig. 810). These will not only show greater vitality than those taken higher up or lower, but they will prove more floriferous The tip cuttings are likely to give a flower-bud immediately and, if this is pinched out, develop into a weak plant. Those taken from the base develop a large spreading growth known as "grassy." The cuttings are severed by an outward pull CARNATION and are afterward trimmed of all surplus foliage before being inserted in the propagating sand. Have a sharp knife with which to trim and a pail of fresh water into which to throw the cuttings as they are trimmed. Make a smooth cut at the base, near the joint, so that the lower pair of leaves will peel off readily, living a haK-inch of clear stem to go into the sand. Shorten those leaves which turn outward, leaving those which stand fairly upright. The removal of part of the foliage is to avoid crowding in the bench and also to prevent flagging while the cutting is giving off more moisture through its leaves than it is taking up through the stem. The cuttings are inserted in the sand about ^inch deep in rows across the bench, placing the cuttings about ■Scinch apart in the row and the rows about 2}4 inches apart, according to the size of the cuttings. Use a putty knife for maJdng the cut in the sand. The sand is kept constantly moist and the cuttings are protected from both the sun and drafts by means of musUn curtains. Frequent spraying should be avoided, though it must be resorted to at times to prevent flagging on warm windy days. The most favorable conditions for proper gating are usually secured during the months of Decem- ber, January, February and early March. During that period, ventilation is hmited and a fairly even bottom- heat is easily maintained. Keep a bottom temperature of about 60°, while the overhead temperature should be about 52°. Any bench that can be protected from sun and drafts will prove satisfactory. The bottom of the bench may be of wood or tile, the latter being preferred on account of more perfect drain- age and a greater retention of warmth. The saiid should be 3 inches deep after being packed down by means of a tool made from a 2-inch plajik about 6 inches wide and 808. Flower-garden or outdoor carnation, showing the condensed bushy habit and short flower-stems. 12 inches long with an inverted V-shaped handle. In about four weeks the cuttings should be ready for pot- ting (Fig. 811). Those that come out of the sand February 15 or earlier should be potted first into 2- inch pots and later on shifted into larger pots as needed. Those potted later may be placed directly into 2}^-inch CARNATION CARNATION 669 pots and left until planted out, the object being to keep the young plants growing steadUy until they are planted in the field. Stunted, pojt-bound plants will be slow in breaking and are hkely to develop stem-rot in the field. Use a moderately Ught soil and only fairly rich. When the young plants begin to run up to flower, they should be topped back to about four joints above the pot (Fig. 812). A low-branched plant will stand up better and will give less trouble in supporting later on. A second topping may be necessary before planting- out time, on early-propagated stock. A slight harden- ing-off of the young plants before planting out is bene- ficial, though not essential. This is usually done by placing the plants in coldframes about two weeks prior to planting them in the field. Late April or early May is the time for planting in the field, according to latitude and climate. A rich loam, inclined to sandiness, produces the finest plants in the shortest time. In a heavy soil the growth will be heavier, but slower and less branching. Set the plants about 8 inches apart in the rows, and if hand-power is to be employed in cul- tivating, space the rows about 16 inches apart. Space farther if horse-power is to be used. When a large business is done in young plants or rooted cuttings, a part of the stock is grown espe- cially for cuttings alone. These plants are benched the same as those for blooming, but are not allowed to 809. Layer of camatioii. The parent stem was severed at s. This method is now employed only in special cases. bloom. As the shoots begin to run up to flower, they are broken off a few joints higher up than is done when topping in the field. The young shoots which result from these breaks are taken off for cuttings, the very finest cuttings being secured in this way. These are trimmed and handled the same as those taken from the flower-stems. When packing cuttings for shipping, moist sphagnum moss is used in which to pack the roots. Cut papers (newspapers are used mostly) into sheets about 10 by 18 inches. Lay a strip of moss about 3 inches wide across the middle of the paper lengthwise. Then lay the cuttings side by side with only the roots on the moss. When twenty-five have been laid on, begin to roll from one end until all the cuttings have been taken up. Then turn in the lower part of the paper and con- tinue to roll until the end of the paper has been reached and tie around with any kind of cord. There is Uttle difference in the returns from plants grown for cuttings and those grown for blooms, providing a fair market is found for each. In shipping plants from the field, the soil is all shaken from the roots. The plants are then set upright in the shipping-cases with moist moss between the roots, a layer of damp moss having first been placed on the bottom. Cultivate as soon as practicable after each rain, and in the absence of rain at least once each week. Shallow cultivating is recommended, just enough to maintain a loose mulch on the surface. Do not water carnations in the field under any con- sideration. Cultivation will preserve moisture in the soil without causing soft growth. Keep topping back the young shoots as fast as they begin to run up, thus building up a shapely bushy plant. If plants are to be placed inside during the summer, the benches should be re- fiUed and. made ready for planting as soon after May 1 as possible. It will be a great help to get the plants under way on the benches before hot weather sets in. FiU the benches the same as for field-grown plants and set the plants where they are to bloom. Indoor culture is practicable and profitable only when the benches can be spared by early May. If a good mar- ket can be found for the May and June cut, they will more than offset the slight advantage derived in the fall from indoor culture. If the blooming plants have not made an exceed- ingly rank growth, they may be cut back sharp early in May, cleaned off, mulched with long manure and grown on for blooming the following year. This should not be attempted, however, unless the plants are free from disease or msects and in good condition to break freely from the lower part of the plant. Carnations are grown successfully on both raised and soUd benches. POTect drainage is essential, and must be provided for, if solid beds are to be used. There will be no difference in the quality or the quantity if both are properly handled. By the end of June the old blooming plants will become exhausted, and refilling the benches to receive the new plants from the field will be in order. Clean out the old soil, whitewash the in- side of the benches with hot lime and allow to dry before refilling with the new earth. Four inches of soil is enough, and should be of equal depth all over the bench, especially along the edges. The soil should be fairly moist, but not wet when the plants are set, so that the roots may draw moisture from the soil rather than have the soil draw the moisture from the sii. strong cutting, well rooted. 810. a. Desirable cuttings. b. Weak cutting, too high up on stem. c. Too low on stem. 670 CARNATION CARNATION roots. On the other hand, soil for potting or planting should never be handled while in a wet condition. If too dry at the time of filling the beds, water, and let stand long enough to dry to the proper state before planting. Apply a Ught shade of lime or whiting to the glass, to break the fierceness of the summer sun until the plants become estab- Ushed. This shade should not be too heavy, nor intended to darken the house, else a softening and weakening of the growth will result. Lift the plants carefully by means of a spade and leave a baU of soil about the size of the fist on the roots. This ball of soil will greatly assist the plant in re- estabUshing itself in its new quarters. However, no serious harm wiU be done should all the soil crumble from the roots without breaking the roots to any considerable extent. Set the plants just about as deep into the soil as they stood in the field and space them about 9 by 12 inches, if plants are of ordinary size. Larger plants may need more, smaller plants less space. It should be borne in mind that the highest quality may be expected only when the plants are not crowded. After setting a few hundred plants, water each plant individually, satura- ting the soil thoroughly around each plant, but do not soak the whole bed until the roots become active and the surface of the soil has been worked over and leveled off, which will be about ten days after planting. Spray the plants overhead several times during each day to prevent wilting. Keeping the walks wet wiU also help to maintain a humid atmosphere until the roots are able to supply the plants with moisture. This transplanting is an ordeal during which the plants are unable to draw on the roots for support until they have taken a new hold on the soU, and wilting must be prevented by artificial means during this time. To allow severe wilting means loss of foUage and a loss of vitality, which results in inferior quahtv in at least the early part of the season. As soon as the soil has been leveled off, and most of the weeds gotten rid of, the supports should be put in place. Large growers use one of two styles of supports, or a combination Of the two. Wires rim lengthwise between the rows, with cotton strings crosswise, plac- ing two or three tiers one above the other to suit the height of the plants is extensively used. Another device is the carnation support, consisting of a wire stake with wire rings to surround each plant. Yield of bloom. — Plants that were benched in the latter part of July, or early August, which is the time to plant for best re- sults, should begin to yield blooms early in September. If flowers are not desired so early, the stems may be broken off about the time the bud 813. Undeveloped five-petaled carnation, appears, but no 812. general topping should be done after the plants are housed, if a steady cut through the season is desired. Cut the blooms during the early part of the day. They are then fresh and retain their natural colors, much of which would be bleached out of the delicately colored sorts by the sun during a warm day. Place in water at once in a cool room as near 50° as possible. Sort the blooms in separate colors, making two or three grades of quality, tying them into bunches of twenty-five blooms. Cut the steins even at the bottom and replace in water. Avoid crowding the blooms while they are soaking up water, aa they wiU increase 25 per cent in size during the first twenty-four hours in water. During a season, running from Sep- tember to the end of the following June, an average cut of twenty blooms per plant may be expected from most varieties. Varieties differ somewhat, according to the size of the blooms, the smaUer-flowered sorts usually being the freer bloomers. The preparation of the soil for grow- ing carnations is of the greatest im- portance. Choose a piece of land which has not been tilled for some years, if possible. If covered with a heavy sod, aU the better. The soil should be a loam of good substance, with an incli- nation toward sandiness. Break this sod in the fall and leave in a rough state during the winter. In the spring plow again and sow to cowpeas or some other leguminous crop. After plowing this under in the fall, manure heavily and leave until the follow- ing spring when it should be plowed again. This soil should be in first- class condition for use the following summer. In working or handUng soil, always bear in mind that to handle it while it is wet is to ruin it for immediate use. Only freezing will restore it again. If it will crumble readily, it is safe to handle. Soil which has been pre- pared in this manner will be rich enough to carry the plants until after the first of the year, when Ught feeding may be given. Feeding should be done judiciously during the short days of winter, to avoid softening the growth and bloom. Pulverized sheep- manure, dried blood and wood- ashes are used mostly for this pur- pose. The manure and blood improve the size and quaUty of the bloom, and the ashes strengthen the stem. Ventilation and temperature. — The carnation being a cool-temperature plant, abundant fresh air and ventil- ation should be pro- vided for. A steady temperature is essential to success Showing where to top (a) or to head back. in growing carna- tions. Sphtting of 814. Carnation flower showing tio calyx which has split on account of poor shape. CARNATION CARNATION 671 815. Carnation flower showing a well-shaped calyx that will seldom burst. the caljr?c may usually be traced to either irregular tem- perature or to overdoses of feeding. Any point between 48° and 52° will prove a satisfactory night temperature for most varieties, providing it is evenly maintained. The temperature should be 10° higher during the day. Care should also be exercised, when building, in plac- ing the ventilators, so that the atmos- phere in the house may be changed without causing cold drafts to strike the plants. By placing the ventilators alter- nately on both sides of the ridge, this may be accomplished. The side ventilators are used only during mild weather. The modem type of carnation hmbse runs east and west, is of even span and is 30 feet or more in width, having ventilators on both sides of the ridge and in the side walls, if houses are detached. Many ranges are connected by gutters 6 feet or more from the ground. When econ- omy in ground is necessary, this is a good plan, but such ranges always contain some benches inferior for growing stock on account of the shade cast by gutters. The single detached house is ideal. See Greenhouse. Varieties. The ieaxiing varieties in cultivation in this country at this time are — White: White Perfection, White Enchantress, White Won- der, Shasta, Matchless. Flesh-Pink: Enchantress, Pink Delight, Mayday, Pres. Valentine. Rose-Pink: Rose-Pink Enchantress, Dorothy Gordon, Gloriosa, Mrs. C. W. Ward, Philadelphia Pink. Dark Pink: Rosette, Washington, Peerless Pink, Northport. Scarlet: Beacon, Victory, St. Nicholas, Herald, Commodore. Crimson: Harry Fenn, Octoroon, Pocahontas. YeUow: Yellow Prince, Yellowstone. White Variegated: Benora, Mrs. B. P. Cheney. Any other color: Gorgeous, Rainbow. New varieties are being registered with the American Carnation Society at the rate of about twenty-five each year. Few varieties remain in cultivation longer than ten years, so that the list changes continually. Diseases. Stemrot (Rhizoctonia) is the common wet stemrot which does perhaps more damage than all the other diseases combined, and it IS also more difficult to control than any of the others. Its presence does not manifest itself until its damage ^is wrought, and the plant is seen to wilt and £e. The cause of the disease is a fungus which exists in the soil,_ and which will lie dormant in the soil for several years if there are no plants to attack. Hence no carnations should be planted for several years in soil which is known to have this fungus present. Species of Fusarium cause a slow rot of the heart of the plant; the treat- ment is same as above. Carnation-rust (Uromyces caryophyl- linus) is more common than stemrot, but not nearly so destructive. A slight swelling of the outer tissue of the leaf is the first sign of its presence. Later on this bursts open, releasing a brown- colored powdery substance, comprising the spores by which the fungus is pro- pagated. Keeping the foliage dry and the atmosphere buoyant and bracing will prevent the appearance of this dis- ease. Spraying with bordeaux mixture has' been foimd effective in combating this disease after it has gained a foot- hold. Fairy-ling (Heteroaporium echinula- tum) is perhaps the most destructive of the spot diseases. It is brought on by a humid or foul atmos- phere, and must be fought with remedies which will produce the opposite in atmospheric condition. Bordeaux is the standard remedy for all spot diseases. Bench rot may be caused by any one of a number of orgamsms attacking the ends of the cuttings in the propagating-bench. It is frequently a very serious disease. The fungi most frequently causing the trouble are in the sand and under the ideal conditions of temperature and moisture of the propa- gating-bench spread very rapidly. The use of clean sand, free from all organic matter, and the securing of new sand for each lot of cut- tings and cleanliness in the propagating - house will help to control this trouble. 817. Carnation flower Pink Delight, showing nearly entire-edged petals. Insect pests. A green plant-louse {Myzus persicx) is fre- quently troublesome on carnations. It also at- tacks a large number of greenhouse and gar- den plants as well as several fruit trees. Nic- otine applied in one of the many forms will destroy it. Spraying and vaporizing are both employed successfully as preventives of the attacks of aphids. Thrips {Heliothrips hmmorrhoidalis) are equally destructive and more difficult to control. The same treatment as for aphis is sug- gested. Sweetened pans green used as a spray is also effective (three gallons of water; two poimds of brown sugar; two table- spoonfuls pans green). The punctures made by thrips and plant-lice cause yellowish spots on the leaves, a diseased condition known as stigmanose. Red-spider {Tetranychus bimaculatus) is found mostly where Elants grow near steam-pipes, where ventilation is poor, or in ouses kept too dry. Persistent syringing with water will usually destroy them if the spray is appUed to the under surface. Use much force and Uttle water to avoid drenching the beds. Sulfur as a dust or in water will also destroy them. The carnation mite {Pediculopsis graminum) injures the buds by transmitting the spores of a fungus (Sporotrichum pox) which causes them to decay. The injured buds are easily recognized and should be promptly gathered and burned to prevent further spread of the trouble. Raising new varieties. It is a long way from the undeveloped five-petaled carnation (Fig. 813) of early days to the perfectly formed fuU bloom of today. This filling out of the bloom has evolved gradually, and has been assisted by cross-fertihzation and selection by the carnation- breeders through the many years in which the flower has been cultivated. This crossing, which has been the means of perfecting the American strain of the perpet- ual-flowering carnation, has been prosecuted continu- ously ever since the arrival of the first plants in this country. Many men have found both pleasure and profit in the work, and those with scientific inclination wiU find no subject more inter- esting. Not only have the blooms become larger, but the color has varied widely, the "substance" has been much improved, the calyx has been developed for non- bursting (Figs. 814, 815), the keeping qualities of the flowers have been improved, and the stems have been lengthened. The operation of pollinat- ing the bloom, or transferring the pollen from one flower to the stigma of another, is a simple matter, and is per- haps of less importance than other parts of the work of producing desirable new varieties. 816. Cross-section of carnation flower showing reproductive organs. 672 CARNATION CARPENTERIA 818. Carnation flower Radiance, showing deeply serrated petals. The Fig. 816 is a section of a flower showing the repro- ductive organs; a shows the pod which encases the ovules or forming seeds, 6. From the tip of the pod rises the style which has usually two, but frequently three curved ends, or stigmas, c. When the stigma is in the proper stage to be fertilized, which is indicated by the fuzzy appearance of the upper part, the pollen, which is the powdery substance released by the anthers, d, is appUed to the fuzzy parts. To prevent self- fertiUzation, these anthers should be removed from flowers intended to be pollinated, before the pollen is released. Within one to three days, if fertilization has taken place, the bloom will wilt, the ovary will begin to swell and within a week the seed-pod can be seen to increase in size. As soon as the bloom has wilted, the petals should be removed and the caljrx sUt down the sides to prevent water from standing inside the calyx and causing the pod to decay. In six to eight weeks the seeds will be ripe and should be sown at once. Each seed may prove to be the beginning of a variety which will be one of the milestones of progress in the improvement of the carnation. Not one should be discarded until it has bloomed. The seedUngs should be potted as soon as the first pair of character-leaves appears. Later on they may be shifted into larger pots and bloomed, or they may be planted in the field and marked as they bloom and only the promising ones housed in the fall. The selecting of the plants for further trial is of the very greatest importance and requires a thorough knowledge of the subject. There are many points in the make-up of a first-class carnation, and a combination of as many of these as is possible to get in one plant is the object sought. No carnation has ever been found which was perfect in every way. The hybridist must be able to judge correctly as to the relative value or loss repre- sented in certain characteristics shown by a seedling plant. This discrimination between the desirable and undesirable calls for the clearest judgment, and a valu- able variety might be discarded through the failure of the grower to see its good points. Among the seedlings will probably appear variety of colors, shapes and sizes of bloom, different types of growth, perfect in some respects and faulty in others. From these the hybridist is to select those which most nearly represent his ideal of the perfect carnation. This ideal should be of a pleasing shade of color, pure in tone, so as to hold when the bloom ages. The form should be symmetrical, resembling as nearly as possible a half sphere with just enough petals to fill the bloom nicely without crowding. The petals may range from the smooth-edged, as seen in Fig. 817, to the deeply-ser- rated, as seen in Fig. 818. The texture of the petals should be such as will resist bruising. The odor should be strong clove. The size should be as near 4 inches across as possible under ordinary culture. The calyx should be strong and large enough to hold the petals firmly at all stages of development. The stem should be 30 to 36 inches long, and strong enough to hold the bloom erect. The plant should have a free-growing habit, throwing blooming shoots freely after a shoot is topped or a bloom is cut. It should also be healthy and disease- resistant. The American Carnation Society uses the following scale of points for new varieties: Color 25 Size 20 Calyx S Stem 20 Substance 15 Form 10 Fragrance • 5 100 The most uniform results have been secured by con- fining the breeding to separate colors; as, for example, crossing white with white, red with red or crimson, pink with pink, and so on. This method has been proved to produce the largest percentage of self-colors, which are considered the most valuable commercially in this country. New varieties are frequently secured by sporting or mutation. A variety of a certain color may produce a bloom of another color, and by propagating the cuttings from the stem which carried the odd bloom a new variety is established. The securing of a new variety in this way is purely a matter of good fortune, as no method for causing the sporting is yet known. Leading books on the carnation are: "The American Carnation," by C. W. Ward; "Carnations, Picotees and Pinks," by T. W. Sanders; "Carnations and Pinks," by T. H. Cook, Jas. Douglas and J. F. McLeod; "Carnation Culture," by B. C. Ravenscroft. The last three are English. A. F. J. Baur. CARNSGIEA (named for Andrew Carnegie, phil- anthropist). Cactdcese. The giant tree cactus of Arizona, California and Mexico. Large columnar plants, usually single, strongly ribbed, with numerous spines, those from flowering and sterile areoles quite different: fls. borne from the upper areoles, diurnal, funnelform; petals white: fr. an oblong edible berry; seeds black and shining. gigantea, Brit. & Rose {Cireus gigantkus, Engehn.), SirwAERO. (Plate III, Fig. 819.) A tree 20-60 ft. high, usually single, but sometimes with one or more branches: ribs in mature plants 18-21 : fr. 2-3 in. long. B.M. 7222. A.G. 11:451, 528. — In rocky valleys and on mountain- sides, S. Ariz, and Sonora, with 2 stations in Calif, [reported, but probably not to be foimd, in Lower Calif.]. Tins great cactus does not do well in cult., although large plants are often brought into greenhouses and grounds about railroad stations in the S. W. It is not suited for small collections. The fr. is gathered in great quantities by the Indians of Ariz. j. n. Rose. CAROB: Ceratonia. CAROLlNEA: PachirA. CAKPENXfeRIA (after Professor Carpenter, of Louisiana). Saxifragdcex. Ornamental shrub culti- vated for its large fragrant white flowers. Evergreen: Ivs. opposite, petioled, usually entire: calyx 5-parted; petals 5; stamens numerous; ovary almost superior, 5-7-celled; styles 5-7, connate at the base, with hnear-oblong stigmas: fr. a many-seeded dehiscent caps, with numerous oblong seeds. — One species in Calif. This is a highly ornamental ever- green plant, with rather lar^e oppo- ^^'^^jW^'at. site leaves and showy white and "^-"l^^j^^ fragrant flowers in loose and terminal '"^S^lLrJ^'ilS corymbs. Hardy only in warmer tem- perate regions. It requires a weU- drained, light and sandy soil, and sunny, somewhat sheltered position; it especially dislikes moisture during the winter, and its perishing is more often due to an excess of moisture gjp piower of than to the cold. Propagated by Camegiea gigan- greenwood cuttings under glass in tea. (XM) CARPENTERIA CARPINUS 673 summer, and by suckers, which it produces freely; also, by seeds sown in spring. calif firnica, Torr. Shrub, 6-10 ft.: Ivs. elliptic-lanceo- late, entire or remotely denticulate, bright green above, whitish-tomentose beneath, 2-4 in. long: fis. pure white, 2}4-3 in. diam., fragrant; petals orbicular, concave. June, July. B.M. 6911. Gn. 31 : 100; 34, p. 75; 36, p. 26; 54, p. 248; 76, p. 376. G.C. II. 26:113; 111.40:6,7; 44:112. R.H. 1884, p. 365. J.H. III. 29:251; 45:107; 59:61. M.D.G. 1913:121. G.M. 31:25; 40:300. G. 29:695. Gn.W. 4:569. Alfred Rehdbr. CARPET-BEDDING: Bedding. CARPiNUS (ancient Latin name). BetuTAcex. Hornbeam. Trees cultivated for their handsome foliage, assuming bright autumnal tints; also for the light ^een attractive fruit-clusters. Deciduous trees or rarely shrubs: winter-buds con- spicuous, acute with many imbricate scales: Ivs. alter- nate, petioled, serrate, with deciduous stipules: fls. monoecious; staminate catkins pendulous, each scale bearing 3-13 stamens, 2-forked at the apex; pistillate catkins terminal, slender, each scale bearing 2 ovaries, the bracts and bractlets of which develop into a large, leafy, more or less 3-lobed bract, embracing the small, nut-like fruit at their base. — About 20 species, most of them in Cent, and E. Asia, 5 in Eu. and W. Asia and 1 in N. and Cent. Amer. Monogr. by Winkler in Engler, Pflanzenreich, Betulaceae, hft. 19, pp. 24-43, quoted below as W. B. The hornbeams are trees usually with dense round head, rarely shrubby, with medium-sized, bright green ovate to lanceolate leaves and rather insignificant flowers appearing with the leaves and followed by pen- dulous catkins consisting of large bracts bearing a small nutlet in their axils. The wood is very hard and close- grained, and much used in making tools and other small articles. The handsome foUage is rarely attacked by insects, and assumes a yellow or scarlet color in fall. The most beautiful are C. cordata, with large leaves, and C. japonica, of graceful habit and with elegant foUage. The European hornbeam bears severe pruning well, and is very valuable for high hedges; it was for- merly much used in the old formal gardens for this purpose; it makes, also, an excellent game cover, as it retains its withered foliage ahnost throughout the winter. The species are of comparatively slow growth and thrive in almost any soU, and even in dry, rocky situa- tions; most of them are quite hardy North. Propagated by seeds, sown usually in fall, germinating very irregu- larly; if they do not appear the first spring, the seed- bed should be covered until the following spring with moss or leaf-mold, to keep the soil moist. If intended for hedges, the seedlings should be transplanted after the first year, and allowed sufBcient space to prevent them fromigrowing into slender tall plants, imfit for hedges. The varieties of rarer species are grafted in spring under glass, or in the open air on seedlings of one of the common species. A. Lvs. with 7-16 secondary veins: mature catkins with, spreading narrow bracts. caroUni&na, Walt. (C. americ&na, Michx. C. virgini- &na, Michx. f.). American Hornbeam. Blue Beech. Fig. 820. Bushy tree, rarely 40 ft. : lvs. ovate-oblong, usually rounded ajt the base, acuminate, sharply and doubly serrate, glabrous at length, except in the axUs of the veins beneath, 2-4 in. long: fr.-clusters peduncled, 2-4 in. long: bracts ovate or ovate-lanceolate, ?^-l in. long, with 2 broad and short unequal lateral lobes, and a much longer middle lobe, usually serrate only on one margin. E. N. Amer., west to Minn, and Texas; also, in Mex. and Cent. Amer. S.S. 9:447. Em. 1:199. Gn. 24, p. 418. — Bushy tree, with dense, but slender and often somewhat pendulous branches, and dark bluish green foUage, changing to scarlet or orange-yeUow in fall. Betulus, Linn. European Hornbeam. Tree, to 60 or 70 ft. : lvs. similar to those of the former, cordate or rounded at the base, ovate or oblong-ovate, of somewhat thicker texture, and the veins more impressed above: fr.-clusters 3-5 in. long: bracts over IJ^ in. long, with ovate, lateral lobes, and much longer oblong-lanceolate middle lobe, the margins almost entire or remotely den- ticulate. Eu. to Persia. H.W. 2:17, pp. 31-33. W.B. 29. F.S.R. 3, p. 153. Gn. 24, pp. 418, 419, 420.— The most remarkable of the garden forms are the following: Var. incisa, Ait. (var. asplenlfdlia, Hort.). Lvs. incised or lobed, smaller. Gn. 24, p. 419. Var. pyramidilis, Dipp. {wax.fastigidia, Hort.). Of upright growth. Var. purpurea, Dipp. Lvs. purplish when young, green at length. — It grows into a taller tree than the Am- erican species, although the former is of more vigor ous growth when young; the foUage turns yellow in faU, and remains on the tree throughout the winter. 820. Caipinus caroliniana. (X^) AA. Lvs. with 16-26 pairs of veins: mature cat- kins with loosely appressed ovate and dentate bracts, of cone-like appearance. jap6nica, Blume (C. Carpinus, Sarg. Distego- cdrpus Carpinus, Sieb. & Zucc). Tree, to 50 ft.: young branchlets pubes- cent: lvs. reddish brown when unfolding, oblong- ovate or oblong-lanceo- late, 2-4 in. long, acuminate, rounded or subcordate at the base, ^equally serrate, with 20-24 pairs of veins deeply impressed above, bright green and glabrous above, beneath brownish pubescent on the veins at first, finally glabrous or nearly so : mature catkins ovoid- oblong, 2 in. long, slender-peduncled; bracts inflexed at the base inclosing the nutlet. Japan. G.F. 6:365. R.H. 1895, p. 427. S.I.F. 1:24.— A very graceful species and quite hardy; sometimes cult, under the name C. laxiflora, which is an entirely different species with the lvs. having only 10-14 pairs of veins. cordita, Blume. Tree, to 40 ft.: young branchlets hairy at first, soon glabrous: lvs. ovate or oblong-ovate, acuminate, distinctly cordate at the base, 3-6 in. long, unequally serrate, with 15-20 pairs of veins deeply impressed above, pubescent on the veins beneath or glabrous: mature catkins 2-3 in. long, slender-pedun- cled; bracts not inflexed at the base, but with an opposite bractlet about as long as the nutlet. Japan, Manchuria, Korea. G.F. 8:295. S.I.F. 1:24.— A very handsome species and quite hardy. C. americana, Michx.=C. caroliniana. — C duinhisis, Scop.= C. orientalia. — C. laxijldra, Blume. To SO ft. : lvs. ovate or elliptic- ovate, long-acuminate, 2-3 in. long, with 10-14 pairs of veins. Japan. S.I.F. 1:25. — Very attractive in fall, with its long and slen- der catkins. Var. macrostdchya. Winkl. Lvs. ovate-oblong: fruit- ing catkins 2 }^-3H in. long. W. China. H.I. 20 : 1989.— Recently intro. — C. orientdlis, Mill. Bushy tree, to 15 ft.: lvs. ovate or oblong-ovate, 1 1^2 in. long, with about 10 pairs of veins. S.E. Eu, to Persia. Gn. 24, p. 418. — C. Pdxii, Winkl. =C. Turczaninowii. — C. polyneuta, Franch. (C. Turczaninowii var. polyneura, Winkl.). Small tree: young branchlets pubescent, soon glabrous: lvs. ovate- lanceolate, long-acuminate, usuallj^ rounded at the base, 1 Yr-^Vi in. long, with 15-20 pairs of veins; fruiting bractlets ovate to lanceolate, serrate. W. China. W.B. 39. — C Turczanindwii. Hance (C. Paxil, 674 CARPINUS CARROT Winkl.) Shrubby tree: Ivs. ovate, acute, l-2in. long, with 10-12 pairs of veins. N. China. — C virginiAna, Michx. f.=C. caroliniana. — C. yedoinaia, Maxim. Small tree: branchlets and Ivs. beneath pubes- cent: Ivs. ovate-elliptic or ovate-lanceolate, with about 12 pairs of veins, 2-3 in. long. Japan. S.I.F. 2:11. A.LFRBD RehdBR. CARRIEREA (after E. A. Cairifere, prominent French horticulturist and botanist, died 1896). Fla^ courliacex. Ornamental tree chiefly cultivated for its handsome bright green foUage. Deciduous: Ivs. alternate, long-petioled, serrate: fls. dicEcious; sepals 5, broadly ovate, pubescent out- side; petals wanting; stamens numerous, shorter than the sepals; ovary 1-celled with numerous ovules, rudi- mentary in the staminate fls. ; styles 3-4, 3-lobed, short and spreading: fr. a dehiscent caps.; seeds winged. — One species, or possibly two, in Cent. China. This is a medium-sized tree very much resembUng Idesia in appearance, the apetalous flowers with large white sepals in terminal corymbs or short racemes, the staminate usually many-flowered, the pistillate few- flowered, rarely solitary, and with large capsular long- pointed fruits. It has proved fairly hardy at the Arnold Arboretum. Propagated by seeds; can probably also be propagated like Idesia by greenwood and root-cuttings. calfcina, Franch. Tree, to 30 ft., with a wide-spread- ing flat head: Ivs. eUiptic or ovate to oblong-obovate, 3-6 in. long, short-acuminate, rounded at the base. 821. Last year's umbel of wild carrot. lustrous on both surfaces, glabrous, crenately-serrate: sepals broadly cordate-ovate about ^in. long and nearly as broad, white: caps. 2-23^ in. long, pubescent. Cent. China. R.H. 1896, p. 498. Alfred Rbhdek. CARROT (Daiicus Carbta, Linn.). Umbelliferx. Garden vegetable, grown for its elongated subterranean crown-tuber. The carrot is native of Europe and Asia, and one of the bad introduced weeds of eastern North America (Fig. 821). The improved succulent-rooted garden varieties are thought to be descended from the same stock, though this has been denied. It seems probable that the horticultural improvement of the species was begun in Holland, and it is said that the cultivated forms were introduced thence into the gardens of Eng- land during the reign of Queen Ehzabeth. The carrot is now very generally, though not extensively, cultiva^ ted everywhere, both for culinary purposes and for stock-feeding. It is sometimes forced under glass, but to no great extent. Carrots are most useful in culinary practice for soups, stews, and salads, and as this class of cookery has never been reasonably popular in Amer- ica, this vegetable has not received the attention it deserves. The carrot is hardy and may be planted as soon as the ground is in fit condition to be properly prepared for seeding. When grown as a market-garden or truck crop, this early seeding is essential to maximum re- turns. The best soil for carrots is a medium to light loam, rich, friable and comparatively free from weeds. As the seed is slow to germinate, it is a good plan to sow some quick-germinating seed with the carrot seed so that the rows may be noticed in time to keep them ahead of weed growth. Lettuce serves well for this purpose. When the carrots are thinned, this lettuce is pulled out. The carrot seed is best sown in rows 12 to 15 inches apart, using enough seed to produce a plant every inch or two along the row. When the carrots are 3 to 5 inches high, they should be thinned to stand 3 inches apart in the row. The only further culture necessary is frequent tillage to conserve soil-mois- and to prevent weed growth. The early crop should be ready to pull and bunch for sale seventy-five days after sowing. Early carrots are an important crop on the market-garden and truck-farm. They are pulled as soon as they have attained sufiioient size and tied into bunches of three, six or seven roots, according to the size of the roots and the market demands. The earUer the crop and the more active the demand, the smaller the roots which may be salable. A later sow- ing is made for the main or winter crop or for Uve- stock. This may be from four to six weeks after the first sowing. The crop is handled in the same manner as the early crop except that it is allowed to continue growth as long as the weather is suitable. It is then pulled, the tops cut from the roots and the roots placed in frost-proof storage for winter sale. The expense of production of carrots is consider- able, but the returns are usually satisfactory. The fall crop should yield 500 to 1,000 bushels to the acre. Truck-growers of the South ship many bunched carrots to the large northern markets in March, April and May, where they meet a ready demand at prices ranging from 35 cents to $1 per dozen bunches. There are several distinct market types of carrots, the variation being chiefly with respect to size and shape. The smaller varieties, as they mature more quickly, are used to some extent for the early bunching, while tiie larger kinds are always more popular in the general market. The varieties of carrots differ chiefly in respect to size and grain, with differences in earUness closely cor- related. The following are now favorite varieties: French Forcing (EarUest Short Horn). — One of the smallest and earhest; root small, almost globular, orange-red. Oxheart or Guerande. — Small to medium in size; root 2 to 4 inches long, growing to a blunt point, of good quality and popular in some sections for an early bunch carrot. Chantenay. — Large to medium in size; root 3 to 5 inches long, more tapering than Oxheart; of good quaUty and a better carrot for the bunched crop than the above. Danvers Half-Long. — Six to 8 inches long, 2 to 3 inches in diameter, at top tapering to a blunt point; the most popular garden carrot grown. True Danvers.— h. long carrot, 8 to 12 inches; tapering to a slender point like a parsnip; grown more for live-stock or exhibition purposes. The Half-Long has largely displaced it as a market sort chiefly because of the greater ease with which the latter strain is harvested. Half-Long Scarlet. — Top small, roots medium size, cylindrical, pointed; much used for bunching. Early Scarlet Horn. — Top small, roots half-long, somewhat oval, smooth, fine grain and flavor; a favorite garden sort. Large White Belgian. — Of much larger size than the above-named varieties, of less deUcate flavor and coarser texture; a popular variety for live-stock. CARROT CARYA 675 The variation in the different strains of carrot seed is marked and it is important to secure seed from care- fully selected roots true to shape and color. Carrot seed may be produced in any location in which the crop of roots is grown successfully. The carrot may be successfully forced under glass and is grown in this way to a limited extent. The small early varieties are used, such as French Forcing, Early Pari- sian, Early Scarlet Horn and Golden Ball. These will usually be grown as a catch-crop between tomatoes or cucumbers. When grown in this way, the carrot is one of the most delicious of all vegetables, and deserves much wider popularity. See Fwdng. The field cultivation of carrots for live-stock differs little from the garden or horticultural treatment except that earliness is not desired, and the longer-rooted later- maturing kinds are mostly used; and less intensive cul- tivation is employed. See Vol. II, Cyclo. Ameri Agric, P- 540. Y. A. Waugh and H. F. Tompson. CARTHAMUS (Arabic name, aUuding to a color yielded by the flowers). CompdsiUe. Hardy annuals. Plant 2-3 ft. high, with spiny Ivs.: involucre with spreading and leafy outer scales and the inner ones more or less spiny; receptacle chaffy; coroUa 5-fid, nearly CARYA {Karya, Greek name for the walnut tree). Syn., Hicbria. JuglandAcese. Hickoky. Trees grown for their handsome foUage and strong habit, and some species for their edible nuts. Deciduous: branches with solid pith: Ivs. alter- nate, without stipules, with 3-17 serrate Ifts.: fls. monoecious, apetalous, appearing with the Ivs.; stami- nate fls. in axillary, slender, pendulous catkins, each fl. with 3-10 stamens, borne in the axil of a 3-lobed bract; pistillate fls. in a terminal, 2-10-fld. cluster or spike, consisting of a l-ceUed ovary inclosed by a 4- lobed involucre: fr. globular to oblong, with a husk separating into 4 valves and a bony nut, incompletely 2-4-ceUed. — About 18 species of hickory, all in E. N. Amer. from Canada to Mex.; the Chinese species recently described by Dode from nuts only is probably not a Carya. See Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 7, pp. 28-42, pis. 1-23, and Rep. of U. S. Dept. Agric, Div. PomoL, Nut-Culture (1896), cited below as U. S. N. C. (the first number referring to the plate, the second and third to the figure) . Hiooria is actually the older name, but Carya is retained as one of the "nomina conservanda" regular, smooth, expanded above the tube: achenes glabrous, mostly 4-ribbed, the pappus none or scale-hke. — ^A genus of 20 species, from the Canary Isls. to Cent. Asia. Of easiest cult., from seed. tinctdrius, Linn. {Cdrduus tinclbrius, Falk.). Saf- FiiOWEH. False Saffron. One to 3 ft. high, glabrous, - branched: Ivs. ovate, spiny-toothed, almost as broad as long: fl.-heads with upward-tapering involucre, and a globular crown of orange florets. Asia. — ^Florets used like saffron; they have diaphoretic properties and have also been used for dyeing, especially silks; and in making rouge. N. TATLOE.t CARU^LIA: OmUhogalum. CARUM (probably from Caria, in Asia Minor). Vmbelliferx. Glabrous annual or perennial herbs, some of which yield aromatic and edible garden products. Leaves pinnate: fls. white or pinkish, small, in com- pound umbels with involucres and involucels, the caljoc- teeth small: fr. ovate or oblong, more or less ribbed, glabrous, or sometimes hispid: root usually tuberous or filiform. — Twenty or more species, widely distributed in temperate regions. The genus is variously defined and understood. C. Petroselinum, the parsley, is here kept under the genus Petroselinum. Cfirvi, Linn. Cabawat (which see). St. slender but erect, furrowed, 1-2 ft.: Ivs. pinnately decompound, with thread-like divisions. Old World. — Sometimes runs wild. Gftirdneri, Gray. St. solitary, 1^ ft. : Ivs. pinnate or the upper ones simple, with 3-7 Unear Ifts., the upper Ifts. usually entire, but the lower ones often divided: fr. with long style. Dry hills, in Calif, and Nev. and to Brit. Col. — Intro, in 1881, by GiUett, as an ornamental plant. Roots tuberous and fusiform. L. jj_ B_ CAR^MSroM: HomalaiUhus. of the Vienna code of nomenclature, because of its long- estabhshed usage. The hickories are hardy ornamental, usually tall trees with rather large, deciduous odd-pinnate leaves, small greenish flowers, the staminate ones in conspicu- ous pendulous racemes, and with rather large green dehiscent fruits inclosing a mostly edible nut. The hickories are among the most beautrful and most useful trees of the American forest, and are all very ornamental park trees, with a straight, sometimes high and slender trunk and a large, graceful, pyramidal or oblong head of usually light green foliage, turning from yellow to orange or orange-brown in fall. They are hardy North except C. Pecan, C. aqualica and C. myristicssformis, but C. Pecan thrives rarely in Massachusetts in sheltered positions. Most of the species have heavy hard strong and tough wood, much valued for many purposes, especially for handles of tools, manufacture of carriages and wagons, also for making baskets and for fuel. The nuts of some species, as C. Pecan and C. ovata, also C. laeiniosa and some varieties of C. glabra and C. alba, are edible, and are sold in large quantities, mostly gathered from the woods, though in later years orchards of improved varieties have been planted. A large number of insects prey upon the hickory, attacking the wood, foHage and fruit, for which see the Fifth Ann. Rep. of the U. S. Entom. Com., pp. 285-329. There are also some fungi sometimes causing an early defoliation of the trees. The hickories generally thrive best in rich moist soil, but some, especially C. glabra, C. alba and C. ovata, grow eciuaUy well in drier localities. They are of rather slow growth, and difficult to transplant if taken from the woods; therefore the seeds are often planted where 676 CARYA CARYA the trees are to stand, but if grown in the nursery and transplanted several times when young, trees 6-10 ft. high may be transplanted successfully. Propagation is usually by seeds stratified and sown in spring in rows about 3 inches deep; named varieties may be grafted in spring in the greenhouse, on potted stock of C. cordiformis, which seems to be the best species for this purpose, veneer- or splice-grafting being usually employed; sometimes also increased by root-sprouts. For further horticultural advice, see Hickory^nvi and Pecan. alba, S, 10. amara, 4. aquatica, 3. borealis, 6. cordifonuis, 4. frazinifolia, 10. flabra. 5. [alesii, 10. INDEX. iUinoenaia, 1. laciniosa, 9. Tnicrocxtrpa, 6, 10. myristiceeformis, 2. Nuttallii, 10. obcordata, 6. obovalis, 6. odorata, 6. olivaefffrmis, 1, oralis, 6. ovata, 10. Pecan, 1. 'porcina, 5. svXcata^ 9, tomentoea, 8. villosa, 7. A. Scales of huds valvate, 4-6: jr. with winged sutures; nut usually thin-shelled: Ifts. 7-16, usually falcate. B. Nut mostly elongated, almost terete; husk thin, splitting to the base; kernel sweet; cotyledons entire or only notched at the apex. 1. Pecfin, Engler & Graebn. (Mglans Pecdn, Marsh. Bicbria Pecdn, Brit. C. illinokisis, Koch. C. olivsefdrmis. 823. Foliage and pistillate flowers of Carya Pecan. Nutt.). Pecan. Fig. 823. To 170 ft., with branches pubescent when young: bark deeply furrowed, grayish brown: winter-buds yellow: Ifts. 11-17, short-stalked, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, serrate or doubly ser- rate, tomentose and glandular when young, usually glabrous at length, 4-7 in. long: staminate catkins almost sessile: fr. 3-10 in clusters or spikes, oblong, 1/^3J^ in. long; nut ovoid or oblong, smooth, brown, irregularly marked with dark brown, 2-celled at the base; kernel sweet. From Iowa and Ind. south to Ala. and Texas; also in Mex. S.S. 7:33&-9. A.G. 12:273- 275. U.S.N.C.1, 8, 9.— This species is the most im- portant as a fr. tree, and many named varieties are cult, in the southern states, but it is tender N. The wood is less valuable than that of the other species. Hybrids are known of this species with C. cordiformis, C. alba and C. laciniosa, for which see Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 7, pis. 20-23 and Gng. 2:226. See Pecan. 2. myristicaeformis, Nutt. {Hicbria myristicsef&rmis, Brit.). Nutmeg-Hickory. Tree, to 100 ft., with dark brown bark, broken into appressed scales: winter-buds brown: Ifts. 5-11, short-stalked or almost sessile, ovate- lanceolate, the uppermost much larger and obovate, serrate, scurfy-pubescent beneath when young and with brown scales above, at length dark green above, silvery and lustrous beneath, 3-5 in. long: staminate catkins peduncled : fr. generally solitary, short-ovoid or obovate, about 1)^ in. long; nut ovoid, reddish brown marked with irregular spots and stripes, thick-shelled, 4-celled below; kernel sweet. From S. C. to Ark. and Mex. S.S. 7:342-3. — A very decorative species on account of its handsome foliage, but not hardy N. BB. Nut vMudly so broad as long, compressed, with irregu- larly angled or reticulate surface, thin-sheUed, 4- celled below; kernel bitter; cotyledons deeply 3-lobed. 3. aquitica, Nutt. (fficM'aagudJica, Brit.). Watbb- HicKORY. Bitter Pecan. Usually small tree, rarely to 100 ft., with light brown bark separating into long, thin plates: winter-buds dark reddish brown: Ifts. 7-13, sessile or short-stalked, lanceolate, long-acuminate, finely serrate, yellowish tomentose when young, gla- brous at length: fr. 3-4, ovoid to broadly obovate, 1-lJ^ in. long; husk thin, splitting to the base; nut obovate, much compressed, irregularly angled and ridged, dull reddish brown; kernel very bitter. From Va. to 111., south to Fla. and Texas. S.S. 7:344-5. U.SJJ.C. 12, 7-8. 4. cordifdrmis^^ochCHicdnamimmajBrit. C. am&ra, Nutt.). BiTTERNcrT. Swamp- Hickory. Tree, to 100 ft.: bark grayish brown, broken into thin scales: young branches and petioles glabrous: winter-buds bright yellow: Ifts. 5-9, ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, acuminate, densely serrate, pubescent when young and glandular, almost glabrous at length, 3-6 in. long: fr. ' 2-3, broadly obovate or subglobose, winged from the apex to the middle, ^-IM in- long; husk thin, splitting somewhat below the middle; nut slightly compressed, roundish, abruptly contracted into a short point, smooth, gray; kernel bitter. Que. to Minn., south to Fla. and Texas. S.S. 7:340-1. Em. 226.— A valuable park tree, with handsome rather broad head, growing in cult, more rapidly than other hickories. AA. Sfiales of buds imbrica te, more than &lJx~ ""< or sligtitly winged at the sutures; nut usually thick- shelled, 4-celled below: Ifts. 3-9, not falcate, the uppermost larger and generally obovate. Buds small, J^-J^in. long: husk thin; nut slighUy or not angled. C. Ldis. glabrous or only slightly pubescent while young: nut not or only slightly angled, thin-shelled. 5. glabra, Sweet (Hicbria gldhra, Brit. C. porAna, : Nutt.). Pignut. Figs. 824, 825. Tree, occasionally to ' CARYA CARYA 677 120 ft., with usually dark gray fissured bark and slen- der, glabrous branchlets: Ifts. 3-7, almost sessile, oblong to oblong-lanceolate, long-acuminate, sharply serrate, almost glabrous, 3-6 in. long: fr. usually ovoid or obovate, the sutures usually slightly winged toward the apex and the husk splitting mostly only half way 824. Characteristic growth of the pignut hickory, Carya glabra. to the base; nut usually brownish, not angled; kernel mostly astringent. Maine to Ont. and south to Fla., Ala. and Miss. S.T.S. 2:179. A.G. 11:386-7. U.S.N. C. 12, 5. — ^Avery handsome park tree, with rather nar- row-oblong head, and slender often pendulous branch- lets. A very variable tree. 6. AviJiSy^:Sa*gi-(/iI{/Zans ov&lis, Wang. Hicbria mic- rocdtpa, hiit. H. glabra ■va.T.microcdrpa, Tieh). Small PiGNtJT. False Shagbark. Figs. 826-829. Tree, similar to the preceding: bark close and furrowed on young trees, shaggy on old trunks: branches first hairy, soon glabrous: Sts. 5-7, sessile, oval, oblong or ovate, 3-6 in. long, acute or acuminate, rounded or narrowed and unequal at the base, coarsely and shallowly toothed, glabrous; terminal Kts. cuneate at the base, short- stalked: fr. subglobose to short-oblong, M-1 in- across, densely scaly and slightly winged, tardily splitting nearly to the base; nut slightly flattened, often broader than high and usually rounded at the apex, sometimes sUghtly angular, brownish, shell rather thin; kernel small and sweet. Mass. to Wis., south to Ga., Ala., and Miss. A.G. 11:381-388, 1, 2, 5, 8, 10. U.S.N.C. 12,4, 6. Var. obcordata, Sarg. (j. obcord&ta, Muhl. J. pordna var. dbcordata, Pursh. C. microcdrpa, Darl.). Fr. nearly globose or ovoid; nut angled, broader than high, sometimes obcordate. S.S. 7: 354, figs. 5, 6, 7, 9. Var. odor- ata, Sarg. (Hicbria glabra var. odordta, Sarg.). Lfts. generally broader, ovate or oblong-ovate, glandular: fr. subglobose or higher than broad, with dis- tinctly winged sutures, split- ting freely to the base; nut gray, very slightly ridged, 825. One form of pignut- slightly higher than broad. C. glabra. (Natural size.) Conn. to Pa. and MO. b.b. 826. Fruit of C. ovalis, the false shagbark. (Natural size). 7:354, fig. 8. Var. obovaiis, Sarg. Fr. obovoid; nut much compressed, pointed or rounded at the apex, and rounded at the base. Mass. to Va. and Mo. Var. boreWs, Sarg. {Hicbria borealis, Ashe. C. baredlis, Schneid.). Bark scaly: lfts. usually 5, lanceolate: fr. ovoid, flattened, about Min. long, very narrowly winged and often incompletely splitting; nut ovoid, ridged, whitish; kernel sweet. Mich., Ont. / Mf^^lSU^'^^.'^ B.T. 236. cc. Lvs. hairy beneath: nut angled, thick-shelled. 7. villdsa, Schneid. (Hicbria vil- Ibsa, Ashe. H. gldbra var. villbsa, Sarg. H. pdllida, Ashe). Tree, to 20 or sometimes to 50 ft. : branch- lets slender, pubescent mixed with silvery scales, later glabrous: lfts. 5-9, usually 7, sessile or short- stalked, oblong to oblanoeolate, 3-5 in. long, acuminate, narrowed at the base, coarsely serrate, when unfolding glandular above, hairy below and with silvery scales; petioles pubescent and with tufts of brownish hairs, finally often glabrous: fr. subglobose to pear-shaped, %-!% in. long, winged; husk thin, sphtting to below the middle or nearly to the base; nut slightly angled, somewhat compressed, thick-shelled, pale or light brown; kernel small and sweet. N. J. to Fla., Miss, and E.Texas. S.S. 7:355. G.F. 10:305. BB. Bvds large, ]/2-l in. long: nut angled; kernel sweet. c. Bark not shaggy: branches and petioles tomentose: outer bud-scales falling in autumn: husk not sepa- rating quite to the base. 8. &lba, Koch (Hicbria alba, Brit. C. tomentbsa, Nutt. Not to be confounded with C. alba, Nutt., which is C. ovata). Mockerntjt. Big-bud Hickory. Tree, rarely attaining to 100 ft.: lfts. 7-9, almost sessile, oblong-lanceolate, long-acuminate, usually finely ser- rate, glandular and tomentose beneath, very fragrant when crushed, 4^8 in. long: fr. globose to pear-shaped. 827. Carya ovalis, the false shagbark. 678 CARYA CARYOPHYLLUS l}^2 in. long; nut light brown, globular to oblong, slightly compressed, angled, narrowed toward the apex, thick-shelled; kernel small, sweet. Mass. to Ont. and Neb., south to Fla. and Texas. S.S. 7:350-1. U.S.N. C. 12, 1-3. Em. 222. cc. Bark shaggy, light gray: branches and petioles glabrous or pyheseent: husk very thick, separating to the base: outer bud-seal^ persisting through the winter. , 9. lacinjdsaj'iEngler & Graebn. {Hicdria lacinidsa, Safg. H. acumindia, Dipp. C. sulcata, Nutt.). Big or Bottom Shbli> BARK-HicKORT. KiNG-NtTT. TaU tree, occasionally to 120 ft. : branchlets orange- red: Ifts. 7-9, oblong-lanceolate, acumi- nate, serrate, pubescent when young, usu- ally glabrous at length, 4-8 in. long: fr. generally oblong, lM-23^ in. long; nut yellowish white, oblong, but sometimes as broad as long, slightly compressed and obscurely 4-angled, pointed at both ends; kernel sweet. N. Y. to Iowa, south to Tenn. and Okla. S.S. 7:348-9. U.S. N.C. 11. \ / 10. ovata, Kocn (Jliebria ovata, Brit. C. dlba, Nutt.). Sh^bark-Hickory. Also Little Shellbark- Hickory, although the latter name by some is applied to the preceding. Figs. 830, 831. Tree, occasionally to 120 ft.: Ifts. gen- erally 5, sessile, oblong or oblong-lanceolate, acumi- nate, serrate, densely fimbriate, pubescent and glan- dular when young, glabrous at length, 4r-6 in. long: fr. subglobose, about 1J4-2J^ in. long; nut white, oblong to broadly obovate, 4^angled; kernel sweet. From Que. to Minn., south to Fla. and Texas. S.S. 7:346-7. Em. 217. U.S.N.C. 10. A.G. 11:386, 6, 9; 387, 3; 388, 11. Gng. 7:51. A.F. 14:339.— Next to Pecan the best as a fruit tree, especially for northern states, where the pecan is not quite hardy. Several named varieties are in trade, of which probably var. H^lesii, Hort., with large, thin-shelled nut, is the best known. An ornamental, often very pictur- esque tree; the stout branches forming a rather broad, usually somewhat open, head. Var. Nut- taUii, Sarg. (C. microcdrpa, Nutt. in part). Fr. smaUer; nut rounded, usu- ally obcordate, much com- pressed and prominently angled, about J^in. across. Mass. to Pa. and Mo. Nut- taU, Silv. N. Am. 1 : 13. Var. fraxinifdlia, Sarg. Lfts. 929. Habit of the small-fniited pignut, lanceolate or Carya ovalis. nearly oblanceolate, the terminal one 5-6 in. long and 1^-2 iQ. wide: fr. generally smaller, ovoid, pointed, lj| in. long; nut long-pointed. W. N. Y. C. arkanaAna, Sarg. Allied to C. glabra. Tree, to 70 ft.: bark dark gray, scaly: branchlets pubescent: lfts. 5-7, lanceolate, dense^ pubescent when unfolding, glabrous at maturity, 4-7 in. long: fr. ovoid or obovoid; husk usually splitting to the middle; nut slightly obovoid; shell very thick and hard; kernel sweet, small. Ark. and Okla. S.T.S. 2:181. — C. Biickleyi, Durand (C. texana, Buckl., not DC). Allied to C. alba. Tree, to SO ft., with dark, furrowed bark: lfts. 7, lanceolate or oblanceolate, pubescent on the veins below, 3-6 in. long: fr. subglobose or ovoid, 1 H in. across; husk thin, splitting to the base; nut reddish brown, veined; shell hard; kernel sweet. Texas to Okla. and Ark. S.T.S. 2:182.— C. carolinx- septentTion&lis, Engler & Graebn. (Hicoria carolin2e.sep- tentrionalis, Ashe). Allied to C ovata. Branchleta slender: lfts. 3-5, lanceolate, glabrous; fr. smaller; nut thin-shelled. N. C. to Ga. S.S. 14:720. — C.Aoridim, Sarg. Allied to C. cordiformis. Buds valvate, brown- ish yellow: lfts. usually 5, elliptic-oblong to lanceolate, densely scaly beneath, 2-3 }4 in. long: fr. obovoid, about 1 in. long, husk tardily splitting to the base ; nut obovoid or subglobose. Fla. S.T.S. 2:177. — C meffacdrpa, Sarg. Closely related to C. glabra. Bark close: buds larger: 831. Fruit of Carya ovata, the shagbark hickory. 830. Twig of The cross-section is to show structure, not to show Caiya ovata. a good horticultural fruit. (Natural size.) lfts. to S in. long: fr. broadly obovoid, to 1 ^ in. long; husk thick, tardily dehiscent to the middle; nut obovoid; kernel small, sweet. N.Y. to Mo. and Fla. S.T.S. 2: 180. — C. mexic&na, Engelm. Tree, with shaggy bark and tomentose-pubescent Ivs.: fr. depressed, with rather thick husk and broad, sharply 4-angled, white nut. Mex. The only species not native to the U. S.— -C. tex&na, DC. (Hicoria texana, Le Conte). Similar to C. Pecan, but lfts. broader, less falcate, almost sessile: nut smaller, much darker, with somewhat rough surface; kernel bitter. Texas. S. S. 14:719. — -C. texdna, Buckl.= C. Buctleyi. A1.FKED RehDBB. CARYOCAR (from the Greek word for nut). Caryo- caracex; formerly included in Temstroemidcese, and by some referred to Rhizoboldcese. Trees, or rarely shrubs, of about 10 species in Trop. Amer., one of which is well known for its large edible nuts. Lvs. opposite, digitately 3-5-foliolate, leathery, often serrate: flfl. bractless, in terminal racemes; calyx deeply 5-6- parted, the lobes orbiculate and strongly imbricate; petals 5-6, imbricate; stamens many, somewhat joined at the base; ovary 4-6-ceIled: fr. drupaceous, with a hard stone or stones and very large seeds. C. nucifermn, Lion., produces the souari-nut or butternut of the American tropics. Although native of Guiana, it is cult, in some of the W. Indies isls.: tree, attaining 100 ft. or more, producing durable timber used chiefly in ship-building: lvs. trifoliolate, the Ifts. eUiptic-lan- ceolate, glabrous: fls. large, purple, the stamens white and very numerous: fr. several inches in diam., nearly globular or becoming misshapen by abortion of the contents, containing 2-4 hard-shelled nuts the size of a hen's egg, and which are flat-kidney-shaped, warty and reddish brown; kernel or meat white, with a nutty or ahnond-Uke flavor, and yielding oil when subjected to pressure. B.M. 2727, 2728. The nuts now and then appear in northern markets. The closely allied C. vilr losum, Pers., of Guiana and Brazil, is reported as a notable timber tree; and the oily pulp surrounding the seed is eaten boiled and the kernel of the seed js eaten raw. ^ H. B. CARYOPH^LITS, the clove tree, is now referred to. Eugenia. CARYOPTERIS CASIMIROA 679 CARYOPTERIS (Greek for nut and mng). Ver- bendcese. Ornamental woody plants grown for their lavender-blue flowers profusely produced in autumn. Deciduous small shrubs: Ivs. opposite, short-petioled, serrate: fls. in axillary cymes; calyx campanulate, deeply 5-lobed with lanceolate teeth, spreading and somewhat enlarged in fr.; corolla 5-lobed, with short cjrlindric tube and spreading Umb, 1 segm. larger and fringed; stamens 4, exserted, 2 of them longer; style slender, 2-parted at the apex: fr. separating into 4 somewhat winged nutlets. — About 6 species in E. Asia. These are glabrous, pubescent or tomentose shrubs with small blue or violet late flowers. Free-flowering and very valuable for their late blooming season; not hardy North; even if well protected they wiU be killed almost to the ground, but the young shoots, springing up freely, will flower profusely the same season. They require well-drained and sandy soil and sunny position; if grown in pots, a sandy compost of peat and leaf soil or loam will suit them, and they wiU flower in the greenhouse imtil midwinter. Propagated readily by cuttings of half-ripened wood in summer or fall under glass, and by seeds sown in spring. inc^a, Miq. (C. Mastacdnthus, Schauer. C. sinensis, Dipp.). Fig. 832. Suffruticose, 1-5 ft.: Ivs. petioled, ovate or oblong, coarsely serrate, pubescent above, grayish tomentose beneath, 2-3 in. long: cymes pedun- cled, dense-fld.; fls. small, violet-blue or lavender-blue. Aug.-Nov. China, Japan. B.R. 32:2. B.M. 6799. R.H. 1892:324. R.B. 19:273. G.C. II. 21:149; III. 42:409. Mn. 5:5. S.H. 2, p. 89. G.W. 6, p. 197. Gn. 24, p. 523; 76, p. 24. G.M. 43:7.— Known m the nurs- ery trade as "blue spirea." Var. Candida, Schneid. has white fls. C. immgdlica, Bunge. Lvs. lanceolate, almost entire: cymes with fewer but larger fls. R.H. 1872:450. AlfHBD RehDBR. CARYOTA (old Greek name). Palm&cex, tribe Arbcem. Fish-tail Palm. Spineless monocarpic palms, with tall stout ringed I trunks, at length bearing suckers. Leaves disposed in an elongated terminal '' fringe, ample, twice pinnately divided; segms. } dimidiate-flabelliform, or cuneate, entire, or split, irregularly dentate, plicate, folded back in the bud; midnerves and primary nerves flabellate; petiole terete below; sheath keeled on the back, fibrous along the margins: ligule short: spadices usually alternately male and female: peduncle short, thick: branches long, pendent: spathes 3-5, not entire, tubular; bractlets broad: fls. rather large, green or purple: fr. the size of a cherry, globular, purple. — Species, 9. Malaya, New Guinea, Austral. G.C. II. 22:748. These palms are remarkable for the delta-shaped or fish-tail-shaped leaflets, which make the graceful, spreading fronds very attractive. They are excellent warmhouse palms, very useful for decoration, particu- larly when young. They are frequently planted out in protected places for the summer. C. wens, the wine- palm of India, yields, when full grown, about twenty- four pints of wine in twenty-four hours. The beverage is very wholesome and a valuable article of commerce. There being so many different genera to choose from in selecting plants for moderate-sized conservatories, the members of this genus are not very popular for providiog small specimens. In a high, roomy structure, however, they are among the most ornamental of the tribe. They are quick-growing, with large broad leaves, finely cut up, the small divisions resembling the tail of a fish; hence the name "fish-tail palm." After reaching maturity the plant begins flowering at the top, and continues downward until the vitality of the stem is exhausted. Suckers are freely produced by some spe- cies, but these, as a rulfe, do not become so robust as the parent stem, owing probably to the soil becoming exhausted. Seeds are offered by most dealers. The young plants should be grown in a warm, moist atmos- phere, the soil consisting of loam with about one-third of its bulk leaf-mold and sand in equal parts. They sometimes lose their roots if kept too cool and wet in winter. Prop, is by seeds and suckers. (G. W. Oliver.) mitis, Lour. (C. sobolifera, Wall. C. furfuracea, Blume). Caudex 15-25 ft. high, 4-5 in. diam., sobo- hferous: petioles. If .-sheaths and spathes scurf y-viUous: Ivs. 4-9 ft.; pinnse veij obhquely cuneiform, irregularly dentate, upper margins acute; pinnules 4-7 in. long, Burma to Malaya. firens, Linn. Wine-Palm. Toddt-Palm. Caudex stout, even in cult, specimens 60-80 ft. high and 18 in. thick, much higher in the wild, not soboMferous: Ivs. 18-20 by 10-12 ft.; pinnse 5-6 ft., curved and drooping, very obliquely tnmcate, acutely serrate, the upper • Caxyoptens || maj-gju produced and cau- date; pinnules 4^8 in. ; petiole very stout. India, Malaya. A.F. 12:295. Gng. 5:131. A.G. 21:533. Rumphiana, Mart. Lvs. 2-pinnate, several feet long, the pinnules thick, sessile, 6 in. long or nearly so, oblong. Malaya. Var. Albertii, Hort. (C. Albertii, MueU.), is in the trade. It is large and free-growing, the lvs. being 16-18 ft. long and two-thirds as broad; If.-segms. fan-shaped and oblique, toothed. C. Blancdi, Hort., from the Philippines, has been listed in the American trade. It is probably a form of C. urens. Jaked G. Smith. CASAKEEP: Blighia. CASCARILLA: Croion. CASHEW: Anacardium ocddentdU, CASIMIROA (named in honor of Cardinal Casimiro Gomez de Ortega, Spanish botanist of the eighteenth century). Rviacese. Evergreen trees, one of which is grown for the edible fruits. Leaves alternate, long-petioled, digitate, 3-7-folio- late; Ifts. petiolulate, lanceolate, entire or slightly ser- rate, smooth or pubescent beneath: fls. regular, poly- 680 CASIMIROA CASSIA gamo-dioecious; calyx 5-parted, small; petals 5, oblong, valvate, apex incurved; disk inconspicuous, circular; stamens 5, free; filaments subulate; anthers cordate; ovary sessile, on disk, globose, 5- or occasionally 6-8- lobed, 5-oelled; stigma sessile, 5-lobed; ovules solitary in the cells, ajollary: fr. a drupe, large, depressed-glo- bose; pulp agreeable to taste, edible; seeds oblong, com- pressed, exalbuminose. — ^Four species in Mex. and S. edfiUs, Llav. & Lex. White Sapotb. Cochil Sapota. Large tree: trunk ashen gray, with warty excrescences: Ivs. dark green, glossy: fls. ^eenish yellow, small: fr. greenish yellow when ripe, with strong, thick epicarp, J^in. thick, about the size of an orange: seeds nearly 1 in. long and half as wide. Mex. — ^The fr. of this spe- cies has a delicious flavor, similar to that of a peach. It is used in Mex. as an aid in inducing sleep, and the Ivs. as a remedy for diarrhea. It grows on the coast of Mex. to an altitude of about 7,000 ft. See Sapote, ^^''«- H. J. Webbek. CASSABANANA: Sicana. CASSANDRA: Chamxdaphne. CASSAVA: Manihot. CASSEBEfiRA (from a German botanist). Polypo- diAcex. Small Brazilian ferns allied to the maiden- hair, but rarely seen in cult. There are 3 species: sori terminal on the veins, oblong or nearly globular; indusium within the margin and distinct from it. They require hothouse conditions. C. pinndta, Kaulf., has fronds 6 in. long, pinnate, the pinnEe lineapK)blong and crenate. C. iriphyUa, KauJf., has 3-5-parted froneS, the parts linear-oblong and crenate. C. gleichenioides, Gaidn., has twice-pinlate fronds, the pinnules 4-cornered. CASSIA (ancient Greek name). Leguminbsse. Senna. Herbs, shrubs or trees, a few of which are in cultivation in America, as border plants and under glass. Leaves even-pinnate: fls. nearly regular (not papilio- naceous), with the nearly equal calyx-teeth mostly longer than the tube; coroUa of 5 spreading, nearly equal clawed spreading petals; stamens 5-10, frequently unequal and some of the anthers abortive, the good anthers opening at the top: fr. a stalked pod which is either flat or terete, containing numerous seeds and often partitioned crosswise. — Species nearly or quite 400 in the warmer parts of the globe, some of them in cool temperate regions. The cassias deUght in a sunny exposure. Most of those cultivated in the United States are herbs or herb- hke shrubs, attractive for the finely cut foliage and the showy flowers. Some of them are cultivated only in the extreme South. C. corymbosa is probably the best gar- den subject. Cassias are summer bloomers, for the most part. Propagation is mostly by divisions and seeds, the armual species always by seeds. Senna leaves, used in medicine as a cathartic, are derived from various species, chiefly from C. acutifolia of Egypt, and C. angustifolia of India and other Old World tropics. The "Cassia Ugnea" of pharmacopoeas is the product of a Cinnamomum. Cassia pods of com- merce, used in medicine, are the fruits of C. Fistula. Many of the species contribute to therapeutics. Some of them provide tanning materials. A. Hardy border plants: Ifts. 5 or more pairs. maryliindica, Linn. Wild Senna. Perennial, glar brous or nearly so, sts. nearly simple: Ifts. 6-10 pairs, oblong or lance-oblong and entire, short-acuminate or nearly obtuse: fls. in axillary racemes near the tops of the sts; and often appearing as if panicled, bright yel- low, wide open: pods linear, flat. New England, west and south, mostly in wet soil.— Grows 3-4 ft. high, and has attractive hght green foliage. Chamaecrista, Linn. (Charmecristanietitans, Moench). Partbidgb Pea. Annual, erect or spreading, 2 ft. or less high: Ifts. 10-15 pairs, smalL narrow-oblong, mucronate, sensitive to the touch: fls. large, 2-5 to- gether in the axils, canary-yellow and 2 of the petals purple-spotted. — Dry soil, Maine, south and west. Sometimes known as Magothy Bay bean and sensitive pea, and formerly recommended as a green-manuring plant. See Cyclo. Amer. Agric, VoL II, p. 309, for account and picture. AA. Tender plants, grown far soicth, or under glass: Ifts. few or many, B. Tree, with woody indehiscent pods. Fistula, Linn. Pudding -Pipe Teeb. Golden Showdb. Lvs. large, the Ifts. 4-8 pairs, and ovate- acuminate: fls. in long lax racemes, yeUow, the pedicels without bracts: pods cylindrical, black, 3-furrowed, 1-2 ft. long, containing 1-seeded compartments. India, but iatro. in W. Indies and other tropical countries. Sparingly cult. S. — ^Pumishes the cassia pods of com- merce. grandis, Linn. Pink Shower. Lfts. 10-20, oblong, abrupt at either end, more or less pubescent beneath and above: fls. in long drooping axillary racemes, rose- colored, without bracts subtending the pedicels: pod 3 in. or less long, compressed-cyUndrical, glabrous, transversely rugose. Trop. Amer. ; offered in S. Cahf ., and grown in many tropical countries. BB. Shrubs or herbs, with more or less dehiscent pods. SophSra, Linn. (C. schinifblia, DC. C. Sophdra, Auth.). Shrub, 6-1,0 ft.: Ifts. 6-10 pairs, lanceolate- acute: fls. yellow oh many-fld. axillary and terminal peduncles, which are shorter than the lvs.: pod thin, tardily dehiscent. Oriental tropics. Intro, in S. Calif. corymbdsa, Lam. (C. floribiinda, Hort.). Shrub, half-hardy in. middle states, 4-10 ft.: Ifts. 3 pairs, oblong-lanceolate and somewhat falcate, obtuse or nearly so: fls. yeUow, in long-stalked, small axillary and terminal corymbs. Argentina. B.M. 633. G.C. III. 31:252. Gn. 50, p. 139. J.H. III. 61 : 139. G. 25:553. H.F. II. 3:252. G.W. 3, p. 421; 6, p. 391.— The best-known garden species, being an excellent con- seiyatory plant for spring, summer and autumn bloom. It is an old favorite, now" coming again into prominence (as C.floribunda and var. A. Boehm, corrupted appar- ently into C. Boema) as a pot-plant, as a tub specunen for lawns, or for plunging in the border; winters readily in a dormant state in a cellar; very free-flowering. tomentasa, Linn. Shrub, 10-12 ft.: Ifts. 6-8 pairs, oval-oblong and obtuse^ white-tomentose beneath: fls. de^ yellow. Mex. — Said to be a good winter bloomer in S. CaUf ., and naturaUzed in some parts. artemisoides, Gaud. Bushy shrub, soft-canescent and gray all over: lfts. 3-4 pairs, very narrow-linear: racemes axillary, 5-8-fld., the fls. sulfur-yeEow: pods flat, shining brown. Austral. — Intro, in S. Calif. With- stands drought. bifldra, Linn. Shrub, 4r-8 ft.: lfts. 6-10 pairs, broad- oblong or obovate-oblong, very obtuse but mucronu- late: fls. large, yellow, on 2-4-fld. peduncles, which are shorter than the lvs: pod 3 in. or less long, oblong- hnear or narrower, membranaceous. S. Amer. and W. Indies. B.M. 810. — Sparingly cult, in greenhouses. C. liemgdta, Willd. Shrub, glabrous: Ifts. 3-4 pairs, ovate-oblong or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate: fls. yellow in terminal and axillary racemes: pod leatheiy, 2-3 in. long, nearly cylindrical. Tropics.— O. ocadentdhs, Linn. Hedionda. Annual or subshrubby, widel? distributed in the tropics as a weed, the seeds used as a substitute tor coffee; it is the "fedegosa" and "negro coffee" of Afr.: lfts. 4-12 pairs, ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, acuminate, and a gland near tne base of the petiole: racemes short and few-fld.: pod glabrous, oblong-hnear compressed or nearly cylindrical; the small seeds pro- duced abundantly— C. spUndida, Vogel. Shrub, 6-10 ft., much KS?.*!! i^'l^rf'rf^fv'°'^'T«'7'"B»- S. Amer. Recently cata- logued in S. Cahf.— Others of the numerous species of Cassia are likely to appear in cult., particularly some of the native kinds; but as a whole, the genus is not rich in horticultural subjects. L. H. B. CASSINE CASTANEA 681 CASSiNE (a name said to have been used by the Indians in Fla.; see Ilex Cassine). Celastr&cex. Some 20 or less erect or climbing glabrous shrubs of the Cape region in Afr., apparently not known in cult, in this country. Lvs. opposite, thick, entire or serrate: fls. small, white, in axillary clusters; calyx 4-5-parted, minute; petals 4r-5; stamens 4-5, on the disk, which encircles the ovary: fr. a 1-2-seeded drupe, with a hard pit or stone. C. Colpoon, Thunb. (or C. capensis var. Colpoon) is the ladlewood of the Cape, the wood being used in the making of small articles. C. Maurocenia, Linn, (now placed in a separate genus, Maurocenia capensis, Sond.) is the Hottentot cherry. H.I. 6:55 2. CASStOPE (Greek mythological name). Eric&ceie. Ornamental small shrubs sometimes cultivated for their handsome deUcate flowers. Evergreen: lvs. very small, usually scale-like and opposite, rarely alternate and linear: fls. soUtary, axil- lary, or terminal; calyx small, 5-parted; coroUa cam- panulate, 5-lobed or 5-cleft; stamens 10, the anthers with recurved appendages; style included: fr. a 5- valved caps, with numerous minute seeds. — Ten spe- cies in arctic regions and high mountains of N. Amer., N. Eu., N. Asia and Himalayas. Formerly included under Andromeda. Cassiopes are graceful, deUcate plants, adapted for rockeries, flowering in summer. They are of somewhat difficult culture, and require peaty and sandy moist but well-drained soil and partly shaded situation, though C. hyjmoides grows best in fuU sun, creeping amongst growing moss. Drought, as well as dry. and hot air, is fatal to them. Propagated readily by cut- tings from mature wood in August under glass; also by layers and by seeds treated hke those of Erica. C fasiigiMa, Don (Andromeda fastigiata. Wall.). Ascending; Its. imbricate, in 4 rows, with white-fringed margin: fls. axillaiy, white. Himalayas. B.M. 4796. G.C. III. 47 : 379 (habit). Gn. 43, p. 189. G. 15:709. — C. hypnaldes, Don. (Harrimanella hypnoides, Coville). Creeping: lvs. linear, alternate, crowded: fls. terminal, deeply 5-cleft. Arctic regions. B.M. 2936. L.B.C. 20:1946. G.C. III. 39:226 (habit). — C. Mertenaid-na, Don. Erect or ascending to 1 ft. high: lvs. imbricate in 4 rows, carinate on the back; fls. axil- lary, white or slightly tinged rosy. Sitka to Calif. — C. tetragdna, Don (Andromeda tetragona, Linn.). Similar to the former, but lower, and the lvs. with a deep furrow on the back. Arctic regions. B.M. 3181. M.D.G. 1910; 125, 137 (habit). j^^^^ RehdER. CASSIPOUREA (a native name in Guiana). Rhizo- phoracese. Perhaps a dozen or less species (if the African Dactylopetalum is included in the American Cassi- pourea) in Trop. Amer. and in Afr., one of which is now offered. Glabrous trees or shrubs: lvs. opposite or whorled, stalked, somewhat leathery, oblong or lanceolate, entire or somewhat crenate: fls. small or medium in size, white, solitary or fascicled in the axils; calyx 4-5-lobed; petals 4-7, fimbriate, Unear or spatu- late, inserted in the cup-like disk; stamens 10-30; ovary 2-4-celled: caps, ovoid, somewhat fleshy, tardily dehiscent, the cells 1-seeded. C. verticillata, N. E. Br., Natal, a handsome tree, with very shiny foliage: lvs. about 4 in. long and half as broad, in 3's or 4's, lightly creno-serrate or almost entire; petals 5-7, exserted, very narrow; stamens 10-14. — ^A rare mangrove-Uke tree, found at considerable elevations away from the coast. Offered in S. CaUf. L. h. B. CAST Alia : Nympluea. CASTANEA (ancient Latin name). Fagdcex. Chestnut. Fruit and ornamental trees, grown for their edible nuts and also for their handsome foUage and attractive flowers. Deciduous trees, rarely shrubs: lvs. alternate, ser- rate, elliptic-oblong to lanceolate: fls. monoecious, the staminate ones with 6-parted calyx and 10-20 stamens, in long, erect, cylindrical catkins; the pistillate ones on the lower part of the upper catkins, usually 3 to- gether in a prickly involucre; ovary 6-celled: fr. a large brown nut, 1-7 together in a prickly involucre or bur: winter-buds with 3-4 scales: branchlets without ter- minal bud. — About ten species in the temperate regions of N. E. Amer., Eu., N. Afr. and Asia. The chestnuts are very attractive when in bloom. The handsome foliage is generally not injured by insects or fungi, but the whole tree is attacked by a serious disease known as the chestnut bark disease which has spread rapidly during the last years, chiefly in New York, Pennsylvania and the adjacent states. It was first discovered in 1904. It is caused by a fungus, Endothia parasitica, which penetrates the bark, develops its mycelium in bark and sapwood, finally girdles the branch or trunk and causes the death of the portion above the infected place. The pres- ence of reddish pustules on the infected area is a sure sign of the presence of this fungus. The cutting and destroying of the infected parts seems so far the only way of checking the spreading of the disease. This disease was without doubt im- ported with plants from eastern Asia, as the disease has been discovered recently in China on C. mollissima. The latter species and C. crenata seem much more resistant than the American and European varie- ties and there is much hope for a successful selection and breeding of resistant varieties and for keeping this disease under control, as it is done successfully in China. C. deniaia and C. saliva are large-sized trees, while C. pumila and C. crenata usually remain shrubby.. The coarse- grained wood is much used for furniture, railway ties and fence-posts, as it is very dur- able in the soil. The chestnut is extensively cultivated in Europe and eastern Asia and also in this country for its edible fruit. It grows best in well -drained soil on sunny slopes, and even in rather dry and rocky situations, but dis- likes hmestone soil. The Ameri- can species is perfectly hardy North, while the European species is somewhat tenderer. Propagated by seeds, sown in fall where there is no danger of them being eaten by mice or squirrels; otherwise they should be stratified in boxes and buried 1 or 2 feet deep in a warm soil until early spring, when they are sown in rows about 3 inches deep. If growing well, they can be transplanted the following fall or spring 2 or 3 feet apart from each other, and planted after three or four years where they are to stand. They are also increased by layers in moist soil. Varieties are usually worked on seed- ling stock or on sprouts by whipgrafting above the ground when the stock is just beginning to push into leaf. Crown-grafting, root-grafting and budding are also sometimes practised, but no method gives wholly satisfactory results, and usually only one-half take well. See Chestnut. 833. Castanea dentata. (XJ^) 682 CASTANEA CASTANOPSIS A. Nuts S or more in one involucre and more or less conv- pressed, usually broader than high. B. Branchlets glabrous or at first mth close white tomen- ium: Ivs. usually glabrous at maturity, often with close white tomentum while young. c. Lvs. glabrous or nearly glabrous even while young. dentata, Borkh. (CoTOericdna, Raf.)- Fig. 833. Tree, occasionally 100 ft.: lvs. cuneate at the base, oblong- lanceolate, acuminate, coarsely serrate, nearly glabrous when young, 6-10 in. long and somewhat pendulous: fls. of heavy fragrance, in June or July: nuts about }^in. wide. S. Maine to Mich., south to Ala. and Miss. S.S. 9:440-1. Em. 187. G.F. 10:373. F.E. 14, p, 30; 29, p. 895. — The tallest, most vigorous -growing and hard- iest species. The nuts, though smaller, have a better flavor than the European varieties. Lvs. said to have sedative properties; used in whooping-cough; bark astringent, tonic, febrifuge. cc. Lvs. stellate-tomentose beneath while young. satlva, Mill. (C. v6sca, Gaertn. C. Castanea, Karst. C. mlgdris, Lam.). Fig. 834. Tree, 50-80 ft.: lvs. oblong-lanceolate, often truncate or rounded at the base, coarsely serrate, slightly pubescent or tomentose beneath when young, nearly glabrous at length, 5-9 in. long, erect: nut over 1 in. wide. June. FromS. Eu. and N. Afr. to China. Gn. 27, p. 292; 50, p. 389. Gng. 3:209. G.W. 8, p. 350, 385.— There are some garden forms with variegated lvs., and others, of which var. asplenifdlia, Lodd., with laciniately cut and divided lvs. is the most remarkable. Of several varieties cult, for their fr.. Paragon, a precocious kind, and Numbo, a variety with very large fr., are the most extensively planted in this country. See Chestnut. crenata, Sieb. & Zucc. (C. japdnica, Blume. C, sativa var. pvbin&rvis, Makino). Fig. 835. Shrub or tree, to 30 ft. : lvs. elliptic or oblong-lanceolate, usually rounded at the base, acuminate, crenately serrate, or the teeth reduced to a long, bristle-Uke point, slightly pubescent when young, glabrous at length or only pubescent on the veins beneath, 3-7 in. long, erect: nut over 1 in. wide. Japan, China. S. I. F. 1 : 34. — Shrubby and very precocious; it usually begins to fruit when about six years old. Hardy as far north as Mass. 835. Japanese Chestnut^ Castanea crenata. (XH) BB. Branchlets pubescent, wUh spreading hairs: lvs. soft- pubescent beneath, at least those toward the end of the shoots. mollissima, Blume. Tree, to 40 ft.: lvs. oval-oblong to ob- long-lanceolate, acummate or short - acuminate, rounded or truncate at the base, 3J^-6 in. long, coarsely serrate, glabrous above, white - tomentose or nearly green, but soft-pubescent beneath, at least on the veins; petioles pubescent, with spread- ing hairs: nut about 1 in. wide; spines of the husk pubescent. N. and W. China. — ^Has proved perfectly hardy at the Arnold Arboretum and is to be recom- mended for its hardiness and large nuts. AA. Nvis solitary, round, higher Jhan thick. p&mila, Mill. Chinquapin. Shrub or small tree, rarely 50 ft.: lvs. cuneate, eUiptic-oblong or oblong-obovate, acute, serrate, teeth often reduced to bristle- Uke points, white - tomentose beneath, 3-6 in. long: fr. ovate, small, about J^in. wide and %-l in. long. May, June. From Pa- to N. Fla. and Texas. S.S. 9: 442-3. — Useful for planting on dry and rocky slopes; attractive when in fl., and again in fall with its abundant light green burs among the dark foliage. The closely allied C. alnifolia, Nutt., in the southern states, grows only a few feet high, and has larger lvs. and fr. VUmorinitoa, Dode. Tree, to 80 ft. : branchlets gla- brous: lvs. oblong-lanceolate to lanceolate, long-acumi- nate, usually rounded at the base, the teeth mostly reduced to slender bristles, quite glabrous even while young, 4r-7 in. long: fr. globose-ovate, about J^in. thick and slightly longer. Cent. China. — A valuable timber tree. Recently intro. by the Arnold Arboretum. Alfked Rehder. CASTANEA of commerce: The nuts of BerthoUetia. CASTANOPSIS {Castanea and opsis, chestnut-like) Fagdxxx. Ornamental trees or shrubs sometimes culti- vated for their handsome evergreen foliage. Closely aUied to Castanea, but pistillate fls. usually on separa,te catkins, sometimes soMtary; ovary 3-celled. fr. ripening the second year: involucre sometimes tuberculate; winter-buds with many scales; terminal bud present: lvs. evergreen, entire or dentate. — About 25 species, chiefly in the tropical and subtropical mountains of Asia, and 1 in W. N. Amer., which is the hardiest, and is sometimes cult.; also several Chinese species have been recently intro. into cult., but their names have not yet been determined. For prop, see Castanea. chrysoph^lla, DC. (Castdnea chrysophpUa, Hook.). Fig. 836 (adapted from Pacific R. R. Rep.). Tree, to 150 ft., shrubby at high elevations: lvs. ovate-oblong or oblong-lanceolate, narrowed at both ends, entire, dark green above, coated with minute golden yellow scales beneath, 2-6 in. long: nut about 3^in. wide, usually soUtary in the spiny involucre. Summer. Ore. to CaUf. S.S.9:439. B.M.4953. G.C. III. 22:411; 36:145. Gn. 76, p. 634. F.S. 12:1184. R.B. 7:240.— A highly 834. Castanea sativa. CASTANOPSIS CASUAJRINA 683 ornamental tree with beautiful foliage, hardy only in the warmer temperate regions, but the shrubby form is much hardier. Alfred Rehdeb. CASTANOSPERMUM (chestnut seed, because of the taste of the seeds). Leguminbsx. A genus of 2 species, one of which is a taU Australian tree, with odd- pinnate Ivs., the Ifts. broad, thick, entire: fls. large, yellow-orange, in lateral or axillary loose racemes which are usually about 6 in. long; petals 4; stamens free; ovary long-stipitate, many-ovuled: pod 8-9 in. long with 4-5 seeds larger than Italian chestnuts, globu- lar. C. australe, Cunn., is the species known locally Castanopsis chrysophylla. (XM) as "Moreton Bay chestnut." The seeds are roasted and eaten. Intro, in S. Cahf., but not common. The other species is New Caledonian, and apparently not in cult. CASTHLEJA (a Spanish botanist, D. Castillejo). Scrophularidceie. Painted-Ctjp. Herbs with showy bracts in a terminal head or spike, sometimes cultivated. Flowers small, sohtary, in terminal gaudy-bracted spikes; coroUa tubular, sometimes flattened laterally, 2-Upped; lower lip smaller, more or less 3-toothed; stamens 4: Ivs. alternate, entire or cut — Upwards of 30 species in U. S. and Mex., and 1 in N. Asia. Cas- tillejas are httle known in gardens. They are more or less root-parasitic. coccrnea, Spreng. Biennial or annual, 1-2 ft., hairy: radical Ivs. clustered, ovate or oblong, mostly entire; st.-lvs. laciniate or cleft, and the middle lobe of the bright scarlet bracts dilated: corolla pale yellow, about the length of the calyx. Low grounds and grassy places, Canada, south. indivisa, Engelm. Annual, 1-2 ft.: Ivs. lance-linear and entire (or sometimes 2-3-lobed) : bracts not lacini- ate, bright red and showy. Texas. — Blooms early in spring. affinis, Hook & Am. Perennial, 1-2 ft. : Ivs. narrow- lanceolate, entire or the upper ones toothed at apex: fl.-bracts becoming short and broad, red: spike lax below. Calif., in moist soils. — Intro. 1891 by Orcutt. 44 folioldsa, Hook. & Am. White-wooUy perennial, 1-2 ft., the base woody: Ivs. smaU (1 in. or less long), narrow-linear, crowded or fascicled: bracts 3-parted; spike dense. Calif., in dry soils. — Intro. 1891 by Orcutt. integra, Gray. Perennial, 1 ft. or less, tomentose: Ivs. grayish, linear, 3 in. or less long, entire: bracts of the short spike linear-oblong or obovate-oblong, entire or sometimes incised, red or rose. Texas to Ariz, and Colo. — Has been offered in Germany. l_ jj_ b_ CASTILLOA (for Castillejo, the Spanish botan- ist). Mor&cex. Laticiferous trees, of which C. elastica Cerv., is one of the important rublser-producing plants. There are 2 or 3 species, in Cuba and Cent. Amer. Lvs. alternate, short-petioled, often large, entire or toothed: plant monoecious, the sexes borne in the same cluster; sterile fl. with no perianth, stamens numerous and crowtied, with scales intermixed; fertile fls. with 4- lobed perianth, including the short-styled ovary: fr. a crustaceous pericarp containing a pendulous seed. The cult, of C. elastica for rubber is described in Cyclo. Amer. Agric, Vol. II, p. 557. CASTOR BEAN, CASTOR-OIL PLANT: Bicinus. CASUARINA (said to be derived from Casvarius, the Cassowary, from resemblance of the branches to the feathers). Casuarinacex. Beepwood. She-Oak. Odd Blender-branched leafless trees and shrubs grown in warm regions and rarely seen under glass. They are thin- topped trees of striking appearance. Casuarinas are usually classified near the walnut and hickory tribes, although very unUke them — or other known plants — in botanical characters. They are jointed and leafless plants, somewhat suggesting equisetums in gross appearance. Flowers are unisexual; staminate in cylindrical terminal spikes, each fl. con- sisting of a stamen inclosed in 4 scales, 2 of the scales being attached to the fllament; pistillate fls. in dense heads borne in the axils, and ripening into globular or oblong cones, composed of 1-ovuled ovaries subtended by bracts: fr. a winged nutlet. — About 25 species in Austral., New Caledonia and E. Indies. The species fall into 2 groups, those having cylind- rical and verticillate branches, and those having 4-angled and only imperfectly verticillate branches. The species bear smaU toothed sheaths at the joints. Beefwood is planted in the ex- treme South for its very odd habit, and also to hold sands of the seacoast. The wood bums quickly, and is very hard and dur- able. The redness of the wood has given the popular name, beef- wood. — The species are remark- able for rapid growth. They grow well in brackish and alkahne soils. Propagated by seeds and by cuttings of partly ripened wood. equisetifdlia, Linn. Fig. 837. Tree, becoming 150 ft. high in favorable chmates, and a most rapid grower: branches drooping, pale green, simple, terete or nearly so, the internodes very short (less than Min.); sheath- teeth 7 (6-8) lanceolate and appressed : staminate cone nearly terete; pistillate cone short-peduncled, ellip- soidal, about }^-in. diam. Widely distributed in the farther Old World tropics, and the best-known species in this country (in S. Fla. and Calif, and south). Gn. M. 7:21. L.B.C. 7:607. — The wood is valuable for many purposes. The casuarinas are known as "oak" in Austral. 837. Casuarina equisetilolia. (XH) 684 CASUARINA CATALPA Cunninghamidna, Miq. Tree with slender branches, much like C. eguiselifoUa, but cones smaller, about }^in. diam., globular and very irregular, with promi- nent valves. Austral. — Described as a rapid-growing tree in Calif., with strong and dense growth and numerous fine branches with very short internodes. stricta, Dry. (C. qitadrivdlvis, Labill.). Becoming 20-30 ft. high: branches erect, simple, 6-7-angled, scarcely green, internodes short, as in the latter: sheath- teeth usually 7, ovate-lanceolate and appressed: stam- inate cone slender; pistillate cone nearly sessile, oblong (sometimes staminate above), about 14-sided, 1 in. dfiam. Austral. Gn.M. 7:21. tonildsa, Dry. (C. tenulssima, Sieber). Reaches 70 or 80 ft.: branches erect, capillary, mostly terete, in- ternodes short: sheath-teeth 4, very shortj triangular appressed: staminate cones filiform; pistillate cones eUipsoidal, 8-10-sided. Austral. sumatrina, Jungh. Shrub with dense very slender branches which are sharply angled, the internodes often very short, the sheath-teeth short: cone large, elHptical or globose, the valves thick and concave-truncate at apex. Sumatra. — Offered in England, and the branches said to be useful for bouquets; very much branched. L. H. B. CATAlPA (the Indian name of C. bignonioides). Bignoniacex. Ornamental trees, often cultivated for their handsome flowers appearing in large and showy panicles in summer, and for their heavy foliage. Leaves usually deciduous, Opposite, long-petioled, entire or coarsely lobed: fls. in terminal panicles; calyx splitting irregularly or 2-lipped; corolla campanulate, 2-lipped, with 2 smaller upper and 3 larger lower lobes; fertile stamens 2, curved, with diverging amther-sacs, not exceeding the tube of the corolla; style 2-lobed at the apex^ sUghtly longer than the stamens: fr. a very long cyhndrical caps., separating into 2 valves, with numerous small oblong compressed seeds bearing a tuft of white hairs on each end. — ^About 10 species in N. Amer., W. India and E. Asia, of which 6 are hardy in the northern temperate regions. Catalpas are deciduous or rarely evergreen trees with opposite or sometimes whorled, long-petioled, large grow in almost any somewhat moist soil, and are hardy as far north as New England. Propagated by seeds sown in spring, in the North, best with slight bottom heat, or by cuttings from ripe wood, the varieties often by softwood cuttings in early summer or by grafting on seedlings or on roots under glass in spring; also increased sometimes by layers and root cuttings. A. Infl. paniculate: Ivs. usually pubescent, with simple hairs. B. Fls. yellow, striped inside orange and spotted dark violet, less than 1 in. long. ov^ta, Don (C. Kaimpferi, Sieb.&Zucc. C. Hkiryi, Dode). Fig. 838. Tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs. broadly cordate- ovate, abruptly Catalpa speciosa. ( Xf ) 838. Catalpa ovata in fruit. (XM) and simple leaves emitting in most species a disagree- able odor when bruised, and with white, pinkish or yel- lowish flowers in large and showy panicles followed by • very long and narrow cylindric pods. The coarse-grained and soft wood is very durable in the ground, and, therefore, much valued for fence-psts and railway ties. Catalpa bignonioides and particularly C. speciosa are sometimes planted as avenue trees. For formal gardens, if low round-headed trees are desired, C. bignonioides var. nana is to be recommended. They acimunate, often 3-5-lobed, nearly glabrous at length, with reddish spots in the axils of the veins beneath, 5-8 in. long: panicles many-fld., 4r-7 in. long, fragrant. June. China, much wilt, in Japan. B.M. 6611. I.H. 9:319. L.I. 10. S.I.F. 2:71.— Hardier than the American species. BB. Fls. white, with 2 yellow stripes inside, and spotted purplish brown, lYirZ in. long. bignonioides, Walt. (C. Catdlpa, Karst. C. syringir fblia, Sims). Catalpa. Indian Bean. Tree, 20-50 ft.: Ivs. often whorled, cordate-ovate, abruptly acumi- nate, sometimes with 2 lateral lobes, pubescent beneath, 6-8 in. long, of unpleasant odor: panicles many-fld.; fls. about 2 in. diam., thickly spotted inside: pod 6-20 in. long, J^-J/^in. thick. June, July. Southern states, north to Tenn., often naturalized elsewhere. B.M. 1094. L.B.C. 13:1285. S.S. 6:288-9. Gng. 6:118-9. G.F. 3:637, 539. J. H. III. 32:121. G.C. IIL 21:298; 29:167; 44:10, 312. F.E. 23:479. G.W. 7, p. 88. G. 23:481. G.M. 37:627. Gn. 22, p. 74; 26, p. 164r-5; 33, p. 393; 36, p. 239; 66, p. 205.— Usually low tree, with very wide-spreading branches. Not much used medici- nally, but pods and seeds said to possess antispasmodic, cardiac, and sedative properties: bark anthelmintic, alterative. There are some garden forms. Var. adrea, Lav. Lvs. yellow. G.M. 53:709. Var. nana. Bur. (C. BiXngei, Hort., not C. A. Mey.). Forms a dense, round bush, often grafted high. Gng.3:195. M.D.G. 1903:616. F.E. 14, p. 31. speciSsa, Warder. Figs. 839, 840. (C. cordifblia, Jaume, partly). Western Catalpa. Tree, to 100 ft.: Ivs. cordate-ovate, long-acim[iinate, pubescent beneath, 8-12 in. long: panicles comparatively few-fld.; fls. about 23^ in. diam., inconspicuously spotted inside: pod }/i-%\-a. thick. June. From S. 111. and Ind. to La. and Miss. S.S. 6:290-1. R.H. 1896:136. M.D.G. 1903:229-30 (habit).— A very desirable ornamental tree, closely allied to the former, but taller and hardier. Properties similar to C. bignonioides. Var. pulverulenta, Paul & Son. Lvs. freely dotted with white or cream color. G.M. 63:30. G. 30:289. F.E. 31:319. hybrida, Spaeth (C. Te&sii, Penhall. C. Teasidna, Dode). Hybrid Catalpa. Hybrid between C. big- nonioides and C. ovata. Large tree, intermediate between the parents: the lvs. resemble more those of C. ovata, and are purplish when unfolding, but much larger and slightly pubescent beneath, while the fls. are more like B. bignoniodes, but smaller and with the infl. often twice as lone. Originated at J. C. Teas' nursery at Baysville, Ind. G.F. 2:305. Gt. 47:1454. G.W. 3, p. 569.— A very valuable tree, flow- CATALPA CATASETUM 685 ering profusely; of rapid growth and hardy. Seedlings usuSly resemble C. ovata. Var. jap6nica, Rehd. (C. jap&nica, Dode). Lvs. broader and more abruptly acuminate, nearly glabrous beneath. Var. purp&rea, Rehd. (C. hybrida var. atropurpiirea, Spaeth. C. hig- nonioides var. purpiirea, Hort.). Lvs. dark purple when young, green at length. AA. Injl. racemose; pedicels very slender, 1-1^4 in. long, occasionally the lower ones with S or 3 fls. B. Lvs. pubescent or tomentose beneath, loith branched hairs. FSrgesii, Bur. Tree, to 60 ft. : lvs. ovate, acuminate, rounded at the base, entire, sMghtly pubescent above, densely beneath, 3-6 in. long: racemes pubescent, 7-10- fld.; ris. about IJ^ in. long, rosy pink with purplish brown dots in throat: pod to 2 ft. long, J^-J^in. thick. W. China. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris III. 6:3. BB. Los. quite glabrous. Ducloiixii, Dode (C. sutchv^n&nsis, Dode). Tree, to 80 ft.: lvs. ovate, acuminate, usually rounded or sub- cordate at the base, with purple spots in the axils of the veins beneath, 5-8 in. long and often 4 or 6 in. broad: racemes 5-15-fld., the lower branches sometimes with 2 or 3 fls.; fls. rosy pink with orange markings in throat, IJ^-IM hi. long: pod about 2 ft. long and J^-J^in. thick. Cent. China. Biingei, C. A. Mey. Small tree: lvs. narrowly trian- gular-ovate, entire or with 1 or few pointed teeth near the base, long -acuminate, truncate or sometimes broadly cuneate at the base, with purple spots in the axils beneath, 3-6 in. long and not over 3 in. wide: racemes 3-12-fld.; fls. white with purple spot, 1-1}^ in. long: pod 12-15 in. long. N. China. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris 111.6:4. — Has proved perfectly hardy at the Arnold Arboretum. Var. heteroph;^lla, C. A. Mey. ■ (C. heteroph'^lla, Dode). Lvs. with several pointed teeth near the base: racemes 3-5-fld. C. longissiTna^ Sims. Tree to 50 ft. : lvs. oblong-ovate, coriaceous: fls. small, white. W. Indies; often planted as shade tree in Cuba. Alfred Rehdeb. CATANANCHE (Greek name, referring to ancient custom of using the plant in making love-philters). Compdsitx. Annual or perennial garden herbs, grown for the bloom. Leaves crowded at the base of the St., and Unear or lanceolate: head long-peduncled, blue or yellow: achene oblong, ribbed and usually villose or setose: pappus of 5-7 lanceolate long-acuminate scales. — A half dozen species in the Medit. region. Of easiest cult, in any garden soU, particularly if Mght. Prop, by seeds and division. Useful for cutting. caerdlea, Linn. Perennial, 2 ft.: lvs. tomentose, lanceolate and few-toothed, 3-nerved: fl.-heads 2 in. across, with wide flat-toothed blue rays, on long slen- der sts. Blooms in June, July and Aug. S. Eu. B.M. 293. R.H. 1890, p. 523. G. 28:641. Gn. 42, p. 25; 55: 368. Var. aiba, Hort., has white fls. Gn. 55:368. Var. bicolor, Hort., has white margin and blue center. Often used as everlastings. L. H. B. CATASSTUM (Greek for downward or backward, and bristle). Orchiddceas. Epiphytic or terrestrial orchids, requiring hothouse conditions. Stems short fusiform: lvs. plaited, membranaceous: scap^ basal; fls. in racemes, globose or expanded; labellum fleshy; column erect, provided with sensi- . tive appendages which, when touched, cause the pollen- masses to fly out; pollinia 2. The genus includes Mon- achanthus and Myanthus. — There are about 50 or 60 species in the American tropics. The flowers are in racemes or spikes, firm in texture, and white or in shades of green, yellow, brown or purple. Catasetums are not much cultivated, since most of the species are not showy, but they are interesting to the botanist and amateur because of the striking ejec- tion of the pollen-masses. Gardeners often have trouble with catasetums, but they are not difficult to grow if given good care. They need a high temperature, long period of rest, and free supply of water during the growing season. They are grown in both pots and bask- ets. Readily propagated by dividing the plants at the base; also from very ripe pseudobulbs cut m pieces and put in sand. For culture, see Orchids. A. Fls. white. Bungerdthii, N. E. Br. Sts. 8-9 in. tall: sepals larger than the petals, nearly 2 in. long; labellum tending toward concave, roundish; appendages thickish. Ecua- dor. B.M. 6998. G.C. III. 1 : 142. I.H. 37:117; 34:10. Gn. 33:388. A.P. 6:633.— A striking plant. 840. Catalpa speciosa in fruit. (.XH) AA. Fls. yellotoish, more or less marked with brown or red. macrocdrpum, Rich. (C. Cldveringi, Lindl. C. triden- tdium, Hook.). Fls. large, nearly 3J^ in. across; petals and sepals yeUow, verging on green, spotted with red- dish brown; labellum yellow. Guiana. B.M. 2559, 3329. I.H. 33:619. Var. rftbrum, Hort. Ared-fld. form. flmbri&tum, Lindl. & Paxt. Pseudobulbs 2-3 in. long: raceme pendulous, 8- or more-fld.; fls. 2}^ in. across; sepals whitish or pale yellow, closely barred with red. Brazil. B.M. 7168. A.F. 6:609. Var. aflreum, Hort. Fls. pale green, shghtly marked with rose, center of hp deep golden yellow. longifdlium, Lindl. Pseudobulbs deflexed: lvs. nar- row and glaucous, reaching 3 ft. : fls. on drooping, com- pact spikes; sepals and petals greenish yellow tipped with dull red; Up helmet-like, "orange-yellow. Guiana. — Epiphyte. AAA. Fls. essentially red or brownish. decipiens, Reichb. f. Fls. 1)4. in. across; sepals and petals lanceolate, red-brown and spotted; hp saccate, yellowish outside and red-brown inside. Venezuela. A.F. 6:609. AAAA. Fls. many-colored, grotesque. Gndmus, Andr6. Pseudobulb oblong-ovate and alternate, articulated: fls. in a long loose raceme on slender pedicels; sepals greenish and purple-barred; 2 lateral petals spreading, concave, purple; Up bluntly conical, oUve-green spotted outside, ivory-white within, fringed above. S. Amer. I.H. 24:270. A.F. 12:293. C. barbatum, Lindl. Fls. green, blotched with purple. Guiana. — C. calldmm, Lindl. Odd: fls. with chocolate-brown, narrow- lanceolate sepals and petals; lip greenish, speckled with red. Venezuela. B.M. 4219, 6648. — C. Christycmum, Reichb. f. Sepals and petals usually chocolate; lip greenish yellow, purple fringed. S. Amer.(?). G.C. IIL 18:617. B.M. 8007.— C. CtoesiiinMm, Lmd. & Cogn. Fls. greenish yellow; lip fringed along sides. Brazil. G.C. III. 44:211. — C. CUftonii, Hort. Probably a form of C. Bungero- thli. G.M. 54:593 (desc). — C. Cdlmanix, Hort. Fine yellow fl. with 3-lobed lip stained with deep crimson. — C. discolor, Lindl. Fls. purple. An old sort, now rarely seen. Brazil. — C. ebilrneum, Rolfe. 686 CATASETUM Fla. ivory-white: sac of lip deep yellow. Colombia. — C. Gamettid,- num, Eolfe. Allied to C. barbatum. Fis. small; sepals and petals veiy narrow, green, with large bara of red-brown; lip white, fringed. Amazon. B.M. 7069.^C. impericUe, Lind. & Cogn. Sepals and petals ovate-acute, white, purple-spotted; lip orbicular^jor- date, purple in center and white-margined. G.C III. 17:329. S.H. 1, p. 369. J.H. III. 30:25. — C. labidtum, Kodr. Scapes IK ft. long, the male 10-fld., female 2-fld. Organ Mts. C. lAndeni, Cogn. Fls. large (as of C. Bungerothii); sepals and petals yellow, with purplish spots and bars; lip yellow, spotted at base. G.C. III. 17: 329. S.H. 1, p. 369. — C. maoMtum, Kunth. Sepals acuminate, spotted with claret; petals broader, red-blotched; lip yellowish green outside, dark brown within. Colombia and Nicaragua. — C. mirdbile, Cogn. Fls. very large, the sepals and petals oblong-lan- ceolate, and yellowish, with purple spots and bars; lip kidney- shaped, bright yellow mth 2 purple spots, toothed. G.C. III. 17: 329. S.H. 1, p. 369. — C. mdnodm, Kranzl. Spike long with 6-8 greenish fls.; fip flat, with fringes along border. Brazil. G.C. III. 35:354 (desc). — C. pileilum, Keiohb., var. aureum, Hort. Fls. creamy white, shaded with greenish yellow. G.M. 47:829, 831. — C guMridens, Rolfe. Fls. with pair of short, acute teeth situated at lower angles of abortive stigma. — C, Rhamphdstos, Hort. Raceme few-fld., up to 10 in. long; fls. pale green. Andes of Colom- bia. — C. Scdrra, Beichb. f. Compact: fla. fragrant, yellowish white, green-veined; lip 3-Iobed. Guiana. G.C. II. 7:304-5.— C. spimd- Bum, Lindl. (Myanthus spindsus. Hook.). Lip spreading, with succulent hairs, bearing on upper side at base an erect 3-partite spine and a much larger one below the acumen. Brazil. B.M. 3802. -— C. aplSndenSt Cogn. Intermediate between C. Bungerothii and C. macrocarpum. Sepals greenish wMte with purplish center; petals white with many purple spots; lip cream-color, purple-marked. Kuns into many forms: var. dlbum, Lind. & Cogn., white or nearly so. Var. AZicia, Lind. & Cogn. Fls. large; sepals and petals purplish; lip white, toothed. Var. aitreo-^maculdtum. Bossch. Yellow. I.H. 43:54. Var. atropurpitreum. Hort. Blackish purple. — C. tenebrd- aum, Kranzl. Fls. almost black, veiy spreading. Peru. G.C. III. 48:229 (deao.). — A. TracyAnum, Hort. A provisional name for a distinct species with whitish green fls.~C. viridi-fldvum, Hook. Fls. green, the lip conic, yellow inside. Cent. Amer. B.M.4017. — C. WaTscewiczii, Lindl. & Paxt. From Panama. Now rarely seen. Oakes Ames. L. H. B.t CATCHFLY: Silene. CATECHU: Acacia Catechu; Areca Catechu. CATERPILLARS. The worm-like i)ods of Scorpiiirus vermicuiAta, Linn., S. subvilldsa, Linn., and others (Leguminbsx), are sometimes used as surprises in salads and soups; and for that purpose they are culti- vated in parts of Europe, and seeds are sold in this country. They are sometimes catalogued as Worms. They are armuals of the easiest culture. The pods of MedicAgo scutellAta, MiU., and others are known as Snails. The pods are not edible. European plants. A.G. 13:681. L. H. B. CATESB.S;A (Mark Catesby, 1679-1749, author of natural histories of parts of N. Amer.). Rvhihcex. Spiny shrubs of the W. Indies and one {B. parviflora) reaching the coast of Fla., of 6 species, one of which is offered in the trade: Ivs. small, opposite or fasciculate, mostly ovate or oblong: fls. axillary and soHtary, white, sometimes showy, 4-merous; corolla funnel-shaped, with short lobes; stamens 4, inserted deep in the tube: fr. a globular berry. C. spindsa, Linn., offered in Fla., is a slow-growing evergreen shrub from the W. Indies: Ivs. ovate to obovate, nearly as long as the straight spines: fls. yeUow, large and conspicuous, the coroUa^ tube tapering down to the middle and then very nar- row or filiform, the segms. much shorter than the tube: berry ovoid, yellow, edible.^-Recommended for liedges. L. H. B. CATHA (Arabian name). Celastrduxx. One ever- green spineless shrub of Arabia and Afr., and cult, in warm countries for the Ivs., which are said to possess sustaining and recuperative properties and which are eaten by the Arabs or used in the preparation of a beverage. C. ed&lis, Forsk. {Celdstnis ediilis, Vahl). Khat. Capta. Glabrous, to 10 ft. : Ivs. opposite, or on the leafy shoots alternate, thick, narrowly elliptic or oval-oblanceolate, serrate, narrowed to the short petiole, 4 in. or less long: iis. small, white, in short axillary clusters; calyx 5-lobed; petals 5; stamens 5, borne on a disk: fr. an oblong or clavate caps., 3-valved, 1-3- CATTLEYA seeded, }im. long. — ^Recently offered in this country. The twigs and Ivs. are an object of commerce in Arabia. L. H. B. CATMINT or CATNIP: Nepeta. CATOPSIS (Greek compound, of obscure applica- tion). Bromelidcex. Fifteen or more species in Trop. Amer., with strap-shaped or lanceolate mostly rosulate Ivs. and spikes or racemes of white or yellow fls. termina- ting a scape, very httle known in cult. : sepals and petals separate to base; stamens shorter than the calyx; stigma subsessile. They require the cultural conditions of the erect tillandsias. C. nitida, Griseb. (TillAndsia nitida, Hook.), from W. Indies and S., is 6^18 in. tall, with oblong-mucronate shining green Ivs. in. rosettes, and white fls. in slender spikes. C. pendvlifldra, Wright, from Peru, is recently intro., with oblong-elliptic Ivs. (6 in. long) in a rosette and with thin denticulate mar- gins, and white pendulous short-stalked fls. on a race- mosely branched scape IJ^ ft. high. CAT-TAIL: Typha. CATTLEYA (William Cattley, an early English horticulturist and naturalist). OrcMdduxse. Epiphytic orchids, requiring intermediate temperatures. Pseudobulbs ovoid, clavate, fusiform or cylindrie, short or elongated, smooth or furrowed, bearing 1-3 Ivs.: Ivs. coriaceous: fls. single or in clusters, borne usually at the apex of the pseudobulb, rarely on a leafy st. arising from the base of the pseudobulb, showy; sepals and petals similar or the petals much broader, membranous or fleshy; Up usually 3-lobed; lateral lobes commonly forming a tube inclosing the column, rarely the lateral lobes small; column clavate, fleshy; poUinia 4. — ^A genus of about 40 species, natives of continental Trop. Amer., especially numerous in Brazil and in the Andean region. Innumerable hybrids and horticultural forms have been named, those of the labiata group alone running into hundreds. Showiest of all orchids, and of great commercial value. The growing of caMleyas. The cattleyas are indigenous to the western hemi- sphere only. Central and South America being the regions in which they abound, particularly in the latter, from the different countries of which large quantities are imported yearly. During the last few years the col- lecting and importing of cattleyas into the United States has assumed large proportions, owing to a con- tinually and steadily increased demand, not only by amateurs but also by the trade in general. There are two particular reasons for this increased demand: first, the exquisitely beautiful flowers, combined with size and marvelous colors adapted for decorations at all sorts of functions, are never out of place; second, their easy culture. Florists and amateurs alike are begin- ning to reaUze that, after all, orchids are plants, and if only treated in a commonsense way they are by far easier to grow than a good many other plants, and especially so the cattleyas, provided some attention is paid to their requirements. Cattleyas, as a whole, deUght in a genial atmosphere, with all the air possible when the outside temperature wiU permit. In summer, from May on to the end of October, air should be admitted day and night; thus there are no temperatures to be prescribed for these months. Later, wheiLartificial heat has to be depended on, 60° to 65° at night is the best, bearing in mind that the earUest species to flower may be kept at the warmer end, and the later summer-blooming species, such as C. Mossix and C. gigas, may be wintered at the cooler end of the structure; thus beginning in autumn with C. labiata, C. Percivaliana, C. Triame, C. Schroederse, C. Mossix, C. Mendelii; and, last of all, C. gigas, in their regular order of bloom, these may be treats! according to their season of flowering. One cannot change the CATTLEYA CATTLEYA 687, tune of blooming of a cattleya, that is to say force it as other plants may be forced, without injmy to the plants and a poor quality of bloom, but they are often retarded by systematic cooler treatment. The best potting material is the soft brown osmun- dine, used alone with no sphagnum moss unless it is possible to make this moss live, and even then it is of no value to the plants except as an index to the pres- ence of moisture. Moss that is dead and inert is a detriment in the potting material of all orchids. The one imperative thing in the potting of cattleyas is that they be made perfectly firm in their receptacles: if loose potting is practised, the young roots are injured each time the plant is handled, and the material is like a sponge, holding too much moisture in suspension for the plants to do well, and, given a time when the roots do not dry out quickly, all will soon die. Newly imported cattleyas, as they arrive from South America, are usually much dried up, due to the treat- ment given before shipment to avoid loss by decay or fermentation on the way. If the plants are washed well with soap and water, placed in an airy shaded house for a few weeks and allowed to plimip up again, roots wiU soon be seen starting. At this time, pot each piece in a receptacle suitable to the size of the plant (never let it be too large, but always err on the minimum when in doubt), fiU the pots half full of drainage if common flower-pots are used, and fill up with osmundine to the top, pressing this material in with a blunt-pointed stick so that the plant wiU be firm. Moisture from this time on for weeks may be applied by spraying overhead during bright days. If the pieces are large, baskets are preferable to pots, as there is more aeration through the material and the plants may be suspended and space economized. Newly established plants often bloom the first year, and one may get an idea of the infinite variety found among the plants, as no two are alike. Some districts known to collectors produce bet- ter forms than others, in fact, in certain localties, the plants found produce flowers of very inferior quality. It is becoming more difficult to collect orchids, especia-Uy cattleyas from their native habitats, transportation not having improved and the distance to travel being greater each time. In consequence of this, hybridizers are now turning their attention to the reproduction of fine forms true to themselves, with considerable success, and should the supply of wild plants fail, there cannot now, in view of the well-understood and successful methods of raising cattleyas, be a time when the plants will be unobtainable. Considering the variation found among the wild plants, it is to be expected that home- raised seedlings will vary; but if the best-known forms are used, and these only are worth the trial, one may expect a large measure of success. In our climate there is no period when the cattleyas should be kept dry at the roots. The plants are either getting ready to bloom, in crop, or recuperating there- from, and these three periods cover the year. One does not have to resort to drying to attain ripening as do the European cultivators, and failure here is often traceable to foreign training or text-books. Established plants should be repotted at least every second year. This is as long as the osmundine wiU remain suitable for the roots to ramify in, and if the plants are grown in pots, immerse the same a day before if the roots are dry, or most of them will remain at- tached to the pots. Remove aU decayed portions of material and roots, wash with clean water, and repot as with newly imported plants, remembering always that a size too large often proves fatal to success. Plants that have been newly potted must not be placed among others that have not received attention, but all should be put in a situation in which they can be treated to little water at the roots for several weeks until the weather is such that there is no danger of their becom- ing overwatered. Cattleyas should be attended to in this respect in the winter months, taking first C. labiata, as it is the first to start growing, then C. Trianx; the later kinds may be potted before flowering with less injury than afterwards, if done with care. In hot weather, cattleyas should always be watered in the evening or latter part of the day. A generous spray- ing overhead wiU supply the moisture at a time when the roots get most of it, as may be seen by an examina- tion in early morning. There is no danger of injury if an abundance of air is supplied. One has only to be care- ful during such times as the atmosphere outside is sur- charged with moisture, then it is wise not to use any moisture inside even for a week at a time. This is when the dreaded "black spot" disease is often seen. It usually begins at the union of leaf and bulb, and when first seen, amputation must be practised to a point below infection, and dry sulfur and powdered charcoal appUed at once as an absorbent. A small can of this ought always to be ready to hand, for if the disease gets down to the rhizome, several bulbs will be affected at once, and it is often difficult to save the plant. The disease is also highly infectious and may easily be transmitted to a healthy plant by means of a knife used to cut off diseased parts of another. ^~— 841. Cattleya Mendelii. Apart from seeds, the propagation of cattleyas is a slow process to be accomplished only by the cutting of the rhizome between the bulbs, leaving at least three of the leading ones and separating the older ones accord- ing to their strength or the dormant buds at the base that are visible. A clean cut or notch that almost severs the rhizome is the best, leaving the parts where they are until new growth and roots are made, then potting in small receptacles, wiring or staking the little pieces firmly. Apart from the three last-made bulbs on the rhizome, the older ones are a source of weak- ness to the plants and are better removed, and in the case of valuable forms utihzed as above. This is the way all dupUcates of the many albino varieties have been obtained. There are many white cattleyas bearing the same name, as C. Trianse alba or C. Mossix Wagneri, for many have appeared among importations, but these differ in each individual and unless a plant is increased by division one cannot be sure of the same thing. Opinions are divided as to the "feeding" of orchids. It is certain that when rain-water is saved in cisterns for the plants, and these happen to be in the vicinity of cities where soot collects on the roofs of the houses, the 688 CATTLEYA CATTLEYA plants show unusual vigor and in consequence of this, many have practised the use of fertihzers in ex- ceedingly dilute proportions in all the water used on the plants, and some have had surprising results. The temptation, however, is always present to feel that if a little is good, more would be better, and herein lies the danger. When plant-foods are used in solution, they should be considered only as sufficient to make the dif- ference between rain-water and that which comes but of a pipe. The best twelve varieties of cattleyas for commercial purposes, and, indeed, for amateurs also, are the fol- lowing: C. Triame, fls. Jan.-March; C. Schroederx, fls. March, Apr.; C. Mossix, fls. April, May; C. Men- delii, fls. Apr., May; C. Wameri, fls. May, June; C. gigas, fls. June, July; C. aurea, fls. June, July; C. Gaskelliana, fls. Aug., Sept.; C. Harrisoniana, fls. Sept., Oct.; C. labiata, fls. Oct., Nov.; C. BoiDringeana, fls. Oct., Nov.; C. Percivaliana, fls. Dec. With a number of plants of each of the above kinds, it will be seen that it is possible to have a succession of flowers from one end of the year to the other. E. O. Orpet and John E. Lageb. The following American trade names belong to Laelia: C. crispa, C. lobata, C. marginata, C. pumila. See, also, the Ust of hybrids at the close of CatUeya. For U. aurantiaca, see Epidendrum. The cattleyas enter into various generic hybrids: consult, for example, _^Brassocattlselia, BrassocaUleya, Brasso-LsdiorCaMeya, EpicaMleya, Lsdiocattleya. Of several of the following species, there are named varieties in the American trade, varying in stature, habit and particularly in the color of the flowers. Aclandiffi, 1, 31. alba, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 22 26, 27. aVbeacens, 12, 13. AlexandrSB, 9. Ameaiana, 14. amethystina, 24. amethystogloasa, 20. Aquinii, 24. Arembergiit 26. atropurpurea, 12, 13. aurea, 4. aureoia, 9. auiumnaliSt 14, 21. Backhousiana, 13. Baeaetlii, 10. Bertii, 11. bicolor, 2. Bluntii, 11. boelensis, 9. boetzelarienaia, 13. bogotensis, 13. Bowringiana, 21. Brandneriana, 13. brunoyensis, 13. btdbosa, 33. csrulea, 9, 13, 16. Candida, 13, 27. Carrieri, 9. ohocoensis, 13. ehryaotoxa, 4. oitrina, 19. ccelestifl, 9. Cooksoniee, 14. coundoniensis, 9, 13. orocata, 7. Dawaonii, 10. delicata, 13, 26. Dixons, 11. dolosa, 3. Dowiana, 4. DuBuyaoniana, 29. dulcis, 9. elatior, 30. Eldorado, 7. ^nfieldiensia, 13. flazida, IS. Floryte, 9. Forbesii, 32. fulgens, 9. Gardneriana, 33. Gaakelliana, 16. gigantea, 11, 19, 27. ■ , 12. INDEX. gloriosa, 12. Goodaonii, 13. Goosenaiana, 9. grandiflora, 15. granuloaa, 29. grataxiana, 13. guttata, 20, 28, 30. hackbridgensis, 11. HaTriaonias, 27. Harrisoniana, 27. Harriaonii, 27. Hodgkinsonii, 16. Uolfardii, 18. Holmesii, 13. Holtzeii, 13. imperialia, 12. innocens, 26. intermedia, 24, 26. jenaeniana, 4. Kaneinakii, 19. Ketekerii, 20. labiata, 4,7, 9, 10,11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17. Lachneri, 11. Lambeanana, 11. Lawrenceana, 5. Leeanu, 13. Lemoinei, 14, Leopoldii, 28. leucogloaaa, 11. lilaciTia, 13. Loddigeaii, 24, 26, 27. Lowiffl, 11. Luddemanniana, 10. luteola, IS. macroziana, 11. maculata, 27. majestioa, 11. MdhuaiuL, 10. MariEe, 13. mariti'ma, 24. Maaaarigeanat 13. Maudese, 11. maxima, 6. Mendelii, 11. Meta, 13. Mey&'i, 18. modeata, IS. Mooreana, 13. Morganiae, 11. Mos.si£e, 9. Naldereana, 14. nigreacens, 1. nobilior, 34. odoratiaaima, 25. maia, 24. pallida, 16. PapeianataTuit 27* Parthenia, 24. Peeteraii, 9. Percivaliana, 15. Ferrinii, 14. Pietise, 11. princepa, 33. Prinzii, 20. punctatiaaima, 24. quadricolor, 13. refvUgena, 13. Regnellii, 31. ReineekiaQa, 9. Bex, 8. rochellenaia, 12. Roezlii, 10. RoUiaaoniana, 13. rosita, 4. rouaeleana, 9. Russelliana, 29. Sanders, 20. SaTideriana, 12. saturata, 12. SchiUeriana, 31. Schofieldiana, 29. Schomburgkii, 25. Sohroederse, 13. Skinneri, 21, 22. specioaaiaima, 10. splendena, 25, 26. Stanleyi, 10. summitensia, 15. Buperba, 14, 25. auperbiaaima, 27. teasellata, 13. TriansB, 13. trilahiata, 17. triumphana, 13, 21. vera, 14. veatalia, 32. Victoria-regina, 23. violacea, 25, 27. Wageneri, 9. Walkeriana, 3, 33, 34. ■Wallisii, 7. Warneri, 17. Warocqueana, 14. Warscewiczii, 12. WellealeysB, 13. vrlaetoneoBia, 11. KET TO THE SPBCIE8. A. Infi. terminal. B. Lateral lobes of lip email or wanting, the column exposed. c. Peduncles 1-2-fld., from a very short spathe or naked: pseudo- buU) fusiform, short 1. Aclandia CO. Peduncles many-fid., from, u. large spathe: pseudobulhs long 2. bicolor BB. Lateral lobes of lip large. c. Comers recurved, exposing column. 3. dolosa CO. Corners not recurved, concealing column. D. Pseudobulhs 1-lvd. E. Plants large: pseudobulhs fusi- form or clavate: fls. large. p. Sepals and petals yellow; lip ample, rich purple, beauti- fully veined and reticulated with gold 4. Dowiana FT. Sepals and petals not yellow. a. Petals about twice as broad as the sepals which are markedly undulate. H. Tube narrowly cylindric, the lirnb not striped 6. Lawrenceana HH. Tube cylindric-funnelform, the limb bordered with white and streaked with darker color, with a median yellow line 6. maxima GO. Petals 3 times or more as broad as the sepals which are not undulate or but slightly so. H. Lip with a large orange blotch in the center, sur- rounded by circles of ' white and purple in order 7. Eldorado HH. Ldp with other color ar- rangement. I. The lip ahout as vfide as or wider than the petals. J. Tube of lip yellow; sepals and petals white 8. Rex JJ. Tube white or colored other than yellow. K. Border of limb white, the center bright pur- ple variegated with violet 9. Mossise KE. Limh without white border. L. Throat with a yellow or white eye on each side 10. Luddeman- Ui. Throat without eye. [niana M. Color of tube white, or the same as petals; limb pur- ple-crimson .... 11. Mendelii MM. Color of tube and limb bright pur- ple; throat with 2 yellow spots. . . 12. Warscewiczii n. The lip narrower than petals. J. Limb much shorter than the tube, the margin relatively but little crisped 13. Triana JJ. Limb about as long as the tube, the margin much crisped. K. Throat with a golden eye on each side 14. labiata KK. Throat without eye. L. Margin of limb dif- ferent in color from the center. M. Petals longer than the sepals and Up; fls.4i4-Sin. across 15. Percivaliana CATTLEYA CATTLEYA 689 KBT TO THE SPBCIBS, Continued MM. Petals about as long as sepals and lip; fls. 6-7 in. across 16. Gaskelliana LL. Limb not margined..V7. Wameri BB. Plants small: pseuddbuVbs ovate or oblong: fls. small, yellow...l8. luteola DD. Pseudobulbs Z-3-lvd. E. Peduncle pendent, bearing usu- ally a single yellow fl.; lip entire 19. citrina EB. Peduncle erect, bearing S-10 fls. or more; lip usually S- lobed. r. Ground-color of sepals and petals not green nor brovm. a. With large purple spots. . . .20. amethysto- QQ. Not spotted [glossa H. Fls. S-10; sepals and petals not fleshy. I. Idp emarginate; blooms in fall 21. Bowringiana n. Lip acute; blooms in spring 22. Skinneri HH. Fls. 2-6; sepals and petals fleshy. I. Middle lobe of lip much broader than tube 23. Victoiia- n. Middle lobe of lip not [regina broader than tube, J. Color of sepals and petals pale or white; petals the same width as dorsal sepal 24. intermedia jj. Color of sepals and pet- als marked; petals broader than dorsal sepal. K. Lateral lobes of lip and petals acute, . . . 25. violacea KK. Lateral lobes of lip and petals obtuse. li. Lip distinctly 3- lobed, the nerves of the disk smooth ....26. Loddigesii Lii. Ldp indistinctly 3- lobed, the nerves of the disk rugose- thickened 27. Harrisoniana PF. Ground -color of sepals and petals brown 28. Leopoldii PFF. Ground -color of sepals and petals green, a. Lip warty or papillate. H. Claw long 29. granulosa HH. Claw short or wanting. . . .30. guttata QQ. hip not warty nor papillate. H. Middle lobe miich broader than the tube; sepals and petals spotted 31. Schilleriana HH. Middle lobe not broader than the tube; sepals and petals not spotted 32. Forbesii AA. Infl. from, the base of the pseudobulb. B. Pseudobulbs 1-lvd.: lateral lobes of lip separated, exposing column.. .ZZ. Walkeriana BB. Pseudobulbs 2-hd.: lateral lobes of lip forming a tube, concealing column 34. nobilior 1. Aclandiae, Lindl. Sts. 4r-5 in. tall, bearing 2 or 3 Ivs. 2-3 in. long: peduncle with 1 or 2 fls. 3^ in. across; sepals and petals similar, obtuse, greenish yellow, marked with spots of black-brown; hp fleshy in the mid- dle, somewhat fiddle-shaped, the lateral lobes small, curved over the column, the middle lobe large, broadly reniform, undulate, rose-purple with darker veins. Brazil. B.M. 5039. CO. 23. There is a var. nigrescens. 2. bicolor, Lindl. Pseudobulbs cylindric, deeply stri- ate, 1-3 ft. tall, 2-lvd. : Ivs. 4r-6 in. long, oblong-lanceo- late: peduncle with 2-6 fragrant fls. 3-4 in. across; sepals oblong, acute, usuaUy olive or bronze-green, the lateral falcate; petals like the sepals but undulate; Kp crimson-purple, sometimes white-margined, the lateral lobes wanting, the middle lobe recurved, oblong- cuneate, bilobed, channeled in the center. Brazil. B.M. 4909. CO. 10. O.R. 10:305. 3. doldsa, Reichb. (C. WalkeriAna var. dolbsa, Veitch). Pseudobulbs 4-6 in. long, usually 2-lvd., the ivs. oblong: peduncle 1- or 2-fld.; sepals and petals acute, rose-purple to lilac, the sepals oblong-lanceolate, the petals cuneate-ovate; hp 3-lobed, the lateral lobes erect, the middle lobe reniform, emarginate, amethyst- purple. Brazil. G.C. II. 6:430-1. V.O. 2:49. A.G. 11:159. 4. Dowi&na, Batem. (C. labidta var. DowiAna, Veitch). Pseudobulbs up to 1 ft. tall, furrowed, 1-lvd.: Ivs. up to 1 ft. long: peduncle 2-6-fld.; fls. 6-7 in. across; sepals and petals nankeen-yeUow, the sepals lanceolate, acute, less than half as wide as the undulate petals; hp ample, about as long as the petals, the tube yeUow, striped with purple, the limb crisped, velvety, dark purple, finely and beautifully veined with golden fines which radiate from the median lines. R.H. 1869:30. A.F. 25:593; 21:838; 30:1078. CL.A. 11:45; 19:343. Costa Rica, where it was discovered by Warscewicz. — It was rediscovered in 1864 by Mr. Arce, who sent plants to Eu., where they were purchased by Messrs. Veitch & Son, in whose estabUshment they flowered for the first time. Var. afirea, WiUiams & Moore (var. chrysotdxa, Hort.), has the sepals and petals of a deeper yellow and the golden veins on the lip more copious and anastomosing. Colombia. A.F. 6:563; 12: 10. F.R. 1:76. CO. 2a. O.R. 19:17. Var. jenseniana, Hort. A large and handsome form. Var. r6sita, Hort. Sepals creamy white, tinged with purple; petals rose- purple, tinged with yeUow. 5. LawrenceJna, Reichb. Pseudobulbs 12-15 in. taU, fusiform-clavate, compressed, furrowed, 1-lvd.: Ivs. oblong, 6-9 in. long: peduncle 5-8-fld.; fls. 4r-5 in. across; sepals and petals pale rosy purple to almost white, the sepals Unear-oblong, the petals eUiptic- oblong, undulate, about twice as wide as the sepals; hp with a narrowly cyhndric tube, colored externally Uke the sepals and petals, the Hmb purple with a maroon blotch. Brit. Guiana. B.M. 7133. R. 1:12. 6. mfizima, Lindl. Pseudobulbs about 1 ft. tall, claviform, furrowed, compressed, 1-lvd.: Ivs. oblong, 5-10 in. long: peduncle 3-6-fld.; fls. 4-5 in. across; sepals and petals lilac or pale rose, acute, the sepals lanceolate-figulate, the petals about twice as broad as the sepals, undulate or crisped; lip as long as petals, the limb crisped, pale rose or crimson-purple with a median yeUow stripe, from which radiate darker lines, the border white. Ecuador and Peru. B.M. 4902. F.S. 20:2136. F.R. 1:298. CO. 13. 7. Eldorado, Lind. (C labi&ta var. Eldor&do, Veitch)- Pseudobulbs 6-8 in. tall, stout, 1-lvd.: Ivs. oblong, 8-12 in. long: peduncle with 1-3 fragrant fls. 5-6 in. across; sepals and petals pale rosy hlac passing to white, the sepals lanceolate, acute, the petals oval-rhomboid, obtuse, undulate; lip longer than lateral sepals, exter- nally the same color as petals, the hmb crisped, emargi- nate, a large central orange blotch surrounded by zones of white and purple. Brazfl. F.S. 18:1826. CO. 26. Var. crocata, Hort. Sepals and petals white or pale rose, the orange spot of lip extended in a broad line to the base. Var. Willisu, Rand. (C. Wdllisii, Lind.). Fls. pure white except golden spot on Up. CO. 26o. 8. Rex, O'Brien. Pseudobulbs 8-14 in. taU, clavi- form or fusiform, furrowed, 1-lvd.: Ivs. up to 1 ft. long, oblong: peduncle with 3-6 fls. 6-7 in. across; sepals and petals cream-white, the sepals acutish, linear-oblong, the petals obtuse, as long as sepals but 3 times their width, oval-rhomboid, undulate; Up about as long as lateral sepals, the tube yellow, veined with purple, the limb crisped, the front part margined white surround- 690 CATTLEYA CATTLEYA ing a crimson center veined with a lighter shade. Peru- vian Andes. B.M. 8377. R.H. 1894:228. CO. 22. 9. Mdssise, Hook. (C. Carrihri, Houll. C. labiata var. Mdssix, Lindl. C. Pektersii, Andr6). Pseudobulbs fusifonn, compressed, furrowed, 12-15 in. tall, 1-lvd.: Ivs. 6-8 in. long, oblong: peduncle with 3-5 fls. 6-7 in. across; sepals and petals rose, of equal length, the sepals lanceolate, the petals oval-elUptic, crisped, especially on upper margin; lip with the tube colored like petals, the limb ample, emarginate, strongly undu- late-crisped, the center purple, variegated with violet, the margin white, the throat yellow lined with purple- crimson. La Guayra. B.M. 3669. R.H. 1857, p. 322. S.H. 1:149. O.R. 18:241. CO. 9. A.G. 14:70. A.F. 6:563. Var. caer&lea, Cogn., has the sepals and petals and spot on the limb a pale blue-violet. CO. 9e. Var. Reineckiana, O'Brien (C Reineckiana, Reichb.), has the sepals, petals and external of tube white, the limb a mauve-Ulac, bordered white, the throat yellow, veined purple-violet. CO. 96. Var. Wageneri, Veitch (C Wdgeneri, Reichb.), has fls. white except the small yellow spot on hp. O.R. p. 24. Var. rouseleana, Hort., has rosy fls. Var. coundoniensis, Hort. Fls. large and richly colored. Var. diilcis, Hort. Fls. rose-tinted; lip orange in center, rich rose-crimson in front, finely crimped. Var. boelensis, Hort. Dark-colored form. Var. ccelestis, Hort. Fls. lavender-tinted. Var. fulgens, Hort. Fine fls. in shape and color. Var. Alex&ndrse, Hort. Fls. pure white with tinge of rose-pink on lip. Var. alba, Hort. Fls. white. Var. Goosensilna, Hort. Lip deep reddish violet, with white crimped margin; sepals and petals white. Var. auredla, Hort. Fls. large, white. Var. Fldryae, Hort. Fls. pure white. — ^A vari- able group. 10. Luddemanni^a, Reichb. f. (C. labidta var. Lud- demanniana, Reichb. f. C. Ddwsonii, Warner. C. spe- cioslssima, Hort. C. Robzlii, Reichb. f. C. MalovAna, Lind. C. Bdssettii, Hort.). Pseudobulbs clavate, 8-12 in. taJl, 1-lvd.: Ivs. oblong, 6-10 in. long: peduncle 2-5 fld.; fls. 5-6 in. across; sepals and petals rose-purple, suffused with white, the sepals oblong, acute, the petals elliptic, undulate; Up with the tube of same color as petals, the front lobe crisped, emar- ginate, amethyst-purple, the throat with 2 yellow or white blotches, separated by lines of amethyst- purple. Venezuela. CO. 21. Var. alba, Hort. Fls. white. O.R. 16:201. Var. Stfaleyi, Hort. Fls. white, disk of lip yellow, front lobe lined with purple. 11. Mendelii, Backh. (C. Ubi&ta var. M&ndelii, Reichb. f. C. Mdrganise, Williams). Fig. 841. Pseudo- bulbs 12-16 in. tall, compressed, furrowed, 1-lvd. : Ivs. oblong, 6-10 in. long: peduncle with 2 or 3 fls. 7-8 in. across; sepals and petals white, or often tinted pale rosy mauve, the sepals oblong-lanceolate, the petals obliquely oval, obtuse, crisped; lip with the tube white or colored like petals, the front lobe much crisped, rich crimson-purple abruptly passing into the yellow throat which is reddish streaked. Colombia. O.R. 1:273; 10:233. S.H. 2:413. CO. 19. Var. Blflntii, Hort., has the fls. white, except a small yellow spot on Up. Var. Maiideas, Hort. White with rose markings on the Up. Var. gigantea, Hort., has a very large Up. Var. hack- bridgensis, Hort. Petals blotched with crimson. Var. Bertii, Hort. Fls. white tinted with rose. Var. leuco- gldssa, Hort. Sepals bluish tinted. Var. Ldwiee, Hort. Lip white, pale purple at apex. Var. wisetonensis, Hort. Lip rich rose-purple, deUcately veined; throat yel- low veined with reddish purple. Var. macroziSina, Hort. ' Fls. very large. R.H^ 1903, p. 253 (desc). Var. Ldchneri, Hort. Lip curiously colored, front lobe hav- ing a broad marginal band of dark purple sparingly blotched with white and an inner band of Ughter pur- ple. Var. Pifitiae, Hort. Fls. nearly white; Up marked with pink. Var. maj€stica, Hort. Fls. large, white. Var. Dizonae, Hort. Attractive blush-pink form. Var. Lambeanina, Hort. Fls. white. 12. Warscewiczii, Reichb. f. {C. labidia var. Wars- cevAczii, Reichb. f. C. gloribsa, Carr. C imperidlis, WalUs). Pseudobulbs 1 ft. or more taU, stout, com- pressed, furrowed, 1-lvd.: Ivs. oblong, 8-10 in. long: peduncle with 2 or 3 fls. 7-9 in. across; sepals and petals rosy mauve, the sepals lanceolate, acute, the petals oval, obtuse, undulate; Up entirely bright purple except 2 yellow spots and Unes of the same color in the throat, crisped, the front lobe ample. Colombia. O.R. 12:241. G.C HI. 22:163; 42:312. Gn. 33, p. 18. CO. 1. Var. gigas, Hort. (var. Sanderi&na, Hort. C. gigas, Lind. & Andr6. C. SanderiAna, Hort. C. labiata var. Son- derictna, Hort.). Fig. 842. A noble form, the sepals and petals dark rose, with a deep purple-magenta Up, the fls. larger than those of any other form of the labiata group. Colombia. I.H. 21:178. Gn. 45, p. 445. G.F. 1:437. A.G. 19: July 23, suppl. F.R. 1:77, 674. F.E. 10:892. CL.A. 11:42 44. The following forms of this variety occur: dlba, fls. pure white, the rarest of all cattleyas (O.R. 18:232); var. albescens, se- i_ pals and petals white, with faint blush, the *-- Up rose-purple, fringed; var. atropurpiirea, of deeper color; var. rochellensis, sepals and 842. Cattleya Warscewiczii peas (XJO- petals white, the Up with the faintest trace of color. Var. saturata, Hort. Fls. bright rose, with ruby-crimson Up. 13. Trilaae, Lmd. & Reichb. f. (C. lahicita var. Tridnx, Duch. C. Leectna, Sander. C. RollissoniAna, Moore. C. quadricoloT, Batem. C. Massangeina, Reichb. f. C. bogotSnsis, Lind.). Fig. 843. Pseudobulbs about 1 ft. tall, clavate, 1-lvd.: Ivs. oblong, 6-8 in. long: peduncle bearing 2 or 3 fls. about 6 in. across; sepals and petals a deUcate rose to white, the . " oblong - lanceolate, the petals much broader than sepals, obtuse, oval-rhomboid, crisped; Up narrower than in the other related forms, the tube rose, the front lobe purple^ less crisped than in most of the related species, emargmate, the throat yellow, often streaked with deeper color. Colombia. O.R. 6:145. B.M. 5504. R.H. 1860, pp. 406-7. A.G. 17:177. Gng. 3:151. A.F. 6:607; 13:715. F.E. 9:325. F.R. 1:672-3. CO. 5. CATTLEYA CATTLEYA 691 S.H. 1:11, 27; 2:403, 405. Var. Mba, Hort. Fls. white, except yellow blotch in throat. C.O. 5a. Var. atropur- ?&rea, Hort. Fls. crimson-purple. Var. Backhousiana, lort. Sepals and petals rose-purple, the petals strongly marked with amethyst-purple at the apex, the tube of lip rose-purple, the front lobe purple -magenta. C.O. 5e. Var. chocoensis, Hort. Fls. very fragrant, not fully expanding, the sepals and petals white, sometimes flushed pale lilac. I.H. 20:120. A.F. 6: 563. Var. delic&ta, Hort. Sepals and petals white, faintly flushed Sale amethyst-purple, the deeper p with a pale yellow spot. F.M. 1:8. Var. Schrdederae, Hort. (C. Schrbederx, Reichb. f.). Fls. fra- grant, the sepals and petals a deli- cate blush, faintly suffused with white, the petals and broader lip much more crisped than in other forms of this species. G.C. III. 20:73. A.G.1S:211. O.R.ll:177. C.L.A. 11:45. F.E. 9:331. The following forms of this variety occur: diha, the fls. pure white; dlhescens, the fls. nearly white; C3srulea, the Up a, bluish color; Mhla, sepals and petals pink, the throat bright yeUow; liladna, Ulac; refalgens. Var. grataxiana, Hort. A large and richly colored form. Var. c&ndida, Hort. Fls. snow- white; lip with faint violet spot. Var. coundoniensis, Hort. Purple- rose sepals and petals. Var. Mdrise, Hort. Silvery white sepals and petals veined with pink; front of lip deep magenta-crimson, with 2 yeUow blotches on throat. Var. triumphans, Hort. Sepals and petals rose-colored; lip rich purple with an orange-yellow tube. Var. enfieldiensis, Hort. Fls. white; tip of lip blush-pink. Var. boetzelae- riensis, Hort. Rose-colored form. Var. tesseMta, Hort. Large rose- colored form curiously marked. Var. Brandneri^a, Hort. Anterior part of lip dark purple-violet. Var. Hdltzeii, Hort. Lip dark. Var. Wellesleyae, Hort. A pretty white form. Var. Moore- ana, Hort. Sepals and petals light rosy lilac; lip ruby- claret color, orange at base. Var. Hdlmesii, Hort. Broad petals and rich rose-purple lip. Var. brunoyen- sis, Hort. Sepals and petals mauve. Var. Goodsdnii, Hort. Richly colored; petals flushed with deep rose. 14. labiata, Lindl. (C. LerruAnei, Lindl. C. Naldere- ana, Reichb. f. C. Perrinii, Endl. C. labid,ta vlra, Veitch. C. labiata autumndlis, L. Lind. C. labiata var. Warocquedna, Rolfe. C. Warocqv^&na, L. Lind.). Pseudobulbs claviform, compressed, furrowed, 4-8 in. tall, 1-lvd.: Ivs. 5-7 in. long, ovate or oblong: peduncle, from a double spathe, bearing 3-5 fls. about 6 in. across; sepals and petals usually rose-lilac, the sepals lanceo- late, the petals undulate; lip with the tube colored usually like the petals, the front lobe deeply emarginate, undulate-crisped, conmaonly a violet-purple with deeper veins, the color running in streaks to the yellow throat which has an orange spot each side. The color-varia- tions of this species are numerous. Brazil. B.R. 32:35; 1859. O.R. 16:281. B.M. 3998. Gt. 5:146. F.S. 1893-4. P.M. 4:121. A.G. 17:65; 19:811. G.C. III. 19:13. A.F. 6:607. F.R. 1:8; 2:531.— Intro, from the Organ Mts. in S. Brazil in 1818. Var. filba, Hort. Fls. white, except yellow throat. C.O. 3. Var. Amesi^na, Hort. Sepals and petals white, the hp Ulac. Gn. 62, p. 401. Var. Cooksdnise, Hort. Fls. white, except the 843. Cattleya TriansB (XK) crimson-purple lip with a narrow white margin. Var. superba, Hort. Sepals and petals deep rose, with a deep crimson-purple Up. 15. Percivaliana, O'Brien (C. labiata var. Percivali- ana, Reichb. f.). Pseudobulbs up to 1 ft. tall, clavate, strongly furrowed when old, 1-lvd.: Ivs. oblong: pedun- cle bearing 2 or 3 fls. 4r-5 in. across; sepals and petals commonly rose-lilac, tinted purple- amethyst, the sepals linear-lanceo- late, the petals longer than the sepals, crisped; Up rather small, shorter than the petals, the tube of the same color as petals, tinged with yeUow, the front lobe purple- crimson, shaded with maroon, the undulate border Ulac, the throat yellow to orange, streaked with purple. Venezuela. C.0.7. F.R. 1:297. J.H. III. 32:179. Var. grandifidra, Hort. Fls. larger, the sepals and petals bright rose, the petals strongly crisped above, the Up with the tube yeUow-orange variegated with rose, the front lobe maroon-purple with a bright rose border, the throat orange- yellow. C.O. 7a. Var. summiten- sis, Hort. Sepals and petals a pale deUcate pink. 16. GaskelUana, Reichb. f. (C. labiata var. pdllida, WilUams. C. lahidta var. GaskeU lidna, Sander.). Pseu- dobulbs 8-12 in. tall, oblong -fusiform, com- pressed, furrowed, 1-lvd.: Ivs. 8-12 in. long, oblong: peduncle bearing 2 or 3 Ifts. 6-7 in. across; sepals and petals of equal length, com- monly purple-violet, suffused with white, the color sometimes deeper and more uniform, rarely marked with a median band of white, the sepals lanceolate, the petals oval, undulate; Up as long as the petals, the tube of same color as petals, the front lobe emarginate, undulate, purple-violet, with a pale border, the throat yellow streaked with darker yellow, bordered on each side with a zone of yellowish white. Brazil and Venezuela. I.H.33:613. A.F.6:185; 30:662. Var. £lba, WilUams. Sepals and petals pure white, the Up cream-white, the throat a pale yeUow streaked with darker yellow. C.O. 20a. Var. cserUea, Hort. Fls. pure white with bluish spot on base of Up. Var. Hddgkinsonii, Hort. Sepals 'and petals white; front of lip crimson. 17. Wimeri, Moore (C trilabidta, Rodr. C labidta var. Wdrneri, Veitch). Pseudobulbs 4r-8 in. tall, cyUn- dric or fusiform, furrowed, 1-lvd. : Ivs. oblong, 6-7 in. long: peduncle with 3-5 fls. 6-8 hi. across; sepals and petals rosy mauve, the sepals lanceolate, the petals oval; Up shorter than lateral sepals, the tube the color of the petals, the front lobe strongly crisped, emargi- nate, bright purple- violet, the throat yellow -orange, streaked with white or pale Ulac. Brazil. CO. 12. A.F. 6:563. — Very Uke C. labiata, but flowering in late spring and early summer. Var. alba, Hort. Fls. white, except the pale yeUow throat, streaked with orange- yellow. C.O. 12a. 18. luteola, Lindl. (C. Hdlfordii, Hort. C. fldvida, Klotzsch. C. Mhyeri, Regel. C. modesta, Mey.). Dwarf: pseudobulbs 2-3 in. long, ovoid, 1-lvd.: Ivs. 3-4 in. long, elUp tic-oblong: peduncles bearing 2-5 fls. about 2 in. across; sepals and petals similar, yellow, oblong-lanceolate; Up nearly orbicular when spread 692 CATTLEYA CATTLEYA out, yellow, the middle lobe crisped, whitish on margin, the side lobes sometimes streaked purple inside. Brazil. B.M.5032. F.S. 23:2479. 19. citrtna, Lindl. (C. KarvAjiskii, Mart.). Fig. 844. Pseudobulbs 2-3 in. long, ovoid, 2-3-lvd.: Ivs. 4r-7 in. long, Ugulate, acute, glaucous: peduncle pendent, bearing usually a single fra- grant fl., rarely 2 or 3 fls., yeUow except the white border of front lobe of lip; sepals oblong, acute, the petals cuneiform-oblong; hp longer than the petals. Mex. B.M. 3742. J.H. 111.30:399. Gn. 33, p. 535. CO. 6. F.S. 16:1689. Gt. 27:931. R.l:20. Var. gigantea, Hort. Fls. large and intensely colored. 20. amethystogldssa, Lind. & Reichb. f. (C. guttoM var. Prinzii, Reichb. C. Prinzii, Hort. C. guttdta var. Ketelekrii, Houl.). Pseudobulbs 1J^3 ft., cyUndric, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 6-12 in. long, elliptic-oblong: peduncles 5-8-fld.; fls. 3J4-^^ in. across; sepals and petals white, suffused with rose-purple, spotted amethyst -purple, especially on the upper half, the dorsal sepal Unear-oblong, the lateral falcate, the petals obovate, rounded at apex; lip much shorter than petals, the lateral lobes erect, purple at apex, the middle lobe broader than long, emarginate or 2- lobed, violet-purple, the radiating ridges papillose. Brazil. B.M. 5683. R.H.1869: 210. G.C. III. 38:105. Var. Sgnderse, Hort. A creamy white form. 21. BowringiSna Veitch (C. aulumndr Us, Hort. C. SHnneri var. Bowringi&na, Kranzl). Pseudobulbs 10-20 in. tall, stout, fusiform above, 2-lvd. : Ivs. 6-8 in. long, oblong: peduncle bearing 5-12 fls. 2J^3 in. across; sepals, petals, and tube of the Up rose-purple, the sepals acute, oblong, somewhat imdulate, the petals oval-oblong, obtuse, undulate; Up shorter than the lateral sepals, the front lobe emarginate, the throat with a large white spot, surrounded by a zone of bright maroon and bordered with deep purple. Honduras. R.B. 21:37. R.H. 1890:300. G.C. HI. 39:114. A.F.19:651;34:804. CO. 24. O.R. 12:361; 16:337. Var. triflmphans, Hort. Fls. rich purple. 22. Sklnneri, Lindl. (Epidendrum HiigeUhnum, Reichb.). Floweb op St. Sebastian. Pseudobulbs 5-10 in. taU, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 6-8 in. long, oblong-oval: peduncle bearing 5-10 fls. 3J^5 in. across, rose-purple except the white throat of the Up, the sepals elUptic- lanceolate, acutish, the petals oval-oblong, broader than the sepals; Up with the front lobe acute. Guate- mala to Costa Rica. B.M. 4270. P.M. 11:193. R.B. 22:201. G.C III. 20:6. G.F. 3:201. CO. 30. Var. filba, Hort. Fls. white. 23. Victdria-reglna, O'Brien. Pseudobulbs 1-1 J^ ft. taU, somewhat compressed and clavate, 1-2-lvd.: Ivs. 3-6 in. long, oblong or elUptic-oblong: peduncle bearing 2-5 fls., rarely more, 5-6 in. across; sepals purple a Uttle tinged with yeUow, striated with darker purple, oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, the petals purple tinged with violet, obUquely striated with darker pxu'- ple, elUptic-oblong, obtuse, undulate; Up distinctly 3-lobed, the lateral lobes exteriorly white or flushed with rose, violet-purple at the obtuse apex and inside, the front lobe reniform, bright rose-violet, crisped, the disk yeUow streaked purple. Pemambuco. G.C III. 11:808. O.R. 3:17; 8:361. R.2:85. CO. 3.— Said to grow wild in company with C. labiata and C. Leopoldii 844. Cattleya citrina. (XM) var. pemambucensis, and considered by some a natural hybrid between the two. The variabiUty of 1 or 2 Ivs. on a pseudobulb points in this direction. 24. intermedia, Graham (C amethystina, Morr. C. ovata, Lindl. C. maritima, Lindl. C. Ldddigesii var. amethystina, Lem. C. Aquinii, Rodr.). Pseudobulbs up to 13^ ft. taU, cylindric,' somewhat furrowed, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 5-6 in. long, oblong: peduncle bearing 3-5 fls. 4-5 in. across; sepals and petals equal, pale rose or white, acute, oblong, the lateral deflected, the petals somewhat falcate; Up a Uttle shorter than the lateral sepals, ilis- tinctly 3-lobed, the tube the same color as the petals, the lateral lobes rounded, the front lobe bright rose- purple, orbicular, strongly crisped. S. Brazil. B.M. 2851. O.R. 8:73; 15:156. P.M. 1:151. J.F.4:379. CO. 8. B.R. 1919. V.0. 2:39. Var. Parthgnia, Reichb. f. Fls. pure white. CO. 8a. Var. pvmctatis- sima, Sander. Sepals and petals spotted and dotted with deep rose. CO. 8b. 25. viol^cea, Rolfe (C sup&rba, Schomb. C. Schom- hirgkii, Lindl. C. odoratissima, P. N. Don). Pseudo- bulbs 8-12 in. taU, clavate, somewhat compressed, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 3-5 in. long, oval or oval-oblong: peduncle bearing 3-5 fragrant fls. 4-5 in. across; sepals and petals bright rose-purple, the sepals oblong-lanceolate, acute, the petals oblong-rhomboid^ acutish, undulate, broader than sepals; Up fleshy, distmctly 3-Iobed, deep purple- violet except the yeUow disk streaked with purple, the lateral lobes triangular, acutish, the front lobe nearly orbicular, crisped. N. S. Amer. B.M. 4083. P.M. 9:265. J.H. in. 31:321. A.F. 11:1351. CO. 28. Var, splSndens, Hort., has paler fls. 26. Ldddigesii, Lindl. (C. Aremh&rgii, Scheidw. C interrnhdia var. variegdta, Hook.). Pseudobulbs 8-12 in. tall, cylindric, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 4-5 in. long, oblong-elliptic: peduncle bearing 2-5 fls. 3-4J^ in. across; sepals and petals rose-Ulac, oblong-elUptic, the lateral sepals somewhat falcate, the petals a little broader than the sepals, imdulate; Up shorter than the lateral sepals, distinctly 3-lobed, the tube externally colored like petals, intemaUy whitish, the lateral lobes rounded, undulate, the front lobe nearly orbicular, pale ame- thyst, strongly crisped, the disk whitish passing into yellow at the base. Brazil. CO. 18. O.R. 15:145.— There is a white form. Var. filba, Hort. Var. deUcita, Hort. Fls. bluish white. Var. innocens, Hort. Fls. milky white. Var. splSndens, Hort. Fls. with bright purpUsh rose sepals; Up white inside, pale Ulac outside; disk and side lobes pale yellow. 27. Harrisoni^a, Batem. (C. Hdrrisonise, Paxt. C. PapeiansiAna, Morr. C. Hdrrisonii, Beer. C. Ldddigesii var. Hdrrisonise, Veitch. C. Ldddigesii var. Harrisoni&na, Rolfe). Pseudobulbs 8-16 in. tall, cyUndric, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 4r-6 in. long, oblong-lanceolate: peduncle bearing 2-5 fls. 4r-4J^ in. across; sepals and petals similar, oblong, bright rose-Ulao, the lateral sepals falcate, the petals undulate, a little broader than sepals; Up shorter than lateral sepals, 3-lobed, the tube the same color as the petals, the front lobe crisped, rose-purple, the disk yellow-orange. Brazil. P.M. 4:247. CO. 17. Gn. 48:380. Var. aiba, Beer. Fls. white, or sometimes faintly tinged with rose or yeUow. C.O. 17a. Var. Candida, Hort. Fls. white except yeUow disk of Up. Var. gigantSa, Hort. A large form. Var. maculita, Hort. Fls. purple-dotted. Var. superbissima, Hort. Fls. large, the sepals and petals dark rose, the Up creamy white. Var. violScea, Hort. Fls. deeper colored. 28. LSopoldii, Versch. (C. guttdta var. Llovoldii, Lind. & Reichb. f.). Pseudobulbs 15-30 in. tall, fusi- form, 2-3-lvd.: Ivs. 6-8 in. long, oblong-elliptic: pedun- cle bearing 10-25 fls. 3-4 in. across; sepals and petals brown, oblong-cuneate, purple-spotted, the lateral sepals somewhat rfalcate, the petals undulate and a Uttle broader than the sepals; Up strongly 3-lobed, the CATTLEYA CAULIFLOWER 693 lateral lobes acute, the front lobe broadly cuneate- obcordate, undulate, bright amethyst-purple, the tube paler, the disk covered with small tubercles and elevated papillate lines. S. Brazil. CO. 15. F.S. 14:1471-2. 29. granuldsa, Lindl. Pseudobulbs 1-2 ft. tall, rather stout, cyhndric, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 5-6 in. long, lanceolate- oblong: peduncle bearing 5-9 fls. 3-4 in. across; sepals and petals obtuse, olive-green, red-spotted, the lateral sepals strongly falcate and deflected, the petals obo- vate-oblong, a little wider than sepals, imdulate; lip deeply 3-lobed, the tube white externally, internally yellowish or rose, the lateral lobes acute, the terminal lobe white, crimson-papillate, undulate, round-reni- form, emarginate, the long claw yeUow, marked with crimson. Guatemala. B.R.28:1. Gn.M.9:30. G.0.14. Var. Dtt Buysonitoa, Hort. (C. Dubuysoni&na, Hort.). Sepals and petals yellow, often spotted with rose. Var. Russellidna, lindl. Lvs. broader: fls. larger with broader sepals and petals, the lateral lobes of Up orange- yellow internally, the front lobe spotted with small crimson-purple papUte. Brazil. B.R. 31:59. B.M. 5048. Var. Schofieldilna, Veitch. (C Schofieldi&na, Reichb. f.). Sepals and petals yeUow-brown, densely spotted with crimson-purple, the lateral lobes of Up cream-white extemaUy, yeUow, purple-marked inter- nally, the front lobe with numerous purple-magenta papillse, and a broad white border. Brazil. C.0. 14a. 30. guttata, Lindl. (C. el&tior, Lindl.). Pseudobulbs 18-30 in. taU, cyUndric, 2-lvd.: lvs. 5-9 in. long, oblong- elUptic: peduncle bearing 5-10 fls. 3-4 in. across; sepals and petals yellowish green, spotted deep purple, the sepals obtuse, the lateral somewhat falcate, the petals undulate, broader than sepals; Up 3-lobed, the lateral lobes white extemaUy, acute, the front lobe amethyst- purple, obcordate, papUlate. S. BrazU. B.R. 1406. 31. Schilleriina, Reichb. f. (C. RegniUii, Warner. C. Addndix var. SchiUeridmi, Jenn.). Pseudobulbs 5-6 in. taU, clavate, furrowed, 2-lvd.: lvs. 2J^-6 in. long, oblong-elUptic: peduncle bearing 1-3 fls. 4-5 iil. across; sepals and petals oUve-green tinted with brown and spotted with black-purple, oblong-Ugulate, undu- late, especiaUy in the petals; lip a Uttle shorter than the lateral sepals, deeply 3-lobed, the lateral lobes whitish outside, pale yellow marked with purple inside, the front lobe reniform, sessile, crimson, lined and margined with white, imdulate, the disk yeUow with 5 sunken Unes. Brazil. B.M. 5150. F.S. 22:2286. A.F. 6:563. CO. 16. 32. F6rbesii, Lindl. (C vestdKs, Hoffm.). Pseudo- bulbs 8-12 in. taU, cylindric, 2-lvd.: lvs. 4-5 in. long, oblong: peduncle bearing 2-5 fls. 3-4 in. across; sepals and petab a pale yeUowish green, obtuse, undulate, sepals oblong-Ugulate, the petals oblong-lanceolate; Up distinctly 3-lobed, the tube pale yeUow outside, inside a bright yellow streaked with red, the terminal lobe smaU, sessile, orbicular, undulate, pale yeUow, with a bright yeUow center marked with purple. S. Brazil. B.M. 3265. CO. 11. B.R. 953. 33. Walkeriana, Gardner (C. bulbdsa, Lindl. C. GardneriAna, Reichb. f. C. princeps, Rodr.). Pseudo- bulbs 2-5 in. taU, oval-fusiform, furrowed, 1-lvd.: lvs. 2-5 in. long, oblong-elUptic: fls. 1-3, very fragrant, 3-5 in. across, on a scaly st. arising from the base of the pseudobulb; sepals and petals pale rose-Ulac or a deep purple-rose, the sepals oblong-lanceolate, acute, the petals about twice as wide, oval-rhomboid, undulate; lip a little shorter than sepals, fleshy, 3-lobed, the lateral lobes rose, separated, exposing the column, the front lobe nearly orbicular, emarginate, crisped, violet- purple, the disk yeUow, streaked with bright purple. Brazil. B.R. 33:42. 34. nobilior, Reichb. f. (C. WalkeriAna var. nohilior, Veitch). Pseudobulbs 3-5 in. tall, ovate-fusiform or nearly clavate, furrowed, 2-lvd.: lvs. 2-4 in. long, eUip tic-ovate: fls. 1 or 2, on a scaly st. arising from the base of the pseudobulb, very fragrant, 3-4J^ in. across; sepals and petals purple-Ulac, acute, the sepals oblong, the petals ovate-rhomboid, about twice the width of the sepals; Up fleshy, about as long as lateral sepals, deeply 3-lobed, the tube the same color as the petals, the front lobe broadly reniform, emarginate, scarcely undulate, the disk yellow, many-costate. Brazil. G.C n. 19:729. I.H. 30:485. The following are some of the many hybrid forms: C Adula^ C.biooIorxC. Hardyana; C. Albertii=C. mtermediaxC. violacea; C* ataldnta=C. Leopoldii X C. Warscewiczii gigas; C. Ballaniidna= C. TrianEexC. warscewiczii: C. fcZes^sis=L£elio-cattleya: C. BrabdntisB=C. Aclandiffl X C. Loddigesii: C. Br2/merid7ia=supposed natural hybrid between C, violacea xC. Eldorado (C. O. 1); C. Cas- S(i7MZ7'a=Laelio-cattleya; C. ChamberlainiA7M=C. Leopoldii xC. Dowiana: C i)teft'icWd7>o=C. SchillerianaxC. Trianse; C.Darman- od7ia=LEBlio-cattleya; C Dicchesnei=C. bicolorxC. Harriaoniana (R.B. 30:3); C. DUsseldorffii vox. Undine=C. intermedia X C. Mos- aifie alba CO.R. 18:369); C. exonien8is=ljgsilio~cattleyB.;C.fait8ta=^ LBcIio-cattleya; C. F6wleri=C Leopoldii xC. Hardyana (C. O. 5); C. germdnia=C. granulosa xC. Hardyana; C ifardydno=C. Dow- iana X C. Warscewiczii (CO. 2). O. R. 4:241; 6:363; 8:248; 11:336, 337); C. Hdrriaii=C. Leopoldii X C. Mendelii; C. Hdiiaiss—C. ForbesiixC. Mossia; C. h^brida plctw=C. guttataxC. Loddigesii; C. intergldssa=C, amethystoglossaXC. intermedia; C. Krameridna =C.ForbeaiixC. intermedia; C Lowrj/dna^C. Forbesii XCinter- media; C, Mdnglesii=C. Loddigesii X C. Luddemanniana; C. Mdn- iinii=C. Bowringiana X C. Dowiana (CO. 7. O.R. 10:337); C. MdrdeHu=LfflIio-cattleya; C. Mdr8ter8oni3e=C. labiataxC Lod- digesii; C Medsuresise^C. Luddemanniana X C. velutina; C, Min^ itcia^C, Loddigesii X C Warscewiczii gigas; C. m(SZZ{s=C Gaskel- JianaxC. violacea; C. 0'Srtenid7ia=considered by some a natural hybrid between C Loddigesii X C. dolosa (CO. 8) ; C. PiUiie=C. Dowiana XC Harrisoniana; C. Pittidna^=C. Dowi&naxC. granu- losa (CO. 28); C. P6rtia=C. Bowringiana X C. labiata; C. Thay- eriAna=C. iutermediaxC Schroederse (O.R. 12:49); C. weedon- i&nsi8=C. granulosa xC Mendelii; C. Whitei=C. Schilleriana X C Warneri (B.M. 7727); C. Ze7jo6io=LsBlio-cattleya. C Abelid-na, Hort. Fls. creamy yellow, speckled with purple on the lip. Peru. — C Forgetidna, Rolfe. Somewhat resembling C Lawrenceana. Scape bearing 2 fls. ; sepals and petals rose-purple. Brazil. — C. Ordssii, Hort., var. pdllida. A nearly white form; sepals slightly tinged with green; lip pale rose. — C. Hardydna, Hort., var. aitrea. Lip deep yellow. — C J^rruiniit Rolfe. Allied to C Gaskelliana, but lvs. broader and fis. smaller. British Guiana. — C. margindta, Paxt.=L£elia pumila. — C velittina, Reichb. Sts. slender, the fragrant fls. with the sepals and petals orange, spotted purple, the lip orange and white, veined violet. Brazil. G.C HI. 24:333. CO. 29a. g^^BGE V. NaSH. CAULIFLOWER (Brdssica oler&cea, Linn., var. hotrytis, DC). A form of the common cabbage species, producing an edible head of malformed and condensed flowers and flower-stems (the word cauliflower means stem-flower); it wiU hybridize with the cabbage and form some very interesting freaks. See Forcing. A perfect "curd" or head of cauliflower is one in which the parts are so adjusted to one another that it looks almost homogeneous. This condition is most often found in the young or partly developed heads. As soon as segmentation begins to take place, the curd has reached fuU development and maturity from the mar- ket-gardeners' standpoint. The breaking-up of the curd is an indication of the formation of floral parts. The value of the curd depends upon its symmetiy and form; and the length of time that it wiU hold without beginning to break up into distinct parts. Not aU plants produce perfect curds. Growers recognize a peculiar form which is known as the "ricy" curd illustrated at a in Fig. 845. Another form, which is equaUy undesirable is a segmented curd between the segments of which leaves appear, known as a "leafy" curd shown at h. A head in perfect condition is shown at c. Segments are apparent in c, but the develop- ment of the curd is almost ideal and the head as a whole is very nearly perfect. It is the aim of the seed-grower as well as of the gardener to produce plants which will return curds of the type shown at c. CauUflower is the most fastidious and exacting mem- ber of the cabbage family. It is less tolerant of adverse soil and climatic conditions than any of its near rela- tives. This accounts, in a great measure, for its limited cultivation and the fact that it is grown only in certain localities. When well grown, however, it is one of the most profitable market-garden crops. Because of its 694 CAULIFLOWER CAULIFLOWER intolerance to heat, it is grown in the open so as to take advantage of the cool seasons of early spring and autumn. It is one of those crops, therefore, which is less adaptable than those having a greater range of heat-endurance. If the season happens to be favorable the amateur may have good luck, but if the season proves severe the most expert grower may fail. A rich loamy soil, thoroughly charged with available plant-food is suited to this plant. Light thin sandy soils or those extremely heavy and retentive are, as a rule, not well suited for this crop. The soil should be one which does not dry out quickly but which will furnish the plants a constant supply of moisture. High-grade cauliflower is quite as dependent upon careful handling of the plants and a constantly avail- able supply of moisture as high-grade celery. Among the fertilizers, none is better than well-decomposed manure from the horse-stable, thoroughly incorporated with the soil at the time of preparing it for the crop. If commercial fertilizers are necessary, quick-acting ones are most desirable, except it is thought that sul- fate of potash is preferable to muriate. The nitrogen- content of the fertilizer, however, should be in the form of nitrate of soda or sulfate of ammonia rather than in a slow-acting form. If a fertiUzer is to be used, a portion of it should be scattered over the field before the plants are set. An appUcation of 500 pounds to the acre at this time, appUed broadcast, and a side dressing about the time "buttons" begin to form, will prove an advantage. The side dressing may be at the rate of 500 pounds, making a total appUcation of 1,000 pounds to the acre. A good fertilizer is one carrying 3 to 4 per cent of nitrogen, 6 to 8 per cent of phosphoric acid and about 10 per cent of potash. Cauliflower plants in northern latitudes are handled so as to prepare them either for an early or a late crop. The early crop should be started at the same time as early cabbage, or a few days later. Cauliflower plants cannot, however, be started in the autumn and suc- cessfully wintered in coldframes, as can early cabbage Elants. Plants so handled are less likely to give a desirar le product. The best early-crop plants are produced from hotbed or greenhouse propagated stock started in a mild temperature and grown so as to produce a sturdy broad-leaved plant to be set in the field a few 845. Types of cauliflower heads: a, ricy; b, leafy; c, perfect. days later than the early crop of cabbage. Young cauli- flower plants are less hardy than young cabbage plants and, for this reason, planting in the open must be some- what delayed. For the late cauliflower crop in the North, seed-beds are prepared on the shady side of a building or in a partially shaded situation and handled in same manner as seed-beds for late cabbage, the late crop in the Long Island region being placed in the open the last days of June or early in July. The early crop is usually grown on a smaller scale than the autumn crop. Plants grown in the hotbed are usually transplanted and the transplanted plants carried and set in the field by hand. The distance be- tween the rows should be sufficient to pemut of culti- vation with horse-power implements, but the plants need not be set more than 18 inches apart in the row. The late crop, however, is frequently transpkated during the drier parts of the season and, largely on this account, growers prefer to use a transplanting machine so as to water the plants at the same time they are set. A convenient distance between the rows is 3 feet, with the plants 20 to 24 inches apart in the row, depending upon the variety grown. The old adage that "cabbage should be hoed every day" appUes with equal force to cauliflower. Cultiva- tion should be of such character as to prevent the formation of a crust and to discourage the development of weeds. The maintenance of a soil-mulch by shallow cultivation which shall not disturb or severely prune the roots of the plants is desirable. Cauliflower is subject to the same enemies and dis- eases as cabbage. Clubroot and mildew are two of the most annojdng diseases. The aphis, root-maggot and both the green cabbage-worm and thecabbage-looper are annoying pests. The delicacy of the curd requires that the plants be kept perfectly free from insects which devour any portion of the plant. CauUflower requires more careful field attention than that reqmred by any other garden crop except those that are blanched either by tying or banking. The young curd of the cauliflower, as soon as it has reached the size of a hen's egg, should be carefully protected from the elements by adjusting the leaves in such a man- ner as to prevent discoloration by the action of sun or rain. The expert growers accompUsh this and at the same time indicate the stage of maturity of the plants by different methods of folding the leaves together over the curd or by tying them with different tying materials, a different method being used each time the field is gone over. To illustrate: the earliest developed curds may be protected by tying the leaves together with rye straw, the next later size may be indicated by folding the leaves together over the plant, while the third may be indicated by tjring the leaves with raffia. Usually three operations wiU be sufficient to care for the entire season's crop. As soon as the curds have reached the desired market size, which varies greatly with different producers and somewhat also with different varieties and is to a degree dependent upon the season and fertility of the land, the plants are harvested by cutting the heads with at least two or three whorls of leaves attached. After the heads have been cut and a sufficient num- ber assembled in one place to justify packing, they are trimmed by using a large knife to sever the leaves just above the edge of the curd so as to form a border or "ruche" of leafstalks with a part of the blade attached about the curd. This border of stiff green leafstalks about the white curd gives it a very attractive appear-, ance. After the curds have been properly trimmed, which varies somewhat with different operators, they are pro- tected by the use of tea paper, either white or brown, placed over the head in such a manner as to protect it from dirt and contact with its neighbors. "The curds are then packed in crates or barrels, the CaUfomia and Florida product being largely packed in crates holding one dozen heads in a single layer. If the heads are to be packed in barrels, a layer of excelsior is first placed in the barrel and the wrapped heads, curd down, are carefully placed so as to form a layer resting upon the excelsior over the bottom of the barrel. The next row of curds is placed stem end down and curds up; on top is placed another cushion of excelsior and the operation repeated until the barrel is filled in such a manner as to CAULIFLOWER CEANOTHUS 695 leave the last row with the stem end upward, over which a cushion of excelsior and a burlap cover are placed. Ventilated barrels are ordinarily used for this purpose, but for long-distance shipment the smaller crates hold- ing a single layer of heads have proved most advan- tageous. During late years, the marketing of this crop has been very greatly facilitated and the returns to the growers considerably enhanced by a cooperative memod of sale which has taken into consideration a more ex- tended distribution of the crop than formerly. In this the Long Island CauHflower-Grrowers' Association and the Califomia Vegetable-Growers' Union have both been very helpful. One of the handicaps in the cultivation of cauUflower has been the entire dependence of the American growers on foreign seed, little or no cauliflower seed having been produced in this country and that in the open only in the Puget Sound region. The seed has been expensive and not always to be depended upon. The greatest care should be given to secm^ing a per- fectly rehable stock of seed. Broccoli. Broccoli, which is a long-season cauliflower, is in all respects like cauliflower except that its vegetative parts are somewhat coarser, the heads somewhat smaller, and it does not form an edible curd early in its life as does cauliflower. BroccoU is cultivated only in climates having a mild winter, when it can be planted the summer before and carried through the winter to form heads early the fol- lowing spring. It is a popular plant in aU parts of France and particularly in England. It is undoubtedly the parent t5^e of the cauliflower, the cultivated varie- ties of cauhflower being short-season forms. For best results, the seed should be sown at the same time as that of autumn cabbage and the plants trans- planted to the field about the same time, so that they will make their vegetative growth during the late sum- mer and autumn. Where winters are mild, the plants can be left in the open, but in more rigorous climates at the approach of cold weather, a small number of plants can be lifted with earth adhering to the roots, stored in a suitable root-ceUar, and the following spring transferred to the open to form heads. L. C. COHBBTT. CAULOPHtLLUM (Greek, stem-leaf). Berheri- dduxx. Blue Cohosh. Two species of perennial herbs (sometimes combined with Leontice), one in E. Amer. and the other in Asia, the former sometimes removed from the woods to cult, grounds. Rhizomatous: sts. erect, very smooth: If. 1, large, tritemately compound and sessile: fls. smaU, yellow-green, panieled; sepals 6, subtended by 3 or 4 bracts; petals 6, much smaller than the sepals and appearing like glands or scales; stamens 6; ovary soon bursting, freeing the 2 ovules which develop into depressed-globular berry-like seeds (with- out pericarp). C. thalictrioides, Michx., Fig. 846, is the American species, a smooth or glaucous plant of rich woods from Canada south, 2-2J^ ft. high. The plant is always attractive because of its trim growth and interesting habit; in Sept. and later, when the foli- age is dead, the drupe-Uke seeds stand erect on the dry stalks and afford one of the richest and best of deep blues. L. H. B. CAUTLfeA (Sir P. Cautley, 1802-1871, British natu- ralist). Zingiber&cex. About a haK-dozen Himalayan species closely allied to Roscoea, differing in the spherical rather than narrow fr., and the spicate infl. Probably not in cult, in this country. C. lutea, Royle {Roscbea liitea, Royle. R. grdcilis, Smith). Erect or leafy perennial herb, 1}4 ft. or less: Ivs. narrow-lanceo- late, slender-tipped, reddish underneath: fls. 2 in. or less long; corolla yellow; calyx reddish purple, the linear segms. prominent, the lateral ones spreading or reflexed and the dorsal one erect and with an incurved erect staminode under it. — Treatment of Alpinia and Roscoea. CAVAN: Acacia Cavenia. CAYENNE PEPPER: Capsicum. CAYRATIA JAP6NICA: Ciama Japanica. CEANOTHUS (ancient Greek name). Rhamnacese. Ornamental woody plants grown for their profusely produced white, blue or pink flower-clusters. Deciduous or evergreen shrubs or trees: Ivs. alter- nate or sometimes opposite, short-petioled, serrate or entire, usually 3 - nerved, with small stipules: fls. per- fect, small, S-merous, in small umbels forming pani- cles or racemes; sepals often incurved, colored; petals clawed, spreading or re- curved; filaments slender; disk annular; ovary partly adnate to the calyx -tube, 3-ceUed; style 3-cleft: fr. a 3-ceUed drupe, dry at length and separating into 3 one- seeded dehiscent nutlets. — Nearly 50 species in N. Amer., chiefly in the Pacific coast region. These are free-flowering shrubs, some especially valuable for their late flowering period. Many of them are hardy onlj' in the warmer temperate regions, but C. americanus, C. ovatus, and C. Fendleri are hardy North, while the numerous hybrids of C. americanus are only half hardy, and even if protected they are killed to the ground in the North, but the young shoots will usuaUy flower the same season. The safest way, however, to have good free-flowering plants of these beautiful hybrids wiU be, in the North, to dig them up in fall, store them away in a frost-proof pit or cellar, and plant them out again in spring. Pruning of the late- flowering species will be of advantage; about one-half of last year's growth may be taken away. They grow in almost any soil, but best in a light and well-drained one, and most of the Californian species prefer a sunny position. Propagated by seeds sown in spring and by cuttings of mature wood in autumn, inserted in a cold- frame or greenhouse; softwood cuttings also grow readily if taken in early spring from forced plants. Sometimes increased by layers, and the varieties and hybrids by grafting on roots of C. americanus under glass in early spring; the oions must be fresh and with leaves, taken from plants kept in the greenhouse diuing the winter. 846. Seed- berries of blue cohosli, Caulophylltxm thalictri- oides. (XK) albo-plenus, 4. americanus, 1. arboreua, 7. Arnouldii, 4. atTocxruleus, 4. azureus, 8. bicolor, 8. cxruleua, 8. cuneatus, 14. divaricatus, 12. INDEX. Fendleri, 10. hirsutus, 9. hybridus, 4. integerrimus, 11. interniediua, 1. Lobbianus, 5. Orcuttii, 9. oreganus, 3. ovalia, 2. ovatus, 2. pallidua, 4. prostratus, 15. roseus, 4. sanguineus, 3. spinosus, 13. thyrsiflorus, 5. Veitchianus. 5. velutinus, 6, 7. 696 CEANOTHUS CEANOTHUS A. Lvs. aUemate. (Nos. 1-13.) B. Margin of lvs. serrate or crenate. c. Foliage glabrous beneath or slightly pubescent. D. Fls. white: lvs. thin, deddiums. E. Peduncles slender, at the end of the new growth. 1. ameiic^us, Linn. Fig. 847. Low, erect shrub, to 3 ft.: lvs. ovate, usually acute, finely and irregularly serrate, bright green and dull above, paler and pubes- cent or nearly glabrous beneath, 1}^3 in. long: fls. in terminal and axillary panicles on slender peduncles, forming large, corym- bose panicles. July- Sept. From Canada to S. C. and Texas. B.M. 1479. Gt. 61, p. 92. Gn. 56, p. 137.— Common in dry woods and making a pro- fusion of bloom, which, however, is short-Uved. , Many hybrids have been raised from this ^_ species in Eu. (see C. ^.--^//' hybridus). Var. inter- •-7////^| medius, Trel. (C. in- //£,' I termhdius, Pursh), has \/^^,} smaller, ovate or ovate -lanceolate lvs. and the fls. in small, very slender - pedun- cled^ short racemes or pamcles. Tenn. to S. C. 2. ovatus, Desf. (C. ovMis, Bigel.). Low shrub: lvs. elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, ob- tuse or acute, crenulate-serrate, nearly glabrous, glossy above, 1-2 in. long: infl. Uke the former, but usually smaller. New England to Colo, and Ala. EE. Peduncles usually stout, from lateral buds of the old wood. 3. sanguineus, Pursh (C. oregdnus, Nutt.). Tall shrub, with purple or reddish glabrous branches: lvs. orbicular to ovate or obovate, obtuse, serrate, nearly glabrous, 1-3 in. long: fls. in rather long, narrow pani- cles, on stout, leafless pedimcles, axillary, from branches of the previous year. May, June. Brit. Col. to Calif. B.M. 5177. DD. Fls. blue or pink, rarely white: lvs. usuaUy half-evergreen. 4. hybridus, Hort. Hybrids of garden origin, chiefly between C. americanus and C. thyrsiflorus, between C. ovatus and C. thyrsiflorv^ and between C. americanus and C. azureus; the hybrids of the first group may be classed under C. roseus, Koehne, of the second \mder C. pallidus, Lindl., and those of the third group under C. Amouldii, Hort. Some of the most distinct are: dlbo- plinus, with double white fls.; atrocssruhus purpilrevs, fl. blue^ foliage purple when young; Arnouldii, fls. sky- blue, m large panicles; Gloire de Versailles, with bright blue, large panicles (M.D.G. 1903:485); Gloire de Plantibres, &. dark blue, in large paniclesj Victor Jouin, fls. deep blue, darker than in the precedmg, one of the hardiest hybrids; CM de Provence, fls. deep blue, profusely produced (R.H. 1903:332); Marie Simon, fls. flesh-colored; rdseus, fls. pink (R.H. 1875:30); pdllidus, fls. pale blue, lvs. green and pubescent below (B.R. 26:20). 6. thyrsifldrus, Esch. Shrub or small tree: lvs. ob- long, obtuse, crenate-serrate, nearly glabrous, 1-1 J^ 847. Ceanothus americanus. iXH) in. long: fls. blue, rarely white, in narrow panicles, about 3 in. long. May-July. Ore. to Calif. B.R. 30:38. S.S.2:64. G.C. IIL 20:363; 37:179; 41:221. Gn. 74, p. 303. G.M. 50:430.— A very fine, free-flowe> ing species of beautiful blue color. Probably natural hybrids of this species are: C. Veilchictnus, Hook. (C. thyrsiflorus x C. rigidus), with deep blue fls. in dense panicled clusters (B.M. 5127; F.S. 13:1383), and C. Lobbiinus, Hook. (C thyrsiflorus x C. dentatus), with deep blue fls., in oval, pedimcled, solitary clusters. B. M. 4810 (4811 by error). F.S. 10:1016. cc. Foliage tomentose or densely pubescent beneath: half- evergreen or evergreen (see also C. hybridus). D. Branchlets and the veins beneath nearly glabrous: lvs. very obtuse: fls. white. 6. veliltinus, Douglas. TaU shrub: lvs. persistent, broadly elliptic, mostly subcordate, obtuse, serrate, dark green and glabrous above, canescent beneath, but the veins glabrescent, 2-3 in. long: fls. in large, com- pound pamcles at the ends of the branches. June, July. Brit. Col. to Colo, and Calif. B.M. 5165. DD. Branchlets and the veins tomentose or pubescent: lvs. mostly acute: fls. usually blue. B. The lvs. glabrous or puberulous above, whitish or tawny tomentose beneath. 7. arbdreus, Greene (C. veliltinus var. arbbreus, Sarg.). Small tree, with whitish bark: branchlets at first angled and pubescent, later glabrescent and glossy: lvs. elliptic-ovate, obtusish or acutish, rounded or sub- cordate at the base, closely serrate, with close white tomentum beneath, 1 J^3 in. long : fls. pale blue to white in panicles 2-3 in. long. Spring. Isls. off the Calif, coast. S.S. 2:65. 8. azftreus, Desf. (C. Ucolor, HBK. C. cserideus, Lag.). Tall shrub: branchlets terete, densely tomen- tose: lvs. oblong-ovate or oblong, acute or obtuse, rounded at base, serrate, with villous tawny tomentum beneath, 1-3 in. long: fls. deep blue, in slender panicles 2-4 in. long. Spring. Mex. L.B.C. 2:110. B.R. 4:291. P.M. 2:74. Gn. 61, p. 223.— Under this name, a hybrid species with C. americanus is often cult. BE. The hs. villous or hirsute on both sides, vsuaUy green 9. hirs&tus, Nutt. Shrub or small tree, with villous branches: lvs. broadly eUiptic or ovate, rounded or cordate at the base, obtuse or acute, with glandular teeth, 3^2 in. long: fls. deep blue to purplish, in nar- row panicles 1-2 in. long. April, May. Calif.-^alled "wild lilac" in Calif. Var. Orcuttu, Trel. (C. Orcuttii, Torr.). Fls. blue, paler: fr. loosely villous. BB. Margin of lvs. entire or nearly so (sometimes serrate on vigorous shoots). c. Shrub prostrate: fls. white. 10. Fendleri, Gray. Low, prostrate and spiny shrub: lvs. oval, rounded or nearly acute at both ends, entire, rarely finely serrulate, grayish green, minutely tomen- tose beneath, }^-l in. long: fls. white, in short racemes, terminal, on short, lateral branchlets. June, July. From S. D. to New Mex. and Ariz. R.H. 1901, p. 423. M.D.G. 1908:208; 1912:499.— A very graceful and free-flowering shrub of almost creepmg habit, well adapted for covering dry, sandy banks; half evergreen and hardy N. cc. Shrubs tall, upright. D. Branchlets terete or slightly angled, rarely spiny. 11. integerrimus, Hook. & Am. TaU, erect shrub, with glabrescent branches: lvs. broadly elliptic or ovate, obtuse, sparingly hairy or glabrous, bright green be- neath, 1-3 in. long: fls. blue, sometimes white, fragrant, in 3-6 in. long, narrow panicles. April-June. Wash, to CaUf. and S. E. Ariz. B.M. 7640. CEANOTHUS CEDRELA 697 12. divaricitus, Nutt. Tall, erect shrub, with usually glaucous branches and often spiny: Ivs. ovate, obtuse or nearly acute, glaucous and glabrous or grayish tomen- tose oelow, J^-l in. long: fls. pale blue, sometimes whitish, in 2-3 in. long, narrow panicles. April-June. Calif. Gn. 74, p. 425 (habit). DD. Branchlets angled, spiny. 13. spindsus, Nutt. Tall shrub, sometimes arbores- cent: branchlets glabrous: Ivs. elliptic to oblong, thinly coriaceous, rounded or broadly cuneate at the base, very obtuse or emarginate, scarcely 3-nerved, glabrous, J^IJ^ in. long: fls. li^ht blue to almost white in large terminal panicles 4r-6 m. long. Spring. Cent, and S. Calif., Coast Range and down to sea-level. S.S. 13:621. AA. Lvs. opposite, persistent. 14. cune&tus, Nutt. Tall, much-branched shrub: lvs. spatulate or cuneate-obovate, mostly obtuse, entire, minutely tomentose beneath, }^-l in. long: fls. white, in smaU clusters along the branches. March-May. Ore. to Calif. B.H. 8:170. 15. prostr^tus, Benth. Procumbent shrub: lvs. cu- neate, obovate or spatulate, coarsely and pimgently toothed, sometimes only 3-pointed at the apex, often minutely silky when young, J^-1 in. long: fls. blue, in clusters, terminal on short branchlets. Spring. Wash, to Calif. C. africanus, Liim.^Noltea africana.^-C. dentdius, Torr. &Gray. Low shrub: Ivs. oblong, penninerved, dentate, glandular-papillate above, loosely hairy: fls. blue, in peduncled clustera, Calif. F.S. 6:567, 2. B.H. 3:101. — C. dentcUus var. floribiindus, Trel. (C. floribundus, Hook.). Fl.-cluaters numerous, nearly sessile; lvs. smaUer. B.M. 4806. F.S. 10:977. I.H. 7:238. B.H. 5:129.— C. folidsus. Parry. Low shrub: lvs. small, broadly elliptic, glandular- toothed, slightly hairy, pale or glaucous beneath: fls. deep blue, in numerous small clusters. Calif. — C Uevig^us, Douel&a. Tall shrub: lvs. broadly elliptic, serrate, glabrous, glaucous beneath: fla. yellow- ish white, in large panicles. Calif. — C. microphallus. Michx. Low shrub: lvs. very small, obovate or elliptic, nearly glabrous: fls. white, in small, short-peduncled clusters. — C. papilldsus, Torr. & Gray. Low shrub: lvs. narrow-oblong, dentate, glandular-papillate above, villous beneath: fls. deep blue, in peduncled, axillary oblong clusters. Calif. B.M. 4815. F.S. 6:567, 1. P.F.G. 1, p. 74 R.H. 1850:321.— C. Pdrryi, Trel. Large shrub: lvs. elliptic or ovate, den- ticulate, cobwebby beneath: fls. deep blue, in peduncled, narrow f}anicles. Calif. — -C. rigidus. .Nutt. Rigid, much-branched shrub: vs. opposite, cuneate-obovate, denticulate, usually glabrous, small: fls. blue, in small, nearly sessile, axillary clusters. Calif. B.M. 4660 (as C. verrucosus) and 4664. J.F. 3:316; 4:348. — C. verrucdsus, Nutt. Low shrub: Ivs. mostly alternate, roundish obovate, emar- ginate, denticulate, nearhr glabrous, small: fls. white, in small, axillary clusters along the branches. Calif. — C, vemtcdsus, Hook.= Crigidus. AmTIED ReHDER. CEARA RUBBER: ManiJiot. C£bATHA: Coceulus. CECROPIA (from Greek word referring to use of the wood of some si)ecies in making wind instru- ments). Mor&cex. Mflky-juiced trees, with peltate leaves, sometimes planted in grounds in tropics and warm countries. Leaves large, alternate, long-petioled, the blade cir- cular in outline; segms. or Ifts. 7-11: dioecious; fls. very small, sessile in cylindrical heads or receptacles, which are arranged in umbels; calyx tubular and petals 0; sterile fls. with 2 stamens; fertile fls. with free ovary and divided stigma: frs. small 1-seeded nuts combined into short spikes.^-Species about 40, from Mex. to BrazU. C. peltata, Linn., is the trumpet-tree of the W. Lidies and S. It is a middle-sized tree with lvs. 1 ft. across; hoUow branches used for the making of wind instruments. The juice of some species yields rubber. The hoUow stems are often perforated by ants, which nest and rear their young in them. palmata, WiUd. Fig. 848. A characteristic tree of the farther W. Indies (and planted somewhat in S. Fla.), with a single long weak thin tnmk and at the top a few horizontal or deflexed awkward branches bear- ing at their ends large palmate lvs. with divisions Hke thumbs, the trunk and branches partitioned at the nodes: lvs. 7-11-lobed to the middle, white-tomentose beneath, the lobes oblong-obovate and blunt. — The tree attains a height of 50 ft.; wood soft; branches more or less hollow; grows rapidly, like an herb; often covering areas that have recently been burned over. L. H. B. CEDAR: Cedrus, Juniperus. CEDAR, WHITE: Thuya, ChamxcuparU. CEDAR, WEST INDIAN: Cedrela. CfiDRELA (from Cedrus, the wood resembling that of Cedrus). Melidcese. Including Todna. Ornamental trees, grown for their handsome foliage; some are valuable timber trees. Trees with alternate, usually abruptly pinnate lvs., without stipules: Ifts. petioled, entire or sUghtly serrate: fls. inconspicuous, whitish, usually perfect, 4r-5-merous, in large, pendulous, terminal panicles; calyx short, 4r-5-paxted, the petals forming a tube with spreading Umb, below partly adnate to the disk; stamens shorter than petals; ovary S-celled; style simple, with capitate stigma, somewhat longer than the stamens: fr. a caps., dehiscent, with 5 valves not splitting to the base, with many flat, winged seeds. — Nine species in Trop. Amer. and 8, forming the subgenus Toona, in E. India and Austral. Toona is often considered a distinct genus, distinguished from Cedrela by the disk being much longer than the ovary and by the seeds being winged above or at both ends, while in Cedrela the disk is as long or shorter than the ovary and the seeds are winged below. The first 3 species below belong to the sub- genus Toona, the others are true cedrelas. Cedrelas are tall ornamental trees with large pinnate fohage, well adapted for avenues: C. sinensis is hardy as far north as Massachusetts; the others are hardy only in southern CaUfornia and in the Gulf states except C. odorata, which is tender even there. The wood of some species, particularly of C. odorata, is known as cedar wood, and much valued for making furniture and boxes. They thrive best in rich loam, and are propa- gated by seeds or by cuttings of mature wood, and, also, by root-cuttings, all with bottom heat. 848. Cecropia palmata. 698 CEDRELA CEDRONELLA 849. Leaflets of Cedrela and Ailanthus. Cedrela on the right. IXH) A. Lfts. 10-25. B. Lais, quite glabrous. c. Margin of Ivs. more or less serrate: panicles very long, pendulous: seeds winged above. sinensis, Juss. (Todna sinensis, Roem. Aildnthus flavescens, Carr.). Tree to 50 ft.: Ivs. long - petioled, 10-20 in. long; Kts. 10-22, oblong or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, slightly and re- motely serrate, light green beneath, 4-8 in. long: fls. white, in very long, pendulous panicles; ovarj^ glabrous; 5 subulate staminodes alter- nating with the stamens: fr. oblong or obovate, about 1 in. long. June. China. R.H. 1891, p. 574^5; 1875, p. 87. Gng.4:l. M.D.G. 1902:495. F. 1876, p. 175. P.E. 13, p. 1. — Ornamental tree, with large feathery foliage; very valuable for avenues; similar to ailanthus, and nearly of the same hardiness, but of more regular and dense growth, and without the disagreeable odor when flowering. Ailan- thus can be easily distin- guished by the few coarse teeth near the base of the Kts., each bearing a large gland beneath (Fig. 849). serr&ta, Royle (Todna serrdta, Roem.). Tree, to 70 ft.: Ivs. usually odd-pinnate, 15-20 in. long; lfts. 15-25, ovate-lanceolate or ovate-acuminate, irregularly ser- rate, glaucous beneath: panicles longer than the Ivs., pendulous; fls. fragrant, often 6-merous; ovary glabrous. Hunalayas, to 8,000 ft. altitude. Royle, 111. 25. Col- lett, Flor. Siml. 82. — This is probably the hardiest of the tropical species. Sometimes united with C. Toona. cc. Margin of Ivs. entire: panicles shorter than the Ivs. Todna, Roxbg. {Tobna ciKdto, Roem.). Tree, to 70 ft., nearly evergreen: Ivs. abruptly pinnate; lfts. 10-20, usually op- posite, lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, some- times undulate, 3-6 in. long: fls. white, honey- scented, 5-merous; ovary hairy; seeds winged at both ends. Hunalayas. Wight., Icon. 161. Bran- dis, Forest Fl. 14. odorata, Linn. West Indian Cbdak. Tree, to 100 ft.: Ivs. 10-20 in. long; lfts. 12-20, ovate- lanceolate, acuminate, entire, bright green on both sides, 4r-6 in. long: panicles shorter than the Ivs.: fr. oblong, 1}^ in. long; seeds winged be- low. W. Indies. — The cedar wood comes mostly from this species. Wood brown, fragrant, the source of the cigar-box wood of commerce. It is a very durable wood, 850. Cedius atlantica. and is much prized in the W. Indies in the manufacture of cabinets, furniture, canoes, and other articles. In the W. Indies known as "cedar. BB. hos. densely pubescent beneath. fissilis. Veil. Tree: Ivs. 10-15 in. long, abruptly pin- nate; lfts. 18-24, opposite, nearly sessile, oblong- lanceolate, acuminate: panicles pubescent, longer than the Ivs.; calyx pubescent outside; petals fulvous tomen- tose; ovary glabrous. Brazil, Paraguay. St. Hilaire, Fl. Brazil. 2:101. — ^According to Franceschi it does better at Santa Barbara than any other species of this genus. AA. Lfts. 6-10, finely ciliate. DugSsii, Wats. Tree: Ivs. 10-15 in. long; lfts. cuneate, ovate-lanceolate, long and slender acuminate, nearly entire, shining above, pale green and glabrous or nearly so beneath, 4^6 in. long: panicles rather compact, much shorter than the Ivs. Mex. Alfred Rbhdeb. CEDRONELLA (a little cedar, from the odor of C. triphylla, a species from the Canary Islands sometimes called "Babn of Gilead"). LabiAtx. Herbs or shrubs, sometimes planted in borders in the middle and south- ern parts of the United States. Four species allied to Dracocephalum, to which the first 2 belong according to Bentham. Engler and Prantl consider the genus monotypic, containing only the third species below. The 2 native kinds described below are compact, free-flowering border perennials, with aromatic Ivs. and numerous showy purplish pink fls. with blue stamens, and borne in dense whorls on long racemes or spikes: calyx a trifle oblique, 5-toothed; corolla-tube exserted, the limb 2-Upped; stamens 4, the anthers 2-ceIled. — They are not quite hardy N., and should have a sheltered sunny position, or some winter pro- tection. The first 2 prop, by division of the root, the last by cuttings. cana. Hook. Height 2J^-3 ft.: sts. hard, square, subshrubby: branches numerous, especially at the base, opposite, hoary with a minute pubescence: upper Ivs. small, YT-'^Yi in. long, ^^*~ entire, hoary, numerous IfCv^ ^ . ^ near the fls . , ovate ; lower Ivs. larger, cordate- ovate, dentate - serrate : spikes numerous; whorls dense, 15- or more-fld.; corolla 1 in. long, limb 5-cleft, the lowest lobe largest, crenate, revo- lute. June-Oct. Mex. and New Mex. B.M. 4618. mexic4na,Benth. (ffor- dbquia betonicoides, iS'-.saB*. Lindl.). Height 1-3 ft.: 5^|*»v j.(jQ^ creeping: Ivs. 1}^- ^ 2}^ in. long, ovate-lan- ceolate (the lower ones cordate), crenate -den- tate, becoming purplish below, petioled: fls. very like the above, bright pink. Mex., Mts. S. Ariz. B.M. 3860.— Rarer in cult, than above; Ivs. larger, longer and fewer. Intro, into cult, in 1839. triph:flla, Moench (Dracocephalum canari- hise, Linn.). Balm op Gilead. Shrubby, 3 to 4 ft.: lfts. 3, oblong or lanceolate: fls. purple or CEDRONELLA CEDRUS 699 white, in loose spicate whorls. Aromatic plant from Canary Isls. C. pdUida, Lindl. Similar to C. mexioana, but differing in having shorter, pale red fls. B.IL 1846:29. It ia sometimes confused with C. mejdoana. jvj TAYLOR.f CEDRUS (Kedros, ancient Greek name). Pin&cese. Cedar. Trees grown for their persisting foUage and striking habit; they are also valuable timber trees. Large evergreen trees, with quadrangular, stiff, fasciculate Ivs. : fls. monoecious, the staminate forming cyUn- drical catkins: cones ovate or ovate-oblong, thick, 3-5 in. long, with broad, closely imbrica t e, bracts, attain- ing maturity in 2 or 3 years; seeds winged. — Three closely allied species in N. Afr., Asia Minor and Himalayas. The cedars are large orna- mental coni- fers, with wide- spreading bran- ches, very dis- tinct in habit from most other conifers. They are usually con- sidered tender, but a hardy race of Cedrus Libani has been recently intro- duced by the Arnold Arbore- tum from the highest eleva- tion where the species occurs in Asia Minor; the plants have stood all the winters since 1902 unpro- tected at the Arnold Arbore- tum and have proved per- fectly hardy. It is very gratify- ing that one is now able to grow so far north the famous cedar of Lebanon which, aside from its beauty, is of peculiar interest for its historic and reUgious associations. The race of Cedrus Ldbani commonly cultivated is rather tender, more tender than C. atlan- tica which may be grown as far north as New York in sheltered positions, while C. Deodara can be grown safely only in California and southern states. The very durable and fragrant wood of all species is highly valued. The cedars prefer well-drained, loamy soil, and will also grow in sandy clay, if there is no stagnant mois- ture. Propagated by seeds sown in spring; the varie- ties by veneer grafting, in late summer or in fall, on seedhngs of C. atlantica; or, in warmer regions, on C. 45 851. Cedars on Mt. Lebanon, Cedrus Libani. Deodara; they grow also from cuttings, if the small shoots are selected which spring occasionally from the old wood. Plants of this genus are the true cedars; but trees of other genera are often called cedar. See Ckamsecyparis, Juniperus, and Thuya; also Cedrela. A. Branches stiff, not drooping: cones truncate, and often concave at the apex. atlintica, Manetti. Fig. 850. Large, pyramidal tree, to 120 ft., with upright leading shoots: Ivs. mostly less than 1 in. long, usually thicker than broad, rigid, glaucous green: cones 2- 3 in. long, light brown. N. Afr. Gng. 2:163. G. F. 9:417. R.H. 1890, p. 32. G. W. 6, p. 498. Gn. 37, p. 195. Gt. 61, p. 449. Var. glafica, Carr. Foliage glaucous, with silvery hue; a very desirable and vigorous form. Gng. 8: 275. Var. fas- tigiata, Carr. Of upright col- umnar habit. R.H. 1890, p. 32. Libani, Loud. Fig. 851. Large tree, with wide- spreading, hori- zontal bran- ches, forming a broad head when older, leading shoot nodding: Ivs. 1 in. or longer, broader than thick, dark or bright green, sometimes blu- ish or silvery: cones 3^ in. long, brown. Lebanon, Tau- rus, S. AnatoUa and N. Afr. Gng. 5:65. Mn. 1:39. G.F. 8:335; 2:149 (adapted in Fig. 851). Gn. 48, p. 237; 66, pp. 124-5, 178. G.C. III. 34:265. F.S.R. 2, pp. 291-4. Var. brevifdUa, Hook. With shorter Ivs. and smaller cones. Cyprus. Var. glaftca, Carr. (var. argentea, Veitch). Fofiage of blue or silvery hue. Var. n^na, Loud. Dwarf form. AA. Branches and leading shoot pendulous: cones obtuse. DeodSra, Loud. Tall tree, of pyramidal habit, to 150 ft. : Ivs. 1-2 in. long, dark bluish green, rigid, as thick as broad: cones 33^-5 in. long, reddish brown. Hima- layas. Gng. 2:8. G.C. III. 25:139; 34:400. F. 1876, p. 103. Gn. 28, p. 223. V. 20:185. Var. robfista, Carr. Lvs. about 2 in. long, rigid. Var. pendula, Beissn. (var. recurvdia pendula, Hort.) . With long pendulous branches 700 CEDRUS or prostrate if not supported. G.W. 14, p. 413. Var. fastigiata, Carr. Of columnar habit. Var. verticillata, Rehd. (var. verticiUdta glaiica, Tutenberg). A com- pact form with the Ivs. whorled at the base of the shoots: foHage bluish white: the hardiest form of the species. G.W. 11, p. 89. Var. viridis, Knight. Lvs. 852. Ceiba Casearia, the gieat silk-cotton tree at Nassau. CELASTRUS oblong-obtuse, hau'y outside: caps. 4-8 in. long, 5- valved, bearing many woolly seeds. Tropics of Asia, Afr., and Amer. B.M. 3360.— One of the character- istic and well-known trees of tropical countries. The wings of some of the old trees run far in all directions, sometimes being prominent 30 ft. or more; note the picture (Fig. 852) of the well-known tree at Nassau on the island of New Provi- dence. The wood is used to some extent in interior con- struction, but is soft, white and brittle. The cotton-hke material in the pods is used in beds and pillows and for stuflSnghf e-buoys, butitcan- not be spun into threads; it is the "kapok" of commerce. Offered in S. Calif, and Fla., as a tree of rapid growth, grandifldra, Rose. Tree, 15-20 ft., 8-12 in. diam., the branches with short prickles: petioles 2-4 in. long; Ifts. 3-5, glabrous, oblong, cuneate at base, entire or shghtly ser- rulate, 2-3 J^ in. long: petals white, silky, 4-6 in. long, strap-shaped; stamens 6, the filaments 3}4 in. long and each with 2 anthers: caps, oblong, 4K in. long. Trop. W. Mex.— The fls. are fleshyj they change to brown. Listed in S. Calif. L. H. B. bright green. Var. argentea, Carr. Foliage of silvery hue. Var. nivea, Annesley. Young growth white. G.C. III. 25:399. Var. albo-spica, Annesley (var. dlbo- spicdta, Beissn.). Young growth green, becoming later white at the tips. G.W. 11, p. 89. Var. a&rea, Beissn. Foliage golden yellow. G.W. 11, p. 87. AuBED Rehder. €£lBA (aboriginal name). Bombacaceie. Silk- Cotton. Kapok. Ceiba. Trees, one of which is widely known in the tropics for its great size as a shade tree, and for the "cotton" of its eeed-pods. Eriodendron is a more recent name. Leaves digitate, with 5-7 entire Ifts. : fls. medium to large, rose or white, on 1-fld. peduncles, solitary or fascicled; calyx cup-shaped, truncate or irregularly 3-5-lobed; petals oblong, pubescent or woolly; staminal tube divided at the apex into 5 or 10 parts, each part bearing a stamen; ovary 5-celled: fr. a coriaceous caps., pubescent within and bearing obovoid seeds embedded in a wool-like or cotton-like fiber. — Allied to Bombax and Adansonia, from which it differs in having 5 parts in the staminal body or column, rather than a much inore divided column bearing many stamens on each division. Ten or more species, mostly in Trop. Amer., extending to Asia and Afr. Casearia, Medic. (C. pentdndra, Gaertn. Bdmbax pentdndrum, Linn. B. guineinse, Schum. & Thoun. Eriod&ndron anfractudsum, DC. E. occidentale, Don. E. orientAle, Kostel. Xi/lon pentdndrum, O. Kunze.). SiLK-CoTTON Tree. Ceiba. Pochote. Figs. 852, 853. Great tree, reaching 100 ft. and more, and having immense horizontal far-spreading branches and wide- flung thin buttresses or flanges: trunk spiny when young; branches verticillate: Ifts. 7, arising from a nearly circular plate or disk at the top of the petiole, lanceolate-acuminate, undulate, smooth, each 4-6 in. long: fls. white or rose, the corolla 2-3 in. long; petals CELASTRUS {Kelasiros, ancient Greek name). Cel- astr&ceas. Woody plants grown chiefly for their brightly colored fruit; some also for their handsome foliage. Shrubs, usually climbing, with alternate, petioled, usually deciduous and serrate glabrous lvs.: fls. polyg- amous, 5-merous, inconspicuous, greenish white, in axillary or terminal panicles or racemes; calyx 5-parted; petals small, oblong-ovate; disk entire or crenate; sta- mens short; ovary superior; style short with 3-lobed 853. Leaves and fruits of Ceiba Casearia, the silk-cotton tree. ( X H) CELASTRUS CELERIAC 701 stigma: fr. a caps, dehiscent into 3 valves, each con- taining 1 or 2 seeds, inclosed in a fleshy crimson aril. — More than 30 species in S. and E. Asia, Austral, and Amer. The species with perfect fls. in axillary cymes and with evergreen Ivs., being rigid and often spiny shrubs, are now included under Gymnosporia, which see. These shrubs are hardy and ornamental, very effec- tive with their bright^colored fruit remaining usually throughout the winter; C. angulatus is also worth growing for its large handsome foliage. They are very valuable for covering trelUswork, trees or rocks and walls: they grow in almost any soil and situation, and as well in shaded as in sunny positions. Propagated by seeds, sown in fall or stratified, and by root-cuttings or layers; suckers are freely produced, and become some- times a nuisance in nurseries; they also can be increased by cuttings of mature and of soft wood. A. Under side of Ivs. green. B. Los. S-4 in. long: branchlets terete. c. Fk. andfr. in axillary few-fld. cymes along the branches. orbiculatus, Thunb. (C. articulatus, Thunb.). Fig. 854. High-climbing shrub: Ivs. cuneate, suborbicular to oblong or obovate, acute or acuminate, crenate-ser- rate, 2-3 in. long: fr. globular, orange-yellow, with crimson seeds. Japan, China. B.M. 7599. G.F. 3:550 (adapted in Fig. 854). A.F. 9:534. G.C. III. 23:29; 43:242. Gng. 5:119. M.D.G. 1902:306. Var. punc- tatus, Rehd. (C. punctdtus, Thunb.). A less vigorous grower, with smaller, elliptic Ivs. — C. orbiculatus is of more vigorous growth than the following species, and fruits very profusely, but the frs. are hidden by the foliage, and are not very conspicuous until the Ivs. have fallen, while C. scandens bears its frs. above the Ivs. cc. Fh. and fr. in terminal panicles. sc&ndens, Liim. False Bitter-sweet. Wax-Work. Fig. 855. High, climbing to 20 ft. : Ivs. cuneate, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, crenate-serrate, glabrous, 2-4 in. long : fis. in terminal, many-fld. panicles or racemes 2-4 in. long: fr. about Min. diam., orange-yellow, with crimson seeds. Canada to S. D. and New Mex. Em. 545. A.G. 11:29, 31. G.F. 5:569 (adapted in Fig. 855). Gng. 5 : 1 19. A.F. 9 : 534. V. 3 : 315. Gn. 33, p. 393 (habit) . paniculitus, Willd. (C. depindens, Wall.). Branches brown with numerous small white lenticels, pendulous: IvB. ovate-oblong or obovate, sometimes to 5 in. long: fls. in terminal pendulous panicles 4-8 in. long. Hima- layas. — Not hardy N. 854. Celastrus orbiculatus. (XH) 855. Celastrus scandens. (XM) BB. Li)s. Jj-S in. long and S-5 in. broad: branchlets angular. angulatus, Maxim. (C. latifdlius, Hemsl.). Glabrous shrub, climbing to 20 ft.: branchlets angular, finely lenticellate: Ivs. broadly ovate or roundish, abruptly short-acuminate, crenately serrate: terminal panicles 4r-6 in. long: fr. subglobose, nearly }^in. thick, on thick short stalks, yellow with orange seeds. N.W. and Cent. China. H.I. 23:2206.— Even without fr. effective on account of its large foliage; has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum. AA. Under side of the Ivs. bluish white. hypoleftcus, Warb. (C. hypoglaiica, Hemsl. Erythro- spirmum hypoleiicum, Oliver). Glabrous shrub with terete brown branches scarcely lenticellate: Ivs. elliptic or oblong-eUiptic, 2-4 in. long, short-acuminate, re- motely serrulate: terminal panicles 2-5 in. long, loose: fr. about Min- thick on slender stalks, ^-}^va.. long. Cent. China. H.I. 19:1899. C. fiageltctria, Rupr. Allied to C. orbiculatus. Branches with persistent spiny stipules, sometimes rooting: Ivs. ovate or oval, small, finely serrulate, slender-petioled: fr. axillary, small. N. China, Korea, Japan. Quite hardy, but not so handsome as C. orbiculatus. — C nittans, Hort. Reasoner, not Roxbg.=Qui3qualis indica. — C. Orixat Sieb. & Zucc.=Orixa japouica. Alfred Rehder. CELERIAC (Apium graveolens, Linn., var. rapd/- ceum, DC). Umbelliferx. Fig. 866. An offshoot of the celery species, producing an edible root-part instead of edible leaves. Celeriac is very little grown in this country, and to Americans is almost unknown, but it is much prized in Europe. Here it is cultivated chiefly where there is a foreign population. Fifteen or twenty varieties are mentioned in the seed catalogues, but there is very little difference in the various sorts, some seedsmen even making no distinction between varieties, but cataloguing the plant simply as celeriac. 702 CELERIAC CELERY In general, the culture is the same as for celery, ex- cept that no blanching is required, since it is the en- larged root that constitutes the edible part. Sow the seed during the spring in a well-prepared seed-bed, pref- erably in a more or less shaded location. A coldframe or a spent hotbed is a good place. The seed is slow to germinate, and must be kept well watered. When the plants are 2 or 3 inches tall, they ought to be trans- planted; about 3 inches apart each way is a good distance to place them at this handling. Later, again transplant them to the open ground, in rows about 2 feet apart and 6 or 8 inches dis- tint in the row. The m1 should be a rich 1 ght loam well supplied ith moisture. (The seed may be sown where the plants are to remain, and thinned to the required dis- tance, but stronger, more stocky plants are secured by transplanting as directed.) Plants thus treated wiU be ready for fall and winter use. If they are de- sired for earlier use, the seeds may be sown in a mild hotbed and transplanted to the open. , Aside from frequent tillage, celeriac requires but Uttle attention during growth. It is a frequent prac- tice with growers to remove a little of the earth from about the plants after the root has become well enlarged, and to cut off the lateral roots. This tends to make the main root grow larger, smoother and more symmetri- cal in shape. For winter use, the plants may be pro7 tected with earth and straw to keep out frost, or packed in moist sand and placed in a cool cellar. The principal use of celeriac is for the flavoring of soups and stews, but it is also served in several other ways. It may be boiled and eaten with a white sauce, Uke cauliflower; as a salad, either first bein^ cooked as beets or turnips, or else cut up into small pieces and used raw; when boiled, sUced and served with oil and vinegar, it forms the dish known as "celery salad." An extract may be obtained from it which is said to have medicinal properties. Just how long celeriac, or turnip-rooted celery, has been in cultivation is unknown. Its history as a garden vegetable can be traced definitely as far back as the middle of the seventeenth century, although writers for a century or more previous to this time made references which would seem to relate to this vegetable, but the identity is obscure. Its origin was probably the same as that of the common garden celery, of which it is doubtless a state wherein the root has become en- larged and edible. This form is supposed to be the one most remotely removed from the wild state. H. P. Gould. CELERY (Apiwm gravholens, Linn.). Unibelliferse. A major garden vegetable, grown for its blanched leaf- stalks which are eaten raw and also used in cookery. Biennial, sometimes annual, plants; If .-stalks 6-15 856. Celeriac trimmed for market (XH); olso on untrimmed root, on a smaller scale. in. long, bearing 3 pairs and a terminal 1ft. coarsely serrated and ternately lobed or divided. The fl.-stalks are 2-3 ft. high, branched and leafy; fls. white, incon- spicuous and borne in compound umbels; seeds very small, flattened on the sides, broader than long. An acrid, pungent flavor characterizes the wild plants. The genus Apium is variously understood. As mostly accepted, it comprises some 15 or 20 species of annual or perennial glabrous herbs with pinnate or pinnately compound Ivs., and small greenish white fls. m compound umbels; calyx-teeth wanting; petals ovate or rounded. The species are distributed widely in temperate regions and in the mountains in the tropics. A. graveolens is the one important species to the horti- culturist. Var. rapaceum is celeriac, a form or race in which the crown of the plant is thickened and turnip- like (see Celeriac). The wild celery plant is not stout, nor are the If.-stalks thickened, as they are in the domesticated races. It grows 1-2 ft. high when in bloom, in marshy places near the sea, on the coasts of Eu., Afr., and Asia; and it has run wild from cult, in some parts of N. Amer. Celery probably was not cultivated until after the Middle Ages, and the varieties now grown so exten- sively have been developed within the past thirty-five years. It is not many years since this vegetable was I regarded as a luxury and sold at prices that could be " paid only by the wealthy, but today it is one of the standard vegetables and is produced in enormous quantities for the city markets. The industry is often U highly profitable on muck areas, and thousands of acres of this land are used for celery-culture in Michi- gan, Ohio, New York, Florida and CaUfomia. Intensive | market-gardeners of the North regard it as one of their I most profitable crops, and results are especially satis- : factory if the land can be irrigated. When good markets are available, celery is an excellent crop to follow early garden crops, such as peas, beans, beets, bunch onions, radishes and other vegetables that mature in ample time to allow the after-planting of celery to mature. Soils that have been previously cropped the same season should be manured liberally before celery is planted. Types and varieties. I The methods of cultivation and handling of celery! depend so much on the variety that this part of the § subject should be discussed at the outset, Celery may be classified into two general groups — green varie- ties, and the so-called self- blanching varieties. For- merly, the green kinds were grown almost exclusively, but commercial growers soon discovered that the self -blanching varieties pos- sess certain cultural advan- tages that make them highly desirable from a business point of view. They are more easily blanched, and this is probably the most important consideration when the crop is to be grown for commercial pur- poses. This is particularly advantageous in the sum- mer crop, and equally ap- preciated by those who plant large areas for the late market. When boards are used for blanching, more than twice as many plants may be set on an acre as when green varieties are employed and the crop bleached with earth. It is 8S7. The Boston ideal. CELERY CELERY 703 universally conceded, however, that the light-colored varieties are somewhat inferior in quality to the green sorts. For this reason it is a mistake to rely wholly on self-blanching varieties in the home garden. Many home gardeners plant the light-colored kinds for sum- mer use only, and green varieties for fall and winter use. In some regions, a plant with a much-branched base is desired as in Fig. 857; but in general a less spreading or a lighter plant is grown, as in Fig. 858. These differ- ences are mostly matters of the way in which the plants are grown, as to room in seed-bed and field. White Plume is one of the best known of the self-blanching varieties. It is vigorous in growth and attains a greater height than Golden Self-blanohing and, for tliis reason, does not meet with as ^reat favor among commercial growers. The quality is also inferior to Golden Self-blanching. Golden Self-blanching is by far the most popular of American varieties. It is a favorite with amateurs and constitutes probably 90 per cent of all the celery grown in the United States. The plants attain a height of 14 to 20 inches, and are compact and stocky. The stems are short, thick, easily blanched to a creamy white, and the foliage is abundant. Rose-^bbed Golden Self-blanching has a tinge of rose-color on the ribbing of the stems, which makes the variety attractive for the home garden. It is not grown largely for commercial purposes. Giant Pascal is an old green-stem variety that is not surpassed in quality. In rich moist soils the plants attain a height of 30 inches or more. It is a favorite of home gar- deners who take pride in producing taU, tender stalks of the highest quality. Winter Queen is a more popular green variety among commercial growers than Giant Pascal. It does not attain such a great height and grows more compactly, so that less space is required between rows, and the crop is more convenient to store. _ French Success is a very stocky compact winter variety that possesses excellent keep- ing qualities. Boston Market is famous for its excellent quality. It is grown extensively about Bos- ton in the home gardens and for commercial purposes. It is low, compact, crisp, tender and of the best flavor. Many other varieties are planted to some extent, but the most important have been mentioned. Soils. As previously stated, great com- mercial plantations are on muck soils, although the business is not confined to such lands. The mucks usually provide ideal conditions for the cul- ture of celery. The plant thrives in soils abounding in vegetable matter, and as mucks contain 60 per cent or more of organic matter this requirement is fully met. A Kalamazoo (Michigan) muck soil, used extensively for celery, analyzed as foUows: Per cent Sand and silicates 19.16 Alumina 1.40 Oxide of iron 3.94 Lime 6.09 Magnesia 0.81 Potash 0.34 Soda 0.38 Sulphuric acid 1.31 Phosphoric acid 0.88 Carbonic acid 1.95 Organic matter (containing 2.53 per cent of nitrogen) 63.76 Water 6.51 Properly prepared mucks are loose and friable, and this is a great advantage in transplanting and in per- forming all tillage operations. The land is easily plowed, harrowed, leveled, marked and cultivated, and the work of ridging the plants is accomplished with the greatest ease. The depth of the water-table in muck lands varies greatly, but about 3 feet is considered most favorable; at this depth the plants never suffer from drought. While it is universally conceded that muck soils provide the best conditions for the extensive cultiva- tion of celery, the crop is grown with entire success on a great variety of soil types. In fact, the plants thrive in any friable soil which is adequately provided with moisture, plant-food and vegetable matter. Near all the northern cities of the United States may be found plantations of limited area that return excellent profits. This is particularly true ia sections devoted to the most intensive types of market-gardening, when stable manure and commercial fertiUzers are used almost lavishly. With this system of soil-management, the ground soon changes its physical properties and in some cases approaches the muck soils in mechanical composition. It is not uncommon to find small areas on various types of soil, cultivated intensely, which make a gross return of $1,000 or more to the acre. These results indicate the great possibUities of the home garden for the production of celery. There is no reason why every gardener, whatever his type of soil, should not be fully successful in growing a boun- tiful supply of the choicest celery for the home table. The reclaiming of new muck lands is often an expen- sive undertaking. The land must be cleared of brush and sometimes timber. Drainage must be provided 858. A good celery plant in the general market. by means of tile or open ditches. The land is often acid, and lime should be employed to correct the acidity. For a year or two other crops than celery should be planted to get the land in the proper physical condition. The first plowing should be done in the fall so that the land will be exposed to frost during the winter. Com is an excellent crop to plant the follow- ing spring. There should be repeated cultivation throughout the summer to destroy any other vegetar tion that may start. Other types of soil should be prepared as in the usual way for the small garden crops. FaU plowing, after large quantities of manure have been aidded, is often desirable when an early crop is to be started the following spring. Smoothing harrows and plank drags should be used to make the soil fine and smooth pre- paratory to planting. All preparatory tillage opera- tions should be conducted with a view to conserving soil-moisture, which is exceedingly important to celery throughout the period of growth. Fertilizing. As previously stated, it is important for land that is to be planted in celery to abound in vegetable matter. There must also be an abundance of available plant- food in order to secure a rapid and vigorous growth. When applying either manure or commercial fertilizer, the grower should bear in mind that this is a shallow- 704 CELERY CELERY rooted plant and the materiala should not be placed at great depths. All classes of growers, whether they are producing on a garden or field scale, and whatever their type of soil may be, recognize stable-manures as the best fer- tilizer that can be appUed for this crop. Stable-manures are the most satisfactory because they furnish both organic matter and plant- food. It is often desirable to supplement stable-manures with commercial fertilizers, but the success of this crop will be far more certain if reUance is placed on ^ barn-manures rather than chemical fertilizers. ^ An effort should be made to have the manures near the surface of the ground, and this can be accom- pUshed by applying rotten or comjjosted manure after plowing and working into the soU with a disc-harrow. If coarse fresh manure must be used and partially decayed manure is not available, it is preferable to apply it be- fore plowing. Market-gardeners often apply thirty to forty tons to the acre, although smaller quantities give excellent results, especially if fertilizers are used in addition to the manure. Ten tons of manure on muck land is a decided advantage over no manure, even when fertUizers are used in large quantities. Probably no commercial grower of celery should attempt to produce this crop without the use of at least some commercial fertilizer. When stable-manures are used lavishly, a Uttle acid phosphate, nitrate of Boda or potash wUi often give increased profits. When stable-manure is not used at all, or perhaps in very small amounts, commercial fertilizers should be used with freedom. Two tons of a high-grade fer- tilizer to the acre is not an unusual application, and some of the most intensive growers use larger amounts. In the smaller areas, from which a gross return of $800 to $1,200 to the acre is expected, there should be no hesitancy in spending $100 to $125 an acre for manure and fertilizer. Celery requires much nitrogen and the mixed fertilizer applied before planting, or afterwards as a side-dressing, should contain not less that 4 per cent of this element. There should also be an abundance of potash and phosphoric acid. A fertilizer containing 4 per cent of mtrogen, 8 per cent phosphoric acid and 10 per cent potash should meet the requirements of this crop in all soils, when applied in sufficient quantity. Some growers have found it highly desirable to apply nitrate of soda or complete fertilizer as side-dressings after the crop is well started. These appUcations may vary from 100 to 200 pounds to the acre and should be made at intervals of about three weeks. Slarting the plants. The greatest care should be exercised in procuring seed, for inferior seed may result in pithy or hollow ■M, •k.J 860. Blanching celery by wrapping it vrith paper. 859. Celery planted thick, and the patch edged nith boards. The "new celery-culture." stalks, a poor stand of plants in the seed-bed, seedhngs of low vitality, or a large percentage of seed shoots. Only the most reliable dealers, those who have a repu- tation for furnishing first-class seed of the varieties desired, should be patronized. To make certain of securing good seed, some careful growers import their seed directly from foreign producers, which, however, is unnecessary if the proper precautions are taken in the selection of a responsible seedsman. Practically all of the seed of the self-blanching varieties is grown in France, while most of the seed of green varieties is produced in California. As there is never absolute certainty of securing en- tirely satisfactory seed, some growers follow the excellent practice of buy- ing in large amounts, sufficient to last several • J years. Only a small N( quantity of the seed is planted the first year to determine its real merit, and if found satis- factory there is sufficient quan- tity on hand to last several years. If kept in sealed jars in a room where the temperature does not vary greatly, the germinating power will be retained at least six years. C5elery seed is very small. An ounce contains about 70,000 seeds, and with the very best conditions should produce at least half this number of plants. It is not safe, however, to count on a much greater number than 10,000 plants to the ounce, be- cause many of the seeds usually fail to germinate and the plants at first are very small and easily perishable. The seeds are slow to germinate. They should be planted in fine soil which, if pos- sible, should be kept constantly moist but never wet. Seed for the early crop is seldom sown before the first of March. If checked in growth at any time, there is great danger of the plants producing seed shoots which renders them unsalable. Plants started the first of March will, with proper care, be ready for market 1 in August. Earlier sowing is possible and sometimes desirable, but adequate faciUties must be provided to avoid crowding the plants, which invariably results in checking the growth. Some gardeners have found it to be profitable to start the plants the latter part of February, finally transplanting into frames, where the crop is matured. Seed for the early crop may be sown in the beds of the artificially heated frame or greenhouse. Many growers use flats or shallow plant-boxes, which are placed in the hotbed or greenhouse. While broadcast- ing of the seed is often practised, it is better to sow in drills 2 inches apart. The furrows should be very shallow, as the seeds should not be covered with more than }/i inch of earth. Muck mixed with a small amount of sifted coal-ashes, sand and a little bone- meal, is most excellent for starting plants under glass. After sowing and lightly covering the seed, place a Eiece of burlap over the bed, and water it. Keep the ed covered with burlap or a piece of cloth until the plants begin to come up. Do not water more than necessary to keep the bed moist. When the plants appear they wiU need plenty of hght, sunshine and fresh air. A temperature of 70° to 75° is most favora- ble to germination, but 10° lower should be maintained if possible after the plants are up. Higher tempera- tures, however, will do no harm if the proper attention is given to ventilation. When the rough leaves appear, the seedlings should be transplanted into beds or preferably flats, spacing the plants 1}^ inches apart each way. Stronger plants will be developed if they are set 2 inches apart. The flats may be about 2 inches deep and half filled with CELERY CELERY 705 rotten manure, the remainder of the space being filled with good rich soil. The manure wiU furnish ideal conditions for the roots of the yoang seedlings and make it possible to transplant them to the open ground with blocks of earth and manure so that there will be practically no check in growth. If earliness is an important consideration, this method of treatment is highly important. Young celery plants require con- siderable nursing, and it will not do to take them from warm greenhouses or hotbeds to coldframes before the season is well advanced. They will suffer even more than tomato plants from low temperature. One of the most successful of our American growers invari- ably plants from the greenhouse to the open ground, beginning about May 10 . Spraying the seedlings several times with bordeaux mixture may be the means of avoiding loss from fungous Seed for the late crop should be sown in the open ground or in protected beds as soon in the spring as the soil can be prepared. Delay in starting the plants is often responsible for a failure of the late crop. It is not so easy to control moisture in the outdoor seed- beds. If overhead irrigation lines are available, there wlU be no difficulty in this matter. The beds are often shaded with brush or lath screen. Small beds may be kept covered with moist burlap. When starting on a large scale, the rows may be a foot or more apart. Thinning is often necessary to secure stocky plants. The plants may be set where ""^mRjif). they are to mature any time after they have ^^ '^;ffA attained a height of about 3 inches. Ordi- ■■'■"" narily seedlings started out-of-doors are trans- planted directly to the permanent bed or field without an intermediate shift, although this is an advantage in developing stronger plants with better roots. If the plants attain a height of 5 inches or more before they are set in the field, the tops should be cut back before transplanting. Planting in the field. As previously indicated, plants for the early crop should not be set in the open ground until about May 10 in the latitude of Philadelphia and New York. There is danger of injury from hard frosts if transplanted before this time, and such injury may result in a large percentage of the plants producing seed shoots, thus rendering them unsalable. Seedlings for the late crop may be transplanted in permanent quar- ters any time after June 20. The time of planting in the field will depend largely on the varieties to be used. For example, Golden Self- blanching may be set out three or four weeks later than Giant Pascal and have time to mature fully before hard freezing weather is Ukely to occur. Many commercial growers do not transplant the late crop until nearly the first of August. In most parts of the North, it is better to transplant early in July. The date of transplanting, however, is not so important as to hav^e the plants, as well as the ground, in proper condition before transplanting is started. Plants that are 3 to 5 inches high are much more likely to live and thrive than taller ones. The ground should be smooth, fine and moist. It is exceedingly important to have the rows perfectly straight and this can be accomplished by the use of a marker. A line may be used for this purpose, but transplanting may be accomplished much more rapidly by using a rope-and-peg marker. There is the greatest variation in the planting dis- tances for celery. Some of the most intensive growers plant 7 or 8 inches apart each way. Others prefer to space the rows about a foot apart and have the plants stand 4 inches apart in the row. When such close planting is followed, it is known as "the new celery- culture" (Fig. 859). The plants stand so close together when this method is used that they blanch themselves and it is unnecessary to use boards or other devices. "The new celery-culture" is better adapted to green- house and coldframe use, where the plants can be watered by sub-irrigation. When plants stand so close together, there is Httle circulation of air and heart- rot or other diseases are likely to occur in hot moist weather. The possibilities of a small area by use of this method are very large and the system appeals to growers who have only small tracts of land to cultivate. A more common practice is to space the rows 18 inches to 2 feet apart and to set the plants 4 or 5 inches apart in the row. This method is now almost univer- sally employed for Golden Self-blanching when boards are to be used for blanching the crop. When trans- planted 4 by 24 inches apart, about 60,000 plants are required to set an acre. If horse implements are to be used in planting, it is better to allow at least 28 inches between rows. Some growers prefer to plant Golden Self-blanching in double rows 6 inches apart, placing the plants 4 or 5 inches apart in the row. This plan is not universally popular because it is not favorable to the full develop- ment of every plant. Boards are also used for blanch- ing when this system of planting is followed. When soil is to be used for blanching, more space 861. The last earthing-up or banking of celery. must be allowed between rows. Formerly the almost universal practice was to allow 5 feet between rows. With tall-growing varieties, such as Giant Pascal, this is not too much space to provide sufficient soil for blanching. When lower-growing varieties, such as Winter Queen, are used, the rows need not be more than 4 or 43^ feet apart to give sufficient space for blanching with earth. The larger varieties of the green type should not be planted quite so close together in the row as Golden Self -blanching; for the best develop- ment of the plants, it is better to space them 6 or 6 inches apart in the row. Growers who plant both early and late varieties often alternate the rows. The early variety is removed first, of course, and then there is 4 feet or more of space between the rows of late varieties which are blanched with earth. Transplanting should proceed as rapidly as possible without undue exposure of the roots to the air. If the plant-beds are watered twenty-four hours in advance of transplanting, the plants may be removed with less injury. Svbsequent Ullage practice in the North. Celery is often inter-cropped with other vegetables. One of the most common plans is to plant five rows of onions about a foot apart as early in the spring as the ground can be prepared. The fifth rows are pulled for bunching, and celery is planted instead of the onions. This is a most excellent combination for muck soils where good markets can be found for both crops. Radishes are also excellent to precede celery. If desired, the small button-shaped varieties ■ may be 706 CELERY CELERY used, every fifth row to be planted in celery and later- maturing varieties of radishes in the four rows between. Frequent tillage is necessary for the best results with celery. As it is a shallow-rooted plant, tools that run at considerable depth should be avoided. For horse tillage, there is nothing superior to the spike- tooth cultivator in general use. If the plants are sma,ll, great care should be exercised to avoid throwing dirt on top of the hearts. If the ground contains many 862. Weter-bolding celery crate. weeds, more or less hand work will be required between the plants in the rows. The mulching of soils with horse-manure has been a very popular and profitable practice in recent years. It has been shown in the laboratory as well as in field practice that a fine mulch of 3 or 4 inches of horse- manure conserves moisture more perfectly than the most thorough tillage. The mulching of celery in the field not only conserves moisture but it reduces the labor of tillage and also furnishes noxu-ishment to the plants. The rains carry liquid food to the roots and a more rapid growth invariably follows. Considerable hand labor is required, of course, to place the manure between the rows, but this is probably no greater than the labor needed to till the crop when a mulch is not used. It is customary to use fresh horse-manure, which has been aerated in thin layers for a few days before making apphcation. The ground is completely covered, although the manure is not allowed to touch the plants. The mulch may be applied immediately after planting or, as some prefer, the plants may be tilled for ten days or two weeks and the mulch then applied. Very few weeds wiU appear if 3 or 4 inches of horse-manure is used. Irrigation makes the crop more certain, and it is also a means of securing larger and more vigorous growth and consequently better quality. Most of the inten- sive growers of the East are prepared to irrigate. Va- rious methods are employed. Some who cultivate very small areas use the hose or other sprinkling device. The method that is now in most common use is the overhead system of irrigation, providing for parallel pipe lines about 60 feet apart (see Irrigation). These are turned at wiU by means of levers at the ends and the water is thrown out at any desired angle through small nipples placed about 4 feet apart on the hues. It is important to do the watering if possible in the evening or at night so that the foUage may be as dry as possible during the day. It is also important to make thorough applications, as it is not advisable to water more frequently than absolutely necessary. Blanching. AH American markets demand celery with creamy white stalks. This light color is secured by causing the plants to grow with the stalks in the dark, or nearly so, which prevents the development of chlorophyl. When boards, earth, paper, tile or other means are used, most of the leaves are not covered, and growth is not hindered in the least. Green varieties are blanched almost exclusively by the use of earth. There should be no ridging until the weather is cool and, therefore, this operation is not usually undertaken until early in September at the North. At first the ridging should be only a few inches high, but later should extend to the full height of the stems. Finally, the rows are ridged so that only the tops p^rotrude above the ridges, as shown in Fig. 861. Special tools are available for this operation and the work may be done very rapidly. The early crop is blanched mostly by means of boards, although paper (Fig. 860) and other devices are some- times used. Hemlockj pine and cypress lumber are used for this purpose m various parts of the country. The boards need not be more than 10 inches wide, although 12-inch boards are commonly used. They may be of any convenient length, say 14 to 16 feet long. To prevent warping and splitting, cleats about 3 inches wide and J^inch thick should be nailed at each end and in the middle of the boards. The boards are placed on edge, one on each side of the row and brought as close together as convenient at the upper edge and secured by means of wire hooks. Sometimes stakes are driven at the sides, although wire hooks are more convenient. The hooks should be 6 or 7 inches long and may be made of heavy fence wire. From ten days to two weeks is required for proper blanching with boards. As the crop is sold, the boards are shifted from place to place so that they may be used several times during the season. When not in use, the boards should be stored under cover or stacked in piles with strips between them. With good care, boards that are sound when purchased will last fifteen years. Harvesting and marketing. The harvesting of the celery crop when grown in coldframes usually occurs in the month of July. If the climate is not too severe, it is possible to have celery ready for market the latter part of June. The late crop, which is produced without the use of boards, is not usually ready for market until August. It is lifted with forks or perhaps cut with a sharp knife just beneath the surface and conveyed to the packing- house where it is prepared for market. In some sec- tions the roots are not trimmed at all, the plants being tied in bunches of a dozen and packed in a standard crate such as is shown in Fig. 862. These crates are 24 by 24 inches at the base, and contain six to sixteen dozen plants, depending on the size of the celerjr. The height of the crate may be varied to suit the height of the celery. Another form of celery crate is shown in Fig. 863. In some regions, the roots are trimmed into tapering cubes as shown in Fig. 864. A very convenient method of bunching is to place three plants side by side, tapering the roots as indicated, tjdng the taper- ing roots tightly and then securing the tops. Formerly twine was used almost en- tirely for bunching, while in recent years many grow- ers have found it desirable to use either blue or red tape, which gives the celery a more attractive appear- ance on the market. Michi- gan growers and other pro- ducers of celery in the Great Lake district use small crates of very thin lumber. These vary in size and range about as follows: 6 by 12 by 24 inches; 6 by 16 by 24 inches; 2 by 20 by 24 inches; 6 by 26 by 24 inches and 6 by 30 by 24 inches. The number of bunches in the crates depends on the size of the celery and of the crate, but varies from four to twenty-four dozen. For local markets, ihe plants may be tied in bunches of the most popular size and packed in any crate of convenient form and size. 863. Celery crate. CELERY CELERY 707 Storage. A large percentage of the late celery crop is placed in city cold-storage houses. It is packed with the roots on, and there is very little trimming. Golden Self-blanching keeps fairly well in cold storage, or at least the hearts are presentable when they come out of storage. This is the product that now meets the general demand of the large cities until celery begins to arrive from Florida. In the North, this crop is very commonly stored in ■ trenches. The trenches are dug in well-drained ground and must be deep enough to accommodate the plants so that the tops will not extend more than about 2 or 3 inches above the trenches. The celery will keep better if the trenches are not too wide. Ordinarily they are dug 10 to 14 inches wide. The plants are Mfted and stood as close together in the trench as pos- sible. Some growers prefer to place a little earth over the roots, although this is not necessary. If the tops of the plants are dry when stored, and if the plants are not permit- ted to wilt by being in the sunshine, they should keep in perfect condi- tion in the trenches. Boards are nailed to- gether in the form of a trough and placed over the trenches as rapidly as they are filled. Early in the season, and especially if the weather is quite warm, it is an advantage to provide addi- tional ventila- tion by placing stones or blocks under the edges of the trough. As the season advances and the weather be- comes colder, these should be removed and when necessary, earth, or, better, manure, thrown over the boards to give additional protection. Four or 5 inches of manure will protect the crop thoroughly in most sections until Thanksgiving and perhaps Christmas, depending on the weather. Two kinds of trench storage are shown in Figs. 865, 866. The late crop is often stored in coldframes of suffi- cient depth to receive the plants. The frames are usually covered with boards lapped in roof fashion, and straw or marsh hay is placed over the boards when necessary to give additional protection. Ordinary house cellars, which are well ventilated and not too warm, may be used for storing a limited quantity of celery. Various types of houses have been built for keeping the crop. Cement or brick structures are perhaps the most serviceable. It is important to provide ample ventilation in structures of this kind. In some regions, as around Boston, pits are constructed. The sides of these should be about 2 feet high and the roof may be constructed in an even-span form or sim- ply a shed roof against some other building. Boards are also used for the roofs and covered with straw or hay to give protection during cold weather. 864. Celery plant trimined for market. Enemies. Celery does not have any serious insect enemies. Diseases are much more destructive and difficult to control. The most important diseases are the blights (Cercospora apii and Septoria petroselini var. apii), leaf-spot {Phyllosticta apii), and rust {Pucdnia hul- lata). The application of bordeaux mixture in the seed- bed will help to control some of these diseases. Many growers also find it necessary to make frequent appli- cations of bordeaux mixture in the field in order to prevent serious losses. The complete control of dis- eases in the field may be the means of avoiding loss in storage. The earlier applications of bordeaux mix- ture are regarded as the most effective. Rotation is also desirable in preventing losses from disease. R. L. Watts, Celery-growing in the South. The method of raising celery seedlings is not the same in the South, and especially in Florida, as it is in the North. Sowing is done in July, August, and September, at a time of the year when there is con- tinued warm weather, and frequent beating rain. A place is chosen for the seed-bed near the celery field, — usually a plot at the edge. The size of the field to be planted will determine the extent of the seed- bed. The width of the seed-bed varies from 18 to 36 inches. Rows are sown across it, making it possible to weed and keep the earth worked from both sides. Immediately after sowing, pieces of heavy burlap (usually old fertilizer sacks) are placed over the beds to conserve the moisture, cool the soil, and to protect the seeds against the beating of heavy rains. The seed-beds are sprinkled as often as is necessary to keep the surface moist. After the seeds have germinated and the seed-leaves have pushed their way through the ground, the sack- ing is removed and a screening of cheese-cloth is placed over the bed. Some beds may be covered with cheese-cloth parallel to the surface of the soil. In other cases, a wire is run lengthways over the middle of the bed, and the cheese-cloth is placed over the wire and secured at the sides like a roof. The covering is about 8 to 12 inches above the bed, which gives room for the circulation of air. The beds are kept moist by repeated watering, applied directly through the cheese-cloth. As soon as the plants are 2 or 3 inches high and are well greened, they will be strong enough to stand direct sunlight and will shade the ground sufficiently to keep it from drying out rapidly. The best variety. Formerly nearly all varieties of which seeds were offered by seedsmen were planted. In recent years, however, all have been nearly eliminated except the Golden Self -blanching. The seed of this variety is very high in price and, in years of scarcity, seed supplied under this name is often found to be more or less untrue to type. Seed of low-germinating quality is often found to contain many plants that will make unwelcome vege- tables, probably because the undesirable green and red strains that may occur in the Golden Self-blanching variety are more resistant to deterioration than the true tjT)e. Planting and blanching. Blanching is secured entirely by the boarding-up method. For this purpose, second- or third-grade cypress boards are used; these low-grade boards usually have defective parts or are filled with worm-holes so as to be obtainable rather cheaply. The expense of the lumber, notwithstanding, is so great that it becomes necessary to plant the celery in double rows. Two rows are planted 8 or 10 inches apart, and the plants set 6 or 8 inches apart in the row. By alternating the settings in the two rows, additional space is secured for the plants. 708 CELERY CELERY 865. An old method of growing celery in trenches. It is yet sometimes stored for winter in such trenches. A space of 30 to 40 inches is allowed between the sets of double rows. As soon as the celery has reached the proper stage of growth^ or the market has arrived at a condi- tion in which it is thought wise to ship the celery, the boards are placed alongside the plants and held in place by stakes driven into the ground. Further to exclude the air and light, a small quantity of soil is plowed against the bases of the boards, although this ^^ .m is unnecessary when the soil is sufficiently mellow. The tops of the boards are placed firmly --T}-r---i ,-^ ;^^^=i> together so that only a part of //y5?sJ ''■^^W/// tJie fofiage extends above them. y//}\.^.mV///. With the Golden Self-blanch- ing variety, it is only a few days until the celery is sufficiently blanched and crisp to make a good vegetable. Fertilizer. In the preparation of the field, large quantities of fertilizer are used. Stable manure is not a favorite, unless it can be applied to the land early enough to be- come thoroughly rotted before the plants are sett out. The quantity obtainable, however, is usually so small and the price so high in the South that commercial fertilizers have largely replaced it. The quantity of fertilizer applied may range up to $80 or even $125 worth per acre (of the formula given on page 704.) Irrigation. In the most productive celery regions, sub-irrigation systems (as described under Irrigation) are established. The laterals are laid 15 to 25 feet apart, according to the contour of the land, and the notion of the grower. The irrigation system at the same time serves as a drainage system. This makes it especially convenient, since abundant artesian water is present in nearly all the celery-growing sections far south. The system has been found so convenient that a large amount of damage has been done by over-irrigation, not only in carrying off much soluble fertilizer, but also by water- logging the soil and thus driving the roots of the celery plants so near the surface as to be constantly liable to injury. In the hands of careful celery-growers, how- ever, the system is the best that has been invented. P. H. Rolfs. Celery-growing in California. There are two principal celery-growing districts in California, — Orange County, which is situated in the swamp lands south of Los Angeles; and the northern district, which includes the peat or swamp lands along the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers between Sacramento and Stockton. Several varieties of celery have been tested in this state, ^ „-j^ but the Golden Self- -_^4?0 blanching is most popular and profit- able. Seeding. In California the seed is sown in the open ground, but, owing to its extremely small size, it is diflicult to get a good stand unless the ground is well pulverized. It is commonly estimated that enough plants may be grown on 1 acre of seed-bed to plant 20 acres in the field. To produce healthy, vigorous plants, heavy 866. A good form of trench storage. watering is the rule at first, but as soon as the plants have begun to grow the quantity of water is reduced, and it should never be allowed to stand on the surface of the bed. In order to accomplish this the land must be well drained. The seed is usually sown in March, April or May. Irrigaiion and drainage. Although not nearly so much water is required for the plants in the field as in the seed-bed, celery plants cannot stand drought at any stage of their growth; a well-controlled irrigation system is imperative, except where the water-table is close to the surface. Good drainage is as important as irrigation, for, if water is allowed to stand in the field even for a short time, the plants will suffer seriously. As most of the California celery land is low and the ordinary drainage is poor, an extended system of tile drainage has been laid in nearly all celery fields, especially in Orange County, to prevent losses from standing water. Subsequent tillage. When the plants are large enough to be transplanted, they are pulled from the seed-beds, placed in tin pans and hauled to the field, where they are planted 6 inches apart in the furrows 3J^ feet apart. The depth of the furrows in which the plants are set is some- what varied, depending on the soil-moisture, and the size of the plants. The average depth is from 3 to 6 inches. After the plants have been set in the field for about three weeks or a month and have recovered from the transplanting, the field is "crowded." This operation consists in moving the earth away from the young plants so that they will have more air around them and to kill what weeds have grown so close to the plants that it is impossible to reach them with the cultivator. As the earth between the rows of plants is left in a ridge after the plants have been "crowded," a lar^e wooden roller, which extends across several rows, ia now used to flatten down these ridges and to pack the soil more firmly. The roller is used only when the plants are small, otherwise they would be injured by being crushed. If the plants have grown so large that there is danger of injury by this rolling of the middles, the ridges are smoothed down by the cultivator. When the plants are 12 to 15 inches tall, earth from between the rows is drawn up to them. This is termed "splitting." This should be done carefully, for, if the earth is put too close or too high up on the plants, they will become tender and weak, especially if the weather is hot. The object of "splitting" is gradually to encour- age the plants to grow tall and straight instead of spreading out. This operation is repeated twice in the season, the first time when the plants are 14 to 16 inches tall and the second time just before banking. This last "splitting" also aids blanching. Blanching. Practically all the celery grown in California is banked with earth for blancmng. Banking is done when the celery is reaching its maturity and is nearly ready for shipment. This is the last field operation before the crop is cut. When the celery is banked for the first time, the earth is not drawn very high on the plants, but each time the field is banked tie soil is drawn higher so as firmly to hold the leaves together and in an upright position. If celery that has been banked for the last time is not harvested shortly, it will soon become "punky." The length of time that it can safely be left in the bank depends upon the character of the soil, the weather conditions, and upon the condition of the plants themselves. Celery on sandy soil will keep much longer in the bank than on heavy clay loam or peat soil. If the celery has not matured or if the weather is hot or moist, its keeping quality CELERY CELSIA 709 will be injured. Holding too long in the bank will result in a wilted and "pimky" product. Harvesting and shipping. When the celery is ready to harvest, a cutting machine is used which cuts off the plants just below the crown, leaving a few roots attached. The plants are then lifted and shaken from soil, trimmed and thrown in piles by laborers, who are usually Japanese. Another gang of men then place the plants in crates, marking on each crate the number of dozens it contains. More men follow, nail the crates seciu-ely, load them on wagons which transport them to the railroad siding, where they are ready for shipment and distribution to the various markets in the United States and Canada. The celery is packed in the fields in crates 22-by-24- inch base and 18 to 24 inches in height, according to the quality. One of these crates holds from five to ten dozen celery plants. An ordinary car holds from 160 to 165 of these crates. The shipping of the crop starts in October and continues through March, but the bulk of the crop is harvested during November, December and January. The earlier shipments come into com- petition with celery from Michigan and other middle western states, and the later shipments come into com- petition with celery from Florida. A very efiicient system of marketing has been developed by means of various associations of the growers which have repre- sentatives in the leading markets in the United States so that the celery is shipped to points of greatest demand. Enemies. The most important disease in California is the late blight {Septoria petroselini var. apii), which has done an immense amount of damage in the past but is now handled successfully by most of the growers. Spray with bordeaux mixture. For early bhght (Cercospora apii) keep plants growing thriftily and spray with bordeaux. (For a detailed account of the diseases of celery in California see Bulletin No. 208, published by the University of Cahfornia.) Stanley S. Rogers. CELMfSIA (a name in mythology). Compdsitx. More than 40 New Zealand perennial herbs, and 1 in Austral, and Tasmania, some of which may be expected in botanic gardens and collections. Lvs. radical and in rosettes, or densely imbricated if borne on the sts., usually tomentose: heads large and sohtary on a long or short scape, with imbricate pubescent or glandular bracts in several or many series; rays in a single row, always white. The celmisias are charac- teristic plants of New Zeal., covering the mountain slopes and valleys, especially in the South Isl., with the showy daisy-hke fls. Probably none is regularly in cult. L. H. B. CELOSIA (Greek, kdos, burned; referring to the burned look of the flowers in some species). Amaran^ tdcex. Cockscomb. Popular garden annuals, grown for the showy agglomerated flower-heads and sometimes for colored foUage. Alternate-leaved annual herbs, the lvs. entire or sometimes lobed, mostly narrow: fls. in dense terminal and axillary spikes, the spikes in cult, forms becoming densely fascicled- and often the sts. much fasciated; perianth very small, 5-parted, dry, the segms. oblong or lanceolate, erect in fr. ; stamens 5, the filaments united at base: fr. a circimiscissile utricle, with 2 to many seeds. — About 35 species, aU tropical, in Asia, Air. and Amer. There are two main types of celosias, the crested form and the feathered or plumy ones. The crested cockscomb is very stiff, formal and curious, while the feathered sorts are less so, and are used to some extent in dried bouquets. The plumy sorts are grown abroad for winter decoration, especially under the name of C. pyramidalis, but to a small extent in America. The crested cockscomb is less used as a summer bedding plant than formerly, but it is still commonly exhibited in pots at small fairs, the object being to produce the largest possible crest on the smallest plant. For garden use, the seeds are sown indoors in early spring, and the plants set out May 1 to 15. If the roots dry out, the leaves are sure to drop off. The cockscomb is a moisture-loving plant, and may be syringed often, especially for the red-spider, which is its greatest enemy. A fight, rich soil is needed. A. Spikes crested, monstrous. cristata, Linn. Cockscomb. Fig. 867. Height 9 in. or more: st. very glabrous: lvs. petiolate, ovate or some- what cordate-ovate, acute, glabrous, 2-3 in. long, 1 in. wide: spikes crested, subsessile, often as wide as the plant is high: seeds small, black, shining, lens-shaped. Tropics. Gn. 13, p. 231. R.H. 1894, p. 58.— There are 8 or 9 well-marked colors in either taU or dwarf forms, the chief colors being red, purple, violet, crimson. 867. Celosia ciistata. amaranth and yellow. The forms with variegated lvs. often have less dense crests. A. japdnica, Mart., little known to botanists, is said to be a distinct garden plant with branching, p3Tamidal habit, each branch bearing a ruflBed comb. AA. Spikes plumy, feathery, or cylindrical. argentea, Linn. Taller than the above: lvs. shorter- stalked, narrower, 2-23^ in. long, 4^6 fines wide, Unear- lanceolate, acute: spikes 1-4 in. long, erect or drooping, long-peduncled, pyramidal, or cylindrical. India. — This species is considered by Voss (in Viknorin's Blu- mengartnerei) to be the original one from which the crested forms are derived. He makes 9 botanical forms, to one of which he refers C. cris tata. The range of color is even greater in the feathered type than in the crested type. The spikes are very various in form and habit. Various forms are shown in Gn. 6, p. 513; 9, p. 149; 17, p. 331 (all as C. pyramidalis). R.H. 1857, p. 78, and 1890, p. 522 (as C. pyramidalis). Hiittoni, Mart. Height 1-2 ft. : habit bushy, pyram- idal: St. sulcate-striate: lvs. reddish or crimson, lower ones lanceolate, subsessile: spikes red, cylindrical, oblong, obtuse, 13^ in. long; perianth-segms. oblong (not lanceolate, as in C. argentea). Java. — A fofiage plant, and less common than the 2 species above. C. spicdta, Hort.=(7). Not the C. spioata, Spreng.; perhaps some form of C. cristata. — C. Thdmpsonii magnifica,H.oTt., is a trade name and apparently without botanical standing. WiLHELM MiLLBK. CELSIA (Olaus Celsius, 1670-1756, a Swedish ori- entalist). ScrophulariAcese. Herbs, with yeUow fls. in terminal racemes or spikes, closely allied to Verbascum, but has only 4 stamens, and they are of 2 sorts. About 40 Old World species, mostly from the Medit. region. 710 CELSIA CELTIS Only C. cretica, Linn, f., is known in Amer., and that very sparingly. It is a hardy or half-hardy biennial, with alternate Ivs., of which the lower are slightly pin- nate and lanceolate, and the upper ovate-lanceolate, toothed and clasping: fis. large (nearly 2 in. across), and somewhat as in Antirrhinum, yellowish, with dark markings in the center and conspicuous deflexed sta- mens. Stout hairy plant, 3-6 ft. high, from Crete. B.M. 964. — ^A very showy plant well worth much wider cult. C. p6nticat Hort. Has whitish Ivs. and pure white fls. N. TATLOR.t CfiLTIS (ancient Latin name). UlmAceae. Nettle- Tree. Woody subjects grown chiefly as shade or lawn specimens. Trees or rarely shrubs, sometimes spiny: Ivs. alter- nate, petiolate, stipulate, deciduous or persistent, usu- ally obUque at the base and 3-nerved: fls. polygamous- monoecious, inconspicuous, apetalous, 4r-5-merous, axil- lary, the staminate in small clusters on the lower part of the branchlets, the fertile solitary in the axils of the 868. Celtis occidentalis ( X M). (Detail X }i) Ivs. on the upper part of the branchlets, with a 1- celled superior ovary crowned by a 2-parted style and with 4-5 short stamens: fr. a 1-seeded, small drupe, edible in some species; embryo with broad cotyledons. — Seventy species in the temperate and tropical regions of the northern hemisphere, of which a few hardy oma/- mental species are cult. The nettle-trees are valuable as shade trees or as single specimens on the lawn, mostly with wide spread- ing head and light green foUage, which is rarely seri- ously injured by insects or fungi; they thrive in almost any soil and even in dry situations; they are of vigor- ous growth when young, and are easily transplanted. The straight-grained wood is light and elastic, easily divided, and much used for the manufacture of small articles and for furniture; that of C. australis is valued for carving. Propagated by seeds, sown after maturity; also by layers and cuttings of mature wood in fall; rarer lands are sometimes grafted on C. occidentalis. A. Lvs. entire, or rarely with few teeth, thin, at length glabrous. mississippiensis, Boso (C. Isevigdcta, Willd. C. integri- fblia, Nutt.). Tree, 60-80 ft. : lvs. unequally rounded or cuneate at the base, oblong-lanceolate or ovate, acumi- nate, usually falcate, smooth above, 2-4 in. long: fr. orange-red, nearly globular, }/iiD.. thick, on slender pedicel, longer than the petiole; stone pitted. From S. 111. to Texas and Fla., west to Mo. S.S. 7:318. G.F. 3:41, figs. 9-11. Mn. 7:225, 227. AA. I/OS. serrate, sometimes entire and ptibescent. B. Ovary and fr. glabrous. c. Branchlets usually and lvs. more or less pubescent, at least when young. D. Fr. stalks slender, longer than petioles: lvs. usually rough above: stone pitted. E. Under surface of lvs. glabrous at maturity. occidentalis, Linn. Fig. 868. Large tree, occasionall> 120 ft.: branchlets glabrous or slightly pubescent: lvs. oblique and roimded at the base, ovate-acuminate, pubescent when young, usually rough above, some- times smooth at maturity, usually entire toward the base, light green, 2-6 in. long: fr. orange-red, J^-Jiin. long, on slender pedicel, longer than the petiole. S.S. 7:317. G.F. 3:40 (adapted m Fig. 868) and 43. Em. 304. Mn. 7:231, 233. A.G. 20:240, 531.— Very vari- able species. Var. crassifdlia, Koch (C. crassifdlia, Lam.), has firm, very rough and large lvs., to 5 in. long, usually cordate at base and more strongly serrate. Michx. Hist. Arb. 3:228. EE. Under surface of lvs. pubescent. austr^s, Linn. Tree, to 60 ft. : lvs. oblique, broadly cuneate or rounded at the base, ovate-oblong, long- acimiinate, pubescent beneath, 2}^-5 in. long: fr. over J^. long, dark purple, sweet; pedicels 2-3 times longer than the petioles. Medit. region to Persia. H.W. 3:40, p. 11.— Not hardy N. Helleri, Small. Tree, to 30 ft. : branchlets pubescent: lvs. ovate or ovate-oblong, obtuse or acute, truncate to subcordate at the base, rough above, grajdsh and pubescent or tomentose, and reticulate below, 2-3 in. long: fr. J^in. thick, light brown, on pubescent pedicels about J^in. long and rather stout. Texas. — Sometimes planted as a street tree in Texas. DD. Fr. -stalks rather stout, as long or slightly longer than petioles: lvs. grayish green beneath: stone smooth. sinensis, Pers. (C. jap&nica, Planch.) . Tree, to 30 ft. : lvs. usually rounded or cordate at the base, broadly ovate to oblong-ovate, acuminate, serrate-dentate, pubescent when young, pale or glaucescent and promi- nently reticulate beneath, 2-4 in. long: fr. dull orange- red; pedicels rather stout, not much longer than the Eetioles. China, Japan. S.I.F. 1:36. — Has proved ardy at the Arnold Arboretum. cc. Branchlets and lvs. quite glabrous: stone smooth. D. Foliage bluish or grayish green. Toumefdrtii, Lam. (C. orientilis. Mill., not Linn.). Tree, to 20 ft., or shrub: lvs. ovate, acute, usually rounded or subcordate at the base, 13^3 in. long, of firm texture, not reticulate, sometimes pubescent: fr. reddish yellow, about J^in. across, its stalk about as long as petiole, J^in. long or somewhat less. Greece, Sicily and Asia Minor. — Not quite hardy N.; attractive on account of its bluish green foUage. DD. Foliage bright green, lustrous. Bungetoa, Blume. Tree: lvs. usually rounded at the base, ovate, acuminate, crenate-serrate, nearly glabrous when yoxmg, green and shining on both sides, 1J^2J^ in.: fr. purpUsh black, small; pedicels longer than the petioles. N. China. — Hardy, and a very distinct spe- cies, with dark green and glossy foliage. BB. Ovary andfr. pubescent; subtropical, tender tree. EIraussiina, Bemh. Tree: lvs. oblong-ovate, usually rounded at the base, acuminate, crenate-serrate, pubes- XXIV. Coelogyne cristata, one of the popular and easily grown orchids. CELTIS CENTAUREA 711 cent on the veins beneath, semi-persistent: ovary tomentose: fr. mostly pubescent, slender pediceUed. S. Afr. to Abyssinia. Sim, Forest Fl. Cape Colony, 134. — Hardy only S. C. Biindii, Pampanini. Lva. broader than in C. Bungeana, grayish below; frs. dark blue, small. Cent. China. — C caucdsica, Willd. Allied to C. australis. Lvs. broadly rhombic-ovate, somewhat smaller: fr. smaller, reddish brown. Caucasus, N.Persia. — C.David' tdna, Carr. Allied to C. Bungeana. Small tree: lvs. ovate-oblong or elliptic-oblong, often sparsely hairy on the veins below, 2-6 in. long. N. China. Incompletely known. — C. georgiAna^ Small. Allied to C. ocoiden talis. Shrub or small tree: branchlets pubescent* lvs. ovate, acute, entire or sharply serrate, 1-2 in. long: fr, ^in. across, ehort-stalked. Md. to Fla., Ala. and Mo. — C. orientdlis, Linn.= Trema orientalis. — C. orientdlis, Mi!l.= C. Tournefortii. — C. reticU' Idta, Ton*. (C. missiasipiensia var. reticulata, Sarg. ), Small tree, to 60 ft.: branchleta pubescent, lvs. ovate, usually cordate, entire or serrate, rough above, pubescent and reticulate below, 1 H-3 in. long: ■ fr. Hin. thick, orange-red. Colo, to Texas and Ariz. — C. SmdUii, Beadle. Allied to C. mississippienaia. Lvs. lanceolate or oblong- lanceolate, thin, sharply serrate, 2-4 in. long: fr. J^in. thick, alender- etalked. N. C. and Tenn. to Ga. and Ala. Alfred Rehdeb. CEMETERY GARDENING. Treated under Landscape Gar- dening. CENCHRUS (an ancient Greek name). Graminese. Mostly annual grasses with simple racemes of burs that become detached and adhere readily to clothing and animals. Spikelets as in Panicum, but 2-6 together in a spiny involucre or bur. C. carolinidnus, Walt. (C trib- ulMes of American authors), Sand-Bur, is a common weed in sandy soil. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. 20:40. A. S. Hitchcock. CENIA (Greek for empty, in allusion to the hollow receptacle). Compdsitx. Low herbs from S. Afr., with the aspect of mayweed. Head small and rayed, the ray-fls. pistillate, the disk-fis. compressed and 4-toothed, the receptacle gradually enlarged from the top of the peduncle, and hoUow. About 8 species, none of which are of much horticultural value. C. turbin^ta, Pers. (C. pruindsa, DC), is a common weed in Cape Colony, and it is occasionally seen in American gardens. It is annual, diffusely branched, and a foot or less high, with finely dissected, soft, ahnost moss-like foliage, and long-peduncled, small, yellow heads. Of easy cult. United with Cotula by Hoffmann in Engler & Prantl. L. H. B. CENTAURfeA (a Centaur, famous for healing). Com- pdsitse. Centaukt. Dusty Miller. Bachelor's Button. Cornflower. Knapweed. Annuals or hardy and half-hardy perennials with alternate leaves, useful for bedding, vases, baskets and pots, and for borders and edgings; species many and various. Involucre ovoid or globose, stiff and hard, some- times prickly: receptacle bristly: marginal florets usually sterile and elongated, making the head look as if rayed. Differs from Cnicus in having the achenes obliquely attached by one side of the base or more laterally. — Species about 500, much confused, mostly in Eu., Asia and N. Afr., 1 in. N. Amer., 3 or 4 in Chile. Several Old World species have become weeds in this country. J.H. 43:76. The species are of simple cult., coming readily from seeds. Many of the perennial species make excellent border plants^ and their blue and purple heads are welcome additions to the horde of yellow-flowering composites. alba, 6, 14. Amberboii, 6. americana, 10. argentea, .3. atropurpurea, 17. babylonica, 18. calocephala, 17. candidissima, 1. Cineraria, 1. citrina, 14. Clementei, 4. Cyanus, 5. dealbata, 15. INDEX. dedinata, 13. depressa, 2. fiore-pleno, 5. glastifolia, 7. gymnocarpa, 3. iTnperialis, 6. leucophylla, 13. macrocephala, 11. Margaritacea, 8. Margaritas, 6. Marise, 6. montana, 14. moschata, 6. TMna, 5. nervosa, 16, nigra, 12. odorata, 6. plumosa, 3. rosea, 14. rubra, 6. ruthenica, 9. splendens, 8. euaveolens, 6. sulphurea, 14. variegata, 12. A. Dusty Miller. — White-tomentose low plants, used for bedding or for the sake of their foliage. 1. Cineraria, Linn. (CcoTKiidisstmo, Lam.). Fig. 869. Perennial: sts. erect, 3 ft., branched, the entire plant white-tomentose: lvs. almost all bipinnate (except the earhest), the lower petioled, all the lobes hnear-lanceo- late, obtuse: scales of the ovate involucre appressed, with a membranous black margin, long-ciliate, the api- cal bristle thicker than the others: fls. purple. S. Italy, Sicily, etc. — Much used as a bedding plant, not being allowed to bloom. The first lvs. of seedlings are nearly entire (as shown in Fig. 869), but the subsequent ones become more and more cut. Grown both from seeds and cuttings. Seedlings are very apt to damp off unless care is taken in watering. 2. depressa, Bieb. A flat, almost prostrate perennial: st. floccose - tomentose and much branched: lower lvs. scarcely denticulate, the upper oblong- linear, entire: bracts of the invo- lucre white- or black-margined: fls. showy, the blue rays about J^in. long. Persia, Caucasus. July. 3. gymno- carpa, Moris & DeNot (C. argentea, Hort. C. plumbsa, Hort.). Fig. 870. Perennial: entire plant covered with velvety white pubescence: sts. \]4-2 ft. high, erect: lvs. bipinnatisect; segms. linear, entire, acute: fl.-heads small, in a close pani- cle, mostly hidden by the lvs.; fls. rose- violet or pur- ple. Caprea. V. 4:337.— Very ornamen- tal on account of its velvety finely cut lvs. Much used, like No. 1, for low foUage bedding: lvs. more compound, and usually not so white. 4. Clementei, Boiss. Perennial, the entire plant densely white-wooUy: sts. erect, branching, with few lvs.: root-lvs. petioled, pinnate, the lobes ovate-trian- gular, sharp-pointed; st.-lvs. sessile: fl.-heads terminal on the branches, globose; involucre scales with scarious, cfliate margins, scarcely spiny; fls. yellow. Spain. AA. Cornflower, or Bachelor's Button. — Tall- growing annual, with very narrow lvs., grown for the showy fls. 5. Cyanus, Linn. [Ci/anv^ arvinis, Moench.) Blue- bottle. Bluet. Bachelor's Button (see also Gom- phrena). Cornflower. Ragged Sailor. French Pink. Fig. 871. Annual, slender, branching, 1-2 ft. high, woolly-white when young: lvs. linear, entire or the lower toothed, sometimes pinnatifid: fls. blue, purple, pink or white, the heads on long, naked sts.: involucral bracts rather narrow, fringed with short, scarious teeth. S. E. Eu. Gt. 38, p. 641; 39, p. 537. V. 5, p. 44; 13:361. — One of the most popular of garden fls., variable. It is perfectly hardy, blooming until frost 869. Lower leaf from a young plant of Centaurea Cin- eraria. (XK) 870. Radical leaf of Centatirea gymnocarpa. 712 CENTAUREA CENTAUREA and coming up in the spring from self-sown seed. The following are varieties of this: Pure White; Victoria, a dwarf, for pots and edgings (Gn. 40, p. 147); Emperor William, fine dark blue; flore plena, with the outer disk- fls. converted into ray-fls.; nana compacta, dwarf. (Gt. 44, p. 150.) Centaurea Cyanus is one of the "old-fash- ioned flowers," everjrwhere well known and popular. It often escapes from gardens. AAA. Sweet Sultans. — Straight-gromng smooth arir- nuals or perennials, with dentate Ivs., grown for the large fragrant heads. 6. mosch^ta, Linn. (C suavholens, Linn. C. odordia, Hort. C. Amberbdii, MiU. Amberbba moschdia, Less.). Sweet Sultan. Fig. 872. Annual: sts. 2 ft. high, branch- ing below, erect: whole plant smooth, bright green: Ivs. pin- natifid, the lobes dentate: fl.- heads long-peduncled; invo- lucre round or ovate, smooth, only the innermost of the involucral scales with scarious margins: fls. white, yellow or purple, fragrant. Orient. Mn. 4, p. 149. Gn. 54 : 372. I.H. 42, p. 106. Gng. 4:147. G. 6: 289; 16:267; 25:71. Var. filba, Hort. (C. Mar- garitx, Hort.). Fls. white. Gn. 19, p. 337; 54:372. A.G. 13: 607. This form, known as C. Margaritx, is pure white and very fragrant. It was intro. by an Italian firm in 1891. Var. rftbra, Hort. Fls. red. Gn. 54:372.— A popular, old- time garden fl., with long- stalked heads; of easy cult. It does not bear transplanting well. — C. imperidlis, Hort., is said to be the offspring of C. moschaia and C. MargarUse, intro. into the American trade in 1899. Gn.M. 13:74. Plants are said to inherit the vigorous free growth of C. moschata, being of the same easy cult, and forming clumps 3-4 ft. high. The fls. resemble C. Margaritse, but are twice as large and abundantly borne on long sts. from July until frost. They range through white, rose, Ulac and purple, are fragrant, and if cut when first open will keep 10 days. C.Mdrias, Hort., intro. 1899, resembles C. imperialis, but the fls. open sulfur-yellow, become Ughter, and are tipped with rose. All sweet sultans do best if the bloom is secured before very hot weather. 7. glastifdlia, Linn. A strong-growing border peren- nial with a rough much-branched and winged st. : Ivs. ob- long, entire, decurrent, thebasallvs. petiolate, sometimes divided: fls. yellow, the heads sohtary, without bracts, and quite smooth. Cent. Eu. B.M. 62. June-Sept. AAAA. Other Centaurbab of various hinds, occasion^ ally grown in hardy borders, for their fls. or im- posing stature. B. Foliage green on both sides. c. Lvs. pinnate or bipinnate. 8. spl€ndens, Linn. (C. MargaritAcea, Ten.). Peren- nial: sts. erect, branched: lvs. smooth, the lowest bi- 871. Centaurea Cyanus. (XVi) pinnate, the upper pinnate, all with very narrow, linear, entire, acute lobes: fl.-heads subglobose; scales of the involucre with a rounded almost entire rather lax tip; fls. purple. Spain, Italy. 9. ruthSnica, Lam. Hardy perennial about 3 ft.: St. erect, branching, smooth: lvs. pinnatisect, the lobes linear-toothed, sharply narrowed at both ends, the base often somewhat decurrent: fl.-heads usually solitary, the pale-yellow rays about J^in. long; pappus double: achenes glabrous. Cent. Eu. July. G. 26:630. cc. Lvs. entire or dentate, not pinnatisect. 10. americ^a, Nutt. (Plectociphalvs americ&mis, Don). Basket Flowee. Fig. 873. Hardy annual, nearly smooth: sts. stout, simple or sometimes a little branched, 2-5 ft., thickened under the naked head: lvs. mostly entire, oblong -lance- shaped, mucronate: involucre J^IJ^ in. diam., its bracts all with fringed scarious appen- dages: fls. rose or flesh-colored, sometimes purplish; disk 1-3 in. diam.; narrow lobes of the ray-fls. often 1 in. long. Mo. and Ark. to La. and Mex. F.S. 4:327. S.H. 12:223. A.F. 16: 1644 (alba). Gng. 9:341 (alba). ^Very attractive. 11. macrocephala, Puschk. Perennial: sts. simple, erect, swollen below the fl.-head, leafy, 2J^-3 ft. high: lvs. ovate- lanceolate, shghtly decurrent, scabrous, acute, somewhat ser- rate, gradually diminishing up- wards to the base of the single terminal head: head subglo- bose, larger than a hen's egg, often 3-4 in. diam.; involucre of 8-12 rows of appressed, scari- ous-margined, rusty, fringed scales; fls. yellow, the marginal and disk alike. Armenia. B.M. 1248. J.H. III. 33:331; 52: 647; 63 : 319.— Often grown from seeds. 12. nigra, Liim. Knapweed. Hardheads. Perennial, 1-2 ft. high: sts. branching, rough pubescent: lvs. lance-shaped and entire or lower sparin|ly toothed or lobed, but not pm- natifid: involucral bracts with pectinate-ciliate-fringed black appendages: fls. all alike, the disk and marginal ones of the same size. Eu. Var. varieg^ta, Hort. Lvs. edged with creamy white, tufted. A very striking border plant; useful in dry or open places. BB. Foliage white or tomentose, at least beneath (often green above). c. Sts. low, weak, not strict. 13. leucoph:flla, Bieb. (C. dedinMa, Bieb.). Peren- nial: sts. short, decumbent, with very few lvs.: root- Iv^. petioled, tomentose-wooUy on both sides, pinnate, the ovate lobes undulate, sparsely cut-lobed or sinuate- toothed: fl.-head with few bracts, sohtary, terminal; scales of the ovate involucre lanceolate, acuminate, brown, long-ciliate; fls. purple. Caucasus. 14. mont^na, Linn. Mountain Bluet. Perennial: sts. low, stoloniferous, unbranched, 12-16 or rarely 20 CENTAUREA CENTRANTHUS 713 in. high: Ivs. decurrent, the young ones silvery white, oval-lance-shaped: involucre of 4 or 5 rows of scales, black-ciliate along the margins: fls. blue, the marginal ones 1 in. long; disk-fls. very short, becoming purple. Eu. B.M.77. G.M. 47:243. Var.41ba,Hort. Fls. white. G. 25: 71; 29: 109. G.M. 51:162. Var. r6sea, Hort. Fls. rose-colored. Var. citrina, DC. (var. sul- phUrea, Hort.). Disk-fls. brown, rays yel- ,£^^ low. Armenia. B.M. 1175 (,a,s C.ochroleuca). cc. Sis. erect, simple or branched. 15. dealbata, WiUd. Perennial: sts. sub-erect, 8-24 in. high: Ivs. white-villous beneath, glabrous above, the lower ones 1-1 J^ ft. long, petioled, pinnate, the obo- vate lobes coarsely cut-toothed or auricled at the base; st.-lvs. sessile, pinnate, with oblong-lance lobes: fl.-head solitary, just above the uppermost If.; fls. red, those of the disk rosy or white; outer scales of the involucre with lanceolate tipSj the middle rounded, deeply fringed, ciKate. Asia Minor, Persia. J.H. III. 46:515. 16. nervdsa, WiUd. A stout perennial about 2- 2}4 ft. tall with a simple unbranched rough st.: lower Ivs. glandular, usu- ally slightly toothed, the st.-lvs. clasping by the auriculate base; heads solitary, the rays deep purple. A branched and numerous - fld. form is known in the wild but not to the trade. Cent. Eu. July., Aug. 17. atropurparea, Waldst. & Kit. (C. calo- c&phala, Willd.). Peren- nial: sts. erect, branched, about 2-3 ft. high, the branches white-woolly at the summit : Ivs. bipinnate, lobes linear-lanceolate, acuminate; lowest Ivs. petioled, uppermost pinnatifid: fl.-heads without bracts; invol- ucral scales with fringed ciUate white lanceolate tips, the innermost ones rounded, scarious-margined; fls. black-purple. Hungary. 18. babylonica, Linn. Silvery white perennial: sts. simple, stout, erect, 6-10 or 12 ft. high: Ivs. long, coria- ceous, strongly decurrent on the st., the radical lyrate, the lower st.-lvs. oval or oblong-acute, entire or imdu- late, the upper lance-acute: fls. yellow, the globular heads almost sessile in the axils of narrow bract-Hke Ivs.; one-third to half of the st. fl.-bearing; involucre- scales with a short, recurved tip. Asia Minor, Syria. Gn. 2, p. 73; 8, p. 263. R.H. 1859, pp. 540-1.— TaH, stout and striking plant. C. alpina, Linn. Lvs. downy beneath, prickly: fl.-heads yellow; scales of involucre ovate, obtuse: hardy herb, 3 ft., from Eu., sometimes .seen in collections. — C eridphora, Linn. A low plant with a spiny jalyx and silvpry Ivs., is cult, in England. Not known in Amer. — C. pvi'-.herrima, Willd. (^theopappus puloherrimus, Hort.). A stout hardy perennial about 2J^ ft. with brilliant rose fls. is known in the trade. — C. rigidifdlia, Hort. Stout perennial, 2ii ft., with crimaon"W5ad3 is apparently C. orientalis, Linn. — Not much known in U. S. at TaYLOR t CENTAURiDIUM: Xanthiama. CENTAURY: Sabaiia. CENTRADENIA (Greek for spurred gland, alluding to the anther glands). MdastomAcex. Tropical herbs or sub-shrubs grown in warmhouses for their showy- colored leaves and pretty flowers. Branches angled or winged: lvs. petiolate, opposite. 872. Centaurea moschata. (XM) lanceolate or ovate, entire, ribbed: fls. with 4-lobed calyx, 4 petals, 8 stamens, and a 4-loculed ovary, pink or white, in axillary or terminal clusters. — Species 4-6, in Mex. and Cent. Amer. They fall into 2 groups, — those with very unequal stamens, and C. florihunda with nearly equal stamens. Centradenias are very showy and desirable plants. The stems are often colored. They like rich leaf-mold with sharp sand, and brisk heat. Give a light but shady position. Strong plants are much benefited by liquid manure, and such applications give better colors in both flowers and fruit. grandifdlia, Endl. Branches 4-winged: lvs. ovate- lanceolate, strongly 3-nerved, brilliant red beneath, long-pointed and ciu-ving at the end: cymes many-fld., shorter than the lvs., the fls. light rose, rotate, the petals very obtuse, the stamens unequal. Mex. B. M. 5228. — The plant grows 2 ft. high, and blooms in winter. Very showy, and the species usually cult. The cut branches hold their color a long time, making the plant useful for decorations. insequilaterSlis, Don (C rdseo, Lindl.). Lvs. ovate-- lanceolate, unequal-sided, entire, ciUate, reddish be- neath: fls. pink, in terminal corymbose racemes: dwarf. Mex. B.R. 29:20. ovita, Klotzsch. Lvs. ovate-acute, smooth and shin- ing, pale beneath, 3-nerved: fls. pink in large terminal clusters. Cent. Amer. filoiibtinda, Planch. Branches obscurely angled, pu- bescent, red: lvs. narrow-lanceolate, tapering below, 3- nerved, red-nerved below: fls. pink, in terminal pani- cles. Mex. F.S. 6:453. l. H. B.f CENTRANTHUS (Greek, sjwrred^ujer). Valeriarv acex. Centranth. Annual and perennial herbs, one of which is frequent in old gardens. Leaves opposite, entire, dentate, or pinnatisect: fls. in dense clusters, small, red or white, terminating the branches; calyx cut. into 5-15 narrow divisions, en- larging after flowering; corolla slender-tubed, 5-parted, spurred at the base; stamen 1; fls. with a pappus-like crest. — About a dozen species in the Medit. region, some of them sometimes half shrubby. C rvher, the coihmon garden species, sometimes escapes and becomes more or less spontaneous. rflber, DC. Red Valerian. Jtjpiteb's Beard. Per- ennial, 1-3 ft., smooth and glaucous, forming a com- pact and floriferou^bushy plant: lvs. ovate to lanceo- late, some of thenq/xoothed at base but mostly entire: fls. numerous, deep crimson to pale red, fragrant. Eu., E. — A very handsome old garden plant, too much neglected; blooms all summer; excellent for cutting. Increased by division; also by seeds. There is a white-fld. form (var. dXhus). angustifdlius, DC. Perennial, glaucous, to 2 ft., simple or some- what branched: lvs. linear- lanceolate . or linear, very entire, nearly perfoliate: fls. clear rose, fragrant. S. Eu. — There is a white- fld. form (var. albus). macroslphon, Boiss. Annual, of easy cult, in any good soil: 1-2 ft. : lvs. ovate, glaucous, toothed: fls. larger than in the last, deep 873. Centau. ea americana. (X^) 714 CENTRANTHUS CEPHALARIA rose. Spain. — There are white-fld. (var. dibits) and dwarf (var. nanus) forms. Excellent for rockeries and borders; also for lawn vases. L. H. B. CENTROPOGON (Greek kentron, spur, and pogan, beard, referring to the fringed stigma). Campanul&cess. Sub-shrubs or shrubs, often scandent, grown under glass. Plants with alternate mostly dentate Ivs., and axil- lary, long, tubular fls. which are violet, purple, red, or orange, and usually borne singly on long peduncles: corolla 2-lipped, the tube incurved: bracteoles very small or wanting. — More than 100 species in Trop. Amer. Warmhouse perennials useful for hanging- baskets, prop, by cuttings which it is better to put under a bell-jar. LucySnus, Houll. Height 1-2 ft.: st. somewhat woody: Ivs. short-petioled, finely toothed: fls. rose, hemispherical, with lanceolate segms. recurved at the tips. R.H. 1868:290. Native Country imknown. — Described from a cult, specimen and said to be a hybrid of C. fastuosus and Siphocampyliis betulxformis, but seems to show little influence of the latter, which has longer petioles and peduncles, more coarsely toothed Ivs., longer calyx-segms., and a yellow-tipped coroUa. fastudsus, Scheidw. Lvs. peach-Uke, oblong, acute, bordered with glandular teeth, very glabrous, short- petioled: fls. rose-colored, winter; calyx hemispherical, with 5 lanceolate denticulate segms. Mex. R.H. 1853 : 181- WiLHELM MiLLUR. CENTROSEMA (Greek, spurred-standard) . Legit- minbsse. Btjtterfly-Pea. Twining or trailing herbs, one of which is sometimes cultivated. Leaves pinnate, 3-7-foliolate: fls. in the axils, showy, white or reddish, papilionaceous, the standard spiured on the back, the keel broad, and the style bearded at the apex: pod long and narrow, many-seeded, with 2 thick-edged valves. — Species about 30 in Trop. Amer. and 2 in U. S. Centrosema is a more recent natne than Bradburya of Rafinesque, but it is thoroughly estab- lished in usage and is retained in the "nomina conser- vanda" of the Vienna Congress. virginiftnum, Benth. {Bradhiarya virginiAna, Kuntze). Roughish, climbing, 2-6 ft.: Ifts. ovate to linear, shi- ning, stipitate: fls. 1-4 in the axil, 1 in. long, violet and splashed, showy: pod straight and long-pointed, 4r-5 in. long. N. J. and S., in sandy lands. A.G. 13:649. — Intro, to cult, many years ago, but again intro. in 1892 (as C. grandiflorum), and much advertised. It is a hardy and desirable perennial vine, blooming the first season from seed; easily grown. There is a white-fld. form- L. H. B. CENTURY PLANT: Agave. CSPHA^LIS (Greek-made compound, referring to the fls. being borne in heads). RubiAcex. Tropical shrubs, sub-shrubs or herbs, one of which jdelds ipecac; some of them sometimes rarely seen in growing collections. As the genus is commonly delimited, it comprises per- haps 75 species of both the eastern and western hemis- pheres. Ejigler & Prantl and others, however, unite it with the Linnsean Uragoga. Lvs. opposite, usually ovate, oblong or obovate: fls. mostly small, white, col- lected in an involucrate head; calyx 4-7-toothed and persistent; corolla trumpet-shaped or salver-shaped, the short limb 4-5-lobed; stamens 4 or 5, inserted in the throat of the corolla: fr. a dry or fleshy 2-seeded drupe. C. Ipecacudnha, Willd. {Psychdtria Ipecacudnha, Muell.-Arg. Uragbga Ipecacudnha, Baill.), from the root of which the commercial ipecac is produced, is a low creeping herb (4r-8 in. high) with oblong-ovate entire lvs. which are pubescent beneath: heads becoming pendulous: root slender, knotty; it is exported in large quantities from Brazil. L H B CEPHALANDRA: Coayinta. CEPHALANTHSRA (Greek for hsad and anther). Orchiddcess. About 10 species of small temperate- region terrestrial orchids, aUied to Epipactis and Pogonia. Some of them are western N. Aiaerican, and others are European. Sepals 3; petals small, ovate; lip saccate: lvs. (sometimes wanting) lanceolate or oblong: fls. mostly small (sometimes showy), in an open spike. The species are scarcely known in cult., but 2 Japanese species have been offered by importers. These are E. falcita Blume, yellow, and E. erecta, Blume, white. CEPHALANTHUS (Greek, head and flower; flowers in heads). Rubi&cese. Button-Bush. Bush grown for its attractive white flower-heads appearing in summer. Shrubs with opposite or whorled entire stipulate lvs.: fls. small, tubular, white or yellowish, 4-merous, with included stamens and long exserted style, in globular heads; ovaiy 2-celled: fr. dry, separating into 2 nutlets. — Five species in Amer. and Asia, of which only the one N. American species is cult: hardy ornamental shrub, with handsome glossy foUage and very attrac- tive with its fl.- balls appearing late in summer. It thrives in any good garden soil, best in a sandy, somewhat moist one; naturally it grows in swamps and on the bor- ders of streams and ponds, often with the sts. partly sub- merged. Prop, by seeds or by cuttings of ripened wood in fall, and also by greenwood cut- tings taken from forced plants early in spring. occidentaiis, Linn. Fig. 874. Shrub, 3-12 ft., some- times tree-Uke: lvs. long-petioled, ovate or oval, acumi- nate, glossy above, glabrous or slightly pubescent below, 3-6 in. long: heads about 1 in. diam., long-peduncled, 3 or more at the end of the branches. July-Sept. From New Brunswick south, west to Ont. and Calif. Em. 394. R.H. 1889, p. 280. S.S. 14:711. Var. angusti- fdlia, Andr6. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate, usually in 3's. R.H. 1889, p. 281. C. Tuitalhisia, Oliv. Branchleta hairy; lvs. ovate, acuminate, 1 in. long; fla. green, in solitary heads: fr. edible. S. Air. B.M. 874. Cephalanthus occidentaiis. ( X H) 7400. Alfred Rehder. CEPHALARIA (Greek for head, alluding to the capi- tate flower-clusters). Dips&cese. Coarse annual or per- ennial herbs planted to some extent in herbaries. Much hke Dipsacus, but the heads less spiny and mostly smaller: heads terminal, ovoid or globular, bearing many 4-parted yellowish, whitish or bluish florets; stamens 4, perfect; style filiform: fr. a 4^8- ribbed achene, the calyx-border often remaining on its summit. — About 30 species in the Medit. region, N. and S. Afr. and W. Asia; also in Abyssinia. Lvs. entire, dentate, or lobed. They are not much planted in Amer., but they make striking subjects for summer bloom, and the long sts. make ihem useful for cut-fls. The bloom is something like that of scabiosa. Of simple cult. ; grown readily from seeds. alpina, Schrad. Perennial: tall and widely branched, 5 or 6 ft. : lvs. pubescent and pinnatifid, the segms. cut CEPHALARIA CEPHALOTAXUS 71c and decurrent: fl.-heads sulfur-yellow; involucre with 8 aristate teeth. S. Eu. — A good coarse plant for sum- mer bloom. Hardy N. leucSntha, Schrad. Perennial: Ivs. pinnate-parted, the lobes linear or oblong: fls. in subglobose heads, creamy white, in autumn. S. Eu. Variable. transylvdnica, Schrad. Annual, slender, 2-3 ft. : lower Ivs. lyrate; the segms. serrate and the terminal one lar|e; upper Ivs. pinnate-parted into Mnear-lanceolate divisions: fls. in globular heads on long peduncles, the ray-corollas bluish and disk-corollas whitish (fls. said to be yellow, in trade lists, to bloom June-Aug. and plant perennial). Greece and eastward. tatfirica, Schrad. Perennial, 6 ft., rank, with striate sts., suited to the rear border, where strong effects are desired, with showy cream-white, flat heads in July and Aug.: Ivs. pinnate, the Ifts. broad-lanceolate and serrate. Russia, Asia Minor and E. — Grows readily, and is increased by seed or dividing the clumps. L. H. B. CEPHALOCfiREUS (referring to the crown of long hair). Syri. Pihc&reus. Cactdcese. Mostly large columnar plants, single or branched, usually characterized by an abundance of wool or long white hair developing at the top or on one side near the top: fls. nocturnal, small, thick, fleshy, naked: fr. small, globular berry, naked: seeds black.—Some 16 or more species are known. The culture of the species is similar to that of the arborescent species of Cereus. The species of Cepha^- locereus are well suited only for large coUectiona and are rarely seen elsewhere, except in the case of C. senilis, of which enormous quantities are shipped to Europe by commercial dealers. See Succulents. seiiuis, Pfeiff. {Pilockreus senilis, Lem.). Old Man Cactus. Columnar, reaching a height of 35 ft. and a diam. of 1 ft., branching at the very base, the branches becoming parallel with the parent: ribs 20-30, very little elevated; areoles bearing 20-30 white, wavy bristles 2-5 in. long: later appear also, at first 1, then 3-5 strong, yellowish spines: fls. very numerous in the cephaUum, nearly 4 in. long, red outside, reddish white within: fr. violet, 2 in. long. Cent. Mex. R.H. 1889, p. 568; 1890, p. 128. Sartoriftnus, Brit. & Rose (Pihcereus HoulUtii, of authors, not of Lem.). TVee-like, attaining 40 ft. in height: branches divaricate: cult, plants usually 3-4 in. diam.: ribs 6-8, rounded, glaucous: radial spines 7-9, spreading, J^in. long, honey yellow; central twice as long and stronger: areoles of the sterile st. with more or less hairs, which in the fruiting area are very numerous, making a shaggy tract sometimes 1 ft. long: fls. 3 in. long, imbedded in the wool, turbinate, greenish-red outside, rose-red within: fr. dark red, depressed-glo- bose. Mex. R.H. 1862, pp. 427-30. Rdyenii, Brit. & Rose [Pilochreus Rdyenii, Riimpl. P. fioccdstis, Lem.). Columnar, branching, reaching 15 ft. height, 2-3 in. diam. : ribs 9-10, obtuse, bluish, pruin- ose: spines 12-16, rigid, divaricate, bright amber-yel- low, the inner ones larger, nearly an inch long: on the sterile branches long hairs are found on areoles, on the fertile bract these are more numerous and aggregated: fls. and fr. as in the last species, but hghter in color. Isl. of St. Croix. Hoppenstedtii, Schum. [Pilochreus Hoppensiedtii, Web.). Columnar, simple, slender, reaching a height of 30 ft.: ribs numerous, more than 16: radial spines 14-18, very short; centrals 5-8, the lower longest one reaching 3 in.; all the spines at first yellowish, then white: cephaUum of 1-2 in. long tufts of yellowish hairs, forming a narrow bract on the north side of the plant: fls. 3 in. long, bell-shaped, whitish, with rosy tips. Mex. polyldphus, Brit. & Rose {Pilochreus polyldphus, Saim-Dyck. Ckreus Nlckelsii, Hort.). Columnar, 46 attaining a height of 50 ft. and a diam. of IJ^ ft., rarely branching: ribs 10-22, sharp-angled, shallow, the old sts. perfectly cylindrical: spines small and bristle-like, less than J^in. long; radials 5-6; central usually 1; spines of the flowering area 2-3 in. long, crowded: fls. large, trumpet-shaped, dark red: fr. red, scaly. Mex. scopirius, Brit. & Rose (Pilockreus scopd/nus, Poselg.). Tree-like, richly branched, 25 ft. high, 1 ft. diam.: radial spines 12-15, very short; centrals 7-8, not much longer; in the flowering branches the spines change to longer stout bristles and the areoles are closer together, forming a bristly cephalium: fls. small, bell-shaped, reddish: fr. size of a hazelnut. Near Vera Cruz, Mex. exgrens, Rose {Pilochreus exhrens, Schum. P. tArens, Lem.). Branching at base, 3-4 ft. high, 2-3 in. diam., tapering above: ribs 4-6, obtuse, the sterile shoots with short, sparse, woolly hairs at the top: spines commonly 7: radials, very short, 1-3: centrals 4 times as long; wooUy hairs much more abundant on the bloom- ing plant: fls. about 3 in. long, trumpet-bell-shaped, without wool or spines. Brazil. — Not common, if occurring at all, in cult, in U. S. The following species have been reported or may be expected in cult., but none is as yet at all common. C. chrysocdnthua, Brit. & Hose; C. combes, Brit. & Rose; C. lanugindsus, Brit. & Rose; C RuBsellidnuB, Rose (Cereus Rusaellianus. Rtimpl.). C.ndbliis, Brit. *^°'^- J.N.Rose. CEPHALOSTACHYUM (Greek, head and spike). Graminese. A few species of grasses of the bamboo tribe in E. Indies and Madagascar, one of which (C. per- graeile) has been offered in this country. Tall shrubs: spikelets in dense solitary heads at the ends of the branches or in scattered glomerules, the heads bristly with the subtending Ivs.; stamens 6; empty glumes 1-2; style long, 2-3-cleft: fr. elongated and beaked. C. pergracile, Munro. Forty ft., sts. 2-3 in. thick: Ivs. 14 in. or less long: an elegant species, growing in clumps. Burma. It is offered in S. Calif. In Fla., it loses most of its Ivs. in winter, but the new growth in spring and summer is very attractive; it is said not to do well there on high dry pine land, preferring moderately moist soil; it needs much water in summer, and responds readily to fertilizer. jj_ g 3_ CEPHALOTAXUS (Greek, head; Taxus-Vike plant, with fls. in heads or clusters). Tax&cese. Yew-like plants, grown for their handsome evergreen foUage. Trees or shrubs, with evergreen Unear pointed Ivs. with 2 broad, glaucous Unes beneath, arranged in 2 rows: fls. dioecious, staminate in 1-8-fld., short-stalked clusters, pistillate consisting of a small cone with sev- eral bracts, each bearing 2 naked ovules: seed inclosed in a fleshy envelope, drupe-Uke, about 1 in. long, reddish or greenish brown. From aUied genera it may be easily distinguished by the resin-canal in the center of the pith; and by the glaucous lines beneath from Taxus, which has the Ivs. yellowish green beneath; and from Torreya by the glaucous lines being broader than the 3 green Unes, while in Torreya the glaucous Unes are narrower than the green ones. — Six closely alUed spe- cies from Himalayas to Japan. These are ornamental evergreen shrubs, in appear- ance very Uke a yew, but of more graceful habit. Not hardy North, or only in very sheltered positions. They thrive best in a somewhat moist but well-drained sandy loam, and in partly shaded situations. Propagated by seeds, stratified and sown in spring; imported seeds usually do not germinate imtil the second year; in- creased also by cuttings in August, under glass, and by veneer-grafting in summer, on one of the species or on Taxus baccata. For cions and cuttings, terminal shoots should be chosen, which form regular plants with whorled branches like seedlings, while cuttings from lat- eral branches grow into irregular, low, spreading shrubs. 716 CEPHALOTAXUS CERASTIUM A. Lvs. 2-S in.: branchlets yellowish green, pendulous. F6rtunei, Hook. Lvs. tapering gradually into a sharp point, usually falcate, dark green and shining above: fr. greenish brown, obovate. N. China, Japan. B.M. 4499. F.S. 6:555. R.H. 1878, p. 117.— This is the most graceful species, with long and slender branches, attaining in its native country 50 ft. in height, in cult, usually remaining a shrub. AA. Los. 1-2 in. long. B. Base of lvs. cuneate; lvs. loosely ^^anked. Harringtdnia, Koch (C. peduncvldta, Sieb. & Zucc. C. drupacea var. Harringtbnia, Pilger). With spreading, often somewhat pendulous branches, dark green when yovmg: lvs. to 2 in. long, narrowed into a sharp point, shining and dark green above: staminate fls. distinctly peduncled: fr. ovoid, rounded at both ends, rarely globular. Japan, China. G.C. II. 21:113; III. 18:716; 33:228. — In Japan, tree to 25 ft., usually shrub in cult. A remarkable form is var. fastigi^ta, Silva Tarouca (C. peduneulata var. fastigiata, Carr. Podocdrpus koraiina, Sieb. & Zucc), of coliminar habit, with up- right branches and spirally arranged lvs. G.C. II. 21:112; 111.33:229. S.H. 2:450. Gng. 2:341. Var. sphaerWs, Rehd. (C. peduncul&ta var. sphasrdlis, Mast.), has globose fr.: lvs. falcate, subacuminate, lj^2m. long. G.C. 11.21:117. drup&cea, Sieb. & Zucc. Branches spreading, stiff, usually light green when young: lvs. about 1 in. long, abruptly pointed, narrow and straight, often upturned: staminate fls. ven^ shorl>-stalked: fr. usually obovate, narrowed at the base. Japan. G.C. III. 18:717; 33: 227. B.M. 8285. — The dwarfest species. Var. sinensis, Rehd. & Wilson. Shrub, to 12 ft.: lvs. linear-lanceolate, tapering to sharp point. Cent, and W. China. BB. Base of lvs. truncate; lvs. very closely set. <3liveri, Mast. Shrub or small tree: lvs. strictly 2-ranked, rigid, broadly Unear, spiny-pointed, about 1 in. long, bright green with 2 broad white bands beneath, the midrib scarcely elevated: fr. ovoid or obovoid, shortly apiculate, about J^in. long. Cent. China. H.I. 1933 (as C. Gnffithii). G.C. III. 33:226.— Differs from the other species in the very closely set rigid lvs. Alfred Rehdbb. of lvs. each season : a set of 4-6 flat spatulate lvs., and later as many dainty pitchered lvs. that are richly colored green, crimson or purple, and white. The pitchers are K-1}^ in- long, are covered externally with minute alluring glands, and these with the color- ing attract insects. They slip from the smooth-ribbed rim into the cavity, and there are digested by fer- ment liquids poured out by special glands. The erect scape bears an interrupted spike of small white apeta/- lous fls., each with a 6- parted calyx, 12 stamens, and 6 separate 1-seeded carpels. The plant grows best under a bell-jar, and in a pot amongst fine sandy loam that is covered by sphagnum moss. The lower part of the pot should stand in a vessel with about J^. of water, and the whole should be placed in a cool greenhouse near the light, when the pitchers assume richest colorings. Prop, is easily effected by separation of small pieces of rhizome that bear 1 or 2 lvs., also by seeds that mature not unfrequently under cult. R. B.23, p. 233. I.H. 27:391. F.S. 3:290. G. 23:340. G. W.8:390. J.H. III. 35:260. J. M. Macfablane. 875. Cephalotus foUicularis. CEPHALOTUS (Greek, head-shaped, in reference to the knob-like swelling behind each anther). Ceph- alotacex, a monotypic family near Saxifragd,cex. The one species C. foUicuI&ris, Labill. (Pig. 875), is abundant at King George's Sound and Swan River in S. W. Austral. From there it has frequently been intro. into cult., and is now met with in American collections. The short creeping rhizomes form 2 sets 876^ Cerastium arvense. CERASTIUM (Greek for Aorre, alluding to the shape of the pod). Caryophyl- l&cess. Mouse-Ear Chick- weed. Decumbent annuals or perennials, used in rockeries or for bedding and borders. . Pubescent or hirsute herbs, rarely glaucous: lvs. small, opposite, entire: fls. white, borne in terminal, dichotomous cymes; sepals 5, rarely 4; petals as many, emarginate or 2-cleft; stamens 10, rarely fewer; styles 5, rarely 4 or 3, opposite the sepals: caps, cylindric, often curved, dehiscing at the top by 10, rarely 8, teeth. — ^About 100 species of world-wide distribution according to the largest delimitation of the genus; by some authorities reduced to 40 or 50 species. Cerastiums are of easy culture in ordinary garden soil. They are propagated by divisions or by cuttings taken after flowermg and planted in a shady place. They are more or less vised for edgings and in rockeries. A. Lvs. green, merely pubescent. arvense, Linn. (var. ohlongifblium, HoU. & Brit.). Starry Grasswort. Fig. 876. Perennial, low, much branched and matted: sts. 8-12 in. long: lvs. oblong or lanceolate, pale green, pubescent, obtuse, }^-lH '". long, }/im. wide: fls. very numerous, appearing in Apr. and May; petals 5, deeply bifid: caps, twice as long as the calyx. — A species of very wide range, growing mostly in dry rocky places from Labrador to Alaska and south to Ga. and Calif. ; also in Asia and Eu. Gn. 71, p. 504. — Recommended as a bedding plant, for its mat-like habit, covered with white bloom. Var. com- pfictum, Hort., is hardy in S. E. Canada. purpur&scens, Adams. Perennial, hairy, pubescent, cespitose, about 4 in. high: lower lvs. oblong, narrowed into the petiole; upper lvs. linear-lanceolate: cymes dichotomous or often simply umbelliform; fls. white; petals twice as long as calyx, ovate-oblong: caps, cylindric, twice as long as calyx. Asia Minor. — Hardy. CERASTIUM CERATONIA 717 AA. Lvs. silvery or grayish. B. Cops, equaling the calyx. grandifldrum, WaJdst. & Kit. (C. arginteum, Bieb.). Creeping perennial: lvs. linear, acute, the margins reflexed; infl. dichotomous; fl.-sts. 6-8 in. high; petals oval, 2-parted, transparent white, twice as long as calyx. E. Eu. BB. Caps, much longer than the calyx. Biebersteinii, DC. Perennial: sts. 6 in., creeping, diffuse, branched: lvs. ovate-lanceolate, tomentose- wooUy: peduncles erect, dichotomous; fls. white: caps, ovate-cylindrical. Tauria. B.M. 2782. Gn. 59, p. 470. — Like C. tomentosum, but with larger lvs. Fme for edgings. Boissieri, Gren. Perennial, low: lvs. silvery, ovate- lanceolate, acute, entire, sessile: peduncles 4-12 in. high; infl. a dichotomous cjmae; fls. large, white. Spain. tomentSsum, Linn. Snow-in-Summeh. Perennial, low, creeping, branched: lvs. oblong, spatulate, grayish wooUy, upper lvs. lanceolate: peduncles 6 in. high, erect, dichotomous; fls. white: caps. cyhndricaJ. Eu. 0.29:555. Gn. 69, p. 143.— Much used for edgings. E. Z. B.t CERASUS (from Cerasunt or Cerasonte, a place in Asia Minor on the Black Sea, whence cherries are said to have been brought to Italy before Christ). Cherry. Ros&cex. Tournefort in 1700 founded the genus Cera- sus, but by general usage it is now combined with Prunus inasmuch as no single important character holds clearly between the two groups. The name is sometimes kept distinct in trade lists, representing the cherries as distinct from the plums. Botanically, the group is distinguished from Prunus proper (the plum group) in having conduphcate vernation (young lvs. with the halves folded together) rather than involute vernation, fls. more characteristically in umbels or racemes, fr. mostly lacking bloom and pubescence, and the stone not corrugated or pitted. See Prunus. L. H. B. CERATIOLA (Greek, a little horn, referring to the four-branched, serrate stigma). Empetrdcese. A heath- like evergreen, from the sand barrens of South Carolina to Florida and Alabama; rarely cultivated North, but not hardy. Branches often whorled as are the lvs., which are narrow, strongly revolute and thus almost tubular: fls. dioecious, 2-3-whorled in the axils, sessile; sepals, petals and stamens, each 2. — Only 1 species. eiicoides, Michx. Height 2-8 ft. : branches subverti- cillate, marked with scars of numerous fallen lvs., the younger and upper ones only retaining foliage: lvs. crowded, J^^in. long, linear, ri^d, shining, pale: fis. inconspicuous reddish, whorled in the axils: drupe round, orange-yeUow, berry-Uke. B.M. 2758. N. TAYLOK.t CERATOLOBTJS (Greek for homed pod). PalmAcex, tribe CaMmex. Low or creeping pinnate palms allied to Calamus, and not as yet common in the American trade. Stems and If .-stalks spiny but not the If .-blades: sts. frequentljr 30 ft. or more long and armed with stout spines an inch long: lvs. pinnate, often as much as 7 ft. long, with numerous alternate or opposite Ifts., which are crenate-dentate towards the apex: fls. polygamous- moncecious, in a paniculately branched spadix: fr. drupe-like, 1-seedea. — There are only 3 wild species and 2 species known in horticultural literature, the botani- cal status of which is doubtful. All the wild species corne from Java or Sumatra. For cult., see Calamus to which Ceratolobus is closely related, differing in having rhomboid, not linear Ifts. G.C. II. 23:338. glaucescens, Blume. St. up to 30 ft. and about as thick as one's wrist: lvs. 6-7 ft. long, of 14-18 sessile, erect or spreading Ifts. which are 8-10 in. long, 2J^ Z]/2 in. wide, opposite above, alternate below: spadix from the axils of the upper lvs. : spathes 2-homed, 4- 6 in. long. Java. C. cdncolor, Blume. Similar, with 10-14 Ifts., relatively broader than in C. glaucescens. Sumatra. — C. Findleydnus, Hort, Lvs. 2-4 ft. long, clear pale shining green. Hab.(?). A.G. 15:169. — C. Micholitzidna, Hort. Very elegant palm, the Bt. and If.-rachis with scattered spines: lvs. oblong, the Ifts. remote, linear-oblong, acute, pale on the under surface. — Horticulturally the most attractive of *'^^ 8'°"P- N. Taylor. CERAT6nIA (Greek for horn, in reference to the large pod). Legumindsx. Carob. A handsome ever- green tree, bearing large pods that are used somewhat for human food but chiefly for forage. One of the Cassia tribe: calyx-tube disk-bearing, somewhat top-shaped, the segms. 5 and short; petals 0; stamens 6: pod long (4^12 in.), compressed, thick and coriaceous, indehiscent, filled with a pulpy substance, bearing obovate transverse seeds. C. ^liqua, Linn. (Figs. 877, 878), the only species; is now widely dis- tributed in warm countries, being grown both for shade and for the edible pods. It reaches a height of 40-50 ft.: lvs. pinnate, shining, the 2-3 pairs of Ifts. oval and obtuse: fls. in small lateral red racemes, polygamo- dioecious, the trees said to be variable in sex- uality at differ- ent ages. It thrives well in S. Calif, and S.Fla. The dry pods are occasionally seen in the fruit stands in north- ern markets. There are many varieties, differ- ing in the size andshapeofpod. The Ceratonia is known also as Algaroba, Karoub, Caroubier, and St. John's Bread. The last name records the notion that the seeds and sweet pulp are respectively the locusts and wild honey which St. John found in the wilder- ness. The dry valves or pods have been supposed to be the husks that provided the subsistence of the prod- igal son. See G.F. 3:318, 323. The seeds are said to have been the original carat weight of goldsmiths. L. H. B. The carob is of much importance as a farm crop throughout the Mediterranean basin and other hot and semi-arid regions. According to Alphonse de Can- doUcj its original home was about the eastern end of the Mediterranean, including the southern coast of Asia Minor and Syria and perhaps Tripoli. Its cultivation began in historic times, and was diffused by the Greeks in Italy and Greece and was carried by the Arabs west as far as Spain and Morocco. In all these countries the large pods, rich in protein and sugar, are a very important forage crop, being eaten with avidity by all kinds of stock, besides furnishing considerable susten- ance to the poor in times of scarcity, and are also used for the manufacture of syrups and different fermented drinks. Carob pods were the main sustenance of Well- ington's cavalry in the Peninsular campaign and at the present time are the chief food of the British army horses on the island of Malta and the horses of the tramways in the cities of southern Italy. They form one of the principal exports of Palestine, Syria and especially of the island of Cyprus. Thousands of tons are annually imported into England where they are ground for stock -feed. A. Aaronsohn, Chief of the Ceratonia Siligua. 718 CERATONIA CERATOPETALUM Jewish Experiment Station in Palestine, says that an acre of carob trees on arid soil yields a much greater quantity of food matter than an equal area planted with the best alfalfa. He gives the sugar content at 40 per cent and in some varieties even higher, and the protein content as 7 to 8 per cent. The French and Portuguese writers give somewhat lower percentages, but this seems to be much a matter of climate and varieties. The analysis published by Riviere and Lecoq points to a high digestive coeflBcient, and nutri- tive value a little higher than oats; it is estimated that 147.5 kilos of carobs equals 100 kilos of wheat (a Mlo is nearly 2% pounds). The first introduction of the tree into this country on a considerable scale was by the IT. S. Patent Office from Alicante, Spain, in 1854 and from Palestine in 1859. About 8,000 plants, grown from seed in Wash- ington, were distributed during the spring of 1860, mostly in the southern states. Some of these plants probably found their way to California, as a numoer of old trees are growing in various parts of that state from San Diego on the south to Napa and Butte coimties on the north. The latest importation was in June, 1911, from Valencia, Spain, by the Office of Foreign Seed and Plant Introduction of the Department of Agricul- ture. This shipment consisted of cuttings of six of the leading varieties grown in that district which are now being propagated by budding at the Chico (California) Introduction Field Station and will soon be available for distribution. Centuries of cultivation have given rise to a large number of varieties, differing in quality of pods, vigor and productiveness and adaptability to various soils. The species is either dioecious or monoecious. All trees in California are of course seedlings and, as far as examined by the writer, monoeci- ous, although Aaronsohn states that the best kinds in Palestine are dioecious, and a BufiScient number of staminate trees, therefore, must be planted with those varieties to poUi- nate the female trees. In the pro- vince of Algarvia, Portugal, seven- teen named varie- ties are cultivated and about as many in Prance and Spain. The best of these should be intro- duced into this country. The carob tree thrives only in a warm climate, the range being about the same as that of the orange, but with a little protection for two or three winters, the range can be considerably extended. At the Govern- ment Field Station at Chico, several varieties have survived temperatures of 18° to 22°, while others when young have been killed to the ground by the same degrees of frost. The old trees scattered about the Pacific Coast States show that a large area is adapted to it. In France, Spain and Portugal, the carob grows in most kinds of soil, except in stiff clay or wet ground, and even in gravel if fertile and permeable to the roots. The crop is sufficiently valuable to make it worthy of the best soil and treatment. The carob is usually grown from seed and afterwards budded to the best varieties. It can be raised from cut- 878. Pods of Ceratonia Siliqua. tings, but requires bottom heat and careful treatment. At the Chico Field Station, where thousands of seed- lings are grown, the best success is had by planting under glass. Quicker germination is secured by soaking the seed in water for three or four days or until they begin to swell. The tree is difficult to transplant and usu^ly fails unless moved with a ball of earth. The best results are had by growing the plants in pots or in "flats" in tenacious soU, as is the practice with eucalyptus, when the trees are cut apart and lifted with squares of earth attached. At Aleppo, in S3Tia, the growers make pots of a mixture of clay and cow-dung which, dried in the sun, are strong enough to hold the earth in which the seeds are planted. When ready to put into the orchard the pot is sunk where the tree is to stand. As soon as the pot becomes moist from contact with the earth, it is readily permeable by the roots. While the carob is a rather slow grower, it Uves to a great age and should be planted not less than 35 to 40 feet apart, with interplanting of peaches or other growths for income until the carobs begin to bear. In Algiers and Tunis, it is often planted as a border tree, for which its beauty and utiUty admirably fit it. When well established, the seedlings are budded with the best varieties. If buds are taken from bearing trees, fruit may be expected in three or four years. In Cali- fornia seedlings bear when six to eight years of age. While it is eminently a dry-climate tree, two or three summer irrigations will greatly aid the development, hasten fruiting and increase the yield. It will respond to the same good treatment that is given to a well- kept fruit orchard. The crop matures in September and October and, as with most other fruit trees, it is most abundant every second year. When ripe, the pods turn brown and begin to fall. Those that fail to drop are easily knocked down with bamboo or other poles. Aaronsohn gives the crop in Palestine in good years at an average of 450 pounds to the tree, and states that he has seen wild stocks fifteen to eighteen years after grafting give a yield of 900 to 1,000 pounds of pods. Du Breuil gives the yield in southern France at 220 pounds and mentions single trees at Valencia, Spain, that produce as high as 1,380 kilos, or 3,040 pounds. Rivitoe and Lecoq report the jdeld of trees in Algiers at 100 to 300 kilos, or 220 to 660 pounds. Francis de MeUo Lotte gives the crops of mature trees on deep fertile soil in Algarvia, Portugal, at 300 to 750 kilos, or 660 to 1,650 pounds each. As the pods are equal in nutrients to barley and superior to oats for feeding and fattening cattle, sheep, hogs and horses, and the yield is from three to four times the weight per acre of grain, it is evident that few crops wiU give the farmer an e^ual value. In the mild climate of the Gulf States, especially the coastal regions of Texas, the southern paxts of New Mexico and Arizona and the greater part of California, this beautiful and valuable evergreen tree, when once appreciated, is bound to become a staple addition to farm crops for the nourishment of both man and beast. G. P. RlXFORD. CERATOPETALUM (Greek, hymed petal). Cuncyni- Acex; by some, Cunoniacex is included m Saxifra^acem. Greenhouse trees or shrubs. Glabrous and resinous trees and shrubs : Ivs. opposite, compound, with 1-3 digitate If ts. : fls. small, white, rose or yellow, in terminal branching cymes or panicles; calyx-tube short, 5-lobed; petals 0, or, if present, laciniate; stamens 10, with connectives: fr. a small and hard achene-like body, with persistent calyx -lobes, 1-seeded. — Two or 3 species, in Austral. gummlferum, Smith. Tree, 30-40 ft.: Ifts. 3, lanceo- late, serrulate, narrowed at base, shining and strongly nerved: petals deeply 3-5-lobed, not exceeding the calyx. — Said to thrive in a peaty soil, and to prop, by cuttings of half-ripened wood under glass. L H. B. CERATOPTERIS CERCIDIPHYLLUM 719 CERAT(3PTERIS (Greek, homed fern). Ceratop- teridAcex. Very succulent tropical ferns, forming also a distinct family. They are the only truly aquatic plants among true ferns and grow floating or rooted under water in the mud or sometimes only occasionally flooded. The Ivs. are borne in rosettes, the sterile 879. Ceratopteris pteridoides. (XH) spreading, often floating, the fertile more erect, 2-4- pinnate, with very slender rolled-up pod-hke segms.: sporangia very large, borne separately along the veins and covered by the revolute margins somewhat as in Pteris. — Species very few. Best grown by planting in pots, slightly submerged. Reproduced by buds which arise from all parts of the Ivs. New plants must be developed each season. Useful in ponds and aquaria. pteridoides, Hook. Fig. 879. Sterile Ivs. broadly deltoid, short-stalked, the margins irregularly lobed, floating; the fertile Ivs. taller, completely divided into long whip-like segms.: sporangia with a very small annulus, and containing 32 spores. Fla. to S. Amer. thalictroides, Brongn. Sterile Ivs. narrowly deltoid, long-stalked, 1-2 pinnatifid into deltoid segms. not floating; fertile Ivs. similar but with linear segms.: annulus well developed. Old World tropics. R. C. Benedict. CERATOSTIGMA (Greek, homed stigma). Plum- baginacex. Diffuse glabrous perennial herbs or sub- shrubs, one of which is in cultivation as a bedding and border plant. Ceratostigma differs from Plumbago in having no glands on the calyx, stamens adnate to the corolla- tube, fls. in dense clusters rather than spicate, and other technical characters: Ivs. alternate, lanceolate or obovate, more or less cUiate: fls. mostly in terminal heads, blue or rose; caljrx tubular, deeply 5-parted, the lobes narrow; corolla salver-shaped, the tube long and slender, the limb spreading and with 5 obovate obtuse or retuse lobes; stamens 5, attached on the corolla- tube: fr. a 5-valved caps, inclosed in the calyx. — Species 4 or 5, in N. China, Himalayas, Abyssinia. plumbaginoides, Bunge (PluirMgo Ldrpentx, Lindl. Vcdoradia plumbagiruMes, Boiss.). Herb, 6-12 in., the St. red and branchy: Ivs. entirej strongly ciliate on the edges: fls. with a deep blue limb, the 5 lobes mi- nutely toothed, collected in dense heads or umbels. China. B.M. 4487. F.S. 4:307.— A hardy bedding plant, producing profusely of its deep blue fls. late in fall; very valuable. Needs covering in winter in the N. Under the name C. Pdlhilli, a dwarf and creeping shrub, with delicate lavender fls., is mentioned in British journals as coming from high elevations in W. China and giving promise as an outdoor subject. L H. B. CERATOTHECA (Greek for hm-ned capsule). Peda- lidcex. Tropical African glasshouse herbs. Leaves opposite, ovate: calyx 5-parted; corolla 2- lipped, the lower lip very long in proportion to the upper; fls. in pairs in the axils: caps. 2-horned. — Five species. C. triloba, Mey., is occasionally grown in S. Fla., and it may be adapted to glasshouses. It is a tall herb (5 ft.), with the habit of foxglove, probably bien- nial, hairy and rather fleshy: lower Ivs. stalked, broadly ovate or almost round, the upper sometimes broadly angular and even 3-lobed, both kinds crenate-dentate: corolla 3 in. long, blue or violet-blue, pubescent, de- flexed, the lower lobe prolonged. Handsome. B.M. 6974. — Could be grown in temperate house N. in sandy loam. N. TAYLOR.t CERATOZAMIA (Greek, homed Zamia; referring to the homed scales of the cones, which distinguish this genus from Zamia). Cycad&cese. Handsome Mexican foliage plants, with cycas-Uke leaves, but less culti- vated in American pahn-houses than Cycas. Trunk erect in age, crowned by a whorl of pinnate cycas-like Ivs. which are petiolate and unarmed: fls. in cones borne from among the Ivs., the cones often stalked: seeds rare and little known. — Six species. Best raised from young imported plants, but rarely prop, by seeds, or by offsets from the slow-growing trunk. Bum out the cen- ter of the plant with a hot iron, and a number of offsets will spring from the trunk and the crown; these may be used for prop. mezicana, Brongn. Fig. 880. Trunk thick, short, covered with the remains of fallen If .-stalks: Ivs. rich, dark green, pinnate, on prickly petioles 5-6 in. long, which are shaggy when young; Ifts. very numerous, 6- 12 in. long or more, lanceolate: cones produced annually on separate plants; female cones 9-12 in. long, 4-6 in. thick, the scales 2-homed; male cones narrower, longer, on a hairy stalk, the scales with 2 small teeth. Mex. Gn. 9, pp. 308-9.— An excellent decorative plant, best grown in sandy loam. Give freely of water and heat in spring and summer, but keep cooler and drier in winter. Somewhat tender although grown in Cent. Fla. C. Miquelidna, Wendl. A plant with 20-30 pairs of Ifts. and a If.-stalk 18 in. long: fr. not Known certainly. Cult, in botanic gardens and worthy of wider use. Mex. and W. Indies. N. TAYLOR.t CERCIDIPHYLLUM (Cercis and phyllcm, leaf; the Ivs. resemble those of Cercis). Trochodendrdcese. Tree grown for its handsome foUage and habit. Leaves deciduous, usually opposite, petioled and palmately nerved: fls. dioecious, inconspicuous, apetar lous, solitary; staminate nearly sessile, bearing numer- ous stamens with slender filaments; pistillate pedicelled, 880. Ceratozamia mezicana. — Young plant (fertile). 720 CERCIDIPHYLLUM CERCIS 881. Cercidiphyllum japonicum. (XM) consisting of 3-5-carpels, ending in long, purplish styles and developing into about Min. long, dehiscent pods, with many seeds.^3ne species in Japan and W. China. Hardy, ornamental, shrubby tree of pyramidal and, when young, almost fastigiate habit, with handsome, light green foli- age, purplish when unfolding, turning bright yellow or partially scarlet in fall. It prefers rich and moist soil, and grows rapidly when young. Prop, by seeds, sown in spring, and by g r ee n wood - cut- tings, taken from forced plants in early spring, or by layers ; cuttings from half-ripened wood in summer, under glass, grow also, but not very well. jap6mcum,Sieb. &Zucc. Fig. 881. Bushy tree, com- monly with several trunks, usually 20-30 ft., but some- times rising to 100 ft., with slender, glabrous branches: Ivs. opposite, occasionally alternate, slender-petioled, cordate, orbicular or broadly ovate, obtuse, crenate- serrate, glabrous, glaucous beneath, 2-3 in. long. Japan. G.F. 7:106, 107, and 6:53. Mn. 3:74. Gng. 5:135. F.E. 32:211 (habit). P.G. 2:105. S.I.F. 1:41. — A very desirable tree, one of the best introductions from Japan. Var. sinense, Rehd. & Wilson. Tree, to 120 ft., usually with a single trunk: petioles shorter, about J^in. long, somewhat hairy on the veins beneath: caps, gradually narrowed at the apex, J^in. long. W. China. — This recently intro. variety is perhaps still more desirable than the type. It is the largest of all broad-lvd. trees known from China; the trunk is sometimes free of branches for nearly 50 ft. above the ground and attains to 25 ft. or exceptionally to 55 ft. ™ girth. Alfred Rehder. CERCIS (Kerkis, ancient Greek name). Legumindsie. Judas Tree. Rbd-Btto. Trees or shrubs grown for their pink flowers profusely produced early in spring before the leaves; very interesting, also, in mode of branching, as seen in mature trees. Leaves deciduous, alternate, petioled, palmately nerved, entire: fls. papilionaceous, pediceMed, pink or red, appearing before or with the Ivs., in clusters or racemes from the old wood; calyx 5-toothed, red; petals nearly equal, the uppermost somewhat smaller: pod compressed, narrow-oblong, narrow-winged on the ventral suture, many-seeded.---Seven species in N. Amer., and from S. Eu. to Japan. These trees and shrubs are very ornamental, with handsome distinct foliage and abundant showy flowers in spring, very effective by their deep pink color. They are well adapted for shrubberies or as single specimens on the lawn, and attain rarely more than 20 or 30 feet in height, forming a broad, irregular head when older. Only C. canadensis is hardy North, while C. chinensis can still be grown in sheltered positions near Boston, but is occasionally injured in severe winters; the others can not be grown successfully farther north than New York. They grow best in rich sandy and i somewhat moist loam, and should be transplanted when young, as older plants can hardly be moved with success. Young plants, four or five years old, produce flowers freely and may be recommended for forcing, especially C. chinensis and C. racemosa, which are the most beau- tiful of all. Propagated by seeds, sown in spring, best with gentle bottom heat; sometimes increased by layers, or by greenwood cuttings from forced plants in early spring; C. chinensis grows also from greenwood cuttings in summer under glass. A. Lvs. abruptly and short-acuminate. B. Fls. in clusters: lvs. usually pubescent only beneath near the base. canadensis, Linn. Fig. 882. Tree, to 40 ft.: lvs. roundish or broadly ovate, usually cordate, 3-5 in. long: fls. rosy pink, Hin. long, 4-8 in clusters: pod 2}4-3}i in. long. From N. J. south, west to Mo. and Texas. S.S. 3:133^. A.F. 13:1370. Gng. 6:290. F.E. 9:593. Mn.2, p. 139. M.D.G. 1899:434r-5 (habit). Gn.25, p. 347. — A very desirable ornamental tree for the northern states. Var. filba, Rehd. Fls. white. Var. plSna, Schneid. Fls. double. — Recently C. canadensis has been split by Greene into several new species (see Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. Veget. 11:110). chinensis, Bunge (C.jop(5nico,Sieb.). Fig. 883. Tree, to 60 ft., shrub in cult.: lvs. deeply cordate, roundish, with a white, transparent line at the margin, subcoria- ceous, glabrous, shining above, 3-5 in. long: fls. 5-8, purplish pink, ^in. long: pod 3-5 in. long, narrow. China, Japan. F.S. 8:849. Mn. 2:139. G.F. 6:476.— A very beautiful species, with the fls. nearly as large as those of C. Siliquastrum and more abundant. BB. Fls. in pendulous racemes. racemdsa, Oliv. Tree, to 30 ft. : lvs. broadly ovate, truncate or subcordate at the base, pubescent beneath, 882. Cercis canadensis. ( X H) 2J^-4 in. long: fls. rosy pink, about J^in. long on slen- der pedicels of about equal length, in many-fld. racemes 1J4-3 in. long: pod 2^-4 in. long. Cent. China. H.I. 1894. — The handsomest of all. Young plants have not proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum, but it is per- fectly hardy in S. England. CERCIS CEREUS 721 AA. Los. rounded or emarginate at the apex, xisually broader than long. occident&lis, Torr. (C. califdmica, Torr.). Shrub, to 15 ft.: Ivs. cordate, roundish, glabrous, about 2 in. wide: fls. rose-colored, Kin. long: pod 2-2)^ in. long. Calif. Torrey in U. S. Exislor. Exped. 1838-1842, 17, pi. 3.— A closely allied species is C. renifdrmis, Engelm. (C. texSnsis, Sarg.). Small tree: Ivs. sub- coriaceous, 3-5 in. wide, sometimes pubescent beneath: pod 2-4 in. long. Texas, New Mex. S.S. 3:135. Siliqufistrum, Linn. Tree, to 40 ft.: Ivs. roundish, deeply cor- date, glabrous, 3-5 in. wide: fls. 3-6, purplish rose, J^in. long: pod 3-4 in. long. S. Eu., W. Asia. B.M. 1138. Gn. 25, pp. 346, 347, 350; 33, p. 416; 42:342, p. 343; 44, p. 379; 52, p. 5. G.C. III. 52:6 (habit). G. 25:209. R.H. 1899:469 (abnor- mal form). Var. dlba, Carr. (var. dlbida, Schneid.) with white fls. CERCOCARPUS (Greek, tail and fruit; the fruit with a long, hairy tail). Rosdcese. Mountain Mahogany. Small trees or shrubs but rarely grown for their attractive ever- green or half-evergreen foliage and the peculiar feathery tailed achenes. Leaves alternate, per- sistent, rather small: fls. inconspicuous, apetal- ous, whitish or reddish, in the axils of fascicled Ivs.; calyx- tube cylindric, elon- gated, abruptly expanded at the apex into a cup-shaped deciduous, 5-lobed limb bearing 15-30 stamens with short filaments; ovary 1-celled, inclosed in the calyx- tube, with a long exserted style.: fr. a 1-seeded achene, surmounted by the persistent, long and hairy style. — Small genus of about 10, mostly rather local species, in the Rocky Mts. from Mont, south to Mex. and in Calif. The cercocarpuses are not particularly ornamental, yet they are attractive with their small evergreen dark foliage and their feathery tailed fruits; they are adapted for planting on dry rocky or gravelly slopes in arid temperate regions, as they thrive under very unfavor- able conditions. The very heavy and close-grained wood is manufactured into small articles, and valued as fuel and for making charcoal. C. ledifolius and C. parvifolius are the hardiest and stand frost to zero, while C. Traskise can be grown only in southern Cali- fornia. They may be cultivated in any well-drained soil in sunny positions, and propagated by seeds or by cuttings of half-ripened wood under glass. A. Margin of Ivs. toothed: fls. 2-6 in a cluster. B. Lvs. oval to suborbicular, usually rounded at the base. Trfiskiae, Eastw. Tree, to 25 ft. : lvs. coarsely sinuate- dentate above the middle, lustrous above, tornentose below, 1-2J^ in. long: achene with the style 2-21^2 in. long. Santa Catahna Isl., Calif. S.S. 13:635. 883. Cercis chinensis. (Natural size) BB. Lvs. usually cuneate-obovate, smaller. parvif dlius, Nutt. Bushy tree, to 25 ft. : lvs. dull green and pubescent above, pubescent or tornentose beneath, )/2-l]/2 in. long, with 4-5 pairs of veins: style 2-4 in. long. From Neb. and Ore. to Low. Calif . and W. Texas. S.S. 4:166. H.I. 4:323.— D. M. Andrews, of Colo., who handles this shrub, writes of it as follows: "Moun- tain mahogany, 6 feet. A nearly evergreen rosaceous shrub of peculiar and attractive habit of growth. Fls. white, early, followed by the long, plumose achenes, which are 3-5 in. long, strangely curled and twisted, arranged above and on each side of the slender branches, so that at a Httle distance they have an appearance sug- gestive of ostrich plumes. Easily transplanted, and thrives anywhere." betulsefdlius, Nutt. (C parvif blius var. gldber, Wats. C. parvif dlius var. betvlMes, Sarg.). Small tree, to 30 ft.: lvs. thinner, bright green and glabrous above at maturity, pubescent or glabrescent beneath, J^2 in. long, with 5-6 pairs of veins: style 2-4 in. long. Calif. W.G.Z. 4, pp. 554-5. H.I. 4:322. AA. Margin of lvs. entire, revolute: fls. solitary or in pairs. ledifdlius, Nutt. Tree, to 40 ft.: lvs. lanceolate, cori- aceous, lustrous and glabrous above at maturity, pubescent below, resinous, J^-1 in. long, veins obscure: style 2-3 in. long. From Wyo. and Wash, to S. Calif, and New Mex. S.S. 4:165. H.L 4:324. Alfred Rehder. CEREALS {Ceres, goddess of agriculture). The agricultural grains, properly those of the grass family: maize or Indian corn, kafir, wheat, emmer, spelt, rice, oats, barley, rye, sorghum (for grain); popularly held to include buckwheat, but not accurately so. Consult Vol. II, Cyclo. Amer. Agric. CEREUS (from the Latin, but of uncertain applicar tion). CactAcese. Usually arborescent, columnar cacti with the surface covered with spiny ribs. Flowers large, borne singly along the sides of the st.; fl.-tube slender and, as it decays, cutting off from the ovary ; petals numerous ; stamens numerous ; style single, thick: fr. a large, naked, fleshy berry; seeds small, black. The genus Cereus, as it has generally been treated, contained more than 100 species which differed greatly in habit, armament, fls. and fr., and was one of the most complex and difficult of the family. As now understood, it contains species of uniform habit, with similar fls. and frs., while a number of species of very different habit have been referred elsewhere. Even as here treated, more than half of the species are anomalous. Until the fls. and frs. have been studied, it seems best to leave them in Cereus. The species are all from S. Amer. Only a few species of true Cereus are grown in this country, and most of these are grown under glass. The flowers do not compare in size and attractiveness with those of the so-called night-blooming Cereus, which is described elsewhere under the genus Seleni- cereus. Several of the species have cristate and other abnormal forms which make them desirable to certain growers. C. lepidotus is a rather common cultivated species in certain of the West India Islands, where it grows to considerable height, and several of the species are grown in Europe along the Riviera, where they reach great size. With us, however, they do not grow very rapidly. They are easily propagated from seed or by cuttings. See Succulents. The species treatea in the first edition of this work that are not here given may be looked for under the following genera: Acanthocereus, Aporocactus, Ber- gerocactus, Camegiea, Cleistocactus, Escontria, Har- risia, Heliocereus, Hylocereus, Lemaireocereus, Lopho- cereus, Myrtillocactus, Oreocereus, Pachycereus, Rathbunia, and Selenicereus. 722 CEREUS CEREUS Alacriportanus, 11. atropurpureuBt 22. azureus, 19. Bonplandii, 21. Bridgesii, 18. caerulescens, 17. caesius, 20. candicans, 2. CaveTidiBhiit 15. clmlybseus, 13. chiloensis, 5. euphorbioides, 6. fernaTnbucenffiSt 24. INDEX. fortnosus, 24. Sandis, 24. ankeanus, 9. isogonus, 14. Jamacani, 12. lageniformis, IS. lamprochlorus, 3. Landheckii, 17. macrogonus, 10. Martianus, 25. Martini!, 23. monacarUhus, 23. monoclonoe, 11 Olfersii, 6. Pasaoana, 1. pemambucensis, 24. Peruvlaaus, 11. itajaya, 24, platygonus, 16. Roezlii, 7. Seideliij 19. Sepium, 7. Spachianus, 4. splendens, 15. tetracanthus, 8. tortuosus, 22. validus, 12. vaTiabiliSf 24. A. Sts. erect, 2 in. or more diam. B. New growth green, not pruinose or bloom. covered with a c. Rihs of St. 10 or more. 1. Pasac^na, Web. A gigantic species, reaching a height of 20-30 ft., and sometimes even 50 ft., and a diam. of 12^16 in.; sparingly branching above; in new- growth dark green, ibecoming gray or bluish: ribs 15- 20, or in young plants only 9-10: areoles ^%m. apart, large, brown, becoming yellowish and finally gray: radial spines 10-13, about 1 in. long, the under one or lowest pair straight, subulate, the others curved; cen- trals mostly 4, the under and upper ones the longest, reaching 2 in. length, straight or curved; the young spines are clear brown, often with alternating rings of light and dark tissue, later gray, bulbose at the ba^e: fls. from the lateral areoles about 6 in. long, white. Argentina. — This is the giant cereus of the Argentine desert, as Carnegiea gigantea is of the certain N. American deserts. It is not a true Cereus. 2. c&ndicans, Gillies. Sts. upright, low, cylindri- cal, bright green, 2^-3 ft. high by 6-8 in. diam.; freely branching from the base: ribs 10, obtuse -angled: areoles %-%\n. apart, large, depressed, white, becom- ing gray: radial spines 11-14, spreading, at first thin, needle-form, later stronger, stiff, straight, about %m. long; central sohtary or later 3-4 additional ones ap- pearing above, stronger, reaching a length oi l}i in-; sometimes somewhat curved; all the spines horn-col- ored, with tips and bases brown, later becoming gray: fls. long, funnelform, resembling those of Echinopsis, 10 in. long by 6 in. diam.: fr. spherical to ellipsoidal, about 3 in. diam., red, somewhat spiny, flesh white. Argentina. — Not a true Cereus. 3. lamprochldrus, Lem. Related to C. candicans, of a taller growth, cylindrical, 3-6H ft. high by about 3 in. diam., at first simple, but later branching at the base; in new growth bright green, later dirty green: ribs 10-11 or occasionally 15; conspicuously crenate, later blunt and but little crenate: areoles medium size, about J^in. apart, yellowish white, becoming gray; above each areole 2 radiating grooves form a letter V: radial spines 11-14, spreading, straight, sharp-pointed, about ?^in. long, clear to dark amber-color; some are strong and rigid, while others are bristle-form; centrals mostly 4, somewhat longer, stronger and deeper colored, with brown bases, becoming dark gray, about ^in. long: fls. from the previous year's growth, about 8-10 in. long by 6 in. diam., white. Argentina. — Not a true Cereus. 4. Spachianus, Lem. Sts. upright, at first simple, later profusely branching at the base, branches ascend- ing parallel with the main st., 2-3 ft. high by 2-2J^ in. diam., columnar: ribs 10-15, obtuse, rounded: areoles about J^in. apart, large, covered with curly yellow wool, becoming white: radial spines 8-10, }4r/4 in. long, spreading, stiff, sharp, amber-yeUow to brown; central sohtary, stronger and longer; aU the spines later becoming gray: fls. about 8 in. long by about 6 in. diam., white. Argentina. — Not a true Cereus. 6. chiloensis, DC. (Cactus chilo&nsis, Colla). Sta. strong, upright, simple (so far as known), about 2^ ft. high by3}4-5 in. diam., cylindrical to somewhat clavate, bright, clear green: ribs 10-12, obtuse: areoles about an inch apart, large: radial spines straight, sharp, rigid, at first 9, but later 4 others appear above these; centrals mostly 4, seldom but a single one, bulbose at the base; the young spines are brown honey-yellow, becoming white, with dark tips, and finally gray: fls. from the upper lateral areoles about 6 in. long^ white, resem- bling those of Echinopsis. Chile. — This is not a true Cereus. cc. Bibs of St. 7-9. 6. euphorbioides, Haw. (C.OZ/ersii, Otto). Columnar, simple, 10-16 ft. high by about 4}^ m. diam., in young growth pale green, changing with age to gray-green: libs 8-10, separated by sharp grooves, sharp- angled, becoming flat- tened in older growth: areoles about ?^in. apart, small, white to gray: radial spines mostly 6, the under one the longest, reaching a length of over an inch, strong, yellowish brown to black, the upper ones shorter and bristle form ; central sohtary, in young plants twice as long as the radials; all the spines finally become gray : fls. f ror" near the crown, 3J< 4 in. long, beautifi 1 flesh -red, remainir open for 24 hour Brazil. R.H. 188 p. 279. — This plant is insuffi- ciently under- stood; it may be a form of some species of Ceph- aJocereus. 884. Cereus peru- vianus. A flower that is just closing; from a plant flowered in Washington, D. C, in 1904. ( X H) 7. Sepium, DC. (C.iJoteJii,Haage.) Upright, colum- nar, about 3 in. diam.: ribs 9, sep- arated by sharp, somewhat serpentine grooves, ob- tuse, above the areoles, 2 radiating, shghtly curved grooves form a letter V: areoles }^%m. apart, com- paratively large, slightly sunken, yellowish, later gray: radial spines 9h-12, radiate, nearly Hin- ^ong, straight, subulate, tolerably sharp, sUghtly thickened at the base, clear brown, with darker stripes; cen- tral sohtary, reaching 1}^ in. long, straight, porrect, later somewhat deflexed, clear brown; later all the spines become gray. Andes of Ecuador. — Near Borzicactus; needs further critical study. 8. tetracanthus, Labour. Upright, arborescent or bushy, freely branching, young branches leaf-green, later gray-green: ribs 8-9, low, arched: areoles medium-sized, shghtly sunken, about J^in. apart; white to gray: radials 5, later 7, radiate, about J^in. long, straight, subulate, stout, white, with brown tips and bases, later ashy gray; centrals 1-3, under one largest and porrect, when young yellow and translucent, later gray: fls. re- semble those of C. tortuosits. Bolivia. — ^This species should doubtless be referred to Eriocereus. CEREUS CEREUS 723 ccc. Ribs of St. 3-6. 9. Hankeanus, Web. Upright, robust, not branch- ing (so far as known), young growth bright green, later dark greenj about 2 in. diam.: ribs 4-5, compressed, about 1J4 in. high, conspicuously crenate, with an S- form line passing from each areole toward the center of the St. : areoles, %-l in- apart, horizontally elliptical to heart-shaped, brown, becoming gray below and yellow above: radial spines 3, needle-hke, stout, sharp-pointed, about %m. long, amber-colored when young, turning to brown; central solitary, straight, porrect, ^in. long, stronger than the radials, horn-colored; later all the spines become gray: fls. 4-5 in. long, white. S. Amer. BB. New growth blue, white- or gray-pruinose. c. Ribs of St. comparatively broad and low: st. more or less triangular in cross-section. 10. macTOgdnus, Otto. Arborescent, sparsely branch- ing, reaching a height of 20 ft. (in cult., 6 ft. high by 3-5 in. diam.), branches columnar: ribs mostly 7, sel- dom 8-9, thick, slightly imdulate, obtuse and with convex faces, about 1 in. high, bluish green, frequently having a depressed Hne near the areole: areoles about J^in. apart, large, gray: radial spines 6-9, radiate or spreading, strong, subulate, Miu- long, horn-color, later black; central spmes 1-3, somewhat stronger and longer than the radials, more or less conspicuously porrect: fls. from the lateral areoles near the end of the branches, 23^-3 in. long, tolerably fleshy, white: fr. depressed- globose, 2 in. diam. by httle more than 1 in. long. Brazil. cc. Ribs of St. strongly compressed laterally. 11. peruvi^us, Haw. (C. monocldnos, DC). Hedge Cactus. Fig. 884. Tall, 30-50 ft.,branching freely toward the base, columnar, 4r-8 in. diam., new growth dark green and glaucous, becoming a dull green with age, and, in old sts. becoming corky: ribs 5-8, compressed: are- oles 3^-1 in. apart, in new growth covered with con- spicuous, curly brown wool, becoming gray: radial spines about 6-7, about Ys-]/^. long; central solitary, reaching a length of 23^ in.; the number of spines in- creases with age to as many as 20, all are rigid, brown: fls. abundant, from the lower part of the st., white, noc- turnal, 6-7 in. long by 5 in. diam. S. Amer. G.C. III. 24:175 (var. monstrosus). Var. Alaciiportinus, K. Schum. (C. AlacriportAnits, Mart.). Of somewhat weaker growth, low, and less con- spicuously pruinose in the new growth, which is con- sequently nearly clear green. S. Brazil. 12. Jamacdni, Sabn-Dyck (C. vdlidvs, Haw.). Sts. upright, robust, rigid, 12-16 ft. high by as much as 6 in. diam.; young growth azure-blue, turning dark green with age, glaucous: ribs 4r-6, thin, compressed, crenate: radial spines 5-7, stiff, needle-Uke, clear yellow with brown points, or brown and finally black, about }/2~M in. long; centrals 2—4, somewhat stronger, porrect, %-Z in. long: fls. large, 10 in. long by 8 in. diam., white, nocturnal. Brazil, Venezuela. 13. chalybebus, Otto. Sts. upright, branching above, arborescent, azure-blue and pruinose, later dark green, 134~4 iu. diam.: ribs 6, in young growth very much compressed, later depressed till the st. is nearly cylin- drical: areoles about 5^in. apart, dark gray-brown: radial spines mostly 7, about J^in. long; centrals 3—4, similar but somewhat stronger and a httle longer; all the spines are pointed, stiS, when young are black, later brown to gray with black tips, bulbose at the base: fls. very similar to those of C. csendescens. Argentina. AA. Sts. erect, less than 2 in. diam. B. Ribs of St. 10 or more. 14. isogdnus, K. Schum. St. upright, columnar, about 1-1}^ in. diam., in young growth light green to yeUow- green, later darker: ribs 15-16: areoles approximate, white, turning gray: radial spines as many as 20, spread- ing, at first clear or dark yellow, becoming white, and finally gray, bristle form, flexible, about J^in. long; centrals 6-8; two of these are somewhat stronger and stiffer, about ?^in. long, one directed upward and one downward, yellowish brown to dark honey-color; later gray, as in the radials. S. Amer. 15. splendens, Sahn-Dyck. Columnar, slender, short, rigid, more or less branching from the base, reaching a height of about 2 ft. and about 1-1 J^ in. diam., Mght to yellowish green: ribs about 10-12, rounded: areoles prominent, about ]/i}n. apart, tawny, becoming white, tomentose: radial spines 8-12, radiat- ing, yellow and light brown, becoming gray; centrals 1-3, scarcely larger than the radial, yellowish to white; all the spines slender, bristle form, about }i-%in. long. — C. Cavendishii has been referred to this species, but with some question. BB. Ribs of St. 3-10. 16. platygdnus, Otto. At first upright, later some- what reclining, branching, at the base about 1 in. diam., tapering in the new growth: ribs 8, low, arched: areoles about J^in. apart, very small, yellow, becoming gray, subtruded by a smaU 3-angled bract: radial spines 12-15, spreading, bristle form, little more than J^ia. long; central soUtary, slightly longer and stronger; all the spines at first yeUow-brown, changing to white or gray with age. 17. caerulescens, Salm-Dyck (C. Ldndbeckii, Phil.). Arborescent or shrubby, 3-5 ft. high: sts. 1-1 J^ in. diam.: ribs usually 8, obtuse: areoles approximate, white bud soon becoming black: spines rigid; radials 9^12, J^-J^in. long, black; centrals 4, ^in. long, stronger, black or white: fls. from the side of the st., sHghtly curved, 6-8 in. long by 6 in. diam., tube bronze- green, corolla white or occasionally rose-pink: frs. ellipsoidal, pointed at both ends, about 3 in. long and half that in diam., bright red, with blue glaucous cover- ing. Argentina. B.M. 3922. 18. Bridgesii, Sakn-Dyck. Upright, tall, columnar, simple or later branching at the base, bright green when young, becoming blue to gray-green, lJ^-2 in. diam.: ribs S-7, very broad and low: areoles K-Miu- apart, yellowish to gray: spines 3-5, radiating, the under one, or seldom the upper one, the longest, IM in. long, stiff, sharp, straight, dark honey-yeUow, with brown tips, becoming gray with age. BoHvia. Var. lagenifdrmis, K. Schum. (C lagenifdrmis, Forst.). Spines more numerous, somewhat longer. 19. azdreus, Parm. (C SAdelii, Lehm.). St. upright, taU, slender, columnar, branching from the base, in the young, fresh bluish green, later dark green with gray, glaucous covering, about 3—4 ft. high and about 1 in. diam.: ribs 5-7, rounded, enlarged at the areole: areoles about %-l ft. apart, elevated, large, abundantly wooUy when young: spines 8-18, nearly alike, about J^-f^in. long, stiff, slender, needle-form to bristle-like, black; the 2-4 central ones somewhat longer: fls. 8-12 in. long, obUquely attached to the st., slightly curved, white. Brazil. 20. cs^sius, Otto. Upright, columnaj, branching at the base, somewhat tapering above; in new growth, beautiful light blue, pruinose; later, light green to slightly bluish, about IJ^ in. diam.: ribs 5-6, separated by sharp grooves, about J^in. high, compressed, faintly crenate, becoming depressed in older growth: areoles about ^in. apart, small, yeUow at first, later becoming white and finally gray: radial spines 8-10, sometimes more appear later; radiate, light amber-color, brown at the base, the lower pair the longest, mostly about J^in. long; centrals 4r-7, like the radials but usually some- what stronger, longer and darker; all the spines thin, needle-form, flexible, sharp; later, Ught, horn-color, finally gray. S. Amer.(?). 724 CEREUS CERINTHE AAA. Sts. weak, clambering over rocks or other plants, and witfiout atrial roots. 21. Bonplandii, Farm. Sts. at first upright, later clambering over rocks and bushes, about 1-1 J^ in. diam., branching and spreading, in new growth com- monly of a bluish or purplish green, later gray-green: ribs 4r-6, sharp, compressed, crenate, separated by broad, concave faces; later the ribs become much de- pressed, so that the st. is sometimes nearly cylindrical; the ribs commonly run spirally around the axis of the St.: areoles J^IJ^ in. apart, at first considerably de- pressed, later shallower, white, becoming gray: radial spines 4-6 (later 1-4 more appear), straight, spreading, the largest about }^1 in., stout, subulate, pointed, the under one needle-form and shorter; central soUtary, straight, stronger, 1 in. long, deflexed or porrect; the stronger spines are white, with tips and bases brown, when young beautiful ruby-red, later all are gray, with black tips and bulbous bases : fls. from the lateral areoles about 10 in. long, white, nocturnal: fr. nearly spheri- cal, about 2 in. diam., mammate, dark carmine-red. Paraguay, Brazil, and Argentina. 22. tortudsus, Forbes (C. atropurpiireus, Haage). Sts. slender, weak, at first upright, but later reflexed, reaching a length of 3-4 ft., and 1-lH in. diam.: ribs commonly 7, sometimes but 5, rounded, low, separated by regular serpentine grooves: areoles about 1 in. apart, large: radial spines 5-8, about %-l in. long; centrals 1-4, about M-IK in- long; all the spines slender, rigid, red-brown when young, becoming ashy with age: fls. from the previous year's growth, about 6 in. long, trum- pet-shaped, tube olive-green and spiny, in the axils of the reddish green scales; outer petals pale green, tinted with brown; inner petals clear white: fr. spherical, bril- liant red without and white within, mammate, bearing a few spines on the summits of the lower mammas. Argentina. 23. M^rtinu, Labour (C. monacdnthtis, Hort.). At first upright, later requiring a support; freely branching from the base, branches long, reaching nearly 5 ft., Ji-1 in. diam., sUghtly tapering, dark green: ribs 5-6, separated by serpentine grooves, contracted between the areoles; sometimes the ribs are not evident, when the St. is cylindrical: areoles about 1-1 J^ in. apart, white: radial spines 5-7, reddish, short, bristle-form, with bulbous bases or short conical, usually about J^in. long; central solitary, mostly deflexed, %-l in. long (in young growth, frequently not longer than the radial), subulate, robust, light brown or white, with bases and tips black: fls. from the older growth sts., 8-9 in. long, clear white, nocturnal: fr. spherical (very 88S. Cerinthe retorta. ( X K) similar to C. tortwosus), pointed,' dark carmine-red, about 2 in. diam., mammate, a few spines on the mam- mas, toward the base of the fr. Argentina. R.H. 1860, pp. 658-9. — This species is commonly sold under the name of C. platygonus. 24. Pitajaya, DC. (C. pemambitcensis Ifemambur chisis], Lem. C. formdsus, Salm-Dyck. €. varidbilis, Pfeiff.). By recent authorities referred to the genus Acanthocereus. St. at first simple, later branching, in young growth light green, turning grajrish green with age, pomted, %-l}i in. diam.: ribs 3-5, commonly 4: areoles about 1 in. apart, large, bearing a conspicuous amount of curly hair, about p^in. long, in new growth: radial spines 5-7 and a solitary central one, uniform, about ys-% in. long, amber color to brown and finally gray: fls. from the older growth, large, about 8 in. long, sUghtly curved, white, nocturnal. Uruguay, BrazU, Colombia. B.M. 4084. — C. grdndis, Haw., according to Weber, is but a larger form of this species. AAAA. Sts. more or less climbing by means of aerial roots. 25. Martitous, Zucc. Of bushy growth, branching, reaching a height of 3 ft. and more: branches slender, provided here and there with aerial roots, cylindrical, about ^in. diam.: ribs commonly 8, straight, separ rated by sharp grooves, very low: areoles i^r^v^- apart, small, white: radial spines 6-10, bristle-form, spreading, clear honey-yellow, at base brownish, later whitish and becoming gray, about J^in. long; centrals 3-4, similar, only somewhat stouter and darker: fls. usually abundant, straight or slightly S-shaped, 4r-5 in. long, scarlet-red: fr. spherical, reddish green, covered with bristles. S. Mex. B.M. 3768. C. ventimiglia, Vaupel (Borzicactua ventimiglia, Riccob.). St. slender, 8- or 9-ribbed: spines in clusters of 8-10, spreading; peri- anth-tube elongated, opening into a large throat; petals red-violet: fr. small, glo'bular, bearing few bracts. This species apparently does not belong to the true Cereus, and is probably much nearer Cleistocactua, as suggested in the Kew Bulletin. It wa6 described from plants flowering in the Botanical Garden at Palermo, Italy, and which are said to have come from Ecuador. Borzicactus is a recently described genus, not yet intro. into American collections. C. ala7nosinsis='Rathhunm alamosensis. — C. Baii'manmi= Cleistocactus Baumannii. — C. BerUindikri = Echinocereus. — C. csespitdsus = Echinocereus. — C. candeldbrum = Lemaireocereus Weberi. — C. CAio(iao=Esoontria Chiotilla. — C. chlmdnthus=^c\a- nocereus. — C. coccineus=Echinocereus. — C. CdcAaZ=Myrtillocactua Cochal. — C. conoideus=Echinocereus. — C. c£enaidefi=Echi'nocer- eus. — C. cyUndTicua=Oi)\mti&. — C. dasyaaijMMa = Echino- cereus. — C. Z>o7iAeZAri=Selenicereua Donlfeleerii. — C. ditbiua^= Echinocereus. — C. i)uni(?rHeri=Lemaireocereus Dumortieri. — C. e!)uraeus=Lemaireocereus griseus. — C. i:moryi=Bergeiocictua Emoryi. — C. ^nffeZma7wV=Echinocereus. — C. e7i7ieacd7iiAu8 = Ech- inocereus. — C. eri[ca=Lemaireocereus eruca. — C. ex(^sus=HyIo- oereus extensus. — C. ii'fc(iieri=Echinocereus. — C. /Iagellif6rmw= Aporocaotus fiagelliformis. — C. geomdrizans = Myrtillocactus geometrizans. — C. fftffani^w«=Carnegiea gigantea. — C gonac&nthus ^Echinocereus.— C. ffraTidi^drus^Selenicereus grandiflorus. — C. Gr^ffii=PeniocereU3 Greggii. — C. ^mm^aus=Lemaireocereus gummosus. — C. Aa?7wi(«s=Selenicereus hamatus. — C. inSrmi3= Selenicereus inermis. — C. fo)7iBts5(us=Echinocereus. — C. MdU liaonii is a hybrid. — C. MacDdnaldix^&eleniceTeua MacDonaldite. — C. _ morffi7id(us=Pachycereu3 marginatus. — C. iW"dj/nardii= Selenicereus. — C. mexicdnua is probably a hybrid. — C. mojatensis ^Echinocereus. — C. 7iapoZedm5=Hylocereus napoleonis. — C. A''fc4eis»i=Cephalocereu3. — C. ii!/c«caiMS=Selemcereu8 nyctioalus. — C. 23aucis-pinus='E>chinocereu3. — C. pectin&tus=KohinoaeTe\is. — C. p/iflsnfceus = Echinocereua. — C. princeps = Acanthocereus pentagonus. — C. proCTimbe7w=Echiuocereus. — C queretarHsis =Paohyoereus queretarensis. — C. fiSBei»i=SeIenicereus hybrid. — C. rcpdndws ^ Harrisia gracilis. — C. J2cE«eri=EchinocereU8. — C jScZieeri = Echinocereus. — G, s^iKs = Cephaloeereus. — C. aerpentinus^Nyctocereus serpentinus. — C. apectdsus=Heliocereus. specioslis. — C. spinMWsM8=Selenioereus spmulosus. — C. stellitus =Lemaireocereus stellatus. — C. s(raTOfneus=Echinocereu8. — C. 2'Airiier» = Lemaireocereus Thurberi. — C. friansuidn'a = Hylo- oereua tricostatus. — C. itjierdsus = Wilcoxia. — C. inrtdiS*ni».= Echinocereus. j jj jj^^g^, | CERfNTHE (Greek, keros, wax; anthos, flower: the ancients thought that the bees visited the flowers for wax). BoraginAcex. Annual or perennial herbs from Europe and Asia Minor, with alternate glaucous leaves and showy purple bracts. Calyx deeply divided, the tubular corolla with 5 very small reflexed lobes, usually differently colored from XXV. Celery. — The cultivation under field conditions, at the hilling-up or banking stage. CERINTHE CEROPTERIS 725 the tube.— About 6 species. The best species is C. retorta, which has a unique appearance in the garden, and is strongly recommended for more general cult. It is a hardy annual of easy cult. retdrta, Sibth. & Smith. Honeywort. Fig. 885. Height lJ^-2 ft.: Ivs. glaucous, often spotted white or red; lower Ivs. obovate-spatulate; upper Ivs. amplexi- caul, with 2 round ears, on the flowering branches gradu- ally becoming smaller and closer together until they pass into purple bracts, which form the chief attractive feature of the plant: fls. when full-blown protruded beyond the bracts; coroUa tubular-club-shaped, yellow, tipped purple, with 5 small, spreading teeth: frs. smooth but not shining. Greece. B.M. 5264. Gn. 41:212. For a garden review of the other honeyworts, see Gn. 41, p. 212. C. mdjor, Linn. A showy annual 6-15 in. liigh: Ivs. clasping the at., very rough and ciliate: fls. with showy bracts; the corolla yellow below, purplish at the top; fr. smooth, shining and brown-spotted. Medit. region. B.M. 333. WiLHELM MiLLBB. N. TAYLOR-t CEROPEGIA (Greek, wax and fountain, the flowers having a waxy look). Asclepiad&cex. Greenhouse vines of Africa and Asia. Stems fleshy, erect and twining among the other plants in nature, or pendulous: Ivs. opposite, sometimes in the S. African species wanting: fls. mediimi-sized, the corolla more or less inflated at the base, straight or curved; corona something as in our common milk- weeds, double. — A genus of 100 species, a dozen of which are known in Old World collections but only the following in Amer. Many of them have tuberous roots, and need a season of rest and dryness. May be grown in a compost of loam, leaf-mold or peat, and sand. Temperate house is the best for the two foUowing. Prop, by cuttings in spring over bottom heat. Odd and handsome. Wofidii, Schlecht. With many slender prostrate or traUing sts.: Ivs. fleshy, about IJ^ in. long, almost rotund: fls. in pairs, axillary on stalks, 3-7 in. long; coroUa shghtly curved, about J^in. long, pink or with dark lines below, the upper part sometimes purplish. Natal. G.C. III. 22:357; 37:244 (desc). B.M. 7704. Sindersonii, Decne. St. twining, fleshy and thick: Ivs. about 1^ in. long, ovate-lanceolate: fls. cymose, 3-4 at a node, the greenish white coroUa about lJ^-2 in. long, curved and with an obvious inflation at the base. Natal. B.M. 5792. G.C. III. 40:383. R.H. 1901, p. 111. C. barbertonensis, N. E. Br. Lvs. somewhat variegated with pale green along the veins: fls. similar to C. Woodii. Transvaal. — C. Brdvmii, Ledger. Corolla-tube pale green with dark blotches; lobes greenish with aizone of white and dark purple in the middle. Uganda. — C. diacr^a, N. E. Br. Tuberous; tube whitish, dark-veined; lobes pale yellow at base, purple-green at apex. Madras. — C fusca,C. Bolle. Many succulent sts.: corolla dull reddish brown: coronna light yel- low. Canary Isls. B.M. 8066. — C. gemmifera, K. Schum. A tall climbing species: fls. solitary. W. Trop. Afr. — C. LugdrcUe, N.E.Br. Lvs. thin, 1-2 in. long: tube 1 in. long, abruptly curved immediately above inflated base, dilated at apex into funnel-shaped mouth. Bechuanaland. G.C. III. 30:302 (desc.).— C. ieeiidaZiii.N.E. Br. A small species with fl. having an umbrella-like canopy surmounting the corolla: twining. Transvaal. — C. similis, N.E. Br. In cult, as C. Thwaiteaii. Corolla-lobes white or pale green at base, ciliate. G.C. III. 40:384. C. Thdmcroftii, N. Br. Sts. twining: cymes axillary, many-fld. ; corolla white, with purple blotches. Trans- are now generally agreed in separating it as a distinct genus. INDEX. vaal. B.M. 8458. N. Taylor. CEROPTERIS (Greek, wax fern). PolypodiAcex. Hot- house ferns of rather small size, interesting for the powdery covering on the leaves. A rather smaU group somewhat related to Pteris, characterized most conspicuously by having the under surface of the lvs. covered with a colored powder, often silver, white or bright yellow (so-called silver and gold ferns). The sporangia are borne in indefinite lines and are unprotected by any indusium. The spe- ies of Ceropteris have in the past been classified under the generic name Gyinnogramma, but fern students argentea, 4. argyrophylla, 7. calomelanos, 6. ohrysophylla, 2, 6. decompoaita, 5, gigantea, 2. Laucheana, 2. Tnagnifica, 6. peruviana, 7. pulchella, 9. sulphurea, 3. tartarea, S. triangularis, 1. viscosa, I. WettennalliEiQa, 9. A. Powder commonly yellow: lvs. about as broad as long. 1. triangtd^is, Underw. (Gymnogrdmma trianguld- ris, Kaulf.). Fig. 886. Lf. -blades 2-5 in. wide and long, on stalks 6-12 in. long, dark green above, below deep golden yellow, or occasion- ally white; lower pinnae much larger than the others, del- toid; the upper lanceolate. Calif, to Brit. Col. Gn. 48, p. 444. — A white -powdered variety with a viscous upper surface and coarser cuttings (var. viscdsa, D. C. Eaton) is found in S. CaUf . AA. Powder yellow: lvs. lanceo- late, several times as long as broad. B. Lvs. scarcely more than bipinnate. 2. chrysoph^lla, Link (Gymnogrdmma chrysophylla, Kaulf.). Lvs. 12-18 in. long, .„<: „ '» . » . , • with blackish stalks and 886. Ceroptens tnangular... rachises, the segms. slightly ' pinnatifid at the base: powder golden yellow. W. Indies to Brazil. R.H. 1856:201. G.C. III. 23:373.— Often considered a var. of C. calomelanos. Var. Lauche^a (Gymnogrdmma Lauchedna, Hort.), has tri- angular lvs. except in its sub-variety gigantea. Gn. 48, p. 437. BB. Lvs. tripinnatijld to quadripinnate. 3. sulph&rea, F6e (Gymnogrdmma sulphiirea, Desv.). Lf.-blades 6-12 in. long on chestnut-brown stalks, the pinnae long, tapering, less than 1}4 in. wide at base, the pinnules compact, with 3-7 divisions: powder sulfur- yeUow. W. Indies. ,;;. 4. argentea, Kubn^drymnogrdmma aiirea, Desv.). Lvs. 6-12 in. long, 7-10 in. wide, deltoid; pinnae del- toid, 2-3 in. wide at base, the ultimate divisions cu- neate. Madagascar. — ^By some this is referred to Gym^ nogrdmma argentea, Mett., a similar fern with white powder. 5. decompdsita, Baker (known only under the name Gymnogrdmma decompdsita, belongs in Cerop- teris). Lvs. IJ^ ft. long, 1 ft. broad, deltoid, quadripin- nate or even 5-pinnate; pinnse close, lanceolate, with the ultimate divisions linear and 1-nerved: powder rather scanty. Andes. F.R. 2:25. G.C. III. 11:365. F. 1874, p. 148. AAA. Powder white: lvs. lanceolate. B. Segms. acute. 6. calomelanos, Underw. (Gymnogrdmma calomela- nos, Kaulf.). Fig. 887. Stalks and rachises nearly black: lvs. 1-3 ft. long, with lanceolate pinnse; segms. often with a large lobe-like auricle at the upper side of the base. W. Indies to Brazil. A.G. 14:303.— The most variable species of the genus. C. magnifica, Hort., is probably one of the many garden varieties. Var. ch^sophylla, is here considered a distinct species. (See No. 2.) BB. Segms. obtuse, rounded. 7. peruviana, Link (Gymnogrdmma peruvidna, Desv.). Lvs. 6-12 in. long, 3-5 in. wide, with dark 726 CEROPTERIS CESTRUM chestnut-brown stalks; pinnse somewhat regularly pinnatifid on both sides below. Mex. to Peru. By some considered a var. of O. calomelanos. Var. argyro- ph^Ila (G. argyrophylla, Hort.) is silvery on both sides. 8. tartirea, Link {Gymno- grdmma tatdrica, Desv. G. tatdrica, Hort.). Lvs. 9-18 in. long, 2-5 in. broad^ with closely set pmnse, taper- ing gradually to a point; pinnules scarcely divided or cut, mostly merely crenate. Trop. Amer. from Mex. southward. BBB. Segms. fan- shaped or wedge- 9. pulchella, Link (known only under the generic name, Gymnoqramma; 887. Ceiopteris calomelanos. (xA) belongs in Cerop- teris). Lvs. 6-12 in. long, 4 in. wide, the lower pinnse much the largest; pinnules imbricated; texture rather thin. Venezuela. Var. Wettenhalli^a, Moore (G. Wettenhallidna, Hort.), is a garden variety, with pale sulfur-yellow powder. L. M. Undebwood. U. C. BEKBDICT.f CEROXYLON (Greek, wax and wood, i.e., wax-tree). Palmdcex. Wax-Palm. Tall palms with ringed stems and pinnate leaves. Spineless, the trunk covered with wax: lvs. clustered at the top, 15-20 ft. long when full grown, equally pinnate; pinnse long, rigid, sword-shaped, bases re- curved and tips pointed, dark green above and glau- cous beneath, the petiole very short and sheathed: fls. mostly unisexual, on spikes nearly or quite covered by the simple spathe; fl. -parts 3; stamens 9-15: seed as large as a hazel-nut, round, bony, inclosed in a soft or crumbling integument. — Perhaps 4 or 5 species in the Andes of Colombia and Ecuador. andicolum, HBK. (Jridrtea andicola, Spreng. /. Klopstdckia, Hort. Klopstdckia cerlfera, Karst. Beethovknia cerifera, Engl.). The celebrated wax-palm of the Andes, and a good greenhouse subject: said to reach nearly 200 ft. : trunk slender, swollen at the mid- dle: lvs. 6-8 in., the crown, the under sides silvery- scurfy.— ^The waxy covering of the trunk gives it a marble-like and columnar appearance. The wax, used as an ingredient in the making of candles, is an article of commerce. It is said that Diploihemium caiidescens (Ceroxylon nivewm, Hort.) is sometimes sold for the wax-palm by plant dealers. C. ferrugineum, Kegel, is probably referable to Iriartea. It appears not to be m the trade. C. andicolum is a free grower under cult., and is a very ornamental subject. It thrives in a warm moist house, and the seeds also germinate well under similar conditions. L H B CESPEDESIA (named in honor of Juan Maria Cespedes, priest of Bogota). Ochnacex. Tall handsome glabrous trees, sometimes grown in the juvenile state in hothouses. Leaves alternate, large, coriaceous, mostly obovate to lanceolate and narrowed at base, entire, or crenate: fls. yellow, showy, in large terminal bractless panicles; sepals 6, small and deciduous; petals 5; stamens 10 to many: fr. a 6-valved caps.; seeds very small. — Species probably 6-10, in S. Amer. and Panama. discolor, Bull. Lvs. large, lanceolate, drooping, hand- somely colored on young growths in bright brown or tan tinted with rose and veined with yellow. Gn. W. 20:618. — A comparatively recent intro. to cult, in England. L. H. B. CESTRUM (old Greek name). Incl., Hahrothdmnus. Solanacese. Greenhouse shrubs (or low trees) some of them with a climbing habit, and grown in the open in southern Cahfomia and elsewhere South. Leaves alternate and entire, usually rather narrow: fls. tubular, in axillary or terminal cymes, red, yellow, greenish or white, often very fragrant; corolla salver- shaped or somewhat trumpet-shaped, the long tube often enlarged at the throat, 5-lobea, exceeding the bell-shaped or tubular 5-toothed calyx; stamens mostly 5, all perfect, attached in the tube: fr. a scarcely succulent mostly reddish or blackish berry, derived from a 2-celled stipitate ovary and seeds few or reduced to 1. — Probably 150 species, in Trop. and Subtrop. Amer. They are much grown in warm countries, where they bloom continuously. For a monograph of the West Indian species (about 20) see O. E. Schuiz, in Urban, Symbolse, Antillanse, vi, p. 249-279 (1909-1910). Oestrums are among the most useful of bright- flowering shrubby greenhouse plants, and they may be grown either as pot-plants, or planted against the back wall or supports of a greenhouse, where, if given a light position, they will produce an abundance of flowers from January to April. The Mexican species will do well in a winter temperature of 45° to 50°, but the species from Central America require stove tem- perature. They are propagated by cuttings taken in February or early in March and inserted in sand in a warm temperature, keeping them somewhat close until rooted, when they should be potted in a light soil, after which they may be grown in pots, shifting on as often as required, or planted out in the open ground toward the end of May in a sunny position, where, if kept pinched back to induce a bushy growth and attention is paid to watering, they will make fine plants by the first of September. They should then be lifted and pot- ted in a light rich soil and kept close and shaded for a few days, and then transferred to their winter quarters. After flowering, the plants should be given a rest for a month or six weeks, gradually reducing the supply of water to induce the leaves and wood to ripen, after which they should be cut well back, the old soil shaken 888. Cestnun elegans. (XM) off, and the roots trimmed back, and then either potted again or planted out for the summer. While m the greenhouse, oestrums are very subject to the attacks of insects, especially the mealy-bug. (E. J. Canning.) A. Fls. red. elegans, Schlecht. {Hahrothdmnus Megans, Brongn.). Fig. 888. Tall and slender, half-climbing, the branches pubescent: lvs. ovate, lanceolate, long-acuminate, of medium size, pubescent beneath : fls. red-purple, swollen CESTRUM CH^NOMELES 727 near the top of the tube, in loose clusters which nod at the ends of the branches, the lobes ciliate. Mex. F.S. 2:82. — One of the old-fashioned greenhouse shrubs, blooming almost continuously. There is a form with variegated Ivs. Var. Smithii (C. Smithii, Hort. Bull.) has beautiful blush-rose fls., profusely produced through summer and autumn. Gn. 62, p. 242, desc. fasciciil&tum, Miera. Spring bloomer, with larger fls. than those of C. elegans, and more compact, nearly globular fl.-clusters, the cluster subtended by small Ivs. as if an involucre: Ivs. ovate. Mex. B.M. 4183 (and probably the C. elegans, B.M. 5659.). Newelli, Nichols. {H. Niwelli, Veitch). Fls. bright crimson, larger and more brilliant than those of C. ele- gans and C. fasciculatum. Gn. 34:106. — ^A free-grow- ing plant, originating from seed by Mr. Newell, Down- ham Market, England. Evidently an offshoot of one of the preceding species. AA. Fls. orange or yellow. aurantiacum, Lindl. Of half-climbing habit: Ivs. oval to ovate, more or less undulate: fls. sessile in a panicle, orange-yellow. Guatemala. R.H. 1858, p. 238. Pseiido-Quina, Mart. Glabrous: Ivs. membrana- ceous, ovate, obtusish or acute, narrowed at base: peduncles articulated at apex, axillary or in congested 4-8-fld. terminal racemes; corolla slender with acute lobes, much longer than the toothed calyx. Brazil. — Said to have marked medicinal qualities. Differs from C. Parqui in having glabrous filaments and pedicOlate fls. AAA. Fls. white, greenish, or cream-yellow. PSrqui, L'Her. Shrub, half-hardy, nearly glabrous; Ivs. lanceolate to oblong, petioled, short, acuminate: fls. sessile, long, tubular, with a wide-spreading limb, in an open panicle, greenish yellow, very fragrant at night. Chile. B.M. 1770. Adventive in Fla. diiimum, Linn. Quick-growing evergreen shrub, minutely pubescent or glabrous: Ivs. oblong and short- acute, thickish and glabrous, shining above: fls. white, very sweet-scented by day, in axfllary long-peduncled spikes; coroUa-lobes roundish and reflexed: berry nearly globular; filaments erect and not denticulate. W. Indies. noctumum, Linn. Night-blooming Jessamine. Shrub, 4-12 ft.: branches brownish, very slender or flexuose, glabrous or nearly so: Ivs. thinner, ovate or elliptic, prominently acuminate: fls. creamy-yellow, very fragrant by night; corolla-lobes ovate and blunt: berry ovoid-oblong; filainants denticulate. W. Indies. p&bens, Griseb. Sts. and Ivs. woolly-pubescent: fls. greenish, much like those of C. noctumum and also fragrant at night. Argentina. laurifdliiun, L'Her. Glabrous shrub: Ivs. ovate to oblong, glossy, thick: fls. greenish yellow and changing color (sometimes described under cult as pure white), in erect heads, slightly fragrant; corolla^tube club- shaped, tapering gradually; corolla-lobes ovate-round- ish and blunt; filaments toothed : berry ovoid. W. Indies, S. Amer. — Much planted in S. CaUf. L. H. B. CHffiNACTIS (Greek, gaping ray: the mar^al corollas often ray-like). Compdsitse. West American low herbs or imdershrubs sometimes planted in the open for ornament. Leaves alternate and mostly dissected: fls. yellow, white or flesh-colored on sohtary peduncles or in loose cymes; florets of one kind, but the marginal ones with a more or less enlarged hmb; involucre campanulate; receptacle flat and generally naked: pappus of toothed or entire scales (wanting m one species). — About 20 species, of which 3 have been intro. as border plants; but they are Uttle known to gardeners. Of easy cult. Prop, by seeds or division. A. Pappus of entire or nearly entire persistent scales. tenuifdlia, Nutt. Small, tufted annual, white-pubes- cent when young but becoming nearly or quite glabrous: 1 ft.: Ivs. once or twice pinnately parted, the lobes linear or filiform: heads 3^in. high, lemon-yellow. S. Calif. Doiiglasii, Hook. & Arn. Perennial, 3-15 in. high, usually white-woolly when young: Ivs. broad, bipin- nately parted into short and crowded, obtuse lobes: heads J^Min- high, white or whitish, usually in crowded, cymose clusters. Mont, south and west. — Variable. Var. achilleaefdlia, A. Nelson, is often sold for the type. It has more finely divided Ivs. AA. Pappus of fimbriate and declduofus scales, or even wanting. artemisieefdlia, Gray. Tufted annual, 1-2 ft., rusty pubescent and somewhat sticky on the under side of the Ivs., glandular hairy above: Ivs. twice or thrice pinnately parted into short-linear or oblong lobes: heads J^in. high, the involucre viscid, the florets white or cream-color. S. CaUf. n. TATLOB.f CKffiNOMELES (Greek chainein, to gape, to spUt, and melea, apple: the fruit was supposed by Thunberg to split into five valves). RosAcex, subfamily Pbmex. Woody plants, grown chiefly for their handsome brightly colored flowers appearing early in spring; formerly commonly included in Cydonia. Shrubs or small trees, sometimes spiny: Ivs. sub- persistent or deciduous, alternate, short-petioled, ser- rate: fls. sohtary or fascicled, before or after the Ivs., sometimes partly staminate; caljrx-lobes entire or ser- rate; petals 5; stamens numerous; styles 5, connate at the base: fr. 5-ceUed, each cell with many seeds. — Four species in China and Japan. These are ornamental plants, nearly hardy North except C. sinensis, which can be grown only South. C. japonica and C. Maulei, with handsome glossy foliage and abundant flowers in early spring, varying in aU shades from pure white to deep scarlet, are highly decorative, and especially adapted for borders of shrubberies and for low ornamental hedges. The fruit of aU species can be made into conserves. They thrive in almost any soil, but require sunny position to bloom abundantly. Propagated by seeds, usually stratified and sown in spring; also readily increased by root- cuttings made in fall or early spring, and rarer kinds or less vigorous-growing varieties are grafted in the greenhouse in early spring, on stock of the Japanese or common quince; they grow also from cuttings of half-ripened or nearly mature wood, under glass, and from layers. A. Fls. solitary, with reflexed serrate calyx-lobes, with or after the Ivs.: stipules small. {Psevdocydonia.) sinensis, Koehne {Pyrus sinensis, Poir. Cyddnia sinensi»f~IEhpwn. Pseudocyddnia sinensis, Schneid.). Shrub or small tree: Ivs. elli ptic-ovate or elliptic-obl onE, acute at bojiLends,_shajgl^2a£dJnelysOTate beneathgiifin_wim^2-J|mnon|2fls^ light pmk,~abDut VA I'w^nrngg- fr-B^?in^lnw, 'nRToTjig. 4-6 in: long. May. China. B.R. 11:905. R.H. 1889:228. A.G. 12:16. B.M. 7988. — The Ivs. assume a scarlet fall coloring. Not hardy north of Philadelphia, except in favored localities. See also Quince. AA. Fls. in leafless clusters, nearly sessile, before or with the Ivs.; calyx-lobes erect, entire: stipules large. (Chsmomeles proper.) B. Lvs. lanceolate or narrow-lanceolate, pubescent beneath while young. cathayensis, Schneid. {Pyrus cathayensis, Hemsl. Cyddnia cathay&nsis, Hemsl.). Shrub, to 10 ft.: Ivs. lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acute, finely and sharply serrate, IYt^V^ in. long and Vr-Wi in. broad; 728 CH^NOMELES CHiETOSPERMUM petioles about J^in. long: fis. in clusters, red, IJ^ in. across: styles pubescent at the base; petals distinctly clawea: fr. oblong-ovoid, 6-7 in. long, with a cavity at each end. Cent. China. H.I. 27:2657, 2658.— Closely related to the following species, but Ivs. much narrower; less hardy. BB. Lvs. eUiptic-oblong to obovate, glabrous. japdnica, Lindl. {Pyrus japdnica, Thunb. Cyddnia japdnica, Pers. ChxnomMes lagenaria, Koidzumi). Japan Quince. Japdnica. Fig. 889. Shrub, 3-6 ft., with spreading, spiny branches: lvs. ovate or oblong, acute, sharply serrate, glabrous, glossy above, l}^-3 in. long: fls. in 2-6-fld. clusters, scarlet-red in the type, 13^2 in. across: fr. globular or ovoid, lJ^-2 in. mgh, yellowish green. March, April. China, Japan. R.B. 1:260. L.B.C. 16:1594. Gn. 33, p. 491; 40:126: 50, p. 106 (frs.); 71, p. 262 (habit). G.C.III. 34:434. B.H. l:260(frs.). R.H. 1876: 330 (fr.). G.M. 35, suppl. Nov. 12. V. 4:38. — Many garden forms in all shades from white to deep scarlet, and also with double fls. Some of the best are the following: Var. fllba, Lodd. Fls. white, blushed. L.B.C. 6:541. Var. albo-cincta, 889. Chsnomeles japonica, the Japan or floweriag quince. ( X H) VanHoutte. Fls. white with pink margin. F.S.14:1403. Var. &lbo-rdsea, Spaeth. Fls. white, partly pink. G.W. 7:113. Var. atrosanguinea pl€na, Hort. Fls. deep scarlet, semi-double. Var. Bdltzii, Spaeth. Fls. beautiful rosy pink, very fioriferous. G.W. 7:113. Var. Candida, Hort. Fls. pure white. Var. cardinWs, Carr. Fls. large, deep scarlet. R.H. 1872:330, f. 1. Var. ebfimea, Carr. Fls. pure white, rather small. R.H. 1872:330, f. 4. Var. Gaujirdii, Lem. Fls. sahnon- orange. I.H. 7:260. Var. grandifldra, Rehd. (C. diha grandifldra, Carr.). Fls. nearly white, large. R. H. 1876:410. Gn. 13:144. Var. MSllardii, Carr. Fls. rose, bordered white. R.H. 1872:330, p. 2. I.H. 4:135. G.Z. 1:208. Var. Moerlodsei, Versch. Fls. white, striped pink. I.H. 3:107. F.S. 6:510. Var. Papeleiii, Lem. Fls. yellow, bordered pink. I.H. 7:260. Var. pendula, Temple & Beard, with slender, pendulous branches. Var. rdsea plgna, Hort. Fls. rose, semi- double. Var. r&bra grandifldra, Hort. Fls. large, deep crimson. Var. sanguinea plena, Hort. Fls. scarlet, double. Var. ser6tina, Andr6. Fls. in stalked leafy clusters in autumn. R.H. 1894, pp. 424, 425; 1903, p. 20. Var. Simonii, Andr6. Fls. dark crimson, semi-double: low and upright. G.W. 7:113. Var. sulph^ea, Hort. (var. sidphiirea perficta, Van Houtte). Fls. yellowish. Var. umbilicita, Sieb. & De Vries. With rose-red fls., and large frs. umbilicate at the apex. r.S. 5:510. Ma&lei, Schneid. {Pyrus Maidei, Mast. Cyddnia Maiilei, Moore. C. al'^na, Koehne). Low shrub, 1-3 ft.: branches spiny, with short, rough tomentum when young: lvs. roundish oval to obovate, obtuse or acute, coarsely crenate-serrate, glabrous, 1-2 in. long: fls. bright orange- scarlet, 1-1 H in. across: fr. yellow, nearly globular, about 1}^ in. across. March, April. Japan. B.M. 6780. G.C. II. 1:757 and 2:741; 111.34:435. Gn. 13:390; 33, p. 490; 50, p. 106; 55, p. 354. F. 1875:49. R.H. 1875:195. F.M. 1875:161. H.B. 26:241. — A very desirable hardy shrub, with abundant fls. of a peculiar shade of red. Var. alpina, Schneid. {C. japdnica var. alpina, Maxim. CydSnia Sdrgentii, Lemoine). Dwarf spiny shrub, with procumbent sts. and ascend- ing branches: lvs. roundish oval, J^-1 in. long: flower- ing and fruiting profusely. R.H. 1911:204. Var. superba, Hort. Fls. deeper red. Var. tricolor Hort. Dwarf shrub, with pink and white variegated lvs. — By some botanists this species is considered to be the typical C. japonica, and the preceding species is called C. lagenaria. Alfeed Rehdeb. CaffiN6STOMA {gaping mouth, in allusion to the shape of the corolla). Scrophularidcex. African herbs or sub-shrubs sometimes planted in greenhouses, or in the open in mild climates. Leaves simple, mostly opposite: fls. axillary or ter- minal-racemose, showy; stamens attached to the throat of the corolla, more or less exserted; style filiform and club-shaped, and obtuse at the apex; corolla tubular, swollen in the throat, with a 5-lobed spreading limb; fr. a caps, with numerous seeds. — Recent authorities combine this genus with Sutera, which, in the enlarged sense, comprises more than 190 species in Afr. and the Canary Isls. Chaenostoma, as separately limited, has 25-30 S. African plants with white, yellow or reddish fls. axillary or in terminal racemes, lvs. usually oppo- site, mostly dentate, 4 didynamous stamens which are exserted rather than included as in typical Sutera and the top of the style club-shaped and stigma obtuse rather than 2-lobed. hispidum, Benth. {Siitera hrachidta. Roth). Small perennial, sometimes an under-shrub, with opposite, oval or oblong, toothed lvs., and blush-white or rosy white star-like fls. J^in. across, in dense clusters. S. Afr. J. H. III. 33:636. — An old and deserving green- house or pot-plant, but rarely seen at present. It blooms almost continuously, the fls. sometimes hiding the foUage. Prop, by seeds or cuttings, either in fall or spring. Begins to bloom when 4-6 in. high. To be recommended for windows, and for summer vases. It has been listed as Scfusnostoma hispidum. In S. Calif., . it is a half-hardy dwarf shrub (12 to 20 in. high and withstanding 4-6 degrees of frost), recommended for edgings- N. TATLOR.f CHiEROPlrtXLUM (Greek-made name, referring to the agreeably scented fohage). Umbelliferse. Scented herbs, annual, biennial or perennial, glabrous or hirsute, often tuberous-rooted, of 30-40 species in the northern hemisphere, one of which is cult. Lvs. pinnately or ternately decompound, the segms. also toothed or cut: fls. small, white, m a compound many- rayed umbel; calyx-teeth 0: carpels with 5 more or less apparent ribs, the beak or much shorter than the body. C. bulbdsum, Liim.^ of Cent. Eu. and the Cau- casus, biennial, is the tumip-rooted chervil. (See Cher- vil.) St. hairy, at least below, 3-5 ft. tall, branching, swollen below the joints, the root tuberous (and edi- ble) : lvs. much compound, the ultimate divisions very narrow. ^ H. B. CttffiTOSPfiRMTJM (from Greek, hair and seed). lAmonia § Chastospermum^ Roemer. Rutdcese, tribe Cltrex. A small spiny tree, proposed as a stock for citrus fruits. CH^TOSPERMUM CHAMiECERASUS 729 Chsetospermum bears hard-shelled frs.: Ivs. persist- ent, trifohate: fls. pentamerous with 10 free stamens; ovary 8-10-celled, with numerous ovules in each cell; cells filled with spongy vesicular tissue; seeds hairy, the cotyledons aerial in germination: first foliage Ivs. opposite. — Only one species is known. glutindsa, Swingle {Limbnia glutindsa, Blanco. Mgle decdndra,l^Sives. yEglegliUmdsa,MeTrih). Tabog. Fig. 890. Petioles margined; lateral Ifts. small, sessile, scarcely one-third as long as the terminal one; spines slender, straight, sharp, axillary usually in pairs in the axils of the Ivs.: fls. rather large, occurring singly, or in few-fld. clusters on long slender pedicels in the axils of the Ivs.: fr. oblong, 2-3 x IJ^ in. with a thick leathery rind longitudinally ribbed, 8-10-celled: it con- tains numerous flattened hairy seeds, % to ]%in. im- mersed in a watery tissue. Native to the Isl. of Luzon, Philippine Archipelago. 111. Blanco., Fl. Fihp. ed. Ill, pi. 124. Vidal y Soler, Sinop. de fam. Fil. pi. 25. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 58, Mem. 8d. pi. 5. — The tabog is a rapid-growing tree when young, and in a warm green- house shows a vigorous root-growth. This species is being tested as a stock for use in commercial citnculture. Experiments have shown that oranges, lemons, grape- fruits and kimiquats grow well when budded or grafted on young tabog plants. Walter T. Swingle. CHALCAS (from Greek for copper, as the wood has a copper-colored grain). Murrxa of Koenig. Rutdceie. Small spineless trees or shrubs, suggested as a stock for citrus fruits. Leaves piimate, alternate: fls. large, 4r-5-merous, solitary or in terminal or axillary cymes; ovary 1-6- celled, with 1 to several ovules: seeds white, woolly or glabrous, cotyledons aerial in germination: first foUage Ivs. opposite. exdtica, MiUsp. {Murrxa exdtica, Linn.). Orange Jessamine. A small tree with pale bark, twigs and petioles usually puberulous: Ivs. pinnate; Ifts. usually 5-9, ovate, obtuse or obtusely acuminate, often emarginate, dark green above, paler below: fls. fra^ grant, campanulate, 5-parted; petals white; stamens 10, free; ovary 2-celled, style deciduous: fr. subglobose, f-J^in. long, pointed, red. lU. Beddome, Outlines Bot., pi. vii., Wight, Ic, pi. Ind. I, pi. 96.— The orange jessamine is commonly grown in greenhouses on ac- count of its abundant and very fragrant fls. These are often to be seen along with the mature red fr., whkh makes a striking contrast with the panicles of white fls. and deUcate foliage. The root-growth of this species is remarkably vigorous under greenhouse conditions. Lemons can be budded on it and make a rapid growth. It is being tested as a stock for the common citrus fruits in situations in which a vigorous root-system is desired. Walter T. Swingle. CHAM.S;BATIA (Greek, dwarf, and hramble, allud- ing to its bramble-like flowers). Bosacex. A woody plant, grown for its handsome white flowers and for the finely divided aromatic foliage. Low shrub, clothed with glandular pubescence: Ivs. alternate, stipulate, tripinnatifid, persistent: fls. m terminal corymbs, white; calyx-tube broadly campanu- late; petals 5; stamens numerous; pistil solitary, with short style and decurrent stigma: fr. a small achene inclosed by the persistent calyx. — One species m Calif. Ornamental shrub of agreeable aromatic odor, with graceful fohage and showy white fls. in June and July. It can be grown only in warmer temperate regions, and thrives best in sandy well-drained soil and sunny position. Prop, by seeds sown in sprmg and by greenwood cuttings under glass. folioldsa, Benth. Two to 3 ft.: Ivs. nearly sessile, oval or ovate-oblong, closely tripinnately dissected, V/i-2}4 in. long: fls. white, Mi"- wide, in 4-8-fld. corymbs. B.M. 5171. G. 29:29. B.H. 10, p. 296 H.F. 1861:9. Gn. 3, p. 27. Alfred Rehdeb. CHAM.ffiBATIARIA (in allusion to the similarity of this plant to Chamxhatia). BosAcex. Shrub grown for its handsome white flowers and the finely divided foliage; aUied to the spireas. Deciduous, with glandular aromatic pubescence: Ivs. alternate, bipinnate, with numerous minute segms.; stipules lanceolate, entire: fls. in terminal panicles; calyx turbinate, with 5 erect lobes; petals 5, suborbicu- lar; stamens about 60: carpels 6, connate along the ventral suture, at maturity dehiscent into 2 valves: seeds few, terete, with a simple testa. — One species in W. N. Amer. Very similar in general appearance to Chamsebatia, but easily distinguished by the bipin- nate Ivs. and the large dense panicles, and very differ- ent in its floral structure. An upright aromatic shrub with finely cut fohage and white fls. in large terminal 890. Chaetospermmn glutinosa. ( X }4) panicles; one of the first shrubs to burst into leaf. It is hardy as far north as Mass., but, Uke other plants from the same region, it dislikes an excess of moisture, particularly during.the winter, and is hkely to be killed by it. It prefers a sunny position and a well-dramed soil, and likes Umestone, but grows nearly as well without; it is not a plant for dense shrubberies. Propagated by cuttings of half-ripened wood taken with a heel in August with shght bottom heat; usu- ally by seeds sown in spring, and treated like those of spirea. MillefSUum, Maxim. {Spirka Millefdlium, Torr. SorbAHa Millefdlium, Focke). Shrub, to 3 ft., glandu- lar-pubescent: Ivs. bipinnate, short-stalked, ovate- oblong to Unear-oblong in outline, 2-3 m long, prunary segms. hnear, deeply pinnatifid, with closely set obtuse lobes about a fine long: fls. white, ;^-|^m- across, short-pedicelled, in terminal panicles d-b m. long: carpels hairy. CaUf. to Wyo. and Ariz BM. 7810. G.C. III. 22:237; 40:183. Gn. 75, p. 469. G.F. 2:509. R.H. 1900, p. 616. M.D. 1905:198. M.D.G. 1908:208. Alfred Rehdeb. CHAMa;c£RASUS: Lonicera. 730 CHAM^CYPARIS CHAMiECYPARIS CHAMJEC^PARIS (chamai, dwarf, and kuparissos, cypreas; referring to its affinity). Pinacex. Trees or shrubs grown for their handsome evergreen foliage; also valuable timber trees; Retinospoeas, in part. Evergreen, with opposite scale-like Ivs. in 4 rows, densely clothing the compressed branchlets: fls. monoe- cious, small; pistillate inconspicuous, globose; staminate yellow or red, oblong, often conspicuous by their abundance: cones small, globular, with 6-11 bracts, each bearing 2, or rarely 5, winged seeds, ripening the first season. Closely alfied to Cupressus, which differs in its larger cones maturing the second year, the bracts containing 4 or more seeds, and in its quadrangular branches and minutely denticulate Ivs.— Six species in N. Amer. and E. Asia, all very valuable timber trees in their native countries. Highly ornamental ever- green trees of pjTamidal habit, of which only C thyoides is fuUy hardy N., while the Japanese species 891. Chanuecyparis pisifera. are hardy in sheltered positions north to New Eng- land, and C. Lawsoniana only from Mass. south; the horticultural varieties are often shrubby. They grow best in somewhat moist but well-drained, sandy loam and in a partly shaded position, sheltered against dry winds. C. Lawsoniana and C. ohtusa like more dry, the others more moist situations, and C thyoides grows well even in swamps. Propagated by seeds sown in spring; increased also by cuttings from mature wood in fall, inserted in a sandy soil and kept in a coolframe or greenhouse during the winter; if in early spring gentle bottom heat can be given, it will hasten the development of roots considerably. All the so-called retinosporas and the dwarfer forms, and most of the varieties of C. Lawsoniana, are readQy increased in this way, while the other forms of C. noot- katensis, C. obtitsa and C. thyoides do not grow well from cuttings; therefore for most varieties veneer- grafting on seedUng stock during the winter in green- house is preferred, but dwarf forms always should be grown from cuttings, as they often lose their dwarf habit if grafted. The so-called retinosporas of the gar- dens, with linear, spreading leaves, are juvenile forms, which have retained the foliage of the seedling state. There are similar forms in Thuja. For their distin- guishing characters, see Reiinospora. For the numer- ous gardens forms, see Beissner, Handb. der Nadel- holzk., 2d ed., pp. 528-574, quoted below as Beissner. A. Lvs. green on both sides or paler beneath. thyoides, Brit. (C. sphseroldea, Spach. Cuprissus thyoides, Linn.). .White Cedar. Tree, to 70 or 80 ft., with erect -spreading branches: branchlets irregu- larly arranged, spreading, not pendulous, very thin and slender, flattened: lvs. closely imbricate, glaucous or light green, with a conspicuous gland on the back, fragrant: cones small, J^in. diam., blviish purple, with glaucous bloom. From Maine to Pla., west to Miss. S.S. 10:529. M.D.G. 1896:301 (habit). Beissner 529 (habit). Var. ericoldes, Sudworth (C ericoldes, Carr. Betinispora ericMes, Hort.). Compact shrub, of erect, dense" aabit: lvs. linear-lanceolate, spreading, with 2 glaucous lines beneath, coloring in wmter usually red- dish brown. Beissner 532; see also Reiinospora. Var. andelyensis, Silva-Tarouca (C. sphasroldea andelykms, Carr. C. leptddada, Hochst. Retindspora lepMada, Hort., not Zucc). Intermediate form between the former and the type; bluish green, and of erect growth, with loosely appressed, lanceolate lvs.; often some branchlets with lvs. of the type and some with lvs. of the var. ericoides. R.H. 1869, p. 32, and 1880, p. 36. M.D.G. 1890:329. R.B. 2:155. Beissner 532; see also Reiinospora. Var. gla&ca, Sudworth (C. sphseroldea glaiica, Endl. Var. hewensis, Hort.). Of compact habit, very glaucous, with silvery hue. Var. varieg&ta, Sud- worth {Cuprissus thycMes variegaia, hand.). Branchlets partially colored golden yellow. nootkatensis, Sudworth (Cuprissus nootkaiensis, Lambert. C. nutkaensis, Spach. Thuyipsis boredlia, Hort.). Yellow Cedar. Tree, to 120 ft., with ascend- ing branches, pendulous at the extremities: branchlets distichously arranged, sUghtly flattened or nearly quadrangular, pendulous: lvs. densely imbricate, usually dark green, acute, mostly without glands: cones subglobose, nearly J^in. diam., dark red-brown, with glaucous bloom. From Sitka to Ore. S.S. 10:530. R.H. 1869, p. 48. G. 19:345. F.E. 25:543. Gt. 53, p. 642. G.W. 8, p. 484; 10, pp. 41, 227. Beissner 555. Gn. 5:395. G.C. III. 40:167. Var. glaflca, Regel (Thuydpsis borealis var. glaiica, Jaeger). With very glaucous foliage. Var. pendula, Beissn. Distinctly pendulous. Gt. 53, p. 542. G.W. 1, p. 300. G.C. III. 40:166. Beissner 639. Var. latea, Beissn. The young growth colored light yeUow. J.H.S. 1902:427, fig. 113. Gn. 60, p. 68. Gn.W. 11:313.— There are other forms with variegated lvs. C. nootkatensis is about as hardy as the Japanese species. AA. Lvs. with glaucous or whitish marks beneath: branches mth horizontally spreading ramifications. Lawsoni^a, Parlatore {Cupressus LawsoniAna, Murr. C. Boursibri, Decne.). Lawson's Cypress. Tree, to 200 ft., with horizontally spreading and usually pen- dulous branches: branchlets frond-Uke arranged, flat- tened: lvs. closely appressed, obtuse or somewhat acute, usually bright green, with a gland on the back: staminate catkins bright red (yellow in all other species): cone globose, about Hin. across, red-brown and often glaucous. From Ore. to CaKf. S.S. 10:531. Gng. 2:327. S.M. 2, p. 49. F.E. 23:309; 33:559. G.W. 10, p. 42. Beissner 541. G. 1 : 121 ; 7 : 129.— This is one of the most beautiful conifers and very variable, about 80 garden forms being cult, in European nurseries and collections. The following are some of the best: Var. &lbo-spIca, Beissn. Tips of branchlets creamy white, of 892. CHAM^CYPARIS slender habit. Var. Alumii, Beissn. 'Of columnar habit, foliage very glaucous, with a bluish metallic hue. The best blue columnar form. Var. argentea, Beissn. {Cupr^ssus Lawsonidna argentea, Gord.). Of slender habit, with very glaucous, almost silvery foliage. Var. erecta viridis, Beissn. Dense, columnar habit and bright green foli- age. One of the most beautiful va^ rieties, but some- what tender. G.W. 14, p. 601. M.D.G. 1909:45. G.M.51: 511. F. 1871, p. 92. Var. erecta gla&ca, Beissn. Similar in habit, but with glaucous foliage. Var. filif6rmis, Beissn. Branches elongated, some- what pendulous, with few lateral branchlets, of low, globular habit. Var. glailca, Beissn. Foliage of metallic glaucous tint. One of the hardier forms. G.M. 53:832. Var. gracilis, Beissn. (var. grdcilis ■p&n- dula, Hort.). Ele- gant light green form, with graceful, pendulous branch- lets. Var. inter- tezta, Beissn. Glau- cous form, of vigor- ous growth, with remote, pendulous branches and distant, thickish branchlets. Beissner 550. Var. Ifitea, Beissn. Of compact habit, young growth clear yellow. G.C. III. 20:721. J.H.S. 1902, p. 426, fig. 110. Var. nina, Beissn. (C Boursieri ndna, Carr.). Dwarf, globose habit (Beissner 553), with some variegated and glaucous forms. Var. pendula, Beissn. With pen- dulous branches. Mn. 1:43. F.E. 27:187. Gt. 1890, p. 449. Var. pyramidWs, P. Smith. Of columnar habit. Var. pyramidlilis alba, Beissn. Of columnar habit with the young growth colored white. R.B. 4:281. Var. Weisseina, Hansen. Low dense form of umbrella-like habit with almost horizontally spreading branches and nodding tips. M.D.G. 1890:245. S.M. 1, p. 214. Var. Yoftngii, Beissn. Upright form of vigorous growth with thickish dark green branchlets. G. C. III. 1:176, 177. obtfisa, Sieb. & Zucc. (Cupressus obiiisa, Koch. Ret- indspora ohiiisa, Sieb. & Zucc). Hinoki Cypress. Tree, to 120 ft., with horizontal branches: branchlets frond-like arranged, flattened, pendulous: Ivs. bright green and shining above, with whitish lines beneath, thickish, obtuse, and very closely appressed, with a gland on the back; cones globose, nearly J^in. diam., brown. Japan. S.Z. 121. G.C. II. 5:236. R.H. 1869, p. 97. Gn. W. 20, suppl. April 25. Var. albo-spicata, Beissn. Tips of branchlets whitish. Var. a^ea, Beissn. (Reiindspora ohiusa aiirea, Gord.) Golden yellow. Gt. 25:19. Var. brevirSmea, Beissn. (C brevirdmea, Maxim. Thiija obliisa var. breviramea, Mast.). Tree, of narrow pyramidal habit, with short branches: branch- lets crowded, glossy green on both sides. Var. compficta, Beissn. Of dwarf and dense subglobose habit. Gn. M. 7:76. Var. ericoides, Boehmer {Reiindspora Sdnderi, Sander. Juniperus Sdnderi, Hort.). Of low subglo- bose habit with bluish gray linear spreading blunt Ivs., marked with a green line above. G.C. III. 33:266; 47 CHAM^CYPARIS 731 Chamecyparis pisUera var. pliunosa. 36, suppl. April 25. M.D.G. 1900:589; 1903:291, R.H. 1903, p. 399. Beissner, 556. Var. filicoides. Beissn. Of slow growth with short and densely frond- like arranged branchlets. G.C. II. 6:235. Var. filif6rmis, Beissn. (C. pkidula, Maxim. Thiija obtiisa pendula, Mast., not C. obtiisa pendula, Beissn.). Branches elongated, thick and thread-like, pendulous, with few distant branchlets. Var. grdcilis atlrea, Beissn. Grace- ful form, foliage bright yellow when young, changing later to greenish yellow. Var. lycopodioides, Carr. Low form, of somewhat irregular habit, with spread- ing, rigid branches and thick, nearly quadrangular, dark green branchlets. Var. nana, Carr. Low form, of slow growth, with short, deep green branchlets. R.H. 1882:102. Var. pygmafea, Carr. (C. obtiisa bre- virdmea, Hort., not Beissn.). Very dwarf form, with horizontal, almost creeping branches, densely frond- like branched. Exceedingly interesting form for rock- eries. R.H. 1889, p. 376. Var. fonnosana, Hayata. Differs in its smaller and finer foliage, and much smaller cones. Formosa. J.C.T. 25, 19, p. 209. pisifera, Sieb. & Zucc. (Cupressus pislfera, Koch. Reiindspora pisifera, Sieb. & Zucc). Sawara Cypress. Fig. 891. Tree, to 100 ft., with horizontal branches: branchlets flattened, distichously arranged and some- wbat pendulous: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, pointed, shi- ning above, with whitish lines beneath: cones globular, M-Min. diam., brown. S.Z. 122. G.C. II. 5:237. C.L.A. 11:311. — This is, next to C. thyoides the hard- iest species, and some varieties are much cult., while the type is less planted. Var. a^ea, Carr. Yellow foU- age. G.W. 1, p. 303. Var. filifera, Beissn. (Reiinds- pora filifera, Standish. C. obliisa filifera, Hort.). Branches elongated and slender, threadlike, gracefully pendulous, with distant branchlets and ivs. Very decorative form. G.C. IL 5:237. G.W. 1, p. 301; 893. Cliameecyparis pisifera var. squarrosa. 5, p. 17. Beissner 571, 572. Var. plumdsa, Beissn. (Reiindspora plumdsa, Veitch). Fig. 892. Of dense, conical habit: branches almost erect, with slender branchlets of feathery appearance: Ivs. subulate, pointed and slightly spreading, bright green. Inter- mediate between the type and var. squarrosa. G.C. 11.6:236. Gn. M. 2:27. Beissner 569. Var. plumdsa. argentea, Beissn. Tips of branchlets whitish. Var. plumdsa afirea, Beissn. {Retindspora plumdsa aiirea, Standish). Young growth of golden yellow color. A very showy form. Var. squarrdsa, Beissn. & Hochst. (Retindspora squarrdsa, Sieb. & Zucc. R. leplocldda, Zucc). Fig. 893. Densely branched, bushy tree or shrub, with spreading, feathery branchlets: Ivs. linear, spreading, glaucous above, silvery below. A very dis- tinct and beautiful variety. S.Z. 123. R.H. 1869, p. 95, and 1880, p. 37. Beissner 567. M.D.G. 1909:44. R.B. 2:189. C. formosSnais, Matsum. (Cupressus formosensis, Henry). Allied to C. pisifera. Tree, to nearly 200 ft. and 20 ft. diam. : branchlets dull green on both surfaces or slightly bloomy below: Ivs. acute, ovate: cones ovoid, Min. across, with 10 or 11 scales. Formosa. G.C. III. 51:132, 133. — Recently intro. into England, but prob- ably tender. Alfred Rehdee. CHAM^DAPHNE (chamai, dwarf, and daphne, the laurel in ancient Greek, alluding to its dwarf habit and evergreen leaves) . Syn., Cassdndra. Ericitceai. Leathek- Leaf. Small plant, rarely cultivated for its early white flowers and evergreen foliage. Low shrub, with evergreen alternate small Ivs.: fls. nodding in terminal leafy racemes; calyx small, 5- lobed; corolla urceolate-oblong, 5-lobed, with 5 included stamens; anthers 2-pointed: fr. a depressed-globose, 5-lobed caps, with numerous seeds. — One species in the colder regions of the northern hemisphere. Low, hardy, ornamental shrub, valuable for the earliness of its pretty white fls. It thrives best in a peaty and sandy, moist soil. Prop, by seeds sown in sandy peat, only slightly or not covered, and kept moist and shady; also by layers and suckers and by cuttings from mature wood in late summer under glass. calycuiata, Moench {Cassdndra calycuMta, Don. Lybnia calycidata, Reichb. Andr&meda calyeuldia, Linn.). Fig. 894. Bush with spreading or horizontal branches, 1-3 ft.: Ivs. short-petioled, oblong, obtuse, shghtly serrulate and revolute at the margins, dull green above and rusty-lepidote beneath: fls. short- peduncled, nodding; corolla white, oblong, about ^m. long. B.M. 1286. L.B.C. 6:530; 15:1464; 16:1582. Mn. N. 1:125. Em. 423. Var. angustifdlia, Rehd. (Andrdmeda calycidata var. angustifdlia. Ait. A. crlspa, Poir.). Lvs. linear-lanceolate, undulate and crisjjed at the margin. Var. n^na, Rehd. {Andrdmeda caly- cul&ta var. nana, Lodd. A. vacci- nicMes, Hort.). One foot or less high, with hori- zontal branches. L.B.C. 9:862.— Handsome little shrub, well suited for borders of evergreen shrub- beries and for rockeries. Alfred Rehdeb. 894. Chamsdaphne calyculata. (XM) CHAM.SD6REA (Greek, dwarf axiA gift). Palm&cex. Spineless, erect, procumbent or rarely climbing usually pinnatisect or pinnate palms. Trunks solitary or cespitose, slender or reed-like: lvs. simple, bifid at the apex or variously equally-pinnati- sect; lobes broad or narrow, straight or oblique, acumi- nate, plicate-nerved, usually callous at the base, the basal margins folded back or recurved; petiole usually cylindrical; sheath tubular, oblique at the throat: spadices among or below the lvs., simple or paniculately branched; spathes 3 or many, often appearing much below the lvs., alternate, sheathing, elongated, split at the apex, membranous or coriaceous, usually per- sistent; pistillate fls. very small, solitary, in small pits in the spadix: fr. small, of 1-3 globose or oblong- obtuse carpels, coriaceous or fleshy. — Species about 60. Mex. to Panama. G.C. II. 23:410, and Dammer's articles in G.C.III. 38:42-44 (1905), and 36:202, 245 (1904). Peat or leaf- mold, loam and sand in equal parts, with a little charcoal added, form the best soil. The species com- mon in cultiva- tion are quick- growing. They are well suited for planting out in greenhouse bor- ders. The sexes are on different plants; therefore several should be planted in a group if the handsomely colored fruit is '•"■Mliwlli- 895. Chamsedorea glaucifolia. desired. All of the kinds require warm temperature in winter. Increased from seeds. Of the many species, only a few appear in the American trade. (G. W. Oliver.) Arenbergiana, S. desmoncoides, 2. elatior, 7. elegans, 5. INDEX. Emesti-Augusti, 1. glaucifolia, 3. Karwinskiana, 7. latifoliat 8. Pringlei, 9. Sartorii, 4, Tepejilote, 6, A. Lvs. simple. 1. ^mesti-Augfisti, Wendl. St. 3-4 ft., reedy, erect, radicant at base: blade obovate, cuneate at the base, deeply bifid, coarsely serrate along the margins; petiole shorter than blade; sheath amplexicaul: sterile spadix 8-9 in., the simple branches 6-8 in., attentuate, slen- der; fertile spadix simple; fls. red. Mex. B.M. 4837. F.S. 13:1357. AA. Lvs. pinnate. B. Plant becoming of climbing habit. 2. desmoncoides, Wendl. Lvs. 2-3 ft. long, with drooping, narrow Ifts. a foot long, and glaucous petiole: plant tending to climb after it becomes a few feet high. Mex. BB. Plant not climbing. c. St. or trunk evident. D. Lfts. 40-50, glaucous on both sides. 3. glaucifdlia, Wendl. Fig. 895. St. 20 ft.: lvs. long, pinnate; lfts. 40-50, narrowed, long and slender, dark green, glaucous: fls. on a tall spadix which often exceeds the lvs. and comes out from between them. Guatemala. G.F. 8:507 (adapted in Fig. 895).— Horti- culturally one of the best of all chamsedoreas. DD. Lfts. less than Jfi, bright green, at least above. E. Spadix appearing among or with the lvs., not conspicuoxialy cauline. 4. Sdrtorii, Liebm. St. 8-14 ft., ringed, clothed above with If.-sheaths: lvs. 3-3J^ ft. long; petiole terete, sul- cate, dilated at the base; sheath, petiole and rachis white on the back; lfts. 12 in. long, l}^-2 in. wide, alternate, falcate, acuminate, narrowed at the base, sometimes almost confluent: spadix among or just below the lvs. Mex. 5. glegans, Mart. St. strict, 6 ft. high, scarcely more than 1-1 J^ in. thick, closely ringed, often sending out CHAMiEDOREA roots from above the base: Ivs. 6-8 in a cluster, broadly lanceolate; If ts. about 14, the upper pair sometimes confluent, acuminate, straight: fls. reddish orange: fr. globose. Mex. B.M. 4845. EE. Spadix appearing much behw the Ivs., conspicu- ously caxdine. 6. Tepejildte, Liebm. St. 10 ft. high, closely ringed, about IJ^ in. thick: Ivs. 4 ft.; Ifts. 20-30, 7-nerved, close alternate, falcate, acute, narrowly lanceolate, 13-15 in. long, IK in- wide; rachis convex on the back, canaliculate above: fls. yeUow. Mex. B.M. 6030. 7. elatior, Mart. (C. Karvdnskldna, Wendl.). St. 20-30 ft., bamboo-like: Ivs. 6 ft. long, the sheath 18 in. long; Ifts. 15 or 16, the lower very narrow, opposite or nearly so, the upper lanceolate, acuminate at each end; petioles 1)^-3 ft. long: spadix simply branched, appearing at least 6 ft. below the Ivs.; fls. reddish orange: fr. globose, ovoid. Mex. — Intro, by Fran- ceschi in 1898. 8. Arenbergiana, Wendl. (C. laiifblia, Hort.). St. slender, 5-6 ft., green: Ivs. usually only 5 or 6, erect- spreading; Ifts. 10-15 pairs, alternate and drooping, very long-pointed, plicate and many-ribbed: fls. yel- lowish white. Guatemala. B.M. 6838. cc. St. or trunk none. 9. Prfnglei, Wats. Acaulescent or nearly so: Ivs. usually rather stiff, erect, pinnate, 3 ft.; Ifts. 12-15 on each side, Unear-lanceolate, acuminate, 6-8 in. long, M-Min- wide; rachis triangular: spadix simple, 8 in. long. San Louis Potosi, Mex. C. airbmrens. Mart. St. bamboo-like, stiff and simple, about 9 ft. high: Ivs. bright green, spreading, about 2J^ ft. long. Mex. Not common in the trade but grown in fanciers' collections. — C. hambusoides, Hort.. Sts. tufted, thin, reed-like, with feathery light green Ivs. Honduras. — C. /ormdsa, Hort. A showy pinnate- Ivd. palm of unknown botanical status. G.C. II. 5:724. — C. geonoTmefdrmis, Wendl. St. 4 ft.: Ivs. simple, deeply cut, about 9 in. long: spadix from among the Ivs. long-pendulous. Guatemala. On. 24, p. 244; 30, p. 593. — There are said to be a number of unidentified species scattered about Calif. Jabed G. Smith. N. Taylor, t CHAM.£LIRIUM (dwarf or ground lily, a Greek com- bination). Liliacese. Sometimes spelled Chamselirion. Rhizomatous whitish flowered hardy plant, sometimes planted in the herbaiy. Erect, taU unbranched herb 2—4 ft. high (or perhaps 2 species), inhabiting low grounds from Mass. to Fla. and W. : rootstock tuberous: dioecious, the sterile plant less leafy than the other: Ivs. radical and cauline, the lowermost spatulate, the upper lanceo- late, narrowed at the base: fls. small (Min. across), in a slender terminal raceme; segms. of perianth 6, white, narrow, 1-nerved, withering and persistent; sterile fls. with 6 stamens, and fertile fls. with rudi- ments of stamens; ovary 3-celled and 3-styled: fr. a 3-vaIved caps. , lilteum Gray (C. carolinianum, Willd. Chamselirion carolinia, Hort.). Blazing-Star. Devil' s-Bit. Vari- able as to height (6 in. to 3 ft. or more), with most of the Ivs. at the base: raceme spike-like, 4-12 in. long; fls. yellowish white, in effect, fruiting pedicels }iin. or less long. — ^A good perennial, blooming May-July, thriving in moist shady places. — C. obovdle, Small, by some considered not to be distinct, has larger fls. and fruiting pedicels J^in. or more long. l_ jj, B^ CHAM.S;MELUM (small apple, suggested by the odor of the fls.). Compdsitse. Under this name one plant is offered. The genus is by many included in Anthemis, however, the sub-group being distinguished by very short or absent pappus, sometimes making a 1-sided border, ray-fls. fertile, and other minor charac- ters. C. caucisicum, Boiss. (Pyrkthrum cau^sicum, Bieb.), is listed, with white daisy-like fls. about the size of a marguerite, of trailing habit, very free-flowering. CHAM^ROPS 733 recommended for the rockery: perennial^ I-IH ft., smooth, not strong-scented: st. ascending from a rhizome or procumbent or sub-erect: Ivs. oblong, pinnatisect, the segms., cut into linear-subulate parts: fl.-heads large, terminal; involucre-scales oblong- obtuse, margined. High mts. in the Caucasus; variable. CHAM.ffi;PEtrCE: Carduus. ^' H. B. CHAM.SRANTHEMUM (dwarf and flower, from the Greek). Acanthdcex. Three or 4 Brazilian small herbs, allied to Eranthemum, but readily distinguished by the 4 (instead of 2) stamens. Lvs. large and membrana- ceous, entire, variously marked: fls. showy, white or yellow, in bracteate clusters. — Grown chiefly for the beautiful foliage; greenhouse subjects. C. igneum, Kegel (Erdrithemum igneum^ Lind.), is in the American trade. It is a low spreadmg warmhouse plant (cult. of Eranthemum and Justicia), with dark green lvs., with the veins and sometimes the margins richly banded with orange or yellow: fls. small. P.S. 17: 1722. N. TAYLOR.t CHAJVrilROPS (Greek for dwarf bush). Palm&cex, tribe Sdbalex. Low fan-leaved palms. Caudices cespitose, branched from the base and clothed with the bases of the If .-sheaths: lvs. terminal, rigid, semi-orbicular or cuneate-flabellate, deeply 896. Chamserops humilis. laciniate, the lobes narrow, bifid, plicate; no rachis; ligule very short; petiole slender, bi-convex, the mar- gins smooth or rough; sheath split, reticulate, fibrous: epadices short, erect compressed; branches short, densely fld.: spathes 2-4, broadj thickly coriaceous, the lower ones spUt, the upper entire; bracts small, subu- late; bractlets none: primary spadix branches bracted: fls. small, yellow: fr. globose or ovoid, 3-sided toward the base, brown or yellow. — Species 1 or perhaps 2. Medit. region. From Rhapidophyllum, an American relative, it may be distinguished by its bracted spadix. The common C. humilis is widely cult., and very variable. Many of specific-made names represent forms of this species. Of such cases are evidently the garden names C. arborescens, C. argentea, C. canariensis, C. elata, C. elegans, C. farinosa, C. gracilis, C. liltoralis, C. nivea. G.C. 11.23:410. The best soil for these pakns is fibrous loam two parts, leaf-mold and sand one part, with good drainage. Propagated by suckers and by seeds. These are among the hardiest of all palms, and are well suited to green- houses where a high temperature is not kept up. (G. W. OUver.) h&milis, Linn. . Fig. 896. This is the only palm native to Eu. St. 1-1}^ ft. high: lvs. ragged, fibrous; margins of the petioles armed with stout, straight or hooked spines; blade suborbicular, truncate or cuneate at the base, rigid, palmately multifid; segms. acumin- ate, bifid. Medit. B.M. 2152. R.H. 1892:84 (show- ing habit and a colored plate of the fr.). — Reaches 20 ft. in a rather arborescent variety. Var. dactyloc^pa, 734 CHA]VLEROPS CHEILANTHES Becc, is interesting for its elongated frs. shaped like a date. Offered by Montarioso Nursery in 1912. C Biroo, Sieb.= Livistona rotundifolia. — C. B-Qrrho, Hort.^ Xiivistona rotundif olia.^-C excelsaj Thunb.=TrachycarpuB excelsus. — C. farin&aa, Hort.=C. humilis, Linn. — C. F6rtunei, Hook.^ TrachycarpUB. — C. hitmilisxh^strix^ Hort. Said to be a "choice garden iiybrid of Florida origin." — €'. k^strix, Fraser.^Rhapido- pbyllum bystrix. — C. stauracdTUha, Hort.:=Acanthorbiza aculeata. Jabed G. Smith. N. TATLOK.t CHAMOMILE: Anthemia. CHAPTALIA (J. A. C. Chaptal, 1756-1831, agricul- tural chemist). Compdsitx. Low perennial herbs, with white or purplish fls. on naked scapes, blooming in spring and summer: heads radiate, the ray-fls. pistillate, and the disk-fls. perfect, but some or all of them sterile; involucre campanulate or turbinate, of appressed and imbricated bracts; pappus of soft capiQary bristles: achenes oblong or fusiform, narrowed above, 5-nerved. — Twenty-five American species. The only species in the American trade is C. tomentdsa, Vent. {Thyrsdn- thema semiflosculAre, Kuntze), of N. C. and south. Of this the scape is 1 ft. or less high, and the heads are purple-rayed: Ivs. ob- long or oblanceolate, more or less remotely denticulate, rather thick, white-tomentose beneath. Intro, as a border plant. B. M. 2257. N. TATLOK.t CHARD (ch pro- nounced as in charge). Swiss Chabd. Sea- Kale Beet. A form of the plant (Beta vul- garis) which has pro- duced the common beet; known as Beta Cido (p. 496). See Beet and Beta. I The beet plant has given rise to two gen- eral types of varieties: those varieties with thickened roots (the beet of America, the beet-root of European literature); and those with large and pulpy or thickened leaves (but whose roots are small and woody). The latter tj^pe is known under the general name of leaf-beets. These leaf-beets may be arranged into two sub-groups: (1) Common or normal leaf-beets, or spinach beets, in which the leaf-blade is large and pulpy, and is used as spinach; chard, in which the petiole and midrib are very broad and thick, is a form of this, although the name is sometimes used as synonymous with the general edible leaf-beet group. (Fig. 897); (2) ornamental beets, of which the foUage is variously colored. Chard is of the easiest culture. Seed is sown in spring, as for common beets. The broad petioles, or chards, may be gathered from midsummer xmtil frost. These broad white stalks or ribs are used as a pot-herb; and, if desired, the leaf-blades may be cooked with them. The dish is usually more attractive, however, if only the chards are cooked. If cutting of the leaves is carefully performed, a succession may be had till cold weather. Chard is an attractive vegetable when well grown, but is little used in this country. L. H. B. 897. Chord, or sea-kale beet. 8!)8. Charieis hetero- phyUa. (XI) CHARIEIS (Greek, elegarU, from the pleasing flowers). Comphsitse. Attractive hardy flower-garden annual. A small, branchy plant, 6-12 in. high, with blue or red aster-Uke fls., on long sts. : plant pubescent or hispid : Ivs. oblong-spatulate or oblong-lanceolate, entire or remotely denticulate: heads many-fld., radiate, the ray-fls. pistillate, the disk-fls. perfect: achene obovate and compressed, those of the disk with plumose pappus: involucre scales in 2 rows. — One species, in the W. Cape region. Known as Kaul- fussia in gardens. The genus Kaulfussia was founded by Nees in 1820; in 1817, however, the plant was described by Cassini as Charieis heterophylla. heteroph^lla, Cass. {C.Neisii, Hort. Kaulfiissia amellcMes, Nees). Figs. 898, 899. Kays blue, disk yellow or blue. An excellent subject of easy cult, in any garden soil. Var. atroviolicea, Hort., has dark violet fls. Var. kermesina, Hort., has violet-red fls. Sow seeds where the plants are to grow; or they may be started indoors and the plants transplanted to the open. x,_ 2_ g, CHARLOCK: Braaaica; also Raphanua. CHARLWOdDM: Cordyline. CHASTE TREE: Vitex. CHAViCA, kept distinct in part by recent authors, is accounted for under Piper, CHEAT, or CHESS: Bromua. CHECEERBERRY: GauUheria. CHEESES: Vernacular for Malva rotundifolia. CHEILANTHES (Greek, lip-flmver, alluding to the indusium). Polypodi&cex. Semi-hardy or hothouse ferns of small size. Plants often hairy or woolly, with the sori terminal on the veins and covered with a roundish indusium. — Some 60 or 70 species are known, nearly a third of which are natives of the W. and S. W. United States, one species as far east as Conn. They are of easy cult., enjoying a position near the glass, and disliking strong, close heat and syringing or watering overhead. Most of the 899. Charieis heterophylla. species grow naturally in dry rocky situations. They are among the few ferns to be found in dry regions. Commercially valuable only from the fern collector's standpoint. califomica, 1. Clevelandii. 9. Cooperte. 7. eUgana^ 12. Ellisiana, 5. Fendleri, 11. gracillitna, 8. hirta, 5. lanosa, 6. meifolia. 2. microphylla, 3. myriophylla, 12. tomentosa, 10. veatita, 6. viscida, 4. CHEILANTHES CHEIRANTHUS 735 A. Lvs. pentagonal-deltoid, the indusium confined to a single veinlet. 1. califdmica, Mett. {Hypdlepis calif&mica, Hook.). Lvs. densely cespitose from a short creeping rootstook, 2-4 in. each way, on stalks 4^8 in. long, quadripinnatifid; ultimate segms. lanceolate, incised or serrate. Cahf. 2. meifdlia, D. C. Eaton (,Hypdlepis meifdlia, Baker). Lvs. cespitose, with slender brown stalks 5-7 in. long, the lamina 2-3 in. each way, 3-4- pinnatifid, with finely cut segms. T&in. wide. Mex. AA. L/vs. lanceolate or ovate- lanceolate. B. Segms. flat: indusia extend- ing over the apices of several veinlets, hut not continuous. c. Surface of lvs. smooth. 3. microph^lla, Swartz. Lvs. 4-10 in. long, on stalks nearly as long, from a short, creeping rootstock, bi-tripin- nate: sts. glossy, rusty-pubes- cent on the upper side. Fla. and New Mex. southward. cc. Surface of lvs. viscid- glandular. 4. ^scida, Davenport. Lvs. 3-5 in. long, on stalks of the same length, tripinnatifid; segms. toothed, everywhere glandular. Calif. ccc. Surface of lvs. hairy, not woolly. 5. hirta, Swartz. Lvs. densely cespitose, with short, scaly stalks which are brownish, like the rachides; piimae numerous, rather distant bipinnatifid, the segms. with much incurved margins. The lvs. are usually 6-15 in. long. Cape of Good Hope. Var. Ellisiana, is more commonly cult. 6. landsa, Wats. (C. vestita, Swartz). Fig. 900. Lvs. cespitose, with stalks 2-4 in. long, slightly haiiy, as are the segms., tripinnatifid, 4^10 in. long, 1-2J^ in. wide, the pinnse lanceolate-deltoid: indusia formed of the ends of roundish or oblong lobes. Coim. to Kans. and Ala. — Hardy. 7. Codpers, D. C. Eaton. Lvs. 3-8 in. long, bipin- nate, the stalks covered with nearly white hairs, each tipped with a gland; pinnules roundish ovate, crenate and in- cised. Calif, to Mex. 900. Cheilanthes lanosa. BB. Segms. bead-like, minute: in- dusia usually continuous. c. Lvs. hairy or woolly beneath, hut not scaly. D. Upper surface of segms. smooth. 8. gracillima, D. C. Eaton. Lace Fern. Lvs. cespitose, 1-4 in. long, borne on the nearly equal dark brown stalks, bipinnate; pinnsB with about 9 pinnules, finally smooth above. Idaho to Calif. — Hardy 9. Clevelandii, D. C. Eaton. Lvs. 4-8 in. long, tripinnate, dark brown beneath, with closely imbricate, ciliate scales, which grow on both the segms. and the rachides; segms. nearly round, the terminal larger. Calif. DD. Upper surface of segms. pubescent. 10. tomentdsa, Link. Lvs. 8-15 in. long, on stalks 4-6 in. long, everywhere covered with brownish white hairs, tripinnate; terminal segms. twice as large as the lateral. Va. to Ariz. cc. Lvs. covered beneath with scales, but not woolly. 11. Fendleri, Hook. Lvs. 3-6 in. long, borne on the chaffy stalks, rising from tangled, creeping rootstocks, tripinnate; rachis with broadly-ovate white-edged scales, which overlap the subglobose segms. Texas, and Colo, to Calif. ccc. Lvs. covered beneath with both scales and wool. 12. myrioi)h^lla, Desv. (C Uegans, Desv.). Lvs. densely cespitose from short, erect, scaly rootstocks, 3-9 in. long, borne on the chestnut-colored scaly stalks, triquadripinnatifid; ultimate segms. minute, innmner- able. Texas, Ariz, and Trop. Amer. A native species worthy of cult, is C. leucdpoda. Link, from Texas, with broadly deltoid-ovate lvs— C. unduldta, Hope & Wright. Dark green fronds, softly pubescent. China. G.C. III. 3*=397 (deso.) l M. Underwood. R. C. BBNEDICT.t CHEIRAnTHUS (derivation in dispute, but proba- bly from Greek for hand and flower) . Cruciferx. Flower- garden perennials, with large purple, brown, orange or yellow fragrant bloom. Leaves alternate, entire, on a strict or upright st. : lateral sepals sac-like at the base : valves of the pod with a strong mid- nerve. Much confounded with Matthiola, and the genera are not sufficiently distinct. In Cheiranthus, the lvs. are acute, hairs 2-parted and appressed, stigma more spreading, pod more flattened and seeds not thin- edged; and the fls. are prevail- ingly orange or yellow — Probably a score of species, in the Canary and Madeira Isls., Medit. region and E. and in N. Amer. The garden species are confused; a critical study may find that some of them belong to Erysimum or other genera. The genus hybrid- izes with Erysimum. Cheiri, Linn. Wallflower. Pig. 901. Perennial, slightly pubescent, 1-2 J^ ft.: lvs. lanceo- late and entire, acute: fls. large, mostly in shades of yellow, in long, ter- minal racemes, sweet - scented. S. Eu. — An old gar- den favorite, bloom- ing in spring. Al- though a woody perennial, it is best to renew the plants from seed, for they begin to fail after having bloomed one or two years. Seed- lings should bloom the second year; in England, Christ- mas bloom is se- cured from seeds sown ia Feb. There are dwarf and dou- ble-fld. varieties. 901. Cheiranthus Cheiri. (X}« 736 CHEIRANTHUS CHENOPODIUM and innumerable forms in various shades of yellow, brownish, and even purple. Not prized so much in Amer. as in Eu. A common plant on walls in England. alpJnus, Linn. St. strict and simple, 1 ft.: Ivs. lanceolate, somewhat dentate, stellate-pubescent: pods spreading on short pedicels: fls. lemon-yellow, spring. Norway, Lapland. mut&bilis, L'Her. More or less woody, 2-3 ft.: Ivs. linear-lanceolate and pointed, obscurely serrate: fls. white, cream-colored or ypUowish, becoming darker and striped. Madeira. B.M. 195. — It is doubtful whether the plant known in cult, as C. mutabilis is this species. Marshallii, Hort. Perhaps a hybrid, 1-1 J^ ft.: Ivs. spatulate and crowded below, more scattered and narrower above: Ba. orange. Allidnii, Hort. Said to be a hybrid: 12 in. or less: fls. brilliant orange, profusely produced in spring and summer and sometimes so freely that the plant exhausts itself and becomes practically biennial. kewensis, Hort., is valuable as a winter-blooming greenhouse plant, prized for its fragrance and its dark- colored fls. In 1897 at Kew a cross was made between C. mutabilis of the Canary Isls. and a yellow wall- flower, the cross being known as C. hybridus; and this in turn was crossed with a red wallflower, producing the plant known as C. kewensis. It has the bushy char- acter of C. mutabilis; racemes upright; fls. about 1 in. across, brown in bud, or expanding brownish orange inside and reddish brown outside, all turning pale purple with age. Prop, by cuttings. G.C. III. 35 : 123. Gn. 65, p. 89. C. dnnuus, Hort.=Matthiola, but early-blooming forms of C. Cheiri seem to pass under this name. — C. MSnzieaii. Benfch. & Hook.=Parrya. T TT R 902. Chelone glabra. ( X 14) CHELID6NIUM (Greek for the swallow: the fls. appear when the swallow comes). Papaveracese. Cel- andine Poppy. One or two loose-growing herbs, some- times seen in old gardens. Plant with fl.-buds nodding, and small yellow fls. in small umbel-like clusters; sepals 2; petals 4; stamens 16-24; style very short, the stigma 2-lobed: pod slender, 2-valved, opening first at the bottom. C. mftjus, Linn., is a European plant, now run wild in waste places, and often seen in old gardens. It is biennial or perennial, with brittle hairy sts. and pinnately-parted Ivs., the lobes rounded and toothed (or, in var. laciniitum again dissected). The plant has bright orange juice which has been used for removing warts. Herb an old-time remedy, used for its cathartic and diuretic properties, for promoting perspiration, and as an expectorant. Lvs. fight glau- cous underneath. L. H. B. CHEL6NE (Greek for tortoise or turtle: the corolla fancied to resemble a reptile's head). Scrophidariiceie, Turtle -Head. Several North American perennial herbs, with showy flowers in short spikes or in panicles, some of which are now sold by dealers in native plants. Allied to Pentstemon. Upright smooth branching plants: corolla more or less 2-lipped or gaping, white or red, the upper lip arched and conspicuous and notched; anthers 4, woolly, and a rudiment of a flfth stamen: seeds winged: lvs. opposite, serrate. — Four species, in N. Amer. Half-shaded places are preferable for these easily cultivated plants. Very dry grounds should be avoided, from the fact that they are best in swampy places. In the ordinary border they should have a very liberal mulch of old manure in their growing season: i-S in. thick is none too much: the smiace roots wiU feed in this compost, and the plants are not so liable to suffer from drought when thus protected. (J. B. Keller.) A. Fls. in terminal and axillary close spikes. B. Las. elliptic to broad-ovate, long-petioled. L^onii, Pursh. Plant, 2-3 ft. high: lvs. broad to nearly cordate at base, thin, evenly serrate: fl.-bracts minutely ciliate: fls. rose-purple. Mts., Va. and S. BB. Lvs. lanceolate or oblong, short-petioled. obliqua, Linn. Two ft. or less: lvs. 2-8 in. long, broad-lanceolate or oblong, very veiny, sharp- or deep- serrate or cut: fl.-bracts ciUate: fls. deep rose. Damp grounds. 111., Va., S. gl&bra, Linn. (C. obliqua var. dlba, Hort.). Fig. 902. One to 2 or more ft. high, more strict: lvs. mostly nar- rower, acuminate, appressed-serrate, nearly sessile, not very veiny: fl.-bracts not ciliate: fls. white or rose- tinged. Wet grounds: common. AA. Fls. in a loose thyrse or panicle. nemordsa, Douglas {Pentstkmon nemorbsus, Trautv.). Two ft. or less high, of unpleasant odor: lvs. ovate and acute, sharp-dentate, sessile or nearly so: fl.-bracts none; corolla 1 in. long, violet-purple. Calif . and N. B.R. 1211. C barbdta of gardens is Pentstemon barbatus. T TT "R CHENILLE PLANT. A proposed name for IcaZj/p^ hispida, better known as A. Sanderi. CHEN0P6DnJM (9;oose/oo<, alluding to the shape of the leaves). Chenopodidcex. Goosepoot. Widely dis- persed weedy herbs, with very inconspicuous greenish flowers, some of which occur in gardens as oddities or for ornament, and others are pot-herbs of very minor importance. Spinach, beet, and orach are allied plants. Plants of various habit, mostly erect: fls. perfect, bractless, sessile in small masses and these clusters arranged in spikes or panicles; calyx 4r-6-parted, petals wanting; stamens usually 6; styles 2 or 3.: seed lentic- ular: lvs. alternate. The calyx sometimes enlarges and becomes succulent and colored, inclosing the fr., and the glomerules may then look like berries.— Per- haps 60 species in all parts of the globe, annuals and perennials, sometimes woody. Many of them are field and garden weeds. They are mostly mealy or CHENOPODIUM CHERIMOYA 737 glandular herbs, often with strong odor. Some of thorn are used as pot-herbs' or "greens." A. Fls. in dense heads or glomerules which become berry- like and bright red in fr. capit&tunijAschers. (BlUumcapitatum,Linii.). Sth.\w- BBRRY Bute. Annual, erect and becoming diffuse or spreading, branching, glabrous or nearly so: Ivs. soft, hastate-ovate, toothed, stalked: fr.-clusters large and becoming fleshy, in an interrupted spike, the upper part leafless. Eu. — A frequent but not pernicious weed, and sometimes offered as a pot-herb. AA. Fls. not in dense separate heads, and the clusters not becoming prominently fleshy or colored. B. Plant shrubby, spinescent. nitrariiceum, F. MueU. Rigid, much-branched, often prostrate shrub or undershrub, mealy-white: Ivs. linear- oblong or linear-spatulate, obtuse, entire, 1 in. or less long, often clustered: fls. clustered in dense or more or less interrupted spikes and panicles, greenish. Aus- tral. — Offered in Eu. BB. Plant herbaceous. c. Species perennial: a pot-herb. B&nus-Henricus, Linn. (Blltum Bbnus-Henricus, Reichb.). Good King Henry. Merctjrt (by cor- ruption, Markery). Stout and erect from a thick root- stock, to 2)^ ft., glabrous: Ivs. broad, triangular- hastate or ovate, with very long wide-spreading basal points, entire or undulate : fls. in paniculate spikes. Eu. — Escaped now and then; and sometimes cult, for ■'greens." CC. Species annual. purpuriscens, Jacq. (C. Atriplicis, Linn. f.). Vigor- ous, erect, 3 ft., the young parts and Ivs. covered attractively with a rose-violet or violet-purple crystal- line pulverulence: Ivs. spatulate or rhomboid or oval, obtuse, long-petioled, the lower ones sinuate-dentate and the upper lanceolate and entire: fls. small and numerous, in dense pyramidal leafy reddish clusters. China. — ^An old garden plant, seldom seen in this country; grown for its colored character in summer. There are different forms, one with variegated foUage. amaranticolor, Coste & Reyn. Very large, 8 ft., much like the preceding and perhaps derived from it: St. glabrous, striped white and red: Ivs. triangular to rhomboid, 4 in. or less long, red-pulverulent: fls. in a long red panicle. S. France. — Differs from C. pur- purascens in its greater size and its black shining some- what sharp-edged seeds. The brilhant colors dis- appear as the plant matures. Quinda, Willd. Quinoa. Erect, stout, st. furrowed, 4-5 ft. : Ivs. triangular-ovate, sinuate, long-petioled, angulate-pinnatifid, glaucous: fls. small. and green, in dense axillary and terminal farinose clusters arranged in panicles: seeds very large. W. slope of the Andes. B.M. 3641. — A very important plant in W. S. Amer., the seeds being used as food. There are white- and red- fruited forms. Sometimes cult, in this country as a curiosity. Allied to C. album, the common pigweed. Bdtrys, Linn. Feather Geranium. Jerusalem Oak. Erect, glandular-pubescent and viscid, aromatic, 1-3 ft. high, with pinnatifid long-petioled Ivs. and long, feather-like, enduripg spikes, for which it is used in vases and baskets; pretty. Eu., and widely naturalized although not usually becoming abundant. Many weedy chenopods invade cult, grounds. C dlbum, Linn., the common pigweed or lamb's quarters, ia a favorite for "greens." This species runs into many forms. C. viride, of Eu. and Asia, has seeds that are said to be edible. C. VuhiTia, Linn., sparingly intro. from Eu., has the smell of stale fish. C. aynbrosioides, Linn., Mexican tea. and var. anthelminticum. Gray, wormaeed, are fre- quent; they contain strong essential mis. The weedy species are variable, and puzzling to the systematist. T TT R CHERIMOYA, CHERIMOYER (Quichua language of Peru, chirimuya, signifying cold seeds). (Annbna Cherimdla, Mill.). Figs. 903-905. An important table fruit of warm countries. See p. 293, Vol. I, for botani- cal description. The cherimoya is considered by many to be the finest of the subtropical fruits, and that not only by the natives of the countries in which it grows, but also by Europeans. It is somewhat like the pomme-cannelle, or sweet-sop, but differs from it in having a pecuilar acidulous flavor most agreeable and grateful to the taste. For centuries the cherimoya has been cultivated 903. Cherimoya — smooth form. ( X %) and several distinct varieties have resulted. One of these has smooth fruit devoid of protuberances, which has been confused with the inferior fruits of both Annona glabra and A. reticulata. The last two species, however, are easily distinguished by their leaves and flowers; Annona glabra, commonly known as the alli- gator apple or mangrove annona, having glossy laurel- like leaves and globose flowers with 6 ovate petals, and A. reticulata having long narrow glabrate leaves devoid of the velvety lining which characterizes those of the cherimoya. Both of these species, moreover, are essen- tially tropical, while the cherimoya is subtropical, growing in tropical countries only at considerable ele- vations, where the climate is cool and the soil well drained. The origin of the cherimoya has been much discussed. De Candolle, however, is in all probability correct in attributing it to the mountains of Ecuador and Peru. The common name which it bears, even in Mexico, is of Quichua origin, as explained above; and terrar cotta vases modeled from cherimoya fruits have been dug up repeatedly from prehistoric graves in Peru. It was introduced at a very early date into Central America and Mexico and into Jamaica in 1786 by Hinton East. It is now of spontaneous growth in limited areas both in Central America and the moun- tains of Jamaica. In Madeira, the cherimoya has taken the place of the grape-vine on many of the estates on the warm southern slopes of the island. Here the cultivation is systematic. The two-year-old seedlings are budded or grafted. The trees are fre- quently trained on walls or on trellises, so that the fruit may hang in the shade while ripening, and manure is regularly supplied (see Annona) . The result of careful selection is that there are varieties of fine flavor, com- paratively few seeds, and great size, weighing from twelve to sixteen pounds. According to W. Fawcett, ordinary fruits weighing from three to eight pounds, have been sold in the London market at $1.50; large ones at $2.50 and even $3. The cherimoya has been 738 CHERIMOYA CHERRY successfully introduced into southern California where it finds the most favorable conditions in the foot-hills near the coast. The cherinoya grows in the form of a small tree, usually about 15 or 20 feet high. The flowers are remarkably uniform, but vary somewhat in size. They are often soUtary or in two's or three's, while those of the buUock's heart (Annona reticidata) and the sugar- apple (A. squamosa) are usually clustered. The leaves are always velvety on the lower surface. The follow- ing varieties, based upon the form of the fruit, are recognized : (1) Finger-printed cherimoya (forma impressa), known in Costa Rica as "anona de dedos pintados.' This form was the first to be figured (Feuill^e, PI. med. Journ. Obs. 3: append. 24, pi. 17, 1725). The fruit, conoid or subglobose in shape, has a smooth surface covered with concave U-shaped areoles resembling finger-prints in soft wax or putty. It is one of the best varieties, with sweet juicy pulp of good flavor, and with relatively few seeds. (2) Smooth cherimoya (forma hems), called in South America "chirimoya lisa" and in the market of Mexico City, "anon." Fig. 903. It is this form which is so often mistaken for Annona glabra and A. reticulata on account of the general appearance of the fruit and the common name "anon, which is also appUed to the fruit of the last-named species. This is one of the finest of all the cherimoyas. (3) Tuberculate cherimoya (forma tubercufata). Fig. 904. One of the commonest forms, in which the fruit is heart-shaped and bears small wart-like tubercles near the rounded apex of each areole. To this group belongs the "golden russet" cherimoya grown in the orchard of C. P. Taft at Orange, California. It is the form most frequently found in the Peruvian markets and is represented in prehistoric pottery from the graves of that country. (4) Mammillate cherimoya (forma mamiUata), called in South America, "chirunoya de tetUlas.' This is the form successfully estab- lished on the ranch of Charles F. O'Brien, in the mountains of Santa Monica, southern Califor- nia. It is also the common form of the NUgiri Hills of India, and is one of the best forrfis grown on the Island of Madeira. (5) Umbonate cherimoya (forma umbonata), called "chirimoya de puas" and "anona picuda" in Latin America. In this form the skin of the fruit is com- paratively thick, the pulp more acid than in other forms, and the seeds more nu- merous. It has the flavor of pine- apple and is one of the best for 904. Cherimoya, tubeiculate form. producing cooling (XJi) drinks and sher- ^905. Flower of Cherimoya vith two outer petals re- moved to show minute inner petals and essential parts; also an outer petal. (XIM) bets. The fruit is oblong-conical in shape, with the base more or less umbiUcate and the surface studded with protuberances, each of which corresponds to a component carpel. To this form should be referred the ■ "Horton" cherimoya, grown in the vicinity of Pasadena, California. Very recently there has been received from Florida an interesting fruit borne by a hybrid, the result of polli- nating the stigmas of a cheri- moya with the pollen of Anr- nana squamosa. The leaves of this plant are very broad, resembung those of A. Cherv- mola in shape, but glabrous like those of A. squamosa. The fruit resembles that of A. Cherimala in form, but with the protuberences very distinct and covered with a glaucous bloom Uke that of A. squamosa. The seeds are distinct from both species, larger than those oiA. squamr osa, and much darker colored than those of A. Cherimola; and the pulp is very juicy, with the fine sUghtly acidulous flavor of the cherimoya. For the propagation and culture of cherimoyas, see Annona. w. E. Satpokd. CHERLSrIA: Arenaria. CHERRY. Several kinds or types of small stone- fruits ripening in late spring and in summer^ wide- spread and popular in domestic and conmiercial use. Figs. 906-910. Plate XXI. Sweet and sour cherries have been domesticated from two Old World species: cultivated sweet cherries having come from Prunus Avium and the sour cherries from Prunv,s Cerasus. Varieties of these two species, and hybrids between them, now encircle the globe in the north temperate zone and are being rapidly dis- seminated throughout the temperate parts of the southern hemisphere. For centuries, probably from the beginnings of agriculture^ cherries have been valuable fruit-producing trees m Europe and Asia, — inhabitants of nearly every orchard and garden as well as common roadside trees in temperate climates of both continents. Coming from the Old World to the New, the cherry has played an important part in the orcharding in temperate regions of the western hemisphere. In North America, varieties of one or the other of the two culti- vated species are grown from Newfoundland to Van- couver Island on the north, southward to the Gulf of California, Texas and Florida, probably yielding crops in a greater diversity of soils and climates on tms con- tinent than any other tree fruit. Sour cherries are suited to many environments, thriving in various soils and withstanding rather better than most orchard fruits heat, cold and atmospheric dryness, and though they respond to good care, yet they thrive under neglect better than most other tree fruits. Sour cherries also have fewer insect and fungous troubles than other tree fruits, being practically immune to the dreaded San Jos6 scale. Sweet cherries, however, are much less easily grown. Sweet varieties are all somewhat fastidious as to soils, are lacking in hardi- ness to both heat and cold, are prey to more insects than sour cherries and subject to nearly all of the fungous ills to which stone-fruits are heir, suffering in America in particular from brown-rot and leaf-spot. CHERRY CHERRY 739 906. Tall erect growth of sweet cherry. Sweet cherries can be grown with commercial success in but few and comparatively limited regions, although the localities adapted to sweet varieties are rather widely distributed. The cherry is probably the most popular of temper- ate climate fruits for the home yard, being planted more commonly than any other tree-fruit, in the many regions in which it is grown, in the dooryard, garden and along the roadside. The characters, other than those already named, that commend it for home plantations, are, early bearing after planting, early ripening in the sea- son, regularity in bearing, great fruitfulness and ease of culture. It is more than a home fruit, however, and is largely grown for the mar- kets, for canning and for preserving. In America, the consumption of cherries is being greatly increased by the fashion of adding them pre- served to many ices and drinks. The demand for canned cherries has also increased enormously in this coun- try during the last few years. In Europe, wine is made from cherries, "kirschwasser," a spirit, is distilled from the fermented fruit pulp, and in the Austrian province of Dalmatia a cordial called maraschino is made by a secret process of fermentation and distillation. This liquor is im- ported to America in considerable quantities' to flavor preserved cherries which become the well-known "maraschino cherries" of confection and delicatessen shops. Other species. . Several species of cherries other than the two named have more or less horticultural value. Prunus Padus and Prunus Mahaleb of the Old World furnish fruits sometimes used for culinary purposes but much more cultivated, in their various forms, as ornamentals; the latter furnishes a stock upon which orchard varieties are now most commonly budded. Prurvus Besseyi, Prunus pumila and Prunus pennsylvanica are species from North America, the first two having varieties cultivated for their fruits and all three being used as ornamentals and for stocks. Prunus Pseudo-Cerasus and Prunus tomentosa from Asia are much grown in China and Japan as ornamentals, for their fruits and as stocks, and should find favor in Eu- rope and America for these purposes. In recent years many new species of cher- ries have been discovered in Asia. E. Koehne, one of the best authorities on the genus Prunus, places 120 species, nearly all from Asia, in the sub- genus Cerasus to which belong the orchard cher- ries (Mitt. Deut. Depdrol. Gesell., 1912:168-183). A few of these have already been introduced in Am- erica by the United States Department of Agricul- ture, and from them one is sure to find valuable horticultural species to be used for their fruits, as ornamentals, as stocks, and for hybridization with species already domesticated. Propagation. Both orchard and ornamental cherries are commonly propagated in Europe and America by budding on Mazzard or Mahaleb stocks and in Japan, where cherries are much grown, on Prunus Pseudo-Cera- sus. When exceptional hardiness is required, seed- Ungs of the Russian sour cherries may be used or those of Prunus Besseyi or Prunus pennsylvanica. Undoubtedly the Mazzard is the^ best stock for re- gions m which cherries can be grown commercially. Upon the Mazzard, varie- ties of either sweet or sour cherries make larger, thriftier, longer-Uved and more productive trees. 907. Low-headed and spreading growth of sour cherry. The Mahaleb, on the other hand, is the beat stock from the nurseryman's point of view. It is more easily budded, hardier, freer from insects and fungi as it stands in the nursery before budding, and the buds more quickly develop into salable trees. But the advan- tages of the Mazzard are so much greater for the fruit- grower that he should accept only trees on this stock unless hardiness be a prime requisite. Cherries are set in the orchard at two years from the bud. The cultivation and handling. Sweet cherries are most profitably grown on high, comparatively light, sandy, gravelly or even stony loams, while sour cherries do best on somewhat heavier soils. The former are set 22 to 24 feet apart; the latter 16 to 20 feet. Both respond to care in cultivation which, in brief is: early spring plowing, frequent cultivation until the first of August with a cover-crop sown just before the last cultivation. Cover-crops are various — a favorite one in New York and Michigan is a half bushel of oats or barley, and twelve pounds of clover or twenty pounds of winter vetch. In Delaware and New Jersey the cowpea is much liked as a cover-crop. Cherry trees are usually headed 2 or 3 feet from the ground with a tendency to head them lower — half the above distances; in the lower-headed orchards there seems to be no in- convenience in tilling with modern implements. Nearly all commercial growers form the head with five to seven main branches about a central trunk, but some prefer to remove the central stem, especially in sweet varie- ties, leaving a vase-formed head. After the head is formed, the subsequent pruning is exceedingly simple, consisting of cutting out an oc- casional injured or crossed branch and now and then head- ing-in a long whip- like growth. In soils well adapted to cherry- growing, commer- 908. Old sweet cherry tree, on the Chesapeake peninsula.' 740 CHERRY CHERRY cial fertilizers are little needed. Good cultivation, the yearly cover-crop and an occasional dressing of stable- manure furnish an abundance of food. If, with this treatment, the trees fail to make sufficient growth, and if the drainage be good, the grower should experiment with fertilizers containing potash, phosphoric acid or nitrogen to see which, if any, his trees may need. Cherries are picked with stems on, the sweet a few days before fully ripe, the sour when practically 909, Napoleon cheny. — Sweet (XM) mature. Some growers guard against breaking the fruit-spurs for the next year by using picking scissors. Cherries are variously packed in boxes and baskets but the container is usually a small one and much art may be displayed in placing in layers^ facing, and in making the package in all ways attractive. Fruit for canning must be carefully picked but is sent to the cannery in trays holding one or two pecks. The chief commercial plantations in eastern America are found in New York, New Jersey, Delaware, north- ern Ohio and western Michigan. Sweet-cherry grow- ing is precarious because of natural obstacles, and sour cherries are so easily grown that through very abun- dance their sale is often difficult. Yet with both success has been attained by many, the profits ranging as high as $300 to the acre. Special difficulties. The cherry is attacked by a dozen or more fungi. Of these, three are serious pests. The brown-rot, Sclerotinia fructigena, attacks the flowers, leaves, twigs and most disastrously the fruits at ripening time. Leaf-blight, Cylindrosporium Padi, produces diseased spots on the leaves, which for the most part drop out, giving a shot-hole effect and eventually causing the foliage to drop prematurely. A common and striking disease of the cherry is black-knot, Plowrighiia mor- bosa, characterized by wart-like excrescences on shoots and branches which at maturity are black; affected parts sooner or later die. The text-books give no less than forty insect enemies of cherries, of which the plum-curculio, Conotrachelus nenwphoT, the peach-borer, Sanninoidea exitiosa, and the San Job6 scale, Asyidiotus perniciosus, on sweet cherries, must be combated. All of the pests named, both fungi and insects, are more destructive to plums and peaches, and the reader is referred to these fruits for treatment which is much the same as for the cherry. Sweet cherries suffer severely in the South and the Mississippi Valley, and somewhat in the North, from sun-scald, either directly from the sun's rays or from alternate freezing and thawing in winter or spring. The injury is manifested by the bursting of the bark and the exudation of gum on the south and west sides of the tree. Some immunity from such injuries may be obtained by protecting the trunks with boards or other screens. "Gummosis," or a flow of gum from the wood, often follows injuries of various kinds and the work of insects and fungi in both sweet and sour cherries. Types and varieties. There are now about 600 varieties of cherries grown in America and Europe, and the names of as many more that have passed from cultivation remain. These are variously grouped, but the following simple classifica- tion takes in the common orchard sorts: A. Prunus Avium. (1) The Hearts. — Large, heart-shaped, soft-fleshed, sweet cherries, light-colored as represented by Governor Wood and dark as in Black Tartarian. (2) The Bigarreaus. — Large, sweet, heart-shaped and colored as in the previous group but with firm, crisp and crackling flesh. Well represented by Napoleon (Fig. 909) and Yellow Spanish as light-colored members of the group, and by Schmidt and Bing as dark sorts. (3) The Dukes. — Somewhat smaller cherries than the Hearts and Bigarreaus, softer in flesh, light-colored and usually sour or nearly so. This group is placed under Prunus Avium, but there can be no doubt but that the widely varying Dukes are hybrids between Prunus Avium and Prunus Cerasus. May Duke and Reine Hortense serve as illustrations of the group. AA. Prunus Cerasus. (1) The Amarelles. — Rather small, light-colored, sour cherries with colorless or nearly colorless juice, pro- duced on upright trees, represented by Early Rich- mond and Montmorency (Fig. 910). (2) Ths Morellos. — Also comparatively small and very sour but dark in color and with dark-colored juice and trees with a drooping habit, represented by Eng- lish Morello and Louis Philippe. In spite of the great number of varieties, the cherry, of all stone-fruits, seems most fixed in its characters. Thus, the difference between tree and fruit in the cher- ries of the several groups is comparatively slight and many of the varieties come nearly true to seed. So, too, cherries, although probably domesticated as long ago as any other of the tree-fruits, are now most of all like their wild progenitors. Notwithstanding this stability, there are probably rich rewards to be secured in breeding cherries by those who will put in practice the discoveries of recent years in plant-breeding, and will hybridize especially the various groups of the two species now cultivated and introduce wholly new blood from wild species. So little effort has been directed toward improving cherries, and the material seems so promising, that it would seem that with proper endeavor the coming generation may have a new and greatly improved cultivated cherry flora. U. P. Hedhick. The cherry in California. In commercial importance, the chorry is least of the fruits of the temperate zone grown in California on a commercial scale — not considering the quince and XXVI. Sweet cherry in flower and fruit. CHERRY CHERVIL 741 nectarine, of which the product is ahnost insignificant. This is not because the finest cherries cannot be grown, but because the avenues for the disposition of the prod- uct are not so wide as for other leading fruits. Recently there are indications that these avenues will be widened, for, in the year 1912, 244 carloads were profitably shipped in a fresh state to eastern markets, and in 1911 a product equivalent to 243,010 cases (each containing two dozen 2J^-pound cans) of canned cher- ries were disposed of to advantage. In 1910, there was large shipment of barreled cherries in sulfur water to eastern bottlers who put up maraschino cherries in competition with importations, but this business seems to have transgressed the pure food laws and declined. Until it is demonstrated that such distant demands will increase, present plantations wiU not be largely extended. Cherries are costly in picking and packing, and the chance of low price in a local market, over-sup- plied whenever the trees do their full duty, the grower does not enjoy. Cherry-drying has never seemed war- ranted on a large scale, because of the large amount of labor required to the pound of product; and the grower has had no recourse when the canner and local consumer would pay only the cost of picking and box- ing. A good shipping demand seems, therefore, the measure of the extension of California's cherry inter- est, and the early ripening of the fruit, which permits its sale during the blooming season of eastern cherry trees, is the leading surety of such demand. On several occasions early varieties have been shipped from the Vacaville district overland, on March 31, but the usual opening date is about two weeks later, and thence onward later varieties, and from later regions, may be shipped until July, if found profitable. But, although there is plenty of good land upon which to multiply the present total of three-quarters of a miUion trees, the cherry regions of California are restricted. It is one of the most exacting of all trees, and is profitable only when its requirements are respected. About one-half of the present acreage lies in valleys opening upon the bay of San Francisco, where deep and moist, but well-drained alluvial soil fosters strong and sound root-growth, and modified atmospheric aridity favors leaf and fruit- ing. On similar deep and moist soUs, however, the sweet cherry enters the hot interior valleys to certain limits, chiefly along the river bottoms. It abhors dry plains. In dry air it usu- ally refuses to fruit, although, if the soil be moist, it may make stalwart tree-growth. In foot-hill valleys it sometimes does admirably, both in growth and fruiting, and in mountain valleys, above an elevation of 2,000 feet, on good soil, and in the greater rainfall, and even with the snow flurries, which are experienced every year at proper elevations, the tree becomes very thrifty and profitable to the limits of local markets. The tree seems to have no geographical limitations in California; wherever suitable soil and weather conditions occur, it accepts the situation — the Dukes and Morellos succeeding under conditions too trying for the Hearts and Bigar- reaus, but the latter, only, are of commercial account. 910. Montmorency cherry. — Sour. ( X Cherry trees are grown by budding upon Mazzard and Mahaleb seedlings — both being largely imported. It is customary to plant out in orchards at the end of the first year's growth from the bud, though two-year- old cherry trees can be more successfuUy handled than other two-year-olds. The trees are headed at 1 or 2 feet from the ground, cut back to promote low branch- ing for two years, and then allowed to make long branches, and not usually shortened-in, so long as thrifty and healthy. The tree, in a good environment, is, however, a very hardy tree, and will endure pruning to almost any degree. There are marly trees which have made a very broad but not usually high growth, bear- ing 1,000 pounds of fruit to the tree, and a few others which have even doubled that figure, while others have been dwarfed and trained en espalier. The com- mercial orchards are, however, uniformly of low trees, approximately of vase form m exterior outline, and with branches curving outward without shortening. The cherry is very readily grafted over by the usual top-grafting methods, and large orchards have been thus transformed into varieties more acceptable for canning or shipping. Comparatively few varieties are grown. Early Purple Guigne, Chapman and Knights Early Black are grown in early-ripening localities. Black Tartarian, Lewelling and Bing are the mainstay for black cherries. The Napoleon Bigarreau (locally known as Royal Ann) is the ideal for a white cherry, and almost excludes all others, although the Rockport Bigarreau has some standing. Of all the varieties grown, the Black Tartarian and Napoleon (Fig. 909) constitute 70 per cent of the crop, and probably 90 per cent of the amount marketed. California-grown cherries attain large size; the oan- ner's requirement for fancy fruit is a diameter not less than J4 of an inch, and for No. 1 not less than % of an inch. Wholesale prices usually range from $40 to 860 a ton for black and $80 to $120 for white, but occa- sionally canners have paid as high as $160 a ton for white cherries. The higher rates can be expected only in years of short crops. Edward J. Wickson CHERVIL. A term applied to two umbelliferous plants that produce edible parts, neither of which is well laiown in America. The name is sometimes appHed, also, to the sweet cicely. Salad chervil or leaf chervil is Anthriscus Cerefolium, Hoffm., a native of Caucasus, south- em Russia and western Asia. It is annual, reaching 13^ to 2 feet high. The neat and aro- matic leaves are used like pars- ley, which they much resemble. The leaves are decompound, with oval cut leafiets; and there are varieties with much cut and curled fohage. The culti- vation of salad chervil presents no difiiculties. Leaves are ready to use in six to ten weeks from seed-sowing, and any good garden soil is con- genial. It thrives best in the cooler and moister pMt of the year. In hot weather, seeds would better be sown in a shaded place. Tuberous or turnip-rooted chervil is Chserophyllum bulbosum, Linn., of southern Europe. (See Ch^ophyl- lum.) It is biennial or plur-annual, like the radish and carrot. The roots are like small carrots in shape (4 to 5 inches long), but are gray or blackish, and the 742 CHERVIL CHESTNUT flesh is yellowish white and of different flavor. The roots are eaten as carrots are, either boiled or in stews. The one difficulty in the growing of tuberous chervil is the fact that the seeds germinate very tardily, or even not at all, if kept dry over winter. It is cus- tomary, therefore, to sow them in the fall, although they do not germinate until spring. If they are to be reserved for spring-growing, they should be stratified (see Seedage) or kept in sand. In four or five months after germination, the roots are fit to use, although they improve in quality by being left in the ground. The roots keep well in winter. L. H. B. CHESS, or CHEAT: Dromus. CHESTNUT. Three species of tree or true chestnuts are cultivated in this country for their nuts, — the European Castanea sativa, the American Castanea den- tata, the Japanese Castanea crenata. See Castanea. The horticultmral characters that distinguish these three types are as follows: European chestnuts. — Tree large, with a spreading but compact head, stocky, smooth-barked twigs and large glossy buds of a yellowish brown color; leaves oblong-lanceolate, abruptly pointed, with coarse some- times incurved serrations, thick and leathery, generally pubescent beneath when young, but green on both sides when mature. Burs very large, with long branch- ing spines, and a thick velvety lining. Nut larger than American chestnut, sometimes very large, shell dark mahogany-brown, pubescent at tip, thick, tough and leathery; kernel inclosed in a thin tough and astrin- gent skin: quality variable from insipid, astringent to moderately sweet. The leaves remain on the trees until late in autumn, but are more susceptible to the attacks of fungi than the American and Japanese species. At least one variegated and one cut-leaved variety are grown as ornamentals. This species is variously ^own as European, French, Spanish and Italian chestnut (Castanea sativa), and sweet chestnut of EngUsh writers. It is an inhabitant of mountain forests in the temper- ate regions of western Asia, Europe and north Africa, and is esteemed for its nuts in Spam, France and Italy, where they have constituted an important article of food since an early day. Introduced to the United States by Ir^n^e Dupont, at Wilmington, Delaware, in 1803, although recorded by Jefiferson, under the desig- nation "French chestnut," as grafted by him on native chestnut near Charlottesville (Monticello), Virginia, in 1773. American chestnut (Castanea dentata). — Fig. 911. A tall straight colimsinar tree, in forests reaching a height of 100 feet and a diameter of 3 to 4 feet; when grown in the open, forming a low round-topped head of slightly pendulous branches. Leaves thinner than in C. sativa, oblong-lanceolate, acute, long-pointed at the apex, coarsely serrate except toward the wedge-shaped base, green and glabrous on both surfaces, chang- ing to bright clear yellow later in autumn. The staminate flowers open in June or July after leaves have attained full size, and exhale a sweet, heavy odor, disagree- able to many persons, and sometimes caus- ing symptoms of 911. Native wild chestnuts. (XH) hay-fever. The two- or three-flowered involucres of pistillate flow- ers are on short stout peduncles at the bases of androgynous aments which bear toward their tips scattered clusters of staminate flowers. Burs smaller and spines sharper than in C. sativa. The nuts, usually two or three, rarely five to seven, are usually broader than long, and much compressed by crowding, although sometimes nearly oblong and approaching cylindrical. 912. Japanese chestnuts. ( X J^ They are of a bright brown color, covered at the apex with thick pale tomentum, which sometimes extends nearly to the base of the nut. The nuts are sweet and agreeable in flavor, the best among chestnuts, and are marketed in large quantities from the forests of the Appalachian region. Occurs in eastern North Americaj Maine to Georgia, westward to Michiganj Mississippi and Louisiana. Gradually receding from its southern areas from causes not yet understood. A few selected forms have been propagated by grafting. Japanese chestnut (C. crenata). — Fig. 912. A dwarf- ish close-headed tree of slender growth, said to attain a height of 50 feet in Japan, with small buds: leaves smaller than other chestnuts, lanceolate-oblong, usually pointed, with a truncate or cordate base, finely sei> rated, with shallow sharp -pointed indentations, whitish tomentose beneath, pale green above, less sub- ject to injury by fungi than other species. Burs small, with a thin papery lining and short widely branching spines. Nuts large to very large, glossy, usually three, sometimes five or seven in a bur, usually inferior to the other chestnuts in quality, although good when cooked, and in a few varieties excellent in the fresh state. Many cultural varieties are recogiized. Intro- duced to the United States in 1876 by S. B. Parsons, Flushing, New York. Aside from these three types, there are certain dwarf and small-fruited castaneas known as chinquapins. The two native chinquapins may be contrasted as follows (page 682) : Common or tree chinquapin (C. purnita). — Fig. 913. A shrub 4 or 5 feet tall, rarely a tree, attaining a height of 50 feet, with slender branchlets marked with numerous minute lenticels, and coated with a pale tomentum, which disappears during the first winter. Leaves oblong, acute and coarsely serrate at apex, bright yellowish green, changing to dull yellow before falling in autumn. Flowers strong-smelling, the catkins of staminate ones appearing with the unfolding leaves in May or June, the spicate androgjmous aments later, with pistillate flowers in spiny involucres, producing solitary cylindrical nuts j| to 1 inch in length and }4 inch in diameter, with sweet seeds. This species occurs in dry lands from southern Pennsyl- vania to Florida and Texas, and its nuts, which ripen earUer than the American chestnut, are esteemed for CHESTNUT food and marketed in considerable quantities. The species is sparingly introduced to cultivation and in its native region is being somewhat grafted upon in place with the choicer varieties of chestnuts. It has some promise as a dwarfing stock but is subject to the trouble- some fault of suckering rather abundantly. Two named varieties, the Fuller and the Rush, have been pub- lished and somewhat propagated. (Upper part of Fig. 913 illustrates common chinquapin iDur, and nut in natural size.) Apparent intermediates between this species and the American chestnut, probably of hybrid origin, are found in various localities from Pennsyl- vania southward and westward to southern Arkansas and eastern Texas, in some locaUties attaining truly arborescent proportions. (Lower figure in Fig. 913 illustrates bur of hybrid chinquapin.) Bush chinquapin (C alnifolia). — A shrub, rarely more than 3 feet in height, forming small thickets, by means of stolons, in sandy barrens. South Atlantic states, westward to Louisiana and Arkansas. Distin- guished from C. pumila by larger, oval-lanceolate, mostly obtuse leaves, which are but sUghtly tomentose beneath, and by its larger nuts, which ripen earher. The cultural range of Castanea in America is not well defined, but extends from Florida and Texas to Massachusetts and Wisconsin, and on the Pacific slope. The three species cultivated in America thrive best on dry, rocky or gravelly ridges or siUcious uplands, failing on heavy clays and on limestone soils unless deep, dry and rich. Propagation of chestnuts. Propagation of species is by seeds. Certain types reproduce their striking characteristics in their seed- lings, but varieties are perpetuated by grafting, occa- sionally by budding. Seeds for planting should be free from insect larvse, and should not be allowed to dry out before planting. They may be planted in drills in fall on deep and well-drained loam, or, to avoid damage by rodents, may be stratified in damp sand until spring. Nuts held in cold storage at 15° F. from October to April have germinated well at Washington, D. C. Yoimg trees destined for removal to orchard should be transplanted in misery at one year old, to promote symmetrical development of root system. Grafting may be done on any of the species of Castanea, and on some of the oaks, notably the chestnut oak, Quercus Prinos, though the durability of grafts on the oak is questionable. Where the chestnut is indigenous, bear- ing orchards of improved varieties are quickly secured by cutting down and removing the timber, and graft- ing the young sprouts which spring up in abundance about the chestnut stumps (Fig. 914). Recently the chinquapin has been similarly used with good success where chestnut does not occur. Grafting may be by spUee method on one-year-old seedling roots; by spUce or cleft at crown on two- or three-year trees in place; or by veneer, splice or cleft methods on one- to three- year-old sprouts or branches. Top-working of old trees is uncertain and practised only in special cases. Cions should be dormant, and work may be done at any time after freezing ceases, but in trunk- and branch-grafting best results are secured by most grafters if work is done after leaves begin to unfold. Two- or three- bud scions are preferred. The fitting of cion to cleft or splice and the waxing should be carefully done. If strips of waxed muslin are wrapped about the stubs, the danger of loss by summer cracking of wax is les- sened. In cleft-grafting young sprouts or seedlings, the stub should be cut 2 or 3 inches above the departure of a branch, to prevent too deep splitting of cleft. Two or three weeks after growth begins the waxing should be inspected and repaired if cracked. If grafts make rank and brittle growth they should be checked by pinching, and if in exposed situations, tied to stakes to prevent breaking out of cions. Budding is sometimes CHESTNUT 743 practised, usually by use of dormant buds inserted in shoots of previous year, when the bark "slips" after growth has begun in spring. There is a growing con- viction in the minds of close observers that certain of the popular varieties, especially Paragon, under cer- tain conditions do not find the American chestnut a congenial stock. In several orchards. Paragon, when grafted on native sprouts, although apparently making a good union at the start, has within eight to ten years developed weakness at the point of union, followed by loss of vigor and death of the top without other appar- ent cause than lack of congeniality of cion to stock. For this variety, at least, the grafting upon seedling stocks grown from nuts of the variety appears advisable. The chestnut is admirably adapted to ornamental planting, either singly or in groups on suitable, soils. P13. Chinquapin. (Nut and bur natural size.) The native species is successfully used as a roadside tree in many sections outside of its natural range. It requires a space of at least 40 feet for development when thus used, the European species 30 feet, and the Japanese 20 feet. If in orchard, the last-mentioned may be planted as close as 20 feet, and thinned when the trees begin to crowd, thus securing several crops of nuts from land otherwise unoccupied. Care of chestnut orchards. Planted orchards are yet few in America, most of the extensive commercial efforts having consisted in the grafting of sprouts on rough lands where the American chestnut is indigenous. On such lands no cultivation is attempted, the brambles and undesired sprouts being held in check by occasional cutting in summer, or by pasturing with sheep. Much care is necessary 744 CHESTNUT CHESTNUT to protect against damage of the sprouts by fire on such land. Clean cultivation, at least during the first few years, is probably best in planted orchards, although heavy mulching may be found a satisfactory substitute. The Japanese and some of the American varieties of the European species require thinning of the burs on young trees to avoid over-bearing, with its consequent mjury to the vitality of the tree. Special difficulties. Leaf diseases are apparently subject to control by bordeaux mixture, but for the weevils, which damage the nuts previous to maturity, no satisfactory remedy has yet been discovered except the yarding of poultry in sufficient numbers to destroy the adult insects and their larvae when they reach the ground. The most serious difficulty confronting the present or prospective chestnut-grower in North America is the chestnut-bark disease which, during the last decade, has worked havoc in the native chestnut forests throughout a region of country extending from cen- tral Connecticut through southeastern New York, New Jersey, and eastern Pennsylvania into northern Delaware, northeastern Maryland and northern Vir- ginia. As this region contains most of the commercial plantings of improved chestnuts they have also suf- fered severely, especially since about 1908. The distri- bution of the native chestnut, together with the known distribution of the disease February 1, 1912, is shown on the accompanying map (Fig. 915), which was pre- pared by Metcalf to accompanj^ a special report on the disease in response to a resolution of the United States Senate. This disease, caused by a parasitic fungus (Diaporthe or Endothia parasitica), attacks trees of all ages and kills by girdling at various points. It is known to attack all species of chestnut and chinquapin grown in this country, although some^ at least, of the Japanese varieties, are practically resistant, so far as observed. A few cases of the disease have also been found on Uving trees of the chestnut oak in Pennsylvania, though with less evidence of destructive effect than on chestnut. The disease is spread by the spores of the fungus, which are sticky, and are carried by rain, insects, and man, and probably by birds and small mammals. It is known to have been carried on nursery stock for long distances and is easily transported on newly cut 914. Chestnut sprouts two years grafted. The cion was inserted where branching begins. 915. Bistribution of the chestnut blight. timber and cordwood from which the bark has not been removed. Infection frequently occurs through wounds made by bark-borers. Although first attracting attention in New York City in 1904, it appears certain that it had secured a firm foothold in southeastern New York, including Long Island and adjacent portions of Connecticut and New Jersey, prior to that time, there being some indication that it was introduced from Japan, although satisfactory evidence of this is still lacking. The pres- ence of the disease in chestnut forests in China was discovered by Meyer in 1913, where, upon an unidenti- fied species of chestnut, it is reported to be less virulent than in American chestnut forests. For several years after publication of the cause of the disease by Murrill, in 1906, little effort was made in a systematic way to accomplish its control until 1911, when the legislature of Pennsylvania appropriated $275,000 for this purpose and inaugurated a state-wide, two-year campaign of eradication. The work is being done in cooperation with the Federal Department of Agriculture which, since 1907, has been investigating the disease with a view to developing effective methods of controlling it. Several other chestnut-producing states are also giving more or less attention to the prob- lem. Up to the present time, systematic cutting out of infected trees coupled with destruction of their bark by fire has proved the only practicable control method. This is being vigorously appUed in Pennsylvania and those portions of Maryland, West Virginia, and Vir- ginia in which the disease has appeared. In forests, the disease is exceedingly difficult to eradicate after it has once gained a foothold, owing to the minute examination of the entire tree which is required to locate infections in their early stages. In any district in which there is a general infection of the forests, the only practicable course is to clear off the timber while it is sufficiently sound to be merchantable. The relative disease-resistance of the Japanese chestnuts, coupled with their precocity and produc- tiveness, renders them now the most promising sorts for the American chestnut-grower. Planted in sections CHESTNUT CHESTNUT 745 outside of the native range of the American chestnut, they may reasonably be expected to remain practically free from the disease, especially if care is exercised to prevent its introduction from infested regions on nursery stock or cions. The jjoor flavor and eating quality of most of these varieties is their worst fault, but in view of their wide range of variation in this respect, the problem of producing resistant varieties of good quality appears relatively simple. The few trees of Korean and Chinese chestnuts thus far grown in the east- ern United States are apparently quite resistant to the disease and therefore of much interest to the tree breeder as parents of possible resist- ant forms. Systematic work on the breeding of resistant varieties is being prosecuted in the Bureau of Plant Industry. Varieties of chestnuts. The varieties of the three species, although possessing many points in common, differ sufficiently in impor- tant characteristics to justify sepa- rate grouping for cultural discussion. As chestnut-culture is new in this coimtry, it seems best to append descriptions of all the varieties which are in the American trade. For fuller discussion of cultivated chestnuts, see Nut Culture in the United States (Bull. Div. of Pomology, U. S, Dept. of Agric), from which Fig. 913 is adapted; Nut Culturist, A. S. Fuller, 1896; European and Japanese Che£.t- nuts in Eastern United States, G. Harold Powell (Bull. Del. Exp. Sta- tion), 1898; Nut Culture for Profit, Jno. R. Parry, 1897. Amebican Group. — Although the wild nuts exhibit wide variations in size, form, quality, productiveness, and season of ripen- ing, but few varieties have been dignified by names and propagated. Solitary trees are frequently sterile, although producing both staminate and pistillate flowers, apparently requiring cross-fertilization to insure fruitful- ness. This is especially true of planted trees of this species on the Pacific slope, where productive trees are reported to be rare. The susceptibility of the species to injury by leaf diseases, as pointed out by Powell, and the injury to nuts by larvse of weevils, are draw- backs to its extensive culture. The following varieties are propagated to some extent : Dulaney. — Bowling Green, Ky. Large, and of fine quality. Original tree productive, though isolated. Griffin. — Griffin, Ga. A large, very downy nut, of good quality. Hathaway. — Little Prairie Ronde, Mich. A large, light-colored, sweet nut, annually productive, frequently having five to seven nuts to the bur. if e(c/wim.— Mountainville, N. Y. Above medium in size, oblong, tomentose, sweet. Tree productive and vigorous in heavy sod at fifty years of age. JtfurreW.— Coleman's Falls, Va. A large, high-flavored nut, bearing three nuts to the bur. Otto. — Otto, Tenn. Large, oblong, very downy at tip, very sweet, and rich. Rochester. — Rochester, N. Y. First fruited at Alton, III. Nuts medium to large; somewhat rounded, usually three in a bur; of dull brown color, downy at tip; guality excellent. Tree a very rapid grower and a heavy bearer; npens late. Watson. — Fay, Pa. Medium to large, slightly downy, com- pressed, very good. EcTROPEAN Group. — It is a significant fact that, during the century that has elapsed since the introduction of this species, the imported named vaneties of Europe have not found favor in eastern America. Seedling trees have been found productive and profitable at many points in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, and Mary- 916. Successive stages in the rava- ges of the chestnut blight. 1909, 1910, 1911. land, however, and these form the basis of the culture of the species east of the continental divide. West of the Rocky Mountains, several of the ohoioe French "Marrons" are reported to succeed in Califorma and Oregon. Among the more important varieties of the European group in America, are the following: Anderson. — Flushing, N. J. Bur medium to small; nuts of medium size, bright reddish brown, pubescent at the tip and over half of the nut. Tree a strong grower, with medium to small leathery leaves. Very productive. Bariram. — Milltown, Pa. Bur medium to small; nut medium, thickly pubescent at tip, dark reddish mahogany color; three in a bur; imusually free from insect attack; quality good. Tree vigorous, spreading, with large leaves; productive. Combale (Matron Combale). — France. A large and handsome, bright brown striped nut, with but little tomentum at tip; usually two, sometimes but one in a bur. Somewhat grown in California, where it was introduced from France about 1870. Chalon (syn., Marron Chalon Early). — France. Sparingly grown in California. Nut of medium size, early, productive, pre- cocious. Corson. — Plymouth Meeting, Pa. Bur large, with thin husk; nuts large, usually three in a bur; dark brown, ridged, heavily pubescent at tip; quality very good. Tree vigorous, spreading, very productive. Dager. — e; dark brown, slightly tomentose, very early and of good quality. Tree round, close-headed, vigorous, pro- ductive. Grown from imported seed. Soone.— Villa Ridge, 111. Fig. 917. A hybrid between Giant and a native chestnut. Bur of medium size; nuts large, usually three in a bur; of light brown color, rather heavily tomentose; quality very good. Tree vigorous, precocious and productive, nuts ripening early. Considered difficult to propagate. Coe. — Galifomia. A large, very sweet variety, but recently disseminated. Tree upright, somewhat spreading. Grown from imported seed. Felion. — New Jersey. First fruited in Delaware. Bur small; nut medium, dark brown, slightly tomentose, rather early and of excellent quality. Tree round-headed and fairly productive. Grown from seed of an imported tree. Giant. — ^Japan. A trade name, under which a number of varie- ties have been imported from Japan. See Parry. Hale (syn., Eighteen Months). — California. A newly intro- duced variety, having a large, dark brown nut of excellent quality. Very precocious. Grown from imported seed. Kent (syn.. Extra Early). — New Jersey. First fruited in Dela- ware. Bur small, nut medium to large, dark, usually three in a bur; very early, of good quality. Tree round-headed, precocious, pro- ductive. Grown from seed of an imported tree. Kerr. — New Jersey. First fruited in Maryland. Bur small; nut medium to large, dark brown, broad, three in a bur, early, and of excellent (juality. Tree vigorous, symmetrical, round-headed, very productive. Grown from, imported seed. Killen. — New Jersey. First fruited in Delaware. Bur veiy large; nut very large, broad, light brown, slightly ridged, of excel- lent quality, midseason. Tree upright, open, spreading, moder- ately vigorous, productive. The largest chestnut yet brought to notice. Grown from seed of an imported tree. Mammoth. — ^A trade name for the imported Japanese nuts and trees, not restricted to any particular variety. Martin (syn.. Col. Martin), — New Jersey. First fruited in Maryland. Bur large; nut large to very large, broad, bright reddish brown, slightly tomentose, three to five nuts in a bur. Midseason; of good quality for cooking. Tree vigorous, open, spreading, pro- ductive. Grown from imported seed. McFarland. — Califorma. Bur very large; nut large, and of fine ciuality; early. Tree spreading, very productive. A newly dissem- inated variety of great promise. Grown from imported seed. Parry. — Japan. Bur very large ; nut very large, one to three in a bur, broad, with apex sometimes depressed; dark brown, ridged, of fair quality. Tree moderately vigorous, open, spreading, with large leaves. One of the largest and most beautiful of this group. Selected for propagation as the best of 1,000 imported grafted Japanese chestnuts. Prolific. — Japan. Bur small; nut medium, rather long, striped, three in a bur; early. Tree vigorous, compact, with small narrow leaves. Reliance. — ^^New Jersey. Bur medium; nut medium to large, rather long, light brown, ridged; midseason, and of fair quality. Tree dwarfish, spreading, drooping, very precocious and produc- tive; inclined to overbear, and needs thinmug. Seedling of Parry, Success. — New Jersey. Bur very large; nut very large, usually "m three in a bur; midseason; of rather poor quality until cooked. Seedling of Parry. Tree upright, productive. Superb, — New Jersey. Bur large; nut large, broad, brown, usually three in a bur, early, and of fair quality. Tree vigorous and very productive. Seedling of Parry. Wm. A. TatlOK CHEVALlfiRA, CHEVALlfiRIA, CHEVALLlfiRA, CHE- VALLIERIA. The species in the American trade are ^chmeas. CHICK-PEA: Cicer. CHICKWEED: Cerastium and Stettaria. CHICORY, or SUCCORy {Cichirium fntybus, Linn.). Compdsitse Fig. 918. A native of Europe, naturalized in America and familiar to many as a weed, is a pot-herb, a salad, and the leading adulterant of coffee It came prommently before the public in the late nineties and the early years of this century as an American farm crop. Prior to that year, its cultiva- tion as an adulterant and substitute for coffee was largely prevented by the prejudice of the principal consumers, our foreign-bom population, who insisted that American was inferior to European root, and also by the low tariff, which allowed the root to enter duty free, or with a very small impost. During 1898 and 1899 advantage was taken of a protective duty, and several factories were erected, for which farmers grew the roots. For a few years our home market was sup- plied from American fields in part. But even the sub- stitution of horse-power for manual labor, improved plows and cultivating implements for crude ones, machine-digging of the roots for hand-digging, efficient slicing machines, and improved evaporating kilns did not make the business satisfactory. There was not enough money in it either to growers or to manufacturers, so it as been abandoned. Chicory will probably succeed wherever the sugar beet is ^own in this country, the climatic re- quirements being similar. In gen- eral, it may be said to thrive upon all stone-free soils that wiU pro- duce paying staple crops, except clays, lightest sands and mucks. The first are too hard, the second too dry, the third too rich in nitrogen and too sour. The sur- face layer of soil should be deep, the subsoil open and well drained. If the water-supply be sufficient, high land is as good as low land of the same texture, though if too dry for profitable grain-growing, the former may yet be made to produce chicory; but if too wet for cereals, the latter will generally be found unsuitable for this root. The fertiUzing of the land should be the same as for other root-crops, nitrogen being used sparingly, potash and phosphoric acid rather freely — one and one-fourth to one and one-half times as much of the former and two and one-half times the latter as has been removed by the preceding crop. It is best to apply these fertilizers to preceding crops that do not make heavy demands upon them. In rotation, chicory is classed with root-crops, and should be preceded by a small grain, since this is harvested in time for fall plowing. Clover should not immediately precede, since it leaves too much nitrogen in the soil. The ground bemg 918. improved chicory warm, fairly moist, thoroughly root. (XM) 1 CHICORY CHIMAPHILA 747 prepared by deep plowing, harrowing and scarifying with a weeder, the seed, which must be fresh and clean, is sown rather thickly but covered thinly, in drills 18 inches apart. There are but few well-defined varieties of this plant used for field culture, and even the garden sorts are not so stable as could be desired. Of the former group, Magdeburg, Brunswick and Schlesische are the prin- cipal; of the latter, Witloof (so-called). Red Italian, Broad-leaved, Improved Variegated and Curled-leaved are best known. Witloof and Barbe de Capucin can be produced from any variety, the difference being brought about by the method of growing. Chicory has no specific enemies in this country, and is troubled by only a few of the general-feeding insects, such as cut-worms and wire-worms. From six to ten tons is the general acre yield, although with good management fifteen tons may be produced. The cost of growing and the returns are about as fol- lows: Rent, wear of tools, etc., $5j preparation of land, $4.50; seed, 75 cents; cultivatmg and tending, $15; harvesting and delivering, $12; total, $37.25. Average price the ton, $7. From a purely horticultural standpoint, chicory is of interest as a root, a pot-herb, and a salad plant. The young tender roots are occasionally boiled and served with butter, pepper and salt, like young carrots, but they have never become widely popular in this form. As a pot-herb, the young leaves are equal to those of dandeUon. They are cut when 6 to 8 inches long, boiled in two waters to remove the bitter flavor, and served like spinach. As a salad, chicory is famous in three forms: Common Blanched, Barbe de Capucin and Witloof. Barbe de Capucin is comprised of small blanched leaves. Witloof is a more solid head. The pink, red and curled varieties make a very pretty appearance, and, if well grown and served fresh, are delicious, there being only a slightly bitter flavor. The method of growing for salads is the same as for endive. For Barbe and Witloof, well-grown roots are dug in October, trimmed of unnecessary roots and of all but an inch of top. For Barbe, the roots are laid hori- zontally in tier's in moist earth, the whole forming a sloping heap, the crowns of the roots protruding an inch or so. Since darkness is essential, a warm vege- table cellar is the usual place selected to grow this vegetable, which requires three or four weeks to pro- duce its fine white leaves. These are cut when about 6 inches long, eaten as a salad, boiled like kale or cut up like slaw. If undisturbed, the roots will continue to produce for several weeks. The most rapid way to produce Witloof is to plunge the roots (shortened to 5 inches) in spent tanbark, or such material, and cover with 2 feet or more of manure, the space under a green- house bench being used. In about two weeks, heads resembling cos lettuce may be dug up, boiled like brus- sels sprouts, or served as salad. If the roots be left in place, protected from the Ught, but uncovered, a crop of leaves resembling Barbe may be gathered. Sowing and other cultural management is the same as for other garden roots, as beets and carrots. It is a pity that these vegetables are so little known in this country. Witloof is a popular winter vegetable in the larger cities of the East. Much of it is imported from Europe. Chicory has run wild along roadsides and in dry fields in many parts of the country, and is considered to be a bad weed. However, the handsome sky-blue flowers (Fig. 962), which open only in sunshine, are very attractive. M. G. Kains. CHtLDSIA WfiRCKLEI: Hidalgoa. CHILIANTHUS (a thousand flowers). Logani&cese. Four or 5 S. African trees or shrubs, very closely allied to Buddleia, from which it differs in having stamens 48 exserted from the short tube: Ivs. opposite, entire or dentate, nearly always tomentose or scaly: fls. very numerous, in dense terminal cymes or panicles; calyx and coroUa deeply 4-parted, the latter usually yellow- ish. Unknown to the American trade. The plants known as Buddleia salidfolia, Jaoq., and B. saligna, WiUd., are Chilianthus arhoreus, Benth. (which is probably identical with C. oleaceus, Burch.). CHIL6PSIS (Greek, lip-like). Bignoniicex. One deciduous shrub or low tree, often planted in southern California and other parts. Allied to Catalpa: differs in having 4 anther-bearing stamens and 1 rudiment, a more trumpet-shaped corolla and with jagged lobes, and Ivs. Unear and often not opposite. saligna, Don (C. linearis, DC). Slender-branched, 10-20 ft.: fls. handsome, bignonia-like, in a short terminal raceme; corolla 1-2 in. long, 5-lobed and crimped, the tube and throat lilac, and 2 yellow stripes inside. Dry districts from S. Texas to Calif., and in Mex. — From its narrow-lanceolate or linear Ivs., it is known as desert willow; also called flowering willow and mimbres. There is a white-fld. form. L. H. B. CHIMAPHILA (Greek, winter- loving; green in winter). Eri- caceae. PiPsisBEWA. Perennial small plants, interesting for the white or pinkish flowers and the evergreen foliage, but little cultivated. Half shrubby or herbaceous, with creeping st. : Ivs. evergreen, serrate, in irregular whorls: fls. nodding, form- ing a terminal, few- fld. umbel, on a long naked pedun- cle; petals 5, spread- ing; stamens 10, the anthers opening with 2 pores at the apex, the filaments short, dilated; style short, with apellate stigma. : fr. a dehis- cent, deeply fur- rowed, 5-celled caps, with numer- ous minute seeds. — Four species in N. Amer., Eu., and N. Asia to Japan; for- merly united with Pyrola. Low evergreen plants, with Eretty white or reddish fls. in summer. They grow est in a Ught, sandy soil, mixed with peat or leaf- mold, and prefer a half-shady position. Prop, by divi- sion of the creeping rootstock. Useful in wild borders. A. Lvs. broadest above the middle. umbeliata, Nutt. (C. corymbbsa, Pursh). Five to 12 in. : lvs. 3-6 in a whorl, short-petioled, cuneate-lanceo- late to oblong-obovate, sharply serrate, dark green and shining above, 1-2 in. long: fls. 4-7, white or reddish, W-Hia. wide. N. Amer., from Canada to Mex., Eu., Japan. B.M. 778. L.B.C. 5:463. Mn. 7:161.— Lvs. said to be employed in rheumatic and kidney affec- tions. AA. Lvs. broadest below the middle. macuiata, Pursh. Fig. 919. Lower and less branched than the foregoing: lvs. usually in 3's, ovate or oblong- 919. Chimaphila maculata. 748 CHIMAPHILA CHIONODOXA lanceolate, sparsely and sharply serrate, variegated with white along the nerves, 1-2 in. long: fls. 2-5, white, J^in. wide. From Canada to Ga. and Miss. B.M. 897. Mn. 9:1. G.C. III. 32:318. Menziesii, Spreng. Slender plant, 3-8 in. high: Ivs. alternate or in 3's, ovate to oblong-lanceolate, acute at both ends, %-\% in. long, sharply serrate, sometimes variegated: fls. 1-3, white, J|in. across; filaments with a round dilated portion in the middle. Brit. Col. to Calif. Alfred Rehdeh. CHIMONANTHUS: Meralia. CHINA ASTER: Aster. CHINA-TREE: Mdia. CHINA WOOD-OIL: Aleurites Fordii. CHINESE LANTERN PLANT: Physalis. CHINESE LAUREL: Anlidesma. CHINESE SACRED LILY: Nardssua. CHINKAPIN, CHINQnAPIN: Chestnut and Castanea. CHIOCOCCA. Rvbi&cex. Snowberbt (which the name means in Greek). Shrubs, mostly climbing or trailing, of Trop. Amer. (a half-dozen or so species), and 3 in extreme S. Fla. Fls. in axillary panicles, the corolla funnelform and 5-parted; stamens 5, inserted on the base of the corolla, the filaments cohering at base; style fiUform, the stigma club-shaped; ovary 2-3- loculed, becoming a small globular 2-seeded drupe. C. racemdsa, Linn., of the Fla. Keys and S., is some- times cult, in hothouses for its panicles of yellowish white fls. and the white frs.: Ivs. ovate to lanceolate, thick and shining, entire: drupes J^in. diam.: twining, glabrous. C. anguifuga, Mart. (C. brachidta, Ruiz & Pav.), of S. Amer., the root affording a native snake- bite remedy, has appeared in cult, (under the name var. acutifdlia): woody, with erect branches: Ivs. ovate, 3 in. or less long, sharp-acuminate: fls. J^in. long with recurved lobes, in axillary panicles shorter than the Ivs. — In S. Fla. or on the Keys, 2 other species occur, but they apparently are not in cult. : C. dlba, Hitchcock. Large, erect or reclining: Ivs. eUiptic to ovate: fls. white, often becoming yeUow. C. pinetdrum, Brit. Small, trailing: Ivs. mostly elliptic to oblong: ooroUa always white. L. H. B. CHIO GENES (Greek, snow, offspring; referring to the snow-white berries). Ericdcex. Snowberbt. Creeping plant, rarely grown in rockeries for the car- peting effect of the evergreen foliage and for the attrac- tive white berries; with small alternate 2-ranked Ivs. and inconspicuous axillary fls.; coroUa short-campanulate, 4-cleft; stamens 8, included, with short filaments, anthers opening by a slit: berry white, many-seeded. — Two species in the colder regions of N. Amer. and Japan. Slender trailing evergreens, in appearance much like the cranberry; rarely cult. Thriving best in moist and peaty soil, in a shaded position, creeping amongst growing moss. Prop, by seeds, by division or by cuttings in Aug. under glass. The American spe- cies, C. hispidula, Torr. & Gray (C. serpyllifdlia, Salisb.), has hirsute branches and ovate or oval, J^-}^in.-long cUiate Ivs., greenish white fls. and white berries, J^in. across, usually hirsute. Alfred Rehder. CHIONANTHUS (Greek for snow and flower; allud- ing to the abundance of snow-white fls.). Oleacese. Fringe Tree. Woody plants grown for their pro- fusely produced white flowers. Shrubs or low trees, with deciduous, opposite and entire Ivs. : fls. in loose panicles from lateral buds at the end of last year's branches, white, dioecious or only functionally dioecious; calyx 4-cleft; coroUa divided nearly to the base in 4 narrow petals; stamens 2, short; ovaiy superior, 2-celIed; style very short with a 2- lobed stigma: fr. a 1-seeded oval drupe. — Two species in E. N. Amer. and China. Ornamental shrubs, with large, dark green fohage, and very showy white fls. in early summer. The American species is almost hardy N., but requires a somewhat sheltered position; the Chinese may be more tender, but has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum. They thrive best m a some- what moist and sandy loam, and in a sunny position. Prop, by seeds sown in fall or stratified; increased also by layers and by grafting under glass or budding in the open air on ash seedlings (in Europe, Fraxinm Omits is preferred) ; sometimes by cuttings from forced plants in early spring. virg^ca, Linn. Fig. 920. Large shrub or slender tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs. oval or oblong, acuminate, pubes- cent beneath when young, mostly glabrous at length, 4r-8 in. long: panicles 4-6 in. long, pendulous; fls. func- tionally dioecious; petals 1 in. long: fr. dark blue, ovoid, J^in. long. May, June. From Pa. to Fla. and Texas. L.B. C. 13:1264. Gt. 16:564. Mn. 2 : 154. G. F. 7 : 325. A.G. 22:362. F.E. 29:733. Gng. 16:306. G.M. 31:527. V. 10:227. G.W. 8, p. 293. M.D.G. 1899:412, 413; 1900: 413; 1907:73, 337.— Variable in shape and pubescence of the Ivs., and several varieties have been distinguished, but none of them sufficiently dis- tinct for horticultural pur- poses. The staminate plants are showier in flower on account of their larger pani- cles and broader petals, but lack the attractive pendulous blue frs. in autumn. Roo<>-bark tonic, febrifuge, laxative; reputed narcotic, retbsa, Lindl. (C. chin&nsis, Maxim.). Shrub, with spreading branches, or small tree, to 20 ft. : Ivs. obovate or oval to oval-oblong, acute or obtuse, sometimes emarginate, pubescent on the veins beneath, at least when young, and reticulate; petioles densely pubes- cent: fls. dioecious, fragrant, in panicles 2-4 in. long; petals about J^in. long; narrow oblong: drupe ovoid, dark blue, J^in. long, China. P.F.G. 3, p. 85. G.C. 11.23:821; 111.47:328, 329. Gt. 35, p. 667. A.G. 13:374; 20:107; 22:363. Mn. 2:157. G.F. 7:327. G. 29:347; 33:521. Gn. W. 8:453.— Young plants have the Ivs. serrulate. Alfred Rehder. CHIONODOXA (Greek, snow and glory). lAlideese. Glory -OF -THE -Snow. Very early-blooming hardy bulbs, flowers and leaves appearing together. Closely aUied to Scilla, but differs, among other characters, in having a short tube to the corolla: fls. blue (running into white and red forms), with recurved- spreading acute segms., dilated filaments, and small or capitate stigma. — Four species, Crete to Asia Minor. These are among the best of early-flowering plants, blooming in February, March and April, according to the locality, with the early snowdrops and scillas. Smce their introduction to cultivation by Maw in 1877, they have been widely cultivated under the popular name of "glory-of-the-snow," in allusion to their eajly- blooming habit. C. Lucilix is the most widely cultiyar ted species. This varies much in color, the type having flowers whose petals are more or less deeply tipped with blue, shading to white at their bases. C. Ludlise also occurs with pure white flowers, and in reddish and pink forms. C. sardensis has smaller flowers of a deeper tone of blue and without the white marking of the petals. There are two varieties of this, one with white 920. Chionanthus virginica. (X.H) CHIONODOXA CHIRITA 749 and the other with black stamens. C. grandiflora is the largest-flowered of the group, the type being slaty blue with dark Unes down the center of the segments: however, Uke others of the genus, there are pink and. white forms sometimes found in collected bulbs, although somewhat rare. C. Tmolusii, one of the kinds sent out by WhittaU of Smyrna some years ago, is very like C. Ludlim in form but of a deeper blue and a distinctly later flowering habit. Chionodoxas hybridize with Scflla, and the hybrids are sometimes known as chionosciUas. — Chionodoxas thrive in any fertile soil, well drained and not too heavy, and in any exposure, the main requisite for growth being that they have light and an adequate supply of moisture while grow- ing and imtil the fohage is ripened. The bulbs should be planted about 3 inches deep, and closely, say an inch or less apart. Lift and replant about the third year. They need no winter covering. They flower well in pots in winter in a cooUiouse temperature. Must be forced only gently, and given abundance of air, hght and moisture. They are increased by offsets and seeds, which they produce freely. Under favorable conditions they increase rapidly by self-sown seeds. Preferably, seeds should be sown in a frame, and may be expected to germinate the following winter. Under ordinary conditions, self-sown seeds germinate early in the year, or late winter. (J. N. Gerard.) Luciliae, Boiss. Fig. 921. Bulb ovoid, brown-coated: Ivs. long and narrow, 2 or 3 with each st. : scape 3-6 in. high, bearing a dozen or less bright blue, more or less hanging, white-centered fls. Asia Minor and Crete. B.M. 6433. Gn. 28, p. 179.— Runs mto many forms, one of which has white fls. C. gigantea, Hort., is a larger form of it, distinct in habit. C. grandrfldra, Hort., is a large garden form, with fls. violet -blue and white in the throat. Var. F6rbesii, Hort., somewhat taller and bearing more fls. C. amabilis Leichtlinii, Hort., is a very hand- some form, 2 weeks later than the others: flls. 1^ in. across, with broad full segms. of soft creamy white shaded rose-purple. C. Tmol&sii, Hort., is a late-blooming form, bright blue and white, apparently a variant of C. Litdlix. sardensis, D r u d e . Fls. 2-6, smaller, much darker blue with no white in the eye, the perianth -Umb twice longer than the tube: Ivs. channeled. Sardis. Gn. 28:178.— Probably a form of C. Lucilise. cretica, Boiss. & Held. Slender: fls. smaller and fewer (1-2 on a scape) than C. Lucilix, white or very pale blue. Crete. — Of Uttle horticultural value. Allenii, Hort. (Chio- nosdlla Allenii, Hort.). 921. Chionodoza Lucilise. ( X H) Perianth segms. cut to the base: habit of C. Lucilise, but the white eye is indistinct. Supposed natural hybrid of SciUa bifolia and Chionodoxa Lucilix. G.C. III. 21 : 191. There is said to be another C. Allenii that is a direct selection probably from C. Lucilix, very like var. grandiflora. Chionosdlla Penryi is another Chionodoxax Scflla hybrid, the exact parentage not being stated. L H B CHIONOSCILLA: Hybrida of Chionodoxa and Scilla; consult these genera. CHIRANTHO- DENDRON (Greek, signifying hxmdflower- tree). Sterculidcex. Odd -flowered oma^ mental tree of Mexico and to be expected in West Indies and elsewhere in cultiva^ tion. A monotypic genus, which together with the Californian F r e m ontodendron forms the remarkable group Fremontieae. The fls. are devoid of a corolla, but in its place have a large deeply 5-parted cup- shaped calyx, con- cave at the base, in which there are 6 glands which secrete an abundance of honey; stamens united together for 922. Chiranthodendron platanoides. The hand-flower. (XM) about one-third their length, above which they separate into 5 rays bearing Unear anthers which dehisce by a longitudinal groove; style issuing from the center of the stamens and terminating in a pointed stigma: fr. a woody caps, with 5 valvate dehiscent lobes: foliage Mnden-hke and densely clothed with stellate hairs. platanoides, Baill. (Cheirostimon platancAdes, Humb. & Bonpl.). The celebrated Macpalxochi- quahhitl, or Handflowee Tree of the Mexicans; also called Mano de Mice, Monkey's Hand, and Devil's Hand. Fig. 922. The remarkable feature of the fl. is the form of the bright red stamens, which reseinble the fingers of a human hand and are tipped with appendages like claws; from the base of the fingers issues the style which is more or less Hke a thumb. A single tree growing near the city of Toluca was known to the ancient Mexicans, who regarded it with superstitious veneration. It was of great age and was supposed to be the only tree of its kind in the world. But an entire grove of the trees was discovered in Guatemala on the slope of the Volcano de Agua, near the town of Antigua, whence in pre-Columbian times the specimen had been brought. This established itself on the slope of the volcano of Toluca, where the conditions of soil and climate were similar to those of its original habitat. ^fi[_ E. Safpohd. CHIRITA (Hindostani name). Gesner&cese. Plants much like gloxinias and streptocarpuses. A genus of 100 species, none of which is in the American trade. They are natives of E. Asia and are herbs or low undershrubs with opposite, often unequal Ivs. : fls. in shades of pur- ple and blue, tubular, in clusters on the tops of short scapes. For cult., see Gloxinia. C. barbdta, Sprague. Perennial: fla. pedicellate; corolla funnel- shaped, bluish lilac, with yellow band in front. India. B.M. 8200. — C. ru-p^stris. Ridl. Bushy, compact annual. Malay Peninsula. B.M. S333. — C. sinensis, Lindl., is the best known 750 CHIRITA CHLORIS species and is well worth cult. It has bright green Ivs. and scapose cymes of blue and white fls., the yellow anthers of which add attractiveness. B.R. 30: 59. — ^A variegated form is known. N. TATLOR.t CHIRONIA (classical mjrthological name). Gen^ tiandcex. A dozen or so soft perennial herbs or shrubs of Afr., rarely seen in collections of greenhouse mate- rial. Fls. in shades of red and purple, terminal, with a salver-form corolla and short tube: Ivs. opposite, ses- sile, on single or branching sts. Most of them are from the Cape region. CHIVE, or CHIVES (written also Give). Allium Schcendprasum, Linn., a perennial plant native to Europe and the northern borders of the United States and northward. See Allium. The leaves of chive are used green as seasoning in soups, salads and stews. Chive grows 6 to 8 inches high, making dense mats of narrow hollow leaves, and bloom- ing freely in violet- colored heads, which scarcely overtop the foli- age; bulbs small, oval. The plant makes an ex- cellent permanent edg- ing, and IS worth growing for this purpose alone. It is easily propagated by dividing the clumps; but, like other tufted plants, it profits by hav- ing the stools broken up and replanted every few years. It rarely seeds. It thrives in any garden soil. The leaves may be cut freely, for they quickly grow again. L. H. B. CHLIDANTHUS {del- icate flower, from the Greek). Amaryllidacese. Tropical American sum- mer-flowering bulbs. AUied to Zephyranthes. Flowers erect, yellow, fragrant, in a small 2- bracted umbel, termina- ting a solid scape, long- tubed, with wide-spread- ing segms.; stamens 6, inserted at the throat, the filaments unequal and dilated at base: fr. a 3-valv§d caps. : Ivs. long and strap-shaped: bulb tunicate. — Three or four species. Mex., and S. Amer. Chlidanthuses are increased by offsets or by seeds. The bulbs should be kept dry and cool during winter and in spring started in a moderately warm house. After flowering, care must be taken to have the bulbs make their annual growth. They may either be grown in pots plunged in ashes, or planted out where they can be watered occasionally during dry weather. Like other similar plants, they will benefit by a mulching of spent hops or rotted manure. (G. W. Oliver.) fr&grans, Herb. (C. liitev^, Voss). Bulb large and ovoid: Ivs. about 6, appearing in spring or early sum- mer with the fls., narrow, glaucous, obtuse: fls. 4 or less in each umbel, 3 in. or less long, nearly sessile, erect, on a 2-edged scape or peduncle 10 in. or less high. Andes. B.R. 640. F.S. 4:326.— A good summer-bloom- ing plant. ^hrenbergii, Kunth. Somewhat taller: fls. yellow, nearly horizontal, distinctly stalked, the 3 outer segms. wider than the inner, above. Mex. — Perhaps a form of the L. H. B. CHLORANTHUS (green flawer). CMoranthdcese. Tropical herbs, shrubs or trees, one of which is some- times grown under glass in the North. Perennial aromatic herbs or evergreen shrubs, with jointed sts. opposite simple Ivs., and small, inconspic- in slender terminal spikes: perianth repre- 923. Chloris elegans. sented by a single scale, in the axil of which is the 1-loculed ovary and mostly 3 united stamens (the side stamens sometimes obsolete). — Some 10 species in the eastern tropics. Two other genera (Ascarina and Hedyosmum) comprise the family Chloranthacese, of the pepper-Uke series of plants. brachystachys, Blume. Shrub used for pot-growing, reach- ing a height of 1-2 ft., bearing glossy foliage and small yellow ber- ries: stamen single in each fl.: Ivs. long- lanceolate, acuminate, serrate. — ^Tropics and subtropics, Ceylon eastward. There is a variegated-leaved form. L. H. B. CHLORIS (the god- dess of flowers). Grd- minese. Finger Grass. Annual or usually per- ennial grasses, some- times grown for decoration. Plants with flat blades, compressed sheaths and digitate unilateral spikes: spikelets with 1 perfect fl. and 1 or more rudimentary sterile lemmas on the prolonged rachilla. — Species about 40, in the warmer regions of the world. A few are cult, for ornament on account of the attractive infl. Of simple treatment. elegans, HBK. Fig. 923. Annual, 1-3 ft: uppermost sheaths usually inflated around the base of the infl.; spikes 6-12, pale or dark, 1-3 in. long; lemma fusiform, 1 line long, short-pUose at base and along the lower half of the keel, long-pilose on the margins near the apex, the awn about 5 lines long; rudi- ment cuneate, twice as long as broad, the single awn somewhat shorter than the awn of the perfect floret. Mex. Dept. Agric, Div. Agrost., 7:192; 20:102. polydSctyla, Swartz (C. barbata, Nash). Fig. 924. Perennial, 1-3 ft.: spikes several; awns 2-3 lines; rudiment triangular-truncate, the 2 awns about as long as the awn of the perfect floret. Tropics of both hemispheres. verticiliata, Nutt. Windmill Grass. Perennial, 4^15 in.: spikes several, slender, in 1-3 whorls, 2-4 in. long; awns 2-3 lines; lemma 1 line long, nearly glabrous; rudiment oblong-truncate, 1-awned. Dept. Agric, Div. Agrost. 7:191. Kan. to Texas. radi&ta, Swartz. Perennial, 2-3 ft.: spikes several, about 3 in. long; spikelets slender; lemma slightly ciU- ate on caUus and near apex, the awn 6 lines long; rudiment narrow, acute, the single awn about half as long as the awn of the perfect floret. W. Indies. gayina, Kunth. Rhodes Grass. Robust perennial, with abundant fohage and terminal umbels of 6-15 spikes. — An African species at present under experi- mentation in U. S. in dry regions. Cult, in Austral. (See Agr. Gaz. New S. Wales 19:19, 118, 389 [1908]). 924. Chloris poly- dactyla. (XH) CHLORIS CHOISYA 751 trunc&ta, R. Br. (C. barbdta vkra, Host., not C. bar- bdta, Swartz or Nash). Star Grass. A stoloniferous perennial, with erect cuhns 1-3 ft.: spikes 6-10, 3-6 in., becoming horizontal or reflexed; spikelets 1 J^ Unes, dark at maturity, the awns 3-6 lines long. Austral. Turner, Austr. Grasses 1 : 17. — Cult, for ornament. C. ffrd(^lis, Dur.=Leptochloa virgataj Beauv. This has been recommended as an ornamental.— C petrxa, Swartz, and C. glaitca, Vasey, both handsome species from Fla., have been recommended tor cult, as ornamentals. ^ g HiTCHCOCK. CHL0R6C0D0N (Greek for green and bell, allud- ing to the flowers). Asclepiad&cese. Twiners, one of wmch is planted far South. Large plants with opposite cordate entire heavy Ivs., notched stipules and purplish or greenish fls. in axillary panicles: calyx S-parted; corolla deeply 5-lobed; corona of 5 lobes coming from the base of the filaments, the lobes obcordate or broader, sometimes with an erect or incurved projection or horn on the back: pollen granular. — Two species in Trop. and S. Afr. C. ecomutits, N. E. Br., is apparently not in cult. Whiteii, Hook. f. Strong woody twiner, with large opposite cordate-ovate thick Ivs. and axillary clus- ters of odd fls. J^-l in. diam.; coroUa rotate-beU- shaped, thick; segms. ovate and acute, purple and with margins and central stripe green, and bearing long- notched lobes; corona-lobes horned; anthers connivent over the capitate stigma. Guinea to Natal. B.M. 5898. G.C. III. 18:243.— It is now cult, in S. Fla. and S. Calif. The roots are used medicinally in Natal, under the name, of mundi. The plant is an interesting greenhouse climber, but not handsome. l. h. B. CHLOROGALUM (green and milk, from the Greek, referring to the juice of the plant). Lili&cex. Hardy West American bulbs, allied to Camassia. Tall plants with a tunicated bulb: Ivs. at base of st. long-hnear, wavy-margined, those on the st. very small; fls. white or pink, in a panicle terminating a nearly leafless st., on jointed pedicels; segms. of perianth 6, 3-nerved, at length twisting over the ovary; stamens 6, not exceeding segms. ; style long and deciduous. Plants of easy cult., to be treated like camassias or ornithog- alums. Three species, in CaUf. A. Pedicels nearly as long as the fls.: segms. spreading from near the base. pomeridiinum, Kunth (Anthericum calif&rnicum, Hort.). Soap-Plant. Amole. St. reaching 5 ft., niany- branched, from a very large bulb: fls. smaU (1 in. or less long) and star-like, numerous, white with purple veins, on spreading pedicels, opening in the afternoon (hence the specific name :pommdmniis, ■post-meridian). — Bulb used by Indians and Mexicans for soap-mak- ing. Has been catalogued as Anthericum caMfornicum. Bulb 4 in. long and half as thick, covered with coarse brown fibers. AA. Pedicels very short: segms. spreading from above the base. parviflSrum, Wats. Bulb small (1 in. diam.) : st. 1-3 ft., slender-branched: Ivs. narrow and grass-like: fls. pinldsh, M™- long; ovary broad and acute. angustifdlium, Kellogg. Low, about IJ^ ft. Resem- bles the last, but fls. white and green-lined and some- what larger, the ovary acute above; perianth funnel- form campanulate, the segms. narrow-oblong. C. Leichtlinii, Baker^Camassia Leichtlinii, L H B CHLOROPHORA (Greek, referring to the fact that the fustic-tree bears a green dye). Mordcese. Two milky-juiced alternate-leaved trees, one in Trop. Afr. and one in Trop. Amer. Lvs. entire or toothed: dioecious; male fls. in cylindrical spikes, the females in nearly globular or oblong heads, these clusters solitary in the axils; perianth of male fls. 4-parted, the segms. broad and obtuse; stamens 4; ovary a minute rudiment in the males; perianth of female fls. 4-parted or -divided, the segms. concave-thickened at the apex; style lateral on the obUque-ovoid ovary: achene equaling the peri- anth or somewhat exserted, covering the receptacle. C. tinctdria, Gaud. {Maclitra tinctdria, Don) is the fustic of the W. Indies. It reaches a height of 50 ft., and a diam. of trunk of 2 ft.: usually not thorny: lvs. nearly entire, oblong, acuminate. Variable. The hand- some yellow wood yields a yeflow dye, which is used also in the making of browns and greens; it is also a strong and resistant timber. l_ jj_ b_ CHLOR6pHYTUM (name means, in Greek, green plant). Lilidcese. Rhizomatous herbaceous plants, one of which is famihar in greenhouses. Very like Anthericum, but differing in the thickened filaments of the stamens and the 3-angled or 3-winged caps.: infl. often denser: lvs. broader, often oblanceo- late and petiolate: seed disk-like. — Some 60 or more species, in warm parts of Asia, Afr., and Amer. Con- sult Anthericum and Paradisea. elatum, R. Br. (Anth&ricum variegatum, A. vitt&tum, A. pictur&tum, A. Williamsii, Hort.). Root fleshy and white: lvs. freely produced from the crown, often 1 in. wide, flattish and bright green, or in the garden varie- ties with white lines along the margins, and often (var. picluratum) also with a yellow band down the center: scape terete and glabrous, 2-3 ft. high, branched; fls. white, J^in. long, with revolute oblanceolate segms., which are obscurely 3-nerved on the back. S. Afr. F.S. 21:2240-1. — A valuable and common plant for vases and pots, and sometimes used in summer borders. Three species that recently have been mentioned in horticul- tural literature are: C atnani^nse, Engler, from German E. Afr.; 10 in.; lvs. lanceolate-acuminate, 16 in. long and 3}^ in. or less broad, somewhat fleshy, bronze, with white margin: fls. greenish white, in cluster 6 in. long. — C. co-mdsum. Wood (Natal Plants, fig. 279), from Lake Albert, Cent. Afr. ; proliferous : lvs. radical, linear, deep green, 2 ft. long: fls. small, white, soon fading, usually in 4'a, in a branched cluster 3 ft. long. — C. Hiiyghei, DeWild, Congo; Ivs. in a basal tuft, lanceolate, petioled, about 18-20 in. long, 2-2J in. broad; fls. greenish white, about Min. long, in a bracted raceme 2-3 ft. long. L H. B. CHL0R6PSIS BLANCHARDIANA: TriMana. CHLOROXYLON {green wood: Greek). Rutacese. One sjjecies of moderate-sized tree of India, slightly intro. in this country, C. Swietenia, DC. {Swietknia CKUrrdxylon, Roxbg.). Young parts gray-puberulent: lvs. abruptly pinnate, the Ifts. 20-40, obMque and obtuse and entire: fls. smaU, 5-merous in terminal and axillary pubescent panicles; calyx deeply lobed; petals clawed, spreading; stamens 10; disk a 10-lobed pubescent body, in which the stamens are inserted: fr. a coria- ceous 3-celled caps. Heartwood fragrant, with a beautiful satiny luster, whence the name "Indian Satin-wood." An interesting tree for trial on the south- em borders of the U. S. L. H. B. CHOCOLATE: Theobroma. CHOlSYA (J. D. Choisy, Swiss botanist, 1799-1859). Rutacex. One Mexican shrub, C. temata, HBK., grown in S. Calif, and S. Fla., and sometimes under glass. It grows 4r-8 ft. high, making a compact free-blooming bush, with opposite temate lvs., the Ifts. lance-obovate or oblong, thick and entire, with peUucid dots: fls. in a terminal, forking cluster, white, fragrant, orange-like (whence the vernacular name "Mexican orange"), 1 in. across, with pellucid dots. R.H. 1869:330. Gn. 50, p. 203. J.H. III. 34:253. — A handsome shrub, worthy of greater popularity. It will endure several degrees of frost, and should succeed in the open in many of the southern states. Blossoms in S. Cahf . at different sea- sons; it can be made to bloom, it is said, every two months by withholding water and then watering hber- ally, as is done with roses in S. France. Hardy against a wall in parts of S. England. L. H. B. 752 CHOKE-CHERRY CHROZOPHORA CHOKE-CHERRY: Prunua demissa (West) and P. virginiana (East). CHONDROBOLLEA (compounded from Cbondrorhyncha and Bollea). A genus established to contain hybrids between these genera. See also Bolleo-Chondrorhyncha. CHONDROPfiTALUM: hybrids of Cbondrorhyncha and Zygopetalum; see those genera. CHONDRORH^NCHA (cartilage and beak) . Orchidd- cese. Three species of S. American epiphytal orchids, practically uriknown in the American trade. Cult, as for Odontoglossum crispum. They are short-stemmed herbs without pseudobulbs, and oblong, plicate, peti- oled Ivs., the simple scape bearing a single large, odd, yellowish fl. C. CMstertonii, Reichb. f. (O.K. 11:305; 16:57), C. fimbridta, Reichb. f., and C. rbsea, Lindl., are the species. Keep cool and moist. A garden hybrid is reported between C. Chestertonii and Zygopetalum Mackayi under the name of Chondropetalum Fletcheri. O.R. 1908, 56, f. 8. George V. Nash. CHORISIA (Ludwig Choris, bom 1795, artist of Kotzebue's expedition). Bomhacdxxx. Spiny trees of S. Amer. (3 species), one of which is somewhat cult. Lvs. alternate, digitate, of 5-7 entire or serrate Ifts. : fls. large, with 5 linear or oblong petals, the peduncles axillary or racemose; staminal tube double, the outer one short and with sterile anthers; ovary 5-loculed and many-ovuled: fr. a pear-shaped caps. w;th many silky seeds. C. specidsa, St. Hil., of Brazil, the "floss silk tree," is cult, in S. Calif., and is adapted to warm glasshouses. It is a medium-sized tree, allieid to Ceiba and Bombax. Lfts. lanceolate, acuminate, dentate: calyx irregular, shining oiitside, but silky inside; petals obtuse, yellowish and brown-striped at the base, pubescent on the back. The soft silk or cotton of the seed-pods is used for pillows and cushions, l. h. B. CHORIZEMA (fanciful Greek name). Sometimes spelled Chorozema. Leguminbsse. Evergreen cooLbouse small shrubs grown for the showy pear-like yellow orange and red, usually racemose flowers; spring- and summer-blooming. Woody plants of diffuse or half-climbing habit, with thick and shining simple often spiny-toothed lvs. and pear-like red or yellow fls. : calyx-lobes 5, the 2 upper ones mostly broader; petals clawed, the standard very broad, keel short; stamens not united: pod short, not con- stricted. — About 15 species, in Austral., 3 of which 925. Chorizema ilicifolium. (,XH) appear to be chiefly concerned in the garden forms. Handsome plants for the cool greenhouse, less popular in this country than abroad. When not grown too soft, they will stand sUght frost at times. Grown in the open in S. Calif, and S. Fla. They are grown in a rather peaty soil, after the manner of azaleas, and usually rested in the open in summer. They are excellent for training on pillars and rafters. Chorizemas are among the most attractive spring- flowering plants, and they are not difficult to grow. Cuttings should be secured in March from memum- ripened wood and may be either potted singly in small pots, or several placed together in larger pots. The former method has the advantage, because when cuttings are well rooted in the small pots, they may be shifted along without so much disturbance to the roots. The cuttings root readily in a mixture of two parts sharp sand and one of peat, sifted through a fine sieve. They should be placed in a tight case or covered with a bell-glass in a temperature of 58° to 60° by night. A rise of 10° in the day wiU be sufficient. The inclosure that protects them from drafts should be opened a few minutes now and then to change the aur. For potting chorizemas in the early stages, equal parts of good peat and sharp sand is about right. When a 5- or 6-inch pot is reached, much less sand should be used,— just enough to give the earth a gritty feeling and the peat may be in a rather rough state, just small enough to be conveniently used in potting. The potting should be firm, as loose potting is bad for all kmds of hardwood plants. Keep the plants shaded from the sun during the hot months, and use the syringe freely. Also pinching must be attended to from their early stages to insure a good bushy plant. It is best not to stop the plants after August, as they wifl begin then to set buds. A plant in a 5- or 6-inch pot may be grown the first year if properly attended to. The plants should be wintered in a night temperature of 40° with a rise of 10° or 15° during the day. The second summer, and from that on as long as the plants are kept, they do better if plunged in a bed of clean coal-ashes out-of-doors, provided there is no danger from frost; by so doing, a much shorter-jointed growth will be the result. Plants well established in their pots may be fed with liquid manure until they set buds. A 3-inch potful of cow- or horse-urine to two and one half or three gallons of water, will be sufficient, and for a change a handful of soft-coal soot to the same amount of water; but always water twice with clean water between applications. Brown scale sometimes gets a foothold on chorizemas and it may be eradicated by fumigation with cyanide of potassium. Red-spider may be kept down with the syringe. (George F. Stewart.) vSrium, Benth. (C ilegans, Hort.). The common cult, species, in several forms: erect, 4-6 ft., pubescent on under side of lvs. and on branches: lvs. cordate- ovate, undulate and prickly-toothed, 2 in. or less long: fls. in many pubescent racemes; standard light orange, wings and keel handsome purple-red. B.R. 25:49. — Garden forms are C. Chdndleri, with yellow-red stand- ard, and blood-red wings, the fls. large and numerous; and such names as grandiflorum, macrophyllum, lati- Jolium, floribundum, multiflorum. C. Ldwii, Hort., is a form of this species, with larger and brighter- colored fls. cordatxmi, Lindl. (C supMnim, Lem.). Tall slen- der glabrous shrub (7-10 ft.), with weak branches: lvs. cordate-ovate to- ovate-lanceolate, 2 in. or less long, small-toothed and more or less prickly: fls. many; standard scarlet-red, wings and keel purple-red. B.R. 24:10. I.H. :29. Var. rotundifdlium, Hort., has roundish lvs. Var. splendens, Hort., is offered. ilicifdlium, LabiU. Fig. 925. Low and diffuse, weak, glabrous, the branches slender and erect or drooping: lvs. ovate to lanceolate, 1 in. long, often cordate at base, thick, coarsely veined, strongly undulate and with prickly teeth or lobes: fls. in few-fld. loose racemes, orange-red in spring and summer. B.M. 1032 (as C. nanum). B.R. 1613 (as C. triangulare). l. g. B. CHRISTMAS FLOWER: Euphorbia pulcherrima. CHROSPfiRMA: Zygadmua. CHROZOPHORA (Greek, color-hiring, on account of their use) . Euphorbi&cese. Dye-yielding herbs. Lvs. alternate, stellate hairy: fls. monoecious; staminate calyx 5-parted, valvate; petals free; styles biparted; CHROZOPHORA CHRYSANTHEMUM 753 ovary 3-ceIled, 3-ovuled. — Nine, species chiefly of Old World deserts. C. tinctdria, Juss. (Crdton iinctdrius, Linn.), Titbnsolb, a Medit. annual, for- merly used for its blue dye, is listed in some European CHRYSALroOCARPUS (Greek for golden fruit). PalmAcex, tribe Arhcex. Spineless stoloniferous fan palms, with medivun fasciculate ringed stems. Leaves pinnatisect, long-acuminate; segms. about 100, bifid at the apex, the lateral nerves remote from the midrib: fr. usually violet or almost black. — Species 1, .which is a popular florist's plant. Madagascar. Treated 926. Chi7salidocarpus lutescens. as a part of Hyophorbe by Engler and Prantl, but here kept distinct, as it is commonly known as Chrysa- lidocarpus by cultivators. lutescens, Wendl. (Hyoph&rbe Indica, Gaertn. H. Commersoniana, Mart. Arkca lut^cens, Bory). Fig. 926. St. 30 ft. high, 4r-6 in. diam., cyhndrical, smooth, thickened at the base: Ivs. very long; segms. almost opposite, lanceolate, 2 ft. long, 2Ji in. wide, acute, with 3 prominent primary nerves, which are convex below and acutely 2-faced above. Bourbon. A.G. 13: 141. A.F. 4:566. — In growing Chrysalidocarpus (or Areca) lutescens in quantity, it will be found a good plan to sow the seeds either on a bench, ia boxes or seed-panSj so prepared that the seedlings will remain in the soil in which they germinate xmtil they have made 2 or more Ivs. The first If. made above the soil is small, and if plants are potted off at this stage they must be very carefully watered in order not to sour the soil. In the preparation of the receptacles for the seed, a little gravel in the bottom will be found good, as the roots work very freely through it, and when the time comes to separate the plants previous to potting, it is an easy matter to disentangle the roots without bruis- ing them. Probably the plan which works best is to wash the soil and gravel entirely from among the roots. Pot in soil not too dry, and for the next few days keep the house extra warm and humid, and the plants shaded from the sun without any moisture applied to the soil. Jabed G. Smith and G. W. Oliver. CHRYSANTHEMUM (Greek, aoUen flower). In- cludmg Pyrifhrum. Compdsitx. Plate XXX.~~A diverse group of herbaceous and sub-shrubby plants, mostly hardy, and typically with white or yeUow single flowers, but the more important kinds greatly modified in form and color, grown in the open or flowered under glass in fall. Annual or perennial herbs, sometimes partly woody, glabrous or loosely pubescent or rarely viscid, usually heavy-scented: Ivs. alternate, various, from nearly or quite entire to much dissected : heads many-fld., termi- nating long peduncles or disposed in corymbose clus- ters, radiate (rays sometimes wanting) ; disk-fls. perfect and mostly fertile; ray-fls. pistiUate, mostly fertile, the ray white, yellow, rose-colored, toothed or entire; receptacle naked, flat or convex; involucre-scales imbricated and appressed, mostly in several jeries, the rnargins usually scarious: aoheneof disk- anH ray-fls. similar, striate or angled or terete or more or less ribbed, those of the ray-fls. often 3-angled; pappus 0, or a scale-like cup or raised border. — Probably nearly 150 recognizable species, in temperate and boreal regions in many parts of the globe, but mostly in the Old World. The genus Chrysanthemum, as now accepted by botanists, includes many diverse species so far as gen- eral appearance is concerned, but nevertheless well agreeing within themselves in systematic marks and by these same marks being separated from related groups. The marks are in large part set forth in the preceding paragraph. Bentham and Hooker make twenty-two sub-groups (of which about six include the garden forms), based chiefly on the way in which the seeds are ribbed, cornered, or winged, and the form of the pappus. The garden pyrethrums cannot be kept distinct from chrys- anthemums by garden characters. The garden con- ception of Pyrethrum is a group of hardy herbaceous plants with mostly single flowers, as opposed to the florists' or autumn chrysanthemums, which reach per- fection only under glass, and the familiar annual kinds which are commonly called summer chrysanthemums. When the gardener speaks of pyrethrums, he usuaOy means P. roseum. Many of the species described below have been called pyrethrums at various times, but they all have the same specific name under the genus Chrys- anthemum, except the most important of all garden pyrethrums, viz., P. roseum, which is C. coccineum. The feverfew and golden feather are still sold as pyrethrums, and there are other garden species of less importance. The botanical conception of Pyre- thrum is variously defined; the presence of a rather marked pappus-border on the achene is one of the dis- tinctions; the pyrethrums are mostly plants with large and broad heads either solitary or in loose corymbose clusters, the rays usually conspicuous and commonlynot yellow, and the fruits five- to ten-ribbed. Hoffmann, in Engler & Prantl "Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien," adopts eight sections, one of them being Tanacetum (tansy) which most botanists prefer to keep distinct. Although the genus is large and widespread, the number of plants of interest to the cultivator is rela- tively few. Of course the common garden chrysanthe- mum, derived apparently from two species, is the most useful. The insect powder known as "pyrethrum," is produced from the dried flowers of C. cinerarisefolium and C. coccineum. The former species grows wild in Dahnatia, a long narrow mountainous tract of the Austrian empire. "Dalmatian insect powder" is one of the commonest insecticides, especially for household pests. C. cinerarisefolium, is largely cultivated in France. C. coccineum is cultivated in Cahfomia, and the prod- uct is known as buhach. There are over one hundred books about the garden chrysanthemum, and its magazine literature is proba^ bly exceeded in bulk only by that of the rose. It is the flower of the East, as the rose is the flower of the West. 754 CHRYSANTHEMUM CHRYSANTHEMUM Aside from oriental literature, there were eighty-three books mentioned by C. Harman Payne, in the Cata^ logue of the National Chrysanthemum Society for 1896. Most of these are cheap cultural guides, circu- lated by the dealers. The botany of the two common species has been monographed by W. B. Hemsley in the Gardeners' Chronicle, series III, vol. 6, pp. 521, 555, 585, 652, and in the Journal of the Royal Horti- cultural Society, vol. 12, part I. The great repositories of information regarding the history of the chrysanthe- mum, from the garden point of view, are the scattered writings of C. Harman Pajoie, his "Short History of the Chrysanthemum," London, 1885, and the older books of F. W. Burbidge and John Salter. For informa- tion about varieties, see the Catalogues of the National Chrysanthemum Society (England) and the Liste De- scriptive, and supplements thereto, by O. Meulenaere, Ghent, Belgium. There are a number of rather expensive art works, among which one of the most delightful is the "Golden Flower: Chry- santhemum," edited by F. Schuyler Math- ews, Prang, Boston, 1890. "Chrysanthe- mum Culture for America," by James Mor- ton, ClarksviUe, Tenn.,pubhshed in New York in 1891, was the first authentic American work. Within the past few years have appeared "The Chrysanthe- mum ," by Arthur Herring- ton, "Smith's Chrysanthe- mum Manual," by Elmer D. Smith, and recently "Chrysanthemums and How to Grow Them," by I. L. Powell. Aside from the florist's chrysanthemum (C. hor- txyrum), no particular skill is required in the growing of these plants, although great perfection is attained by some gardeners in the handling of individual plants of the marguerites (C frutescens). The hardy border perennial chrysanthemums may be either smaU- flowered rugged forms of C. hortorum, as the "hardy pompons" and also the "artemisias" of old gardens, or they may be other species. Some of these other species are the "pyrethrums" of gardens, and some (as ithe C. maximum and C. vUginosum class) are the "moon daisies" and "moonpenny daisies" of the hardy perennial plantation. Some of the very dwarf tufted kinds (as C. Tchihatckewii) make excellent edging plants. The moon daisies deserve to be better known for mass planting and bold lines when a great display of heavy white bloom is wanted. Most of them bloom the first season from early-sown seed. The Shasta daisy and its derivatives are of the moon daisy ^oup. They all profit by a covering of coarse mulch in the fall. See Pyrethrum and Marguerite. The annual chrysanthemums are easily grown flower- garden subjects, suitable for a bold late display in places where delicate and soft effects are not desired. C. carinatum, C. coronarium and C. segetum are the common sources of these annuals. They are hardy and rugged; and they need much room. 927. Chrysanthemum carinatum, the form sold as C. Burridgeanum. ( X M) INDEX. glaucum, 10. gracile, 5. erandiflorum, 3, 12. hortorum, 6. hyhridum, 14. indicum, G.-^ laciniatum, 10. lacustre, 17. latifolium, 17. Leucanthemum, 20. marginatum, 7. MaTBchallii, 14. matricaroides, 1. maximum, 18. , morifolium, 5. 'T' multicaule, 4. nipponicum. 21. omatum, 7. Fartheniu m, 10. ptnnaiijidum; 20. prsBoUum, 10. pumilum, 3. Robinsonii, 18. roseum, 14. BBgetum, 3. Belaginoides, 10. Shasta daisy, 18. sinense, 5. tanacetoideSj 16. Tchihatcheffii, 11. Tchihatchewii, 11. tricolor, 1. uliginosum, 19. venuetum, 1. achillesefolium, 8. anethifolium, 13. anmdatum,, 1. arcticum, 22. airoianguineum, 14. aureum, 10. Balsamita, 16. Burridgeanum., 1. carinatum, 1. cinerarisefolium, 15. cocoineum, 14. coronarium, 2. corymbosum, 9. Davidsii, 18. Dunnettii, 1. filiforme, IS. /(Bniculaceum, 13. frutescens, 12. A. Plant annual (at least so treated in cult.): ike "summer chrysanthemums." B. Rays typically white, 1. carinatum, Schousb. (C tricolor, Andr. C. matri- caroides, Hort.). Fig. 927. Glabrous annual, 2-3 ft. high: St. much branched: Ivs. rather fleshy, pinnatifid: fls. in solitary heads which are nearly 2 in. across, with typically white rays and a yellow ring at the base; involucral bracts carinate (keeled). Summer. The two colors, together with the dark purple disk, gave rise to the name "tricolor." The typical form, intro. into England from Morocco in 1798, was pictured in B.M. 508 (1799). By 1856 signs of doubUng appeared (F.S. 11:1099). In 1858 shades of red in the rays appeared in a strain intro. by F. K. Burridge, of Col- chester, England, and known as C. Burridgedmum, Hort. (see B.M. 5095, which shows a ring of red on the rays, adding a fourth color to this remarkably brilliant and variea fl., and F.S. 13:1313, which also shows C. veniistum, Hort., in which the rays are entirely red, except the original yeUow circle at the base). G. 2:307. Gn.W. 24:675. C. annulatum, Hort., is a name for the kinds with circular bands of red, maroon, or purple. R.H. 1869:450. C. Dunnetti, Hort., is another seed- grower's strain. There are full double forms in yellow margined red, and white margined red, the fls. 3 in. across (see R.H. 1874:410), under many names. See, also, Gn. 26, p. 440; 10, p. 213; 21:22. R.H. 1874, p. 412. S.H. 2:477. G.W. 14, p. 99.— The commmest and gaudiest of annual chrysanthemums, distinguished by the keeled or ridged scales of involucre and the dark purple disk. BB. Rays typically light yellow. 2. corondrimn, Linn. (Anthemis corondria, Hort.), Annual, 3-4 ft.: Ivs. bipinnately parted, somewhat clasping or eared at the base, glabrous, the segms. closer together than in C. carinatum: involucral scales broad, scaxious; rays lemon-colored or nearly white. July-Sept. Medit. Gn. 26:440. G.C. II. 19:541.— The full double forms, with rays reflexed and imbricar ted, are more popular than the single forms. This and C. carinatum axe the common "summer chrysanthe- mums." This is common in old gardens, and is also somewhat used for bedding and for pot culture. BBB. Rays typically golden yellow. 3. segetum, Linn. Corn Marigold. Annual, 1-lK ft. : Ivs. sparse, clasping, oblong to oblanceolate, vari- able, the lower petioled and the upper clasping, incis- ions coarse or fine, deep or shallow, but usuauy only coarsely serrate, with few and distant teeth, the lower ones less cut: bracts of involucre broad, obtuse; rays obovate and emarginate, golden yellow. June-Aug. Eu., N. Afr., W. Asia. Escaped in waste places. Gn. 18, p. 195. R.H. 1895, pp. 448, 449. Var. grandifldrum, Hort., is a larger-fld. form of this weed, which is com- CHRYSANTHEMUM CHRYSANTHEMUM 755 mon in the English grain fields. Forms of the plant are cult.; the var. Cloth of Gold, J.H. III. 12:445, is one of the best. Var. p&milum, Hort., very compact, 8 in. high. This species is much less popular than P. carina- tum and P. coronarium. It is forced to a shght extent for winter bloom. 4. multicaflle, Desf . Glabrous and glaucous annual, 6-12 in. high: sts. numerous, simple or branched, stout, terete: Ivs. fleshy, variable, usually linear-spatulate, 1-3 in. long and 14-/4^- broad, very coarsely toothed or lobed, sometimes shorter, with few narrow-linear, acute, entire segms. about 1 line broad: rays much shorter and rounder than in C. segeium, golden yellow. Algeria. B.M. 6930. — ^Rarer in cult, than the last. Said to he useless as a cut-fl. AA. Plant perennial. B. The florist's chrysanthemum, and wild progenitors or near relatives, grown as pot or bench subjects because the seasons are not long enoitgh, in the N., for full maturity in the open: rays of many forms and colors in cult.; heads often double: Ivs. usually lobed or strongly notched. 6. morifdlium, Ram. (C sinSnse, Sabine). Fig. 928. Perennial, one of the sources (with C. indicum) of the large florist's chrysanthemums: wild plant shrubby, erect and rigid, 2-3 ft., branching, few-lvd.: Ivs. thick and stiff, 2 in. long, densely white-tomentose beneath, variable in shape from ovate to lanceolate, cuneate at base, margin entire or coarsely toothed: outer bracts of involucre thick, Unear, acute, white-tomentose; fl.- heads smaU, with yeUow disk and white rays somewhat exceeding the disk. China. G.C. III. 31:302 (adapted in Fig. 928). Var. gracile, Hemsl. Lvs. thin or only moderately thick, pahnately lobed or pinnately lobed, dentate, the teeth often mucronate: outer involucral bracts herbaceous, Unear and acute, varying in pubes- cencej rays white, pink or lilac, equaling or exceeding the disk. China, Mongolia, Japan. 6. indicum, Linn. Fig. 929. Much like the last, but lvs. thin and flaccid, pinnately parted, with acute or 928, Wild fonn of Chrysanthemum morifolium, as grown in England. 929. Wild form of Chrysanthemum indicum, as grown in England. mucronate teeth: outer involucral bracts broad and scarious except the herbaceous midnerve; rays yellow, shorter than diam. of the disk. China and Japan. B.M. 7874. G.C. III. 8:565; 28:342; 31:303 (adapted in Fig. 929). — This species is not native to India, and therefore Linnseus' name is inappropriate. Abroad, C. indicum is often used in a wide sense, to include C. morifolium. In recent years, both C. morifolium and C. indicum have been grown in England from wild stock, and from such studies of them the present descriptions and figures are drawn. From these plants it is supposed, by endless variation and by hybridiza- tion, the highly developed glasshouse or florist's chrysanthemums have come, a group that may be distinguished as C. hortdnun, Figs. 938-50. 7. omituin, Hemsl. (C. marginatum, Hort.). AlUed to the above two species, and perhaps a form of C. morifolium: bushy plant, 3-4 ft. : lvs. palmately lobed, ovate in outline, white-tomentose beneath and on the margin, 13^2 in. long: fi.-heads loosely corymbose, 2 in. or less across, the disk yellow and rays white and broad; bracts of involucre in about 3 series, all similar, white in center, purple-brown on margin : achenes small, obhque, glabrous. B.M. 7965. G.C. III. 35:51. Gn. 71, p. 53; 73, p. 90. — A recent introduction; grows weU in the open in England, but does not bloom unless taken indoors. BB. The garden pyrethrums and others; heads usually not highly doubled and modified. c. Lv^. ad to the midrib or nearly so. D. Heads borne in corymbs, i.e., flat-topped, dense clusters. B. Rays yellow. 8. acMUeaefdlium, DC. {Achillea aiirea, Lam.). Per- ennial, 2 ft.: St. usually unbranched, except along the creeping and rooting base: sts. and lvs. covered with fine soft grayish white hairs, oblong in outUne, about 1 in. long, j^in. wide, finely cut: rays 7-8, short, a little longer than the involucre. Siberia, Caucasus. — Rare in cult. Less popular than the achilleas, with larger fl.-clusters. EE. Bays white. 9. corymbdsum, Linn. {Pyr'elhrum corymbdsum, Willd.). Robust perennial, 1-4 ft.: st. branched at the apex: lvs. sometimes 6 in. long, 3 in. wide, widest at middle and tapering both ways, cut to the very midrib, the segms. alternating along the midrib. Eu., N. Afr., Caucasus. G.C. II. 20:201.— Rare in cult. Segms. may be coarsely or finely cut, and lvs. glabrous or vil- lous beneath. 756 CHRYSANTHEMUM CHRYSANTHEMUM 10. Parthenium, Pers. {PyrUhrum Parthknium, Smith. Parthknium Matricdria, Gueld.). Feverfew. Fig. 930. Glabrous strong-scented perennial, 1-3 ft., much branched in the taller forms: Ivs. ovate or oblong- ovate in outline, pinnatisect or bi-pinnatisect, smooth or Ughtly pubescent; segms. oblong or eUiptic-oblong, pinnatifid or cut, the uppermost more or less confluent. : fl.-heads small, many, stalked, corymbose; disk yellow; rays white, oblong, equaUng or exceeding the disk. Eu. to the Caucasus. — Some authors regard this as one widely variable species; others make at least two spe- cies, one of them (C jrrxcdtum, Vent.) being the Cau- casian form, distinguished by more deeply cut Ivs., longer-peduncled heads, and rays longer than the disk rather than equaling it (as in C. Parthenium type). — There are double-fld. and also discoid forms. Var. aftreum, Hort. {P. aiireum, Hort.), is the Golden ing dry, waste places; height 2-9 in. : sts. very numerous, rooting at the base: foliage handsome dark green, finely cut, the segms. hnear, persisting into winter: fl.-heads solitary on axillary peduncles, borne profusely for several weeks; rays white, disk yellow. Asia Minor. R.H. 1869, p. 380, desc, and 1897, p. 470. On. 26, p. 443. — Prop, by division of roots or simply by cuttmg the rooted sts., but chiefly by seeds.' Highly recommended abroad for spring and early summer bloom in edgings and low formal plantings. Said to thrive in dry places and under trees. EE. Height more than 1 ft. p. Group of greenhouse plants (at the N.), shrubby at the base: sts branched at the top: rays white or lemon. G. Foliage not glaiuxms. \ 12. frutescens, Linn. Mabguemtb. Paris Daisy. Figs. 931, 932. Usually glabrous, 3 ft. high, peren- nial: Ivs. fleshy, green: heads numerous, always single; rays typically white, with a lemon-colored (never pure yellow or golden) form. Canaries. G.C. II. 13:561; III. 35:216. Gn. 12, p. 255; 17, p. ?; 26, p. 445; 70, p. 310. —Intro, into England. 1699. This is the popular florists' Marguerite, which can Feather commonly used for carpet-bedding. It has yellow foliage, which becomes green later in the season, especially if fls. are allowed to form. It is used for edgings and cover. Var. a&reum crfspum, Hort., is dwarf, compact, with foliage curled like parsley. Var. selaginoides, and var. laciai&tum, Hort^, are distinct horticultural forms. Var. gla&cum, Hort., has dusty white foliage, and does not bloom until the second year. Intro, by Damman & Co., 1895. AU these varieties are prop, by seeds. The feverfew is common about old yards, and is much employed in home gardens as edging. In its undeveloped and prevaihng forms, it is one of the "old-fashioned" plants. DD. Heads borne singly on the branches or sts. {or at least not definitely clustered). E. Height less than 1 ft. 11. Tchihfitchewii, Hort. (C. Tchihdtcheffii, Hort.). TuHPiNG Daisy. Densely tufted perennial for carpet- 931. Chiysanthemimi frutescens. The Marguerite or Paris daisy. be had in flower the year round, but is especially pown for wintpr bloom. Var. grandifldruin, Hort., is the large-fld. prevailing form. • The lemon-colored form seems to have originated about 1880. Under this name an entirely distinct species has also been pass- ing, yet it has never been advertised separately in the American trade. See No. 13. GQ. Foliage glaucous. 13. anethifdlium, Brouss. (C. fcenictdAceum, Steud. P. foeniculiceum var. • bipinnatifidum, DC). Glatt- couB Marguerite. Fig. 932. Perennial : rarer in cult, than C. frutescens (which see), but distinguished by its glaucous hue, and by the way in which the Ivs. are cut. The segms. are narrower, more deeply cut, and more distant than in No. 12. The Ivs. are shorter petioled. Canaries. — This species is doubtless cult, in American greenhouses as C. frutescens. A lemon-fld. form is shown in R.H. 1845:61 but called C. frutescens. CHRYSANTHEMUM CHRYSANTHEMUM 757 FF. Group of hardy outdoor herbs: sts. usually un- branched: rays white or red, never yellow. G. Foliage not glaucous: fls. sometimes double. 14. coccineum, Willd. {Pyrhthrum rbseum, Bieb., not Web. & Mohr. P. h'^bridum, Hort.). Fig. 933. Gla- brous perennial, 1-2 ft. high: st. usually unbranched, 932. Leaves of Chrysanthemum frutescens (left) and C. anethifolimn (right). (XI) rarely branched at the top : Ivs. thin, dark green, or in dried specimens dark brown: involucral scales with a brown margin; rays white or red in such shades as pink, carmine, rose, Ulac, and crimson, and sometimes tipped yellow, but never wholly yellow. Caucasus, Persia. F.S. 9:917. Gn. 26, pp. 440, 443. Gng. 2:7; 5:309. R.H. 1897, p. 621. Not B.M. 1080, which is C coronopifolium,. The first picture of a full double form is R. H. 1864 : 71. — This species is the most important and variable of aU the hardy herbaceous kinds. There have been perhaps 700 named horti- cultural varieties. There is an anemone-fld. form with a high disk. The species is also cult, in Calif, and France for insect powder. C. atrosanguineum, Hort., is said to be a good horticultural variety with dark crim- son fls. The C. roseum of Weber & Mohr being a ten- able name, Hoffmann proposes Ascherson's name, C. Marschallii, for the P. roseum of Bieberstein; but Willdenow's C. coccineum is here retained. GO. Foliage glaucous: fls. never double. 15. cinerariffifdlium, Vis. Glaucous perennial, slen- der, 12-15 in. high: sts. unbranched, with a few short, scattered hairs below the fl.: Ivs. long-petioled, silky beneath, with distant segms. : involucral scales scarious and whitish at the apex. Dahnatia. B.M. 6781. — Said to be chief source of Dalmatian insect powder. Rarely cult, as border plant. Common in botanic gardens. cc. Lvs. not cut to the midrib, pinnatifid or coarsely toothed (except perhaps in No. S^). D. Heads borne in dusters, mostly flat-topped 16. Balsamita, Linn. (Tanackdim Balsdmita, Linn. Pyrhthrum Balsdmita, WiUd. Balsdmita vulgdris, WiUd.). CosTMARY. Mint Geranium. Sometimes erroneously called "lavender," from its sweet agree- able odor. Tall and stout perennial: lvs. sweet-scented, oval or oblong, obtuse, margined with blunt or sharp teeth, lower ones petioled, upper ones almost sessile, the largest lvs. 5-11 in. long, l}^-2 in. wide: pappus a short crown. W. Asia. — ^Typically with short white rays, but when they are absent the plant is var. tana- cetoides, Boiss. Fig. 934. Rayless. This has escaped in a few places from old gardens: it seems to be the prevailing garden form. DD. Heads borne singly on the branches or sts., or at least not in definite clusters; rays large, white. 17. lacustre, Brot. (C. latifdlium, DC). Fi^. 935. Perennial; endlessly confused with C. maximum m gar- dens, and the two species are very variable and difB-. cult to distinguish; the fls. can hardly be told apart. C. lacustre is a taller and more vigorous plant, and some- times it is branched at the top, bearing 3 heads, while C. rnaximum is always 1-headed, and the lvs. in that species are much narrower. Height 3-6 ft. : st. sparsely branched: lvs. partly clasping, ovate-lanceolate, with coarse, hard teeth: rays about 1 in. long; pappus of the ray 2-3-eared. Portugal, along rivers, swamps and lakes. R.H. 1857, p. 456. 18. maximum, Ramond. Fig. 936. This perennial species has narrower lvs. than C. lacustre, and they are narrowed at the base: height 1 ft. : st. more angled than the above, simple or branched at the very base, always 1-headed and leafless for 3-4 in. below the head: lower lvs. petioled, wedge-shaped at the base, or long- oblanceolate; the upper lvs. becoming few, lanceolate but usually not very prominently pointed, the teeth not very large or striking: pappus none: involucral scales narrower and longer, whitish-transparent at the margin, while those of C. lacustre are broader, more rounded at the apex, and with a light brown scarious margin. Pyrenees. J.H. III. 5:251. Gn. 26, p. 437; 73, p. 667. G. 5:445. G.M. 46:676. Var. Robin- sonii, Hort., has finely cut or fringed rays, giving the bloom the appearance of a Japanese chrysanthemum. R. H. 1904:515. Var. Dividsii, Hort., has sts. of great length, suitable for cutting. Var. filiforme, Hort., has deeply serrate long and drooping rays. There are many other forms, differing in time of bloom as well as in habit and in form of fl. The Shasta daisy (said to be a 933. Chrysanthemum coc- cineiun. The Pyrethrum roseum of gardens. ( X H) 934. Chrysanthemum Bal- samita var. tanacetoides. Costmary or mint geranium. 758 CHRYSANTHEMUM CHRYSANTHEMUM 935. Cbiysanthemum lacustre. A short-rayed form. (XM) hybrid) is an early-flowering very floriferous race, with several strains of fls., mostly large and pure white, although in o»e form the buds are reported as lemon-yellow but opening white; various sub- varieties are now offered. It is a good summer and au- tumn bloomer, and usually hardy in the northeastern states. 19. uligindsum, Pers. (Pyrelh- rumvligindsum, Waldst.). Giant Daisy. Stout, erect bushy leafy- stemmed perennial, 4-7 ft. high, with light green foUage: st. nearly glabrous, striate, branch- ing above, roughish: Ivs. long- lanceolate, prominently pointed, with large coarse sharp teeth: heads often sev- eral together and not long- stalked, 2-3 in. across, white, late. Hungary. B.M.2706. A.F. 4:523; 8:813. Gng. 2:375; 5: 183. A.G. 19:403. R.H. 1894, p. 82. Gt. 46, p. 103. G.C.II. 10:493. Gn. 26, p. 442; 38, p. 523; 62, p. 180. G.W.15, p. 316. G.M. 51:453. Gn. W. 23:415. — It blooms the first year from seed or division, and has been forced for Easter somewhat as Hydrangea paniculata can be treated. Excellent for cut-fls. The blossoms should be cut soon after opening, as the disks darken with age. The plant needs a rich moist soil; it deserves a greater popularity. 20. Leucinthemum, Linn. (Leucdnthemum vulgare,liaxa.). Whiteweed. Ox-eye Daisy. Fig. 937. Glabrous perennial erect weed, 1-2 ft. high: root-lvs. long-petioled, with a large, oval blade and coarse, rounded notches; st.-lvs. lanceolate, becoming narrower towaxd the top, serrate, with few distant and sharper teeth. (Var. pinnatlfidum., Lee. & Lam., has more divided Ivs.): heads terminal, showy white. June, July. Eu., N.Asia. Gn. 70, p. 176. — One of the commonest weeds in the eastern states, being characteristic of worn-out mead- ows. The daisies are not cult., but they are often gathered for decoration, and make excellent cut-fls. The plant is very vari- able, and forms adapted to fl.- gardcn uses will probably be developed. Ray less plants are sometimes found. 21. nipp6nicum, Hort. (Leu- cdnthemum nippdnicum, Eraach.). Differs from others of this set in being shrubby at base and Ivs. broadest above the middle: to 2 ft., the sts. strong, simple, few-fld. : Ivs. thick, oblong-spatulate to ob- lanceolate, sessile, irregularly denticulate but entire at base, 3-4 in. long, pale beneath: fl.- heads 2-3 J^ in. across, with a hemispherical involucre of oval 937. Chrysanthemum Leu- canthemum. Ox-eye daisy, or whiteweed. (XM) 936. Chrysanthemum maximum. ( X H) obtuse bracts; rays bright white, linear, minutely 5- toothed; disk pale greenish yellow. Japan. B.M. 7660. R.H. 1905, p. 47. F. E. 20: 434. — Hardy in the N., in the root, but the sts. killed down by frost; has the general appearance of C. lacustre. A beautiful large- fld. species, producing its large blooms in late autumn. 22. arcticum, Linn. Low perennial, 3-15 in., glabrous or nearly so: Ivs. cuneate, long - tapering at base, toothed or cut at the apex, sometimes 3-5-lobed, the uppermost ones small and very narrow and nearly en- tire: involucre-bracts broad and brown-margined; rays clear white, about 1 in. lon^: pappus wanting. Arctic Eu., Asia and Amer. — An attractive very hardy species, making a clump of dark green foliage and pro- ducing in autumn many large white fls., sometimes tinged lilac or rose. C. coronopifdlium, Wind. = C. roseum. — C. grdnde. Hook. f. (Plagius grandiflorus, L'Her.). Stout erect perennial of Algeria, 2-3 ft.: Ivs. oblong to linear- oblong, often lyrate, coarsely toothed: fl.-heads large, solitary, ray- less, golden yellow, to 2 in. across. B.M. 7886. — C. grandifldrum, Willd. Shrubby, smooth, from the Canaries, with cuneate lobed Ivs., the parts lanceolate or linear and toothed or entire: fl.-heads solitary, the rays white and disk yellow: allied to C. frutescens; variable. — C. inoddrum, Linn.=Matricaria inodora. — C. macro- ph^Uum, Waldst. & Kit. Perennial herb, 3 ft.: Ivs. very large, nearly sessile, pinnatisect, the lobes lanceolate and coarsely toothed: heads very many, coiymbed; rays white with yellowish tinge, the disk yellow. June, July; an outdoor plant. Hungary. G.W. 12, p. 410. — C. Mdwii, Hook. f. Herbaceous, with woody root- stock, 1 ^ ft. : Ivs. about 1 in. long, triangular to ob- long, pinnatifid: fl.-heads IH in. diam., long-stalked; rays 3-toothed, white with reddish backs. Mts. Mo- rocco; summer in the open. B.M. 5997. — C. muUifid- rum, Hort. Fls. greenish white: said to be a cross between a single-fld. chrysanthemum and C. Pallaaia- num (Pyrethrum Pallasianum, Maxim., of N. Asia, apparently not a garden species). — C. ochroleiicum, Masf. Glabrous undershruD of the Canaries: Ivs. obovate-cuneate, coarsely toothed: rays pale yellow. — C, parthenifdlium, Willd., a form of C. Parthenium. — C vartheniddes, Vosa. One of the feverfew forms; probably C. prsealtum. — C. rdseum, Web. & Mohr. (C. coronopifolium, Willd., not Vill.), not Bieb. Perenmal herb, 2 H ft.: Ivs. once-pinnate: fl.-heads solitary; rays rose-red or flesh-color. Caucasus. — C. tomentdsumt Loisel. An alpine Corsican species: tufted, 2_ in. high when in bloom: Ivs. pinnatifid-, densely tomentose: fl.-heads 54in, across, white-rayed, on sts. 1 in. long. — C viecdsum, Desf. Annual: disk orange- yellow, rays sulfur-yellow. Medit. — C.vulg&re, Bernh.=Tanacetumvulgare. — C. Zawddakii, Herbich, of Gallicia, is a tufted plant with rose-tinted fls. all summer. WiLHELM MiLLBR. L. H. B.t Types of the common chrysanthemum. The common chrysanthemuma of the florists (C. hortorum) are often called "large-flowering," and "autumn chrysanthemums," to distinguish them from the hardy outdoor kinds, although CHRYSANTHEMUM CHRYSANTHEMUM 759 938. The small and regular anemone type. Deither of these popular names is entirely accurate or distinc- tive. They are the blended product of C. indicum and C. nwrifoUum, two species of plants that grow wild in China and Japan. The outdoor or hardy chrysanthemums are de- rived from the same species, being less developed forms. The florist's chrysanthemum is not necessarily a glasshouse subject; but it is bloomed under glass for protection and to secure a longer season. Ten to fifteen dominant types of chrysanthemums have been recognized by the National Chrysanthemum Society of England. The words "types," "races," and "sections," have always been used by horticul- turists to express much the same thing, but types can always be defined clearly, while sections cannot, and the word race should be restricted to cultivated varieties that repro- duce their character by seed, which is not the case with the large -fiowering chrysanthe- mums. The following explana- tion and scheme, it is hoped, will clearly set forth the main tjrpes, and explain some of the many terms that confuse the beginner. The horticultural sections are wholly arbitrary, being chiefly for the convenience of competitors at exhibitions, and therefore changing with the fashions. The present classification is based on the form of the flower, as each tjrpe can be had in any color found in the whole genus. A. Single forms: rays in 1 series, or few series: disk low and flat. 1. The Small Single Type.— Fig. 950. Fls. about 2 in. across, star-like, i. e., with the rays arranged in one series around the yellow disk. "Single," however, is a relative term, and in Fig. 950 there is more than one series of rays, but this does not destroy the "single- ness" of effect. All — " ='" ii\^" fls- ^^^ either single, "^ semi-double, or double, but all the intermediate forms between the two extremes of single- ness and doubleness tend to disappear, they are not desired. 2. The Large Sin- gle Type. — Like the preceding, but the fls. 4 in. or more across, and fewer. The large and small single types are practically never grown outdoors and are best suited for pot culture, each specimen bearing 20-80 fls. They are also grown by florists in consider- able quantity for cutting. 939. Japanese anemone chrysanthe- mmn when fully expanded. AA. Anemone-fld. forms: rays as in a; disk high and rounded. B. Fls. (florets) small, numerous, regular. 3. The Small Anemone Type. — Commonly called "Pompon Anemone." Fig. 938. Fls. 2-3 in. across, and usually more numerous than in the large anemone type. All the anem- one forms are essentially sin- gle, but the raised disk, with its elon- :ated tubular fls., usually yellow ut often of other colors, gives them a distinct artistic effect, and they are, therefore, treated as intermediates in character between the single and double forms. Like the single forms, they are less popular than the double kinds, and the varieties are, there- fore, less numerous and more subject to the caprices of fashion. BB. Fls. large, fewer, regular. 4. The Large Anemone Type. — Fls. 4 in or more across and fewer. Heads must have large size, high neatly formed centers, and regularly arranged florets, the disk being composed of long tubes or quiUs and the rays flat and hori- zontally arranged. BBB. Fls. large, few, irregular. 5. The Japanese Anemone Type. — Fig. 939. Fls. 4 in. or more across, and irregular in outUne; fantastic and extreme anemone forms. AAA. Double-fid. formes: rays in many series: disk absent or nearly so. B. Fls. small; rays short. 6. The Pompon Type.— Figs. 940, 949. Fls. 1-2 in. across. The outdoor kinds are likely to be small, flat and buttonlike, while those cult, indoors are usually larger and nearly globular. Fig. 940 shows the former condition. It is from one of the old hardy kinds long cult, in the gardens as "Chinese" or "small-flowered" chrysanthemums, and commonly supposed to be the product of C. indicum, as opposed to the "Japanese" or "large-flowered" kinds intro. in 1862, which marked a new era by being less formal and more fanciful than any of the preceding kinds. Pompons are Httle cult, under glass in Amer., being re- garded mostly as out- door subjects. BB. Fls. large. c. Blossoms hairy. 7. The Hairy Type. — Fig. 941. Also called "Ostrich Plume" and "Japanese Hairy." The famous prototype is the variety Mrs. Alpheus Hardy, pic- tured in On. 35, p. 307, which was sold for $1,500 in 1888, and started the American chrysanthemum craze. White fls. with long hairs are very dehcate and pretty, but the hairs are often minute, and on many of the colored fls. they are 940. Type of pompon chrysan- themum. Grown outdoors, with no special care. 760 CHRYSANTHEMUM CHRYSANTHEMUM considered more curious and interesting than beauti- ful. So far, nearly aU hairy chrysanthemums are of the Japanese Incurved type. Since the hairs are on the backs of the florets, they show best in incurved types. '^'ir'At^ cc. Blossoms not hairy. D. Rays reflexed. 8. The Reflexed Type.— Also called "Recurved." Fig. [ 942. The reflexed forms can be easily broken up into 3 types, (a) the small and regular, (6) the large and regular, and (c) the large and irregular types. The latest standard requires that re- flexed flowers have hemi- spheroidal heads, with no trace of thinness in the cen- ter, and broad overlapping florets. DD. Rays incurved. E. FcMtn absolutely regular. 9. The Incurved Type. — Fig. 943 shows the general 941. Hairy type. idea, but such a fl. would hardly win a prize at an English show, where anything short of absolute regu- larity is relegated to the "Japanese Incurved" section (No. 10). This form is by far the most clear-cut ideal of any of these types, and for many years this ideal of the florists so completely dominated the English chry- santhemum shows that the incurved section came to be known there as the "exhibition" or "show type." In America the Japanese types, which are less formal and fanciful, early prevailed, but in England this has been the most important section of all. EB. Form more or less irregular. 10. The Japanese Incurved Type. — This section and the next have been the most important in America. There are many variations of this type. It often hap- pens that the outer 4 or 6 series of rays gradually become reflexed, but if most of the rays are incurved, the variety may be exhibited in this section. Fig. 943. DDD. Rays of various shapes: forms diverse. 11. The Japanese Types. — The word "Japanese" was originally used to designate the large-fld. fantastic kinds, intro. by Robert Fortune from Japan in 1862. It has never been restricted to varieties imported directly from Japan, but has always included seedhngs raised in the western world. Before 1862, all florists' fls. in England were rela- tively formal and small. The informal, loose, gro- tesque, Japanese chrysan- themums, intro. by Fortune broke up the conventional era, and the demand for large specimen blooms that resulted in fl.-shows all over the world reached Amer. in 1889. The "Japanese sec- tion" now means little more than "Miscellaneous." The 10 types previously men- tioned can be rather accu- rately defined, but the Japa- nese section is purposely left undefined to include everything else. AU the tubular and quilled sorts are now included in it, although 042. Reflexed type. formerly kept distinct. Relative importance and uses of the foregoing types. — In general, the large-flowered forms are more popular than the smaU-flowered forms, especially at exhibitions, where great size is often the greatest factor in prize- winning. Types 9, 10 and 11 are the most important in America, especially the Japanese section. The flowers of types 9 and 10 are Ukely to be more compact and globular, and hence better for long shipments than the looser and more fanciful types. Types 9, 10 and 11 are those to which most care is given, especially in disbudding and training. They are the ones most com- monly grown by the florists for cut-flowers, and when- ever one large flower on a long stem is desired. The anemone-flowered forms are all usually considered as curiosities, especially the Japanese anemones, which are often exhibited as freaks and oddities. The single and anemone-flowered forms are used chiefly for speci- mens in pots with many small flowers, but all the other types are used for the same purpose. For outdoor cul- ture, the hardy pompons, with their numerous small flowers, are usually better than the large-flowering or Japanese kinds. As an indication of the constant change in standards of appreciation, may be cited the present popularity 943. Type of Japanese incurved chrysanthemum. of short-stemmed chrysanthemums (Fig. 944) as dis- tinguished from the greatly elongated stem that was exclusively desired some years ago; and also the demand for bushy many-flowered plants, producing small bloom as compared with the former excessively large detached flowers. The current English classificaiion. The Floral Committee of the National Chrysanthe- mum Society (of England) in 1912 pubhshed the fol- lowing "new classification of Chrysanthemums" (pubhshed also in American Florist, Sept. 21, 1912, by Elmer D. Smith) : Section I. Inctjkved (Fig. 945). The distinguishing cbaracteristics of this section are the globular form and regular outline of the blooms. The flower should be as nearly a_ globe as possible, as depth is an important point in Esti- mating its value. The florets ought to be smooth, rounded, or somewhat pointed at the tip, of sufficient length to form a graceful curve, and be regularly firranged. A hollow center or prominent eye are serious defects, as also are a roughness in the blooms, unevenness of outline and a want of freshness in the outer florets. The section is now subdivided into: Subsection (a). — Large-flowered varieties. Sub-aection (ft). — Medium- and small-flowered varieties. CHRYSANTHEMUM CHRYSANTHEMUM 761 944. New type with short stem, which is becoming very popular with commercial growers. Section II. Japahebe (Fig. 946). ^ Japaneee varieties include a wide range of form, size and color. Their florets may be eithfer flat, fluted, quilled or tubulated, of varying length, from short, straight, spreading florets, to long, drooping, twisted or irregularly incurved. In breadth the florets may vary greatly, ranging from those an inch in width to others scarcely broader than a stout thread. Some also either have the tips of the florets cupped, hollowed, curved or reflexed. Subsection I. Japanese. (a) Large-flowered varie- ties. (6) Medium-flowered va- rieties, (c) Small-flowered varie- ties. iSw6 - section II, Incurved Japanese. fa) Large-flowered varie- ties. (6) Medium- and small- flowered. Sub-section III. Hairy' Japa- nese. Keflexed section to be deleted as these varieties are now re- ferred to other sections. eccentric shape, but most fre- quently of a light and graceful character; some have threadliJi:e florets, and some have broader flo- rets, but they may be either erect, horizontal or drooping and of vari- ous shapes and colors. Market, Decorative and Early- flowering varieties will be deleted as such, but lists will be drawn up under each heading for general guidance. WiLHELM Miller. Culture of the florist's chry- santhemum (C. hortorum) Section III. Anemones (Figs. 947 and 948; also Figs. 938, 939). The distinctive characteristics of anemone varieties are their high, neatly formed centers and regularly arranged ray-florets. There are two distinct sets of florets, one quilled and form- ing the center or disk, and the other fiat and more or less horizontally arranged, forming the border or ray. The flowers may have the ray or guard florets broad or twisted, or narrow, and forming a fringe, but should be so regularly arranged as to form a circle round the center, the latter should be a hemispheroidal disk, with no trace of hollowness and every floret in its place. (a) Large-flowered, i. e., with a diameter of 3 inches and upwards. (6) Small-flowered, i. e., with a diameter of less than 3 inches. Section IV. Pompons (Fig. 949; also Fig. 940). Pompon varieties have blooms that may be somewhat flat or nearly globular, very neat and compact, formed of short, flat, fluted or quilled florets, regularly spreading or erect, the florets of each bloom being of one character. (a) Lar^e-flowered, i. e., with a diameter of 2 inches and upwards. (&) Small-flowered, i. e., with a diameter of less than 2 inches. Section V. Singles (Fig. 950). Single varieties may be of any size and form; but the florets, whether short and rigid or long and drooping, should be arranged sufficiently close together to form a regular fringe. Subsection I. Varieties with one or two rows of ray florets. (a) Large-flowered, i. e., with a diameter of 3 inches and upwards. (6) Medium and small-flowered, i. e., with a diameter of less than 3 inches. Subsection II. Varieties with three to five rows of ray florets. (a) Large-flowered, i. e., with a diameter of 3 inches and upwards. (b) Medium and small-flowered, i. e., with a diameter of less than 3 inches. Subsection III. Anemone-cen- tered varieties. Section VI. Spidery, Plumed AND Feathery. Varieties in this section have 946. Japanese tjnpc. small or medium-sized flowers of 945. Incurved type. The first step towards suc- cess in chrysanthemum-cul- ture is good healthy cuttings, and as they become estab- hshed plants they should receive generous culture throughout their entire grow- ing season. This requires 947. Japanese anemone type. close attention to watering, airing, repotting, and a liberal supply of nutriment. Chrysanthemums are propagated in four ways, — by cuttings, division, seeds, and grafting. By far the most important is the first, because it is the most rapid. It is the method of the florists. In locali- ties in which the plants can remain out- doors over winter without injury, they may be increased by division. This sys- tem is practised more by amateurs than florists, being the easiest method for the home garden but not rapid enough for the florist. Propagation by seeds is employed only to produce new varieties, and is discussed at length elsewhere (page 764) . Grafting is seldom practised. Skilful gardeners sometimes graft a dozen or more varieties on a large plant, and the sight of many different colored fls. on the same plant is always inter- esting at exhibitions. Section I. — Culture of chrysanthemums for cut-flowers. This account is intended to describe the method chiefly employed by florists, the plants being grown in benches under glass. 1. Propagation by cuttings. — Plants of the preceding year afford stock from which to propagate the following season. They produce quantities of stools or suckers, which form excellent material for the cuttings. These are usu- ally taken from IH to 3 inches in length, the lower leaves removed, also the tips of the broad leaves, then placed in propagating-beds close together, where they are kept continually wet imtil rooted. To insure a large percentage, the condition of the cuttings should be moderately soft. If the stock plants are allowed to become ex- cessively dry, the cuttings are likely to harden, and thus be very slow in producing roots. Single- eye cuttings may be used of new and scarce varieties when neces- sary. These are fastened to a tooth -pick with fine stemming wire, allowing half of the tooth- pick to extend below the end of the ^.4'-. 948. Pompon anemone type. 762 CHRYSANTHEMUM CHRYSANTHEMUM 949. A pompon chrysanthemum. (XM) cutting, and when inserted in the cutting-bed the end of the cutting should rest upon the sand. It requires more time to produce good plants by this system than when fair-sized cuttings can be taken' but it is often of service when stock is limited. The propagating- house should be well aired, and it is ad- visable to change the sand after the second or third batch of cuttings has been re- moved, to avoid what is termed cutting- bench fungus. The cuttings should never be allowed to wilt, and this is avoided by gjving abundance of air, and when the temperature reaches over 70° from sun heat, by shading with some material, either cloti or paper. Fig. 951 shows a good form of chrysanthe- mum cutting. 2. Planting. — Cut- tings should not be allowed to remain in the cutting-bench after the roots are J^ inch in length, or they will become hardened, which wiU check the growth. As soon as rooted, they should be potted into 2- or 2J^-inch pots, using good mellow soil, with a slight admixture of decomposed manure. Most of the large flowers are produced under glass, and the bench system is generally employed, which consists of 4 or 5 inches of soil placed upon benches. In these benches the small plants are planted 8 to 12 inches apart each way, from the latter part of May to the mid- dle of July. Those planted at the first date usually give the best results. The soil should be pounded rather firm either before planting or after the plants have become established. 3. Soil. — There are many ideas as to what soil is best suited for the chrysanthemum, but good blooms may be grown on clay or Ught sandy loam, provided the cultivator is a close observer and considers the con- dition of the soil in which they are growing. Clay soil, being more retentive of moisture, wiU require less water and feeding than soil of a more porous nature. The chrysanthemum is a gross feeder, and, therefore, the fertility of the soil is very important in the production of fine blooms. Each expert has a way of his own in preparing the soil, but as equally good results have been secured under varied conditions, it is safe to conclude that the method of preparing the soil has httle to do with the results, provided there is sufficient food within their reach. All concede that fresh-cut sod, piled hie the preceding fall or in early spring, with one-fourth to one-fifth its bulk of half-decomposed manure, forms an excellent compost. Many use 1 or 2 inches of manure as a mulch after the plants have become established. Others place an inch of half- decomposed manure in the bottom of the bench. This the roots find as soon as they require it. Good blooms have been p-own by planting on decomposed sod and relying on liquid appfications of chemicals. 4. Feeding. — No definite rule can be given for this work, as so much depends on the amount of food vllkl/ii»«kx incorporated in the soil. If tiie soil be very rich, the Uquid applications should be only occasional and very dilute. There is more danger of overfeeding by the use of hquids than by using excessively rich soil. Each grower must depend on his own judgment as to the requirements, being guided by the appearance of the plants. When the leaves become dark-colored and very brittle, it is safe to consider that the limit in feeding has been reached. Some varieties refuse to bud when over- fed, making a mass of leaves instead. Others show very contorted petals, giving a rough imfinished bloom. StiU others, particularly the red varieties, are likely to be ruined by decomposition of the petals, called "burning," especially if the atmosphere is allowed to become hot and stuffy. The same result wiU follow in dark weather, or when the nights become cool, if the moisture of the house is allowed to fall upon the blooms. Under such condi- tions, the ventilation should remain on during the night, or heat be turned in accord- ing to the outside tempera- ture. 5. Watering and shading. — Let the foliage be the index to watering. If it appears yellow and sickly, use less water, and see that the drainage is perfect. There is httle danger of over-water- ing as long as the foliage is bright green. A little shad- ing at planting time is not objectionable, but it should be removed as soon as the plants are estabUshed. It is often necessary to shade the pink and red flowers, if the weather continues bright for some time, to prevent their fading. 6. Training. — When the plants are 8 inches high, they should be tied either to stakes or to jute twine. In the former system, use one horizontal wire over each row, tying the stake to this after the bottom has been inserted into the ground. Two wires will be necessary when twine is used, one above the plants and the other a few inches above the soil to which the twine is fastened. From the first of August until the flowers are in color, all lateral growths should be removed as soon as they appear, allowing only the shoots intended for flowers to remain. The above remarks refer to the training of benched chrysanthe- mums as grown by florists for cut-flowers. Other kinds of training are described under Section II, pages 763-4. 7. DishiMing. — No special date can ^^^ be given for this work, as much depends ^^Ijk . on the season and the earliness or late- ^^WJk "^ess of the variety to be treated. Buds nfflr usually begin to form on the early sorts y/ about August 15, or soon after, and some of the late varieties are not in con- dition before October 10. Golden Glow and Smith Advance among the large- flowering, and several of the early- flowering of the hardy varieties, are exceptions to the foregoing, as they will set buds in June and July that will develop very good blooms during the month of August and later. The advent gjj of these kinds has advanced the flower- One kind of ^°g season four to six weeks. The chrysanthe- object of removing the weak and small mum cutting, buds and retaining the best is to con- 950. Single type. CHRYSANTHEMUM CHRYSANTHEMUM 763 centrate the whole energy of the plant and thereby increase the size of the flower. There are two forms of buds, crowns and terminals. A crown bud (Fig. 952) is formed first, never coming with other flower-buds, and is provided with later^ growths which, if allowed to remain, wiU continue their growth and produce terminal buds later. Terminal buds come later, always in clusters (Fig. 954), are never associated with lateral growths, and terminate the plant's growth for that season. If the crown bud is to be saved, remove the lateral growths as shown by Figs. 952, 953, and the operation is complete. If the terminal bud is desired, remove the crown and allow one, two or three (according to the vigor of the plant) of the growths to remain. In a few weeks these will show a cluster of buds, and, when well advanced, it win be noticed that the largest is at the apex of the growth (the one saved, if perfect, as it usually is), and one at each of the leaf axils (see Fig. 955). The rejected buds are easiest and safest removed with the thumb and forefinger. Fig. 956. Should the bud appear to be one-sided or otherwise imperfect, remove it and retain the next best. In removing the buds, begin at the top and work down. By so doing there are buds in reserve, in case the best one should accidentally be broken, whfle if the reverse course were taken, and the best bud broken at the completion of the work, all the labor would be lost. A few hours' disbudding will teach the operator how far the buds should be advanced to disbud easUy. Early and late in the day, when the growths are brittle, are the best times for the work. Some growers speak of first, second and third buds. The first is a crown, and usually appears on early- propagated plants from July 15 to August 15. If removed, the lateral growths push forward, forming another bud. In many cases in which the crowns are removed early, the next bud is not a terminal, but a second crown, which is termed the second bud. Re- move this, and the third bud will be the terminal. Plants propagated in May and June usually give the second and third bud, not forming the typical crown. Those struck in July and planted late give the terminal only. Most of the best blooms are from second crown and terminal.^ Pink, bronze and red flowers from first crowns are much hghter in color than those from later buds. They axe large, but very often abnormal to such an extent as to be decidedly inferior. This is doubtless due to the large amount of food utilized in their con- struction, owing to the long time consumed in develop- ment. The hot weather of September and October must have a detrimental effect upon the color. Enemies. — Green aphis {Aphis rufomaculata) and the black aphis (Macrosiphum sanboni) are some- times very troublesome. They may be controlled by spraying with "Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract, one part to 800 parts water with soap added. Fumigation with hydrocyanic acid gas is also widely practised by commercial growers. In moderately tight green- houses, use one ounce potassium cyanide for each 3,500 cubic feet of space for all-night fumigation. For details, see Fumigation. Red Spider [Tetranychus bimaadatus) becomes injurious if neglected. It may be easily controUed by spraying with water, using much force and Utile water to avoid drenching the beds. The use of sulfur has also a beneficial effect. Thrips. (See Carnation). Leaf-tyer (Phlyctxnia ferrugalis) is frequently very abundant in some parts of the country. It is essentially a greenhouse pest although it can Uve out-of-doors. The greenish whitish striped caterpillars, ^inch in length when full grown, feed on the under side of the leaves which they roU or tie together. The moth is pale brownish with an expanse of about ^inch. The leaf-tyer is most destructive during the summer months when the temperature is highest. It can be controlled by spraying with arsenate of lead. It is advisable to 49 952. The crown bud. begin the work early in the season when the insects are less numerous and the plants are small. Care should be taken to hit the under surface of the leaves. The tarnished plant-bug {Lygus pratensis) often injures the blossom buds by its feeding punctures. This causes wilting and bUnd growths. The bugs may be ex- cluded from green- houses with screens. Out-of-doors no sat- isfactory means of control has been de- vised. But it has been noticed that plants growing in partial shade are less subject to injury. Grasshoppers are sometimes injurious. They may be con- troUed by the use of arsenate of lead or by hand-picking. Diseases. — Damp- ing-off in the cutting-benches is not uncommon. See Damping-off, pa,ge 961. Rust {Pucdnia chrysanthemi) is the only serious fungous disease of the chrysanthemum. It is characterized by the reddish brown pulverulent masses on the foliage consisting of the spores of the fungus. The disease is usually not destructive but may make the foliage unsightly. Any leaves appearing dis- eased should be removed promptly. In watering care should be taken not to wet the foliage, as moisture on the leaves allows new infections. Leaf-bUght (CyUn- drosporium) and leaf-spot (Septoria) occur on mature or languishing foliage and usually do little damage. Section II. — Culture of chrysanthemums in pots. The same principles are employed in pot culture as when planted upon the bench, with the exception that the plants are generally allowed to produce more blooms. The most popular type of pot-plant for home growing, or for sale by florists and intended for home use, is a compact, bushy plant, 1^ to 2 feet high, branched at the base, and bear- ing four to twenty flowers averaging 3 to 4 inches across. They are here called "market plants." "Single-stem plants" are also popular. Great quantities of large flowers (say twenty to one hun- dred) are rarely grown on a potted plant, except for ex- hibitions. Such plants are commonly called "specimens," and the three leading forms are the bush, the standard and the pyramid, the first mentioned being the most popular. 1. Market plants. — Dwarf plants of symmetrical form, with foUage down to the pots, are the most salable, and when thus grown require constant atten- tion as to watering and stopping, allowing each plant plenty of room to keep the lower leaves in a healthy condition. Cuttings taken June 1 and grown in pots, or 953. Crown bud after it has been selected or taken. 764 CHRYSANTHEMUM CHRYSANTHEMUM 954. The terminal bud. planted on old carnation benches or in spent hotbeds (light soil preferable), and lifted by August 15, will make very good plants 1 to IJ^ feet high. The reason for lifting early is to have them well established in their flowering pots before the buds are formed. 2. Single-stem plants. — Same culture as market plants, except that they are restricted to one stem and flower. Those from 1 to 2 feet in height are more effective and useful than tail ones. For this reason, many prefer plung- ing the pots out-of-doors where they have the full benefit of the sun and air, making them more dwarf than when grown under glass. 3. Pot-plants for cut-jlowers. — Culture same as for speci- men plants, except that the nipping should be discontinued July 1 to give sufficient length to the stems. If large flowers are desired, restrict the plants to eight or ten growths. Such plants can be accommodated in less space than specimens, when the chief object is symmetry. 4. Bush plants. — For large bush plants, the cuttings should be struck early in February, and grown along in a cool airy house, giving attention to repotting as often as necessary. The final potting into 10- or 12- inch pots generally takes place in June. They are potted moderately firm, and watered sparingly until well rooted. As soon as the plants are 5 or 6 inches high the tips should be pinched out, to induce several growths to start. As the season advances and the plants make rapid growth, pinching must be attended to every day up to the latter part of July, to give as many breaks as possible and keep them in symmetrical form. By the middle of August (if not previously attended to), staking and getting the plants in shape will be a very im{5ortant detail. If stakes are used, they must be continually tied-out, as the stems soon begin to harden, and this work can be best accom- plished by looking them over daUy. Light stakes of any material may be used. Many other methods are in use, such as wire hoops and wire framework, to which the growths are securely tied. 5. Standards differ from bush plants in having one stout self-supporting stem, instead of many stems. They require the same culture as bush plants, with the exception that they are not stopped, but allowed to make one continuous growth until 3, 4 or 6 feet high, and are then treated the same as bush plants. They require the same attention as to stopping and tying to secure symmetrical heads. 6. Pyramids are only another form of bush plants, and it is optional with the grower which form he prefers. Section III. — Culture of chrysanthemums for the production of new varieties. The object of seed-saving is the improvement of existing varieties. It is not conclusive, however, that all seedhngs will be improvements; in fact, it is far from this, as the greater proportion are inferior to their antecedents. Only those who give the most careful consideration to cross-fertilization are certain of marked success. Hand-hybridized seeds possess value over those haphazardly pollinated by wind and insects only according to the degree of intelligence employed in the selection of parents. What the result will be when a white flower is fertilized with a yellow one, the operas- tor cannot determine at the outset. It may be either white, yellow, intermediate, or partake of some ante- cedent, and thus be distinct from either. Improvements in color can be secured only by the union of colors. bearing in mind the laws of nature in uniting two to make the third. Red upon yellow, or vice-versa, may intensify the red or yellow — give orange or bronze, as nature may see fit. The operator is more certain of improving along other lines, such as sturdiness or dwarfness of growth, earliness or lateness of bloom, or doubleness of flowers. The selection of those most perfect in these particulars is very sure to give similar or improved results. Always keep a record of this work showing the parents of a seedling. The satisfac- tion of knowing how a meritorious variety was pro- duced more than pays for the trouble, and may lead to further improvements along certain lines. — The operar tion begins when the flower is half open, cutting the petals off close to their base with a pair of scissors, until the style is exposed. Should the flower show signs of having disk or staminate florets, remove these with the points of the scissors and thus avoid self-fertilization. When the styles are fully grown and developed, the upper surface or stigma is in condition to receive the pollen. By pushing aside (with the thumb) the ray-florets of the flower desired for pollen, the disk-florets which pro- duce the poUen will become visible. The poUen may be collected on a camel's-hair pencil or toothpick and applied to the stigma of the flower previously prepared. If a toothpick be used, never use it for more than one kind of poUen. By allowing the camel's-hair pencil to stand in an open-mouthed vial of alcohol a few moments after using, it may be again used, when dry, upon another variety without fear of the pollen of the former operation affecting the present. — Cuttings struck in Jime and July and grown to single bloom in 4-inch pots are the most convenient for seeding. Such flowers, if not given too much food are more natural and furnish an abundance of pollen, as well as being easier to trim than the massive blooms produced for the exhibition- table. The pollinating should be done on bright, sunny days, and as early in the day as possible. As soon as the seed plants are trimmed, they should be placed by themselves to avoid fertilization by insects, and should there remain untU the seeds are ripe. Keep the plants rather on the dry side, and give abundance of air. Seeds, which ripen in five to six weeks, should be saved without delay, and carefully labelled. In sowing seeds, 955. Terminal buds of chrysanthemum at an early stage. None too early for disbudding. they should be covered very lightly and kept in a temperature of 60°. When the seedhngs are large enough to handle easily, remove to small pots, or trans- plant farther apart in shallow boxes. Chiysanthemums flower the first season from seed. Section IV. — Varieties. Of the long hst of new varieties sent out each year, but few are retained after the second year's trial. This is probabljr due to the fact that most American growers are more interested in the commercial value of the flower than the curious forms or striking colors they present. Exhibitions have not reached the people here CHRYSANTHEMUM as in England and France, there are a few varie- ties that have stood the test for several years; such as Ivory, 1889; Geo. W. Childs, 1892; Golden Wedding, 1893; Major Bonnaffon, 1894; Yanoma, 1896; W. H. Chadwick, 1898; John K. Shaw and Nagoya, 1899; Monrovia, Col. D. Appleton and White Bonnaffon, 1900. There are many other varieties that have stood the test for four or five years. It is not the purpose of this article to recommend varieties of chrysanthemums, but the following list includes the best varieties known in North America at the present time. The Ust wiU be valuable as showing a serviceable classification, and also for reference when other varieties have come into existence: Selection of varieties based on main types. — (1) Incurved: jEsthetic Emberta, Major Bonnaffon, Pink Gem, Mary Donellan, Naomah! Smith's Sensation, William Turner. (2) .Japanese; Pacific Supreme] Crocus, Kamapo, December Gem, F. S. Vallis, Glen Cove, Golden Robin, Reginald Vallis. (3) Japanese Incurved: Chrysolora, Col. D. Appleton, W. H. Chadwick, Mile. Jeanne Nonin, Artistic Queen, Christy Mathewson, Elberon, Nakota. (4) Hairy: Arvede Barine, Beauty of Truro, Prison d'Or, Leocadie Gen- tils, Louis Boehmer, L'Enfant des Deux Mondes, R. M. Grey, White Swan. (5) Reftexed: Smith's Advance, Dick Witterstaetteri Harvard, Yanoma, Mrs. J. Wells, Rose Pockett, Thanksgiving Queen, Madison. (6) Large Anemone: Satisfaction, Surprise, Ernest Cooper, Geo. Hawkins, Gladys Spaulding, John Bunyan. (7) Japanese Anemone: Eleanor, Mrs. F. Gordon Dexter, Zoraida. (8) Pompons: Alma, Baby, Clorinda, Fairy Queen, Helen New- berry, Minta, Julie Lagravere, Quinola. (9) Pompon Anemone: Diantha, Ada Sweet, Gertrude Wilson, Lida Thomas, Vayenne, Bessie Flight. (10) Large-flowering Singles: Arlee, Catherine Livingstone, Felicity, Itaska, Lady Lu, Red Light. (11) Small- flowering Singles: Ladysmith, Anna, Blazing Star, Little Barbec. Selection of varieties based on color. — White: Smith's Advance, Chadwick Improved, Christy Mathewson, Mrs. Gilbert Drabble, Naomah, William Turner. Yellow: Chrysolora, Comoleta, Golden Glow, Golden Eagle, Ramapo, Lenox. Pink: Pacific Supreme, Unaka, Patty, Glen Cove, Morristown, Smith's Sensation. Crim- son: Dick Witterstaetter, Harvard, Intensity, J. W. Molyneux, Pockett's Crimson, Mrs. Harry Turner. Bronze and huff: Glen- view, Mrs. J. A._ Miller, Mrs. H. Stevens, Ongawa, Rose Pockett, William Kleinheinz. Crimson, golden reverse: Harry E. Converse, Howard Gould, Mrs. O. H. Kahn, W. Woodmason. Amaranth or purplish crimson: George J. Bruzard, Mrs. G. C. Kelly, Reginald Valiis, T. Carrington, Leslie Morrison. Selection based on special uses. — Bush plants: Golden Age, Brutus, Dick Witterstaetter, Dr. Enguehard, Garza. Single stemmed pot-plant : Naomah, Chrysolora, Esthetic, President Roosevelt, Ben Wells, Glen Cove, Mrs. George Huntj Mrs. O. H. Kahn, Pockett's Crimson. Exhibition blooms: Artistic Queen, Christy Mathewson, Chrsrsanthemiste Montigny, F. S. Vallis, George J. Bruzard, Glen Cove, Glenview, Harry E. Converse, Lady Hopetoun, Lenox, Elberon, Morristown, M. Loiseau-Rousseau, Mrs. Gilbert Drabble, Mrs. H. Stevens, Mrs. Harry Turner, Naomah, Pockett's Crimson, Rose Pockett, William "Turner, W. Woodmason, Ben Wells, Merza, Reginald Vallis. Commerical blooms. — Extra-early-flowering, JvXy to October: Golden Glow, Smith's Advance. Second-early-floweriTig, last of September into October: Early Snow, Glory of Pacific, Monrovia, October Frost, Roserie. Early-^midseason-flowering, middle of October: Chrysolora, Comoleta, Gloria, Ivory, Pacific Supreme, Unaka, Virginia Poehl- mann. Midseason-flowering, last of October to November 10: (I!ol. D. Appleton, Crocus, Dick Witterstaetter, Pink Gem, Ramapo, Mrs. W. E. Kelley. Late-midseason-flowering, November 10 to Thanksgiving: Dr. Enguehard, Emberta, Golden Eagle, Golden Wedding, Major Bonnaffon, Patty, President Roosevelt, Timothy Eaton, W. H. Chadwick, Mrs. Jerome Jones, White Bonnaffon. Late-flowering, Thanksgiving and later: December Gem, Harvard, Helen Frick, Intensity, John Burton, Mile. Jeanne Nonin, Thanks- giving Queen, Yanoma. Section V. — Cidture of chrysanthemums for exhibition. This branch in which the highest standard must be attained if the slightest hope of success at the exhibi- tions is entertained^ requires a thorough knowledge of the most suitable kmds for the purpose and the abihty to bring them to the highest state of perfection. The methods are not very different from those employed in the production of high-grade commercial blooms. The most successful growers usually propagate earlier, and if grown on benches they are also planted earlier to secure all the vigor possible. The finest blooms are those produced on the private estates, where one man has charge of a few hundred plants, giving them his undivided attention, so that every need is provided at the proper time. During the past few years, the major- ity of such expert growers have adopted a system of growing in pots, each plant restricted to one bloom, which is practically the same method as the one used CHRYSANTHEMUM 765 throughout England for many years. Here they are kept under glass the entire season, while in England the chmate permits them to be grown out-of-doors durmg the summer months. By this method, the roots are more closely confined, which has a tendency to produce short-jointed plants with stronger stems, and gives the grower perfect control, so that each variety may be treated accord- ing to its needs, especially when hquid fertilizers are nec- essary to promote the maxi- mum in size and finish. The other factors necessary to the successful exhibitor are full consideration of the require- ments of the schedules, so as to select the best varieties for the various classes, and a com- plete knowledge of packing and staging the blooms. Dur- ing the past decade, those 956. Terminal bud after the disbudding operation. origmatmg new varieties have scrutinized more closely in making a decision, and, as the commercial and exhibition varieties are considered from an entirely different standpoint, these two sections are drifting farther and farther apart. Size is the foremost quality from the exhibition point of view. At the present time (1912), the varieties generally shown in prize-winmng exhibits are: White. — Beatrice May, Lady Car- michael, Merza, Mrs. David Syme, Naomah, Wm. Turner. Yellow. — ^F. S. Vallis, Lenox, Mrs. Geo. Hunt, Mrs. J. C. Neill, Yellow Miller. Pink. — Lady Hopetoun, M. Loiseau-Rousseau. Mrs. C. H. Totty, O. H. Broonhead, Wm. Duckham, Wells' Late Pink. Bronze. — Glenview, Harry E. Converse, Mrs. O. H. Kahn, Mrs. H. Stevens. Red. — J. W. Molyneux, Pockett's Crimson, W. Wood- mason. A iew of the commercial section are suitable for this purpose, especially when the schedule calls for twelve or more blooms of a kind for one vase and at exhibitions at which artificial supports are prohibited. The best are as follows: TfMe.— Lynnwood HalJ, Timothy Eaton, Chadwick Improved, Mrs. Jerome Jones. Yellow. — Col. D. Appleton, Golden Eagle, Golden Wedding, Yellow Eaton, Golden Chadwick, Major Bonnaffon. Pink. — Dr. Enguehard, Mayor Weaver, Maud Dean. Bed. — Dick Witterstaetter, Geo. W. Childs. Section VI. — Culture of chrysanthemums out-of-doors. The kinds most suitable for out-of-door culture are those making abundance of rhizomes or underground stems, which withstand the winter and furnish the new growths for the successive years. The Pompons are more hardy than the large-flowering sorts, and, as hardiness is of vital importance to those interested in this subject, especially north of the Ohio River, it should be fully considered in selecting for this purpose. It is more practicable to choose varieties which perfect their flowers early, during August, September and October when grown in the northern states, as the buds are less likely to be injured while in a soft growing state by frost. In the South many of the later varieties wiU five over and be satisfactory, owing to the contin- uance of mild weather. In the past few years, some improvements in this section have been attained, many of which are the results of crosses between the Pom- pons and the large-flowering Japanese, in which the progeny have combined the hardmess and dwarf habit of the former with the larger and more irregular-formed flowers of the latter, producing aster-hke flowers rather than the symmetrical form of the pompons. AU of the types may be successfully grown out-of-doors if provi- sion is made to protect the bud, blooms and roots from severe frost. A temporary covering of cloth or sash in early autumn will protect the blooms, but the roots will require artificial heat or should be removed to the greenhouse or frame where the temperature can be maintained a few degrees above freezing. In growing exhibition blooms out-of-doors, all the important details, such as watering, airing, disbudding, feeding, 766 CHRYSANTHEMUM CHRYSOGONUM staking and tying, must be complied with, if the grower expects to bo rewarded for his efforts. The oldest of the outdoor types are the Pompons, which produce from forty to one hundred buttons an inch or two across, with short and regular rays. Such plants can be left outdoors all winter. Since the large -flowering or Japanese types have come in, numberless attempts have been made to grow them outdoors, but with poor results. The greenhouse varieties are not so hardy. In the North they are likely to be killed by the winter. Their flowers usually lack in size, depth and S3ntninetry, largely because there are more of them on a plant than a florist allows for his best blooms, but chiefly because they do not have so much care in general as is given to plants under glass, where space is precious. For the very best results, chrysanthemums must be flowered under glass, and they need the greatest care and forethought practi- like, should be kept by themselves, because their colors are variable and because they make a violent contrast with yellow, which few persons can find agreeable, WiLHELM Miller. Elmer Smith.! CHRYSOBAcTRON {golden wand, from the Greek). Idliacex. Two New Zealand rhizomatous herbs, usually classed with "bulbs" by gardeners, bearing many small yellow fls. in a long raceme on the top of an elongated scape: plant often dioecious or polygamous: perianth 6-parted, the segms. nearly equal; stamens 6: caps. 3-ceIled and 3-valved. The genus is now commonly united with the S. African Bulbinella, the combined species becoming 13 or 14. C. Hodkeri, Colenso (BulbinSUa Hodkeri, Benth & Hook., now the accepted name. Anth&ricum Hodkeri, Colenso)is in cult, in this country. It is a hardy plant 2-3 ft. high, with sword- like foUage: fls. J^in- diam., bright yellow, perfect, on slender pedicels, the segms. linear-oblong, and obtuse and spreading. B.M. 4602. — Cult, in the ordinary border, and treated like the asphodel, they do well. But they are im- proved in rich, deep and rather moist soil; strong clumps, 4-6 years old, are then at their best and are very excellent plants. After that they should be divided. Prop, by division or seed. Blooms in June and July. J. B. Keller and L. H. B. 957. Suggestion for protecting clirysanthemums tliat are to bloom cally all the year round. Half-way measures are unsat- isfactory. Thus it happens that the Japanese varieties are usually imsatisfactory out-of-doors, and the Pom- pons are chosen by those who can give very little care to plants and would rather have many small flowers than a few large ones. This also partly explains why no two dealers recommend anything like the same list of Japanese varieties for outdoor culture. Neverthe- less, it is possible to grow excellent flowers 4 and 5 or even 6 inches across outdoors, but it requires staking, disbudding, and some kind of temporary protection, as of a tent or glass, during frosty weather. Fig. 957 shows a cheap and simple structure of coldframe sashes resting on a temporary framework. In severe weather a canvas curtain can be dropped in front, and the win- dow of a warm cellar in the rear opened to temper the air. For general outdoor culture, however, when no special care is given to the plants, the Japanese kinds are usually less satisfactory than the Pompons. These Pompons are a much-neglected class since the rise of the large-flowered Japanese kinds, but they are unlike anything else in our garden flora. Their vivid and sometimes too artificial colors harmonize with nothing else at Thanksgiving time, and they are so strong and commanding that they should have a place by them- selves. It is not uncommon for the flowers to be in good condition even after several light falls of snow, and they may be considered the most resistant to frost of any garden herbs. In fact, their pecuMar merit is blooming after the landscape is completely desolated by successive frosts. The flowers are not ruined until their petals are wet and then frozen stiff. They are essentially for mass effects of color, and great size is not to be expected. Masses of brown and masses of yellow, side by side, make rich combinations. The whole tribe of crimsons, amaranths, pinks, and the CHRYSOBALAIftTS (golden acorn, from the Greek, referring to the fruit). RosAceie. Bushes or trees, planted far south for orna- ment; fruit often edible. Leaves thick and coriaceous, entire, glar brous: fls. white, rather small, in axillary or terminal short cymes; calyx 5-parted; petals 6, clawed; stamens 15 to many, some of them • perhaps sterile: fr. a dryish-pulpy drupe, with outdoors. atone pointed at base and ridged. — Two spe- cies in tropics of Amer. and Afr., reaching Fla., and another one in S. U. S. Ickco, Linn. Cocoa-Plum. Icaco. On coasts and along streams in S. Fla., to S. Amer., and also in Afr., and is sometimes planted in the extreme S. (and in the tropics) as an ornamental shrub and for its sweet- ish but insipid and dry plum -shaped frs. which are sometimes used for preserves. It is a mere bush on the northern limits of its distribution, and on elevar tions, but in extreme S. Fla. it reaches a height of 25- 30 ft. Lvs. glossy, thick, obovate (sometimes obcor- date): fls. small and white, in axillary erect racemes or cymes; calyx 5-cleft, pubescent; petals 5; stamens about 20: fr. 1-seeded, 1-1 J^ in. long, varying from nearly white to almost black, globular or nearly so. Wood close-grained and heavy, hard, brown or reddish. It is best prop, by seeds, but may also be had from cuttings of half-ripened wood. C. pellocdrpus, Meyer, the small-fruited cocoa-plum, is a smaller plant, with smaller lvs., petals spatulate, drupe obovoid or oblong, about half the size of that of C. Icaco; it grows in extreme S. Fla. and farther south; probably not planted. C. oblongifdlius, Michx., occurs from Ga. to Fla. and Miss. It is a low shrub, spreading widely by means of underground sts.: If .-blades longer than broad, sharp-tipped : fr. ovoid or obovoid, about 1-lM in. long: not in cult. l_ g_ g. CHRYS6COMA: Unosyris. CHRYSdDIUlM: Blaphoglosmm. CHRYS6GONUM (Greek-made name, golden knee or joint). Compdsitx. A few composites, of which C. virginanum, Linn., is a perennial yellow-fld. plant of S. Pa. and southj sometimes cult, as a border plant. It blooms in spring or early summer on sts. which become 1 ft. high, the heads being soUtary and pedun- CHRYSOGONUM CHUFA 767 cled in the axils or some of them terminal : Ivs. oppo- site and basal, ovate and mostly obtuse, crenate. Prop, by creeping rootstocks and runners. Of little merit horticulturally. CHRYSOPHtLLUM (Greek, golden leaf, in reference to the color of the under surface of the leaves). Sapo- tdceas. Handsome trees, grown far south for fruit and for ornament. 7uice milky: Ivs. alternate, thick and stiff, usually shining and copper-colored or golden beneath with 958. Chrysophyllum Cainito. ( X M) silky pubescence, with many parallel cross-veins: fls. small, sessile or stalked, clustered at the nodes or in the axils; calyx mostly 5-parted; coroUa tubular-cam- panulate or somewhat rotate, mostly 5-lobed, without appendages; stamens as many as the corolla-lobes, and staminodia 0; ovary 5-10-celled: fr. fleshy and usually edible, 1- to several-seeded.^ — About 60 spe- \cies in tropics, the larger part American. The various species of Chrysophyllum have beautiful broad green leaves, with under surfaces of a silky tex- ture, varying in color from a silvery white through golden to a russet-brown, and are well worth a place in the conservatory as ornamental trees. By giving them sufficient room, they will bear fruit in the course of a few years, under glass, which in the case of C. Cainito, the star-apple of tropical America, is edible, and well liked even by people of a temperate clime. All species are strictly tropical, and cannot be grown where frosts occur unless properly protected. Propagation is ordinarily effected by seed, which readily germinate if planted when fresh, and it is stated that all species may be grown from cuttings of well-ripened shoots placed in strong, moist heat. The soil most suited for their growth is of a sandy character, and if not of a good quality should be well manured, using a considerable proportion of potash in the fertilizer for fruiting speci- mens. They seem to do well on a great variety of soils, however, that are sufficiently well drained, wet land not agreeing with them. (E. N. Reasoner.) -- Cainito, Linn. Star-Apple. Caimito. Fig. 958. Thick-headed evergreen, to 50 ft. : Ivs. oval or oblong, silky-golden beneath: coroUa-tube twice as long as the calyx; stigma 8-10-crenate or -lobed; fls. purplish white. W. Indies, Panama, Cent. Amer. I.H. 32:567. A.G. 11:405. — The fr. is the size of an apple, sjmimet- rically globular and smooth, hard; a cross-section shows the star-shaped core, whence the common name; it varies from white to purple in color of skin and also of flesh. The pulp is deUcious (used uncooked) if the fr. is allowed to remain on the tree until ripe. It has large, pumpkin-Mke dark seeds. It is very impatient of frost. oliviffinne, Lam. (C. monopyrhnum, Swartz). Satin-Leap. To 35 ft.: Ivs. like those of C. Cainito: fls. white; stigma 5-crenate: fr. ovoid-oblong or oval, l-seeded by abortion of ovules, blackish, IJ^ in. long, said to be insipid. S. Fla. and S. B.M. 3303.— Spa- ringly transferred to grounds as an ornamental tree. imperidle, Benth. {Theophrdsta imperialis, Lind.). Plant strict and simple, to 20 ft. or more, unarmed: Ivs. obovate-oblong to oblong-oblanceolate, 3 ft. long, on large plants very sharply serrate: fls. yellowish green, small, in clusters along the trunk, the cluster sessile but the fls. pedicellate: coroUa rotate, 5-lobed, thick: fr. 5-angled, nearly globular, size of a small apple, with a hard thick flesh; seeds 1 in. long and ^in. wide, compressed. Brazil. B.M. 6823. I.H. 21 : 184. Gt. 1864:453. — This species was grown 30 years before its genus was determined, but upon flowering in Euro- pean gardens it was found to be a Chrysophyllum (by some referred to Martiusella, which see) . l. jj. B. CHRYS0p6G0N: Sorghastrum. CHRYSOPSIS (golden appearance, from the heads). Compdsitse. Mostly low and hairy perennials, some- times planted in borders: heads of medium size and many-fld., usually with numerous yellow rays; involu- cre beU-shaped or hemispherical, of imbricated nar- row bracts: achenes compressed, bearing a pappus of numerous hair-like bristles. About 20 species of Chry- sopsis are known. Mex. and N. C. villosa, Nutt. (C. Boldnderi, Gray), is one of the species in the trade. It is widely distributed from 111., west, north, and south: 1-2 ft., grayish pubescent: Ivs. oblong to lanceolate, entire or few-toothed: heads usuaUy at the ends of leafy branches, aster-like in shape. Extremely varia- ble, and has several named forms. Mn. 7:101. Var. Rutteri, Rothr., is larger and later. Of value as a border plant. Cult, the same as aster. Perennials, but bloom the first year from seed, if sown early. C, vuiridna, Nutt. Differs from C. villosa in having corymbose- paniculate fl. -clusters. E. N. Amer. Aug.-Sept. Offered by dealers in native plants. It has showy yellow fls. and prefers dry sandy P'^'"^^- N. TATLOR.t CHRYSOSPLENIUM (name from golden and spleen, referring to some old medicinal tradition). Saxifragdcese. Goij)en Saxifrage. Low semi-aquatics, sometimes used in bog-planting. C. americanum, Schw., is a na- tive plant creep- ing in mud. Sts. forking, bearing roundish or cor- date small mostly opposite Ivs., with very smaU, nearly ses- sile, greenish, in- conspicuous fls. Scarcely known in cult, and, ex- cept for wet places where a cover or carpet is wanted, of no value horticul- turally. CHRYStTRUS CYNOSUROJDES: Lamarckia, CHUFA. The edible subter- ranean tubers of Cyperus escu- lentus, Linn., (which see) much prized in the South. Fig. 959. Chufa — Cyperus esculentus. ( X ii) 768 CHUFA CIBOTIUM 959. Chufas are eaten raw or baked, or used for the making of coffee. The plant is sometimes cultivated in the North, but it will not withstand the winter. The tubers are oblong, J^ to ?ii inches long, cylin- drical, hard. The plant is grass-like, and in the North does not flower. Tubers are planted in the spring, and the new crop is ready for dig- ging in the fall. It thrives easily in loose and warm soils. The nutty flavor of the hard tubers is very agreeable. CHUSQUfiA: Vol. I. BamboOf p. 449, 960. Chysis bractescens. (XK) CHYSIS (Greek for mdtr ing, in allusion to the pollen- masses). Orchidicex. Orchids, pendulous from trees; grown in hothouses. Stems fusiform, leafy, thickening after the Ivs. drop : fls. fleshy, in short racemes, which are pro- duced freely in the axils of the young growths; dor- sal sepal and petals similar in shape, the lateral sepals with the foot of the column forming a long foot;lipjointed to the column foot, lamellate longitudinally, the lateral lobes upright, loosely sur- rounding the column; poUinia 8. — About 6 species in Trop. Amer. Cult, as for Vanda, in baskets, pans or pots. They require tropical temperature when grow- ing, then cooler. A. Ground-color of fls. yellow. ai^ea, Lindl. Fls. 5-8, about 2 in. across; sepals and petals yellow, oblong-oval; lateral lobes of lip yellow, the middle lobe white, downy, spotted with red and yeUow. S. Amer. B.R. 1937. B.M. 3617. Ijbvis, Lindl. Fls. 8-12, about 2J/^ in. across; sepals and petals yellow, tinted above with lines of purple- carmine; sepals oblong, the dorsal one inflexed, the lateral falcate; lip yellow, marked with red. Mex. Chelsonii, Hort. Fls. 5-7, about 2J^ in. across; sepals and petals yellow, with a large blotch of reddish fawn at the apex; lip yellow spotted with red. Hybrid: C. bractescens x C. Isevis. F.M. 1878:297. AA. Ground-color of fls. white. bractescens, Lindl. Fig. 960. Fls. 3-5, about 3 in. across; sepals and petals ivory-white; lip with the lateral lobes white outside, the inner surface yellow, streaked red, the middle lobe yellow, streaked and stained with red. Mex. B.M. 5186. R.H. 1859, pp. 294, 295. LH. 27:398. O.R. 9:371; 13:236; 19:201. J.H. 111.28:263. CO. 1. A.F. 28:747. Llmminghei, Lindl. & Reichb. Fls. 4r-7, 1J^2 in. across; sepals and petals white, with an apical blotch of purple; Up with lateral lobes yellow, marked with reddish purple on the inside, the middle lobe white, streaked with bright purple. Mex. B.M. 5265. I.H. 7:240. CO. 3. Sgdenii, Hort. Fls. 3-6; sepals white; petals white with an apical rose-purple blotch; Up with the side lobes sulfur-yellow, purple-streaked within, the middle lobe white, streaked with amethyst. Hybrid: C. Ln/mminghei x C. bractescens. George V. NASH.t CIBOTHJM (Greek, a little seed-vessel). Cyathectcex. A small group of tree-ferns from Mexico and Polynesia, with bivalved coriaceous indusia, dif- fering from Dicksonia in having the outer valve entirely distinct from the leaf. For culture, see Dicksonia. C. Barometz is the plant that gave rise to the wonder stories of the Barometz or Scythian lamb (Fig. 961), which, according to Bauhin, 1650, had wool, flesh and blood, and ^^ a root attached to the navel. The ^^ plant was said to resemble a lamb in every respect, but grew on a stalk about a yard high, and turning about and bending to the herbage con- sumed the f ohage within reach, and then pined away with the failure of the food until it died. In 1725 Breyne, of Dantzig, declared that the Baro- metz was only the root of a large fern, covered with its natural yellow down and accompanied by stems, which had been placed in museums in an inverted position, the better to represent the appearance of the legs and horns of a quadruped. Young plants of C. Schiedei and C. regale are fre- quently offered by florists at a stage before the trunk has developed and when the leaves are about four or five feet long. They require greenhouse conditions for successful culture. A. Outer valve of the indv^um larger, or the values subequal. gla&cum, Hook. & Am. Lvs. ovate-lanceolate, tripin- nate; pinnules about 6 in. long, taper-pointed; segms. close: outer valve of indusium larger, broader than the inner: veins once- or twice-forked. , Hawaiian Isls. BSrometz, J. Smith. Scythian Lamb. Trunklesa: lvs. scented, tripinnate, the lower pinnae ovate-lanceo- late; pinnules short-stalked, 4-6 in. long, with falcate segms.: valves of the indusium nearly equal: veins prominent, rarely forked. China. 1 i^L*/ tt'k ymi' h :5^ ^^% 961. The Scytliian Lamb; reproduced from an old book. See Cibotium Barometz. AA. Outer valve of the indusium smaller than the inner, Schigdei, Hook. Trunk 10-15 ft. high: lvs. oblong- deltoid, tripinnate, with pinnse 1-2 ft. long; segma. falcate, sharp-pointed: sori sparse: veins forked, on the lowest pinnate. Mex. regale, Lind. Trunk 10-12 ft. high: lvs. oblong- deltoid, tripinnate, with pinnae 18-24 in. long; pinnules sessile, with close, falcate, deeply incised segms.; veins pinnate in the lobes. Mex. L. M. Underwood. R. C BENEDICT.f CICCA CINCHONA 769 C!CCA: Phyllanthvs. CiCER, (old Latin name for the vetch). Legvr mindsx. Pea-like annual or perennial herbs, with 6-parted calyx, the lobes being nearly equal or the 2 upper ones somewhat shorter and con- nivent, oblong turgid 2-valved pod, mostly 1-fld. peduncles, odd-pinnate Ivs. and toothed Ifts.: standard ovate or nearly orbicular, wings obo- vate and free, keel rather broad and incurved: fls. white, blue or violet: terminal 1ft. often represented by a tendril or spine. — A dozen or more species, with a Mediterranean-Asian range. C. arietinvun, Linn., the Chick-Pea or Gar- BANZO, is sometimes cult, in vegetable-gardens for the edible ripe seeds. It is an annual and is cult, the same as bush beans. It withstands dry weather well. It grows 2 ft. high, making a bushy, hairy plant; seeds are planted as soon as warm weather comes, usually in drills, the plants standing 8-12 in. apart. Lvs. with small, roundish Ifts. : fls. white or reddish, small, axil- lary. Seed roundish, but flattened on the sides, with a projection on one side, shaped like a miniature ram's head (hence the name arieti- num, in vars. of red, black and white. Much cult, in S. Eu. and Asia; and widely known in Calif, and in Mex., and other Spanish-American regions. The peas are eaten boiled, or roasted hke peanuts, often used for soup or as a substitute for coffee; and some kinds are used for horse-feed. It is a promising crop for some purposes; yield sometimes 500 to 1,000 lbs. to the acre. L. H. B. CICHORIUM (from an old Arabic name). Compdsitse. Seven or eight herbs, one of which is chicory and one endive. Perennial, biennial or annual, branch- ing and diffuse when in bloom, mostly with deep hard roots, milky juice and alternate lvs., and sessile axillary and terminal fl.-heads: fls. several to many in the head, all ligulate and perfect, blue, purple or white; involucre double; pap- pus of bristle-Uke scales. — Mostly in the Mediterranean region and to Abyssinia. fntybus, Linn. Chicory. Succoey. Fig. 962. Stout deep-rooted tall peren- nial (3-6 ft.): lvs. broadly oblong, ob- lanceolate or lanceolate, hairy, rapidly becoming very small toward top of plant so that the branches appear nearly naked and wand-like, more or less clasping and the lower ones runcinate: fls. bright azure -blue, IH hi. or more across, closing about noon; pappus about 8 times shorter than fr. July-Oct. — Now a widespread weed of hard road- sides and fields, but producing one of the clearest of light blues and worthy a place in the fl.-garden. Recent experi- ments promise attractive color forms. For cult, for the root and for the salad lvs, see Chicory. Endivia, Linn. Endive. Annual or biennial: lvs. many at the base, oblong, lobed and cut, smooth: st. 2-4 ft., branching, grooved : fls. pale blue; pappus about 4 times shorter than fr. India; but by some thought to be a derivative of C. Intybus, or of C. divaricatum of the Medit. region. For cult, as a salad plant, see Endive. L. H. B. CIENK6WSKIA: Kaemp/eria. 962. Flowers of chicory. — Cicho- rium Intybus. (XH)- A familiar weed along roadsides in the east- em part of the country. CIMICIFUGA, Linn, (cimex, a hng; fugere, to drive away). Ranunculacese. Bugbane. Tall hardy herbaceous perennials, ornamental, but bad-smelling, suited for the back of plantings or for partially shaded places in the wild garden. The leaves and taU plants are admired in the hardy border. Leaves large, decompound: fls. white, in racemes; sepals 2-5, petaloid, deciduous; petals 1-8, small, clawed, 2-lobed or none: follicles 1-8, many-seeded, sessile or stalked; stigma broad or minute. Allied to Actsea. — About 10 species, natives of the north temperate zone, practically all of which have been used in gardens. Cimicifugas thrive in half shady or open places in any good garden soil, but are much taller and more showy if the soil is very black and rich. Propagated by seeds and division of roots in fall or early spring. Seeds should be sown in cool moist soil soon after ripening. americ&na, Michx. (Aciisa podocdrpa, DC). Slender, 2-4 ft. high: lvs. pale beneath: fls. in elongated raceme; petals 2-horned; pedicels nearly as long as the fl.: follicles 3 or 5, stalked; seeds in 1 row, chaffy; stamens and pistils usually in same fl. Aug.-Sept. Moist woods N. Y. and S. fcetida, Linn. Lvs. bipinnate, termi- nal 1ft. 3-lobed: petals of the white fls. often tipped with anthers; no stami- nodia: follicles 3-5; seeds very chaffy. Summer. Siberia. — Following forms are more commonly cult. racemdsa, Nutt. (C. serpentdria, Pursh). Fig. 963. St. 3-8 ft. high: lvs. 2-3 times 3-4-parted; Ifts. mostly ovate, firm texture: racemes few, rigidly erect, often becoming 2 ft. long: follicles rather shorter than the pedicel, nearly J^in. long, short style abruptly recurved. July, Aug. Ga. to Canada and westward. Intro. 1891. Gt. 13:443. Gn. 46, p. 269. G.C. II. 10:557; III. 48:218.— Very pretty in fr., with its 2 rows of oval follicles always extending upward from the lateral branches. The com- monest in gardens. Rhizome and roots valued in medicine. Var. dissecta, Gray (C spicata, Hort.). Lvs. more compound than the type; small white fls. closely packed on lateral and terminal branches. Lasting until Sept. Conn. to S. Pa. J.H. III. 33:381. Var. simplex, Regel (C. simplex, Wormsk.). Tall and handsome: fls. short-pedicelled, forming a fine, dense raceme, and at first pubescent: folUcles short-stalked. Kamtschatka. Gn. 67, p. 8. Gn.W. 21:115; 23:899. C. cordifdlia, Purah. Lvs. very broadly ovate or orbicular. U. S. B.M. 2069. — C. dakkrica, Hutt. Higher and more branched than former. Cent. Asia. — C. dMa, Nutt. (C. fcetida, Pursh. Actsea Cimicituga, Linn.). Used in medicine. Ore., Wash. — C. japdnica, Spreng. 3 ft. high: lvs. very large. F.S. 22 : 2363 (as Pithyrosperma acerinum). — C. palmita, Michx.=Trautvetteria carolinensis. Vail. jj_ Q_ DaVIS. CINCHONA (from the Countess Chin- chon, wife of a Spanish Viceroy of Peru, who was cured of fever in 1638 by the use of Peruvian bark). Rubiacese. Plants widely known as yielding a remedy, in the bark, for malaria. 770 CINCHONA CINCHONA Some of the species are lofty trees, others are mere shrubs. They grow isolated in various districts of the Andes, at elevations ranging from 2,300-9,000 ft., and between 22° south and 10° north latitude. Lvs. oppo- site, with deciduous stipules: fls. much frequented by humming-birds, fragrant, white and pink in color, growing in terminal panicles; calyx small, 5-toothed, 963. Cimicifuga racemosa. (Lfts.X%) and persistent; corolla has a long tube with 5 short spreading valvate lobes, hairy at the margins; sta- mens 5, included in the corolla; ovary 2-celled, with very numerous ovules inserted on linear axile placentae : caps, opening septicidally from the base upwards; seeds small, numerous, flat and surrounded with a wing. — There are 30-40 confused species. Specimens are some- times seen in collections of economic plants, but they are not horticultural subjects. From the pharmacopoeial point of view there are two distinct kinds of cinchona bark: (1) Cinchona, also called yellow cinchona and calisaya bark, which is probably the bark obtained from Cinchona Ledger- iana, Moens, and hybrids of this with other species of Cinchona. The bark secured from these sources is said to contain 6 to 7 per cent of alkaloids, of which one- half to two-thirds is quinine. (2) Cinchona rubra, or red cinchona, which is obtained from Cinchona succir- vbra, Pavon, or its hybrids. In this bark the alkaloid cinchonidine exists in greater proportion. The cinchona trees are considered to yield the maxi- mum of alkaloids at six to nine years of age. The bark of the trunk and roots is removed; the latter is used mostly in the manufacture of quinine. Effort has been made to adopt the spelUng Chinchona, although Lin- naeus, in founding the genus, used only one h: see Clements R. Markham "A Memoir of the Lady Ana de Osorio, Countess of Chinchon and Vice-Queen of Peru (A.D. 1629-39), with a Plea for the Correct Spelling of the Chinchona Genus," London, 1874. The febrifuge reached Spain as early as 1639. Knowl- edge of it was spread by the Countess of Chinchon, hence it was called Countess' powder and Peruvian bark, and also Jesuits' bark, from the knowledge of it spread by Jesuits. The word quinine is derived from the name by which it was known in Peru, quinaquina, or "bark of barks." In 1849, trees were sent by the Jesuits to Algeria, but the experiment was not success- ful. In 1852-4, Hasskarl successfully introduced Uving plants into Java, in 1859, Clements R. Markham was entrusted by the government of India with the task of collecting plants and seeds on the Andes, and estab- hshing them in India. In his fascinating book "Peru- vian Bark: a popular account of the introduction of Chinchona cultivation into British India" (1880), Markham recounts the difficulties in South America and his final success. Cinchona is now grown commer- cially in India and also in Jamaica, but most of the commercial product is secured from trees grown in Java; it is also cultivated in New Zealand and Aus- tralia. C. Ledgerianaj Moens (C Calisaya, Wedd., var. Ledgeriana, How.), is a small tree with small thick elliptical lvs., reddish beneath, and with yellowish not fragrant fls., and a short cajjs. C. siicdrubra, Pav., has large and thin broad-elliptic lvs., purple- red calyx and rose-colored petals, and an elongated caps. C. officinalis. Hook, f., has oval-lanceolate acute shining lvs., and rose-colored silky fls. It is sometimes seen (in some of its forms) in collections. Var. Condaminea (C. Condaminea, Humb. & Bonpl.) is one of these forms and has been intro. in S. Calif, and said to be easily grown there. l_ h_ g, CuUivation of cinchona. (By Wm. Fawcett.) The seedlings may be raised either in boxes or in beds. The boxes should not be more than 3 or 4 inches deep. Three -quarter -inch drainage -holes should be made in the bottom, about 6 inches apart. Whitewash the boxes or dust them inside with Ume. Put pieces of broken flower-pots over the drainage holes, and cover the bottom with gravel to a depth of 1 inch. The soil should be made up of one-third leaf-mold, one-third good soil and one-third fine river gravel. These should be thoroughly mixed and passed through a }^-inch sieve. Fill the boxes to within }4: inch of the top, and slightly water. Sow the seed evenly, and sprinkle over it some of the sifted soil, only just covering it. The boxes should be under shade, sheltered from rain, and watered every day with a very fine spray from a watering-can. The seedlings will appear in three or four weeks. If the seeds are sown in beds, they require the protection of a roof sloping south, and supported by posts 4 feet 6 inches high on the north, and 3 feet 3 inches on the south side. The sides may also have to be covered in. The breadth of the beds is 3 feet. The roof projects beyond the south posts sufficiently to keep off direct sunhght, and in the summertime, at any rate, a narrow north roof must be added at right angles. If the sheds are built under the shade of tail trees, the roof is needed only for shelter from rain. When the seedlings are 13^ to 2 inches high, they should be transplanted into nursery beds, made up in the same way as for seeds. In transplanting, use a wooden peg 4 or 5 inches long, J^inch thick at one end and tapering to a dull point. A seedUng is picked up with the left hand from a bundle brought from the seed- beds, a hole is made with the peg in the right hand, big enough to receive the roots without bending or crushing them. The soil is then pressed closely over the rootlets with the peg. Two inches between each plant is enough room. At first the plants should be shaded, but CINCHONA CINERARIA 771 when they are twice or thrice as high as when trans- planted the shading may be gradually removed to harden them for putting out in their permanent positions. The soil and subsoil should be free and open to insure good drainage; newly cleared forest land on a hillside is the best for Cinchona trees. In Jamaica, Cinchona officinalis flourishes best at an elevation of about 5,500 feet, with a mean annual temperature of about 60° F., ranging from a minimum of 46° to a maximum of 75° and with a total annual rainfall of 120 to 150 inches. The distance when planted out in their permanent positions is 3 by 3 feet, and as soon as they begin to mterfere with each other's growth they should be thinned out just sufficiently at first to prevent this. The bark of those cut down may be worth stripping if the price of bark is high. Several methods have been used in taking the bark from the trees. In South America, the tree is uprooted, and the whole of the bark may be taken from both root and stem. A second plan is used if shoots spring from the root; the trunk is cut through above the ground, the bark stripped, and the stump left to coppice, one or two of the shoots being allowed to grow. The third method is to make the same tree yield bark in succes- sive seasons; for this purpose longitudinal layers of the bark are removed from the trunk, and the exposed surface is sometimes covered with moss; the bark renews itself, and the "renewed bark" is as rich (or richer) in alkaloids as the original. In this way, by taking successive strips of bark in different years, the tree yields a continuous supply of bark. l_ jj_ g + CINERARIA {ash-colored, from the Latin, referring to the gray foliage). Compdsit^. Herbs or under- shrubs, closely aUied to Senecio, from which they are separated chiefly by technical characters of the achene. The genus is variously understood by different authors. As Umited by Bentham & Hooker, and also by Engler & Prantl, it comprises about 25 South African species, and the common garden Cineraria becomes a Senecio {S. cruentus, DC). The genus Cineraria differs from Senecio in having a cone- like rather than branched style, and a usually flattened or many-angled rather than terete achene; the species are herbs or sub- shrubs with yellow fl.- heads. The cine- raria of the florists (Fig. 964) is now much modified by culti- vation. There are two views of its origin, one holding that it is a direct development of C. cmenta, Mass. (Pericallis cnir enta, Webb. & Berth.), B.M. 406; the other that it is a hybrid, into which C. cruenta, C. Heritieri, C. popidifolia, and perhaps others, have probably blended. These are all natives of the Canary Islands. For important Uterature respecting the origin of the garden cineraria, see Nature, 51:461, 605; 52:3, 29, 54, 78, 103, 128; 55:341. G.C. III. 3:654, 657; 17:588, 655, 742; 18: 89, 186; 29:297. The florists' cinerarias run in white, and in shades of blue, pink and purple-red. There is promise of yellow- flowered strains by hybridizing with yellow seneoios or related plants. See Senecio for Cineraria acanthifdlia, C. candidis- sima, and C. maritima. To the garden or florists' cine- raria (C cruenta) belong the horticultural names C. grandifldra, C. kewinsis, C. ndna.C. stelMta, and others. There are full-double forms (see R.H. 1874, p. 47; 1886, p. 41. F.S. 22:2347-8. I.H. 32:556.)— C. flavescens, Hort., is a garden hybrid between Cineraria "Feltham BeaMty" und Senecio auricidatissimits. G.C. III. 45, 322. Gn. 73:252. It is a compact grower, originating with James Veitch & Sons, giving promise of a new strain of winter -blooming plants: fls. creamy yellow, the younger blooms almost canary yellow; If. peculiarly constricted at the middle and much enlarged at the top. — C hybrida, Hort., is a hybrid between Senecio cruentus and S. tu^silaginis, with white fls. having pale blue tips on the rays and purplish centers. G.M. 55: 337. — C. stelMta, Hort., now a popular race of florists' cineraria, has opifen spready panicles of star-like single fls. Fig. 965. Most excellent. The true yeUow-fld. South African cinerarias seem not to be in cultivation, although C. pentactina, Hook, f., has been recorded in horticultural literattil'e within recent years: slender and climbing, with lax paniculate inflorescence, pale red flower-stems and five golden yellows rays in each head. B.M. 7799. Elegant greenhouse climber. L. H. B. 964. Culture of the florists' cineraria. The single hybrid cinerarias are among the most use- ful and beautiful of all greenhouse flowering plants. The ease with which they can be raised, the little heat required, together with their free-blooming qualities, brilliant and various- colored flowers, which last a considerable time in blossom, make them popu- lar with most people pos- sessing even only a small greenhouse. Though they are herbaceous in character ■ ■: • ■ ■■ be propagated by ■ ■ii ■ -^ or division of the ■ e single varieties reated as annuals, raising them from seed each year and throw- ing away the plants after flowering. Al- though one may save one's own seed, the cine- rarias, like most hybrids, will de- teriorate both in size and quality of the flower after one or two generations unless they are crossed; there- fore, unless one cares to cross one's own plants, it is best to purchase fresh seed from some reliable firm that secures its stock [from hybrid- ists. For florists' use, or when a succession of Small plant of the florists' cineraria. — Botanically Senecio cruentus. 772 CINERARIA CINNA these flowers is required, two sowings of seed should be made — the first about the middle of August, and the second a month later. The seed should be sown in pans or shallow boxes 1 foot square; these should be well drained, and the soil should consist of one part fine loam, one part leaf-mold, and one part clean sharp silver sand. The surface should be made very fine and pressed down evenly. The seed should then be sown evenly and rather thinly, and covered with sand about the eighth part of an inch. This will in a great measure prevent the seedlings from what gardeners term "damping off," which they are very apt to do if the atmospheric conditions become at all stagnant. The seed-pans or boxes should be carefully watered with a fine rose and then placed in some cool shaded place, such as a frame placed on sifted coal-ashes on the north side of a wall or building, where they will ger- minate in about a week or ten days. As soon as large enough to handle conve- niently, the seedlings should be potted into thumb-pots and grown on as rapidly as possible, shifting on into larger size pots as often as re- quired, never allow- ing them to become the least pot-bound, or suffer in any way during the season of .growth. The soil should consist of half leaf-mold and half fine fibrous loam, with a good sprink- ling of silver sand, until the final shift into their flowering pots, when the soil ' should be three parts fibrous loam and one part well - decayed cow-manure or pul- verized sheep-mar nure. About the first of October the plants should all be removed to the greenhouse, where the atmos- phere should be kept cool and moist, but not stagnant. If a rainy spell should set in, a little artificial heat should be given to cause a circulation of the atmosphere, and as autumn advances the temperar ture should be kept about 45° at night, with a rise of 10° by day. Liquid stimulants should not be given until the flower-buds begin to appear, when they are greatly benefited by an occasional watering of clear liquid cow- or sheep-manure. The plants should be well in bloom after the holidays. If bloom is wanted in lih Jjulllii early winter, seed may be sown in May ^.-^^ the plants growing aU summer, but do not let them bloom till they are estab- lished in 5- or 6-inch pots. The Star cineraria (Fig. 965), now popular, is an open grower, 2 feet, not having the large solid masses of flower-heads of the older larger-flowered kinds. The blooms are single and mostly smaller, and the rays, are separated as in a wild aster. These plants go under the 96S. Stellata, a popular form of cineraria. ( X M) name of C. stellata. They are very free flowering, and as pot plants are more decorative than the large-flow- ered types; they meet the present demand for simplicity. In color they have the same range as the ordinary flor- ists' cinerarias; and there are cactus-flowered strains, with narrow roUed petals. The star cinerarias require the same handling and treatment as the others. Double-flowered varieties of cineraria are not com- monly grown, neither are they so beautiful as the single varieties. They may be propagated by seed or by cut- tings, the latter being the best method, as a large per- centage of seedlings are sure to turn out single, which will be inferior in size of flower as compared with the best single varieties. Double-flowering varieties must be propagated each year to secure the best results. As soon as the plants have finished blos- soming, the flower stalks should be cut away to induce the plants to make fresh growth, which, as soon as large enough for cuttings, should be taken off and in- serted in an ordinary propagating bed, where they will soon root, after which they should be potted and shifted on as often as required, growing them during the ho^ test months in as cool , and shaded a position as can be provided. Cinerarias are, very subject to the attacks of greenfly. To keep these in check, the house in which they are pown should be fumigated with tobacco about once in ten days, or tobacco stems placed among the plants if fumigating is objec- tionable; or the cyan- ide treatment used. See Diseases and Insects. Of thediff erent spe- cies of Cineraria from southern Europe (properly Senecios), C. maritima is per- haps the best. It IS of dwarf habit, with tomentose, sUvery, pinnatifid leaves, and is a most useful subject for edging flower-beds. It is not hardy in the North, consequently must be treated as an annual, sowing the seeds early in March in the greenhouse, afterward treating it as an ordinary summer bedding plant. The other species from south and eastern Europe do not prove hardy North, and if grown should be treated as tender annuals, planting them in the herbaceous borders for the summer. The species from the Cape of Good Hope require greenhouse treatment, the culture being the same as for the com- rnon cineraria, although, from an ornamental point of view, most of them would hardly pay for the room they would occupy. Edward J. Canning. CInNA (old Greek name for a kind of grass). Gramlnese. TaU perennials .with flat leaf-blades. Spikelets 1-fld., numerous, in nodding panicles, the XXVII. Coconut in flower and fruit. Southern Florida. CINNA CIRRH^A 773 rachilla prolonged; lemma short-awned below the apex. There are two species, C. anmdin&cea, Linn., with contracted panicle, the spikelets 2>2 lines long, (Dept. Agric, Div. Agrost. 7 : 140 ; 20 : 79) and C. latif 61ia, Griseb. (C. p&ndula, Trin.), with open panicle, the spikelets 2 lines long. Both species are native in cooler parts of N. Amer. A. S. Hitchcock. CINNAMOMUM (the ancient Greek name). Laurd,- cex. Evergreen trees and shrubs of Asia and Australia, with aromatic leaves and wood, of which a few are cul- tivated in the extreme southern United States. Leaves usually thick, mostly opposite, strongly 3-nerved or pinnate-nerved: buds not scaly (.exception in C. Camphora): fls. usually perfect, with 9 (or less) perfect stamens in 3 unUke rows and a row of imper- fect ones; perianth short-tubed, segms. 6 and nearly equal: fr. a small 1-seeded berry, in the cup-hke perianth.— Upward of 50 species, among which are plants yielding cinnamon (C. zeylanicmn), camphor (C. Camphora), cassia-bark (C Cassia), and other aromatic and medicinal products. Various species may be expected in collections of economic plants, but most of them are not strictly horticultural subjects. It is not known whether some of the species in cult, in this country are passing under the proper names; pos- sibly C. Tamala, Fr. Nees, widely distributed in the Par East, may be confused in our cultures. The genus Cinnamomum embraces tropical and semi-tropical shrubs and trees, which axe mostly of economic value, and in one or more cases are valuable shade trees for lawn and street planting. The leaves are evergreen, usually of a rich shining green, and in C. Camphora have a silvery blue color on the under sur- faces. C. Camphora, the camphor tree, is hardy in the lower Gulf states, and is now being extensively planted, both for shade and extraction of gum. C. Cassia is not quite so hardy, but withstands a temperature of 20° F. without injury, and has been planted in Florida for manufacture of its various products, — oil, gum, buds and cinnamon bark. C. zeylanicum, is likely to be extensively grown in Mexico and the West Indies.— The various species are usually propagated by seeds, which are sown as soon as ripe in a shaded bed, the seedlings being transplanted when very small into pots and kept thus growing until permanent planting out. The species, without exception, are very diflScult to transplant from the open ground, and hence pot- grown plants are almost a necessity. Cuttings of half- ripened wood of some species may be rooted in the spring in moderate heat, following the usual method of preparation, and planting in coarse sand. The soil best suited to cinnamomums in general, and C. Camphora in particular, is sandy loam, although a heavy loam, when well prepared, answers fairly well. The sandy soil of Florida, when moderately manured, suits all species so far tried admirably. (E. N. Reasoner.) Camphdra, Nees & Eberm. (Camphdra offiaindrum, Nees. Laiirits Camphdra, Linn.). Camphor Tree. Stout tree with enlarged base, to 40 ft.: Ivs. alternate, ovate-eUiptic, acuminate, not large or very thick, pink- ish on the young growths, with a pair or more of strong side veins: buds scaly: fls. small, yellow, in axillary panicles; perianth membranaceous: fr. af-3J^ in., light yellow, rind medium thick, bitte;r, pulp tender, translucent, juice with a sprightly acid flavor, aroma pleasant. Tree very vigorous and prolific. FoUage dense. Walter T. Swingle. CITRON {Citrus Mkdica, Linn.). Rutdcex. Fig. 971. A large lemon-like fruit with a very thick peel and a small amount of very acid pulp: the peel is candied and used in confectidneiry^d for culinary purposes. The citron is grown in the Mediterranean regions, especially in Corsica, and large quantities are preserved in brine and shipped to the United States to be candied. The Corsi- can citron of "c5m- merce was introduced into this country in 1894 by David Fair- child for the Division of Pomology of the Unit^-States De- partment of Agricul- ture, and it has been grown to some extent in California. The plant usually is propagated by cut- tings but it can be grafted on rough lemon or other stock. In the region of Va- lencia, in eastern Spain, the citron is used in propagating oranges, since citron cuttings strike root more easily than oranges. A piece of citron twig is grafted into branches of orange which are afterwards set as cut- tings whereupon the citron strikes root and later on the orange. Then the roots are exposed and the citron roots cut away, leaving the orange growing on its own roots. The citron can be planted and cultivated much as the lemon in cool equable climates, such as in the coastal region of southern Cahfornia. In Corsica, the trees are kept low and trained in vase form, but other- wise treated like lemons. There are but few citron orchards in the United States; one at West Riverside, California, about 10 acres in extent, is perhaps the largest. The Etrog or sacred Jewish citron, used by the Jews at the Feast of Tabernacles, has small greenish yellow fruits which, if they are of exactly the prescribed size, form and color, may bring as much as $5 or $10 each. This variety is grown principally in the island of Corfu. See Citrus and Etrog. The word citron is also applied to the preserving watermelon: see CitruUus and Melon, Water. Walter T. Swingle. SO CITROPSIS 779 CITR6PSIS {lAmonia § Citropsis, Engler). Rutdcex. African Cherry Orange. Very interesting and as yet httle-known citrous trees, of interest for use in hybri- dizing and for stocks, also promising as ornamentals. Small spiny trees: Ivs. compound, 3-12 in. length; Ifts. 3, 5 or even 7, coriaceous^ petioles and rachis usually very broadly winged; fruiting twigs sometimes with unifoUate Ivs.: spines usually paired, sometimes single: fls. large, white, in the axils of the Ivs., tetramer- ous (rarely 5-merous), with 8 free stamens: frs. small, H-iH in. diam., borne in tufts in the axils of the Ivs., bright orange-colored, with an agreeable odor and a pleasant flavor, 3-4-celled, with a single seed in each cell; cells in some species filled with pulp-vesicles full of pleasantly flavored juice. There are several species of this interesting genus in the tropical forests throughout central Africa. These plants, because of their sweet high-flavored fruits borne in tufts like cherries and their unusually large compound leaves, should prove very interesting for use in hybridizing. Tests made in the green- houses of the Depart- ment of Agriculture, at Washington, have shown that at least two species of Ci- tropsis can be budded readily and grow very well on the common citrous stocks. This genus is undoubtedly closely related to Citrus. See descr. in Journ. Ag. Research, 1:419-436, w. figs. Preflssii, Swingle & M. Kellerman (Limd- nia Preiissii, Engler. L. Demeiisei, De Wild?). Lvs. 3-5- fohate, with very broadly winged pet- ioles and rachis; Uts. large, broadly oval: fls. large, axil- lary; style long, slen- der, broad at the base: frs. small, apiculate. Kamerim. W.Congo. lU. Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzf. III. 4:189, fig. 109, E. H. De Wildeman, EtudesFl. Congo, pi. 41. ,4 Schweinfurthii, Swingle & M. Kellerman {limbiiik SchwAnfurthii, Engler. lAmbnia uganden»is. Baker) . Fig. 972. A species named from sterile leafy twigs collected by Schweinfurth at Uando at the head- waters of the Ghazal branch of the Nile. Lvs. ;3-5- foliate; Ifts. narrowly lanceolate, acute at both ends: fls. large, usually 4-merous; style rather short and thick: frs. lime-like, IJ^ in. diam., sweet. Sudan, Uganda, Congo. gabonensis, Swingle & M. Kellerman {lAmbnia gaboninsis, Engler). Lvs. of medium size, sometimes unifoliate like orange lvs., sometimes 6-7-foliate; rachis narrowly winged; Ifts. caudate: fls. small, borne on long pedicels, 4-merous; style not broad at base: frs. globose, small, about 1 in. diam.,, almost dry, having only rudimentary pulp-vesicles; seeds large. French Congo, Kamerun. Walter T. Swingle. Maude Kellerman. 971. Citron- Citrus Medica, Corsican variety. (XVs) 780 CITRULLUS CITRUS CITRULLUS (diminutive of Citrus, said to be in allusion to the shape of fruits and color of flesh resem- bling those characters in fruits of the orange or citron). Cucwrhitacese. Annual or perennial tendril-bearing herbs of three or four species, one yielding the watermelon and one the colocynth. Climbing or long-trailing, hispid or rough, with 2-3- parted tendrils, often with a strong odor: Ivs. alter- 972. Citropsis Schweinfurthii. (XJi) nate, petiolate, mostly round-cordate in general out- line, deeply 3-5-lobed, and the divisions often again lobed, and the segms. commonly obtuse: fls. monoe- cious, solitary and pedtmcled in the If.-axils, the corollas 5-lobed; stamens 3, included and united or cohering by the anthers, and rudiments of stamens in the pis- tillate fls.; pistil 1, the ovary ovoid or globose, bearing a short style and 3-lobed stigma: fr. a globular pepo, morphologically 3-celled, usually smooth and with a hard rind. — Trop. Afr. and Asia, 2 of the species now widely distributed in warm and tropical countries, vulgaris, Schrad. Watermelon (see Melon, for cul- re). Annual, glabrous or pubescent: Ivs. not rough, ;_deeply or moderately divided, the sinuses open tuse: fr. in the wild state from the size of an it of a man's head, sweet or slightly bitter, ir. — When the fr. is sweet and edible it is the watermelon, or "kaflSr watermelon*''^^^'S?^j^.; when bitter (C. amdrus, Schrad.), it is the "bitt^apple" of S. Afr. The fr. now varies widely in cult., in size, season, shape and quality. The soft pink flesh is much prized in its natural state for eating. A form with hard and inedible white flesh is known as "citron," and the rind is used for the mak- ing of preserves (as is the rind of the true citron) . Colocynthis, Schrad. (Colocynlhis officinAlis, Schrad. Cucwmis Colocynthis, Linn.). Colocynth. Bitter- Apple. Perennial (in the wild), the st. angular and rough : Ivs. rough, 2-4 in. long, 3- or 7-lobed, the mid- dle lobe sometimes ovate, the sinuses open and the If. in general form like that of C. vulgaris: ovary villous: fr. globose, green-and-yellow variegated, about 3-4 in. diam., intensely bitter; seeds small {}im. or less long), smooth. Trop. Asia and Afr., now widely distributed in Afr. and the Medit. region. — ^The dried frs. aret^' used m medicine (as purgative), being imported from i ^'^ Turkey and Spain. Sometimes cult in this country as aP^' curios- ity or in collections of economic plants; cults ^^tte tor officinal purposes has been attempted in New Ma- Bx,, but the frs., although larger than the official produL-^^it, aie reported to be less active. l_ nAiSit B. CfXRUS (ancient name of a fragrant African ^lia^vA, afterward transferred to the Citron). jRMl]ftg te, Citron. Lemon. Orange. Small evergreen, moVdeci'^*.'" less spiny trees or shrubSj grown for their edible frte ^^i and also attractive in fohage and flower. t^jjj ligaysg glandular-dotted, persistent, appare.iarr"")' simple (in reality unifoliate compound Ivs.), borne*iig "" more or less winged or margined petioles, which \ usually articulated with the blade and at their atta( ment to the twig: spines usually present, borne sin, at the side of the bud in the axils of the Ivs. : fls. cli tered or rarely solitary in the axils of the l-9B!^or small lateral or terminal cymes or panicles, white pinkish purple in the bud; petals 5 (rarely 4 or 6) thic strap-shaped, not clawed at the base, imbricate( stamens numerous (16-60, usually 20-40) at least fouil times as many as the petals, polyadelphous, cohering^ toward the bases in a few bundles; ovary 8-15-celled, with a prominent usually deciduous style containing as many tubes as there are cells in the ovaryj„tj;,_a hes- peridium, globose, oval or oblate-spheroid, the segms. filled with juicy pulp composed of stalked pulp-vesicles; seeds 1-8 in a cell, oval or oblong, J^-J^in. long, with a pergameneous testa and thick fleshy cotyledonsp* usually with adventive embryos arising as buds from the nucellar tissue of the mother plant. Natives of Trop. and Subtrop. Asia and the Malayan Archipelago. — Half a dozen species are commonly cult, and have given rise to very many varieties as well as numerous hybrids, i" are ,cf'y fs- n making the delimitation of the species exceedingly difficult. See Citrange, Citron, Etrog, Grapefruit, Lemon, Ldme, L/imequat, Orange, Pomelo, Tangeh. The nomenclature here followed is based on the writer's treatment of the species of Citrus in "Plantse Wilsonianae." The fewest possible number of changes have been made consistent with presenting a clear account of the genus. A careful study of Citrus and the genera most nearly related to it has shown that the trifoliate orange differs in so many and such important characters that it seems necessary to recog- nize it as a separate genus (Pondrvs). The same is true of the kumquats and the AustraUan limes. aurantifolia, 3. Aurantium, 4, I Bigaradia, 5. deeumanay 4. deliciosa, 7. digitcUa, 1. grandis, 4. INDEX. ichaogensis, 9. limetta, 3. Limonia, 2. LiTnonium, 2. Medica, 1. mitis, S. myrtifolia, 5. nobilis, 7. sarcodactylis. sinensis, 6. unshiu, 7. vuIgariB, 5. KEY TO THE SPECIES. A. Winged petiole nearly as large as the blade of the If.: seeds very large, thick: fr. rough, oval, lemon-yellow when ripe: fls. solitary 9. ichangensis AA. Winged petiole much smaller than the blade of the Ivs.: seeds small or me- dium sized: fls. usually in clusters. B. Lvs. apparently not jointed between blade and petiole, oblong-serraie; petiole 'windless: fl.-buds tinted reddish: fr. with a very thick peel, fragrant, pulp arid 1. Medica BB. Livs. with an ofysious joint between the blade and petiole, crenate: peel thin or only moderately thick. c. Fl.-buds tinted reddish on outside: petioles merely margined: lvs. crenate: frs. oval, more or less apiculate 2; Limonia CITRUS CITRUS 781 cc. Fl.-buda while: petioles more or less winged. D. Frs. oval, often slightly papillate, small, 1-Ji4 in. diam. , greenish- yellow when ripe, thin-skinned, smooth: fls. small: petioles plainly winged: Ivs. small,pallid above, crenate, more or less jmnctate, obtuse: spines short, very sharp 3. aurantifolia DD. Frs. globose, depressed globose, rarely oval or pyriform, never papillate, orange-colored, or if yellow, frs. large and thick- skinned. E. Size of fr. very large, pale yel- low when ripe: twigs pnibes- ceni when young: petioles broaaly winged 4, grandis EE. Size of fr. medium or small, orange or orange-yellow. F. The frs. with a solid core and a iight skin; pulp sweet: petioles slightly winged. . . 6. sinensis FP. The frs. loith a hollow core whan fully ripe, skin loose or, if tight, pulp acid and petioles broadly winged. a. Skin tight: petioles broad- ly winged: pulp add.. . . 5. Aurantium GG. Skin loose: petioles only narrowly winged or margined. H. The fr. borne singly at tips of branches, small; segms. 7-10, pulp very add: Ivs. pale beneath 8. mitis HH. The fr. borne in axils of the Ivs.; segms. 8-15, pulp sweet: hs. dark green below. .... 7. nobilis 1. Medica, Linn, (from Media whence the species first came to the notice of the ancient Greeks and Romans). Citron. Fig. 971. A shrub or small tree, with long irregular branches: thorns short, stout and stiff: Ivs. rather pale green, large, oblong, 4-6 or 7 in. long and 1J^2 in. wide, bluntly rounded at the tip with serrate margins, not articulated with the petioles, which are wingless: fls. large, reddish tinted when in the bud, usually in terminal panicles, or clustered, in the axils of the Ivs.; petals large, white above, reddish purple below; stamens numerous, 30-40 or more; ovary tapering gradually into the often persist- ent style: fr. large, oval or oblong, 6-10x4-6 in., bluntly apiculate, oftien rough or bumpy, lemon-yel- low when ripe; skin very thjck, fragrant; pulp scanty, addj seeds oval, 'smooth, white inside. — The citron is " very sensitive to cold because of its ability to grow at low temperatures, which causes it to start into a fresh and very tender growth after a few days of warm weather in winter. It is cult, in the Medit. region, especially in Corsica, whence large quantities of the peel are exported in brine to Amer. to be candied. The candied peel is much used in confectionery and in cakes. Sparingly cult, in Cahf. and Fla. A number of ill-defined varieties are grown, the most important being the Corsican, intro. from Corsica in 1894 by David Fairchild. The Etrog or sacred Jewish citron is grown in Corfu. See Citron. 973. Fingered citron. — .. ,, ^_,. „ ■ i Citrus Medica var. sarco- Var. sarcodactylis, Swmgle dactylis. (XM) (Citrus sarcoadciylis, v. 974. Citrus Limonia. (XH.fr. H) Nooten. C. MHica, var. digitata, Auct., not Lour.). Fo Shu Kan (Chinese). Bushdkan (Japanese). Fig. 973. Diilers from the common citron in having the segms. of the fr. separated into finger-like processes. The frs. are very fragrant and are used by the Chinese and Japanese for perfuming rooms and clothing. It is sometimes grown as a dwarf potted plant for ornament. It should be intro. into this country. 2. Limdnia, Osbeck (from Arabic limHn, a lemon) (C. Mhdica var. lAmon, Linn. C. Limbnium, Risso). Lemon. Fig. 974. A small tree with long irregular branches: thorns short, stout and stiff : Ivs. rather pale green, elongate- ovate, pointed at the tip, with ser- rate or sub-serrate margins ; petioles wingless but some- times narrowly margined, articu- lated both with the blade and the twig: fls. rather large, solitary or in small clusters in the axils of the Ivs., reddish - tinted in the bud; petals white above, reddish purple below; stamens 20-40; ovary tapering into the deciduous style: fr. oval or oblong, with an apical papilla, 3-5 x 2-3 in. with 8-10 segms., lemon-yellow when ripe, with a prominently glandular-dotted peel, often more or less rough and moderately thick; pulp very abundant, very acid; seeds small, ovate, smooth, often few or none, white inside. — The lemon is very sensitive to cold as, hke the citron and the Hme, it is readily forced into new growth by a few days of warm weather in winter. It is found in all tropical and warm subtropical regions and is cult, on a large scale in the Medit. region, especially in Sicily, whence large quantities of the frs. are exported to the U. S. In this country the lemon is widely cult, in Cahf. and to a much smaller extent in Fla. The frs. are gathered just before they ripen while still green in color and often before they attain their full size and are then ripened in curing-houses, in which temperature and humidity are artificially controlled. The juice is used for making lemonade, for cooking, and the arts; the peel is used in cooking and the oil extracted from it is used in cooking and in perfumery. The principal cult, varieties have rather small smooth frs. The more important varieties are listed here: Eureka. Frs. oval-oblong, medium size, usually seedless, ripening early: tree small, nearly thomless. Genoa. Frs. oval, pointed at base and tip, ripening early, seedless: tree dwarf. Lisbon. Frs. oblong, with a large papilla at the tip, few-seeded : tree of medium size, thorny; a vigorous grower. Villa Franca. Frs. oval-oblong, medium to large, apex abruptly papillate, seeds numerous: tree of good size, nearly thornless. Kennedy. Frs. oval, with a very small papilla, thin-skinned, nearly seedless. Ponderosa. Frs. very large, sometimes weighing 2J^ lbs., with a neck at the base; seeds numerous. Everbearing. Frs. large, abruptly papillate at the tip, with a narrowed neck at the base, rough all over; seeds rather numerous: everbearing, borne on a stragghng bushy tree that sprouts from the roots. Grown for home use in Fla. Rov^h (Florida Rough). A tree of doubtful origin, occurring wild in the Everglades of S. Fla. : frs. round- ovate, very rough, apical papilla surrounded by a depressed ring; seeds numerous: tree large and vigorous. The frs. of this variety are useless for commercial pur- poses, but the seeds are in considerable demand by 782 CITRUS CITRUS nurserymen as the tree makes an excellent stock for very poor sandy or calcareous soils. See Lemon. 3. aurantif 61ia, Swingle (Limdnia aurantifdlia, Christ- mann. C.limetta Auct. not Risso). Lime. A small tree, with rather irregular branches: spines very sharp, short, stiff: Ivs. small, 2-3 in. long, elliptic-oval, crenate, rather pale green; petioles distinctly but narrowly winged: fls. small, white in the bud, occurring in few- fld. axillary clusters; petals white on both surfaces; stamens 20-25; ovary rather sharply set off from the deciduous style: fr. small, oval or round-oval, 1M~2J^ in. diam., often with a small apical papilla, with 10 segms., greenish yellow when ripe; peel prominently glandular-dotted, very thin; pulp abundant, greenish, very acid; seeds small, oval, smooth, white inside. — The lime is perhaps the most sensitive to cold of any known species of Citrus. Even a few days of moder- ately warm weather in winter suffice to force it into a tender and succulent growth that is killed by the slightest frost. It is found ia all tropical countries, often in a semi-wild condition. It is cult, in the warm- est parts of Fla., especially on the Keys. Large quan- tities of the fr., picked when still green and often not full-sized, are packed in barrels and shipped to the cities of the N. U. S., where they are extensively used for making limeade. Large quantities of bottled lime juice are exported from Montserrat and Dominica Isls. in the W. Indies, and used on shipboard for pre- venting scurvy. Limes are too thin-skinned to keep well and are not processed as are lemons. It is usually prop, from seed — ^rarely from cuttings. The principal varieties grown in the U. S. are: Mexican (West Indian). Frs. small, smooth, often with a slight apical papilla; seeds few: tree small, very spiny, usuaUy branching from the base. This variety, almost always grown from seed, is the only one planted on any considerable commercial scale. Tahiti (Persian?). Frs. large, smooth, with a broad apical papilla; seedless, about the size and shape of an ordinary lemon: poor keepers. See Lime. Hybrids: Sweet (C. limetta, Risso ?). Frs. about the size of a lemon, with a sweet and insipid pulp. Com- monly grown in the W. Indies and Cent. Arner. Lime- quats are new hardy hybrids between the common Mexican lime and a kumquat; these hybrids vary much in size, shape and flavor, but some are about the size of a lime and have abundant very acid pulp. See description under Limeguat. 4. grSndis, Osbeck (C. Aurdntium var. grdndis, Linn. C. Awdntium var. decumdna, Linn. C. decumdna, Linn.). Grapefbttit (or Pomelo). Shaddock. PuMMELO. Fig. 976. A large round-topped tree, with regular branches: spines, if present, slender and flexible, rather blunt: Ivs. large, dark glossy green above, oval or elliptic-oval, with a broadly rounded base; petiole broadly winged, more or less cordate: fls. axillary, borne singly or in clusters, large, white in the bud; petals white on both sides; stamens 20-25, with large linear anthers; ovary globose, sharply delimited from the deciduous style: fr. very large, 4-6 in. diam., globose, oblate spheroid or broadly pear-shaped, smooth, with 11- 14 segms., pale lemon-yellow when ripe, peel J^-Jiin. thick, white and pithy inside; seeds usuaUy very numer- ous, large, flattened and wrinkled, white inside. — ^The grapefruit (or po- melo) is now one of the most appre- ciated citrous frs. grown in the U.S. The culture of this delicious fr. was limited to the Fla. pioneers until some 25 years ago, when the first commercial planta- tions were made. Since then, there has been a steady increase in the area devoted to this fr. in Fla., and plantings have been made in Calif., Ariz., and the West Indies. The pummelo of India, called shaddock in Fla., is not grown on a commercial scale, but occurs in many tropical countries. The grapefruit is usually served as a breakfast fr. cut in haff and seeded. It is a vigorous grower, even on light sandy loam soils and Is coming increasingly into use as a stock upon which to graft other citrous frs. The yoimg trees are tender, but the mature ones are well protected by a dense canopy of Ivs. and may stand more cold than an orange tree. The grapefruit is much like the orange in its ability to resist cold and is much less easily forced into a new growth by a few warm days in winter than the lime or lemon. The varieties of grapefruit grown in the U. S. have almost all originated in Fla., where the early settlers prop, this tree from seed, thereby originating many slightly different varieties, the more important of which are listed here: Duncan. Fr. large, keeps well on the tree, seeds few: tree rather hardy. Hall (Silver Cluster). Frs. medium size, produced in large clusters; seeds numerous. Triumph. Fr. small or mediiun size, early: tree rather tender. Does not suc- ceed well when budded on sour orange stock. Mc- Carty. Fr. large, late, borne singly; seeds numerous. A variety recently found in the Indian River region of Fla. Besides these standard varieties of grapefruit of the Fla. seedling type a large number of other similar varieties are cult, locally in the state, such as the Bowen, Excelsior, Josselyn, Leonardy, Manville, May, McKinley, Standard (or Indian River), Walters, and many others. The following varieties differ more or less widely from the old Fla. seedling tjfpe. Marsh. Frs. large, depressed globose, often seedless; pulp subacid, less bitter than in the other varieties. This variety, though it originated as a seedling in Fla., is best adapted to cult, in CaUf., where many of the ordinary Fla. varieties do not succeed well. Pemam- buco. Frs. large, skin very smooth, hght-colored, late; seeds abundant. Intro, from Pemambuco, Brazil, to the U. S. by the U. S. Dept. of Agric. — The shaddocks or pummelos are seldom cult, in the U. S. The Tresca variety from the Bahama Isls. has large pyriform frs., with pink flesh of good flavor and abundant seeds: the tree is tender. A pummelo from near Canton, China, is imported into San Francisco on a small scale by the Chinese resident there. The frs. are pyriform, very thick-skinned, not pink within; seeds numerous. Some seedlings of this variety are to be found at various points in CaSf. They are very leafy and of vigorous growth, and make excellent stocks upon which to graft other citrous frs. Many other sorts of pummelos are known from Asia and the Malayan Archipelago and some have been intro. for trial by the Office of Foreign Seed and Plant Intro- duction of the U. S. Dept. of Agric. The true grapefruit seems to be scarcely known outside of U. S. and the W. In- dies. See Grapefruit and Pomelo. 5. Aurdntium, Linn. (C. vulgdris, Risso. C. Bigarddia, Risso. C. Aurdn- tium var. Bigarddia, Hook. f.). SocBor Seville Orange. Fig. 976. A medium- sized tree, with a rounded top and regular branches: spines long but flex- ible and blunt: Ivs. light green when young, medium-sized, 3-4 in. long, tapering to the somewhat wedge- shaped base, and more or less acumi- nate at the tip; petiole broadly winged: fls. medium-sized, axillary, single or clustered, white in the bud ; petals white on both sides, very fragrant; stamens 20-24 ; ovary globular, sharply delimited from the deciduous style : fr. 2%-3}4 in- diam., globose, slightly flattened at the CITRUS CITRUS 783 tip, with a hollow core when fully ripe; pulp acid, mem- branes with a bitter taste, segms. 10-12; seeds cimeate- oval, flattened, with raised lines, white inside. — The sour or Seville orange is grown all over the world. It is able to withstand more cold than most of the other citrous trs. and is rarely forced into new growth by warm weather occurring in winter. The sour orange is found in a thoroughly naturalized condition in many parts of Fla. where it doubtless was brought by the Spaniards. Most of these wild sour orange trees were dug up and transplanted for use as stocks when orange-culture was being rapidly extended some 25-30 years ago. The Sevifle orange, as its name would indicate, is grown on a commercial scale in the vicinity of Seville, Spain, whence the frs. are shipped in large quantities to Eng- land and Scotland for use in making orange marma^ lade, for which this species is best adapted. The petals yield a valuable perfume, oil of Neroli, which is pro- duced in the south of Prance and the Italian Riviera. The peel of the fr. is sometimes candied and, when fresh, yields an essential oil. The sour orange is grown in a small way in Fla. for home use, the frs. being used for making "orangeade." In the TJ. S. the sour orange is used almost exclusively as a stock on which to bud other citrous fr. trees. The seeds are in demand by nurserymen at a good price for this purpose. The sour orange is well adapted to grow on a great variety of soils but is especially well fitted for low wet soils, where it is valuable because it is immxme to the mal di gomma or foot-rot so destructive to the common orange and lemon on such soils. There are no named varieties of the sour orange in cult, in the U. S. — Mutations: The so-called Ciirits myrtifoUa, a narrow- Ivd. form with spineless twigs and short intemodes, bearing small flattened sour oranges is a mutation arising from the root of the sour orange. Chinotto (the Chinoise of the French confectioners). This is a broader-lvd. form of the above described mutation. It is cult, along the northern shore of the Medit. from Genoa to Toulon, yields the small green frs. used for candying. This vajiety, which should be called the Chinotto, is being tested in the U. S. and may prove adapted for commercial culture on a small scale in this country. Hybrids: Bittersweet. A good-sized tree occurring wild in Fla., is undoubtedly a hybrid between this species and the following. FYs. oblong, flattened at the ends; pulp sweet, but the membranes sepa^ rating the segms. have a bitter taste. The fr. ripens very late on some trees and keeps well on the tree. 6. sinensis Osbeck (C Aurdntium var. sinensis, Linn. C. Aurdntium, Lour, et Auct., not Linn.). Common or Sweet Obange. Fig. 977. A medium- sized tree, with a rounded top and regular branches: spines, when present, slender, flexible, rather blunt: Ivs. medium-sized, rounded at the base, pointed at the apex; petiole narrowly winged, articulated both with the blade and the twig: fls. medium-sized, smaller than those of the sour orange, white in the bud; petals white on both surfaces; stamens 20-25; ovary subglobose, clearly deUmited from the deciduous style: fr. sub- globose or oval, pith solid, pulp sweet, membranes not bitter in taste, segms. 10-12 or 13 in number; seeds cuneate-ovoid with rugose margined plane surfaces, white inside. — The common or sweet orange is widely cult, in all the tropical and subtropical regions of the world. It is rather tender, not so hardjr as the sour or Seville orange, but much more cold-resistant than the lemon or lime. A very few orange trees occur in a semi- wild state in S. Fla. Sweet oranges were doubtless intro. into Fla. by the Spaniards nearly four centuries ago and, as they were prop, by seeds until within the last half-century, many local varieties have arisen there. Orange-culture has reached its highest develop- ment in S. Calif.; where it constitutes one of the most important agricultural industries. Fla. is second only to Calif, in the extent and value of the orange groves. while some oranges are grown in favored spots in La., Texas, and Ariz. — Oranges are the best known and probably the most highly esteemed dessert fr. A few are used in cooking and the peel is sometimes candied. An essential oil is also pressed from the peel. The sweet orange is commonly used as a stock on which to graft other species of citrous frs. It grows well on light well-drained loam or sandy loam soil. On heavy soil it is subject to the mal di gomma or foot- rot. Very many varieties are in cult. Some of the principal sorts grown in the U. S. are listed here. (1) Florida seedlings — varieties originated in Fla. as a result of prop, oranges from seed, mostly strong-growing trees: Parson Brovm. Frs. me- dium-sized, very early. Pineapple. Frs. medium or laige, very juicy; seeds rather numer- 977. Citrus sinensis. ( xf ) °"S : midseason : tree a strong grower. Homosassa. Frs. medium-sized, very juicy : a good bearer and keeper: tree nearly thornless. Madam Vinous. Frs. medium or large; pulp coarse-grained, juicy; midseason. Nonpareil. Frs. rather large, flattened; pulp fine-grained, juicy: tree vigorous. Also Arcadia, Summit, Foster, Hick, Magnum Bonum, May, Old Vini, Osceola, Stark, Whittaker, and very many others of the same general type. (2) Florida mutations or hybrids — ^new sorts originated in Fla., usually differing in some striking way from the old Fla. seedling oranges, perhaps through hybridization with foreign varieties. Boone (Boone's Early). Frs. medium size, strongly oval or oblong, very juicy, very late, keeping well on the tree: Ivs. with petioles varying in width. Lue Gim Gong. Frs. oval, juicy, ripening very late and holding very well on the tree, even until late summer. A variety newly intro. into cult. Drake. Star. A rare variety with varie- gated foliage; usually a poor bearer but sometimes bear- ing a good crop of excellent fr. (3) Mediterranean varie- ties, largely intro. into Fla. by Sanford and Lj^nan Phelps, about 30-40 years ago: Ruby. Frs. small or medium-sized; peel red-orange; pulp streaked with red when fuUy ripe, juicy; seeds rather few: rather late: tree vigorous, nearly thornless, prolific. St. Michael. Frs. medium-sized, oblong, red-blotched when ripe; flesh wine-red; seeds few; rather early. Jaffa. Frs. large, oblong, juicy; seeds few. Possibly not the same as the celebrated orange of Jaffa, Palestine. Mediter- ranean Sweet. Frs. large, oval, juicy, late: tree nearly thornless. Majorca. Frs. round or slightly flattened, juicy: rather late. Hart (Hart's Tardiff). FYs. round or slightly oval, medium to large size, juicy; seeds few; ripens very late: similar to the nejct and thought by some to be identical. Valencia (Valencia Late). Frs. medium to large, oval or rounded, juicy, nearly seed- less, very late. A prolific variety, largely grown in Calif, and held in cold storage imtil early autumn. There are many other Medit. varieties of nearly or quite as much value as some of the above, such as, Centennial, Du Roi, Joppa, Paper Rind, Prata, Saul Blood, St. Michael (Blood), etc. — ^The navel oranges all show a second smaller more or less included fr. formed at the tip of the main fr. Many varieties are of foreign origin. Washington (Bahia, Washington Navel). Fr. large, rounded slightly, pointed at apex; flesh Vm, juicy; skiii 784 CITRUS CITRUS very tough; seedless : early midseason. The most famous variety of oranges Intro, from Bahia, Brazil, by Wm. Saunders of the U. S. Dept. of Agric. in 1870. Its cult, has steadily extended in Cahi. until it is the principal variety grown there. It does not succeed well in Fla. Thomp- son (Thompaon' a hmproved Navel). A smooth-skinned hard-fleshed variety found by A. D. Shamel to arise as a mutation from the preceding, to which it is inferior in quality though better in appearance. Atistralian. Frs. large, coarse: tree vigorous, but a shy bearer. Also found by Shamel as a variation of the Washington Navel (Bahia). Surprise. Pr. medium-sized, rounded or even slightly flattened, juicy, early, seedless. A variety origmated by E. S. Hubbard, of Fla. Double Imperial. Fr. small or medium-sized^ navel hidden: pulp firm; seeds few or none. A Brazflian variety, said to fruit well in Fla. when budded on trifoliate orange stock. There are many other varieties of navel oranges occasionally grown on a commercial scale. In Calif., among others, Golden Nugget and Navelencia; in Fla., Egyptian, Melitensis, and Sustain are known. There are doubtless many more navel oranges which should be tested. See Orange. Hybrids: Citranges are hardy hybrids between the common sweet orange and the trifoliate orange, Poncirus trifoliata. The princmal varieties are the Rusk, Morton, Col- man, Savage, Cunningham and Saun- ders. See description under Citrange. 7. ndbilis, Lour. King Oeange. Small trees, with slender twigs and pointed Ivs., with very narrowly winged or merely margined petioles: fls. small, white; stamens 18-24: fr. with a loose peel and a hollow pith; seeds usually green inside. — ^This spe- cies comprises several well-marked groups; the original C. ndbilis of Loureiro was undoubtedly something very like the King orange, a medium- sized tree with long upright branches, with dark bark, having large depressed globose fr. with a rough thick not very loose skin; segms. usually 12-13; seeds rather numerous, large lie those of a sweet orange, white inside. See W. A. Taylor, Yearb. Dept. Agric. 1907, pi. 34. This variety was found by Loureiro growing in Cochin China in the latter half of the 18th century and was intro. into Amer. by Mrs. S. R. Magee, of Riverside, Calif., in 1880, from Saigon, Cochin China, which introduction became known as the King orange. It has frs. of large size, very juicy, and of delicious vinous flavor. Its rough skin seems to be no obstacle to its ready sale at good prices. Var. delicidsa, Swingle (C delicidsa, Tenore). Mandarin Orange. A small tree, with slender branches, wiUow-like Ivs., with merely margined peti- oles: fls. small: frs. depressed globose, bright orange-yel- low or reddish orange, with a very loose peel; seeds snaall, beaked, bright ^een within. — This variety com- prises the many varieties pf Mandarin oranges, includ- ing the so-called tangerine varieties. These are deli- cious dessert frs., attractive in appearance and easy to handle because of the loose skin and the easily separable segms. Aside from the greater ease of preparing them for the table. Mandarin oranges are used exactly as axe common oranges. The principal varieties grown in the U. S. are the following: Mamarin (China, China Mandarin, Willow-leaved). Fr. medium-sized, 2-3 in. diam., depressed-globose, early, orange-yellow; very J'uicy; sweet; seeds abimdant. Oiieco. Fr. medium to arge, orange-yellow, midseason. Intro, from India in 1888. Tangerme (Dancy's Tangerine). Fr. red-orange, medium 6ize,^epressed-globose, juicy; seeds rather 978. Citrus ichangensis. (Xl) abundant: midseason: tree of good size: Ivs. much broader than those of the Mandarin variety. Other Mandarin oranges are occasionally grown, especially in Fla., such as the Beauty, Cleopatra, Kino Kumi, and Mikado. Hybrids: Tangelos, are a striking new group of citrous frs. Sampson, the first tangelo to be grown commercially, was obtained by the writer in 1897 by crossing the tangerine with Bo wen grapefruit; it is unlike either parent in quality, being more like a choice sprightly flavored sweet orange. Many other tangelos are now being tested. See Tangelo. Var. linshiu, Swingle (C ndbilis subsp. genulna var. linshiu, Makino). Satsuma or Unshiu Orange. A small spineless tree, with a spreading dwarf habit: Ivs. broad, abruptly narrowed toward the apex, with strongly marked veins on both faces: fls. small, very abundant: fr. depressed-globose, 3-3 J4 in. diam., deep orange; pulp orange, very juicy, of a peculiar but agreeable flavor; pith hollow; segms. 9-13; seeds often lacking, when present only few in number, broadly top-shaped, not beaked as in the Mandarin oranges, greenish within. — This very marked orange seems to constitute a botanical variety distinct from the King or the Mandarin oranges. It is commonly grown in Japan, whence it was intro. into Fla. by Geo. R. Hall in 1876, according to H. H. Hume, "Citrus Fruits and Their Culture." p. 112. 1909. The Satsuma orange is one of the hardiest of all edible citrous frs. Budded on the trifoliate orange, it can be grown in many parts of the Gulf Coast region, where all other citrous frs. except citranges are killed by cold. The Satsuma can be grown best on the trifoliate orange stock. It grows on sweet stock but does not produce as much nor as good fruit and is not so hardy. It makes only a stunted growth on sour orange stock and soon dies. It cannot be grown satisfactorily on light sandy land or on black waxy lands with a marly subsoil where the trifoliate orange does not grow well. It could be grafted on Rusk citrange for the black waxy lime soils of Texas. 8. mitts, Blanco. Calamondin Orange. A small tree, with upright branches: Ivs. broadly oval, pale green below like those of kumquat; petiole narrowly winged: fls. smallj angular in the bud, borne singly at the tips of the twigs: fr. small, depressed globose, deep orange-yellow when ripe, Jooserskinned; segms. 7-ilO, easiljL.ggEaEa!blfi; Bulp very acia; seeds_few, small.— This tree, a native of the Philippine Isls.,-is commonly cult, in Hawaii, where it is wrongly called "China orange." It was intro. into Fla. by the U. S. Dept. of Agric. from Panama, and was for a time distributed by nurserymen under the erroneous name of To-Kum- quat. It is very hardy, probably as hardy as the Sat- suma, or even more so. It can be budded on sour orange or on trifpliate orange stock. A promising fr. for home use, for culinary purposes and for makings ade. 9. ichangensis, Swingle. Fig. 978. A small tree, with long slender spines: Ivs. narrow, with oblong broadly winged petioles nearly or quite as large as the blade: fls. white; stamens 20, cohering in bundles: fr. lemon-shaped, 3-4 in. long, with a very broad low apical papilla surrounded by a shallow circular furrow; segms. 8-11; pulp acid, of good flavor; seeds very large, thick, cuneate-ovate, J^j^in. long and J^-J^in. thick, white within. — ^This interesting new species, not closely aUied to any other of the known members of the genus Citrus, is native in highlands of S. W. China. It is the northermost evergreen tree of the citrous group and grows at high altitude, 3,000-5,000 ft. It is able to withstand considerable cold in winter, so it is very likely to prove of value in breeding new tjqjes of hardy substitutes for the lemon. E. H. Wilson, who col- lected excellent material of this plant for the Arnold Arboretum, is endeavoring to secure it for trial in U. S. C. bergAmia, Risso. Berqamot. A small tree: IvB. oblong-oval, with long, winged petioles: fls. small, white, very fragrant: frs. CITRUS CLARKIA 785 pyriform, 3-4 in. diam., thin-skinned, pale yellow when ripe; pulp acid; seeds oblong, many. Extensively oult. in Calabria for the essential oil which is expressed from the peel and used in making Eau de Cologne and other perfumes. — C. histrix, see Papeda. — C. japtimca, see Kumquat. — Ctait^sie, Risso. Otaheitb Change. A dwarf i>lant, having lemon-like fis. and lemon-shaped fr. orange in color with a mawkish taste. Commonly grown by florists as an orna- mental pot-plant. Rarely used as a stock for dwarfing common citrous frs. This plant is not a native of Tahiti as the name would indicate, but is probably of hybrid origin. — C. tri/oKd ulate, obtusish, short-peti~ oled 2. Fremontii DD. Color of fis. yellow 3'. ochroleuca CC. Lvs. compound. D. Lfts. entire: fls. solitary. E. Plants upright, herbaceous, F. Shape of lfts. lanceolate: lvs. bipinnxite or ternately compound 4. Douglasii FP. Shape of lfts. ovate: hs. pinnate 5. aromatica EE. Plants climbing, shrubby. F. Styles not plumose in fr. Q. The lvs. not reticulate, usually with terminal Ift 6. crispa GG. The lvs. reticulate, usually without termi- nal Ift 7. Simsii FF. Styles plumose in fr. G. Fls. axillary, with the pedicels much longer than the fis. H. Sepals outside pubes- cent, dull. I. Lfts. subcoriaceous, reticulate 8. reticulata H. Lfts. membranous, indistinctly veined. 9. Vioma HH. Sepals outsvie gla- brous, bright scar let:. 10. texensis QG. Pis. terminal and axil- lary, the latter with the pedicels shorter than the fls 11. fusca DD. Lfts. serrate: fls. usually clus- tered or panicled. E. Plants herbaceous, upright: fls. clustered, often nearly sessile. F. Fls. blue or violet, in axillary clusters 12. heraclesefolia FF. Fls. whitish, usually in an elongated terminal pan-* icle 13. stans EE. Plants climbing, shrubby. F. Lvs. pinnate. G. Fls. yellowish white, in panicles 14. nutans GG. Fls. reddish purple, 1-3, axillary 15. lasiandra FF. Lvs. bipinnate; lfts. small, deeply lobed, usually less than 1 in. long: fis. whitish 16. sethusifolia BB. Fls. with petaloid staminodes; sepals more or less spreading; stamens upright, appressed pubescent. c. Lvs. always 3-foliolate; lfts. ovate, subcordate 17. verticillaris CO. Lvs. partly biternate; lfts. ovate to ovate-lanceolate 18. alpina AA. Sepals spreading; stamens more or less divergent. B, Stamens glabrous or only with a few hairs below the anthers {or hairy at the base only in No. 19). c. Fls. solitary or in 3*s or in axil- lary fascicles, blue, violet, red or white, usually large. D. Lfts. entire: fis. on the new growth after the IvS., solitary or in S'b. 790 CLEMATIS CLEMATIS n. Plant herbaceoiis, upright: sepals imbricate in bud; stamens pubescent at the base 19. Stanleyi EB. Plants woody, climbing: sepals valvate; stamens glabrous. F. Achenes with short style; pedicels longer than the sepals, Q. Number of sepals 4- fl^- open campanulate, usually 1—2 in. across. H. Style glabrous: fis. 1-2 in. across, often in S's 20. Viticella HH. Style pubescent except at the apex; fis. 1 in. or less across. . . .21. campaniflora QG. Number of sepals usually 5—6: fis. flat, 2-4 in. across 22. florida FT. Achenes with long plumose style. G. Pedicels shorter than sepals: Ivs. simple or ternate 23. lanuginosa GO. Pedicels longer than se- pals: fis. from last year's wood in spring or early summer: Ivs. ternate or pinnate .... 24. patens DD, Lfts. or Ivs. serrate: fis. in axillary clusters, or solitary on last year's branches with the Ivs. in spring, white or pink. E. The sepals with a small invo- lucre below their base; fis. nodding, open campanulate. F. Z/us. simple: fis. whitish. . .25. cirrhosa FF. Lvs. ternate: fis. greenish yellow, spotted red i?iside.2Q. balearica EE. The sepals without involucre. F. I/vs. pinnate; lfts. smaU, about ]/2 in. long 27. gracilif olia FF. Lvs. ternate; lfts. 1-3 in. long. a. Lfts. glabrous or spar- ingly pubescent 28. montana GQ. Lfts. densely silky pw- bescent beneath, less so above 29. Spooneri CO. Fis. in terminal or axillary panicles or cymes, rarely 3 {if solitary, with bracts about the middle of the pedicel) white, rarely pinkish; sepals 4 (some- times 4S in No. 37), usually small {except in No. 37). D. Los. 3-foliolate; lfts. always entire, often sub-coriaceoits or coriaceous. E. The fis. from the old wood from scaly buds 30. Annandii EE. The fis. from the new growth. F. Lfts. ovate or orate-oblong. G. Filaments as long or shorter than anthers: lfts. rounded or sub- cordate at the base. . . .31. Meyeniana GG. Filaments longer than the anthers: lfts. cune- ate at the base 32. crassif olia FF. Lfts. narrow-lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate 33. Pavoliniana DD. Les. pinnate or bipinnate {if 3-foliolate, lfts. lobed or den- tate or fis. dioecious). E. The fis. perfect. p. Lfts. entire or nearly entire, or S-lobed: anthers linear, much longer than broad, a. Plant herbaceous, up- right 34. recta GG. Plant climbing, half- woody. H. The lvs. pinnate 35. paniculata HH. The lvs. bipinnate. . . .36. Flammula FF. Lfts. serrate, occasionally nearly entire: anthers oval or oval-oblong, not more than twice as long as broad (longer in Nos. 37 and 38). G. Thefts. 1-3, long-stalked, 2-3 in. across: lvs. pinnate.. 37. Fargesii GG. The fis. in panicles or cymes, not exceeding 1 in. diam. H. Los. ternate or biter- nate: fis. %in. across, in many-fid. cymes .38. apiifolia HH. Lvs. usually bipirv- nate; lfts. ovate-Ian^ ceolate: tails of fr. about %in. long. . . 39. brevicaudata HHH. Los. pinnate: tails longer. I. Sepals glabrous in^ side: lfts. pubes- cent beneath 40. grata II. Sepals pubescent in- side and outside: lfts. glabrous or nearly so 41. Vitalba EE. The fis. dioecious. F. Foliage deciduous: sepals 4* Q. Fis. appearing on the young wood in summer, less than 1 in. across. H. Los. ternate; lfts. 2—3 in. long 42. virginiana HH. Los. pinnate; lfts. 1— 2 in. long. I. Plant glabrous: lfts. rouTided or sub- cordate at the base.iS. ligusticif olia II. Plant pubescent: lfts. truncate or cune- ate at the base 44. Dnimmondii aa.Fls. on last year's branches from scaly buds in early spring, 1 ^ in. across 45. lasiantha FF. Foliage evergreen; lvs. ter- nate: sepals 5-7 46. indivisa EB. Stamens pubescent; fis. yellow or yellowish, nodding: achenes with plumose tails. c. Lvs. pinnate or bipinnate. D. Fls. usually several, 1-2 in. across, pale yellow: lvs. bluish or grayish green; lfts. usually entire, often lobed. E. Lfts. often oblong or lanceo- late: sepals pubescent in- side 47. orientalis EE. Lfts. usually ovate or oval, pale bluish green: sepals glabrous inside 48. glauca DD. Fls. solitary, 2-3 in. across, on stalks to 10 in. long; sepals glabrous inside: lfts. usually lanceolate, serrate, green 49. tangutica CO. Lms. biiemate; lfts. serrate, green: fls. solitary 60. serratif olia Section VIORNA. Group Crisps. 1. integrifdlia, Linn. Herbaceous, erect, becoming 2 ft. high: lvs. rather broad, entire, ovate-lanceolate: fls. solitary, nodding; sepals 4, rather narrow, blue, coriaceous, 1-2 in. long. June-Aug. Eu. and Asia. B.M. 65. The following are supposed to be hybrids of this species: C cylindrica, Sims ( xC. crispa. C. integrifolia var. diversifolia, Hort. C. integrifolia var. pinnata, Hort.). Lvs. more or less irregularly lobed or pinnate; fls. solitary, oylindric-campanulate with the sepals more or less recurved from the middle, blue or bluish-violet. B.M. CLEMATIS CLEMATIS 791 1160. Lav. 13. G.W. 14, pp. 562-3. R.H. 1856:341. Here alao belongs probably C. divaricdia, Jacq., with short-petioled pinnate Irs. and blue, less spreading sepals. 2. Fremontii, Wats. Fig. 981. Closely alUed to C ochroleuca, but with Ivs. 3-4 in. long, nearly sessile, either entire or with a few coarse teeth: fls. often drooping; sepals thick, purple, nearly glabrous, except the tomentose edges; styles when young downy rather than feathery. July, Aug. Mo. to Colo. G.F. 3:381 (adapted in Fig. 981). G.W. 14, p. 563. 3. ochroleaca, Ait. Herbaceous, 1-2 ft. high^ silky- pubescent, becoming glabrate: Ivs. ovate, entire: fls. erect, solitary, terminal; sepals yellow outside, cream- colored within; styles becoming somewhat plumose. July, Aug. Dry grounds, N. Y. to Ga. L.B.C. 7:661. —Intro. 1883. 4. Dofiglasii, Hook. Has habit of C. integrifolia, about 2 ft. high: st. and petioles angled and ribbed: Ivs. twice pinnately or ternately compound; Ifts. nar- row-linear or lanceolate: fls. tubular or bell-shaped, 1 in. long; sepals recurved, deep purple within, paler without. June. In mts., Mont, to New Mex. — Intro. 1881. Var. Scdttii, Coulter, has the Ifts. ovate- or ob- long-lanceolate. A hybrid of C. Douglasii var. Scottii x C. texensis is C. globiddsa, Hort., with deep purple pitcher-shaped fls. Gn. 75, p. 472. 5. aromfitica, Lenn6 & C. Koch (C. cseriilea var. odoraia, Hort.). Slender, herbaceous or somewhat climbing, reaching 6 ft. high if supported: Ivs. of 3-7 ovate, nearly entire Ifts.: fls. sohtary, terminal, very fragrant, 13^2 in. across; sepals 4, spreading, reflexed, reddish violet; stamens white. July-Sept. Nativity, perhaps S. France. It is thought by some to be an old garden hybrid, probably C. Flammula x C. integrifolia. R.H. 1877, p. 15. Lav. 9. 6. cdspa, Linn. A slender climber, reaching 3-4 ft.: Ivs. very thin; Ifts. 3-5 or more, variable in outline and sometimes undivided, often 3-5-lobed: fls. purple, varying to whitish, cylindrical or bell-shaped, 1-2 in. long; points of sepals recurved; styles of fr. hairy but not plumose. June-Sept. Va. to Texas. B.R. 32:60. B.M. 1892. I.H. 2:78 (as C.caTOpani^OTa). G. 30:503; 34:147. V. 6:379. Lav. 14.— This and the allied species are fragrant. A hybrid of this species is C. cylindrica, Sims (x C. integrifolia). See No.l. A number of hybrid forms, the offspring of a cross between this species and C. texensis are figured and described in M.D.G. 1898:500 and one as "blue bells" in Gn. 49, p. 189. 7. SJmsii, Sweet (C. Pltchen, Torr. & Gray). High cUmbing: branchlets pubescent: Ivs. of 3-4 pairs of Ifts. and a terminal 1ft. reduced almost to a midrib; Ifts. coarsely reticulated, lobed or 3-parted, usually mucronate: fls. 1 in. long and J^in. diam., with swollen base; sepals dull purple, recurved at the tips: achenes pubescent, styles not plumose. June-Aug. S. Ind. to Mo., southward to Mex. Lav. 15. B.M. 1816 (as C. cordata). Var. Sirgentii, Rehd. (C. Sdrgentii, Lav.). Fls. smaller^ paler: Ifts. rarely lobed. Lav. 18. — A hybrid of this species with C. texensis is figured in R.H. 1893:376. 8. reticulata, Walt. A slender climber, allied to C. (Tispa: Ifts. much reticulated and very coriaceous: fls. sohtary in the axils of the Ivs., nodding, bell-shaped; sepals recurved, crispy at the margin: mature fr. with plumose tails. June, July. S. C. to Ala. and Fla. B.M.6574. Lav. 16. 9. Vioma, Linn. Fig. 982. Climbing, 8-10 ft., sparingly pubescent or glabrous: Ivs. not glaucous nor coriaceous; Ifts. subcordate-ovate to ovate-lanceolate, slightly reticulated: fls. sohtary, on long peduncles, pitcher-shaped; sepals 4, 1 in. long, variable in color, often dull purple, thick and leathery, finely pubescent outside, tips often recurved; styles plumose when 982. Clematis Vioma. ( X H) mature, 1 in. long. June-Aug. Pa. to Ala. and west- ward. Lav. 17. Gn. 45, p. 240. 10. texensis, Buckl. (C. cocdnea, Engelm. C. Vidma var. cocdnea, Gray). Climbing, to 6 ft.; glabrous: Ivs. glaucescent, subcoriaceous; Ifts. broadly ovate, often obtuse, subcordate, 13^-3 in. long: fls. sohtary, pitcher-shaped, nodding, carmine or scarlet, glabrous outside: achenes with plumose style, 1-2 in. long, glabrous at the tip. Texas. Lav. 19. B.M. 6594. Gn. 19:284. G.W. 10, p. 498. G.C. II. 15:403. W.G.Z. 2:111. F. 1880, p. 115. Gt. 32:86. R.H. 1878:10; 1888:348. — Much superior to the preceding because of its beautiful fls. Some of the garden hybrids of this species, which have been classed under C. pseudo- cocdnea, Schneid. (x C. Jackmanii), are found under the names: Countess of Onslow, deep scarlet. Gn. 57, p. 376. M.D.G. 1898:481. G.M. 37:381. G.C. III. 16:9. Countess of York, white, tinted with pink. Duchess of Albany, clear pink. Gn. 52:304. See also No. 6 for hybrid forms of C. crispa with this species and No. 7 for a hybrid with C. Simsii. 11. ffisca,Turcz. Climb- ing, to 15 ft.; sparingly. Subescent: Ivs. pinnate; ts. usually ovate, to ovate-oblong, acute, glab- rous or pubescent beneath and ciliate, 1K-2J^ in. long, the terminal one usually wanting: fls. on rather short villous pedi- cels, nodding, urceolate, about 1 in. long; sepals with recurved tips, densely brownish pubescent out- side, violet inside: pubescence of achenes and plumose tails fulvous. June-Aug. E. Siberia, Japan. Lav. 20. Var. viol&cea, Maxim. (C. jdnthina, Koehne). Less pubescent: fls. violet. Gt. 13:455. Group TuBULOS^. 12. heracleaefdlia, DC. (C. tubuldsa. Hook.). Stout, erect, woody only at the base: Ivs. • ternate, large, bright green; Ifts. broadly ovate, rounded at the base, shghtly pubescent, mucronately toothed, 4-6 in. long: fls. numerous, in corymbs, either axillary or terminal, Eolygamous, tubular in form, with 4 light blue sepals, ecoming reflexed; peduncles and pedicels downy; recurved stigmas club-shaped. Aug., Sept. China. M. & J. 17. B.M. 4269; 6801 (as var. Hookeri). P.M. 14:31. F.S. 3:195. R.H. 1858, p. 42.— Prop, by root division. Var. Davidi^a, Hemsl. (C Davididna, Decne.). About 4 ft. high, hardly strong enough to stand without support: Ivs. usually cuneate at the base, nearly glabrous: lis. brighter blue, fragrant, in clustered heads, 6-15 together, and also singly or clustered in the If.-axils. R.H. 1867, p. 90. Gn. 31, p. 145; 45, p. 241; 49, p. 99; 68, p. 273. G.M. 37:48. G.W. 6, p. 124. Mn. 9:76. A.F. 25:1055. Var. ichangensis, Rehd. & Wilson. Lfts. broad at the base, sparingly pubescent above, densely beneath: achenes densely villous. Cent. China. A hybrid of this species is C. JauiniAna, Schneid. (var. David- iana X C. Vitalba). Half-climbing, to 6 ft. : fls. in large panicles, bluish white, first tubular with the sepals finally spreading. G.C. III. 51:34. Another hybrid is C. Davididna hybrida, Lem. (var. Davidiana X C. stans) of wjiich Lemoine advertises several named forms varying from light to deep blue; very floriferoua. 13. st&ns, Sieb. & Zucc. (C heraclesefdlia var. stans, 'Hook.). Herbaceous, upright, to 6 ft.: branches gray- ish pubescent: lfts. broadly ovate, lobed and coarsely 792 CLEMATIS CLEMATIS toothed, more or less pubescent: fls. in terminal pani- cles sometimes 2 ft. long and in axillary clusters, whitish or bluish white, tubular, with revolute sepals, less than J^in. long, dicecious. Sept., Oct. Japan. B.M. 6810. — Used chiefly because of the striking foli- age and its late-blooming qualities. Var. Lavdllei, Schneid. (C Lavdilei, Decne.). Fls. J^Min. long, moncecious. Group ConnatjB. 14. niitans, Royle. Slender woody climber: Ivs. pinnate; Ifts. ovate-oblong or lanceolate, deeply 3-5- lobed, rarely entire, 1-3 in. long: fls. nodding in many- fld. panicles, yellowish white, tubular, J^-J^in. long, pubescent outside; filaments silky pubescent below the middle: achenes silky with plumose tails. July-Oct. Himalaya. Var. thyrsoidea, Rehd. & Wilson. Climb- ing to 20 ft.: Ifts. broadly ovate, usually cordate at the base, silky pubescent beneath: panicles larger and more compact, on upright stout peduncles 3-6 in. long. W. China. G.C. III. 48:310. Gn. 75, p. 557 (as C. nutans). R.H. 1905, p. 438 (as C. BucJianiana vitifolia). 15. lasifindra, Maxim. Climbing, to 12 ft.: young growth viscid: Ivs. pinnate with 3-foliolate or 3-fid segms. ; Ifts. ovate to ovate-lanceolate, long-acuminate, serrate, glabrous or sparingly pubescent on both sides, iyi-2i4 in. long: fls. axillary, solitary or in 3's on stalks 1-3 in. long, campanulate, reddish purple, about ^in. long; sepals with recurved tips, as long as the stamens. Aug.-Oct. Cent, and W. China. 16. aethusifdlia, Turcz. Slender, climbing: Ivs. bipinnate, pubescent; Ifts. finely cut, usually unequally 3-Iobed and deeply incisely serrate with obtusish mu- cronulate narrow lobes, }/i-%in. long: fls. 1-3, axillary, on slender stalks, whitish, tubular, J^in. long; sepals with recurved tips: achenes pubescent with long plu- mose whitish tails. Aug., Sept. Mongolia, Manchuria. Var. latisScta, Maxim. Lfts. larger, to IH in. long with oval or oblong rounded lobes. Gt. 10:342. B.M. 6542. Gn. 6, p. 423; 31, p. 186; 45, p. 241. R.H. 1869, p. 10. — This is the form usually cult.; the type with much more finely divided foUage is very rare in cult. Group AtragenE/B. 17. verticiliaris, DC. (Airdgene am&rUAna, Sims). Fig. 983. Trailing or sometimes climbing, 8-10 ft. : usu- ally 4 trifoliate Ivs. from each node; lfts. thin, ovate, acute, toothed or entire, somewhat cordate: fls. soli- tary, blue or purple, nodding at first, 2-4 in. broad when ex- panded; 4 thin sepals, silky along the margins and veins; staminodes spatulate, narrow, scarcely half as long as sepals. May, June. Woodlands, Va. to Hud- son Bay, west to Minn. B.M. 887.— Intro. 1881. Var. columbiEliia, Gray. Sepals narrower and more pointed than in the type. Rocky Mts. 18. alpina, Mill. {Alrdgene aljAna, Linn.).. Sts. 3-5 ft., slender, with prominent joints becoming swollen with age : Ivs. once or twice ternate, with ovate or ovate- lanceolate lfts., serrate or incised; many petal-like sta- mens, which are devoid of anthers; sepals 4, bright blue. Spring. N. W. N. Amer., Siberia to S. and Cent. Eu. B.M. 530 (as var. auslriaca). Gn. 46:318; 57, p. 481. R.H. 1855:321. L.B.C. 3:250. G.W. 10, p. 82. 983. Achene of Clematis verticiUaris. (XI) H.W. 3, p. 16. — A very hardy climber, preferring a northern exposure. Var. sibirica, Kuntze (var. dtha, Hort. Atrdgene sibirica, Linn.). Fls. white or nearly so. B.M. 1951. L.B.C.'l4: 1358. R.H. 1855:321. Var, occidentWs, Gray. Petal-like stamens very few, and often bearing rudimentary anthers. Rocky Mts. Section PSEUDANEMONE. 19. Stdnleyi, Hook. (C StanleyAna, Hort.). Fig. 984. Erect robust herbs, 3 ft. high: Ivs. bitemate; lfts. sessile or petioled, variable in size, cuneate, silky: 984. Clematis Stanleyi. ( X H) fls. 1-3 in. across, white to pink-purple; sepals becom- ing widely expanded; stamens yellow; styles becom- ing very plumose, white. July-Oct. Transvaal. Intro. 1893. B.M. 7166. Gn. 39:76. G.F. 3:513 (adapted in Fig. 984). G.C. III. 8:327. G.M. 34:320.— Suitable for greenhouse cult. ; in the northern states it is apt to winterkill if left unprotected. Section VITICELLA. 20. Viticella, Linn. Climbing 8-12 ft.: Ivs. spme- times entire, but usually divided into 3 nearly entire lfts.: fls. 1J4-2 in. diam., growing singly on pedun- cles or sometimes in 3's; sepals 4, blue, purple or rosy purple, obovate, pointed, reflexed; stamens yellow: fr. with rather short glabrous tails. June-Aug. S. Eu. to Persia. R.H. 1860, p. 183; 1876:110; 1879:350 (vars.). B.M. 565. G. 22:310; 8:399. H.W. 3, p. 15. Lav. 7. — This is the type of one of the leadmg groups of garden clematises, and is one of the parents of the Jackmanii type of hybrids. Tiie following are garden varieties: Var. albifldra, Kuntze. Fls. white. Var. ritbra, Hort. Fls. purple. — Var. ritbra grandifldra, Jaekman, has larger bright crimson fls. and 6 sepals. F.S. 20:2053 (1783). F. 1872:265. Var. kermSdna, Lem. (C. kermesina, Hort.). Fls. of bright wine- red color, purple being absent. Gn. 39:30. Var, liidcina-fioribiinda, Hort. (C. lilacina-floribunda, Hort. C. floribunda, Hort,). Fls. pale gray-lilac, conspicuously veined. Gn. 18, p. 389 (note). — ^An abundant bloomer. Produced in an English garden m 1880. Lady Bovill, Jaekman (C. Lady Bovill, Hort.). Fls'. cup- formed, sepals being concave and little or not at all recurved at the ends, fls, 4 in. aero?-?; sepals 4-6, grayish blue; stamens light brown. M. & J. 15. R.H. 1876:190. Var. wiarmordio, Jaekman. (C. marmorata, Hort.), Fls, rather small, with 4 broad sepals, light grayish blue with darker veins, 3 CLEMATIS CLEMATIS 793 985. Clematis eriostemon. ( X K) longitudinal bars. M. & J. 1, f. 2; same plate in F.S. 20:2050-55 (2008). F. 1872:265. Hybrids of C. Viticella which are closely allied to that type: C eriostimon, Deone. (xC. integrifolia; C. Hendersonii, Hender- son. C.Chandleri.Hort.) Fig. 985. St. and habit of C. Viticella: Ifts. and fls much likeC. integrifolia: climbing 8-10 ft.: 4 blue sepals, spreading, reflexed at the tips. R.H. 1852: 341. F.S. 13:1364 (as var. venosa). Lav. 12. Here belong also: C. intermidia, Bonamy, smaller, with more pu- bescent branchlets and Ealer fls. C. Bergerbnii, av., resembling more C integrifolia: Ivs. usu- ally entire: fls. pink, about 2 in. across in terminal panicles. Lav, 10. C. di&tdrta^ Lav., with rosy-lilac twisted sepals. Lav. 11. C. Bos- koop, Hort. (C. Bos- koop Seedling, Hort.= C. V. xC. integrifolia). A new race in 1892: growing 3-5 ft. : blue, lavender, rose or reddish rose. C. oto2dc«a, DC. (xC. Flammula). Fls. in several- to many-fld. term- inal panicles, pale violet, about 1 in. across; petals sometimes 6. Here belongs also: C. OthiUo, Cripps {=C. V. var. rubra X C. Flammula). Fls. of medium size, of a deep velvety purple; continues blooming until Oct. — C. riibro-maTgindta, iouin (C. Flammula var. rubro- marginata, Cripp.). Similar to C. Flammula; sepals white bordered reddish violet. C. paTvifldra, DC. (xC. campaniflora; C. revoluta, Desf.). Fls. white, small, scarcely 1 in. across, sometimes larger: achenes with the tail usually pubescent at the base. A.P. De CandoUe, PI. Ear. Geneve. 12.— -Of no ornamental value. C vendsa, Krampen (xC. florida; C. florida var. venosa. Lav.). Similar to C. florida, but petals obovate. Lav. 6. R.H. 1860, p. 183. G. 2:251. G.Z. 6:160. F.S. 13:1364. Here also belongs Louise Carriere; fls. lilac with paler veins. R.H. 1880:10 and several forms described by Carriere as C. contdrta, C. atrovioldcea and C. ViticiUa dlba. E.H. 1879:350. For other hybrids of this species see C. Guascoi, Lem., under C. patens, C. splendida under C. lanuginosa as form of C. Jackmanii. 21. campanifldra, Brot. Climbing, 10-15 ft.: fls. reflexed and bell-shaped as in the above type or more so, usually 1 in. or less diam., purple or whitish: fr. with short pubescent tail. June, July. Native of Portugal. L.B.C. 10:987. Gn. 31, p. 187. Lav. 8.— "^ This has been called C. Viticella because of its close resem- blance in fl., fr. and If.; but the Ivs. are often twice ternate, and the plant is much more slender in habit. 22. fl6rida, Thunb. (C. japdnica, Makino, not Thunb.). A slender plant, climbing 9-12 ft.: Ivs. variable, more or less ternate or bitemate; Ifts. small, ovate-lanceolate: fls. 2-4 in. across, flat when expanded; the 5-6 broad, ovate sepals creamy white, barred with purple beneath; stamens purplish. May, June. Japan. B.M. 834. R.H. 1856:41. Lav. 5. J.H. m. 44:321. G.C. IIL 35:51. Var. bicolor, Steud. (C. Sibboldii, D. Don). Fig. 986. Like the type, but with the purple stamens somewhat petal-like, and forming a dense, pur- ple head in the center. F.S. 5:487. 986. Clematis florida var. bicolor. ( X H) Lav. 5. M.&J. 16. B.R. 24:25. P.M. 4:147. Gn.22: 142. R.H. 1856:401. S.B.F.G. II. 4:396. F. 1872, p. 200. Var. F6rtunei, Moore (C. FMunei, Hort.). Fls. large, very much doubled; sepals creamy white, becom- ing pink. F.S. 15:1553. 0.0.1863:676. I.H. 10,p.86. M.&J. 13. F. 1863:169. F.M. 3:153. Belle of Woking. A hybrid form: fls. very full and double; sepals purple. John Gould Veitch (C. Veitohii, Hort.). Fls. velvet, double, resembling var. Fortunei, except in the color of the sepals. From Japanese gardens. F.S. 18:1875-6. Hybrids of this species are: C. venosa, Krampen, see C. Viticella; C. Lawsoniana, see C. lanuginosa. 23. lanugindsa, Ijindl. (including var. pdllida, Hort.). Climbing only 5 or 6 ft.: Ivs. simple or of 3 Kts., cordate-acimiinate, woolly beneath: fls. erect on stout stalks shorter than the sepals, wooUy in the bud, the largest of the wild species, being 6 in. across; sepals 6 or 6, broadly ovate, leathery, rather flat, overlapping, lavender or bluish gray; center of stamens pale reddish brown; styles plumose. Summer. Native near Ningpo, China. F.S. 8:811. I.H. 1:14. Lav. 1. M. & J. 4. J. F. 4:363. H.F. 1855:1. 1854:225. O.C. III. 29:23. G. I, p. 257. Ong. 5:38. — It is to this species, more than to any other, that the beauty and popularity of the garden varieties and hybrids are due. The finest hybrids, including C. Jackmanii and its section, and C. Lawsoniana, contain more or less of. the blood of C. lanuginosa. Forms of C lanuginosa are; Var. cdndida,_ Lemoine (C. Candida, Hort.). Like the type, except that the simple Ivs. and Ifts. of the compound Ivs. are much larger, and the fls. are larger, being 7-8 in. across, and white with a purplish shading around the margins. F.M. 5 : 310. V. 6 : 225. — Perhaps a hybrid of C. patens. Var. nlvea, Lemoine (C. nivea, Hort.). Sepals 6-8, narrowish, pure white; anthers pale brown. — Thought to be of same origin as the above var. djha mdgna, Jackman. Fls. very large, pure white, with about 6 broad sepals and purplish brown anthers. G.C. II. 3:685. Lady Caroline Nevill, Cripps. Fls. often 7 in. across; sepals 6, nearly white, with mauve -colored stripe down center of each. Gn. 46, p. 33. — One of the finest light-colored varie- ties. Princess of Wales, Jackman. Fls. 6 in. across; sepals 8, satiny bluish mauve, very broad. G.C. III. 27:53. Gn. 59, p. 366. Marie Lefebvre, Cripps. Resembles the last, but has 8 sepals, more pointed, and darker in shade. Perfection, Froebel. Fls. very large; sepals 8, very broad, lilac-mauve. R.B. 6 : 193. _ Sensation, Cripps. Fls. like the type, but with 6-7 grayish blue sepals, 6 in. across. Madame Emile Sorbet, Paillet. Fls. bright blue. R.H.1878:291. Madame Van Houtte, Cripps. Late-bloom- ing; sepals pale blue, becoming white. Ma4ame Thibavt. Fls. very abundant. — Thought to be a hybrid with C. Viticella. The President, Noble. A rich violet- blue a. Excelsior, Cripps. Fls. double; sepals grayish purple, with a reddish bar down the center of each. F.S. 20:2055. viold,cea. Noble. Fls. violet-blue, 7 in. across. F.M. 1876:217. Robert Hanbury, Jackman. Sepals bluish lilac, flushed at the edges with red, and the bar slightly tinted with red. Gn. 16: 128. This species has given rise to numerous beautiful hybrids which in many cases are the product of so much intercrossing that it is impos- sible to recognize the exact parent- age. By far the most important group of these hybrids may be classed under C. Jackmanii, which, however, by some is considered not a hybrid, but a species intro. from Japan. C. Jdckmanii, Moore (C lanuginosa X C. Hendersonii and C. lanuginosa X C. Viticella. C. hakonensis, Franch. & Sav.). Fig. 987. Habit and Ivs. of C. lanuginosa: fls. flat, 5-6 in. broad, usually in 3's and forming 794 CLEMATIS CLEMATIS panicles at the enda of the branches; sepals 4-6, very broad, velvety purple, with a ribbed bar down the center; broad, central tuft of pale green stamena. M. & J. 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14. I.H. 11:414. F.S. 16:1629. Gn. 22:142; 63, p. 262; 71. p. 107. A.G. 12:125; 19:269. A.F. 10:1329; 14:995-7; 16:283. R.H. 1868: 390. Gng. 4:261: 9:17; 7:230-2. C.L.A. 5:379. Gn.M. 4:226. G.M. 47:102. G.Z. 9:96. F. 1864:193. V. 6:129; 9:340. 18: 70. Lav. 4. Var. dlba, Hort. Fla. nearly |pure white. G. 23:185. F. 1884:33. Gn. 25:126. Var. ru- b&Ua, Jackman. Fla. deep velve^ reddish violet. F, M.5:310. F.S.20: 2050-51 { 1874 ). Var. supirba^ Hort. Fla. violet- pur p 1 e , resem- bling C. Madame Grang^. Also the fol- lowing hybrids are to be classed under C« Jach- manii: TnodSsta, Modeste - Gu6rin (=C.V.xC.lanu- ginosa). Fla. well expanded, large, bnght blue, bars deeper colored. fdlgens, Simon- Loui8(=C.V.var. grand i flora xC. lanu g i n o s a ). Sepals 5-6, rather narrow, dark pur- ple to blacKish crimson, velvety, edges somewhat serrate, •pur-piirea- h-^brida, Modeste- Guerin (==C. V. xC. Jackmanii). Fls. 4-6 in. across, deep purple-vio- let, with red veins, but not barred. riihro -viol'dceaf Jackman (C. lanu- ginosa X C. Viti- cella var. atroru- bens). Lva. pin- nate, with ovate- acuminate or sometimea ovate- lanceolate If ts. : sepals 4v6, ma- roon-purple with a reddish bar; stamena greenish. F.S. 16:1630. G. Z. 10 : 112. F. 1864:265. Var. Prince of WaleSr Hort., has fls. of lighter tin£. La France, G6gu (C lanuginosa X C. Jackmanii). Lvs. smooth: buds woolly; sepals deep cobalt-blue, pointed, with wavy edges. Reine dee Bleues, Boiaaelot (same cross as the last). Fls. large, blue, with broad, recurved sepals, devonieneia, Lem. (same cross). Fls. 8-9 in. across; sepals 8, delicate lavender-blue. Gn. 9, p. 563 (note). splindida, Simon-Louia (xC. Viticella). Fls. very dark purple, changing to reddish violet. K.H. 1865:71. Gipsy Queen, Cripps. Deep violet. Alexdndra, Jackman. Red- dish violet. Star of India, Cripps. Five in. across, purple, barred with red. tunbridgiJins, Cripps. Reddish purple, barred with light blue. Lav. 4 bia. I.H. 18:50. magnifica, Jackman. Rich purple, shaded with crimson, 3 bars of red in each sepal. F.M. 8:453. R.H. 1876:110. Madame GrangS, Hort. Sepals very concave, pur- ple- crimson. R.H. 1877:150. Mrs. James Bateman, Noble. Fale lavender; a probable cross of 0. J. with C. lanuginosa. M. & J. 2, f. 1. F.S. 20:2053 (1779). Mrs. Moore, Jackman. Eight to 9 in. across, sepala rather narrow, white. Thomas Moore, Jackman. As large as the last, rich violet, with white stamens. Madame Baron Veillard, Baron Veil. Rose-lilac. Madam.e Ajidri, carmine-violet. R.H. 1893:180. veliUina-purpiirea, Jackman. Fls. 4-6 in. across, usually 4, sometimes 5 or 6 sepals, blackish purple. FranQois Morel, Morel. Fls. 4 in. across; sepala usually 4, bright violet- red. R.H 1884:444. Ville de Lyon, Morel. Fls. 5 in. across; sepals usually 6, broad, deep amaranth-red. R.H. 1899:184. Other hybrids of C. lanuginosa are the following: C. Durdndii, Kuntze (C. integrifolia or possiWy C. Jackmanii X C. integrifolia). Upright, to 6 ft.: lvs. simple, petioled: fls. and infl. similar to C. Jackmanii; fla. blue, 4-5 in. broad, flat, with usually 4, rarely 6 or 6 recurved sepals. June-Sept. Gn. 49:98. Gng. 5:276. G. 31:257. — Here belongs probably C. Pelli^, Carr., though the author gives C. lanuginosa Xrecta as the parents. R.H. 1880, p. 228. C. Lawsonidna, Anderson-Henry (xC. florida var. Fortunei). Fig. 989 ^adapted from Floral Magazine. 1872). Fls. very large; 987. Clematis Jackmanii. sepals 6-8, broad, rose-purple, marked with darker veins. Aug.- Nov. G. 33:411. Var. Symeaidna (C. Symesiana, Anderaou- Henry. X C. florida var. Fortunei). Fls. 7 in. across; sepals 6-8, pale mauve; a profxise bloomer, Var. Hinryi (C. Henryi, Anderson- Henry). Fig. 988. Robust plant; free bloomer: fls. creamy white, becoming fully expanded when grown in the open sun or under glass. Aug.-Nov. Gn.M. 13:348. G.M. 43:318.— It resembles more the lanuginosa parent. ^ It is not to be confused with C. Heniyii, Oliv., a Chinese species allied to C. orientalis and not in cult. C. Gabl&mii (XC. patens; C. patens var. Gablenzii, Hort.). Lva. simple or 3-parted, ovate, subcordate: fls. large deep violet-blue; sepala 6-8. G.Z. 14:80. — Here belong alao: Otto Froebel, Lemoine. Lva. leathery, simple or 3-parted: fls. of fleshy texture, grayish white, sometimes becoming bluish; sepals 8, Wunt, broad; anthers brownish. Imperatrice Eugenie, Carrfi (C. 1. var. pallida xC. patens). Lva. simple or 3-parted; Ifts. broad and woolly: fla. 8-9 in. across, with 8 broad, white sepals. Jeanne d^Arc, Dauvease. Same crosa as last and much like it, but the sepals are grayish white, with 3 blue bars down the center of each. Gtoire de St. JuUen, Carrfl. (xC. patens var. plena). Plant much like C. lanuginosa, but with larger fls.: sepals 6-8, white or pale gray at first; stamens yellow. Gem, Baker (xC. Standishii). Lvs. 3-parted or simple: fls. like C. lanuginosa in form; grayish blue. 24. patens, Morr. & Decne. (C. cseHdea, Lindl. C. aziirea, Hort., ex Turcz.). Taller and more slender, and IftB. smaller and narrower than C. lanuginosa: fls. appearing on last year's branches on slender stalks longer than the sepals, spreading; sepals about 8, rather narrow, delicate lilac; stamens purple. Spring. Isle of Nippon, Japan. M. & J. 3. Lav. 2 and 3. B.R. 23:1955. P.M. 4:193. B. 3:126. H.B.4:78. R.H. 1856:261.— Should be grown on a northern ex- posure to preserve the color of the fls. It is almost as prolific as C. lanuginosa in producing garden varieties and hybrids, and it is the most likely of all to produce double-fld. forms. Var. grandifldra, Davis (C. caeriir Ua var. grandifldraj Hook.). Fls. larger than the type. B.M. 3983. Var. Stindishii, Moore (C. Stdndishiij Hort.). Fls. about 5 in. across; sepals Hght lilac-blue, elliptic, of metallic luster: Ifts. 3, ovate, acuminate, small. — ^A fine variety from Japanese gardens flower- ing profusely in spring. The following other garden varieties or crosses belong here: Mrs. James Baker. Sepals nearly white, ribbed with dark carmine. Miss Bateman, Noble. Fls. more compact than the type, 6 in. across; sepals jbvate, shortly acuminate, pure white, with cream-colored bars: anthers brown. Probably of hybrid origin; allied to var. Standishii. Stella, Jackman. Fls. not so large as the last; sepals deep mauve, with a red bar down the center of each. F.S. 22:2341. Amalia, Sieb. Sepals 6 or more, oblong-lanceo- late, light lilac. From Japanese gardens. F.S. 10:1051. Lord Laneabar(mgh, Noble. Sepala bluish lilac, each with a metallic purple bar. — A good variety to gradually force to blossom in the greenhouse by March. Lady Lanesborougk, Noble. Sepals silver- gray, the bar being lighter colored. — It will blossom in March in the greenhouse. Marie, Simon-Louis. Fls. darker than the_ type. Mrs, G. Jackman, Jackman. S^als blush-white with indistinct wine-red bars. Gn. 16:128. The Queen, J &ckmart. Fls. rather com- pact, the sepals being broader than the type. John Murray, Jackman. Habit and foliage bolder than the type: fls. somewhat later. Gn. 46:32. Fair Rosamond, Jackman. Sepals apiculate, broader than the type, and of the same color. F.S. 22:2342. Gn. 16:128. Cminteas of Lovelace, Jackman. Fls. double, blue- violet; sepals much imbricated. In the second crop of blooms the fla. are aingle, as is often the cMe in other double varieties. Albert Victor, Noble* Fls. much like the type, but large and more compact. — Suitable for forcing under gli^s. Duchess of Edinburgh, Jackman. Fla. double, white, strongly imbricated. Marcel Moser, Moser. Fls. 7 in. across; sepals 8, mauve with a reddish violet bar. J. 1897:104; 1900, p. 85. NeUy Moser, Moser. Fls. 5 in. across; sepals 8, mauve-pink, with a darker red bar.^ R.H. 1898:236. Louis van Houtte, Hort. Semi-double, rosy white. Vesta, Endl. Sepals gray: anthers red. Gt. 39:1333. Gn. 9:408. R.B. 6:193. Helena, Sxeb. Fla. pure white, with yellow stamens. F.S. 11:1117, I.H. 1:2L R.H. 1855:341. Ltmisa, Sieb. Fls. pure white, with purple stamens. F.S. 10:1052. mons^rdsa, Planch. Fls. aemi-double, ^ure white. F.S. 9:960. R.H. 1856:9. Sophia, Bieh. Sepals deep lilac-purple on the edges, with light green bars. F. S. 8:852. I.H. 1:21. B.H. 4:97. R.H. 1855:461. vioUcea, Lem. Fls. violet-blue; stamens yellow. I.H. 7:254. Some double-flowered varieties which possibly belong here are: Snowdrift, with white, very double fls. Gn. 49, p. 189. M.D.G. 1898:496. Ostrich Plume, also white and very double with nar- rower wavy sepals. M.D.G. 1898:496. Waverly, blue, aemi- double. M.D.G. 1898:497. Hybrids of this species are the following: C. Gvdscoi, Lem. (xC. Viticella). Brauohea pubescent: Ifta. 5, nearly glabrous: fls. solitary, violet-purple, 3 in. across, with 4-6 sepals, strongly 3- nerved, tomentose outside. J.H. 4:117. I.H. 7:226. — C. franco^ furt&nsia. Lav., supposed to be a hybrid of C. Jackmanii (C hakonensia) and C. patens, is hardly different. Lav. 7 bis. — C. lanu- ginosa xC. patens, see the preceding species. — CfloridaxCpt^^ens. Some believe that C. patens var. Standishii represents this cross. CLEMATIS CLEMATIS 795 Section VITALBA. Group ClRRHOS^. 25. cirrhdsa, Linn. Climbing, to 10 ft.; glabrous: Ivs. persistent, slender-petioled, simple, ovate to ovate- oblong, crenately serrate, 1-1)4 in. long: fls. 1-2 on the old wood^ axillary, whitish, open campanulate, nodding, 13^ m. across, with a short involucre below the sepals: aohenes with long plumose tail. Spring. 5. Eu., Asia Minor. B.M. 1070. L.B.C. 19:1806.— Tender, only for warmer temperate regions. 26. bale&rica, Rich. (C. cal^cina, Ait.). Closely allied to the preceding: Ivs. ternate; Ifts. incisely ser- rate, often deeply 3-lobed, J^-1 in. long: fls. greenish yellow, spotted red inside. Spring. S. Eu. Asia Minor. R.H. 1859, p. 190; 1874, p. 289. G.C. II. 9:500. Gn. 6, p. 425; 31, p. 187; 45, p. 240. L.B.C. 8:720. B.M. 959.— Tender. Group M0NTAN.«!. 27. gracilif dlia, Rehd. & Wilson. Climbing, to 10 ft. : Ivs. deciduous, piimate; Ifts. 6-7, ovate to oblong-ovate, cuneate at the base, coarsely serrate, pubescent, about J^in. long: fls. 1-4, axillary, fascicled, white, 1-1 J^ in. across, on slender stalks 1-2 in. long; sepals 4, spread- ing, obovate to oblong-obovate: achenes glabrous, with long plumose tail. June. W. China. — Very grace- ful and floriferous species; has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum. 28. montana, Buch.-Ham. (C. odorata, Hort., not Wall.). A vigorous climber, often reaching a height of 15-20 ft.: Ivs. ternate, with oblong-acuminate cut- toothed Ifts.: fls. several in each axil, following each other in succession of time, resembling white anemone blossoms, sweet-scented; sepals 4, elliptic-oblong, 1 in. long, spreading, becoming pink; stamens conspicuous, yellow: achenes glabrous with plumose tails. May. Himalaya region. B.R. 26:53. M. & J. 8. Gn. 30, p. 309; 49, p. 39; 51, p. 349; 60, p. 79; 68, p. 379; 75, p. 371. A.G. 19:391. R.H. 1856:161; 1899, p. 529. G.C. IIL 18:303; 20:589. M.D.G. 1902:423. Lav. 22. J.H. in. 49:533. G. 27:237. G.M. 38:661; 46: 121; 51:319. Var. grandifldra, Hook. (var. anemoniflora, Kuntze). Fls. larger, 3-4 in. across. B.M. 4061. M.D.G. 1902: 422. G. 34:477. Var. rftbens, Wilson. Fohage red- dish, particularly when unfolding: fls. pink or light pink. June. R.H. 1909: 35. R.B. 33:232. F.S.R. 3:252. Gn. 77,p.84. G.M. 50:395; 54:168. J.H. HI. 59:325. — Offsprings of a cross between this variety and the. preceding are: Var. lildcina, Lemoine, with bluish lUac fls. G. 34:345. Var. perfecta, Lemoine, and var. undu- lita, Lemoine, with bluish white very large fls. Var. Wflsonii, Sprague (C repens, Veitch, not Finet & Gagnep.). Lfts. ovate, usually rounded or subcordate at the base, puberulous on the veins beneath; sepals obovate-oblong, %-l in. long: fls. in July and Aug., nearly 2 months later than the type. B.M. 8365. M.D.G. 1912:26. R.B. 35:108. 29. Spodneri, Rehd. & Wilson (C. montana var. sericea, Franch.). CUmbing, to 20 ft.: Ivs. ternate; lfts. ovate or oval, usually roimded at the base, with 1 or few teeth on each side, silky pubescent above and beneath, 1-3 in. long: fls. 1 or 2, white, 3-4 in. across on pedicels 3-6 in. long; sepals broadly obovate, densely pubescent outside: achenes pubescent, with long plumose tail. Spring. W. China. — Beautiful species; has proved fairly hardy at the Arnold Arboretum. Group RECT.S!. 30. Annindii, Franch. Climbing, to 15 ft.: Ivs. ternate, evergreen, glabrous; lfts. ovate to ovate- oblong, acuminate, roimded or subcordate at the base, entire, 4-5 in. long, coriaceous: fls. white, 1-2H in. across, with oblong-obovate sepals, in loose axiUary 51 cymes in the axils of last year's branches, with persistent bud-scales at the base: achenes hairy, with long plumose tails. April, May. Cent, and W. China. G.C. IIL 38: 30. R.B. 35, p. 281. R.H. 1913, p. 65. Var. Farquha- riina, Rehd. & Wilson. Fls. hght pink, large, about 2 in. across: lfts. oblong-ovate. — This handsome species is Mke the following 3 species, adapted only for warmer temperate regions. 31. MeyenilUia, Walp. Climbing rapidly; glabrous or sUghtly pubescent: Ivs.- ternate; lfts. coriaceous, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, cordate or rounded at the base, entire, 2-3 in. long: panicle loose and many-fld.; fls. white, less than J^in. across: sepals 4, obtusish; anthers as long or longer than filaments: achenes with long feathery tails. Japan, E. China and Indo-China. Summer. B.M. 7897. — ^Hardy only in warmer tem- perate regions. 32. crassifdlia, Benth. Closely allied to the preceding species: climbing; quite glabrous: lfts. thicker, cuneate at the base, usually obtusish; sepals acuminate; anthers shorter than the filaments. Late summer. China. — Suitable for greenhouse, more tender than the pre- ceding. 33. Pavoliniana, Pampanini. Climbing, glabrous: Ivs. subcoriaceous ternate; lfts. long-petioled, lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, 2-3 in. long: fls. slen- der- pediceUed, white, 1-1 J^ in. across in axillary racemes; sepals Mnear-oblong: achenes fulvous-pubes- cent, with a long plmnose taU. May. Cent. China. 34. recta, Linn. (C erecta, Linn.). Herbaceous, somewhat tufted, 2-3 ft. long: Ivs. pinnate; lfts. stalked, ovate, acuminate, entire: fls. numerous, on a large, branching terminal panicle, white, sweet-scented. 988. Clematis Lawsoniana var. Heniyi, a derivative from C. lanuginosa. ( X M) 796 CLEMATIS CLEMATIS 1 in. across. June-Aug. S. Eu. Gn. 52, p. 510; 53, p. 547; 66, p. 152. R.H. 1899, p. 528. G.M. 45:866. G.W. 14, p. 661. Var. plena, Lemoine. Fully dou- bled, button-like blossoms. H.F. 1860:13. R.H. 1860, pp. 512-13. Var. mandshiirica, Maxim. (C. temifliyra, DC. C.mandchii,ria,'R\rpi.). Taller and slenderer: If ts. 3-5, ovate,_ subcordate at the base, rarely cuneate, obtuse, reticulate beneath: fls. pure white in axillary and terminal panicles. ' R.H. 1909, p. 423. 35. panicuiata, Thunb. Pigs. 990^ 991. A vigorous climber: Ifts. 3-5, often lobed, acummate, 1-4 in. long, glabrous: fls. fragrant, 1-1}^ in. across, in axillary and 9S9. Clematis Lawsoniana, one of C. lanuginosa derivatives. ( X M) terminal panicles; sepals 4, dull white. Sept. Japan G.F. 3:621 (adapted in Fig. 990); 5:91; 9:75 and 185, F.R. 2:581; 6:471. Mn. 7:113. Gng. 1 : 101 and 165 4:161, 229; 6:291; 7:246. A.F. 13:1314. M.D.G. 1898 487-9. G.W. 11:127. V. 16:18. A.G. 20:847. F.E. 16:375. Gn.57, p. 155; 61, p. 91. R.H. 1874, p. 465 and 1899, p. 527 (as C. Flammula rohiista): 1902, p. 86. Prop, by seed. By far the most common of the fall- blooming species in American gardens. Thrives best in sunny situations. Will stand severe pruning in winter. 36. Flfimmula, Linn. (C. Pdllasii, J. F. Gmel.). A slender but vigorous climber, reaching 10-15 ft.: Ivs. usually bipinnate, dark green, remaining fresh till mid- winter; Ifts. small, ovate, oblong or linear: fls. small. numerous, in axillary and terminal panicles; sepals 4, linear-oblong, white; stamens white: fr. bearing white plumes. Aug.-Oct. Medit. region. Gn. 52, p. 499; 55, p. 114; 58, p. 319; 76, p. 23. Gn. M. 13:347. H.W. 3, p. 14. V. 5:321. — Must have a sunny exposure; very beautiful. Var. rubella, Bele (C. rubilla, Pers., not Hort.). Differs from the type in having the fls. red outside. Var. rotundildlia, DC. (C. frigram, Tenore). Lfts. broader, obtuse: fls. fragrant. S. Eu. R.F.G. 4:62 (4666). There are hybrids of this species with C. integrifolia for which see No. 5, C. aromatica. and with C. Viticella, see C. violacea under No. 20. Group EtrviTALBiB. 37. Firgesii, FrancL Climbing, to 20 ft.: Ivs. pin- nate; lfts. 5-7, ovate, incised- serrate, sometimes 3-lobed or 3-parted, nearly glabrous or sometimes sparingly silky-pubescent, particularly beneath, 1-2 in. long: fls. 2 in. across, white, in 3-fld. axillary cymes, long-stalked; sepals 4-6, obovate, finely pubes- cent outside: achenes glar brous with feathery tails. July. W. Chma. Var. Sofiliei, Finet & Gag- nep. Fls. larger, 3 in. across, sofl- taiy.^ — A handsome species, resem- bling C. Montana. 38. apJifdUa,DC. CUmbing,tolO ft.: branchlets pubescent: Ivs. ter- nate, long-petioled; lfts. usually ovate, coarsely serrate and some- times 3-lobed or occasionally the terminal ternate, glabrous above, pubescent on the veins beneath: fls. in axillary, many-fld. short C3rmes, white, about J^in. across; sepals pubescent on both sides: ' achenes pubescent with plumose tails. Sept., Oct. Japan. Var. obtusidentata, Rehd. & Wilson. Lfts. broader, usually truncate or subcordate at base, less deeply see- | rate with shallow rounded teeth, 1 more pubescent. Cent. China. — Resembles C. grata in the shape of the lfts. 39. brevicaud&ta, DC. (C. brevir corddta, Hort.). Climbing vigoi> ously: Ivs. pinnate to bipinnate; segms. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, coarsely toothed, sometimes nearly entire, nearly glabrous or pubescent: fls. in axillary panicles, white, }4r %\a. across: achenes hairy, rarely glabrous, with rather short plumose tails. Aug.-Oct. China. G.F. 5 : 139.— A very variable species, but little used. Var. tenuisepala, Maxim. Sepms. with only l;-3 teeth on each side or sometimes entire: fls. about 1 in. across with glabrous sepals. 40. gr&ta. Wall. High climbing: yoimg branchlets pubescent: Ivs. pinnate; lfts. usually 5, broadly ovate, usually cordate at the base, incisely serrate, sometimes 3-lobed, 1-2 in. long, pubescent on both sides or gla- brous above: fls. J^-1 in. across, creamy white, in large panicles; sepals tomentose outside: achenes densely pubescent, with long feathery tails. Sept., Oct. Him- alayas. G.M. 47:642. Gn. 66, p. 365; 71, p. 506. Var. lobuiata, Rehd. & Wilson. Lfts. with coarser and fewer CLEMATIS CLEMATIS 797 rounded teeth, often 3-lobed or 3-parted, densely pubescent on both sides. Cent. China. Var. grandi- dentkta, Rehd. & Wikon. Lfts. occasionally only 3, incisely dentate, usually rounded at base, glabrescent above, silky pubescent beneath, chiefly on the veins, 2-3 J^ in. long. Cent. China. T w^ 990. Clematis paniculata. ( X 3^) 41. Vitdlba, Linn. In England called Teavbler's Joy. The most vigorous climber of the genus, ascend- ing 20-30 ft.: Ivs. pinnate; lfts. ovate to ovate-lanceo- late, acuminate, cordate at the base, partly cut, 2-33^ in. long; fls. numerous, in axillary panicles, dull white, J^in. across, with a faint odor of almonds: styles of fr. long and feathery, from which it is given the name "old man's beard." July-Sept. Eu., N. Afr. Cauca- sus region. Gn. 31, p. 187; 45, p. 389; 53, p. 546. M. D.G. 1898:319. J.H. III. 54:441. H.W. 3, p. 13.— There is a hybrid of this species with C. heraclexfolia, for which see No. 12. 42. virginiana, Linn. Fig. 992. Climbing 12-15 ft.: Ivs. temate; lfts. glabrous, cut- toothed, bases often cordate, 2-3 in. long: fls. white, in leafy panicles, often monoecious or dioecious, about 1 in. across when expanded; plumose styles 1 in. or more in length. July- Sept. Nova Scotia to Ga., westward to Kan. G.W.- F.A. 12. V. 3:19; 9:36. Var. Catesbyana, Brit. (C. Catesbyctna, Pursh). Lvs. somewhat pubescent, often biternate. Southeastern states. Intro. 1883. 43. ligusticifdlia, Nutt. Allied to C. virginiana, but haviQg 5rf! lfts., of firmer texture, rather more pubes- cent, variable in form and margin, but usually 3-lobed or coarsely toothed, 1-2 in. long: fls. white, J^in. across, in terminal and axillary panicles; styles densely silky-pubescent, with long, straight hairs. Aug. Mo. to New Mex. and Brit. Col. Intro. 1881. Var.calif6r- nica, Wats., has no marked differ- ence: lvs. usually smaller and per- haps more tomentose. 44. Drdmmondii, Torr. & Gray. Climbing: st. and lvs. ashy pubescent: lvs. pinnate coarsely cleft, with the segms. mwic |i,,| or less flaring and sometimes j| j toothed, yi-1 in. long: fls. diceci- |,'^ ous, white, %m.. across, in 3-fld. ni't cymes or sometimes soUtary; styles ' becoming 2-4 in. long. Sept. Dry ground, Texas to Anz. 45. lasiSntha, Nutt. Climbing; tomentulose: lvs. temate; lfts. roundish, few-toothed, tomentulose on both sides or glabrous above, 1-2 in. long: fls. 1-3, axil- lary from scaly buds on last year's branches, white, fra- grant, IJ^ in. across; sepals tomentose outside: achenes pubescent, with long feathery tails. Spring. Calif. Group Hexapetai/^. 46. indivisa, WiUd. Large woody climber: lvs. ter- nate, coriaceous; lfts. ovate-oblong to narrow-oblong, subcordate, 1-4 in. long, usually entire: fls. in axillary panicles, white, 2-4 in. across with 6-8 oblong sepals: achenes pubescent with a long plumose tail. New Zeal.— Only the fol- lowing var. seems to be in cult.: Var. lob^ta, Hook. Lfts. gi. more or less lobed or even 3-M parted. B.M.4398. R.H. 1853: 241. F.S. 4:402. Gn. 12:400; 41, p. 336; 53, p. 547; 74, p. 527; 77, p. 67. H.F. 1853:144. G.C. 991 III. 29:215; 38:135. G.M. 50: Flower of Clematis 267. G. 8:289; 32:281-3. J.H. paniculate. (XM) in. 62:387. A.F.13:879; 16:56; 30:221. Gng. 16:199; 8:356. G.P. 6 : 167.— Only for warm or temperate regions, often cult, as a green- house plant and flowering profusely in winter and early spring. Group Orientales. 47. orientMs, Linn. (C gravkolens, Lindl.). A rapid climber, reaching 12-15 ft.: lvs. thin, glaucous and shiny, pinnate; lfts. 3-parted or -lobed, with small, ovate or oblong-ovate, entire or cut-toothed divisions J^-1}^ in. long: fls. in few-fld. cymes, sometimes solitary, becoming erect or nearly so, IJ^ in. across; sepals 4, yellow, tinted with green, pubescent on both sides, spreading, somewhat reflexed; styles plumose. Aug., Sept. Himalaya region to Persia. Lav. 21. B.M. 4495. Gn. 31, p. 186; 46:240; 62, p. 501. F.S. .4:3746 (pi. 336); 6:648. R.H. 1855:321; 1899, p. 530. J.F. 2:128. P.F.G. 2, p. 67. Gng. 5:227. V. 3:362. 48. glaiica, Willd. (C. orientdlis var. glaiica, Maxim.). Slender climber, glabrous: lvs. pinnate, very glaucous; lfts. usually oblong, obtusish, entire or sometimes 3- lobed or 3-parted, 1-2 in. long: fls. yellow, open, campanulate, nodding, 13^ in. across, in few-fld. axillary cymes; sepals quite glabrous inside and nearly so outside, not reflexed: achenes with long plumose tails. Aug.-Oct. Siberia to W. China. R.H. 1890, p. 561. — Hardier than the preceding species. Var. akebioldes, Rehd. & Wil- son. Lfts. usually 3-lobed with broad rounded lobes often coarsely crenate, about 1 in. long: fls. usu- ally in 3's, rarely solitary. W. Chma. Var. angustifdlia, Ledeb. (C. in- iricdta, Bunge). Lfts. usually 3-parted with narrow generally linear-lanceo- late segms. Mongolia. 49. tang&tica, Kor- shinsky (C orientdlis var. tangilliea, Maxim. C. eridpoda, Koehne, not Maxim.). Climb- 798 CLEMATIS CLEMATOCLETHRA ing, to 10 ft.: young branchlets slightly villous or nearly glabrous: Ivs. green, pinnate; Jfts. oblong-lanceolate or lanceolate, acuminate, irregularly serrate with spread- ing teeth, sometimes 3-lobed or 3-parted, 1-3 in. long: fls. solitary, bright yellow, nodding, 3 in. across; sepals glabrous, except at the margin, acuminate or obtusish: achenes with very long plumose tails. June, sometimes again in Aug. Mongolia to W. China. B.M. 7710. R.H. 1902:528. G.W. 14, p. 651.— Very handsome with its showy bright yellow fls. and later in summer with its large heads of feathery frs. ; hardy. 50. serratifdlia, Rehd. (C kored/na, Hort., not Komarov). Shrubby climber: ivs. bitemate, bright green, glabrous; Ifte. ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, acuminate, inequaUy serrate, 1-2 J^ in. long: fls. 1-3, axillary, long-stalked, yellow, nodding, 2 m. across; sepals glabrous, except at the margin: achenes with long plumose tails. Aug., Sept. Korea. — Handsome and quite hardy. The true C. koreana belongs to the Atragene group and has petaloid staminodes. C acutdngula, Hook. f. & Thorns. Allied to C. lasiandra. Sts. deeply grooved: lv3. bipinnate, with ovate or ovate-lanceolate crenate Ifta.: fls. axillary, brownish yellow, with the sepals winged on the back. Sept., Oct. Himalayas. Not hardy N. — C. Addisonii^ Brit. Allied to C. Viorna. Upright herb; glabrous; lower Ivs. simple, upper pinnate: fls. purplish. May, June. Va. and N. C. G.F. 9:325. — C. angustifdlia, Jacq. Allied to C. recta. Lvs. pin- nate with simple or 3-parted linear Ifts.: fls. solitary or in 3's with 4-8 sepals. S. Eu. R.F.G. 4:62 (4665). —C. aristdta, R. Br. Allied to C. indivisa. Evergreen: lvs. temate, with ovate to ovate-lanceolate, 'cordate Ifts.: fls. dicEcious, white, in few-fld. axillary corjrmbs, 2 in. across, fragrant. Austral. B.R. 3:238 and L.B.C. 7:620 (pistillate plant). G.C. III. 32:55 (staminate plant). Var. D^niax, Guilf. (0. Sanderi, Wats.). Fls. with sal- mon-red filaments. B.M. 8367. Tender. — C. barbelldta, Edgew. Allied to C. montana. Lfts. ovate-lanceolate, toothed: fls. solitary, large, dull purple: achenes glabrous. Himalaya. R.H. 1858, p. 407. B.M. 4794. F.S. 9:956.— C. BerUharrMna, Hemsl. (G. terni- flora, Benth. not DC). Allied to C. Meyeniana and G. chinensis. Lfts. 5, broadly ovate, subeordate, sparingly pubescent, lH-2 in. long: fls. in axillaiy and terminal panicles, white, Min. across. Ghina. — Of no particular ornamental value.— -C. brachiita^ Thunb, Climbing: pubescent: lvs. bipinnate or the upper pinnate; lfts. ovate, coarsely toothed: fls. greenish white, in axillary' panicles, fragrant, 1-13^ in. across; sepals spreading obtuse; filaments hairy at the base. S. Afr. B.R. 2:97. G.C. III. 30:367. Tender.— C. brachyiira, Maxim. Similar to C. recta. Herbaceous, upright: lvs. pinnate with 3-5 ovate, 3-nerved lfts.: fls. axillary, solitary, white; sepals glabrous except at the margin: achenes few with short pubescent style. Korea. — C. Buchanani&na, DC. Allied to C. nutans. Large climber, hairy: Ivs. pinnate; lfts. broadly ovate, serrate or lobed: fls. in panicles, tubular; sepals ribbed. Himalaya. See also C. nutans var. thyrsoidea. — C. chmSnsis, Retz. Allied to C. Meyeniana. Lfts. 5, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, nearly glabrous, 5^-1 J4 in. long: fls. in axillary and terminal panicles. China. — C. chryaocdma, Franch. Allied to C. montana. Upright shrub: Ifts. obovate with few coarse teeth, %-l^ in. long, yellowish silky-pubescent beneath: fls. axillaiy, 1-3, 2 m. across; sepals white with pink margin. China. B.M. 8395.-— C. amniUa, DC. Allied to C. nutans. Large climber; glabrous: lfts. 3-7, broadly ovate, slightly pubescent or nearly glabrous, cordate at base, coarsely serrate, often 3-lobed, 2-4 in. long: fls. K-1 in. long, in many-fld. panicles. Himalayas. G.F. 4:235. — C. Delavdyi, Franch. Allied to C. recta. Upright shrub; lvs. pinnate; Ifta. 9-11, ovate, entire, silvery white beneath, J^-Kin- long: fls. white, slender-stalked, 3-5, terminal, about 1 in. across. W. China. Very distinct, but apparently not hardy N. — C. Gebleri&na, Bong.^C. songarica var, Gebleriana. — C Gmtri&na, Roxbg. Allied to C. grata. Tall climber; usually glabrous: lvs. pinnate or bipinnate; lfts. ovate-oblong, glabrous above, pubescent or sometimes glabrous beneath: fls. X^--^n. across, white, in large panicles. Himalayas. S. Asia., Philippine Isls. Wight, Icon. 933-4.— C grewixfldra, DC. Allied to C. nutans. Tall woody climber; densely tomentose: lfts. 3-5, broadly ovate, cordate, serrate, usually deeply 5-lobed, 3-4 in. long: fls. 1^ in. long, tubular-campanulate, tawny yellow. Himalayas. B.M. 6369. — ^Very distinct, but only for warmer regions. — C. hexapitala, Forst. (C. hexasepala, DC). Allied to C. indivisa. Lvs. ternate; lfts. coarsely dentate or lobed: fls. dicecious, in axillary cymes, greenish white, fragrant, 1 in. across. New Zeal. B.R. 32:44. — C. Aoredna, Komarov. Allied to C alpina. Lvs. ternate or bitemate; lfts. ovate, cordate, coarsely toothed: fls. yellow or violet; sepals about 1 in. long; staminode, spatulate, narrow. Korea. Act. Hort. Petrop. 22 : 6. — C, macrop^tala, Ledeb. Allied to C alpina. Lvs. ternate or bitemate; lfts. coarsely serrate or nearly entire: fls. large, violet; petaloid staminodes lanceolate, little shorter than sepals. N. China. Gt. 19:651. — C. •mendotA-na^ Phil. Allied to C ligusticifolia. Lower lfts. 3-parted or 3-lobed, segms. lanceolate: fls. nioncecioiis, white, in panicles; sepals spa- ringly hairy inside: tails of achenes very long. Sept., Oct. Chile. Tender, — C. Pierdtii, Miq. Allied to C brevicaudata. Slender climber: lvs. bitemate; lfts. ovate-oblong, coarsely serrate, IH- '2}/2 in. long: fls. white, Min. across, solitary, or in 3-fld., rarely many-fld. cymes: achenes glabrous, with rather short plumose tails. Aug. Japan. — C. quingue/oUoldta, Hutchinson (C. Meyeniana var. heterophylla, Gagnep.). Allied to C Meyeniana. Lfta. 5 lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, about 3 in. long: cymsa few-fld. shorter than the lvs. : tails of fr. fulvous. Cent. China. V.F. 3.-11 C. Sdnderi, Wats.=C. aristata var. Dennisse. — C smilacifdlia Wall. Tall woody climber: Ivs. simple, ovate usually cordate' entire, 3-10 in. long, rarely ternate: fls. 1-1^ in. across, browniali tomentose outside, purple inside, in axillary panicles: achenes with long feathery tail. B.M. 4259. F.S. 2, pt. 12:3. G.C. IIL 30:466. — C BongArwa, Bunge. Allied to C recta. Shrubby, upright; Iva! simple, thickish, grayish green, usually lanceolate, entire or spa- ringly serrate: fis. yellowish white, in terminal and axillary cymes; sepals glabrous inside. Turkestan, Mongolia. Var. Gebleridna, Kuntze (C Gebleriana, Bong.). Lvs. thinner, more serrate, green. — C. Suksddrfii, Robins; Allied to C. ligusticifolia. Lfts. 5, ovate, to ovate-oblong, 1-1)^ in. long: fls. in axillary racemes or panicles, white, 1 in. across; sepals reflexed: achenes few. Brit. Col. G.F. 9:255. — C. Thtinbergii, Steud. Climbing, pubescent or glabrous: lvs. pinnate with ovate to lanceolate, often 3-lobed or 3-parted lfts.: fls. in axillary panicles; sepals spreading, lanceolate; filaments hairy at the base. S. Af r. G.C IIL 50:253. K. C. Davib. Alfred Rehdeb.! CLEMATIS, MOCK: Agdestis dematidea. CLEMATOCLETHRA {Clematis and dethra, refer- ring to the similarity of the flower to that of Clethra and to the climbing habit). DiUeniacese. Shrubs grown for the profusely produced fragrant flowers and the attractive black or red berries. Deciduous climbing plants: branches with solid pith: winter-buds conspicuous, free, with several imbricate scales: lvs. petioled, usually serrate: fls. in axillary cymes or panicles, sometimes solitary, white; sepals 5, imbricate, persistent; petals 5, imbricate; stamens 10, short; ovary 5-celled, each cell with 10 ovules; style simple, cylindric: fr. berry-like, with thin flesh, subglobose, usually 5-seeded. — ^About 12 species in Cent, and W. China. Closely allied to Actinidia which is easily distinguished by ite numerous stamens, many styles, many-seeded fr. and in the win- ter state by its winter-buds being hidden by a swelling of the tissue around their base. Several species have been recently intro., but the names of most of them have not yet been determined. They are apparently hardier than the Chinese actinidias and superior from an ornamental point of view on account of their pro- fusely produced fls. and frs. though the foliage as a rule is smaller and not quite so handsome. Prop, by seeds and probably, like actinidias, by greenwood cuttings in summer and also by hardwood cuttings and layers. Hemsleyi,Baill. Climbing, to 20ft.: young branches pubescent at first, soon glabrous : lvs. slender petioled, ovate to oblong- ovate, acuminate, denticulate, glar brous above, brownish pubes- cent on the veins beneath, 2-4 in. long: fls. white, about J^in. across, 4-12 in stalked axillary cymes: fr. globose, black, about }^in. across. Cent. China. H.I. 29:2808. integrifdlia, Maxim. Quite glabrous: lvs. ovate to ovate- lanceolate, acumi- nate, finely serru- late or entire, dark green above, glau- cous beneath, l}^-3 in. long: 993. Cleome spinosa. CLEMATOCLETHRA CLERODENDRON 799 fls. solitary or in 2- or 3-fld. cymes on slender stalks, white, J^-Jiin. across: fr. globose, black. W. China. Alfred Rehder. CLEOME (meaning uncertain). Capparid&cex. Odd spider-flowered plants sometimes grown in the flower- garden. Sub-shrubs or annual herbs, simple or branched, glabrous or glandular, with simple Ivs. or 3-7 Ifts., and white, green, yellow or purplish fls. borne singly or in racemes; petals entire, with claws. — Seventy tropical species, in both hemispheres. The genus is distinguished from Gynan- dropsis by its short torus, which often bears an appen- dage, and by the 4-6, rarely 10, stamens. The garden cleomes are chiefly interesting for their long purple spidery stamens and showy rose-colored petals. They succeed in sandy soils and sunny situations, and can be used like castor-oU plants to fill up large gaps in a border. C. spinosa is the best, and has lately been planted considerably in public parks amongst shrubbery. Propa- gated by seeds, which are produced freely in long slender pods borne on long stalks. A. Lfts. more than 3. spindsa, Jacq. (C pungens, Wflld. C. gigantea, Hort., not Linn.). Giant Spider Plant. Figs. 993, 994. Clammy, strong-scented, 3-4 ft. high: lfts. usually 5, sometimes 7, oblong-lanceolate, with a pair of short stipular spines under the petioles of most of the Ivs., and in the tropics some little prickles on the petioles also: fls. rose-purple, varying to white; petals 4, obo- vate, clawed, J^in. long; stamens 2-3 in. long, blue or purple. N. C. to La. (naturaUzed from Trop. Amer.) and escaped from gardens. B.M. 1640. G.C. III. 45: US. — A tender biennial north, but annual in the tropics. The plant recently intro. as C. gigantea is not the true species, which is a green-fld. S. Amer- ican plant as yet apparently unknown in the trade in this country. C spinosa differs widely in the extent and character of its spines. The fls. vary in the development of the style; Fig. 994 shows a fully per- fected style. speciosissima, Deppe. Annual or half -shrubby, sometimes 5 ft. high: sts. strongly hairy without spines; lfts. 5-7, lanceolate, dentate, narrowed at the base, con- spicuously hairy on both sides: fls. Ught purple or pur- plish rose. July to fall. Mex. B.R. 1312.— Said to be the showiest of cleomes. Under this name a very dif- erent plant is passing, the lfts. of which have only minute hairs but rather numerous spines. AA. Lfts. 3. serruiata, Pursh (C integhfblia, Torr. & Gray). Rocky Moun- tain Bee-Plant. Glar brous, 2-3 or even 6 ft. high: lfts. 3, lanceolate to obovate-oblong, en- tire, or rarely with a few minute teeth: bracts much narrower than in C. spinosa: petals rose, 995. Clerodendion rarely white, 3- toothed; receptacle with a flat, con- spicuous appendage. Along streams in saline soils of prairies. — In cult, over 30 years as a bee-plant. C. dendroidea, Schult. Tree-like, 10-14 ft.: fla. blackish purple. Brazil. B.M. 3296. — €. gigant&a, Linn. Shrubby, 3-6 ft., downy:' Ifta. 7, lanceolate, lance-oblong or oblanceolate, the entire If. shorter than petiole: fls. greenish; petals linear, 2 in. or more lone, cohering by their margins and opening only on one side; sepals long-linear, glandular, becoming revolute. Trop. Amer. B.M. 3137. — C. specioaa, HBK=Gynandropsis. ti^ Taylor t CLERODfiNDRON (Greek, chance and tree: of no signifi- cance). Includes Siphondntha and Volkamtria. Verbenacex. Greenhouse climbers and hardy shrubs and other ornamental plants, grown for the showy white, violet or red flowers. Shrubs or trees, often scan- dent: Ivs. opposite or verticil- late, mostly entire or not compound: fls. in mostly terminal cymes or panicles; calyx campanulate or rarely tubular, shal- lowly 5-toothed or 6- lobed; corolla^tube usually slender and cylindrical, the limb 5-parted and spread- ing, the lobes some- what unequal; sta- mens 4, affixed on the corolla-tube, long-exserted and curved; style exserted, 2-cleft at the end; ovary 4-loculed: fr. a drupe inclosed in the caljrx. — About 100 species, in the tropics, mostly of the eastern hemisphere. Clerodendrons are divided into two garden sections, — those with a shrubby habit, and the twining kinds. The culture is about the same for both kinds. They may be grown from seeds or from cuttings of the half- ripened wood. In either case, use 2-inch pots filled with a mixture of equal parts of leaf-mold or peat and good sharp sand. Place a cutting or a seed in each pot, and press moderately firm. Leave the pots in a tight case with a temperature of 70°, and keep the soil at aU times fairly moist. When the pots are filled with roots, shift into a 4-inch pot, using a compost consisting of fibrous loam two parts, leaf-mold and sand one part each, and a, fifth part of well-rotted manure. Pot rather firm, as this insures a stronger growth, and during the grow- ing season keep in a night temperature of 65°. — Clero- dendrons may be flowered in any size pot desired, and some of the species, notably C. Balfourii (or properly C Thomsonx), can be had in flower from Easter until late September. This species is probably the best and most useful, either for decorative work or exhibition purposes; when it is grown in large pots, a good rough material may be used for potting. A good stiff fibrous loam with about one-third part of decayed manure is best. When the sea^ son's growth is com- pleted, gradually with- hold water for two months and lower the night temperature from 65° to 55°. Many of the leaves under the above treatment will drop and the wood will become firm. If plants are wanted in flower about Xhomsonse. (.X^i) ^ Easteri 800 CLERODENDRON CLERODENDRON give them a thorough soaking with water about January 1, and raise the temperature again to 65° by night, letting it rise during the day to 75° to 80°. Syringe the plants two or three times a day, which will encourage the young growths to start all over the ripened wood. When this takes place, the plant will either have to be repotted or fed liberally with liquid manure and fertilizers, repotting usually resulting in larger panicles of flowers. If feeding is resorted to, a handful of green cow-manure to a watering-pot containing two and a half or three gallons of water is sufficient; and if any of the popular fertilizers are used for a change, a small handful to the same amount of water will answer. Water twice in between with clean water. Plants for a succession may be started when the first are ■ beginning to show the crim- son at the end of the flower, and so on until the end of July or first of August. — Clerodendrons are not subject to insect pests if kept thoroughly syringed during their growing season. If this is neglected, the shrubby kinds may become affected with brown- scale or mealy-bug, which should be immediately treated with the usual hydrocyanic gas fumigation. (George F. Stewart.) Kaempferi, 12. macrosiphon, 10. myrmecophilum, 14. Berotinwm, 6. Siphonanthua, 11. specioaum, 3. aplendens, 2. squamatum, 12. ThomBonGB, 1. tumentosum, 9. trichotoTnum, 6, viecogum, 5. Bal/ouri, 1. Bungei, 15. coronaria^ 4. delectum, 1. delicatum, 1. fallax, 13. Far^eaii, 7. foetidum, 15. fragrana, 4. indBum, 10. iperme, 8. infortunatum, 5. A. Plant of twining habit. 1. Th6msonae, Balfour (C. Bdl- fouri, Hort.). Fig. 995. Tall, twining, glabrous evergreen shrub: Ivs. oppo- site, oblong-ovate and acuminate, strongly several-nerved, entire, pet- ioled: fls. in axillary, and termmaj forking lax cymes; calyx strongly 5-angled, narrowed at the apex, white; corollsr-limb light crimson and spread- ing; corolla-tube 1 in. long; stamens ? pubescens, Linn. (C grandifblia, Jacq.). A high, sparingly branched tree: Ivs. cordate-orbicular, 3-6 in. long, rusty-pubescent beneath, chiefly on the promi- nent veins: fls. racemose: fr. berry-fike, about %m.. diam. Trop. Amer. April. B.M. 3166. C, caracasAna, Meissn., or a closely related species, has recently been intro. to the trade by Franceschi, of Santa Barbara, Califs It is described as having "larger fra. than other known species, like a good-sized plum." Venezuela. WiLHELM MiLLBB. N. TAYLOB.t COCCOTHRINAX (a berry and Thrinax, in reference to the berry-like fruit). Palm&cex. Small or medium- sized palms, with fan-leaves. Trees (or rarely stemless) with slender sts., clothed above with the persistent petiole-sheaths, : Ivs. terminal, pale beneath, thin and brittle, divided into narrow, acute, 2-parted obUquely folded lobes; petioles com- pressed, sUghtly rounded and ridged on the 2 surfaces, thin and smooth on the margins: spadix interfoliar, paniculate, shorter than the petioles: fls. perfect, minute, solitary; perianth cup-like, obscurely 6-lobed, deciduous; stamens 9, exserted; ovary superior, ovoid, 1-celled: fr. berry-like, subglobose, 1-seeded, in ripen- ing becoming thick and juicy, shining black or purple- black; albumen channeled. — A genus of a few species, made from Thrinax; Fla. and S. GSrberi, Sare. {Thrinax Gdrberi, Chapm. T. arg&nlea var. Gdrberi, Chapm.). Silver-Palm. Stemless: Ivs. only 10-12 in. across, fan-shaped, silvery beneath. An attractfve dwarf palm, early showing its characteris- tic form, native on shore of Biscayne Bay, Fla.; per- haps a depauperate form of C. jucunda, Sarg. (ThAnax argentea, Chapm., not Roem. & Sch.), which has Ivs. 20-32 in. across; it bears the fls. on rigid spreading short pedicels, the perianth is white, anthers light yel- low, and ovary orange: fr. ^in. or less diam., becom- ing succulent and bright violet and later almost black and shining, ripening 6 months after the flowering: petiole slender, flexible, rounded on upper side and obscurely ribbed on lower side, extending as a thin imdulate rachis that ends in a short obtuse point. L. H. B. C6CCULUS (diminutive of kokkos, berry; the fruit being berry-like). Syn., Cihatha, Epibaiirium. Menis- •permAcese. Shrubs grown for their handsome foliage and the ornamental red or black fruits. Twining or erect: Ivs. alternate, petioled, entire or lobed, with entire margin, deciduous or persistent, palminerved: fls. inconspicuous, dioecious, m axillary panicles or racemes, sometimes terminal; sepals, petals and stamens 6: carpels 3-6, distinct^ developing into berry-like, 1-seeded drupes; seed remform. — About 12 species in N. Amer., E. and S. Asia, Afr. and Hawaii, chiefly in tropical and subtropical regions. Only a few species are cult., thriving in almost any somewhat moist soil; the evergreen kinds are sometimes grown in pots, in a sandy compost of peat and loam. Prop, by seeds or by cuttings of half -ripened wood in summer, under glass, with bottom heat. "Cocculus indicus" is the trade name of the berries used by the Chinese in catching fish. The .berries con- tain an acrid poison, which intoxicates or stuns the fish until they can be caught. The berries are imported from the East Indies to adulterate porter, and "Coc- culus indicus" is a trade name with druggists, not a botanical one^ just as "Cassia lignea" is a trade name of a kind of cinnamon, bark, derived, not from a cassia, but from a species of Cinnamomum. The name "Coc- culus indicus" was given by Bauhin, but binomial nomenclature began later, with Linnseus, in 1753. The plant which produces the berries is Anamirta Coceidus. carolinus, DC. {Cebatha Carolina, Brit. Epibatkrium carolinum, Brit.). Carolina Moonseed. A rapid- growing, twining shrub, attaining 12 ft., with pubes- cent branches: Ivs. long-petioled, usually ovate, some- times cordate, obtuse, entire or 3-, rarely 5-lobed, pubescent, glabrous above at length: petals emargi- nate: fr. red, }^in. diam. Along streams from Va. and 111. to Fla. and Texas. — Decorative in fall, with its bright red fr. Not hardy north of N. Y. trilobus, DC (C. orbiculMus, Schneid. Cibalha orbimddta, Kuntze. C. Thtinbergii, DC). Slender chmber with pubescent branches: Ivs. broadly ovate to oblong-ovate, truncate or subcordate at the base, obtuse, often emarginate, usually entire, pubescent- on both sides: petals bifid at the apex: fr. bluish black, about J^in. thick, in short-stalked axillary clusters. Japan. B.M. 8489. I.T. 6:231.— Quite hardy at the Arnold Arboretum; keeps its Ivs. green until very late in autumn. C. diversifdlius, Miq., not DC.'=Sinomenium aoutum. — C. hete- ropk^UuB, Hemsl. & Wilson=Sinomenium acutum. — C. japdnicuSf DC.=Stepliania hernandifolia. — C. laurifdlius, DC. Erect shrub, to 15 ft., glabrous: Ivs. evergreeUj oblong, acute at both ends. Himalayas.^ Decorative, with its bright green, shining foliage. Only hardy in subtropical regions. Alfred Rehder. COCHLEARU (Greek, coch- lear, a spoon; referring to the leaves). Crudferse. More or less fleshy seaside small herbs, in- cluding scurvy-grass and related things; scarcely cultivated. Annual or perennial: IVs. ' simple: fls. small, white, yel- lowish or purplish, in racemes: fr. an inflated silicle, with very convex valves, the seeds several in each cell and usually 2-rowed. — About 15 species in Eu. and N. Amer. Formerly the horse-radish was referred here, but it is now placed by some in Radicula, by others in Roripa, and by still others in Nasturtium. 1010. Cochleaiia danica. COCHLEARIA COCONUT 809 officinWs, Linn. Scubvy-Gbass. Hardy biennial, 2-12 in. high, but cult, as an annual: root-lvs. petioled, cordate; st.-lvs. oblong, more or less toothed and some- times with a short-winged petiole: fls. early spring; calyx-lobes erect. Arctic regions. — Prop, by seed, which is small, oval, slightly angular, rough-skinned, reddish brown. The germinating power lasts 4 years. The green parts of the plant are strongly acrid, and have a tarry flavor. The seed is sown in a cool, shady position, where the plants are to stand. The Ivs. are rarely eaten as salad, but the plant is mostly grown for its anti-scorbutic properties. Not to be con- founded with water-cress. dfinica, Linn. Fig. 1010. Annual, scarcely 6-8 in. high: Ivs. rounded, kidney-shaped, scarcely 1 in. long in large specimens, usually much smaller. North tem- perate and arctic regions. L.B.C. 15:1482. — It is cov- ered in early summer with a profusion of small white fls. A valuable plant for ornament northward. N. TAYLOB.t COCHLIODA (Greek for spiral, in reference to the structure of the lip). Orchidd,cex. A small group of orchids found at high elevations in South America, Uttle grown, requiring treatment given Odontoglossum. Pseudobulbous: fls. bright rose-color or scarlet, in long racemes; sepals equal or the side ones more or less joined; petals all much alike; lip clawed, the blade spreading and the side lobes rounded and perhaps reflexed, the middle lobe narrow. — Some of the species are retained by various authors in Odontoglossum and Mesopinidium. Noetzli^a, Rolfe. Pseudobulbs ovate-oblong, com- pressed, about 2 in. long, monodiphyUous: Ivs. linear: peduncles arcuate; fls. numerous, in graceful racemes, orange-scarlet, about 1 in. across; sepals oblong; petals rather ovate; labellum 3-lobed, disk yellow, otherwise similar in color to the petals. Andes. B.M. 7474. Gt. 43:1403. G.C. IIL 16:71. O.R. 12:309. rdsea, Hort. Plants similar to C. Noetzliana: fls. rose-color. Peru. B.M. 6084. I.H. 18:66. vulcfinica, Benth. & Hook. Peduncles more or less erect: fls. larger than in the preceding, bright rose-color; labellum 3-lobed, provided with 4 ridges. Peru. B.M. 6001. C hrasiliinsis, Rolfe. Pseudobulbs tufted, oblong: Ivs. oblong- lanceolate: scapes erect or arching, with 6-13 greenish fls. Brazil. — — C. Fldryi, Rolfe. Natural hybrid between C. Noetzliana and C. rosea. Fls. cinnabar-red with yellow crest; sepals lanceolate; pet- als elliptic oblong. Q^^g j^^^_ C0CHLI0GL(3SSA. Orchiddcex. A garden hybrid between Cochlioda Noetzliana and Odontoglossum scep- trum or O. prsenitens, known as Cochlioglossa moorte- ieehiensis. Fls. star-shaped, the petals and sepals yel- low with pale brown spots; lip has the characters of that of Odontoglossum sceptrum, but a little longer and less attractive. Shows no marks of Cochlioda Noetzliana. COCHLIGSTSMA (Greek, spiral stamens). Com- melinAcesB. Curious and gorgeous plants cultivated under glass. Cochliostemas are epiphytes, with the habit of Bill- bergia and great axillary panicles of large fls. of peculiar structure and beauty. They are stemless herbs from Ecuador, with large, oblong-lanceolate Ivs., sheathing at the base, and fls. which individually last only a short time, although a succession is produced for several weeks; sepals 3, oblong, obtuse, concave; petals 3, nearly equal, wider than the sepals, margined with long hairs; staminodes 3, villous, 2 erect, linear, the third short, plumose; staminal column hooded, with in- curved margins, inclosing 3 spirally twisted anthers; style slender, curved. — Gardeners recognize 2 species, although they are considered by some botanists as forms of one. Recorded as the most beautiful cult, plants of the family. These are handsome stove-flowering perennial plants, closely related to the commelinas, and are of comparatively easy culture, thriving well in ordinary stove temperature in a mixture of two parts loam and one part fibrous peat, with a little well-decayed cow- or sheep-manure added when potting mature plants. They hke a copious supply of water at the roots dur- ing the summer months, and at no season must they be allowed to become dry. Propagation is effected by division of the plants in early spring, or by seeds, to obtain which the flowers must be artificially fertilized. — They seed freely when fertilized at the proper time. Only a few of the stronger or larger flowers should be allowed to bear seed. Sometimes a simple shaking of the flower-stalk will accomplish the necessary work of fertilizing, but it is safer to employ the regular method to insure thorough impregnation. The seeds ripen within six weeks' time, and they can be sown soon thereafter, in shallow pans of light, peaty soil, and placed in a warm, close atmosphere until germinated. As soon as the seedlings are large enough, they should be potted singly into thumb-pots, and shifted on as often as they require it, when they will flower in six to twelve months. The chief reason why cochliostemas are grown in America so little is, probably, that it is necessary to keep a much more humid atmosphere in stove-houses than in England, and this is very much against all stove-flowering plants, causing the season of blossoming to be very short. (Edward J. Canning.) A. Lvs. red beneath: panicle hairy; fls. very fragrant. odoratissimum, Lem. Lvs. lighter green above than in C. Jacobianum, and deep purplish red beneath, nar- rower, and with a similar margin: fls. very numerous; sepals more leaf-like, hairy, green, with a reddish tip. I.H. 6:217. R.H. 1869, p. 170. AA. Lvs. green beneath: panicle not hairy; fls. less fragrant. Jacobianum, C. Koch and Lind. Height 1-3 ft.: lvs. in a rosette, spreading or recurved, dilated and sheath- ing at the base, margined brown or purplish, 3-4 ft. long, 6 in. broad at the base, 4 in. broad at the middle: ped- uncles stout, white, tinged purple, 1 ft. long: bracts large, opposite and whorled, 3-4 in. long, acuminate, concave: panicle-branches 4-6 in. long; fls. 2-2}^ in. across; sepals purplish; petals violet-blue. Autumn. B.M. 5706. R.H. 1868:71. G.C. 1868:323,desc. F.S. 18: 1837-9. WiLHELM MiLLEE. C0CHI0SP£RMUM: Maximilianea. COCKLE. In North America, a name for Lychnis Githago, or corn-cockle, a familiar handsome-flowered weed of wheat-fields. The name is also applied to the darnel, Lolium temulentum. COCKLE-BUR: Xanthium, a, weed. COCKSCOMB: Celosia. COCKSFOOT GRASS: Barnyard Grass, Panicum Crus-Galli. COCOA: Products of Theobroma Cacao. COCOA PLUM: Chrysobalanus Icaco. COCO-GRASS: Cypems rotundus. COCONUT. Plate XXVII. Figs. 1011, 1012, 1014, 1015. The coconut, Cocos nucifera, is the most important of cultivated palms. Its nearest relatives, whether or not regarded as in the same genus, are natives of tropical America. For this and for other reasons which have been presented by Cook, it must be beUeved that the coco- nut is a native of America, and that it was carried west- ward across the Pacific in prehistoric times. While the nut will float and retain its power of germination for a considerable time, its propagation from island to island in known cases has practically always been the dehbe- rate work of men, and it is probable that men were 810 COCONUT COCONUT also responsible for its crossing the Pacific. It was a cultivated plant in Polynesia and Malaya, and in many places the chief crop, at the time of the discov- ery of this part of the world by Europeans. But it reached Ceylon recently enough so that its introduc- tion is a matter of fairly reliable legend. It is now grown in all tropical countries except the interior of continents. Its cultivation extends somewhat beyond the tropics, both north and south, but its growth at these extremes, in Florida, India and Madagascar, is not thrifty enough to give it any industrial impor- tance. Within the last two decades, the rise in the price of oils and the discovery of new uses for coconut-oil have caused a tremendous increase in the area devoted to the plantation and cultivation of coconuts. Climatic conditions favorable for the coconut. The coconut makes on the climate the characteristic demands of a tjrpically tropical plant. It thrives where the mean annual temperature is 72° F. or higher, and where there are no great differences in temperature between seasons. Except where supply of ground water 1011. End of a mattire coconut. The nut sprouts usually from the largest eye. makes it independent of local rainfall, the coconut demands an annual rainfall of at least one meter (about 40 in.) ; and this precipitation should be well distributed through the year. In most of the best coconut coun- tries, the rainfall is considerably more than one meter. The coconut can endure exceedingly drying conditions for short periods, and is accordingly adapted to the intense light of the seashore, to resisting strong winds, and to enduring salt water about its roots for short periods of time. Moreover, it will live through pro- longed droughts. But long dry seasons cut down the crops; and the damage done by droughts lasts for as much as two or three years after the return of rain. A dry season of five or six months every other year wiU keep the crop at all times down to not more than 40 per cent of what it would be if the supply of water were constant. If there is an ample supply of soil-water, dryness of the atmosphere is favorable to the best production. Seacoasts usually have higher land back of them, and the ground-water from the higher country circulates through the soil toward the sea. Near the shore it comes near enough to the surface to be reached by the roots of the coconut. For this reason, coconuts thrive on the seashore under climatic condi- tions that prevent good development in the interior. This is the principal ground for the idea that coconuts thrive only near the sea. Around the bases of volca- noes in the interior, similar soil conditions are met with, and such locaUties are admirably adapted to this crop. Propagation and cultivation. The coconut is produced only by seed. Nuts for this purpose should of course be selected from conspicuously good trees. They are usually planted in seed-beds although, on a small scale, there are various other local methods of handling them during germination. The best treatment is to take them from the seed-bed when the plumule is not more than 6 inches high, which will usually be after about six months. To avoid the expense of keeping the groves clean while the trees are small, it is common practice to leave the nuts for a longer time in the seed-beds, but the transplanting of older seedhngs, even with the greatest practicable care, sets them back for several months. In the Jaffna dis- trict of northern Ceylon, the nuts are transplanted from the first seed-beds to others in which they have more room, and are not put in their permanent places until they are three or four years old. In the first years after the coconuts are transplanted, it is good poUcy to raise catch-crops between the trees. But these crops should be so chosen that they will not compete with the coconut for light or water; and from the profit they pay, a return should be made to the soil of fertilizers at least sufficient to replace what they have removed. By the time the grove is four years old, the coconuts will shade the ground and it will no longer be possible to raise catch-crops on a large scale. Then, but not before this time, it is good practice. to use the grove for pasture. The returns from live-stock should be at least sufficient to pay for keeping the plantation in good condition and cattle will themselves do a large part of the work in keeping down the other vegetation. Pasturing of other Uve-stock in coconut groves is in general not to be recommended. It is not customary any^yhere in the tropics to give to coconut plantations such cultivation as is given to orchards in temperate countries. It has even been behoved that any but the most shallow cultivation would be detrimental by destroying the roots near the surface, and that machine- cultivation was likeljr to be too expensive to be profit- able, in view of the time that it would have to be kept up before the coconut begins to pay returns. Limited experience in the Phihppines indicates that real culti- vation produces very much the same results with coconuts as it does with other crops. Coconuts respond, as do other crops, to the appUcation of manures con- taining potash, nitrogen, and phosphorus. So far as the very limited evidence shows, the demand for these three fertilizing elements is in the order given. With ordinarily good treatment; coconuts come into bearing in seven or eight years. Single trees of standard varie- ties will bear fruit in five years, while others will require ten. If the coconut is treated as a wild crop, which is by no means uncommon, and Uttle or no attention is given it after the first three years, it will be ten or fifteen years, as a rule, before a full crop is produced and even then the crop will be an inferior one. With the increase in the industry in the tropical world, and with the increase in commerce, there have been created conditions favorable to the development and spread of pests. Twenty years ago, serious coconut pests were practically unknown, and only eight years ago, Prudhomme, in an excellent general treatment of the coconut industry, Usted as serious pests only two or three insects and no other organisms. There are now known as serious pests various species of Rhynchoph- orus, known as palm weevils; Oryctes, called the rhinoceros beetle; a scale, Aspidiotus destructor, closely related to the San Jos4 scale; at least two fungi, and the organisms causing bud-rot. The latter have been determined in the West Indies to be BaeiUvs Coli, and in India to be a fungus, Pythium palmivorum. Besides these, there are a large number of minor or local pests, including weevils and other beetles, the COCONUT COCONUT 811 larvse of moths and butterflies, insects of other groups, and fungi. Damage is also done in places by crus- taceans, and by rats and other higher animals. Forests made up of one kind of tree practically do not exist in nature in the tropics; and when such forests are made, as has been done with the coconut, the prevention of devastation by pests will be accomplished only by greater care than is ordinarily demanded to protect the crops of temperate lands. Varieties. A very large number of varieties of coconuts is known in different parts of the tropics, but a careful comparative study of their merits has never been made on a large scale and with nuts from many different sources. The best experiment began less than a decade ago in Madagascar. In several localities in the Philip- pmes, there are strains of very large nuts, of which, as a plantation average extending over years, 3,300 produce a ton of copra. In favorable seasons the production has been at the rate of a ton from 2,800 nuts. There are reports of similar large nuts from other countries, but no data as to their yield on a plantation scale. In the parts of the Philippines having the greatest coconut industry, it requires 5,600 to 6,000 nuts to produce a ton of copra, and the same figures appljr to Ceylon and various other coconut countries. In still other places the nuts are so small that 7,000 are required to the ton. There are varieties characterized by shape and by color, but these characteristics seem not to be related to the yield either of copra or oil. The nuts of the Laccadive and Maldive Islands are reputed to produce a particularly good fiber. Throughout the eastern tropics, coconuts are locally used to produce liquor. For tms purpose, early maturing varieties that are likely also to produce very small nuts, but numerous clusters, are selected. There are varieties in Ceylon and the Philippines which bear at the age of fotu- years, while the varieties in extensive cultivation and used for the production of copra can none of them be rehed upon to produce a crop in less than seven years and not in less than ten years unless properly treated. A Philip- pine variety known as Makapun6 has the interior of the nuts completely fiUed with a soft, sweet tissue, used as a table deUcacy. Such nuts sell locally for about 10 cents, while the ordinary nut is worth 2 or 3 cents. Uses and products of the coconut. The local uses of the coconut are almost unhmited. Besides being of practical utiUty in a very large num- ber of ways to the people of the Malay-Polynesian region, it has, as a result of its practical importance, acquired a prominent place in the rites and supersti- tions of the people of this part of the world. Thus Murray tells of a tribe of Papuans, among whom it is not proper for a man to eat a person whom he has killed, this privilege being reserved for his associates; but a man may eat the heart of his own victim if he sits on one coconut and balances himself with his feet on two others while he prepares and devours it. The products of great industrial importance are toddy and its derivatives, coir, and copra and its products. Toddy is an usual EngUsh name of the fresh bever- age obtained from the unopen flower-clusters. In the PhiUppines it is known as "tub^." The mode of securing it differs somewhat in the three countries in which it is secured on an industrial scale, the Philip- pines, Java and Ceylon. In all of them, the spathe is Dent down gradually and the tip is then cut off. A thin slice is afterward cut off with a sharp knife, usually twice a day. After a few days of this treatment, the irritation results in a flow of sap from the cut surface. This sap falls into a jar or bamboo tube from which it is collected, as a rule twice a day, and a very thin slice is removed from the end at each time of collection. 52 This continues until the whole inflorescence has been removed by the series of slices. The amount of toddy collected depends on the vigor of the tree, on the weather, and on the skill of the workman. Under fairly favorable conditions, a good workman will secure a quart or more a day from one inflorescence. The technique of this business seems to be better developed in the Philippines than elsewhere, with the result that more toddy is secured in a given time from the tree. The toddy is used as a fresh beverage or as a source of alcohol, or less frequently of sugar, or still more rarely of vinegar; it is also a common source of yeast in the East Indies. The toddy, as it falls from the cut branch, contains about 16 per cent of sucrose. This inverts very rapidly if permitted to do so, and the invert sugar is in turn rapidly fermented to alcohol. In parts of the Philippines, the production of strong liquor in this way is a business of some importance. If sugar is to be produced, care is taken to keep the vessels clean and approximately sterile, and the inversion is often pre- vented by the use of tanbark from one of the man- groves, usually Bruguiera. If alcohol is the product desired, the same bamboo tubes are used over and over without cleaning. In the Philippines it is common practice to connect the trees used for this purpose with bridges of bam- boo on which the col- lectors pass rapidly from tree to tree. In other countries each tree is climbed by itself. (Nat. size at this stage.) (Nat. size.) 1012. Stages in the growtli of a coconut. Cair is produced for local use in many parts of the world, but as an article of commerce comes chiefly from Ceylon. This fiber was the old staple cordage material of the Polynesian region. As a fiber material, it is conspicuous for its elasticity, being able to stretch 20 or 25 per cent without exceeding the limit of elas- ticity. It is also remarkable for Ughtness, for resist- ance to decay, and for the short length of the individual cells. It is accordingly a valuable fiber for use in ropes subject to abrupt strains, for calking boats, and for a stuffing fiber. Its stiffness and durability make it especially serviceable for the manufacture of mats, and this is its chief commercial use. Copra. — The principal coconut product exported from most producing regions is copra, which is the dried meat or hard endosperm of the fruit. To produce the best copra, nuts should be thoroughly and uniformly ripe, and this condition is best guaranteed by per- mitting them to ripen on the trees until they fall, and then to collect and use them at frequent intervals. However, it is far more common practice to harvest them before they fall, going through the groves at regular intervals. This is most commonly done every three months. The nuts are cut down in various ways. The simplest method is the use of a long pole made of detachable joints of bamboo and bearing at the top a sharp and recurved knife. A nut-gatherer then goes from tree to tree and cuts down the nuts that are ready, without leaving the ground. This method is the local one used in certain parts of the PhiUppines. 812 COCONUT cocos Elsewhere in the Philippines and in many other places, the practice is to climb each tree, using notches cut at convenient heights for this purpose. If these notches are cut with sufficient care, it probably can be done without real damage to the tree, but in practice such care is not usually taken, and the notches are very often centers from which decay of the trunk begins. In other places the nut-gatherers cUmb the trees with- out notches. To do this easily, they usually bind their ankles together with a thong, or pass a rope around the hips and around the tree, or use both of these devices. The old story of the harvesting of coconuts by the use of monkeys is not altogether a myth. In the Sunda islands and in Sarawak, monkeys are sometimes trained for this purpose; and from Sarawak, these trained monkeys are occasionally exported to the Straits settlements. In some of the islands of the south seas, the entire nuts, husk and all, are split into halves with an axe, and in Ceylon a machine for this purpose has come into Umited use. Elsewhere, the first step in the preparation of copra is the removal of the husks. This is usually done with the aid of a piece of iron, three cornered and moderately sharp, mounted on an erect stick and standing at about the height of the knee. This implement is in universal use in the Phihppines, and elsewhere in the East, and has of late years come into use in the tropics of the New World. A machine to remove the husks has also been invented, but the most that is claimed for it is that a workman can husk a thousand nuts a day, and this is only the standard day's work for a nut-husker in the Phihp- Eines by the old method. After the removal of the usk, the nut is spUt into two halves by a sharp blow with a heavy knife. The water is allowed to run out on the ground. — Methods of drying copra fall under three heads: svm-drying, grill-drying, and kihi-drying. Cen- trifugal dryers have also been tried and are said to give good results. Sun-drying is the oldest method, and is a good one where the climate is such that the drying can be trusted to go on without interruption. Under favorable conditions it produces the finest grade of copra. Cochin sun-dried being the standard of excel- lence. Most PhiUppine copra is griU-dried. A hole is dug in the ground on which is placed a grating usually made of bamboo, and the whole protected by a roof. Coconut husks and shells are used for fuel. The heat and smoke rise directly from the fire to the coconuts. Sun-drying takes usually five to nine days; if more than this is required, the method is unsafe. Smoke-drying is finished as a rule in a single day or in parts of two days. Smoke-dried copra is unsuited for the manu- facture of food products and accordingly sells at a lower price than the best copra. It is a good way of making poor copra; for if any copra is imperfectly dried or is even in part the product of iinripe nuts, it ferments with a considerable loss of oil, and this fer- mentation is decidedly checked by smoking. Kilns for drying coconuts are of various patterns in different countries, and if properly handled always produce a high grade of copra. There is one kiln in the Philip- pines which handles more than three tons of copra at a charge, and dries it in six or eight hours. By all methods, it is customary to make two stages of the drying, one immediately after the nuts are opened, and the other after the meat has shrunk enough to be easily removed from the shells. The ultimate use of copra is the manufacture of oil, an industry which has been developed to the greatest extent m France. In all coconut countries there is a local business in manufac- turing oil. This is done by various primitive methods, some of which produce a food or toilet product of the highest possible quality. In the manufacture of such oil, the utmost care is taken and the product is of purely local use. Oil for wider distribution is manu- factured with less care, by methods characteristic of the different countries. To prepare oil for world com- merce, such establishments as have long been used in European countries, and to a less extent in the United States, have more recently been founded in the producing lands. The oil has a variety of uses. It was formerly consumed almost entirely in the manufacture of soap and candles. Principally during the last decade, methods of refining and separation have been developed, by which excellent butter-substitutes are made. As the butter produced in this way is palatable and most digestible, and is cheaper than real butter, these prod- ucts have found a ready sale, with the result that there has been a great increase in the demand for good grades of copra and a consequent improvement in the general quality produced in most countries, and an increase in the price of all grades. It seems probable that the market will for some time continue to increase more rapidly than the supply. Other products. — A well-known product is desic- cated coconut. Among producing countries, Ceylon is the only one which has taken up the manufacture of this article. It is prepared directly from the fresh meat of ripe nuts. Very large numbers of coconuts are also put upon the market of temperate countries as "coco- nuts," usually after the removal of the husk. The United States is the chief market for these nuts and the export of them is accordingly a conspicuous feature of the business in lands situated where deUvery in the United States is economically possible^ that is in the West Indies and to a much less extent m the islands of the Pacific. An exportation of this kind is also assum- ing large proportions with AustraUa as a market. For all kinds of coconut produce, Ceylon long held first place and the business of producing coconuts, copra and oil, as well as coir, and desiccated coconut, has reached a better development in Ceylon than anywhere else. However, during the last few years, the Philip- pines have far outstripped Ceylon in the production of copra. The export from the Phihppines in the year ending June 30, 1912, was more than 160,000 tons. In this year, copra was for the first time the foremost export of the islands, taking from abacd the place which it has held almost without interruption for the last fifty years. E. B. Copeland. COCOS (Portuguese, monkey, from the nut, which suggests a monkey's face). Palmdceas. This genus includes the coconut tree, C. nucifera, and a few pinnate palms cultivated for ornament in the North under glass, and in southern Florida and southern California as avenue and ornamental trees. Low or tall palms, with slender or robust ringed spineless trunks, often clothed with the bases of the Ivs.: Ivs. terminal, pinnatisect; segms. ensiform or lanceo- late, equidistant or in groups, 1- to many-nerved, entire at the apex, or with 1 lateral tooth, or more or less deeply lobed, the margins smooth, recurved at the base; rachis 3-sided, acute above, convex on the back; petiole concave above, smooth or spiny on the margins; sheath short, open, fibrous: spadices erect, at length drooping, the branches erect or drooping; spathes 2, the lower one the shorter, spht at the apex, the upper one fusiform or clavate, woody, furrowed on the back; bracts variable; fls. white or yellow: fr. large or medium, ovoid or eUipsoidaJ, terete or obtusely 3-angled, often fibrous-coated as in the coconut. — Species 56 in Trop. and Subtrop. S. Amer., 1 in the tropics around the world. The genus is alUed to MaximUiana and Attalea, and distinguished by its male fls. having lanceolate petals, 6 included stamens, and a 1-seeded fr. G.C. II. 23:439. The coconut is the example most commonly cited of dispersal of seeds by water. Its buoyant, impervious husk is said to enable it to cross an ocean without losing its germinating power. Its structure is interest- ing and at first puzzhng. Although it is a dry, indehis- cent, one-seeded fruit, it seems very unhke an achene, as cocos cocos 813 for example, in the Composite. Structurally, it is more like a drupe, for the fibrous husk is formed from the outer part oi the pericarp, and the hard shell inclosing the meat from the inner. In other words the husk is exocarp and the shell endocarp. The milk of the coconut is unsohdified endosperm. In the cereal grains it is the endosperm which affords most of the material used for human food. Only a part of the liquid matter of the coconut solidifies, and the milk is left in the center. The eyes of the coconut (Fig. 1011) mark the positions of the micropyles, and germination takes place only through the larger one. Palm pistils are three-carpeUed and each carpel in Cocos has one ovule. The marks of the three carpels are seen in Fig. 1011, but only one ovule develops into a seed. Fig. 1012 tells the stoiy of the growth of a coconut. In a, the young nut is enveloped by three petals and three sepals. At 6, the pericarp has far outgrown the sepals and petals. Sometimes the floral envelopes remain when the nut is picked. Coconuts, like many other fruits, often grow to a considerable size without poUination, and then perish. Of the species cultivated for ornament, C. Wed- delliana is by far the most unportant. It is sold in great quantities from 3- and 4-inch pots when the plants are 12 to 15 inches high. They are favorite house-plants, as their culture is easy, and they grow slowly and retain their beauty a long while. They are much used in fern-dishes. As a house-plant, C. Wed- delliana is probably the most popular species of all the smaller palms. It is esjjecially suitable for table deco- ration. In distinguishing tropical from subtropical regions, the coconut is an excellent guide. It flourishes best where frost is never known, although there are magnificent specimens at Miami and Palm Beach, Florida, both places having rare but sharp frosts. The oil extracted from the nuts is an important article of commerce. The fiber refuse is much used by florists and gardeners. Being open, spongy, verjr retentive of moisture, clean and easily handled, it is a favorite material ia which to root bedding-plants and to start very small seeds: but it is not used for permanent pottmg. See U. S. Dept. Agric, Bull, of Div. of Ent. (new series) 38:20-3, for a report of diseased coconuts. For culture of Cocos under glass, see Palms. Cocos in Florida. — The species of the C. australis group (as known in the trade) are dry-land pahns, the best and most beautiful palms adapted to poor sandy soils in Florida. In moist and rich ground they are sub- ject to diseases, particularly to bhght. On dry land, they thrive with great vigor, and although slow growers, they are strikingly beautiful specimens when only a few years old. They look best in groups of five or even a dozen planted together (about 12 to 15 feet apart). After they have formed trunks 5 to 10 feet high they are very impressive, particularly when the background consists of tail bamboos or dark evergreens such as Magnolia grandiflora or live-oaks. All the species of this group have leaves more or less glaucous, silvery white or bluish green. The leaflets are often very hard to the touch — very rigid. The petiole at its base is provided with short blunt spines. The roots are brown and quite numerous, but the root-system is very shallow, the trunks do not rest deep in the ground as is the case with the Sabal and Phoenix species, and for this reason they are easily blown over or they acquire a leaning disposition. In planting these palms, they should be set in a saucer-like cavity, which can be filled up gradually. Both young and old plants are easily transplanted in November and December, but it IS always advisable to plant only young specimens. Few palms require so little care and fertifizer as these Cocos species. A good appUcation of stable manure as a mulch when the rainy season begins helps them along wonderfully, or they many be fertilized with a com- bination consisting of equal parts of ammonia, phos- phoric acid and potash. The flowers are always inclosed in a club-like spathe varying in size from a large walk- ing-stick to a baseball club. These spathes burst open with a crack and reveal the much-branched flower-spike, varying in color from a creamy white, yellowish, lavender-crimson to a deep violet. The frmts also vary in size and color. Some of them are not larger than a large pea, others as large as a plum, some are yellowish and others orange and red in color. (H. Nehrling.) Cocos in California. — After passing through a severe test during the first week in January of the year 1913, the several species of Cocos pahns are in a condition in which one may safely judge of their comparative hardiness. In the Cocos palms found in local gar- dens are two very distinct groups. These two groups may each contain but one species having several varie- 1013. Cocos Weddelliana. ties, or they may consist of several species as they are known "in the trade," and it is upon the latter basis they are here dealt with. (1) The dwarf group is com- monly and widely represented by the one known as C. australis and the other and less-known kinds are catalogued as C. Alphonsi, C. Bonnettii, C. campestris, C. Gaertnerij and C. Yatay. Occasionally two others, C. odorala and C. pulposa, are listed. All those named are quite hardy and may safely be planted from Los Angeles to San Francisco without fear of losing them through freezing, though in places some may get "scorched" while young. With age all become quite hardy. (2) To a taller and more striking group, belong those of which C. plumosa is the best known and, unfor- tunately, most widely planted type. These are C. hotryophora, C. coronata, C. Dalil, C. flexuosa, C. plur- mosa, and C. Romamoffiana. Of these six four have proved quite tender and three quite hardy, the latter lot resistant to at least a half-dozen degrees more of cold than the former. The tender ones are: C. hotryo- phora, C. coronata, C. plumosa, and C. Rorrmnzoffiana. Those proving hardy over all of southern California in 1913 were C. Datil and C. flexuosa, the latter the 814 COCOS COCOS only one at all common. To these may be added the true C. ausircdis, not known here in the trade at all, a tall-growing species, and not the dwarf one commonly sold under this name. J. Harrison Wright, of Riverside, has grown this novel species and assures the writer of its hardiness in his garden where C. plumosa succumbs in comparatively mild winters. These notes are based upon a close study of these species and varieties as observed during the past few winters in the gardens of Los Angeles and Pasadena in Southern California. (Ernest Braunton.) aurea, 8. australis, 2, 7. botryophora, 2. butiyacea, 5. campestris, 12. INDEX. coronata, 2, 11. Datil, 2, 10. eriospatha, 1. flexuosa, 2. maignis, 13. nucifera, 8. plumoaa, 2, 4. Romanzoffiana, 6* Weddelliana, 3* Yatay, 9. A. Filaments present on the rachis. 1. eriospatha, Mart. St. 9-15 ft. high, 10-14 in. thick, capitately thickened with the persistent bases of the petioles: Ivs. ample, glaucous, finely pectinate; margins of the rachis with excurrent filaments; segms. about 1 in. apart, the lower elongated, Unear, 20-24 in. long, very long-acuminate, the upper narrowly linear, short, attenuate, 1 ft. long, 2 lines wide, all rigid, faintly nervose-striate: spadix thick, branched but very com- pact. S. Brazil. — "The hardfiest of the genus and one of the hardiest palms in S. Calif. Fronds bluish: fr. pulp tastes like apricots." — F. Franceschi, Santa Bar- bara. Some of the C. australis of the trade may belong here. AA. Filaments absent. B. Rachis abruptly contracted above the insertion of the lowest Ifts. 2. flexudsa, Mart. St. 9-12 ft. high, 2-3^4 in. diam., arcuate-asopnding, naked just above the base, thence densely clothed with dead petiole bases: Ivs. lax, 3-6 ft. long; petiole flat above, arcuate, at first tomentose, later smooth; rachis abruptly narrowed above the insertion of the lowest If.-segm., thence linear-filiform at the apex, excurrent; segms. 70-90 on each side, rigid in opposite groups, the middle 10-14 in. long, J^in. wide, the upper 4 in. long, Tsin. wide: spadix long-peduncled and rather loose. Brazil. — Cult, in northern green- houses. Similar in habit to iS. plumosa, but with more finely cut Ivs., and in S. Eu. considered to stand more frost. Probably the C. flexu/)sa planted in this country is not the true species C. flexuosa of Martius, but of Hort., a hardy form of C. Romanzoffiana, Cham., which latter according to the late Barbosa^Rodriguez is a polymorphic species including, besides this flexuosa type, all our garden forms known as C. plumosa, Hook., C. coronata, Hort., not Mart., C. botryophora, Hort., C. Datil, Griseb. & Drude, and C. australis, Mart. The foregoing description has been drawn from Martius and not from cult, specimens. The true C. flexuosa of Mar- tius is a slender-stemmed pahn from tropical Brazil. 1014. Coconut germinatmg. The true C. australis of Martius is native in Paraguay; it is Uke C. plumosa in appearance but hardier. BB. Rachis not abruptly contracted. c. Lfts. flaccid. ■ D. Arrangement of lfts. equidistant. 3. Weddelliana, Wendl. (Olazibva Martidna, Glaz., to which genus Martius considers the species to belong). Fig. 1013. St. 4r-7 ft. high; ly^ in. diam., densely covered with persistent sheaths: Ivs. equally pectinate-pinnatisect, 3-3 3^ ft. long; petiole 8-20 in.; sheath co- riaceous-fibrous, glabrous or tomentose, with slender brown hairs, at length evanescent; blade 2-3 ft.; segms. about 50 on each side, widely spreading, the middle 5 in. long, 2 lines wide, subequidistant, glaucous beneath; rachis filiform at the apex, brown -scaly: spadix equaling the Ivs., stiff and erect. Trop. Brazil. R.H. 1879, p. 434. I.H. 22:220. A.G. 16:345.— The most important of small orna- mental palms for the N. DD. Arrangement of lfts. in groups of Z-4. 4. plumdsa,Hook. St. '30-36 ft. high, 10-12 in. thick, ringed at inter- vals of a foot, clothed near the apex with remnants of the dead petioles: Ivs. erect-spreading, 12-15 ft. long, recurving; petiole a third to half as long as the blade; segms. linear-acumi- nate, sparse, solitary or mostly m groups of 2-4, IJ^ ft. long, deflexed near the apex: spadix usually 3 ft. long and much branched, the branchlets pendular. Cent. Brazil. B.M. 5180.— The chief avenue pahn of the genus. A quick grower, ultimately 50 ft. high in S. Fla. and Calif. The slender smooth lobes and heads of graceful recurving Ivs. make this a very attractive tree. cc. Lfts. rigid. D. Form of lfts. swordr-shaped. 5. butyracea, Linn. Sts. very tall, naked: Ivs. pin- nate; lfts. simple: spathe cylindrical-oblong, 4-6 ft.; spadix as long as the spathe, 4-6 ft.; branches of the spadix about 1 ft., thickly clustered and somewhat pendulous. Venezuela. — Rare and perhaps confused with Scheelea butyracea. Little known, although long ago described. 6. Romanzoffiana, Cham. Sts. 30-40 ft. high, some- what fusiform above: Ivs. about halt as long as the cau- dex, the withered ones deflexed, pendent, the upper spreading, often arching; segms. conduphcate at the base, ensiform: spadix about 6 ft. long, at first inclosed in a stout pendulous spathe which appears among the lowest Ivs. S. Brazil near the sea; according to recent characterizations, it comprises a wide variety of forms, as explained under No. 2. 1015. Coconuts. cocos CODIiEUM 815 DD. Form of Ifts. linear: apex obtuse: petiole glaucous. 7. austraiis, Mart. Pindo Palm. Height about 30 ft.: st. erect, columnar, equal, strongly annular above: Ivs. 9-12 ft. long, the sheath fibrous and glabrous; petiole naked; segms. linear, glaucous, rather rigid: fr. as large as a pigeon's egg, outer pulp sweet, edible, seed oUy. Paraguay. G.C. III. 18:739. A.F. 5:515; 7:805. R.H. 1876, p. 155.— A good grower. Cult, under glass and outdoors in Fla. and CaJif . 8. nucifera, Linn. Coco Palm. Coconut Tree. Figs. 1014 (adapted from Cook), 1015. Caudex 40-100 ft. high, flexuous, thickened at the base: Ivs. 12-18 ft. long; Ifts. linear-lanceolate, 2-3 ft., coriaceous, flaccid; petiole 3-5 ft., stout. Seashores within the tropics and at Miami and Palm Beach, Fla. Indigenous to Cocos or Keeling Isls. of the Indian Ocean, but recently thought to be native of Trop. Amer. See O. F. Cook, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb., 7:257-93 (1901); 14:271-342 (1910). R.H. 1895, p. 457. Mn. 2:171. G.F. 7:15.— Produces the coconuts of commerce. Var. aiirea, Hort., is a form remarkable for its orange-yellow sheaths, petioles and midribs." It is known in cult, only in England. DDD. Form of Ifts. narrowly lanceolate. E. Lvs. long, 6-15 ft. in mature specimens. p. Petiole spinose-serrate: segms. of If. less numerous. 9. Yatay, Mart. St. 12-15 ft. high, over 1 ft. diam., naked below, covered with dead sheaths above: lvs. re- curved, spreading 6-9 ft.; sheath 1 ft. long, fibrous at the mouth; petiole IJ^ ft. long, spinose-serrate, the spines increasing in length towards the lower end of petiole; segms. 50-60 on a side, crowded below, then equidistant, linear-lanceolate, the uppermost long- setaceous filiform, the middle ones 2J^ ft. long, 2-5 in. wide, the upper 20 in. long, Min- wide, all rigid, glau- cous beneath: spadix about 4J^ ft. long with at least 150 branches. Brazil, Argentina. pp. Petiole not spinose-serrate: segms. of If. very numerous. 10. Datll, Drude & Griseb. St. 30 ft. high, 8-12 in. diam.: lvs. 12-15 ft. long; sheath about 16 in. long; petiole 1]/^ ft. long, 1% in. wide, %\d.. thick; segms. linear-acuminate, glaucous, densely crowded in groups of 3 or 4, 150-160 on each side, the lowest 2 ft., middle 2]/i ft. and apical 1 ft., the uppermost filiform, all nar- row, stiff and rigid, the dried lvs. glaucous green or whitish: spadix 3-3 Ji ft. long with at least 300 spirally twisted branches. Argentina; isls. and river banks. — The frs. are edible, resembling those of the date palm. Hardier in S. CaUf. than C. plumosa, C. Jlexuosa, and C. Romamoffiana. 11. coron&ta, Hort., not Mart. Trunk at length 18- 30 ft. high, 8 in. diam., erect, deeply ringed: lvs. erect- spreading, 6-9 ft. long, short-petioled, arranged in a close, 5-ranked spiral, the long-persistent bases of the petioles forming a spiral-twisted colimin below the crown; If .-segms. in groups of 2 or 3, folded together from the base (conduplicate). linear-lanceolate, coria- ceous, densely crowded, about 100 on each side; mid- rib 4^sided below, 3-sided above: spadix about 2}^-3 ft. with not more than 60 branches. Brazil. EE. Lvs. shorter, S-4}4ft- in mature specimens. p. Apex of Ifts. obtuse. 12. campSstris, Mart. St. 8-10 ft. high, thickened, scaly: lvs. spreading-recurved, rigid, 3--4)^ ft. long; rachis elevated, triangular above, convex belojv; segms. narrowly lanceolate, 30-40 on each side, obtuse at the apex and shortly cordate-aciuninate: spadix about 23^ ft. long, with 10-14 branches. Brazil. — ^Hardier than C. nucifera, but scarcely known in cult, in N. Amer. Perhaps hardy as far north as N. C. pp. Apex of Ifts. acuminate. 13. insfgnis, Mart. (Glazidva inslgnis, Hort.). St. 3-6 ft. high, 1}4 in. diam.: lvs. 4}^-6 ft. long; sheath densely brown-lanate; petiole shorter than or equahng the sheath, a fourth or fifth as long as the rachis; segms. equidistant, 50 on each side, narrowly lanceolate, obliquely acuminate and caudate, silvery glaucous beneath: spadix about 3 ft. long, with about 50 branches. Brazil. The following are trade names of rare or botanlcally little-known plants not sufficiently described: C. Alphdnsei. — C Arechavaletdna, Barb., is described as somewhat like C. Romanzoffiana but taller and making larger crowns. It is a native of Uruguay. — C Blumen- &vi=C. eriospatha. — C Bonnitii. — C. Gxrtneri={t). — C. Geriva, Hort. G.C. III. 27:293 figures C. Geriva, a remarkable Cocos (?) with 4 branches. Nothing further is known of this plant. It may be C. Geriba, Rodr.==C. botryophora, Mart. — C. Maximilid.na, Hort.=(?). — C. odordta, Rodr. St. short: Ifts. in 3's or 5's, linear- lanceolate; petioles spiny: fr. yellowish green or pink, pulp scented. Brazil. R.H. 1893, p. 345.— C. pulpdsa. is supposed to be very hke C. eriospatha. This species is scarcely known in this country. — C. Yiirumajnas=m. N. TATLOR.t CODLSTJM (probably from Greek for head, the colored leaves being used for crowning-wreaths, or from the Malayan name). Euphorbidcex. Croton. Variegated Laurel. Tropical shrubs or trees grown for the variegated and interesting foliage, as green- house plants or for summer bedding outdoors. Leaves alternate, simple, somewhat thick and leathery, pinnately veined, glabrous: juice somewhat milky: fls. monoecious, in slender axillary racemes; staminate fls. with petals, calyx imbricate, stamens 20-30, erect in the bud; pistillate fls. apetalous, ovary 3-celIed, 3-ovuled. — Six species of Malaya and Pacific Isls., not closely related to any other commonly cult. Euphorbiacese. Differs from the true crotons in the erect stamens, glabrous fohage and more or less milky juice. The almost endless variety of codieums (or crotons of gardens) are probably aU from one botanical species, greatly varied by selection and crossing. Although a great many of these bear Latin binomials they inter- grade so that it is often difiicult to separate them or to make a reliable classification; however, they may be grouped conveniently as below. Totally different leaf forms and color variations often appear on the same plant. The latest botanical treatment is by Pax in Das Pflanzenreich, hft. 47, and is followed in this article. The crotons are prized chiefly for the varied and brilliant markings of the leaves. The young leaves are usually green and yellow, changing later to red, although in some the markings remain yellow or with red only in the petiole. They are usually kept not over 2 to 3 feet high, but if given opportunity will grow into considerable trees in the greenhouse. They are good subjects for massing in the open and develop most brilliant colors in our bright hot summers; however, they will not stand frost. Codieums (or crotons, as they are popularly known in America) are beautiful plants with many forms of handsome and odd foliage of the most brilliant color- ing. The colors range from almost pure white to Ught and deep yellow, orange, pink, red and crimson, in the most charming combinations. In some cases one color predominates, as in Carrierei (yellow), Czar Alexander III. (crimson), Hawkeri (fight yellow). These varie- ties of distinct coloring make beautiful specimen plants for jardinieres; and their beauty is enhanced when used in jardinieres of appropriate color. As exhibition plants they are very effective, and may be grown to specimens 5 or 6 feet high, or even larger. In smaller sizes, codieums are much used as table plants, for which purpose well-colored tops are rooted and grown on until they are from 12 to 15 inches high. The narrow- leaved varieties are most used for this purpose. Codi- eums are very attractive in vases and window-boxes and for mantel and table decorations. They are also 816 CODIiEUM CODI^UM very valuable as bedding plants. Planted in clumps or masses, the effect of the combination of rich colors is charming. They should be planted in any good, rich, not too heavy soil, and regularly syringed to keep down red spider. They color best when fully exposed to the sun, and should not be planted out until about the 10th of June in the neighborhood of New York and Philadelphia. If something is needed to make the beds look attractive early in the season, it is a good plan to plant pansies in April, to remain until it is time to plant the codieums. Some of the tender varieties, such as Reedii, albicans, and a few others, are inclined to burn in the extremely hot weather, but nearly all the sorts do well bedded out. Among the very best for this purpose are Queen Victoria, Dayspring. Baron RothschUd, Andreanum, Lady Zetland, Carri^rei, Barryi, Hawkeri, fasciatum, anietumense. — ^The house culture of codieums is very simple. It is neces- 1016. Codiseum rariegatum Baronne de Rothschild. (An example of form platypbyllum.) sary that a night temperature be maintained of 70° to 75°, and that the air be kept moist by frequent 8jT:ingings. Cuttings of half-ripened wood may be easily rooted at any time from October until June, a bottom heat of 80° being just what they need. When very fine specimens are desired, root strong and shapely tops by making an incision in the stem and tying moss around the wounded part; it will be rooted ready to pot in about three weeks. By this method all the foliage may be retained, and a perfect plant will result. The more light the plant receives, the better will be the color; but with some kinds of glass it is necessary to shade lightly to prevent burning of the leaves. They may be grown finely in a house glazed with ground glass, which admits the light and does not require shading. It is well to sjrringe two or three times a week with tobacco water, to kill mealy bug and red spider. Little's Antipest, or any emulsion of coal-oil, is a good insecticide for codieums. New varieties from seed, the result of crossing existing sorts, are continually being raised. Seed ripens freely under glass -in North America, and there is no doubt that the list of about eighty choice varieties now in cultivation will be largely added to in the near future. (Robert Craig.) varieg^tum, Blume, var. pictum, Muell. Arg. (C. mbdium, Baill. C. 'variegd.tum var. genu\num. Muell. Arg., in part. C. pictwOT, Hook. Crdtonvariegdtus Linn. Crdton piclus, Lodd. Phyllaiirea Codikuni Lour.). Lvs. ovate to Unear, marked with various colors, entire or lobed. — Cult, throughout the Old World tropics as well as in Eu. and Axner. The wild form with green lvs. is var. molluccd,num, Muell. Arg. (C. moluccdnum, Decne.). B.M. 3051. L.B.C. 9:87o! A. Foliage plane or recurved, entire, not appendieidate. B. Lvs. S-S, rarely 4 times as long as broad, usiudly broadest above the middle. Form platypbyllum, Pai. c. The lvs. with practically no red coloration. Hort. vars.: aureo-maculatum, aureo-marmoratum Baron Frank SeilUere, Barryi, Bergmanii, Bruce Find- lay, CarriSrei, Delight, Exquisite, fasciatum, fucatum, Golden Queen, grande, Hawkeri, Henryanum, Hookeri, invictum, Jamesii, lacteum, magnolifolium, maximum, medium variegatum, Orvilla, ovalifoUum, Princess Waldeck, superbiens, tournfordensis, Truffautii. cc. The lvs., at least when older, red colored. Hort. vars. : Andreanum, acubaefolium, Austinianum, Baronne James de Rothschild (Fig. 1016), B. Compte, Beauty, Dayspring, Dormannianum, Hilleanum, Le Tzar, Magnificent, Marquis de Guadiaro, Me. Lucien Linden, Mortii, Mrs. Iceton, Nestor, Newmannii, Pen- nincki; pictum, Pilgrimii, Prince Henry, recurvifolium, Reidii, Reginae, roseo-pictum, Stewartii, Williamaii. ccc. The lvs. broad, color not specified. Hort. vars.: Compte de Germiny, d'Haenei, Dr; Friedenthal, Hendersonii, Kreutzeanum, Makoyanum, marmoratum. Prince Royal, Sanderi, Seemannii, Sinai, Stroemeri, verum, Watsonii. BB. Lvs. lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate, 5 or more times as long as wide. Form ambiguum, Pax. c. The lvs. with practically no red coloration. Hort. vars.: albo - Uneatum, angustissimum, aniet- umense, bellulum, Burtonii, concinnum, Countess, Crown Prince, Davisii, Duvalii, ebumeum, elongatum, eminens, Goednoughtii, irregulare, latimaculatum, maculatum. Monarch, Mooreanum, Mrs. Swan, vol- utum, Weismanii, Wilsonii. cc. The lvs., at least when older, red-colored. Hort. vars.: albicans, amabile, Broomfieldii, Chal- lengerii, Chantrieri, chrysophyllum, Cooperi, Drouetii, Duvivieri, Flamingo, Hanburyanum, imperiale, inimita- bile, insigne. Jubilee, Lady Zetland, lancifoUum, Mac- farlanei, magnificum, Massangeanum, multicolor, musaicum, NeviUis, princeps. Queen Victoria, recurva- tum. Sunshine, triumphans, triumphans Harwoodi- anum, Vervaetii, Victory, Veitchii, Youngii. ccc. The lvs. medium width, lanceolate, color not specified. Hort. vars.: Boucheanum, Eckhautei, Eclipse, Excel- lenz. Flambeau, Gaerdtii, Grusonii, Imperator, Leopoldii, Margarete Daniel, marginatum, nerufolium, Oberstleutnant Brode, Ohlendorffii, Pres. Chereau, Said Pascha, Spindlerianum, splendidunl, undulatum. BBB. Lvs. linear, 1 cm. {%in.) or less broad. Form t£eniosum, Muell. Arg. c. The lvs. with practically no red coloration. Hort. vars. : aigburthiense, aureo-punctatum, Dodg- sonse (in part), elegantissimum, Elvira, gloriosum, Her- mon, johannis, Phillipsii, suggrbum, Van Oosterzeei. cc. The lvs. with red color, at least when old. Hort. vars.: Bragaeanum, elegans, majesticum, Mrs. Dorman, nobile. Princess of Wales, Rodeckianum, ruberrimum, sceptre. ccc. The lvs. narrow linear, color not specified. Hort. vars.: Donai, Fascination, Grayii, Klissingii, lineare, pendulinum. CODI^UM CODIiEUM 817 AA. Foliage lohedj or with margin crisped or spirally tvristiBdj or urith a hair-like or If. -like apical appen- B. Lvs. entire, with margin crisped^ or the whole If, spirally twisted, without appendage. Form crispumi Muell. Arg, Hort. vara.: caudatum tortile, Chelsonii, Cronstadii, Elysian, Eyrei, Katharina, Madam Seilliere, Rex, spiraJe (in part) (Fig. 1019), Warrenii. BB. Lvs. more or less S-lobed, at least constricted in the middle (panduriform) . Form lobatum, Pax. c. The lvs. janMriform or indistinctly hbed. Hort. vars.: Bismarckii, irregulare, lyratum, monti- fontainense, multicolor, Princess Matilda, Russelii, Thomsonii. cc. The lvs. distinctly 3-lobed. Hort. vars. : Craigii, Disraeli, Evansianum, Fred Sander, Goldiei, hastiferum, illustre. Lord Derby, maculatum Katonii, trilobum. BBB. Lvs. entire or nearly so, the midrib projecting, usually below the apex, as a horn-like appendage. Form comutum, Andre. Hort. vars.: appendiculatum, chrysophyllum (in part), cornutum, excurrens, Mrs. McLeod, paradoxum, Prince of Wales, spirale (Fig. 1019). BBBB. Lvs. constricted to the midrib, or with the apically projecting midrib, bearing a second or even third plane, or cucullate, lamina. Form appendiculatiun, Celak. Hort. vars.: Dodgsonae^ interruptum (Fig. 1018), elegans, irregulare, Laingii, Mrs. McLeod (in part), multiforme, mutabile, picturatum, Rodeckianum (in part), Sinitzianum. The following varieties are in the American trade or frequently cultivated in this country. A ^reat many variations in spelling of names occur, chiefly due to different terminations to agree with either Croton or Codiseum. Such slightly different forms of names have been omitted. The brief descriptive phrases do not include the more important characters given in the above claasiflcation. When yellow and red are both mentioned, the foliage is generally at first yellow-marked and later the yellow changing to red with ground-color green or dark red-green. The measurements are approximate, and of course, more or less unreliable and show respectively width and length of leaves in inches. It is intended here to account for the LatiD- form names, that might be confused with tenable WW W¥} rf*^^ species-names; but practi- ^|j ^f\j^^^^ ^W^ caliy all the prevailing ver- "^^ ' ** V^^^fc* MSr ^/ nacular names have been inserted. Aigberth Gem (= following?). Aigburthienae. Yellow midrib and spots, Hxll. A. F. 16:255 Gng. 9:19. Albicans. White variegated, crimson beneath, 3 X 18. Albo-lineatum. Yellow center changing to white, 1 X 12. A.F 16:255. Gng. 9:19. Amabile ("often called variabile") Lvs. often distorted and curved to one side, variegated with yellow and two distinct shades of green and red, 1 H X 11. Andreanum. Yellow to red veins, 2?^ X 9. I.H. 22:201. A.F. 23:241. Gng. 13:81. R.H. 1876, p. 234. 1017. Codisum Disraeli. (An example of form lobatum.) 1018. Codiseum interruptum. (An example of form appendiculatum.) Angustissimum (Angustifolium). Yellow margin and ribs, HX15. G.C. 1871:612. Anietumense. Yellow midrib and cross veins, 1 Xll. Auaabsefolium. Yellow, red-blotched, 2 J^x 8. I.H. 19, p. 327. Aureo-Tnaculaium. Yellow-spotted, 1 J^ X 3 H. Aureum. Yellow-marked. Baron Adolph Seilliere. Lvs. large, veins pale yellow, soon white. Baronne James de Rothschild (Baron Rothschild, etc., Baron A. de Rothschild (?) ). Fig. 1016. Yellow, red veins, etc., 2^X7. A.F. 23:242. R.H. 1879:450; 1898:180. F.E. 18:379. I.H. 26:365. Barryi. Yellow, changing to white, midrib, veins and dots, 2x7, B. Compte. Large, yellow, red blotches, 2^X7. Beaviy. Yellow to pink center, margin and mottling, ovate, 2X6. Bergmanii. Cream-yellow with green blotches. I.H. 27:389. Broomfieldii. Various yellow marks, midrib red-tinted, 2 X 10, BuTtonii. Yellow mottled, lanceolate, 3 X 15. Carrierei. Margin, midrib, dots and some veins yellow, oblong, 1 H X 11. I.H. 27, p. 90, desc. Caudatum tortile. Yellow variegated with some red, long, narrow, spiral Iva. R.B. 35:240. On. 11, p. 83. Gt. 33:9. Challenger (Challengerii?, Imperator?). Midribs creamy white changing to red- Chelsonii. Yellow, red midrib and mottling, MxlO. A.F. 16:255. Gng. 9:19. Chrysophyllum (perhaps two vars. under this name). Irregular, large, yellow, red blotch, 2 x 12. Compte de Germiny. Lvs. broad. Cooperi. Yellow, red center and spots, % X 10. Gn, 10, p. 139. Comutum. Yellow midrib and dots, often wavy, spiral or even lobed, ^X4. I.H. 19, p. 188. CouTiiess (Countess Superba?). Yellow spotted, tapering, ^Xl4. Cronstadii. Yellow variegated, tapering, spiral, Kin. wide. A.F. 16 : 255 ; 23 : 275. Gt. 31 : 309. Crown Prince. Yellow veins, 2 X 16. Czar Alexander III. See Le Tzar. Davisii. White midrib and variegation, % X 12. Dayspring. Yellow, red-mottled, margin green, ovate, 1J^X8. Delight. Yellow changing to white, with green margin, lanceo- late, 2x8. ♦ Disraeli. Fig. 1017. Variously lobed, yellow, red veins and spots, 3X12. Gn. 10, p. 141. F.M. 1876:207. Dodgsonse. Yellow midrib, margin and spots, often spiral, excur- rent midrib often f oliacious, % X 12. Dormannianum. Lvs. small, bronze-red and yellow. Earl of Derby. See Lord Derby. EarlscouTt. Edmontonense. Lvs. narrow, brilliantly colored. Elegans (Parvifolium, see Interruptum). Yellow, red midrib and margin, Hx6. Elegantisaimum. Yellow center and dots, petiole red, rarely with apical seta, HX 14. I.H. 29:469. ^ Elvira. 'Yellow center and variegation, sometimes with apical seta and twisted, J^ x 10. Elysian. Yellow midrib and dots, % X 14, twisted. Evansianum. Yellow, red-veined and mottled, 3-lobed. Gn. W. 4:409. Excelsior. . Excurrens. Greenish yellow Variegated, oblong, midrib pro- jecting. 818 CODI^UM CODI^UM BtUerpe. Faaeiatum. Yellow veins, broad ovate. A.F. 23:241. Flambeau. Medium width, lanceolate. Flamingo. Irregular yellow central stripe, 1 J^ X 8. Glm^oBum (Prince of Wales). Lvs. long-narrow, variously yel- low-marked, sometimes spiral and appendaged. Gng. 9 : 19. Gn. 14, p. 543. A.F. 16, p. 255. Golden Ring. Goldiei. Yellow veins, 3-lobed, 3 X 10. Grande. Yellow veins and spots. Grayii. Hesembling Majesticum. Hanburyanum. Yellow, rose marks and blotches, 2 J^ X 15. Gng. 7:324. Harwoodianum (Triumphans Harwoodianum). Yellow, crimson midrib. Hawkerii, Light yellow, green margins and tips, broad-lanceo- late, 6 in. long. J.H. in. 61:129. G.Z. 23, p. 265. Henryanum,. Yellow-mottled, ovate, 3x9. Hermon. Yellow midrib and spots, \i X 10. HiUeanum. Purplish green, crimson marks, oblong or apatulate, 3x9. I.H. 19, p 326. Hookerianum (Hookeri). Irregular yellow center and blotches, broad lance-ovate. G.C. 1871:1067. Gn. 3, p. 45. I.H. ilO, p. 40. G. 7:137. Fil871. p. 199. lUuatre. Yellow markings, 3-lobed, midrib excurrent. G.Z. 28:2, Imperator. See Challenger. InimiU^ilis. Yellow, red midrib and veins all dark red, 1x6. 1019. Codifeum spirale. (An example of forms crispum and cornutum.) Jnsigne. Yellow midrib and veins, margin red, narrow-oblong. Intemiptum. Fig. 1018. Yellow, red midrib, % X 12. Sometimes distorted or spiral, midrib excurrent. I.H. 19, p.l70. F. 1872. p. 209 A.F. 16:1510. Journ. Bot. 19:220. Invicta. Lemon-color, broad If. Irregulare. Lf. form irregular, often contracted below middle, midrib and spots yellow. I.H. 19, p. 135. Jamesii. Irregular yellow blotch changing to white, 3 X 10. Johannis (Taeniosum). Center and margin yellow: lvs. long, narrow. F. 1872, p. 161. Gng. 9: 19. I.H. 19, p. 169. F.S. 19, p. 12. Gt. 34:24. A.F. 13:1070. Katonii (Maculatum Katonii). Lvs. partly trilobed, yellow- epotted. F. 1879. p. 27. Lady Zetland. Yellow, red margin, midrib and veins, 5^x11. Laingii. Lf. base yellow, remainder green to dark red, spiral, midrib excurrent or appendaged. Le Tzar, Lf. broaio, veins and most of If. yellow, red. I. H. 35:70. Lord Derby (Earl of Derby?). Trilobed, base and center yellow, red, Vi-ixS. MacFarlanei. Yellow, red-blotched, 1 Xl2. Maculatum Katonii. See Katonii. Madam Seilliere. Lvs. lanceolate, spirally twisted, variegated. A.F. 13:1068. Magnolifolium. A few yellow spots and veins, 3x6. Majesticum. Yellow, red margin, midrib and mottling, linear, 15 in. long. G.Z. 18, p. 97. G. 2:163. F. 1876, p. 53. F.M. 1874:103. Makoyanum. Broad lvs. chocolate and carmine marking. Marquis de Caatellane. Maximum. Border and veins yellow or yellow with green blotches, 12 in. long. I.H. 14, p. 534; 19, p. 168. B.H. 19:65. Central yellow stripe and blotch, petioles red, MempJiis. MontefoiUainense (Montfortiense?). Somewhat 3-lobed, veins yellow, red, 1 H X 6. Mortii, Midrib and veins yellow, light red, 3 X 10. Mrs. Chas. Heine. Mrs. Craige Lippincott. Lvs. lance-ovate, veins colored, A F 23:274. Gng. 13:98. Mrs. Dorman. Midrib scarlet, margins green, linear, ^X12 A.F. 16:255. Gng. 9:19. Mrs. H. F, Watson, Lvs. large, variously marked with yellow and red. Mrs. Iceton, Very dark red with rose mottling, 2 x 4 H- Mrs. McLeod. Constricted in middle, midrib yellow, red, pro- jecting, H X 10. , Mrs. Swan. 1 X 12. Multicolor. Like Irregulare but with red coloration developed. I.H, 19, p. 120. F. 1872, p. 89. Musaicum. Yellow, red-veined and mottled, or with green blotches on colored ground, 1^x8. R. H. 1882 : 240. Nestor. Serrated central yellow, red blotch and spots, 2^X12. Nevilliae. Green-red mottling on yellow. NewmAnnii. Lvs. short, broad, dark crimson. Nobile. Lvs. linear, yellow, red variegated. A.F. 16:255. Gng. 9:19. F. 1878, p. 133. OrviUa. Green mottling on yellow, 1x4)^. OvalifoUum. Yellow variegated. Gt. 24, p. 221. F. 1875:8. Pictum.. Lvs. broad oblong-acuminate, less than 10 inches long, blotches of green and blackish on red. B.M. 3051. Picturatum. Similar to Interruptum. Gt. 25:375. Pilgrimii. Yellow-blotched, overspread with pink, 3x9. Princeps (mutabile). Yellow, red midrib' and margins, Iva. narrow, variable in form, sometimes appendaged. F. 1879, p. 69. Gn. 13:621, desc. Princess Matilda. Lvs. subtrilobed, yellow, red blotch, base nearly white, petioles red. Princess of Wales. Yellow midrib and mottling, changing to white, with pink reverse, linear, H X 12. Gng. 13:84. A.F. 23:275. Punctatum. Queen Victoria. Yellow, red veins and mottling, 1 H X 10. A.F, 23:241. Recurvifolium. Lvs. acuminate, recurved at the tip, yellow, red veins and blotches. Reginae. Lvs. short and broad, yellow, crimson and brown colored. F. 1879, p. 59. Reidii. Yellow, red variegation and veins, rose tints, 4x8. A.F. 23:242. Rodeckianum. Variously mottled and marked with yellow and red, % X 12, sometimes twisted and appendaged. Roseo-piclum. Yellow, red, with green blotches between veins. LH. 26:364; 43, p. 159. Ruberrimum. Crimson marked with creamy white, linear. Rubro-lineatum. Yellow, with crimson tints, oblong-lanceolate, "1 in. to 1 J^ in. long." Rubro-striatum.. Sceptre. Lvs. linear, yellow spots, red midrib, SinitzianuTTi. Yellow spots changing to white, projecting mid- rib appendaged, HX 10. Gt. 30:278. G.Z. 26: 145. J.H. IIL 48:435. Sollerii. Spirale. Fig. 1019. Midribyellow.redorgreen, lvs. spiral, midrib excurrent, ^XlO. V. 9, p. 203. F. 1874, p. 211. F.M. 1874:126. A.F. 23:242. Gt. 24:26. Splendens. "Lvs. broad, yellow and dull red on green." Stewartii. Yellow veins and margin, midrib and petiole red. Sunshine (Sunbeam?). Yellow, red veins and mottling, 2x9. Superbissimum. Superhum. Lvs. linear, drooping, green and yellow mottled. A.F. 16:255; 23 p. 275; 21:674. Gng. 12:471; 9:19. Thomaonii. Irregular central yellow area or all yellow, subtri- lobed, 2x6. Tortilia, See Caudatum tortile. Tricolor. Lvs. oblong spatulate, margin sinuous, center yellow, lower surface reddish. Triumphans. Lvs. oblong, green and red. Undulatum. Lvs. long and broad, undulate, veins red to purple. LH. 19, p. 265. F. 1870, p. 207. G. 9:106. Gn. 3, p. 118. Veitchii. Yellow, red midrib and wide veins, some mottling, IHXlO. Gn. 17, p. 565. F. 1870, [p. 206. I.H. 19, p. 134. R.H. 1867, p. 190. V. 9, p. 203. Victory. Yellow, red midrib and blotches, 2^X12. Volutum. Yellow midrib and veins, 1x6, with long tip rolled backward. Gt. 24:61. V. 9, p. 202. F. 1874, p. 138. G.Z. 20, p. 33. F.M, 1875:154. Warrertii. Yellow, red variegated, 1x20 spiral. P.F.G. 1882: 111. G. 11:123; 13:705. A.F. 16:255. G.W. 12:62. Gn.W. 6:457. Gn. 36, p. 337. Weismanii. Yellow midrib and veins, petiole red, margin undu- late, IX 10. LH. 20, p. 80. F.S. 19, p. 14. F. 1873:55. Gt. 22, p. 149. WilUamaii. Yellow, red and pink variegated, ovate-oblong, 3 X 12. Wilsonii. Green overspread with yellow, linear lanceolate, 1 X 18. Youngii. Irregular yellow, red blotches, 1 X 15. Gn. 4, p. 129. Others not in American trade: appendiculatum. Horned, green. G.Z. 21:241. IF. 1879, p. 67. R.H. 1877. p. 88. F.W. 1877, p. 136.— aureo-lineatum. Yellow margins and veins. — Baron Frank SeiUiere. Yellow to white veins on reddish green. I.H. 27, p. 72, desc. Gn, 21, p. 289. — bellulum. Yellow, green margins. I. H. 22:210. — Bra- gaeanum. Yellow and green, red midrib, linear, 18 in. long.— Cftan- irieri. Linear, yellow red spots. I.H. 27. p. 73, desc. — contortum. CODIiEUM CCELIA 819 f. Lvs. ovate, tips recurved, veins and margins yellow. — Craigiu 3-lobed. Gng. 13:97. A.F. 23:238.— Crossus. Oblanceolate, yel- low-blotched. — Drouetii. Linear, border and veins yellow, red. I.H, 27, p. 73, desc. — Duvalii. Lvs. lance-linear, veins light yellow. I.H. 27, p. 73, desc — Duvivieri. Short-oblong, chiefly red. — e6umeum. Central irregular, white band. — dongatum. Narrow lanceolate, yellow veins, margins, and spots. I.H. 24:299. — eminens. Lanceolate, midrib and pair of veins white. — Exquisite. Broad-ovate, margins and variegation yellow. — Eyrei. Recurved and spiral, yellow variegated, petiole red. — Fctscination. Long- linear. A.F. 23:243. Gng. 13:119.— /ormosum. Yellow, red- spotted. — fucatum, Obovate, yellow blotched, petiole red. — Goedenoughtii, Yellow variegated. — Golden Queen. Yellow midrib and few veins and dots, petiole red, 2 J^ X 9. — hastiferum. Two acute lobes at broad base, yellow veins and blotches. I.H. 22:216. heroicum. Yellow, red. — imperiale. Oblong, yellow, red margins and veins, homed. F. 1876, p. 209. — interruptum elegans. I.H. 27, p. 90, desc. R.H. 18S0: 170.— Jubilee. Center, veins and margins, yellow, red, 2 x 13. — Junius. Long, narrow, yellow and red-colored. — Katharina. Spiral, red variegated, 2 x 10. — lacteum. Oblanceo- late, margin sinuous, midrib and veins yellow. F.S. 19, p. 8. — lancifolium. Lanceolate, yellow- and red-marked, 1 H X 15.— latimaculatum. Lanceolate, yellow-marked, petiole red. I.H 27, p. 73, desc. — limbatum. Yellow margins and spots. — Lord Belhaven. Lanceolate, Gng. 7:323. F.E. 18:379.— 2yra(um. Slightly 3-Iobed, yellow veins. I.H. 24:293. — maculatUTn. Lanceolate, 12 in. long, 'ellow-spotted. — magnificum. Yellow, red irregular central mark. .H. 29:447. — Magnificent. Central part yellow, red, 2^X7. — Marquis de Guadiaro, Irregular yellow, rpd center. I.H. 37:96. — Massangeanum. Lanceolate, 10 in. long, yellow, red, with green blotches. I.H. 26 : 347. S.H. 1 : 124. — medium variegalum. Ovate, margins and veins yellow. — Me. Lucien Linden. Yellow, red-variegated. I.H. 38 : 140, — Monarch. Lanceolate, 2 K X 12, yellow spots. — Mooreanum. Oblanceolate, yellow edge and veins, G.Z. 22:25. — ornaium. Yellow, red center, veins and blotches. — pareidoxum. Horned, yellow variegated. F. 1879, p. 68. — Pennincki. Obovate, red with green marks. R.B. 33 : 304. — Pkillipsii, Lance- linear, base and center yellow, 5^x9. — Prince Henry. Tip re- curved, variously red- and yellow-marked. — Princess Waldeck. Ovate, 4 in. long, yellow center. — recurvatum. Tip recurved, yellow along the red midrib. — Rex. Spiral, yellow, red mottled, % X 10. — RusseUii. Constricted in the middle, yellow, red spots and veins. J.H. III. 27, p. 493. — Sanderi. Ovate, large, irregular hittches. G. 22 : 197. — 8:plendidum. Lvs. broad, lanceolate, yellow, red.— superbiens. Oblong, yellow, red-variegated. Gng. 13:84. — Tor- Quelum. — Torrigianum.. Yellow, red veins, ribs and margins. — toumfordense. Ovate, wide yellow center and base. Gn. 65, p. 42. —trilohum. Lobed, yellow blotched. R.H. 1877,p.89. F. 1877, p. 56. G.Z. 21 : 97. — Truffautii. Yellow to white veins, lvs. broad. — Van Oosterzeei. Lance-linear, yellow - spotted. I.H. 30:502. — Vervxtii. Yellow, red midrib and spots, lanceolate. I.H. 23 : 253.— vittatum. Irregular yellow center, petiole red. — Wigm^nnii. Yellowblotohes, KX9. j g g Norton. CODLIN. Used in England to mean a small, green, half-wild, inferior apple. It is used in distinction to grafted or dessert fruit. It is about equivalent to the American popular use of the word "crab." The word is also used in England as the name of a particular variety or group of varieties, as Keswick Codlin. The word codlin is known in America only in coimection with the apple-worm insect, the codlin-moth. Some- times written Codling. CODONANTHE (Greek for hellflower). Gesneracex. A dozen or more traiUng or scandent herbs or sub- shrubs of Brazil, Guiana, Cent. Amer., and W. Indies, 1 or 2 of which may be found in choice collections of stove plants. Plants with long branches, opposite entire and fleshy or thick mostly smaU lvs., and whitish fls. borne singly in the axils: coroUa with a declined or curved tube, the throat broad or open, and the limb with 5 rounded nearly equal lobes, exceeding the 5 narrow lobes of the caJyx; stamens attached in coroUa^ tube, not exserted: fr. berry-bke. C. grdcilis, Hanst., with creamy white spotted orange fls. and lvs. often blotched red beneath, is the species most likely to be seen. Cult, of Gesnera, and similar things. L. H. B. CODONOPSIS (Greek, beU-Uke, aUuding to the shape of the flowers). Campanvlacess. Tw inin g or decumbent perennials, more or less hardy in the open, with showy blue, whitish or greenish flowers. Herbs, with tuberous rhizomes: lvs. alternate or irregularly opposite, petiolate, mostly crenate: fls. axillary or terminal, stalked; calyx-tube hemispherical, the limb S-parted and the lobes leafy; corolla-tube broadly tubular or bell-shaped, 5-parted (rarely 4^ or 6-parted); stamens free, the filaments dilated at base; stigma 3-5-lobed: fr. a dry or somewhat fleshy 3-6- valved caps. — ^Eighteen or 20 species in Cent, and E. Asia. A few of the species may occur in choice border-collections; they need protection N. ov^ta, Benth. Six to 12 in., decumbent and branches becoming erect: lvs. ovate, small (J^in. or less long), both alternate and opposite, acute or obtuse, hairy, short-petioled: fls. pale blue, speckled inside, IJ^in. or less long, broadly bell-shaped, on long terminal pedun- cles. Himalayas. — Offered in England; half-hardy to hardy. C. clematldea, Schr. Two to 3 ft., from mts. of Asia; one of the hardieet: IvB. ovate-acuminate, petioled; fls. white tinged blue. Much lite C. ovata. — C. convolvuldcea, Kurz. Sts. thin and wiry: fls. bright blue, 1 in. across, numerous. Upper Burma. — C. lanceoldtat Benth. & Hook. (Campanumsea lanceolata, Sieb. & Zucc). Twin- ing, 2-3 ft.: fls. hanging, greenish white and purple-veined, 1-2 in. long and 1 in. wide, in a short simple raceme: lvs. alternate, oblong-lanceolate, nearly or quite entire. Burma, China. F.S, 9:927. — C. Tdngsheriy Oliver. Climbing, with long thickened rhi- zome, the sts. slender and 2 ft. or more long: lvs. ovate or broad- lanceolate, toothed: fls. solitary, stalked, bell-shaped, 1 J4 in. long, greenish, spotted and striped purple inside. China. B.M. 8090. Root used m China as a tonic. — C. vincifldra, Fedde._ Allied to C. convolvulacea: twining, slender: lvs. mostly opposite, ovate or oblong-acuminate, sinuate-dentate: fls. sohtary, very long-pedun- cled, rather small, rotate, and deeply parted, lilac. W. China. — C. viridifi-dra, Maxim. Small climber, free-flowering: fls. bell- shaped, whitish green, gray and violet. E. Asia. L H B CCELIA (Greek, koilos, hollow: referring to the pol- len masses). Orchidicese. Epiphjrtic orchids of minor importance; culture of Epidendrum. 1020. Ccelia Baueriana. The coeUas are divided into 2 strongly marked groups with widely different kinds of infl. C. macro- stachya is a tjrpe of the first section, with long racemes of numerous small, horizontal fls., which are much exceeded by the long spreading bracts, and the base of the column short. C. hella is typical of the second section, with the fls. few, larger, erect, in groups of about 3, longer than their bracts, and the base of the column produced to twice its own length, which gives the fls. a tubular appearance. — ^A h^-dozen species in Cent, and S. Amer. A. Fls. small, in a long raceme. macrost&chya, Lindl. Pseudobulbs 2}^ in. long, almost round, with brown scales at the base: lvs. about 3, from the toj) of the pseudobulb, 1 ft. or more long, lanceolate, arching, broader than in C. hella, and not channeled: sepals red; petals white. Mex. R.H. 1878:210. B.M. 4712. J.F. 4:423. Baueriana, Lindl. Fig. 1020. Pseudobulbs 1-2 in. long, 2-3-lvd.: lvs. 10-18 in. long, linear, acute: racemes of numerous small white fragrant fls.; ovary 3- winged; sepals ovate-lanceolate, the petals ovate- oblong; Up with the claw yellow, the blade triangular. W. Indies and Mex. B.R. 28:36. AA. Fls. white, tipped purple, few, large. bella, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs smaller and more con- stricted at the top: lvs. 6-10 in. long, narrower, chan- 820 C(ELIA CCELOGYNE neled above, arching: fls. 2 in. long, erect, 3 or 4 in num- ber, with the mid-lobe of the lip orange-colored. Guate- mala. B.M. 6628. C. densifidra, Rolfe. Characterized by a dense-fld. raceme, wingless ovary and oblong mentum. Cent. Amer. George V. NASH.f pots, small 1021. Details of Ccelogyne speciosa. CCELOGYNE {hollow ■pistil). Orchidacex. Popular epiphytic warmhouse orchids of the eastern hemisphere. Pseudobulbs tufted or at intervals on the st. : fls. in racemes, opening simultaneously or in succession; sepals and petals similar, spreading or reflexed; lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes erect, inclosing the slender column, the middle lobe flat or recurved, keeled; column slightly curved, winged above; polhnia 4.— -Species about 115, distributed from N. India to Ceylon, middle China, and in the islands of the Indian Ocean. The botanical details of Cmlogyne speciosa are shown in Fig. 1021. At the top is a general view of the fl. Below, on the left, is the column, front and side view. In the center is the Up, with the column lying along its top. Below the Up, on the left, is the stigma. To the right, on the bottom row, are the pollinia, front and back view; and at the right center are separate pollen masses. CoelogjTies may be grown in baskets or pans, using pots for plants, and larger receptacles when the plants require them; but when a pan larger than 12-inch is necessary, it is best to use perforated ones so that the material may be weU aerated and not become unsuitable for the roots. All the species are of rambling habit and large specimens may soon be had by growing on, provided the material at the roots is kept in a sweet healthy condition. When, however, it becomes necessary to divide a plant, this is best done di- rectly after flowering, carefully separat- ing the rvmning shoots, cutting off about three of the last-made bulbs with all the roots attached, planting these in suit- able-sized receptacles, being very careful to point the growing end away from the edge, or toward the center, so that they will not so readily outgrow again. The material to use is osmundine with a Uttle sphagnum moss if it can be made to grow, packing all very firm about the 1022. Coslogyne Mas- roots so that too much water wiU not sangeana. ( x K) be held about the roots. Place in the shady part of a warm house until root-action begins; but, during the hot summer months, the varieties of C. cristata may with great benefit be placed in a frame in a shady place outdoors, there to remain until danger of frost in October. Treated in this way, the plants will bloom much better. They should all be placed on inverted pots when outside to exclude vermm. When brought indoors the bulbs will be finishing up for bloom, and as they are terrestrial plants, weak manure-water should be given at every watering. A glance at the roots and their structure wiU show how they differ from the epiphytal orchids such as the cat- tleyas. Coelogynes, being evergreen, should never be quite dry at the roots, or shriveling wiU result; this always is the case after flowering or repotting; but, when growth commences, they soon plump up again. It is often desired to grow these plants in baskets. Space can then be made for them overhead in the cool- houses in winter, bringing a few at a time into warmth, thus having succession of bloom for three months for cutting, house or conservatory decoration, where they last a long time. There are more than 100 kinds of coelo- gynes, many of which are but of botanical interest. C. pandurata, C. Dayana and C. Sanderiana are warm- house plants and should be kept at a minimum tempera- ture of 60° in winter. C. nervosa, C. flaceida, C. nitida, and C. Massangeana are coolhouse plants, often grown in collections; but C. cristata and its forms are the most valued, especially the variety maxima once so scarce, but now plentiful; this makes large bulbs and longer spikes of bloom. The Chatsworth variety, by some considered the same as maxima, hololeitca or aWa as it is most often known in gardens, is a pure white form, perhaps the whitest of all orchids. This is incUned to ramble, owing to the length of rhizome between each bulb or growth, and needs attention in repotting frequently; it is also the latest to flower. C. Lemoniana has a pretty lemon-yellow blotch on the Up instead of the usual orange and is very pretty by contrast with the other forms. When it is desired to increase the stock of plants, the back bulbs taken off at potting time may be planted similar to the other pieces and wiU grow on, but cannot be expected to bloom for two years. (E. O. Orpet.) alba, 1, asperata, 15. barbata, 4. Chatsworthii, 9. citrina, 9. corrugata, 6. cristata, 9. Dayana, 10. flaceida, 3. Foerstermannii, 8. hololeuca, 9. lactea, 2. Lemoniana, 9. Lowii, 15. Massangeana, 12. maxima, 5, 9. Mayeriana, 14. nervosa, 6. nitida, 5. oceUata, 5. pandurata, 13. Parishii, 16. salmonicolor, 1. Sanderiana, 7. speciosa, 1. tomentosa, 11. KEY TO THE SPECIES. A. Racemes with fls. opening in succession. 1. speciosa AA. Racemes with fls. opening all at once. B. Scape of the raceme naked between the pseudobulb and lowest fl.-bract. c. Imbricated bracts below fls. none. D. Keels of lip extending into broadly ovate front lobe 2. lactea DD. Keels of lip not extending into ovate front lobe 3. flaceida cc. Imbricated bracts below fls. several, close 4. barbata nu. Scape of raceme with 1 or few scales between pseudobulb and lowest fl-. bract. CCELOGYNE CCELOGYNE 821 c. Lip with a large eye-like spot .... 5. nitida cc. Lip with no eye-like spot. D. Keels of lip lacerated or fim- briated. E. The scape arising from large Ivs. F. Fl.-bracts persistent 6. nervosa FP. Fl.-bracts deciduous 7. Sanderiana BE. The scape without large Ivs. F. Sepah about as long as broad; keels of the lip only slightly cut 8. Foerster- FF. Sepals about twice as long mannii as broad; keels of lip strongly cut 9. cristata DD. Keels of lip warty. B. Peduncle, rachis and ovaries tomeniose. p. The scape arising from large Ivs 10. Dayana FP. The scape without large Ivs. a. The keels in middle lobe of lip papillose 11. tomentosa GO. The keels in middle lip cut into tooth - like segms . 12. Massangeana EE. Peduncle, rachis and ovaries glabrous. F. Pseudobulbs elliptic to ovate-oblong, compressed. a. Middle lobe of lip sepa- rated from lateral lobes by a distinct claw 13. pandurata GG. Middle lobe of lip sessile.li. Mayeriana pp. Pseudobulbs fxm,form, 4- sided. a. Raceme many-fid., nod- ding 15. asperata GG. Raceme few-fid., erect.. . 16. Paiishii 1. speci6sa,Lmdl. (CsoZmonicoZor, Reichb.). Pseudo- bulbs ovoid, distinctly angled, 2-3 in. long, 1-lvd.: Ivs. up to a foot long: racemes with 1, 2 or 3 flls.; sepals oblong, translucent, pale yellow-brown; petals pale yellow-brown, linear, reflexed; lateral lobes of lip erect, reticulated, with dull copper-brown on a blush- salmon ground, mid-lobe roundish, partly broad- margined with white; disk with 2 fringed ridges and xunber-brown markings. Java. B.M. 4889. Gn. 49, p. 62. B.R. 33:23. CO. 3. Var. alba, Hort. A hght- colored form. 2. ISctea, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs ovate, somewhat 4-sided, sulcate, 2-lvd., 3 in. long: Ivs. up to 10 in. long, 2 in. broad: fls. 6-12; sepals and petals spreading, cream- white, the sepals oblong-ovate, aciuninate, the petals much narrower, hnear-lanceolate; hp about as long as petals, the lateral lobes semi-ovate, truncate, the mid- dle lobe about equaling one-half the whole length of the lip, triangular at the apex, acute, reflexed; keels 3, undulate, ejrtending to the center of middle lobe. Burma. 3. flaccida, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate, angulate, 2-3 in. long: Ivs. lanceolate, about 8-10 in. long: raceme 7-12-fld., cream-white, the sepals oblong, the petals Unear-oblong; fls. IJ^ in. across; sepals and petals pendulous; hp with 3 ridges, the lateral lobes white, streaked red-brown inside, the middle lobe reflexed, acute, a bright yellow blotch on the disk. Nepal. B.M. 3318. B.R. 27:31. C.L.A. 6:166. 4. barbata, Griff. Pseudobulbs about 2 in. long, ovate: Ivs. broadly lanceolate, 10-12 in. long: raceme 6-10-fld.; sepals and petals white, the sepals ovate- oblong, the petals linear; mid-lobe of hp brownish inside, curiously fringed with brown; crests 3. Khasia hills. 5. nitida, Hook. f. (C. oceMta, Lindl.). Pseudobulbs pyriform or nearly so: Ivs. up to 1 ft. long, narrowly lanceolate: racemes erect, 5^8-fld.; fls. 2 in. across, white, the sepals oblong, the petals linear-oblong; lip with bright orange-yellow spots on each of the lateral lobes and 2 smaller spots at the base of the mid-lobe; disk with 3 keels, the front lobe of lip with 5. Hima- layas, at an elevation of 7,000 ft. B.M. 3767. C.L.A. 1:55. Var. maxima, Reichb. Racemes longer; fls. larger. J.H. HI. 52:25. 6. nervSsa, A. Rich. (C. corrugdia, Wight). Pseudo- bulbs ovate-pointed, 2J^3 in. long: Ivs. 6-12 in. long: racemes 3-6-fld.; fls. white, 2-2}^ in. across; sepals and petals nearly egual, oblong and acute; hp with the lateral lobes striped red inside, the middle lobe ovate, acuminate; disk yellow, with 3 white fringed keels. India. B.M. 5601. 7. Sanderiina, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs ovate and wrinkled or costate, 2-3 in. long: Ivs. a foot long: fls. about 6 in a pendulous raceme, 2-3 in. across, white; sepals lanceolate-acuminate; petals narrower; lip with the side lobes striped with brown inside and with a yeUow blotch, the middle lobe oblong, acute, reflexed, undulate; disk bright yellow, with 6 fringed keels. India. J.H. IIL 44:75. 8. Fderstermannii, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs cyUndric or fusiform: Ivs. up to IJ-^ ft. long: racemes many-fld.; fls. 2 in. across^ white; sepals and petals lanceolate; lip with 3 denticulate keels, the middle lobe elliptic, acute; disk marked with yellowish brown. India. 1023. Coslogyne cristata. (XK) 9. cristata, Lindl. Fig. 1023. Pseudobulbs lJ^-2 in. long, ovoid-oblong, scattered on a scaly rhizome: Ivs. 8-12 in. long: racemes 5-9-fld., drooping; fls. white; sepals and petals lanceolate-oblong, undulate, acute, with 5 orange fringed keels, the lateral lobes slightly incurved, the mid-lobe transversely oval, denticulate. Nepal. J.H. III. 31:349. P.G. 1:55. A.G. 14:331; 15:513. A.P. 4:497; 6:87; 9:1111; 13:1133; 16:1445. C.L.A. 6:163. F.E. 9:331. B.R. 27:57. G.C. III. 47:40. O.R. 18:169. Gng. 2:393; 4:225. Var. holole&ca, Hort. (var. dlha,), has white fls., labeUum without yeUow. CO. la. Var. Lemoniana, Hort. (var. citrina, Hort.), has citron-yellow fringes. J.H. III. 57 : 537. Var. Chatsworthii, Hort., has large pseudobulbs and large fls. of good substance. Var. maxima, Hort., has very large fls. — C. cristata is one of the best and most popular of orchids. It is one of the easiest to grow. Can be grown with cattleyas. 10. Day^a, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs cylindricfusi- form, 5-10 in. long: Ivs. up to 2J^ ft. long, oblong- lanceolate: racemes many-fld., pendulous; fls. 2-2J4 in. across; sepals and petals pale yellow, margins reflexed, the petals much narrower than sepals; hp with 6 erect ridges fring;ed with brown, the lateral lobes brown, streaked with white inside, the middle lobe nearly quadrate, ruflexed, apiculate. Borneo. G.C. III. 15:695. A.F. 35:380. 11. tomentSsa, Lindl. Pseudobulbs elongated, ovoid, 2-3 in. long: Ivs. up to a foot long, 3-5-nerved: racemes pendulous, tomentose; fls. 15-20, 2-2 J^ in. across; sepals 822 CCELOGYNE COFFEA and petals pale orange-red, sepals lanceolate, petals linear-lanceolate; lip with lateral lobes oblong, rounded, streaked with red on inside, the middle lobe reniform or transverse-elliptic, sessile; keels 3, crenulate, lateral ones converging in the middle lobe and sometimes bearing 2 branches. Perak, Borneo, Sumatra. 12. Massange£Lna,Ileichb. f. Fig. 1022. Pseudobulbs pyriform, 3-5 in. long: Ivs. eUiptical, large, tapering toward the base, up to 20 in. long: racemes many-fld., pendulous, pubescent; fls. 2-3 in. across; sepals and petals pale yeUow, the sepals oblong-lanceolate, the petals linear-oblong; lip with lateral lobes brownish within, lined or streaked with yellow, mid-lobe with a verrucose brown and yellow disk from which extend 3 denticulate keels. Assam. B.M. 6979. CO. 4. 13. pandur^ta, Lindl. Pseudobulbs 3-4 in. long, oval-oblong, compressed: Ivs. 15-20 in. long, cuneate- oblong: racemes many-fld., pendulous; fls. up to 4 in. across; sepals and petals green, linear-oblong, acute; lip fiddle-shaped, with black veins and stains on yellow- ish green ground, the mid-lobe crisped, black-warty; disk 2-keeIed. Borneo. B.M. 5084. F.S. 20:2139. J.H. III. 30:377. A.F. 6:633. CO. 6. Gt. 49:1480. 14. Mayeriana, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs ovate- oblong, about 2 in. long, compressed, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 8-10 in. long, cuneate-obovate: raceme 8-10-fld., erect or nodding; fls. about 2}^ in. across, green, veined black- brown; sepals oblong, acuminate, the petals shorter and narrower, the margins reflexed; lip nearly as long as sepals, the lateral lobes concealing only the base of the column, the middle lobe sessile, oblong-elliptic, crisped; keels 3, papillose. Singapore. 15. asperata, Lindl. (C. Lbmi, Paxt. ). Large species (18-24 in. high): pseudobulbs ovate-oblong, 5-6 in. long or more: Ivs. up to 2H ft. long, lanceolate, acute: raceme 7-10-fld., pendulous; fls. 3 in. across, cream- colored; sepals and petals lanceolate, hp with the lateral lobes white, streaked red-brown inside, the middle lobe nearly orbicular, the crisped margin pale yellow streaked red-brown; disk with 2 or 3 orange-red warty ridges. Borneo. P.M. 16:227. G.C IIL 46:34. 16. Parishii, Hook. f. Like No. 13, but racemes not drooping, pseudobulb 4-angled, 4r-6 in. long: Ivs. up to a foot long, lanceolate, acuminate: racemes 4r-7-fld., erect; fls. about 2 in. across, pale yellow-green; sepals lance- olate, acuminate; petals linear-lanceolate; lip fiddle- shaped, black-spotted, the middle lobe apiculate, undu- late; disk with 5 raised lines. Moulmein. B.M. 5323. C. dlbo-liitea, Rolfe. Fls. showy, very fragrant, pure white, with lobes yellow. Mts. of N. India. — C. Brymeridnat Hort. A garden hybrid between C. Dayana and C. asperata. — C. burfor- di^nsis, Hort. (C. pandurataxC. asperata). Fls. pale green, the spiny crest black, the ridges green and yellow. G.C. III. 49:331. — C. chryBotrdpia, Schltr. Scape much shorter than the Ivs., few-fld. Sumatra. — C. CdlTTMnii, EEort. A garden hybrid between C. speciosa major and C. cristata alba. — C. Ctlmingii, Lindl. Fls. white, the disk citron-yellow; sepals and petals lanceolate. Singa- pore. B.R. 27:29. B.M. 4645. — C. fragrans, Hoit. A trade name. — C fuligindsa, Lindl. Fls. appearing in succession, 2 in. across, light brownish white, the lip fringed. N. India. B.M. 4440. J.F. 1:7.— C Garderidna, Lindl.^Neogyne. — C. Laivrencedna, Rolfe. FI. single ; sepals and petals yellow, 2-2 % in. long, the sepals lanceo- late-oblong, the petals linear; lateral lobes of lip brown, the middle lobe white, the disk marbled with brown. Annam. B.M. 8164. G.C. III. 47:335. — C. Mooredna, Sander. Racemes 4-8-fld.; fls. white: disk golden yellow, covered with clavate processes. Annam. B.M. 8297.— C. ochrdcea, Lindl. Fls. about 2 in. across, fragrant, white, the lip blotched and streaked orange-yellow. N. India. B.R. 32:69. B.M. 4661. J.F. 4:342.— C. peraftfests, Rolfe. Ra- cemes many-fld.; sepals light buff, lanceolate-oblong, about Hin. long; petals light green, linear, a little shorter than sepals; lip light yellow, with a deep yellow blotch on disk. Perak. B.M. 8203. — C. prkcox, Lindl., var dlba. A nearly white form. — C. Sdjiderx, Kranzl. Fls. white; sepals oblong-lanceolate; petals narrower, linear; lip yellow, marked with golden, the keels red-brown. Burma. G.C. III. 13:361. — C. Vdtchii, Rolfe. Racemes many- fld., pendulous; fls. nearly globose, white, the sepals and petals much incurved; lip longer than sepals, the lateral lobes obtuse, the middle lobe ovate, revolute; disk obscurely 3-keeled. New Guinea. B.M. 7764. — C vemUia^ Rolfe. Racemes many-fld., pendulous; fls. pale yellow, the lip white, marked with yellow. S. W. China. B.M. 8262. — C. mriacena, Rolfe. Resembling C. Parishii. Fls. pale green with dark dots on the lip. Annam* GEORGE V. NasH. COFFSA (from the Arabian name for the drink, itself conjecturally derived from Caffa, a district in southern Abyssinia). Rubiacese. Woody plants, pro- ducing the coffee of commerce; as a horticultural sub- ject, sometimes cultivated for the ornamental appear- ance; and also in collections of economic plants. Shrubs or small trees, natives of Trop. Asia and Afr.: Ivs. mostly opposite, rarely in whorls of 3, elUptical, acute, usually coriaceous and glossy: fls. clustered in the axils, cream or cream- white and fragrant; calyx- hmb 5-, rarely 4-, parted, the coroUa salver-shaped, the corolla-tube cylindrical, the throat sometimes villous; stamens inserted in or below the throat of the corolla: fr. a berry; seeds 2, horny, which are the well- known coffee of commerce. — From 25-40 species, in Trop. Afr. and Asia, the species not yet clearly defined, nor well understood horticulturally. Coffee-production is based mostly on C. arabica and C. Uberica, both widely cultivated throughout the tropics, and in greenhouses northward. The coffee industry, one of the most important industries in the tropics, reaches the enormous figure of $200,000,000 or sometimes a little more than this. See the treatment in Vol. II Cyclo. Amer. Agri. The coffee plant and its product. (T. B. McClelland.) The main source of coffee is Coffea arabica, an ever- green shrub, growing 10 to 15 feet high. The younger plants have one main trunk or stem, but from this others frequently develop later, which are similar in form and habit to the first. The lateral branches are opposite, horizontal and in pairs, very rarely in whorls of three. The pairs of branches are in whorls on the main stem. The leaves, which are opposite and borne in pairs, are 4 to 7 centimeters (about IJ^ to 3 inches) broad by 10 to 20 centimeters (4 to 8 inches) long, the length being usually sUghtly more than two and a half times the breadth. They are elliptical, acuminate at tip and attenuate at base. There are eight to eleven pairs of main lateral veins. In the axils where the veins join the midrib are small pores, open below and slightly swollen above. The tip of the leaf is frequently curled and is rather abruptly contracted. The margin is entire and wavy. The leaves, which are perennial, are a dark glossy green, and though thin are firm in texture. There are usually two or three large blossomings and several small ones extending over a period of several months. The pure white and deUcately fragrant star- like flowers are borne on very short pedicels in one to foiu" axillary clusters of one to four flowers each. These flower-clusters are subtended by two to four common calycuU. The tube of the corolla is 8 to 10 millimeters (about J^ to % inch) long. Its segments are about 7 milUmeters (nearly J^ inch) broad by 15 to 18 millimeters (%U> % inch) long. The style is 17 to 22 miUimeters {% to nearly 1 inch) long. The stigma is two-branched, each branch being 5 millimeters (about K inch) long. The hnear anthers, corresponding in number to the petals, are 9 miUimeters long and are supported on filaments 5 to 7 millimeters long. The size varies somewhat with favorable or unfavorable conditions. The short annular calyx with its den- ticulate Umb is so small as almost to escape notice. Under Coffea arabica are included a number of varie- ties quite distinct in growth and product from the other varieties of the same species, such as Maragogipe, ^ Mocha, Pointed Bourbon (sometimes classified as C. laurina) and others. Maragogipe coffee, as its name indicates, is of Brazil-, ian origin, haying been discovered in 1870 near the town from which its name is derived. On account of the large size of the bean it has commanded a fancy price on the market, but this variety is considered to be a small yielder. The flowers, fruits, and leaves are all larger than the ordinary Ajrabian coffee and the COFFEA COFFEE BERRY 823 leaves curl noticeably. Its flavor is not considered superior to that of the ordinary Arabian coffee. Mocha coffee, with its shorter internodes and smaller flowers, fruits, and leaves is a distinct variety. The "beans are much less oval and are more rounded and hold a high reputation for quality. Normally two coffee "beans" or seeds are produced in each red cherry-like drupe. Some drupes, however, contain three beans and others only one. When only one is formed it is called "peaberry," and is oval in shape instead of being flat on one side and convex on the other as is the bean when two are produced. The peaberries are sorted out by machinery and are sold at a fancy price on account of, being a little different in appearance from the other coffee, but any claim to superiority of flavor is without foundation. There is one variety of coffee that produces a number of beans in each drupe, and the corolla-segments may range up to ten. As the mmaber of beans increases, the size and the attractiveness of appearance decrease, so that this is a very undesirable variation. • The fruits require six and one-half to seven months to mature. The ripening of the coffee, in relation to the blossoming, extends over several months. Where the West Indian or wet process for curing the coffee is followed, the ripe osferries are picked every fort- night. While fresh they are passed through a machine which pulps and separates the coffee in its parchment from the pulp. The former is then fermented and washed to remove a sUmy covsring. After thorough drying in the sun or in heated driers, the parchment coffee may be stored or it may have the thin brittle parchment or horn-skin and the silver-skin removed by special machinery. .If desired it may be further polished and artificially colored. After being sized and having the better grades cleaned of inferior beans, it is ready for roasting. In some places where the dry or old preparation is followed the coffee is allowed to ripen and much of it to fall from the trees and he on the ground until aU can be col- lected in one picking. It is then dried in the sun without prelimi- nary preparation. 1024. CoSea aiabica. (Xk) Although coffee has been used as a beverage for hundreds of years by a few persons, as a world beverage it is comparatively modern. In 1825 the estimated production did not exceed 218,255,400 poxmds. In 190&-1907 the production was estimated as 3,164,041,- 920 pounds, or an increase of 1,350 per cent in eighty- one years. Brazil produces about three-fourths of the world's coffee crop. Then follow in order of importance Vene- zuela, Colombia, Guatemala, Mexico, Haiti, Salvador, Dutch East Indies, Porto Rico, British India, Costa Rica, Nicaragua, and other countries. In Bulletin No. 79, Bureau of Statistics, United States Department of Agriculture, may be foimd a very extensive bibliography of coffee. In the Nether- lands the per capita consumption is more than 15 pounds; in the United States under llj^ pounds; in Japan .003 pound. A. Corolla S-parted, sometimes 4-parted. ' B. Segms. of corolla narrow: Ivs. oblong, Jf-B in. long, 1 Yi in. wide. arabica, Linn. Common or Arabian Copfbb. Fig. 1024. Lvs. 3-6 in. long, rather thin, oblong, nearly 3 times as long as broad, more or less abruptly contracted near the apex to a point about J^in. long: segms. of corolla over twice as long as wide: fr. a 2-seeded, deep crimson berry, but the berries" or beans of commerce are the seeds. The commercial varieties of coffee are based largely on the size, shape, color and flavor of the seeds, and hence the fr. is very variable, but the typical fr. may be considered to be oval and J^in. long. Indigenous in Abyssinia, Mozambique and Angola; supposed to have been intro. in early Mohammedan times from Abyssinia to Arabia, whence it became known to Europeans in the 16th century. This species furnished until recently the entire commercial product. B.M. 1303. Gng. 6:55. — A variegated form,var. varie- gita, Hort., is more showy than the type. It is offered by dealers in tropical plants. As coffee grows wild in Air. it is a small tree 10-15 ft. high, with the trunk 9-12 in. thick at the base. Often cult, under glass in the N. for its economic interest, and in S. Calif, it is a good outdoor ornamental shrub, esteemed for its shi- ning lvs., fragrant white fls., and red berries. BB. Segms. of corolla wide: lvs. ovate. bengalensis, Roxbg. Bengal Coffee. Lvs. ovate, barely twice as long as broad, acute, but not having a long, abrupt point: fls. in 2's or.3's; segms. of corolla barely twice as long as wide. E. Indies, Malaya. B.M. 4917. — This has much showier fls. than C. arabica. A small shrub with glabrous, dichotomous branches. Mts. of N. E. India, whence it was brought to Calcutta and much cult, for a time. It is now neglected, the berries being of inferior quality and the plants not productive enough. AA. Corolla 6-, 7-, or 8-parted. B. Fls. in dense clusters or glomes: lvs. short-pointed. liberica, Hiem. Liberian Coffee. Lvs. longer than in C. arabica, and wider above the middle, with a pro- portionately shorter and less abruptly contracted point : fls. 15 or more in a dense cluster: coroUa-segms. usually 7. Trop. Afr. Trans. Lmn. Soc. 11.1:171 (1876). G.C. II. 6 : 105. R.H. 1890, pp. 104r-5.— Said to be more robust and productive than C arabica, with berries larger and of finer flavor. It is a more tropical plant than the common coffee, and can be grown at lower levels. Zanguebariae, Lour. (C. zamibarensis, Hort.). A glabrous, erect, closely branched shrub or small tree, to 6 ft., the branches ashy : lvs. ovate or obovate, obtuse or shortly pointed, 2-4 in. long, fi-iy^ in- wide, the lateral veins about 6 pairs: fls. white, axillary, in dense clusters; coroUa-lobes 6-7: berry red, turning black. BB. Fls. solitary or in S's: lvs. long-pointed, S}^5 in. long. stenophylla, Don. Lvs. 4^6 in. long, 1-lH in- broad, narrower than in C. arabica, with a relatively longer and more tapering point: coroUa-segms. usually 9. W. Afr. B.M. 7475. — This is said to yield berries of finer flavor than the Liberian coffee, and quite as freely, but the bush is longer in coming into bearing. This is a promising rival to the C. arabica of commerce. Seeds have been distributed by British botanical gardens, but are not known to be for sale at present in Amer. C madagascarihisis, Hort., and C. robtlsta. Hort., are names of uncertain status. - ttt i* t Wilhelm Miller. COFFEE: Coffea. N. TAYLOR. f COFFEE BERRY. A name of Glycine hispida, which should be abandoned in favor of soybean. Vari- ous leguminous seeds are used as coffee substitutes and are so named; of. Cassia, Canavalia and others. 824 COFFEE PEA COLCHICUM COFFEE PEA. A western name for chick pea, Cicer arietinum, which is used as a substitute for coffee. COFFEE-TREE: Gymnocladus. COHOSH: Actxa. The blue cohosh is Caulophyllum, COHDTTE: AttaUa Cohune; it ia a source of oil. COIR: Fiber of coconut, which see. COIX (an old Greek name). Gramiriex. Tall, broad- leaved, branched grasses with bead-like inflorescence, one of them grown in gardens. Plant loose-growing: at the end of each peduncle is an indurated, globular, or oval, hollow bead, developed from a If .-sheath; from an orifice at the tip projects the staminate spike : pistillate fls. inclosed in the bead, the styles projecting. — Species about 3, E. Indies, the following widely distributed in all tropical countries. Lacryma-J6bi, Linn. Job's Teabs. Fig. 1025. Annual, 2-4 ft.: the beads or "tears," pearly white to lead-color, containing the seed, are about J^in. long. Dept. Agric, Div. Agrost., 20:14. — Cult, for ornament and as a curiosity. The hard bony frs. are used as beads and made into necklaces, to which are attributed marvelous properties. Var. a&rea zebrina, has yellow-striped blades. A. S. Hitchcock. COLA (native name). Sterculi&cex. Cola. Also called Kola, Korra, Gorra. One species is much grown in the tropics for the stimulating cola nut. The genus consists entirely of plants with unisexual or polygamous fls. in axillary or terminal clusters: calyx 4-5-cleft; petals none: fr. of 4^5 leathery or woody oblong carpels. — Probably about 40 species, of Trop. Afr. trees chiefly interesting for the cola nuts, which are said to sustain the natives in great feats of endu- rance. The tree grows on the east coast of Afr., but is very abundant on the west coast, and is now cult, in the W. Indies. Within the tropics the trade in this nut is said to be immense. It has become famous in the U. S. through many preparations for medicinal pur- poses and summer drinks. The seeds are about the size and appearance of a horse-chestnut, and have a bitter taste. Although repeatedly intro. to Kew, Eng- land, the plant never flowered there until 1868. Colas require a rich, weU-drained soil. Those intro- duced into the West Indies and other parts of America, especially C. acuminata, thrive best on a sandy loam. The trees are grown from seeds, which are large and fleshy, keeping well for some weeks after ripening. As the tree is difficult to transplant, the seeds may be planted singly in small pots, and the young trees kept growing thus until wanted for permanent planting. Propagation may also be effected by cuttings of ripe wood, which should be placed in bottom heat, and treated in the usual way. (E. N. Reasoner.) acuminata, Schott & Endl. About 40 ft. high in Afr., resembUng an apple tree: Ivs. alternate; petiole 1-3 in. long; blade 4-6 in. long, 1-2 in. broad, leathery, with prominent ribs below; older Ivs. entire, obovate, acute; younger Ivs. often once or twice cut near the base about half way to the midrib: fls. yellow, 15 or more in axillary and terminal panicles, about J^in. across, with a slender green tube and a showy yellow 6- or 5-cut limb, which is a part of the calyx: fr. 5-6 in. long. B.M. 5699. N. TATLOR.t COLAX (Greek, parasite). OrchidAcex. Epiphjrtic orchids, much like Lycaste. Pseudobulbous : fls. in an upright raceme, arising from the base of the new shoot; sepals and petals simi- lar, the lateral sepal forming a distinct foot with the base of the column; lip 3-lobed, clawed, with a trans- verse hairy process; pollinia 4. — A Brazilian genus of 2 species. jugdsus, Lindl. {MaxiMria jugbsa, Lindl. Lycdste jugdsa, Benth.). Pseudobulbs ovoid, 2-3 in. long, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 5-9 in. long, lanceolate: raceme 2-3-fld.; fls. 2-3 in. across; sepals white, obtuse, oval-oblong; petals white, obovate-oblong, spotted and barred with violet-purple; lip white, shorter than petals, the side lobes streaked vio- let-purple, the mid- dle lobe semi-circu- lar, with numerous puDescent keels, streaked and blotched violet- purple. B.M. 5661. I.H. 19:96. C. tripterus, Kolfe. Ovary 3-winged; disk of lip bearing a broad fleshy callus. Brazil. George V. Nash. c<3lchicum (from Colchis, a country in Asia Minor, where the genus is most plen- tiful). Liliacex. Meadow Saffron. Autumn Crocus. Autumn flowering, rarely spring-flow- ering, bulbous Elants with crocus- ke blossoms. Leaves either aU radical, or radical and cauline, sometimes ciliate, appearing in early spring and usually dying down by June: fls. various colored, very beau- tiful; periantnx tubular, vary- ing from purple to white (there is 1 yeUow-fld. sort), the limb 6-parted; stamens 6, inserted on the perianth; ovary 3-celled, many-ovuled: caps, ovate-ob- long in most of the species, the seeds globose. — A difficult genus, very much confused botanically, but horticulturally well known and popular. They are narcotic poisons. J. G. Baker, Jour. Linn. Soc. 17. 1880. G. B. Mallett, in Flora and Sylva, 1:108, 1903, has an excellent horticultural account of the genus. Colchicums are most charming and interesting plants of easy culture. The bloom comes in August and Sep- tember, at a season when the herbaceous beds begin to lose their freshness, and, although individual flowers are fugacious, others follow in quick succession, thus prolonging the time of flowering. Opening, as they do, without foliage, some help is required from the greenery of other plants; for this purpose any low-growing, not too dense kind, may be used, such as the dwarf arte- misias, sedums, or Phlox subidata. Colchicums are most effective in masses, which can be established by thick planting, or as the result of many years' growth. They can be grown in rockwork, in beds, or in grass which is not too thick nor too often mown; they will thrive in partial shade, but succeed best in an open sunny border. They should be planted in August or early September, in deep well-enriched soil, a light sandy loam, with the tip of the long bulbs 2 to 3 inches below the surface; some protection should be given in winter. They remain in good condition for many years, and should not be disturbed unless they show signs of deterioration, fewer flowers and poor foliage. Then 1025. Coiz Lacryma-Jobi. (XH) COLCHICUM COLCHICUM 825 they should be lifted and separated, just after the leaves die, end of June or early July. This is the usual method of propagation, but they can also be increased from seeds, sown just after ripening, June to July; the seed- lings may not appear untU the following spring. Seed- lings bloom when three to five years old. The bulbs are obtainable from the Dutch growers at moderate prices, and they must be imported early; otherwise they are apt to bloom in the cases. C. autumnale, with rosy purple flowers, is a well-known and the most commonly cultivated species. There are numerous varieties, of which the best are the white, the double white and the double purple. Belonging to this same group and not differing much except in size and sha- ding of the flower, are C. hyzantinum, C. montanum, and C. umbrosum. C. spedoswm, a native of the Caucasus, is the finest in every way of the genus. The flowers are much larger and of better shape, and the color, a rosy pink, is much more dehcate; the habit of growth is robust, and the plant is most easily handled. C. Parkinsonii is distinct from the above varieties inas- much as the flowers are tessellated, purple and white, giving a curious checker-board appearance which is unique; the leaves are much smaller and are wavy. C. agrippinum, C. Bivonx, C. cilidcum, and C Sibthorpii, are other species having checkered flowers more or less similar to C. Parkinsonii. C. BuCbocodium=Bidboco- dium vernum. Monograph by J. G. Baker in Jour. Linn. Soc, vol. 17 (1880). (B. M. Watson.) agrippinuin, 7. alpinum, 18. autunmaie, 13. Bertolonii, 1. BivonEB, 8. Borninuelleri, 12. byzantinum, 11. ckionense, 5. INDEX. cilicicUTn, 11. crociflorum, 2. Decaisnei, 14. fasciculare, 16. luteum, 4. maidiiium, 10. montanum, 1, 18. Parkinsonii, 6. Sibthorpii, 9. speciosum, 10. Stevenii, 3. auperbum, 8. tessellatum, 6, 7. Troodii, IS. umbrosum, 17. variegatum, 5. A. Blooming in spring: Ivs. appearing with the fls. B. Color rosy lilac: size of anthers small. c. Anthers oblong, purple. 1. montanum, Linn. (C. Bertoldnii, Stev.). An im- portant and variable species, with many synonyms and variations. Baker makes 7 forms. Corm ovoid, J/^-l in. thick, the tunics brown, membrananceous, the inner ones produced to a point 2-4 in. above the neck: Ivs. 2-3, rarely 4-6, linear or lanceolate, about 2-3 in. long at the time of flowering, finally 6-9 in. long: fls. 1-t, in spring and autumn. Oct.-June. Medit. region, from Spain to Persia. B.M. 6443. — It appears in early spring with the snowdrops and crocuses. 2. crocifldrum, Regel, not Sims nor Schott & Kotschy. Corm ovate-oblong: Ivs. aU radical, sheathing at the base, a few sometimes on the st., flat and linear, margins minutely and usually distantly toothed : corolla white, with violet-purple stripes, especially within, the tube about 2 in. long, the limb scarcely 1-1}^ in. long; style exceeding the stamens. Feb., March. Cent. Asia. cc. Anthers linear, yellow. 3. Stevenii, Kunth. Corm narrower than in No. 1, about J^J^ in. thick: Ivs. at length 4^5 in. long: fls. Oct.-Jan. Syria, Arabia, Persia. — Less popular than No. 1. BB. Color yellow: size of anthers large. 4. liitetun. Baker. This is the only yellow-fld. form in the genus, aU the others ranging from purple to white. Although it belongs to the Medit. group, with Ivs. and fls. produced at the same time and in spring, it is a native of W. India at an elevation of 7,000-8,000 ft. Corm timics dark brown, sometimes almost black: Ivs. 3 or 4, wider and less tapering than in No. 1, at the time of flowering 3-4 in. long, finally 6-7 in. long. B.M. 6153. — Very desirable. AA. Blooming in autumn: Ivs. appearing after the fls. B. Perianth tessellated or checkered. c. Tessellation distinct. D. Lvs. spreading or prostrate. 5. varieg&tum, Linn. Lvs. 2-3, lanceolate, about 6 in. long, 12-15 hnes wide, lying flat on the ground; margins wavy: fls. 2-3 from each spathe, 4 in. across, rose-color with a white tube. Isls. of the Levant and Asia Minor. B.M. 1028. Variable. The plant known as C. chionense is apparently a form of it. Corm size of walnut. 6. Pfirkinsonii, Hook. f. (B.M. 6090) (C. tessell&tum. Authors), is the best of all the tessellated forms, the tessellation being more sharply defined and more delicate than the type. It is a smaller plant, and has shorter and more strongly undulated lvs., which lie closer to the ground. Of this plant Parkinson said in his "Paradi- sus Terrestris," 1629: "This most beautiful! saffron flower riseth up with his flowers in the Autumne, as the others before specified doe, although not of so large a size, yet farre more pleasant and delightfull in the thicke, deep blew, or purple coloured beautifuU spots therein, which make it excell all others whatsoever: the leaves rise up in the Spring, being smaller then the former, for the most part 3 in number, and of a paler or fresher green color, lying close upon the ground, broad at the bottome, a little pointed at the end, and twining or folding themselves in and out at the edges, as if they were indented. I have not seen any seede it hath borne: the root is like unto the others of this kinde, but small and long, and not so great : it flowereth later for the most part then any of the other, even not untill November, and is very hard to be preserved with us, in that for the most part the roote waxeth lesse and lesse every yeare, our cold Country being so contrary unto his naturall, that it will scarce shew his flower; yet when it flow- ereth any thing early, that it may have any comfort of a warm Sunne, it is the glory of all these kindes." DD. Lvs. ascending. E. Margin of lvs. wavy. 7. agrippinvun, Baker (C. tessellatum, Hovt.) . Corms a trifle thicker than in No. 5: lvs. 3-4, 6-9 in. long, 12-15 lines wide, margin wavy: fls. 2-4 from each spathe. F.S. 11:1153. — This is a marked form of C. variegatum, of garden origin, which has similar fls., but a more robust habit and more nearly erect lvs. BE. Margin of lvs. flat, not wavy. 8. BivSnse, Guss. Lvs. 6-9, nearly 1 ft. long, 9-15 lines wide, rather hooded at the apex, margin flat, not wavy: fls. 1-6 from each spathe, rose-purple faintly checkered with a darker color, 4-6 in. long. Medit. region. Var. superbum, Hort., an excellent form, is advertised in Enghsh catalogues. F.S.R. 1 : 108. 1026. Colcbicum autumnale. ( X M) 826 COLCHICUM COLD-STORAGE cc. Tessellation less distinct. 9. Sibthorpii, Baker. Easily distinguished from Nos. 5, 7, and 8 by the much broader segms. of the peri- anth, and by the Ivs., which are nearly erect, obtuse, and not at all wavy: Ivs. 5-6, dull green, finally 1 ft. or more long, 1 }^2 J^ in. wide, narrowed gradually to the base: spathe striped with green, and tinged with hlac at the tip: fls. 1-5 from each spathe; perianth-tube often 6 in. long. Mts. of Greece. B.M. 7181. F.S.R. 1:108. — A large, cup-shaped fl., showing no open spaces between the broad, overlapping segms. Very hand- some. BB. Perianth not tessellated. C. Size of fls. large, S in. or more across. D. Lvs. broad, 3-4 in. wide. E. Number of fls. I-4. 10. specidsum, Stev. Corm 2 in. thick, the largest of the genus: st. 1 ft. high: lvs. 4r-5, 12-15 in. long, 3-4 in. wide, narowed from the middle to the base, shining green: fls. 1-4 from each spathe, violet, with a white eye, but varying almost to piu-e pink, often 6 in. across. Caucasus. B.M. 6078. F.S. 23:2385. F.M. 1876:235. Gn. 11 :80. — Commonly considered the finest species of the genus; blooms Sept. and Oct. Var. maximum, Hort. Plant 7}4 in. high. EE. Number of fls. 12-W. 11. byzantinum, Ker-Gawl. Closely allied to the above, but with wider lvs., smaller and paler fls., and broad, short anthers: st. 6 in. high: lvs. 6-6, oblong, dark green, striate, 9-12 in. long, 3-4 in. wide: ffi. smaller than in No. 10, usually 3-4 in. across, lilac-pur- ple, and often 12-20 from each spathe. Transylvania and Constantinople. B.M. 1122. — Com large, de- pressed. C. dlidcum,, Hort., has rosy fls., somewhat tesseUated. G.C. III. 23:35. DD. Lvs. narrow, 1-2 in. wide. 12. Bommiielleri, Freyn. Lvs. elliptic-lanceolate, 3-4 in. long, 1-2 in. broad: Qa. 8 in. long and 5 in. across, the limb pale rose or Ulac-rose at first, subsequently deeper purple, the corolla-tube white. Asia Minor. Early spring. — One of the rarest and finest of the group, suitableglDr the rock-garden. 13. autumnaie, Linn. Fig. 1026; 442, p. 433. St. 3-4 in. high: lvs. 3-4, rarely 5-6, 9-12 in. long, 11^2 in. wid*: fls. 1-4, rarely 5-6, from each spathe, purple, with a white variety, about 4 in. across; perianth veined.* Eu. and N. Afr. B.M. 2673 (as C. crociflorum). — Possibly the commonest in the American trade. It has BeaBtiful double forms in purple and pure white. F.S. 19:1936. 14. Decaisnei, Boiss. Corm ovate, membranaceous: lower lvs. broadly lanceolate, the upper ones narrower and acutish, entire, 1-1 Ji in. broad: fls. pale-rose, or flesh-colored, the tube elongate-eUiptic, the stamens a little shorter than the perianth; anthers yellow, linear; style only sUghtly exceeding the stamens. N. Afr. and the eastern Medit. region. Nov .-Jan. — Planted in masses with C. crociflorum for rock-gardens, it is very effective. cc. Size of fls. small, about 2 in. across. D. Number of fls. from each spathe more than 1 or 2. E. Perianth-segms. acute. 15. Trofidii, Kotschy. Corm medium-sized: lvs. 3-4, e-'l^ in. long, 9-12 hnes wide, dark green above: fls. 4^5 or even 12, Ulac-purple, about 2 in. across; perianth segms. lanceolate-acute.. Cyprus. B.M. 6901 shows a pure white variety. . ,16. fascictil^e, Boiss. Corm oblong: lvs. 5-7, broadly lanceolate, channeled, the apex acutish, fre- quently ciliate, about 1 in. wide: fls. many, in clusters. the corolla 2J^ in.long, white, 6-10-nerved; stamens equaling the coroUa, but slightly exceeded by the style branches. Feb. Sjrria. EB. Perianth-segms. obtuse. 17. umbrdsum, Stev. Corm small: lvs. 4-5, 6-9 in. long, 9-12 lines wide: fls. 1-5 from each spathe, lilac, about 2 in. across; perianth-segms. oblanoeolate, obtuse, with 8-12 veins. Caucasus. DD. Number of fls. from each spathe 1 or 2. 18. alpinum, DC. (C monMnuwi, All. not Linn.). Lvs. 2, rarely 3, nearly erect or spreading, 4r-8 in. long, 3-6 lines wide, obtuse, channeled, shining green, narrowed from the middle to the base: fls. 1 or 2 from each spathe, about 2 in. across, hlac; segms. oblanceolate, obtuse, 3—4 lines wide, with 10-15 veins. Mts. of France and Switzerland. C. gigantkum, Hort. A plant with magnificent pink fls. — 1b not certainly referable to any species. The name appears in several catalogues, but is unknown in botanical literature. See F.S.R. 1:108. — C. hydrophilum, Hort. An early spring -flowering spe- cies; bulb size of a walnut: lvs. and fls. appearing together, the fls. bright clear rose and taller than the lvs., the latter growing after the fls. are gone and attaining a length of 6 in. ; fls. in clus- ters of 3-15; stamens half as long as the segms. Taurus Mts. G.C. III. 29: 102. — C. sieheAnum, Hort. A late autumn-flowering species with rich reddish purple fls. Asia Minor. — C veratrifilium, Hort. Similar to some of the forms of C. speciosum, but earlier in flowering, WiLHELM Miller. N. TATLOB.t COLDFRAME. An unheated covered frame (see Frame) used (1) for the starting of plants in spring in advance of settled weather but not so early as id a hotbed; (2) for receiving plants from a hotbed or green- house, holding them as an intermediate station until they may go in the field; (3) carrying hardy plants over winter, as spinach, lettuce; (4) providing a general ', store-place for hardy or semi-hardy stuff from green- . house and garden; (5) affording a propagating-bed in spring and summer for seeds or cuttings. Usually the coldframe is topped with glass, as is the hotbed, but '■ prepared paper or cloth is sometimes used. Coldframes are usually of temporary construction. l_ jj_ b_ COLD-STORAGE, REFRIGERATION, RETARD- ING. Dealers in bulbs, cut-flowers, nursery stock, : fruits and vegetables employ cold-storage to retard the growth of bulbs and plants, or to preserve cuf^flowers < and produce, by using specially constructed sheds, ' refrigerators, ice-boxes, or the public cold-storage \ warehouses. The nursery stock thus stored can be packed and shipped from the cold to warmer parts of the countiy in good season for planting, when it would be impossible to dig and ship such stock without the storage system. Sheds for the storage of nursery stock have earthen floors, are ventilated and lighted from the ridge-and-furrow roof and heated to exclude frost, the maximum temperature being 35° to 40." Large trees are stood upright, the smaller stock usually laid lengthwise in compartments. The roots are covered with sphagnum, or a mixture of sphagnum and excelsior or cedar shingletow; the shingletow or excelsior alone will not make good covering for this purpose. See Nursery. The roots and bulbs commonly placed in cold-storage are those used by florists for forcing, such as lily bulbs, hly-of-the-valley pips, and the like. By placing these ih cold-storage, growers can secure a continuous suc- cession of bloom throughout the year. Lily bulbs are stored in the original cases packed in soil, the cases being cleated to provide circulation of air, and held at 34°. The multiflorum and formosum varieties of I/ilium longiflorum can be held in storage three to four months, and the giganteum type of this hly ten to eleven months, L. auratum four months, L. speciosum and var^jes eight months. The sizes (rarcumference) gf storageuly bulbs and number of bulbs to the case are as follows: COLD-STOHAGE UULEUS^ 827: 1027. Coleus cutting. L. hmgiflorum and its varieties multiflorum, formosum and giganteum, 6- to 8-inch, 400; 7- to 9-inch, 300; 9- to 11-inch, 200; in L. hngiflorum giganteum there is an 8- to 10-inch size which runs 225 to the case; L. awatum 8- to 9-inch, 160; 9- to 11-inch, 100; 11- to 13-inch, 75; L. spedosum, 8- to 9-inch, 200; 9- to 11-inch, 100; li- te 13-inch, 75. Lily-of-the-valley pips are packed in a mixture of sphagnum and sand, one-fourth of the latter being used to tteee-fourths of the moss and held at 28.° These are packed 500, 1,000 and 2,000 to the case and can be kept in storage eleven months. Canna roots, dahUas and gladioli should be held at 35° to 40.° Cut-flowers, such as roses, carnations, orchids, violets, and lilies, used by florists, are preserved for varying periods in ice-boxes or refrig- erators, the usual tem- perature being 35° to 40.° Peonies cut when the buds show color, leaves removed from the lower part of the stem, wrapped in paper, and the lower bare portions of the stems placed in water, will keep several weeks at a temperature of 32° to 33.° lAlium candidum in bud can be treated the same way. Fruits and vegetables are stored at 33° to 35.° Ware- housemen say that cold-storage merchandise keeps best and is easiest to handle in packages containing about a bushel. See Storage. Michael Bakkeb. COLE. A generic name, little known in North America, for plants of the cabbage tribe; cole-oil is secured from species of Brassica. COLEA (Sir G. Lowry Cole, Governor of Mauritius). BignomAcesB. Glabrous evergreen trees or shrubs of Madagascar, Mauritius and the Seychelles, members of which may occur in collections of warmhouse (or stove) plants. Lvs. opposite or verticillate, pinnate, with many entire Ifts. : fls. mediiun-sized, yellow, white or rose-color in lax or dense cymes or fascicles; corolla funnelform, somewhat bilabiate, with 5 rounded spi^ading lobes; perfect stamens 4, didynamous. — Probably 15 species, but little known in cult. They thrive in a fibrous earth and prop, by means of mature shoots in sand over bottom-heat. COLEUS (Greek for sheath, referring to the mona- delphous stamens). LMdi^. Common window-gar- den and greenhouse sMwy-leq.ved herbs, and a few less known species grown for the handsome flowers. Herbs or small shrubs, annual or perennial, uprigjit: lvs. opposite, dentate or serrate, petioled or sessile: st. 4-angled: fls. mostly blue or lilac, in teijninal spike- like racemes, small aftd middle- sized and usually bluish, the 5- toothed calyx deflexed in fr.; corolla bilabiate, the lower lobes longer and concave, and inolosing the essential organs; stamens 4, didjTiamous and decUnate, the filaments united into a tube, the anther-cells confluent; ovary 4- parted, subtended by a gland-like disk, the style 2-lobed.-=-Probably 150 species, in the tropics of the eastern hemisphere, being especi- ally abundant in Afr., E. India and adjacent isls. Some species produce tubers that are eaten in Jhe^same way as potato es. The common coleuses are of the most easy culture.. They root readily from short cuttings, cut either to aj joint or in the middle of an internode (Fig. 1027). Few! conservatory plants are more ready to root than this.; They may be rooted at any time of the year when new wood is to be secured. Formerly coleuses were much used for bedding, but the introduction of better plants for this purpose has lessened their popularity. They require a long season; they are likely to burn in the hot summers of the interior country; they have a weedy habit. How- ever, they withstand shearing and therefore are useful for carpet- bedding. The leading variety for this purpose is still the old Golden Bedder, whose golden yellow foUage is used as filling for fancy designs. — Coleus plants make excellent specimens for the window-garden and conservatory. Best results are secured when new plants are started from cuttings each spring. They also grow readily from seeds, many interest- ing leaf-forms and colors arising. The old platits Taecome le^gy, lose their leaves, and lack brightness of color. They are very subject to mealy-bug. They are also liable to root-gall (the work of a nema- tode worm), as shown in Fig. 1028. When plants are thus affected, take cuttings and burn the old plants, and either bake or freeze the earth in which they grew. A. Common garden coleus, with red, purple, yellow, green and variegated foliage. Bltimei, Benth. (C. Verschaffdt, larioides var. Blimiei, Miq.). This cult, plants in Java, is probably "to understood, as an assemblage species. The horticultural forms ai in part (as suggested by Briquet from C. laciniatus, C. bicohr, and ^^^^^^_ they are to be considered also in ^^^^^^K with C atropurpureus, Benth., of Malaysia^^^^Hpelatives. , The entire garden material needs ^o^HH^K4 '^'^^r in comparison wit^RI^Hlic native i oriental speci^f^^^Ktraits of! C. Blumei of^^HHPU interest are: B.M. 475«M|^:3-7; 35: 46; 39:164. F.8."-22:298778. A soft perennial herb or sub-' ub, i growing 2-3 ft. high, ttle branched: lvs. ovate, narrow 1 -^r broad at base and long-acun ina^e, sharply and nearly repalarly toothed, variously colorec yellow, dull red and purpli^ extreme form of this is va schafEeltii, Lem., Fig. 1030^ is more robust and lvs. more brilliantly p|l but not acuminate! even cordate at basj larly cut-dentate, teeth, giving the mj ^-ffect (I. H. 8:29f i jrms, th e lvs. are 1 1028. A coleus attacked by loot-galls. , 1029. A^ood young coleus plant. COLEUS COLLETIA AA. Other species of Coleus, now and then in cult. (StiU other species may be expected to appear in the trade.) thyrsoideus, Baker. Tender shrub, 2-3 ft. high: sts. pubescent: Ivs. cordate-acuminate, coarsely crenate, lower ones 7 in. long: fls. bright blue, in racemes which contain as many as 18 forking cymes with about 10 fls. in each. Cent. Afr. B.M. 7672.— Considered to have much merit for cult., either under glass, or in the open far S. Winter. shirensis, Baker. Perennial herb, densely pubescent, 3 ft., much like the above in habit: sts. angular, pale green turning to brown: Ivs. glandular, pungently aromatic, broadly ovate, acuminate, membranous, 2-3 in. long, deeply crenate, pubescent beneath but scantily so d)ove: fls. dark blue (also described as light blue), in large erect terminal panicles. Cent. Afr. B.M. 8024.— Winter. Mahdnii, Baker. Shrub, to 2 ft., pubescent, the branchlets slender: Ivs. petioled, ovate, acute, 2-3 in. long, crejiate, membranous, pale and finely pubescent beneatif' and green and nearly glabrous above: fls. smaflir purple with golden anthers, in a large graceful pai£icle. Cent. Afr. — Winter. Penzigii, Damm. Soft perennial herb, white-hairy: Ivs. ovate, membranous, narrowed abruptly at base, crenate; petiole winged: fls. bright lilac (also described as ashy blue) in a long and lax racemose panicle, the whorls being about 8-fld. Nile Land. L. H. B, COLIC-ROOT: Aletris farinosa. COLLABIUM (neck and lip, referring to a peculiarity of the fl.). Orchidacese. Two terrestrial orchids, of Java and Borneo, rarely cult., requiring the treatment given Catasetum. Lf. single, plicate: fls. or clusters racemose, on a tall scape; lateral petals attached to the foot or base of the incurved column; lip at its base encircling the column (whence the generic name); pollinia 2. C. nebiddsum, Blume. Sts. fleshy, about 2 m. long: If. broadly ovate, acuminate, the petiole rounded: scape about 2 ft., erect; fls. numerous in scat- tered clusters or whorls, spurred, about J^in. long, the lip 3-lobed, white and a little fringed, the sepals and 1030. Coleus Blumei var. Verschaffeltii. petals greenish with reddish margins. Java. C. sim^ ^tei, Reichb. Lf. oblong, acute, wavy, green with ^ker blotches: fls. racemose at the apex of the scape; white; sepals and petals greenish yellow with purple ?s,., ^rown blotches. Borneo. , "SQUAkxiS. a kind of kale. Probably several Bomewiat different plants pass as coUards, the charac- teristic being that they produce tufts or rosettes of leaves that are removed and used as greens. Usually referred to Brass lea oleracea var. (w '.phcda. See Brassica. 1031. CoUards. In the South, a form of the plant known as Georgia collards is much grown for domestic use and the south- em market. The plant grows 2 to 4 feet high and forms no head, but the central leaves often form a kind of loose rosette. These tender leaves are eaten as a pot- herb, as all other kales are. Fig. 1031, shows a Georgia collard, with a heavy crown. The seeds of collard m ay be started in ' a frame vmder glass, or in a seed-bed in the open. As far south as the orange- belt, they are usu- ally started in Feb- ruary and March, in order that the plants may mature before the dry, hot weather. Farther north they are started in July or August and the plants are ready for use before cold weather. Trans- plant to rows 3}^ to 4 feet apart, and 3 feet apart in the row. Till as for cabbage. Young cabbage plants are sometimes eaten as "greens" imder the name of coUards; and cabbage seeds are sown for this specific purpose. In the North, where heading cabbages can be raised, collards of what- ever kind are not greatly prized. L. g. b_ COLLtTIA (Philibert Collet, 1643-1718, French botanist). Rhamnduxx. Odd spiny shrubs grown under glass, and in the open in California and other warm regions. Leaves small and simple (or wanting); opposite: branches short, often flattened, arranged in opposite pairs, thickened, spiny (sometimes called Ivs.): fls. small, perfect, yellowish Or white, nodding on 1-fld. pedicels, single or fascicled in the axils or beneath the flattened divaricate spines; calyx bell-shaped or tubular, 4-5-parted; petals 4-6 or 0, inserted on the calyx; stamens 4r-6; disk joined to calyx-tube, inconspicuous or the margin roUed-in; ovary 3-lobed and 3-celled, standing in the disk, the stigma 3-lobed: fr. a coriaceous ■ dry drupe-Uke caps. — About a dozen species in S. Anier.,;| mostly in the tropical parts. The coUetias are said to start readily from cuttings of half-ripened wood, as well as from seeds. They are to be grown as single or detached specimens, because of their oddity. cruciata, Gill. & Hook. (C. h&rrida, Hort.). Veiy curious shrub, 3-4 ft., with elliptic flattened very broad- spiny decurrent branches: Ivs. few, elliptic, entire: fls. small, white, a few together at the base of the spines, borne profusely in spring. S. Brazil, Uruguay. B.M. 5033. spindsa, Lam. Shrub, to 10 ft., with strong awl- shaped very sharp spines: Ivs. eUiptic, small, sessile, serrate, mostly vanishing at blooming time: fls. larger, urn-shaped, borne sin^ or nearly so beneath the spines. S. Brazil, Uruguay. ulicina, Gill. & Hook. Smaller, 3-4 ft.: spines as in C. spinosa, but more numerous, thicker, and hairy: fls. cylindrical, in clusters near tops of the branches. Andes of Chile. Ephedra, Vent. Small stiff bush: branches erect, spiny: Ivs. wanting: fls. (in very early spring) sessile at COLLETIA COLOCASIA 829 the nodes, spicate-glomerate; calyx top-shaped, the lobes spreading. Peru, Chile. L.B.C. 19 : 1830.— • Reported as cult, in Calif. L_ 2 g_ COLLIGUAYA (Chilean name). EuphorbiAcex. Small trees of the Chilean region, scarcely in cult., although the fragrant wood of some species is used. Seeds of this and related genera which have springing move- ments, due to contained insect larvse, are sometimes known as "jumping beans." Juice milky: fls. monoe- cious, apetalous; calyx imbricate or none in staminate fls.; stamens 1-5; ovary 2— 4-celled, cells 1-ovuled. The following may be expected in botanical collec- tions, although probably not in the trade: C. odoHfera, Molina. Lvs. serrate, ovate to oblong. C. brasili&nsis, Klotzsch. Lvs. serrulate, linear-lanceolate. C. integer- rima, Gill. & Hook. Lvs. linear, entire. J. B. S. NOETON. COLLINSIA (after Zaccheus CoUins, American phil- anthropist and promoter of science, Philadelphia, 1764- 1831). ScrophmaricLcex. Hardy flower-garden annuals mostly from California and western North America. Leaves simple, verticillate in 3's, or opposite: fls. in the axils, solitary or in whorls, racemose in some species; calyx bell-shaped; corolla deeply bi-labiate; stamens 4, the fifth rudimentary and glandular. — About 25 species. They are not far removed botanically from Pentstemon and Chelone. From the former, the genus differs in having the fifth sterile stamen reduced to a mere gland. The coUinsias are free-flowering and of the easiest culture. They may be sown outdoors in the fall in wel- drained soil, and will bloom earlier than if sown in spring. Their flowers borne in midsummer range in color from white through lilac and J rose to violet, with clear, bright ■ blue also, at least on one lip of the flower. There is no yellow. A. Fl.-stalks very short, . giving the dusters a dense ap- pearance. B. Corolla strongly declined; throat as wide as long. bicolor, Benth. Fig. 1032. Height 1-2 ft. : hairy, glabrous, or sticky: sts. weak and bend- ing: lvs. more or less toothed, and oblong or lanceolate, ses- sile, finely toothed, opposite or in 3's: fls. typically purple and white, with 5 or 6 well-marked color varieties. Var. £lba, Hort. (Fig. 1033), has pm:e white fls., or the lower lip greenish or yellowish. Var. multicolor, Voss (C. multicolor, Lindl. & Paxt.), has variegated fls., the same fl. being white, Ulac, rose or violet on either lip or both. Var. multicolor marmorita, has the lower lip white, suf- fused hlac, and upper lip Ught lilac, spotted and striped car- mine. CSrlif., below 2,000 ft. B.M. 3488. P.M. 3:196. B.R. 1734. — This is the most widely distributed and variable spe- cies, and the one on which the genus was founded. Calif., mostly in moist ground. BB. Corolla less strongly declined; throat much longer than broad. bartsiaefdlia, Benth. Height 114 ft., the st. usually stiff and simple: sticky an^somewhat glandular, rarely 1032. CoUinsia bicolor. hairy: lvs. from ovate-oblong to linear: fl.-whorls 2-5, purplish or whitish: seeds not wrinkled. Calif. AA. Fl.-stalks J^in. long or more, giving the clusters a looser look. vema, Nutt. Height about 6 in. : lvs. ovate or oblong, or the lowest rounded and slender-stalked, and the up- per ovate-lanceolate and partly clasping: whorls about 6-fld.; fl.- stalks longer than the fls. ; throat of the corolla as long as the calyx- lobes; lower lip bright blue; upper lip white or purplish: seeds thick, not flattened, oblong, arched. Moist woods, W. N. Y. and Pa. to Wis. and Ky. B.M. 4927. grandifldra, Douglas. Height 4-12 in. : lvs. thickish, the lowest roundish and stalked: whorls 3- 9-fld.; fl.-stalks about as long as the fls.; lower lip deep blue or violet; upper lip white or purple; throat of the coroUa sac-like, as broad as- long, or as long as the upper lip: seeds roundish, smooth. Shady hills of CaUf. B.R. llOr. WiLHELM MiLLEK. N. TAYLOB.t 1033. CoUinsia bicoloi COLLINSONIA (after Peter var. alba. ( x M) CoUinson, English botanist, cor- respondent of Linnseus and John Bartram). Labidtse. Hoese-Balm. Hokse-Weed. Stone-Root. Native perennial herbs. Plants of small importance horticulturally, with large, odorous, ovate, serrate, mostly long-stalked lvs., thick roots, and simple or panicled, naked, terminal racemes of yellow or whitish fls. — Three species in E. N. Amer., one of which is sometimes offered by dealers in native plants, but is not especially ornamental. They are of simple cult. canadensis, Linn. Citbonella. Height 2-4 ft. : lvs. 4^9 in. long, broadly ovate to oblong: racemes panicled; calyx in fl. 1 line, in fr. 4 or 5 lines long; corolla light yellow, lemon-scented, J^in. long. Rich woods, Can- ada to Wis., Kans., and south to Fla. l_ jj_ 3_ COLLOMIA (Greek for glue, alluding to the muci- laginous character of the wetted seeds). PolemoniAcex. In Asa Gray's late treatment, CoUomia is included with Gilia, although at first kept distinct by him (Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts. & Sci. XVII, 223), and this dis- position is followed here, particularly since none of the species seems to be known in the trade as CoUomia. Engler & Prantl keep the genus distinct, however, ascribing to it eighteen species from western North America and Chile. Such as are cultivated will be found in this Cyclopedia under Cfilia. The Collomias are annual, biennial and perennial. COLOCASIA (old Greek substantive name). Ar&cex. Perennial herbs with cordate-peltate -leaves, which are often handsomely colored in cultivation; grown under glass, and one of the forms much used for planting out when large-leaved tropical effects are desired; also grown for the edible tubers. Plants tuberous or with an erect caudex: If. -blades Eeltate, ovate or sagittate-cordate, basal lobes rounded: lade of spathe 2-5 times longer than tube; spadix shorter than spathe, terminating in a club-shaped or subulate appendage destitute of statnens. Diffgrs from Alocasia and Caladium in floral characters — Species 5. Tropics. Colocasia includes the plants known as Caladium esculentum, which are much grown for subtropical bed- ding, C. odoraia (which is an Alocasia) has very large, Vr 830 COLOCASIA COLOR ililAjlMMili^ 1034. Colocasia antiquorum Tar. esculenta. (Caladium esculentum). thick stems, which may be wintered over safely with- out leaves, or at most with one or two, the stems, to save space, being placed close together in boxes. C. esculenta rests during the winter and is kept under a greenhouse bench or anywhere out of the reach of frost or damp. All of the tall- growing colo- casias are of the easiest cul- ture. As they are very rank- growing plants they are not much grown in greenhouses, but are chiefly planted out-of- doors for sum- mer display. They do best in damp rich soil. The dwarf species and forms are suited for pot growth, but Uttle is seen of them except in pubUc gardens. Consult CoZodiMTO for further treatment. (G.W Oliver.) Colocasias furnish the much-cultivated taro of the Pacific tropics, this edible product being the large starchy roots. From it is made the poi of Hawaii. In Japan and other countries the tubers of colocasias are much cultivated, and are handled and eaten much as we use potatoes (see Georgeson, A. G. 13:81). The young leaves of some kinds are boiled and eaten. The dasheen is of the same group. It has been recently introduced from tropical America, and is receiving considerable attention for cultivation in the South. The tubers may also be forced for the tender shoots. Of. BuU. 164 Bur. Plant Ind. U. S. Dept. Agric. (1910), and subsequent publications of Off. Foreign Seed and PI. Intro. antiqudnun, Schott. Lvs. peltate-ovate; basal lobes half as long as the apical one, connate two-thirds to three-fourths their length, separated by a broad, trian- gular, obtusish sinus. India. B.M. 7364. Var. euchldra, Schott (C. evMbra, C. Koch). Petioles violet; blade black-green, with violet margins. Var. FontanSsii, Schott {AkxAsia violAcea, Hort. Calddium vioUceum, Hort. C. dlho-wl&cewm, Hort.?). Petioles violet; blade dull ^een, with violet margins. B.M. 7732. — Multiplies rapidly by whip-like runners and grows well in shallow water. Var. illustris, Engler (C iHHstris, Hort.). Black Caladium. Petioles violet; blade more oblong-ovate, with black-green spots between the primary veins. F.M., 1874:107. — ^Very beautiful in masses, but fls. have offensive odor. Var. esculenta, Schott (CalAdium esmlSntum, Vent. Colocdsia esculenta, Schott). Elephant's Ear. Fig. 1034. Spadix with an appendage half as long as the staminate infl.: lvs. bright green, often 3 ft. or more long, nearly as wide. Hawaii and Fiji. G. 2:62, 571; 7:44. affinis, Schott. Blade thin, membranaceous, rounded-ovate or ovate, the apical lobe scarcely a fourth or a third longer than wide; basal lobes connate nearly their entire length, bright green above, glaucous beneath; blade only 4r-6 in. long. Himalaya. — Not hardy in Cent. Fla. Var. Jenningsii, Engler (Alocdmi J&nningsii, Veitch). Petiole purplish, with transverse purple Unes; \ blade cordate, emarginate, with large, oblong or trian- ' gular black-green or black-violet spots between the primary lateral veins. I.H. 16:585. F.S. 17:1818-19. — Not hardy in Cent. Fla. neo-guine€nis, Andrd. Remarkable for its tufted I habit, the shortness of the If.-stalks, its short-stalked ' infl., and the beautiful green tone of its smooth and shiny lvs., spotted with creamy white. New Guinea I.H. 27:380. Marchallii, Engler {Alocasia MdrchaUii, Hort. A. h'ybrida, Bull). Hybrid, probably of C. afinis and C. antiquorum. Larger in all parts than C. affinis, the petioles pale green, very slightly emarginate, with large, confluent spots. C. batam&n8i8^A.\ocasi& bataviensiaC?). — C. CaracasAna, Engler =Xanthosoma. — C. javdnica, Hort.=C?). — C. Mafdffa, Hort.=a Xanthosoma. — C. margindta, Hort.=Caladiumbicolor. — -C. man&r- rhiza, Hort.=(?). — C. o<2dra. BrongQ.=Alocasia odora, Koch. Tree- like, the St. or caudex 3-6 ft. and 6 in. diam.: lvs. green, cordate, stalked, bearing peduncles in pairs in their asils. E. Asia. B.M. 3935. — C. odordia, Hort.=Alocaaia macrorrhiza. GeOHQE V. NASH.t COLOCYNTH: CitmUua. COLOR IN FLOWERS. The range of simple color i among flowers is not very extensive. There are singu- | lar and almost unaccountable intervals in that range I where color is conspicuously absent in every genus. Indeed, there is no such thing as a pure green flower, nor a pure blue one, neither is there any flower to match the remarkable blue-green or green-blue so familiar in the plumage of certain birds; this has no existence at all in the vegetable world. The range of color, therefore, among flowers is strictly circumscribed. A simple color is a hue not complicated with any other-t. tint or shade or hue. Roughly described, the hues com- prise: yellow, gold-yellow, orange, scarlet, red, crim- son, magenta, purple, violet, and ultramarine; these together with blue, peacock-blue, green, and yellow- green (hues which do not appear in the floral world) compose a circle of color from which all tints and shades are derived. Fig. 1035. In other words, the admixture of white with a hue produces a tint, and the admixture of black, a shade. Fig. 1036. A reduction of the range of hues given above to its sim- plest terms would comprise only yellow, orange, red, puiple, blue, and green, six primary colors. Fig. 1037. Although pioneer investigators of the nature of color 1035. The intermediate hues, resolved these six hues into three — yellow, red, and blue, — the restriction was made at the cost of absolute purity in the other three hues which they chose to name secondary colors. There is no possible way of producing absolutely pure orange, violet, or green, by a combination of pigments. * COLOR COLOR 831 WITH BLACK WITH WHITE CLEAR COLOR The generic character of flower-colors is com- prehended in the hues just named, although such names are of little consequence so long as identifica- tion is without question. Unfortunately scientists and artists have not yet established a standard nomen- clature of color, and as a consequence the name of a particular hue is largely determined by a consensus of public opinion, which, very natu- rally, is not always correct. Classification of colors. It is essential, therefore, to accept both popular and scientific estimates of color if the subject is to be considered in its relation to flow- ers. The scientific determination of simple colors is ex- pressed by certain arbitrary numbered lines in the spec- trum. Thus, yellow is at line 580, gold- yellow at 605, orange at 630, scaelet at 655, red at 680, green at 530, peacock-blue at OLD GOLD SULPHUR YELLOW OCHRe 5TRAVY. COLD Y. BURNT ORANGE SALMON ORANGE. TERRA COTTA 5HR\MPT» SCARLET CARDINAL PINK RED MAROON C.PINK CRIMSON PLUM P.H LAC MAGENTA DARK B. PLUM u'lac PURPLE LOGWOOD VIOLET B.LI LAC VJOLET INDICO V. BLUE ultram'? 1036. Color phases in flowers. 505, violet at 430, ultramarine at 455, and blue at 480. These numbers indicate the wave-lengths of the respective hues, with the micron (one-miluonth part of an inch) as the unit. This identification of color, however satisfactory from a scientific point of view, is both intangible and impracticable in every other respect. The flower-petal or the artist's pigment matched with the spectrum is the only proper medium through which to convey an adequate knowledge of a given hue to the layraan, and it must be remembered that everyone is hypothetically the layman who is not directly associated with the particular science or art under consideration. The colors of certain flower- petals as matched with the spectrum Unes are as follows : Yellow (580). — (Enothera biennis, Brassica nigra, Ranunculus acris, Helianthus decapeUdus, a single dandeUon ray. Gold-yellow (590). — Budbeckia hirta, golden calen- dula. Gold-yellow (585). — Kerria japonica. Gold-orange (600). — Golden eschscholtzia. Gold-orange (615). — Crocus susianus. Orange (635). — Tropseolum majalis (deepest orange hue), the common type. Scarlet (645). — Mme. Crozy canna, scarlet geranium and tropseolum, berry of Cornus canadensis. Red (680). — Red azalea, red carnation, tube of Rhododendron nudiflorum. Red (690).— Red gladiolus. Crimson. — Crimson peony, American Beauty rose (dilute). Magenta. — Magenta cineraria, Polygala sanguinea. Purple. — Purple cineraria, Mimulus ringens. Violet (425). — Viola cuculata and Campanula roturv- difolia (Ught). Violet (430). — Verbena erinoides. Ultramarine violet (440). — Centaurea Cyanus, the bluest phase (light). Ultramarine blue (455). — Sdlla sibirica (light). Ultramarine blue (435). — Gentiana Andrewsii, (bluest tip of petal). Blue (475). — Myosotis palustris, bluest phase (pale). Such a list is manifestly imperfect; to state the case accurately, few flowers are "on the line;" three of the colors have no numbered lines, and many of the plant species or varieties are not and can not be explicitly cited. For example, the red carnation must be a red and not a scarlet-red variety, and its coloring should match that of the Rhododendron nudiflorum tube; the same rule applies to the red gladiolus. It is equally the case that many flowers show only a modification or a dilution of the hue they are chosen to represent; the blue of the forget-me-not at best is extremely dilute. A list of artists' pigments is more to the point. It has ( the great advantage of nomenclatorial fixity and it does not include hues subject to change. The repre- sentative colors are: Lemon, zinc, ultramarine, pale cadmium, and light malori yellows. Medium cadmium and malori gold-yellows. Cadmium orange and deep malori orange-yellow. Orange mineral. Scarlet-vermiUon. Carmine or alizarin lake (no single pigment is exactly normal red), these incline to scarlet. Crimson lake. Magenta: a mixture of crimson and mauve lakes in nearly equal parts. Mauve lake: a true purple. Violet ultramarine. Guimet's French ultramarine. Cobalt blue. Emerald-green. The color harmonies. If the sinlple colors, yellow, ofange, red^ purple, blue, and green, are arranged in a circle (Fig. 1037), those lying opposite each other harmonize by reason of absolute contrast. Blue and orange, for example, are complementary colors and theoretically they bal- ance each other. It by no means follows, however, that a mass of orange nasturtiums and blue forget-me-nots must therefore look weU together; the very massing of such hues would make that impossible in spite of the fact that the misty grayish character of a clump of blue forget-me-nots is the reverse of aggressive. But the orange of the nasturtium is obtrusive to the last degree, and its environment should be as colorless as possible — even to the point of duU gray or white. If these six simple colors in the circle are again separated by intermediate hues (Fig. 1035), so about three of the latter lie between the six original colors, the result win be a circle of twenty-four divisions, having the effect of a rainbow. This wiU perfectly illustrate the principle of color harmony and color discord. Besides the opposing colors which harmonize by con- trast, there are neighboring colors which harmonize by analogy. For example, any four or five colors lying side by side in the circle are bound together harmoniously by reason of their near relationship. Therefore, all these four or five colors may be combined — and na- ture does combine them — with esthetic results. But skip over four of the colors and attempt a combination of the first and sixth, and the result will prove to be a discord, the bond of relation- ship is broken, and the eye is disturbed by the aggressiveness of two colors between which there is evidently no bond of sympathy. It 1037. Harmon; by contrast. 832 COLOR COLOR would be safe to say, therefore, that the circle demon- strates the fact that its colors situated at right angles with each other are discordant, and those lying nearly parallel with each other are harmonious. This is the theoretical side of color harmony. The practical side is scarcely different; it simply modifies the theory. Brilliant blue and orange, which are theoreti- cally harmonious, are scarcely as agreeable in each other's company as the rule would imply. The trouble, however, lies with the brilliancy. The golden calendula and the deep purple aster in association are violent and aggressive. Remove the one and the other and substi- tute pale-tinted flowers of these hues and the result will be harmonious. Flower families are very likely to sustain harmonies of analogy. Hyacinths, sweet peas, and' nasturtiums 1033. The circle of 360' in colors. represent groups with very nearly related hues or tints. There is a predominating influence of crimson-pink among sweet peas, of hlac among hyacinths, and of orange among nasturtiums, yet the influence at times (in a particular variety) is wholly wanting and is replaced by an analogous tint or hue. It would be a rather nice bit of color adjustment which would result in a harmony superior to that of a careless grouping together of flowers gathered at random from any one of these three genera. But the theory that analogous colors harmonize is correct only when not carried to excess. Attempts to force deep-hued flowers into harmony often lead to contrary results. A range of color from crimson to ultramarine depends for its harmony upon the carefvil grading of intermediate hues. Such colors, in full force, might do violence to each other. It is tempting the hardness of d, diamond to pound it with a hammer. It is taxing crimson too heavily to expect it to show its beauty in the presence of strong violet! The effort should rather be to merge the individualities of the crimson and the purple flowers into a group and effect a play of color between the two. , The theory that colors at right angles on the wheel are discordant is also subject to some modification. U datively the right-angled colors must be crude and strong to affect the eye objectionably. Yellow and red in the rose is an agreeable color-combination. Yellow and red dahlias crowded together are certainly harsh and unneighborly. A country bouquet of asters, marigolds, fuchsias and dahUas is bad, because the country garden is not a part of it. Atmosphere, space, and a stretch of green fouage make a world of difference. It is wisest to try the effect of one color upon another before allowing two or three strong hues to wage war with each other. It will be found quickly that white is a peacemaker, and green is an invaluable mediator. With these colors at command, the chances of discord are reduced to a minimum. Everything also depends upon simplicity in color-combinations. It is questionable whether a combination of more than two colors can be ever esthetically a success. The adjustment of many colors needs the hand of an expert. The restriction of color in flowers. The very strict limitation of range in flower-colors demands careful study if it would be thoroughly under- stood. Augustin Pyramus de Candolle divided flower- colors into two classes, which he named xanthic (red, scarlet, orange, gold-orange, yellow, and green-yellow), and cyanic (green-blue, blue, ultramarine-violet, violet, purple, and red). Further, he explained, flowers of the , yellow (xanthic) series could pass into red or white but never into blue, and those of the blue (cyanic) series could pass into red or white but never into yellow. The theory is correct but it requires both modification and revision. Gold-orange must evidently displace yellow, and ultramarine-violet displace blue as series names; furthermore, the passage into red should not exceed scarlet-red in the xanthic series,, or crimson-red in the cyanic series. Pure red logically should be the zero point between the two divisions, and not be included in either unless connected by analogous hues. Gold-orange and ultramarine-violet are respectively the typcrcolors of the two series because each occupies a median position with egual influence on either hand. Red, occupying the median position between the two series, should and does exercise an equal influence on both; a casual glance at the chromatic scale demon- strates the fact. Neither the xanthic nor the cyanic series can exclusively claim the respective yellow and blue in absolute purity, for the cogent reason that among flowers yellow is associated with both these divisions, and a true blue scarcely appears at all. Further, if pure red is the zero point between the two series, then the consistent red of the xanthic order is scarlet-red, and that of the cyanic order is crimson- red; a pure red or pure yellow flower^ therefore, con- sistently belongs to either order according to its xanthic or cyanic congeners. The best proofs of the above statements are to be found among the flowers themselves. Asters belong to the cyanic group, but there is no blue aster. Tropaeo- lums belong to the xanthic group, but there is no pure yellow nasturtium; there are, however, ultramar-ine- violet asters and gold-yellow nasturtiums. There is a pure yellow, a golden orange, but no white marigold (Tagetes) ; the . species is xanthic. The family Cru- • ciferae is cyanic; it includes pure yellow, deeper yellow, and magenta flowers. The genus Hyacinthus is cyanic; it includes no blue flower, but many which are purple, violet, cyanic red, and modified yellow. Viola tricolor is cyanic; it includes a strong yellow along with intense purple and violet-ultramarine flpwers. The genus Zinnia is xanthic, it includes no true yellow flower but many which range through all reds into cyanic crimson. The genus Rosa is cyanic; its flowers range from pure red to magenta^crimson, develop a strong, modified yellow, fuse yellow with crimson, but never approach the xanthic gold-orange. The genus Chrysanthemum is xanthic; its flowers include all yellows, skip pure orange and scarlet, and range from scarlet-red 'to cyanic red- crimson. Species belonging to the cyanic group invariably pro- duce white flowers which have an albino origin. Spe- cies of the xanthic order produce white flowers which are not albinos but which invariably displace flowers of some strong, pure xanthic hue. For example, geraniums are white, red, scarlet, and pink, but never gold-orange or golden yellow. Carnations are white, red, and car- dinal-red, but never scarlet, or orange. Chrysanthe- XXIX. Cranberry-picking in a New Jersey bog. COLOR COLUMNEA 833 mums are yellow, white, and pink, but never orange or scarlet. Dahlias are scarlet, red, crimson-red, and even pure yellow, but never pure gold-orange, or orange. It is perfectly evident from the foregoing examples that the range in a given genus, or species, is limited to what may be termed the swing of a pendulum upon the chromatic scale (Fig. 1038). The swing may extend over a quarter of the dial, rarely it does more. If it happens that two colors are developed, like violet and yellow, it will still be found that there is but one pen- dulum-swing and not two. Violet wiU be associated with contiguous hues, but yellow will be developed quite alone. This, it is reasonable to beUeve, is direct evidence of a dual or treble origin of color in a flower group. Yel- low cannot be evolved from violet, or vice versa. Necessarily, if white appears in a xanthic group, it must have evolved alone and independent of any color- range in that ^oup. Undoubtedly the range of con- titTious colors itself has evolved from a median hue which has spread out, fanlike, in graded variations within strict limits. Naturally, such statements con- flict with the old theory that all flowers were originally yellow, but they are not inimical to the idea that the earlier ones might have been yellow, and later ones magenta, violent ultramarine, scarlet, and gold-orange. It is important to keep in mind the fact that a steam- boat is not evolved from a locomotive. It is further evident that yellow belongs quite as little to the xanthic as it does to the cyanic series, or, to put it more strongly, it belongs to neither. Its origin, independent of any "range," was undoubtedly the elimination of blue from chlorophyll. Hence, it is not surprising to find it in some modified form associa- ted with both series, and in the cyanic series isolated. The flora of the northeastern United States is essen- tially cyanic. Twenty-one per cent is yellow, 21 per cent magenta and 22 per cent white; the remainder is 8 per cent xanthic and 28 per cent cyanic — the last mostly pink and light violet. The record is significant and points directly either to an arrested color develop- ment, or to a depauperate color condition in an inclem- ent region; the former seems the more likely. An aggre- gation of cyanic-flowered plants are found in the north temperate zone, and of xanthic-flowered plants in the torrid zone. Color activity. Color results from a play of light upon a surface which rejects or absorbs certain rays. It is a significant fact that the red end of the spectrum comprehends those hues which are produced by the caloric rays of the sun, and the violet end those hues which are pro- duced by the actinic rays. It is not surprising there- tore that the coloring of vegetation is intense, and that xanthic flowers predominate under the equator. A separation of cyanic and xanthic flowers follows almost identically the thermal lines which band the great con- tinents of the northetn hemisphere, cyanic color pre- vailing north, and xanthic color south of the line marking 80° F. In a word, xanthic flowers belong to a very warm, and cyanic flowers to a temperate or cold climate. That they should become mixed in a narrow zone between the extremes is only natural; the rule, therefore, is in no way compromised thereby. That yellow, too, should appear in both cyanic and xanthic groups is not at all surprising. In the spectrum it holds a median position between the red and the violet ends; it is neither a hot nor a cold color, and has con- sequently evolved from its primitive condition as a constituent of the green in chlorophyll under any and all temperatures. That is the only way to account for its isolation when connected with cyanic groups. It would appear, then, that magenta, violet, and ultramarines, together with gold-orange, orange, and red, are primitive colors quite as well as yellow and white. In what order they appeared upon the earth in the petals of flowers, it would be difficult to determine, but it is reasonable to think they appeared as original colors, in weak, perhaps, but absolute purity. Other- wise, the remarkable limitation of color-range must be accounted for by a less logical theory. Upset this hmitation, and attempts to produce a blue rose, yellow aster, white nasturtium, or green carnation, should prove successful. Recognize the Hmitation, and the futility of such attempts becomes at once apparent, and the possibility of improving existing "strains" of color is iUimitable. At some time or other in the distant past the law of Umitations fixed the range of flower-colors; no new law of elasticity has since developed to remove the boundaries and thus aid the floriculturist in his ambition to produce what would prove to be a mere novelty. p, Schutleb Mathews. COLTSFOOT: Tuasilago Farfara. Sweet coltafoot is Petasitea, formerly called Nardosma. COLUMBINE: AqmUgia. COLQUHOUNIA (after Sir Robert Colquhoun). Labi&tx. Tender plants with dense whorls of gaping fls. an inch long or more, colored scarlet and yellow. Erect or twining shrubs, woolly in all parts when young: Ivs. large, crenate: whorls few-fld., axillary or crowded into a terminal spike or raceme; corolla-tube incurved, the throat inflated. — Two Asian species. Prop, by cuttings of growing tips, in sandy soil, under glass in summer. coccinea, Wall. Tall chmber, with very long branches, 8-10 ft.: Ivs. stalked, ovate-acuminate, 3-5 in. long, crenate, dark green above, roughish, typically with scarcely any wooUiness except when young: corolla twice as long as the calyx. B.M. 4514. — C. tomentdsa, Houll., is probably identical. The dense woolliness is perhaps temporary. R.H. 1873 : 130 shows a handsome terminal spike in addition to axillary clusters, contain- ing about 20 fls. — Apparently not advertised, but probably as worthy as the next. vesiita, Wall. Very smilar to C. coccinea, except that it is a low-growing, erect plant, and more densely and permanently woolly on the St., calyx and under side of Ivs., which are eUiptic or elliptic-ovate and cordate. — Cult, out- doors at Santa Barbara, Calif., where it may be used for the wild garden as it is perfectly hardy. Not of much horticul- tural value. N. Taylor, t COLUMNEA (after Columna or Colonna, Italian writer on plants, sixteenth century). Ges- nerdcex. Tropical Ameri- can shrubs and climbers, sometimes grown under glass in choice collec- tions. Flowers widely gap- ing, showy, often 2 in. long: Ivs. opposite, nearly equal or widely unlike: fls. solitary or numerous, axillary, stalked or not, without bracts or with bracts in an involucre; corollas scarlet, carmine or yel- lowish. — A group of 100 1039. Colunmea gloriosa. ( X H) 834 COLUMNEA COMANDRA species of which half a dozen mostly red- or orange- fid., are cult, abroad and may be known to a few fanciers at home, but are not advertised by the dealers. They are warmhouse evergreens requiring the treatment of Trichosporum (^schynanthus). SchiedeSna, Schlecht. The best known species. It has handsome scarlet fls. 2 in. long, sometimes varie- gated with yellow. It is an herbace- ous climber from Mex. B.M. 4045. P.M. 9:31. gloridsa, Sprague. Fig. 1039. An epiphytic perennial herb: Ivs. ovate or ovate-oblong: fls. axillary, soUtary, scarlet and yellow. Costa Rica. B. M. 8378. C. gWyra, Oerst, var. mdjor. Fla. scarlet; stamens, white. Costa Rica. — C. magnifica, Klotzsch & Hanst. Corolla bright scarlet; tube inflated about the middle. Coata Rica. G.C. III. 43:66.— C. Oeretediina, Klotzsch. Epiphytic imdershrub or herb: fls. scarlet. Costa Rica. B.M. 8344. jq^ Taylob t COLUTEA (Koloutea, ancient Greek name). Legumindsse. Bladder Senna. Shrubs grown chiefly for their attractive yellow or brownish red flowers and the ornamental bladder-like pods. Deciduous, with alternate, odd- pinnate Ivs.: Ifts. many, rather small; stipules small: fls. papilionaceous, in axillary, few-fld., long-peduncled ra- cemes, yellow to brownish red; calyx campanulate, 5-toothed; standard suborbicular with 2 swellings above the claw; 9 stamens connate, 1 free: pod inflated, bladder -like, many- seeded. — About 15 species in the Medit. region to Abyssinia and Hima- layas. Ornamental free - flowering plants of rapid growth, with pale green or glaucous foliage and yellow or brownish red fls. during summer, followed by large, usually reddish- colored and decorative pods. They grow in almost any soil, but prefer a tolerably dry and sunny position; not quite hardy N., the hardiest being C. arborescens. — Prop, by seeds sown in spring or by cuttings of mature wood inserted in fall in sandy soil; rarer species and varieties are some- times grafted on C. arborescens in spring under glass. A. Fls. yellow: pod closed at the apex. arborescens, Linn. Fig. 1040. Shrub, to 16 ft. : Ifts. 9-13, elliptic, dull green, mucronulate, usually sUghtly pubescent beneath, J^-1 in. long: fls. 3-8, about Min- long; wings nearly as long as the keel, flat. June- Sept. S. Eu., N. Afr., N. B.M. 81.— Lvs. have cathartic properties. Var. crispa, Kirchn. Dwarf, with crisped lvs. Var. bull&ta, Rehd. (C buUAta, Hort.). Dwarf and compact: Ifts. 5-7, obovate or nearly orbicu- lar and somewhat bullate. cilfcica, Boiss. (C longialAta, Koehne. C. melano- cilyx, Hort., not Boiss.). Shrub: Ifts. bluish green, usually 11, oval or broadly ovate, rounded or truncate and mucronulate at the apex, J^-%in. long: fls. bright yellow, 3-6, about %m.. long; wmgs longer than the keel. June-Aug. Asia Minor. G.C. III. 16:155. AA. Fls. orange-yellow or brownish red; wings short&r than the keel. media, Willd. Shrub, to 10 ft.: Ifts. 7-13, obovate, grayish green or glaucous, J^-%in. long, nearly gla- brous: fls. 3-6, orange or reddish yellow, the standard with brownish markings: pod closed at the apex. June- Sept. — Probably hybrid of garden origin between C. arborescens and the following, often cult, imder the names of the following species. orientWs, Mill. (C cru&nta, Ait.). Shrub, to 6 ft.: Kts. 7-11, obovate, glaucous, thickish, J^-^in. lone,' nearly glabrous: fls. 3-5, reddish yel- low or brownish red : pod open at the apex. June-Sept. S. E. Eu., Orient. — Often cult, under the name of C. hale- pica or C. istria. C. brevialita, Lange. Shrub, to 4 ft.; Ifts, usually 11, oval, J^-?iin. long: fls. 2-6, yellow; wings much shorter than keel. S. France. — C. grdcilia, Freyn & Sintenis. Lfts. usually 11, obovate, Ji-Jiin. long: fls. 2-5, yellow, with the wings almost as long as the keel. Turk- estan. — C. istria. Mill. (C. halepica, Lam. C. Pocockii, Ait.). To 4 ft.: Ifts. glaucous, small and numerous; fls. yellow, nearly 1 in. long; wing longer than the keel. — C. nepalinaia, Hook. Similar to C. arbor- escens: racemes drooping. B.M. 2622. B.R. 1727. Tender. AliPBBD RbHDEB. COLViLLEA (after Sir Charles Colville, governor of Mauritius). Legumir nbsx. Showy - flowered tropical tree, a worthy rival of the royal poin- ciana, which is closely allied, but easily distin- guished, especially by its round and fuU, not flat, legume. Colvillea has drooping racemes, IJ^ ft. long, densely crowded with per- haps 200 fls. of curious shape and of a splendid scarlet; the fls. open at the st. end of the pendent dense raceme, and display masses of long showy yellow stamens; the unopened fls. are about the size and shape of a filbert, and these are gradually smaller towards the end of the raceme. — Only 1 species, characterized by its large, oblique, colored calyx, having 4 segms., the standard be- ing the smallest instead of the largest part; wings very long, narrow^ erect, obovate: pod 2-valved. — Supposed to be a native of E. Air., but discovered in 1824 by Bojer on the west coast of Madagascar, where a singje tree was cult, by the natives. It flowered there in April or May. Its cult, is similar to that of cesalpinia. Prop, in the S. only by seeds. Not common in cult, outside of botanic gardens and fanciers' collections. racemdsa, Bojer. Tree, 40-50 ft. high, with the general aspect of Poindana regia but with a thicker trunk and ampler foliage: branches very long and spreading: lvs. about 3 ft. long, alternate, remote, twice pinnate, with 20-30 pairs of pinnse which are opposite, 4 in. long, and have 20-28 pairs of lfts., each }^in. long: keel very small, almost covered by the wings; free stamens 10, 3 inserted below the standard, 2 under the wings, 1 under the keel, and 4 under the ovary. B.M. 3325-6. Wilhelm Miller. COMANDRA (name alludes to the hairs in the fl.). Santalacem. Perhaps a half-dozen leafy herbs or sub- shrubs, one in Eu., and the others in N. Amer., more or less parasitically attached to the roots of other giants, one or two of which may be of interest to orticulturists. Lvs. alternate, ahnost sessile: fls- whitish or greenish, small, perfect, in terminal cymes or umbellate panicles; calyx 4-5-cleft, lined or constricted COMANDRA COMMELINA 835 1041. Comandra umbellata. (XH) above the ovary, and the tube sometimes conspicu- ously continued to a neck or top on the fr. ; petals want- ing; stamens of same number as caJyx-lobes, the anthers connected by hairs to the calyx-lobes: fr. nut-like or drupe-like. C. umbellate, Nutt. (Fig. 1041), 6-18 in. high, in dry mostly open ground in the eastern states, is an attractive plant when allowed to ^ spread naturally in ; patches in "waste p 1 ac e s : rootstock not showing above ground (C. Rickard- si&na, Fern., has a superficial root- stock) : Ivs. thin, ob- long, pale beneath: fls. whitish. L. H. B. COMAS£lLA: Po- tenliUa, comarostAphy- LIS : Arclostaphylos^ COMARUM (an old Greek name). Rosdtcex. One spe- cies aUied to Poten- tilla, and often re- ferred to that genus but differing in the lateral style un- known inPotentUIa. C. palustre, Linn. {Potenlllla paMslris, Scop.), the marsh cinquefoil, is a decumbent herb growing in swales in the northern states (also in the Old World), with pinnate, 5-7-foliolate Ivs. (Ifts. dentate), and solitary or cymose purple fls. J^in. across: petals shorter than the calyx-lobes, acute; stamens numerous. An odd and interesting but not showy plant, sometimes planted in bogs. Mn. 3:97. — The fr. somewhat resembles a strawberry, but is spongy instead of juicy. In some parts of Scotland^ it is said to be called cow- berry and is rubbed on the inside of milk-pails to thicken the milk. C. Salesdvii, Bimge (Poteniilla Salesoviana Steph.), of the Himalayan rigion and Thibet, 11,000-14,000 ft. alti- tude, is a suffruticose silky-hairy plant worthy of cult., but little known in gardens: Ivs. pinnate; Ifts. 7-9, oblong, obtuse, crenate- serrate: fls. white, in an ample paniculate cyme. Probably better placed in Potentilla. B.M. 7258. N. TATLOR.t COMBRETTJM (old Latin name). Com- bret&cese. Tropical shrubs and trees, many of which are cUmbers by means of the persistent leaf-stalks. Leaves mostly opposite, in some species verticUlate in 3's or 4's, entire: fls. in spikes or racemes, polygamous; calyx bell- shaped; petals usually 4; stamens usually 8: fr. winged and indehiscent, 1-seeded. — ^A genus of 250 species from Asia, Afr. and Amer., particularly S. Afr. The combretums are warmhouse plants, Uttle known in this country. Prop, by cuttings of firm wood. One chmbing species is in the American trade: C. coccfneum, Lam. (C. purpiireum, Vahl. Poivrea cocdnea, DC.), from Madagascar. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, evergreen: fls. small, bril- Uant red, the long-exserted stamens forming the chief feature of beauty; the handsome loose spikes often in panicles; parts of the fl. in lO's. B.M. 2102. L.B.C. 6:563. — Handsome. C. bvtryosum yields a butter-like substance, used by the Kafirs as food. C. sundaicum in recent years has attained some prominence as a reputed anti-opium remedy. n. TATLOB.t COMFREY: Symphytum. COMMELInA (bears the name of early Dutch botanists). Also written Commelyiia. Commelindcese. Day-Flower. Perennial or annual herbs, of which a very few are cultivated in the open or under glass for their interesting flowers. Upright, spreading or procumbent, usually more or less succulent, often rooting at the joints: lvs. alternate, sessile or short-petioled, clasping the St., a If. subtend- ing the sessile n.-cluster and forming a clasping folded spathe: fls. opening for a day, mostly blue (varying to white and rose), irregular; outer perianth parts (calyx) 3, colored, 2 of them somewhat united; inner parts (petals) 3, one of them small and 2 broad and with long claws; stamens usually 6, but only 3 of them fer- tile; filaments not hairy: fr. a 2-3-celled caps, on a recurved pedicel. — Nearly or quite 100 species, in warm regions around the globe, a few of them reaching cool-temperate cUmates. The cult, species are peren- nials. The hothouse species appear not to be offered in this country or to be much cult. AlUed to Trades- cantia and Zebrina. Commelinas are mostly of easy culture, thriving well in any hght rich soil. The evergreen stove and greenhouse species are readily propagated in March or AprU by cuttings inserted in an ordinary propagating- bed and kept close for a few days, while the tuberous- rooted half-hardy herbaceous species may be propa- gated either by division of the tubers or by seeds sown in a frame early in April and afterwards transplanting the seedlings in the herbaceous border. In the fall, they should be lifted and the tubers stored away in the same manner as dahlias. Of the tuberous-rooted species, C. ccsles- tis is perhaps the best, its bright blue flowers being very effec- tive, especially when planted in masses. (Edward J. Canning.) A. Plant hardy in the open. nudifldra, Linn. (C Sellowii, Walp. C. Sellowiana, Schlecht.). Creeping, rooting at the joints, glabrous or practically so: lvs. lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, acute or acuminate, the If.- sheaths often ciliate: spathe-lf. acute or acuminate, broad at base, petioled: fls. few in each cluster, J^in. or less across, blue: caps. 3-ceUed and 5-seeded. N. J. southward and widely dis- persed in other parts of the world. — Some- times offered as an outdoor plant. A rose- colored form is re- ported. rn mm ftnis, Linn. Much Uke the last and often confused with it: more erect and less rooting at joints: fls. larger: caps. 2-celled and 4-seeded. N. Y. southward, and widely distributed; perhaps an intro. from Asia. 836 COMMELINA CONANDRON AA. Plant tender or only half-hardy. tuberdsa, Linn. Diffuse and branching, from a tuberous root: Ivs. narrow-lanceolate, 2-3 in. long: spathe-lf. cordate-ovate to lanceolate, conduplicate, more or less hairy; sheaths pubescent: fls. rich blue. Mts. of Mex. — ^The plant sold xmder this name is recommended as a free-flowering border plant in Eng- land, the tubers to be lifted in autumn and stored in dry sand for the winter. ccslestis, Willd. Fig. 1042. Erect, root more or less tuberous, 10-18 in. high, branching, with clasping, long, broad-lanceolate pointed Ivs. and blue fls. (2-10 together) on elongating axillary pubescent peduncles: spathe-lf. ovate, folded; sheaths ciliate. Mts. of Mex. — Rims into several forms. Var. dlba, Hort., has white fls. Var. varieg&ta, Hort., has fls. blue and white. C. ccslestis is a half-hardy plant, in the N. requiring protection of a greenhouse, although it may be planted out. Prop, by seed, cuttings and tubers. L. H. B. C0MPAR£TTIA (Andreas Comparetti, 1746-1811, Italian botanist). Orchiddcese. A small group of graceful epiphytes. Pseudobulbs, 1-3-lvd.: racemes simple or branched; fls. small, lateral sepals united in a single piece, length- ened at the base into a conspicuous horn; lateral petals converging; labeUum large, produced into a double spur, which is hidden in the horn made by the sepals; column free, semi-teretej erect; poUinia 2. — Four spe- cies, Mex. to Brazil. Grown on blocks or in baskets in a light intermediate or warmhouse. cocclnea, Lindl. Pseudobulbs small, bearing lanceo- late, coriaceous Ivs., purple beneath: racemes several- fld.; fls. 1 in. across: petals and sepals light yellow, mar- gined orange-red, labellum large, broader than long, crimson. Brazil. B.R. 24:68. I.H. 13:472. falcElta, Poep. et Endl. (C. rdsea, Lindl.). Similar in habit to C. coccinea: fls. 1 in. across, deep crimson; labellum broad; racemes pendent. Peru. B.M. 4980. A.F. 6:609. Lind. 4:163. F.S. 2:109. macroplectron, Reichb. f. Fls. 10 or more, 2 in. across, dorsal sepal whitish, often spotted with purple; midlobe of labellum cleft, suborbicular^ magenta-rose, dotted at the angled base; spurs conspicuous. Colom- bia. B.M. 6679. Var. punctatissima, Hort.,. has the fls. copiously rose-spotted. CO. 1. George V. NASH.f COMPASS PLANT: Silphium. COMPOST. Mixed and rotted vegetable matter, particularly manure and litter, used as a fertilizer and amendment. The mixture of bulky fertiUzing materials known as compost, while of Uttle importance to the general farmer, plays an important part in garden practices. Many of the garden crops must be made in a very short time, or are of dehcate feeding habits. Their food, therefore, must be easily assimilable. It is good practice to pile all coarse mantires, sods, weeds, or any rubbish available for the purpose, in big flat heaps (Fig. 1043), to ferment and rot before being applied to the garden soil. If desired, chemical manures, especially super- phosphate (dissolved bone or South Carolina rock) and potash (muriate or kainit), may be added to make the compost the richer. By spading or forking the heaps over a few times at reasonable intervals, a homo- geneous mass is easily obtained, which can be applied in greatest Uberality without fear, or more sparingly, in accordance with the needs of the particular crop. Of equal, if not still greater importance, is the compost heap which gives soil for greenhouse benches, flats, hotbeds and coldframes. This compost is principally made of sods shaved off a rich pasture or meadow and piled in alternate layers with stable manure, more of the latter being used for forcing succulent crops, and less in growing plants which should be short and stocky, Hke cabbage or tomato plants. Garden htter may be added to the pUe, as leaves and trimmings. All com- post heaps, during dry weather, need frequent and thorough moistening with water, or, better, with liquid manure. Turn several times during the year, to ensure thorough rotting of the materials. t^ Gbeiner COMPTERIS. The only pubhshed reference to this generic name and species is in G.C. III. 29: May 21, 1901, suppl. 2, where its introduction to cultivation by L. Lmden is noted. The name Compteris may be a cor- ruption, or the plant may have been a young form of some known form. The description below is quoted from The Gardeners' Chronicle. C. Brazzaiina, Hort. Intro, in Eu. about 1900, as a remarkably distinct large fern with long bipinnate fronds narrow at base and broad across the middle and tapering to a narrow point; barren pinnse oval or oblong and simple; fertile pinnse distinctly lobed. R. C. Benedict. COMPTONIA (Henry Compton, Bishop of Lon- don, patron of horticulture, died 1713). Myric&cese. A small native shrub, useful for covering banks and to grow on sterile sandy and stony soil. 1043. A compost heap. The genus is allied to Myrica, and by some not regarded as sufficiently different in botanical characters to Justify separate generic rank: branching brown- twigged bush, dioecious or monoecious, with globular fertile catkins, the 1-celled ovary surrounded by 8 linear persistent scales or bractlets: Ivs. long-oblong, pinnatifid: fr. a bur-like axillary head of few small nuts. The only species is C. asplenif5Ua, Gasrtn. (C. pere- ffrina, Coulter. Myricaasplenifdlia, Lmn.) Sweet lisN. In dry, sterile soil in the E. and N. U. S.; also in the trade. It is an attractive undershrub (1-3 ft.) with fern-like, scented foliage and brownish heads of imperfect fls.: roots long and cord-like: staminate cat- kins 1 in. or less long, slender, in clusters at the ends of the branchlets. l_ jj. g. CONANDRON (cone-shaped anther). Gesneriacex. Almost stemless herb with radical glabrous rugose Ivs. Differs from Streptocarpus, its nearest horticul- tural relative, in having a straight, not twisted pod. For cult, see Streptocarpus. It should be grown in shade and is hardy only south of N. C. C. ramondioides, Sieb. & Zucc, of Japanese moun- tains, is the only species. It is an interesting little tuberous-rooted herb, with oblong, rugose, irrej^larly toothed root-lvs. and scapes bearing 6-12 white or purple, dodecatheon-like fls. : cymes nodding or droop- ing pubescent; corolla 1 in. diam.: seeds very minute. CONANDRON B.M. 6484. — This is one of several groups of rare and widely scattered herbs, of which Ramondia, Haberlea, Wulfenia, Didymocarpus, Shortia and Schizocodon are examples. Conandron is adapted to growing in shady rockeries. Scapes less than 1 ft. high. Little known in cult., but is in the trade. j^ Taylor, t CONE-FLOWER: R-udbeckia. Purple Cone-Flower: Echinacea. CONGfeA (from an East Indian vernacular name). Verbendcex. A few species of climbing shrubs in Burma and the Malayan peninsula: Ivs. opposite and entire: fls. in peduncled capitate cymes which are combined in large terminal panicles, the bracts at the base of the cyme-peduncles large and often showy; calyx fuimel- form, 5-toothed; corolla-tube slender, seldom much exceeding the calyx, usually hairy in the throat, 2-lipped, the upper lip of 2 narrow upright lobes and the lower of 3 shorter broader lobes; stamens 4, ex- serted; ovary incompletely 2-celled: fr. a small roundish nearly dry drupe. C. tomentdsa, Roxbg., is grown in India and is said to be suitable for growing in a stove or warm conservatory in Britain: a strong climber, conspicuous for the pink and changing tints of the large elliptic persistent bracts in the loose woody terminal panicles: Ivs. 3 in. long, ovate-acute, soft-hairy beneath: corolla white; calyx hairy. Burma. G.C. III. 54:399. — Evergreen: infl. retained for several weeks. Allied to Petrsea volubilis. CONIFERS: Arboriculture. CONIOGRAMME (Greek, dust-line). Formerly Dictyogramma. Polypodidcese. A few Japanese and Pacific island ferns, with naked sori, which follow the course of the free or reticulated veins. The species are sometimes referred to Gymnogramma. Strong-grow- ing indoor-ferns, useful for specimen plants. japdnica, Diels. Lvs. simply pinnate or bipinnate at the base, 1 J^2 ft. high, the pinnse 6-12 in. long and an inch wide; sori extending from the midrib to the edge. Japan and Formosa. — Also known as Gymno- gramma japonica. An interesting fern of rather strong growth, and very distinct in appearance. Grows best in a moderate temperature — for example, 65-60° — and requires an open and well-drained soil of peaty character. ji_ C. BENBDiCT.f CONIUM (Sreek name). Umbelllferss. Two weedy biennial plants, widely distributed. C. maculatum, Linn., is the poison hemlock, "by which," as Gray writes, "criminals and philosophers were put to death at Athens." It is a rank, much-branched European herb which has run wild in E. N. Amer., and whirh has been offered in the trade as a border plant. It is bien- nial, rank-smelling, and poisonous, and is scarcely worth cult, although the finely cut dark foliage is highly ornamental. It grows from 2-4 ft. high, and has large umbels of small white fls. See Poisonous Plants. In North America the word hemlock is used for the hemlock spruce, Tsuga. _ CONOCEPHALUS (Greek, cone head). One of the liverworts (Marchantiacese), with broad flat forking evergreen thaJlus, growing on moist banks, like a moss. C. cdnicus, Dumort., is sometimes offered by collectors as a cover for rockeries, but can scarcely be said to be a cultivated plant. CONOCLfNIUM: Evpatorium. CONOPHALLUS (name refers to the cone-shaped mflorescence). Ar&cese. A name proposed by Schott for certain aroids, but now made a section of Amor- phophallus. C. Konjac, Koch., is Amorphophallus Rivieri vax. Konjac, Engler. The great tuber is much grown in Japan for the making of flour (see Georgeson, A.G.13:79). Am,orphophallv^ Rivieri is figured on p. CONSERVATORY ■831 ■1 276, Vol. I.; also in R.H. 1871, p. 573; and in B.M; ' 6195 (as Proleinophallus Revieri). Konjak is offered by importers of Japanese plants. CONSERVATORY. Primarily a glasshouse in which plants that have been brought to perfection — usually in other greenhouses — are to be placed for display or to be kept in condition. The conservatory should be as near the residence as possible; if not an architectural unit of the house, it may be connected by a corridor or pergola. The size of a conservatory depends of course upon the require- ments or taste of the family; some are as small as 6 by 10 feet, while others are as large as 35 by 75. The aspect or side of the dwelling best suited to a conserva- tory is on the east, and preferably against a gable, so that sliding snow from the roof of the dwelling will not give trouble. If this is not convenient, the glass roof of the conservatory must be protected with snow- guards. A lean-to house is subject to great fluctuations if placed against the south side. Since much attention has been given to the build- ing of conservatories within the past few years, they can now be made attractive in architectural design, and at the same time supply the best possible condi- tions for the well-being of the plants. A curvilinear roof is usually more attractive and is better for the plants than a flat roof, but abundant ventilation must be pro- vided. The roof glass should be ground or, frosted, as plants remain in flower much longer under a subdued .» hght than when exposed to direct sunlight. Even . " ground glass is not sufficient in summer, some shading being required; roller shades are hard to adjust and not altogether practicable; whitewash apphed to the glass outside is unsightly and damages the painted wooden strips in which the glass is laid. The following has been found to be an excellent shading mixture: Sixteen ounces white lead, thirty-eight ounces turpentine, two ounces linseed oil; apply to the glass outside with an ordinary paint-brush. The advantages of this mix- ture are that it is not unsightly, is easily applied, and wears off as winter comes on. The heating of a conservatory is an important mat- ter, since even night temperatures must be maintained as in other greenhouses. This can easily be arranged if the dwelling is heated by hot water, which is the best for any conservatory; but with steam or hot air it is more difficult; if possible when these methods of heating the dwelling are used, a separate small hot- water system should be installed for the conservatory. The temperature at which conservatories are to be kept depends upon the plants grown in them. Pahns, ferns, orchids and ornamental-leaved plants generally require a night temperature of about 60°. Flowering plants, such as chrysanthemums, azaleas, primulas and bulbs, do better in a temperature of 45° to 50° at night with a rise of 15° to 20° for both classes of jjlants by day before opening the ventilators, and these, in winter especially, must be opened with caution, admitting the outside air very sparingly. The floor of a conservatory may be of tiles and the interior may be arranged with rugs and easy chairs in the center with the plants arranged on tables around the outside or over the heating-pipes. The catalogues of the principal greenhouse builders show some very artistic arrangements, both inside and outside. A conservatory is often a part of a commercial green- house establishment, being in effect the display house or room into which interesting and perfected plants are brought for inspection; and in large cities conserv- atories are often attached to florists' stores, not only as n^ a display house but because plants will keep in much better health and condition for a much longer time than in the ordinary conditions of the florist's store; but commonly the word is used as above to designate an adjunct to a home. Edward J. Canning. 838 CONVALLARIA CONVOLVULUS CONVALLARIA (old name Ldlium convallium, derived .. from convallis, a valley) . Ldlidcex. Lily-op-the- Val- ley. A dainty herb, much prized for its erect racemes of white delicately-scented flowers; perennial. Leaves radical, from a horizontal rootstock, produc- ing upright parts or pips (Fig. 1044) : fls. white (some- times pink-tinged), small and short-bell-shaped, with short blunt recurved lobes, nodding, in a short, radical, raceme (Fig. 1045), the stamens 6 included, style 1 (Fig. 1046) : fr. a globular small few-seeded red berry. — Commonly considered to be only one species, native in Asia, Eu., and in the higher mts., Va. to S. C; of several similar races or types. Lily-of-the-valley is much prized for its delicate, sweet-scented flowers. The rhizome and roots are sold in drug-stores: they are poisonous in large doses; in small doses used as a heart tonic. The plant is popu- larly supposed to be the one referred to m the Sermon on the Mount, but this is not to be determined. It is essentially a shade -loving plant. The species is C. ma- j&lis, Linn. Lvs. oblong or oval, thick and persisting till autumn, forming a dense sod, Clane, with more or less loom : racemes 5-10 in. high : berry Jiin. diam. R.H. 1886: 84. Gn. 47, p. 179; 52:182 and p. 319 (the latter in fruit). A.F. 13:402. Gng. 5:56-7. F.R.2:4. G.C. IIL 23 : 149 (var. ffrandiflora). Lowe, 42 (var variegata). The plant is hardy, and is easily grown in partially shaded places and moder- ately rich ground. Old beds are liable to run out. The roots and runners become crowded, and few good flower- stems are produced. It is best to replant the beds every few years with vigorous fresh clumps, which have been grown for the purpose in some out-of-the-way place. Five or six strong pips, with their side growths, planted close together, will form a good clump in two years if not allowed to spread too much. The. mats of clean foliage make attractive carpets under trees and in other shady places. If the bed is made rich and top-dressed every fall, it may give good results for four or five years; and Elants in such beds thrive in full sunshine. One form as prettily striped foliage, very ornamental in the early part of the season. Lilies-of-the-valley bloom early in spring. They run wild in many old yards, in cemeteries, and along shady road-sides. There are double-flowered forms; also one (var. prolificans) with racemes 2 feet long. (J. B. KeUer.) For culture as a florist's flower, see Lily-of-ihe- valley. Recent studies of this genus by E. L. Greene, have distinguished 3 other species: C. japdnica, Greene, representing the Japanese form of the plant: rootstock very short and stout: lvs. 2 only, sub- equal, elliptic, cuspidately acute, bright green with no trace of bloom on either surface: peduncle short, about equaling the bases of the lvs.; raceme few-fld., the bracts small, ovate-lanceolate; perianth widely opening, broadly bell-shaped or almost saucer- shaped; stamens large, very short, the very obtuse anthers longer than the filaments. — C. glabdaa^ Greene. Herbage light green, without trace of bloom: lvs. with a more fibrous and less fleshy anatomy than those of C. majalis, and of shorter duration, disap- pearing by the end of summer: perianth urn-shaped (not bell- shaped); stamens inserted about the middle of the perianth, extending horizontally (rather than vertically, as in C. majalis). Probably N. C, but described from plants growing in a wild gar- den in Washington, D. C; later-blooming than 0. majalis. — C. majHsculaj Greene. Differs from 0. majalis in its very large light green lvs., which have no trace of bloom and an excessively fibrous anatomy which makes the growing If. to look plicate; more than ward. L. H. B. 1044. Lily-of-the-valley pip. CONVOLVULUS (Latin, convolvo, to entwine). Con- volvuldcese. Includes Calystkgia. Bindweed. Annual and perennial herbs, grown mostly in the open; some are twiners. Sometimes suffrutescent, twining, traiUng, erect or as- cending, with filiform, creeping rootstocks: lvs. petiolate, en- tire, toothed or lobed, gener- ally cordate or sagittate: fls. axillary, solitary or loosely cymose, mostly opening only in early morning; corolla cam- Eanulate or funnelform, the mb plaited, 5-angled, 6-lobed or entire. — A genus of about 175 species, widely distributed in temperate and tropical regions. Convolvulus and Calystegia are no longer kept separate. As Convolvulus Sepium is the type of both genera, they are therefore synonymous. When the fls. of C. occidentalis are borne singly, the calyx bracts are broad and Calystegia^Uke; when borne in clusters the bracts are greatly reduced. The species thrive in a va- riety of soils without especial care. The greenhouse species do best in a soil with consider- able fiber. The hardy peren- nials are usually propagated by dividing the roots, other- wise by cuttings or seeds, the tender species preferably by cuttings. C. tricolor is the most important of the hardy annuals. It may also be started in the greenhouse, and makes an excellent plant for the hanging-basket. AU are vigorous growers, and may become troublesome weeds in some places if not kept within bounds. C japoni- cus and C. Sepium should be used with caution. This is the chief reason why the hardy perennials are not often found in well-kept gardens, except along wu:e fences or lattice screens, where the turf is laid up close so as to allow only a narrow border for the roots. The double-flowered form of C. japonicus is seen to best advantage in half-wild places, or on rocky banks, where shrubs make but a stunted growth. Here it will grow luxuriantly, forming graceful festoons from branch to branch, and covering the ground with a pretty mantle of green. (J. B. Keller.) C. purpureus, the conamon morning-glory, and many related species are to be found under Ipomcea. 1045. Kaceme of Lily-of-the-valley. (Natural size) 1046. Section of flower of lily-of-the-valley, laid open to show the parts. (X2) americanus, 8. aridjis, 4. atriplicifoliuSj 2. aureus superbus, Berryi^ 2. BinghamUey 4. californicus, 1. Cneorum, 8. compactus, 10. cycloategiitSt 4. deUoideuHy 2. gracilentus, 4. Greenei, 4. illecebrOBUB, 4. interior, 5. japonicus, 3. 11, lOTiffipes, 4. malacophj^Uus, 2. mauritanicus, 6. mtnor, 10. occidentalis, 4. oletefolius, 9. polymorphua, 4. pubescena, 3. purpuratus, 4. repens, 5. aaxicola, 2. Scammonia, 7. Sepium, 5. tricolor, 10. villoBui, 1. vittatus, 10. CONVOLVULUS CONVOLVULUS 839 A. Calyx with S membranaceous bracts at the base: peduncles usvaUy 1-fld. (Calystegia.) B. St. prostrate, 8 in. to 2 ft. high: peduncle usually shorter than the Ivs. 1. calif6micus, Choisy (C villdsus, Gray. Caly- stkgia villdsa, Kellogg). Plant densely white-villose tlffoughout: st. prostrate, scarcely twining: Ivs. slender- petioled, renif orm - hastate to sagittate, the upper acuminate, 1 in. or less long, the basal lobes often coarsely toothed: bracts oval or ovate, com- pletely inclosing the calyx: fls. cream-yellow, 1 in. long. Calif. — Perennial. 2. malacophyllus, Greene. Similar to the preceding but foliage velvety,or plushy pubescent. Calif. — Peren- nial. Other closely related Califomian species are C. saxHcola, Eastw., C. deltAdeus, Greene, C. Birryi, Eastw. and C. atri-plicijblius, House. BB. St. twining or trailing, 3-10 ft. high: peduncle exceeding the Ivs. 3. japdnicus, Thunb. [Calystkgia pubescens, Lindl.). California Rose. Fig. 1047. Hardy perennial herba- ceous twiner: growth very vigorous, often 20 ft.: whole plant more or less densely and minutely pubescent: Ivs. hastate, lanceolate, obtuse or broadly acute, with angular or rounded lobes at the base, variable, occasionally without lobes, rarely sharp lanceolate: fls. bright pink, 1-2 in. broad, produced freely during the summer months and remaining expanded for several days. Japan and E. Asia. The double form is now naturalized from S. E. N. Y. to D. C. and Mo. P.M. 13:243. F.S. 2:172. B.R. 32:42.— The double form is completely sterile, with narrow wavy petals, irregu- larly arranged, the outer somewhat lacerate. A valuable decorative plant for covering stumps and walls. In rich soil the roots spread rapidly, and will smother out all other plants unless confined in tubs. The Calystegia pubescens of Lindley has been wrongly referred to Ipomoea hederacea, but the two plants are very different, the former being perennial and the latter annual. See Journ. Hort. Soc. 1:70 (1846). The plant is commonly confounded with C. Septum. 4. occident&lis, Gray. Hardy perennial, herbaceous or with suffrutescent base: st. twining, several feet high, glabrous or minutely pubescent: Ivs. from angu- late-cordate, with a deep and narrow sinus, to lanceo- late-hastate, the posterior lobes often 1-2-toothed: peduncle 1-fld. or proliferously 2-3-fld., bracts ovate or lanceolate, usually completely inclosing the calyx, variable; corolla white or pinkish, 1-2 in. long; stig- mas linear. Dry hills, Calif. — Listed as early as 1881. An admirable plant for rockeries. Several related species are native also to Calif. : C. cyclostkgius. House, C. Bing- hamise, Greene, C. polymdrphus, Greene, C. Greinei, House, C. dridus, Greene, C. purpurdlus, Greene, C. illecebrdsus. House, C. gracilentus, Greene, and C. Idngi- pes, Wats. 5. SIpium, Linn. {CalystkgiaS'epium, K.'Br.). Rut- land Beauty. Fig. 1048. Perennialtrailer, 3-lOft.long, glabrous or minutely pubescent: Ivs. round-cordate to deltoid-hastate, the basal lobes divaricate, entire or angulate: fls. white, rose or pink, with white stripes. F.S. 8:826. B.M. 732. A.G. 12:638. Gn. 50:514.— A very variable species. Cosmopolitan in temperate regions. An insidious weed in moist soil. The native forms have been called C. interior, House, Rocky Mt. region; and C. americdnus, Greene, in the eastern states, but are difficult to distinguish. Var. repens, Gray (C. ripens, Linn.). Pubescent: sts. trailing or sprawling: the basal lobes of the Ivs. obtuse or rounded. Coastal region from Que. to Fla. AA. Calyx without bracts: peduncle 1-6-fld. {Eucon- volvulus.) B. St. prostrate, trailing, glabrous or minutely pubescent. 6. mauritfinicus, Boiss. Strong perennial roots: st. herbaceous, slender, prostrate, rarely branched, minutely villose: Ivs. alternate, round-ovate, obtuse, short- petioled: fls. blue to violet-purple, with a fighter throat, 1-2 in. across, very handsome. Afr. B.M. 5243. F.S. 21:2183. Gn. 39:52. — A free bloomer through the summer. On dry banks each plant forms a dense tuft which throws up many graceful shoots. Not hardy north of Philadelphia. 7. ScammSnia, Linn. Hardy perennial trailer, deciduous: st. angular, glabrous: Ivs. cordate-sagittate, gray-green, the lobes entire or dentate: sepals glabrous, ovate, obtuse; corolla white, creamy or fight pink. Asia Minor. — The large tap-roots supply the resinous cathartic drug scammony. BB. S/. erect or ascending, silky. 8. Cne6nun, Linn. St. shrubby,' half-hardy, 1-4 ft. high: Ivs. persistent, lanceolate or spatulate, siUcy g^ay: infl. a loose panicle, 1-6-fld.; fls. white or tinged with pink, borne freely during the summer. S. Eu. — Valuable as a pot-plant for greenhouse or window decoration, or trained to a warm wall. Confused with C. olexfolius. 9. oleaefolius, Desr. Tender perennial: Ivs. linear- lanceolate, acute, sfightly villose: fls. bright pink, borne freely in loose, umbefiate panicles in the summer. Greece. B.M. 289 (as C. linearis) . — Many plants now pass- ing as C. olesefolius are C. Cneorum. The latter may be distingmshed by its broader, blunter, silvery- villose Ivs., fighter-colored blossoms and taUer growth. 10. trfcolor, Linn. (C. minor, Hort.). Fig. 1049. Hardy annual: st. trailing, ascending 6-12 in., angulate, densely covered with long brown- 1048. Convolvulus Sepium. (XJi) 840 CONVOLVULUS COPROSMA ish hairs: Ivs. linear-oblong or subspatulate, obtuse or rounded at the apex, usually pubescent but sometimes glabrous, the margin ciliate towards the base: peduncle 3-fld., exceeding the Ivs.; sepals ovate, lanceolate, vil- lose, acute; limb of the corolla azure-blue, throat yellow, margined with white. S. Eu. B.M. 27. — One of the best annuals for the home border. Each plant covers a ground space of 2 ft., and blooms continuously throughout the summer. Fls. re- main open all day during pleasant weather. There are many variously striped and spotted forms of this popular annual, none of which sur- passes the type in beauty. A va- riety with pure white fls. is attrac- tive. Other well-marked horticul- tural forms aretVar. vittatus, prettily striped with blue and white. F.S. 3:298. R.H. 1848:121. Var.com- pactus, dwarf, and valuable for pot culture. Gt. 47, p. 635. A 5- petaled form is also recorded. F.S. 8, p. 116, desc. 11. ailreus sup€rbus, Hort. A tender perennial, but may be treated as an annual, since it flowers the first season from seed: st. trailing or twining, 4-5 ft. long: fls. golden. — Valuable as a greenhouse climber and for hanging- baskets. Not sufficiently described for identification. C aUhxcides, Linn. (C. italicus, Roem. & Schult.). St. prostrate, twining or climbing, if it finds support: upper Ivs. pedatifid.; lower ovate-cordate, crenate, silvery: fis. pink. May-Aug. Medit. region. B.M. 359. F.S. 10:1021 (as var. argyreus). R.H. 1864:111.— C. atnblgena. House, native from Mont, to New Mex. and S. Calif., is a close relative to C. arvensis. — C arvhi&is, Linn. Slender perennial trailer, 1-3 ft. long, glabrous or nearly so: Ivs. ovate-sagittate or hastate, variable: fls. white or pink. £u. and B. Asia. Naturalized in old fields through the Atlantic states and Calif. A troublesome weed in cult, grounds. — C. canari^naiB, Linn. Greenhouse ever- green: Ivs. oblong-cordate, acute, villose: fls. violet-purple; pedun- cle 1-6-fid. Canary Isls. B.M. 1228.— C. dahiiricus. Herb. (Calys- tegia dahuricus, Fisch.). Hardy deciduous twiner, 3-6 ft.: Ivs. oblong-cordate, shortly acute: fls. pink or rose-violet. June, July. N. Eu. B.M. 2609. F.S. 10:1075.— C. erubSscena, Sims (C. acaulis, Choisy). Tender biennial: Ivs. oblong, hastate, the basal lobes toothed: fis. small, 5-lobed, rose-pink. Austral. B.M. 1067. — C. macrost^iuB, Greene. The plants in the trade under this name may be referred to C. occidentalis. — C. mdjor, Hort., not Gilib.= Ipomoea purpurea. — C. oceUdiua, Hook. Stove evergreen: limb of corolla white, 5-angled; throat reddish purple: Ivs. sessile, linear, acute, 1-veined, villose. S. Afr. B.M. 4065. — C. scop&rius, Linn. — C. Soldanilla, Linn. Sts. prostrate: Ivs. reniform: fls. pink or rose- colored. Sandy shores, Wash, to Calif. ; also in Eu. and Asia. S. W. Fletcher. 1049. Convolvulus tricolor. (X^ COdKIA: Claucena. COONTIE : Zamia integrifolia. H. D. HousE.t COOPERIA (after Joseph Cooper, English gardener). Amarylliddcese. Tender bulbous plants with the habit of Zephyranthes but night-blooming. Flowers fragrant, solitary, 2 in. or more across, waxy- white, tinged red outside, and more or less green within; the perianth subtended by a bract-like spathe, some- what as in Iris; anthers erect in distinction to versatile in Zephyranthes: Ivs. appearing with the fls. in summer, long, narrow, flat and twisted.-— Only 2 or 3 species from Texas to New Mex. and Mex., usually growing in dry places. The bulbs should be taken up in autumn and stored during the winter in dry soil. Cult, easy and like zephyranthes. A. Neck of bulb short: perianth-tube SJ^ in. long or more. Drtimmondii, Herb. Evening Stab. Bulb round- ish, 1 in. thick, with a short neck: Ivs. narrowly linear, erect, 1 ft. long: peduncle slender, fragile, hollow, J4-1 • ft. long; spathe 1^-2 in. long, 2-valved at the tip; perianth tube 3-5 in. long; limb %-l in. long, white, tinged with red outside;,, segms. oblong, cuspidate. -Pyairies, of wide range. Var. chlorosaien, Baker, has a perianth-tube stouter and tinged* with green: limb longer and less wheel-shaped: Iva. a little broader. B.M. 3482. AA. Neck of buU) long: perianth-tube less than 2]/^ in. long. peduncuiata, Herb. Giant Praieib Lilt. More robust than C. Drumrrtondii: bulb with a longer neck, 2-3 in. long: Ivs. about 6, 1 ft. long, J^in. broad: peduncle about 1 ft. long; spathe 1-2-valved at the tip; perianth-tube shorter, IJ^ in. long; limb nearly as long as the tube, tinged red outside. B.M. 3727. R.H. 1853:401.— The best species. Fls. larger, of purer color, and re- maining open a day or two longer. N. TAyLOB.t COPAfFERA (from copaiba, Brazilian name of the balsam de- rived from some of these trees). Syn. Copaiba. Legumindsse. Sixteen or more spineless trees of Trop. Amer., and Afr., with abruptly pin- nate Ivs., small mostly white, not papilionaceous fls. in panicles, inter- esting because several of them produce an oleo-resin known as copaiba. They are not in cult., except now and then in collections of economic plants. COPERNfCIA (from Copernicus). Pcdm&ceai, tribe Coryphese. Tall fan-palms with their trunks frequently thickened above the base. Leaves flabellate, the petiole often with small spines; the small young Ivs. usually undivided, the older much cut palmately: spadix very much branched, the fls. single upon it or m small clusters; calyx tubular, more or less deeply 3-toothed: fr. globose or ovoid, 1-seeded. — Species about 8, all confined to Trop. Amer. C. cerifera is a valuable economic plant, the wood being among the hardest known, and the Ivs. being the source of a valuable wax. For cult., see Carypha. G.C. II. 24:362. Beccari, Le Palme Americane, tribe Cory- phesB, 1907. cerifera, Mart. Carnatjba Palm. St. 30-35 ft., with a small swelling near the base: Ivs. 3-4 ft. wide, nearly round; rachis none; petiole convex below, concave above, the margins with rather thick spines: spadix erect or spreading, 5-6 ft. long and thrice branched; fls. in clusters on the spathe. Trop. S. Amer. — Not well known in the trade; see Livistona. C. austrdtia, Becc, a recently described species, said to be more hardy than C. .cerifera, has been cult, at Riverside, Calif. Taller, 60-80 ft.; infl. densely woolly tomentose. N. Tatloe. COPRA: material from the coconut, which see (p. 811). C0PR6SMA (Greek name referring to the fetid odor of the plants). Rvhiicex. Shrubs or small trees, often traihng, of New Zealand, Australia and Poly- nesia, sometimes planted for the pretty fruit or varie- gated leaves. Leaves opposite, mostly small, stalked or almost sessile: fls. small, solitary or fascicled, white or greenish, dioecious; corolla-hmb 4-5-lobed, the lobes revolutej stamens 4^5: fr. an ovoid or globose usually 2-cellea drupe. — About 60 species mostly in New Zeal., extend- ing to Borneo, Hawaii and Juan Fernandez. Coprosmas are greenhouse plants in the North, but they are rarely cultivated. Propagated by hardened cuttings. The soil which is found among kalmia roots, mixed with good loam and sand, if necessary, will suit these plants. Cuttings should be rooted in moderate heat in spring, before growth begins. If placed under a handlight or propagating-frame, care must be taken tff-prevent dampmg, ta which the cuttings are liable. (G.W.Oliver.) ' "'i^ «Lt. COPROSMA CUKUIA 841 Bafieri, Endl. (C. Baueriana, Hook, f.) Shrub or small tree, in exposed and rocky places in its native habitat sometimes not more than 1-3 ft. high and with branches nearly prostrate, in better conditions often a round-topped tree 20-25 ft. high: Ivs. thick, shining green, 1-3 in. long, wide-ovate or oblong, obtuse or notched at the apex, the margins usually revolute: male fls. in dense heads on short axillary peduncles; females 3-6, the heads with shorter peduncles; calyx very small; corolla of female fls. tubular, 4-lobcd. New Zeal. — In cult, there are two forms, both with varie- gated Ivs. ; one has Ivs. broadly blotched creamy yellow, at times the green disappearing altogether (var. variegata or piclurala); the other (C. Stockii, Hort.) has Ivs. blotched yellow-gvecn on a deeper ground. C. Baucri is a favorite in S. Calif., and probably the only one grown there; thrives near the sea. acerosa, A. Cunn. Low and spreading, much branched, with minute Ivs., small white fls., and pretty sky-blue drupes or berries. New Zeal. — Once catalogued in Calif. Petriei, Cheesem. Prostrate and creeping, forming mats, the branches to 1,^2 ft. long: Ivs. J.iin. or less long, linear-oblong or -obovate, rigid and thickish : fls. solitary, on the ends of short erect branchlets, the males 4-toothed and without calyx, the females smaller, irregularly toothed and calyculate: drupe }3-'2in. diam., mostly purphsh. N. Zeal. — Mentioned abroad for cultivation. L. H. B. COPTIS (Greek, to cut, from the out leaves). Ranunciddcex. Hardy per- ennial herbs of the cooler parts of the northern hemisphere, sometimes planted in bogs and moist places. Low, stemless plants, with slender rootstocks: Ivs. radical, compound or divided, lasting over winter: fls. white or yellow, scapose; sepals 5-7, petal- like; petals 5-6, smaU, linear, hood-like; stamens numerous: carpels stalked, few, becoming an umbel of follicles. — Eight species, only one of which is used in American gardens. The bitter roots 3deld the tonic med- icine known as "gold thread;" also a yellow dye. The plants should have peaty soil, with a little sand, and prefer shade, in damp situations. They are rather hardy. The roots withstand severe winters, being native of the cooler parts of the northern hemisphere. If the plants are given some protec- tion in winter, as in a cold pit or by a dressing of litter, the leaves remain green and fresh. The plants are valu- able in hardy borders because of the leaves and also the flowers. The plants are very easily propa- gated in either early spring or late fall, the former being preferred. Seeds may be sown when ripe, before they become old, and will grow readily in moist but well-drained soil. They should be only slightly covered with soil but the surface should be kept moist by a close covering with leaves or paper, and partial shade is pre- ferred. The seedlings may be transplanted at any time after the leaves are large, by 1050. Corallorhiza multiflora. keeping plenty of «oiI ( X H) ■ ~ about the root?. trifolia, Sali.sb. No st.: rootstock yellow: Ivs. com- pound, long-j)etioled; Ifts. broadly obovate, cuneate, obtuse, the teeth mucronate: fl.-st. slender; sepals white, with yellow base; petals small, club-shaped: follicles 3-7, spreading, equaled by their stalk; seeds black. May-July. Adirondacks and westward. L.B.C. 2:173. — Neat and pretty, with shining Ivs. K. C. Davis. CORAL BERRY: Sumphoricarpus vulgaris. CORAL DROPS : Bessera elegans. CORALLORHIZA (Greek for cord-root). Orchida- cex. CoR.^L-IlooT. Low orchids, growing in woods and parasitic on roots, destitute of green foliage, the plant usually brownish or yellowish and inconspicuous. Flowers small, somewhat 2-lip|ied, usually obscurely spurred at the base; sepals and petals nearly alike; lip small, slightly adherent to the base of the column; pollinia 4. — Species few, in N. Amer., Eu. and Asia. The coral-roots have little merit as garden plants, although very interesting to the student. They may be grown in rich, shad}' borders. Two species have been offered by dealers in native plants. C. multiflora, Nutt. (Fig. 1050), is purplish, 1 J.-^ ft. or less high, 10-30- fld., lip deeply 3-lobed : grows in dry woods in northern states; C. Mertensiana, Bong., scape many-fld., 8-15 in. high, the lip entire and broadly oblong: occurs in Brit. Col. and north to Alaska. C. odontorhiza, Nutt., provides what is known as crawley-root, said to be used for its diaphoretic and febrifuge properties: it is a slender plant, in woods S., but extending north as far as Canada, light brown or purplish, 6-7 in. tall: lip nearly or quite entire, white spotted with crimson. L. H. B. CORAL-PLANT: Jatropha. CORAL-ROOT: CoraUorhiza. CORAL-TREE: Erythrina. CORCHORUS (name refers to some reputed virtue, as an eye remedy, of one of the species). Tiliacex. Shrubs or herbs of the tropics, two of which supply jute. The jute plants are C. capsularis Linn, and C. olilor- ius, Linn. The latter differs from the C. capsularis in having an elongated, not semi-globose, pod. B.M. 2810. They are annual plants, natives of Asia but cult, throughout the tropics, growing 10-12 ft. high, with a straight st. as thick as the little finger and branched only at the top. Fls. small, yellow, with 4-5 glandless petals and a slender caps., or sometimes the caps, is globose. The young shoots of both are used as pot herbs. C. olitorius is much grown for this purpose in Egypt, and is known as Jews' mallow. Jute is made from the fibrous bark of these and other species of Corchorus. It is released from the sts. by retting in stagnant pools. See Cyclo. Amer. Agric, Vol. II, pp. 282, 507. C. Balddccii, Fedde, has very recently been men- tioned in foreign horticultural literature. It is described as a perennial, woody at the base: Ivs. linear-elHptic, pilose above and white-tomentose beneath: fls. sohtary, axiUary and minute. Itahan Somaliland. The corchorus of trade lists is likely to be Kerria. CORDIA (an early German botanist, Valerius Cor- dus, born 1.515). Boraginacex. Warm-climate trees, shrubs or almost herbaceous, sometimes planted. Leaves mostly alternate, petioled, entire or dentate: fls. in dense heads or clusters or scirpioid cymes, per- fect or polygamous, the corolla usually white or orange; calyx tubular or campanulate, toothed or lob^, corolla tubular, funnelform or salverform, lobed,_tiie parts and the stamens 4 or more; styjg. 4-IoK(\^ f Jr. a drupe which is 4-leculed and usually 4-ieed, J.— Species about 230 Ja tro|»ical aad subtropieal regions, mostly 842 CORDIA CORDYLINE in the western hemisphere. Some of them are vines; some are herbaceous above the base. Species confused. The cordias are greenhouse plants with showy fiowers of easy culture. Grown in the open in the extreme South. Propagated by cuttings of firm wood and by seeds. 1051. Cordia Greggii var. Palmeri. ( X }0 Sebestena, Linn. (C. speciosa, Willd.). Geiger Tree. Tall evergreen shrub or small tree, hairy, with rough, ovate, entire or undulate stalked Ivs. : fls. 1-2 in. long, orange or scarlet, stalked, in large open terminal clusters, the crumpled corolla-lobes and stamens 5-12: drupe inclosed in the hazel-like husk formed by the persistent calyx. Keys of Fla. and south. B.M. 794. Greggii, Torr. Much-branched shrub, to 8 ft.: Ivs. less than 1 in. long, pale, obovate, obtuse, dentate, rugose, long-cuneate at the base: fls. more than 1 in. across, white, in few-fld. contracted capitate clusters but becoming looser as flowering proceeds; corolla- lobes obtuse; stamens .5 or 6, scarcely half the length of the corolla. Mex. Var. Palmeri, Wats. (Fig. 1051, adapted from G.F. 2:233) has more broadly funnel- form corolla, the limb 1}4 in. broad: Ivs. somewhat larger, ovate-oblong and abruptly cuneate at the base, acute or obtuse at the apex. Mex. — Deserving of planting in the southwest country, if hardy. Other cordias are likely to come into cult, in the southern coun- try. Some of them yield drugs, many of them produce useful tim- ber, and some have edible frs. There are numbers of species in Porto Rico and others of the W. Indies. — C. Frdncisi, Tenore. lall: Ivs. dark green: fls. white. S. Amer. — C. Miixa, Linn., from Trop. Asia and Austral., is one of the besst woods for kindling fire by friction, and is useful in many other ways. T "R R CORDYLINE (club-like, referring to the fleshy roots). Liliacex. Dracena. Dracena Palm. Greenhouse plants closely related to Dracajna; planted in the open in CaUfornia and similar climates. Stems tall, nften woody and palm-hke, bearing large crowded Ivs., to the striking variegation of which the feioJ? "wes its value: fls. panicled; stamens 6; pedicels articulatea; "^rianth 6-parted; ovary 3-ceUed: fr. a berry.— Cult. !•.. the ornamental foliage. The bcwtical-- tural forms and names have become very numerous. The various species are in the trade under Dracaena which see for a key to the species of both genera com- bined. From Draca;na, Cordyline differs in the ovary containing several ovules in each cell, and the solitary pedicels being provided with a 3-bracted involucre. In the following paragraphs, the initial D. indicates that the plant in question is known in the trade as a DracEena, and C. that it is known as a Cordyline (see Dracaena). For a monograph, see Baker, Joum. Linn Soc. 14:.538 (1875). Of cordyhnes or dracsenas, propagation is usually effected by jutting the ripened stems or trunks, from which all leaves have been removed, into pieces from ' 2 to 4 inches long. These are laid either in very light soil or in sand in the propagating-bed, where they receive a bottom heat of about 80°, being barely cov- ered with sand or moss (Fig. 1052). The eyes soon start into growth, and, as soon as they have developed about six leaves, these shoots are cut off with a small heel and again placed in the propagating-bed until rooted, after which they are potted ofl" into small pots in light soil, kept close until they become established. They are then shifted on into larger pots as soon as well rooted. They delight in a mixture of three parts good turfy loam and one part well-decayed cow-manure, with a hberal sprinkling of sharp sand. A warm, moist atmosphere suits them best while growing, but towards fall the finished plants must be gradually exposed to full sunshine and a dry atmosphere, which develops their high colors. The kinds enumerated below are such as are mainly grown in large quantities for decora- tive purposes, and are sold principaUy during the win- ter months, especially during the holiday season, when plants with bright-colored foliage are always in strong demand: C. amahilis. — A strong-growing form with broad green foliage, which is prettily variegateu with white and deep rose. One of the hardiest varieties, either for decorations in winter or for outdoor work, vases, and the like in summer. D.fragrans. — An African species with broad, massive, deep green foliage which makes noble decorative plants, being frequently grown into specimens from 6 to 8 feet high. Its foliage is of heavy texture, making it a useful plant for the dry atmosphere of a living-room. Two handsomely varie- gated forms of the above are D. Lindenii and D. Mas- saruieana, both very desirable varieties. C. terminalis. — This is the most popular species, and is grown in immense quantities. The foliage on well-matured plants is of an intense rich crimson marked with lighter shadings. C. australis (commonly called C. indivisa). — Used principally as an outdoor decorative plant in summer, being extensively used for furnishing vaBes,| window-boxes, and the hke. It succeeds best when planted out in the open border during summer, potted in the fall and stored during winter in a cool green- house. It is propa- gated almost exclu- sively from ££«<1, which germinates freely if sown during the early spring months in sandy soil, in a tern perature of 60' to 65°, growing // them on during the first season in small pots. These, if planted in the open bor- der the second ov,ason, make 10S2. Stem-cutting of Cordyline. CORDYLINE CORDYLINE 843 fine plants for 6- or 7-inch pots. There are a number of varieties of C. australis, among them several handsomely variegated bronze-colored forms, which, however, are but little distributed yet. Among the principal varie- ties and species besides the above which are grown in a commercial way are: Baptistii, Shepherdii, stricta grandis, Youngii, Goldieana, Lord Wolseley, De- Smetiana, Sanderiana, Godseffiana, and Mandseaaa. (J. D. Eisele.) alba, 6. amabalia, 6. amboyensia, 6. anerliensis, 6. atropuipurea, 3. aureo-striata, 3. australis, 3. Baptistii, 6. Bausei, 6. bella, 6. braztZtensts, 6. Bruantiij 4. calocoma, 3. cannEefolia, 6. Cantrellii, 6. INDEX. congesta, 2. Cooperi, 6. discolor, 2. Eschscholsiana, 6. ferrea, 6. Fraseri, 6. Gladstonei, 6. grandis, 2. Guilfoyleit 6. Haageana, 5. Hookerit 3. hybrida, 6, iTnperialiSt 6. indivisa, 1, 3. jardiniere, 6. lineata, 3. metallica, 6. MurchisonisBf 6. nigro-rubra, 6. norwoodiensis, 6. reginie, 6. Robiiisoniana, 6. rosea, 6. rubra, 4. Schuldii, 6. Scottii, 6. stricta,' 2. terminalis, G, Ti, 6. Veitchii, 3. Youngii, 6. A. Foliage of sessile, thick, sword-shaped Ivs, B. Lvs. glaucous beneath, broad. 1. indi^sa, Kunth. Arborescent, 10-20 ft. high: lvs. dark green, ^tensely crowded, 2-6 ft. longj 4-6 in. broad at the middle, 1}^2 in. at the base, rigid, very coria- ceous; midrib stout, colored red and white, veins on each side of it 40-60: panicle nodding; bracteoles lanceo- late, 3-4 lines long, membranous; perianth 3-4 lines long, white; tube very short, campanulate; segms. equal, sharply recurved: berries Mil- diam., blue; o'mles 5-6 in each cell. New Zeal. Gn. 49, p. 86. Lowe, 52. — Coolhouse; valuable for vases. Rare in cult. See C. australis, No. 4. BB. Lvs. green on both sides, narrower. 2. stricta, Endl. (D. congesta, Hort.). Slender, 6-12 ft. high : lvs. less crowded than in the next, acumi- nate, 1-2 ft. long, 9-15 Unes wide, base 3-6 lines wide, scarcely costate; veins scarcely oblique, margins ob- scurely dentate: panicle terminal and lateral, erect or cernuous; pedicels }^1 line long; lower bracteoles lanceolate; perianth lilac, 3-4 lines long, campanulate, interior segms. longer than the outer; ovules 6-10 in each cell. Austral. B.M. 2575. G.C. III. 17:207.-^- Coolhouse, vases, and the like. Var. grandis, Hort. Large, highly colored. Var. discolor, Hort. Like var. grandis, but with foUage dark bronzy purple. 3. austrWs, Hook. (D. indimsa, Hort. D. calocbma, Wend.) Fig. 1053; 359, Vol. I. Arborescent, 15-40 ft. high: lvs. densely rosulate, 1^-3 ft. long, 1J^2J^ in. wide; base 6-12 Unes wide, acuminate, green; midrib firm, indistinct, nerves on each side of it 12-20, scarcely oblique: panicle drooping or erect, terminal, ample; pedicels very short; bracteoles deltoid, J^ line long; perianth white, 3-4 lines long; tube short, campanulate, segBtts. nearly equal, rec4rved: berry, white or bluish- white; mature seeds ofteh solitary, "New Zeal. B.M. 5636. G.C.m. 23:153. Gn. 47, p. 312; 48, p. 197. I.H. 35:40 (as var. Doiuxtiana); 37:114 (as var. Dol- leriana); 40:190 (as C. lineata var. purpurascens). S.H. 1, p. 487. — Coolhouse, vases. Var. aurea-striata, Hort. Variegated with a number of longitudinal yellow stripes. Var. atropurpitrea, Hort. Base of If. and under side of midrib purple. Var. lineata, Hort. Lvs. broader, the sheathing base stained with-PUIple. Var. Veitchii, Hort. (D. Veitchii, Hort.). Base of If. and under side of midrib bright crimson.^ C. Hobkeri, Hort., was a garden form of this species. — Much of the C indivisa of the American trade has been^Jj* the past, C. australis. B^wn as "cabbage tree^f^o residents of New Zealand. 54 AA. Foliage of petipled lvs. B. Lvs. oblanceolate; petioles broad. 4. rftbra, Hugel. Slender, 10-15 ft. high: lvs. con- tiguous, ascending, 12-15 in. long, 18-21 lines wide above the middle, thick, dull green both sides, distinctly costa,te; veins oblique; petiole broad, deeply grooved, 4r-6 in. long: panicle lateral, nodding; pedicels very short; bracteoles small, deltoid; perianth lilac, 4J^5 lines long, inner segms. longer than the outer; ovules 6-8. Country unknown. — Cool-house, vases, D. Brudntii, Hort., was a garden form of this species. R.H. 1897, pp. 514, 515. G.C. IH. 22:285. G.W. 12, p. 230. BB. Lvs. lanceolate; petioles narrow, nearly terete. 5. Haageana, Koch (C. Miirchisoniie, F. Muell.). Slender and small: lvs. contiguous, ascending, oblong- falcate, 4r-8 in. long, 2-2J^ in. wide at the njiddle, acute, base rounded or deltoid, thick, duU green 1053. Cordyline australis — C. indivisa of the trade. throughout, distinctly costate; veins slender, oblique; petiole 3-4 in. long, deeply channelled: panicle lateral; pedicels lJ^-2 lines long; perianth 4— 4K lines long, tinged with lilac; ovules 6-8 in each cell Austral. 6. terminalis, Kunth. Low and slender, 3-8 ft. high: lvs. contiguous, ascending, green or rarely col- ored, ri-30 in. long, 2-5 in. wide, elliptical or elliptic- lanceolate, acute, thickish, distinctly costate; veins frequently unequal, strongly oblique; petiole 4-6 in. long, deeply channelled: pedicels very short or none; bracteoles deltoid, membranous; periajith 5-6 lines long, white, lilac, or reddish, segms. "short; ovules 6-10 in each cell: berry large, red. E. Indies. A.G. 16:361. B.R. 1749; Var. cannafSlia, Baker (Z). and C. cannxfblia, Hort.). Lvs. oblanceolate, 12-15 in. by 2- 2J^ in. : perianth 2 lines long; segms. twice the length of tube. Var. ferrea, Baker (Z). and C./errea, Hort.). Lvs. narrow, oblanceolate, 2-2 J^ in. broad, dull purple or ■variegated; petiole short: fls. much as in the typical form, but redder and often smaller. B.M. 2053. — C. Cfuilfbylei is a form with lvs. tapering both ways, recurved, striped with red, pink or white; white on lower part of If. and margin of petiole. I.H. 19, p. 249. Var. Ti, Baker {D. brazUiensis, Schult. C. Eschscholzi- Ana, Mart.). Robust: lvs. large, mostly oblong, 4r-6 in. wide: panicle large, lower branches compound; perianth 6 Unes long, Ulac; segms. as long as the tube. — D. imperidlis, Hort., is a form with lvs. arching or erect, thick, deep metaUic green, rayed aU over with bright crimson or pink, handsome. D. reginx, Hort., 844 CORDYLINE COREOPSIS belongs here. The varieties of this species in cult, axe almost innumerable. Names that have been used for those in the American trade, usually considered as horticultural species, though many of these names are now no longer used, are as follows: C. amabilis. Lvs. broad, shining deep green, in age becoming spotted and suffused with rose and white. C. amboyensis. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate, recurved, deep bronze-green, edged with rose-carmine below; petioles tinged with purple. C. anerliensis. Lvs. very broad, deep bronze-red, with some white. C. Baptistii. Fig. 1054. Lvs. broad, recurved, deep green, with some pink and yeUow stripes: sts. also variegated. I.H. 26:334. C. Baiisei. Lvs. broad, dark green, with some white. C. bella. Lvs. small, purplish, marked with red. C. Cfintrellii. Lvs. dark metallic crimson, young ones bright carmine. C. Codperi. Lvs. deep wine-red, gracefully recurved: common in cult. C. Fr&seri. Lvs. somewhat erect, broad, oblong, abruptly acute, blackish purple with bloom, margin below with a deep rosy lake stripe extend- ing down the petiole. C. Glddstonei. Lvs. broad, bril- liant crimson. C. hybrida. Lvs. broad, varie- gated, deep green margined with rose, in age deep rose, creamy white in young lvs. C. jardiniere (C. terminalis alba x C. Guilfoylei). Lvs. very small and compact, narrow, green broadly margined with white. C. met£lica. Lvs. erect-arching, oblong, when young uniform rich coppery purple, in age dark purple-bronze; petioles same. F.M. 1872:24. C. nigro-r&bra. Lvs. narrow, linear-lanceolate, dark brown with rosy crimson cen. ters, young often entirely rose. C. norwoodiensis. Lvs. striped with yellow, green and crimson, last color principally confined to the margin; petioles brilliant. C. Robinsoni^a. Lvs. long lanceolate-acuminate, arched, light green, striped with bronze -green and brownish crimson. I. H. 26:342. C. Schlildii. Lvs. broad, variegated. F.E. 7:961. C. Sc6ttii. Lvs. broad, arching, deep green, crimson edged; said to be a hybrid. C. Yofingii. Lvs. broad, spreaxiing, when young bright green streaked with deep red and tinged with rose, in age bright bronze. C. Yofingii var. rdsea, Hort. Green, tinged with pink, white or carmine. C. Yofingii var. filba, Hort. Variegated with white instead of red. Crosses with C. Scottii are known as C. stricta, C. albo-lineala, Mrs. George Pullman, Mrs. Terry; with C. norwoodiensis, as Little Gem. C. angtiaia, Hort. (C. terminalis var.). Lvs. narrow, arching, dull dark green above, purplish beneath. A slender form. — C. angitsti- fdlia, Kunth=C. stricta. — C. aurantiaca, Hort.= (?). — C. Bal- mored,na, Hort. Lvs. bronzy with white and pinkish stripes. — C. Bdnkaii, Hook. Lvs. very long, linear-lanceolate, 3-5 ft. long, 2-3 in. wide, petioled, green, glaucous beneath; veins conspicuous. G.C. III. 18:613.— C. BerhOeyi, Hort.={?).— C. Cassanlnx, Hort. = (?). — C. ChBsonii, Hort. (form of C. terminalis). Lvs. large, glossy dark gr^en, almost black, becoming suffused and edged with crimson. I.H. 19, p. 90. — C. campdcta, Hort. (C. terminalis form). Lvs. recurved, broad, dull green, with bronze and rose stripes in age. — C, Dinniaonii, Hort. (C. terminalis form). Dwarf: lvs. broad, bronzy purple. — C. EUzahethix, Hort.=(?). — C. excilsa, Hort. (C. terminalis form). Lvs. broad, arching, bronzy, margined with crimson.— C. Fredenca.= fl).—C. /rM«&rcen»=(?). — C. gloridaa Hort^ (C. terminalis form). Lvs. very large and broad, green, with a peculiar bronze-orange hue. — C. heli/chioides, F. Muell.=C. terminalis. — C. heliconisefdlia. Otto & Diet.=C. terminalis. — C. Hfedersonu,Hort.={?). — C. magnlfica, Hort. (C. terminalis form). Lvs. large and broad, bronzy pink, becoming darker.;— C. Mdnners- Suttonue, F. Muell.=C. terminalis.— C. Miyi, Hort. Lvs. green, marpned with red; young lvs. wholly red. — C. porphyrophilla, Hort. (C. terminalis form). Lvs. deep bronzy purple, glaucous beneath. — C. RSx, Hort. (C. terminalis form). Lvs. medium width, bronzy green, flushed purple and streaked with carmine. — C. rosacea, Hort. (C. terminalis form). Lvs. recurved, broad, dark bronzy green margined with pink.— C. Rumphii'=D. Hookeriana, —C. Salmdnea=('>). — C. aepiiria, Seem.=C. terminalis.— C. blibm, Kunth=C. terminalis. — C. spKndens, Hort. (C. terminalis form). Lvs. dense, short, ovate-acute, bronzy green, shaded with rose-carmine. — C. zeddndica, Hort.=C. rubra. K. M. WiEGAND. COREMA (Greek, a broom, in allusion to its bushy habit). Empetrcicex. Broom Cbowberry. Two spe- cies of low heath-like shrubs from E. N. Amer. and S. W. Eu. and the Atlantic Isls., of which the American spe- cies is rarely cult, in botanical collections. Closely allied to Empetrum and differing chiefly in the apetalous fls. arranged in terminal heads, and in their upright bushy habit. Cult, and prop, like Empetrum. C. C6nradii, Torr., is a much-branched shrub, to 2 ft. high, with crowded linear lvs. about Hin. long: fls. inconspicuous in terminal heads, the staminate with long exserted purple stamens: fr. a small berry-like drupe, usually with 3 nutlets. H.I. 6:531. Hardy N. — C. dlbum, D. Don, has obtuse lvs. with revolute edges d resinous dots: fls. pink: fr. lite to purple. S. W. Eu., ores. Alfred Rbhder. 1054. Cordyline terminalis var. Baptistii. COREOPSIS (Greek, signifying hug-like, from the fruit). Including Callidpsis. Compdsitse. Tickseed. Annual or perennial herbs, flowering in summer or autumn, nearly all natives of eastern North America, some of them popular as flower-garden subjects. Leaves opposite or rarely alternate: heads pedun- cula,te and radiate; the broad involucre with, bracts of 2 distinct series, the outer narrower or shorter and more herbaceous, the inner broad triangular-ovate or oblong, thin, yellowish green or purplish, and striate; receptacle chaffy; rays very showy, yellow, particolored or rarely rose, neutral; disk-fls. yellow, dark or brown; pappus of 2 weak bristles or scales, or a low crown or none: achenes often winged. — The genus differs from Bidens only in the reduc«i or obsolete, not stiff-awned pappus, and If.-segms. not serrate. Many of the species are in the trade under the name Calliopsis. Other genera with this peculiar involucre are Hidalgoa, Dah- lia, Thelesperma, Cosmos, and Leptosyne. All the kinds are of easiest cult. The perennials are hardy border plants. The annuals are raised in any garden soil, and bloom freely with little care. They are all showy plants, of 6()-70 species. angustifolia, 2, 9. Atkinsoniana, 4. atropurpurea, 5. auriculala, 8. bicolor, 5. Boj/kiniarta, 10. cardaminefolia, 3. coronata, 7. delphinifolia, 14. dichotoTna, 2. diversifolia, 6. Drummondii, 6. INDEX. elegans, 5. glabella, 9. grandiflora, 10. lanceolata, 9. linearis, 13. Unifolia, 2. Umgipee, 10. major, 13. marmorata, 5. nana, 5. nigra, 5. oblongifolia, 9. Oemleri, 13. palmata, 12. picta, 6. prxcox, 12. pubeacens, 8. rosea, 1. aenifolia, 13. tenuifolia, 15. tinctoria, 5. tripteris, 11. verticillata, 16. villosa, 0. COREOPSIS COREOPSIS 845 A. Rays cuneate, lobed. B. Disk yeUow; rays rose-purple. 1. rdsea, Nutt. Perennial: diffusely branched from slender, creeping rootstocks, 1-2 ft. high, smooth: Ivs. all narrowly linear, entire or with a few linear teeth or lobes: heads small, about 1 in. broad or less, short-peduncled; rays narrowly wedge-shaped, lobed at the apex: aehene narrowly oblong, wingless; pappus an obscure border. Mass. to Ga. BB. Disk and irwolucre dark purple; rays yellow or parti- colored, wedge-shaped and lobed. c. Outer involucral brads very short, lanceolate or triangidar. D. Lvs. entire: achenes with lacerate mngs and seiiform pappus. 2. angustifdlia, Ait. (C. dichdtoma, Michx. C. lini- folia, Nutt.). Perennial: strict and tall, 1-3 ft. high, glabrous, sparsely branched at the summit: lvs. entire, thickish; basal oblanceolate to narrowly spatulate, long- petioled; lower cauline elliptical on long petioles; upper . narrowly spatulate or linear, sessile or reduced to bracts: heads 1-1 M in. broad; rays entirely yellow. S. U. S. DD. Lvs. divided: achenes and pappus not as above. 3. cardaminefdlia, Torr. & Gray. Annual: low and diffusely much branched from the base, 6-24 in. high, glabrous: numerous basal and lower cauline lvs. peti- oled, pinnatifid, divisions several pairs, short, oval, elliptical, rarely hnear, often again divided; upper cauline nearly sessile with narrower and fewer divi- sions: heads as in No. 5, but smaller, and often entirely dark: achenes broader, winged; pappus minute or none. S. U. S. Gn. 29, p. 498; 37, p. 203. 4. Atkinsoniana, Douglas. Perennial or annual: st. tall, 2-4 ft. high: lvs. pinnatifid, the divisions hnear: heads as in the next: achenes with narrow wing or scarious margin; pappus composed of 2 short, subu- late teeth. Autumn-flowering. S. W. U. S. B.R. 1376. 1056. Coreopsis lanceolata. 1055. Coreopsis tinc- torial— Calliopsis elegans of gardens. (XJi) 5. tinctdria, Nutt. (C. bicolor, Reichb. C. ilegans, Hort. Callidpsismarmor&ta, Jioit.). Fig. 1065. Annual: St. tall, strict, 1-3 ft. high, branched, glabrous: bafial lvs. few or wanting; cauline petioled, the upper sessile, pinnatifid, divisions from narrowly elliptical to often again divided and narrowly hnear: heads 5^-1 }4, rarely 2, in. broad; rays with dark purple base: achenes ob- long, wingless; pap- pus none. Cent. U. S. B.M. 2512 B.R. 846. Mn. 1, p. 85. — A common garden annual; showy and good. Var nana, Hort. Dwarf, low and compact. Gn. 29, p. 499. Tom Thumb va- rieties. Var. atropurpflrea, Hook. (C nhgra, HortJ. Rays almost entirely dark. B.M. 3511. cc. Ouier involu^al bracts narrowly linear, about equaling the inner. 6. Dmnmiondii, Torr. & Gray (C. diversifdlia, Hook. C. picta, Hort.). Goi-DEN Wave. Annual: st. branched above, 10-24 in. high: lvs. petioled be- low, sessile above, pin- natifid, divisions few, short, broadly elliptical, those of the upper lvs. hnear: heads 1-2 in. broad, large; rays usually dark at the base: aehene oval, wingless, margin cartilaginous in- curved; pappus none. Texas. B.M. 3474. S.B.F.G. II. 4:315. Gn. 26, p. 461; 29, p. 498; 37, p. 203; 43, p. 397. G.M. 64:13. G. 16:68. BBB. Disk yellow or brown; rays entirely yellow (except No. 7); peduncles long. c. Style-branches acute or obtuMsh, not acuminate: dark lines at base of rays. 7. coronata, Hook. Annual: low and often weak, 12- 24 in. high, much branched from the base, sparsely hirsute: lvs. thick; the basal usually numerous, peti- oled, pinnatifid or entire, divisions eUiptic, rather obtuse, lateral divisions smaller; the cauhne lvs. few, spatulate, often entire: heads lJ^-2 in. broad; rays with a few dark hnes above the orange base; outer involucre a third to a half shorter than the inner: aehene orbicular, broadly winged, often echinate, with a thickened callus at base and apex on inner face; pappus very minute. Texas. B.M. 3460. S.H. 1:270. Gn. 26, p. 461; 29, p. 499. cc. Style-branches cuspidate-acuminate: rays entirely yellow. 8. pubescens, EU. (C auriculdta, Schkuhr & Hort., not Linn.). Perennial: tall, 1-4 ft. high, branched above, pubescent or nearly glabrous, leafy throughout: lvs. thickish, oval to lanceolate, very acute, petioled or nearly sessile, entire or with small, acute, lateral lobes; basal few: heads 1J^2K iu- broad; outer involucre nearly as long as the inner: achenes and pappus similar to those of the next species. S. U. S. Gn. 37, p. 202. 9. lanceolata, Linn. Fig. 1056. Perennial: low, 1-2 ft. high, sparingly branched, glabrous or nearly so, leafy toward base: lvs. few, large, oblong-spatulate to hnear, petioled, barely acute, upper entire, lower usually pinnatifid, divisions very distant: heads l}4r 846 COREOPSIS CORIARIA 2}^ in. broad; peduncles very long; outer involucre equaling the inner or one-half shorter: achenes orbic- ular, papillose, broadly winged; pappus of minute scales or obsolete. E. U. S. Gn. 25, p. 165; 33, p, 7; 37, p. 203. G.W. 10, p. 22. V. 18:102.— Used exten- sively for cut-fls. Var. glabella, Michx. (var. angustifdlia, Torr. & Gray). Low: sts. scapiform: Ivs. narrow and crowded at base of st., 2-4 hues wide. Var. villdsa, Michx. (C. oblongifblia, Nutt.). Lvs. spatulate-obovate to oblong, villous, as is also the St., with jointed hairs. 10. grandiiidra, Nutt. (C Ungipes, Hook. C Boy- kiniana, Nutt.). Perennial; simple or branched, gla- brous, 1-2 ft. high, leafy throughout: basal lvs. few, lower lvs. spatulate or lanceolate, entire, upper divided into several linear entire divisions: heads 1-2}^ in. broad: achene orbicular, papiUose, broadly winged; pappus of 2 small scales. S. U. S. B.M. 3586. Gn. 47:7; 62, p. 338. Mn. 5:201. G. 29:461. J.H. III. 67: 479. Gn.W. 23:349; 26:113. AA. Bays elliptical, entire m toothed at apex. B. Color of rays pale yellow: lvs. petioled. 11. trfpteris, Linn. Perennial; very large and stout, 4r-S ft. high, branched above, glabrous: lvs. petioled, 8 in. or less long, trifoliate, or rarely irregularly 5-7- foliate, divisions lanceolate: heads medium, rays pale, disk-fls. yellow or dark jjurple: achene oblong, narrowly winged; pappus a fimbriate border. Cent. U. S. BB. Color of rays deep yellow: lvs. sessile. c. Lvs. 3-cleft to below middle; base entire, S-ribbed. 12. palmata, Nutt. (C prxcox, Fresen.). Perennial; tall and stout, 1^-3 ft. high, sparingly branched at the summit: lvs. thick, cuneate, 2}4 in. long, divisions broadly linear, often irregularly again divided: heads l/4-2J^ in. broad: achenes oblong, narrowly winged; pappus minute or obsolete. Cent. U.S. R.H. 1845:265. cc. Lvs. divided to the base. D. The lvs. 3-divided, divisions entire, J^-7 in. broad. 13. m^jor, Walt. (C. senifblia, Michx.). Perennial; tall and stout, 2-3 ft. high, pubescent, much branched above: basal lvs. wanting, lower cauline small, upper 2-3 in. long, palmately 3-divided, divisions equal, lanceolate, acute: heads 1M~2 in. broad; rays deep yellow; disk-fls. yellow: achenes obovate-elliptical, winged, summit 2-toothed. S. E. U. S. Var. demleri, Brit. Smooth: If. -divisions more attenuate at the base. B.M. 3484 (as C. senifolia). Var. line&ris, Small. Smooth: If .-divisions narrow, 2-4 lines wide. DD. The lvs. dissected, divisions J^-S lines wide. 14. delphinif dlia. Lam. Perennial; glabrous, branched above, 1-3 ft. high: lvs. sessile, 2-3 in. long, basal wanting, temately divided, divisions dissected into linear-nUform segms., which are 1-3 lines wide: head 1-2}^ in. broad; disk dark: achene oblong-obovate, narrowly winged; pappus-teeth short. S. E. U. S. 15. verticillita, Linn. (C. tenuifblia, Ehrh.). Peren- nial; sparingly branched, 1-3 ft. high: basal lvs. want- ing; cauline, sessile, similar to the last but segms. only }^-?i lines wide: heads 1-2 in. broad; disk yellow: achenes oblong-obovate, narrowly winged; pappus nearly obsolete. E. U. S. C. aristdsa, Michx., C. aiirea. Ait., and C. trichoapSrma, Michx,, are now placed under Bidens (which see). — C. atropurpitrea, Hort. =Thele3perma sp. — C. auriculaia. Linn. (C. diversifolia, DC). Perennial; low, stoloniferous, hirsute: lvs. petioled, short, oval, mostly entire: heads large, very long-peduncled: probably not in the trade. S. U. S. — C. hclXa, Hutchins. Undershrub about 3 ft. hi^h. British E. Afr. — A very handsome species. — C. Qr&ntii, Ohv. A compact bushy plant about 2 ft. high. FIs. in the winter. Trop. Afr .B.M. 8110. G.C. III. 39:162. Gn. 69, p. 161.— C. LSavenworthii, Torr. & Gray. Annual : If .-divisions linear-spatulate : rays cuneate, lobed, yellow; awns 2, slender: achene winged. Fla. — C. nudAta. Nutt. Perennial, rush-like: lvs. mostly basal, long, filiform: rays rose-colored: wing of achene pectinate. S. U. S. — C. radiAta, Hort. Plant very dwarf: fl.-heads with ray-florets rolledup. Of garden origin. j^ ^ WiEGAND. CORIAmDER i^ the seed-like fruit of Coriandrum sativum, Linn., an umbelliferous annual of southern Europe. The plant grows 1 to 3 feet high, glabrous, strong-smelling, with leaves divided into almost thread- like divisions, and small white flowers. The plant is easily grown in garden soil. It occasionally becomes spontaneous about old yards. The seeds (fruits) are used as seasoning and flavoring in pastries, confections and liquors, although they are less known in this coun- try than caraway. The plant is sometimes grown in American gardens with sweet herbs and other things. CORIANDRUM: Coriander. CORIARIA {corium, skin, leather; a shrub used for tanning leather was described as frutex coriariw, by Pliny). Coriariacex. Shrubs or perennial herbs grown chiefly for their ornamental fruits. Leaves deciduous, entire, 3-9-nerved, ojiposite and distichous: fls. polygamous-monoecious in slender racemes, small; petals and sepals 5; stamens 10: fr. berry-like, consisting of 5 1-seeded nutlets inclosed by the enlarged and colored petals. — About 8 species in Himalayas and E. Asia, Medit. region, N. Zeal, and S. Amer. Ornamental shrubs or herbs, with slender arch- ing branches imitating pinnate lvs., and with very showy yellow, red or black fr. The lvs. of some species are used for tanning leather; the frs. are poisonous in some species, edible in others. C. japonica has proved hardy with slight protection in Mass., and C. terminalis seems to be of the same hardiness; the other species are more tender. They grow in almost any good garden soil, and prefer sunny position. Prop, readily by seeds and greenwood cuttings in summer under glass; also by suckers and layers. iap6mca, Gray. Fig. 1057. Shrub, 2-3, sometimes to 10 ft. : branches quadrangular: lvs. nearly sessile, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, 3-nerved, smooth, 2-4 in. long: fls. in axillary racemes from the branches of last year: fr- becoming bright red in summer, changing to violet- CORIARIA CORN 847 black when ripe. Japan. B.M. 7509. G.F. 10:343 (adapted in Fig. 1057). S.I.F. 2:58. R.H. 1913, p. 79. terminalis, Hemsl. Herbaceous or suffruticose, 2-3 ft.: branches quadrangular: Ivs. nearly sessile, broad- ovate to ovate-lanceolate, 5-9-nerved, scabrous on the veins beneath, 1-3 in.: fls. in terminal racemes on shoots of the cinrent year : fr. black. Sikkim, W. China. Var. xanthocSrpa,Rehd.& Wilson. Fr. yellow. Sikkim. B.M. 8525. R.H. 1907:160. G.C. III. 34:282. J.H. HI. 49:443. F.S.R. 3:106. M.D. 1897:1.— A very ornamental plant, keeping its yellow fr. from July untU late in fall; being herbaceous, it is easier to protect from frost than the former. Originally intro. into cult, as C. nepalensis. C. himalay^nsis, Hort. Said to have persistent Ivs. and edible frs. Possibly not different from C. nepalensis.— C. myrtifdlia^ Linn. Shrub, 4-10 ft.: Iva. 3-nerved, glabrous: fls. greenish, from the old wood: fr. black, poisonous. Medit. region. Yields a black dye. — C. nepal&nsiSt Wall. Shrub, 8-10 ft.: Ivs. 3-5-nerved, gla- brous: fla. brownish: fr. black. Himalayas.^-C. sarmentdsa, Forst. Suffruticose, procumbent: racemes axillary, on young branches. B.M. 2470. — The wineberry shrub of the natives. The berries yield a pleasant drink, but the seeds are poisonous. Source of the New Zeal, toot-poison, which is very destructive to human and animal life. — C. sfrw'ca, Maxim. Allied to C. japonica. Shrub to 18 ft.: Ivs. oval or broadly elliptic, abruptly short-pointed, 1 J^-3 in. long: fr. black. Cent. China. AlpBED RehDER. CORIS (ancient name, transferred). Primulaceie. Two low thyme-Uke herbs of S. Eu., sometimes planted in rock-gardens, but apparently not in the trade. Lvs. small, alternate, linear, spreading or recurved, the margin revolute: fls. lilac or rose-purple, in terminal densely-fld. racemes. C. monspeliensis, Linn., of the Medit. region, is 6 in. high, much branching and spreading, the sts. thickly covered with the little narrow lvs. CORK-TREE: Quercus. CdRMTTS: Sorbus. CORN, MAIZE (SWEET and POP). A tender annual cultivated for its grain, which is used both for human and live-stock food, and for the herbage which is used as forage. As a horticulttu'al crop, it is grown primarily for the unripe grain or for pop-corn. The word maize, Spanish maiz, is derived from the name Mahiz, which Colmnbus adopted for this cereal from the Haytians. Maize has not yet been found truly wild. Its close relationship to a native Mexican grass called teosinte, EucKUetm mexicana, is indicated by the known fertile hybrids between this species and maize as pointed out by Harshberger. Teosinte and the only other species which show close botanical relation- ship to maize are indigenous to Mexico. In fact the evidence aU shows that maize is of American origin, although its original form has not yet been dis- covered, nor has its evolution from other types been completely traced. DeCandoUe concludes that maize is not a native of the Old World but is of American origin, and that it was introduced into the Old World shortly after the discovery of the New, and then was rapidly disseminated. Very early in the exploration and settlement of f the New World, the whites learned from the natives the use of maize as food. Several of the Indian names for preparations of food from this cereal were adopted or adapted by the settlers and passed into the Enghsh language, — as for example hominy, samp, and succotash. In the English-speaking colo- nies, maize was grown as a field crop under the name Indian com, but later the tendency was to drop the word Indian so that this cereal is now known in American agriculture and commerce by the simple word com. The word corn has thus come to have a specific meaning on this continent which does not attach to it in the British Isles. Com now holds first rank among the agricultural products of the United States, both in the area devoted to its cultivation and in the value of the annual crop. The types known in garden culture in this coun- try are the sweet corns and the pop-corns; the other types, which are more strictly agricultural, may be designated as field corns. Sweet corn and pop-corn are also grown as field crops in comparatively hmited areas, the sweet corn either as a truck crop or for can- ning, and the pop-corn to supply the demand for this product in our domestic markets. Only the types of sweet corn and pop-corn will receive attention m this article. Botanical classification. Zea almost uniformly has been considered by botan- ists as a monotypic genus, its one species being Zea Mays. But Z. Mays is an extremely variable species, including groups which are separated by definite char- acteristics. As a working classification, that proposed by Stm-tevant is the best which has yet appeared. He describes seven "agricultural species." These are Zea tunicata, the pod corns; Z. everta, the pop-corns (Fig. 1058) ; Z. indurata, the flint corns; Z. indentata, the dent corns; Z. amlyacea, the soft corns; Z. sacxharata, the sweet or sugar corns (Figs. 1058, 1059, 1060) ; Z. amylea- saccharata, the starchy sweet corns. Z. canina, Wats., is a hybrid form, as shown by Harshberger. Z. Mays, Linn., belongs to the natural order of grasses or Grami- nese. Culms 1 or more, solid, erect, lJ^-15 ft. tall, or more, terminated by a panicle of staminate fls. (the tas- sel) : internodes grooved on one side: branches ear-bear- ing or obsolete: lvs. long, broad, channeled, tapering to the pendulous tips, with short hyaline Ugules and open embracing sheaths: fls. monoecious, awnless, usually proterandrous; staminate fls. in clusters of 2-4, often overlapping; 1 fl. usually pedicelled, the other sessile or all sessile; glumes herbaceous; palea membranace- ous; anthers 3, linear. The ear contains the pistillate fls. on a hardj thickened, cylindriiial spike or spadix (cob),, which is inclosed in many spathaceous bracts (husks); spikelets closely sessile, in longitudinal rows, paired in alveoli with hard, corneous margin; fls. 2 on a spikelet, the lower abortive; glumes membranaceous; style single, filiform, very long (silk); ovary usually sessile: ear variable in length and size, often distich- ous; grain variable in shape and size. The color ranges from white through light and dark shades of yellow, red and purple to nearly black. 1058. Kernels of com on the cob — sweet corn behind, pop-corn in front. (.XH) 848 CORN CORN Sweet com (Zea saccharata, Sturt.). Figs. 1058-1060. This is a well-defined species-group, characterized by horny, more or less crinkled, wrinkled or shriveled kernels, having a semi-transparent or translucent appearance. » Stvirtevant, in 1899, lists sixty-one dis- tinct varieties. He gives the first variety of sweet corn recorded in American cultivation as being introduced into the region about Plymouth, Massachusetts, from the Indians of the Susquehanna in 1779. Schenck, in 1854, knew two varieties. It appears, therefore, that the distribution of sweet corn into cultivation made little progress prior to the last half of the nineteenth century, green field corn having largely occupied its place prior to that period. Sweet corn is preeminently a garden vegetable, although the large kinds are sometimes grown for silage or stover. As a garden vegetable, it is used when it has reached the "roasting ear" stage, the kernel then being well fiUed and plump but soft, and "in the milk." The kernel is the only part used for human food. When sweet com is used as a fresh vegetable, it is often cooked and served on the cob. Dried sweet corn, though never an important article of commerce, was formerly much used, especially by the rural popula- tion. It is gradually being generally abandoned for canned corn, for other cereal preparations or for other vegetables, but recently desiccated corn has been put upon the market and is finding sale in certain districts, particularly in the South and in mining and lumber camps. It is practically unknown outside North America. . In the last quarter of the last century, canned sweet corn came to be an important article of domestic com- merce in the United States and Canada. The total pack for the United States and Canada for the year 1898 was 4,398,563 cases, each containing two dozen two-pound tins. The following statement shows the number of cases packed for the United States for the five-year period from 1907 to 1911: 1907 '. 6,653,744 1908 6,779,000 1909 .5,787,000 1910 10,063,000 1911 14,301,000 Comparatively little of this com was sent abroad, most of it being consumed in the States, Canada, and Alaska. In 1911 Iowa took first rank in the output of canned corn with a pack of 2,774,000 cases, which was nearly 20 per cent of the total output of the United States for that year. Illinois, New York, Maryland, Maine, Ohio, and Indiana followed in the order named. These seven states packed about 88 per cent of the total output of this country in 1911. These figures are the best obtainable and give a general idea of the prog- ress and distribution of the corn-canning industry. Maine produces as good canned com as is put on the market and grows the crop largely in localities having too short a season to mature the seed. Sweet com is commonly grown for canneries under contract, the canning company supplying the seed and guaranteeing it to be good and true to name, while the farmer agrees to grow a certain specified acreage and deliver the whole crop to the cannery at a stipula- ted price. In Iowa the price now paid the grower is about $7 per ton of good ears. A yield of three to four tons to the acre is considered good. The ears are snapped from the stalks with the husks on and hauled in deep wagon-boxes to the canneries. The stalks, when preserved either as ensilage or as stover, make excellent fodder. The overripe and inferior ears, being unmarketable, are left on the stalks and thereby materially increase their value as a stock food. The stover keeps best in loose shocks, as it is hable to mold when closely packed in large stacks or bays. As a field crop, sweet corn is grown most extensively on medium heavy loams that are well supplied with humus or organic matter. It luxuriates in rich warm soils. The crop rotation should be planned so as to use the coarse manures with the corn, which is a gross feeder. On the more fertile lands of the central corn- belt, nitrogenous manures may not always be used to advantage with corn, but in the eastern and southern states, where the soil has lost more of its original fer- tility, stable manure may often be used profitably with this crop at the rate of 8 or 10 cords to the acre, or possibly more. In the northern part of the corn-belt in the central and western states, that is to say north of the Ohio and Missouri rivers, deep fall plowing of corn land is gen- erally favored, but in experiments at the Illinois and Indiana experiment stations, the depth of plowing has had little influence on the crop. In sections of the eastern states, shallow plowing late in spring is favored, especially if the land be in sod. In warmer, drier regions, as in parts of Nebraska and Kansas, listing has been much practised on stubble ground. _ The listing plow, having a double mold-board, throws the soil into alter- nate furrows and ridges, the furrows being 8 or 9 1059. Eaily Marblehead sweet corn. inches deeper than the tops of the ridges. The corn is planted in the bottom of the furrow, either by means of a one-horse corn-drill or by a corn-drill attachment to the lister plow, consisting of a subsoil plow through the hollow leg of which the com is dropped. Great care should be used to secure seed-com having high vitality as a precaution against the rotting or weak germination of the seed in the soil, should the season be cold and wet after planting. Select the seed- ears early before any hard frosts have come. At this time the large, early, and well-matured ears can be dis- tinguished from the rest of the crop, as the husks about the early-maturing ears will have started to turn brown. Early maturity is a vital point to consider in selecting seed-ears and this quality should never be sacrificed for the size of late unmatured ears. In selecting seed for a field crop, seek systematically for stalks having little or no growth of stools and bearing single, large, and early-maturing ears. For garden use, seed from more productive stalks is desirable, even though the ears be smaller. The seed-ears should be dried at once by artificial heat so that the seed may better withstand unfavorable conditions of temperature or moisture. In many localities so-called kiln-dried seed is much in favor. In the North, sweet com should be planted as early as can be done without involving great risk of loss from frosts or from rotting of seed in the soil. In New York, field-planting is generally done from May 10 to May 20; in central Minnesota from May 10 to May 30. The ground having been plowed and prepared so as to make a seed-bed of fine, loose soil 3 inches deep, the seed should be planted to a depth of 1 to 3 inches. The drier and looser the soil, the greater should be the depth of planting. In planting small fields, the ground may be marked ih check-rows so that the hills planted CORN CORN 849 at the intersection of the rows will stand about 3 feet 4 inches to 3 feet 6 inches apart each way, and the corn planted by a hand-planter, which each time it is thrust into the ground drops from four to five kernels, which is usually the number desired. Three feet apart is too close to allow the cultivators to work easily. For large fields, the check-row type of planter should be used. These planters drop and cover the seed in hills at uni- form distances apart, planting two rows at one trip across the field. Two types of furrow-openers are now used on corn-planters; these are the runner furrow- openers and the disc furrow-openers. The former are less satisfactory on sod land or in fields covered with trash, as the runners will often ride out and leave the seed uncovered. It is better to use the disc furrow- opener on such land; besides opening the furrow better, it also pulverizes the soil about the seed. Field corn is often planted in driUs by planters adapted to this pur- pose, but sweet corn should be in hills so that the sur- face of the ground may be kept loose and entirely free from weeds. Till for the purpose of retaining soil-moisture as well as to kill weeds. This requires frequent shallow cultiva- tion, pulverizing the smface of the soil so that it will act as a mulch to retard the evaporation of soil-mois- ture. Tillage should begin as soon as the planting is done, using the slanting-tooth harrow and the we^er types of implements until the corn is nearly 6 inches high, providing that the weeds are small and the ground is in friable condition. After this time the spring-tooth cultivators or the two-horse cultivators, having prefer- ably three or four shovels on a side, are generally used, depending somewhat upon the kind of soil to be culti- vated. This type of two-horse cultivator is preferable to the double-shovel type which was formerly much used. The two-horse revolving disc cultivator is some- times used in damp, weedy ground. One great objec- tion to this type is that too much earth is thrown toward the com and the middles between the rows are usualljf left either vmtouched or bare of the loose soil which is needed for a mulch. For the later cultivations the two-horse surface cultivator is coming more and more into general use. Till at intervals of seven to ten days. At first the cul- tivator may run from 2 inches deep near the plant to 4 inches deep midway between the rows. Each suc- cessive cultivation should gradually increase in depth towards the middle between the rows; throw J^ inch or more of earth towards the com and cover the weeds. At the last cultivation the cultivator may be kept a little farther from the com. It should leave the soil pulverized to a depth of 2 to 3 inches over the entire field. The earlier cultivation may be deepened, if necessary, to kill weeds, even though some corn roots are severed, but cutting the roots by deep cultivation near the plants late in the season is to be especially avoided. Till the soil until the com gets so large as to prevent the use of a two-horse cultivator. Occasion- ally a later cultivation, with a one-horse cultivator, may be necessary if heavy rains leave the surface soil hard and start the weeds. Often catch-crops for late pasturage, cover-crops or crops of winter wheat or rye are sown in the cornfield and cultivated in with the last cultivation. The seed is covered deeply by cultiva- ting it in because the weather is apt to be dry at this period. The lower part of the furrow-slice is thus left compact, furnishing a compact seed-bed, in which small trains delight. The cultivation of sweet com in the garden should follow the general lines indicated for field culture, but stable manure and commercial fertilizers may be used more liberally. Except on very fertile soils, it is well to put a small amount of a complete commercial fertilizer in each hill and mix it well with the soil before plant- ing the com. A fertilizer which has a large amount of nitrogen in quickly available form should be chosen for this purpose. Dwarf early-maturing varieties may be planted, for early use, as soon as the ground is sufficiently dry and warm. A little later, when the ground is warmer, the second-early main crop and late varieties may be planted. Later successional plantings insure a supply of green corn till frost kills the plants. Corn is not grown commercially as a forcing crop. Attempts to force it in winter have not given encour- aging results, but it may be successfully forced in spring, following any of the crops of vegetables which are grown under glass, providing the houses are piped so as to maintain the minimum night temperature at 65° F. Provide good drainage. Give a liberal application of stable manure and thoroughly mix it with the soil. In the latitude of New York the planting may be made as early as the first of March. As soon as the first leaf has unfolded, the temperature may be allowed to run high in the sun, if the air is kept moist by wetting the floors and walls. The glass need not be shaded. Keep night temperature close to 65° F., not lower and not much higher. After the silk appears, jar the stalks every two or three days, when the atmosphere is dry, and thus insure abundant pollination. Early maturing varieties, like Cory, give edible corn in about sixty days when thus treated. Corn may be forced in the same house with tomatoes, eggplant, and other vege- tables which require similar range of temperature. Varieties of sweet corn. Some of the desirable varieties for the garden, the market, and for caiming are fisted below. These varie- ties are named to show the range of variation and to indicate the leading groups or types, rather than to recommend these particular kinds. New varieties are continually supplanting the old. For the home garden. — Extra-early: Golden Bantam, an extra/-early sort, has recently become very popu- lar, on account of its productiveness, good flavor, and desirable size for table use, and because the kernels separate very easily from the cob; many plant it in succession so as to cover the entire season with this variety alone. Peep o'Day and Minnesota are other good extra-early varieties. Second-early : Early Crosby ; Early Evergreen. Medium or standard season: Hickox Improved, Stowell Evergreen, White Evergreen. Late: Black Mexican, Country Gentleman. For market. — Extra-early: Cory (red cob), White Cob Cory, and Extra-Early Adams, which, though not a sweet corn, is largely grown for early use. This last- named variety is recommended in the South because of its comparative freedom from the attacks of the ear worm. Second-early : Shaker, Crosby, Early Champion; Early Adams also is extensively grown for market, though not a true sugar com. Midseason and Late: Stowell Evergreen, Country Gentleman, Late Mam- moth, Egyptian. For canning. — Stowell Evergreen is the standard variety for canning factories everywhere. Country Gentleman is also grown to a considerable extent for fancy canned corn. Other varieties that are used for canning include Early Evergreen, White Evergreen, Egyptian, Potter Excelsior, and Hickox Improved. Diseases and pests of sweet corn. The most widespread and destructive disease of corn in the United States is the smut produced by the para- sitic smut-fungus, Ustilago Zese. The sorghum-head smut, Ustilago Reiliana, also attacks maize. Smut causes most injury when it attacks the ears. The grains are transformed into a mass of dark-colored smut spores, and become exceedingly swoUen and dis- torted out of all semblance to their normal outlines. Infection may take place at any growing point of the plant from early till late in the season, hence treat- ment of seed corn by fungicides is of no value . as $, 850 CORN CORN remedy for corn smut. The destruction of smutted parts of the plants, and taking especial care that the smut does not become mixed with manure which is used for the corn crop, are measures which may be expected to lessen the prevalence of the disease. No remedy is known. Another disease of sweet corn in the United States is the .bacterial bUght caused by Psevdomonas Stewartii. It has been found in New York, New Jersey, and Michi- )060. Golden Bantam sweet corn. gan, but thus far has been seriously destructive only on Long Island on early dwarf varieties of sweet corn. It is characterized by wilting and complete drying of the whole plant, as if affected by drought, except that the leaves do not roU up. The fibro-vascular bundles become distinctly yellow, and are very noticeable when the stalk is cut open. The disease attacks the plant at any period of growth, but is most destructive about the time the silk appears. No remedy is known. These two diseases are of the most economic impor- tance in the United States. Two others of somewhat minor importance which deserve mentiqn are rust and leaf bUght. The leaf-blight fungus causes round, brownish, dead spots on the foliage. The maize rust, Pvccinia sorghi, ia found principally where rainfall is abundant. It is rather common tbioughout the corn- belt. The fungus is similar in nature to that which causes the rust of small grains. It cannot be controlled economically. Over 200 species of insects are known to be injurious to com, either to some part of the growing plant or to the stored product. The corn-ear worm, known South as the cotton-boU worm, is especially injurious to sweet com. It burrows in tender green corn, ruining the ear for either canning or market purposes. It is known to do serious damage as far north as western New York and central Iowa. Recent experiments in dust-spraying promise well. Spraying is done weekly, beginning when silks appear, using equal weight powdered lead arsenate and lime. Shallow fall plowing to kill pupse is a partial remedy. Wire-worms, northern corn-root worms, white grubs, and certain other grass insects attack com plants. One of the best preventive meas- ures is to plan the rotation so that com does not immediately follow any cereal or grass crop. Pop-corn {Zea everta, Sturt.). Fig. 1058. Pop-corn is characterized by the excessive proportion of the corneous endosperm and the small size of the kernel and ear. The kernel split laterally shows the chit and corneous matter enveloping, and in some cases a fine, starchy line. The small size of the kernel and the property of popping makes identification certain. This species-group extends throughout North and South America and has claims for prehistoric culture. The preparation of the ground recommended for sweet corn holds for pop-corn. Tillage should be started early in the spring to conserve as much of the soil-moisture as possible, thus protecting the crop against possible injury from drought later in the season. On good clean ground the pop-corn is very often drilled, dropping the kernels 6 to 8 inches apart in the row. More often, however, it is check-rowed with the rows 3 feet 4 inches apart and from four to six kernels in the hill. The ordinary corn-planters are used with special plates for pop-corn planting. For dwarf varieties of pop-corn such as the Tom Thumb, when planted in home gardens and tilled by hand the hills may be as near together as 2J^ feet. Pop-corn is much slower in germinating than field com and the plant is not so vigorous a grower. Shal- low cultivation is recommended just as for other corns, especially for the later cultivations, since deep cultivating cuts too many roots. Pop-corn is planted earlier than field com. It should be planted deep enough to reach the moist soil, usually IJ^ to 2 inches, but in a dry season it may need to go 3 inches deep. The White Rice, which is grown more extensively for market than any other variety, mixes with field ooms readily. The resulting hybrid types have larger ears and larger, smoother kernels and give heavier yields than do the jjure pop-corns. These hybrid types were for a time quite in favor with the commercial growers because of their greater yield. Now they are being discriminated against by the buyers because of their inferior popping qualities, and the tendency among the growers is to get back to the pure types, even though they give smaller yields. Pop-corn matures earher than field com. For this reason in many sections of the country it is regarded as a surer crop. In the region about Odebolt, Iowa, where pop-corn is grown more extensively than in any other district in the world, harvesting sometimes begins as early as the middle of September, but more often it is delayed till the first of October or later to let the com dry on the stalk. There are two methods of harvest- ing. One is to snap the corn and pile it in the crib, then shuck it during the winter. However, this is not generally practised oecause it makes more work and takes more crib room. The other and common method is to pick and shuck the ears from the standing stalks directly into the wagon, the same as with field corn. On account of the heavy expense of hand-picking, some are now using the harvesting apparatus called the corn-picker and husker. Opinions differ as to the econ- omy of using this picker. The row?_ should be long and the com should stand up well to justify its use. For hand-picking the price per bushel usually ranges from 10 to 12 cents. A good hand can pick about forty bushels in a ten-hour day if the com is good. It is very important that the pop-corn be thoroughly dried. After it is picked it is placed in the crib which usually has ventilators through the center. These extend along the middle of the floor, are slatted to admit air, and are about IJ^ feet wide by 2J/^ feet high. The corn is usually left in the crib through the winter season. Sometimes it is marketed on the cob. Formerly it was a common practice to ship it on the cob in sacks, but now it is generally held over winter in the crib, shelled the next spring, and shipped in two-bushel sacks. It is usually marketed from June to September. It is ready to use for popping just as soon as it is dry enough. It can be jjopped immediately after it is gathered if the season is dry and the com is allowed to dry sufficiently in the field. Usually it is left on the stalk till it is so dry that it shells some when thrown into the wagon. Various companies make a practice of contracting for a certain number of acres of pop-corn at a certam price in the spring of the year, so that the farmer may know just what price he will get for his corn in the fall or at some stated time at which it is to be delivered. The contracting firm does not as a rule supply the seed but does specify the grade of the com and objects to the coarse hybrid types. The prices for com in the ear are ruhng from 1 cent to 2 cents a pound; for shelled corn from IH cents CORN CORNUS 851 to 3 cents a pound. Pop-corn is considered a very profitable crop and less likely to fail than field corn because it matures earlier. A good return to the acre would be twenty to twenty-five bushels of ear corn, worth from $20 to $50, averaging about $30. Field corn in the same region averages about fifty-five bush- els, worth usually from $20 to $25 an acre. Varieties. In 1899, Sturtevant described twenty-five varieties of pop-corn. Tracy, in his "American Varieties of Vegetables for the Years 1901 and 1902," enumerated fifty-four varieties. The rice pop-corns are generally used for commercial plantings. White Rice is now the leading commercial variety of pop-corn, since it gives the greatest yield and abo brmgs the highest price on the market. In the noted region about Odebolt, Iowa, this variety is grown almost exclusively. The following list includes the leading varieties: White Rice. — ^Ear 4 to 8 inches long. This vigorous, late variety ia widely cultivated. With other rice corns, it is characterized by deep, tapering, beaked kernels. White Pearl. — Ear 4 to 8 inches long. Matures some- what earlier than Rice and later than Dwarf Golden. Kernels round and silvery white. Dwarf Golden. — Ear 1 to 3 inches long. An early- maturing sort, with broad, golden yellow kernels. A favorite garden variety. Golden Tom Thumb. — Ear 2 to 2J^ inches long. An ornamental variety for home gardens. The stalks only grow to a height of about 20 inches. The kernels are Bright and golden yellow. Other kinds of pop-corn worthy of mention are Golden Queen, Silver Lace, and CaJifomia Yellow. S. A. Beach. CORN COCKLE: Lychnis Githago. CORNEL, CORNELIAN CHERRY: Comua max. CORNFLOWER: CerUaurea Cyanus. CORN POPPY of Eiurope is the weed of the grain fields from which some of the garden poppies have been raised, Papaver Bhceas. CORN-SALAD (Valerianella olitdria. Poll.). Valeri- anAcex. A spring and summer salad and pot-herb plant. Annual: mature plant 4-6 in. tall, forking: radical Ivs. tufted (the parts used), oblong and obtuse, nar- rowed at the base, entire or few-toothed; st.-lvs. nar- row, often clasping: fls. very small, in small terminal cjfmes, whitish: fr. (seed) nearly globular, gray, not crested. S. Eu. V. eriocdrpa, Desv., of S. Eu. and N. Afr., is sometimes cult, as salad: Ivs. longer and lighter-colored: fr. (seed) flattened, pale brown, crested. Known also as lamb's lettuce, fetticus, and vetticost. Sow the seed of corn-salad in early spring, at the time of the first sowing of lettuce, and make successional plantings as often as desired. For very early salads the seeds are planted in September, and the young plants are covered with a light mulch and wintered exactly as spinach is often managed. Sow in drills a foot or 18 inches apart and cover lightly. Work the ground thoroughly, and give an abundance of water. The leaves may be blanched, but are usually eaten green. It matures in sixty to sixty-five days during good spring weather. Only one variety is offered by most American seedsmen, but several sorts are known to European gardeners. It is sometimes used for a pot-herb, being served Uke spinach, but is_ chiefly valuable for salads. It is rather tasteless, and is not so popular as cress or lettuce on that , account, but per- sons who prefer a very mild salad, or who would rather taste the salad dressing, wiU doubtless fancy corn-salad. It is best served in mixture with other herbs, as lettuce, water-cress or white mustard. It is easy to grow. There are no special enemies. p, A.. Waugh. CORNUS (ancient Latin name of Cornus mas). ComAcese. Dogwood. Woody plants (one or two infre- quently cultivated herbs), grown for their attractive flowers and fruits; some species also for the winter effect of their brightly colored branches. Shrubs or trees, rarely herbs: Ivs. opposite, rarely alternate or whorled, deciduous, entire: fls. small, 4-merous, usuaUy white, in terminal cymes (Fig. 1061) or heads; calyx-teeth minute; petals valvate; style simple, filiform or cyUndrio; ovary inferior, 2-ceUed: fr. a drupe with a 2-celled stone. — ^About 40 species in the temperate regions of the northern hemisphere and one in Peru. Monograph by Wangerin in Engler, Pflanzenreich, hft. 41, pp. 43-92, quoted below as Wang. The dogwoods are hardy ornamental shrubs with handsome foliage, often assuming a briUiant faU color- ing, and with attractive flowers and fruits. Nearly all are very desirable for planting in shrubberies. They grow nearly as well in shady places under large trees as in sunny exposed situations, and thrive in almost any soil. One of the most beautiful in bloom is C. florida, with extremely showy flowers in spring. C. racemosa is one of the best for shrubberies, blooming profusely in Jime. The red-branched species, as C. alba^ C. Amomum, C. Baihyi, C. sanguinea are very attractive in winter. Propagated by seeds, which usually do not germinate untU the second year. The species with willow-like ' soft wood, as C. alba and its allies, grow readily from cuttings of mature wood, while the others are some- times increased by layers. They are often grown in this country from nearly ripened cuttings 1061. Cornus winter shoots, showing the op- posite buds and terminal flower-clusters. — Cornus Baileyi. 1062. Cutting of Comns. 852 CORNUS CORNUS (Fig. 1062), handled in frames in summer. Horticul- tural varieties of other species are mostly budded in summer on seedlings of the type, or grafted in early spring in the propagating-house. Various species of Comus have many interesting uses. Our native C. florida, which in flower is the showiest 1063. Comus alternifolia. membei* of the genus, furnishes a useful substitute for quinine. The bark of all parts contains the same sub- stances found in cinchona, but in different proportions. It is inferior in effectiveness and more difficult to secure in large quantities. It is sometimes possible to ward off fevers by merely chewing the twigs. The powdered bark makes a good tooth-powder, and the fresh twigs can be used for the same purpose. The bark mixed with sulfate of iron makes a good black ink. The bark of the roots yields a scarlet dye. The wood, being hard, heavy, and close-grained, is good for tool handles. The comehan cherry has pulpy fruits resembUng cornelian in color and about the size and shape of olives, for which they can be substituted. The ripe fruits are soft and rather sweet. The name dogwood comes from the fact that a decoction of the bark of C. sanguinea was used in England to wash mangy dogs. The small red berries of C. suecica (not in the trade) are eaten by the Esquimaux. alba, 3, 4. albocarpa, 17. alternifolia, 1. Amomum, 8. argentea, 1. argenteo-marginata, 4, 17. asperifolia, 6. aurea, 17. aureo-elegantissiiua, 17. Bailejd, 5. brachypoda, 2, 12. derulea, 8. canadensis, 23. candidiasima, 10. capitata, 22. circinata, 7. coloradensis, 3. controversa, 2. fastigiata, 11. INDEX. femina, 11. daviramea, 3. florida, 19. Gouchaultii, 4. ignorata, 12. japanica, 21. Kesselringii, 4. Kousa, 21. luteocaT'pa, 17. macrocarpa, 17. macrophylla^ 2, 12. mas, 15, 17. maseula, 17. nana, 17. nitida, 3. Nuttallii, 20. obliqua, 9. oblongata, 10. ochroleuca, 1. officinalis, 18. paniculata, 10. , 14. paucinervis, 14. pendula, 3, 19. pumila, 15. Purpusii, 9. guinguenervis, racemosa, 10. rubra, 19. rugosa, 7. sangiiinea, 16. sericea, 8. sibirica, 4. Spaetbii, 4. stolonifera, 3, 9. stricta, 11. tatarica, 4. Theleryana, 12. Thelycania, 12. umbraculifera, 1. variegata, 2, 8, 16. viridissima, 16. Wilsoniana, 13. A. Plants, shrubs or trees. B. Fls. in cymes or panicles without involucre. {Svida.) c. Foliage alternate: fls. in umbel-like cymes, cream-colored. 1. altemifdlia, Linn. (Svida alternifdlia, Small). Fig. 1063. Shrub or small tree, to 25 ft. : Ivs. "slender- petioled, elliptic or ovate, usually cuneate, acuminate nearly glabrous above, pale or whitish beneath and appressed pubescent, 3-5 in. long: cymes lJ4-2}^ in wide: fr. dark blue, globular, }^in. across, on red pfr! duncles. May, June. New Bruns. to Ga. and Ala west to Minn. S.S. 5:216. Em. 463. Wang. 51.— Of verv distinct habit, the branches being arranged in irregular whorls, forming flat, horizontally spreading tiers, as in the picture. A variety which shows this habit more distinctly than the common form is var. umbraculffera Dieck. Var. argentea, Temple & Beard, is a form witli white-marked foliage. Var. ochroleiica, Rehd., has yellowish frs. 2. controversa, Hemsl. (C. brachypoda, Koch, not C. A. Mey. C. macrophylla, Koehne, not Wall.). Tree, to 60 ft. : Ivs. slender-petioled, broadly ovate or elliptic- ovate, usually rounded at the base, abruptly acuminate whitish and slightly hairy beneath, 3-5 in. long: cymes 3-4 in. wide: fr. bluish black. June. Himalayas to Japan. B.M. 8261. S.I.F. 1:77. R.B. 30:63.— With the habit of the former, but of more vigorous growth; not hardy N. Var. variegata, Rehd. (C. macroph§la varieg&ta, Baibier). Lvs. edged white. One. 3:67- 16:291. J.H. III. 28: 129; 47:147. cc. Foliage opposite. D. Fr. white or blue. E. The fls. in umbel-like flat cymes. p. Calor offr. white or bluish white. G. Under side of lvs. with appressed hairs, glaucous. 3. stolonffera, Michx. (C. dlba, Wang.). Red-Osier Dogwood. Fig. 1064. Shrub, to 8 ft., usually with dark blood-red branches and prostrate st., stoloniferous; lvs. obtuse at the base, ovate or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, 2-5, in. long: cymes dense, 1-2 in. wide; disk usually red: fr. white, globose, jwith the stone broader than high. May, June. From 'Brit. N. Amer. to 111. and CaUf. G.C. II. 8:679.— Habit bush-like, as in Fig. 1064. Var. flaviramea, Spaeth. Branches yel- low. There are also varieties with variegated lvs. Var. nitida, Schneid. (C. dlba var nitida, Koehne). Branches green: lvs. glossy above. Var. coloradensis, Schneid. (C. dlba var. C. coloradensis, Koehne). Branches brownish red, strongly recurved: fr. bluish white. Colo. Var. pendula. Ell. Low shrub with pendulous branches. . 4. filba, Linn. (C. tatdrica. Mill.). Shrub, to 10 ft., j/jvXfeh usually erect st. and bright blood-red branches, mostly with glaucous bloom when young: lvs. obtuse at the base, ovate or elliptic, somewhat bullate or rugose above, acute, 1}^-3J^ in. long: cymes dense, small; disk 1064. Comus stolonifera. CORNUS CORNUS 853 yellow: fr. ovoid, bluish white, sometimes whitish; stone usually higher than broad, flat. Siberia, N. China. Var. argSnteo-marginata, Rend. (C alba var. ele- gantlssima varieg&ta, Hort.). Lvs. edged white. Var. Spiethii, Spaeth. Lvs. broadly edged yellow. Gn. 64, p. 378; 69, p. 343. Var. Gouchaiiltii, Rehd. (C. sibirica Govchaidtii, Carr.). Lvs. variegated with yellowish white and pink. Var. sibirica, Lodd. Branches bright coral-red. C.L.A. 21, No. 4:29. G.M. 54:249. Var. Kesseliingii, Rehd. (C sibirica var. Kesselringii, Wolf). Branches very dark purple, nearly purplish black. There are also some other varieties with varie- gated lvs. GG. Under side of lvs. with woolly hairs. 5. Baileyi, Coult & Evans. Fig. 1065. Erect shrub, with reddish branches: lvs. ovate to lanceolate, acute or acuminate, white beneath, with woolly and with appressed hairs, 2-5 in. long: fls. in small rather com- pact woolly cymes: stone of the white fr. much broader than high, compressed and fiat-topped. Pa. to Minn, and Wyo. G.F. 3:465 (adapted in Fig. 1065).— A very handsome species of upright growth, with dark red branches, blooming nearly all summer, and of a dis- tinct grayish hue due to the sUghtly upward curled lvs. The fall color of foliage and winter color of twigs are unequaled. Well adapted for sandy soil. Early observed on dunes, S. Haven, Mich., but brought to tfie atten- tion of systematists from specimens collected in ex- treme N. E. Minn, in 1886. 6. asperifdlia, Michx. Shrub, 8-15 ft.: branches reddish brown: lvs. slender-petioled, elliptic to ovate, acuminate, rough above, pale and woolly-pubescent beneath, 1-4 in. long: cymes rather loose, rough-jjubes- cent: fr. globose, white; stone nearly globose, slightly furrowed. Ont. to Fla., west to Texas. G.F. 10:105. PF. Color of fr. blue w bluish, sonwiimes partly white or greenish white. G. Lvs. densely wooUy-piibescent beneath. 7. rugdsa, Lam. (C. cirdnAta, L'Her.). Shrub, 3-10 ft.: the young branches green, blotched pmple, older ones purplish: lvs. orbicular or broadly ovate, acute or short-acuminate, shghtly pubescent above, pale and densely pubescent beneath, 2-6 in. long: cymes rather dense: fr. light blue or greenish white. May, June. Em. 464. Wang. 61. — Bark has medicinal properties. GG. Les. pubescent only on the veins or nearly glabrous beneath. 8. Amdmum, Mill. (C. sericea, Linn. C. cceridea, Lam.). Shrub, 3-10 ft., with purple branches: Ivs.i usually rounded at the base, elliptic-ovate or elliptic, dark green and nearly glabrous above, pale green beneath, usually with brownish hairs on the veins, 2—4 in. long: cs^me compact: fr. blue or sometimes partly white. June, July. Mass. to Ga., west to N. Y. and Tenn. Em. 466. — Bark has medicinal properties. Var. variegata, Hort. Lvs. variegated with yellowish white. 9. obliqua, Raf. (C. Plirpusii, Koehne). Shrub, similar to the preceding, usually broader and more loosely branched: branches purple to yellowish red: lvs. usually narrowed at the base, eUiptic-ovate to oblong, dark green and glabrous above, glaucous beneath, on the veins usually with whitish or brownish hairs, 2-3 J^ in. long: cyme compact: fr. blue or partly white. May, June in the S., July in the N. Que. to Minn, and Kans. southtoPa., 111. andMo. S.T.S. 1:39. R.H. 1888:444 (as C. stolonifera) . EB. The fls. in broad panicles: fr. white or pale blue. 10. racemdsa, Lam. (C. candidlssima, Marsh., not Mill. C.panidddta, L'Her. C.oblong&ta, Hort. ). Shrub 6-15 ft., with gray branches: lvs. cuneate, ovate- lanceolate or lanceolate, acuminate, appressed-pubes- cent or nearly smooth, whitish beneath, lJ^-4 in. long: petals white, lanceolate: fr. white. May, June. Maine to N. C, west to Minn., and Neb. Wang. 58 (as C. femina). — Free-flowering; very handsome when in bloom, and with its white frs, on red peduncles in fall. 11. femina, MiU. (C. stricta, Lam. C. fastigiata, Michx.). Shrub, to 15 ft., with purphsh branches: lvs. ovate or ovate-lanceolate, sparingly and minutely appressed-pubescent, green on both sides, 1%S in. long : petals white, ovate-lanceolate : fr. pale blue. April, May. Va. to Ga. and Fla. — ^Tender N. Closely alUed to the former, and perhaps only variety. DD. Fr. black {green in a var. of No. 16). B. Fls. in broad panicles. 12. brachypoda, C. A. Mey. (C. ignor&ta, Shiras. C. macrophylla, Hemsl., not WaU. C. Thelycanis, Lebas. C. Thelerydna, Hort.). Shrub or small tree: branches yellowish or reddish brown: lvs. slender-petioled, elliptic-ovate to eUiptic-oblong, abruptly acuminate, rounded or broadly cuneate at the base, dark green 106S. Comus Baileyi. (Spray X }4) above and nearly glabrous, glaucous beneath and spa- ringly appressed hairy, with 6-8 pairs of veins, 2j|-6 in. long: panicle rather loose, 3-6 in. across; style below the stigma abruptly enlarged into a disk: fr. bluish black. Aug. Japan, Cent. China. S.T.S. 1:41. S.I.F. 1:77. R.H. 1875, p. 395. F. 1876, p. 123.— One of the handsomest dogwoods on account of its large lvs. and large panicles of white fls.; not quite hardy N. 13. WilsoniSna, Wang. Tree, to 40 ft.: branches brownish: lvs. elliptic, narrowed at the base, acuminate, above sparingly, beneath more densely appressed- pubescent, green or glaucescent beneath, with 3-4 pairs of veins, 2^ in. long: panicle 23^-4 in. across; style cyUndric, scarcely enlarged below the stigma: fr. bluish black. Cent. China. Wang. 66. — ^Very hand- some, similar to the preceding, but hardier. BE. Fls. in umbel-like cymes: lvs. green beneath. p. Lvs. with appressed hairs beneath. 14. paucinervis, Hance (C quinquenervis, Franch.). Shrub 4-6 ft. : young branches quadrangular, usually reddish brown: lvs. short-petioled, of firm texture, oblong-obovate to elliptic-lanceolate, acute, cuneate at the base, dark green above, paler beneath with ap- pressed hairs, with 3-4 pairs of veins, 1J^-3J4 in. long: cymes long peduncled; style thickened below the apex: 854 CORNUS CORNUS 1066. Comus 1 fr. black. June. Cent. China. G.C. III. 50:95. G.M. 54:593. Gt. 1896, p. 285. Wang. 72.— Handsome shrub nearly half-evergreen, but not hardy N. 15. pfimila, Koehne (C. mds var. nAna, Dipp.). Dense shrub, to 6 ft.: branchlets terete, glabrous: Ivs. crowded, broadly ovate to oblong-ovate, short-acumi- nate, abruptly contracted at the base, dark green and nearly glabrous above, Ealer and appressed-hairj' eneath, 1^-S}4 in. long: cymes long-peduncled, 2-3 in. broad; style thickened below the apex: fr. black. July. Origin un- known. — Handsome with its dense dark green foliage, particularly when dotted with the white fl.-clusters; has proved hardy at the Arnold Arbo- retum. PF. Lvs. with woolly hairs beneath: branches purple. 16. sanguinea, Linn. Shrub, to 12 ft., with purple or dark blood-red branches: lvs. broad-elliptic or ovate, rounded or narrowed at the base, usually pubescent on both sides, pale green beneath, 1J^3K in- long: fls. greenish white, in dense cymes: fr. black. May, June. Eu., Orient. Var. variegftta, Dipp. Lvs. varfegated with yellowish white. G.W. 9, p. 247. Var. viiidissima, Dieck. With green branches and green fr. BB. Fls. in dense heads or umbels, with an involucre. c. Color of fls. yellow; involucre yellowish, not exceeding thefl^. (Macrocarpium.) 17. mas, Linn. (C mdscida, Hort.). Cornelian Cheery. Fig. 1066. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft. : lvs. ovate or elliptic, acute, appressed-pubescent, and green on both sidas, 13^4 in. long: fls. in sessile opposite umbels, before the lvs. ; pedicels not exceeding the invo- lucre: fr. oblong, scarlet, %\n. long, edible. March, April. S. Eu., Orient. Mn. 5:192. G.C. II. 9:399. H.W. 3, p. 61. — Handsome shrub of dense growth with glossy foliage, very attractive in early spring with its yellow fls., and again in fall with its shining scarlet frs. Var. ma- crocfirpa, Dipp. Fr. larger. Var. albocirpa, Schneid. (var. Vuieo- cdrpo, Wang.). Fr. yel- lowish. Var. aOrea, Schelle. Lvs. yellow. Var. adreo-elegantis- sima, Schelle. Lvs. variegated with pink or yellow. F. 1877: 109. G.Z.21:169. Var. argenteo -marginita, Hort. Lvs. bordered white. Var. nina, Simon - Louis. Dwarf form. It has been con- fused with C. pumila (No. 15) which has len- ticillate branchlets and usually 4 pairs of veins. (Sprays X^) 1067. CornttS floiida. ( X H) 18. officiu^s, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub or small tree to 15 ft. : lvs. elliptic, acuminate, pale g^een beneath and with large tufts of dark brown hairs in the axils of the veins: fls. like those of the former; pedicels longer than the involucre: fr. scarlet, oblong. Japan, China. S.Z. SO. — ^Very similar to the last. cc. Color of fls. greenish yeU low, sessile, with a showy white irwolucre, much exceeding the fls. D. Frs. in dense clusters, but ■ individually distinct. (Benthamidia, Cyrwxy- Ion). 19. fl6rida, Linn. {Cy- ndxylon fl&ridum, Raf.). FloweringkDogwood. Fig, 1067. Shrub or small tree with spreading branches, 10-15 ft., rarely to 40 ft.: lvs. oval or ovate, acute, dark green and glabrous above, glaucous or whitish beneath, usually only pu- JDescent on the veins, 3-6 in. long: involucre white or pinkish, 3-4 in. wide; bracfa 4, obovate, emarginate: fr. ]/im. long, scarlet. May. Mass. to Fla., west to Ont. and Texas, aJso E. and S. Mex. S.S. 5:112-13. Em. 468. G.F.3:431. B.M.526. Gn. 33, p. 441; 43, p. 153; 52, p. 177; 53, p. 222. J.H. in. 28:453.; 55:331. F.E. 23:511. G. 34:531. Gn. M. 5:138. M.D.G. 1898:405. V. 5:230; 20:51.— One of the most beautiful American flowering trees; hardy N. Var. pendula, Dipp. With pendulous branches. F.E. 17, p. 68. V. 13:333. Var. rftbra, Andr6. With pink involucre. R.H. 1894:500. A.G. 18:441. F.E. 9:572. B.M. 8315. G. 28:689. Neither variety as hardy as the type. 20. Nfittallii, Audubon. Tree, to 80 ft.: lvs. ovate or obovate, usually pubescent beneath, 4r-5 in. long: involucre white or tinged with pink, 4r-6 in. across; bracts 4-6, oblong or obovate, sometimes roundish, mostly acute: fr. bright red or orange, crowned with the broad, persistent calyx. Brit. Col. to S. Calif. S.S. 5:214^15. Gng. 6:274. B.M. 8311. G. 27:366.— This species surpasses the former in beauty, but is more tender, particularly whilfe the plants are young, and has rarely been successfully cult . outside of its native country. DD. Frs. connate into a globular fleshy head. . (JBenthamia.) 21. Koftsa, Buerg. (Benthamia japSnica, Sieb. & Zucc. C. japdnica, Koehne, not Thunb.). E%. 1068. Shrub or smaU tree, to 20 ft.: lvs. cuneatej. elliptic -ovate, acumi- nate, dark green above, glaucous and ap- pressed-pubescent be- neath, 2-4 in. long: in- volucre creamy white, 2>^3 in. wide; bracts ovate, acute: frs. form- ing a globular head. June. Japan, China. S.Z. 16. S.I.F. 2:59. CORNUS CORONILLA 855 1068. CornusEousa. (XM) Gn.43:152;60, p. 165. G.C. III. 19:783. A.G. 9:329 (adapted in Fig. 1068): 13:674. Gng. 3:149. J.H. III. 35:9; 63:187. M.D.G. 1899:328-9. R.B. 30:64. G. 27:367. Gn.W. 8:741. G.M. 35, suppl. Oct. 8.— Fla. very showy, appearing after the Ivs. in June and con- trasting well with the bright green foliage; hardy aa far north as Mass. Sometimes variegated. 22. capitata, Wall. (Beji- tkdmia fraglfera, Lindl.). Tree: Ivs. coriaceous, eUiptic- oblong, narrowed at both ends, appressed - pubescent above and more densely and whitish beneath, 2-4 in.: in- volucre about 2 J^-3 in. wide, creamy white; bracts ovate, acute: fr.-head over 1 in. across, scarlet. June. Himalayas. B. 11.19:1579. Gn. 54, p. 310; 60, p. 165; 64, p. 135; 70, p. 123; 73, p. 411. G.C. III. 16:501; 45:83; 48:447. J. H. III. 30:213. M.D.G. 1898:568.— Evergreen tree, with showy fls. and frs.; hardy only S. AA. Plants low herbs: fls. in dense heads, with a white {oT pinkish) irwohtcre. (Arctocrania, Chamseperi- dymenum.) 23. canadensis, Linn. Herb, }4-% ft. hi^h, with creeping rootstock: Ivs. whorled, sessile, elliptic or obovate, glabrous or nearly so, 1-3 in. long: head green- ish, long-peduncled; involucre white, 1-1 J^ in. wide: fr. bright red, globose. May-July. N. Amer., south to Ind., Colo., and Calif. B.M. 880. G.C. III. 47:363.— Handsome plant for half-shady places. C. Amoldiana, Rehd. (C. obliquaxC. racemoi^a). Intermediate between the parents: last year's branches purple, older gray or gray- ish brown: fls. as profusely as in C. racemosa, but the white or bluish white fr. appears rather sparingly. Originated at the Arnold Arboretum. S.T.S. 1:40. — C. austrilis, C. A. Mey. Closely allied and very similar to C. sanguinea, but Ivs. beneath with appressed hairs and branches less brightly colored. Asia Minor, Caucasus. — C. Bretfchneideri, Henry (C. aspera," Wang.) Shrub, to 12 ft.: branches green or purplish: Ivs. ovate to elliptic-ovate, tisually rounded at the base, rough-pubescent on both sides, 2—1 in. long: cyme dense: fr. bluish black. N. China. Hardy. — C. coryndstylis, Koehne=C. macrophylla. — C glabrata, Benth. Shrub, to 10 ft.: branches gray: Ivs. small, nearly glabrous, green and shining on both sides: fr. white. Ore. to Calif. — C, H&ssei, Koehne. Allied to C. alba. Dwarf, dense shrub: Ivs. crowded, small, very dark green: fr. bluish white. Probably from E. Asia. — C. Kohnigii, Schneid. (C. australis var. Koenigii, Wang.). Allied to C. sanguinea. Lva. larger, 3-5 J^ in. long, sparingly appressed-puescent beneath. Transcaucasia. — C. macroph^Ua, Wall. (C. corynostylis, Koehne). Allied to C. brachypoda.' Tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs. broadly ovate to elliptic-ovate, acuminate: infl. cymose; style club-shaped at the apex. Himalayas. B.M. 8261. J.H.S. 27, p. 860. Gt. 1896, p. 28,5. — C. obldnga. Wall. Shrub or tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs. narrow- oblong, nearly glabrous, glaucous beneath, coriaceous: fls. white, fragrant, in cymose panicles. Himalayas. — C. polioph^Ua, Schneid. & Wang. Shrub, to 12 ft.: branches brown: Ivs. aubcoriaceous, elliptic or elliptic-ovate, slightly villous above, beneath more densely so and grayish white, 2 H-4 J^ in. long: cymes long-pedun- cled: fr. black. Cent. China. — C. pub^cens, Nutt. Shrub, to 15 ft., with purple branches: Ivs. nearly glabrous above, glaucous and woolly-pubescent beneath: fr. white. Brit. Col. to Calif. — C. SIA- nmi, Behd. (C. rugosa X C. stolonifera). Intermediate between the parents: branches purple: lv.s. more or less woolly beneath: fr. blu- ish, rarely white. Originated at Rochester, N. Y. — C. iiuScica,_ Linn. (Chamaepericlymenum suecicum, Aschers. & Graebn.) Allied to C. canadensis: Ivs. all opposite: fl.-head purple, the white involucre 1 in. or less wide. Arctic Amer., N. Eu., N. Asia. Gn. 55, p. 239. S.E.B. 4:634. ALFRED RbHDER. COROEUA (from the native name). Corn&cese. Ever- green shrubs, adapted to outdoor planting in the S. Upright, with tortuous or straight branches and black bark: Ivs. alternate or fascicled, stalked, entire: fls. per- fect, small, yellow, in axillary or terminal clusters ; calyx- tube top-shaped, the limb 5-lobed; petals 5, each with a scale at base; stamens 5 : fr. an ovoid or oblong 1-2-celled drupe. Three or four species in New Zeal. C. Cotoneister, Raoul, is offered abroad as a bush of curious growth, very attractive when covered with its very small yel- low star-like fls.: rigid, densely branched, 4-8 ft., the branches crooked and interlaced, tomentose: Ivs. 1 in. or less long, the blade orbicular to obovate or oblong- ovate, obtuse or emarginate, shining above, flat, stalked. B.M. 8425. I.T. 2:73. l. h. B. CORONILLA (Latin, a little crown: from the arrange- ment of the flowers). Legumindsx. Crown Vetch. Shrubs and herbs, some grown in the hardy garden and some in greenhouses, for their yellow or purple bloom. Annuals or perennials, often woody, smooth or rarely silky-hairy, with odd-pinnate Ivs., entire Ifts., and pur- ple or yellow fls. in peduncled heads or umbels; calyx 5-toothed; corolla papilionaceous, the standard orbic- ular and the keel incurved, wings obovate or oblong; stamens 9 and 1: pod jointed, terete or 4-angled; seeds oblong. — Species about 20, Medit. region and Canary Isls., W. Asia. The shrubby C. Emerus and C. glauca are useful in S. Calif, and the southern states. The species are occasionally grown in borders. C. glauca is sometimes grown under glass for spring bloom, after the manner of Cytisus. All are of easy cult. A. Fls. yellow. B. Plant herbaceous. cappaddcica, Willd. (C. iberica, Bieb.). Low peren- nial herb, about 1 ft. high: Ifts. 9-11, obcordate, ciliate: umbels 7-8-fld.; fls. yellow, large, July, Aug.: stipules membranaceous, rounded, ciliate-toothed. Asia Minor. L.B.C. 8:789. B.M. 2646.— A good trailer for rock- gardens and the margins of borders. BB. Plant shrubby, at least at base. c. Claw of the petals nmch longer than the calyx. Emerus, Linn. (Smerus rtiAjor, Mill.). Scorpion Senna. Fig. 1069. Dense, symmetrical shrub, 3-5 ft. high, the branches green and striate: Ivs. deep glossy green; Ifts. 5-7, obovate ; stipules small: peduncles 3-fld.; fls. large, yel- low, tipped with red. Blooms freely, May-July. Showy, half-hardy. S. Eu. B.M. 445. Gng. 5:36.— Ever- green in southern states. emeroides, Boiss. & Sprun. (C. 6merus var. emeroMes, Wohlf.). Bush, 3-6 ft.: branches gla- brous or soft-hairy; fits. 2-3 pairs, heart-shaped:, pedimcle 2-3 times as long ^ as the If., the umbel 5-8- fld.; fls. yellow; claw of petals about twice as long as the calyx: pod 2-3 in. long, very narrow. April, May. S. Eu. CO. Claw of petals scarcely exceeding the calyx. jfincea, Linn. Glabrous gray-green shrub : branches rush-Eke, terete, nearly naked : Ifts. 3-7, linear- 1069. Coronilla Emerus. 856 CORONILLA CORTADERIA oblong, obtuse, Bomewhat fleshy, scattered: fls. golden yellow, in 5-7-fld. umbels: pod hanging, lance-linear. S.France. B.R. 820. L.B.C. 3:235. minima, Linn. Glabrous, diffuse, soft gray-green sub-shrub, 3 or 4 in. high, procumbent: Ifts. 7-13, ovate, obtuse or retuse, scattered or at base of plant: fls. golden yellow in 7-8-fld. umbels, sweet-scented. In dry sands. Eu. B.M. 2179. glafica, Linn. Glabrous shrub 2-4 ft. high: stipules small, lanceolate: Ifts. 5-7, obovate, very blunt, glau- cous: fls. 7-8 in each umbel, yellow, heavy-scented. S. Eu. B.M. 13. — One of the common garden shrubs of S. Calif., flowering all the year. There is a varie- gated form. AA. Fls. white and pink. viminaiis, Salisb. Trailing shrub: stipules soon deciduous, ovate, membranaceous: Ifts. 13-21, obovate, notched, glaucous : umbels 6-10-fld. ; fls. pale red or white with a red stripe on the banner. Algeria. — Promising as a florists' plant for cut-fls. Fls. all the year in s! Calif. varia, Linn. Crown-Vetch. Fig. 1070. Straggling or ascending smooth herb, 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. sessile; Ifts. 11-25, oblong or obovate, blunt and mucronate, ]4r%ni- long: peduncles longer than Ivs.; fls. in dense umbels, J^in. long, pinkish white. June-Oct. Eu. B.M. 258. Gng. 5:337. — Trailing plant for hardy herbaceous border. Jaebd G. Smith. L. H. B.t CORR&A (after Jose Francesco Correa de Serra, Portuguese author, 1750-1823). Rutacese. Tender Australian shrubs, rarely cultivated under glass. 1070. CoroniUa varia. (.X'A) 1071. Correa alba. (XM) best and most variable species. It is a native of barren sandy plains, and belongs to the large and much- neglected class of Australian shrubs. specidsa, Ait. (C cardinAlis, F. Muell.). Tender shrub, 2-3 ft. high: branches slender, brown, opposite coveredwith minute_ rusty hairs: Ivs. oppo- site, about 1 in. long, elliptic, about a fourth as wide as long, wrinkled, dark green above, whitish below, margin entire, recurved : pe- duncles oppo- site, axillary, longer than the Ivs., 1-fld., with a pair of leafy bracts; fls. IJ^ in. long, pen- dent, tubular, bright scarlet, with a very short limb of 4 spread- ing, greenish yellow segms. ; calyTc small, cup- shaped, with 4 almost obsolete teeth; stamens 8, exserted, about J^in. B.M. 4912. — There are several varieties. filba, Andr. Fig. 1071. A compact and much-branched shrub, 3-4 ft., the branches rusty-tomentose: Ivs. variable, orbicular to obovate or elliptic, very blunt, J^l in. long: fls. white or pink, 2 or 3 together, not over J^in. lon^, and not so showy as preceding. B.R. 515. — Offered m S. Calif. Wilhelm Milleb. N. Tatldb.! CORTADfeRIA (from Cortadero, the native name in Argentina). Graminex. Pampas-Grass. Large reed- like perennials with numerous long, narrow blades and a large striking plume-like inflorescence. Species six. South America. See Gynerium. argentea, Stapf {Gynkrium arginleum, Nees). Pam- pas-Geass. Culms numerous, in large thick tussocks, 3-6 ft. high, excluding the panicle: Ivs. mostly basal, the upper sheaths gradually elongated; blades firm, long and slender, very scabrous on the margins, Vsrii in. wide, tapering to a slender point: panicle large, compact, 1-3 ft., silvery white or in cult, varieties tinged with purple, dioecious; spikelets 2-3-fld., the pistillate sUky with long hairs, the staminate naked; glumes white and papery, long and slender; lemmas bearing a long slender awn. A.G. 14:323. G. 1:412. G.C. III. 40:295; 43:195. Gn. 62, p. 346; 66, p. 375. G.W. 3:415. Gn.W. 5:85; 23:20. J.H. IIL 35:483; 49:27. R.H. 1862, p. 150. V. 3:369, 391. S. Brazil and Argentina. C. Ldmbleyi fdliis varieg&tu, Hort., G.C. III. 25:335, appears to be a form of C. Shrubs, usually with dense, minute, stellate hairs: Ivs. opposite, stalked, entire, and with transparent dots: fls. rather large, showy, red, white, yellow or green, usually pendulous, solitary or 2 or 3 together; petals and sepals each 4; stamens 8: carpels 4, nearly distinct. — Seven species. C. speciosa is probably the Quila, Stapf (Gynkrium QuUa, Nees. G. jub&lum, Lem. G. arcnato^nebiddsum, Kort.). Differs from pMi- pas-grass in the rather laxer, more graceful plume, with longer, more flexuous, nodding branches, somewhat smaller spikelets, and more delicate glumes, and in the longer, very slender staminodes of the pistiUate m.: plume lavender-colored, 1-2 ft. long, the spikelets 3-5-flQ. B.M. 7607. G.C. III. 26:102. Gn. 15, p. 179; 55, p. 93. R.H. 1885, p. 200; 1899:62, 53.— Grows in a dense tuft; perennial, but with biennial culms; the plant has been killed by a temperature of 3° F. Intro, by Lemoine, of CORTADERIA CORYDALiS 857 Nancy, France. Probable synonyms are Gynerium roseum Rendlaieri and G. argenteum carminatum Rend- lateri. F.S. 20:2075. Not so well known as C. argeniea. A. S. Hitchcock. CORTUSA (named by the herbalist Matthiolus after his friend Cortusus, professor of botany at Padua). PrirmMcese. Scapose, perennial, pubescent herbs with iong-.st^ked, cordate-ovate Ivs. and purple umbel- late fls. C. Matthidli, Linn., from the Swiss Alps, has long been a choice and delicate but not very popu- lar plant, suited for shady parts of the rockery. It was long considered the only species of the genus. It is an herbaceous perennial, about 6 in. high, pubescent, rhizomatous, with a few long-stalked, cordate, 7-9- lobed, dentate Ivs., and a slender scape bearing an umbel of about 7 small, rosy purple, drooping fls., which appear in early spring. B.M.987. L.B.C. 10:956. It has some resemblance to Primula cortusioides. The genus has possibly 4 species, and is distinguished from Primula and Androsace by its stamens attached to the base of the corolla, and its long-acuminate anthers. Its culture is similar to that of the hardy primulas, but it needs winter protection in the northern states. Prop, by division of the roots. CORYANTHES (Greek, korys, helmet, and anthxjs, flower, referring to the shape of the lip). Orchidacex. Epiphytic orchids requiring warmhouse conditions. Pseudbulbous : Ivs. plicate, lanceolate: fls. in racemes: sepals spreading, dilated, flexuose, conduplicate, lateral ones largest, distinct at the base; petals small, erect; lip large, tridentate, basal portion forming a hood, continued into the column; distal portion bucket- or pouch-hke; column pointing downward, elongated, terete, bicornute at the base, apex recurved; poUinia 2, compressed, caudicle hnear, arcuate. The bucket part of the Up is provided with a spout-Uke structure, by means of which the bucket overflows when about half full of a secretion which drops from a pair of glands near the base of the column. The fls. of the species known are not lasting, the sepals being of such dehcate texture that although at first they fully expand, they soon collapse and become unsightly. Although much interest attaches to the species of Coryanthes, the genus is not generally cult., since the fls. last too short a time and are not particularly brilliant. This complex genus, which is closely related to Stanhopea, is repre- sented by several interesting species inhabiting Trop. Amer. For cult, see Stanhopea. macr^tha, Hook. Fls. few, in drooping racemes; ground-color rich yellow dotted with red; hood and part of bucket brownish red. Caracas. P.M. 5:31. B.R. 1841. B.M. 7692. G.C. III. 28:355. O.R. 3:41. maculdta, Hook. Fls. in a drooping raceme; sepals and petals duU, pale yellow, bucket blotched on the inside with dull red. B.M. 3102; 3747. B.R. 1793. F.S. 8:755 (as C. AJbertinx). A.F. 30:325. CO. 1. Var. punctata, Hort., has the petals and sepals bright yellow, speckled with red, the hood yellow, blotched with red- dish orange, the pouch pale, speckled and spotted with red. Demerara. C Cdbbii is an unspotted form of this. C. BalfouTiana, Hort. Similar in habit to a stanhopea, with a long pendulous scape bearing 2 or 3 large and curiously shaped fls. Peru. — -C, leucocdrys, Rolfe. Sepals yellowish green, marked with brownish purple, the petals white, marked with light purple, the lip white with the bucket marbled with light rosy purple. Peru. Lind. 7:293. — C. Mastersiina, Lehm. Raceme erect; fls. 2 ?,''«' yellowish, tinged and spotted with copper-red. Colombia. G.C. III. 29:19. — C. Sdnderi, Hort. A very large-fld. plant allied to C. macrantha. — C. specidsa, Hook. Raceme of 2 or 3 fls. ; sepals and petals pale yellow; lip brown-red, the stalk brownish yellow. Brazil. G.C. III. 36:106. B.M. 2755 (asGongora). CO. 2. George V. NASH.f CORftjALIS (Greek, lark, the spur of the flower resembling a lark's spur). Fumariacese. Hardy plants allied to the Dutchman's breeches. Erect or prostrate herbs, usually perennially rooted. but often aimuals: Ivs. lobed and finely dissected in nearly all the species: fls. racemose, often yellow, less frequently blue, purple or rose; petals 4^ spurred as in the Dutchman's breeches; stamens 6, m 2 groups.— Ninety species, natives of the north temperate regions. They are all of easy cult. They prefer full sunMght but will grow in half-shade. Prop, by division or seed. AUenii, 2. aurea, 10. bulbosa, 1. cheilanthifoUa, 7. curvisihqua, 9. INDEX, glauca, 3. lutea, 11. nobilis, 4. occidentalis, 10. ophiocarpa, 8. solida, 1. thalictrifolia, 5. tomentosa, 12* WUsonii, 6. A. Fls. chiefly purple or rose, sometimes tipped yellow. B. Plant perennial: root tuberous: st.-lvs. Jew. 1. bulbdsa, DC. (C sdlida, Swartz). Erect, 6 in. high: Ivs. 3-4, stalked, biternately cut, segms. wedge- shaped or oblong: root solid: fls. large, purphsh. Spring. Eu. 2. Allenii, Fedde. A perennial caulescent herb, with glaucescent foUage: Ivs. usually alternate with finely divided segms., the whole If. not over 10 in. long: fls. showy, rose-colored, pendu- lous, on a terminal dense-fld. raceme that is usually about the height of the Ivs. N . W. N. Amer. — Perhaps not hardy in the northeastern states. BB. Plant annual: root fibrous: st.-hs. many. 3. glafica, Pursh. Annual, 1-2 ft. high, very glau- cous: lobes of the Ivs. mostly spatu- ^^ late: racemes short, pani- cled at the naked sum- mit of the branches; fls. barely Hin. long, rose or purple with yel- low tips; spur short and round: caps, slender, linear; seeds with minute, transverse wrinkles. Summer. Rocky or sterile ground. Nova Scotia to Rocky Mts., and even Arctic coast, south to Texas. B.M. 179 (as Fumaria). — Not advertised for sale, but probably worth cult. AA. Fls. chiefly yellow. B. Foliage not tomentose. C. Plant perennial: root tuberous or woody: st.-lvs. few or none. D. The fls. at least 1 in. long. 4. n6bilis, Pers. Fig. 1072. Perennial, erect: Ivs. bipinnately cut; segms. wedge-shaped and lobed at the apex: fls. white, tipped with yellow, and a dark purple spot; spur 1 in. long. Spring. Siberia. B.M. 1953 (as Fumaria nobilis). G.C. II. 19:725. 5. thalictrifSlia, Franch., not Jameson. Rhizome woody, elongated: Ivs. large, long-petiolate, rigid, but spreading, the pinnae of the finely dissected Ivs. petiolulate: fis. yellow, in large spreading racemes, which are opposite the Ivs.; sepals persistent, ovate. — A very showy species from China, the foUage strongly resembling Thalictrum. 6. Wflsonii, N. E. Br. A glabrous, often glaucescent perennial, with a rosette of radical much-dissected Ivs. about 5 in. long: fls. in an erect raceme 7 in. high, which is usually leafless; corolla deep canary-yellow, about 1 in. long, the blunt spur about J^in. long. G.C. III. 1072. Corydalis nobilis. 858 CORYDALIS CORYLOFSIS 35:306. — ^Useful for the Alpine garden and more pro- fuse bloomer than C. tomeniosa, its nearest relative. China. DD. Thefls. not over }^in. long. 7. cheilanthifdlia, Hemsl. A small low perennial with radical, fern-like, much-dissected, erect Ivs. about 8 in. long: scape usually taller than the Ivs., bearing numerous fls. not over J^in. long, yellow. China. May. — Suitable for moist places in the alpine garden. Probably unknown in U. S. as it is a rare plant in nature. cc. Plant annual or biennial: root fibrous: st.-lvs. numerous. D. Height of plants 2 ft. or more. 8. ophiocirpa, Hook. f. & Thorns. Root fibrous, the St. 2-3 ft. and branched: Ivs. pinnatisect, 4r-8 in. long, and glaucous beneath: fls. yellow, ia many-fld., lax racemes which are opposite the Ivs.; sepals orbicular, finely toothed and fimbriate. Moist valleys of the Himalayas. DD. Height of plants usually less than 1 ft. E. Raceme spike-like; fls. almost sessile. 9. cuivisiliqua, Engelm. Probably a biennial: com- monly more robust than C. aurea, ascending or erect, 1 ft. high or less: fls. golden yellow, over J^in. long, in a spike-Uke raceme; spur as long as the body, com- monly ascending: caps, quadrangular, IJ^ in. long; seeds turgid to lens-shaped, with acute margins densefy and minutely netted. Woods in Texas. BE. Raceme not spike-like; fls. pedicillate. 10. aiirea, Willd. Annual, 6 in. high, commonly low and spreading: fls. golden yellow, about J^in. long, on rather slender pedicels in a short raceme; spur barely half the length of the body, somewhat decurved: caps, spreading or pendulous, about 1 in. long; seeds 10-12, turgid, obtuse at margin, the shining surface obscurely netted. Rocky banks of Lower Canada and N. New England, northwest to latitude 64°, west to Brit. Col. and Ore., south to Texas, Ariz, and Mex.; not Japan. — The western forms have the spin* almost as long as the body of the corolla and pass into Var. occidentaiis, Engelm. More erect and tufted, from a stouter and sometimes more enduring root: fls. larger; spur commonly ascending: caps, thicker; seeds less tiu-gid, acutish at margins. Colo., New Mex., W. Texas, Ariz. 11. IJitea, DC. Erect or spreading, 6-8 in. high, annual, or forming a tufted stock of several years' duration: Ivs. dehcate, pale green, much divided; eegms. ovate or wedge-shaped, and 2-3-lobed: fls. pale yellow, about J^in. long, in short racemes; spur short: pod J^ or J^in. long. Stony places of S. Eu., and runs wild in Eu. BB. Foliage tomentose. 12. tomentdsa, N. E. Br. A low rock-loving peren- nial, with a rosette of radical Ivs. 4r-7 in. long, oblong in outline and tomentose, the tomentmn whitish pink, pinnse finely dissected: racemes erect, 5-7 in. tall; corolla about Min. long, light canary-yeUow, the spur very blunt and about J^in. long. China. — ^A good plant for the rock-garden. C. angustifblia, DC, is a little-known perennial with bi-temately diyided_ lys. and flesh-colored fls.=Fumaria angustifolia, Bieb. G.C. III. 35 : 307.— C. cdiva, Sohweigg. & Kort. (probably a form of C. tuberosa, DC.) is somewhat larger than C. bulbosa, with pretty fls. varying into purplish and white. Eu. — C. achroleUca. ICooh. One ft. high, blooming June-Sept. : fla. yellow-white, the spur yel- Ipw: caps, hnear: petiole winged. Italy. — C. ScoMeri, Hook., grows 3 ft., and is cult, in some European gardens. W. Amer. N. TATLOB.t CORYLOPSIS (Corylus and opsis, likeness; in foliage resembling the hazel). Hamamelid&cex. Woody plants, grown chiefly for their yellow fragrant flowers appear- ing in early spring and for the handsome foliage. Deciduous shrubs, rarely_ trees: Ivs. alternate strongly veined, dentate: fls. in nodding racemes witli large bracts at the base, appearing before the Ivs., yel- low; calyx-lobes short; petals clawed, 5; stamens 5 alternating with entire or 2-3-parted short staminodes' styles 2; ovary half-superior, rarely entirely superior: fr. a 2-celled, dehiscent, 2-beaked caps., with 2 shining black seeds. — About 12 species in E. Asia and Himar layas. «• These are low ornamental shrubs, with slender branches and pale bluish green distinct foliage; all are very attractive in early spring, when covered with numerous nodding spikes of yellow, fragrant flowers. Not hardy north of New York, except in sheltered positions. They grow best in peaty and sandy soil. Propagated by seeds sown in spring, best with slight bottom heat, and by cuttings of half-ripened wood in summer under glass; also by layers, rooting readily in moderately moist, peaty soil. A. Fls. in many-fld. raceniies. B. Petals obovate to obUmg-obovate. c. Young branchlets and Ivs. beneath pubescent, at least on the veins. spic^ta, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub, to 4 ft. : Ivs. oblique and rounded or cordate at the base, roundish ovate or obo- vate, sinuate-dentate, glaucous beneath and pubescent, 2-3 in. long: racemes 7-10-fld., 1-2 in. long, their bracts ovate; fls. bright yellow; stamens sUghtly longer than the obovate petals; calyx hairy. Japan. S.Z. 19. B.M. 5458. F.S. 20:2135. R.H. 1869, p. 230; 1878, p. 198; 1907, p. 403. G.C. II. 15:510; III. 25:210. Gn. 33, p. 441. S.I.F. 2:26.— This species has larger and handsomer foliage and fls. of a deeper yellow, in longer racemes, but C. paudfU/ra flowers more profusely and is somewhat hardier. sinensis, Hemsl. Shrub, 6-15 ft.: Ivs. obovate to oblong-obovate, abruptly acuminate, obliquely sub- cordate or cordate at the base, sinuate-denticulate, Eubescent at least on the veins and grayish green eneath, 2-A in. long: racemes about 2 in. long, their bracts nearly orbicular; petals orbicular-obovate, sUghtly longer than style and stamens; calyx hairy. Cent. China. G.C. III. 39:18. Var. glandulifera, Rehd. & Wilson (C glandulifera, Hemsl.). Young branchlets and petioles with scattered glandular bris- tles: calyx glabrous. H.I. 29:2819. cc. Young branchlets glabrous; Ivs. glabrous or only with a few silky hairs on the veins beneath when young, Veitchi^a, Bean. Shrub, 3-6 ft. : Ivs. short-petioled, elliptic, abruptly acuminate, subcordate at the base, sinuate-denticulate, glaucous beneath, 3-4 in, long; racemes 1-2 in. long; petals obovate, sUghtly shorter than the stamens; calyx hairy; nectanes 2-parted. Cent. China. B.M. 8349. Gn. 76, p. 184. BB. Petals with the blade as broad as or broader than Umg.i Wfllmottia, Rehd. & Wilson. Shrub, to 12 ft.; lys. oval to obovate, cordate or truncate at the base, sin- uate-denticulate, glaucescent beneath, 1-3J^ in. long: racemes 2-3 in. long; petals suborbicular; calyx glar, brous; nectaries 2-parted, slightly shorter than the sepals. Cent. China. G.M. 55:191 (as C.muUifiora).,, platypetala, Rehd. & Wilson. Shrub, 3-8 ft.; young branchlets with scattered glandular bristles: Ivs. %, glandular petioles, ovate or broadly ovate, cordate li subcordate at base, sinuate-denticulate, on both sidffl sparingly silky-hairy when young, soon glabrous 2-4 in. long: racemes 1-2 in. long; petals hatchet-shaped, J^in. broad; nectaries emarginate at the apex; sta^'^i and styles much shorter than petals; calyx glabrm Cent. China. Var. levis, Rehd. & Wilson. BrancW and petioles without any glands. W. China. — T^^ showy than most other species. CORYLOPSIS COHYLUS »59 AA. Fls. in SS-fld. racemes. paucifldra, Sieb. & Zucc. Low, much-branched shrub, 2-3 ft.: Ivs. obliquely cordate, ovate, sinuate-dentate, ciliate, pubescent and glaucous beneath, 1-2 in. long: racemes 2-3-fld., J^-?iin. long; fls. light yellow; petals obovate, about as long as stamens and style. Japan. S.Z. 20. G.F. 5:342. Gt. 48:1467. B.M. 7736. G.W. 15, p. 101. J.H. III. 48:381. S.I.F2:26. C. Griffithii, Hemsl. (C. himalayana, Hook., not Gri£f.). Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft. : young branchlets and Ivs. beneath densely pubescent: Ivs. subcordate: raoemes 1-23^ in. long; stamens and styles muoh shorter than the obovate petals. Himalayas. B.M. ^^'^^^ Alfred Rbhdeb. c6RYLIIS (ancient Greek name). BetidAcese. Hazel. Filbert. Cobnut. Woody plants grown for their handsome rather large foUage and some species for their edible nuts. Deciduous shrubs, rarely trees: Ivs. alternate, stipu- late, petioled, serrate and usually more or less pubes- cent: fls. moncEcious, appearing before the Ivs.; stam- inate in long, pendulous catkins, formed the pre- vious year, and remaining naked during the winter (Fig. 1073), each bract bearing 4 divided stamens; pis- tillate included in a small, scaly bud with only the red styles protruding (Fig. 1074) : fr. a nut, included or sur- rounded by a leafy involucre, usually in clusters at the end of short branches. — Fifteen species in N. Amer., Eu. and Asia, all mentioned below. Monograph by Winkler in Engler, Pflanzenreich, hft. 19, pp. 44r-56 (1904), quoted below as Winkl. Numerous varieties are culti- vated in Europe for their edible nuts. They are also valuable for planting shrubberies, and thrive in almost any soil. The foUage of some species turns bright yellow or red in autumn. Propagated by seeds sown in fall, or stratified and sown in spring; the varieties usually by suckers, or by layers, put down in fall or spring; they will be rooted the following fall. Budding in sum- mer is sometimies practiced for growing standard trees, and graft- ing in spring in the greenhouse for scarce varieties. They may also be increased by cuttings of mature wood taken off in fall, kept during the winter in sand or moss in a cellar and planted in spring in a warm and sandy soil. Illustrated mono- graph of the cultivated varieties by Franz Goeschke, Die Haselnuss (1887). See, also, bulletin on Nut- culture by the U. S. Dept. of Agric. For the culture of the nuts, see articles Filberts and Hazels. 1073. Winter catkins of filbert. INDEX. americana, 7. ferox, 1. pontica, 5. atropurpurea, 4. fusco-Tubra. 4. purpurea, 8. aurea, 4. glandulifera, 2. rostrata, 9, 10, 11, 12. Avellana, 4, 8. heterophylla, 4, 6. Sieboldiana, 10. californica, 12. laciniata, 4. setchueTiensis, 6. calyculata, 7. zoandshurica, 9. thibetica, 1. chinensis, 3. maxima. 8. tubulosa, 8. ^lurna, 2, 3. pendula, 4. yunnanensiSt 6. :ri8ta-GalK, 6. A. Husk or involucre consisting of 2 distinct bracts {sometimes partly connate). B. Involute densely spiny: Ivs. nearly glabrous. 1. feroz, Wall. Tree, to 30 ft.: young branchlets oilky-hairy: Ivs. oblong to obovate-oblong, usually rounded at the base, acuminate, doubly serrate, gla- brous except on the veins beneath, with 12-14 pairs of veins, 3-5 in. long: involucre tomentose, forming a spiny bur about Ip^ in. across, longer than the small nuts. Himalayas. Winkl. 45. Var. thibetica, Franch. 65 (C. thibitica, Batal.). Lvs. broadly ovate to obovate: involucre glabrescent. Cent, and W. China. R.H. 1910:204. BB. Involucre not spiny. c. Bracts of the involute deeply divided into linear lobes, much longer than the nut: tree. 2. Columa, Linn. Tree, to 70 ft.: petioles ^-2 in. long, usually glabrescent: lvs. deeply cordate, roundish ovate to obovate, slightly lobed and doubly crenate- serrate, at length nearly glabrous above, pubescent beneath, 3-5 in. long: frs. 3-10, clustered: involucre open at the apex, usually densely beset with glandular hairs: nut roundish ovate, %m. long. From S. Eu. to Himalayas. G.C. III. 40:256. Gn. 31, pp. 260-1. H.W. 2, p. 29. G.W. 14, p. 642. Gng. 16:163.— Ornamental tree, with regular pyramidal head, not quite hardy N. Rarely cult, for the fr. under the name of filbert of Constantinople or Constantinople nut. Var. glan- dulifera, DC. Petioles and peduncles glandular-setose: lobes of the involucre less acute and more dentate. 3. chinensis, Franch. (C. CoMma var. chinensis, Burk.). Tree, to 120 ft.: petioles J^-1 in. long, pubes- cent and setulose: lvs. ovate to ovate-oblong, cordate and very oblique at the base, glabrous above, pubes- cent on the veins beneath, doubly serrate, 4-7 in. long: fr. 4-6, clustered; involucre constricted above the nuts, with recurved and more or less forked lobes, finely pubescent, not glandular. W. China. Winkl. 49 and 50. CC. Bracts of the invohicre divided into lanceolate or triangular lobes: shrubs. D. The invohicre not or only slightly longer than the nut, open or spreading at the apex. E. Lobes of bracts serrate or dentate. 4. Avell^a, Linn. Shrub, to 15 ft.: lvs. sUghtly cordate, roundish oval or broadly obovate, doubly serrate and often slightly lobed, at length nearly glabrous above, pubescent on the veins beneath: involucre shorter than the nut, deeply and irregularly incised: nut roundish ovate, K-Min- high. Eu., N. Afr.,W. Asia. H.W. 2:16, p. 28. Var. atropurpiirea, Kirchn. (var. fiisco-rubra, Goeschke). Lvs. purple. Var. ai^ea, Kirchn. Lvs. yeUow. Var. laciniata, Kirchn. (var. heterophylla, Loud.). Lvs. laciniately in- cised or lobed. Var. pendula, Goeschke. With pendulous branches. G.W. 2, p. 13. There are also many varieties cult, for their fr. 5. pontica, Koch. Shrub: lvs. cordate, roundish ovate or broad-oval, doubly ser- rate, pubescent beneath: involucre finely pubescent, with few glandular hairs at the base, campanulate, somewhat longer than the nut, with large spreading lobes: nut large, broad-ovate. W. Asia. F.S. 21 : 2223-4 (as C. Colurna). — From this species the cobnuts seem to have originated; also the Spanish nuts are probably mostly cross-breeds between tlus species and C. Avellana or C. maxima,^ or between the two latter species. EE. Lobes of the bracts entire or sparingly dentate, triangular. 6. heterophylla, Fisch. Shrub, to 12 ft.: petioles about Min. long: lvs. orbicular-obovate, cordate at the base, nearly truncate at the apex and with a very short point, inoisely serrate, pubescent on the veins beneath, 2-4 in. long: involucre somewhat loriger than the nuts, striate, glandular-setose near the base. Japan to W. China. S.I.F. 1 : 20. — Several varieties apparently not yet in cult, occur in China: var. Crista-Gdlli, Burkill, var. setchueninsis, Franch., and wa.T.yunnanensis, Franch. 1074. Pistillate flowers of Corylus rostrata (Natural size; 860 CORYLUS CORYPHA DD. The involucre about tmce as long as the nut, usually tightly inclosing the nut. 7. americaaa, Walt. Shrub, 3-8 ft.: young branch- lets pubescent and glandular bristly: Ivs. sUghtly cor- date or rounded at the base, broadly ovate or oval, irregularly serrate, sparingly pubescent above, finely tomentose beneath, 3-6 in. long: involucre compressed, exceeding the nut, the 2 bracts sometimes more or less connate, with rather short, irregular, toothed lobes: nut roundish ovate, about J^in. high. From Canada to Fla. west to Ont. and Dak. Var. calyculata, Winkl. (C calyculdta, Dipp.). Involucre with 2 very large bracts at the base. AA. Husk or involucre tubular, narrowed above the nut and forming an elongated beak. B. Involucre finely pubescent outside with rath&r v/ide gradually narrowed beak. 8. maxima, MiU. (C. tubulosa, Willd.). Shrub, sometimes small tree, to 30 ft. : Ivs. cordate, roundish- ovate, slightly lobed and doubly serrate, 3-6 in. long: involucre finely pubescent outside: nut oblong, large; kernel with thin red or white skin. S. Eu. H.W. 2, p. 30. Winkl. 49. Var. purpiirea, Rehd. (C. Avellana purpiirea. Loud. C. maxima var. atropurpiirea, Dochnahl). Lvs. deep purplish red darker than in C. Avellana atropur- purea. F.E. 21:325. — Many varieties, with large nuts, known as filberts or Lambert's filberts. The cult, forms are partly hybrids with C. Avellana. BB. Involujcre densely beset with bristly hairs, and usually rather abruptly constricted into a narrow beak. c. Petioles usually longer than y^n. 9. mandsh&rica, Maxim. (C. rostrata var. mands- chiirica, Kegel). Shrub^ to 15 ft.: young branchlets pubescent: lvs. suborbicular to eUiptic or obovate. 1075. Corylus rostrata. (XK) doubly serrate and slightly sinuately lobed, pubescent beneath, 3-5 in. long: involucre thickly beset with brown spreading bristles, about 2 in. long, about 3 times as long as the nut, divided at the the apex into narrow entire segms. Manchuria, Korea. Winkl. 49. 10. Sieboldiana, Blume (C. rostrdta var. Sieboldidma, Maxim.). Shrub, to 15 ft.: lvs. elliptic to oblong or obovate, usually rounded at the base, doubly serrate and shghtly lobed, 2-4 in.; the young lvs. often with a purple blotch in the middle: involucre with less stiff bristles, about 1}4 in. long, 2 or sometimes 3 times as long as the nut, narrowed toward the apex. Japan. S.LF. 1:20. cc. Petioles shorter than ]/iin. 11. rostrata. Ait. Fig. 1075. Shrub, 2-6 ft.: branchlets pubescent or glabrous, not bristly: lvs. rounded or sUghtly cordate at the base, oval or obo- vate, densely serrate and sometimes slightly lobed, nearly glabrous at length, except sparingly pubescent on the veins beneath, 2J^-4 m. long: involucre densely beset with bristly hairs, beak long and narrow: nut ovoid, J^in. long. E. N. Amer., west to Minn, and Colo. G.F. 8:345 (adapted in Fig. 1075). 12. califdmica, Rose (C rostr&ta var. calif&mica, DC). Allied to C rosfroto. Shrub, to 20 ft. : lvs. more villous beneath: involucre with a short beak, which is often flaiing and sometimes torn. CaUf . to Wash. C. cdlchica. Alboff. Low shrub, to 3 ft. : Ivs. ovate or obovate, densely doubly serrate, sparingly pilose: involucre connate, witb a short lacerated beak, pubescent. Caucasus. Winkl. 53. Not in cult. — C columoides, Schueid. (C. intermedia, Lodd., not Fingerh., C. ColurnaXC. Avellana). Similar to C. Colurna: small tree or large shrub, bark darker: involucre shorter, scarcely glandular. Garden origin. — C. Fdrgesii, Schneid. (C. mandshurica var. Far- gesii, BurkillJ. Tree to 45 ft.: lvs. narrow-obovate to oblong; involucre soft-pubescent, sometimes only slightly so. W. China. — C. JacQuemdntii, Decne. (C. Colurna var. lacera, DC). Allied to C. chinensis. Tree: lvs. ovate, lobed toward the apex, less pubes- I cent, 5-8 in. long: involucre pubescent, not constricted, lobes not or rarely forked, often dentate. Himalayas. Alfred Rehder. CORYNOCARPUS (Greek, dub-fruit, aUuding to the shape). Anacardicicex; by Engler made the sole representative of Corynocarpdcex. A very few New Zeal, and Polynesian evergreen trees, one of which is intro. in Calif. Glabrous: lvs. large, alternate, simple and entire, without stipules: fls. perfect, small, whitish green, inodorous, in terminal or sub terminal panicles; calyx-lobes petal-like, unequal, 2 exterior smaller; petals much like the calyx-lobes; stamens 5, opposite the petals and shorter; staminodia 5, petal-like: fr. drupaceous, narrowly ovoid, 1-seeded, the pulp said to be edible; seed very bitter, poisonous. C. laevigata, Forst. New Zealand Laurel. Attractive leafy tree, 30-40 ft., the trunk sometimes more than 2 ft. diam.: lvs. to 8 in. long, elliptic-oblong or oblong-ovate, with a ' short stout petiole, margins slightly recurved, suggest- ing those of Magnolia grandiflora: fls. very small, greenish or whitish, short-pediceUed, in a terminal branched panicle; petals concave, little exceeding the calyx-lobes: drupe IJ^ in. or less long, orange-colored, fleshy, plum-hke. N. Zeal., in lowlands not far from the sea. B.M. 4379. — C. slmilis, Hemsl., and C. di»- similis, Hemsl., from New Hebrides and New Caledonia respectively, are not listed among cult, plants. L_ jj. B. CORYNOPHALLUS: Hydrosme. CORYNOSTYLIS (Greek, describing the club- shaped style). Viol&cese. A monotypic genus of woody ' chmbers, with alternate lvs. and terminal racemes of long-stalked violet-Uke fls. C. Hyb&nthus, Mart. & Zucc. {Cal'^ptrion AublHii, Ging. Coryndstylis AvbUtii, Hort.), is native of Trop. Amer. The lvs. are 2-5 in. long, ovate, or orbicular, bright green, serrate: fls. white, in axillary showy racemes which are contiguous along the St., long-spurred, 2 or 3 times as large as a violet, the spur half -twisted. F.S. 21:2213. B.M. 5960.— A hand- some, vigorous warmhouse climber, and cult, in the open in S. Calif. Prop, by cuttings and seeds. CORYPHA (Greek for summit or top, — ^where the leaves grow). Palmdcese, tribe C^phese. Tall fan- leaved palms with a spineless stout trunk. Leaves terminal, large, orbicular, flabellately divided to the rniddle into numerous linear-lanceolate segms.; segms. induplicate in the bud; rachis none; Egule small; petiole long, stout, concave above, spiny on the XXX. Chrysanthemum. — Two of the florist's types. CORYPHA COSMOS 861 margins; sheaths split: spadix solitary, erect, panicu- lately much branched; spathes many, tubular, sheathing the peduncle and branches; fis. green, the plant dying after once flowering and fruiting: frs. as large as a cherry, with a fleshy pericarp. — Species 6, Trop. Asia and Malay Archipelago. G.C II. 24:362. These fan-pahns are cult, the same as Chamserops and Livistona. They are warmhouse plants, prop, by seeds. Large fans, umbrellas and tents are made of the tahpot palm by the natives of Ceylon. Coryphas are but Uttle grown commercially, the growth of young plants being slow. Good loam well enriched with stable manure, a night temperature of 65° and abundant moisture, are the chief requisites in their cult., with a moderately shaded house during the summer. el&ta, Roxbg. (C. Gebdnpa, Blume). Fig Trunk straight, 60-70 ft. high, 2 ft. diam., spirally ridged: Ivs. lunate, 8-10 ft. diam.; segms. 80-100, separated nearly to the middle, ensiform, obtuse or bifid; petioles 6-12 ft., with black margins and curved spines: spadix about one-fourth the length of the trunk, but narrow. Bengal and Burma. umbraculifera, Linn. Talipot Palm. Trunk ringed, 60-80 ft. : Ivs. sub-lunate, 6 ft. long by 13 ft. wide, palmately pinnatifid, folded lengthwise above the middle; segms. obtusely bifid; petiole 7 ft., the si>ines along its margins often in pairs: spadix sometimes 20 ft. long, with spreading branches. Malabar coast and Ceylon. A.P. 12:313. Gng. 5: 213. — Lvs. used as a substitute for paper. C. austr&Us, R. Br.=Livistona. — C, macroph^Ua, Hort.!™ (?). — C. minor, Jacq.=Sabal. — C. Wdganii, Hort., is a dwarf round-lvd. plant. A.G. 15:307. -m- T'AVTnn t CORYSANTHES (helmet-flower, Greek). Orchid- acex. Not to be confounded with Coryanthes. Fif- teen or more terrestrial orchids of Austral., New Zeal, and Malaysia, little cult. Dwarf, delicate, tuberous-rooted or fleshy-rooted herbs, bearing a solitary broad If. and a large solitary fl.: upper sepal large, helmet-shaped; lateral sepals free, linear or filiform; petals (sometimes wanting) smaller than lateral sepals and similar to them; hp large, tubular at base, the margins inclosing the column, the upper part extended into a broad reflexed limb; pollinia 4. C. plcta, Lindl., Malaya, is 3-4 in. high: upper part of fl. deep purple and yellow, and lower part with four long awl-like segms. and a bract at base of ovary. C. limbdta, Hook, f., Java, is mostly even lower, with fl. purple and white, the ovate-cordate If. with reticulating white veins. B.M. 5357. C0RYTH0L6MA (referring to the helmet-shape). Gesner&cex. By some referred to Gesnera: a half -hundred or more leafy-stemmed tuberous herbs of Trop. S. Amer., with mostly red or speckled tubular fls. in terminal umbels or racemes, or solitary or few in the axils: lip of corolla erect, con- cave; disk 6-glandular; stamens didy- namous. It is doubtful whether any of the species are in the trade. C. macrdpodum, Sprague, recently men- tioned, is a glandular-hirsute herb, 6-9 in. high, from a subglobose tuber: lvs. 8-6 in. across, suborbicular: fls. in solitary axillary cymes, 5-7-fld., cinnabar-red, the corollar-tube about 1 in. long and nearly cylindric, the limb only slightly 2-lipped, the 3 lower lobes blotched purple. S. Brazil. B.M. 8228.— A handsome little plant. These plants are probably to be handled after the manner of gloxinias and similar things. 1076. Coiypha elata, having spent itself in blooming. COSMANTHCS: Phacelia. CdSMEA: Cosmos. COSMIDIUM: Theksperma. COSMOPHtLLUM: Podachxnium. COSMOS (from the Greek word with a root idea of orderliness; hence an orna- ment or beautiful thing). Syn., Cdsmea. Compdsiise. Annual or perennial herbs, now popular as flower-garden subjects. Often tall, usually glabrous: lvs. oppo- i^ site, pinnately cut in the garden kinds fls. typically shades of rose, crimson and puri)le, with one yellow species, and white horticultural varieties, long pedunoled, solitary or in a loose corymbose panicle: achenes glabrous: chaff of the receptacle in C. bipinnatus with a long and slender apex, in other species with a blunt and short apex. — Perhaps 20 species, all Trop. American, mostly Mexican. The genus is distinguished from Bidens chiefly by the seeds, which are beaked in Cosmos but not distinctly so in Bidens, and by the color of the rays, which in Cosmos is typically some form of crimson, while in Bidens the rays are yellow or white. The "black cosmos" (C diversifolius) is, perhaps, better known to the trade as a Bidens or Dahlia. It has the dwarf habit and dark red early flowers of some dahlias, but the achenes are very puzzling. They resemble those of Bidens in being four-angled, and not distinctly beaked. They are unlike Bidens, and like Cosmos, in being not distinctly com- Eressed on the back. They resemble both genera in aving two rigid persistent awns, but, unlike these genera, the awns have no retrorse barbs or prickles. The achenes are linear, as in Cosmos and all our native tropical species of Bidens; but, although narrowed at the apex, they are not distinctly beaked, as in most species of the genus Cosmos. The plant is, perhaps, nearest to Bidens. Until 1895 there were in the two leading species only three strongly marked colors: white, pink and crimson. These and the less clearly defined inter- mediate shades have come from C. bipinnatus; and the yellow forms have come from C. sulphweus, which was introduced in 1896. At first cosmos flowers were only an inch or two across. The best varieties now average 3 inches, and sometimes reach 4 or 5 without thinning or disbudding. Pure white flowers of cosmos are rarely if ever found wild, but some of the cultivated varieties are clear white. The group is lacking in bright deep reds. There are no full double forms of cosmos as yet, and, as regards strongly marked types of doubling, the cosmos may be decades behind the China asters, In the single forms, flat, incurved, or cupping, and reflexed flowers are to be looked for. Stellate forms are now offered; and also dwarfs, and other variants. It is a mistake to grow cosmos in too rich soil, as one gets too vigorous growth and too few flowers, which are also late. A sandy soil is to be pre- ferred as being earlier, and not too rich. It is well to pinch out the lead- ing shoots of young plants in order to make them bushy and symmetrical, instead of tall and straggling. In the .East, for best results it is still neces- ■ sary to sow seed indoors in April and transplant outdoors as soon as danger of frost is past. Seed sown in the open ground often fails to produce flowers in some northern localities before frost. . The early frost kills the typical species, but some of the new strains are said to resist a degree or two of frost. 862 COSMOS COST-ACCOUNTING A. Bays white, pink or crimson: disk yellow. bipinn&tus, Cav. Fig. 1077. Glabrous annual, 7-10 ft. high: Ivs. bipinnately cut, -lobeS "linear, remote, entire: involucral scales ovate-lanceolate, acuminate: fls. white, pink or crimsog^ seeds smooth, with an abrupt beak much shorter than the body. Mex. B.M. 1535. Gn. 41:10. R.H. 1892:372.— The older and com- moner species. C. hybridus, Hort., is presumably a trade name for mixed varieties of C. bipinnatiis, but BeeG.F. 1:474 for note. AA. Bays yellow: disk yellow. sulphfireus, Cav. Fig. 1078. Pubescent, 4r-7 ft. high, much branched: Ivs. often 1 ft. or more long, 2- or 3-pinnately cut, lobes lanceolate, mucronate, with rachis and midrib ciliate or hispid; pjinnae alternate, entire or 2-3-toothed: pedvmcles 7-10 in. long, naked: outer involucral bracts 8, Unear, acuminate, green, 2 lines long; inner ones 8, oblong, obtuse, scarious, 5 lines long; fls. 2-3 in. across, pale, pure or golden yel- low; rays 8, broadly obovate, strongly 3-toothed at the apex, ribbed beneath; anthers of the disk exserted, black, with orange tips: seeds linear, 1 in. long, includ- ing the slender beak. Mex. G.F. 8:485 (adapted in Fig. 1078). — Intro. 1896; parent of the yellow forms. AAA. Bays dark red: disk red. diversifdlius, Otto {Bhdens atrosanguinea, Ortg. B. dahlimdes, Wats. Ddhlia Zimapdnii, Roezl). Black Cosmos. Tender annual, 12-16 in. high, with tubers more slender, and requiring more care in winter than those of common dahlias: Ivs. pinnately parted; Ifts. 6-7, entire or slightly serrate, the terminal Ifts. largest: peduncles each bearing 1 head 6 in. or more above foli- age; rays dark velvety red, sometimes tinged dark purple. Mex. B.M. 5227. Gt. 1861:347. F.C.2:47. J.H. III. 33:403. Var. superba, Hort., is sold. — ^Prop. almost exclusively by seeds. Wilhelm Milleb. t COSSIGNIA (Jos. Fr. Charpentier de Cossigny, 1730-1789, French naturalist). Sapinddcex. Shrubs or httle trees of about 3 species, sometimes mentioned for cult, in warmhouses. C. pinndta, Comm., of Mauri- 1077. Cosmos bipinnatus. tius, has white fls. in terminal panicled corymbs, and odd-pinnate Ivs., with 3-5 oblong and entire Ifts. COST-ACCOUNTING. The keeping of profitrand- loss records, and the drawing of conclusions from them for the improvement of the business. In recent years, the application of cost-accounting and efficiency methods to farming operations has opened practically a new approach to the discussion of agricultural problems and is forcing a reorganization in practices and in the sub-divisions of the business. Careful and extended studies have not yet been made of the efficiency principles in most horticultural occupations; but the suggestions drawn from orchard records may show the nature and scope of the work. Anmud inventory. There is no single account that is more important than the annual inventory. This inventory should list the land and each important building separately. The total value of these items should equal the value of the farm. It should list each cow, horse and important piece of machinery separately. All the cash, notes, mortgages and accounts due the farmer should be recorded with his property. A separate list should be made of all notes, mortgages or accounts due to others. The difference between these and the value of property owned gives the net worth of the farmer. A comparison of the net worth at the begitming and end of the year shows the gain or loss for the year unless money or property has been added to the business from some other sources or taken from it. Cost-accounts. But an inventory does not show on which enter- prises gains or losses have occurred. Usually a busi- ness is made up of both profitable and unprofitable en- terprises, or of enterprises that are unequally profitable. In order to know how to develop the business to the best advantage, it is important to know which enter- prises pay best for the use of land and labor. Cost accounts also have very many uses aside from deter- mining the relative profitableness of different enter- prises. If all the time spent, labor costs, and other costs, and the receipts are known, it is often possible to see ways of changing the management of a crop so as to increase profits. In order to keep a complete cost-account with any crop, it is necessary to know all the labor of men, teams and machinery for the crop; to know all receipts and expenses caused by the cropping, and to keep track of any outlays contributed to the crop from the farm or other enterprises, also whatever this crop contributes to other enterprises. A work-report of the time of man and horse should be kept in an ordinaiy account-book. At the end of the year, the total time is charged to each crop-account in the ledger. The ledger should have wide pages, so that there may be room for full descriptions. The left- hand page is used for charges, and the right-hand page for credits. Each evening one should record any cash spent dui> ing the day under the proper crop or enterprise. The number of hours that have been spent on each enter- prise for both man and horse labor are also recorded in the form shown on the next page. For convenience, the horse time is reduced to terms of one horse. A three-horse team working 10 hours is put down as 30 hours. If one desires, he may keep an account with only one enterprise. It is better to keep accounts with all the enterprises on the farm, so that one may study each part of his business and the business as a whole. The best method of discussing the subject is to show an account as kept by a farmer. The following account with a 3-acre apple orchard was kept by a New York farmer in 1912: — COST-ACCOUNTING COST-ACCOUNTING 863 Work Report toe Apple Orchard. — Three Acres r=^ Man Horse 1912 Hrs. Min. Hrs. Min. April 1 9 2 3 1 16 4 10 13 16 9 14 1 7 11 4 8 4 8 34 7 11 2 15 12 28 22 19 25 36 34 5 21 2 7 17 10 7 4 9 9 2 45 30 30 30 30 15 45 30 30 15 15 30 30 15 30 30 30 45 30 30 15 30 30 30 30 30 30 15 30 30 30 18 5 3 13 5 10 3 9 5 7 17 16 2 2 5 5 4 2 1 1 11 1 1 3 8 9 10 14 4 15 25.. 27 Brush hauled and burned 28 31 (i June 1 . . II 45 3. . «i 4 . i( 5.. (1 7.. July 31 . Cleaned and put up sprayer . . 20.. Sept. 7. . Picked Oct. 11.. 12 Hauled barrels 30 14. . 15. . •1 i 17. . 18.. 30 19 t( ti t< 21. . • 26.. „ It II 28. . l< II It 30.. It It It 31.. Nov. 4 . . 30 6.. Packed 8.. 12.. 13. . Got ready for shipping 14.. 15.. tt " Deo. 10.. Total hra. and mins 492 45 196 15 Left-hand Page. 1078. Cosmos sulphureus. iXH) Right-hand Page. Inventory — barrels on hand 100 lbs. arsenate of lead Freight on arsenate of lead 1 bbl. lime-sulfur, $8; freight 28 cts, 3 loads manure 6 J^ loads manure Freight on barrels 150 barrels Barrel liners, 60 cts.; freight, 25 cts. Postage Post-cards for advertising Adv., "Apples for sale" Telephone Use of land 493 hrs. man-labor @ 18.3 cts 196 hrs. horse-labor @ 13.3 cts 196 hrs. equipment-labor @ 5.1 cts. Interest on costs Total Gain $12 00 S 10 34 8 28 II 1 ,50 3 25 6 00 75 00 85 20 3 .52 37 25 40 00 90 22 26 07 1 10 00 3 00 II $288 95 51 47 $340 42 Aug. 11 . 12, 17. 21. 22 Oct. 25! Nov. 4 . 11. 20. 21. 22. 23. 26.. 4 empty barrels sold 1 bus. King, $1; 1 bus. Snow, 75 eta 12 bus. drop apples 2 empty barrels 2 bus. Spy, 1 bus. Baldwin 25 bus. drops Mrs. Franklin, 7 bbls. Baldwin, 2 bbls. King, 2 bbls. Greening, 4 bbls. Spy, 1 bbl. Spitz Archdeacon & Co., 6 bbls. Snow, net 1 bbl. King, $2.25; 1 bbl. Baldwin, $1.85; 1 bbl. Spy,$2.75 2 bbls. Baldwin 15 bus. Baldwin culls 12 bbls. Baldwin, $26.50; 4 bbls. Greening, $8.25; 1 bbl. Spy, $2.25; 1 bbl. Wagner, $1.75 3 bus. culls Ill bbls. (1 bbl. Spitzenburg, 1 bbl. King, 6 bbls. Wagner, 1 bbl. Fall Pippin, 9 bbls. Hubbardston, 69 bbls. Baldwin, 24 bbls. Greening) 2 bbls. Baldwin Bill not collected. 5 bbls. (1 bbl. King, 2 bbls. Baldwin, 1 bbl. Greening, 1 bbl. Spy) , 5 bbls. Baldwin 3 bus. Hubbardston, 6 bus. King Kept for home use; 3 bus. Snow, 20 bus, Bald- win 25 bus. drops to chickens Total $340 42 $1 58 1 75 3 00 1 10 2 25 6 25 35 25 6 85 3 95 75 38 75 1 00 188 70 12 75 7 85 5 25 11 50 2 50 This mere keeping of cost-accounts is not the end. The accounts must be studied. The following are a few of the facts that the farmer used in the preceding records and the suggestions derived from them: Total crop: Bus. Baldwin 421 Greening 93 Hubbardston 30 Spy 23 King 22 Snow 22 Carried forward 611 Total crop: Bus. Brought forward ... .611 Wagner 21 Spitzenberg 6 Fall Pippin 3 641 Drops and culls 105 From the foregoing records he was able to determine the yields per tree ol different varieties. Yields per acre good apples, 214 bushels. Yield per acre culls and drops, 33 bushels. Per cent of culls and drops, 14. Total receipts, good apples, less cost of barrels, $233.07. Average price per bushel, good apples, without barrels, 36 cents Hours of man-labor, per acre, 164. Hours of horse-labor, per acre, 65. Profit, per acre, $17. Profit, per hour, of man-labor, 10 cts. Cost, per bushel, good apples, without barrels, 28 cents. Profit, per bushel,' 8 cents. 864 COST-ACCOUNTING COTINUS It will be seen that the cost of barrels was very high owing to buying late in the season. Ten cents a barrel extra cost is more than equal to the profit on a bushel of apples, or one-third the entire profit. Usually the profit on an enterprise can be greatly changed by small changes in cost. The profit per acre is in addition to pay for use of land. K all the profit is expressed in terms of land, the orchard paid $27 per acre rent, or gave a profit of $14 per acre. If the profit is all expressed in terms of labor, the orchard paid 28 cents per hour for time spent on it, or gave a profit of 10 cents per hour. Records similar to those given above may be kept with each crop or enterprise on the farm. If this is done, an account is kept with horses from which the cost of an hour of horse-labor is determined. At the end of the year, the labor on each crop for the year is charged at this rate. Similarly, the cost of man-labor is found and charged. The cost of machinery-labor is charged in proportion to the hours that horses worked for the enterprise. This is how the costs per hour given above were determined. But if a complete set of accounts is not kept, the charge for labor of men and horses is placed at the usual rate of pay for such work in the region, including the cost of board. References: "Farm Management," G. F. Warren, pp. 428-93 (1913). Minnesota Bulletins, Nos. 97, 117, and 124. "Farm Accounts," J. A. Vye. Q_ p. Wabken. COSTMARY: The raylesa form of Chrysanthemum BaUamita, known as var. tanacetoides. COSTUS (old classical name). Zingiberclcese. Spihal Flag. Perennial thick-rooted tropical herbs, cultivated under glass for their flowing-limbed showy flowers, which are in terminal bracteate spikes. . Stems short or tall and leafy (plant rarely acaulescent), roots often tuberous: fls. golden yel- low, red, saffron-colored or white; corolla tubular, cleft, not showy; 1 staminodium, enlarged and bell-shaped, usu- ally with a crispy hmb, and forming the showy part of the fl. (called the lip), cleft down the back; ovary 3-loculed; fila- ments petaloid. — About 100 species, widely distributed in the tropics. More or less fleshy plants, prized in warm- houses, and grown in the open in S. Fla. and other warm regions. Monogr. by Schu- mann in Engler's Pflanzenreich hft. 20 (1904). This interesting genus of tropical herbs thrives in any rich moist soil, but luxuriates in that of a gravelly or sandy character, when under partial shade. The plants are readily propagated by cutting the canes, or stalks, into short pieces of an inch or two in length, and planting in sifted peat, or fine moss and sand, covpring but lightly. The roots may also be divided, but this is a slow means of propagation. Specimen plants require rather high temperature to bring out the rich colors of the leaves, which in some species are prettily marked with a purplish tint, and are usually arranged spirally on the ascend- ing stem. This gives rise to the name "spiral flag." (E. N. Reasoner.) specidsus, Smith. Somewhat woody at base, 4-10 ft., stout, erect: Ivs. oblong or oblanceolate, acuminate' nearly 1 ft. long, silky teneath: bracts red: fl. large| with a flowing white lunb and yellowish center, 3-4 in! across, not lasting. E. Indies. I.H. 43:56. Gn 47:166. fgneus, N. E. Br. One to 2 ft. : Ivs. oblong or elliptic- lanceolate, 4-6 in. long: bracts not colored nor conspicu- ous: fls. clustered, orange-red. Brazil. I.H. 31:511 B.M. 6821. J.H. III. 28:11. Few species of Costua are offered in this country, but others may occur in special collections. — C. Fri^dric^semi.Petersen. 6ft. or more : Iva. sessile, lanceolate, acuminate, 1 }^ ft. or less long; fls, very large] bright yellow in thick terminal spikes. Gt. 52:15-21. Cent! Ainer.(?), — C. micrdjiihus, Gagnep. 5-6 ft.: Ivs. spirally placed, lanceolate: fls. very small with red tube and orange-red yellow- tipped lobes, the lip tubular and purple, in cone-like spikes 3 in. long. Martinique. — C Tnusdicus, Hort. Lvs. obliquely lanceolate, 4r-6 in. long, dark green, marked and tessellated with silvery gray. W. Afr. — C. zebrina is very likely the same aa last. T TI n COTINUS (ancient Greek name of a tree with red wood). Anacardiacex. Smoke-Teee. Chittam- WooD. Woody plants, grown chiefly for the attractive feathery fruiting panicles and for the handsome fohage turning brilliant colors in autumn. Deciduous shrubs or trees with a strong-smelling juice: lvs. slender-petioled, entire, without stipules: fla. dioecious or polygamous, small, greenish or yellowish, in large and loose terminal panicles: the pedicels of the numerous sterile fls. lengthen after the fls. have dropped and become clothed with spreading hairs; petals 5, twice as long as the pointed calyx-lobes, the 5 stamens )r, shorter than the petals, inserted between the lobes of the disk; ovary superior with 3 short styles: fr. a small compressed obUque-obovate dry drupelet with the style on one side. — Two species, one in N. Amer. and one in S. Eu. to Cent. Asia. Formerly usually in- cluded under Rhus, which differs chiefly in its usually compound and more or less ser- rate lvs., the globose fr. with terminal style^ the absence of plumose pedicels and in the milky juice. Often planted, particularly the European spe- cies, for its loose feathery pani- cles which give almost the effect of a dense cloud of smoke, from which the shrub derives its name. The panicles of the American species are much less showy, but the au- tumnal coloring is more bril- Uant. Both species hardy as far north as Mass., the Amer- ican being somewhat more tender. They prefer a sunny, and in the N., a somewhat sheltered position and well- drained soil, and are adapted for planting in dry and rocky ground. Prop, by seeds; also by root-cuttings and layers. Coggygria, Scop. (C. Cdtintis, Sarg. C. Cocc^geo, Koch. Rh^ Cdtinus, Lmn.) Smoke-Trpb. 1079. Cotinus Fig. 1079. Spreading, rather Coggygria. dense shrub, to 15 ft.: ™- fXH) slender-petioled, oval or ob- COTINUS COTONEASTER 865 ovate, abruptly narrowed at the base^ rounded at the apex, glabrous, 13^-3}^ in. long: panicles to 8 in. long, densely plumose, usually purplish: frs. few, about J^ in. long. June, July: fr. Aug., Sept. S. Eu. to Cent. China and Himalayas. Gn. 34, p. 162; 54, p. 505; 71, p. 552. Gng. 5:118. M.D.G. 1902:217. G.C. III. 29:92. H.W. 3, p. 32. Var. atropurparea, Dipp. Panicles with dark purple hairs. Var. pindula, Dipp. 1080. Cotoneaster hoiizontalis. Branches pendulous. Var. pubescens, Engler. Lvs., at least beneath, and often also the young branches, pubescent. americinus, Nutt. (C. cotiruMes, Brit. Rhus coti- rmdes, Nutt.). Upright shrub or small tree, to 35 ft.: lvs. gradually narrowed at the base, obovate to elMp- tic-obovate, rounded at the apex, silky beneath when young, at maturity glabrous or nearly so, 4-6 in. long: panicles 5-6 in. long, with short and rather inconspicu- ous pale purple or brownish hairs. June, July. Ala. to W. Texas and E. Tenn. S.S. 3:98, 99.— The autumnal tints orange and scarlet, as in the preceding species, but more briUiant. Alfred Rehder. COTONEASTER (cotoneum, quince, and aster, simi- lar: the leaves of some species resemble those of the quince). Rosdcese, subfamily Pbmex. Shrubs, rarely small trees, chiefly grown for their ornamental red or black fruits and some species also for their foliage which turns briUiant colors in autumn. Leaves alternate, deciduous or persistent, short- petioled, entire, stipulate: fls. soUtary or in cymes, ter- minal, on short lateral branchlets, white or pinkish; petals 5; stamens about 20: fr. a black or red pomaceous drupe, with 2-5 stones. — ^About 40 species, in the tem- perate regions of Eu. and Asia, also in N. Afr., but none in Japan. Cotoneasters are ornamental shrubs, many of them with decorative fruits remaining usually tliough the whole winter, while only a few, like the hardy C. hupehensis and C. multiflora and the tender C. frigida, and also C. racemiflora and C. salicifolia, are conspicuous with abundant white flowers. Of the species with deco- rative red fruits, C. tomentosa, C. racemiflora and C. integerrima are quite hardy, and C. Simonsii, C. acuminata, C. rotundifolia, C. microphylla and others are hardy at least as far north as New York, while C. frigida and its allies are the most tender. The foliage of some of the species assumes brilliant colors in autumn; dark crimson in C. Simonsii, C. horizontalis, C. divaricata and C. Dielsiana; scarlet and orange in C. foveolaia, bright yeOow in C. Zabelii. The half-ever- green C. horizontalis and C. adpressa, and the evergreen C. Dammeri and C. microphylla, with its alUed species, are well adapted for rockeries on account of their low, spreading or prostrate habit. Cotoneasters thrive in any good, well-drained garden soil, but dishke very moist and shady positions. Propagation is effected by seeds, sown in fall or stratified; the evergreen species grow readily from cuttings of half-ripened wood in August under glass; increased also by layers, put down in.fall, or by grafting on C. vulgaris, hawthorn, moun- tain ash or quince. acuminata, 3, 5. acutifolia, 12, 13. adpressa, 1. applanata, 10. bullata, 6. buxifolia, 23. oalocarpa, 16. commixta. 15. conge3ta, 24. Dammeri, 22. Dielsiana, 10. divaricata, 4. elegans, 10. floccosa, 20. floribunda, 6. Fontanesii, 18. foveolata; 14. Franchetii, 11. frigida, 21. glacialis, 24. INDEX. glaciosa, 20. horizontalis, 1, 2. humifusa, 22. hupehensis, 17. integerrima, 7. lanata, 23. laxiflora, 15. lucida, 12' macrophylla, 6. major, 10. melanocarpa, 15. microcarpa, 18. microphylla, 23, 24. mou^nensiSt 6. multiflora, 16. nigra, 15. numTnularia, 18. orbicularis, 18. pannosa, 19. pekinensia, 13. perpusilla, 2. prostrata, 23. racemiflora, IS. radicans, 22. reflexa, 16. rotundifolia, 23. rugosa, 20. salicifolia, 20. Simonsii, 3. sinensis, 12. soongarica, IS. speciosa, 8. thymifolia, 24. tomentosa, 8. villosula, 13. vulgaris, 7. Wheelen, 18, 23. Zabelii, 9. A. Petals upright, small, usually pinkish; cymes usually few-fld. or nodding, if many-fld. (Orthopetalum.) B. Fr. red. c. Under side of tos. glabrous or only pubescent. D. Habit prostrate. 1. adpressa, Bois (C horizont&lis var. adprSssa, Schneid.). Prostrate shrub, with creeping and often rooting sts. irregularly branched: lvs. oval, acutish, wavy at the margin, nearly glabrous, }^-J^in. long: fls. 1-2, pinkish: fr. subglobose, usually with 2 stones. June: fr. Aug., Sept. W. China. V.F. 116.— Hardy at the Arnold Arboretum. 2. horizontalis, Decne. Fig. 1080. Low shrub: branches almost horizontal and densely distichously branched: lvs. round-oval, acute at both ends, glabrous above, sparingly setosely hairy beneath, }/i-%^TL. long: fls. erect, 1-2, pink: fr. ovoid, bright red, usually with 3 stones, smaller than in the preceding species. June; fr. Sept., Oct. China. R.H. 1885, p. 136; 1889:348, fig. 1. G.C. III. 32:91. Gn. 66, p. 407. Var. perpusnia, Schneid. Lvs. less than J^in. long: fr. J^in. across. — Like the preceding species, one of the most effective fruiting shrubs for rockeries. DD. Habit upright. E. Lvs. small, not exceeding 1 in., nearly glabrous beneath. 3. Simonsii, Baker (C. ocuminMa var. Simonsii, Decne.). Shrub, with spreading branches, to 4 ft.: lvs. roundish oval, acute, glabrous above, J^-1 in. long, semi-persistent: cjrmes 2-5-fid.; fls. white, slightly pinkish; calyx appressed-pubescent : fr. bright red, usually with 3-4 stones. June, July. Himalayas. Refug. Bot. 1:55. B.M. 8010 (excl. fls.; as C. rotundi- folia). One of the best red-fruiting species, often under the name C. Simondsii or C. Symonsi. 4. divaric&ta, Rehd. & Wilson. Upright shrub, to 6 ft.: lvs. deciduous, oval or broadly oval, acute or obtusish, broadly cuneate at the base, lustrous above, J^-^in. long: fls. usually 3, pink; calyx appressed- pubescent: fr. ovoid, nearly sessile, bright red, J^in. long, usually with 2 stones. June; fr. Sept. Cent, and W. China.^Very handsome when studded with its bright red frs.; hardy at the Arnold Arboretum. EE. Lvs. larger, iJ^-3 in. long, deciduous. 5. acuminata, Lindl. Erect shrub, to 6 ft.: lvs. oblong to ovate-oblong, acute or acuminate, appressed- hairyonboth sides, dull above to Hght green beneath: cymes 2-5-fld., nodding; fis.- white or slightly pinkish; calyx pubescent: fr. deep scarlet, turbinate, with 2-3 stones. June; fr. Sept., Oct. Himalayas. L.B.C. 10:919 (as Mespilus). R.H. 1889:348, fig. 5 (as C. nepalensis). 6. bullata, Bois. Spreading shrub, to 6 ft. : lvs. ovate, acuminate, rounded or broadly cuneate at the base, rugose and finally nearly glabrous above, reticulate, pale grayish green and pubescent beneath: fls. pinkish, few; calyx glabrous: fr. red, subglobose, with 4^5 866 COTONEASTER COTONEASTER stones. May, June; fr. Sept., Oct. W. China. V.F. 119. Var. floribiinda, Rehd. & Wilson (C. moupi- n^nsis flariMnda, Stapf). Cymes many-fld.; calyx slightly pubescent. B.M. 8284. Var. macrophylla, Rehd. & Wilson. Lvs. elliptic to lanceolate-oblong, narrowed at the base, often nearly glabrous, 2-6 in. long: cymes many-fld. — The varieties are much handsomer than the type. cc. Under side of hs. whitish or grayish tomentose: young branchlets densely pubescent. D. Lvs. %-^/4 in. long, rounded at base. 7. integerrima, Medikus (C. vidgdris, Lindl.). Shrub, to 4 ft.: lvs. ovate or oval, acute or obtuse and mucronulate, gla- brous and dark green above, whitish and at length greenish tomentose beneath, ^-2 in. long: cymes nodding, 2-4-fld.; fls. pale pinkish; calyx glabrous outside : fr. globu- lar, bright red. May, June; fr. Aug. Eu., W. Asia, Siberia. H.W. 3, p. 73, figs. a-^. S. tomentdsa, Lindl. Shrub, to 6 ft. : lvs. broadly oval, obtuse, dull green above and pubescent when young, whitish to- mentose beneath, 1-2J^ in. long: fls. 3-12, white, calyx tomentose outside: fr. bright brick-red. June; fr. Sept., Oct. Eu., W. Asia. H.W. 3, p. 73, figs. k-o. G.O.H. 105.— Some- times cult, as C. spedosa, Hort. DD. Lvs. about 1 in. or less long, slightly pubescent above. B. Apex of lvs. mostly ob- tuse, base rounded. 9. Zabelii, Schneid. Shrub, to 6 ft. with slen- der spreading branches: lvs. oval to ovate, dull green and loosely pubes- cent above, grayish or yellowish tomentose below, on young plants sometimes more glabrescent and acutish, %-l^ in. long: fls. 5-9 in loose corymbs, pinkish; calyx villous outside, with obtuse teeth: fr. ovoid, red, about J^in. long, with 2 stones. May; fr. in Sept., Oct. Cent. China. EB. Apex of lvs. mostly acvie, base often euneate. 10. Dielsi^a, Pritz. (C. applandta, Duthie). Shrub, to 6 ft. with slender spreading and arching branches: lvs. deciduous, firm, ovate or elliptic, acutish, rounded or broadly euneate at base, yellowish gray tomentose beneath, }^1 in. long: fls. few, short-stalked; calyx pubescent: fr. 1-3, subglobose, J^in. across, red, with 3-4 stones. June; fr. Sept., Oct. Cent. China. Var. major, Rehd. & Wilson. Lvs. larger and broader: fr. larger. Var. elegans, Rehd. & Wilson. Lvs. smaller, sub-persistent, finally nearly glabrous and somewhat shining above: fr. pendulous, coral-red. W. China. 11. Franchetii, Bois. Upright densely branched shrub with spreading branches: lvs. thickish, elliptic or ovate, acute or acuminate, usually euneate at base. lOSl. Cotoneastei hupehensis. (XH) yellowish white tomentose beneath, %-\]4 in. long: fls. 6-15, in short and dense corymbs, pinkish, small; calyx pubescent outside, with acute teeth: fr. orange- red, ovoid, over J^in. long, with usually 3 stones. June; fr. Sept., Oct. W. China. R.H. 1902, p. 379; 1907:256. V.F. 118. BB. Fr. black or nearly black. c. Lvs. acute or acuminate, pubescent or nearly glabrous beneath. D. Upper surface of lvs. glabrous and somewhat lustrous: calyx slighUy pubescent or glabrous. 12. l&cida, Schlecht. [C.acuMfblia, Lindl. C. sinensis, Hort.). Upright, rather dense shrub, to 12 ft.: lvs. elliptic or elliptic-ovate, acute, usually euneate at the base, slightly pubes- cent beneath, 1-1 J4 in. long: fls. 3-6, in nodding corymbs: fr. purplish black, subglobose, with 3-4 stones. May, June; fr. Sept. Altai Mts. G.W. 5, p. 247 (as C. acutifolia).— Foliage dark green, remaining green until very late in autumn. DD. Upper surface of lvs. pubescent, at least when young, duU green: calyx pubescent. 13. acutif dlia, Turcz. (C. pekm&rms, Zabel. C. acutif dlia var. pekinhisis, Koehne). Shrub, to 12 ft., with spreading slender branches: lvs. ellip- tic-ovate to oblong-ovate, acute or acuminate, usually rounded at base, slightly appressed-pilose beneath, becoming nearly glabrous, lJ^-2 in. long: fls. 2-5, nodding: fr. ovoid, black, to J^in. long, with usually 2 stones. May, June; fr. Sept., Oct. N. China. Var. villdsula, Rehd. & Wilson. Lvs. more densely villous beneath, somewhat larger: calyx densely villous: fr. thinly pubescent. Cent, and W. China. 14. foveoiata, Rehd. & Wilson. Shrub, to 10 ft. with spreading branches: lvs. eUiptic to elliptic-ovate, rarely ovate-oblong, acute or acuminate, soon glabrous above, pubescent beneath, chiefly on the veins, finally nearly glabrous, 2-3 in. long: fls. 3-6, pinkish; calyx pubescent: fr. black, subglobose, J^in. across, with 3-4 stones. June; fr. Sept. Cent. China.— The foli- age turns bright scarlet and orange in autumn. cc. Lvs. obtuse or acutish, tomentose beneath. 15. melaaocarpa, Lodd. (C. nigra, Wahlb.). Shrub with spreading branches, to 6 ft.: lvs. oval or ovate, usually rounded at base, dark green and sparingly pubescent above, grayish white tomentose beneath, 1-3 in. long: fls. 3-8; calyx, glabrous: fr. black, globose, with 2-3 stones. May, June: fr. Aug. N. and E. Eu. to Siberia. L.B.C. 16:1531. Var. laxiflara, Koehne (C. laxiflbra, Jacq.). Corymbs 12- to many-fld., elongated, pendulous. B.R. 14:1305. Var. commixta, Schneid. (C laxijltyra. Hook.). Lvs. acutish, 2 in. long: corymbs 8-15-fld. B.M. 3519. AA. Petals spreading, white, roundish: fr. red. (Chxnopetalum. ) B. Fls. in many-fld. corymbs: upright shrubs. c. Lvs. broadly ovate or oval, obtuse or acute, l4rl/4 *"• long, deciduous. D. The lvs. glabrous beneath at maturity. 16. multifldra, Bunge (C. refUxa, Carr.). Shrub, to 6 ft., with usually slender, arching branches: lvs. broad-ovate, usually acute, slightly tomentose at first beneath, soon becoming glabrous: cymes vep' numerous, 6-20-fld.; calyx and peduncles glabrous; fr. red, J^in. across. May. Spain, W. Asia to Himalayas COTONEASTER COTONEASTER 867 and China. R.H. 1892, p. 327; 1893, p. 29. G.W. 6, p. 62. M.D. G. 1914: 7. — ^Very decorative in bloom, and hardy, but less free fruiting. Var. calocirpa, Rehd. & Wilson. LvB. larger and narrower, slightly hairy below : f r. larger, nearly ^in. across, freely produced. W. China. DD. The Ivs. tomentose beneath. 17. hupehensis, Rehd. & Wilson. Fig. 1081. Shrub, to 5 ft., with slender spreading branches, villous while young: Ivs. ovate to elliptic, obtuse or acutish, mucronu- late, rarely emarginate, above finally glabrous, thinly grayish tomentose beneath, K-1 in. long: corjnnbs very numerous, with 6-12 or more white fls. ; peduncle and calyx villous; anthers yellow: fr. red, subglobose, about J^in. across, with 2 stones. May. Cent, and W. China. M.D.G. 191^:6 (as C.acutifolia var.). — One of the hand- somest species in bloom; hardy as far north as Mass. 18. racemifldra, Koch (C nummulctria, Fisch. & Mey. C. Fontanbsii, Spach). Shrub, to 4 ft., with erect or spreading branches, rarely prostrate: Ivs. roundish or broad-ovate, obtuse or acute, whitish or grayish tomentose beneath, glabrous above: cymes very short- peduncled, 3-12-fld.; peduncle and calyx tomentose: fr. red. May, June. From N. Afr. and W. Asia to Himalayas and Turkestan. R.H. 1867:31. — Very deco- rative and hardy. Var. soong^ica, Schneid. Lvs. oval, usually obtusish, less pubescent. Var. microcfirpa, Rehd. & Wilson. Similar to the preceding, but fr. ovoid, smaller. Var. orbiculelris, Wenz. (C Whekleri, Hort.). Low and divaricate: lvs. roundish or obovate, }^5^in. long: cymes 3-6-fld. cc. Lvs. elliptic to oblong, acute at hath ends, subcoriaceous. D. Length of lvs. J^i J^ in.: corymbs 1 in. across or less. 19. panndsa, Franch. Half-evergreen shrub, to 6 ft. : lvs. elliptic- to ovate-oblong, mucronate at the apex, glabrous above, densely grayish white-tomentose beneath: oal3rx tomentose: fr. red, globose-ovoid, 3^in. long with 2 stones. S. W. China. R.H. 1907:256. G. 25:408. Gn. 67, p. 118. J. 12:120.— Very handsome, but tender. DD. Length of lvs. lj^4 in.: corymbs 1-2 in. across. 20. salicifdlia, Franch. Half-evergreen shrub, to 15 ft.: young branchlets floccose-tomentose: lvs. elliptic- oblong to ovate-lanceolate, acute or acuminate, rugose and glabrous above, floccose-tomentose beneath, 1 J^3 in. long; fls. white in dense corymbs 1-2 in. across: fr. subglobose, bright red, M.in- across, with 2-3 stones. June; fr. Oct., Nov. W. China. Var. rugdsa, Rehd. & Wilson (C. rugdsa, Fritz.). Lvs. broader and shorter, elliptic-oblong, dull green above, more wooUy-tomen- tose beneath: fr. larger, usually with 2 stones. Cent. China. Var. floccdsa, Rehd. & Wilson. Lvs. oblong to oblong-lanceolate, floccose-tomentose beneath while oung, later becoming partly glabrous and glaucous, iright green and lustrous above: fr. larger, usually with 3 stones. W, China. — ^This species is very hand- some, particularly in autumn when studded with its clusters of bright red berries. The var. floccosa which has been advertised as var. glaciosa (misspelled for floccosa) seems to be the hardiest and most desirable. 21. frfgida, Wall. Large half -evergreen shrub, to 20 ft.: lvs. oblong, acute at both ends, glabrous above, tomentose beneath when young, 2-4 in. long: cymes long-peduncled, very many-fld., pubescent: fr. scarlet. April, May. Himalayas. B.R. 15:1229. L.B.C. 16: 1512. — One of the most beautiful in fl. and fr., but not hardy N. BB. Fls. IS: low prostrate or trailing shrubs : lvs. persistent. c. Lvs. green beneath. 22. Dammeri, Schneid. (C. humifiisa, Duthie). r rostrate shrub with trailing often rooting branches: lvs. elliptic, usually cuneate at the base, obtusish and I usually mucronulate, glabrous or nearly eo, about 1 in. long: fls. usually solitary; calyx sparingly pubescent or nearly glabrous: fr. bright red. May, June; fr. Oct., Nov. Cent. China. Var. radicans, Schneid. Lvs. often obovate, slender-petioled: fls. 1-2, on peduncles about J^in. long. cc. Lvs. glaucous or whitish tomentose beneath. 23. rotundifdlia, Wall. (C microphylla tJva-'drsif Lindl. C prostrata, Baker). Low or prostrate shrub: lvs. nearly orbicular or broadly oval, dark green above and somewhat pubescent, loosely pubescent beneath or glabrescent and glaucous, J^-J^in. long: fls. 1-3, about J^in. across: fr. bright red, subglobose, more than J^in. across. Himalayas. May, June; fr. Sept. B.R. 14: 1187. Var. lanslta, Schneid. (C. huxifblia^^ Baker, not Wall. C Whebleri, Hort.) Lvs. elliptic to elliptic-oblong, tomentose beneath: fr. }^in. across. Refug. Bot. 1:52 (fls. in bud). Gn. 55:186. R.H. 1889, 348, fig. 4. 24. microphylla, Wall. Low, prostrate shrub, densely branched: lvs. cuneate-oblong or obovate, acute, shining above, densely pubescent beneath, J^in. long : fls. usually solitary; calyx pubescent: fr. bright red. May, June. Himalayas. B.R. 13:1114. L.B.C. 14:1374. R.H. 1889:348, fig. 3. G.C. IL 12:333; 18:681. Gn. 4, p. 165. Var. Qiymifolia, Koehne (C. thymifdliay Baker). Very dwarf: lvs. linear-oblong, smaller: fls. and fr. smaller. R.H. 1889:348, fig. 2. G.C. II. 12:333; 18:681. Refug. Bot. 1:50. Var. glaciaiis, Hook. (C. cong6sta, Baker). Lvs. glabrous beneath, oval: fls. smaller, often pinkish. Refug. Bot. 1:51. C. affinis^ Lindl. Allied to C. frigida. Lvs. broad-elliptic: fr, dark brown, globose. Himalayas. L.B.C. 16:1522. — C. ambigua, Rehd. & Wilson. Related to C. acutifoUa. Shrub, to 6 ft.: lvs. elliptic-ovate to rhombic-ovate, villous beneath: fla. 5-10; calyx slightly pubescent or nearly glabrous: fr. ovoid, black. W. China. — C. am&na, Wilson. Related to C. Franchetii. Dense shrub, to 5 ft.: Iva. ovate or elliptic, usually ^^in. long: corymbs 6-10-fld.; sepals acuminate: fr. globose, orange-red. Yunnan. G.C. III. 51 : 2. — C. angustifdlia, Franch. ^Pyracantha angustifolia. — C. apiculdta, Rehd. & Wilson. Related to C. Simonsii. Shrub, to 6 ft.: lvs. orbicular to roundish ovate, apiculate, bright green and lustrou<9, nearly glabrous, J^-K in. long: fr. nearly sessile, globose, bright red. W. China. — C. arbor Sscens, Zabel^C. Lindleyi. — C. bacilldris, Wall. Related to C. frigida. Lvs. smaller, usually glabrous beneath at length: fr. dark brown. Himalayas. — C. buxifdlia. Wall. Related to C. rotundifolia. Lvs. elliptic, slightly pubescent above at first, grayish tomentose beneath: fls. 2-4, ^in. across: fr, red. India. Wight, Icon. 3:992. Tender. — C. disticha^ Lange. Related to C. Simonsii. Half-evergreen, upright shrub, to 4 ft.: lvs. suborbicular to broadly obovate, apiculate, sparingly pubescent above, nearly glabrous beneath, 3^n. or less long: fls. 1-2; calyx glabrous or nearly so: fr. scarlet. Himalayas. — C. Harroviana, Wilson. Related to C. salicifolia. Shrub, to 6 ft.: lvs. elliptic-oblong, sometimes oval, 1-2 in. long, densely villous beneath: corymbs IH in. across. S. W. China. — C. Henrydna, Rehd. & Wilson (C. rugosa var. Henryana, Schneid.). Related to C. saUcifolia. Shrub, to 12 ft.: lvs. thinner, elliptic-oblong to oblong-lanceolate, 2-3 H in. long, and about 1 in. broad, pubescent and only slightly pubescent above, densely grayish pubescent beneath: corymbs many-fld., about 2 in. across; calyx pubes- scent: fr. red, ovoid, H^n. across, with 2-3 stones. Cent. China. G. C. III. 46:339 (not good). M.D.G. 1914:16.— C. igndva. Wolf. Related to C. melanocarpa. Shrub, to 5 ft. : lvs. ovate or oval, greenish white beneath, pubescent, 1-2 in. long: fls. 8-13, pinkish; calyx pubescent at the base: fr. dark reddish brown, nearly black, E.Turkestan. Yearb. For. Inst., Petersburg, 15:240. — CIAndleyi^ Steud. (C. arboreacens, Zabel). Similar to C. racemiflora but fr. black. Himalayas. — C. moupinensis, Franch. Related to C. foveo- lata. Shrub, to 15 ft.: lvs. eUiptic to ovate-oblong, thicker, rugose above, pubescent beneath, at least on the veins, 2-5 in. long: corymbs many-fld.; fls. white or pinkish; calyx sparingly pubes- cent: fr. black, with 4-5 stones. W. China. — C. nitens, Rehd. & Wilson. Related to C. divaricata. Lvs. broadly oval or roundish ovate, glabrous and lustrous above, J^- Hin. long: fr. ovoid, purplish black, stalked, pendulous. W. China. — C. ohscura, Rehd. & Wilson. Related to C. acuminata. Shrub, to 10 ft.: Ivs. elliptic-ovate, finally glabrous above, yellowish gray-tomentose beneath, 1-2 in. long: fr. dull brownish red, ovoid, }^in. long, usually with 3 stones. W. China. — C. Pyracdntha, Spach =Pyracantha coccinea. — C. rdsea, Edgew. Related to C. integerrima. Shrub, with slender upright branches: lvs. elliptic to ovate-oblong, nearly glabrous, grajdsh green beneath, 1-1^ in. long: fls. 4-9, pinkish with slightly spreading petals: fr. subglobose, dull red. Himalayas. — C. Sil- v&strii, Pampanini. Allied to C. integerrima. Lvs. elliptic-ovate, densely hairy and cream-colored beneath, 1-2 in, long: calyx pubescent outside: fr. orange-colored. Cent. China. — C. unijldra, Bunge. Allied to P. vulgaris. Lvs. oval to oval-oblong, glabrous when older: fls. solitary: fr. red. Altai Mts. Alfred Rehder. 868 COTTON COTYLEDON COTTON belongs to the genus Gossypium (name used by Pliny), of the Malvcicese. The species are now much confused, but it is generally agreed that the sea island cotton is of the species G. barbadense, Linn. The upland cotton is probably derived chiefly or wholly from G. hirsvtum, Linn. The former is native in the West Indies. The nativity of the latter is in dispute, but it is probably Asian. The cotton flower is mallow- like, with a subtending involucre of three large heart- shaped bracts. The carpels or cells of the pod are three to five. These carpels break open, and the cotton covering of the seeds makes a globular mass, — the cotton boll (Fig. 1082). Cotton is not a horticultural 1082. A cotton boll. crop, and is therefore not considered in this work. The reader will find "The Cotton Plant" (published by the Dept. of Agric, Bull. 33), a useful monograph. Consult Cyclo. Amer. Agric, Vol. II, p. 247. COTTONWOOD: species of Populus. COTULA (Greek, small cup, the bases of the clasp- ing leaves forming a hollow or basin). Compdsitse. Small diffuse or much-branched strong-smelling annual or perennial yellow-flowered herbs^ a few of the peren- nials sometimes used as carpeters in rock-gardens. Leaves alternate, toothed, lobed or pinnatisect: heads pedunculatej hemispherical or bell-shaped, many-fld. and discoid; outer or marginal florets nearly or quite apetalous, usually pistillate and fertile; disk- florets i-toothed, fertile or male; torus naked; pappus not evident: achene glabrous, compressed. — About 50 or 60 species, largely in the southern hemisphere. diolca, Hook. f. (Leptinella dioUca, Hook. f.). Sts. glabrous or sUghtly hairy, 1 ft. or less long, creeping: Ivs. solitary or tufted, not thick or stiff, stalked, 2 in. or less long, linear-obovate to spatulate, obtuse, ser- rate to pinnatifid or even pinnate: heads on axillary naked peduncles that are longer or shorter than the Ivs., unisejoial, the males Jiin. or less diam., and the females a little larger: achene obovoid, curved. New Zeal. — Very variable. A compact dwarf carpeter. • Muelleii, Kirk. (C. potentilliana, Hort.? Leptinella potentillina, Muell.). Sts. long and rather stout, creep- ing and rooting, the branches ascending and somewhat villous towards the tips: Ivs. 2-5 in. long, stalk and all, linear-obovate, deeply pinnatifid, glandular-dotted: heads on peduncles that usually are shorter than the Ivs., bisexual, about J^in. diam.: achene club-shaped and 4-angled. New Zeal. C. Za7id(o, Hook, f . (Leptinella lanata, Hook. f.). Stout and woolly : Its. rather fleshy, pinnate or pinnatifid: florets glandular. New Zeal. — C. lobdta, Linn.=Lidbeckia. — C. plumdea. Hook. f. (Lep- tinella plumosa, Hook. f.). Stout, soft-woolly: Ivs. 3-4 times pin- natisect: florets not glandular. New Zeal. — C. (SgudKdo, Hook. f. (Leptinella SQualida, Hook f.). — Allied to C. dioica, with Ivs. deeply pinnatifid and segma. incised. New Zeal. T IT R COTYLEDON (a name used by Pliny, meaning o cavity, having reference to the concaved or cup-like leaves of some kinds). CraasulAceie. Succulent herbs or shrubs, rarely annual, grown mostly for their oddity, but some of them making good winter bloomers in pots and some used for summer bedding because-of the stiff thick foliage; some are half-hardy North. Habit very various, rosulate or erect, sometimes of a scandent tendency: branches and Ivs. thick and fleshy: Ivs. opposite or alternate, petiolate or sessile: calyx 5-parted, as long as or sholrter than the corolla-tube; corolla tubular, cylindrical or um-shaped, sometimes 5-angled, the parts or petals 5, erect or spreading, connate to the middle, longer than the usually 10 stamens; ovary of 5 free carpels, each with a narrow scale at base; fls. erect or pendent, sometimes showy, in terminal racemes or cymes. Differs from Sedum in the connate petals.— Species about 100, in Calif, to Texas, and Mex., Afr., Asia and Eu. See I.H. 10:76 for an account of many of the species. Some of the species make dense rosettes of stiff Ivs. on the ground and send up a small bracted scape; they remind one of the house- leek {Sempervivum tectorum and related species). As above defined. Cotyledon comprises the broad group habitually known under that name. Recently, however, Britton and Rose have revised the group, excluding Cotyledon from America, reinstating Eohe- veria and Pachyphytum for some of the American species and making new genera for others, as Dudleya, Oliveranthus, Urbinia, StylophyUum. For the conve- nience of the gardener, the cult, species are here brought together under Cotyledon, and they are also listed, at other places under their new generic names. Cotyledons are little known in this country except amongf anciers and for carpet-bedding. Culturally, there are two groups, — the greenhouse kinds and the bedding kinds. The greenhouse kinds are well represented by C. gibbiflora. It is attractive both in foliage and flower. It may be expected to begin bloom in January or February. Its period of bloom is short, after which it may be propagated. The top of the main shoot (or of strong side shoots) may be cut off with 2 or 3 inches of stem, and stood in pots so that the cut end will rest on moss in the bottom and the leaves on the rim of the pot, using no earth; fine roots will soon form and the young plant may then be repotted into dryish soil. The old stems of this and similar tall kinds may be placed rather close together in shallow boxes, when it is desired to propagate them, and kept in a warm dry place, where they will form small growths along the stems; these, when large enough, may be put into boxes of dry sand, and potted in thumb- or 3-inch pots when they have made a sufficient quantity of roots. This species should be kept in a warmhouse in winter, where it is. rather dry and not exposed to drip. C. fidgens is a good greeimouse species, producing showy waxy red flowers in winter; also C. cocdnea. For this purpose the large plants should be lifted from the beds and care- fully potted, as they make a much finer growth in the open ground than when grown in pots. — When it ia desired to increase the low-growing carpet-bedding kinds on a larger scale, the plants should be lifted before the ground gets too wet and cold. They may either be boxed in dry soil and kept in a cool dry house, or placed thickly together in a frame, taking care that no drip is allowed on the plants, and giving no water. The most convenient time for propagation by leaves is during the months of November and December, when the fall work of rooting soft-wooded plants is over. Leaves rooted at this time will make plants large enough for planting out the following season. They will take from three to four weeks to root, according to the kind. The leaves must be taken from the plant as follows: Grasp each leaf between the thumb and forefinger, give a gentle twist first to one side then to the other until the leaf comes off, taking care that the dormant bud in the COTYLEDON COTYLEDON 869 axil of the leaf accompanies it, otherwise the leaf will root but a plant will not form from it. Make a depres- sion about 2 inches deep in the center and 4 inches wide across the sand-bed, in this lay two rows of leaves with their bases touching each at the bottom of the depres- sion' give no water until the small roots make their appearance, and only slightly afterwards. When the little plants are large enough they should be boxed, using sandy loam, and kept in a temperature of not less than 60° F. at night. — For summer bedding pur- poses the following have been employed very success- fully, being lower growers: C. atropurpurea, C. fvlgens, C. coednea, C. fascicularis, C. gibbiflora var. metallica, C. Pachyphytum, C. Peacockii, C. Purpusii, C. Toseata, C. secunda, C. secunda var. glauca, C. mexicana. (G. W.Oliver.) . „ . Other species of Cotyledon occur in coUectiona of succulent plants, but the following probably represent those of commerce in this country. , 12. AiKOon, 1. atropurpurea, 14. Barbeyi, 2. bracteosum, 13, oalifomica, 25, chrysantha, 4. coccinea, 20. edulis, 10. elala, 8. /annoso, 22. fascicularis, 6. INDEX. fulgens, 18. gibbiflora, 19. glauca, 16. hiapanica, 9. lanceolata, 24. metalUca, 19. mexicana, 11. oblonga, 8. orbiculata, 8. Pachyphytum, 13. Peacockii, 15. pendulinus, 5. pulverulenta, 22. Purpusii, 23. rajnosa, 8. reticulata, 3. Xosea, 21. roseata, 21. Totundifolia, 8. aanguinea, 14. Scheerii, 17. secunda, 16. Sempervivum, 7. Umbilicus, 5. A. Planis o/ the Old World, of various habit: corolla-tvhe elongated, usually much longer than the calyx. (Cotyledon and Umbilicus.) B. Lvs. crowded in a rosette (rosulate) at the base of the St.: plant low, more or less stemless: species of the houseleek or hen-and-chickens type, used in rock- gatdens and for carpet-bedding. c. Fls. yellow or milk-white. 1. Aizdon, Schoenl. (Umbilicus Aizdon, Fenzl). Plant small, minutely pubescent, the st. very short: lvs. densely rosulate, lingulate, obtuse, ciUate, those on the St. oblong-obtuse: fls. golden yellow, on very short pedicels; calyx spreading; corolla-parts lanceolate- acuminate and keeled. Asia Minor. cc. Fls. red or greenish. 2. Barbeyi, Schweinf. Whole plant hoary-white, tall and branching: lvs. thick, fleshy, shovel-shaped: fls. ohve-green and red, 1 in. long, in a close panicle. Blooms freely in spring and summer. Abyssinia. Gt. 45, p. 465. — An exquisite plant for carpet-bedding. BB. Lvs. variously scattered along the st., or sometimes in rosettes or dusters at the ends of the branches: mostly branching plants, grown in greenhouses, window- gardens, and sometimes used in summer bedding-out but not in carpet-bedding designs. c. Fls. white or ochroleucus. 3. reticulata, Thunb. Sts. much branched, fleshy: lvs. few at the ends of the branches cylindrical, acute, erect, fleshy, soft, smooth, 3^in. or less long: fls. J^in. or less long, whitish, in an erect, dichotomous panicle. Gape. 0.0.111.21:282.— The wiry fl.-stalks remain on the plant and give it the appearance of being inclosed in a network. Odd. 4. chrysantha, Hort. (UmUlicm chrysdnthus, Boiss.). Plant pubes- cent, glandular above, the st. short: lvs. rosulate, short, oblong-spatu- late, obtuse, those on the st. elliptic and somewhat acute: fls. large, ochroleucous (milk-white or yellow- ish), red-striped on the back of the oblong-lanceolate keeled lobes or parts of the corolla. Perennial. Asia Minor. cc. Fls. yellow or greenish. 5. Umbilicus, Linn. (Umbilicus pendulinus, DC). Pennywort. Navelwobt. Perennial, 6-12 in. high in flower, simple or slightly branched, leafy at base: radical and lower lvs. fleshy, orbicular, crenate, more or less peltate: fls. yellowish green, pendulous, in a raceme; calyx very small; corolla cylindrical, J^in. long but somewhat enlarging, with 5 short teeth. — On rocks and walls, W. Eu. Adaptable in rock-gardens. ccc. Fls. red or purple. 6. fascicularis, Soland. Smooth, 1-2 ft. high, thick- stemmed, branched: lvs. pale greenish white with a yellowish margin, glaucous, few, sessile, cuneate-obo- vate, thick, flattened, slightly concave, cuspidate: panicle branches long, scorpioid; fls. large, 1 in. long, pendent; calyx-lobes short, broadly ovate-acute; corolla-tube much longer than the calyx, with a green- ish tube and reddish revolute limb. S. Afr. B.M. 5602. J.H. III. 29:443. 7. Sempenrtvum, Bieb. (Umbilicus Sempervivum, DC). HoTJSBLBEK CoTYLEDON. Plant green, glandu- lar: radical lvs. spatulate, obtuse, attenuate-cuneate at base, the margin denticulate; st.-Ivs. oblong: fls. pur- plish and papillose on the outside, on secund branches in a corymbose panicle; corolla thrice longer than calyx, parted to the middle, the parts lanceolate-acuminate and somewhat recurved. Perennial. — Not to be con- founded with Sempervivum tectorum. 8. orbicul&ta, Linn. Erect, 2-4 ft. high: lvs. oppo- site, flat, obovate-spatulate, obtuse, mueronate, glau- cous and mealy, with red margins: fls. large, reddish, panicled. Fls. June-Sept. S. Afr. B.M. 321. R.H. 1857, p. 347.— Grows well from cuttings. Variable, and has sev- eral named forms as var. elata, oblonga, ramosa, rotundifolia. 9. hisp&nica, Linn. (Pistorinia hispdnica, DC). Annual or bien- nial, branched, 6 in. high, erect: lvs. small, nearly cylindrical, ob- long, few, sessile: fls. erect, in cymes, reddish; corolla trumpet- shaped, lobes spreading. Spain, Morocco. R.H. 1895, p. 472. Plants of the New World: corolla- tube usually short, perhaps always shorter than the calyx. B. Lvs. terete. (Stylophyllum.) 10. edMs, Brewer (Sedum edible, Nutt. Stylophyllum edide, Brit. & Rose). Sts., cespitose, very short and thick: lvs. cylin- drical, 3-4 in. long, erect, whitish or glaucous green, not mealy: fls. white, tinged with green, re- sembling those of Sedum, J^in. diam., short-pedicelled, along the upper sides of the flexuous branches of the cymose panicle; scape 1 ft. high. San Diego, CaUf. — Young lvs. eaten by Indians. BB. L/os. linear or nearly so. 11. mexicina, Hem si. Plant glabrous, 3-4 in. high, erect, the branches wdody: lvs. few, alternate, 1083. Cotyledon secunda. (Detail X H) 870 COTYLEDON COTYLEDON crowded on sterile shoots, somewhat fleshy, linear or linear-spatulate, obtuse, }i~yim. long: fls. few short-pedicelled, cymose; sepals free, linear, obtuse; petals plane and strongly coherent, forming a tube, Kin- j or less long, the lobes ovate, acute, erect. S. Mex.— One of the dozen known species of Altamiranoa (see p. 267, Vol. I), in that genus becoming A. mexicana, Rose. BBB. Los. broader, flat, often very fleshy. c. Calyx minute. (Urbinia.) 12. agavoides, Baker {Echevhria agavofides, Lem. VrUnia agavMes, Brit. & Rose). Small and compact: Ivs. densely rosulate, stiff, acuminate and very sharp- pointed, pale gray-green on both sides, papillose: fls. 4-6, orange, on long pedicels; sepals several times shorter than the corolla. Mex. — Useful for carpet-beddings. cc. Calyx evident or prominent. D. Petals always appendaged ai insertion of stamens. (Pachyphytum.) 13. Pachyphytum, Baker {Pachyphytum hracted- sum, Klotzsch). Silver-Bract. Somewhat shrubby, very succulent, pale glaucous blue throughout: Ivs. clothing upper part of st., more or less rosulate, large and thick, spreading, obovate, obtuse or obtuse-pointed, the scars from the fallen Ivs. orbicular: fls. in spikes 4-6 in. long on lateral peduncles; coroUa red, immersed in the large calyx which is about 1 in. long; stamens 5 large and 5 small. Mex. B.M. 4951. — ^A singular plant, blooming in summer. 1 ft. DD. Petals not appendaged. E. Corolla strongly 5-angled. (Echeveria.) p. Color of plant (or of Ivs.) dark purple. 14. atropurpi^ea, Baker (Echevhria sanguinea, Morr.). St. short and stout: Ivs. in rosette at top of st., dark purple and glaucous, obovate-spatulate: fls. bright red, in a long raceme terminating the erect st. ; corolla 5- angled, white toward base. Mex. See p. 1086. FT. Color green, or ordinarily glaucous (except var. of No. 19). G. St. wanting or nearly so (acaulescent species). 15. Pe&cockii, Baker (Echevkria Pe&cockii, Crouch.). Acaulescent: Ivs. about 50 in a dense rosette 6 in. across and standing 4 in. high, obovate-spatulate, mucronate, reddish toward tip, glaucous: st. 12-24 in., with small If.-like bracts: fls. bright red, in a scirpioid spike; calyx-lobes linear, unequal; corolla about J^in. long, the parts lanceolate-acute. Mex. (?) — Interesting for its glaucous coloring and waxy coating of the Ivs. Named for Mr. Peacock, of Hammersmith, England, in whose collection it flowered. See p. 1086. 16. secdnda. Baker (Echevkria secdnda, Booth). Fig. 1083. Stemless: Ivs. in a rosette, crowded, cuneifbrm, mucronate, glaucous, curving upward : fls. in a 1-sided, recurved spike, reddish yellow; peduncle long, 6-12 in. high. June-Aug. Mex. B.R. 26:57. — Probably the most common species in gardens. Distinguished by> its pale green red-tipped rosettes; several forms. Half- hardy. E. glaQca, Baker (E. seciinda var. glaiica, Otto), has glaucous-green foliage. See pp.,lG86-7. GG. St. evident,/often tall (caulescent species). 17. Scheerii, Baker (Echevhria Schehrii, Lindl.). Caulescent, branching: Ivs. large, glaucous, oval, acute, narrowed into a long plane petiole-like part: fls. dingy red with yellow tips, broadest at base, in drooping racemes; sepals linear, acute, green, spreading, shorter than the corolla. Mex. B.R. 31:27. P. 1087. 18. ftilgens. Baker (Echevhria fillgens, Lem.). St. 4-8 in. tall, but bearing long leafy fl.-branches: Ivs. obovate-spatulate, pale glaucous green, clustered: fls. bright red with yellow base, in nodding racemes. Mex. 19. gibbifldra, Moc. & Sess6 (Echevhria gibbiflbra DC). Sts. 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. flat, wedge-shaped, acutely mucronate, crowded at the ends of the branches: flg. short-petioled; panicle branches 1-sided, spreading' corolla gibbous at the base between the calyx-lobes' the tube white, the tips touched with crimson. Mex! B.R. 1247. Var. met£llica, Baker (Echevhria metdllica, Hort.). Lvs. large, obovate-spatulate, 6 in. wide by 7 in. long, a beautiful glaucous purple with metallic reflections: fls. yellowish with red tips. Mex. — ^An excellent plant for summer bedding. P. 1087. 20. coccinea, Cav. (Echevhria cocdnea, DC). Plant soft-pubescent, 1-2 ft.: Ivs. lance-spatulate: fls. scarlet and yellow or paler within, in axillary long leafy, 15-25- fld., loose spikes. Mex. B.M. 2572. P. 1086. BE. Corolla not strongly angled. > F. Fls. in a dense spike. (Courantia.) 21. rose&ta, Baker (Echevhria rdsea, Lindl. Courdntia rbsea, Lem.). Sts. branching, 1 ft.: Ivs. oval, erect, acute, mostly in terminal rosettes on the sterile shoots: fls. yellow, in dense rose-bracted spikes; sepals linear- acute, rose-colored; corolla bell-shaped, 5-pajted. Mex. B.R. 28:22. FF. Fls. in cymes or panicles. (Dvdleya.) 22. pulverulenta, Baker (Echevhria pidvervUnta, Nutt. E. farinbsa, Hort. Dudlhya pulveruUnta, Brit. & Rose). Lvs. in a rosette, silvery green, very mealy, spatulate, acute, the tips reflexed, the cauline lvs. grad- ually diminishing into broadly cordate, clasping bracts: panicles dichotomously branched ; pedicels slightly longer than the pale scarlet or coral fls. Plants 1 ft. diam. S. Calif. F.8. 19:1927-8.— A fine plant for carpet- bedding. 23. Plirpusii, Nichols. (Echevhria Ptirpusii, Schum., not Brit. Dudliya Piirpusii, Brit. & Rose). Cespitose, with powdered snow-white foliage: lvs. densely rosu- late, broadly spatulate, acuminate: fls. in a branching upright cluster; corolla conico-tubular, much exceeding calyx; segms. scarlet with golden yellow tips. S. Calif. B.M. 7713. G.C III. 20:698. Gt. 45, p. 609. 1084. Couioupita guianensis, the cannon-ball tree, showing the trunk and the hanging flowers and fruits. COTYLEDON COVER-CROPS 871 24. lanceol&ta, Benth. & Hook. (Echevkria lanceol&ta, Nutt. Dudlkya lanceolAta, Brit. & Rose). Green or slightly glaucous, acaulescent: Ivs. in a rosette, lan- ceolate, acuminate, slightly mealy; st.-lvs. or bracts small, cordate, clasping, distant: panicle narrow, dichot- omous: fls. red and yellow; calyx-lobes broad-ovate, }^in. long; corolla J^in. or more long. S. Cahf. 25. califfimica, Baker {D. CotyUdon, Brit. & Rose. SMum Cotylhlcm, Jacq. Echevhria ccilifdmica, Baker). Plant acaulescent, tinged red: Ivs. in a rosette, con- cave ligulate, lanceolate, acute, glaucous, mealy, glightly yellowish, 8 in. long: fls. pale yellow, on weak lateral flowering sts. 1-2 ft. long, with short, ovate, clasping Ivs. or bracts and bi- or trifid racemes. Calif. Many garden names occur in Cotyledon, some of which are unidentifimle and some of which probably represent hybrids. C dev^isis, Hort. Hybrid between probably C. glauca and C. ribbiflora: fl.-st8. 5-7 ft. long. B.M. 8104.— C. (kgans, N. E. Br.= Oliveranthus. — C. earimia, Hort.^(?). — C. globdsa, Hort., see page 1087. — C. globularisefdlia. Baker. Roaulate, 8 in.: Ivs. 30-40, obovate-apatulate, 2)^ in. or less long: fls. white tinged red, 20-40 in a dense thyrse-Uke cluster. Syria. — C. imbricdta, Hort., described on p. 1087. — C. inslgnis, N. E. Br. About 2 ft., wholly glabrous, erect! light green: Ivs. opposite, broad, to 5 in. long: fls. light red with lobes greenish yellow inside, IJ^ in. long, in terminal and axillary cymes. Cent. Afr. B.M. 8036. — C. mirdtiits, Hort., hybrid. — C. mucrandta, Baker. =Echeveria, p. 1086. — C. ■nAna, Marl. Very dwarf, 1 H in. or less high, densely branched and forming a tuft: Ivs. yellowish green, not apiculate. S. Afr. — C. PestaUzzx, Mast. Lvs. distributed, the radical ones spatulate-obtuse and margins slightly denticulate, the cauline obovate-oblong: fls. pale rose, somewhat secund in a glandular-hairy panicle. Cilicia. — C fulmn&ta, Hook, f . =Eoheveria, p. 1086. — C sedaides, DC. Annual, creeping, smooth: lvs. sedum-like, oblong and obtuse, convex: fls. few, pink, in summer. Pyrenees. Distinguished from Sedum by the gamopetalous corolla. — C. s-pinb&us, Linn. Small and quaint, Apicra-Hke, with a rosette of flat spoon-shaped spine-tipped lvs., 12 in. or more tall: fls. yellow, in early summer. Siberia to China and Japan, but not hardy.— C. suv^ha, Hort., is an annual with yellow fls. — C. teretifdliot Thunb. St. somewhat woody, 6-8 in. high, simple or branched: Iva. 4-5 in. long, opposite, nearly terete, acute or cuspidate, hir- sute or subglabrous: fls. many, corymbed, the peduncle to 18 in., yellow: coroUa-tube a little shorter then calyx. S. Afr. L. H. B.t COUCH GRASS: Agropyron repens. COURANTIA (personal name). Crassul&cex. Caules- cent: lvs. alternate, closely set, broad: fls. in a dense bracteate spike; calyx-lobes nearly equal, linear, brightly colored; corolla not angled, yellow; stamens 10; fila- ments united into a tube for half their length. Only one species. First brought into cult, about 1842. For cult., see Cotyledon. C. rdsea, Lem. {Cotyledon roseata, Baker). See No. 21, p. 870. , j. N. Rose. COUROTJPITA (from a vernacular name in Guiana). Leq/lhidAcex. Trees of Trop. Amer. (about 9 species) sometimes planted as oddities or for shade, particularly for the curiosity of the great ball-like frs. borne on the trunk. Lvs. alternate, oblong, reticulate, entire or ■crenate-serrate: fls. showy and odd, borne in racemes, often from the trunk and larger branches; calyx-tube top-shaped, the limb 6-lobed or -divided; petals 6, somewhat unequal, spreading and more or less incurved, borne on a disk; stamens many, in 2 sets, — one series forming a ring or cup in the center of the fl. and about the single 5-7-celled ovary, the other longer and rising from one side like a fringed palm or ladle over the pistil: fr. a large nearly or quite globular ball, coria- ceous or woody, indehiscent, with many seeds imbedded in the pulp. C. guianensis, Aubl. Cannon-ball Tree. Figs. 1084, 1085. Tall soft-wooded tree in Guiana, where it is native: lvs. oblong-obovate, elliptic or broad- lanceolate, acute, entire or very obscurely toothed : fls. with concave petals about 2 in. long, yellow- and red- tinged on the exterior and crimson-lilac within, very showy, in racemes 2-3 ft. long: fr. nearly or quite globular, 6-8 in. diam., reddish, hard on the exterior, pulpy inside, with very disagreeable odor when ripe. B.M. 3158-9. — Sometimes planted in the tropics, in botanic gardens and elsewhere. Shell of the fr. used for utensils, and the pulp said to be eaten by negroes and to be used for the making of beverages. l. h. B. COUSSAPOA (Caribbean name). MorAcem. Fifteen to 20 milky-juiced trees or shrubs of Trop. S. Amer., 1 or 2 sometimes grown under glass, but apparently not in the American trade. They are sometimes scandent and epiphytic, like other Ficus-like things, sending down branches and completely enveloping the supporting tree and stranghng it. Lvs. alternate, stalked, thick, penninerved or 3-nerved, entire: fls. dioecious, in globose heads, the peduncles solitary or in pairs and axillary, the male clusters few-fld. and often panicula,te, the females on shorter peduncles: fr. oblong, becoming succulent and with the including thickened perianth forming a mulberry-like multiple fruiting body. C. dealbAta, Andr6 {Ficus dealbAia, Hort.), is described as a very beautiful greenhouse subject, with coriaceous elliptic lvs. 1 ft. long and haK as broad, white-silky beneath and deep green above. I.H. 17:4. L. H. B. COVER-CROPS. Green temporary crops, grown for the purpose of improving the soil, either as protection or to be turned down as green manure; word used chiefly in speaking of fruit-growing operations. The use of cover-crops has become an essential part of orchard manage- ment. The name is de- rived from the fact that the seed is sown in the fall or late summer, and suf- ficient growth results so that the ground is covered and protected during the winter. The crops are grown for their effect upon the orchard, not for the direct value of the crop. The term was first used in this connection by Bailey, Bulletin No. 61, of the New York Station at Cornell, p. 333, December, 1893. Cover-crops make use of the available plant-food at a time when the trees are beginning to use it less and less. In this way, food that otherwise might be lost is stored up until it becomes available to the trees the following spring through the rotting of the cover-crops. The presence of the cover-crop, with its mat of roots, also prevents soil-washing and erosion with its accom- panying loss of plant-food. The legumes, through the action of the bacteria found in their root-nodules, are able to add to the total amount of nitrogen present in the soil. This is the only way in which cover-cropa increase the total supply of the plant-food elements, but the decay of the cover-crops increases the humus in the soil and, by the activities thus set up, the locked- up plant-food is released in a soluble form and thus the total available plant-food is increased. The ability of a soil to absorb and retain water is greatly increased in proportion to the humus that the soil contains. For this reason, soils rich in humus are less hkely to be injured by erosion from the rapid run-off of the rainfall and less liable to suffer from drought. In soils plentifully sup- plied with moisture and plant-food, the trees are likely to continue growth so long that the wood does not mature and harden before winter, thus rendering them liable to injury during a severe winter. Such trees usually bear fruit that is poor in quality and in color. To produce mature, well-colored apples, it is essential that excessive growth after midsummer be prevented. The best means of doing this is to grow a crop in the orchard that will compete with the trees for the food and water. Soil protected by a cover-crop does not freeze so quickly or so deeply as when uncovered, and therefore the tree roots under a cover-crop are less likely to be injured by freezing and by heaving. Many 1085. Flower of Couroupita gui- anensis. One of the petals has fallen. (XK) 872 COVER-CROPS COWPEA of our best fruit soils contain a large proportion of clay. When the humus-content of such soils becomes low, they are stiff and diflScuIt to work and they dry out and bake quickly. Plowing under cover-crops restores the needed humus. This is important from the farm- management point of view. The period of time dur- ing which a clay field may successfully be plowed may frequently be doubled by thus increasing the humua supply. As the physical condition of the soil is bettered, the rootlets of the tree can more easily penetrate it in their search for food, and this larger feeding area means a greater supply of food. Orchards that are to be culti- vated should be plowed as early as the land can be worked, in order to prevent excessive loss of moisture through evaporation and the demands of any growing cover-crop. This is especially true when rye, clover, or vetch are grown. Fall plowing is seldom advisable, as much of the benefit of the cover-crop is then lost. The time of seeding depends upon the needs of the fruit and the supply of moisture available. In seasons of plentiful ramfall the cover-crop should be put in early, but in a period of drought the trees need all the moisture there is in the soil and the seeding should be late. In the North Atlantic States, the cover-crops are planted from the latter part of July to the middle of August. Kinds of cover-crops. In general, cover-crops may be divided into the legu- minous or nitrogen-gathering, and the non-leguminous crops. 1. Leguminous cover-crops. — ^Red and mammoth clover, Canada field peas, and winter vetch are used in the northern states; soybean, cowpea, crimson clover, and vetch in the central and southern states. 2. Non-leguminous cover-crops. — Rye, oats, wheat, and barley; rape and turnips; buckwheat and nearly aU weeds. Average quantity of seed per acre. Barley 2 to 23^ bushels. Buckwheat 1 bushel. Clover, red 10 to 15 pounds. Clover, mammoth 10 to 15 pounds. Clover, crimson 15 to 20 pounds. Cowpea 1J4 to 2 bushels. Millet VA bushels. Oats. . . .' 2 to 3 bushels. Peas 2 to 3 bushels. Rape 2 to 5 pounds. Rye 13^ to 2 bushels. Soybean 1 to 1}^ bushels. Turnip 4 pounds. Vetch yi to 1 bushel. Wheat 2 to 2}4 bushels. 3. Combinations of cover-crops. — An ideal cover-crop should possess certain characters. It should make a vigorous vegetative growth by fall so as to furnish an abundance of humus and to hasten the maturity of the trees. The seed should be of such a nature that it will catch well when planted at a time of year when the soil is very dry. Preferably, the cover-crop should winter over. All these characters are seldom found in a single crop and, hence, combinations are desirable. Thus buckwheat, which makes a quick growth, does not live through the winter as does the slower-growing rye, so the two combine well. The following combina^ tions are frequently used: Clover (red or mammoth). 10 pounds. • Winter vetch IS pounds. Oats }4 bushel. . Cowhorn turnips J^ pound. r Buckwheat J/^ bushel. \ Oats 1 bushel. I Rye 1 bushel. 3 f Oats VA bushel. "• iClover 15 pounds. . ( Buckwheat ^ bushel. ■ I Oats 1 bushel. .; /Oats IJ^ bushel. I Rye 1 bushel. In the peach orchard, where large annual growth is not desirable, or in apple orchards making excessive growth, the leguminous crops should be used sparingly ^ ^* ^"; C. S. Wilson. ' COWANIA (after JameS Cowan, an EngUsh mer- chant, who intro. many Peruvian and Mexican plants into England). RosAcex. Some 4 or 5 small shrubs from the S. W. U. S. and from Mex., with small crowded Ivs. and handsome white or purple fls.; rarely cult, in botanical collections. Closely related to Faf- lugia, but differing in the absence of bracts at the baae of the calyx. Cult, and prop, like Fallugia, but appar- ently more tender: hke that plant well adapted for planting in rockeries. C. mexicslna, Don (C. Stans- buriana, Torr.), has small crowded cuneate 3-7-lobed Ivs. and white fls. about 1 in. across. C. pliclta, Don (C. purpurea, Zucc), has incisely serrate Ivs. and purple fls. Alfred Rehder. COWBERRY: XSsa&Wy mea.na Vaccinium Vitis-Idsea. In parts of Scotland, Comarum palustre. COW-HERB: Saponaria Vaccaria. COWPEA. Fig. 1086. The American name for the cultivated forms of Vigna caijang, Walp. (1839), and 1086. Cowpea (XK) Feaa natural size. Vigna sinensis, Endl. (1848), two of the LeguminossB allied to Dolichos and Phaseolus; grown for forage, and the seeds used somewhat for human food. From Phaseolus (the common bean) Vigna differs in not having a spiral keel, and from DoUchos in its lateral introrse stigma which lies opposite to a recurved protruding terminal style beak. In other than American litera- ture, the cowpea is known as China bean and black-eyed bean. Botanically it is a bean rather than a pea. The cowpea is a rambling tender annual, native to India and Persia. Its cul- tivation also extended to China at a very early date. In this country it is extensively grown in the southern states, as a hay crop for stock and as a dry shell bean for human consump- tion. It is also invaluable as a green- manure crop (see Cover-crops) . Including both the true cowpeas {Vigna sinensis) COWPEA CRANBERRY 873 and the catjangs (F. catjang). Piper lists 270 varieties. As a class the catjangs may be distinguished from the true cowpeas by the smaller size of the seeds and pods and by the latter remaining upright throughout their growth period, never becoming strictly pendulous even after ripening. At the present time the true cow- peas are much more widely grown than the catjangs but the latter may yet come into more prominence on account of the resistance to the weevil of their small hard seeds. The cowpea is to the South what clover is to the North and alfalfa is to the West. It is sown broadcast after the manner of field peas. From three to five pecks of seed are used to the acre. See Cowpeas, Farmers' Bulletin No. 89, U. S. Dept. of Agric, by Jared G. Smith; Bulletin No. 102, pt. VI, and Bulletin No. 229 of the Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agric; Cyclo. Amer. Agric, Vol. II, p. 260. For a botanical discussion of the cowpea and its taxonomic relatives, see Vigna. Geo. F. Freeman. COWSLIP. The true English cowdip is Primula officinalis. The plant wrongly called cowslip in America is the marsh marigold, Caliha paiustris. The "American cowslip" is a popular name for Dodecatheon Meadia. The name "Virginian cowslip" is sometimes used for Mertensia virginica. CKAB'S-EYE VINE: Abrus. CRAB-APPLE in its widest sense means a small apple. The crab-apples of botanists are particularly fruits of Pyrus baccata. For more restricted uses of the word crab, see Pyrus. CRAB-GRASS: One of several names for Eleusine indica; also for certain Panicums, as P. sanguinale (or Digitaria sanguinalis). CRAMBE (old Greek substantive). Crudferx. Herbs or sub-shrubs, one grown in the vegetable-gar- den, and one or two in the hardy herbary. Annuals, biennials or perennials, with thickened sts., and more or less fleshy Ivs., glaucous: Ivs. mostly large, more or less cut, lyrate or pinnatifid : fls. small, white, fragrant, in panicled racemes: fr. 2-jointed, indehis- cent, the lower joint st.-like and seedless, the upper one globular and 1-seeded. — About 20 species in Eu., Asia, and 1 in Patagonia. Of easy cult. cordifdlia, Stev. Excellent foliage plant, withstand- ing the winters in the northern states: Ivs. very large and heavy, cordate and ovate, toothed, glabrous or nearly so: fls. small but very numerous, in great branchy panicles 6-7 ft. high and nearly as broad, over- topping the mass of root-lvs. Caucasus. Gn. 60, p. 349. Gng. 4:291.— For the first 2 years from seed the plant makes only Ivs.; but the third year it may be expected to bloom, after which the plant usually becomes weak and dies. maritima, Linn. Sea-Kale. Perennial, smooth, stout, to 2 ft. : Ivs. large, heavy and cut, more or less fringed or curled, glaucous green: fls. many, white, broad, honey-scented, in a tall panicle, in May. Coasts of Eu. — Grown as a garden vegetable. See Sea-kale. C. jiincea, Bieb. Biennial: small species with white fis. in an attractively slender-branched panicle. Iberia. — C. Kotschydnar Boiaa. Perennial: Ivs. somewhat hairy, the radical ones cordate- ovatewith rounded dentate lobes, the st.-lvs. few, ovate-oblong, lobed. W. Asia. — C. tatdrica, Jacq. Perennial, said to be grown in Hungary as "Tartarian bread." Glaucous, more or less rough-hairy: radical Iva. decompound, with linear segms. Hungary, E. T TT B CRANBERRY. A name applied to trailing species of the genus Vaccinium (EricAcex) ; much grown in North America for the fruit. Plate XXIX. Of the true cranberries, there are two species in North America, the small (Vacciniuin Oxy coccus), and the large (F. macrocarpon). The large cranberry, F. imarocarpon (Fig. 1087), is now cultivated on thou- sands of acres in the United States and this cranberry culture ia one of the most special and interesting of all 1087. Vaccinium macro- carpon, the common cran- berry. {.X%) pomological pursuits. This cranberry grows wild only in North America, where it is native to acid swamps in the cooler parts of the United States and in Canada. Here it trails its slender stems and small oval ever- green leaves over the sphag- num and boggy turf, and the firm red berries which ripen during September and October often persist on the vines till the following spring or even longer. The curve of the slender pedicel in connection with the bud just before the blossom opens, with its re- semblance to the head and neck of a crane, is said to have suggested the name craneberry which is now shortened to cranberry. The low-bush cranberry, or wolfberry (F. Vitis Idxa), is much used in Nova Scotia and other parts, and is gathered and shipped in large quanti- ties to Boston; but it is not cultivated. This berry is also common in Europe, where it is much prized. The quanti- ties of this fruit imported into the United States from various sources is considerable. The ideal bog for cranberry- culture should have the follow- ing quaUfications: (1) Capa- bihty of being drained of all surface water, so that free water does not stand higher than 1 foot below the surface in the growing season. (2) Soil that retains moisture through the summer, for cranberries suffer greatly in drought. (3) Sufficient water-supply to enable it to be flooded. (4) A fairly level or even surface, so that the flooding will be of approximately uniform depth over the entire area. (6) Not over Uability to frosts. The water of the streams and pools in the acid swamps or bogs, which are the natural habitat of the cranberry, is usually, but not invariably, of a brownish or amber color, and some of the most common asso- ciate plants are the swamp huckleberry or blueberry {Vaccinium corymbosum) , the Cassandra or leather-leaf (Chamxdaphne calyculata), the red maple (Acer rubrum) and the swamp cedar (Chamxcyparis thyoides). There are three centers for the production of cran- berries in the United States: Massachusetts, where cranberry-culture began and from which come the most berries; New Jersey second; and Wisconsin third. While the culture is in most respects similar in these three centers, each has its own characteristic methods of preparation and care of the bogs. There is also an important and growing cranberry industry in Nova Scotia. The cranberry bog. Figs. 1088-1090. To insure success in cranberry-culture, a prime requisite is to locate the bog on soil on which wild cranberries or some of their common associate plants flourish. This is usually a black peaty formation from a few inches to 7 or 8 feet in depth, overlying sand which in turn is frequently underlaid by a "hardpan" that is nearly impervious to water and the presence of which had much to do with the formation of the peat. Another requisite is to make sure of an ample supply of water, preferably of the brownish color, for winter flooding and for protection from frost in spring and fall. Flooding at special times is also the safest and surest weapon against many kinds of insects. 874 CRANBERRY CRANBERRY Without an ample supply of water, cranberry-culture is so hazardous as hardly to be worth undertaking. The building of the dams is the first step necessary for the improvement of a bog. A foundation for these should be made by digging a trench entirely through the peat, even if it should be 8 feet or more thick, to the clean sand, and this trench should be filled with sand free from all foreign material; above this founda- tion, embankments are buUt of clean sand and faced up with sods of live turf to prevent their being washed by the waves of the lake formed. The dams should be sufficiently high to flood the higher parts of the bog a foot deep, which will frequently make the water in the deeper parts 3 to 6 feet or more in depth. Gates or flumes must be constructed at the lowest point in these dams to provide for drawing the water off the bog and provision made for surface drainage. The latter is generally accomplished by opening the natural stream, if there should be one, or by digging an open ditch through the natural drainage center of the piece r-gs: •4 *t' ■^'f'i^-'-i)P!V\.,''''['>. 1088. A Massachusetts cranberry bog. — ^Picking the fruit. of land being improved. Side ditches should be dug leading into the stream, or main ditch, in suflScient num- ber to drain off all surface water; they may be made from 1 to 3 feet deep, according to the character of the land to be drained. A reservoir built above the bog is very desirable in faciUtating control of the water. In frosty Wisconsin it is considered almost necessary to have three times the area of the bog in reservoir to insure the crops. If a bog is situated on a stream sub- ject to high water, provision must be made for keeping the flood water from the bog, as the crop would be destroyed if it were flooded during blooming time or seriously injured by flooding at any time during the active growing season. Winter flooding of cranberry bogs is to prevent heaving and winter-killmg. The water is put on about the first of December or after the vines have become thoroughly reddened by cold weather. Cranberry bogs, being always lower than the sur- rounding land, are pecuharly liable to damage by frost, serious loss frequently occurring when an ordinary farmer would not dream of danger,and a good supply of water is the only preventive that has been found efficient. The time of starting growth in the spring may be controlled by the time the water is drained off, and the earlier spring frosts may so be avoided while an ample supply of water permits refloodiag when a later severe frost threatens. Reflooding about the first of June, provided the water has not been withdrawn earlier than May 5 to 10, will also furnish protection from a number of damaging insects and will not injure the crop, provided care is taken that the water does not stand on any part of the bog more than forty- eight hours. If a bog should become seriously infested with insects later in the season, it is occasionally profit- able to sacrifice what remains of the year's crop and clear the bog of insects by flooding. This sometimes results in a greatly increased yield the following year. Damage from a hght frost in the fall, before the ber- ries are picked, may be prevented by raising the water in the ditches and about the roots of the vines. Protec- tion from a heavy frost requires covering the plfints with water, but this will cause immature berries to rot and should be done with great caution or the damage from water may be greater than it would have been from frost. During summer the irrigation of the crop is accom- plished by holding the water low or high in the ditches, as the varying season may demand. Preparation and liUage. Before cranberries are planted, the land must be cleared of all its natural growth, the stumps and roots re- moved and the ground leveled to a greater or less extent. The more nearly level a bog is made, so that proper drainage is provided for, the more economi- cal it is in the use of water and the easier it is to provide the optimum amount of irrigation during the summer. The first cost of such perfect leveUng, how- ever, may be prohibi- tive or it may require the removal of all the good peaty soil over a considerable area, leaving nothing but pure sand in which the cranberries wiU not grow well. In many places, the removal of the natural growth may best be accomplished by cutting off the tops of the bushes and trees so that they will not extend above the surface of the water and flood- ing for two years, thus killing all vegetation. While this flooding entails loss of time, it is much easier and cheaper to clear away the dead roots and stumps than live ones, and when no sand is applied to the surface, as is the rule in New Jersey, it ^eatly lessens the expense of keeping the bog free from weeds for there are no Uve roots in the ground to send up suckers. In some places, as in most of Wisconsin, this method of drown- ing out is impracticable, because the surface soil, in which are the roots of all the living plants, will separate from the more perfectly decomposed peat below and rise to the surface of the water in floating islands mak- ing death to vegetation by drowning impossible. In such situations the ground must be timed and all roots and stumps grubbed out. In either case the roots and stumps are best disposed of by piling in heaps and burnmg. In Massachusetts, it is the custom to cover the cleared and leveled bog with 3 to 5 inches of sand, which makes it still easier to keep the bogs free from weeds and acts as a moisture-retaining mulch for the ■>J 'WW*' ^^: Sd ^ CRANBERRY CRANBERRY 875 underlying peat. Where sanding is practised, it is the custom to apply a fresh coat of sand an inch or less in depth every two or three years; this keeps the vines short and close. Cuttings for planting are secured by mowing vigorous vines from an old bog with a scythe. These cuttings, preferably not more than 8 or 10 inches long, are thrust diagonally into the surface of the bog from 12 to 14 inches apart. Not more than 3 or 4 inches of the top should be exposed, and if the bog is sanded, care should be taken that the cutting extends well into the muck below. As the vines grow they send out runners in all directions, netting the ground completely over. These sometimes grow as much as 6 feet in length and root in the soil at frequent intervals. From the runners grow upright stems which, in time, cover the bog with a solid mat of vegeta- tion. The uprights are prefer- 1089. A cranberry abJy not more than 6 inches high but under some soil conditions grow to a foot or more when the fruit is likely to be scanty. From the time of planting, three to five years must pass before the ground is matted over and a crop may be expected. The character of the growth of cranberry vines pre- cludes any cultivation in the ordinary sense of the word. The care of the bo^s consists in keeping them free from other plants, wmch is accomplished almost entirely by hand-pulUng; the regulation of the irriga- tion water, and preventive and curative measures for the many diseases and insect enemies to which they are subject. Fertilizing of cranberries has met with considerable success in increased crops, various brands of commercial fertilizer having been employed. The subject is not well understood, however, and is attracting the atten- tion of many thoughtful growers and their scientific helpers in the state ej^periment stations. The pretty Uttle pinkish white flowers of the cran- berry open during June, when the bogs are not flooded, but the holding of the winter water till May throws the fullest bloom into the early part of July. Diseases and insects. Spraying with bordeaux mixtiu'e is very generally practised to prevent "scald," a fungous disease which has been especially injurious to the grow- ers of New Jersey and which was so named because it was long thought to be caused by the scald- ing effect of the hot sun shining on berries wet with dew. As it is seldom possible to run heavy spraying machinery over the bogs, spraying in- volves the use of very long lines of hose or the laying of pipe lines, or both, the spraying of each United States Department of Agriculture and .the agricultural experiment stations of New Jersey, Wis- consin and Massachusetts. More varieties of insects may be successfully combated with water than with any other one thing, as already explained. Arsenical poisons are expensive to apply, of indifferent success in destroying insects on the bogs, and they are sus- pected of being an actual poison to the vines. Varieties. bog flooded in winter. 1090. The flume or outlet at the bottom of a cianbeny bog. property being a separate engineering problem Insects of many kinds attack the roots, the leaves, the blossoms and the fruit of the cranberry. Knowl- edge of the life history of each of these is necessary for successful warfare against it, and detailed information IS best secured from the various bulletins of the 56 There are now many varieties of cranberries in cultivation, all of them having been selected from wild vines or vines that appeared naturally in cultivated bogs. These varieties vary in shape, color, size, productive- ness, time of ripening and adap- tation to different soils. Some of the forms are shown in Figs. 1091-1093. The most generally cultivated are the Early Blacks and the Howes, both of which originated in the Cape Cod dis- trict and which together make about 50 per cent of the berries marketed from all three of the cranberry states. The Early Blacks are ready to harvest about the first of September both in Massachusetts and New Jersey, and the last of the Howes are seldom picked before the middle of October. As the pickers advance over a cranberry bog, they pick clean as they go and do not go back for successive relays of ripening berries as with most other small fruits. Picking and grading. In Massachusetts most of the picking is done by a scoop, by which the berries are raked from the vines. When the vines are short, the uprights not tangled, and the picker is experienced, berries can be harvested in this way very rapidly and with very little damage to either fruit or vines. The bogs are kept in good con- dition for "scooping" by pruning every three or four years with a rake the teeth of which are knives placed about 6 inches apart. The scoop (Fig. 1094) is also used to a considerable extent in New Jersey and Wis- consin but in these states a great many berries are still picked by hand. Some of the berries, especially in Massachusetts, are cleaned and packed on the bog as they are picked, and sent directly to market, but this immediate packing tends to poor keeping. Most cranberries, after picking, are put in boxes which are packed in well - ventilated storehouses. Here they are kept from a few days to several months and the cleaning and packing for market is done im- mediately before they are shipped. The machine which has been the standard for cleaning cran- berries for many years is provided with a fan to blow away all grass, pieces of vine, dried-up berries or anything of like nature that may have gotten in the berries while being picked. The berries are then allowed to roll down a series of steps; those that are sound are elastic and will bounce like little rubber balls. There are bands of cloth stretched above the steps in such a way that when a berry bounces in the right direc- 1091. The oblong or bugle-form type of cran- berry. (XH) 876 CRANBERRY CRANBERRY 1092. The obovoid or bell-Ehaped form of cran- berry. (XH) tion it is received on the cloth and slides down into the box placed for the good berries without more bouncing. The rotten berries having lost their elas- ticity are not able to bounce over the cloth partition that separates the good from the bad. With berries that are nearly spherical and not too juicy this machine works very well, provided there are no frozen berries to be taken out. Berries damaged by frost are even more elastic than sound ones and will all go into the box for good fruit. Neither will the bounce machines work well with long or oval berries; when these strike on their Cointed ends they fail to ounce and there is always a considerable percentage of sound fruit found in the refuse box. As there may be any- where from ten to thirty or more steps, it is easily under- stood that berries going over these machines are not in the best possible condition for long keeping after they are put on the market. Some varieties of berries which are very juicy and tender can not be put through these machines at all as the steps get so sticky with the juice that the berries will not bounce. In 1903, a machine was patented by Joseph J. White, which avoids the defects of the bounce ma- chines. This has since been put on the market and its ijse is spreading among the more careful packers of Massachusetts and New Jersey, but the more compli- cated machinery and greater cogt have prevented its adoption by other growers. This machine is provided with a hopper into which the cranberries are emptied through a screen which removes the coarser grass and vines; from the hopper the berries are fed, single file, to screw conveyors on which they are held by trough- like guards. These guards do not quite touch the screw, leaving a crack through which the remaining bits of grass, vines and dried berries are dropped into a box placed below to receive them. The screw conveyor passes the berries over a series of selecting plates made of some resilient material, the best found so far being the selected spruce wood prepared for piano sounding-boards. These plates are tapped by small hammers placed beneath, the strength of the blow being regulated by a thumb-screw. The soimd berries respond to this gentle tapping by jump-^ ing off the screw conveyor and falling on an endless belt a few inches below, which delivers all the sound fruit at one end of the machine. The rotten berries do not respond to the tapping of the selecting plates and are carried to the ends of the screw conveyors where they drop in the same box under the machine that receives the fine grass and the like. Frozen ber- ries are removed by this machine nearly as well as rotten ones and the shape of the berries is of no importance, while the berries only drop twice, a few inches each time, and are in much better condition for long keep- ing than those that go over the bounce ma- chines. After the berries have been cleaned by machine it is customary to place them on tables where women remove any defective berries 1093. The globular or cherry- that may have been shaped cranberry. ( XM) missed by the machines. Marketing; yield. Most cranberries are marketed in bairels holding about 100 quarts; a few are marketed in crates three of which Sh a barrel. Some dealers prefer to buy cranberries "in the chaff," that is, just as they come from the bogs without having been run through any machine. Berries sold in this way are always packed in crates and are cleaned by the dealer, a few crates at a time, as his trade calls for them; they keep better than those that have been cleaned before being shipped. Evaporated cranberries have been on the market for a number of years and are excellent, there being leas difference between the sauce made from them and from fresh fruit than is the case with most kinds of fruit. From the cranberry centers, the fruit is shipped in carload lots to the large cities of the United States, and from these distributed to the surrounding towns. There is also a small but steadily growing export trade. A bog in good bearing should yield fifty barrels to the acre, but as many as 200 barrels have been secured. In 1895 cooperative selling of cranberries was inau- gurated by some' of the New Jersey powers, who organized the Growers' Cranberry Co., with Joseph J. White as president and Theodore Budd as vice-presi- dent. This company was joined by a number of large New England growers and, though handling only 25 _per cent of the crop, prospered greatly. Later, A. U. Chaney organized another cooperative selling company. These two companies consolidated in 1910, forming the American Cranberry Exchange, with George W. Briggs, of Massachusetts, as president. The Exchange controls about 50 per cent of the crop of the country and has been remarkably successful in securing good prices for its members while keeping the retail price as low as during the years of fiercest competition. History. Cranberry-culture began about a century ago in Massachusetts on the Cape Cod Peninsula. William Kenrick, writing in 1832 in the "Orchardist," says that "Capt. Henry Hall, of Barnstable, has cultivated the cranberry twenty years;" "Mr. F. A. Hayden, of Lin- coln, Massachusetts, is stated to have gathered from his farm in 1830, 400 bushels of cranberries, which brought him in Boston market $600." In the second and subsetjuent editions, Kenrick makes the figure $400. It is not said whether Hayden's berries were wild or cultivated. At the present day, with all the increase in production, prices are higher than those received by Hay- den. In the third (1841) and subsequent editions, it is said that "an acre of cranberries in full bearing will produce over 200 bushels; and the fruit generally sells, in the markets of Boston, for $1.50 per bushel, and much higher than in former years." It was as late as 1850, however, that cranberry-culture gained much promi- nence. It was in 1856 that the first treatise appeared: B. Eastwood's "Complete Manual for the Cultivation of the Cranberry." About 1845, cranberry-culture began to establish itself in New Jersey. The culture' of cranberries began in Nova Scotia about thirty years ago. The first attempt consisted in improving some of the patches of wild berries found growing around the central district of the Annapolis Valley. Gradually the idea was entertained of plant- ing new areas, and as this proved successful the new industry was soon fairly established. Farmers in the vicinity of Auburn soon took up the industry, and m the fall of 1892 the first carload of cranberries was shipped to Montreal. Since then. Nova Scotia cran- berries have met with a ready sale throughout Canada. 1094. Cranberry scoop, sometimes used in picking the berries. CRANBERRY CRASSULA 877 Peoduction of Ceanbekkies in the United IN 1899 AND 1909 (13th Census) States State New England — Maine New Hampshire Vermont Massachuaetta Rhode Island Connecticut Middle Atlantic — New York New Jersey Pennsylvania East North Central — Ohio Indiana Ilhnois Michigan Wisconsin West North Central — Minnesota Iowa Missouri North Dakota South Dakota Nebraska Kansas South Atlantic — Virginia North Carolina East South Central — Alabama West South Central — Arkansas Mountain — Montana New Mexico Pacific — Washington Oregon California United States.. 1899 96 288 32 9,728 40,864 10,656 38,243,060 1909 Quarts Quarts 100,192 49,728 30,304 31,136 1,120 22,714,496 19,164,092 34,688 209,888 145,408 221,472 327,370 348,064 12,072,288 7,687,072 5,728 4,256 7,552 139,520 13,418 1,696 125,536 124,288 2,549,344 3,555,136 22,112 35,840 1,952 6,944 1,120 32 288 704 640 1,152 18,112 1,024 tube which widens at the throat; the closely related Proboscidea has a much broader tube widening nearly from the base. Snnua, Linn. {Mart-jnia CraniolAria, Glox.). Two feet high: Ivs. palmately lobed, the margins dentate: calyx 2-bracted, cut down one side, about one-third the length of the slender straightish corolla-tube; lobes of coroUa rounded and not much undulate; style 2-lobed, equaling or slightly exceeding the 2 pairs of stamens. N. S. Amer. — The thick fleshy root is pre- served in su^ar as a comfit; plant known as "Creole scorzonera" in S. Amer. There appears to be con- fusion in the seed sold as Martynia Craniolaria; some of it may be M. louisiana or other species. l. jj. B. Literature. CRASSULA (Latin thickish; referring to the thick leaves and stems). CrassvlAcex. Fleshy and leafy green- house shrubs or herbs, grown for the grotesque appear- ance of some of the kinds and also for the bloom. Variable in habit and foli- age, mostly erect; rarely annual: Ivs. opposite, usu- ally sessile and often con- nate, fleshy, very entire and the margins sometimes cartilaginous, glabrous or pubescent or scaly: fls. usu- ally small, white, rose or rarely yellow, commonly in cymes but sometimes capi- tate, usually 5-merous ; calyx 5-parted, the lobes erect or spreading; petals 6, free or 4,416 joined at the base, erect iK sagawtasx y 22,784 or spreading; stamens 5, shorter than the petals; . 31,600,512 carpels 5, many-ovuled. — [Ojucm ^^^ Species 150 or more, mostly in S. Afr., but a few in Abyssinia and Asia. Many The standard books on the cultivation of cranberries species have been intro. to are Webb's "Cape Cod Cranberries," and "Cranberry- cult., but only a few are Culture," by Joseph J. White; these are old books and actually grown outside of in many respects out-of-date. The best literature on fanciers collections. The the subject w to be found in the various pubUcations rocheas sometimes pass as of the United States Department of Agriculture, the crassulas. beeKochea. bulletins of the agricultural experiment stations of The genus Crassula gives New Jersey, Wisconsm and Massachusetts, the pro- the name to the order Cras- ceedings of the American Cranberry Growers' Associa- sulaceae, which contains tion which have beenpubhshed biennially since 1880, n^any cultivated succulent the reports of the Cape Cod Cranberry Growers' Plants, and also others of Association, and the reports of the Wisconsin State widely different habit. The Cranberry Growers' Association. gri-}^n. across, scarlet, lustrous. Que. G.C. III. 47 : 60.— C. imi«o, Sarg. Allied to C. pedicellata. Shrub, to 12 ft.: lvs. ovate, cuneate or rounded at the base, slightly lobed, lustrous and glabrous above: stamens 20, anthers yellow: fr. ovoid, dark red, lustrous. Que.— C. Korolkbwii, Henry=C. Wattiana. See also No. 50.— C. laiiia, Sarg. Allied to C. EUwangeriana. Arborescent shrub, spiny: lvs. ovate, acuminate, scabrate above, sparingly pubescent on the veins below; corymbs 8-12-fld., compact: fr. ovoid, Dright orange-red, ililn. long, with 5 nutlets, in Sept. Origin unknown, much planted ra Boston parks. — C. leioph-^lla, Sarg. Allied to C. pruinosa. Slender intncate, spiny shrub, to 15 ft., glabrous: lvs. broadly ovate, usually roundM or truncate at the base, dark dull blue-green above: corymbs 6^'- fld., compact; anthersyellow: fr. obovoid, bright red, Kin- long, with usually 4 stones, in Nov. W. N. Y.—C. livmiana, Sarg. Allied to C. Crus-galli. Tree, to 20 ft., spiny, glabrous: Ivs. oblong-obovste, acute or rounded at the apex, Sneh and often doubly serrate: corymbs lax, 10-18-fld.; calyx-lobes glandular-serrate: fr. subglo- bose to ovoid, dark crimson, 5^in. long, with 2-4 stones, m Oct. N. Y. S.T.S. 2: 129.— C. lobdta, Bosc=C. grandiflora.— C. iucW"™. Sarg. Allied to C. pastorum. Tree to 25 ft., spiny: Ivs. broadhr ovate to obovate, slightly lobed, glabrous: corymbs villous, few-lid.; sta- mens 20, with purple anthers: fr. ovoid, crimson, in Sept. lu. S.S. 13:679.— C. ?naineAna, Sarg. (C. leiophylla var. maineana, Eggleston). Allied to C. pruinosa. Tree-like shrub, to 15 ft., spray, glabrous: lvs. ovate to deltoid, acuminate, hairy wlule youiw. corymbs many-fld.; stamens 10; anthers dark purple: fr. @o™^ scarlet, scarcely pruinose, about ^in. thick, in Oct. w. '>!•''• C. nuMra, Sarg. Allied to C. pastorum. Shrub, to 10 ft., with lew spines, glabrous: lvs. oval to ovate-oblong, usually cuneate ai ibb base, dark green above, yellow-green below: corymbs many"?;' stamens 5-10; anthers red: fr. ovoid, dark purplish crimson, y«|. long, in Aug. Vt., Mass., N. Y.—C. Maximowlcai. Schneid. (i^- sanguinea var. villosa, Maxim.). Allied to C. sanguinea. Small nee, to 20 ft: Iva. ovate, slightly lobed, pilose below: foty™™,"^?: pilose: fr. pilose when young, finally glabrous. Amurland, mm ohuria.— C. microcdrpa. Lindl.=C. spathulata.--C. ■'pw'""', K Allied to C. pruinosa. Shrub, to 15 ft., spiny, glabrous: Ivs. oblo^ ovate to oval, acuminate, hairy above while young: coiymos ir-o- CRATAEGUS CREPIS 889 Bd., eompaot: fr. subglobose, obscurely angled, crimson, slightly pruinose, H>n. long, in Oct. W. N. Y. — C. Pdlmeri, Sarg. Allied to C. Crus-galli. Tree, to 25 ft. : Ivs. broadly ovate to oblong, rounded or acute at the apex, coarsely serrate, glabrous: corymbs glabrous; stamens 10, with yellow anthers: fr. dull green, tinged with red, in Oct. S.M. 381. — C. peregrina, Sarg. Allied to C. mollis. Tree: Ivs. ovate, broadly cuneate, with 5-6 pairs of narrow lobes, glabrous above, villous beneath: corymbs many-fld., villous: fr. ovate-glo- bose, dark dull purple, pubescent at the base and apex, J^in. across. Origin unknown, probably S. W. Asia. S.T.S. 2 : 191. — C. per- juciinda, Sar^. Allied to C. pruinosa. Spiny shrub, glabrous; Ivs. ovate, acuminate, dark green above: porymbs 8-10-fld.; anthers white: fr. ovoid, orange-red, finally crimson, slender-stalked, less than ^in. long, in Oct. Ont., N. Y. — C. persimiliB^ Sarg. Allied to C. Crus-galli. Shrub, to 8 ft.; Ivs. oblong-obovate to oval, usually acute, veins prominent, slightly hairy while young: corymbs slightly villous; stamens 10-20: fr. subglobose or ovoid, crimson, lustrous, with 1-2 stones. N. Y. — C. prsbcox, Sarg. (C. prfficoqua, Sarg.). Allied to C. rotundifolia. Shrub, to 10 ft., spiny; Ivs. rhomboidal to oval, slightly hairy while young, glabrous at matu- rity and scabrous above; corymbs slightly villous, many-fld.; sta- mens 10: fr. subglobose, dark crinLson, ^in. thick, in Aug. Vt., Q|il|^—C. promisaa, Sarg. Allied to C. pruinosa. Shrub, to 12 ft., spiny, glabrous: Ivs. oblong-ovate, acuminate, deeply lobed: corymbs lax, many-fid.; stamens 5-7; anthers pink: fr. ovoid, crimson, not pruinose, less than ^in. long, in Sept. W. N. Y. — C. Pyracdntha, Pers.^EVracantha coccinea. — C. rivuldris^ Nutt. Allied to C. Douglasii. Shrub: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, serrate, gla- brous at length. Wyo. to Colo, and Utah. S.S. 4:176.— C. Sdr- gentii, Beadle. Allied to C. intricata. Tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs. elliptic to oblong^vate, slightly lobed, glabrous at maturity: corymbs slightly villous or glabrous; stamens 20, with purple anthers: fr. yellow or orange-yellow, tinged with red, in Sept. Ga. to Tenn. and Ala. — C. songdrica, Regel=C. Wattiana. — C. spathuldtar Michx. Shrub or tree, to 20 ft,: Ivs. cuneate, oblanceolate, crenately ser- rate or 3-lobed at the apex; corymbs many-fld.; fr. scarlet, globular, 5iin. across. Southern states. S.S. 4 ; 185. B.R. 22 ; 1846 (as C. microcarpa). The 'only species of the group Microcarpffi allied to the Apiifoliffi. — C. iriftdra^ Chapm. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs. ovate or elliptic, serrate, often slightly lobed, pubescent, 1-2 J^ in. long: corymbs 3-fld., hirsute; fls. 1 in. across; stamens 20; anthers yellows fr. globose, red. Ga., Ala. Belongs to the group TViflorse, allied to Intricate. — Very distinct and handsome ; has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum. — C verecdnda, Sarg. Allied to C. intri- cata. Shrub, about 3 ft., spiny, glabrous: Ivs. oblong-obovate or oval, acute or acuminate, light bluish green: corymbs 6-10-fid.; stamens 7; anthers white: fr. ovoid or obovoid, less than J^in. long, with 2-3 stones, iu Sept. or Oct. W. N. Y. — C. Wattiina, Hemsl. & Lace. (C. altaica, Lange. C. songarica, Kegel). Allied to C. san- guinea. Lvs. smaller, truncate at the base, glabrous: corymbs gla- brous: fr. yellow or reddish yellow, smaller. Cent. Asia. Var. tncisa, Schneid. (C. Korolkowii, Henry. C. sanguinea var. incisa, Kegel). Lvs. morel deeply and acutely lobed. R.H. 1901:301. — C. WiLsonii^ Sarg. Allied to C. tomentosa. Shrub, to 20 ft. ; lvs. ovate or obovate, acute or obtuse, lustrous above, sparingly villous be- neath: fr. ovoid, red, nearly Hin. long, with 1-3 stones. Cent. ^^*^°°- Alfred Rehder. CRATiEVA (after Cratevas, an obscure writer on medicinal plants, not, as sometimes stated, at the time of Hippocrates, but at the beginning of the first century B. C, since he named a plant after Mithridates). Cap- pariMcex. Tropical trees and shrubs, sometimes planted in the warm parts of the country. Leaves 3-foliolate: fls. in corymbs, usually polyg- amous, with the odor of garlic; sepals and petals 4; stamens 8-20; torus elongated: berries ovate-globose, with a slender stripe. — ^Ten species, around the globe. The bark of the garlic pear, C. gynandra, blisters like cantharides. C. rdigiosa, from Malabar and the Society Ms. is a sacred tree, and is planted in native grave- yards. The bitter, aromatic Ivs. and bark are used by them in stomach troubles. The above and some other species are cult, in Eu. as ornamental green- house shrubs. religidsa, Forst. f. (C. Nurvdla, Buch.-Ham.). A spreading unarmed deciduous tree of graceful propor- tions: lvs. long-petioled, the Ifts. 2J^3 times as long as broad: fls. 2-3 ia. across, showy, yellow, or purplish yellow, the petals long-clawed.— Once cult, by Fran- ceschi, Santa Barbara, CaUf., but reported by him as no longer in cult, there. Excellent greenhouse plant N. N. TAYLOR.t CRATEROSTIGMA (Greek, referring to character of stigma). ScrophvlariAcese. Torenia-like perennial low nearly stemless herbs of E. and S. Afr., sometimes grown under glass. Lvs. radical, plantago-like, many- nerved, entire: fls. hlac and purple, spicate, racemose or even solitary; calyx tubular, 5-ribbed and narrowly &-toothed; corolla tubular, 5-ribbed and 5-toothed, the tube enlarged toward the top, the limb 2-lipped, the dorsal lip concave and entire or emarginate, the other large and spreading and 3-lobed: stamens 4 and per- fect, in unequal pairs; style filiform, 2-lobed and dilated at apex: fr. an oblong caps, included in the calyx. Differs from Torenia in technical floral char- acters and in being nearly or quite stemless and with only radical lvs. — About 4 species. C. piimilum, Hochst. (Torbnia auriadsefdlia, Dombr.) has fls. on slender pedicels }^-l}4 in- long, the coroUa^lobes pale lUac blotched with purple and veined with white: lvs. sessile, ovate, in a basal rosette, pubescent beneath and nearly glabrous above. E.Africa. F.M. 10:534. — A stemless perennial. l_ jj_ 3_ CR6pIS (Greek for Sandal; application obscure). Compdsitse. A large group of annual, biennial and peren- nial herbs, a few of which are now and then grown in outdoor gardens for the showy flowers. Much like Hieracimn, dif- fering mostly in the simpler involucre, white soft pappus, and beaked achene: lvs. radi- cal and cauUne, the former mostly runcinate, repand or pinnatisect, the latter mostly clasping: heads pedunculate, sohtary or paniculate, aU the florets perfect and ligulate, the rays yellow, orange or red: fr. a smooth achene. — Perhaps 250 species in the north temperate zone, some of them weedy and widely dispersed. Among the cult, kinds is C. sibirica, which resembles a sow-thistle in habit, and has corymbs of reddish blue fls. about the size of a hawkweed, or a small dandelion. It is one of the coarser border plants, and rare. Rather hght, sandy soil, and full exposure to the sun are essen- tials to the welfare of this plant. It is contented in a rather dry position, either in the rockery, or in the border. It is prop, by divi- sion. A common plant on the moss of English thatched cottages is C. virens, a yel- low-fld. plant, resembling a dandeUon. C. rubra appears to be the commonest annual species cult, abroad. sibfrica, Linn. Perennial, 2-3 ft. high, and at least as wide when in bloom: plant covered with short rough hairs: root large, fleshy: lvs. rough, wrinkled, the lower coarsely dentate, the upper often somewhat cordate, 12 in. long, including a petiole half as long: fls. bright yellow in a strictly terminal corjrob; involucre loose, hairy. July. Eu., Asia Minor, Himalayas. Gn. 53, p. 493. — The tallest and largest-fld. of the genus. Its white plumy masses of seeds are also attractive. afirea, Reichb. Black-hairy: height 1 ft. or less: fls. orange, mostly sohtary: lower lvs. spatulate-oblong, toothed, shining. June. Alps. — One of the commonest perennial species of the genus abroad. Repays rich soil. riibra, Linn. Fig. 1105. Annual: height yi-l}4 ft.: fls. red, usually sohtary, the involucre being hispid. An attractive little flower-garden plant. Var. Uba, Hort., has flesh-colored or whitish fls. Italy, Greece. 1105. Crepis rubra. (XJO 890 CREPIS CRINUM C barb&ta, Liiiii.=Tolpi8. — C. montdma, Reich. 12-18 in.: Ivfl. unequally dentate: fls. yellow in a large head. High mta., Switzer- land, etc. Mentioned as grown in this country, but apparently not in the trade. t tt T3 + CRESCfiNTIA (after Crescenzi, thirteenth century Italian agricultural writer). Bignonidcess. This genus is chiefly interesting for the csJabash tree, which has 1106. Crescentia Cujete. — ^The calabash. (XM) no near allies of horticultural importance; yields the calabash fruit. Tropical trees, glabrous: Ivs. alternate, solitary or clustered at nodes: fls. large, tubular, with a fluted 5- cut limb, yellowish, with red or purple veins; calyx 2-parted or deeply 5-cut. — ^About 5 species, in Mex. and Cent. Amer. The calabash tree is a native of Trop. Amer., is especially familiar in the W. Indies, and can be grown outdoors in extreme S. Fla. and S. Calif. The outer skin of the fr. is removed and the seeds and pulp from within, and the hard woody shell is used for water- govu-ds and for all sorts of domestic vessels, according to size and shape. The growing fr. can be made to assume various forms by skilful tyin^. It is a tree 20-40 ft. high, and readily distinguished from all others by its peculiar habit of growth, as it bears large, horizontal, scarcely divided branches, which bear clusters of Ivs. at intervals. The tree is becoming important in the manufacture of tobacco-pipes. Cuj6te,Linn. Fig. 1106. A handsome tree when grow- ing in the open, with wide-spreading weU-foUated branches: Ivs. 4^6 in. long, broadly lanceolate, taper- ing at the base, dark glossy green: fls. solitary, pendu- lous; calyx 2-parted; coroUa constricted below the mid- dle, and then swollen above, malodorous when decay- ing; stamens 4, sometimes 5: fr. frequently 18-20 in. through. The growing tree has somewhat the habit of a Burbank plum tree. B.M. 3430. n. TATioB.t CRESS. A name applied to the pungent herbage of several species of the Cfruciferae, used as salad. The leaves of the ordinary garden cress (Lepidium sativum), sometimes called peppergrass, have a pleas- ant pungency, somewhat like that of the water-cress, which makes the plant well adapted to be used as a popular condiment, served with salads, especially lettuce, and also for garnishing purposes. The quick sprouting habit of the seed is proverbial. Often the plants show above ground the third day after seed is sown. But if cress is wanted in its prime continuously, new sowings must be made every few days. Sow seed rather thickly in rows a foot apart, selecting any good garden loam. The reason that this useful plant is seldom seen in the average home garden is probably its liability to be attacked by hordes of flearbeetles which seem to have a particular fondness for cress pungency. But it is easily grown under glass, in flower pots, flats, or on a bench, in any Ught and fairly warm place and in any good sofl. Grown thus it is usually free from flea-beetle injury, and goes well with forced lettuce. Seed is easily grown, either in the open or under glass. The plants are allowed to mature their seeds, are then pulled and the seed rubbed or thrashed out and cleaned. There are sUght variations in the form of the leaves, some of which are more or less curled, others more of the broad-leaved tjrpe. Water-cress (Nasturtium officinale of the older books, but known as Radicula Naslurtium-amaticum and Boripa Nasturtium in recent books). Fig. 1107, is a hardy perennial, and finds a congenial place in small, running streams, shallow pools or ditches, wintering well when covered with water. It is usually found freely, bunched, in most of our markets and at green grocers'. It grows readily from seed as well as from freshly cut pieces of branches, and soon spreads over a large area. The best product comes from clear running water. Similar to water-cress in pungency is the upland cress (Barbarea prxcox), a hardy biennial. It also grows easily from seed sown in the open or under glass in ordinary soils and situations. The root-leaves are used for garnishing and seasoning, but they are not of the highest quality. See p. 454, Vol. I. Other plants sometimes g^own under the name of cress are Cardamine pratensis (p. 661) and SpUarUhes oleracea (which see). The very pungent root-leaves of the former are said to be eaten, but apparently the plant is not cultivated for this purpose. T. Greinbr. CRINIJM (Greek name for a lily). Amaryllidclces. Large and showy flowering bulbs, mostly tender, closely allied to Amaryllis and distinguished by the longer perianth-tube; flowers usually white or in shades of red; largely summer bloomers, but differing widely in this respect. Stems arising from a tunioated bulb with a more or less elongated neck: Ivs. mostly persistent, usually broad, sometimes several feet long: fls. few or many in a 2-bracted umbel, often very fragrant and with 3 types of coloring, pure white, banded red or purplish down the center, or flushed with the same colors; perianth salver- form or funnel-shaped, the tube straight or curved, long-cylindrical; segms. linear, lanceolate or oblong, nearly or quite equal; stamens 6, attached on the throat of the corolla, with long filiform filaments and veiy narrow versatile anthers; ovary 3-celled, the ovules few in each cell, the style long and filiform, somewhat bent 1107. Water-cress — ^Radicula Nasturtium-aquaticuin. downward, the stigma not lobed: fr. a roundish or irregular caps., at length dehiscing; seeds large, green, thick. — Probably 100 species in warm and tropical regions around the world^ in moist or wet places. The cnnums are amaryllis-like plants of great beauty. They are widely grown, often under the name ot "lilies," some of them as warmhouse plants, some as CRINUM CRINUM 891 coolhouse subjects, and a few as hardy border plants. The bulbs are often very large, sometimes as much as 2 or 3 feet long, neck and all, the leek-Uke neck grad- ually tapering from the bulb proper. In some species the bulb is short and onion-like. Fig. 1108 shows forms of crinum bulbs. In some species the flowers are 1 foot long and haK as broad; and sometimes the leaves reach the length of 6 feet and a width of 5 or 6 inches. The flower-stalk is solid, leafless, usually arising from the side of the bulb-neck. The genus might be roughly divided into the evergreen kinds, mostly with leek-like bulbs and symmetrical star-hke straight-tubed usually erect flowers; and the deciduous-leaved kinds, mostly with roundish bulbs and nodding bell-shaped more or less irregular flowers. The crinums require so much room that they are not often seen in commercial collections in this country. They are particularly adapted to mild and warm cli- mates, and therefore full notes on such handling of them are given here. They are not much grown in Ameri- can greenhouses. The species cross freely, and many fine hybrids are known, some of them under Latin species-names. Hardy arinums. The species of Crinum require widely different cul- ture, and their geographical distribution furnishes an important clue as to the degree of warmth required. There are two species hardy in the northern states, C. longifolium and C. Moorei, the latter being less reliable than the former but with finer flowers. These two species differ from others in blooming all summer instead of during a short period, and in the more lasting qualities of their flowers. An interesting hybrid between the two, C. Powellii, is hardier than C. Moorei, and the flower, though better than C. longifolium, is not quite so showy as that of C. Moorei. The hybrid has three well-marked colors, white, rosy and purplish. A single bulb of the white variety has given fifty flowermg bulbs in four years. It is excellent for placing in conspicuous positions on terraces or lawns, or in comers where flowers are wanted to combine with architecture or statuary for summer effect. The Agapanthus is frequently grown also for such purposes. Of course large specimens are needed for this use, but they are easily secured and they last from year to year. The bulbs of crinums are mostly grown in Holland and in Florida. The only native species, C. americanum, the "swamp lily of Florida," makes a brilliant and striking spectacle when seen in places far from cultiva- tion, as in the Everglades. The most rehable of the hardy crinums in the North is probably C. Powellii. If the bulbs are planted 2K to 3 feet deep (to the bottom of the bulb) in well- drained soil, the plant stands without protection in the neighborhood of New York City. Let them stand 2 to 3 feet apart. This crinum makes a very ornamental summer plant, even the strong foliage producing a tropical effect. It produces offsets very freely, but they are deep in the ground. It seems not to produce seed in the North. C. longifolium is also hardjr, but is better with a covering in winter; and it is inferior to C. PoweUii in leaf and flower. C. Moorei is equally hardy except that the bulbs grow near the surface and are therefore so much exposed as often to be ruined by frost. It is a very desirable summer species. It often seeds in the latitude of New York City; and these fleshy seeds germinate readily if placed on the surface of moist soil. It produces offsets freely, which are used in propagation. It has very strong fleshy roots; and when grown in pots or tubs (which is a desirable practice) it should be given plenty of room. This spe- cies has a long columnar neck with a spreading cap or crown of leaves, and large white or pink flowers. C. variahih (C. capense) is hardy south of the Ohio. There are a number of half-hardy species; and most of the 57 greenhouse kinds make very desirable lawn or porch plants when well established in large pots or tubs. Tender crinums. There are more than fifty species of greenhouse crinums, all of them worth growing because of their handsome flowers; some of them have very ornamental foUage. Most of the species are seldom seen in this country, possibly because they occupy too much space and give a comparatively small number of flowers to recompense the grower for their upkeep. It is not necessary to keep the evergreen species growing all the time after the flowers have been produced. The plants may be put out-of-doors under a lath-house for four or five months. The soil should be of a lasting nature with good drainage so that frequent repotting wiU not be necessary. When the plants are in a growing state, frequent applications of manure water will be found to be beneficial. In the warmer parts of the country. 1108. Crinum bulbs as named in the trade. Left to right, C. Moorei, C. giganteum, C. Kirldi, C. Powellii. many of the tropical species should be plunged or planted out in the open border, where they often give a satisfactory quantity of flowers. In winter, the plants may be carried over imder the bench of a tem- perate house. They should be given water occasionally during April and the first half of May to encourage new root-growth. When planted out in rich soil, nearly all of them wiU produce their gorgeous flowers out-of-doors; and during winter they are best treated as dormant bulbs with a little more heat than given such plants as cannas and richardias, planting them out as soon as the weather is favorable. A few of the tropical crinums are grown for their foliage principally, and are often seen in pubhc conservatories and palm- houses where they suffer but httle from dense shade. The flowers of most species are exceedingly handsome but only for a comparatively short time; during the remainder of the year when out of bloom there are hosts of things that are much more ornamental. Tropical crinums should be grown in this country nearly altogether for outdoor work; we then get the best out of them because our hot summers are favor- able to their growth and for the production of bloom. Those species not amenable to this treatment do not give results at all in keeping with the space and time devoted to them. (G. W. Oliver.) 892 CRINUM CRINUM Crinurm in Florida and the South. The various species of Crinum belong to the most important, the most beautiful and the most popular of Florida garden plants. No plants grow so easily, with so little attention, and no plants are so floriferous and so deliciously fragrant. Some of the species, as C. zeylanicum, C. eruhescens and C. Sanderianum, are so common in gardens, that they are little appreciated by people in general. Planted together in masses or in borders and in front of shrubbery, they look extremely beautiful. They grow best in rich, somewhat moist soil, but they are also perfectly at home in the high pineland ridges when well fertilized and cultivated. There is great confusion in the nomenclature of these plants, scarcely half a dozen being correctly named in the various catalogues. The following notes are based on many years' experience with crinums in Florida, and the names represent plants that the author con- siders to be proper representatives of the species. C. abyssinicum has white flowers and is attractive, but it does not grow well in the sandy soils of Florida. C. amabile. Very much like C. augustwm in growth and the flowers also much the same, but it is considerably smaller and multiplies rapidly by offsets. Every three or four years it must be replanted in fresh rich ground, and the offsets must then be re- moved. It is a very beautiful plant, and much more floriferus than the C. auguatum, flowering in every month of the year. The per- fume of the masses of flowers in spring and summer is so strong that it pervades the entire garden. It does not bear seeds in Florida, but the pollen is fertile and can be used in cross-breeding. C. americanum. Common along muddy banks of lakes and rivers. A very beautiful pure white, intensely fragrant species and very valuable in hybridizing work. Flower-atem usually 3 feet high, bearing mostly four flowers. Grows w^ in gardens, particularly in rich moist soil. C. amcETium. A rather small-growing Asiatic species with long slender bulbs and white flowers tinged red on the outside. Rare. C. asiaticum. The columnar stem-hke bulb, about 12 to 15 inches long, grows mostly above the ground. In planting it should never be set deep in the ground; a few inches is suflBcient. The leaves are arranged in a rosette. They are about 3 feet long, very broad near the bulb, gradually narrowing to a sharp point at the end. The color is hght bluish green. Flowers almost all the year round, even in winter when the weather is warm, usually 20 flowers in an umbel being borne always a little above the foUage on a strong stem. The flowers are pure white, with linear narrow seg- ments; filaments and stigma purplish red, yellowish white in the lower third. Strangely and deuciously fragrant. A real gem among our garden flowers. Hardy all over the Gulf Coast region, where it forms in time large and impressive clumps of tropical foliage. Bears large pea-green fleshy seeds abimdantly. Excellent for raising hybrids. C. auguatum. "Great Mogul" of Barbados. The largest-growing of all our crinums, specimens 4 feet high and 6 to 8 feet in diameter being not uncommon. It needs rich moist soil and a fair amount of good fertiUzer. Leaves are very broad, 4 to 5 feet long, narrowing gradually to a sharp point, deeply channeled. It blooms con- tinually for months. Flower-stem an inch in diameter, purplish- red, 4 feet high, bearing a large umbel of glossy purplish crimson flower-buds which are pink inside after opening. Nearly twenty flowers to each umbel, giving a large mass of very beautiful and deliciously fragrant blossoms. This umbel is so large ai^d heavy that it soon bends over and Anally lies on the ground. For this reason, it is necessary to tie it to a strong bamboo stake. It is difficult to propagate, as offsets are formed slowly. A plant five years old has formed only two side-shoots. Although it affords good pollen for hybridizing purposes, it does not seed. Hardy in New Orleans. C. caTnpanulatum (C. caffrum). Very distinct, with beautiful glaucous green leaves and umbels of six to eight rosy red cam- fanulate flowers. The flowers are much recurved at their edges, t blooms several times each year. One plant, although eighteen years old, never made a side-shoot. It grows wild in ponds in southern Africa and very likely needs moist soil. C. Careyanum (offered in the trade as C virgineum which is really a white-flowering species from Brazil). It also goes under the name of C. grandum. This is a doubtful plant, being perhaps an old English hybrid. It is very distinct from all other crinums, very beautiful and deliciously fragrant and a night-bloomer. Flower- stem 3 feet high, with an umbel of six to eight pure white flowers with a faint red band in the center. The buds are reddish and the stem is purplish grajdsh green. Bears no seed. C. caribseuTn. Reminds one of C. americanum, but flower-stem grayish purple on a green ground. Flowers pure white, very fra- grant. Rare. C. crassipes. Bulbs conical, very large, 8 to 10 inches in diameter. Forms offsets tardily, if at all. Flower-stem short. Flowers fifteen to twenty in an umbel, white, bell-shaped, faintly keeled with pink. C. erubeecens {usually advertised as C. fimbriatulum). One of the most common species in Florida gardens. Increases rapidly by offsets. Leaves long, thin and narrow, 2 to 3 feet long: flower- stem 2 to 3 feet tall, purplish green, carrying usually four to six very beautiful fragrant flowers, pure white with a faint pink keel. outside purplish red. Does not bear seeds, and pollen, and is useless for cross-breeding. Found everywhere in gardens. C. fiTnbriatulum. Extremely rare, and not in the trade. Flowera pure white, with a soft red band in the center of each petal. One plant formed only flve offsets in the course of eight years. C. giganteum. Perhaps the most beautiful species, the leaves being as ornamental as an aspidistra or a dracena. Evergreen like C. pedunculatum, C. amabile, C. auguatum, and C. aaiaticmi The leaves are about 3 feet long, rich deep green with a slight bluish tint. It forms large clumps in the course of a few yeara Flowers six to eight in an umbel, oell-shaped, creamy white m the bud, pure white when f uUy expanded, exhafing a veiy strong vonilla- like perfume. They appear six or eight times during the year even in winter when the weather is warm. Needs rich moist soii and does not thrive satisfactorily on high dry land. An excellent species for hybridization. C. imbricatuTn, Allied to C. giganteum, but bulbs much larger and leaves rather glaucous green, strongly nerved, with serrated edges. Flowers similar, but creamy white. Flowers usually two or . three times during the year. This is as beautiful as C. gigaTUewn but it does not form such large clumps in the course of a few years! Seeds freely. C. Kunthianum. A large-growing species, with a fine rosette of bright green spreading leaves and large umbels of pure white flowers. Its variety nicaraguense is a still larger-growing plant The flower-stem is quite short, about a foot high, bearing five or six very large white flowers with a faint pink band in the center, puiplish on the outside. The flowers of both are strongly fragrant. C. longifolium. An excellent plant for hybridizing. The leaves are glaucous green, flowers eight to twelve in an umbel, pink, flushed with deeper red on the outside. A flne foliage plant, though flowers not very showy. The white variety, C. UmgifoUum album., with very beautiful pure white bell-shaped flowers, is a very showy plant and much superior to the type. C. MacouKtnii. Forms very large bulbs with long slender necks. A beautiful species with pink flowers, but very ^fficult to grow in light soils. It does not flower regularly each year. C. Moorei. Bulb very large, 6 to 8 inches in diameter, with a very long slender, stem-like neck about 10 to 12 inches long. The leaves are very beautiful, long and thin and very wavy. It usually flowera in March in central Florida. Flowers /our to ten in an umbel, bell- shaped, rosy or pinkish red and deliciously fragrant. There is a beautiful white form of this extremely beautiful species. Var. Schmidlii, which usually flowers also in March or April. Both kinds bear seeds if hand-polUnated with their own pollen or crossed with different other species. This crinum will not thrive well in the light sandy soils. It requires a heavier soU with some clay in it, and it grows well only in a lath-house. C. pedunculatum. Very rare- in Florida gardens. RemindB one of C. aaiaticum,, but the bulb is shorter, more massive and the leaves thinner and of a brighter green. Flowers twenty to twenty- flve in an umbel, pure white and strongly fragrant. This pl&nt needs rich mucky soil to do its best. It does not thrive on dry ground. It is a much shyer bloomer than C. aaiaticum, with which it is often confounded. C. podophyllum. This is another evergreen species, almost a miniature C. imhricaZum. Leaves glaucuous green, strongly nerved, with serrated edges. Bulb only a few inches in diameter and veiy short. Flower-stem about 10 inches high bearing only a few pure white strongly fragrant flowers. Flowers only once during the summer. C. pratense. Bulb 5 to 6 inches in diameter. Flowers white. Requires moist rich soil. Rare. C. purpurascena. This small species, with linear undulated leaves about a foot long, forms large clumps in rich moist soil, thriving with caladiums, marantas, ferns, and other shade-loving plants. Flowers five to six in an umbel, slightly red in bud and pink when expanded. Flower-stem purplish, only about 6 to 8 inches high. C. Sanderianum {Milk-and-Wine Lily), Common in Florida gardens. Flowers white, keeled with bright red, deeper red on the outside. Flower-sterna 3 feet high, carrying five or six flowers in the umbel. Bears no seed. C. acabrum. One of the showiest. Flowers large, amaryllis- like, pure white, banded crimson, reminding one of Hippeattrum mttatum. Very fragrant, but flowers of short duration. Flowers three or four times during spring and summer. Bears seed abun- dantly and can be easily cross-fertilized with other species. Grows well on high dry pine land, but, like all crinums, requires rich soil. C. vaTiabile. When in bloom, this is the showiest of all the species. Bulbs very large, conical. Flower-umbels consist or fifteen to twenty large pure white bell-shaped flowers, being borne well above the foliage, standing upright. The flowers are faintly striped with pink. Three or four stems are usually pushed up at the same time from one large bulb, and beds consisting of ^^^W five or fifty bulbs are a magnificent sight, as almost all the buds open at the same time. This crinum is strictly a night-bloomer, the flowers begining to open in the dusk of evening, remaimng in per- fect condition until sunrise. A clump or a bed of this species m full bloom during a moonlight night has a wonderful effect. « looks particularly beautiful under palms. This species is naray as far north as southern Missouri and Kentucky, with a mtie protection in the form of stable manure or dry leaves. It ^^a n^ received under the names C. KirMir C. omatum and C. UUifolium. Does not bear seeds. , . „i. C. yemense. Flowers pure white, bell-shaped and somewnai fragrant. Bears seeds. Excellent for cross-breeding purposes. C. zeylanicum (often sold as C. Kirhii). Perhaps the most com- mon of all the crinums, being found in almost every garden, eveo in the backwoods. The flowers which are intensely ".arrant are borue on tall purplish stems. They are deep crimson in the Dua CRINUM CRINUM 893 state, white with a red stripe, when fully expanded. They usually flower in June and Ju^ after the rainy season has set in. Bears large grasrish green fleshy seeds abundantly and is a fine plant to be used in hybridizing. jj NbhblING INDEX. fimbriatulum, 25. fioridanum^ 3. giganteura, 29. grandiflorum, 12. Herbertii, 23. hybridum, 1. imbrioatum, 33. intermedium, 15. jemenicum, 19. jemense, 19. Johnstonii, 2^. Kirkii, 16. Kunthianum, 10, 23. latifolium, 19. lineare, 27. lAnnxi, 19. longifolium, 12. Mackenii, 14. Maco^anii, 13. MakoyanuTTif 14. Mearsii, 7. Moorei, 14. natalense, 14. nicaraguense, 10. nobile, 29. omatum, 19, 22, 24. pedunculatum, 1, 2. platypetalum, 14. podophyllum, 28. Powellii, 15. pratense, 6. procerum, 1. purpurascens, 11. Rattrayii, 30. riparium, 12. Sanderianum, 22. scabro-capense^ 23. scabrum, 23. Schmidtii, 14. siDlco-scabrum, 1. sinicum, 1. toxicariumt 1. variabile, 18. venuatum, 6. virgineum, 32. viginicum, 23, yemensBj 19. zeylanicum, 17. abyasinicum, 31. album, 12, 14, 15. amabile, 4, 8. americanum, 5. amcenum, 7. anomalum, 1. aquaticumf 26. agiaticum, 1. augustum, 4, 8. auatrale, 2. caffrum, 26. campanulatum, 26. camiKculatKm, 2. capense, 12. cappedum, 1. Careyanum, 24. caribseum, 3. Colensoi, 14. crassifolium, 13. crasaipes, 21. deolinatum, 1. eboraci, 1. elegans, 6. erubescens, 9, 10. exaliaium, 2. A. Perianth erect, salver-shaped, tirith linear segms.; stamens spreading. (Stenaster.) B. Color of perianth white; tube greenish. 1. asidticum, Linn. (C toxicdrium, Roxbg.). Bulb 4-5 in. thick; neck 6-9 in. long: Ivs. 20-30 to a bulb, 3-4 ft. long, 3-4 in. broad: peduncle 1J^2 ft. long, 1 in. thick; fls. 20-50 in an umbel; spathe-valves 2-4 in. long; pedicels J^l in. long; perianth white; tube erect, tinged with green, 3-4 in. long; segms. 2J^-3 in. long; filaments tinged red, 2 in. long: ovule 1 in a ceU. Trop. Asia. B.M. 1073. G.F. 4:283. Baker gives 5 botani- cal varieties, of which the most important in the American trade is probably var. sinicum, Baker (C. Anicum, Roxbg. C. pedunculatum, Hort., not R. Br.). St. John's Llly. Bulb 6 in. thick, 18 in. long: Ivs. 5 in. broad, with undulated edges, forming a mas- sive crown 4r-5 ft. high: peduncle 2-3 ft. long; fls. 20 or more, the tube and segms. longer than in the type; perianth white. China. The bulb usually divides into 2 of equal size; small offsets are rarely produced. Seedlings flower in 5 years. Var. deolinatum, Baker (C. dedin&tum, Herb.)^ has a declined instead of erect bud;perianth-segms. tinged red at tip. B.M. 2231. Var. procerum. Baker (C. prdcerum, Carey), is larger than the type with Ivs. 5 ft. long, 6 in. wide: perianth-tube and limb 5 in. long, the latter tinged red outside. Ran- goon. B.M. 2684. Var. anomalum. Baker, is freakish- looking, its Ivs. being expanded into a broad, membra- nous, striated and plaited wing. B.M. 2908 (as C. plica- turn). C. ebdraci, Herb. (C. hybridum Todbrse, Hort.). Similar to the variety next mentioned, but half the size. Garden hybrid between a small form of C. asiaticum and C. hngifolium. C. ebdraci var. cdppedum, Reasoner (C. cdppedum, Reasoner). Habit much like C. asiaticum, but Ivs. tapering to a slender point, semi-erect, 4 ft. high: fls. about 20, segms. 4 in. long, }^. broad, spread- ing, white, sometimes changing to pink. Garden hybrid between C. asiaticum var. sinicum and C. hngifolium. Increases both by offsets and splitting of the biib into two. C. sinico-scibrum, Hort., hybrid of C. asiaticum var. crossed with C. scabrum, and intermediate in aspect and fl. — C. asiaticum is the largest of the cult, species, good specimens standing 6 ft. high and having a greater spread. The evergreen reticulated Ivs. are ornamental. It blooms several times each year in good warmhouseor greenhouse conditions. 2. pedunculatum, R. Br. (C. auatrale, and C. exaUa- <«w. Herb. CcarwliaMtum, Roxhg.). Bulb 4 in. thick; neck 6 in. long. Ivs. 25-30 to a bulb: fls. 20-30 in an umbel; spathe-valves 3^ in. long; pedicels 1-1 J^ in.; perianth greenish white, not tinged with red outside, the segms. linear and spreading and shorter than the tube; filaments short, bright red; style shorter than the filaments: ovules 3 in a cell. Austral. B.R. 52. — The bulb grows above ground on a large rootstock; summer; coolhouse. 3. caiihsbxaa, Baker (C. floridanum, Griseb., not Fraser). Lvs. lorate-oblong, 1 ft. or less, 3-4 in. broad, narrowed to the base: umbels 3-4-fld.; perianth-tube 3-4 in. long, nearly straight; segms. white, linear, spreading, nearly as long as tube. W. Indies. BB. Color of perianth purplish red outside; tube purplish red. 4. am&bile, Donn. Bulb small; neck 1 ft. or more long: lvs. 25-30 to a bulb, 3-4 ft. long, strap-shaped, tapering to the point, the margin entire: peduncle 2-3 ft. long; fls. 20-30 in an umbel, very fragrant; spathe- valves 4-5 in. long; pedicels 3^-1 in. long; perianth with a crimson center band, tinged outside bright purplish red; tube bright red; segms. 4-5 in. long; stamens an inch shorter than the segms. Sumatra. B.M. 1605. R.H. 1856:241. — Summer; warmhouse. Supposed by Her- bert to be a spontaneous hybrid between C. asiaticum 1109. Ciinum americanum. ( X K) var. procerum and C. zeylanicum: fls. sterile; bulb increases by small offsets; has been sold under the name of C. augustum (Hort., not Roxbg.), which is a similar but smaller natural hybrid presumably between C. bracteatum and C. zeylanicum, and has more obtuse lvs. than C. amabile. AA. Perianth erect, salver-shaped, with lanceolate segms.: stamens spreading. (Platyaster.) B. Lvs. few, 6-12 to a bvlb. 5. americanum, Linn. Fig. 1109. Florida Swamp Lilt. Bulb stoloniferous, ovoid, 3-4 in. thick; neck short: lvs. 1J^2 in. broad and 2-4 ft. long, curved, denticulate: fls. 3-6, usually 4 on an erect scape 20-30 in. high; pedicels or very short; perianth creamy white, the lobes linear or lance-Unear; tube greenish, equaling or exceeding the lobes. Native in river swamps Ga. and Fla. and westward. B.M. 1034. — Blooms in spring and summer, but some fls. may occur in winter farS. 6. pratense, Herb. Bulb ovoid, 4-6 in. thick; neck short: lvs. 6-8, linear, suberect, 134:2 ft. long, 13^-2 in. wide, channeled, narrowed to point, margin entire: fls. 6-12 on a lateral compressed peduncle 1 ft. or more high; perianth white, the tube greenish and 3-4 in. long, the segms. nearly or quite as long, Hi^- broad, lanceolate; filaments shorter than segms., bright red. Low grounds, India. Summer. Var. glegans, Carey, haa a longer-necked bulb, decumbent, peduncle, and tube an 894 CRINUM CRINUM 1110. inch shorter than the segms. B.M. 2592. Var. venflstum, Carey, has about 30 fls. in an umbel. India. 7. amdenum, Roxbg. Bulb globose, 2-3 in. diam., with a very short neck: Ivs. 10-12, suberect, linear, 2 ft. or less long, rough-edged, tapering to the apex: fls. 6-12, the peduncle standing 1-2 ft. high; perianth- tube greenish, 3-4 in. long; segms. white tinged red outside, 2-3 in. long, lanceolate; filaments bright red, shorter than segms. India. Summer; warmhouse. Var. Mearsii, Bedid. (C. Mharsii, Bedd.). Very small: Ivs. 1 ft. or more long, 1 in. wide, very smooth: peduncle 3-5 in. long, 6-10- fld. ; fls. white, the tube slender and 5 in. long; segms. lanceolate, 2}4 in. long and J/^m. broad. Upper Burma. G.C. III. 42:62.— Whole plant not more than 2 or 3 in. high when not in bloom; blooms well in a 3-in. pot. BB. Lvs. numerous, 20 or more to a hvJb. 8. auglistiim, Roxbg. (C. amdtnle var. aug'dstum, Gawl). Bulb conical, 6 in. thick; neck long: lvs. 20-30, strap- shaped, 2-3 ft. long, 3-4 in. broad: fls. 12-30, on a lateral much-compressed peduncle 2-3 ft. high; pedicels some- times an inch long; color strong pur- , v-une olant of plish red outside, banded within; tube CrinmnMoorei. purplish; segms. lanceolate, 4r-5 in. long; filaments half length of segms., red. Mauritius, Seychelles. B.M. 2397. B.R. 679.— Warmhouse; effective. 9. erubescens, Ait. Bulb ovoid, 3-4 in. thick, the neck short: lvs. many, curved, strap-shaped, thin, 2-3 ft. long and 2-3 in. broad, slightly rough on edges: fls. 4^12, on peduncle 2 ft. or more mgh, the pedicels or very short; color reddish outside, white within; tube bright red, 5-6 in. long; segms. half as long as tube, lanceolate, reflexing. Trop. Amer. B.M. 1232. L.B.C. 1:31. — Summer; warmhouse. 10. Kunthianum, Roem. (C erubescens, HBK., not Ait.). Bulb ovoid, 3 in. diam., with a short neck: lvs. about 20, strap-shaped, spreading, 2-3 in. broad, undulate but entire: fls. 4-5 in an umbel, the peduncle 1 ft. high, the pedicels or very short, pure white; tube 7-8 in. long; segms. lanceolate, 2}^ in. long; filaments less than 2 in. long, bright red. Colombia. Var; nicaragugnse, Baker, is purple outside, the segms. a little longer and lvs. longer and narrower. 11. purpurdscens, Herb. Bulb ovoid, short-necked, 2 in. diam., stoloniferous: lvs. 20 or more, linear, thin, 3 ft. or less, prominently undulate: fls. 5-9, on a peduncle 1 ft. or less long; tube very slender, 5-6 in. long; segms. lanceolate, half as long as tube, pink or purplish; filaments bright red. 'Upper and Lower Guinea, in streams and lakes, the lvs. often floating. B.M. 6525. G.C. III. 47:114.— Amphibious. Summer; warmhouse. AAA. Perianth funnel-shaped; tube permanently curved; segms. oblong ascending; stamens and style con- tiguous and declined. {Codonocrinum.) B. Bulbs long-^necked {No. 30 omitted). c. Margin of lvs. not dliate, but often scabrous. 12. longifdlium, Thunb. {Amar0is longifblia, Linn. C. riparium, Herb. C. capense, Herb.). Bulb ovoid, 3-4 m. diam.: lvs. 12 or more, strap-shaped, 2-3 ft. long, 2-3 in. wide, margins rough: fls. 6-12, pedicels 1-2 in. long; perianth tinged red on the back, and sometimes on the face, with a white variety; tube cylindrical, 3-4 in. long, about equahng the limb; segms. oblong, acute, 1 in. or less broad; stamens nearly as long as segms.; filaments red. Cape. Natal. B.M. 661. Var. filbum, Hort. Gn. 62, p. 123.— Probably the hardiest pure species of crinum, enduring the win- ter of the Middle States, if protected with litter dur- ing cold weather. Prop, by offsets or seed, which latter is produced abundantly. C. grandifldruin, Hort. is a hybrid with C. Careyanum, said to partake of the hardiness of C. longifMum. Sometimes described as having a short-necked bulb. 13. Macdwanii, Baker. Bulb globular, 9-10 in, diam., with neck 6-9 in. long: lvs. 12-15. strap-shapedi thin, 2-3 ft. long, 4 in. or less broad: fls. 10-15, on a stout green peduncle 2-3 ft. high; tube curved, green 3-4 in. long; segms. about equaling the tube, pink| oblong, acute, 1-1 J^ in. broad. Natal. — ^Late autumn'; greenhouse, or half-hardy. 14. Modrei, Hook. f. (C. Makoy&num, Carr. C. CoUnsoi, C. Mdckenii and C. nataUnse, Hort.)! Fig. 1110. Bulb ovoid, neck 12-18 in. long: lvs. 12-15, strap-shaped, 2-3 ft. long, 3-4 in. wide, margin entire, veins rather distant, distinct: fls. 6-12, on peduncle 2-3 ft. high, the pedicels lK-3 in. long; tube ^eenish, about 3 in. long and with a fuimel-shaped pinkish limb of equal length, the segms. oblong, nearly acute,' con- nivent; filaments pink, an inch shorter than segms. Natal and Kaffraria. B.M. 6113. G.C. III. 2:499; 48:59. R.H. 1887:300 and p. 417. R.B. 22. p, 196; 23:61. Var. album, Hort. Gt. 31:1072. Gn, 52, p, 122, and var. platypetalum, Hort., are cult, C. Colensoi has a longer tube, smaller fl., with a paler and narrower limb. C. Schmidtii, Regel, is probably a pure white- fld. form of this species. 15. Pdwellu, Hort. Fig. 1111. Bulb about 3 in. diam., with a long slender neck: lvs. about 20, spread- ing, ensiform, acuminate, 3-4 ft. long, 3-4 in. broad near the base, margin smooth: fls. about 8; perianth dark rose-color; pedicels 1-1 J^ in. long. — Garden hybrid of C. longifolium and C. Moorei. — ^A valuable outdoor crinum. Var. ilbiun, Hort., white. Var. intermddium, Hort., light rose-color. cc. Margin of lvs. ciliated. 16. Kirkii, Baker. Bulb globose, 6-8 in. thick, neck 6 in. long: lvs. 12 or more, Sj-i-^ ft. long, 4r4% in. wide and long-tapering to a point; margin rough, veins close : fls. 12-15 on a stout compressed peduncle 1-1 J^ ft. high; pedicels or very short; color white, with a very distinct bright red band down the center of each oblong acute segm. ; tube greenish, 4 in., about equaled by the segms. E. Afr. B.M. 6512. — Probably not in com- merce. See No. 17. Sept.; warmhouse. BB. Bulbs short-^necked (not considering No. SO). c. Fls. numerous, usually more than 8 in an umbd. 17. zeyldnicum, Linn. Bulb globose, 5-6 in. thick: lvs. 6-10, thin, sword-shaped, 2-3 ft. long, 3-4 in. wide, wavy, margin roughish; peduncle long and not very stout, often tinged red; fls. 10-20 on very short pedicels; tube 3-4 in. long, curved; segms. oblong, acute, 3-4 in. long, 1 in. broad, white with a broad red keel; star mens an inch shorter than segms. Spring to midsum- mer; warmhouse. Trop. Asia and Afr, B.M. 1171 (as Amaryllis omata). — A warmhouse species. UsuaUy sold as C. Kirkii, which is an allied species from E. Afr., probably not known outside of botanic gardens. 18. variabile, Herb. (C. crassifdlium, Herb.). Bulb ovoid, 3-4 in. thick, without distinct neck: lvs. 10-12, linear, glabrous and entire, the outer ones 2 ft. and more long, 2 in. wide, weak: fls. 10-12, on a compressed erect peduncle 1-1 J^ ft. high, the pedicels J^l in. long; tube greenish, IK in. long; segms. white witn red tinge down the keel, oblong, acute, 2i4-on ™' long; filaments red, an inch shorter than segms. Cape region. Spring. 19. latifdlium, Linn. (C. orndtum var. W/AIww, Herb. C. Unnsd, Roem. C. jeminse, C. jm^io^ and C. yem&nse, Hort.). Bulb nearly globose, 6^ p- diam., with a short neck: lvs. many, strap-shaped, tmn. CRINUM CRINUM 895 2-3 ft. long and 3-4 in. broad, slightly scabrous on the margins: fls. 10-20, on a peduncle 2 ft. or less high; tube curved, 3-4 in. long, greenish; segms. about as long as the tube, oblong-lanceolate and acute, 1 in. broad at middle, whitish tinged red. Trop. Asia. — ^An excellent species; summer; warmhouse. 20. Jfihnstonii, Baker. Bulb globose, 3-4 in. diam., without neck: Ivs. about 20, long-pointed, the outer ones 5-6 ft. long and sword-shaped, the inner linear: fls. about 20 on a peduncle 2 ft. high; tube slightly curved, tinged green, 4 in.; limb shorter than tube, the segms. ovate or oblong, acute, white and tinged pink on the back; stamens nearly as long as limb. Mts. British Cent. Afr. B.M. 7812. G.C. III. 50:170— Closely allied to C. longifolium. Fls. fragrant, 8 in. long. 21. crfissipes, Baker. Bulb very large, conical, without neck: Ivs. sword-shaped, 3-4 ft. long, 4 in. broad and long-tapering to the apex, entire: fls. 15-20, in a stout compressed peduncle less than 1 ft. long, the pedicels 1-lJ^ in. long; tube about 3 in. long, shghtly curved, green; segms. oblanceolate, J^in. broad, equal- ing the tube, ascending, white tinged red on the back; filaments purple, nearly equaling the segms. Probably Trop. Afr. cc. Fls. fewer, usiudly fess than 8 in an umbel. D. Segms. of perianth red, striped or tinted with red. B. Tube of perianth usually 3 in. or more long. 22. Sanderianum, Baker (C omMum, Bury). Bulb globose, 2 in. thick; neck short, 2-3 in. long: Ivs. 10-12, thin, 1J^2 ft. long, IJ^ in. broad, margin denticulate, tapering to a long point: fls. 3-6, nearly sessile, white, keeled with red; tube 5-6 in. long, curved; segms. ob- long, acute, ascending, 3-4 in. long and 1 in. or less broad; stamens much shorter than segms. Upper Guinea. Gn. 52:122. — Closely allied to C. scahrum. Intermediate house; blooms at intervals. 23. scibnim, Herb. Bulb globose, 5-6 in. diam., with short neck: Ivs. 12 or more, 2-3 ft. long, 1 J^2 in. wide, closely veined, margin scabrous: fls. 4-8, the peduncle 1-2 ft. high; pedicels or very short; tube greenish, 4r-5 in. long; segms. white with distinct red keel, oblong, acute, 3 in. or less long; fila- ments rather shorter than segms. Apr. May. Trop.Afr. B.M. 2180. F.S.21:2216. A very snowy and easily cult, species; spring or early summer; warmhouse. C. HSrbertii, Sweet (C scabro-capense, Hort. C. KunthiAnum, Hort., not Roem.). Fls. similar to C. scahrum, but color Ughter, the plant taller and larger. Garden hybrid between C. scahrum and C. longifolium. This is a doubtful name. C. Herbertianum, Wall.=C zeylanicum. C. Herbertianum. Roem. & Schulte= C. strictum. C. virg^ni- cum, garden hybrid, resembles C. Herbertii, but the plant is smaller and the fls. larger and brighter in color. See also No. 32. 24. Careyinum, Herb. (C. omdtum var. Careydnum, Herb.). Regarded by Baker as "scarcely more than a variety of C. latifo- lium;" confused in cult. : fls. only 4-6 in the umbel, on a subterete green peduncle about 1 ft. high : bulb globose, 3-4 in. diam., short- necked, with brown coverings: Ivs. 8-10, strap-shaped, undulate, thin, 2 ft. or less long, 2-3 in. broad, the margin entire: perianth-tube curved, greenish, 3-4 in. long; segms. (or Umb) about as long as the tube, oblong- acute, 1 in. broad, hghtly red-tinged at center; stamens a little shorter than segms. Mauritius and Seychelles. B.M. 2466. — ^Autumn; greenhouse. 25. fimbriS-tiUum, Baker. Lvs. linear, 4-5 ft. long, 2 in. broad toward base but long-pointed, glaucous green, margins ciliated with small membranous scales: fls. 3-7, nearly sessile, on peduncle 2 ft. high; tube curved, 4-5 in. long; segms. white with distinct red keel, oblong, acute, ascending, 3 in. long and 1 in. broad; stamens an inch shorter than segms. Lower Guinea. Gn. 55: 92. Allied to C. scahrum. — A different plant is passing in the trade imder this name. EB. Tube short, — 3 in. or less. 26. campanul&tiun, Herb. (C aqudticum. Herb. C. cdffrum. Herb.). Bulb smaU and ovoid: lvs. linear, deeply channeled, 3-4 ft. : fls. 6-8, on a slender peduncle 1 ft. or more long, the pedicels 3^-1 in. long; tube slender, 3 in. or less long, about as long as the cam- panulate Umb; segms. bright rose-red, oblong, obtuse, much exceeding the filaments. Cape region. B.M. 2352. — A very distinct species; warmhouse. 27. line^e, Linn. f. Bulb small, ovoid: lvs. linear, lJ^-2 ft. long, J^in. broad, glaucous, channeled on the face, the margin entire: fls. 5-6, the peduncle slender and about 1 ft. long, the pedicels ^in. or less long; tube slender, 2}4 in. or less long; segms. 2-3 in. long, white tinged with red in center, oblong or ob- lanceolate, acute; stamens much shorter than segms. Cape region. B.M. 915 (as Amaryllis revoluta). B.R. 623 (as A. revoluia var. gracilior). DD. Segms. of perianth pure white (exception in one form of No. 29). E. Pedicels very short m 0. 28. podophyllum, Baker. Bulb subglobose, 2 in. or less diam., without evident neck: lvs. 5 or 6, 1 ft. long, 2 in. or less wide, oblanceolate, acute, thin, narrowed to base: fls. 2, sessile, the slender compressed peduncle 1 ft. long; tube 5-6 in. long, slender and curved; Umb somewhat erect, the segms. oblong-spatulate, pure white; filaments nearly as long as limb. Upper Guinea. B.M. 6483. — Perhaps a form of C. giganteum: late autumn; warm- house. 29. giganteum, Andr. Bulb globose, 5-6 in. thick, the neck short: 1111. Crinum Powellii. 896 CRINUM CROCUS Ivs. 12 or more, lanceolate, narrowed both ways, 2-3 ft. long, 3-4 in. broad, veins distant, with distinct cross veinlets: fls. 4r-6, rarely 8-12 on a stout com- pressed peduncle 2-3 ft. long; tube 5-7 in. long; segms. pure white, much imbricated, oblong; filaments pure white, an inch shorter than segms. Trop. Afr. B.M. 5205. F.S. 23:2443. G.F. 4:223. I.H. 33:617. — A very fragrant species. Var. ndbile, Baker (C. nSbile, Bull), has the peduncle and fl. suffused with tinge of red. — C. giganteum is large or gigantic only in its fls.; summer; warmhouse. 30. Rdttrayii, Hort. Excellent stove plant, 20 in.: Ivs. ascending, strap-shaped, acute, entire, dark green: fls. pure white, with a spread of 6 in., in few-fld. umbels; segms. ovate-elliptic, acute or sometimes arose; star mens strongly declined, nearly equaling the segms. Uganda. G.C. III. 38:11 and suppl. 31. abyssinicum, Hochst. Bulb ovoid, 3 in. thick, the neck short: Ivs. about 6, linear, 1-1 J^ ft. long, J^l in. wide, veins close, margin rough, narrowed to a point: fls. 4-6, on a peduncle 1-2 ft. high, the pedicels very short or 0; perianth white, the tube slender, 2 in. or less long, the segms. oblong, acute, 2-3 in. long and %m. or less broad; filaments less than 1 in. long. Mts. of Abyssinia. Greenhouse. 32. virgineum, Mart. Bulb large and brown: foha^e as in C. giganteum, the Ivs. 2-3 ft. long and 3-4 in. broad at the middle, narrowed both ways, pointed: fls. about 6, sessile or very nearly so; tube 3-4 in. long; segms. pure white, connivent, acute, as long as the tube; filaments much shorter than the segms. S. Brazil. See also C. virginicum under No. 23. j EE. Pedicels 1 in. long. 33. imbricatum, Baker. Bulb very large, globose: Ivs. strap-shaped, very thin, 3 ft. long, 3 in. broad at middle and narrower toward base, distinctly veined: fls. 5-6, on a stout peduncle 1 ft. or more long; tube slender and curved, 3 in. long, the cam- panulate limb of equal length; segins. imbricated, oblong-obtuse; filaments 1 in. shorter than segms. S. Afr. — Allied to C. giganteum. Crinums hybridize so freely, and the progeny is so likely to be interesting, that many mongrel forms have been recorded under Latin names. It is not feasible to account for all such names here. Many of the forms are soon lost. — C. Lugdrdae, N. E. Br. Bulb small: Ivs. long and narrow, rough-edged: fls. 2-6, the peduncle 1 ft. or less high; tube nearly or quite 4 in. long; segms. lanceolate, white ... ied to C. purni aquatic, the 20 or so strap-shaped undulate Ivs. submerged: bulb about or nearfy as long as tube, white with light pink median stripe. Trop._ Afr. — C. nMans, Baker. Allied to C. purpurascens, but small, narrow-ovoid, with many long fibrous roots: fls. few, white, the narrow segms. recurved. Upper Guinea. B.M, 7862. — C. rhoddnthum. Baker. Lvs. lorate, exceeding 1 ft., thick, ciliate- edged: fls. many; tube 3 in. long: segms. red, lanceolate, 23^ in. long, erect-spreading and curved in upper part: stamens as long as segms., the filaments red. Cent. Afr. G.C. III. 33:315. — C. Sdmuelii, Worsley. Bulb 3 in. diam. and 2J^ in. long: lvs. sometimes 4 ft. long, rough-edged: fls. 2, sessile, on peduncle 1 ft. high, white slightly flushed with pink, not fragrant, 4H in. across. Cent. Afr. — C. Vdasei, Boiss. Bulb ovoid, 4 in. across, without distinct neck: lys. hnear-lorate, 2 ft. or less long, 2 in. broad, rough-edged: fls. about 15, on peduncle 1 ft. or less high, white with red median stripes; perianth funnel-shaped, 8 in. long, the tube curved and red, the segms. linear-lanceolate, and a httle shorter than tube. Mozambique. R.H. 1908: 132. — C. Wlmbushii. Worsley. Differs from C. Samuelii in lvs. not rough-edged, fla. on short pedicels, faintly fragrant, less lasting and with longer style. Cent. Afr. — C. zanzibarinee, Hort.=C?). L. H. B.t CRfXHMUM (Greek for barley, from some resem- blance in the seed). Umbelllferx. Samphire. A single, species, C. maritimum, Linn., on shores in Great Britain, W. Continental Eu., and the Medit. region, rarely planted in wild gardens or borders. It is a fleshy glabrous perennial herb, seldom more than 1 ft. high, somewhat woody at the base: lvs. 2-3-ternate, the segms. thick and linear: umbels compound, of 15-20 rays, involucrate, the umbellules with involucels; petals very minute, entire, fugacious: fr. ovoid, not compressed, about j^in. long. Thrives- well in a sunny situation, and will grow at considerable distance from the sea. Prop, by division, and by seeds sown as soon as ripe. CROC6SMIA (Greek, odor of saffron, which is per- ceivable when the dried flowers are placed in warm water). Iriddcex. Gladiolus-like garden plant. This genus has but one specieSj and is not clearly distinguished from the closely alhed Tritonia, but it differs in the stamens being separated at equal dis- tances instead of grouped at one side, the form of the limb, the tube not swollen at the top, and the fr. 3-seeded, sometimes 5-seeded, instead of many-seeded. The name of this genus ^is spelled Crocosma by Baker, but it was first spelled Crocosmia. The fls. with coppery tips sha- ding into orange -yellow are very distinct and at- tractive. Pax, in Engler & Prantl, combines the genus with Tritonia. Crocosmia aurea is a showy bulbous autumn- blooming plant, which is hardy south of Washing- ton, D. C., with slight protection, and in the North is treated like gladioli, the bulbs being 6t t out in the spring, after danger of frost, and Ufted in the fall for winter storage. It is of easy culture, and is propagated by offsets or by seeds which should be sown in pots, under glass, as soon aa ripe. Corms f-hould be stored in peat oi sphagnum to prevent them from becoming too dry. adrea, Planch. (TrUbnia aitrea, Pappe.). Height 2 ft. : corm globose, emitting offsets from clefts in the side: scape 1J4-2 ft. high, leafy below, naked or only brae ted above; com- pressed, 2- winged: Iva. distichous, shorter than the scape, linear, enafonn, striated, but with a distinct midrib: fls. sessile in the panicle, perhaps 25 scattered over a long season, with buds, fls. and seeds at the same time; perianth bright orange-yeUow toward center; tube slender, curved, 1 in. long; segms. longer than the tube: caps. 3-celled. Trop. and S. Afr. July-Oct. F.S. 7:702. B.M. 4335. B.R. 33:61 (Tritonia). Also interesting as one parent of a bigeneric cross resulting in Tritonia (Montbretia) crocosrmeflora. Var. imperi&liSi Hort., Fig. 1112, grows about 4 ft. high. Var. macuIMa, Baker, has dark blotches above the base of the 3 inner segms. J.H. III. 33:667. J. N. Gbbabd. WlIiHELM MiIjLBK. CROCUS (Greek name of saffron). IriMces. I«w spring-flowering and autumn-flowering garden bulbs; showy, and well known. Stemless plants (the grass-like lvs. rising from the 1112. Crocosmia aurea vai. impeiialis. (XM) CROCUS CROCUS 897 ground or corm), with solid bulbs or corms: fls. showy, in many colors, funnel-shaped and erect, with a very long tube and 6 nearly or quite equal segms.; stamens 3, attached in the throat of the perianth and shorter than the segms.; style 3-cleft, the branches entire or forked or much fimbriated; ovary 3-loculed: seeds many, nearly globular: fr. an oblong 3-valved caps. — Probably 76 species, many of them variable, in the Medit. region and extending into S. W. Asia. The fls. open in sunshine. They come in fall or spring, but the best-known species are spring-flowering, which are amongst the earliest and brightest of spring bloom. Crocuses force easily (see Btdb). A half-dozen corms may be planted in a i-in. pot for this purpose. Cro- cuses are scarcely known in the American trade under their species names. Inasmuch as the flowers of the common crocus close when taken out of the sun, they are not popular as window-garden or house subjects. Crocuses have been much hybridized and varied. There are many color-forms. The common crocuses of the trade have descended from C. vemus chiefly, but C. susianus, C. massiaaus, C. stellaris, C. biflorus and C. saiwus are frequent. The Dutch bulb- growers cult, many species, and these are offered for sale in their American lists; the species are therefore included in the following sjoiopsis. In this account, the treatment by Baker is followed (Handbook of the Iridese). BotanicaUy, the genus divides itself into three groups on the characters of the style-branches: the branches entire, once-forked or fimbriated at the apex, or cut into several capillary divisions. Horticulturally, the species fall into two groups, — the spring-flowering and the autumn-flowering. These groups are not so definitely separated as it would seem, however. Some of the species bloom in winter in regions in which the ground does not freeze hard; others begin to bloom in July or August; some may continue to bloom tiU winter closes in. Yet these two flowering periods mark very impor- tant differences in the utiUzation of the plants and the primary division in the following treatment is made on this basis. The colors are now much varied by cultiva- tion and hybridizing, but they are well marked in the specific tjrpes as a nile. They run largely in yellow, white and purple. The covering or tunic of the bulbs may be uniformly membranaceous, or it may be composed of strongly reticulated or parallel fibers. Fig. 1113. The flowers appear usually just in advance of the grass-like foUage- leaves. The floral leaves are small and more or less dry or scarious and arise directly from the corm and may be seen as a spathe-Uke structure inside the leaf-tuft; this is usually known as the basal spathe. The real spathe subtends the bloom, and it is always one-flowered; this floral spathe may be one-leaved or two-leaved. ■ Cvlture. — Many forms of crocus are well known, where they are justly valued as among the showiest and brightest of winter and spring flowers. They thrive in any ordinary soil. About two-thirds of the species are classed as vernal and the remainder as autumnal flowering; but the various members of the tribe would furnish nearly continuous bloom from August to May were the season open. While there are numerous spe- cies interesting to a botanist or a collector, practically the best for general cultivation are Crocus Imperati, C. susianus (Cloth of Gold crocus) and the Dutch hybrids, mostly of C. nvBsiacus. These bloom in about the order named. The rosy flowers of C. Imperati may be expected with the earliest snowdrops. The named spe- cies, having shorter flower-tubes than the Dutch hybrids, are not so liable to injury by the severe weather of the early year. The autumnal species are not satisfactory garden plants, the flowers mostly appearing before the leaves, and being easily injured. C. speciosus and C. sativus are probably the most satisfactory. The latter species has been cultivated from time immemorial, the stamens having a medi- cinal reputation, and being a source of color (saffron). The cultivation of this species is a small industry in France, Spain , and Italy. — The corms of crocuses should be planted about 3 or 4 inches deep, in a well-worked and perfectly drained soil which is free from clay or the decaying humus of manure. They should be set only 2 or 3 inches apart if mass effects are desired. They may be planted in September or October for bloom in the spring or the following autumn; or the autumn kinds may be planted early in spring. The corms should be carefully examined and all bruised and imperfect ones rejected, as they are very susceptible to attacks of fungi, which, gaining a footing on decrepit corms, will spread to others. — ^The careful gardener will examine all exotic small bulbs annually, or at least biennally, until they show by the perfection of their new bulbs that they have become naturalized, or are suited to their new environment. In this case they may be allowed to remain until crowding requires their division. This examination should take place after the leaves are matured and dried up. Inasmuch as new corms form on top of the old ones, the plants tend to get out of the ground; it is well therefore to replant the strongest ones every two or three years. Increase may be had from new corms which are produced more or less freely in different species on top or on the sides of old conns. — Seeds are often produced freely, but are likely to be overlooked, as they are formed at the surface of the soU. These germinate readily and most freely at the growing time of the plant. They should pre- ferably be germi- nated in seed-pans, which should be exposed to freez- ing before the natural germinating time. Seedlings usually flower the third season. — ^The dutch hybrid crocus is often useful for naturalizing in the lawn, although the grass may run out the plants in a few years, if the bulbs are not replaced by strong ones; they will not last more than a year or two if the foUage is mown off, but if the foliage is allowed to remain until ripe and if the lawn is fertile, the plants may remain in fair condition three or four years or more. (J. N. Gerard.) 1113. Reticulated and membranaceous tunics. Crocus susianus (left) and C. sativus (riglit). Adamii, 7. serius, 8. Aitchlsonii, 39. albidus, 2. albus, 39. Alexandri, 7. ancyrensis, 5- argenteua, 7. aaturicus, 36. aUTeus, 4. banaticus, 10. biflorus, 7. Boryi, 33. byzantinua, 37. candidus, 21. caspius, 26. ohtysanthus, 2, 18. dytiscua, 6. etruacus, 15. Fleiacheri, 20. Fleischerianus, 20. Fontenayi, 32. Foidi, 22. fragransy 9. graveolena, 19. hadriaticus. 24. INDEX. hyemalis, 22. Imperati, 17. iridifiorus, 37. Kirkii, 21. Korolkowii, 6. lacteus, 4. Isvigatus, 32. Un^atus, 7. longifiorus, 28. luteua, 21. Malyi, 16. marathoniseus, 33. medius, 34. melitensis, 24. mceaiacus, 4. niveua, 31. nubigenus, 7. nudiflorus, 35. Olivieri, 18. Orphanidis, 33. Peatalozzffi, 7. prsecpx, 7. pulchellua, 38. purpureua, 12. puaillua, 7. ReiniDardtiij 9. reticulatus, 13. Salzmannii, 30. aativua, 23. Scharojani, 27. aerotinus, 29. Sieberi, 12. SibtharpianuSj 8. smyrnensis, 20. specioaus, 39. atauHcua, 8. stellaris, 3. sulphureus, 4. susianua. 1. Suterianus, 18. syriacus, l9. ti-ngitanus, 30. Tommasinianus, 11. Tournefortii, 33. vernua, 14. veraicolor, 9, 12. vitellinua, 19. Weldenii, 7. Wilhelmii, 24. zonatua, 25. 898 CROCUS CROCUS A. Blooming in spring (sometimes in midwinter and continuing toward spring). B. Style-branches entire or merely toothed. C. Fls. yellow, at least inside (varying to whitish forms): basal spathe absent. D. Outer segms. striped or feathered outside. 1. susiinus, Ker. Cloth op Gold Crocus. Fig. 1114. Corm J^in. diam.: Ivs. 6-8 in a tuft, reach- ing to the fl., narrow-linear, with revolute edges and a central band of white: upper spathe 2-lvd.: perianth- segms. IJ^ in. or less long, orange-yellow, becoming reflexed, the outer ones brownish or striped on the out- side; anthers orange, longer than the filaments; style- branches long and spreading. Crimea. B.M. 652 (adapted in Fig. 1114). — Blooms very early, Feb., Mar. 2. chrysfinthus, Herb, (not B.R. 33:4, fig. 1, which=C. Olivieri var. Suterianiis). Corm small: Ivs. as high as the fl., very narrow: upper spathe 2- Ivd., nearly as long as perianth-tube: perianth-tube 2-3 times as long as the segms., the latter IJ^ in. or less long, and plain orange-yellow (varying tinted or striped on the outside, or even nearly white); throat glabrous; anthers orange, twice as long as the rough- en ed filaments; style-branches red-orange. Mar cedonia and Asia Minor. Gn. 74, p. 140. Var. albidus, Hort. Fls. whitish. Gn.W. 25:229. 3. stell&ris, Haw. Supposed to be a hybrid be- tween C.moesiacus and C. susiamis, and known only in cult. : blooms with C. nuxsiacus: Ivs. onl^ 4-6, narrow-linear, reflexed edges, white-banded : up- per spathe 2-lvd.: perianth-tube short, the segms. 1-1 J^ in. long, bright orange, the outer ones striped and feathered with brown on the back; anthers pale orange, a little longer than the filaments; style-branches somewhat overtopping the anthers. Mar. DD. Outer segms. not striped (at least not in the specific types). 4. moesiacus, Ker (C. aureus, Sibth. & Smith). Dutch Crocus. Later: corm larger: Ivs. 6-8 in a tuft, overtopping the fl., narrow-linear, with reflexed edges and white central band: upper spathe 2-lvd., inner valve very narrow or obsolete; segms. very obtuse, bright yellow, IH in. long, one-half to a third the length of the tube: anthers pale yellow, hastate at the base, somewhat longer than the filaments; style-branches overtopped by the anthers. Transylvania to Asia Minor. B.M. 2986. — ^Variable. A sulfur-yellow form is C. suVphicreu^, Ker. B.M. 1384. There is a striped form. B.M. 938. A cream-white form is C. Idcteus, Sabine. 6. ancyrensis, Maw. Corm Min. diam.: Ivs. 3-4, as tall as the fl., very narrow: upper spathe 2-lvd.: peri- anth-tube exserted; segms. bright orange-j^ellow, 1 in. or less long, not striped nor colored outside; anthers orange-yellow, much longer than the filaments; style- branches red-orange. Asia Minor. — Blooms early. 0. Korqlkdwii, Maw & Regel. Corm globose, 1 in. diam. with matted fibers: Ivs. 8-12, very narrow, with 1114. Crocus susianus. (XK) reflexed edges and a central white band: upper l^„„„„ of 1 or 2 membranous valves: perianth-tube shortly exserted; segms. about 1 in. long, bright orange-yellow and not striped, the outer ones grayish brown on the outside; anthers orange-yellow; style-branches entire and orange-yellow. Turkestan, etc. Var. dytiscus, Bowles, has the outer segms. deep brown outside and with narrower margins of yellow. cc. Fls. lilac, purple or white. D. Bas(d spathe (rising directly from the corm inside the Ivs.) absent. 7. bifldrus, Mill. Scotch Crocus. Conn J^in. or less in diam. : Ivs. 4r-6, overtopping the fls., very narrow, with deflexed edges and a white central band: upper spathe 2-lvd.: perianth-tube exserted, the segms. IJ^ in. long, purple-tinged, the outer ones 3-striped down the back, the throat bearded and yellowish; anthers orange, exceeding the filaments; style-branches orange- red. S. and S. W. Eu. B.M. 845. — Runs into many forms, some of them almost white. Some of the named botanical forms are: Var. argenteus, Baker (C. argin- teus, Sabine. C. prmcox, Haw. C. line&tus, Jan). Leas robust and with only 3 or 4 Ivs. to a tuft and smaller fls. more tinged with purple and the outer segms. dark-striped outside. Italy. B.M. 2991 (as C. minimw. Var. pusSlus, Baker (C. pusillus, Tenore). Fls. smaller than m var. argenteus, paler, the 3 outer segms. striped with dark purple. Italy. B.R. 1987 (var. estriaius, with petals pale purple and not striped). Var. Weldenii, BaJcer (C. W&denii, Hoppe), with uniform slaty pur- ple limb. Dalmatia. B.M. 6211. Var. Adamii, Baker (C. Adamii, Gay). Limb pale purple, the outer segms. 1-colored or with 3 pale purple stripes. Caucasus. B.M. 3868 (as C. annulatus var. Adamicus). Var. nubfgenus, Herb. Seems, very small and nearly white, the outer ones with a broad band of purple on the back. Asia Minor. Var. Pestalfizzae (C. Pestaldzzse, Boiss.). Small-fld., with 1-colored whitish serans. Asia Minor. Var. Alexindri, Hort. (C. Alexdndri, Velen. Fls. larger than in C. bifhrus type; outer segms. flushed all over the back with bright Ulac and with a narrow margin of white, or often with only feather-like stripes on white grounds. B.M. 7740. 8. ebiius, Herb. (C. Sibthorpidnus var. slaiiricm, Herb.). Corm globose, ^in. or less diam., ths tunic bristle-ringed at top: Ivs. 3-6 in the tuft, as high as the fl., very narrow, with reflexed margins and a white band: upiJer spathe 2-lvd.: perianth-tube little exserted; segms. 1 in. or less long, unstriped, pale or dark lilac, the throat yellow and glabrous; anthers orange, twice the length of the slightly papillose filaments. Armenia, Kurdistan. B.M. 6852B. Gn. 74, p. 212. Early. DD. Basal spathe present. E. Throat of perianth glabrous. 9. versicolor, Ker (C. frdgrans, Haw. C. RAnwardtii, Reichb.). Corm %m. or less in diam., with tunics of matted parallel fibers: Ivs. 4r-5, as high as the fls., otherwise like the last: upper spathe 1- or 2-lvd.: perianth-tube exserted; segms. IJ^ in. long, pale or dark purple, often striped and feathered with dark purple; throats glabrous, whitish or yellowish; anthers yeUow, twice as long as the filament; style-branches, orange-yeUow, equaling or overtopping the anthers. 8. France. B.M. 1110. 10. banfiticus, Heuff. Corm globular, J^in. diam.: Ivs. usually 2, thin and flattish, and becoming M'n- broad, glaucous beneath: upper spathel-lvd.: penanth- tube scarcely exserted; segms. 1}4 in. or less long, bright purple, and never striped, but often dark- blotched toward the tip; throat glabrous; anthers orange, a little longer than the white filaments; style- branches short, orange-yellow, somewhat fringed at the tip. Hungary. CROCUS CROCUS 899 UlS. Crocus vemus. (XH) 11. Tommasinianus, Herb. Corm globular, }^in. diam. : Ivs. appearing with the fls., narrow (J/^ia. broad) : upper spathe 1-lvd.: perianth-tube little exserted; segms. 1)4 in- or less long, pale red-bluish, sometimes dark-blotched at the tip; throat glabrous; anthers pale orange, a little longer than the white glandular filaments; style-branches short, orange-yellow. Dal- matia and Servia. — Distinguished from C. vermis by its glar brous throat. 12. Sieberi, Gay. Corm globular, ^in. diam.: Ivs. 4-6, as high as the fl., glau- cous beneath, J^in. broad: upper spathe 2-lvd.: perianth-tube short-exserted; seems. 1-1 J^ in. long, color of C. vemus; throat yellow and glabrous; anthers orange, twice as long as filaments; style-branches nearly entire, orange-red. Greece, Crete. Gn. W. 22:287. G.M. 49:54. Var. purpflreus, Hort. Fls. darker purple than the type. Var. versicolor, Hort. Outer perianth- segms. white feathered with purple or dark violet; inner segms. white, yellow at base inside. Gn. 73, p. 201. 13. reticuUtus, Bieb. Corm J^in. diam., covered with honeycombed fibers: Ivs. 3-5, as high as the fl., very narrow, with reflexed edge and a white band: upper spathe 2-lvd.: perianth-tube much exserted; segms. 1-1}^ in. long, white to purple, the 3 outer ones striped; throat glabrous; anthers orange, twice the length of the orange filaments; style-branches scarlet, ovCTtopping the anthers. S. E. Eu. — ^Varies to white. EE. Throat of perianth pubescent or bearded. 14. vemus, All. Pig. 1115. Conn 1 in. or less diam.: Ivs. 2-4, as high as the fl., often J^in- broad, glaucous beneath, but green above, with reflexed edges, and a central white band: upper spathe 1-lvd., about as long as perianth-tube: perianth-segms. 1-1 J^ in. long, mac, white or purple-striped; throat pubescent, never yellow; anthers lemon-yellow, exceeding the filaments; style-branches orange-yellow. S. Eu. B.M. 860, 2240. R.H. 1869, p. 331. Gn. 54, p. 79.— The com- monest garden crocus. 15. etruscus, Pari. Corm 1 in. or less in diam. : Ivs. about 3, very narrow, as tall as the fl.: upper spathe 1-lvd.: perianth-tube short exserted; segms. l-lj/^in. long, lilac, or the outer ones cream-colored and some- times purple-feathered outside; throat yeUow, slightly pubescent; anthers orange, twice as long as the gla- brous filaments; style-branches nearly entire, orange. Italy. 16. Malyi, Vis. Corm depressed-globose, 1 in. or less diam., with fine parallel fibers in the tunic which is slightly reticulated upward: Ivs. narrow-linear, not so tail as the fl., with reflexed margins and white central band: upper spathe 2-lvd., foliaceous: perianth- tube yellow, scarcely exserted; segms. white, IJ^in. long; throat orange-yellow and bearded; anthers orange, twice as long as the filaments; style-branches orange, slightly divided at tip. Dahnatia. G.C. III. 37:163. G.M. 51:455. BB. Style-branches fimbriate at the top, or once-forked. 17. Imperati, Tenore. Fig. 1116. Corm nearly or fluite 1 in. diam.: basal spathe present: Ivs. 4-6, exceed- ing the fls., very narrow: upper spathe 1- or 2-lvd.: Eeriamth-tube little exserted; segms. 1-1 J^ in. long, lac or even white, the outer ones buff and 3-striped on the outside; anthers yellow, exceeding the filaments; style-branches fimbriate. Italy. B.R. 1993. Gn. 54, p. 79. Very early. 18. Olivieri, Gay. Corm nearly globose, J^J^in. diam.: basal spathe absent: Ivs. 4r-5, as tall as the fl., becoming J^in. broad: upper spathe 2-lvd.: perianth- tube little exserted; segms. bright orange-yellow and never striped, 1}^ in. or less long; throat glabrous; anthers orange, twice the length of the roughish fila- ments; style-branches orange, slender-forked. Var. Suteriinus, Baker (C chrysdnthiis, Bot. Reg.) has nar- rower and more rolled Ivs. Greece to Asia Minor. No. 2. BBB. Style-branches cut into capillary divisions: basal spathe absent: upper spathe 2-lvd. 19. vitellinus, Wahl. (C. syriacus, Boiss. & Gaill.). Corm Miu. or less diam.: Ivs. 4r-6, as high as the fls., narrow-linear: perianth-tube short, exserted; segms. 1 in. or less long, orange-yellow, the outer brown- tinged outside; style-branches divided into many capillary parts. Asia Minor. B.M. 6416. — Rare in cult. Var. graveolens, Baker (C. gravlolens, Boiss. & Reut. C. syriacus, Baker). Lvs. narrower: outer segms. flushed with black or bearing 3 distinct stripes of black down the back. 20. Fleischeri, Gay (C Fleischerianus, Herb. C. smyrn&nsis, Poech). Corm Jiin. or less diam., the tunics a dense mass of regularly interlacing fibers: lvs. about 6 to a tuft, as high as the fls., very narrow and having reflexed edges and a white band: perianth-tube not exserted; segms. 1-1 M in- long, white, acute, the outer with 3 slender lilac lines on the back; throat yeUow and glabrous; anthers small, orange, about as long as the filaments; style-branches brick-red. Asia Minor, on limestone mils. 21. candidus, Clarke (C. Kirkii, Maw). Corm glo- bose, %in. diam.; tunics of matted parallel fibers: lvs. as high as the fl., becoming Min. broad, the margin ciliated and the keel very narrow: perianth-tube little exserted; segms. 1-1 M in. long, white tinged yellow towards throat (which is glabrous), the outer ones tinged or feathered with purple on back; anthers orange, about as long as the filaments; style-branches cream-white. Asia Minor. G. 31 : 17. Var. lilteus, Hort. Fls. yellow, more deeply colored at the base, 3 outer segms. veined and mottled with purple. 22. hyem^lis, Boiss. & Blanche. Corm globose, ^in. or less diam., the tunic membranous: lvs. about 4 to the tuft, as high as the fl., with reflexed margins and a white band: perianth-tube little exserted; segms. 1-1 H in. long, white, with a long central purple line and three shorter lines; throat yellow, glabrous; anthers orange, twice as long as filaments; style - branches red. Palestine. Var. F6xii, Maw, has nearly black anthers. Gn. 74, p. 188. AA. Blooming in auiumn {some- times in late summer and continuing toward autumn). B. Style-branches entire or very nearly so. c. Fls. white or lilac: basal spathe present (except in No. 26); upper spathe 2-lvd. 23. sativus, Linn. Saffron me. Crocus imperati. Crocus. Fig. 1117. Corm 1 in. (XH) 900 CROCUS CROCUS or more diam. : Ivs. 6-10, as tall as the fl., very narrow, ciliate-edged : perianth-tube little exserted; segms. oblong and obtuse, bright Ulac or even white; throat pubescent; anthers yellow, longer than filaments; style-branches 1 in. or more long, bright red (the source of saffron). Asia Minor. R.H. 1895, p. 573. — ^The commonest fall- blooming species. 24. hadriiticus, Herb. Much like C. sativits: usually smaller-fld., piure white, the segms. pubescent at base: anthers bright orange, more than twice longer than the white or purple filaments. Greece, etc. — Runs into several forms. Var. meUtensis, Hort. Fls. feathered with purple and brown. Malta. Var. Wflhelmii, Hort. Fls. pale, with purple markings outside near the throat. 25. zonitus, Gay. Corm somewhat flattened or deflexed, i^^ia. diam.: Ivs. appearing after the fls., narrow-linear: perianth-tube exserted, 2-3 in.; segms. 1-2 in. long, rose-lilac, purple-veined and orange- spotted within; throat yellow, pubescent; anthers white, 2f-3 times longer than the yellow filaments; style- branches short and yellow. Cilicia. G.C. III. 23:85. 26. caspius, Fisch. & Mey. Corm ovoid, J^in. or less diam., with rigid tunic that has matted parallel fibers toward base: Ivs. 4^5 in a tuft, not reaching the fl., very narrow, with a white band and reflexed margins: perianth-tube much exserted; segms. white, not striped, 1-1 Ji in. long; throat yellow, glabrous or slightly pubes- cent; anthers pale yellow or cream-colored, twice the length of filament, style-branches much exceeding anthers, slender, yellow. Near Caspian Sea. Oct. G.C. III. 34:443. cc. Fls. yellow: basal spatfie pres- ent; upper spathe 1-lvd. 27. Schaiojanii, Rupr. Corm globose and very small, the tunic membranous: Ivs. developed in spring and remaining till the fl. appears; perianth- tube much exserted; segms. bright yellow, 1-colored, li^-iH in. long; throat yellowish white; anthers pale yellow; style-branches nearly entire, orange-red, shorter than the stamens. Caucasus, Armenia, blooming end of July and in Aug. G.C. III. 32:321. BB. Style-branches fimbriated or forked at the top: basal spathe present; upper spathe 1-lvd. 28. longiflSrus, Raf. Corm J^in. diam.: Ivs. 3-4, very short at flowering time, very narrow: perianth- tube much exserted; segms. oblong and bright lilac, 1}^ in., never striped; throat slightly, pubescent, yellow; anthers orange, more than twice as long as the filaments; style-branches scarlet, slightly compound. S. Eu. B.R. 30:3. — Not frequent. 29. serotinus, Salisb. Corm 1 in. or less: Ivs. 4-6, as high as thefl., very narrow: perianth-tube little exserted; segms. oblong, IJ^ in., lilac or purple, indistinctly or not at all striped; throat glabrous; anthers yellow, much exceeding the filaments; style-branches orange-yellow, fimbriated. Spain. B.M. 1267. — Not frequent. 30. Sfilzmannii, Gay (C. tingitanus, Herb.). Conn somewhat depressed, 1 in. diam.: Ivs. about 6, not prominent at flowering time, very narrow: perianth- tube much exserted; segms. IJ^ m. long, plain lilac; throat pubescent, yellowish; anthers orange, longer than the filaments; style-branches slender, orange. Morocco. B.M. 6000. 1117. Crocus sativus BBB. Style-branches capillary-divided. c. Fls. white. D. Basal spathe present. 31. niveus, Bowles. Very robust and vigoroiw: corm globose, J^-1 in. diam., the tunic of fine reticu- lated fibers; Ivs. 6 in the tuft, equaling the fls.: basal spathe 2}4 in. long; spathe 2-lvd., 4 in. long, leafy at top: perianth-tube 5J^ in. long, the segms. white but with an orange glabrous throat; anthers yellow, 3 times as long as the filament. Probably Greece.— Differs from C. Boryi, to which it is closely related, by the basal spathe being present, yellow anthers, naked filaments, and reticulated tunic. DD. Basal spaihe absent. 32. Isevig^tus, Bory & Chaub. Corm ovoid, J^in. or less diam., with rigid tunic broken into many small imbricated parts: Ivs. 3-4 in a tuft, as high as the fl., very narrow, with reflexed margins and a wMte band: upper spathe 2-lvd., very short: perianth much ex- serted; segms. about 1 in. long, white and 1-colored or with 3-6 stripes of Hlac on the back of outer segms.; throat yellow, glabrous; anthers white, about as long as the papillose filaments; style-branches bright yellow, exceeding the anthers. Greece. Var. Fontenayi, Bowles, IS very late-blooming, and the fl. has a buff tint, outside finely feathered with purple, and clear Ulac inside. On. 74, p. 176. 33. Bdryi, Gay. Conn globular, J^in. or less diam.: Ivs. 3-6, narrow- linear, as high as the fls.: upper spathe 2-lvd.: peri- anth-tube short-exserted; se^s. 1-1 J^ in. long, white, sometimes lilac- Uned at the base outside; throat yellow, glabrous; anthers white, somewhat longer than the orange filaments; style-branches scarlet, divided into many capillary segms. and ex- ceeding the anthers. Greece. Var. ToumefSrtii, Baker (C. OrpharMis, Hook. f. B.M. 5776), has lilac fls. Var. marathoniseus, Baker (C. marathoniseus, Heldr.), has style-branches less divided than in the type, shorter and not overtopping the anthers. G.C. III. 40:335. Gn. 70, p. 273. G.M. 49:767. cc. Fls. lilac (varying to white in No. 39). D. Basal spathe present; upper spathe l-lvd. 34. mgdius, Balb. Corm globular, 1 in. or less diam.: Ivs. 2-3, appearing in spring, narrow, becoming a foot or more mgh: perianth-tube much exserted; se^ns. lJ^-2 in. long, bright Ulac; throat glabrous, whitish; anthers pale orange, twice the len^ of the yellow filaments; style-branches scarlet, with many capillary divisions. S. France, Italy. 35. nudifldnis, Smith. Corm very small, stolonif- erous: Ivs. 3-4, appearing after the fls., very narrow: perianth-tube much exserted; segms. lJ^-2 in., lilac; throat glabrous; anthers large and yellow, twice as long as the filaments. Mts. S. France and Spain.— Long known in cult., but not common. 36. astiiricus, Herb. Corm globular, %va. or less in diam. : Ivs. about 3, appearing m fall but not maturing tiU spring: perianth-tube short-protruded; segms. 1}4 in. long, lilac: throat pubescent; anthers bright yellow, longer than the white filaments; style-branches orange, with many capillary divisions. Spain. 1118. Crocus speciosus var. Aitchisonii. (XK) XXXI. The White Spine cucumber. CROCUS CROTALARIA 901 37. byzantinus, Ker (C. iridiflbrus, Heuff.)- Corm i^in. diam.: Ivs. 2-4, developing after the fls.: peri- anth-tube much exserted; segms. 2 in. or less long, the outer ones dark lilac and acute, the inner ones shorter and pale lilac or white; anthers orange, longer than the fflaments. S. E. Eu. B.M. 6141. B.R. 33:4.— Ad old garden plant, but rarely seen in this country. DD. Basal spathe absent; upper spathe S-lvd. 38. pulchellus, Herb. Corm small, somewhat de- pressed: Ivs. produced after flowering, maturing in sprmg: perianth-tube much exserted; segms. 1-1 J^ in. long, bright lilac, more or less indistinctly striped; throat glabrous, bright yellow; anthers white, longer than the ' pubescent yellow filaments; style-branches orange, with many capillary branches. Greece to Asia Minor. B.R. 30:3. 39. specidsus, Bieb. Corm not stoloniferous, 1 in. or less: Ivs. usually 3, developing after the fls., thin, very narrow, becoming 1 ft. long: perianth-tube much exserted; segms. 1/4-2 in.. Lilac and feathered with darker color; anthers very large, bright orange, much exceeding the filaments. S. E. Eu. and Asia. B.M. 3861. Gn. 62, p. 265; 71, p. 613. B.R. 25:40.— Hand- some and variable. Var. dibus, Hort. Fls. white. Var. Aitchisonii, Foster (C Altchisonii, Hort.). Fig. 1118. More graceful than the type and larger, fls. paler in color, the segms. more pointed, divisions of stigma more numerous and more spreading or even drooping: fls. very pale bluish lilac. Asia. G. 28:415. Gn. M. 8:228. L. H. B. CROP. The product secured from an area of ctilti- vated plants; as, a crop of wheat, a crop of mush- rooms, a crop of violets. The word is used generically for classes of products, as grain crop, root crop, forest or timber crop, fiber crop, flower crop, seed crop, salad crop. It is employed also as a verb, — ^the cropping of the land, to crop to fruit. Other limitations of the word refer to duration and inter-relations: catch-crop, a secondary crop grown between the succession of other crops, as in the time between a crop of radishes and a crop of cabbages; or between the rows or stands of other plants; compare- iorircrop, a catch-crop grown between other growing plants, as lettuce between rows or hills of beans; succession-crop, a catch-crop succeeding another crop as late celery following early potatoes; cower-crop, a catch-crop grown usually late in the season, or in win- ter, to protect the land and to afford green-manure. Rotation-cropping is a form of succession-cropping. Double-cropping may be either companion-cropping or succession-cropping, or both. L. H. B. CROSSANDRA (Greek, fringed anthers). Acanth&cese. Warmhouse evergreen shrubs of minor importance. Upright, with entire or somewhat toothed, often verticUlate Ivs., glabrous, or the infl. hairy: fls. in dense sessile spikes, red or yellow, with prominent bracts; coroUa cylindrical, more or less curved, some- what enlarged at the throat, with a flat or spreading obhque Umb; stamens 4, in pairs. — Perhaps 20-25 species from India, Trop. Afr., and Madagascar. The one commonly in the trade has handsome 4-sided spikes of scarlet-orange fls. ; perianth has 5 segms., the 2 upper ones being smaller; stamens 4, of 2 lengths: caps, oblong, acute, 4-seeded. It is cult. S. outdoors to a slight extent, and also rarely in northern greenhouses. Should be grown in rich loam, peat or leaf-mold, and sand. Prop, by cuttings in sand over bottom heat, preferably under a bell-jar. undulaefolia, Salisb. (C. infundtbiiMf6rmis, Nees). Height 1 ft., rarely 3 ft. : Ivs. opposite, ovate-acuminate, stalked: fls. scarlet-orange, overlapping one another in dense closely bracted, sechmea-like spikes, 3-5 in. long, India. B.M. 2186. R.H. 1891 : 156. B.R. 69. C fidva, Hook. Unbrauched shrub, 6-8 in. high: st. green, gla- brous: Iva. opposite, close together, large for the size of the plant, 6 in. long, obovate-lanoeolate, dark green above, paler beneath, wavy, more obtuse than in the above; lower Ivs. stalked, upper ones sessile: spike 4-sided, spiny; fis. yellow; tube much exserted, jointed. Trop. W. Afr. B.M. 4710. — C. guine^sis, Nees. Height 2-6 in.: st. light red, rusty pubescent: Ivs. 2—4 pairs, 3-5 in. long, elliptic, green above, with golden netted nerves, reddish beneath: spike solitary, terminal, slender, 3-5 in. high; fls. numerous, small, pale lilac, with 2 darker spots on the 2 smallest segms. and a white eye. Guinea. B.M. 6346. — A handsome foliage plank. N. TATLOB.t CROSSOSOMA (Greek, referring to a fringe-Uke body on the seeds). RanuncuM,cex; by Bentham & Hooker referred to DilleniAcex, and by Engler made the type of the family Crossosomatacese. Four much- branched woody plants of Mex., Ariz, and S. Calif.: very glabrous, with grayish bark and whitish wood: Ivs. oblong or narrower, entire, alternate, nearly or quite sessile, some of them fascicled: fls. mostly white, soli- tary and short-stalked at the ends of the branchlets. C. califdfmicMm, Nutt., has been mentioned in gardening literature abroad: 3-15 ft. high: Ivs. 1-3 in. long, not much fascicled: fls. large, with nearly orbicular white petals more than J^in. long, the anthers long-oblong: follicles Min. or more long, many-seeded. Isl. of Santa Catalina. C. Bigelomi, Wats., is lower, the Ivs. mostly fascicled and fls. only half as large, the petals white or purplish. Ariz, to S. E. Calif. CROTALARIA (Greek, rattle, castanet; from the rat- thng of the seeds in the pod). Legumindsx. Rattlb- Box. Annual outside herbs, and shrubs grown in green- houses or in the open far South. Herbs or shrubs of various habit: Ivs. simple (actually unifoliolate) or compound: fls. in terminal racemes or rarely the racemes opposite the Ivs.; calyx- tube short, the teeth narrow, as long as or a little shorter than the pea-Uke corolla. — A cosmopohtan genus of perhaps 250 species, in tropics and sub- tropics mostly. For best results, the seed should be started early indoors, after being soaked in warm water. The name is sometimes misspelled Crotolaria. Greenr house kinds are subject to red spider. C.juncea yields the Sunn hemp of India. Our common rattle-box, C. sagittalis, is often a troublesome weed. A. Lvs. apparently simple. ret&sa, Linn. Annual, 1J4 ft. high: branches few, short: lvs. entire, very various in shape, but ts^pically obovate with a short mucro, clothed beneath with short appressed hairs: fls. about 12 in a raceme, yellow, streaked or blotched with purple; standard roundish, notched. Cosmopolitan. June-Aug.^-Intro. 1896, as a novelty and called "dwarf golden yellow-flowering pea," "golden yellow sweet pea," etc. The fls. are much less fragrant than the true sweet pea. vemicdsa, Linn. Annual, erect and nearly glabrous, the branches and fl.-stalks4-angled: lvs. ovate, shortly petioled, blunt: fls. racemose, numerous, their variega- ted blue coroUas making a magnificent show in early spring. Cosmopolitan in the tropics. B.M. 3034. B.R. 1137. P.M. 13:223. AA. Lvs. foliolate (compound). B. Fls. striped with brown or red. longirostrata, Hook. & Arn. Greenhouse plant, her- baceous or somewhat shrubby, much branched, 3 ft. high: branches long, slender, glabrous: petioles 1J4 in. long; Kts. 3, oblong, with a minute mucro, glabrous above, hoary beneath, with very short, appressed, silky hairs: racemes erect; calyx with 2 upper lobes ovate, the 3 lower ones lanceolate; fls. as many as 25 in a raceme, yellow with reddish or reddish brown stripe along the back of the unopened fls. ; standard wider than long, reflexed, notched. W. Mex., Guate- mala. B.M. 7306. F.R. 1 : 809.— Flowering from Dec. to March. Intro, into Kew through the U. S. Dept. Agric. m 1891. 902 CROTALARIA CRYPTANTHUS BB. Fls. not striped, pure yellow. inc^a, Linn. A woody perennial, 2-4 ft., with stout round branches, the whole plant silky-hairy: Ifts. IJ^ 2 in. long, obtuse, cuneate below, membranous: fls. 12-20 in a raceme, yellow, at least Mi°- long: pod nearly sessile, loosely hairy. Common throughout the tropics. B.R. 377. capensis, Jacq. Stout, much-branched shrub, 4^5 ft. high: branches terete, appressedly silky; stipules when present petiolulate, obovate and If .-hke, obsolete or wanting on many petioles: Ifts. broadly obovate, obtuse or mucronulate, glabrous or minutely pubescent on one or both sides: racemes terminal or opposite the Ivs., loose, many-fld., the fls. usually more than 1 in. long ; calyx and pod pubescent; wings transversely wrinkled and pitted. S. Afr.— Cult, in S. Fla. C. Trdpem, Mattel. An erect or prostrate annual: racemes lat- eral, often 20-fid. or more; fls. small, yellowish. Italian Somaliland. WlLHELM MiLLBK. N. TATLOK.t CROTON (Greek name, probably of the castor bean). EuphorbiAcex. Herbs, shrubs or trees of no special horticultiu'al value; some cultivated for economic prod- ucts which they yield. Pubescence stellate or scaly: Ivs. usually alternate: fls. mostly in terminal spikes or racemes, usually monoecious, sometimes dioecious; sepals usually 5-10, small, petals present at least in the staminate fls.; stamens 5 to many, incurved in the bud; ovary 3-celled, 1 ovule in each cell. — Five hundred or more species in the warmer parts of the world, chiefly in Amer. Several herbaceous species native in S. and W. U. S. 1119. Croton alabamensis. For Croton tinctorius, see Chrozophora; for C. sebiferus, see Sapium. See also Codiseum for the com- monly cultivated crotons of florists. Tiglium, Lum. Ceoton-Oil Plant. Physic-Nut. PuKGiNG Cboton. Small tree: Ivs. ovate, acuminate, serrate, petiolate, varying from metaflic green to bronze and orange: pistillate fls. apetalous. S.E.Asia. Blanco. Fl. Fil. 383. — The powerful purgative, croton oil, is obtained from the seeds. Offered in S. Calif, as an ornamental and curious plant. Eluteria, Benn. Cascarilla. Seaside Balsam. Swebtwood. Petals in both staminate and pistillate fls.: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate subcordate Bahamas. B.M. 7515. — This species and C. Cos- carilla, Benn., Bahamas and Fla., yield the cascarilla bark. alabamensis, E. A. Smith. Fig. 1119. Shrub, &-9 ft. high: Ivs. evergreen, nearly entire, oblong-lanceolate" upper side nearly smooth, lower side densely silvery scaly: both staminate and pistillate fls. with petals. Local in Ala., rarely cult. G.F. 2:594 (see Fig. 1119)! J. B. S. NOETON. CROWFOOT: Banunculus. CROWN IMPERIAL: FriUnaria Imperialis. CRUCIANELLA (Latin, a little cross; from the ar- rangement of the leaves). Rvbiacese. Ceosswoet. Hardy rock plants of minor importance. Herbs, often woody at the base: branches usually long, slender, 4-comered : upper Ivs. opposite, without stipules; lower Ivs. or all in whorls of 3 or more, linear or lanceolate, rarely ovate or obovate: fls. small, white, rosy or blue. — About 30 species, natives of the Medit. region and W. Asia. The genus is closely related to Asperula, and is distinguished by the fls. having bracts, not an involucre, and the style -branches distinctly unequal instead of nearly equal. The first species below has lately been referred to Asperula. It is of easy cult., preferring Ught, moderate loam and partial shade. A delicate plant for the front of borders, and capital for the rockery. Prop, chiefly by division, and also by seeds. styldsa, Trin. (Aspinda dliata, Rochel). Annual, prostrate, 6-9 in. high: Ivs. in whorls of 8 or 9, lanceo- late, hispid: fls. small, crimson-pink, in round terminal heads J^in. diam.; floral parts in 5's; style club-shaped, long exserted, very shortly twice cut at the top. June- Aug. Persia. — Grown, and often acting in England, as a perennial. angustifdlia, Linn. Annual: lower Ivs. 6 to a whorl, linear, on an erect or sometimes branching, smooth st.; fls. white, in spike-like clusters, small, the petals some- times short mucronate. Medit. region. Jvdy. C. chlordstachys, Fisch. & Mey. Annual, rough and spreading, but the whole plant only 4-6 in, high: fls. small, in apike-like clusters. — C. glomerdta, Bieb. (Asperula glomerata, Griseb.), has yellowiab green fls. in many interrupted spikes. Palestine to Persia. Properly an Asperula. jg-_ XATLOB.f CRYPTANTHE (Greek, for hidden flower). Bar- ragindcess. Nievitas. This genus includes many spe- cies referred by some writers to Eritrichium and Kry- nitzkia, but probably none of them is in cult. They are mostly annuals, with white fls., which are usually sessile : calyx 5-parted to the base, as long as the coroUar tube; segms. more or less hispid or with hooked bristles, in fr. closely embracing the nutlets, eventually decidu- ous: nutlets 4, sometimes 3, 2 or 1, smooth, papillate, or muriculate, never rugose. — Over 60 species, in Pacific N. Amer., southward, into N. Mex. and Chile. C. glomer&ta, Lehm. {Krynitzlda glomerdta, Gray), is a coarse biennial, 1-3 ft. high: Ivs. spatulate or linear- spatulate. Plains, along eastern base of Rocky Mts. C. baxbigera, Greene {K. barblgera, Gray. EritrichiumharU- gerum, Gray). Nine to 12 in. nigh: Ivs. linear. S. Calif. CRYPT ANTHUS (Greek, for hidden flower). Brom- li&cex. BraziUan epiphytal bromeUads, differing from ^chmea and Billbergia (which see for culture) in the tubular calyx and the dense heads of flowers nearly sessile amongst the leaves. Leaves crowded in a rosette, recurved-spreading, spinulo^e-serrate: fls. in a terminal head, nearly buried beneath the bracts; petals oblong, joined at the base; stamens attached to coroUar-tube. — Monogr. by Mez (who recognizes 8 species) in DC. Monogr. Phaner. 9 (1896); by some, all are considered to be forms of one species. CRYPT ANTHUS A. Lvs. not narrowed or petiolate above the sheath. acafilis, Beer {Tilldndsia acaiilis, Lindl. C. unduld- lus, Otto & Dietr.)- A few inches high, suckering freely: lvs. sea-green, long-pointed and spreading, weak- ' spiny: fls. white, nestUng deep in the foliage. B.R. I 1157. — A very variable plant, of which Mez recognizes the following leading types: Var. genuinus, Mez. Stemless or very nearly so: lvs. sub-elliptic-lanceolate, strongly undulate, gray-scurfy beneath, scurfy above. Var. discolor, Mez {C. discolor, Otto &Dieti.). Stem- less or nearly so: lvs. elongated, scarcely undulate, sU- very-scurfy below, glabrous or nearly so above. Var. riiber, Mez (C. rbber, Beer). Produces a branch- ing st. or trunk: lvs. short, strongly undulate, reddish. Var. bromelioides, Mez (C. bromelioides, Otto & Dietr.). St. tall: lvs. much elongated, scarcely undu- late, remotely spinulose. Var. diversifdlius, Mez (C. diversifolitis, Beer). St.- bearing: lvs. elongate-lingulate, deep green above, sil- very-scurfy beneath. zon&tus, Beer. Fig. 1120. Lvs. oblong -lanceolate, the margm undulate and densely serrate-spinulose, marked with transverse bands of white: fls. white. bivittitus, Regel {BUlh^gia bivitt&ta, Hook. B. vittdta, Hort.). Nearly or quite stemless: lvs. long-ob- long, curving, long-pointed, somewhat undulate, spiny, dull brown beneath, green above and with 2 narrow buff or reddish bars extending the length of the If. : fls. white. B.M. 5270. AA. Lvs. narrowed or petiolate above the sheath. Befickeri, Morr. Lvs. 10-20, oblong, pointed, cana/- liculate at base, very finely spiny, brownish green or rosy and spotted or striped with fight green: fls. white. C. nitidus, Bull. A recent importation from Brazil, described aa a stemless species with sessile dark olive-green Iva., marked with a band of cream-color each side of the midrib. L. H. B. GbOKGE V. NASH.f CRYPTOCORtNE (Greek-made name, referring to the spadix being inclosed or hidden in the spathe). Syn. Myriohldsius. Arduxx. Aquatic or paludose herbs of 20-30 species in Trop. Asia and the Malayan Archipelago, rarely seen in choice collections but apparently not in the trade. They have creeping and stoloniferous rhizomes, strongly ribbed oblong or linear or ovate lvs., monoecious fls. without perianth, the upper ones on the spadix staminate and the lower pis- tillate: spathe closed, the infl. wholly included. The species require the treatment given tender arums. C. dliita, Fisch., 1 ft., lvs. narrow, stalked: fls. fragrant in a long tubular peduncled spathe which is fringed at the top. C. retrospirdlis, Fisch., plant slender with very narrow almost grass-like lvs., and small spathe terminating in a spiral or twist. C. Griffithii, Schott, with lvs. ovate or orbicular-oblong marked with fine red lines; spathe pm^P B.M. 7719. ' CRYPTOGAMS are flowerless plants, producing not see^ H sporgs. The whole vegetable kingdom was toi^ierK thrown into two classes, the flowering Jpanw of pnanerogams and the flowerless or crypto- gams. Cryptogam means "concealed nuptials," and phanerogam "visible nuptials." These names were given when it was thought that the sexual parts of the flowerless plants were very obscure or even wanting. TTie word is now falling into disfavor with botanists. Cryptogams are of less horticultural interest than the flowering plants, although they include the ferns, and some interesting smaller groups, as selaginellas, lyco- pods or club mosses. The word cryptogam is now mostly given up by botanists as representing a taxo- nomic group, as the name is foimded on imperfect CRYPTOMERIA 903 or false analogies. The plants covered by this name are now distributed in the great divisions of thaUophytes, bryophytes and pteridophjrtes; and the phenogams or phanerogams are spoken of as spermatophytes (see the categories on p. 2, Vol. I.). CRYPTOGRAMMA (Greek, a concealed line, allud- ing to the sub-marginal sori). Polypodidcex. Hardy subalpine ferns of both hemispheres of interest mainly to the collector. 1120. Cryptanthus zonatus. Leaves of 2 sorts, the fertile lvs. contracted and the sori covered by the infolded margin of the segms., forming pod-hke bodies. Besides our native species, a third one, C. crispa, is found in Eu., and a fourth in the Himalayas. Name often incorrectly written Crypto- gramme. Cult, simple. acrostichoides, R. Br. Rock-Brake. Height about 8 in.: lvs. numerous, 4-6 in. long, on tufted straw-colored stalks, tri-quadripinnatifid, with toothed or incised segms., the sporophyUs with longer stalks, less divided and with pod-hke segms. Canada to Colo., Calif., and northward. Stelleri, Prantl (Pellxa gr&dlis, Hook. P. Stelleri, Baker). Slender RoA-Brakb. Lvs. 4^10 in. long, very deUcate in texture, withering by Aug., few to a plant, about 2 pinnate. — Grown best in loose well- drained leaf-mold. A rather rare rock fern of the eastern states, offered by some dealers in hardy ferns. Grows in crevices of chffs, or in moss. R. C. BBNEDICT.f CRYPTOLEPIS (Greek, hidden scale). Asclepiadd.- cese. Shrubs, erect or twining, of Trop. Asia and Afr. Lvs. opposite: fls. in a loosely forking, few-fld. cyme; calyx deeply 5-parted, with 5 scales at base; corolla with spreading hmb, the tube short-cyhndrical or cam- panulate, the lobes 5 and linear, spreading or deflexed and twisted; corona of 5 scales attached at or near the middle of the tube: follicles terete and smooth, spread- ing. — Species 20. Cult, only in S. Calif, and S. Fla. C. Buchananii, Roem. & Sohult. A twining shrub with yellow fls., resembhng those of an echites: lvs. 3-6 in. long, leathery, shining above: cymes very short-stalked, paniculate. India. C. longifldra, Regel. Dwarf and corapact growing, with long lvs. tinted with red; tubular white fls., as in Bouvardia jasminiflora. Native coun- try unknown. CRYPTOMERIA (Greek, kryptos, hidden, rmros, part; meaning doubtful). Pindcex. Ornamental ever- green cultivated for its handsome habit and fohage. Large pyramidal tree, with a straight slender trunk, covered with reddish brown bark and with verticil- late spreading branches, ascending at the extremities: lvs. spirally arranged, linear-subulate, acute, sUghtly curved, decurrent at the base: fls. monoecious; stami- 904 CRYPTOMERIA CTENANTHE nate oblong, yellow, forming short racemes at the end of the branches, pistillate globular, solitary, at the end of short branchlets: cone globular, with thick, wedge-shaped scales, furnished with a recurved point on the back and with pointed lobes at the apex, each scale with 3-5 nairow-winged, erect seeds. — One species in China and Japan, extensively planted for avenues, and as timber trees in the latter country, where the light and easily worked but durable wood is much used. It is hardy as far north as New York, and thrives in sheltered positions even in .New England. It seems, however, in cultivation, not to assume the beauty it possesses in its native country. With us, it looks best as a young plant, when it much resembles the Arau- caria excelsa. It is therefore sometimes grown in pots. It thrives best in a rich, loamy and moist soil and sheltered position. Propagated by seeds or by cuttings of growing wood, especially var. elegans, which grows very readily. The horticultural varieties are also some- times increased by grafting. ' japdnica, Don. Tree, attaining 125 ft. : Ivs. linear- subulate, compressed and slightly 4- or 3-angled, bluish green, J^-1 in. long: cone brownish red, %-l in. across. S.Z. 124. H.I. 7:668. R.H. 1887, p. 392. Gng. 4:197. F.E. 10:510. G.F. 6:446.— Of the garden forms, the most desirable is var. elegans, Beissn. (C. Megans, Veitch). Low, dense tree, with horizontal branches and pendulous branchlets: Ivs. linear, flattened, soft, spreading, longer than in the type, bright green, chang- ing to bronzy red in faU and winter. Very handsome when young, but short-Uved. Var. araucaioides, Carr. Of regular pyramidal habit, with short, thick falcate Ivs., resembling Araucaria excelsa. Var. compacta, Beissn. Of very compact habit, with bluish green foliage. Var. pyramidMis, Carr. Of narrow pyramidal compact habit, dark bluish green, not chang- ing to reddish brown during winter. Var. Lobbii, Carr. Of compact habit, with shorter and more ap- 'fcressed bright and deep green Ivs. Var. n^na, Knight. ^warf and procumbent, densely branched form; adapted for rockeries. Var. spirMis, Veitch. Slender shrub, with strongly falcate Ivs., twisted spirally around the branchlets. S.Z. 124, fig. 4. Alfred Rehder. CRYPTOPHORANTHUS (Greek, meaning to hear hidden flowers). Orchid&cex. A few Trop. American orchids closely allied to Masdevallia and Pleurothallis, remarkable for the almost closed fi. within which is hidden the lip: sepals united at the base into a short tube and joined also at the apex, the petals being inside; there are openings or "windows" on either side where the sepals spread apart at their middles. The species require the cult, given Pleurothallis. Appa^ rently none is in the American trade. C. maculhttis, Rolfe (PleurothdlUs macvlata, Rolfe), is a little plant with numerous yellow densely crimson-spotted fls. C. Dayanus, Rolfe {Masdevdllia Dayanus, Reichb. f.). and C. atropurpiireus, Rodr. (Pleurothdllis and Mas- devdldia fenestrdta, Hort.); may be expected; the former hajk upper sepal yeOowish white and purple-spotted keels, and inferior sepals (joined) orange with brown spots; the latter has dark purple soUtary fls. C. Mobrei, Rolfe, has small dull red-purple fls. with darker Unes, the lateral openings about J^in. long: Ivs. broadly eUiptic, purple beneath, about IJi in. long. CRTPTOpVrUM: 'fii^imm. CRYPTOSTEGIA (Greek, Icrupto, conceal, and stego, cover; referring to the 6-scaled crown in the coroUa/- tube, which is not exposed to view). Asckpiadacese. Tropical climbers. Leaves opposite: flsj large and showy in a terminal trichotomous cyme; corolla funnel-shaped, the tube short. — Only 2 species, 1 from Trop. Afr., and 1 from Madagascar. The juice of C. grandiflora, when exposed to the sunshine, produces caoutchouc. See Diet. Economic Products India 2:625. The plant is cult, in India for this purpose. It is rarely cult, in Old World greenhouses for ornament. It is said to be of easy cult. in a warmhouse and prop, by cuttings. grandiildra, R. Br. {Nhrium grandifldrum, Roxbg.), St. erect, woody: branches twining: Ivs. opposite short-stalked, oblongj entire, 3 in. long, IJ^ in. wide! fls. in a short spreading cyme, reddish purple, becom- ing lilac or pale pink, about 2 in. across, twisted in the bud: fr. a follicle. Old World, probably Indian origin, but established in the African Isls. of the Indian Ocean' especially Reunion. Hooker, however, thinks that it was originally a Trop. African plant. B.R. 435.— Once cult, at Oneco, Fla., by Reasoner, and not uncom- mon in botanic gardens under glass. Called pulay op palay in India where it is widely cult, as an ornamental. Not important as a rubber plant. ' madagascariensis, Hemsl. A climbing glabrous shrub: Ivs. shor(>-petioled, leathery, variaBle in out- line, 2-4 in. long: fls. 2J^3 in. across, pink or whitish, not lilac as in many specimens of C. grandiflora; corolla- lobes longer than the tube. Madagascar. — ^A very showy greenhouse climber with cymose infl. N. TATL0R.t CRYPT0ST£MMA (Greek, hidden crmim). Com- pdsitx. Two or 3 hoary herbs, by some united with Arctotis, apparently not in the trade, but sometimes mentioned m gardening hterature: diffuse or creep- ing, with basal or alternate Ivs. that are dentate or lyrate-pinnatisect, villous above and- white-tomentose or wooUy beneath: heads radiate, yellow or more or less purplish, rather large, pedunoled, or solitary on leafless scapes, the rays sterile: achene densely viUous, S-ribbed, the pappus paleaceous and in 1 serife..«C.< calendvldceum, R. Br. (C. IvMUinicum, Hort.), is a free-blooming annual with pale yellow rays and a dark brown disk, the heads on 1-fld. peduncles: Ivs. pinnati- fid, 3-nerved. Cape and Austral. B.M. 2252. G.C. III. 28:390, desc. C. Forbesidnum, Harv., and C. ni- veum, Nichols. (Microsthphium nlveum, Less.), of S. Afr., may be more or less in cult. Both have yellow rays, in the latter the heads being solitary and the jplant decum- bent or creeping and the Ivs. ovate, cOrdate or orbicu- lar; in the former the Ivs. are mostly pinnatisect, the margins revolute. CRYPT6STYLIS (hidden style, Greek). Syn.'Zos- terdstylis. Orchiddcex. Eight or 10 terrestrial orchids of the E. Indies, Malaya and Austral., allied to Pogonia. Lvs. solitary or few, narrow and membranaceous, on stiff petioles: fls. rather large, racemose or spicate on simple sheathed scapes, the sepals and petals very slender or even awl-like and nearly or quite equal; lip large, sessile, the broad base inclosing the column and then expanding into a broad blade. C. arachnUes, Blume. Rootstock fleshy: lvs. erect, green, lanceo- late: fls. on a scape 18 in. or less high, manj^ aiia spider-like, the sepals and pe*^'» ' hp purple and mottled, pubescikt an( (Ceylon, Khasia). B.M. 5381. -Icurio CTENANTHE (Greek, comh-^xr)- About a dozen Brazilian plants closely i -ra thea and Maranta, differing from the former in belon ing to the 1-seeded section of the family and frMQ the latter in having a shorter coroUa-tube and different shaped fls. Sepals 3, free and equal, somewhat parch- ment-like; coroUa^tube short but wide, the lobes 3 ana nearly equal and hooded at the apex; staminal tube vesy short; 2 exterior staminodia petal-like, short, obovate and hooded, with lateral deflexed lobes. The ctenanthes are perennial herbs with basal and cauline lvs. that are more or less petiolate, and crowded fls. in termmal spikes or racemes. They are glasshouse plants requir- CTENANTHE CUCUMBER 905 ing the treatment of cahithea; apparently little known in American collections. The species fall into two groups, those with variegated and those with green Ivs. Of the former group are C. Kummeriana, Eichl., and C. Oppenheimiana, Schum., the former being 20 in. or less tall and with villous ovary and raceme, the latter robust and 3 ft. or mure tall and ovary glabrous. Of the plain-Ivd. kinds, C. Luschnathiana, Eichl. (C. comprdssa var. LuscJtnathiana, Schum.), and C. setosa, Eichl., may be found in choice collections; both species grow about 3 ft. high, the former having ovate-acute bracts and the latter long-acuminate bro^Am-villous bracts. CUCKOO FLOWER: Cardamine pratensis. CUCKOO-PINT: Arum. CUCUMBER. Plate XXXI. The common cucum- bers are derived from an Asian species, Cucumis sativus (see Cucumis), which has long been known in cultiva- tion. The so-called West India gherkin, which is com- monly classed with the cucumbers, is Cucumis Anguria. The snake, or serpent cucumber is more properly a muskmelon, and should be designated botanically as Cucumis Mclo var. flexuosus (cf. A. G. 14:206). The "musk cucumber" is Cucumis moschala, Hort., which is probably identical with conoombre musqu6, referred to Sicaiia odorifera by Le Potager d'un Curieux, known in this country as cassabanana. The Mandera cucumber is Cucumis Sacleuxii, Paill. et Bois. (Pot. d'un Curieux), but it is not in cultivation in this country. None of these is of any particular importance except the com- mon types of Cucumis sathnLi. These are extensively cultivated in all civilized countries as field and as garden crops. .^ Tlw.'y come into commerce as pickles packed in bottie^ >ind barrels, and are very extensively used in .Jfcis form. Of late, the forcing of cucumbers under glass has come to be an important industry in the eastern states. Field culture. The common cucumber is an important field and garden crop and may be classed as one of the standard crops ( f the vegetable-garden. The fruit is used as a table salad, eaten raw, with the usual salad seasonings, and is pickled in large quantities. The cucumber is picjfled in both Eirge and small sizes, both by the house- ir'w Jftd commereia,l]y on a large scale. The small fruit, dflrtWinore than a day or two's growth and meas- uring frc/m 1 to 2 inches in length, makes the most desirable and delicate of pickles. These are packed in bottles for the commercial trade and bring fancy prices. Larger sizes are pickled and sold by the keg or barrel. The cucumber is a native of the tropics and tender of frost. It should be planted in a warm location, after danger from frost is past. For the early crop — and earliness is of prime importance to the commercial vegetable-grower — a sandy soil is preferable, supplied OTth an abundance of well-rotted stable manure. The seed may be sown in hiUs 3 feet apart with rows 6 feet apart, or may be planted by machine (the common seed-driU) 'm^a^ti^J^mi, apart. In either case, an abun- ^ '" ' "|ji6ed slqiu^pe used, for severe injury by insect (OT occUiamftie early stages of the cucumber's .Plaat«fHW,ybfjppxted under glass to hasten matu- i' The«eed is senretimes sown in pots or baskets or in jted sods and these protected and so managed that cucumber plant receives those conditions most suitable to its rapid and healthy growth. These condi- tions are: a temperature between 60° and 6.5° at night, which may be allowed to rise to 100° in bright sunshine; an ample supply of moisture; sufficient ventilation, mthout draft, to prevent a soft brittle growth. It is almost impossible to transplant cucumber seedlings and secure satisfactory tf^Its if the roots are disturbed. A glass-covered frame inay be used over seed planted in the field, and yields apda returns on labor and equip- ment. Any method whereby marketable cucumbers may be obtained a few days earlier, if not extravagant of time and labor, will pay handsomely. The cucumber, in the field, should yield marketable fruits in seven to eight weeks from seed and continue in profitable bearing until frost. It is customary among commercial growers to allow two or three plants to the hill, and when grown in drills, one plant is left every 18 to 24 inches. During the height of the growing season, which is usually in August when the days are hot and nightg", moist and warm, the cucumbers need to be pick^ . every day. The fruit is ready to harvest when it is v(&['} filled out, nearly cylindrical in shape. When immatuHfc. it is somewhat furrowed. When allowed to remajiji too long, it becomes swollen in its middle portion and cannot be sold as first quality. Cucumbers are mar- keted by the dozen, the field crop often bringing as much as 60 cents a dozen at the first and seUing as lo^^.'- as 5 cents a dozen at the glut of the market. The cucumber plant is affected by serious insect pests and fungous diseases. Of the insect pests, the* striped cucumber beetle is the most serious and difiB- cult to combat. It feeds on the leaves, usually on th® House of English cucumbers. under sides, and appears soon after the cucunjbW' seedlings break ground. This cucumber beetle seemit to be little affected by the common remedies for chew- ing insects. This is probably largely due to its activity, the beetle moving to unpoisoned parts of the plant, and also to the fact that rarely, in commercial practice, is the under side of the leaves thoroughly poisoned. Arsen- ate of lead apphed in more than ordinary strength JB the most satisfactory remedy. Hammond's Slug Shot, dusted lightly over the plants, will drive the bugs away, while a teaspoonful of paris green mixed wttn two pounds of flour makes also an excellent mixture with winch to fight the bugs. Or cover the young plants with small wne or hoop frames, over which fine netting is stretched. If the plants are kept quite free from attack till these protectors are outgrown, they will usually sufler little damage. Plants started in hotbeds or greenhouses may usually be kept free at first, and this is the chief advantage of such practices. The cucumber beetles are kept away somewhat at times by strewing tobacco stems thickly under the plants; and kerolpefte . emulsion will sometimes discommode the young BCjUflBh bugs without kifiing thf. vines, but usually not. What is known as the cucumhfw blight {Pseudopc- ronospora ^bensis) has done much to discourage the grOTvth of wicumbers. This fungug may be repulsed by thorough spraying with bordeaux and the plants should 906 CUCUMBER CUCUMBER be kept covered with bordeaux throughout their growth. This will require at least three or four spray- ings. The growth of the vines, which usually com- pletely covers the groimd, prevents late sprayings, which are often necessary to maintain healthy growth and insure maximum returns. The common field varieties most popular in the United States grown for a slicing cucumber are of the White Spine type. Many of the so-called White Spine varieties now on the market are not typical m the original White Spine cucumber, which is a fruit averaging about 6 inches in length, rather blunt on both ends, with white prickles appearing at frequent ^tervals over the surface. The seed end is light-colored, p mature specimens almost white with whitish stripes Wttending toward the stem end from one-third to one- half the length of the cucumber. What is often cuta- 1122. Three prominent varieties of English or Forcing cucumber. S. Sion House; E. Duke of Edinburgh; T. Telegraph. (XJe) logued as the Improved White Spine has become more popular among growers within recent years. This type pOBSesses some of the characteristics of the popular JSglish type of cucumber known as the Telegraph. rhe improved type has been obtained by crossing the White Spine with the Telegraph or some closely related variety. This cross has resulted in an increased length and darker green color, with a fewer number of spines and seeds and a more common tapering of the ends. All of these changes have apparently been beneficial and have been well fixed by careful selection. This is well illustrated by the cucumber of the White Spine type sold as Woodruff Hybrid. The English type of cucumbers is raised on a small scale in this country but iafrequently for market purposes. Forcing of cucumhi -s. The commercial production of cucun^evs under glass has assumed 1: rge proportions. ThitTrrop ranks second in conjnjcrc il importance among jreenhouse- grown vegetable crops, lettuce only exceeding it in importance. The cucumber crop is ordinarily grown in the spring of the year after two or three crops of let- tuce have been removed, and it continues to occupy the ground until the vines cease bearing, due either to poor management, pests or some similar trouble. The cucum- ber should come into bearing six to eight weeks after setting in the houses. It is the customary plan to plant the seed in 4- to 6-inch clay pots about two weeks before the house to be used is ready for setting. These pots are often placed over manure heat and should always be in a warm house separate from the lettuce. Two weeks should be sufficient to allow the plant a good start, two or three pairs of leaves being all the develop- ment desired before setting in the permanent location. Careful management is essential to a healthy growth, for many pests prove more serious in the glasshouse than in the field. A night temperature not below 60° F. is ver" essential, while the day temperature may go to 90° F. without danger in bright sunshine. The appearance of the plants wiU immediately indicate, to the experienced observer, the conditions under which the crop has been grown. A short stocky growth between joints with dark green foUage is desirable. There are localities in which growers make cucumbers the all-the-year- round crop in the glasshouse, usually growing crops from two seedings during the entire season. It requires more skill to produce good cucumbers during the fall and winter months than from February on, and the yield is much fighter in the late fall and early winter than for the spring crop. AH cucumbers require an abundance of moisture and food. It has become a com- mon practice in certain sections to mulch the cucum- ber vines in the greenhouse with good quaiily strawy manure to the depth of 3 or 4 inches and apply 1.1? water directly on the manure. This practice eliminateB the packing and puddling of the soil often caused by direct heavy watering, increases the supply of readily available plant-food and gives the roots a good oppor- tunity to grow near the surface where air is available and still be protected from the drying out which occurs when the soil is directly exposed to the sun. The pruning and training of the cucumbers in the greenhouse is of much importance. A number of methods are in common use, one of the most ci^mmon and practical of which is : Stretch a wire tig! tfy -ti^ length of the house at the base of ttie p!.- ai4|B(«3i juaji be set in rows 3 feet apart and 18 inches to zTjet apart m the rows ; fasten at the base of each plant a soft out strong twine known in tobacco-growing sections as tobacco twine, securing this single twine to an over- head wire running parallel and directly over the ground wire, but not stretching the string tight. As the cucum- ber plant grows, it is twined about this string to which it clings by tendrils. When the plant reaches the upper wire it is either allowed to grow at will over wires provided for an overhead support and from which the cucumbers usually hang down where they can be easily picked, or it is pruned and the encouragement of fruiting along the upright stem continued. In the mean- time more or less fruil^ias been horrested ao^jA^sach joint a lateral branch Ms appeaa;eii,„ "'" is ""^iP^Q cut these off. Some growers preffrftb fake inr*<'fl back to the main stem, while othlfs, H a i?'"T"i*^'^' "^"!yfM CURCUMA CURRANT 917 CURCUMA (Arabic name). ZingiherAcex. Curioua and showy warmhouse herbaceous plants with great spikes of large concave or hooded bracts, from which the flowers scarcely protrude. Erect herbs, the st. rising to 10 ft. from a thick tuber- iferous rootstock: Ivs. usually large: fls. in a dense cone- 1149. Cuicuma petiolata leaves. (Xi) like thyrse, borne behind concave or hooded imbrica- cated obtuse often colored bracts; calyx and coroUa: tubular, the former 2-3-toothed, the latter dilated above and with 5 ovate or oblong lobes; staminodium petal-like, 3-parted, the middle lobe anther-bearing: fr. inclosed by the bracts. The latest monograph, 1904 (by Schumann in Engler's Pflanzenreich, Mt. 20), recognizes 42 species, mostly in Trop. Asia and sopie in Trop. Air. The fleshy bracts are perhaps the showiest feature of the plant, the topmost ones being colored with gorgeous tropical hues. Rhizomes of some of the species yield East India arrowroot, while others fur- nish turmeric. The rhizome of C. zedoaria of India is very pungent and has properties similar to ginger. The genus is allied to Alpinia and Amomum. In spring the tubers should be deprived of last year's mold and repotted in a fresh mixture of hght loam, leaf- mold and turfy peat, the pots being well drained, and placed in a warm pit or frame in bottom heat. Water should be given sparingly until after the plant has made some growth. The young roots are soft and succulent, and are likely to rot if the soil remains wet for a long time. After flowering,, the leaves soon show signs of decay, and water should be gradually withdrawn. Dur- ing the resting period the soil should not be allowed to get dust-dry, or the tubers are likely to shrivel. The plants are propagated by dividing the tubers in spring. cordita, Wall. Lvs. 1 ft. long, sheathing, ovate, acuminate, the same color on both sides, obliquely penninerved: bracts in a cylindrical spike, the upper p;art forming a sterile part called a coma, which is a rich violet, with a large, blood-colored spot: fls. yellow, with a pink hood. Burma. B.M. 4435. — This is now referred to C. petiolata, Roxbg., but it seems at least horticulturaUy distinct, with its rose-pink bracts. petiolata, Roxbg. Queen Lily. Figs. 1149, 1150. Lvs. 6-8 in. long, peculiar in this genus as being more or less rounded or cordate at the base, the stalk 4-5 in. long: fls. spicate, the spikes 5-6 in. long; bracts 20-30, con- nate at their bases, and whoUy including the pale yel- low fls. India. B.M. 5821. — The most beautiful and showiest of the curcumas. 15nga, Linn. Lvs. 2-2K ft., the blade about 1 ft. and narrowed at the base: fls. spicate, autumnal, the spikes 4-6 in. long; bracts pale green, not whoUy inclosing the pale yellow fls. India. B.R. 886. — The dried rhizomes of this furnish the well-known turmeric of India, used as a condiment and as a dye. Intro, by the Royal Palm Nurseries. C. albifidra, Thwaites, differs from some others here described in having its spikes sunk below the lvs., instead of standing high above the Iva., and all the bracts have fls., while the others have a sterile portion of the spike which is brightly colored. In this species the spike is short and green and the fls. are prominent and white. Ceylon. B.M. 5909. — C. australdsica, Hook, f., has its \U)per braets soft, rosy pink and the fls. pale yellow. Austral. B.M. 5620. — C. RoscoednUt Wall., has a long and splendid spike, with bracts gradu- ally changing from green to the vividest scarlet-orange: fls. pale yellow. Burma. B.M. 4667. — C. rub6scens, Roxbg. (C. rubricaulis, Link). Lvs. stalked, oblong, with red sheaths, said to be brown in the center: fls. red. E. Indies. — C. zedodria, Roscoe, has the upper bracts white, tinged with carmine, and handsomely variegated lvs., which, with the green of the lower bracts and the yellow of the fls. makes a striking picture of exotic splendor. Himalayas. B.M. 1546. CURMERIA: Homalomena. WiLHELM Miller. N. Taylor, t CURRANT. The currants grown for their fruit in America are derived mainly from two species, namely, the European red currant, Ribes vulgare (R. rubruni) (Fig. 1151), and the European black currant, R. nigrum (Fig. 1152). There are two promising American species, of which few, if any, improved varieties have been introduced, the swamp red currant {R. triste) and the wild black currant {R. floridum). Another American species of which at least one named variety has been offered for sale is the Buffalo or Missouri currant {R. aureum) (Fig. 1154), also grown because of its orna- mental flowers. The currant is not known to have been under cultivation before the middle of the sixteenth century. It is not mentioned by any of the ancient writers who wrote about fruit, and was evidently not known to the Romans. Currants are natives of comparatively cold or very cold climates; hence most varieties succeed over a very wide area in America. They are among the hardiest of fruits from the standpoint of resistance to cold or changes of temperature, but in hot and dry sections they do not thrive, and, on this account, are unsatis- factory in parts of the southern states. The currant is not so generally used in America as some other fruits, as few persons care for them when eaten raw, and when cooked they are usually made into jelly and consumed by only a comparatively small pro- portion of the people. In the coldest parts where other fruits do not succeed well, the currant is more popular, and is used much more gen- erally. It is a wholesome and refreshing fruit and deserves much more atten- tion than it receives at the present time. The currant does not vary so much when grown from seed as most cultivated fruits, and, being so easily propagated from cuttings, it has not been improved so much as it otherwise would have been. Moreover, size in currants was not of great importance until recent years, when competition in marketing has become keener. It is only during ll so. Curcuma petiolata in the past fifty or sixty years flower. ( x H) 918 CURRANT CURRANT that many new varieties have been introduced. At the beginning of the nineteenth century, few named sorts were recognized, the currant being generally known simply under the names black, red and white. Propagation of currants. The usual method of propagating currants is by means of cuttings. These root very readily and good Elants are secured after one season's growth. The est time to make the cuttings is in the autumn, as currants begin to grow very early in the spring, and once the buds have swollen they cannot be rooted suc- cessfully. Wood of the current season's growth is used. This may be cut early in the autumn as soon as the wood has ripened, from the end of August to the middle of September being the usual time. It should be cut in as long pieces as possible to save time in the field, and put in a cool moist cellar or buried in sand. If the cuttings can be made at once, it is best to do so. These are made by cutting the wood into pieces, each about 8 to 10 inches long, although an inch or two more or less is not of much consequence. The base of the cutting should be made with a square cut just below the last bud. There should be at least 14 inch of wood left 1151. Commoa currant — Ribes vulgaie, in bloom. (XJ^) above the top bud of each cutting, as there should be a strong growth from the upper bud, and if the wood is cut too close it is hable to be weakened. A sloping cut is best for the upper cut, as it will shed rain better, but this is not important. When made, the cuttings should be planted at once, which is usually the best plan, or heeled in. If heeled in, they should be tied in Dundles and buried upside down in warm well-drained soil, with about 3 inches of soil over them. The object of burying them upside down is that by this method the bases of the cuttings will be nearer the surface where the soil is warmer and there is more air, and will callus more quickly than if they were further down. The cut- tings should callus well in a few weeks, and may then be planted outside, if thought advisable. Cuttings may be kept in good condition over winter by heeling-in or burying in sand in a cool cellar, or after callusing ' under a few inches of soil outside, they may be left ■ there over winter if covered with about 4 to 5 more inches of soil to prevent their drying out. Good results are secured with the least trouble by planting the cut- i tings in nursery rows as soon as they are made. The ' soil should be well prepared and should be selected - where water will not lie. Furrows are opened 3 feet < apart and deep enough so that the top bud, or at most ' two buds, will be above ground. The cuttings are placed about 6 inches apart on the straight side of the ; furrows and soil thrown in and tramped well about • them. When only a smaller number are to be planted a '• trench may be opened with a spade. It is important to ; have a large proportion of the cutting below ground, ■ as more roots will be made and the plants will be i stronger. There would also be danger of the cuttings drying up before rooting if too much of the wood is exposed. If the season is favorable the cuttings should : callus well and even throw out a few roots by winter. ' Where there is httle snow in winter, it is a good prac- ; tice to cover the tops of the cuttings with about 2 i inches of soil, which will be a good protection for them. < This soil should be raked off in spring. In the spring, i cultivation should be begun early and kept up regularly ■- during the summer to conserve moisture and favor ■ rooting and the development of the bushes. By autumn they should be large enou^ to transplant to the field. : In Great Britain and Europe, currants are often , grown in tree form and are prevented from throwing up shoots from below ground oy removing all the buds : of the cuttings except the top one before planting in the nursery. Tms system is not recommended for most parts of America as it has been found by experience that snow breaks down currants ^own in this way, and when borers are troublesome it is not wise to depend on one main stem. Most of the cultivated varieties of currants have originated as natural seedlings, little artificial crossing having been done with this fruit. Currants grow readiljr from seeds, and it is easy to get new varieties in this way. The seeds are washed out of the ripe fruit, and after drying, may either be sown at once or mixed with sand and kept over winter in a cool dry place and sown very early in the spring. The best plan is to sow them in the autumn in mellow weU-prepared and well- drained soil, since when this is done they will germinate very early in the spring, while if sown in the spring the seed may be all summer without sprouting. The seed should not be sown deep, from M to H an inch being quite sufficient. If sown very deep they will not germi- nate. The young plants may be transplanted from the seed-bed to the open in the autumn of the first year if large enough, but if the plants are very small they may then grow another season, when they should be planted out at least 4 by 5 feet apart, so as to give them room enough Xo fruit for several seasons, in order that their relative merits may be learned. If intended to remain permanently, the plants should be at least 6 by 5 feet apart. The bushes should begin to bear fruit the second or third year after planting out. Each bush will be a new variety, as cultivated fruits do not come true from seed. If a seedUng is considered promising it may be propagated or increased by cuttings, as already described. The soil and its preparation. Currants should be planted in rich soil in order to get the best results. "The soil should also be cool, as the currant is a moisture-loving bush. The currant roots near the surface; hence if the soil is hot and dry the crop will suffer. A rich, well-drained clay loam is the best for currants, although they do well in most soils. If the soil is not good, it should receive a good dressing of manure before planting, which should be well worked into the soil, the latter being thoroughly CURRANT CURRANT 919 pulverized before planting is done. A northern exposure is to be preferred, as in such a situation the currants are not iflcely to suffer in a dry time. Planting. The best time to plant cui-rants is in the autumn. If planted in the spring, they will probably have sprouted somewhat before planting, and on this account their growth the first season will be checked. When the soil is in good condition, currants, especially the black varieties, make strong growth, and the bushes reach a large size; hence it is best to give them plenty of space, as they will do better and are more easily picked than if crowded. Six by 6 feet is a good distance to plant. If planted closer, especially in good soil, the bushes become very crowded before it is time to renew the plantation. Strong one-year-old plants are the best, but two-year- old plants are better than poorly rooted yearlings. It is better to err on the side of planting a little deeper than is necessary than to plant too shallow. A good rule to follow is to set the plants at least an inch deeper than they were in the nursery. The soil should be well tramped about the yoimg plant so that there will be no danger of its drying out. After plant- ing, the soil should be leveled and the surface loosened to help retain moistm-e. Cultivation. As the currant, to do well, must have a good supply of moisture, cultivation should be begun soon after planting, and the surface soil kept loose during the Biunmer. While the plants are young the cultivation may be fairly deep between the rows, but when the roots begin to extend across the rows, cultivation should be shallow, as many of the roots are quite near the surface. Fertilizers. After the first application of manure, no more should be necessary until the plants begin to fruit, unless other crops are grown between, after which an annual top- dressing of well-rotted barnyard manure is desirable. When only a Ught application of manure is given, the addition of 200 to 300 pounds to the acre of muriate of potash would be very beneficial. Wood-ashes also would make a good fertilizer with barnyard manure. There is little danger of giving the currant plantation too much fertilizer. Unfortunately, it is usually the other way, this fruit being often very much neglected. Pruning. The black and red currants bear most of their fruit on wood of different ages; hence the pruning of one is a little different from the other. The black currant bears most of its fruit on wood of the previous season's growth, and it is important always to have a plentiful supply of one-year-old healthy wood . The red and white currants produce their fruit on spurs which develop from the wood two or more years of age, and it is important in pruning red and white currants to have a hberal supply of wood two years and older; but, as the fruit on the very old wood is not so good as that on the younger, it is best to depend largely on two- and three- year-old wood to bear the fruit. A little pruning may be necessary at the end of the first season after planting m order to get the bush into shape. From six to eight main stems, or even less, with their side branches, will, when properly distributed, bear a good crop of fruit. Future pruning should be done with the aim of having from six to eight main branches each season and a few others coming on to take their places. By judicious annual pruning, the bush can be kept sufficiently open to admit light and sunshine. A good rule is not to have any of the branches more than three years of age, since when kept down to this limi t the wood will be healthier, stronger growth will be made, and the fruit will be better. When to renew the plantation. A currant plantation will bear a great many good crops if well cared for, but if neglected the bushes lose their vigor in a few years. The grower will have to decide by the appearance of the bushes when to renew the plantation; but as a currant plantation can be renewed at comparatively fittle labor, it is best to have new bushes coming on before the old ones show signs of weakness. At least six good crops may be removed with fair treatment, and ten or more can be obtained if the bushes are in rich soil and well cared for. When one has only a few bushes for home use, they may be reinvigorated by cutting them down to the ground in alternate years, and thus securing a fresh supply of vigorous young wood. Yield of currants. The red currant is one of the most regular in bearing of all fruits, and as it is naturally productive, the aver- age yield should be large. Bailey, in the "Farm and Garden Rule-Book," puts the average yield at 100 bushels per acre. Card, in his book on "Bush-Fruits," says that it ought to be 100 to 150 bushels, "with good care," and reports 320 bushels. At the Central Experi- mental Farm, Ottawa, Canada, the Red Dutch aver- aged for fom' years at the rate of 7,335 pounds to the acre, or over 183 bushels. The largest yield from red currants obtained at the Central Experimental Farm was in 1900, when six bushes of the Red Dutch currant yielded 73 pounds, 15 ounces of fruit. The bushes were 6 by 5 feet apart. This means a yield at the rate of 17,892 pounds to the acre, or, at 40 pounds per bushel, 447 bushels 12 pounds to the acre. The same variety in 1905, in a new plantation, yielded 553^ pounds from six bushes, or at the rate of 13,431 pounds to the acre, or 335 bushels 31 pounds. These are very large yields, and while half of this amount may not be expected in ordinary field culture, the fact that such yields can be produced on a small area should be an inspiration to get more on a larger one. -920 CURRANT CURRANT The average jdeld of black currants has been some- what less than the red, although individual yields have been large. The Saunders currant yielded for four years at the rate of 6,534 pounds to the acre, or over 163 bushels; the Kerry at the rate of 6,382 pounds to the acre, or over 159 bushels. The highest yield of black currants was obtained in 1905, when six bushes of Kerry planted 6 by 5 feet apart, yielded 62 pounds of fruit, or at the rate of 15,004 pounds to the acre, equal to 375 bushels, estimating at 40 pounds to the bushel. Red and white currants. The red currant makes excellent jelly, and its popularity is largely due to this fact. A large quantity of red currant jeUy is made every year in Canada. Red cur- rants are used to a less extent for pies and as jam and are also eaten raw with sugar. As a fruit for eating out - of - hand, the red cur- rant is not very popular, but there are few fruits so re- freshing. The white currants are better liked for eating off the bush than the red, as they are not so acid. The Moore Ruby is a red variety, however, which is milder than most others, and for this reason is better adapted for eating raw. The red currant does not vary so much in quality as the black. Red currants will remain in condition on the bushes for some time after ripening, and therefore do not have to be picked so promptly as the black. Varieties. Varieties of red currants vary considerably in hardiness, the Cherry, Fay, Comet, Versaillaise, Wilder and others, while bearing very large fruit, are decidedly more tender than some of the others, hence they should not be planted in the coldest parts. The Franco-German and Prince Albert currants are later than most other varieties, and when it is desired to lengthen the season, these may be planted. Varieties of red arid white currants recommended: Red — for general culture— J'omona , Yictoriay- Cumber- land Red, Red Dutch, Long iSunched Holland, Red Grape. Where bushes are protected with snow in win- ter, and for the milder districts. — Pomona, Victoria, Cumberland Red, Wilder, Cherry, Fay, and Red Cross. White. — White Cherry, Large White, White Grape. Black currants. There are not so many black currants grown in America as red, but there is a steady demand for them, and it is thought there wiU be an increasing demand as they become better appreciated. They ms£e excellent jelly and the merits of black currant jam have long been known. Black currants vary considerably in season, yield and quahty, and therefore it is important to know those 1153. Native black currant — ^Ribes floridum. The fruit is immature. ( X }^) that are the best. As most varieties of black currants drop badly from the bushes as soon as ripe, it is impor- tant to pick them in good time. Varieties of black currants recommended: Saunders, Collins Prolific, Buddenborg, Victoria, Boskoop Giant! Of those not yet on the market which are considered equal or better than those above, the following are the best: Kerry, Eclipse, Magnus, Chpper, Climax and Eagle, and the Success, for an early variety when yield is not so important as size and qujjity. CrandaU currant. This is a variety of the Buffalo or Missouri currant (Ribes aureum). A tall, strong, moderately upright grower; moderately productive. Fruit varies in size from small to large, in small, close bimches; bluish black, skin thick; sub-acid with a peculiar flavor. Qual- ity medium. Ripens very uneveiily. Season late July to September. As this variety ripens after the others, the birds concentrate on it and get a large proportion of the fruit. Same of the most injurioxLS insects affecting the currant. Currant aphis {Myzus ribis). When the leaves of currant bushes are nearly full grown, many of them bear blister-Uke elevations of a reddish color, beneath which will be found yellowish plant-lice, some winged and some wingless. The bUsters are due to the attacks of these insects, and when, as is sometimes the case, they are very abundant, considerable injury is done to the bushes. Sjiraying forcibly with whale-oil soap, or kerosene emulsion will destroy large numbers of these plant-lice at each application; but the Uquid must be copiously applied and driven well up beneath the foliage by means of an angled nozzle. Two or three applica- tions at short intervals may be necessary. Currant borer {Sesia tipvliformis). Early in June a beautiful Uttle bluish black fly-Uke moth, with three bright yeUow bands around the body may be seen dart- ing about, around, or at rest on the leaves of currant bushes of aU kinds. This is one of the most trouble- some enemies of these fruits. The moth lays an egg at a bud on the young wood, and the caterpillar, when hatched, eats its way into the cane and destroys the pith. It remains in the wood during the winter, and the moth emerges dur- ing the following summer. Close pruning is the best remedy. Bum the wood. Currant maggot (Epochra canaden- sis). Red, black and white cur- rants are in some places seriously at- tacked by the maggots of a small fly. These mag- gots come to full growth just as the berries are about to ripen, causing them to fall from the bushes, when the in- sects leave them and burrow into the ground to pupate. Attacked fruit is rendered useless by the presence of the maggots inside the berries; and frequently it is not until 1154. Buffalo currant, the fruit is cooked that R. aureum ( x H) CURRANT CURRANT 921 the white maggots can be detected. Goose- berries are sometimes injured but far less fre- quently than black and red currants. The only treatment which has given any results is the laborious one of removing about 3 inches of the soil from beneath bushes which are known to have been infested, and replacing this with fresh soil. That which was removed must be treated in some way, so that the con- tained puparia may be destroyed. This may be done either by throwing it into a pond or by bm'ying it deeply in the earth. Currant worm or imported currant sawfly {Pteronu^ ribesii). By far the best known of all the insects that injure currants and goose- berries, is the "currant worm." The black- spotted dark green false caterpillars of this insect may unfortunately be found in almost every plantation of currants or gooseberries, every year in almost all parts of America where these fruits are grown. The white eggs are laid in rows along the ribs of the leaf on the lower side, toward the end of May. From these the young larvse hatch and soon make their presence known by the small holes they eat through the leaves. Unless promptly de- stroyed, they will soon strip the bushes of their leaves, thus weakening them considerably so as to prevent the fruit from ripening the first year, and also reducing the quality of the crop of the following season. There are at least two broods in a season in most places; the first appears just as the leaves are attaining full growth, and the second just as the fruit is ripening. The perfect insect is a four-winged fly which may be seen flying about the bushes early in spring. The male is blackish, with yel- low legs and of about the same size as a house- fly, but with a more slender body. The female is larger and has the body as well as the legs yellow. For the first brood a weak mixture of paris green, one ounce to ten gallons of water, may be sprayed over the bushes, or a dry mix- ture, one ounce to six pounds of flour, may be dusted over the foliage after a shower or when the leaves are damp with dew. For the second brood pans green must not be used, but white hellebore; or hellebore may be used for first brood, but it is necessary to kill quickly. This is dusted on as a dry powder, or a decoction, one ounce to two gallons of water, may be sprayed over the bushes. It is, of course, far better to treat the first brood thoroughly, to reduce the number of females which lay eggs for the second brood. Oyster-shell scale (Lepidosaphes ulmi). Several kinds of scale insects attack currants. These plants seem to be particularly susceptible to the attacks of the well- known oyster-sheU scale of the apple, and the San Jos6 scale. In neglected plantations these injurious insects increase rapidly, and a great deal of injury results to the bushes. The remedies for scale insects are direct treatment for the destruction of the infesting insect, and preventive measures, such as the invigoration of the Dush by special culture and pruning, to enable it to throw off or outgrow in- jury. Infested plantations i^^4 should be cul- "' '^ tivated and fertilized early in the season, and all unne- cessary wood 1155. Currant cutting. 11 56. To illustrate the pruning of a currant bush. The old cane, a, is to be cut away. The straight new canes at left are to remain. should be pruned out. As direct remedies, spraying the bushes at the time the young scale insects first appear in June with kerosene emulsion or whale-oil soap, or spraying in autumn before the hard weather of winter sets in ^ith a simple whitewash made with one pound of Ume in each gallon of water, give the best results. Two coats of the whitewash should be applied, the second one immediately after the first is dry. In putting on two thin coats of the wash instead of one thick one, far better results have been secured. For the San Jos6 scale, the lime-and-sulfur wash is necessary, and must be repeated every year. Diseases of the currant. The currant is affected by very few diseases. The only ones that do much injury are the following: Leaf-spot, rust (Septoria ribis). The leaf -spot fungus affects black, red and white currants, causing the leaves to faU pre- maturely, and thus weaken- ing the bushes. This disease is first noticed about mid- summer, when small brownish spots appear on the leaves. These often become so numerous that they affect a large part of the foUage, soon causing the leaves to fall. As the disease often appears before the fruit is picked, it is difficult to control it if the bushes are not sprayed previously. By using the am- moniacal copper car- bonate the bushes may be sprayed a week or two before it is expected, with- out discoloring the fruit, giving a second apphcation, if neces- sary. As soon as the fruit is picked, the bushes should be thoroughly sprayed with bordeaux mixture. Experiments have shown that this disease can be controlled by spraying. Currant anthracnose {Gloeosporium ribis). This dis- ease, which may be mistaken for the leaf-spot, affects different parts of the bush, including the leaves, leaf- stalks, young branches, fruit and fruit-stalks. On the leaves it is made evident during the month of June by the small brown spots which are usually smaller than those made by the leaf-spot fungus. The lower leaves are affected first, and finally the upper ones. They turn yellow and gradually fall to the ground, and when the disease is bad the bushes are defoliated before their time. On the petioles or leaf-stallcs, the disease; causes slightly sunken spots. The fruit is affected with roundish black spots which are more easily seen when the fruit is green. On the young wood the diseased areas are light in color and are not so noticeable. The wood is not nearly so much injured by the disease as the leaves. The spores which spread this disease are formed in pustules, the majority of which are under the upper epidermis of the leaf. Where the spores are to appear, the surface of the leaf is raised and blackened 1157. Tree-form training of currant. 922 CURRANT CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY in spots looking like small pimples. When the spores are ready to come out the skin breaks and they escape and re-infect other parts. When the foliage drops early on account of this disease the fruit is liable to be scalded by the sun. The fruit may also wither before ripening properly, owing to lack of food or of moisture, as, the leaves having fallen, they are unable to keep up the necessary supply. The premature falling of the leaves prevents the buds from maturing properly, hence they are not in so good condition to bear fruit the next year. Spraying with bordeaux mixture is recommended as an aid in controlling this disease. It would be wise, when currant anthracnose is troublesome, to spray the bushes thoroughly before the leaves appear. A second spraying should be made when the leaves are xmfold- ing, and successive sprayings at intervals of ten to fourteen days until the fruit is nearly fuU grown, and there is danger of its being discolored by the spray when ripe. Paris green should be added to the mixture when the first brood of the currant worm appears. A thorough spraying after the fruit is harvested is desirable. W. T. Macoun. Cl&SCUTA (origin of name obscure). Convolvul&cese. DoDDEK. Degenerate parasitic twiners, bearing clus- ters of small flowers. They are leafless annuals, with very slender yellow, white, or red stems, which become attached to the host-plant by means of root-like suckers. The seeds fall to the ground and germinate in 1158. Bodder, twining on its host. — Cuscuta Gronovii. the spring. — Species 100, widely distributed. As soon as the young shoot reaches an acceptable host, the root dies and the plant becomes Earasitic. Failing to find a est, the plant dies. Dod- ders are common in low, weedy places. Some species are also serious pests, as the clover dodder, alfalfa dodder, and flax dodder. One of the common species (C Gronovii, WiUd.), of low grounds, is shown in Fig. 1168. CUSHAW: Cucurbita moachata. CUSTAKD APPLE: Annona. CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY IN NORTH AMERICA. The feature that most distinguishes American floricul- ture from that of Europe is the great preponderance of the cut-flower trade as compared with the sales of plants. Forty years ago the passion of Americans for cut-flowers was remarked by travelers, but however important the cut-flower trade may then have appeared it has had a marvelous growth since that time. Prior to the Civil War it would have been impossible to purchase any considerable quantity of cut-flowers in the winter season in any of the large cities. The green- houses were small flue-heated structures in which a great varietj; of plants was grown; hence it would have been impossible to secure a quantity of any one kind. There were no middlemen to collect even the small quantities produced in a locality, and when large numbers of blooms were required, advance notice was expected and the person wishing the flowers had to do the collecting from the various establishments. After the period mentioned, floricultural establishments rapidly increased in number and size. This growth has continued until today. Instead of being concentrated about large cities, there is scarcely a city of 5,000 or even less that does not have its florist. Not less than $100,000,000 is now invested in the cultivation and sale of cut-flowers in America. Although statistics of the cut-flowers alone are not available, a conservative estimate based on the United States census of 1910 places their annual value at $25,000,000. From forty to sixty years ago the camellia was the most valued cut-flower, either for personal adornment or for bouquets, and sometimes as much as $1, $2 and even $3 were obtained for single flowers at the height of the holiday season. Then came a period of decline during which they were almost forgotten except in a few private collections, but now they are seen upon the market as pot-plants. The florist of the present genera- tion wonders how they could have been admired to the extent that they should lead as cut-flowers. Perhaps no better idea of the requirements of the former cut- flower trade can be given than to quote the record of a leading New York florist establishment for 1867 which shows a product as follows: Camellias about 45,000, bouvardias 20,000, carnations 70,000, double prim- roses 100,000, and tuberoses 50,000. Other flowers on the market in those days were daphne, abutilon, callas, sweet alyssum, poinsettia, eupatorium, heliotrope and a few tea roses. The most profitable white cut-flowers, in the opinion of many florists, were Stevia serrata, Double White camellia, Calla sethiopica, lAlium can- didum, Deutzia gracilis, and Double White Chinese primrose. It will be noted that roses were not important in the cut-flower trade of this period. It is a fact that very few were grown under glass. A few florists were grow- ing Bon Silene, Lamarque and Safrano roses, ocoar sionally devoting an entire house to them, but more often in houses with other flowers. The rapidly-awaken- ing demand for all kinds of flowers brought good prices for roses and stimulated the florists to give this flower more attention. The time was one of changing ideals and the old formal cameUiaj show dahha and Chinese chrysanthemum were passmg, while new and less formal flowers were coming into favor. The flower- buying public, however, wanted something larger than the small tea varieties then grown. Every new variety from Europe that had any promise was tried, and from that day to this scarcely a new introduction has escaped a searching test as to its adaptability for culture under glass. The Marechal Niel was grown for the discnmmar ting trade, and it continued the leading variety until it was supplanted by the everblooming, more proline and more easily cultivated Perle des Jardins. Likewise, the hybrid perpetuals were tried, and some of them, notably General Jacqueminot, were found to force well. This variety, when it could be had for the holidays, brought $1 and $2 a bud. The roses of this time were produced on plants grown in deep beds or in pots or boxes. The latter lop'^^" enabled the grower better to time his crops, while the former involved less time and attention. The endeavor to secure the advantages of both naturally resulted in CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY the shallow raised bench, and this method of growing cut-flowers has been adopted for practically all now grown in large quantities; in fact, this system of cul- ture is perhaps the greatest single feature which dis- tinguishes American floricultural methods from those of Europe. Simultaneously it became very generally recognized that to grow roses successfully required separate houses and a different temperature. For a long time it was thought that a special form or construc- tion was necessary, viz., the three-quarter span, but now the even-span house is in general use. The present cut-flower production. Having made these important advances in cultural methods, it needed but the introduction of the epoch- making rose, Catherine Mermet, to place the rose in the first place among cut-flowers. This variety came at once into great popularity with the flower-buying public and was very profitable to the gi-owers, thereby attracting capital to the flower business. The competi- tion to produce and market the best qualily of flowers elevated the standards in cut-flowers to a higher level. Although the introduction of Catherine Mermet did much for the flower business, it is as the parent of Bride and Bridesmaid that the variety is generally remembered. These "sports" have been the leading white and pink varieties for twenty years, and have been displaced only during the last five years by White KiUamey and Killarney, although many claim- ants arose to dispute their leadership. These roses succeeded because they were profitable with every florist who could grow roses, and it is doubtful whether we shall ever see varieties so generally successful over so wide a territory. The market is seeking a greater variety among roses than it did during the years these roses held sway, but all this is advan- tageous to the rose specialists. Next in importance to Bride and Bridesmaid and their successors. White Killarney and Killarney, is the American Beauty (Madame Ferdinand Jamain). This variety can be grown successfully and profitably only by growers who have special conditions. As the variety is still with- out a rival, it continues to be popular with the wealthy flower-buyers. The American carnation may be regarded as the Greatest contribution America has yet made to the oriculture of the world. The plant is unlike any type grown in Europe and its development is due to Ameri- can plant-breeders, Domer, Fisher, Ward and many others. During the last fifty years it has been improved in form, size, color and productiveness. Hundreds of varieties have been introduced and the progress has been so rapid that the best have lasted but a few years. Within the last ten years the American carnation has become popular in England, and now new varieties are appearing from over the sea. The United States census of 1890 shows that roses were first, carnations second, and that the two comprised 65 per cent of all cut-flowers. This relative standing has been main- tained to the present time. The development in chrysanthemums has been no less marked. From the old formal Chinese sorts, the popular fancy turned to the large informal Japanese kinds. Now a change to the single and pompon types is being experienced. The varieties of greatest com- mercial importance have been for the last ten or fifteen years of AJnerican origin. The English, French and, finally, the Australian varieties have led as exhibition flowers, but only an occasional variety has proved meritorious as market cut-flowers. (See Carnation, Chrysanthemum, Rose, and other special articles.) At the present time the important cut-flowers are roses, carnations, violets, chrysanthemums, sweet peas, lilies, narcissi, orchids, lilies-of-the-valley, mignonette, snapdragons, marguerites and gardenias. A modem cut-flower establishment in the region of New York CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY 923 grows for its wholesale trade the following numbers of plants: Roses. 100,000 Onryaanthemums 240,000 Carnations ' " 45000 Li}!^^- V (75,000 for Eaater) ISO',000 liiliea-of-the-valley 300 000 Orohida 26,'oOO These are grown in a range of houses comprising 900,000 square feet of glass requiring 8,000 tons of coal, 300 employees, 25 horses, 4 automobiles, and a 250-acre farm with a dairy of 160 cows to suppy the manure required. The past ten years have witnessed the development of the new winter-flowering types of sweet peas, and now these flowers bid fair to rival the violet and chry- santhemum for position after roses and carnations. Orchids, particularly cattleyas, now are being grown by commercial florists for cut-flowers. Although of recent development, during the last ten or twelve years, all large establishments have an orchid depart- ment, while many smaller growers are specializing in their culture. LiUes, through the means of cold storage, may now be had by forcing throughout the year. The varieties of Japanese longiflorums have largely supplanted the old Lilium Harrisii kind. Ldlium speciosum varieties are now largely grown. The antirrhinum is now being grown by several specialists and doubtless will jdeld varieties adapted to greenhouse culture. The most important outdoor flowers for cutting are peonies, gladioli and asters. The peony is now a most important Memorial Day cut-flower, and many acres are devoted to its culture in regions in which the improved varieties mature their flowers early enough. By means of cold storage, flowers of certain varieties may be kept in good condition for as much as four weeks. The florists are enabled to have a supply of this flower for commencements, weddings, and the like, throughout the latter part of May, June and early July. Gladioli are increasing in popularity as summer cut- flowers because of their keeping qualities under ordi- nary conditions. Not only are the white varieties use- ful, but the magnificent colored varieties are being used in large numbers for bouquets on dining-tables in hotels and restaurants. The selling. The marketing of cut-flowers is a business of itself. Many an excellent grower fails because he is not expert in selling his blooms. The cutting of the blooms must be properly done and at the right stage of development. The proper stage in the development when cutting should be done varies with the variety and the season. Roses should be cut as the petals begin to unfold, when the tip of the bud is bursting and the outer petals have reached the proper color. Carnations are picked when fully developed or when three-quarters developed. The latter stage is determined by the pistils having reached an even length with the center petals. Most flowers should be cut early in the morning, and as soon as cut should be placed in clean fresh water, after which they are carried to the cooling-room. The vases in which the flowers are placed should be deep enough to allow plunging the stems two-thirds their length in water. The temperature of the water should be 10° to 15° higher than that of the cooling-room which is 45° to 50°. The temperature is thus gradually lowered to that of the storage-room. The flowers remain in the cooling-room until the picking is done, when they are graded. Along with the advance in cultural methods and to meet market requirements, flowers have been graded. Although the kinds of flowers grown and the quality 924 CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY differ but little in the various flower markets, the grades are not yet uniform. However, this ultimately will be brought about through the Florists' Telegraph DeUvery Association, an organization which enables a resident of San Francisco, for example, to have an order fiUed and delivered at an address in Boston, Montreal, Baltimore or elsewhere. The American Rose Society adopted the following grades for tea and hybrid tea roses: 9, 12, 15, 18, 24 inches of stem. Of course the flowers must be good to accord with this standard. American Beauty is graded : Specials, above 38 inches; fancy, 32 to 36 inches; extras, 24 to 32 inches; firsts, 13 to 23 inches; seconds, 8 to 13 inches; thirds all under 8 inches. On the Chicago market this variety is graded into specials, 36-, 30-, 24^, 20-, 18- and 12-inch stems. Carnations on the New York mar- ket are usually graded into fancies, extras and firsts. Fancies are all perfect blooms, from 2% to 3J^ inches in diameter, with straight stems 16 to 24 inches or more in length. Extras are those blooms which fall short in one or the other of the above re- quirements. Firsts com- prise all merchantable flow- ers which do not pass as extras or fancies. During the grading, all the leaves from the lower 6 inches are stripped off as well as any side shoots in the axils of the remaining leaves. Chrysanthemums are classed as small, medium, fancy and special. What- ever the grades used in any market, it is impor- tant that they be definite, and that the grower use care in grading his own products. The present methods of the growers in disposing of their flowers to the retail florists are as follows: The large wholesale growers maintain wholesale stores of their own, dealing with the retailers direct and conduct- ing a shipping trade. The growers at a distance from the city market usually consign to the wholesale com- mission florist whose field is as broad as that of the wholesale grower. These two classes of florists keep in close touch with their customers, even those at a dis- tance, by the ordinary means of communication and in some cases by traveling representatives. The smaller growers Uving close to a large city adopt any one of five methods, that is, (1) form a coSperative associa- tion with an expert salesman to sell the flowers; (2) organize a flower-market and operate a flower-stand; (3) consign the flowers to a commission florist; (4) supply certain retailers regularly; (5) operate their own retail stores. The particular method to be adopted in any individual case depends upon the local condi- tions and the business ability of the grower. The grower-specialist usually will flnd it more remunera- tive to arrange with retailers better able to dispose of his high-class product. The development of the methods of jjacking and handUng flowers has been a great factor in the busi- ness. In the old days flowers were brought to market, or as was more often the case, the retailers went to the growers and carried them into the city in market- baskets. They were delivered to the customers in the same way. When flowers were to be shipped, which was seldom, any convenient box was adapted to the 1159. Carnations packed for shipment purpose. At present the florists employ wooden and folding paper boxes for different classes of trade. These are in various sizes adapted to the kind of flower to be packed and to the quality shipped.' Furthermore,'' the package is clean, hgnt, strong and entirely in keep- ing with the goods. The perfection of the railway and express service has facilitated the deUvery of flowers to the consignee. Not only has this enabled growers to get their flowers to the city, but has made it possible for florists over the country to secure flowers when they do not have a suflScient supply. The great wholesale flower business of Chicago is built in a large measure upon the demand of florists in towns and cities over the vast territory extending from Winnipeg to the Gulf of Mexico, and from the AUeghanies to the Rockies. The packages now used to carry the flowers to the wholesale market are either return or gift boxes; the former, are strong wooden boxes with a hinged lid 12 to 16 inches wide and 5 to 6 feet long. These pack- ages are returned to the grower. Some do not find it profitable or possible to have shipping -boxes or -crates returned and must use gift boxes which may be of wood or heavy paper. The common box used by the wholesalers in shipping flowers to distant customers ' when the package must be handled many times, is the light wooden box. This is made of thin wood, }^-inch ends and J^-inch tops, bot- toms and sideg, with two interior cleats to hold the flowers down. These boxes are made in sizes 4 to 8 inches deep, 12 to 16 inches wide, and 36 to 50 inches or more long. The boxes are first Uned with paper, usually four to eight thick- nesses of newspapers, according to the season. Then a layer of waxed paper is put in. Roses, whether on their way into or out of the wholesale market, are sel- dom bunched. Carnations, when shipped out or when sent in by a wholesale grower to ms own store, are usually not bunched, but growers who sell through the commission florist should bunch the flowers as it facilitates handling when the flowers arrive on the market. Sweet peas, violets and similar flowers are'/ always bunched. The number of flowers in a bunch will depend upon the requirements of the market. Usually sweet pea bunches contain twenty-five; vio- lets, fifty or one hundred; peonies, thirteen; and car- nationSj twenty-five flowers. The bunches of violets are encircled by a rim of twenty to thirty leaves and the combination must be attractively done if even the best flowers are to bring a good price. Sweet peas are bunched without foliage, while most flowers bear their natural fohage. Long-stem flowers, such as roses and carnations, when not tied in bunches, are packed one by one in rows across the width of the box, beginning at one end. The first row rests upon a pillow made of a roll of paper, and each succeeding row is separated from the preced- ing row by a strip of wax paper. This continues until five rows have been put in each end of the box. Five or six rows of flowers in each end constitute a layer. The flowers of each layer are covered with a sheet of wax paper, and the packing goes on until the box liS filled; but only four to six layers should be put in a box. CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY CUTTINGS 925 Over the stems in the center are placed eight to ten thicknesses of well-saturated newspapers, after which cleats are nailed in place. This will i)revent the flowers from becoming disarranged in shipping. When differ- ent grades of roses are to be packed in the same box, the specials are placed in first unless shipment has a long distance to travel, when two or three rows of the cheap, short grades should go next the end of the box because of danger of injury to the flowers. Each grade is separated from the next by sheets of tissue paper and the different grades are filled in until the short lengths complete the box. It should be a general rule to pack white flowers in the top of the box. Every'' box should contain a statement of the contents for the information of the recipient. No icing is usually needed in winter, but in warm weather the foliage of roses may be sprinkled with water or chipped ice. Carna- tions are cooled by lumps of ice wrapped in wet news- papers and placed between the cleats of the boxes. Violets are preserved by wrapping the stems in soft tissue paper and dipping this in cool water. Sweet pea stems are wrapped in wet cotton wool, great care IS being taken to prevent wetting the blooms. In the early days of the cut-flower business, the grower retailed his own flowers. He found time to propagate the plants, tend the furnace, grow the crops, cut the blooms, make floral designs and, if necessary, pack and ship his product. The rapid growth of the cities, making it impossible for the florist to conduct his business near the centers of trade, led to the retail florist. This man, having no glass, could open a flower- stand or store in the most favorable locations, giving it his entire time. The present-day flower stores are the achievements of his skill and industry in develop- ing the art side of the florist business. The changing demands' The uses to which cut-flowers are put have changed. Forty years ago the taste was for formal designs. The flowers were picked with short stems, and in the case of carnations only the open buds were cut, while the remaining buds on the stem were allowed to develop. These flowers were wired to wooden sticks for basket work or to broom-corn straws for bouquets. The details for making the formal pieces of that time wiU be found in Henderson's "Practical Floriculture." That the florists of that day enjoyed a good trade is seen in the fact that on New Year's Day, 1867, one New York firm sold $6,000 worth of flowers, and it was estimated that the total sales in the city amounted to $50,000. The same authority estimates the annual sales of flowers in New York at $400,000 and in Boston $200,000. Probably the sales of the whole country did not exceed $1,000,000. Often $200 or $300 were spent for flowers for a reception, and the spending of $1,500 for a similar purpose, as well as a $6,000 church decoration, were then the highest achievements of the profession. 'The public taste of the present day is for loose, artistic arrangements of long-stemmed flowers. The popular funeral emblems are forms of the wreath which are either made of one kind of flowers or of a great variety of material. Flat sprays and bunches of flowers, and palm (sago) leaves tied with ribbon are also com- monly used. House decorations consist of vases of long-stemmed flowers. Roses, carnations, chrysanthe- mums, peonies and gladioli are suitable for this pur- pose. "Table decorations for dinner are also made of long-stemmed flowers in vases, with some placed on the cloth with ferns or asparagus. Bridal bouquets are ajranged often in shower effects by means of narrow ribbon. A remarkable advance has been made in the use of ribbon. Instead of the florist going to the nearest drygoods store for the ribbon he needed, the present- day florist carries his own supply of specially prepared ribbon. As soon as a new shade of color appears in roses, a new ribbon is manufactured to match the color. The accessories now required to conduct a successful florist business are niimerous, requiring a considerable outlay of money; and the trade in this class of floral supplies is a very large one. Every large city now has its supply houses. The kinds of flowers used throughout the United States and Canada vary very Httle and this is confined to varieties rather than S|)ecies. The growth of the cut-flower business in Canada also has been rapid, and artificial boundaries i have not divided the florists of the two countries. A , good book on cut-flower culture is "How to Grow Cutr' : Flowers," by M. A. Hunt. There are no works on the ! handling of cut-flowers. On the use and arrangement [ of flowers, the best literature is found in the current ; trade papers. Among the foreign works which may prove helpful are "Floral Decoration," by Felton; i ''The Book of Cut-Flowers," by R. P. Brotherston; : and the German special journal, "Die Bindekunst." A. C. Beal. CUTTINGS, PROPAGATION BY. A cutting is the gardener's name for a piece of stem, root, rootstdck or leaf, which, if cut off and planted under suitable con- { ditions, wiU form new roots and buds, reproducing the parent plant. The word cutting, when unrestricted, is given to parts of the stem; a paxt or the whole of the leaf, when so used, is called a leaf-cutting; a piece of root or root- stock is called a root-cutting. The scales of some bul- bous plants, as of the lily, can also be used as cuttings. : A cion used in grafting might be called a cutting which unites and grows on another plant. Plants secured by division or layering are provided with roots before they are detached from the parent plants-, and, therefore, are not properly cuttings^ There are intermediate states between these different categories, however, so that hard-and-fast definitions do not hold. 1160. Section of propagating-bed. Shows four pipes beneatli, the door in the side, and the frame cover. The practice of propagating by means of cuttings, together vrith the discussion of the reasons, results and bearings, constitutes a department of horticultural knowledge that has been denominated cuttage, as the practices, reasons and philosophy of tilling have been called tillage. Multiplication by cuttings is a form of bud-propa- gation in contradistinction to sexual reproduction, i^., 926 CUTTINGS CUTTINGS 1161. Permanent propagating-frames in a greenhouse. propagation by seeds. It is a cheap and convenient way of securing new plants. All plants cannot be profi- tably increased by these means. Why they differ we do not know; the gardener learns by experience what species yield a good percentage of healthy plants, and acts accordingly. The following table will show the different ways in which cuttings are made: /'Growing wood. . Stem. Soft e.g., verbena. Hardened e.g., tea roses. Cuttings { Roots or rootstocks. ' ' Leaf. {Long, in open air e.g., grape. Short, Tinder glass e.g., Japanese cedar. Short, under glass e. g.. Anemone japonica. Long, in open air e. g., blackberry. r Entire e. g., echeveria. Divided e. g.. Begonia Rex. Bulb-scales e. g., lilies. There is less variation in cutting-progeny than in seed-progeny, and therefore cuttings (or layers or cions) are used when it is desired to keep a stock particu- larly true to name. They are used largely for the multiplication of forms that are specially variable from seed (which have not become fixed by seed selection), and of mutations as between the different branches or parts of a plant (bud sports) . Thus, the varieties of roses, chry- santhemums, carnations, most begonias, and cur- rants and grapes can be grown from cuttings. Cuttings are also employed when seeds are dif- ficult to secure, as in many greenhouse plants, or when propagation by seeds is difficult and cuttings are easy, as in poplars and willows. The cutting-bed. Under glass cuttings are commonly planted in pure sand, such as a mason would use for mak- ing mortar. Sphagnum moss is sometimes used and various substances like brick-dust, coal-ashes jadoo fiber have been tried, but without much success. Sand and well-rotted leaf-mold mixed half and half^ is occasionally employed for gera- niums, for lily scales, root-cuttings and some succulent plants. Sphagnum is useful in rooting Ficus elastica, the base of the cutting being wrapped in a ball of moss and plunged in a bed of moss. English ivy, oleander and other plants can be struck in water, but this method is cumbersome. Peter Henderson's saucer method is valuable in hot weather: the cuttings are planted in sand, kept saturated and fully exposed to sun. In the open air, a well-protected place, a part of the frame-yard, for example, should be chosen for a cutting-bed. The aspect should be south- erly and the soil must be well drained. The soil should also be trenched to the depth of 2}^ to 3 feet, all poor material removed and additions of humus, in the form of peat, leaf-mold or well-rotted barnyard manure incorporated. Provision for watering should be easy. If the soU IS a heavy clay, add sand. Structures in which cuttings are started. Figs. 1160-1165. Large establishments have one or more houses set apart for this and similar purposes called "propaga- ting-houses." In smaller places a propagating-bed or -bench can be made at the warmest end of the warmest house. It should be placed over the pipes where they leave the boiler, and, in order to secure bottom heat when needed, the space between the bench and the floor should be boarded up, having a trap-dopr to open on cold nights (Fig. 1160). Cutting-frames inside a greenhouse are also shown in Fi|. 1161. Side partitions should also be provided to box in all the heat from the pipes under that part of the bench. Good dimensions for such a bed are, width 3 feet, length 6 feet or any multiple of six thus making it simple to use a hotbed sash when confined air is wanted. The depth of the frame should be from 6 to 10 inches in front and about the same behind. The bottom of the bed may be either wood, slate or metal and should be well drained: place a layer of potsherds first, then moss, and from 2 to 3 inches of sand on top. The sand should be clean, sharp and well compacted: before planting it should be watered if at all dry. It is sometimes advisable to have the bed filled with moss (sphagnum), into which pots or boxes containing cuttings are plunged: the moss should be moist, neither too wet nor dry, and well packed. In many cases, when large quantities of one sort of easily struck cuttings are to be planted, the ordinary greenhouse bench covered with sand is sufficieiit (Fig. 1162). Hand-lights and bell-glasses are sometimes used under glass for small quantities of cuttings instead of frames. They may be of every convenient size up to 12 or 15 inches in diameter. The important point is that 1 102. Cutting-bench shaded with lath. CUTTINGS CUTTINGS 927 provision for good ventilation be always provided: if too much water accumulates inside the glass it can be wiped oft with a cloth. They are somewhat obsolete . devices for providing a close atmosphere and intensify- ing bottom heat. The modern gardener finds that sunlight and shading with papers put directly over the cuttings is quite sufficient for all plants except a few difficult subjects. Figs. 1163-1165 illustrate forms of hand structures. Out-of-doors cold- frames are employed for striking cuttings in summer. They are made of concrete or plank, and are about 5J^ feet wide, 18 inches deep behind and 12 inches in front. They are of any a multiple of three and 1163. Propagating-boz. convenient length, which 1166. Cutting of soft growing wood, (as of Coleus.) are covered with standard hotbed sash. Instead of coldframes, light hotbeds are sometimes employed for rooting cuttings in the open air in summer. They entail more care and the results do not offset the gain; Cvitings of growing wood. Figs. 1166-1171. These cuttings are made either of the soft growing tips, as in coleus (Fig. 1166; also Fig. 1027, p. 827), salvia, verbena (Fig. 1167), geranium (Fig. 1168) and others, or, of the same wood in more mature condition, but by no means ripe, as in tender roses (Fig. 1169), and Azalea indica. The cuttings of plants like Euphorbia pulcherrima, erica, epacris, are used in the soft growing state, if a well-built propa- gating-house is obtainable; but in an ordinary house, a part of which is used for other purposes, the older and better ripened wood will be more successful. ^ It is generally true that cuttings of hardened wood will always root, although they require more time and may not make the best plants, but it is not true that cuttings of the soft wood will always root. In many cases, as in the rose, they succumb before they callus, much less produce roots. In plants of rapid growth and good vitality, the proper condition of the soft growing wood for cuttings can be determined by its readiness to snap, not bend, when bent back: the hardened wood is in the right state as long as it continues to grow. The treatmeilt of cuttings in both classes is prac- tically the same. They should be planted in sand under 1164. Propagating-box or hood, The wood for soft cuttings should be fresh, and pre- cautions should be taken to prevent wilting during making and planting: if the weather is hot, sprinkle the floor and bench of the workroom: if they are delicate and exposed for an hour or more, lay them between folds of moistened paper. The average length of these cuttings is from 1 to 3 inches, but they can be made longer or shorter ; much depends upon the na- ture of the plant. The best growers prefer short cuttings; the advantage of a long piece to begin with is more than offset by greater danger of wilt- ing and consequent retrogression. It is not necessary to cut to a 116S. Small propagating-box, bud, i. e., at the node, adasted to a window. in the more easily handled plants except in some herbaceous tuberous- rooted plants, like dahha (see Fig. 1170), and Salvia patens, in which a crown must be formed to insure future growth. Make the cut where it will give the proper length. A part of the leaves should be removed, always enough to secure a clean stem for planting, and as many more as are needed to prevent disastrous wilting: this factor varies greatly. In a hardwood cut- ting of lemon verbena all leaves are taken off, in zonale geraniums from the open ground few if any are left, in coleus and verbena about one half are removed, while in Olea fragrans, Daphne odora, and heath, only enough for planting. Use a sharp knife; but scissors ai'e handy for trimmiijg and sometimes for making cuttings of those small-wooded plants which root easily. The cuttings of plants with milky juice should be washed before planting. Sometimes the lower ends are allowed to dry for several hours, the tops being pro- tected against wilting. Large and succulent cuttings, e. g., of pineapple, cotyledon and cactus, should be dried before planting by letting them lie on the sur- face of the propagating-bed for several days, or they rnay be planted in dry sand at first. Under these con- ditions a callus forms which tends to prevent decay; but the wood must not shrivel. Peter Henderson has introduced a method which is likely to increase the percentage of rooted plants, and which is desir- able in slow-growing varieties, like the tricolor geraniums. He advises that the cutting should be partly severed and allowed to hang to the parent plant for a few days; this results in a partial callus or even roots, before the cutting is entirely removed. In planting cuttings, use a dibble or open a V-shaped trench. .Never thrust the cutting directly into the soil. Plant deep enough to hold the cutting upright and no deeper (as in Fig. 1171), making due allowance for the sand setting; the dis- tance apart should be just enough to prevent them from pressing against each other. It must be remem- bered that they stay in the bed only until rooted. As soon as growth begins, they are potted off. When the cuttings are inserted, the sand should be firmly pressed about them, and they should be watered with a syringe or with a fine t\pse; the forcible appUcation of water compacts the sand, thus ex- cluding air, and prevents undue wilting. Give shade immediately, using lath shutters outside, cloth screens or papers placed directly on the cuttings within, and attend to this very carefully for tl^e first few days. Lift the fehades early in the afternoon, and put them on late in the morn- ing, but keep them on during the middle of the day, thus gradually accustoming them to full light. Cuttings should never suffer from dryness. The sand should always be kept moist to the verge of wet- ness. Ventilation should be given on bright days, but all exposure to draft avoided. A good temperature for . propagating is from 60° to 65° F., increasing these figures for tropical plants and reducing them for more hardy kinds. It is debaiiable whether bottom heat and 1167. A rooted verbena cutting. 928 CUTTINGS CUTTINGS confined air are advisable for cuttings of growing wood. The older gardeners employed both, but now neither is commonly used, except for tropical plants, like croton, or when a constant succession of crops of cuttings is required. There is no doubt that with this aid cuttings will root more quicklyj but more skill and care are required, neglect bringmg on fungous disease, which results in unhealthy plants or total loss. If bottom 1169. A rose cutting. 1168. A geranium cutting. heat is used, the average temperature of the bed should be 10° or so above that of the air, but less will suflSce. Indeed, in beds made as described above, in good weather the sand is ' enough warmer than the green- house atmosphere to answer every purpose. If a con- fined air is wanted, ventilation and shading must be carefully looked after, and precautions taken against the accumulation of condensed moisture within the bell-glass or frame. Although it is tender plants, in the main, that are propagated by cuttings of growing wood, the above methods can be practised advantageously with some hardy plants. The wood, which is invariably more successful if hardened, is obtained either from plants forced for this purpose, e. g., spirea, Deutzia gracilis, or it is gathered in June and July out-of-doors, e.g., lilac, hydrangea. They should be potted off in 2- or 3-inch pots, in a rather sandy soil, when the roots are from M to J^ inch long. It is sometimes good economy to box them, i.e., plant them a few inches apart in flats, when not immediately required. Some hardy perennials, like Phlox svbvlata, Campanida carpatica, Gentiana acaulis and the hardy candytuft, can also be easily increased in this way. Make the cuttings 2 to 3 inches long and plant in flats or pots in sand or a sandy soil in October, November or December, before any hard frost. Keep in a coolhouse and pot off when rooted. They make nice plants for planting out the following spring. Plants of this same nature can also be propagated in the open air in autumn. Make the cutting longer, 6 inches when possible, and do the work earher, in September or in August in some cases. 1170. Hardened-wood cutting of dahlia. 1171. A carnation cutting. 1172. Hardwood cutting of currant. Cutting of ripened or dormant wood. Figs. 1172-1174. Many plants grow readily from twigs of the year's growth taken in fall or winter or very early spring. The "soft-wooded" plants usually propagate most readily bjr this means. These cuttings of mature wood mOT be either long or short. Long cuttings o/ ripened wood in open air. — This method is used to propagate many hardy trees and shrubs, e.g., willows, cmrants, grapes, forsythia. Wood of the current year's growth is gathered in autumn or early winter, before severe frost, and either stored in a cool cellar, covering with moss or fresh earth to prevent drying, or immediately made into cuttings. These cuttings are usually 6 inches or more long and should contain at least two buds. It is not necessary to cut to a bud at the base, but the upper cut should be just above one. Pigs. 1172, 1173. They should be tied in bundles with tarred rope, taking care to have them lie "heads and tails" to facilitate planting, and with the butts on the same level, to promote callusing. They should then be buried in well-drained soil, with the butts down and protected against frost. In early spring they should be firmly planted in V-shaped trenches in well prepared soil: set an inch or so apart, with the rows 1 or Ij/i ft. apart. The upper bud should be just at the surface; to prevent suckers the lower buds may be removed. In autumn they should be dug, graded and heeled-in for winter. Some varieties will require a second or third year's growth in the nursery; others are ready for permanent plant- ing, as willows and poplars, which often grow 6 feet the first year. This is one of the very cheapest ways of propaga- ting, and will pay when only 25 per cent root. This method is generally used with decidu- ous-leaved plants, but some conifers, e.g., Siberian arbor- vitse, will strike. Remove enough twigs to get a clean stem for planting, and allow 2 or 3 inches of top above ground. The excrescences, knots or knaurs, which are found on the. trunks and the main limbs of olive trees, are sometimes used as cuttings for propagation. Short cuttings of ripened wood. (Fig. 1174.) Cuttings of this class are used under glass with tender or half-hardy species, and sometimes with new introductions, in cases in which the grower is short of stock, and when the plant . is delicate and small. The wood should be gathered before severe frost and the cuttings made and planted directly in October and November. Make them from 2 to 4 inches long (sometimes a single eye only is used), and plant with a dibble, in pure sand in pots, pans or flats (boxes about 16 inches square and 3 inches deep). If a layer of potting soil is placed under the sand, the young plants have something to feed on and do not- need to be potted so soon after looting; if this is done, drainage should be given. It is important to keep them cool until a callus is formed or roots produced. If the buds start into growth before this, the cuttings become exhausted and are likely to die. After rooting,— the time required varies from one to six months — ^they may either be potted or the' strong-growing sorts be planted out in well-prepared beds in May or June, where they are likely to make a satisfactory growth. The weaker kinds may remain a year in pots or flats, be wintered in a pit, and planted out the next spring. Sdme green- house plants, e.g., camellia, laurestinus, tender grapes, 1173. Cuttings of grape, to sliow how planted. CUTTINGS CUTTINGS 929 1174. Short cuttings of ripened wood. are propagated in this way with cuttings of fully ripened wood, and others, as cactus and dracena, with wood which is much older. They should be given the care described under the head of "Cuttings of grow- ing wood" (p. 927), but they must not be forced too hard at fixst. The temperature should be regulated by the nature of the plant. The safest rule to follow is to give a few degrees more heat for propagating than the plant received when the cutting was removed. Hardy shrubs can also be propa- gated by cuttings of growing wood, somewhat hardened, planted in coldframes in June and July. They are called "cuttings of green wood, and are made from 4 to 6 inches long and sometimes longer. They are closely planted in sand , or sod one-half sand and one-half leaf- mold, in rows 4 to 6 inches apart. They must be carefully watered, shaded and ventilated for ten days or more after planting. Much of the success of this method depends upon the weather; it brings in a gambling element: a few hot and dry days are dangerous. A hght hotbed may be used instead of a coldframe but this means more care. The rooted plants are left in the frame all winter, protected and planted out the following spring. Boot-cuttings. Fig. 1175. The cuttings of this class are made of either root or rootstock and are useful in propagating some plants, either in the greenhouse or m the open air. Tender plants, like bouvardia, and those which are hardy but of delicate growth, e.g.. Anemone japonica, are handled under glass; blackberries, horse-radish, and so on out-of- doors. The cuttings are made in autumn or winter, the roots of hardy plants being gathered before severe frost and either planted directly or kept in moss until spring. This process of storing develops a callus and has a tendency to produce buds. For greenhouse work, the cuttings are made from 1 to 2 inches long, the larger roots being selected, although the small ones will grow. They are planted in pans or fiats, in soil composed of equal parts sand and well-rotted leaf-mold. Ordinarily they •are set horizontally. If planted vertically, in cuttings from the true root, the end which was nearest the crown should be uppermost; but if made from the rootstock, that end should be uppermost which grew farthest from the crown. In either case they should be covered, as seeds are covered, and the whole made firm. Root-cuttings of hardy plants should be kept cool at first and brought into heat only when ready to grow. Thejr may be kept in a pit or cool cellar. Tender plants require the same or a little higher temperature than that in which they thrive. In sweet potato, the tuber is cut lengthwise and laid, with the cut side down, on moist sand or moss, the edges being slightly covered. Buds develop on these edges and are removed when of proper size and treated as cuttings of growing wood, or allowed to remain until rooted . In dracena (see Fig. 1052, page ' 842)-^and this applies to stem- as well as root- cut tings — the buds are not taken off until rooted the orig- inal cutting remains in the sand and sometimes produces a second or even a third crop. The tuberous rootstock of Arum macula~ turn, and plants of like nature, can be cut into pieces, remembejing that the bud-producing portion of arum is the top, and each part will grow successfully. Exercise care in watering and maintain a good temperature. 1175. Root-cutting of blackberry. (XM), The rootstcyCks of cannas are cleaned and cut into pieces 1 }^ to 2 inches long and planted iu a warmhouse in February (Fig. 784, p. 657). As soon as buds push and roots form they are potted off and grown until the season for bedding out. Dahlias are not, properly speaking, propagated from rootstock, but by division; the plant cannot produce adventitious buds. There must always be a bit of the crown attached to the tuber. The propagation of dahlias so closely resembles the methods here described that it is perhaps well to mention it. Root-cuttings for planting in the open ground are made from 4 to 6 inches long, and are planted firmly in V-shaped trenches or furrows in spring, being covered 2 inches or more deep. Roots as large as one's little finger are chosen, and good results are secured with plants of vigorous growth. In plants like lily-of-the- valley, common lilac, calycanthus, Scotch and moss roses, unless short of stock, it is better to encourage the natural growth of the suckers and prop- agate by division, but they all can be multiplied as above described. Variegation, curiously enough, is not always reproduced by means of root-cuttings. Leaf-cuttings. Fig. 1176. Many leaves are capable of producing roots. Some have the further power of developing buds after rooting, and of these last a few furnish an economical means of bud-propagation, particularly when the stem growth is in- suflBcient. In cotyledon (eche- veria) the whole leaf is used, the smaller ones from the flower- stalk being often the best. Choose those that are fully matured, and dry them for a few days on sand, but do not let them shrivel. The treatment, otherwise, is as given above for cuttings of growing wood. In gloxinia and{ other Gesneraceae, the whole leaf (Fig. 1176), half aleaf.j or even a lesser portion, is used. When enough clear petiole is obtainable, no further preparation is needed, j When a part only of the leaf is planted, some of the blade must be cut away. As a rule, no bud is de- veloped the first season: a tuber is formed, which will grow in due time. The common Begonia Rex is increased by leaves in various ways. The whole leaf may be planted as a cutting, keeping the petiole entire or cutting it off where it unites with the blade; or the whole leaf may be pinned or weighted to the surface of moist sand (Figs. 601-503, p. 470), and, if the principal veins are severed at intervals of an inch, a plantlet will appear at every cut. iThe best way is to divide the leaf into somewhat triangular pieces, each, part having a strong vein near the center. Plant in sand, in good temperature, and treat precisely as if they were cuttings of growing wood. Roots and buds will soon grow, and a good plant will result within a reasonable time. Pot off when roots are 3i inch long. Certain other begonias may be similarly multiphed. Other cuttings. The thickened scales of bulbs, like lilies, can be used' for propagation. Remove the scales intact and plant! upright, like seeds, in soil made of equal parts of sand and rotted leaf -mold (Fig. 1177). September and I October are the usual months for this work. If they I 1176. Leaf -cutting of gloxinia. 1177. Lily scale producing bulblets. 930 CUTTINGS CYATHEA are kept in a cool greenhouse, the young bulblets will appear in the course of the winter, but top growth will come later, in summer. This is a slow, laborious process, and is seldom prac- tised except in propagating new varieties. The granular scales of achimenes and plants of Uke nature can be used for propagating, sow- ing them in a sandy soil as seeds are sown; but this method is not a good one in ordinary cases. The scales of Zamia horrida have been made to produce new plants, as have also the tunicated scales of an amaryllis. For further details of cuttage, consult Lindley's "Theory and Practice of Horticulture," 2d ed.; Burbidge, "The Propagation and Improvement of Cultivated Plants;" Peter Henderson's "Practical Floriculture;" Bailey's "Nursery-Book." ' B. M. Watson. CYANANTHUS (Greek for blue flower). Camn panvldcex. Ten or a dozen herbs, probably mostly perennial, of the high mts. of Cent, and E. Asia, with showy blue fls. terminating the ascending mostly simple hairy sts. : corolla funnelform, tubu- lar or bell-shaped, 5-lobed; stamens free from the corolla, the ovate anthers more or less connate around the pistil: fr. a caps, with persistent calyx, loeulicidally 3-5-valved : Ivs. alternate, usually small, entire or somewhat lobed. C. lob^tus, Wall., may be expected in collections of choice alpines: 4-5 in.: Ivs. small, narrowing to base, tooth-lobed at sum- mit: fls. bright blue, 1 in. diam., resembUng a shi- ning periwinkle fl., funnelform with reflexed lobes, the corolla exceeding the calyx-tube and hairy in the throat. B.M. 6485. Other species mentioned in recent horticultural literature are C. microphyllus, Edgew. (C. linifdlius, Wall.), with slender wiry sts., small entire Ivs., and fls. like those of C. hbaius but with very hairy throat and longer narrower segms.; C. incdnus, Hook. f. & Thoms., with nu- merous wiry sts., small nearly sessile Ivs., and yellow campanulate fls. with hairy calyx; the W. China form of this (var. leiocdlyx) has a less hairy calyx: C. Hodkeri, Clarke, is an annual with small stalked Ivs. and blue fls., from China and India; has rigid sts. with short lateral fl.-branches. l_ jj, g, CYANELLA (from the blue color) . AmaryUidAcex; it has been referred to lAliacex and also to Hsemo- dordcese. A half-dozen or less small bulbs from S. Air., sometimes grown in the way of ixias. Plants with rhizomes or tunicate corms, radical or basal lanceolate or linear Ivs., and simple or rarely- branched sts. : fls. violet, rose, yellow or white, soli- tary or racemed-paniculate; perianth-tube 0, the segms. distinct or very nearly so; stamens 6, attached to base of segms., all perfect, often dimor- phous- fr. a loculicidal 3-angled caps., on braotless pedicel. The cyanellas are summer- and fall -flowering bulbs with us. The following are the kinds likely to be found: C. capensis, Linn. Lvs. lanceolate, undulate: st. panicled, leafy, 1 ft.: fl. pur- ple. B.M. 568. C. latea, Linn. f. (C odoratissima, Lindl.). Less branched: lvs. linear-lanceolate, acuminate, not undulate: fls. rose, chang- ing to yellow. B.R. 1111. L. H. B. CYAHIDING. CYANIDIZING: Diseases and Insects, p. discussion of fumigating by hydrocyanic acid gas. 1044, •aitinsviii^l^'^ ««■, 1178. Cyathea meridensis. CYANOPHfLLUM: Tarn- onea. CYANOTIS (Greek, referring to the blue petals). Commelinacese. Probabljr 40 creeping, ascending or we!& branching often woolly or hairy herbs^ much like Tradescantia; they are native in warm countries about the globe. Lvs. sheathing, small or medium in size, various: fls. in scirpioid cjones or variously disposed, mostly blue or rose-colored; sepals 3, lanceolate-cari- nate, nearly equal, usually combined at base into a short tube; petals 3, also nearly equal, often connate in a tube, the limb spreading and suborbicular; stamens 6, all perfect, nearly equal; ovary sessile, 3-celled and each cell 2-ovuled. Easy of cult.; prop, by cuttings. There are few species in cult.; perennial; grown in greenhouses or warm- houses. C. hirs&ta, Fisch. & Mey., from Abyssinia, villous or glabrous, has erect st., globose tubers, linear soft-hairy lvs., and rose-colored perianth and blue-bearded filaments. B.M. 7785. C. barbita, Don, of E. India, has elongated branching nearly glabrous st., narrow-oblong or nearly linear lvs., and blue spatulate- oblong petals free to the base: ovary hirsute at apex and the style bearded. C. kewensis, Clarke, of E. Indies, is procumbent, reddish-hairy, leafy, the branches fleshy: lvs. a half or more longer than broad, sessile and amplexicaul: petals rose-purple, ovate, free; fila- ments bearded. B.M. 6150 (as Erylhrolis Bed- domei). C. nodifldra, Kunth, of S. Afr., is cobwebby or woolly but becoming glabrous, the fibrous roots terminating in tubercles: lvs. narrowly lance-linear: petals blue, lightly connate. B.M. 5471. l. jj. g. CYATHEA (Greek, o cup, alluding to the indusia). Cyathed^ex. A large genus of tree ferns in both hemispheres, with a globose indusium which ulti- mately ruptures at the apex and becomes cup- shaped. All the species in cult, have decompound lvs. Most of them are large plants, species with trunks 20-30 ft. high being common, but there are a few species that have lvs. and sts. no more than 2 ft. long. Strictly speaking, the genus Alsophila is a part of Cyathea. Many other species from Colombia and the W. Indies besides those described below are well worthy of cult. The species offer a great variety. Those of tem- perate regions are mostly stout and not spiny; the tropical species are more slender and in many cases densely armed with stout spines. All species are evergreen. The oilture of cyatheas is simple in warmhouses. They require an abundance of water at the roots and the trunks should be kept con- stantly moist. The foliage lasts longer if it has been inured to ' • , the sun during summer. Like all other tree ferns, cyatheas need little pot- room. They rarely produce adventitious growths along the trunk or at the base and none is proliferous. The plants are, therefore, usually propagated by spores, which germinate freely, making attrac- tive young plants in two seasons. (Adapted from Schneider, "Book of Choice Ferns.") ip^j-^^j ■* f ■ tW^*;*^''' -<'V»^»»- 't^'- .'.iSsui- XXXIII. Cycas circinalis, the male plant. iilaehwks unarmed: Ivs. while beneath. dealblbt, Swaftz. Rachides with pale rusty wool when yjjiiqs'. llMMnrm, bi-tripiimate, almost pure white beneath^ S. ZaaJ- — C. Smlthii, Hort., is regarded by some a^'hortioKfltural variety. AA. Rachides unarmed: Ivs. green beneath. Burkei, Hook. Stalks with tubercles near the base bearing large, glossy rusty scales: Ivs. bipinnatc, with broad pinnules. S. Afr. meridensis, Karst. Figs. 1178, 1179. Lvs. tripinnatifid, with oblong-lanceolate pinnaj and rather narrow lanceolate pinnules; segms. scaly on the ribs beneath. Colombia. 1179. Fruiting pinnule of Cyathea meridensis. lAA. Rachides spiny: lvs. green beneath. medullaris, Swartz. Lvs. bi-tri pinnate, densely scaly when young, with soft, deciduous hair-like scales; segms. coarsely serrate or pinnatifid, on spore-bearing lvs. New Zeal. C. angolensis, Welw. .A. greenhouse species said to have fronds 6-S ft. long produced from a trunk which attains 12-15 ft. T™P- ■^^ A''- L. M. Underwood. CYCAS (Greek kukas, the name of a pakn tree). Cycaddcese. Several beautiful pakn-hke plants, com- mon in cultivation under glass. Plate XXXIII. The Cycadacete are of great interest because they occupy a place intermediate between flowering plants and the cryptogams. Like the former they have fr. with a large starchy endocarp; but like the latter their sexual prop, is accomplished bj' means of sperma- tozoids and archegonia, corresponding to the male and female elements in animals. The plants are dioe- cious; the male infl. is in the form of an erect cone composed of modified staminal lvs. which bear on the under surface globose pollen sacs corresponding to microsporangia ; the female infl. consists of a tuft of spreading carpellary lvs. having their margins coarsely notched; in the notches are situated the ovules, which are defvoid of any protective covering, and correspond to macrosporangia. Pollination under natural condi- tions is effected by the wind. The pollen settles on the ovules and sends down a tube into the tissue of the nucellus. Archegonia are formed; egg-cells develop, and in the pollen-tube are produced spermatozoids provided with minute movable cilia by which they are propelled, very much as in the spermatozoa of animals. These are discharged over the archegonia and fecun- date the egg. The discovery of spermatozoids in the cycads was made by a Japanese student, S. Ikeno, while investigating the process of reproduction of Cycas circinalis. Tho.se of Zamia, endemic in Fla., were described and figured by H. J. Webber, who found the mature spermatozoids of the latter genus to be the largest knowm to occur in any plant or animal. Most of the species of Cycas are arborescent, having a trunk marked with rings of growth and with the scars of fallen petioles. The trunk is usually simple and columnar (though sometimes it is branched), and is elongated by a terminal bud. The pinnate leaves form a beautiful terminal crown like that of a palm or tree- fern. Cycads are found among the fossils of many geological formations, especially in those of the early Mesozoic. The latter formations are grouped together on this account, and the geological epoch which they represent is sometimes designated as the "Age of the Cycads." Cycads are among the most ornamental plants of tropical and .subtropical gardens. In the United States they ar> "ften designated "sago palms," although thej' nave nothi i^ in common with c pa'm except the g.'neral habit of growth. In Florida, ■ns *o ' '•ling who nas a plantaiijn at Gr flie state, they thrive equally well on high pine land and in the rich soil of the low hummocks. C. circinalis is apparently the most sturdy of the cultivated species. It is almost free from diseases; but it is more .sensitive to cold than C. revoluta. The latter, on the other hand, is subject to diseases in low flat wooded situations. A third species, C. siamensis, which is comparatively rare, seems to be perfectly hardy in Florida. In cultiva- ting cycads, Nehrling has attained the best results by keeping the weeds away from the base of the trees and loosening the soil from time to time, taking care not to injure the small network of tubercle-bearing roots surrounding the trunk. The tubercles, which are about the size of a pea, are interesting to the plant physiologist, and are apparently conducive to the plant's well-being. Nehrling gathers the pollen from the male plants and sprinkles it by hand over the female flowers to insure fertilization of the naked ovules. Plants are propagated by seeds, which keep well for a month or more after ripening. According to E. N. Reasoner, they should be sown in shallow boxes or the greenhouse bench, lightly covered with sand, and after germination, potted off in small pots of moderately rich, light soil. The growing plants .do best in partial shade. The old plants frequently send up suckers around the base of the trunk. These may be taken off when in a dormant state and rooted, care being taken to remove the leaves to guard against excessive transpiration. Growing cycads require sunshine and moisture. The beautiful glossy leaves of cycads are used in many countries for ornamenting temples and for decora- ting altars. On the island of Guam they are used for palm leaves on Palm Sunday, and in the early days they were carried by children in religious processions, marching from one village to another under theigwd- ance of the Jesuit missionaries. Cycada'an" ^op'ilar conservatory plants, of easy culture, and tenaclteis of life, even when neglected for a long time. Their Stems 1180. Cycas pectinata. deprived of leaves are easily transported and will soon resume growth when planted southern United States, cycads are injured b* often revive after having ajiparently been k A. Margins of pirmse flat. B. Modified fr.-bearing lvs. {carpophyU toothed along the margin c. Scales of male infl. tapering into r. Los. 6-8 feet long, with pinnse circinalis, Linn. (C. Thoudrsii, F A palm-like tree with cylindrical 932 CYCAS CYCAS glossy, fern-like, stiff but gracefully curved pinnate Ivs. : trunk clothed with the compacted woofly bases of petioles, usually colunmar and simple, but often branching when the terminal Iiud has been cut off, or in clusters of several springing from the base of an old trunk which has been cut clown; in addition to the true Ivs., modified Ivs. in the form of simple short subulate woolly prophylla; true Ivs. .5-8 ft. long, long- petioled, the petiole bearing short deflexed spines near the base; pinna; alternate, 10-12 in. long and quite narrow, linear-lanceolate, acuminate, subfalcate, the midrib stout and prominent beneath, bright green above, paler beneath: male infl. in the form of an erect woolly cone composed of scales bearing globose pollen- sacs on the under surface and tapering at the apex into a long spine; female infl. in the center of the cro%vn of Ivs., consisting of a tuft of spreading buff-colored, woolly, pinnately-notched Ivs. (carpophylls) about 6-12 in. long, spinous toothed along the margin, and bearing in the notches the naked ovules; ovules 3-5 pairs, borne above the middle: fr. about the size of a walnut, with a thin fleshy covering, and a fleshy starchy endosperm resembling that of a horse-chestnut. S. India, Ceylon, Sumatra, Java, Philippines, Madagas- car, E. Trop. Afr., Guam. — In Fla. the Ivs. of this species are often destroyed by sharp frosts, but the trunk is rarely injured and will soon send forth new Ivs. when the weather becomes warm again. Nehrling recommends that fine specimens be protected by a tent or by a house of lattice-work covered with canvas, and with the sides also inclosed if necessary. In this house a large kerosene lamp will be sufficient to keep the plant from freezing. In Tampa, Fla., this spe- cies appears to flourish, some of the specimens having trunks 6-8 ft. high. It grows best in rich moist soil and in r*-- jal shade. On the island of Guam, the nuts •^f Ms species form a food staple for the natives in times of famine following hurricanes. These are so poisonous that the water in which the kernels are soaked is fatal to animals. After having been soaked for some time and the water repeatedly changed, the kernels become harmless, and are ground up into meal and dried for future use. They are usually prepared in the form of cakes, which are said to be nutritious although rather tasteless. DD. Lvs. less than 5 ft. long; pinnas 3-8 in. long. media, R. Br. Nut Palm of AustraKa. Trunk attaining height of 8-10 ft. or sometimes twice this height, rarely fai¥^ ,«i,ji^ branched at the top: lvs. 2-4 ft. long or more, the pinnse very nu- merous, straight c^^^^S**,"^ or falcate, ob- tuse or pungent- pointed, flat or concave when promi- keeled Cycas revoluta. sUghtly above young, nently beneath, the mar- gins often slightly decurrent on the rachis, glabrous or shghtly pubescent when young, the longer ones vary- 8 in., the lower ones shorter and more con- ^ base, the lowest ones prickle-like, some- ig to base of petiole: cones variable in ""i^tly smaller than in C circinalis. cc. Scales of male infl: shortly acuminate. Rumphii, Miq. Closely related to the pi ecefling, but growing taller in its natural habitat, sometimes reach- ing u, height of 20 ft. or more: lvs. shorter and with fewer Ifts. : scales of male cone thickened and obliquely truncate at the tip, with a short upcurved sometimes caducous point; carpophylls a foot long, narrower than in C. circinalis, with an entire often elongate subulate tip; seeds oval or subglobose, 2-2^ in. long by i-Vi-i/iio.. diam. Moist wooded regions of Burma, Ceylon (possibly intro.), Andaman Isls., Nicobar, Malaya, New Guinea, and N. Austral. — This species when growing in cult, is usually much lower, and has a full large crown of lvs., with lanceolate pinnte thinner and paler than those of C. circinalis. Much grown in tropical gardens of E. Indies; male plants rare. BB. Modified fr. -bearing lvs. pectinate along the margins. c. Trunk much swollen at the base: blade of carpophyll ovate-rhomboid. siamensis, Miq. A small palm-like tree: stg. 2-6 ft., much swollen at the base: lvs. 2-4 ft., stiff spreading; pinnse 3-8 in. long, linear mucronate-acuminate; blade of carpophyll tawny-woolly when young, at length glabrescent above, ovate-rhomboid, long-acuminate, margin deeply pectinate lacerate: scales of male infl. about Min- long, with a slender terminal point of the same length: seeds 1}^ in. long, obovoid-oblong. Burma, Siam, Cochin China. — Apparently hardy in Fla. It is rare, occurring in only a few gardens. It is a beautiful species, easily recognizable by its trunk which is swollen very much like that of DasyUrion, and according to Nehrling grows much faster than the species more commonly cult. It is "Certainly deserving of more general cult. " cc. Trunk not swollen at th^ base: blade (^' oarpophyll broadly orbicular. pectinata, Griff. Fig. 1180. A glabrous ever^een ' palm-like tree, to 10 ft. high in its natiTe»babitat but usually much shorter in cult. : lvs. ascending, rB|urved, 9 5-7 ft. long; pinniE 7-10 in. long, narrowly linesBaper- | ing into a minute apical spine, subfalcate; blade of * carpophyll covered with dense tawny wool throughout, 6 in. long, broadly orbicular, long-acuminate, its margin deeply subulate-pectinate, stalk about equal in length to the blade with 2 or 3 pairs of ovules above the middle; spiny marginal teeth iiin. long; terminal point 1}^ in. long, tapering from a fiat base, with 1 or 2 spinous teeth: seeds about IJ^ in. long, ovoid: male cone 18 in. long, 6 in. diam., cylindric-ovoid; anther- bearing scales 114 in. long, 1 in. diam., deltoid-clavate, the apex much thickened, abruptly acuminate, ter- minal point 13^ in. long, spine-like, ascending. India, Nepaul, East Bengal, 2,000 ft. elevation, Assam, Martaban, in pine forests. G.F. 4:114 (adapted in Fig. 1180). AA. Margins of pinnse revolute. B. Blade of carpophyll pectinate. revoiata, Thunb. Sago Palm. Figs. 1181, 1182, A graceful palm-like tree or shrub, becoming 6-10 ft. high, with the trunk simple or branching: lvs. long and recurved (2-7 ft.); pinnse numerous, subopposite, curved downward, narrow, stiff, acute, terminating in a spine-like tip, dark shining green, the margin revolute; carpophylls with the blade broadly ovate, densely clothed with brownish felt-like wool, pec- tinate; ovules 2 or 3 pairs borne near the base: fr. ovate, compressed, red, about lyi in. long. S, Japan. — This is the most common cycas in conservatories. It is of Javanese oriirin and i.s mnch hanVier tcin tnp CYCAS CYCLAMEN 933 irdiiig to Nehrlicf;, this species is of slow the male jjlants there are usually several male .nfl. is usually 18-20 in. long and 1 form The female infl. is in the form of a head, yielding 100-200 large bright red Is, wh ch ripen about Christmas time. The lipear time, IVhu . I bear- UCOiS and at en.'Ct. nts are vn from fnfortu- ,s beau- es is, in I'ect to ^i which no remedy has yet ijen fourd. It appears to thrive best in open situations; and in Cent. Fla., it grovvs with little care, flowering and fraitiiig abundantly. The nuts are "^ ■ etten by the natives, and from the pith of the trunk a kind of sago is prepared for which the common name "sago palm" is «c given it. The leaves are much used in funeral dectorations. BB. Blade of carpophylls denlate-lobate. Beddomei, Dyer (C- revolitta, Bedd., not Thunb.). \ low shrub with sts. only admw in. high: Ivs. about 3 ft long; pinnae about K™- wide, strongly revo- lute; carpophylk^A-S in. long, with the blade 3 in. long and 1 iffl. broad, ovate-Woeolate, tapering into u long-acuitina.tc ^oint, jpfongly dentate-lobate, jeaj'feigiZ pairs \rf ovules above the middle: seeds glo- '.'wii^lSI io- dtftnujjaaale cone about 1 ft. long and 3 ;^ ;^'"ia^very-^ort-peduncled; antheriferous scales ■ if.c. . "'ate, acumen in upper half of cone strongly ^ ar the base of the cone ascending. — E. " indant on the hills. /ated cycads are C neo-caled6nica, Lind. "A very Im-like plant, of a different species from the cycada ,vn," intro. into the U. S. by W. T. Sivingle. Much ilis but with froudg narrower and pinnre closer. — aa, Muell., intro. into the U. S. from France by W. T. ;ie3with oblong-obovate ivs., having numerous linear ^^g. Austral. — C. Smminidna, Regal. St. rather atout: .^iigat green, erect, spreading in a vase-like crown, the pinnae .B-nointed. PhiUppmes. I.H. 11:405. W. E. SafforD. CYCLAMEN (classical name, probably from the Greek .Tord for circle, in allusion to the spirally twisted peduncles). Primulacese. Herbaceous and low plants, with a flatfish tuber or corm, grown sometimes in the opon and one of them much prized as a florist's and window-garden subject. Flower single, on a scape, with usually 5-parted calyK and corolla (the parts strongly reflcxed), 5 con- nive it stamens, with pointed sessile anthers, 1 style and stigma, and a ,5-splitting caps.: Ivs. cordate or reniform, long-petioled, entire or sinuate-dentate: fls. nodding or declined, purple, rose or white. — About 20 speciiB of the Medit. region, extending to Cent. Eu. C. prrsicum is the source of the standard florists' cyclamens. Most of the other species are essentially outdoor plants. They are little known in outdoor planting in N. Amer., however. The European cata- log;ue; list several species aside from C. persicum, and they are here described; and others are included in the supplementary list that are recently mentioned in ''"■•'^"■iiltural hterature. Old English name sow-bread, '""'•a being sought by swine. Consult Fr. '"'"ung Cyclamen, Jena, 1898; also er's Pflanzenreich, hft. 22, 190.5. ry beautiful, and would be much more popular were they hardy in our eastern climate. On the Pacific slope many of them jirobably would be perfectly at home as outdoor plants, jiroduoing a great number of flowers above the bare soil in the depth of winter before the leaves are developed. — It is, however, with the Persian cyclamen (C. pcrHicum), which is tender, that florists have had the greatest success. There is no common winter-flowering subject of as much value for duration in bloom, variety of coloring, or wealth of color. It is preferable at all times to begin the culture of Persian cyclamen with seeds, sown in the early winter months. Grow on without any check for the following year. They should bloom freely about fifteen months from planting. Old tubers, such as are offered in fall with other florists' bulbs, rarely give satisfaction as com- pared with a packet of seeds. It is not the nature of the plant to have all its roots dried off, as if it were a hyacinth or tulip. Our sum- mers are rather too warm to suit cyclamen perfectly, and it will be found that the most growth is made in the early autumn. It is best to give the plants a little shade in the hot months, such as a frame outdoors near the shade of overhanging trees at midday. This is better than growing them under painted glass, as more light is available, together with plenty of fresh air on hot days. It will be found that cyclamen seeds require a long time in -which to germinate, — often two months. This is due to the fact that the seed produces a bulb or corm before leaf-growth is visible. As soon as two leaves are well developed, place the plants around the edge of 4- or 5-inch pots until every one is large enough for a 3-inch pot. The roots are produced sparingly in the initial stages, and too much pot-room would bo fatal at the start. By the middle of sum- mer another shift may be given, and in Scp- J If tember all will be ready for the pots in which %}.4 'hey are to flower, — .5- or 6-inch pots, accord- ing to the vigor of the plants. It will always be found, however, that there will be a certain percentage that will not grow, no matter how much persuasion is used. These may be thrown away, to save time and labor early in the season. In the house they should have the light- est bench. It is impossible to grow them in a warm, shady house. About 50° at night is the ideal tem- perature when in flower. The best soil is a fresh, tufty loam, with a fourth or fifth of well-rotted horse- manure, to which add some clean sand if the soil is heavy. At all times, the pots should be well drained. — • The Giganteum strains of the Persian cyclamen produce the largest blooms, but at the expense of quantity. For the average cultivator it is better to try a good strain that is not gigantic There ia a recent departure in the form of crested flowers. Cyclamens come true to color from seeds, and one can now buy named varieties that will reproduce them- selves almost to a certainty. — Of recent years culti- vators have had much trouble with a tiny pest or mite that attacks the plants and renders them useless for bloom. Its work is done mostly after the plants are taken into the greenhouse and when about to mature into blooming specimens. If the first flowers come deformed or abnormally streaked with colors that are darker in shade, it is a sure indication that the pest is present. Frequent light fumigation with hydrocyanic acid gas as soon as the pest is discovered will in time eradicate it, but being very small, and able to hide under the divisions of the calyx, seldom coming out except on bright days, makes "the pest a difficult one to fight. The gas cannot be used during sunshine. Tobacco stems used freely between the pots is a good preventive measure. Greenfly is likely to attack the plants at all stages of growth. In the frames the plants may be plunged in tobacco stems, and in the green- house they must be fumigated or vaporized with some of the nicotine extracts. Great vigilance must be exer- cised in growing cyclamens. (E. O. Orpet.) sestivum, 5. africanum, 7. album, 1, 2. aJejypicum, 1. Atkinsii, 3. atro-rubrum, 1. autumnaZe, 8. cilicicum, 6. Clusii, 5. cordifolium, 5. coum, 2, 3. elegans, 3. europseum, 5. ficarisefolium, 8. INDEX. floribundum, 5. giganteum, 1. hedersefolium, 1, 8. ibericum, 3. indicum, 1. kUifolium, 1. libanoticum, 4. macrophytlum, 1. magnificuDi, 1. neapolitanum, 8. orbiculatunif 5. Papilio, 1. persicuip, 1. punctaturrlf 1. punicunij 1. piirpureum, 1. purpurascenSf 5. pyrolsefoliumi 1. roseo-superbum, 1. rubrum, 1. saldense, 7. sanguineum, 1. splendens, 1. subhastatum, 8. vemaUt 3, 8. vemum, 2. violaceum, 1, A. Plant blooming in spring (or in mnter under glass) B. Corollonlobes not eared. 1. sglsi£iB>i Mill. (C. hederxfblium, Sibth. & Smith. C. Indicum, Linn. C. latifdlium, Sibth. & Smith. C. macrophyllum, Sieb. C. pknicum, Pomel. C. pyrolxfdlium, Salisb.). Fig. 1183. The common greenhouse or Persian cyclamen, in many forms: tuber large, flattened endwise, corky on the outside: / Ivs. appearing with the fls., ovate, ' crenate-dentate, base deeply cor- ^' date, usually marbled or variegated with white: fls. on scapes 6-7 in. high, large, scent- ',", less, white, purple-blotched at the mouth, but with rose -colored, purple and spotted forms, the segms.- oblong-spatulate in shape, not eared or lobed at the base: pedicel not coiling in' fr. Greece to Syria. The large-fid. cult. ^,^ forms are grouped //•'..-i^^- as follows by Pax if^"- 'I ? .^r & Knuth: Var. Tj^Si?;- ■""^'■^^ Slbum (C. aUppi- cum, Hort.). Pure white. Var. giganteum. White with red throat; very large. Var. magnificum (var. puncta- tum). White, speckled with red, large. Var. rfibrum. Red. Var. sanguineum. Light blood-red, large. Var. rdsea-superbum. BrilUant rose-red, large. Var. purpitreum. Purple with bluish markings, large. Var. violiceum. Violet-red. Var. atro- rflbrum and var. splendens. Dark red, large. The var. ■(gigantbum (C. giganthum, Hort.) is the common large -fid., improved form of the florist's cyclamen. There are also double-fld. forms (R.H. 1886, p. 250); ialso fimbriate or crested forms, C. Papilio (I.H. 43:63. G.F. 5:235. G.C. III. 21:71; 23:173). Other por- traits of C. persicum are: B.M. 44. I.H. 35:43. Gn. 47:378; 48:182. J.H. IIL 34:578. Gt. 44, p. 203; 45, p. 164. F.S. 22:2345. A.G. 14:390-2; 17:261. A.F. 7:521-5; 11:1176-9; 12:499. The species is frequently figured in the trade catalogues. 3. ibgricum, Goldie {C. cdum var. il,h\'ii C. ilegans, Boiss. & Buhse. C. vemdle, Kbcn Ivs. appearing before the fls., ovate-orbil rounded at the apex, entire or obscurely! more or less zoned with white above : fls. p\ a darker colored throat. Caucasus. — Perna graphical form of C. coum. C. Atlansii, J C. coum X C. ibericum, Hildeb. Lvs. renifort, rounded, more or less shining, deep green; { silver-white, the corolla-lobes pale rose or villi usually lined or spotted red. F.S. 23:2425. ] BB. CoroUorlobes eared. 4. libandticum, Hildeb. Tuber globosi; with a like covering: lvs. autumnal, the blade obc< sinuate, dentate or crenulate or rarely entire, J with white above, deep violet or purple benes fmgrant; calyx-lobes oblong-acuminate, the 1 lightly undulate, 5-nerved; coroUa-tubtv^ soj globose-campanulate, the lobes lightly eared" at. fi and broad-ovate, entire, pale or deep rose-colfr. a ^ small indehiscent 2-celled caps, with 2 seeds. — Proba- j bly one variable species from N. C. to Ela. west to , Texas, and in W. India and S. Amer. Plant with^ handsome bright green foliage, and graceful racemes of , white fls., hardy north to N. Y. Thrives besi in humid , sandy soil and shady position. Prop, by seeds and j cuttings under flass, with slight ottom heat. racemifldra, Linn. Lbatherwood. Shrub, occasionally tree to 30 ft.: lvs. cuneate, oblong or oblanceolate, usu- ally obtuse, reticu- late-veined, 2-3 in. long, bright green, turning orange and scarlet in fall, but in tropical climates evergreen: racemes 4-6 m. long, erect, at length nodding. B.M. 2456. S.S. 2: 51. G.C. III. 30: 198. J.H. III. 43: 197.— The variety from W. Indies has been described as C. antilUtna, Michx., ■that of Brazil as C. racemi/era, Vandelli, and a small -Ivd. form from Fla. and La. as C. parvi- fblia, Raf. Alfred Rehder. iiss. Cypripedium calif ornicum. (XM) CYRTANDRA CYRTOPODIUM 945 CYRTANDRA (name refers to the curved stamens). Gemenicex. A large group of tropical shrubs and trees two or three of which are more or less known in cult, for their fls.; akin to Trichosporum (jEschynan- thus): warmhouse subjects. Lvs. opposite, or alternate by failure of one of the pair, membranaceous, or fleshy or leathery: fls. usually white or yellowish, in fascicles, heads or cymes; corolla-tube cylindrical, the limb more or less 2-Upped; perfect stamens 2, and 2 or 3 small staminodia. Nearly 200 species in the islands of the Indian and Pacific oceans and in China. C. pendida, Blume. Short and stout: lvs. long-petioled, elliptic or lanoe-elliptic, acute, gray-blotched above: fls. white with brown calyx, l}4 in- long) the corolla inflated, and purple-dotted on lower side. Java. C. Pritchardii, Seem. Lvs. petioled, elliptic, obtusely toothed, acute: fls. smsdl, white, in 3-fld. cymes. Fiji Isls. T TT "D CYRTANTHSRA: Jacobinia. CYRTANTHUS (Greek, curved flowers; from their pendulous habit). AmaryUidAcex. Tender bulbs from South Africa, known only in a few American greenhouses. Flowers umbellate, pendulous or erect, usually red or white with green stripes; stamens inserted in the tube of the corolla; ovary 3-ceUed, crowded with nu- merous ovules, the seeds flat. — Species 20. Their cult. is like that of hemanthus and many other bulbs from the same region. They are suitable for pot culture, or for planting out in summer. The following analytical key gives an idea of the group, and its 3 subgenera. A. Fls. many in an umbel, ■pendulous. B. Li)s. strap-shaped. {Cyrtanthus proper.) abliquus, Ait. Bulb ovoid, 3-4 in. thick: lvs. 10-12, strap-shaped, distichous, produced after the fls., lJ^-2 ft. lone: scape 1-2 ft. long, stout, mottled; fls. 10-12 in an mnbel, entirely drooping, odorless, bright red, with more or less yellow, and greenish tips 2-3 in. long; pedj eels J^l in. long; style not exserted. Cape Colony, M. 1133. L.B.C. 10:947. BB. Lvs. linear. {Monella.) Mackenii, Hook. f. Bulb IK in. thick: lvs. 2-6, appearing with the fls., linear, 1 ft. long: scape slender, sKghtly glaucous; fls. 4r-10 in an umbel, pure white, 2 in. long; style exserted. Natal. G.C. 1869:641. Gn. 50, p. 63. AA. Fls. single, or few in an umbel, erect or slighUy curved downward. (Gastronema.) sanguineus, Hook. Bulb 2 in. thick: lvs. 3-4, appear- ing with the fls., lanceolate, petioled, 1 ft. long: scape slender, 6-9 in. long; fls. 1-3, bright red, 3-4 J^ m. long, wider funnel-shaped than in the 2 preceding species, with a throat 1 in. across. Caffraria, Natal. B.M. 6218. Var. glaucophyllus, Hort. A form with somewhat glaucous foliage and orange-red fls. C. HUaonii, Baker, belongs to Cyrtanthus proper, but its lvs. appear with the fls., and it has 6-8 or even 12 pale red fls. about 1 in. long and a much shorter style than in C. obliquus. Cape Col ny. B.M. 7488. Gn. 60:62. — C. imegudlis, O'Brien. Fls. erect, coral- red, borne in umbels on scapes 1 ft. high; upper segms. of perianth overhanging. Cape Colony. G.C. 111.37:261. — C. Jitnadii, Beauverd. llmbel 6-9-fld. ; fls. cinnabar, yellow at apex, pendulous. Transvaal. j^_ TAYLOR, f CYRTOCARPA (Greek, curved fruit). Tapira. Anacardideese. One or two Mexican trees, one of which bears a small fruit, likened to a cherry by the natives of Lower Calif. Leaves alternate, compound: fls. axillary or terminal, paniculate, polygamous: fr^ an oblique druije, 1-seeded. Intro, into S. CaUf. by Franceschi. Sometimes united with Tapiria (or Tapirira), from which it differs in its straight embryo and other characters. procera, HBK. Very tall tree, with slender, terete, dark purplish, resinous branches: lvs. alternate, odd- pinnate; Ifts. 5-7 or 9, oblong, entire, with a very slight silkiness, especially below, very shortly stalked, 1 in. or more long, half as wide: fls. ^hite, inconspicuous, in panicles 1-2 in^ long; calyx 5-parted, villous, persist- ent; segms. roundish; petals 5, elliptic; stamens 10; style 1 : fr. the size of an olive, ed.ible. Mex. HBK. 6, t. 609. CYRTOCERAS: Haua. CYRTOCHiLUM: Onddium. CYRTODEIRA: BpiacCa. CYRT6MIUM (Greek, a bow). PolypodiAcese. Asiatic half-hardy or greenhouse ferns of rigid habit. Leaves simply pinnate, anas- tomosing veins and firm indusia fixed by the depressed center. It differs from Polystichum mainly in venation. — Three or four species known. Cultur^e as for Polystichum, to which it is closely allied. A. Margins of pinnx entire or slightly un- „ dulate. falcatum, J. Smith. Fig. 1199. Holly Fern. Pinnae glossy, ovate, falcate; the lower rounded or obliquely truncate at the base, 4-6 in. long, 1-2 in. wide. Japan, India. — The large thick glossy foliage makes it an excellent fern for decorations. One of the species used in fern- dishes and one of the few species which can be made to thrive under ordinary house conditions. Plants from the temperate parts of Japan will do well out- of-doors in the northeastern states if given slight winter protection. For another illustration, see article on ferns. C. Butterfleldii, Hort., is a form of this species differing in having the pinnae deeply serrate. C. Roch- fordidnum, Hort., recently advertised, is a variety of C. falcatum with fimbriated Uts. Superficially these two forms resemble C. caryotideum somewhat, but the species are entirely distinct. It has begun to replace , the original form in the dealers' stocks. Fortunei, J. Smith. Pinnse dull, lanceolate, opaque, 2-4 in. long, i^-1 in. wide. Japan. AA. Margins of pinnse toothed or sometimes lobed. caryotideum, J. Smith. Pinnae larger, 5-7 in. long, lH-2/^ in. wide, often auricled on both sides at the base, sharply toothed. India. R. C. BENEDicT.t CYRTOPERA: Evlophia. CYRTOPODIUM (Greek for curved foot, from shape of lip). OrchidAcese. Epiphytes, grown in warmhouses. Stems fusiform, bearing plicate lvs.: scapes radical, bearing numerous fls., pure yellow or spotted with crimson; sepals and petals equal, free; column semi- 1199. Cyrtomiom falcatum. (Leaf XJi) 946 CYRTOPODIUM CYTISUS terete; pollinia 2, caudicle short; gland ovate. — Species 3 or 4 in the tropics. They are large-lowing plants, with large and showy fls. They need a rich, fibrous soil with manure. Grow in a warm or tropical house. Andersonii, R. Br. Sts. 5 ft. high: Ivs. long, lanceo- late, sheathing at the base: scape often 3 ft. high, branching, bearing many yellow fls.; sepals and petals broad, bright yellow, the labellum brighter, front lobe slightly concave. Specimens with over ICiO fls. have been recorded. Trop. Amer. B.M. 1800. ptmct^tum, Lindl. Habit as above : scape from 2-3 ft. high, branching about midway, dotted with dull purple, the branches subtended by membranaceous sheathing bracts, which are lanceolate, un- dulating, and dotted with crimson; sepals oblong-lanceolate, undulate, greenish yellow blotched with crimson; petals similar, spotted at the base; labellum J^in. long, fleshy, bright yellow, lateral lobes crimson, midlobe spotted and margined with crimson ; column green. Extensively distributed through S. Amer. B.M. 3507. F.S. 22:2352. R.B. 30:168. Var. Saintlegeri^um, Hort. (C. Saintlegerianumj Reich, f.). Has brighter markmgs on the bracts and fls. J.H. III. 60:91. Woddfordii, Sims (Cyrtopira Woddfordii, Lindl.). Sts. fusiform: Ivs. lanceolate: scape radical, bearing a many-fld. raceme; fls. greenish, with a purple labellum; sepals linear- lanceolate; petals ob- long. Trinidad, Mar- tinique. B.M. 1814. C. pdlmifrana, Reichb. f. &IWarm. Sts. about 2 ft. tall, clothed with the lemon- yellow, purple - margined 1200. Cystopteris f ragilis. (XM) aheatha: Ivs. 6-8 in. long: panicle 12 ~ 15 in. long, many-fid.; fls. about 1 in. across, lemon-colored, spotted rose-pink. Bra.il. B.M. 7807. Oakbs Ames. GeOHGB v. NASH.f CYRTOSPERMA (Greek, curved seed). Ar&cese. A handsome warmhouse tuberous foliage plant, with large, hastate red-veined leaves resembling an alocasia, but easily distinguished by its spiny stems. Herbs with tubers or long rhizomes: If.- and fl.-stalks often spiny or warty: Ivs. hastate or sagittate; petioles long, sheathing at the base. — C}Ttosperma has 10-12 species, remarkably scattered in the tropics. Cult, presumably same as alocasia. Jfihnstonil, N. E. Br. (Alocasia Jdhnstonii, Hort.). Tuberous: petiole 2-2 J^ ft. long, olive-green, spotted rose, covered with fleshy, spine-like warts: Ivs. sagit- tate, depressed in the middle, 1^-2 ft. long, olive-green, with prominent and beautiful red veins above. I.H. 27:396. G.W. 15, p. 340.— Intro, 'from the Solomon Isls. as Alocasia Johnslonii, but when it flowered it became evident that the plant is a Cyrtosperma. C. fkroxt Lind. & N. E. Br., is a second species of this genus, figured in I. H. 39; 153, but not known to be in the American trade. It has narrow-sagittate Ivs. on slender, very prickly petioles; spathe rather large, reflexed, greenish white. Borneo. George V. NASH.t CYRTdSTACHYS (Greek for a curved spike). Palmacex, tribe Arhcex. Three or four palms of the Malayan region of stately habit, but httle known in this country. Stem spineless, slender and tall, crowned by a grace- ful cluster of pinnately divided Ivs.: Ifts. narrowly lanceolate, a httle oblique, at the apex somewhat bifid: spadix short-peduncled, the branches more or less com- pressed, alternate, sometimes pendulous; fls. monoe- cious, the two kinds in 1 spadix; stamens 6, rarely\12 or 15: fr. small, elongate-ovoid, tipped by the persistent stigma. For cult., see Areca. The smjill and young Ivs. of C. Renda are effective but old plants are not very attractive and scarcely known. G.C. II. 24:362. Renda, Blume.' Height 25-30 ft. : Ifts. linear or ensi- form, obtuse but somewhat obUquely bifid, delicate gray beneath, the petioles dark, brownish red: spadix 3-4 ft. long, the branches nearly alternate, about 18 in. long. Sumatra. Var. Duvivierianum, Pjrnaert. Lf.- stalks brightly colored. Malay Archipelago. Lakka, Becc. Petioles green, not over 4 in. long: Ivs, broad, boldly arched, 3}^J^ ft. long, the Ifts. nearly 18 in. long, IJ^ in. wide, obliquely bifid at the apex, pale beneath. Borneo. N. Tatlor. CYSTACANTHUS (Greek for bladder Acanthus, be- cause the flowers are inflated). Acanthdcese. Evergreen herbs of Burma and Cochin China, with showy, sessile fls. in the axils of bracts, the entire infl. more or less crowded into a terminal panicle or thyrse. Corollar Umb Spreading, unequally 5-lobed, the lobes short- rotund jVptamens 2; style filiform, the stigma 2-toothed: Ivs. entirte: caps, long and narrow, almost 4-sided, many- seeded. Doubtfully distinct from Phlogacanthus. — One species is cult. This is C. Hrgida, Nichols. B.M. 6043 (as Meninia turgida). It comes from Cochin China: 2 ft. or less high, with prominently jointed sts. and opposite, elliptic-lanceolate Ivs.: fls. white, yellow in the throat and pink-reticulated on the lobes. Apdl. Cult, as other warmhouse acanthads. (See Aphelandra for example.) Prop, by cuttiags of young wood. There are 4 or 5 species of Cystacanthus in farther India. CYSTOPTERIS (Greek, bladder-fern). Polypodib- cese. Native ferns, with deUcate foliage; deserve to be planted in the hardy fern garden. Sori round, covered by a dehcate indusium which is attached under one side and opens at the other, becom- ing hood-Uke in appearance and finally disappearing. The 5 species are native in the north temperate zone. Of easy cult, in shady, rich borders. bulbifera, Bemh. Lvs. 8-24 in. long^ dark green, 3-5 in. wide, widest at the base, long tapermg, tripinnatifid, bearing on the under surface of the rachis a series of bulb-like bodies, which germinate and prop, new plants. Canada to N. C. — Thrives best on Ume-bearing rocks. Exceptionally useful and attractive on damp rocky banks. fragilis, Bemh. Fig. 1200. Lvs. clustered, gray-green, 4-8 in. long besides the slender stalks, tj-ipinnatifid, widest above the base. Widely distributed over the world at aU altitudes. L. M. Undbkwood. CfTISUS (Greek name for a kind of clover). Legvr minbsx. Beoom. Woody subjects, chiefly grown for their profusely produced yellow or sometimes white or purple flowers. Mostly low shrubs, rarely small trees: lvs. trifoliolate, sometimes unifoliolate, rather small, alternate, decidu- ous or persistent, sometimes few and minute and branches almost leafless: fls. papilionaceous, axillary or in terminal heads or racemes, yellow, white or pur- ple; stamens 10, connate; style curved: pod flat, dehis- cent, with few or many seeds; seeds with a callose appendage at the base. — ^About 50 species in S. and Cent. Eu., Canary Isls., N. Afr. and W. Asia. For a monograph of the genus see Briquet, Etude sur les Cytises des Alpes Maritimes (1894). The brooms are ornamental free-flowering shrubs, CYTISUS CYTISUS 947 blooming most in early spring and summer. Nearly hardy North are C. hirsvius, C. supinits, C. scoparius, C. niffricans, C. levcanthus, while the evergreen species C. canariensis, C. monspessulanits, C. filipes are hardy only South. Most of the species are well adapted for borders of shrubberies, and thrive in almost any well- drained soil and in sunny position; they natuiaJize themselves often very quickly in dry, gravelly soil, where few other plants will grow; C. scoparius especially does so. The cytisus ought to be transplanted care- fully and when young, as they do not bear transplant- ing well as older plants. Some dwarf species, hke C. Ardmnii, C. kewensis, C. emeriflorus, C. pwpweus and C. leiuxmthus are very handsome for rockeries. The evergreen C. canariensis and C. racemosus are much grown in the North as greenhouse shrubs, /blooming profusely in early spring; also the white C. multitforus and C. filipes make handsome pot-plants, and may be had in bloom in February with gentle forcing. For pot-plants, a light sandy loam with peat added forms a suitable compost. After flowering the plants should be cut back and repotted as soon as they start into new growth. After repotting, they are kept close and often syringed until they are established; then they ought to have plenty of air and only slight shade. When the new growth has been finished they may be put in the open air until frost is threatening. During the win- ter they should be kept in a cool greenhouse with plenty of light and carefully and moderately watered. From January they may be transferred gradually in a warmer house for forcing. Cuttings started in early spring, transplanted several times and then gradually hardened off, can be grown into flowering specimens for the fol- lowing spring. Propagated by seeds sown in spring and by greenwood cuttings under glass; they are also sometimes increased by layers or by grafting. As stock C. nigricans is much used, or Laburnum vulgare for small standard trees; for plants grown in the greenhouse or South, C. canariensis is a good stock. Of cytisus, the young growths root readily in Decem- ber and January in the ordinary way. They should be shifted on as they grow. Good-sized plants can be pro- duced if shifting and pinching is not neglected. By the following winter, the winter-propagated plants should be in 5-inch pots, in which size they are most useful. Keep very cool during winter, and withhold any for- cing. They flower in March, or, if kept at a night tem- perature of 45°, as late as April. Syringe at aU times to prevent red spider. To produce good-sized plants in one year, it is best to keep them plunged on a bench under the glass the entire summer, with little shiade. Older plants can be plunged out-of-doors during July, August and September. (William Scott.) INDEX. hirsutus, 3. incarnatus, 9. kewensis, 8. leucanthus, 2. Linkil, 9. linifolius, IS. longespicatuSy 13. luteus, 10. zaaderensis, 17. magnifoliosus, 17. monspessulanus, 14. multmorus, 9. nigricans, 13. ochroleueus, 12. pallidus, 2, 12. palmensis, 11. albo-carneus, 5. albus, 2, 5, 9, 10, 12. Andreanus, 12. Ardoinii, 7. atropurpureus, 6 AUleyanus, 15. canariensis, 15. candicans, 14. cajUabrieus, 12. capitatus, 1. cameus, 5. decumbens, 6. elongatus, 3, 5, 13. Everestianus, 16. filipes, 11. grandifiorus, 12. A. Calyx tubular, much longer than wide: Ivs. always S-foliolate: branches terete. {Tvhocytisus.) B. Fls. in terminal heads with bracts at the base, yellow to white. 1. Sttpinus, Linn. (C. capitAtus, Scop.). Shrub to 3 ft., with erect, or sometimes decumbent, villous branches: Ifts. obovate or oblong-obovate, sparingly appressed pubescent above, villous pubescent beneath, pendulus, 5, 12. •polytrichus, 3. prsecox, 10. proliferua, 4. purpureus, 5. racemosus, 16, 17. ramosissimus, 15. ruthenicua. 3. schiplcaensis, 2, scoparias, 12. splendens. 17. stenopetaluB, 17. sulphureus, 12. supinus, 1. H-1 in. long: fls. yellow, brownish when fading, nearly 1 in. long; standard pubescent outside or nearly gla- brous: pod villous, 1-1 H in. long. July, Aug. Cent. andS. Eu. L.B.C. 5:497. J.H.III. 31:161 (as Genista). 2. leucanthus, Waldst. & Kit. (C. dlbus, Hacq.). Upright shrub, to 3 ft., with villous branches: Ifts. 3, oblong-obovate, obtuse or acutish, appressed pubescent, sometimes glabrous above, ciliate, J^-^in. long: fls. 3-6, yellowish white; calyx appressed-villous; standard pubescent outside: pod about 1 in. long, appressed pubescent. June, July. S. E. Eu. Var. pfiUidus, Schrad. (C pdllidus, Kerner). Fls. pale yellow. Var. schipkaensis, Dipp. Low shrub, about 1 ft. high: fls. white. Bulgaria. — The oldest name for this species is C. aUms, but as the same combination has been used by many writers for C. multiflorus, the name C. leucan- thus is here used to 'avoid possible confusion. BB. Fls. axillary, distributed along the branches. c. Color of fls. yellow. 3. hirsiitus, Linn. (C. elongdtus, Hort., not Waldst. & Kit. C. polytrichus, Bieb. C. ruthenicus, Hort., not Fisch.). Shrub, to 3 ft., with erect or procumbent, villous, terete branches: Ifts. obovate or obovate-ob- long, villous pubescent beneath, J^-J^in. long: fls. 1201. Cytisus canariensis. 2-3, short-petioled; calyx villous pubescent; standard glabrous on back: pod 1 in. long, villous. May, June. Cent, and S. Eu. Orient. B.M. 6819 (Ifts. erroneously shown as serrate). L.B.C. 6:520 (as C. falcatus). B.R. 14:1191 (as C. multiflorus). cc. Color of fls. white or purple. 4. proliferus, Linn. Shrub, to 12 ft., with long and slender pubescent branches: Kts. oblanceolate, silky pubescent beneath, green and sparsely pubescent above, 1-1% in. long: fls. white, 3-8; pedicels rather long, tomentose; calyx tomentose; standard pubescent out- side: pod densely tomentose-villous, 13^-2 in. long. May, June. Canary Isls. B.R. 2:121. L.B.C. 8:761. G. 32:291. — Recommended as a fodder plant for Calif. 5. purpflreus, Scop. Procumbent or erect shrub, to 2 ft., quite glabrous: Ivs. rather long-petioled; Ifts. oval or obovate, dark green above, 3^-1 in. long: fls. 1-3, purple; calyx reddish: pod black, 1-1 J^ in. long. May, June. S. Austria, N. Italy. B.M. 1176. L.B.C. 9:892. G.C. III. 36:217; 50:163. Gn. 21, p. 421. J.H. in. 49:399. Var. albus, Kirchn. Fls. white. G. 6:433. Var. albo-cfimeus, Kirchn. (var. cdrneus, Hort.). Fls. light pink. Var. atropurpareus, Dipp. Fls. dark purple. Var. elongitus, Andr6 (var. pendulus, Dipp.), with slender, pendulous branches and purple fls., is sometimes grafted high on Laburnum. There exists an interesting graft hybrid of this species and Laburnum vulgare, for which see Laburnum Adamii. AA. Calyx campanulate, as long or only slightly longer than wide: branches grooved or angled. B. Fls. axillary along the branches. c. Lvs. simple: fls. yellow: procumbent shrubs, (fjoro- thamnus.) 6. decdmbens, Spach. Prostrate shrub, 4r-8 in. high: branchlets 5-angled, glabrescent: lvs. oblong-obovate, 948 CYTISUS CYTISUS obtuse or acutish, pilose on both surfaces, ciliate, M-Min. long: fls. yellow, 1-3; calyx sparingly pilose; standard broadly obovate, }4^n. broad: pod J^J^in. long, pilose, with 3-4 seeds. May, June. S. Eu. B.M. 8230. L.B.C. 8:718. cc. Lvs. S-foliolate {in Nos. 9 and 10 ■partly simple). D. Plant a prostrate shrub: fls. yellow or yelloviish white. (Trianthocytisus.) 7. Ardoinii, Fournier. Prostrate shrub, about 1 ft. high: branchlets grooved, pubescent: lvs. long-petioled; Ifts. 3, Unear-oblong, acute, covered with spreading hairs, Ji-Kin. long: fls. golden yellow, 1-3, crowded at the end of short lateral branchlets, nearly J^in. long: pod very villous, ^in. long. April, May. S. France. Moggridge, Flora of Mentone 58. — Very handsome, but tender. 8. kewensis, Bean (C Ardoinii x C. Tnultifl- ture). Acanth&cex. Tropical shrubs or sub-shrubs, with blue or rose-colored flowers, sometimes grown under glass and in the open in warm countries. Leaves entire or scarcely dentate; fis. in bracted spilces which are some- times paniculate, the bracts usually much exceeding the calyx; calyx deeply 5-lobed or -parted; corolla-tube elon- gated and slender, more or less curved, bearing an obhque spreading 5^1obed limb; perfect stamens 2, affixed in the throat, included; style slender and recurved: fr. an ovate or oblong caps., the seeds 4 or fewer. — Some 15 to 20 species in E. India and Malay Archi- •grass. — ^Dactylis pelago; by some authors the name (plant X H) Eranthemum is applied to these plants (950) DiEDALACANTHUS and what are known as Eranthemum in this work then become Pseuderanthemum. This genus contains some tender shrubs of rather difficult culture under glass, but great favorites in the tropics, particularly in India. D. nenosus is a popular winter- and spring-blooming shrub in southern Florida. It has blue flowers an inch across, five-lobed, and shaded purple at the mouth of the tube. For culture, see Jitstida. nervdsus, T. Anders. {Erdnthemum nervbsum, R. Br. E. piilchiUum, Andr., and some dealers, while that of others is E. Ucolor, and that of Roxburgh is D. purpurascens) . Fig. 1204. Glabrous or very nearly so: Ivs. ovate or elliptical, acuminate at both ends, some- what crenate or entire: spikes axillary, opposite, over- lapping and interrupted: bracts elliptical, acute, ner- vose: limb of the corolla as wide as the tube is long. India. B.M. 1358 (as Justicia nervosa). Gn. 51:352. G.C. II. 21:415. — ^A very pretty shrub for the warm- house, 2-6 ft., its fls. being of a color that is not very common in winter-blooming plants. It is an easy sub- ject to manage, requiring a light, rich soil, full sunlight and plenty of water. Cuttings of young growth root readily in a warmhouse. macrophyllus, T. Anders. St. pubescent toward top: Ivs. elliptic-lanceolate, ovate-acuminate, attenuate at base: spikes linear, somewhat interrupted: bracts elliptic, rather obtuse, nervose: fls. pale violet-blue. India. B.M. 6686. — Differs from D. Tiervosus in laxer infl., hairy Ivs. which are scabrid-pubescent on the nerves beneath, and more pubescent shoots. Wfittii, Bedd. (D. pdrvus, C. B. Clarke). Slender, 2 ft. : Ivs. deep green with a light metallic shade, very broad-ovate: fls. 1 in. across, blue or violet-blue, the corolla-lobes broad-oboyate and narrowed abruptly to a point, the white stigma protruding from the nar- row throat. India. G.M. 44:645. G.C. III. 32:311. A.F. 17:382. — A good dwarf species with fls. in dense clusters, blooming in pots when 1 ft. high and flower- ing in Sept. Requires a warmhouse treatment; grows wdl in sandy loam; prop, by cuttings. l. jj g + D.ffiM6N0R0PS (probably means God-like, of divine a])pearance). Palmacese, tribe Lepidocdrpex. Slender pinnate palms grown for their graceful foliage, but little known in Amer. outside of botanic gardens. Differs from Calamus (with which it is by some united) only in having the outer sheaths or spathes boat-shaped, deciduous, at first inclosing the inner sheaths; its more longly stalked fls. also separate it from Calamus. — About 85 species, all Trop. Asiatic. Only a very few are in cult. Treatment and general cultural conditions of Calamus. D. Draco produces some of the "dragon's blood" of commerce. A. Young Ivs. green. B. Sts. erect or dimhing, sometimes both in one plant. calicirpus, Mart. (Cdlamus calicdrpus, Griff.). St. erect or climbing, 1 in. diam. : Ivs. 6-8 ft. long, upper small with long flagella; Ifts. numerous, 12-13 in. long, Jl-J^in. wide; petiole 1 ft., the base not gibbous or puck- ered; fr. about J^in. diam., tawny. Malacca. melanoch&tes, Blume. St. erect: Ivs. pinnate, 10-12 ft. long in nature, the pinnae long and narrow, dark green and drooping, furnished with many cirrhi, the petioles sharp-spined at the sheathing base: fr. yellow- green. Malaya. — Very decorative. A small form is var. microcarpus. Little known in U. S. BB. Sts. always climbing. Lewisiinus, Mart. (Cdlamus Leioisidnus, Griff.). St. climbing, 1 in. diam.: petiole 1 ft., base much swollen, armed below with scattered, short, deflexed spines, and above with straight and hooked spines 1 }4, in- long; Ifts. 13-15 in. long, J^-1 in. wide; sheath DAHLIA 951 armed with solitary or seriate flat-back spines: fr. pale yellowish. Penang. intermfedius, Mart. St. 15-20 ft., Min. diam.: lvs.j long-petioled, 4r-6 ft. long; Ifts. opposite or scattered,] 18-20 in. long, 1-1 J^ in. wide, linear-lanceolate, acumi- nate, margins and 3-5 costae bristly above and below; 1204. Dsedalacanthus neryosus. ( X M) rachis semi-cylindrical, sparingly armed; petiole 1 ft. long, with flattened spines. Malaya. AA. Young Ivs. brownish or straw-colored. palembanicus, Blume. St. erect: Ivs. pinnate, broadly ovate, bright cinnamon-brown when young, and Ifts. many, long, narrow, IJ^ ft. long, about J^in. wide; petioles erect, with stout spines on the back, which are deflexed and not thickened at the base and^ are arranged singly or in series. Sumatra. F. 1873, p. 136. I periacinthus, Miq. Height 15 ft.: resembles D.i palembaniciis, but the young Ivs. are nearly straw- colored, and the spines are placed in irregular rings. Sumatra. — ^A most graceful species. D. plumdsus, Hort. Graceful plume-like Iva., with pinnffi 4 ft. or less long; petioles with rigid black spines with white bases. India. F. 1871, p. 39. — Not in cult, in N. Amer. Jared G. Smith. N. TAYLOB.t DAFFODIL: Narcissus. Daffodil, Sea: Pancratium. DAHLIA (named after Professor Andreas Dahl, a Swedish pupil of Linnaeus, and author of "Observa- tiones Botanicae"). Syn. Georgina. Compdsitx. Stout perennial herbs, sometimes somewhat woody, much grown out-of-doors for the rich and profuse autumn' bloom. Plate XXXIV. Tuberous-rooted (Fig. 1205) : st. mostly erect, branch- ing, glabrous or scabrous: Ivs. opposite, 1-3-pinnate: heads long-pedunoled, large, with yellow disk and rays in a single series and mostly in shades of red and purple and also in white (in cult.) ; ray-fls. neutral or : pistUlate, disk-fls. perfect and fertile; involucre double, the inner series of thin scales that are slightly united at base, the exterior series smaller and somewhat leafy; r 952 DAHLIA DAHLIA receptacle plane, bearing chaffy scales frays spreading, entire or minutely 3-5-3entate: fr. oblong or obovate, strongly compressed on the back, rounded at the apex, obscurely 2-toothed or entirely bald. — Probably 10 or 12 species, in the higher parts of Mex., some of them now much modified by cult., and the domesticated forms often difficult of systematic study. The nomen- clature of the group is confused because systematists are not agreed on the rank to be given to forms that have received independent names. Voss (Blumen- gartnerei) combines the three species of Cavanilles, D. pinnaia, D. coccinea, and D. rosea, all under the name D. pinnaia. His arrangement is as follows: D. pinnaia, Cav.; var. coccinea, Voss (D. coccinea, Cav. u. rosea, Cav., in part. D. frustranea, DC. D. crocea, Poir. D. bidentifolia and D. mexicana, Hort.); var. gracilis, y>6ss (D. gracilis, Ort.); var. Cervantesii, Voss (D. .Cervantesii, Lag.); var. variabilis, Voss (D. variabilis, Besf. D. rosea, Cav., in part. D. sambvcifolia, SaUsb. D. superflua. Ait. ^D. purpurea, Poir.). It seems to be well, however, to keep D. rosea and D. coccinea dis- tinct, and perhaps also D. pinnaia; and this is the method adopted for the present treatment. Of the three Cavanillesian names, D. pinnata has priority. A. Plant very tall, tree-like. B. Fls. nodding, belUskaped. imperiaiis, Roezl. Height 6-18 ft.: sts. usually many from one base, mostly unbranched, knottyj 4-6-angled, usually dying to the ground in winter in S. CaUf.: Ivs. 2-3-pinnately parted; Ifts. ovate, narrowed at the base, acuminate, toothed, with a few short scattered soft hairs: fls. nodding, 4-7 in. across, white, more or less tinged with blood-red, especially at the base; rays sterile or pistillate, lanceolate, sharp-pointed, not 3-toothed at the apex. Gt. 1863:407; 56, p. 22. G.C. 1870:459; 11. 12:437; ni. 34:178. B.M. 5813. Gn. 12:352; 33, p. 527; 61, p. 40. R.H. 1872:170; 1911, pp. 62-3. A.G.15:313. Mn.8,p.61.— Asfewconservatories can make room for so large a plant, it is common to graft this species on dwarf varieties of D. rosea. The inflated and pointed fl.-buds (3-4 in. long) are very characteristic. It is not known whether the original plant collected by Roezl was found in wild or cult, surroundings. This species and the next are mostly cult, under glass if cult, at the N., but this species thrives in the open in Cent. CaUf.; the others are grown outdoors in summer, and the roots stored in winter. Hybrids are reported between this species and D. excelsa. BB. Fls. erect, not bell-shaped, but opening out flat. excelsa, Benth. (D. arbdrea, Regel). Height to 20 ft. or more: sts. several from same base, usually unbranched, glaucous, marked with horizon- tal rings made by the stem-clasping base of the petioles as the lower Ivs. fall away, becoming woody for several feet in mild climates: Ivs. bipin- nate, as much as 2J^ ft. long, 2 ft. wide; Ifts. as many as 25, ovate, those, of the upper Ivs. often contracted at the base, acuminate, . toothed, pale green beneath, with a few short scattered hairs or none: fls. 4J^ in. across, dilute purple, crimson-pink. G.C. II. 19:80; III. 27:85. — This species was described from a cult, plant with 8 rays in a single row, but with considerably elongated disk-fls. It was almost an anemone-fld. type, and all the florets were sterile. D. 1205. Clustered roots of the garden dahlia. arborea has never been sufficiently described as a botanical species, but plants have been cult, for many years under this name. Var. anemonsfldra, Hort. Disk of lilac or yellow tubular florets; rays flat. AA. Plant medium, averaging S ft., commonly from 2-B ft.. Tardy exceeding these extremes. B. Lvs. once pinnate: st. not branching from the base: habit erect. c. St. usually not glaucous: rays fertile. D. Bays of the single fls. not recurved at the margins; of the double fls. never flat, but cupped. rdsea, Cav. {D. varidbilis, Desf. D. Bdrkerise and C. Royleana, Knowl. & Westc? C. sup&rflva, Ait. 1206. Dahlia rosea (or D. variabilis). (XH) C. purpitrea, Poir. C. nina, Andr. C. crocdta, Lag. C. corondta, Hort.). Fig. 1206. Lvs. tsfpically once Eiimate, sometimes bipinna,te; Ifts. ovate, toothed, roader and coarser than in the other species. B.R. 65. B.M. 1885. — The original of practically all the old-fashioned dahlias, particularly the Single, Pompon, Show and Fancy types. It is therefore the parent of the vast majority of the horticultural varieties. This is a wonderfully variable species. Some plants are densely hairy, others scarcely at all. The lvs. are some- times bipinnate in parts of plants or throughout an entire plant. In double forms the rays usually have abortive pistils. Many garden forms have glaucous sts. Some authors have doubted whether this species is distinct from D. coccinea, but the two tjrpes are very different in the garden, although there are intermediate forms in nature. DD. Rays of the single fls. with recurved margins; of the double fls. not cupped, but long, flat and pointed, and some at least with recurved margins. Juarezu, Hort. {D. Yuarizii, Hort.). CAcnrs Dahlia. Fig. 1207. Distinct in the bloom: heads bnl- DAHLIA DAHLIA 953 liant scarlet; fls. irregular in length and overlapping, the rays narrow. The Cactus dahlias all originated from one plant, which was flowered in Eu. for the first time in 1864, and first pictured in G.C. II. 12:433 (1879). F.M. 1879:383. Gn. 18, p. 689; 19:742; 5C, p. 236. G.Z. 26:49. cc. St. glaucous: rays not fertile. coccinea, Cav. (C. bidentifdlia, Salisb. C. Cer- vdniem, Lag. C. Crocea, Poir.). Fig. 1208, redrawn from B.M. 762 (1804). Always more slender than D. rosea, with narrower Kts., and in the wild, at least, dwarfer than that species. The color range is much smaller, and does not include white or any shade of purple or crimson. The colors vary from scarlet, through orange to yeUow. There are no double forms, and it has been said that this species will not hybridize with D. rosea. The named varieties pictured in I.H. 31:515 and 533 (1881), which are emphatically declared to be varieties of D. coccinea, are probably garden forms of D. rosea. The only characters that certainly distinguish D. coccinea from D. rosea are the glaucous sts. and infertile rays of the former, but these characters break down in garden forms. B.M. 762. Gn. 19:154. G.C. II. 12:525. BB. Lvs. twice pinnate: sts. branched from the base: habit spreading. Mercldi, Lehm. (D. glabr&ta, Lindl.). Fig. 1209, redrawn from B.M. 3878 (1841). Height 2-3 ft.: roots much more slender than those of D. rosea: st. and lvs. wholly devoid of hairs; lvs. bipinnate: floral bracts linear; fls. typically lilac; rays pistillate; outer involu- cral bracts linear. B.R. 26:29 (1840)/ Gn. 19:154 (1881). — This is a very distinct garden dahlia, and is worth growing merely as a foUage plant. The fine-cut character of the foUage makes it more attractive than the coarse foUage of most of the varieties of D. rosea. The plants are much dwarfer and wider spreading than most florists' dahHas, and show no st. while growing. The branched flowering sts. are remarkably long, slen- der and wiry, often rising 2-3 ft. above the foliage. The rays are very short and often roundish, with a short sharp point instead of 3 minute teeth. There are no red, yellow or white forms in nature. The roots of this and D. coccinea, being slenderer than those of D. rosea, must be preserved with greater care in winter. D. grddlis, Ort. Lvs. bipinnate and ternately divided, glar brous, the Ifts. small, ovate and coarsely toothed: fls. brilliant orange-scarlet; outer bracts of involucre almost orbicular: 4-5 ft., making a dense bush with very slender growths, bearing heads 2}^-3 in. across. Apparently not in general cult. — D. pinndia, Cav. Plant scarcely 3 ft. high, glabrous: lvs. 5-folioIate; Ifts. ovate, crenate-dentate, glaucous beneath, sessile; rachis winged: fls. large, solitaiy; female corolla large, blue-red, exterior involucre with 6-7 bracts, ovate, narrowed toward the base, spreading and reflexed- incurved, the interior with coriaceous lobes. The plate of Cavan- illes show^ semi-double fls., i.e. with several rows of rays, with the rays incurved at the margin and becoming at the base nearly tubular. — D. Zimapdnii, Roezl, is bjr some retained in Dahlia and by others referred to Bidens; in this work it is described under Cosmos (C. diversifoUus). WiLHBLM MiLLEB. L. H. B.t Types and varieties of the daMia. Practically all of the named varieties of dahlias have come from one immensely variable species, usually known as D. variabilis, but more properly as D. rosea. For garden purposes, however, a second form of great importance, D. Juarezii, the parent of the Cactus fonns, must be kept distinct. There are other species cultivated to a sUght extent. It is curious that these showy plants should be closely related to a common weed, the beggar's tick, of the genus Bidens; but other species of Dahlia have leaves whose forms pass grad- ually into those of Bidens. Other close alUes are Cosmos and Coreopsis. Cosmos flowers are some shade of purple, rarely white in wild nature, and only one species has yellow flowers; Coreopsis has yellow flowers only; Bidens, yellow or white; and none of these genera has produced double -flowered forms of the first importance. DahUa has all these colors and more, being far richer in bright reds, and lacking only sky- blue and its closely related hues, which are seen to perfection in the China asters. Although dahlias are popular plants, especially in old gardens, they are destined to still greater popularity from the new "Cactus," "Decorative," "Peony-flow- ered," and "Collarette" types. There exists a prejudice against dahlias in many localities in which these new types have never been seen. This prejudice is part of a reaction a,gainst formal and artificial flowers in general. The old-time dahhas~wefe round hard and stiff like a ball. The new-time dahhas are flatter, and tend toward loose, free, fluffy chrysanthemum-like forms. The dahlia has now become immensely variable. Of the important and very variable florists' flowers, the dahlia was one of the latest to come into cultiva- tion. The first break of considerable importance in the wild type occurred about J8H- Up to that time there were perhaps a dozen weltmarked colors in good single-flowered varieties. Dahlias had been cultivated in Europe since 1789, and it is a curious fact that they showed signs of doubUng the very first year of their European residence; but it was not until twenty- five years later that a marked gain in doubling was made. The dahlia seemed to be undeveloped until • 1814, when the era of doubling began. Before another twenty-five years had passed, the dahlia had sprung into the front ranks of garden plants. In 1826 there were already sixty varieties cultivated by the Royal Horticultural Society. In 1841, one English dealer had over 1,200 varieties. Today it is not uncommon for the leading tradesmen to keep 500 to 1,000 dis- tinct varieties. In the absence of good records, it is conjectured that over 3,000 different names of varie- ties have been published in the catalogues. Most of the varieties are the Show and Fancy types, which are as spherical and regular as possible, and differ only in color. At first the distinction between the two types 1207. The original Cactus dahlia. — D. Jaurezii. Reduced from the Gardeners' Chronicle, where it was first pictured 954 DAHLIA DAHLIA seems to have been the same as that between "self- colored" and "variegated" flowers in general. Lately, for purposes of exhibition in prize competitions, the following arbitrary distinction has been adopted: A Show dahlia (Fig. 1210) is often of one color; but if the edges of the rays are darker than the ground-color, the variety may be exhibited in the Show section. A Fancy dahlia (Fig. 1211) always has two or more colors, and if the rays are striped or if the edges are lighter than the ground-color, the variety must be exhibited in the Fancy section. The two types reached full perfection certainly by 1840, and after that date the improvements were mostly in matters of secondary importance. Most of the longest-lived varieties belong to the Show and Fancy type. These tjrpes held full popularity until about 1879, when the first Cactus dahha appeared in England with a promise of new and freer forms. This form is the one which is perhaps farthest removed from nature, and it is probably so highly esteemed largely because the most work has been spent on it. 1208. Dahlia coccinea. Kedrawn from the Botanical Magazine for 1804. A reaction against formalism in all departments of life and thought set in about the time of the American Civil War. It was in the sixties that the Japanese chrysanthemums did much to emancipate the floral world. With dahlias the reaction came much later and has proceeded more slowly. The first Cactus dahlia was so called because of its resemblance in form, but chiefly in color, to the brilliant crimson-flowered Cerevs speciosissimus, a well-known garden plant (which is Imown in the present work as Heliocerus speciosus). The name is now highly inappropriate because the color range of the pure Cactus type has been extended to include all of the important well-defined colors of which the dahha seems capable. The original Cactus dahha was named Dahlia Juarezii, after President Juarez, the "Washington of Mexico." It was pic- tured for the first time in the Gardeners' Chronicle for 1879, and this interesting picture is here reproduced in a reduced size in Fig. 1207. The type is still culti- vated under the same name and in all essentials seems to be unchanged. Forms of the Cactus dahlia are shown in Figs. 1212, 1213. The origin of the Cactus type, as of all the other types of dahUas, is uncertain, and our efforts to secure full and definite information upon some of the most interesting points may perhaps always be baffled. A Dutch dealer secured a root from Mexico that pro- duced one plant which is the parent of all the Cactus forms. It is not known whether the seed which may have produced the original root came from a wild or a cultivated flower. It has been said that seedlings of D. Jvarezii have produced in cultivation forms approach- ing the Show type of D. rosea. The reverse process is also said to have taken place, but fuU, authoritative and convincing statements are wanting. In the garden, D. Juarezii is exceedingly distinct from the florists' forms of D. rosea. It is usually a slenderer, taller and longer-jointed plant, with much handsomer and more dehcate foliage, the leaves being narrower than in the coarse and almost ugly foUage of the old forms. It has another peculiarity of growth, which is still one of the most serious defects in the true Cactus type: the plants tend to hide some of the flowers benealJh their foUage. This comes about in a curious way. At; a node between two young leaves there commonly appear, at about the same time three new growths: the middle one develops into a flower with a naked stalk only 2 or 3 inches long, while the side shoots quickly overtop it and repeat the same threefold arrangement. The other most serious objection to the true Cactus type is that it does not stand shipment well and does not last so long as a cut-flower as the Show dahhas. The Decorative or Cactus Hybrid types are numer- ous, and their popularity is more modern. They have been largely seedlings from show flowers. Their rays are rarety, if ever, reciuTred at the margins. All the other types of dahlias are well defined, and a single picture of each one will represent its type with suffi- cient exactness. No one picture, however, can give any conception of the great variety of forms included in this more or less open horticultural section. The name Cactus Hybrid means practically "miscellaneous," and is analogous to the "Japanese" section of chrysanthe- mums. It is on this section and the pure Cactus type that the greatest hopes for the future of the dahlia are based. Dahlias considered to be of true Decorative type are those possessing broad flat and nearly straight petals, arranged somewhat irregularly; but the flowers are not spherical in shape like the Show dahlia, but are inchned to be flat and massive, and are always full to the center. Dahhas of this character score a greater number of points at exhibitions. The Colossal dahlia is the basis of much discussion, especially at exhibitions, the cause of debate being that these dahUas are in reaUty not classified; that is, the same variety is exhibited in one display as a Show dahlia, and in the next as a Decorative dahlia; but in reality there should be a Colossal class for this type of dahha. This type, if it may be so called, has large cupped but not quilled rays or petals; the flowers are 5 mches and over in diameter, and spherical in shape; they therefore jjartake of both types, but are sufliciently different to spoil the harmony, when exhibited in either the Show or Decorative class. "Le Colosse" is the first of this type of dahha, and hybridization has given a large number of seedlings, which are almost identical in form, shape, and size, the most prominent being at present American Beauty, Giant Purple or Royal Purple, J. K. Alexander, Surpasse Colosse, and Janne (Yellow) Colosse. The Pompon type is a small form of the Show and Fancy types. It has the same colors and the same form, but the flowers are smaller and more abundant. As a rule, the smaller the flowers the prettier and more individual they are. The larger they are, the more they suffer by comparison with the Show type. Per- haps their greatest point is their productiveness. When profusion is the main idea, not great size and quality, the Pompons are the favorite type of dahha for cut- flowers. DAHLIA DAHLIA 955 1209. Dahlia Merckii. Redrawn from the Botanical Magazmea for 1841. The Single dahlias may be freely produced, but they are not so lasting for cut-flowers. The Single type has had many ups and downs. In the reaction against formalism, it came to the front about 1881, and for several years thereafter several hundred forms were kept distinct and they were made the chief feature of the European shows. When the dahlia first came into culti- vation, its rays were relatively long, slen- der, acuminate, notched at the end, and with such wide spaces between the tips of the rays as to give the flower a stellate appear- ance. In the course of the evolution of the single t5T)e, the gardeners re- tained the most regular and sym- metrical forms. Single dahlias with always and only eight rays were preserved. The rays of dahlias became broader and rounder, as in . Fig. 1214, untfl finally in pedigree varieties the vacant ■ spaces were closed up. The same mental ideals have produced the rose-petaled geraniums and the should- ! ered tulips. In a high-bred single dahlia there ar6 no minute teeth or notches at the tips of the rays. Most of the single dablias of high pedigree have rays ; of uniform coloration with no secondary color at the base, but a few have a distinct ring of color at the base, often called an "eye or crown," which is sometimes yellow and rarely red or some other color. Usually the rays of a single dahlia are spread out horizontally, sometimes they bend back, and rarely they bend '•■ inwards and form a cup-shaped flower. These three forms can doubtless be separated and fixed during those periods when the interest in the Single type warrants it. Semi-double forms are frequent (Fig. . 1215). 4 V 6 Single dahlias are likely to lose some of their rays after a day or two in a vase. In cutting them it is well to choose the younger flowers. A vigorous shake often makes the older ones drop their rays. It is an easy matter to keep the seeds from forming, simply by removing the flowers as they mature, and by so doing save the strength of the plant for the production of . flowers. There are three other dahlia tjTJes of minor impor- tance,— the Single Cactus, the Pompon Cactus and Tom Thumb. The Single Cactus type differs from the common Single type in having rays with recurved mar^ns, which give a free and spirited appearance to the flowers. Instead of spreading out horizontally, the rays often curve inward, forming a cup-shaped flower. This type originated with E. J. Lowe, Chep- lofiT' ^°sland, was developed by Dobbie & Co. about 1891, and was first disseminated in 1894. The Single l^actus dahlias are very interesting and pretty. The lorn Thumb type is a miniature race of round-rayed smgle dahlias, which grow from 12 to 18 inches high, and are used for bedding. The type originated in 61 England with T. W. Girdlestone, and was developed and introduced by Cheal & Sons. The "green" dahlia {Dahlia viridiflora, Hort.) is an interesting abnormal form in which the rays are partially or wholly suppressed, and the chief feature of interest is a confused mass of green, not resembling petals at all, but evidentljr a multiplication of the outer involucral scales, which, in the dahlia, are green, leafy bracts. The "green" dahlia is not unhealthy; it is as strong and vigorous as any of the other forms, but very unstable and variable, producing flowers of solid green color, others of green with small cup-shaped crimson- scarlet petals intermingled, and others of solid crimson- scarlet color, and all on the same plant. This freak was pictured as 'long ago as 1845 in G.C., p. 626: and again in G.C. III. 30: 294. Another interesting variation which hardly ranks in present importance with the eleven types contrasted below is the laciniated form, which makes a very pretty though rather formal effect. Examples are Ger- mania Nova, Mrs. A. W. Tait and its yeUow variety among large double forms, and White Aster among the Pompons. In these cases, the notches at the tips of the rays, instead of being minute and inconspicuous, are deepened so much that they give the laciniated effect. At present this form is available in a very nar- row range of colors. It is not probable that it will be an important factor in producing chrysanthemum-like forms. Another form which baffles description, but is nevertheless very distinct, is that of Grand Duke Alexis. It is nearer the Show type than any other, but is perhaps best classed with the Cactus Hybrid sec- tion, simply because it seems advisable to keep the Show type the most sharply defined of all. It is a very flat flower, and the rays are remarkably folded, leav- ing a round hole at the top of each one. Up to 1909 the variety of colors of the type of Grand Duke Alexis has been increased, including the varieties Dreer White, Mrs. Roosevelt, Purple Duke, Pythias, W. W. Rawson, and YeUow Duke. About midway between Grand Duke Alexis and the Show or cupped type is an interesting form, the "quilled" dahlia, a name which is perhaps necessary, though unfortunate. In A. D. Livoni the rays are rather tightly folded for about two-thirds of their length, leaving a round hole at the tip as in Grand Duke Alexis, but giving a peculiar whorled effect, which plainly shows the spiral arrangement of the suc- cessive tiers of rays. Among Pompons, Blumenfalter is an example of this rosette-hke or quilled form, and many colors are procurable. How- ever, the word "quilled" usually suggests a long tube with a flared opening, whereas in the form de- scribed above the margins of the ray are merely roUed tightly to- gether, but not grown together into a thin seam- less tube. Perhaps the most impor- tant variation that has not yet appeared in the dahUa is the won- derful elongation of the disk florets 1210. A Show dahlia. 956 DAHLIA DAHLIA into long, thin, variously colored tubes which have produced such charming effects in the China aster and have culminated in the marvelous grace of many chry- santhemums. The dahlia may not be denied such possibilities, for in G.C. III. 20:339 (1896) a new dahUa was described in which the quills are really tubes for two-thirds of their length. The Collarette dahlia is a very novel and distinct type. The flowers are single, with an additional row of short petals around the disk, which forms a frill or collar usually of a different color from the remainder of the flower. The same method obtained in the development of the Collarette dahlia as in the develop- ment of the Single dahUa. Varieties having only eight rays or petals, with the additional collar, and present- ing a symmetrical and concentrated impression, were preserved. The collar consists principally of three or four smaller and more gracefully curved rays, pro- duced at the disk, at the center of each of the eight larger rays or petals, and taking the same direction as the large rays, thus showing distinctly the golden yellow center, so pronounced in the Single dahha. The first Collarette dahlia was President Viger, and was originated at Pare de la Tete d'Or, or in the gardens of the City of Lyons, France, then under the supervision of Professor Gerard, who was succeeded by M. Cha- bannes. President Viger was first shown in 1900 at the Universal Exposition, and offered for sale in 1901 by Rivorie Pere & Fils of Lyon. In 1902 appeared the variety Joseph Goujon also obtained at the Pare de la Tete d'Or, Lyon; then in 1903 Rivorie offered Etendard de Lyon and Gallia, which figured with honor for that &m. During the next ten years, from 1903 until 1913, all the known varieties Of the Col- larette dahha were developed by Rivorie Pere & Fils, and appeared in the following order: 1903, Etendard de Lyon, and GaUia; 1904, Mme. LePage Viger, La Fusee, Duchesse J. Meisi D'Ehril-Barbo, Prince Galit- zine, Comte Cheremeteff, and Maurice Rivoire; 1905, Exposition de Lyon Orphee, and Prince de Venosa; 1906, Merveille de Lyon, Mme. Georges Bernard, Comte Nodler, Deuil de Brazza, Prmcesse Olga Altieri, Corbeille de Feu, and Signorina Rosa Esen- grini; 1907, Comtesse Dugon, Ami Cachat, and Vol- can; 1908, Jupiterj Pluton, Pan, Etoile de Moidiere, and Mme. Chamrion; 1909, M. Mery de Montigny; 1211. A Fancy dahlia of the Pompon type. (X}d 1212. A Cactus dahlia. ( X H) 1910, Abbe Hugonnard, Comte de Vezet, Mme. Pile, Souvenir de Bel-Accueil, and Vicomtesse des Mons; 1911, General de Sonis, and Deuil du Docteur Ogier; 1912, Cocarde Espagnole, Etincelant, and Stella; 1913, Geant de Lyon, Maroc, and Etoile de Mon- plaisir. In 1912, J. K. Alexander, a dahlia specialist in East Bridgewater, Massachusetts, succeeded in developing the first Collarette dahlia of American origin, the variety Champion; this added the red and yellow coloring to the ts^pe. Previous to 1912, three other foreign varieties, Directeur Rene Gerard, Mme. E. Poirier, and Souv. de Chabanne, found their way to America, and were offered the following year in the leading seedsmen's catalogues. The year 1913 gave a collection of nearly fifty distinct named varieties of the Collarette dahha, including every known color in the dahlia world. The Holland Peony-flowered dahlia is now the most popular dahlia, possessing an entirely original form, resembUng the semi-double peonies; the flowers are broad, flat, somewhat irregular in form, and are pro- duced with remarkable freedom on long stems. This type of dahha has proved the most satisfactory for garden purposes, the plants being covered with flowers the entire season. The origin of the Holland Peony- flowered dahha, like all other types, is uncertam, and all efforts to secure full and definite informa- tion are unfruitful. Originally the Holland Peony- flowered dahlia was grown for some years in Germanjj, in a mixture known as "Half-double Giant Dahuas. A Dutch grower, H. Hornsveld of Baarn, Holland, was DAHLIA DAHLIA 957 1213. Single cactus daUia. ( X H) the first to note their possibilities, and selected from these "mixed dahlias" the best varieties, from which he propagated; then he drew the attention of the pubhc to his new varieties, which he named and offered for sale. Other growers in Holland followed his example with great success. The Holland Peony-flowered dahlia was imported to America in 1908, and simultaneously appeared in the catar logues of the leading growers and seed- men. The number in- creased rapidly, and in 1910 appeared new varieties of American origin, notably the new varieties origi- nated by the W. W. Rawson Co., of Bos- ton, Massachusetts. The most prominent varieties are the fol- lowing: Andrew Car- negie (1908), Bertha Von Suttner (1908), Caesar (1911), Cecilia (1911), Dr. K. W. van Gorkum (1906), Dr. Peary (1911), Duke Henry (1906), Geisha (1908), Ger- mania (1906), Glory of Baarn (1906), Glory of Groenekan (1907), H. Hornsveld (1907), Hugo de Vries (1907), H. J. Lovink (1911), Kaiserin Augusta Victoria (1907), King Edward (1909), Kmg Leopold (1906), La Rainte (1907), Mannheim (1908), Mer- veille (1907), Miss Gladys Dawson (1908), Paul Kruger (1906), P. W. Jansen (1907), Queen Alexandra (1909), Queen Emma (1906), Queen WUhehnina (1906), Snow Queen (1907), and Sherlock Hohnes (1912). The fragrant dahlia is the pride of the true Peony- flowered type, possessing a pleasing and agreeable odor, so long desired. The fragrant dahlia was first detected by J. Herbert Alexander, in the year 1912, on the trial-grounds of J. K. Alexander of East Bridge- water, Massachusetts; hybridization and propagation was begun immediately with the new variety, and in 1913 a collection of five fragrant dahlias appeared in Alexander's catalogue. The main types of dahlias may perhaps be distin- guished more clearly by the following scheme: A. Plants very dwarf. 1. The Tom Thumb Types. AA. Plants not very dwarf. B. Fk. single. c. Rays flat, not recurved at the margins. 2. The Single Type. Fig. 1214. cc. Bays with recurved margins. 3. The Single Cactus Type. Fig. 1213. _ BB. Fls. double. c. Size of fl,s. small, 1-2 in, across. D. Rays cupped. 4. The Pompon Type. Fig. 1211. Also called "Bou- quet" and "Lilliputian." DD. Rays flat. 5. The Pompon Cactus Type. cc. Size of fls. large, 3-5 in. across, averaging 4 in. D. Rays cupped. E. Colors single, or the edges darker than the ground-color. 6. The Show Type. Fig. 1210. EB. Colors 8 or more, striped, or with edges lighter than the ground-color. 7. The Fancy Type. DD. Rays not cupped, but long and flat, or with recurved margins. 8. The Cactus Type. Figs. 1207, 1212. DDD. Rays various in form. 9. The Decorative Type. 10. The Collahettb Type. 11. The Peony-plowered Type; including the fragrant dahlia. Fig. 1215. Useful dahlias for various purposes, as they exist in North America in 1913: Cactus dahlias, for cut-fi&wer purposes. — Alexander, Alight, Alfred Vasey, Clara G. Stedwick, Countess of Lonsdale, Dainty, Effective, Eureka, Floradora, Forbes Robertson, Flame, Glory of Wilts, Golden Gem, Gazelle, Gabriel, Gen. Buller, Helene, Henri Cayenx Hereward, Ivernia, Jeannette, J. H. Jackson, J. Weir Fife, Killarney, Lightship Lady Fair, Lady Colin Campbell, Lord of the Manor, Mary Service^ Mrs. DeLuca, Mrs. H. L. Brouson, Mrs. Winchester, Mrs. Mortimer, Mrs. Geo. Caselton, Mme. Henri Cayeux, Mrs. MacMullan, Reine Cayeux, Rosa Starr, Reliable, Stella, Sirus, Sandy, Thomas Wilson, and Yonne Cayeux. Cactus dahlias for exhibition mirposes, — Amazon, Clincher, Diavolo, Master Carl, Mercury, Mrs. S. T. Wright, Rbv. Dr. Baker, Rev. T. W. Jamieson, Royal Scarlet, Schneewitchen, Snowstorm, T. G. Baker, Wellington, Whirlwind, White Swan, Wm. Marshall, W. B. Childs. Decorative dahlias for cut-flower purposes. — Delice, Himmlische, Jack Rose, Jeanne Charmet, John R. Baldwin, Minos, Maid of Kent, Mme. A, Lumiere, Mme. Victor Vassier, Mme. Van den Dael, Perle de la Tete D'or, Reggie, Souv. de Gustave Douzon, Wilhelm Miller. Decorative dahlias for exhibition purposes. — American Beauty, A. E. Johnson, Blue Oban, Gigantea, Grand Duke Alexis, Gettys- burg, Le Grand Manito, Le Mont Blanc, Les Alliees, Mme. Helene Charvet, Mme. Augusta Lumiere, Mademoiselle Galy Miquel, Madame Devinat, Mme. Marze, Morocco, Peerless, Perle de Ocean, Papa Charmet, Ville de Lyon, Yellow Colosse. Peony-flowered dahlias for cut-flower purposes. — Admiration, Bertha Von Suttner, Goddess of Fame, Geisha, Marie Studholme, Mrs. A. Piatt, Mrs. Jacques Futrelle, Queen Wilhelmina, and Sunrise. _ Peony-flowered dahlias for exhibition purposes. — Hampton Court, King Leopold, Priscilla, Snow Queen, Solfatara, Duke Henry, and Hollandia. Collarette dahlias for massing. — ^Ezpositioa de Lyon, Maurice Rivoire, and President Viger. Show dahlias for exhibition purposes. — ^Acquisition, Alice Emily, Acme of Perfection, Brown Bess, Dreer's White, Dr. Keynes, David Johnson, Emperor, Ivanhoe, Harrison Weir, Mrs. Susan Wilson, Mme. Heine Furtado, Mme. Marika Anagnostaki, Mme. Alfred Mareau, Merlin, Muriel, Norma, Nugget, Queen of Autumn, Rosebud, Stradella, Standard, W. P. Laird, and Wm. Dodds. Among the Show dahlias that are the best for flowering are: A. D. Livoni, Arabella, Ansonia, Dr. J. P. Kirkland or Cuban Giant, Dorothjr Peacock, Imperial, Miss Fox, Perfection, Storm King, and White Queen. Show dahlia for bedding purposes. — ^White Bedder. Fancy dahlias of merit. — Chorister, Chas. Turner, Dazzler, Dorothy, Distinction, Duchess of Albany, English Dandy, Eric Fisher, Gloire de Guiscard, Frank Smith, Frederick Smith, General Grant, Gold Medal, Goldsmith, Geo. Barnes, Hercules, Lea Amours de Madame, Lucy Faucett, Mme. Lily Large, Polly San- dall, Rebecca, Rev. J. B. McCamm, S. Mortimer, Sunset, and Wizard. Pompon dahlias for bor- ders or hedges. — ^Achilles, Crusoe, Darkness, Fasci- nation, Mabel, Pure Love, Rosalie, Red Indian, Snow Clad,, Vivid, and Wini- fred. Pompon dahlias for ex- hibition purposes. — ^Amber Queen, Ideal, Harry, Lit- tle Mary, Rosebud, Shalii, and Spy. Pompon dahlias for flowering purposes. — Klein Domitea, Darkest of All, Fairy Queen, Star of the East, and Spy. Societies and shows. — The dahlia is one of about a dozen 1214. A broad-rayed single dahlia. (XM) 958 DAHLIA DAHLIA genera of plants whose horticultural value has been attested by permanently successful special societies. There are national daUia societies in England and America. DahUa shows are usually held the second or third week in September. On December 21, 1906, the New England Dahlia Society was chartered; this Society led to great advancement in the dahha, hold-, ing an annual exhibition in Boston, and issuing monthly a paper known as the "Dahha News." Great interest was fostered, and in 1913 its membership list included nearly every state in the Union, and six foreim coun- tries. At the present date of writing the New England DahUa Society is considering the adoption of a new charter, whereby it can become the National Society. Other societies devoted to the welfare of the dahha have been recently formed; principally "The DahUa Association of Seattle," "Tacoma DahUa Society," "Inter-town DahUa Association" in Connecticut. Literature. — ^As in many other cases, the magazine Uterature of the dahUa is the most bulky, and, in some respects, more important than the books on the subject. C. Harman Payne pubUshed a bibUography in G.C III. 21:329 (1897). There had been about twenty-five books devoted to the dahUa, many of them pamphlets and cheap cultural manuals. These books were mostly pubUshed from 1828 to 1857, with none in North America for nearly forty years after that date until 1896, when Lawrence K. Peacock's book, "The DahUa," appeared. The first American treatise was by E. Sayers, published at Boston, 1839. Many interesting facts came out in 1889, the centennial year of the dahUa. A report of the National DahUa Conference is reprinted from the Journal of the Royal Horticultural Society for 1890, but Shirley Hibberd's statements therein regarding the botany of the dahUa agree very poorly with Hemsley's revision of the genus in G.C. II. 12:437, 524, 557 (1879). In 1906 W. W. Wihnore published "The Dahlia," a handsomely iUustrated American manual, valuable to both amateur and pro- fessional. The annual catalogues of the leading daMia specialists furnish much valuable matter, and cultural hints, and are the most up-to-date issues in the dahUa line. WiLHELM MiLLEB. J. K. Alexakdeb. Cultivation of the dahlia. The dahUa has no very special or particular require- ments, and yet many growers fail of the best success because the few demands are not weU met. Propagaiion. There are four methods by which dahUas are propa- gated: by cuttings (the commercial method), by divi- sion of roots (the amateiu^'s method), by grafting to perpetuate rare kinds, and by seeds, to produce new varieties. Cuttings. — Propagation by cuttings is employed mainly by commercial growers, and though the ama- teur may propagate plants successfully, the attention a few cuttings would probably require is so great that it would be cheaper to buy plants. The roots are planted closely in benches in the greenhouse early in January, and cuttings are made from the young shoots as fast as they form the third or fourth set of leaves. These cuttings are carefuUy trimmed and placed in pure sand in the propagating-bench, using a dibble and putting the cuttings in rows about 3 mches apart and J^-l inch between the cuttings. The propagating-bench is made by running a flue, hot-water or steam pipes beneath an ordinary bench, and boarding up the side to confine the heat. Although there may be a difference of opinion among propagar tors, yet a bottom of sand heat of 65°, with the tem- Eerature of the house from 5° to 10° less, wiU give the est practical results. With this temperature, the cut- tings wiU root in about two weeks, and will be far stronger than if rooted in less time with greater heat. As soon as cuttings are rooted, they are potted off into small pots and grown in a cool greenhouse until danger of frost is over, when they axe planted out in the open ground. Cuttings made too far below a joint, or too late in summer, wiU produce flowering plants but no tubers. Division of roots. — This is the easiest and most satis- factory way for amateurs. As the eyes are not on the tubers, but on the crown to which the tubers are attached, care must be taken that each division has at least one eye, otherwise the roots wiU never grow. It is, therefore, best to start the eyes by placing the roots in a warm, moist place a short time before dividing. The roots are sometimes placed in a hotbed, and shoots grown to considerable size, then set out as plants; but this plan has many drawbacks, and is not advised. Grafting. — A very interesting, though not profitable mode of propagation is by means of grafting. The top of the tuber is cut slantingly upward, and the cutting slantingly downward, placed together and tied witn raffia or any soft, handy material. They are then planted in a pot deep enough to cover the lower part of the graft with earth, and they will soon adhere if placed under a hand-glass or in a frame. Grafting is practised only for the preservation of rare and weak- growing sorts. Seeds. — The chief use of seeds is the production of new varieties. Seeds are also used by those who chiefly desire a mass of color, and are not particularly desirous of finely formed blooms. If planted early enough indoors and transplanted to the open as soon as sate, fine masses of color can be secured before frost, and the roots of the more desirable kinds can be saved, and wfll give even better results the next season. Field or garden requirements. Dahlias are easily destroyed by high winds unless they are given a protected position, and they need plenty of air and sunUght for best results. In shaded, close, airless quarters the growth is sappy, and the flowers are poorly colored. The soil is not so important, except in its abiUty to hold moisture during severe droughts. Any rich soil that wiU grow com wiU also grow dahlias to perfection, if all other conditions are favorable. They will grow eguaUy well in clear sand, clay or gravel, if the proper kmds and quantities of plant-food are added and well and thoroughly worked in. It is, however, unreason- able to expect dahUas or any garden plants to succeed in a hard clay, devoid of humus, easily baked and never tilled. Feeding. — It is always best to broadcast the manure and plow or spade it into the soil; thorough spading is absolutely necessary if the manure is not weU decom- posed. On heavy clay or graveUy soils, loose coarse manure may be used, but on Ught or sandy soils, manure should always be fine and weU rotted. Com- mercial fertilizers are also largely used, and are most valuable when used in coimection with manure. Any good fertilizer, rich in ammonia and phosphoric acid, with a Uberal amount of potash, will answer at the time of plantmg, but as a top-dressing later, nothmg equals pure bone-meal and nitrate of soda, four parts bone-meal to one part soda. Kinds of stock. — ^DahUas are offered in five forms: large clumps, ordinary field-roots, pot-roots, ^een plants and seeds. The clumps give the best satisfac- tion the first year, but are entirely too large and un- wieldy for anything but a local trade and exchange among amateurs. The ordinary field-roots are the most valuable, as they can be handled easily and safely, and always give satisfactory results. Pot-roots are largely used in the maiUng trade, and, whUe they will not give as good results the first year, are valuable for shipping DAHLIA DAHLIA 959 long distances where larger roots could not be profit- ably used, owing to heavy transportation charges. Green plants are mainly used to make up any defici- ency in the field-crops, owing to unfavorable seasons, or an unusual demand for certain varieties. Planting. — ^There is diversity of opinion as to the proper time to plant dahlias, but the writer has always found it best to plant early, and would advise planting large strong roots about two weeks before danger of frost is over. This would be, in the vicinity of Phila- delphia, about April 15; and as it requires from two to three weeks for the plants to get ■ up through the ground, there will be no danger, while the plants will bloom that much earlier. It is best, however, not to plant small roots or green plants until danger of frost is over — in the vicinity of Philadelphia, about May 1 to 10, according to the season. A good rule to follow everywhere would be to plant small roots and green plants as soon as danger of ifrost is past, and large roots about three weeks earlier. Tillage. — ^The first requisite of successful garden cultivation is thoroughly to stir the soil to con- siderable depth and enrich it, if it is not already rich, by broad-cast- ing and plowing or spading in a good coat of well-rotted mamu-e. Too much stress cannot be placed upon the thorough preparation of the land, as it not only allows the roots to go down deep after the moisture more readily durmg dry weather, but affords good dramage during excessive rains. Having prepared the land as above, mark out rows 4 feet apart and 6 to 8 inches deep, and plant the roots from 18 inches to 3 feet apart in the row, according as solid rows or specimen plants are desired. ^ In its early stage of develop- ment, the dahlia grows very rapidly, and should be kept thoroughly tilled. But while deep tillage is beneficial during its early stages of develop- ment, it is almost fatal to the production of flowers if practised after the plants come into bloom. There- fore, when the plants begin to bloom, cease deep tillage, and stir the soil to the depth of 1 to 3 inches only, but stir it often, and never allow the surface to become hard and baked. This will not only prevent excessive evaporation of moisture and keep the under sou cool and moist, but will also prevent the destruc- tion of immense quantities of feeding-roots. As long as the roots supply more nourishment than is needed to support the plant, both the plant and the flowers increase in size and beauty; but as the supply gradually becomes exhausted, the plants cease growing and the flowers become much smaller. This condition is what is generally called "bloomed out," but what is really "starved out," and can easily be prevented if the proper attention is given to the plants. As soon as the flowers begin to grow smaller, broadcast around each plant a small handful of pure bone-meal, and nitrate of soda, in proportion of four parts bone to one part soda, and carefully work it into the soil. Waiering. — This is a debatable subject, and, although a judicious application of water during a severe dry spell is very beneficial, yet in nine cases out of every ten in which water is applied, a thorough stirring of the surface soil would give better results. ^Many persons think Dahlias should be watered every evening, and as soon as they are up begin watering them daily unless it rains. This practice is very in- jurious, as it causes a rapid but soft growth, and as 1215. A semi-double form of dahlia. the soil is seldom stirred, the roots become so enfeebled that they are unable to supply the needs of the plant; as a consequence, but few buds are formed, and they generally blast before developing into flowers. In other cases, as the enthusiasm wears off, watering is stopped, probably right at the beginning of a severe drought, and the weak, pampered plants are fortunate to sur- vive, much less bloom. If large, strong roots are planted and the soil is kept thoroughly stirred, there will be little need of artificial watering until after the plants come out in full bloom. However, if it should become hot and dry after the dahlias come into bloom, it would be very beneficial to give them a thorough watering once each week or ten days during the continuance of the drought. But care should be taken to stir the soil to the depth of 1 to 2 inches the next day, carefully pulverizing it later in order to break the natural capillarity by which the moisture is evaporated. The best rule to follow is not to allow the plants to suffer for want of moisture, not to water them except when they need it, but to water them thoroughly when necessary, and not to allow excessive evaporation for want of frequent stirring of the soil. Training. — In planting the roots or tubers, place them on their sides with the eye as near the bottom as possible, and cover only 2 to 3 inches deep. As soon as the shoots appear, remove all but the strongest one, and pinch out the center of that one as soon as two or three pairs of leaves have formed, thus forcing it to branch below the level of the ground. As the plants develop, the soil is filled in gradually by sub- sequent hoeings. By this method the entire strength of the root and the soil is concentrated on the one shoot, causing it to grow vigorously; while the pinching back not only causes it to branch below the surface of the soil, and thus brace it against all storms, but also removes all of those imperfect, short-stemmed flowers that appear on some varieties. If the plants are pinched back low, as described, there is no danger of the branches splitting down, as the soil around them will hold them securely in place. However, when they branch above ground and are inclined to split down, drive a short stout stake near the stem and tie the branches to it. These short stakes are not to hold the plants up, but to prevent -the branches splitting down when the above directions have not been followed closely. By this method it is possible to grow dahlia blooms on stems from 18 inches to 2 feet long. It has always been thought necessary to tie dahlias to stakes to pre- vent them from being blown down by heavy winds. The system of staking is not only unsightly during the early stage of their growth, but is attended with con- siderable labor and expense. Staking, however, is unnecessary, if the directions already given are fol- lowed, as the plants will branch out below the surface of the ground, and the stems will become so heavy as to resist the strongest winds. The plants are one- third dwarfer, Compact and regular in form, and pro- duce much finer flowers on long stems well supplied with buds and foliage. Storing the roots. — As soon as the plants are killed by frost, lift the roots, and, after removing all the soil possible from them, allow them to dry in the air for a few hours, when they should be stored in the cellar or 960 DAHLIA DALECHAMPIA some other cool place secure from frost. If the cellar is very dry or is not frostproof, put the roots in a barrel or box and cover completely with dry sand or some other suitable and convenient material, such as saw- dust or tanbark, to prevent freezing or loss of vitaUty by drying or shriveling. Lawrence K. Peacock. OAHOON HOLLY: Ilex Dahom. DAIS (Greek, pine torch; application not obvious). Thymelx&cex. Contains a woody plant that yields a strong fiber, and is also rarely cultivated for ornament, especially in Florida and southern California, and pos- sibly in a few northern conservatories. Tender deciduous shrubs : Ivs. opposite, often crowded at the ends of branches : fls. in terminal heads; perianth- tube cyUndrical, often curved; stamens 10, in a double series, the alternate ones shorter, upper or all exserted; style exserted. The plants are prop, with difficulty by cuttings of half -ripened wood. The single cult, species has Ivs. resembling the smoke tree, or Cotinus, and bears long-stalked umbel-hke heads of starry pink fls., with floral parts in 5's. The genus has 2 species, 1 from S. Afr. and 1 from Madagascar. cotinifdlia, Linn. Lvs. opposite and alternate, oblong or obovate, acute at both ends : involucre a half shorter than the fls.: head about 15-fld.; fls. J^in. across, fra- grant. S. Afr. B.M. 147. G.W. 8, p. 313.— Said to bloom profusely at Santa Barbara but not to produce seed. L. H. B. DAISY (i. e., day's eye, in allusion to the sun-like form of the flower). A name applied to the flowers of many Composite, but it properly belongs to the Bellis Tperennis of Europe, a low early-flowering plant, which, in its double forms (Fig. 535, Vol. I), is widely known as a garden subject (see Bellis). The American congener is B. integrifolia, Michx., an annual or bien- nial, very like the Old World species, ranging south- westward from Kentucky; it is not domesticated. In North America, the word daisy is applied to many field composites, particularly to those of compara- tively low growth and large flower-heads. Unquali- fied, the word is commonly understood to mean Chry- santhemum Leiicanthemum (Fig. 937), an Old World plant that has become an abundant field weed in the eastern part of the country. This plant is also frequently known as the ox-eye daisy, although in parts of New Eng- land it is called whiteweed, and the term ox-eye is apphed to Rubdeckia hirta, which has a yellow-rayed head. Kin to the Chrysanthemum Levcanthemum are the Paris daisies, or mar- guerites, of the conservatories (see Chrysanthemum). The wild asters (Fig. 1216) are called daisies, especially Michaelmas daisies, in many parts of the country, particularly west of New 1216. Wild aster, or York. Spring-flowering erigerons Michaelmas daisy. ( X M) also are Called daisies. The Swan River daisy is Brachycome iberidifoUa (Figs. 621, 622, Vol. I). The African daisy of gardens is Dimorphotheca. L. H. B. DALBfiRGIA (N. Dalberg, a Swedish botanist, 1730 to 1820). Leguminbsx. Nearly 100 species of trees, shrubs, or chinbers, belonging to tropical regions aU over the world, a few of which have been introduced to North America, one for timber. Leaves alternate, odd-pinnate (rarely 1-foholate) without stipules: fls. small, nimierous, purple, violet or white, in forking cymes or irregular cyme-like panicles, which are axillary or terminal, papilionaceous with ovate or orbicular standard: fr. an indehiscent narrow pod, 1-seeded at middle and with few seeda toward the ends, the seeda compressed and reniform. Sissoo, Roxbg. A good-sized tree, 80 ft. high in India: lvs. pinnate; Ifts. 5, alternate, stalked, obovate abruptly acuminate, pubescent beneath: fls. white, in short, axillary panicles. — In India considered one of the best timbers, whenever elasticity and durability are required. Intro, at Santa Barbara, where it is hardy but growth said to be very slow. The Sissoo tree is worth trial in nearly frostless districts, especially along sandy river banks. It improves sterile lands. Experiments in Egypt have shown its most remarkable property of standing severe droughts, as well as sub- mersion for a long period. The wood is very elastic, seasons well, does not warp or split, is easily worked, and takes a fine polish. It is also a durable wood for boats. The tree is raised easily from seeds or cuttings, and is of quick growth. Other species of Dalbergia are of economic value and have been sparingly planted. DALEA (Samuel Dale, 1659-1739, English botanist and author on pharmacology). Syn. ParosUa. Legvr mindsx. More than 100 herbs and small shrubs bear- ing purple, blue, white or even yellow fls. in terminal or lateral spikes or heads, odd-pinnate lvs., and usually glandular-dotted, a very few of which have been cult.; probably none is now in the American trade. Fls. papilionaceous, the standard mostly cordate or eared and clawed and attached in the bottom of the calyx, the wings and keel attached or adnate to the stamen- tube and usually exceeding the standard; stamens 10 or 9, monadelphous: fr. a small usually 1-seeded mostly indehiscent pod inclosed in the calyx. The species occur from the N. U. S. to Chile and the Galar pagos Isls. They grow in the U. S., mostly on prairies and in dry soil; some of these species might make acceptable border plants. Those that have received most attention are tropical species, as D. mutdUlis, Willd., of Mex., with fls. white changing to violet, (B. M. 2486) and D. Mutisii, Kunth (properly Pswdlea Muiisii, HBK.), of the northern Andes, with deep blue fls. in cylindrical heads; these are to be regarded aa greenhouse perennials. L. H. B. DALECHAMPIA (from J. Dalechamps, French savant of sixteenth century). EuphorbiAcex. Climbing or rarely erect tropical shrubs; one rarely cultivated in warmhouses for its ornamental bracts. Leaves alternate, simple; stipules large: fls. small, monoecious, apetalous, in dense clusters, with 2 con- spicuous, colored involucral bracts; calyx valvate; styles united; ovules 1 in each of the 3-4 cells. — About 60 species scattered through the tropics. Plukenetia, a related genus, is without the large involucre. Dalechampia Roezliana was described by Hooker in 1867 as one of the noblest plants introduced for many years, comparable with the bougainvilleas and surpass- ing them in size of bracts and briUiancy of color. It ia not so fine a florists' plant as the poinsettia, but is worth trial in the finer conservatories. It requires well- drained sandy, peat soil, and is propagated by cuttings. Roezliana, Muell. Arg. (var. rdsea. Authors). Erect shrub, 3-4 ft. highj much branched, leafy: lvs. 6 in. long, sessile, obovate-oblanceolate, acuminate, entire, or with coarse, obtuse teeth above the middle, narrowed to a small cordate base: bracts 2-2 J^ in. long, broadly cordate, nearly sessile, toothed, membranaceous, dis- tinctly nerved, rose-red, other smaller bracts among the small yellow fls.; stamens united. Mex. B.M. 5640. H.F.IL 11:234, pi. 8. Gt. 16:632. F.W. 1867, p. 318. F.M. 7:373, 374. F.S. 16:1701-2. G.C. 1867:236, desc. Var. 41ba, Hort., has white bracts. J. B. S. Norton. DALIBARDA DANDELION 961 DALIBARDA (after Thomas Frangois Dalibard, French botanist). Rosdcex. A low-growing native hardy herbaceous perennial, with foUage resembUng violet and flowers like those of a strawberry, some- times grown in borders and rock-gardens. This monotypic genus has lately been referred to Rubus, but it differs in habit, in the carpels being usually weU defined instead of indefinite and the achenes dry instead of drupaceous: fls. 1 or 2 on a scape-Uke peduncle, white, and also others that are 1217. Dalibarda repens. cleistogamous and apetalous on short curved peduncles; calyx 5-6-parted, 3 of the parts larger; petals 5; sta- mens many; ovaries 5-10. repens, Linn. {Rubus Dalibarda, Linn.). Fig. 1217. Tufted, creeping: Ivs. heart-shaped, wavy-toothed: fls. white, 1 or 2 on each scape; calyx 5-6-parted, 3 of the divisions larger and toothed; petals 5; stamens numer- ous; pistils 5-10. Common in woods in New Bruns- wick, Ont. and south and west to N. J., Pa., Ohio and Minn. — It blooms June-Aug. It is a slow-growing plant, thriving in a deep fibrous soil and sheltered position; little grown. In Fig. 1217, a shows the per- fect flower; b, c, achenes of the cleistogamous fls. L. H. B. DAMASK ROSE: Rosa Damascena. DAMASK VIOLET: Hesperis matranalis. DAME'S ROCKET and DAME'S VIOLET: Hesveris matro- nalis. DAMMARA: Agathis. DAMNACANTHUS (Greek, referring to the power- ful spines). Rvbidcex. A tender evergreen shrub, chiefly valued for its coral-red berries, which remain on the bush until the flowers of the next season are produced. Divaricately branched, strongly spiny woody plants: Ivs. small, opposite, leathery, nearly sessile, broadly ovate, acuminate: fls. small, axiUary, in I's or 2's, white, fragrant; calyx-tube obovoid, limb 4r-5-cut; corolla funnel-shaped. Prop, by cuttings; sometimes grown in greenhouses and perhaps adaptable for plant- ing in the southern parts. indicus, Gaertn. Described above, being the only species as understood by some authors; but others keep D. major, Sieb. & Zucc. (which is sometimes nearly spineless), distinct, distinguishing it by the 2-3- times larger Ivs. and the larger fls.; others combine the two as species and variety, as D. indicus var. major, Makino. Gt. 17:570. The species occurs from E. India to Japan, the var. major being Japanese. The species is a low thick bush, densely dichotomously branched: Ivs. ovate-acute, shining green above, light green beneath, in var. major 1 J^ in. long. The shining Ivs. and showv berries commend the plant to cult. L. H. B. DAMPING-OFF. A gardeners' phrase for a disas- trous rotting of plants, especially of seedUngs and cut- tings, and commonly at the surface of the ground. It is usually associated with excessive moisture in the soil and air, with high and close temperatures, and some- times poor light. Such conditions weaken the plants and allow them to fall a prey to the minute parasitic fungi which live upon the decaying vegetable matter in the soil, and can remain alive for months, even if the soil is thoroughly dry or frozen. A whole bench of cuttings may be ruined in a night. The skilful propaga- tor takes every possible precaution. His benches have perfect drainage, he uses fresh sharp sand, and some- times sterilizes it with steam heat for several hours. Damping-off is one of the most trying experiences of the beginner, and nothing can prevent it but a thorough grasp of the principles of greenhouse management in general, and watering in particular. (Consult articles on these subjects.) As soon as the disease is noticed, the healthy plants should be removed to fresh soil, as the disease spreads rapidly. If the disease appears in the entire bed, the organisms causing the trouble almost certainly are distributed generally in the sand, and sterilization either with formaldehyde solution (40 per cent strength diluted one part to flfty parts water) or with steam should be employed in all future work. If only a spot here ar(d there shows the trouble, saturate the affected area at once with formaldehyde solution, as above, or with copper-sulfate solution (one part by weight to one hundred parts of water). One of the commonest occasions of damping-off is the sud- den flooding of a bed or bench after leaving it too dry for a long time. The terms damping-off and burning are also used for ruined flowers. Burning is often caused by sunlight or by imperfections in glass, but a flower spoiled by drip- ping cold water, or by some unknown cause, is said to have a burned look. D. REDDicK.f DAMSON: Plum. DANAE (name of a daughter of King Acrisius of Argos). Liliacex. Alexandrian Laurel. An ever- green erect much-branched shrub with thick unarmed alternate cladophylla and terminal racemes of small whitish fls., often referred to Ruscus. It is one of the Asparagus tribe of the lily family: fls. nearly globular, the lobes short and erect, with a crown at the throat; stamens affixed in the tube beneath the crown, the filaments united, the anthers 6: fr. a pulpy indehiscent red berry. D. racemdsa, Moench (RUscits racemdsiis, Linn. D. Laiims, Medikus), occurs from Greece to Persia, making a bush 4 ft. high, with ovate-lanceolate, nearly sessile, about 5-7-nerved leaf-Uke cladodes. Recently intro. in S. CaUf., but is Uttle known in this country. Ornamental for porches, vases, and similar uses. L. H. B. DANjfeA (a personal name). Marattiacex. A small genus of tropical American fem-hke plants, with syn- angia sessile, arranged in rows, and covering the entire under surface of the leaf. They are apparently not in cultivation in America. DANDELION (i. e., dent de lion, French for lion's tooth; referring to the teeth on the Ivs.). The vernacu- lar of Tardxacum officinale, Weber, a stemless peren- nial or biennial plant of the Compdsitx, a common weed, much collected in spring for "greens" and in improved forms sometimes grown for that purpose. DandeUon is native to Europe and Asia, but is naturalized in all temperate countries. On the Rocky Mountains and in the high North are forms that are apparently indigenous. A floret from the head of a dandelion is shown in Fig. 1218. The ovary is at e; pappus (answering to calyx) at a; ray of corolla at c; ring of anthers at 6; styles at d. The constricted part 962 DANDELION DAPHNE 1218. Floret of Dandelion. at e elongates in fruit, raising the pappus on a long stalk, as shown in Fig. 1219; and thus is the balloon of the dandelion formed. A dandelion plant, with its scat- tering fruits, is shown in Fig. 1220. Another species of dandelion is also naturalized in this country, but is not so common; it is the red-seeded dan- deUon (T. erythroap&rmum, Andrz.), with red fruits, not reflexed invo- lucral scales, and shorter beak. The dandelion is much prized for "greens." For this purpose it is cultivated in parts of Europe; also about Boston and in some other localities in this country. There are several improved large-leaved varie- ties, mostly of French origin. Some of these named forms have beauti- ful curled leaves. Seeds are sown in the spring, and the crop is gathered the same fall or the foUow- mg spring, — usually in the spring in this country. Commonly the seeds are sown where the plants are to stand, although the plantlets may be transplanted. The plants should stand about 1 foot apart each way, and a good crop will cover the land completely when a year old. Sandy or light loamy soil is preferred. The crop is harvested and marketed like spinach. The leaves or heads are often blanched by tjdng them up, covering with sand or a flower-pot. The plants are sometimes grown more closely in oeds, and frames are put over them to force them. Roots are sometimes removed from the field to the hotbed or house for forcing. When treated like chicory (which see), the roots wiU produce a winter salad very hke harhe de capudn. Roots of dandelion dug in fall and dried are sold for medicinal purposes in drug-stores under the name of Taraxacum. L_ jj_ b_ DANGLEBERKY: Gaylussacia frondoBO. DAPHNE (Greek name of Lauras nobilis). Thy- melseaceas. Ornamental woody plants, chiefly grown for their handsome foliage and sweet-scented, white, purple, Ulac or rarely greenish flowers, which, with some species, in warmer climates, often appear in the winter. Low deciduous or evergreen shrubs: Ivs. alternate, rarely opposite, entire, short-petioled: fls. in clusters, short racemes or umbels, apetalous, mostly fragrant; calyx-tube cylindric or campanulate, 4-lobed, corolla-like, usually clothed with silky hairs out- side; stamens 8, in two rows, included; stigma capitate, sessile or nearly so: fr. a fleshy or leathery 1-seeded drupe. — ^About SO species in Eu. and Asia. For a monograph of the section Daph- nanthes see Keissler in Engler Bot. Jahrb. 25:29-124 (1898); see also Nitsche, Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattung Daphne (1907). Only D. Mezereum, with very early lilac fragrant flowers and decorative scarlet fruit, and some low evergreen species, Uke D. Cneorum and D. Blagor- yana, axe hardy North, while most of the evergreen species can be recommended only for warmer climates. D. Genkwa with hlac flowers appearing before the leaves, and D. pontica and D. Laureola, with large ever- CTeen leaves, are hardy as far north as New York. D. odora is fairly hardy in Washington, D. C. In California, according to Franceschi, the species most commonly grown is D. odora, the plants being mostly imported from Japan. Many plants are also sent from Japan for eastern greenhouse culture. A decoction 1219. Mature fruit of dandelion. of the bark of D. Mezereum is sold in drug-stores under the name of mezereum. It is stimulant and diuretic. It is also known as olive spurge. Daphnes thrive best in a well-drained light soil and in a partly shaded position, but some, as D. Cneorum and D. Blagayana, which are exceedingly pretty plants for rockeries, do better in sunny situations, jfii the North, D. odora and its varieties are often grown in pots for their sweet-scented and handsome flowers appearing during the winter. A sandy compost of peat and loam in equal proportions will suit them; they require a good drainage and careful watering during the winter, and pots not larger than just necessary should be given; they may also be planted out in a cool greenhouse and trained as a wall plant. D. Genkwa, with abundant lilac flowers before the leaves, is sometimes forced. Propagation is by seeds, sown after maturity or stratified, but germinating very slowly; also by layers put down in spring and taken off the following year. The evergreen species may be increased by cuttings of mature wood in fall under glass, and kept in a cool greenhouse dur- ing the winter. If gentle bottom heat can be given in early spring, it wfll be of advantage to the de- velopment of the roots; softwood cut- tings taken from forced plants may also be used. D. odora is often veneer-grafted on seedling stock of D. Laureola in win- ter, or on roots of D. Mezereum; also other species are grafted on roots of D. Meze- reum. D. Cneorum and probably its allies are readily in- creased in spring by removing the earth around the plant, E egging down the ranches and filling with fine compost almost to the tops of the branches. Next spring, if the compost is carefidly removed, a large number of little buds, each supplied with a white root, are found along the branches; they are easily detached and planted in pans or boxes. 1220. The Dandelion. alba, 1, 10. atba-plena, 1. australia, 7. autuw/nalia, 1. Blagayana, 5. huxifolia, 6. Cneorum, 4. coUina, 7. Dauphinii, 9. Delahayana, 7. Delphinii, 9, Fioniana, 6. Fortunei, 3. Genkwa, 3. INDEX. grandiflora, 1. Houtteana, 2. hybrida, 9. indicOf 10. japonica, 11. Jenkwa, 3. Laureola, 13. major, 4. marginata, 10. maximus, 4. Mazeliir 11. Mezereum, 1, 2 neapolitana, 7. odora, 10, odortUa, 10. oUifolia, S. oleoideB, 6. Philippii, 13. plena, 1. pontica, 14. punctata, 10. puTpurea, 13. retusa, 12. rubra, 10. sericea, 7, 8. stnenns, 10. Verlotii, 4. DAPHNE A. Foliage deciduous: fls. axillary along the branches of the previous year, appearing before the Ivs. B. Lvs. altemaie, glabrous. {Mezereum.) 1. Mezereum, Linn. Erect shrub, with stout branches, to 4 ft.: lvs. alternate, cuneate, oblong or oblanceolate, glabrous, grayish beneath, 1-3 in. long: fls. usually 3, sessile, silky outside, fragrant, lilac-pur- ple, appearing long before the lvs. : fr. roundish ovoid, scarlet. Feb.-April. Eu. to Altai and Caucasus. Gn. 29:602; 33, p. 514; 69, p. 131. V. 2:206. Var. aiba, Ait., has white fls. and yellow fr. Gn. 29:602; 69, p. 131; 74, p. 255. G.C. III. 21:183, 185: 38:153. R.H. 1905, p. 532. Var. plena, Schneid. (var. dlhor-plkna, Hort.), has double white fls. Gn. 29:602. Var. grandifldra, Dipp. (var. autumnilis, Hort.). With larger brighter purple very early fls., sometimes blooming in fall. 2. HoutteSna, Planch. (D. MesAreum var. atropurpiir- rea, Dipp.). Shrub, to 4 ft., with erect, stout branches: lvs. alternate, cuneate, oblong-lanceolate, glabrous, coriaceous and often persistent; piurple: fls. appearing before the lvs., hlac-violet, 2-4, m short-peduncled clus- ters. April. F.S. 6:592. — Of garden origin, supposed to be a hybrid between D. Laureola and D. Mezereum. BB. Lvs. opposite, silky helow. (Genkwa.) 3. GSnkwa, Sieb. & Zucc. {D. Jinkwa, Hort.). Shrub, to 3 ft., with slender branches: Ivs. opposite, oblong-eUiptio, appressed-pubescent on the veins beneath, 1^-2 in. long: fls. hlac, 3-7, in short-stalked clusters, scentless, densely silky-viUous outside. March, April. Japan. S.Z. 75. Gt. 15:499. F.S. 3:208. G.M. 35:292. Gn. 42:91; 76, p. 105. R.B. 10:73. Var. F6rtunei, Franch. (D. F&rtunei, Lindl.), has larger fls. and larger less regularly opposite lvs. AA. Foliage evergreen, alternate (see also No. 2). (Daphnanihes.) B. Fls. in terminal heads, rarely axillary and pinkish. c. Habit low, procumbent or trailing. 4. Cnedrum, Linn. Fig. 1221. With long, trailing, pubescent branches: lvs. crowded, cuneate, oblance- olate, mucronulate, finally glabrous, dark green and glossy above, glaucescent beneath, J^-1 in. long: fls. in sessile, many-fld. heads, pink, fragrant. Apr., May, and often again in summer. Mts. of Cent. Eu. B.M. 313. L.B.C. 18:1800. Gn. 33, p. 514; 45, p. 237; 62, p. 83. G.C. in. 47:21. G.M. 47:117. M.D.G. 1900:417,418; 1906:75. G.W. 14, p. 625. V. 2: 342; 4:168. Var. m&jor, Dipp. Of more vigorous growth, with larger fls. Gn. 51, p. 358; 65, p. 457. Var. Verlotii, Meissn. {D. Verlotii, Gren. & Godr.). Lvs. longer, mucronate: fls. 2 weeks later than the type. R. H. 1901, pp. 304, 305; 1902:552. Var. mdodmvs of European nurseries =D. neapolitana. 5. Blagayana, PYeyer. Branches often ascending, glabrous: lvs. cuneate, obovate or oblong, glabrous, 1-1 J^ in. long: heads many-fld.; fls. white or yellow- ish white, fragrant, nearly glabrous outside, almost 1 in. long. April, May. Mts. of S. E. Eu. B.M. 7579 F.S. 22:2313. Gt. 29:1020. Gn. 14:200; 35, p. 540 42, p. 95; 60, p. 26; 67, pp. 287; 71, pp. 7, 247; 73, p. 241 G.C. IL 13:245; 17:505; IIL 11:491; 32:300, 301 38:171. DAPHNE 963 cc. Habit erect, 1-4 ft. D. Lvs. less than S in. long, usually pubescent: perianth densely pubescent outside. E. Lohes of perianth lanceolate, acute; heads unthout bracts. 6. oleoides, Schreb. (D. buxifblia, Vahl). Shrub, to 3 ft.: branches pubescent: lvs. obovate-elliptic to obo- vate-lanceolate, usually mucronulate or acute, villous- pubescent on both sides or finally glabrous above, punctulate with whitish dots, 1-1^ in. long: fls. in few-fld. heads without bracts, white or pale lilac, with ovate-lanceolate, pointed lobes, J^in. lone. S. E. Eu L.B.C. 3:299. B.M. 1917.— Very variable in shape and pubescence of lvs. Var. Fioniana, Hort., with obovate- lanceolate, obtuse lvs. and lilac fls., is said to be a hybrid between this species and D. collina. EE. Lobes of perianth ovate, obtusish; heads with bracts at the base. 7. collina, Smith (D. australis, Cyrill. D. sericea, Hort., not Vahl). Shrub, 1-3 ft. : branchlets villous: lvs. scattered, oblong-ovate to oblanceolate, obtusish, glar brous and shining above, tomentose below, 1-lii in. long: fls. rosy purple, fragrant, Min. long, in 10-15-fld. heads, lobes broad-ovate, obtuse, about as long as tube; bracts broadly oval, tomentose, about half as long as the fls., persistent for some time. April-June. Italy, Crete, Asia Minor. B.M. 428. B.R. 24:56. Var. neapolitana, Lindl. (D. neapolitdna, Lodd. D. Delahayana, Hort.). Lvs. glabrous or nearly so. L.B. C. 8:719. B.R. 822. By some supposed to be a hybrid of D. collina and D. Cneorum. 8. sericea, Vahl (D. oleifdlia, Lam.). Shrub, 1-2 ft.: branchlets short, puberulous or nearly glabrous: lvs. crowded at the end of the branchlets, lanceolate or oblanceolate, acute or acuminate, glabrous above, appressed pubescent beneath, sometimes nearly gla- brous, yi-^ in. lone: fls. in 3-8-fld. heads, rose-colored, ^in. long, lobes oroadly ovate, obtuse, a third shorter than tube: bracts obovate, silky, soon droop- ing. May, June. Sicily, Crete, Asia Minor. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 10: 20. — Rare in cult.; usually confused with the preced- ing species. DD. Lvs. usually longer than B in., glabrous (or slightly pubescent beneath in No. 9.): perianth glabrous or 1221. Daphne Cneorum. E. Apex of lvs. obtuse or acutish. p. Heads of fls. all terminal, usually many-fld.; bracts persistent. 9. hybrida, Lindl. (D. Daiiphinii, Hort. D. DeU phinii, Lodd.). Garden hybrid of D. collina x D. odora. Similar to D. odora, but hardier. Erect shrub, to 4 ft. : lvs. cuneate, oblong-elliptic, dark green and shining above, glabrous or slightly hairy along the veins beneath when young, 2-3 in. long: fls. reddish purple, pubes- cent outside, very fragrant, rather large, in few-fld. heads. B.R. 1177. 10. odora, Thunbg. {D. sinensis, Lam. Z). indica, Loisel., not Linn.). Shrub, to 4 ft., with glabrous branches: lvs. oblong-eUiptic, acute at both ends, bluntly pointed, glabrous, 2-3 in. long: fls. in dense, terminal heads, very fragrant, "white to purple; ovary glabrous; bracts 6-10, lanceolate, persistent. Winter and spring. China, Japan. Gn. 28:8. J.H. III. 50:367. V. 4:318. Gng. 2:211. Var. alba, Hemsl. Fls. white. Gn. 28:8; 37, p. 10; 76, p. 240. G. 8:45; 22:9. Var. punctata, Hemsl. Fls. in dense heads, white, spotted outside with red. B.M. 1587. Var. marginata, Hort. Lvs. bordered yellow: fls. red. P.M. 8:175 and R.H. 1866:252 (as D. japonica). A.G. 22:843. Var. riibra, Sweet. Fls. purple. S.B.F.G. II. 4:320. G.C. III. 21:173.— By some botanists D. odora and D. sinensis. Lam. {D. indica, Loisel.), are considered distinct species: D. odora has larger fls. about ?^in. long, glabrous outside, the bracts shorter than the fls., and 964 DAPHNE DARLINGTONIA usually oval Ivs., while D. sinensis has fls. about J^in. long, slightly silky outside, the bracts longer than the fls., and usually oblong-eUiptic Ivs.; but it is doubtful whether these characters are constant. — D. odor&ta, Hort., is a common misprint in catalogues for D. odora. D. odordta, Lam.= D. Cneorum. FP. Heads of fls. axillary and terminal, few-fld.; bracts caducous; ■perianth glabrous. 11. japdnica, Sieb. & Zucc. (D. Maz&ii, Carr.). Shrub, to 4 ft.: branches glabrous: Ivs. oblong-deltoid, gradually narrowed at the base, nearly sessile, 2-4 in. long: heads axillary and terminal, short-peduncled, 3-4-fld.; fls. pink, short-pediceUed, Hin- long; lobes ovate, obtuse, as long as tube; bracts ovate-lanceolate, ciliate, slightly shorter than fls. ; peduncles and pedicels silky. Spring. Japan, China. Gn. 14:442. EB. Apex of Ivs. usually emarginate. 12. retfisa, Hemsl. Shrub, 2-3 ft. : branchlets pubes- cent at first, soon glabrous: Ivs. oblong or oblanceolate- oblong, obtuse and usually emarginate, narrowed at the base into a short petiole, glabrous, 1-3 in. long, J/^-^in. wide: fls. white, tinged outside rose or violet, glabrous, fragrant, ^in. long, in many-fld. terminal heads; lobes slightly shorter than tube; bracts 3-4, oval or obovate, ciliate, deciduous, shorter than fls.: fr. red. May. W. China. B.M. 8430.— Recently intro. and apparently fairly hardy; a very desirable plant. BB. Fls. axillary, yellowish or greenish white, glabrous outside. 13. Laureola, Linn. Shrub, to 4 ft. : Ivs. cuneate, obo- vate-lanceolate, acute, shining and dark green above, glabrous, 2-3K in. long: fls. in 5-10-fld., nearly sessile racemes, yellowish green, scentless: fr. black. March- May. S. Eu., W. Asia. Gn. 29, p. 602 (poor). Var. Phillppii, Arb. Kew (D. Philippii, Gren. & Godr.). Lower: Ivs. obovate: fls. often violet outside; bracts as long or longer than the fls. Pyrenees. — ^Var. purpurea of the Kew Arboretum =D. Houtteana. 14. pdntica, Linn. Shrub, to 5 ft. : Ivs. cuneate, obo- vate or obovate-lanceolate, acute, shining, glabrous, 2-3 in. long: fls. in long-peduncled, 1-3-fld. clusters, green- ish yeUow, fragrant, with hnear-lanceolate lobes. April, May. S. E. Eu., W. Asia. B.M. 1282. G.C. II. 14:209. G.W. 5, p. 261. D. alpina, Linn. Erect shrub, to 2 ft.: Ivs. deciduous,^ cu- •neate-lanceolate, sparingly silky: fls. white or blushed, terminal, fragrant. May, June. S. Eu. L.B.C. 1:66. Gn. 29, p. 603.— D. alt&ica. Pall. Shrub, to 4 ft.; Ivs. deciduous, cuneate, oblong- lanceolate, glabrous: fls. white, in terminal, 1-5-fld. heads, fragrant. May, June. Altai, Songaria, Mongolia. B.M. 1875. L.B.C. 4:399. — D. arbilscula, Celak. Evergreen dwarf shrub: branchlets red: Ivs. crowded at end of branchlets, linear-oblanceolate, obtuse, pubescent or glabrous beneath, ^in. long: fls. pink, in 3-~S-fld. heads. June; Hungary. — D. caucdsica. Pall. Allied to D. altaica. Lvs. narrower; fls. in 3-20-fld. heads. Caucasus. B.M. 7388. — D. glomerata, Lam. Allied to D. pontica. Low: fls. light pink, fragrant, the clusters crowded at the ends of the branches. May. W. Asia. — D. Gnidium, Linn. Evergreen shrub, to 2 ft.: lvs. linear-lanceolate, acute, glabrous; fls. yellowish white, fragrant, in terminal racemes or panicles. S. Eu. L.B.C. 2:150. Gn. 29, p. 603. — D. jezo&nsis, Maxim. Upright shrub, 2 ft.: lvs, oblong-obovate, persistent, obtuse, lM-3 in. long: fls. axillary, yellow. March, Apr. Gt. 15:496. — Z). kamtschdlica; Maxim. Low upright shrub, sparsely branched: lvs. oblong- lanceolate, acutish: fls. fascicled, yellowish. Kamchatka, Manchuria. — D. papyriferat Sieb.^Edgeworthia papyrifera. — D. petrka, Leyb. Dwarf evergreen shrub; lvs. linear-lanceolate, small, obtuse: fls. light pink, in terminal, 3-6-fld. heads, fragrant. June, July. S. Tyrol. Gn, 69, p. 327. — D. vseudo-mez^eum. Gray. Low, almost decumbent shrub: lvs. lanceolate-oblong, acutish: fls. fascicled, axillary, greenish yellow, scentless. March, Apr. Japan. — D. rupSstris, Facch.=D. petrsea. — D. salicifdlia, Lam.=D. caucasica. — D.[5dpAia, Kalen. Allied to D. caucasica: lvs. obovate- oblong, glaucous below; heads few-fld. S. Russia. — D. striAtOt Tratt. Dwarf evergreen shrub: lvs. small, cuneate, linear-lanceo- late, glabrous: fls. in terminal, many-fld. heads, pink. June, July. Switzerland and Carpathian Mts. — D. Vdhlii, Keissler. Allied to D. collina. Branchlets thick, puberulous: lvs. obovate or oblong- obovate, appressed-pubescent below: heads 8-10-fld.: bracts obovate, silky, deciduous. Crete, Asia Minor. — D. yezoSnsis. Hort. =D. jezoensis. ALFRED ReHDEB. DAPHNiDIUM: Benzoin. DAPHNIPHlfLLUM (Greek, laurel leaf, from the similarity of the leaves). Euphorbiacese. Broad-leaved evergreen hardy or semi-tropical shrubs or small trees, sometimes cultivated for their handsome large foliage. Leaves large, without stipules, leathery, smooth, more or less glaucous, alternate, entire, petioled, pinnately veined: fls. dioecious, in axillary racemes or panicles, apetalous; calyx 3-8-parted, small, imbricate; sta- mens 5-18; pistil 2-ceUed, 4-ovuled: fr. a small, olive- like drupe, usually 1-seeded. — ^Twelve to 20 species, mostly in Trop. Asia, etc. The one, or possibly two, species, rarely seen in cult, in Amer., are from Japan. The large evergreen lvs. distinguish it from other hardy euphorbiacous shrubs. They are somewhat rhododendron- or laurel-like, hardy as far north as the Middle Atlantic States, and make very handsome broad-spreading shrubs with inconspicuous fls. Daphniphyllum can be propagated by cuttings, but roots rather slowly, and if seed could be secured it would no doubt give better results. The plants need protection from frost in winter till weU established. They are strong growers in rich soil. macropodum, Miq. (D. glauc&scens, Hort.). A shrub or small tree, broad and compact, 5-10 ft. high, or more in native land, smooth, twigs red: lvs. oblong, 2 x 8 in., bluish glaucous below; petiole 1-2 in. long, red; lateral veins, %-}im. apart: fls. small, in short racemes: fr. oblong, not over J^in., black. Japan and China. G. 18:478; 31:16. S.LF. 1:54. Two other names, D. glaucSscens, Blume, and D. jezo&nae, Hort., occur occasionally in horticultural literature. The first has scarcely glaucous lvs. with lateral veins H-Hi^- apart and is probably not in cult.; the latter is a morq dwarf form than the others. J. B. S. Norton. DARBYA: Nestronia. DARLINGTONIA (after William Darlington, of West Chester, Pa., author of "Memorials of John Bartram and Humphrey Marshall," and of "Florula Cestrica.") Sarraceniacex. A monotypic genus of American pitcher-plants which, apart from their strik- ing aspect and beautiful coloring, have acquired celebrity from their insectivorous habits. The short rhizomes grow in fine muddy soU, and pro- duce annually a terminal rosette of lvs., all of which are modified into upright pitchers: each pitchered If. is 3-30 in. long by J^3 m. wide, is somewhat spirally twisted, hoUow throughout and with a median crest or flap in front; the tube represents the hollowed If.- midrib, the flap is formed by the fused halves of the If. that have united by their upper faces in front of the midrib; the top part of the tube curves over in rounded fashion to form a down-directed pitcher orifice, from which depends a bilobed unusually crimson and green appendage of attractive aspect; the rounded top is also beautifully mottled by white translucent areas; the pitcher exterior and the appendage bear many honey- glands, the excretion from which tempts insects toward the orifice. The rounded hood is Ughted within through the white areas, and bears many attractive honey- glands interspersed with down-directed hairs. Tempted by the former, and impelled by the latter, insects step or drop on to the upper interior of the tube. This is extremely smooth, affords no foothold, and so they soon tumble into the lower part. This is covered by down-directed hairs which prevent egress of the caught prey. Disintegration of the insects, amid a neutral liquid that is excreted by the pitcher-wall, then takes place and the products ai-e gradually absorbed through thin areas of the lower cavity. Honey-secretion and insect-catching proceed most actively in May and June; by midsummer, therefore, each pitcher is filled to a depth of 4r-8 in. by a decaying mass of insect-remains, amid which at times centipedes or a slug may be found. The genus is native from N. Cen. Calif, to S. Ore. It occurs there on the Sierras by the edge of mountain swamps or "deer-Ucks" at an elevation of 2,000-8,000 DARLINGTONIA ft. Specimens were first hurriedly collected by W. D. Brackenridge of the Wilkes Exploring Expedition, on the southern slopes of Mt. Shasta, when the explorers were retreating before attacking Indians. The speci- mens were described and named by Torrey. Darlingtonias have been grown outdoors in the East the year round in a few special localities. Edward Gillett at Southwick, Massachusetts, grows them in a favored spot without artificial protection. F. H. Hors- ford can preserve them at Charlotte, Vermont, with the aid of a winter mulch. As greenhouse plants, darlingtonias require the same treatment as their allies, sarracenias, dioneas and dro- seras. A well-grown collection of these plants is not only very interesting and curious, but also very beau- tiful. To succeed, they must occupy a shaded position, and never be allowed to become dry. Give a cool, moist, even tempera- ture. If possible, a glass case should be provided for them, with provi- sion made for ventilation; a con- stant moist atmosphere can be more easily maintained, and at the same time the greenhouse in which they are grown may be freely ven- DASYLIRION 965 1222. Young plant of Darlingtonia. tilated without injury to these plants. The material in which they grow best is two-thirds fern-root fiber with the du)3t shaken out, and one-third chopped sphag- num moss and silver sand, with a few nodules of char- coal added. About the first week in July is perhaps the best time for potting, though one must be guided by the condition of the plants, choosing a time when they are the least active. When well established they will require potting only once in two years. The pots should be placed in pot-saucers as a safeguard against their ever becoming dry, and all the space between the pots should be filled with sphagnum moss up to the rims of the pots. A temperature of 40° to 45° during winter, with a gradual rise as the days lengthen in spring, will suit them admirably. During the summer they should be kept well shaded, or they may be removed to a well- shaded frame outside in some secluded position free from hot drying winds. Propagation of these plants is effected by division of the roots, or by seeds sown on live sphagnum moss in pans, the moss being made very even and the pans placed either under a bell-jar or glass case in a cool moist atmosphere. (Edward J. Canning.) ca]jf6rmca, Torr. Fig. 1222. Rootstock horizontal: Ivs. 5-8 in annual rosettes, long-tubular, somewhat twisted, with median anterior flap, green below, green mottled with white over the arched hood, orifice down- du-ected with bilobed red and green appendage in front: n.-stalk 10-30 in., bearing scattered bracts; fl. sohtary inverted; sepals 5, pale green; petals 5, yellowish to brown-red with red veins; stamens 15-12, inserted ^elow ovary; ovary obconic with depressed apex, style 5-lobed with radial stigmas: caps, obovate, surrounded by the persistent sepals. Flowers from May to July according to elevation. B.H. 5:113. F.S. 14:1440* F.M. 1869:457. B.M. 6920. I.H. 18:75. G.C. Ill' 7:84; 17:304; 24:339.— Intro, into cult, in 1861. Var. rflbra, Hort. Differs from type in being a reddish hue. D. C. cocctnea, Hort.=D. De Noteri. — — D. coldssea aitrea, Hort. Garden hybrid, parentage not reported, with bright golden yellow fls. — D. De Ndteri, Hort. Probably annual: 3 ft.: fls. fragrant, brilliant red, freely produced. S. Air. — Z>. fhrox. Linn. St. thick, glabrous, red at base but otherwise green- er white-punctate: Ivs. rhombic-ovate, angled-toothed: calyx 5- angled and about 5-parted; corolla light blue, the Umb angulate: fr. unequally spiny, with 4 large spines at top. S. Eu. — D. querci- fdlia, HBK. Annual, with green sts., the young growth somewhat pubescent: Ivs. deeply sinuate-pinnatifld. : fls. as in D. Tatula: caps, bearing large and unequal flattened prickles that are some- times Vi in. long. Mex. WiLHELM MiLLER. DAUBENTdNIA: Seabania. L. H. B.t DAUCUS (ancient Greek name). UmbeUiferse. Per- haps 60 annual and biennial herbs of very wide distribu- tion. One or 2 species are native to N. Amer.; one species of Daucus is the common garden carrot, and the wild form of the same species is an abundant old- field weed in the northeastern states. Aside from the carrot, there are no horticultural.members of the genus. Daucus comprises bristly or setose slender plants, with pinnately decompound and often finely divided Ivs., very small fls. in compound involucrate umbels, and oblong mostly dorsally flattened frs. The species are mostly of the temperate regions of Eu., Afr. and Asia. Cardta, Linn. Figs. 821, 822. Bristly biennial, with twice- or thrice-pinnatifid Ivs., the ultimate divisions cut and pointed: fls. crowded in umbellets, mostly white but sometimes blush or even pale yellow, some of the marginal fls. larger; rays of umbel numerous; involucre of many elongated-subulate divisions: fr. (or "seed") small, greenish or brownish, somewhat convex on one side and plane on the opposite side 972 DAUCUS DAVALLIA grooved, bristly, aromatic. Eu. Under cult., the root has been greatly developed into many edible forms. Var. Boissidri, Schweinf., from Egypt and also in Spain, has blood-red or violet-oolored roots. Gt. 1904:1527. L. H. B. DAVALLIA (a personal name). Polypodiacex. Ferns, some of them grown under glass, and the smaller species making good plants for hanging-baskets. Tropical plants, usually with firm, somewhat finely divided foliage and coriaceous semi-cylindric indusia, which are attached at both the base and sides, opening toward the margin of the leaf. — Some twenty species, in many parts of the globe, some of them epiphytes. The diverse habits of growth of the many different species of davaUias, and their good lasting quaUties, peculiarly fit them under ordinary care for decorative purposes, when delicate and graceful plants are desired. Among the many species, the following are most often seen and best adapted for commercial purposes: D. bullata, D. pannda, very dwarf; D. pentaphylla, young fronds of a dark bronzy green, and D. Tyermannii (Humata), are well adapted for hanging-baskets. D. dissecta and var. elegans, D. concinna (Loxoscaphe), D. fijiensis and vars. plumosa and major, D. foenicidacea (Loxoscaphe), D. solida, D. pallida (syn. Mooreana) and D. pyxidaia are adapted for large specimen plants. D. tenuifolia (Odontosoria chinensis) and vars. stricta and Veitchiana are desirable for fern-dishes, because of their dwarfish habit of growth and the ease with which they may be raised from spores. — Old plants of davalUa may be cut into a number of smaller ones with a sharp knife. Planted firmly into shallow pans and placed in a temperature of 60° to 65° F., they soon develop into symmetrical plants. The rhizomes should be firmly fastened to soil by strong copper-wire staples, where they will root in a short time. To gain a large number of small plants, the rhizomes should be detached, cleaned from all soil and roots, laid on sand and thinly covered 1229. Cavallia buUaia, giown as a "fem-ball." with moss. Placed in a shaded position in a temperature of 65° to 70° F., and kept moderately moist, a number of small plants will develop from the dormant eyes, which may be separately potted as soon as of sufficient size. Spores of davallia should be sown on a fine com- post of soil, leaf -mold or peat and sand in equal parts, and placed in a shaded position in a temperature of 60° to 65° F. All the operations of propagation of davallias will be most successful if conducted during the spring months. All davaUias delight in a rich and open compost, an abundance of light and air, and mois- ture at their roots, a temperature of 60° to 65° P. and a thorough syringing every bright day. (N. N. Bruckner.) bullata, 3. canariensis, 8. decurrens, 6. denticulata, 5. dissecta, 11. divaricata, 12. elegans, 6, 8, 11. INDEX. fijiensis, 10. major, 10. Mariesii, 4. Mayi, 6. Moorearuir 13. omoto, 7. pallida, 13. parvula, 2, pentaphylla, 1, plumosa, 10. polyarUha, 12. pyxidata, 9. Bolida, 7, superba, 7. A. Lvs. once pinnate, with few linear segms. 1. pentaphylla, Blume. Lvs. scattered, from a stout fibriUose rootstock, 1-pinnate, with 1 terminal and 4-6 pairs of lateral pinnae, 4-6 in. long, J^n. broad; son in marginal rows. Java and Polynesia. AA. Lvs. tri- or quadri-pinnatifid, deltoid. B. Length of lvs. less than 1 ft. 2. plrvula. Wall. A tiny fern with scaly creeping rootstocks, the lvs. sessile or with staUis 1-2 in. long, the blades J^-J^in. long, J/^in. broad, triangular, 2-3 pinnatifid, the segms. threadlike, pointed. Singa- pore and Borneo. 3. buUata, Wall. Figs. 1229, 1230. Rootstock creep- ing, clothed with whitish or light brown hair-like scales: lvs. scattered, 6-10 in. long, 4r-6 in. wide, quad- ripinnatifld, with deeply incised segms.; texture firm. India to Java and Japan. F.E. 11:643. — Often sold for house cult, in the form of a fern-ball. 4. Miriesii, Moore. Rootstock stout, with brownish scales, which are lanceolate from a broad dilated base: lvs. deltoid, 4-6 in. each way, with the pinnae cut away at the lower side at base; segms. short-linear, 1-nerved; sori intramarginal. Japan. G.C. III. 13 : 571. BB. Length of lvs. 1-2 ft. c. Foliage commonly trir-pinnatifld. 5. denticuUta, Mett. (D. Slegans, Swartz). Root- stock clothed with woolly fibers: lvs. 9-15 in. wide, with the main rachis slightly winged toward the apex; indusia several to a segm., with the sharp teeth projecting beyond the cups. Ceylon to Austral, and Polynesia. 6. decfirrens, Hooker. Rootstock stout, creeping, fibrillose: If .-blade 1-2 ft. long, 9-15 in. broad, triangu- lar, the main rachis scarcely winged at the apex, 3- pinnate^ the segms. Unear-oblong, broadly toothed; sori inside the margin. Philippines. Var. Milyi, Hort. Graceful, much divided lvs. 7. s61ida, Swartz {D. ornAta, Wall.). Rootstock clothed with appressed scales or fibers: IVs. 1-2 ft. long, 12-15 in. wide, the center of the apex broad and undivided; segms. broad and slightly cut; indusia marginal. Malaya. Var. superba, Hort. Lvs. flat, in young state tinted with red. cc. Foliage commonly qvadri-pinnatifid. 8. canariensis. Smith. Rootstock stout, densely clothed with pale brown linear scales: If .-blades 12-18 in. long, triangular, with ovate-rhombic, deeply incised segms.; sori on entire segms., or with a horn outside. Spain, Canaries, N. Afr. Var. elegans, Hort. Lvs. finely divided. 9. fjsadkta., Cav. Rootstock clothed with pale brown linear scales: If .-blades tri-quadri-pinnatifid, 6-9 in. broad, with oblong segms.; sori with a broad space outside, which is extended into a horn-like pro- jection. Austral. 10. fijiensis. Hook. Lvs. 6-12 in. broad, with the lower pinnse deltoid and the segps. cut into narrow, linear divisions J^J^in. long; sori on the dilated apices of the segms. with no horn. Fiji Isls. A.F. 6:900; 9:233. G.C. III. 23:323.— One of the finest species, with numerous varieties. Considered by some botanists to be a variety of D. solida. Var. plum5sa, Bull. Dis- tinct from the species by the gracefully drooping habit and feathery nature of the pendulous lvs. Var. mijot, DAVALLIA DEBREGEASIA 973 Moore. More robust: Ivs. not so fine, lighter color than the species. 11. dissecta, J. Smith. Rootstock stout, with dense, rusty scales: Ivs. 10-12 in. broad, on straw-colorea stalks; segms. oblong, cuneate at base, with simple or bifid lobes; sori minute, often with 2 projecting horns. Java. Var. elegans, Hort. Similar to type but with more graceful habit. BBB. Length of Ivs. 2-3 ft. 12. divaric&ta, Blmne (D. polydntha, Hook.). Root- stock with linear rusty scales: Ivs. tri-pinnatifid, some- times 2 ft. broad, with deltoid segms. cut into hnear- oblong lobes; sori at some distance from the edge. India to Java and Hong Kong. 13. pallida, Mett. {D. Moorecina, Mast.). Root- stock stout, with lanceolate dark brown scales: Ivs. with straw-colored stalks 12-18 in. long, quadri-pin- natifid, with deltoid, stalked segms., the ulti- mate obovate-cuneate, bearing the sorus on the upper side at the base. Aneityum and Borneo. A.F. 6:901; 9:231. A. G. 13:143. For D. concinna and D. faniculacea, see Loxoscaphe. D. platypkyUa, see Microlepia; D. stricta^ see Steno- loma; D. tenuifolia, see Stenoloma; D. Tyermanniit see Humata. Several other ferns are in trade under the name Davallia, which are properly referred to other genera. Of these, disposition should be made as follows; D. aJpHia=Humata repens; D, angustata=H.uiaa.ta hetero- pln^lla; D. brasiliensis=Saccoloina, insequale; D.retusa s=Odontosoria retusa; D. tenuifolia=Odoii.toaoTia chi- nensis. D. amana and D. decora are names of uncertain standing and application. j^_ q BENEDICT.t DAVIDIA (after Armand David, French missionary, botanized in China from 1862 to 1873). Nyssacex. Ornamental deciduous trees, cultivated for their handsome foliage and the large and showy white flowers. Leaves alternate, slender-petioled, dentate, without stipules: fla. polygamous, in dense subglobose heads consisting of numerous staminate fls. and 1 bisexual il., with 2 large bracts at the base; sepals and petals wanting; stamens 1-7, with slender filaments; ovary 6-10-celled, with rudimentary perianth and a circle of short stamens on top of the ovary at the base of the short and thick style, with spreading stigmas: fr. a drupe with a 3-5-seeded stone. — One species in W. China. This is a handsome tree of pyramidal habit, with rather large and attractive bright green foHage, and an object of striking beauty when studded with the very large creamy wMte floral bracts. The tree haa proved hardy in favorable positions as far north as Massachu- setts; it seems to be somewhat tender only while young. Apparently it grows well in any good fresh soil. Propa- gation is by seeds sown in spring, which soon germi- nate, and by cuttings in summer of half-ripened wood under glass; also by layers. involucrata, Baill. PsT-amidal tree, to 60 ft., with upright or ascending branches: Ivs. cordate-ovate, acuminate, coarsely serrate, strongly veined, bright green and finally glabrous above, densely silky pubes- cent below, 2J^-5 in. long: heads terminal, peduncled; bracts 2, opposite, rarely 3, ovate to oblong -obovate, entire or serrate, creamy white, of unequal size, the larger to 7 in. long and to 4}^in. broad: drupe oblong- ovoid, brownish, punctulate, about 1}^ in. long. May, June; fr. in Oct. W. China. Var. Vilmoriniana, Hemsl. (D. Vilmoriniana, Dode. D. Ikta, Dode). Lvs. glabrous and glaueescent below, or only sparingly pubescent while young. B.M. 8432. H.I. 20:1961. G.C. III. 33:235; 39:346. J.H.S. 1903:57; 37:129, fig. 113. R.H. 1906, pp. 297-9; 1907, p. 321. R.B. 34:230. This variety is better known in cult, than the type. It was intro. in 1897 by Farges who sent seeds from which a single plant was raised by Vilmorin. Later E. H. Wilson sent seeds of the variety as well as the type, from which a large stock of plants was raised by Veitch. Alfeed Rbhder. DAY FLOWER: Commelina. DAY LILY: Funkia and HemerocaUis. DEAD NETTLE: Lamium. DEBREGEASIA (derivation un- known; probably named after a per- son). Syn., Morocdrpus. Urticacem. Upright shrubs, grown for their hand- some foliage and ornamental yellow or red fruits, which are edible. Leaves alternate, short- petioled, serrulate, 3-nerved at the base, rugose above, tomen- tose beneath; stipules bifid: fls. monoecious or dioecious in uni- sexual globose clusters arranged in small axiUary cymes; stami- nate fls. with usually 4-parted perianth, with 4 short stamens; pistillate with urceolate or obo- vate perianth much contracted at the mouth, with very short usually 4- toothed limb, ad- nate to the ovary; stigma penicillate, on a short style or sessile: fr. subglo- bose consisting of numerous small 1- seeded fleshy drupe- lets. — Five or 6 species in China, S. Asia and Abyssinia. The two species in cultivation, neither of which is yet in trade, are spreading tender shrubs with handsome slender fohage, dark green above, whitish be- low, and small usually orange-red fruits resembling in shape a small mulberry and produced profusely along last year's branches. D. longifoUa is a stove-plant; D. edvlis is hardier*, and at the Arnold Arboretum sur- vives the winter outdoors. It is, however, killed back nearly to the ground, but sends up numerous shoots, and although' it does not flower and fruit, it is an attrac- tive bush on account of the striking contrast of the dark green lustrous upper and the white lower surface of the leaves. Propagation is by seeds and by green- wood cuttings under glass. edMs, Wedd. {Morocdrpus edidis, Sieb. & Zucc). Shrub, to 6 ft.: branchlets appressed-pubescent, soon glabrous: lvs. oblong-lanceolate to elliptic, acuminate, serrulate, rugose and smooth above, whitish tomentose below, 3-5 in. long: fr. orange-red, globose, about J/^in. across, in small dichotomous cymes in June. China, Japan. longifSlia, Wedd. (D. veliOina, Gaud. Conoeephdus niveus, Wight). Shrub, to 8 ft.: branchlets villous: lvs. lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, serrulate, rugose and rough above, white-tomentose beneath, 4-7 in. long: fr. orange-yellow or red, Hm. across, in small dichotomous cymes. Subtropical Himalaya to Java. R.H. 1896, p. 321. G.C. III. 39:232, suppl. Alfred Rehder. 974 DECABELONE DELARBREA DECABELONE: TavereHa. DEC AISNEA (after Joseph Decaisne, French botanist, who wrote much on the botany of cultivated plants; 1809-1882). Lardizabalcicex. Woody subjects grown for the large pinnate foliage and the conspicuous fruits. Upright sjiaringly branched shrubs: Ivs. odd-pin- nate, large, with opposite entire Ifts. : fls. polygamous, in axillary racemes, slender-pedicelled; sepals 6, petaloid, long-acuminate; petals wanting; stamens 6, the fila/- ments in the staminate fl. connate into a column; pistils 3, growing into rather large oblong foUicles with numerous seeds in two ranks imbedded in a white pulp. — Two species in E. Himalayas and in W. China. These are distinct -looking shrubs, in habit resem- bling a lar^e-leaved sumac, with long racemes of pendu- lous greenish flowers similar in shape to those of a yucca, but are smaller, and with conspicuous blue or yellow fruits which are edible, but insipid. The Chinese species has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum in sheltered position, while the Himalayan is tender. They prefer a sheltered situation of warm southern exposure and do not seem particular as to the soil. Propagation is by seeds. Fargesii, Franch. Shrub, to 15 ft.: Ivs. to 3 ft. long, glabrous; Ifts. 13-25, elliptic, acuminate, short-petioled, bright green above, glaucescent below, 2-5 in. long: racemes upright, many-fld.; fls. nodding, campanulate, greenish, 1-1}^ in. long; sepals lanceolate, long-acumi- nate, much longer than the stamens: fr. pendulous, oblong-cylindric, deep blue, 3-4 in. long, about 1 in. thick, with numerous black seeds about }/^m. long: April, May; fr. in Sept. W. China. B.M. 7848. R.H. 1900, pp. 270, 271, 273. M.D. 1912:197. D. insignia. Hook. f. & Thorns. In habit, Iva. and fla., very little different from the preceding species, but f r. yellow, thicker, cxirved. E.Himalayas. B.M. 6731. F.S. 13:1335. I.H. 3:91. Alfred Rehder. DECODON (Greek, ten-toothed). Lythr&cex. A hardy perennial herb sometimes offered by dealers in native plants. Decodon is sometimes considered a subgenus of Nesaea, but is latterly kept distinct as a monotypic genus. It is distinguished from Lythrum by having 5 (rarely 4) petals instead of 6, and 10 stamens while Lythrum has mostly 6 or 12. It has opposite or whorled Ivs., the upper with axillary, short- stalked clusters of fls. verticillitus, EU. iNeskavertidUd,ta,'BSK.). Swamp Loosb-Stbife. Water- Willow. Smooth or downy: sts. recurved, 2-8 ft. long, 4-6-sided: Ivs. lanceolate, nearly sessile: petals 5, cuneate-lanceolate, rose-pur- §le, J^. long; stamens 10, half of them shorter, wampy grounds, N. E. to Fla., west to Minn, and La. — Desirable for colonizing about ponds and in very wet places. It runs into 2 or 3 varieties. DECUMARIA (Latin, decumus, tenth, referring to the number of the parts of the flower). Saxifragacese. Chmbing shrubs, cultivated for their handsome glossy foliage and clusters of attractive white flowers. Climbing by aerial rootlets: Ivs. deciduous, opposite, petioled: fls. in terminal peduncled corymbs, small, white, perfect; sepals and petals 7-10; stamens 20-30: fr. a 6-10-celled ribbed caps, opening between the ribs, with numerous minute seeds. — One species in B. N. Amer. and one in China. These are ornamental climbing shrubs with handsome glossy foUage and fragrant white flowers, forming a corymb of feathery appearance, well adapted for cover- ing walls, rocks, trellis work and trunks of trees; tender, but the American species survives in sheltered posi- tiAis as far north as Massachusetts, while the Chinese is more tender. They thrive in almost any humid soil. Propagation is by greenwood cuttings in summer under glass, rarely by seeds. b^bara, Linn. (D. sarmentbsa, Bosc). Climbing to 30 ft., but usually less high: Ivs. ovate, obtuse or acute remotely denticulate or entire, glabrous and shining above, 2-4 in. long and 1-2 in. broad: corymbs 2-3 in. broad, semiglobose. May, June. Va. to Fla., west to La. B.B. (ed. 2) 2:233. Mn. 1:41. G.C. IIL 46:242 suppl. ' D. sinSnsia, Oliv. Very similsir to the preceding; leas high: iva, generally oblong, obtuse or obtuaiah, lH-3 in. long and ^1 in broad: pedicels appresaed-pubescent. Cent. China. H.1. 18:174l' DEERBEKSY: Vaceimum atamineum. DEERGRASS: Bhexia. Alfred Rehdbr. DEERfNGIA (Karl Deering, died 1749; bom in Saxony, practicing physician in London and author of catalogue of plants of England). Amarantdcese. About a half-dozen species of climbing herbs or sub- shrubs, from Madagascar to Austral., one of which is offered in Calif. Lvs. alternate: fls. dioecious or per- fect, numerous and small, in terminal spiciferous panicles; parts of fl. 5, spreading under the succulent indehiscent fr. ; stamens 5, united into a ring. D. bacc^ta, Moq. (D. celosMdes, R. Br.), in Austral., E. Indies and elsewhere, is a smooth woody climber, 10-12 ft.: Ivs. ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, entire: fls. in slender interrupted spikes 1 ft. or less long, greenish white: berry red, nearly globular, J^in. or less diam. B.M. 2717. The plant offered asD. variegata, described as a slender-growing shrub that will climb if shoots are trained up, long spikes of white fls.^ and lvs. margined with white, is probably a form of this species, or it may be Bosea Amherstiana (JD. Amherstiana, Wall.), which has a form with variegated lvs. l_ g;_ b_ DEINAnTHE (Greek extraordinary, referring to the flowers being large for the group). Saxifragd^s. Herbs or sub-shrubs of 2 species, 1 in Japan and 1 in China, at least the Chinese species having been offered in England. Of the Hydrangea tribe, allied to Cardiandra, but lvs. opposite rather than alternate and style 1-5-forked rather than 3 and separate. D. cseriilea, Stapf, from China, is a perennial herb, 1-1 J^ ft. high, with horizontal stout rootstock, the sohtary st. from the tip of the rootstock: lvs. about 4 at the top of the st., ovate or broad-elliptic, sharply toothed: fls. sterile and fertile, the former few, the fertile much larger and nodding, the petals bright blue, stamens blue, all constituting a terminal panicle. B.M. 8373. D. bifida, Maxim., has creamy white or pure white fls. with yellow stamens, a different infl., and lvs. deeply bifid at apex. l_ jj, g, DELABfiCHEA RUPfeSTRIS: Sterculia rupestris. DELARBREA (after a French naturalist). Aralidtese. Tall tender shrubs from New Caledonia, grown in hot- houses. Leaves alternate, decompound, gracefully arching, the Ifts. leathery and entire or slightly cut: fls. falling very early, in large umbellate-paniculate clusters, not very showy. Distinguished from Aralia by its round, not angled frs. — Two species. Cult, same as Aralia. spectabilis, Lind. & Andri (Ardliacondnna, Nichols.). St. ashy gray, with brown, warty spots: lvs. odd-pin- nate; Ifts. in 8-10 pairs, each 1ft. entire or 3-toothed or twice cut, sometimes so deeply cut as to make 3 entirely free segms. I.H. 25:314. — Under the name of Ardia spectabilis, two different plants have been sold. One is Aralia filicifolia. The two plants can be dis- tinguished at a glance. The primary division of the If. m A. filicifolia is long and narrow, thrice as long as in D. spectabilis, and tapering to a long point, while in D. spectabilis the primary division of the If. is short and has 3 well-marked segms. In A. filicifolia the secondary divisions are deeply and irregu- DELARBREA larly cut; in D. spectabilis they are merely serrate. The two plants are also immediately distinguished by the black spots on the st. of D. spectabilis. N. TAYLOR.t DELAVAYA (after J. M. Delavay, French mission- ary, who explored the flora of S. W. China). Sapin- d&ceie. A tree from S. W. China, allied to Xanthoceras, but differing chiefly in its 3-foliolate Ivs. and in the much smaller fls. with a cupular disk. The only species, D. toxocdrpa, [Franch. (Z). yunnan&nsis, Franch.), is a small tree, to 25 ft. : Ifts. lanceolate, serrate, glabrous, to 7 in. long: fls. about Kin. across, white: fr. a 2-3-lobed woody caps, with large brownish black seeds. Reported as recently intro. but probably hardy in warmer temperate regions only. Alfred Rehder. DELPHINIUM (Greek, a dolphin, from the resem- blance of the flower). Banunculacex. Larkspur. A group of beautiful hardy plants grown in borders for their handsome spikes of flowers and stately stems of foliage. They are of great value for cut-flower pur- poses as the blooms keep well. Annual or perennial, erect, branching herbs: Ivs. pahnately lobed or divided: fls. large, irregular, in a showy raceme or panicle; sepals 5, petal-like, the pos- terior one prolonged into a spur; petals 2 or 4, small, the posterior ones spurred, the lateral ones small, if present; the few carpels always sessile, forming many- seeded follicles. Full double forms are very common in a number of the species (compare Figs. 1232, 1233). A. Gray, An attempt to distinguish be- tween the American Delphiniums, Bot. Gaz. 12:49-54, 1887. E. Huth, Mono- graphie der Gattung Delphinium, in Eng. Bot. Jahrb. 20:322-499, 1895. There are about 60 species, native of the north temperate zone, four of which are of much greater popularity than the others: the annual, D. Ajads, and the perennials, D. grandv- fiorum, D. hybridum and D. formosum. The last three have been especially prolific in named garden varieties. Some of the garden varieties of delphiniums are as follows: King of Delphiniums, semi-double, and Duke of Connaught, distinguished by a deep intense blue and conspicuous white center of the large singular flowers; Mme. Violet Geslin and Julia, cornflower-blue varieties with white eye; Amos Perry, a combination of rich rosy mauve, flushed with sky-blue; Lizzie and Rev. J. J. Stubbs, spikes of vivid azure around deep brown centers. Combinations of sky-blue, pink and lavender are striking characteristics of Diademe, Excelsior, Grille, Hallgarten, Libelle, Minerva, Niederwald and Seidenspinner, distinguished from each other by white, brown or black centers. The petals of Carmen are of deep gentian-blue and pink, sur- rounding a brown center; those of Lamartine and Musea, lavender-blue; and Felicite, sky-blue. — Of the perpetual-flowering Belladonna class, the trade offers the folio wmg named hybrids: Capri, clear sky-blue; Moer- neimeii, pure white; Nassau, Mr. Brunton and Persim- mon variations in sky-blue and azure; while the Ught graceful spikes of Semiplenum and Grandiflora show a clear intense cornflower-blue. — Perfect double-flower- ing delphiniums, though very handsome, are shy seed- ers and a small percentage come true to color and variety. They do not seem to share in the great popu- larity of the singles. Of the latter the old species D. chinense, D. Davidii, and the rather hard to handle but otherwise beautiful yellow D. Zalil, are well worth cultivating. (R. Rothe.) Rocket and Candelabrum are names used to desig- nate the forms of inflorescence in the two annual spe- cies. The "Rocket" or spike-like form is more com- DELPHINIUM 975 monly found m the Ajacis type, and the "Candela- brum, with a number of short spike-hke heads of different heights, is found more often in Consolida. Delphiniums thrive in any good garden soil, but are improved by a deep, rich sandy loam, exposed to the sun. Deep preparation of the soil is very important. The annuals are propagated from seed, which are very slow m germinating. In the warmer latitudes they may be sown in early fall and will then produce flowers early the next season; or they may be started indoors. The perennials, may be propa- gated: (1) By root-division in the fall or spring. The large strong- growing species may be divided into a number of plants after growing in the flower-bed for sev- eral years. (2) By cuttings, about which J. B. Keller says: "Take a few cuttings from each plant in early spring, when growth is about 3 or 4 inches long, or else use the second growth, which has come after the flower-stems have been removed. Cuttings root readily in a shaded frame, no bot- tom heat being required, but an occasional sprinkUng during dry and hot weather is neces- sary. When rooted they are treated hke seed- Ungs." (3) By seeds, started in the green- house or hotbed in March or even earUer. The young seedlings should be given plenty of room by transplant- ing as they grow, and may be set in the open garden by June. If started thus early they flower the first autumn. The seed may be planted in late spring or sum- mer, care being taken to water well during dry weather, and flowers will come the next sum- .mer. To get the best resiilts, the perennials should be transplanted every 2 or 3 years. Two good crops of blossoms may be secured in one season by cutting away the flower-stems of the first crop as soon as the flowers have faded; of course no seeds will be produced in this way. In most climates where they are grown, the roots of the perennials are left unprotected, in the open garden, during the winter. This plan can be improved by giving the bed or border a good dressing of barn- yard manure about the time the ground begins to freeze in the fall. This will greatly enrich the soil and also protect the underground buds during winter. A much better show of flowers will be the result. Because of their abihty to use much fertility, it is well to spade in the manure instead of removing it in the spring. A top-dressing of manure near the plants in midsummer is used to aid in forcing the "fall" or second crop of flowers. This dressing conserves the soil- moisture, prevents weeds, and adds plant-food. Such applications of manure will make the plants more vig- orous throughout. They will flower more profusely and, if desired, the roots can be divided much more freely. 1231. Delphinium Ajacis. 976 DELPHINIUM DELPHINIUM Aiacis, 1. columhianum, 22. occidentale^ 23. albidum, IS. Consolida, 2. pauciflorum. 13. albo*pleno, 17. cultorum, 28. PrsewaUkianum, 5. album, 17, 18. decorum, 9. Przewalskii, 5. alpinum, 16. elatum, 16. pyramidale, 16. altissimum, 14. ezaltatum, 15. acopulonim, 23. asfureum, IS. flore-pleno, 17. simplex, 21. Barlowii, 27. formosum, 25. einense^ 17. bicolor, 7. grandiflonim, 17. subalpinum, 23. Breckii, 17. nybridum, 6, 17, 27, sulphureum, 6. Brunonianum, 8. 28. tricome, 11. cardinale, 4. imperialis, 2. troUiifolium, 20. carolinianum, IS. Maackianum, 26. vimineum, 18. oaahmerianum, 10. Menziesii, 12. vireBcens, 18. cheilantbum, 24. mesoleucum, 19. Walkeri, 10. chinense, 17. nudicaule, 3. Zalil, 6. ccelestinum, 25. Nuttallii, 22. A. Anniuils: petals only 2, united: follicle 1. 1. Aj^cis, Linn. Fig. 1231. An erect annual, about 18 in. nigh, with a few spreading branches: Ivs. of st. sessile, deeply cut into fine, linear seems.; root-lvs. similar, but short-petioled: ns. showy, olue or violet, varying to white, more numerous than in D. Consolida, in a spicate raceme; petals 2, united; calyx-spur about equahn^ the rest of the fl.: follicle only 1, pubescent; seeds with wrinkled, broken ridges. May-Aug. Eu. R.H. 1893, p. 228. Same figure in S.H. 2:282.— The season of flowering is governed largely by the time of sowing the seeds. If sown in the fall, as may be done in warm climates, the plants will produce fls. by May or June. But if the seeds be sown in spring no fls. should be expected before July or Aug. 2. Cons61ida, Linn. (Consdlida arvensisj Opiz). An erect, hairy annual, 1-1 Ji ft. high: Ivs. similar to D. Ajads: fls. few, loosely panicled, pedicels shorter than the bracts, blue or violet or white; petals 2, united: fol- licle 1, glabrous; seeds with broken, transverse ridges. June-Aug. Eu. Baxter Brit. Bot. 4, t. 297. R.H. 1893, p. 228 (var. ornatum Candelabrum). G.Z. 15:81. Var. imperialis, Hort. (D. imperidlis fl. pi., Hort.). Fls. double. I^om the EngUsh gardens. — See above species for sowing of seeds. AA. Perennials, pure species: petals 4' follides 8-5 {Nos. 3-27). B. Sepals red. 3. nudica&le, Torr. & Gray. St. 1-lM ft. high, gla- brous, branched, few-lvd. : Ivs. rather succulent, 1-3 in. across, lobed to the middle or farther 3-7 times, the secondary lobes rounded and often mucronate; petioles 3-5 in. long, dilated at the base: fls. panicled; sepals bright orange-red, obtuse, scarcely spreading, shorter than the stout spur; petals yel- low, nearly as long as sepals: follicles 3, spreading and re- curved, soon becoming glabrous; seeds thin-winged. Apr.-July. Along 'mountain streams, N. Calif. B.M.5819. F.S. 19:1949. R.H. 1893, p. 259.— A good per- ennial in the E. 4. cardinMe, Hook. St. erect, 2-3 J^ ft. high and much higher under favorable conditions, partly pubescent: Ivs. smooth, fleshy, deeply 5-parted, the parts cut into long, hnear lobes: raceme elongated, many-fid. ; fls. bright red, with petal-fimbs yel- low: folUcles glabrous, usually 3; seeds smooth. July, Aug. S. Cahf. B.M. 4887. Gt. 6:328. F.S. 11:1105. R.B. 6:101. Gn. 19:234. BB. Sepals dear yellow or tipped with blue. 5. PrzewSlskii, Huth (D. Prsewalshictnum, Hort.). Nearly glabrous, often branched at base, erect, varying much in height: Ivs. 3-5 times deeply parted, parts 1232. Single larkspur. — ^D. grandiflorum. 1233. Double larkspur.- D. grandiflorum. divided into narrow, obtuse lobes: fls. clear yellow, or sometimes tipped with blue; spur equaling the sepals: foUicles 3, densely hairy. July, Aug. Asia. — Intro. 1892! ■^ 6. Zaiil, Aitch. & Hemsl. (Z). sulphiireum, Hort. D. hybridum var. sidphiireum, Hort.). St. nearly simple erect, 1-2 ft. high, rather glabrous, or becoming so! Ivs. of several narrow, linear lobes, dark green; petioles not dilating at the base: fls. large, Ught yellow, in long racemes: follicles 3, longitudinally furrowed and ribbed; seeds with transverse, fibrous Elates. June, July. Persia. Qtro. 1892. B.M. 7049. Gn. 50:434; 54, p. 347; 71, p. 285. G.G. III. 20:247.— SeedUngs from tubers and giants die down as if dead: ut they make a second growth after a short period of rest. BBB. Sepals blue or varying • to white. c. Height l^ft.or less. D. Petioles dilating at the base, 7. bicolor, Nutt. Erect, rather stout, J^-l ft. high, from fascicled roots: Ivs. small, thick, deeply parted and divisions cleft, except perhaps in the upper ivs.; segms. linear and obtuse: raceme rather few-fid., the lower pedicels ascending 1-2 in. ; spin- and sepals nearly equal, J^in. long or more, blue; upper petals pale yellow or white, blue-veined; lower petals blue: follicles glabrous or becoming so. May-Aug. Dry woods, Colo., west and north to Alaska. 8. Bnmoni^um, Royle. Musk Larkspur. Sts. erect, Jr^l }^ ft. high : plant somewhat pubescent : upper Ivs. 3-parted, lower ones reniform, 5-parted; segms. deeply cut, musk-scented: fis. large, light blue with purple margins, center black; spur very short; sepals 1 in. long, membranous and often clinging until the fr. is mature: foUicles 3 or 4, villose. June, July. China. B.M. 6461. R.B. 1863:34. 9. dec&rum, Fisch. & Mey. St. slender and weak, 1/2-iyi ft. high, smooth or nearly so: Ivs. few, bright green; upper ones small, 3-5-parted into narrow lobes; lower and radical ones somewhat reniform in out- line and deeply 3-5-parted, lobes often differing widely: fls. in a loose raceme, or somewhat panicled; sepals blue, J^in. long, equaling the spurs; upper petals at least tinged with yellow: foUicles 3, thickish, glabrous. Spring. Calif. Intro. 1881 B.R. 26:64. DD. Petioles hardly dilating at the base. E. Upper petals never yellow. 10. cashmeri^um, Royle. Plant pubescent, not very leafy: st. simple, erect, slender, 10-18 in. high: root-lvs. orbicular, 2-3 in. diam., 5-7-lobed, coarsely, acutely toothed and cut; petiole 5-8 in. long; sts.-lvs. short-petioled, 3-5-lobed, cut like the radical ones, all rather thick, and bright green: infl. corymbose, the branches rather spreading; fls. 2 in. long, deep azure- blue; spur broad, obtuse, inflated, decurved, little over half as long as sepals; upper petals almost black, 2- lobed, lateral ones greenish: follicles 3-5, hairy. July- Sept. Himalayas. B.M. 6189. Gt. 32:1105. Gn. 18:568. R.H. 1893, p. 259. — Hardy in Mass., and choice. Var. Walkeri, Hook. St. very short, leafy, many- fid. : upper Ivs. less lobed or almost entire, small, long- petioled: fls. very large, light blue with yeUow petals. Suited to rookwork. B.M. 6830. EE. Upper petals yellow or striped with yellow. 11. tric6me, Michx. St. succulent, about 1 ft. high! Ivs. 3-5-parted, with 3-5-cleft linear lobes; petioles smooth, hardly dilating at the base: fis. large, blue, rarely whitish; upper petals sometimes yeUow, with blue DELPHINIUM veins, lower ones white-bearded; sepals nearly equaling the spur: foUicles 3-4, very long, becoming glabrous, strongly diverging; seeds smooth. May. Northern states. L.B.C. 4:306. — Very beautiful and much used. ; Best for rockwork. The foliage dies down in midsum- mer and the plant appears as if dead. 12. Menziesii, DC. Plant sparingly pubescent: st. simple, slender, J^l}^ ft. high, few-lvd.: Ivs. small, ■ ' 3-5-parted, the divisions mainly cleft into linear or lan- ceolate lobes; petioles hardly dilating at the base: fls. in simple, conical racemes; sepals blue, somewhat pubes- cent outside, nearly equaJing the spurs in length; upper petals yellowish: folhcles 3, pubescent, or some- I j times glabrous; seeds black, winged on the outer angles. Apr.-June. On hiUs, Calif, and northward to Alaska, i B.R. 1192. I ! 13. paucifldrum, Nutt. Eoots oblong or fusiform, 1 i fasciculate-tuberous: sts. slender, nearly glabrous, J^-1 , I ft. high: Ivs. small, parted into narrow, linear lobes; petioles not dilating at base: fls. and fr. simil ar to those of D. Menziesii, but on shorter pedicels. May, June. Colo, to Wash, and Calif. Intro. 1892. cc. Height usvMly more than 1 J^ ft. D. Seeds wrinkled or smooth, not winged nw scaly. E. Follicles always 3. 14. altissimum, Wall. Plant shaggy-hairy above: St. tail and slender, branched: Ivs. palmately 5-parted, the divisions 3-lobed and toothed: bracts long-lanceo- late: fls. blue or purple, in long, branching racemes; spur straight or slightly incurved, equaling the sepals; petals 2-lobed: foUicles 3, erect; seeds not winged or scaly^ Aug., Sept. Himalayas. 15. exaltitum, Ait. St. stout, 2-4 ft. high, smoothish: Ivs. flat, nearly glabrous, deeply cleft into 3-7 wedge- shaped lobes, which are often trifid; petioles usually not dilated at the base: fls. blue, with yellow on the upper petals, medium in size, on long, crowded, erect, pyrami- dal racemes; sepals nearly equaling the spur in length: foUicles 3, pubescent or smooth; seed-coats irregu- larly wrinkled. June-Aug. Borders of woods, Ala. to Minn. ■ ■ 16. eiatum, Linn. (D. cUpinum, Waldst. & Kit. D. pyramidale, Royle). Bee Labkspuk. Glabrous, 2-6 ft. high: Ivs. somewhat pubescent, 5-7-parted, part rather narrow, cut-lobed; upper Ivs. 3-5-parted, petioles not dilated at the base: raceme much like D. exaltatum or more spike-Uke; fls. blue, with dark violet petals; sepals ovate, glabrous, nearly equaling the spurs: follicles 3; seeds transversely wrmkled, not scaly. June-Aug. B.R. 1963 (as D. intermedium). F.S. 12:1287. (var. fl.-pl.). R.H. 1859, p. 529; 1893, p. 258. —A polymorphous and complex species of Eu. It is probable that all or nearly aU the plants sold here under this name should be called D. exaltatum, which is a closely allied species. y 17. grandifldnun, Linn. (D. sinen^e, Fisch.). Pigs. 1232, 1233. St. rather slender, 2-3 ft. high: Ivs. rather small, many times parted intogjiearly distinct, narrow, linear lobes: fls. large, blue, vaJj>ing to white, the spur and lower petals often violet, uppCT*P|tals often yellow; spm-s long and taper pointed: follicles 3, pubescent; seeds triangular, coats wrinkled, not scaly. Blooms in midsummer. Siberia. Intro. 1880. B.M.1686. Gn.46: 484. Var. album, Hort. Fls. pure white. Var. Slbo- plSno, Hort. Fls. double and pure white. Var. fldre-pleno, Hort. (var. hybridum fl.-pl., Hort.). Fls. double, blue, very pretty. R.H. 1893, p. 259; 1895, p. 379 (same). — ^This group includes the most com- paon and the most beautifiJ of the perennial delphin- iums. Grandiflorum is also one of the most stately. Its striking foliage remains beautiful throughout the growing season. It is usually planted weU back in the hardy border because of its height, smaUer plants DELPHINIUM 977 being in front. They maybe massed as close as 2 ft. or less but produce a fine effect when 4 ft. apart. Var. chinense, Fisch. St. very slender, not much branched: Ivs. and fls. like the type, but fls. more numerous. China. L.B.C. 1:71.— A favorite garden ^^; ^"^ double blue form has been known as D. BrecKit, Hort. EE. Follicles varying from 3-5. 18. carolinianum, Walt. (D. aziireum, Michx. D. mriscens, Nutt.). Plant somewhat pubescent: st. IJ^- 2}^ ft. high, not much branched: Ivs. 3-5-parted, the divisions 3-6-cleft into usuaUy Unear lobes: racemes spi- cate, usuaUy many-fld.; fls. azure-blue, but varying to whitish or white; sepals often with a brownish spot: foUicles 3-5, oblong, erect; seeds transversely wrinkled. July. N. C. to lU., west and south. P.M. 16:258. Var. album, Hort. (var. dlhidum, Hort.). Sts. 2-3 ft. high: Iyb. larger than the type and with border divisions: fls. creamy white. — ^The double form of this is not much used. Var. vimlneum, Gray. St. 2-4 ft. high, sometimes branched, broader-lvd., looser-fld.: fls. violet or white. Texas. B.M. 3593. B.R. 1999 (as D. azureum). 19. mesoleficum, Link. St. 3 ft. high, pubescent above: Ivs. 3-5-parted, the segms. wedge-shaped and deeply serrated; petioles somewhat dilated at the base: fls. blue, with pale yeUow or whitish petals: seeds not seen. June. Nativity not known. DD. Seeds winged. E. Upper petals never yellow. 20. trolliifaiium, Gray. St. 2-5 ft., leafy, often re- clining: Ivs. thinnish, large, often reniform at base, 3-7-parted; lobes wedge-shaped, incised: racemes in larger plants 1-2 ft. long and very loose; fls. blue, with upper petals white; spur and sepals each ?^in. long: follicles glabrous; seeds with thia wing or crown at the end. April. Moist grounds, Columbia River. Intro. 1881. EE. Upper petals often yellow. 21. simplex, Douglas. St. nearly simple, 2-3 ft. high, soft-pubescent throughout: Ivs. many-parted, into linear divisions and lobes: racemes dense, Uttle branched; fls. pale blue, with upper petals yeUow, lower I)etals white-bearded; sepals equaling the spur: fol- licles 3, pubescent; seeds dark, withu margins white- winged. June. Mts. of Idaho and Ore. Intro. 1881. 22. Nuttallii, Gray (JO. columbi&num, Greene). St. erect, simple, nearly glabrous, leafy, 13^-2}^ ft.: Ivs. thinnish, 3-5-parted, parts divided into many linear- oblong lobes: racemes long, many-fld.; sepals deep blue, ovate, sparingly pmjescent, shorter than the spur; petals blue or upper o4es yeUow, lower ones white- bearded: follicles 3, pubescent, rather erect; seeds thin, dark, with yeUow wings. Summer. Low, open woods, Columbia River. Intro. 1892. 23. scopuldrum, Gray. St. 2-5 ft., glabrous, at least below: Ivs. 5-7-parted, the upper ones the more nar- rowly cleft; petioles dilating at the base: racemes simple, densely many-fld.; fls. blue or purple, rarely white, upper petals often yeUow; spur J^in. long, equaling the sepals: follicles 3, pubescent; seeds large- winged. Aug., Sept. Moist ground, west of Rockies. — A polymorphous species. Var. subalplnum, Gray (D. ocddentalej _Wats.). A smaUer plant, pubescent above: broader divisions of Ivs.^ shorter racemes, larger and deeper-colored fls.: folhcles glabrous. Wasatch Mts. 24. cheUinthum, Fisch. St. erect, simple or branched, 2-3 ft.: Ivs. glabrous or slightly pubescent, 5-parted, the lobes pointed, sub-trifid, and somewhat toothed: fls. dark blue, the upper petals sometimes pale yeUow, the lower ones inflexed, ovate, entire; spur 978 DELPHINIUM DENDROBIUM rather long, straight or somewhat curved: follicles 3, either glabrous or pubescent; seeds 3-cornered, 3- winged, not scaly. June, July. Siberia. B.R. 473. J.F.I, pi. 49. Gt. 13:253. P.M. 16:258 (as D. mag- nificum). DDD. Seeds scaly. 25. formdsum, Boiss. & Huet. Fig. 1234. St. strong, 2-3 ft., hairy below, rather glabrous above: lower Ivs. 5-7-parted, long-petioled; upper ones 3-5-parted, short- petioled or sessile, all alternate: racemes many-fld.; fls. blue, with indigo margins; spur long, violet, bifid at the tip: follicles 3, pubescent; seeds scaly. June, July. Asia Minor perhaps, but the origin of it is disputed. F.S. 12:1185. R.H. 1859, p. 528. G.Z. 1: 144. H.F. 8:99.— The most permanent form for nat- uraUzing, because it is so hardy. If given rich soil and good cult., it is one of the most effective for use in 'the permanent fl. - border. Var. ccelesfinmn, Hort. Fls. light blue. 26. Maackianum, Regel. Erect, 3 ft. high, pubescent or glabrous, branched above: Ivs. pubescent on both sides, base often truncate or reniform, 3-5-parted, the parts serrate; petioles dilated at the base : peduncles yellow- hairy, with the bracts often inserted above the base; fls. in loose panicles; sepals blue, half as long as the spurs; petals dark violet: follicles often glabrous, ^in. long; seeds small, distinctly scaly. July. Siberia. •- 27. h^bridum.Steph. St. 3-4 ft., pubescent above: root somewhat bulbous: Ivs. 5-many- parted; lobes hnear; petioles dilated and sheathing at the base: racemesdense;fls.blue, . lower limbs white- bearded; spur straight, longer than the sepals: follicles 3, hairy; seeds ovate, with transverse scales. June-Aug. Mts. of Asia. R.H. 1893, p. 258; same cut in S.H. 2:282.- There are many double and semi-double varieties of this type. This is the tallest and most robust of the popular species of Del- phinium. It will respond well to fertihzer and cult. When the clumps become large and strong they are usually set about 4 ft. apart. Young plants may be set 2 ft. apart and thinned a year or two later. Var. Barlowii, Paxt. Very large, semi-double fls., deep blue, with brownish center. A supposed hybrid with D. grandiflm-um. B.R. 1944. Intro. 1892. AAA. Perennial, garden hybrids, f 28. cultSrum, Voss (D. h^hridum, Hort., not Steph.). The general mixed and more or less undefinable hybrid delphiniums, constituting some of the choicest garden and border plants of many colors, single, semi-double and double. 1234. Delphinium formosum. (XH) D. cssruliscenSi Freyn. A fine Asiatic species, with single and double forms. P.M. 16:258. — D. cdndidum, Hemsl. A dwarf perennial; fls. pure white. Uganda. B.M. 8170. — D, cardiopita- lum, DC, ia a pretty annual, branching very low, the outer branches very short, giving a. pyramidal form when covered with blue fls, R.H. 1893, p. 228. — D, caucdaicum, C. A. Mey. (D. speciosum var! caucasicum, Huth.). Similar to D. cashmerianum. — D. Ddvidii Franch. Haiiy: Iva. 3-parted almost to the base: fls. light blue.' China. — D. divaricdtum, Ledeb. Allied to D. Consolida, but taller] more branched, with smaller more abundant fls. Caucasus and Caspian region. K.H. 1912, p. 513. — D. macroctrdron, Oliv. Pcr- enmal, hairy in nearly all parts: fls. blue and green or yellow and green. E. Trop. Afr. B. M. 8151. — D. Moerheimei, Hort. A garden hybrid. — D. Pdrdonii, Craib. Fls. blue in somewhat lax raceme. China. — D. Pdrryi, Gray, is also listed in the trade, and is closely allied to D. Consolida. — D. WheMerii is listed in the trade and IS doubtless a variety of D. speciosum, Bieb., from E. Asia. Many other species may be expected in the lists of collectors and '^'''""- K. C. Davis. D£MAZ£;RIA: Desmazeria. DEMERARA ALMOND: Terminalia. D^NDRIUM: Leiophyllim. DENDROBIUM (tree and life; they are epiphytic). Orchiddcese. Epiphytic orchids of great horticultural merit, grown in hothouses and greenhouses. Pseudobulbs (sts.), tufted or arising at intervals from a creeping st. sometimes very short and thick, more commonly elongated and often thickened at or near the base, naked or leafy at time of flowering: fls. usually showy, rarely small, in terminal or lateral racemes which are long and lax or short and dense, sometimes of a few fls., or sometimes reduced to 1 or 2; sepals about equal, the dorsal free, the lateral adnata obliquely to the foot of the column, forming either a short sac-like or long spur-like foot or men turn; petals usually resembling the dorsal sepal, either broader or narrower; lip jointed or adnate to foot of column, 3-lobed or entire; poUinia 4. — A large genus of about 600 species, ranging from India and Ceylon to Austral., New Zeal., Japan, and the Paciflc Isls., being especially numerous in the Malay Archipelago. There are nu- merous hybrids, artifically produced. There are two well-marked sections in this genus for the guide of the cultivator, the evergreen and the decid- uous. The first named should not be allowed to become dry at the roots at any period, or loss of vigor will result. Among these, also, are some that need warm- house treatment all the time, such as D. Phalsenov- sis, D. bigibbum, D. Bensonix, D. Brymerianum, D. Dearei, and others. There are, in fact, but few among the evergreen species that need a coolhouse, and of these D. formosum, D. infundibulum and its variety Jamesianum are conspicuous. Apart from these, the evergreen dendrobes should be kept in a warmhouse during winter where 60° F. may be maintained. — All the deciduous species (typified by D. NobUe, D. Wardianum and D. Pierardii) need a marked resting period, easily determined by the finishing up of the growth in autumn, and the swelling of the nodes for flowering in spring. When at rest, it does not hurt the plants to be subjected to a low temperature of 45 , and it may be done to retard plants for later blooming, allowing the day heat to be regulated by the sun, with plenty of ventilation on favorable days. After the pseudobulbs have flowered, they cease to be of value to the plants, and should be cut out; if there are por- tions that have not produced flower-buds, these may be used for propagation, cutting the pieces into lengths of several joints or nodes, and laying them on moss in a warm propagating-house or -case, when they will soon produce growths. The above also applies to the hybrids, now so numerous, that have been raised from the deciduous Indian species. — Another section that requires warmth in winter, and now veo' much grown for cut bloom, is represented by u. Phalxnopsis and D. bigibbum. These are Australian, quite distinct in growth, and usually short-Uved m cultivation. The flowers are produced freely for a XXXV. Dendrobium superbum as grown in the American tropics. DENDROBIUM DENDROBIUM 979 few years, are very decorative, and the plants may be increased by taking off the young plants that often appear on the stems. These often can be grown on to strong flowering specimens, and thus the stock maintained. When -wintered in a temperature less than 60°, the plants suffer, and great care is neces- sary at the time the young growths appear in spring to prevent damping off. Small pots or pans are oest, and always keep the plants suspended near the sun and air. The evergreen tropical species, as D. densi- flarum, D. thyrsiflorumf D. aggregatum, D. Farmeri, D. mosckatum, D. fimhriatum and D. Dalhousieanum, also need warmth in winter and must not be dried severely during the resting-period or loss of vigor wiU ensue at the price of blooming. This section of the genus pro- duces flowers from the old stems for many years. It frequently happens that growths made in India will bloom long after the plants have become established in gardens. It is thus unwise to cut old growths unless they become withered or dead. Enough water may be given to keep the plants plump, and the flowers will be produced freely in their season. In some species, growth begins before or at the time of bloom. This is usually a sign of extra vigor and should not be dis- coiu-aged. The proper time to repot with all plants of flowering age, is when they begin to recuperate in early summer after the bloom is past; young roots will be seen pushing out at the base of the stems, and if this is anticipated by a week or two, the new material is soon taken to by the roots and no check is experienced. Good sound osmundine is the best material, always using small receptacles rather than large, and if larger than a 6-inch pot or pan, use perforated ones. The roots do not like exposure, but the material will be kept in a sweet healthy condition. Moss is best avoided in most cases; it often fails to grow, and is inimical to the welfare of the plants; when it does grow, it holds too much moisture about the roots. (E. O. Orpet.) aggregatum, 57. albens, 23. albiflonim, 32, 70. aUjo-liUeum, 66. albo-sanguineum, 50. album, 28, 32, 33, 46, 74. Amesise, 32. amoenum, 22. ancepa, 2. anophtalmum, 54. anosmum, 48. Apiirodite, 41. aqueum, 46. ArmatrongiEB, 32. Ashworthianum, 32, aureo-flavum, 70. aureum, 33, 42. Ballianum, 32. baTbatulum, 67. Barberianum, 16. Benaonise, 29. bicameratum, 58. bigibbum, 62. BoxaUii, 31. brachystachyam, 55. hreviflorumt 58. Bronckartii, 69. Brymerianum, 36. Bullenianum, 14. BuUerianuTn, 31. Calceolaria, 38. callibotrys, 58. cambridgeanum, 53. candidum, 20, 62. capillipes, 71. cariniferum, 7. chlorocentrum, 51. chryaanthum, 54. ckrysotis, 55. chrysotoxum, 72. clavatum, 43. coerulescens, 32. Colmanianum, 32. Cookaonianum, 32. crepidatum, 28. cretaceum, 30. cruentum, 3, INDEX. crumenatum, 76. . crystalUnum, 23. cucuUatuTrit 25. cumulatum, 12. Dalhousieanum, 37. Dartoisianum, 29, 64. Dayanum, 48. Dearei, 13. densiflonim, 66, 74. Devonianum, 15. dixanthum, 39. draconis, 10. elegans, 32, 71. erythroxanthum, 14. Falconeri, 19. Farmeri, 70. feroz, 59. fimbriatuxQ, 40. Findlayanum, 18. Fitzgeraldii, 61. formosanum, 32. formosum, 9. Fowleri, 33. Freemanii, 20. fuscatum, 44. FVtchianiun, 67, Gibsonii, 44. giganteum, 9, 19, 27, 48. Goldid, 61. gratiosissimum, 31. Griffithianum,, 75. Guibertii, 75. keterocarpum, 42. hololeucimi, 63. Hookerianum, 55. Huttonii, 48. infundibulum, 6. Jamesianum, 6. japonicum, 21. jaspidium, 32. Jenkinsii, 56. Kingianum, 60. lasiogloasum, 45. latifolium, 25. leucolophotum, 68. Linawianum, 17. Lindenise, 63. lituiflorum, 20. Loddigesii, 47. longicornu, 5. Lowii, 8. luteolum, 51. luteum, 37, 53. MacCarthiEe, 49. Macfarlanei, 1. macranihum, 48. macrophylluDi, 48, 59. majus, 29. microphtalmum, 54. monile, 21, moniliforme, 17. moschatum, 38. murrhiniacuzn, 32. mveum, 11. nobile, 32. nobilius, 32. nodatum, 41. ochreatum, 53. oculatum, 40. Owenianum, 32. Palpebrae, 65, 70. Parishii, 26. Paxtonii, 54. pendulum, 16. Phalaenopsis, 63. Pierardii, 25. primulimmi, 27. pulchellum, 47. Rajah, 32. ramosum, 52. regium, 34. rhodopterygium, 35. rhomboideum, 42. Richardii. 48. roseum, 28, 67. Rothschildianum, 63. Rothwellianum, 32. rubescens, 63. Ruckeri, 52. aalaccense, 14. Sanderianum, 32. scabrilingue, 4. Schneiderianum, 32. Schroederi, 74. Schroederianum, 32, 63. Scorteckinii, 48. secundum, 11. Seidelianum, 47. signatum, 29. aplendens, 63. Statterianum, 63. INDEX, CONTINUED. stenopterum, 59. suavissimum, 72, sulcatum. 73. Bulphureum, 42. summitense, 32. Buperbiens, 61. superbum, 48. thundersleyense, 63. thyrsiflorum, 66. Tollianum, 32. tortile, 64. transparens, 24. Veitchianum, 59. virginale, 32. Walkerianum, 66. Wardianum, 33. xantholeuGum, 33. GENERAL KEY TO SPECIES. A. Lvs. eguitant. Section I. Species 1 and 2. AA. Lvs. not eguitant. B. Lf. -sheaths black-hairy. ^ Section II. Species 3-10 BB. Lf.sheaths not black-hairy. c. Pseudobulbs not thickened at hose. D. Mentum or chin of fis. elongated. Section III. Species 11-14. DD. Mentum or chin of Jls. short (rather long in D. ramosum). E. Fls. usually in pairs, rarely 1 or 3 or more. F. The pseudobulbs leafless at flower- ing time. nr CI ' ^^ AA Section IV. Species 15-44. FF. The pseudobulbs leafy at flowering Section V. Species 45-55. EE. Fls. in S- to many-fid. racemes (single in D. Jenkinsii). F. The pseudobulbs 1-lvd., short, fusi- form. Section VI. Species 56 and 57. FF. The pseudobulbs several-hd. G. Racemes very short, glomerate. Section VII. Species 58. GG. Racemes usually long, not glom- H. Sepals and petals hairy ex- ternally; lateral lobes larger than middle lobe of lip. Section VIII. Species 59. HH. Sepals and petals glabrous externally. I. Pseudobulbs gradually at- tenuated from a thick bulbous base. Section IX. Species 60, n. Pseudobulbs not bulbous at base. J, Fls., at least the lip, pur- ple or red. Section X. Species 61-63. jj. Fls. white or yellow. Section XI. Species 64-75. CC. Pseudobulbs fusiform - thickened above base, attenuated beyond. Section XII. Species 76. Section I. A. Pseudobulbs leafy at base, nuked above. 1. Macfarlanei AA. Pseudobulbs leafy throughout 2. anceps 1. Macfarlanei, Reichb. Pseudobulbs erect, nearly cylindric, up to 9 in. tall, 2-3-lvd.: lvs. 3-4 in. long: racemes 8-15-fld.; fls. 4r-5 in. across, white, except the purple markings on lateral and middle lobes of lip. New Guinea. 2. anceps, Lindl. Pseudobulbs tufted, compressed, 5-8 in. long: lvs. up to 3 in. long, fleshy, laterally com- pressed: fls. axillary, solitary or in very short racemes, lemon-yellow at maturity. Trop. Himalayas. B.R. 1239. B.M. 3608 and L.B.C. 19:1895 (as Aporum anceps). 980 DENDROBIUM DENDROBIUM Section II. A.. Raceme 1-2-, rarely S-fld. B. Mentum of fla. very short; sepals and ■petals green, yellow^margined 3. cruentum BB. Mentum of fls. long, extinguisher- shaped. c. Sepals and petals white, not keeled. D. Fls. li^-S in. across; lateral lobes of lip manifest. E. Middle lobe yellow, reflexed; lateral lobes yellowish green. 4. scabrilingue EB. Middle lobe white, yellow- marked, fimbriate 5. longicornu DD. Fls. S in. across; lateral lobes of lip indistinct 6. infundibulum cc. Sepals yellowish white, keeled 7. cariniferum • AA. Raceme S-8-fld. B. Fls. yellow 8. Lowii BB. Fls. white. c. Petals broad, oval or obovate 9. formosum cc. Petals oblong-lanceolate, narrow. . . 10. draconis 3. cruentum, Reichb. Pseudobulbs erect, 10-12 in. tall: fls. 1J4-2 in. across; sepals triangular-ovate, keeled; petals linear; lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes scarlet, the middle lobe pale green, red-margined. Malay Penins. G.C. III. 18:91. 4. scabrilingue, Lindl. Pseudobulbs erect, 8-14 in. tall: fls. about IJ^ in. across; sepals and petals similar, ovate-lanceolate, white; lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes yel- low-green, the middle lobe reflexed, yellow with orange- yellow lines. Burma. B.M. 5515 (as D. hedyosmum) . 1235. Dendrobium Deaiei. (XH) 5. longicdmu, 'Lindl. Pseudobulbs 8-14 in. tall, slender: fls. 2-3 in. across, white except a central orange or yellow band on lip; sepals and petals similar, eUiptic- oblong; lip fimbriate; spur slender. Biu'ma. B.R. 1315. 6. infundibulum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft. long, cylindric, slender: fls. about 3 in. across, white except the yellow blotch on the Up; sepals oblong- elliptic, less than half as broad as the nearly rhomboid petals; lip resembUng a wide-mouthed funnel. Burma. B.M. 5446. I.H. 21:172. CO. 6. Var. Tamesianum, Hort. (D. Jamesianum, Reichb.). Pseudobulbs stouter and stiff er: lateral lobes of lip roughened on the inner surface; disk cinnabar. Gn. W. 9:485. 7. cariniferum, Reichb. Pseudobulbs 6-10 in. tall, nearly cylindric: fls. about 1}^ in. across; sepals yellow- ish white, fading white, narrower than the ovate white petals; lip 3-lobed, the triangular lateral lobes red- orange, the middle lobe hairy, red-orange at the baae the front part white or pale orange; spur long, obtuse! Burma. 8. Ldwii, Lindl. Pseudobulbs 8-15 in. tall, slender: fls. lM-2 in. across, buff -yellow; sepals narrower than the undulate petals; Up distinctly 3-lobed, the lateral lobes tipped with red, the oblong middle lobe reflexed marked with 6 lines of red hairs. Borneo. B.M. 5303* F.S. 23:2395. CO. 30. 9. formdsum, Roxbg. Pseudobulbs up to IJ^ ft. taU, cylindric: fls. 3-4 in. across, white except the yel- low mark on Up; sepals oblong-elUptic, about half aa broad as the obovate petals; lip retuse, erose. Khaaia HiUs. B.R. 25:64. F.S. 3:226. P.M. 6:49. CO. 8. O.R. 15: frontispiece. Var. gigantgum, Hort. Pis. 4-5 in. across. G.C III. 24:471. Gng. 1:118-9. F.E. 10:1240. F.S. 16:1633-4. G. 25:385. 10. dracdnis, Reichb. Pseudobulbs up to V/i ft. taU: fls. about IJ^ in. across, white except for some orange-red stripes at base of Up; sepals narrower than the petals; Up 3-lobed, the lateral lobes small, the oblong-oval middle lobe crisped and minutely toothed, Burma. B.M. 5459 (as D. ebumeum). Section III. , A. Raceme secund 11. secundum AA. Raceme not secund, B. Bracts small: racemes not capitate. c. Fls. rosy purple, about 1 in. across. . 12. cumulatum cc. Fls. white, about 2}^in. across 13. Dearei BB. Brads large, colored: racemes capitate 14. BuUenianum 11. seclindum, WaU. Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft. tall, cyUndric: fls. narrow, less than 1 in. long, rosy purple, on one side of the raceme; Up with an apical orange blotch. Sumatra. B.R. 1291. B.M. 4352. CO. 35. Var. niveum, Hort. Fls. white. 12. cumulElttim, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft. long, pendulous: fls. rosy purple, in short racemes with a purple axis; sepals and petals similar, oblong; lip oblong-obovate; spur obtuse, sUghtly curved. Burma. B.M. 5703. 13. Dearei, Reichb. Fig. 1235. Pseudobulbs up to 3 ft. long: fls. white, 2-2 J^ in. across, in 5-7-fld. racemes; sepals lanceolate, acuminate, about one-third as broad as the oval petals; Up oblong, obscurely 3- lobed, a pale yeUowish green band across the middle; spur funnel-shaped, elongated. PhUippines. V.O. 3:37. G.W. 1:225. 0.1912:18. CO. 36. 14. Bulleniinum, Reichb. f. (D. sakux&nse, Hort., not Lindl. D. erythroxdnthum, Reichb. f.). Pseudo- bulbs 10-18 in. taU: racemes densely fld.; fls. yeUow, striped with purple; dorsal sepal and petals oblong; lateral sepals oblong, acute, about as long as the obtuse spur; Up oblong, from a long linear base, acute. PhiUp- pines. Section IV. A. Sepals and petals not yellow. B. ikp deeply fimbriate 15. Devonianum BB. Lip enlire or minutely fimbriate. c. Nodes of pseudobulb much thick- ened. D. Pseudobulbs thick. E. Intemodes abruptly depressed- globose, thickened at apex. . . 16. pendulum EB. Internodes gradually Chick- ened toward apex. F. Front lobe of lip ovate, reflexed, purple 17. Linawianum PF. Front lobe of lip orbicular- ovate, yellow 18. Findlayanum DD. Pseudobulbs wand-like, slender... 19. Falconeri. cc. Nodes not thickened, or but slightly so. D. Intemodes usually more than 5 times longer than broad. DENDROBIUM DENDROBIUM 981 B. lAp curved like a trumpet; sepals and petals purple .... 20. lituiflorum EB. Lip not curved, F. Fls. white 21. monile. FF. Fls. with sepals and petals white, tips colored. Q. Throat of lip yellow. H. Middle lobe violet, white-margined 22, amoenum HH. Middle lobe yellow, tip rose 23. crystallinum GO. Throat of lip purple 24. tiansparens FFF. Fh. with sepals and petals mauve, lip primrose 25. Pierardii DD. Jntemodes usually less than 6 times longer than broad. E. Fls. S}4 *"■ across or less. F. Color violet-purple 26. Paiishii FF. Color white or lilac. a. Lip primrose-yellow; sepals and petals lilac. ..27. primulinum aa. Lip with ground color white,a large light or dark yellow blotch in center. H. Blotch nx)t marked; base plaited 28. crepidatum HH. Blotch marked. I. With S basal purple ,spots 29. Bensonise n. With reddish orange lines. J. Shape of lip ob- tuse; blotch light yellow 30. cretaceum JJ. Shape of lip acute; blotch deep yel- low 31. gratiosissi- EE. Fls. exceeding 2]/i in. across. [mum F. Ground-color of sepals and petals white. G. Throat deep purple 32. nobile GG. Throat yellow, with B pur- ple spots 33. Wardianum FF. Ground-color of sepals and petals rose. G. Front lobe of lip rose, the throat yellow 34. regium GG. Front lobe of lip white- margined, the throat with 2 dark spots 35. rhodoptery- AA. Sepals and petals yellow. [gium B . Lip deeply pectinate-fringed 36. Brymeri- BB. Lip not fringed. [anum c. Disk pilose; B large purple fringed spots at base of lip 37. Dalhousie- cc. Disk 'not pilose, nor with fringed [anum spots D. The lip slipper-shaped 38. moschatum DD. The lip not slipper-shaped. E. Unicolored, yellow. F. Shape of sepals and petals acute; lip minutely serrate 39. dixanthum FF. Shape of sepals and petals obtuse; lip fimbriate 40. fimbrlatum EB. Bi-colored, yellow with purple markings. F. Apex of lip acute; sepals and petals pale yellow. a. Front lobe nearly rhom- boid, cream-margined... i\. Aphrodite GG. Front lobe ovate, red-lined, the apex recurved. ..... .42. aureum PF. Apex of lip rounded; sepals and petals rich yellow. Q. Fls. 2\^ in. or more across; lip with a single large spot. H. Lip serrate or shortly fimbriate; floral bracts large 43. clavatum HH. Lip fimbriate, the divi- sions branched; floral bracts small 40. var. oculatum GO. Fls. about S in. across; lip with S spots 44. Gibsonii 15. Devonianum, Paxt. Pseudobulbs up to 3 ft. long, round, pendulous: fls. single or in pairs, about 2 in. across; sepals and petals white tinted amethyst at the apex, the sepals about half as broad as petals, lanceolate, the petals ovate, acute, ciUate; hp white, fringed, the apex purple, and 2 orange blotches in the throat. N. India to S. China. B.M. 4429. J.H. III. 34:197; 52:317. G.C. III. 7:680. CO. 23. O.R. 4:177; 12:152. 16. pendulum, Roxbg. Pseudobulbs abruptly swol- len at the nodes, up to 2 ft. long, somewhat pendulous: fls. solitary or 2 or 3 together, 2-2}^ in. long; sepals and petals white, purple-tipped, acute, the petals broader than sepals; hp white, ciliate, pubescent on upper surface, the center yellow, the front margin purple. Moulmein. B.M. 5766 (as D. crassinode). CO. 19. O.R. 2:177; 8:177. Var. Barberianum, Hort. Fls. brighter, the apical spots larger and deeper. 17. LinawiElnum, Reichb. {D. monilifdrme, Lindl., not Swartz). Pseudobulbs with internodes gradually thickened toward apex, up to IK ft. long, clavate: fls. in pairs or 3's, about 2 in. across; sepals and petals rosy purple above, white below, the sepals half as broad as petals; lip obscurely 3-lobed, small, the front lobe purple, the lower part white with 2 purple spots on disk. China and Japan. B. M. 4153. P.M. 3:77. 18. Findlayanum, Par. & Reichb. Pseudobulbs with internodes gradually thickened toward apex, up to 13^ ft. long: fls. in pairs, 2-3 in. across; sepals and petals jjale hlac, the sepals much narrower than the petals; lip yellow, white-margined. Burma. B.M. 6438. Gn. 49:446. G.M. 44:373 (var rosewm). O.R. 8:169. 19. Ffilconeri, Hook. Pseudobulbs slender, up to IK ft. long: fls. solitary, 2-3 in. across; sepals and petals white, purple-tipped, the former tinged with pale rose, the petals broader than sepals; lip obscurely 3-lobed, the throat deep purple, with an orange spot on each side and a white band in front, the acute apex purple. N. India. B.M. 4944. I.H. 23:243. P.M. 1876:226. G.Z. 31 : 145. Var. giganteum, Hort. Pseudo- bulbs larger: fls. larger and lasting longer. 20. lituifldrum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft. long, pendulous: fls. in pairs, rarely more, 2-2J^ in. across; sepals and petals amethyst, the former paler at base, the latter the more richly colored, the sepab much narrower than the petals; hp curved like a trumpet, the opening turned up, the throat purple, surrounded by a white zone, the margin purple. Burma. B.M. 6050. Var. cfindidum, Reichb. Fls. larger, the sepals and petals white, the Hp sulfur-yellow. Var. Freemanii, Hort. Sepals and petals deeper in color, the lip with a sulfur- yellow zone. 21. monile, Kranzl (D. japdnicum, Lindl.). Pseudo- bulbs up to 1 ft. long, slender-olavate: fls. solitary or in pairs, fragrant, white except for a few purple spots on the lip; sepals narrower than petals, both acute; lip acuminate, reflexed at apex. S. Japan. B.M. 5482. 22. amdenum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to IK ft. long, slender: fls. solitary, or sometimes in 2's or 3's, about 2 in. across; sepals and petals white, amethyst- tipped; lip with the front lobe ovate, amethyst mar- gined with white. Nepal. B.M. 6199. G.C. II. 16:625. 23. crystallinum, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft. long, somewhat pendulous: fls. solitary, or sometimes in 2's or 3's, about 2 in. across; sepals and petals white, tipped with amethyst, or this sometimes lacking in the sepals which are much narrower than the petals; Up with a yellow middle lobe margined white. Burma. B.M. 6319. Var. albens, Hort. Sepals and petals pure white; lip rich yellow tipped with white. 24. transp^rens, Wall. Pseudobulbs up to 20 in. long, slender: fls. in pairs or 3's, about IK in. across, white; the sepals, petals and hp tipped pale mauve; sepals lanceolate; petals oblong-elliptic; lip recurved 982 DENDROBIUM DENDROBIUM at the obtuse apex, the disk with a large purple spot. India. B.M. 4663. J.F. 1:68. CO. 27. 25. Pierfirdii, Roxbg. (D. aicuUMum, R. Br.). Pseudobulbs up to 3 ft. long, slender, pendulous: fls. commonly in pairs, up to 2 in. across; sepals and petals pale rosy mauve, acute, the sepals lanceolate, much narrower than the elliptic-oblong petals; lip obscurely 3-lobed, pale primrose-yellow, pubescent on the upper surface, pirrple-streaked at base. India. B.R. 548 (as D. cucvOatum); 1756. Gn. 65, p. 405. F.S. 9:955. L.B.C.8:750. C.O.pl.26. B.M.2242(,asD.cuadlatum); 2584. Vax. latifdlium, Hort. Lvs. broader. 26. PSrishii, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs up to 15 in. long, curved, rather stout: fls. soUtary, or in 2's or 3's, amethyst-purple with 2 maroon spots on each side of the throat of lip; sepals oblong-lanceolate, narrower than the oval-oblong petals; Up downy, apiculate. Moulmein. B.M. 5488. 27. primfilinum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 20 in. long, erect or nearly so, rather stout: fls. solitary or in pairs, 2-3 in. across; sepals and petals pale mauve- lilac, oblong, obtuse; lip pale primrose-yelloWj purple- streaked at base, the middle lobe very broad. Nepal andSikkim. Gt. 1861:326. J.H.III.50:377. B.M. 5003 (as D. nohile, wax.). Var. gigantdum, Hort. Pseudobulbs pendulous, more slender: fls. larger, the lip sometimes veined with pale rose. 28. crepid3.tum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 1}^ ft. long, nearly erect, rather stout, longitudinally marked with white lines: fls. in 2's or 3's, about 1}^ in. across; sepals and petals white, tinted lilac, obtuse, the sepals oblong, narrower than the petals; lip white tinted hlac, sometimes downy, the front lobe obtuse or retuse, the middle orange-yellow. Assam. B.M. 4993, 5011. CO. 40. Var. rdseum, Hort. Fls. darker. Var. glbum, Hort. Fls. white. 29. Bensonise, Reichb. f. (D. Dartoisianum, De Wild. D. signAtum, Reichb. f.). Pseudobulbs up to 32 in. long, erect, rather slender: fls. solitary, or in 2's or 3's, 2- 2J^ in. across, white, the disk of the lip yellow with 2 maroon spots; sepals oblong, obtuse, much narrower than the petals; lip with the front lobe orbicular, denticulate, downy on the upper surface. British Burma. B.M. 5679, 8352. O.R. 11:241; 16:68. F.M. 365. Var. mijus, Hort. Fls. larger. 30. cret^ceiun, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 15 in long, rather stout, curved, pendulous: fls. solitary, about 1 J^ in. across, cream-white, with a large light yellow spot on lip streaked with orange-red; sepals and petals lanceolate, obtuse; lip with the front lobe orbicular- ovate, obtuse, downy. Khasia HiUs. B.R. 33:62. B.M. 4686. F.S. 8:818. J.F. 4:344. 31. gratiosJssimum, Reichb. f. (D. Bdxallii, Reichb. f. D. Bullenanum, Batem.). Pseudobulbs up to IJ^ ft. long, somewhat thickened from a slender oase: fls. in 2's and 3's, 2-2J^in. across, white, the sepals, petals and lip tipped with rose-purple; sepals oblong-lanceo- late, narrower than the ovate-lanceolate petals; lip with the front lobe broadly ovate, acute, a large yellow orange-streaked blotch in the center. Burma and Mouhnein. B.M. 5652. F.M. 315. G.W. 1, p. 227. 32. n6bile, Lindl. Fig. 1236. Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft. long, erect or nearly so, tufted, nearly round : fls. in 2's or 3's, 1}/T-Z in. across; sepals and petals white, the upper portion, varjdng in extent, amethyst-purple, the sepals Ugulate, the petals broader, oblong-oval, wavy- margined; • lip with a broad nearly orbicular blade, downy, a large rich maroon spot in the center, inclosed by a cream-wriite zone, the apex amethyst-purple. Him- alayas to China. P.M. 7:7. CO. 1. O.R. 5:209; 9:73. G.M. 47:425. J.H. IIL 48:611; 56:511. Var. albi- fldrum, Hort. Fls. white, with a black-purple spot on theUp. O.R.2:113;9:73. Var. album, Hort. Fls. pure white. Var. Amesis, Hort. Similar to the preceding, but fls. larger. Var. Annstrongiae, Hort. Sepals and petals pure white, of great size; lip very dark maroon-purple. Var. Ashworth i flnnm, Hort. Fls. pure white, except the green mouth of the lip. Var. B jli|. num, O'Brien. Sepals and petals white; hp yellow- ish white or white with 2 crimson spots. CO. 1 b. Var. coerulescens, Reichb. (D. casruJ^scens, Lindl.). Shorter and more slender pseudobulbs: fls. smaller and of a deeper color, and the Up-blade more oval. Var. Colmani^um, Hort. A large, pure white variety with a sulfur-yellow disk to the lip. Var. Cooksoni&num, Reichb. f. Petals concave, approaching the lip in form, erect, with a large basal maroon olotch. CO. la. O.R. 2:113; 9:73. Var. glegans, Hort. Fls. larger and more sjTnmetrical; petals broader, the base white; a pale sulfur-yellow zone inclosing the maroon spot on lip, which has a rose-purple apex. Var. for- mosinum, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs somewhat longer, 1236. Bendrobium nobile. (X}i) pendulous: fls. with longer pedicels, the tips of the petals and lip only purple, the mouth and mentum green. Var. jaspidium, Hort. Fls. very showy; apex of segms. red variegated with purple. Var. murrhi- nlacum, Hort. Like var. BdlManum, but finer: sepals and petals slightly tinged violet; disk rich violet, finely veined with rose-violet. Var. nobilius, Reichb. f. Fls. larger, the sepals and petals, except at the base, deep purple; Up large, rose-tipped, deep purple in the mouth. CO. Ic. G.M. 46:193. O.R. 2:113; 9:73. Var. Owenianum, Hort. Var. Rajah, Hort. like var. albiflorwm, but sepals and petals broader and flushed with delicate pink. Var. RothwelUanum, Hort. Var. Sandefianum, Reichb. f. Resembles var. nMHushut fls. smaller, the color more intense, the sepals and petals broader, the hp with a large black purple spot, the surrounding white zone larger. R. 58. O.R. 2:113: 9:73. Var. Schneiderianum, Reichb. f. Lip suffused with yellow, and with a deep purple spot. Var. Schroe- derianum, Hort. Larger fls. with broader segms., the sepals and petals white, sometimes tipped with ame- thyst; lip with an almost black spot, bordered with pale yellow, passing into white, var. summitfinse, Hort. Var. TolUanum, Reichb. f. Pedicels twisted, the DENDROBIUM DENDROBIUM 983 fla. therefore appearing inverted; fls. not fully opening. Var. virgin&le, Hort. Fls. pure white, except a pale nrimrose tinge on the hp. G.C. III. 35:357. G.M. 52: 394. O.R. 5:145; 8:121. 33. Wardiinum, Warner. Pseudobulbs up to 3 ft. long, round, pendulous: fls. in 2's or 3's, 3-4 in. across; sepals and petals white, oblong, usually tipped with amethyst, about half as wide as the white oval petals which are amethyst-tipped; Up white with an ame- thyst apical blotch, the throat yellow, with a maroon SDot on each side. B.M. 5058. I.H. 24:277. F.R. 1:231. Gn. 47,p. 84. R.B. 23:25. J.H. III. 30:454; 32:237; 42:211. G.M. 45:744. CO. 5. O.R. 2:177; 8:177; 9:frontispiece. R. 9. Var. filbum, Williams. Fls. white, except the yellow throat with 2 purple-crimson spots. C.O. 5a. Var. aiireum, Hort. Sepals and petals hght yellow. Var. Fdwleri, Hort. Lateral sepals with yellow markings and purple blotch as in the Up. G.C. 111.31:125. Var. xantiioleactim, Hort. Fls. pure white, with a large orange-yellow disk to the lip. 34. regium, Prain. Pseudobulbs up to 1 ft. long, cyhndric; fls. in 2's or 3's, nearly 3 in. across; sepals and petals purple-rose, darker veined, obtuse, the sepals oblong, narrower than the ovate or oval petals; lip with the hmb nearly orbicular, purple-rose, the throat yellow, surrounded by a cream-white zone. India. B.M. 8003. G.C. III. 42:122. 35. rhodopterygium, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft. long, erect, cylindric: fls. about 2J^ in. across; sepals and petals rosy purple, mottled with white; sepals oblong-lanceolate; petals oblong-ovate; Up crim- son-purple, striated, white-margined, denticulate, with a central pale longitudinal band. Burma and Moulmein. 36. Biymerianum, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft. long, rather stout, a Uttle enlarged at the middle: fls. solitary or in few-fld. racemes, about 3 in. across, golden yeUow; sepals broadly lanceolate, acutish, a little broader than the Unear-oblong obtuse petals; lip with lateral lobes erect, fimbriated with short ciUate flexuous divisions, the middle lobe ovate, fimbriate with very long branched ciUate divisions; disk papil- lose. Burma. B.M. 6383. A.F. 6:609. G.C. II. 11:475; 16:689. F.M. n. s. 459. R. 92. Lind. 4:183. G.Z. 30:121. O.R. 12:249; 16:24. 37. Dalhousieinum, WaU. Pseudobulbs 2^ ft. long, round, rather slender: racemes pendulous, 6-10-fld; fls. 4^5 in. across; sepals and petafe pale yellow, tinted and veined with rose, the sepals ovate-lanceolate, much narrower than the ovate petals; Up concave, hairy in front, with 2 large fringed purple spots near the base. Burma. B.R. 32:10. I.H. 28:423. Gn. 48:222. G.C. HI. 21:157. P.M. 11:145. F.S,7:698. C.O. 7. Var. Ijiteum, Hort. Fls. tinted sulfur-yeUow, with crimson disks at base of Up. 38. moschiltum, WaU. Pseudobulbs up to 6 ft. taU, cylindric: racemes 5-15-fld.; fls. 3-4 in. across, faintly fragrant of musk; sepals and petals pale yellow, tinted pale rose at apex, veined and reticulated, the sepals much narrower than petals; Up sUpper-shaped, pale yellow, with 2 large maroon spots encircled with orange, the front part hairy. India. B.M. 3837. B.R. 1779 (as D. eupreum). P.M. 2:241. Var. Calceolaria, Veitch Man. Fls. smaUer, orange-yeUow, with deeper veins and reticulation, and deeper spots on Up. C.O. 13. 39. dixanthum, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs up to 3 ft. tall, erect, somewhat clavate: racemes 2-6-fld.; fls. yellow, with an orange mark on lip; sepals and petals acute, the former lanceolate, narrower than the oblong, serrulate petals; Up serrulate, the blade nearly orbicu- lar. Mouhnein and Tenasserim. B.M. 5564. 40. fimbriatum, Hook. Pseudobulbs 3-5 ft. tall, cylindric: racemes 6-12-fld., pendulous; fls. 2-3 in. across; sepals and petals bright orange-yellow, the former oblong-eUiptic, narrower than the oblong-oval. ciUolate petals; lip bright yellow, with an orange spot on the orbicular fimbriate blade, Nepal. P.M. 2:172. J.F. 3:314. G.C. III. 25:305. C.O. 9. Var. ocuiatum, Hook. Pseudobulbs shorter, more slender, the smaller fls. with a maroon spot on the Up. B.M. 4160. I.H. 1:15. C.O. 9o. P.M. 6:169 (as D. Paxtoni). F.S. 7:725 (asD. Paxtoni). 41. Aphrodite, Reichb. f. {D. nodatum, Lindl.). Pseudobulbs up to 1 ft. long, slender, branched: fls. solitary or in pairs, 2-3 in. across; sepals and petals cream-colored, the former lanceolate, narrower than the ovate petals; Up cream-colored, with a large saffron- yeUow spot in the middle, and 2 maroon spots at base, the front lobe nearly rhomboid, acute. Moulmein and Tenasserim. B.M. 5470. F.S. 15:1582. 42. afireum, WaU. {D. heterocdrpum, WaU. D. rhomhMeum, Lindl.). Pseudobulbs up to IJ^ ft. taU, erect, somewhat clavate: fls. in 2's and 3's, fragrant, 2-2 J^ in. across; sepals and petals cream-colored, acute, the former oblong-lanceolate, a Uttle narrower than the oblong-ovate petals; lip yellow, streaked with reddish purple, the front lobe ovate, acuminate, recurved, the disk velvety. Trop. Himalayas to PhiUppines. B.M. 4708. F.S. 8:842. P.M. 14, p. 68, desc. J.F. 4:386. C.O. 10. R. 63. B.R. 29:17. J.H. III. 52:405; 57:3. O.R. 8:41, 169. Var. sulphflreum, Hort. Fls. sulfur- yeUow, with the usual orange-colored markings. 43. clavatum, Wall. Pseudobulbs up to 3 ft. long, cylindric, pendulous: racemes 4-6-fld.; fls. 2-3 in. across; sepals and petals orange-yeUow, the former oval- oblong, about half as wide as the nearly orbicular petals; Up bright yellow, with a maroon blotch in center, the front lobe orbicular, denticulate, the upper surface pubescent. Trop. Himalayas to S. China. B.M. 6993. 44. Gibsonii, Lindl. {D. fuscatum, Lindl.). Pseudo- bulbs up to 3 ft. taU, a Uttle enlarged in the middle, slender: racemes 5-10-fld., pendulous; fls. about 2 in. across, golden yeUow, with 2 maroon spots on the Up; sepals and petals oval-oblong, obtuse, about the same width; lip with the limb a little broader than long, rounded at apex, fimbriate, villous on the upper sur- face. Trop. Himalayas to S. China and Java. P.M. 5:169. B.M. 6226. Section V. A. Sepals and petals white. B. Without markings. c. Middle lobe of lip quadrate, emar- ginate, undulate; spur short, sac- cate 45. lasioglossum CO. Middle lobe of lip triangular, acute, ciliate; spur long, conic 46. aqueum BB. With purple or mauve at apex 32. nobile AA. Sepals and petals purple, mauve or lilac. B. Base of lip inclosing column; sepals and petals widely spreading. c. Lip fringed; disk yellow 47. Loddigesii CO. Lip denticulate; throat deep purple 48. superbum BB. Base of lip not inclosing column; sepals and petals ascending 49. MacCarthise AAA. Sepals and petals yellow. B. Color pale. c. Fls. buff-yellow; lip clawed, with 2 purple spots 50. albo-san- CC. Fls. primrose-yellow; lip at base [guineum convolute around column. D. Middle lobe of lip oblong, emar- ginate; petals larger thansepals 51. luteolum DD. Middle lobe of lip nearly orbicu- lar, refiexed, much undulated. . 52. ramosum BB. Color bright. c. Lip with a single large maroon blotch 53. ochreatum CO. Lip with 2 purple spots. D. Margin of lip denticulate 54. chrysanthum DD. Margin of lip fimbriate, the divisions long and bearded .... 55. Hookerianum 984 DENDROBIUM DENDROBIUM 45. lasiogl6ssum, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs up to \}/i ft. long, slender, pendulous, a little enlarged at the middle; fls. in 2'8 or 3's, white, except the reddish lines on the side lobes of the lip; sepals ovate, a httle narrower than the petals; Up 3-lobed, the lateral lobes rounded, denticulate, the middle lobe nearly quadrate, undulate, reflexed, the disk with a tuft of orange- yellow hairs. Burma. B.M. 5825. 46. dqueum, Lindl. {D. dUmm, Wight.). Pseudo- bulbs up to 2 ft. long; rather stout, decumbent: fls. about 2 in. across, solitary or in pairs, cream-white, except a yellow spot on the lip; sepals and petals simi- lar, broadly ovate, acute; lip obscurely 3-lobed, the middle lobe triangular, deflexed, ciliate, the upper surface pubescent. Neilgherry Hills. iB.R. 29:64. B.M. 4640. J.F. 3:262. 47. L6ddigesii, Rolfe (D. jwZcA^Kwm, Lodd., not Roxbg. D. SeideUAnum, Reichb. f.). Dwarf.: pseudo- bulbs 3-4 in. long: fls. sohtary, about 1}^ in. across; sepals and petals lilac, the sepals oblong, much nar- rower than the ovate petals; lip orbicular fringed, the center orange-yellow, the margin pale lilac. China. L.B.C. 20:1935. B.M. 6037. 48. superbum, Reichb. f. (D. ■maeroph^llum, Lindl. Plate XXXV. D. ScorUchinii, Hook. D. macrdnthum, Hook.). Pseudobulbs up to 3 or 4 ft. long, cylindric, pendulous: fls. in pairs, 3-5 in. across, with the odor of rhubarb; sepals and petals puiple-Ulac, acute, the former oblong-lanceolate, about half as wide as the oblong-ovate petals; lip with the tube a deep red- purple, this color appeaxing as 2 large spots in the throat, the front lobe acuminate, reflexed, denticulate, the upper surface pubescent. PhiUppines. B.M. 3970. CO. 20. P.M. 8:97. F.S. 8:757. O.R. 14:78; 20:144. Var. anfismum, Reichb. f. (D. andsmum, Lindl. D. macrophyllum Daydmum, Hort.). Pseudobulbs shorter: fls. usually solitary, nearly odorless, smaller, the sepals and petals shorter and broader. Lind. 6:264. P.M. 15:97. Var. gigantSum, Reichb. f. Fls. larger. Var. Hfittonii, Reichb. f. Fls. white, except the base of the lip and 2 spots on it which are purple. Malay Archipelago. Var. Richardii, Hort. Medium-sized very fleshy fls. set on long bristled pedicels. 49. MacCirthise, Thwaites. Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft. long: fls. in 2-3-fld. pendulous racemes; sepals and petals ascending, the fl. not opening wide, pale rosy mauve, acute, the former lanceolate, narrower than the oblong-ovate petals which are sometimes purple- striped; Up pale purple, striped with deep purple and with a maroon spot surrounded by a white zone. Cey- lon. B.M. 4886. G.W. 14, p. 408. 50. albo-sanguineum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 15 in. long, stout, cyUndric, erect: racemes 2-7-fld.; fls. 2-3 in. across, buff-yellow, with 2 purple spots on Up; sepals oblong-lanceolate, acute, about half as broad as the oblong-oval petals which sometimes have a few red streaks at the base; Up broadly clawed, the blade broadly obovate or nearly orbicular, undulate. Mouhnein and Tenasserim. B.M. 5130. F.S. 7:721. J.F. 2:203. 51. lutecium, Batem. Pseudobulbs up to IJ^ ft. tall, furrowed, cyUndric: fls. 2-4, in lateral racemes, 2-2 J^ in. across, primrose-yeUow; sepals oblong-elUptic, narrower than the oval petals; Up with a few reddish streaks, sUghtly 3-lobed, the middle lobe oblong, emar- ginate, a tuft of yeUow hairs below the tomentose disk. Moulmein. B.M. 5441. F.S. 23:2395 (as D. Lomi). J.H. m. 32:143; 51:619; 54:137. V.O. 67. Var. chlorocentrum, Reichb. Fls. a Uttle larger with greenish hairs on the Up. G.C. II. 19:340. 52. ramdsum, Lindl. (Z). R-Uckeri, Lindl.). Pseudo- bulbs up to 13^ ft. taU, slender: fls. soUtary or in pairs, about IJ^ in. across; sepals and petals pale primrose- yeUow, the dorsal sepal oblong, the lateral triangular, the petals narrower than dorsal sepal; Up 3-lobed, the lateral lobes white, rose-streaked, the middle lobe nearly orbicular, reflexed, deeper yeUow than petals, much imdulated. Trop. Himalayas. B.R. 29:60. 53. ochre^tum, Lindl. (D. cambridgednum, Paxt.). Pseudobulbs up to 10 in. long, stout, curved, cyUndric, decumbent: fls. in pairs, 2-3 m. across, rich golden yel- low, except the maroon blotch on Up; sepals and petals oblong, acute, similar; lip with the concave blade orbicular, recurved on the margin, the upper surface downy. Trop. Himalayas. B.M. 4450. CO. 16. Var. l&teum, Hort. Fls. lemon-yellow, with blotch on Up of much lighter purple than in type. 54. chiysSnthtun, WaU. (D. Pdxtonii, Lindl.). Pseudobulbs up to 6 ft. long, slender, furrowed, pen- dulous: fls. about 2 in. across, in racemes of 4-6, golden, except the 2 maroon spots on the Up; sepals oblong-oval; petals broadly obovate; Up denticulate, the middle lobe orbicular. Tropical Himalayas to Burma and southern China. B.R. 1299. Lind. 5:194. CO. 2. G.C. III. 15:565; 40:374. Var. anoph- t&lmum, Reichb. f. Lip. not spotted. Var. microph- tSiaxxaa, Reichb. f. Petals serrate, and the spots on the Up smaller. 56. Hookerilnum, Lindl. {D. chrysbtis, Reichb. f.). Pseudobulbs up to 8 ft. long, pendulous: fls. 3-4 in. across, in pendulous racemes of 10-16, golden, except the 2 maroon spots on the Up; sepals and petals oblong, acute, similar; Up with the blade broadly oval, velvety on upper surface, fim- briate, the divisions long and bearded. Trop. Himalayas and Bengal. B.M. 6013. Lind. 16:730. I.E. 20:155. J.H. IIL 33:221. Var.brachy- st&ch3rmn, Kranzl. Fls. a Uttle larger, fewer, in shorter ra- cemes. Khasia Hills. Section VI. A. Fls. usuaUy single. 56. Jenkinsii AA. Fls. in racemes, 57. aggregatum .56. 1237. Dendrobium superbiens. ( Xy) long, crowded, oblong, compressed, 1-lvd.: Ivs. oblong, oval, 1-2 in. long: fls. solitary, about 1}4 in. across, orange -yellow, with the disk on the lip darker; sepals oval, much narrower than the rhomboid petals, the Up downy above. Assam and Burma. B.R. 25:37. 57. aggregatum, Roxbg. Pseudobulbs ovate-fusiform, up to 2 in. long, crowded, 1-lvd.: Ivs. 2-3 in. DENDROBIUM long, oblong-oval: racemes pendulous, 6-12-fld.; fls. becoming orange-yellow -with age, the disk deeper; sepals ovate, about half as broad as the nearly orbicular Detals; lip with a pubescent disk. Burma and China. B.R. 1695. B.M.3643. G.C. III. 60:82. CO. 33. Section VII. 58. bicameratum, Lindl. (D. brevifldrum, Lindl. D. adUbdlrys, Ridley). Pseudobulbs tufted, fusiform, up to 16 in. long: racemes short, fascicled, on the old pseudo- bulbs; fls. yellow, the sepals and petals marked with red spots in lines; lip cuneate, 3-lobed, the lateral lobes small acute, the middle lobe retuse, the callus fleshy, papillate. Trop. Himalayas. Section VIII. 59. macroph^llum, A. Rich. (Z). VeUchid.num, Lindl. D. macrophyllum VeitchiAnum, Hook. f. D. ferox, Hasdc.). Pseudobulbs stout, clavate, up to 2 ft. long, furrowed, narrowed below: Ivs. up to 1 ft. long: racemes many-fld., erect; fls. about 2 in. across; sepals oblong- ovate, hairy externally, pale yellowish green, larger than the whitish spathulate petals; lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes round, purple-streaked, the middle lobe broader than long, with radiating purple lines. New Guinea, Java, Trinos, Philippines. B.M. 6649. H.F. 2:132. Var. stendpterum, Reichb. f. Fls. smaller, the mentum much reduced, the sepals and petals ochre, copiously dotted inside, marked outside with large brown spots. Section IX. 60. Eingi^tun, Lindl. Dwarf: pseudobulbs 2-3 in. long, attenuated upwards from a bulbous base, 2-5-lvd.: racemes few-fld.; fls. nearly 1 in. across; sepals and petals purple, the acute ovate sepals broader than the petals; lip white, marked vrith purple, 3-lobed, the lateral lobes obtuse, the middle lobe reniform, apicu- late; spur yeUow-tipped. Queensland. B.R. 31:61. B.M. 4527. J.F. 2:143. CO. 38. Section X. A. Sepals and petals undulate; ormry same color asfl 61. superbiens AA. Sepals and petals not undulate; ovary green B, Fls. about 2 in. across; middle lobe of lip retuse; disk papillose 62. bigibbum EB. Fls. 2i4-4 in. across; middle lobe of lip acute; disk smooth '. 63. Phalsenopsis 61. superbiens, Reichb. f. (D. Goldiei, Reichb. f. D. Fitzg^aUii, F. MueU.). Fig. 1237. Pseudobulbs up to 23^ ft., cyUndric, somewhat narrowed at both ends, leafy above: peduncle nearly terminal, bearing a nodding termm al raceme; fls. about 2 in. across, I crim|^||jMMUk^^|aals and petals often whiter borae^^^PP|HMH, reflexed, undulate, narrower than the flHovafe petals; Up 3-lQhg(d, the lateral lobes round, the middle lobe oblong, wavy, reflexed. Austral. P.M. 1878:294. R. 1:39. G. 34:117. CW. 14, p. 29. G.C. IIL 49:36. CO. 15. 62. bigibbum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs cylindric, some- what fusiform, slender, up to IJi ft. long, leafy: pedun- cle nearly terminal, slender, with a terminal many- fld. raceme; fls. 1J4-2 in. across, purple-magenta, the lip darker; sepal oblong, acute, much narrower than the nearly orbicular petals; lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes oblong, incurved, the intermediate one oblong, reflexed; crest white, papillose. Austral. B.M. 4898. P-S. 11:1143. Gt. 49:1473. Var. cSndidum, Reichb. f. Fls. white. 63. Phalaendpsis, Fitzgerald. Fig. 1238. Pseudobulbs Blender, up to 2 ft. long, leafy above: peduncle terminal or nearly so, slender, bearing a terminal raceme of 8-15 fls. which are 2J^3J^ in. across; sepals lanceo- DENDROBIUM 985 late, acute, white, flushed pale rose, narrower than the rhomboid orbicular mauve petals with deeper veins; lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes round, curved over the column, maroon-purple, the middle lobe pale purple, deeper veined. Austral. G.F. 6:440 (adapted m Fie. 1238). A.F. 16: 1442. B.M. 6817. ^ -n> CO. 4. Var.holo- /V leficeum, H o r t . ^i k^l ' Fls. white. G.C. /'>^'-^>' IIL 28:231: Var. Lindenise, Hort. ,, ^, Fls large, creamy Jj <^p. white. Var. y *A 1 11 x — -i'v), Rothschildianum, // lA "%- Kranzl. Fls. 4 in. -, /) , // ^ jjC^/J across, the sepals ^^Wyy JL-^ \/yy' and petals white, ^^^ ,^f ^ " suffused rose, the if hp rose, intensely veined. Var. i,w -•/- ^^ rubescens, Hort. / li An exceptionally U(| ^L--^S';;i'r\'\' dark form. Var. ffl _^((K\> Schrcederianum, j ,, /^'^ f Hort. Sepals Lj '~. rubens. — D. Arte7nis=X>, aureum xD. Ainsworthii. O.R. 14:72.— D. Aspltsia=T>. aureum xD. Wardianum. O.R. 1:137. — D, burfordiinse=T). aureum xD. Linawianum. G 29:35. — D. Ca8idope==J). moniliforme X D. nobile. CO. 2. — D. chrysodiacus= D. Ainsworthii X D. Findlayanum. — D. C'drti»ii='D. aureum xD. Cassiope. Gn. 69, p. 145. O.R. 14:73. — D. Ddllwusii-n6bile = D. nobile xD. pulchellum. G.C III. 27:379. — D. dominyinum=D. nobile X D. Linawianum. — D. dulce=Ty* aureum X D. Linawianum. — fl. Editha!=^T>. nobile nobiluaXD. aureum. — D. endScharis^ D. aureum xD. monileforme. G. 32:293. G.Z. 36, p. 195. — D. eudsmum=D. endocharis x D. nobile. — D. Leechid,num='D* aureum xD. nobile. R.H. 1904:280. CO. la. — D. melanodlscus gloridsa=D. Ainsworthii X D. Findlajranum. G.C III. 35 : 219. — D, melanodlscus pdUens=D. Ainsworthii X D. Findlayanum. J.H. III. 50:25. — D. B(Bblingid,num,=T>. nobilexD. ramosum. Gn. 59, p. 198, desc. — D. R6lfese^=D. nobile xD. primulinum. — D. RSlJex Tdsewm=t>. nobile xD. primulinum. Gn. W. 18:541. — D. ritbens erandifldrum=Ii. Ainsworthii X D. nobile. G.M. 53:206. — D. Schneidendnum=Ii. aureum xD. Findlayanum. — D. splendidis" simum grandifiAmm=T). nobile X D. aureum. G.M. 43 : 179. Gn. 65, p. 140.— 2). ThwAile3ss=D. Ainsworthii X D. Wiganise. G.M. 47:273.— i). Yhms=T). nobilexD. Falconeri. G.M. 51:459. CO. 3. — D. Wigdnix=i>. nobile X D. aignatum. — D. Wigdnise xanthochUum=T>. nobilexD. signatum. Gn. W.20:161. — D. Wig- o?iid)ium=D. HildebrandiixD. nobile. G.M. 44:167. — D. xanth- oc^r(m=D. Wardianum X D. Linawianum. George V. Nash. DENSROCALAMUS: A few large bamboos of the East Indies and China; see Bamboo. DENDROCHiLUM: PUUydinis. 63 DENDROMfeCON (Greek dendron, tree; mecon, poppy). An outdoor shrub" in California, prized for its bright yellow flowers, aiid sparingly grown elsewhere. Smooth low branching plant with rigid alternate mostly entire Ivs.: fls. golden yellow, 1-3 in. across, single on short pedicels; petals 4, large; sepals 2; stamens many, short: fr. a linear curved grooved caps. 2-4 in. long. — Long considered to comfirise a single species, but lately redefined by Fedde into 20 species, but only one species -name appears to be in the trade. The division into species is largely on foUage characters. It is not unlikely that some of the cult, material represents one or more of these segregates. rigida, Benth. Rigid, very leafy, 2-10 ft. high: sts. up to 2 in. thick: bark whitish: branches stiff, erect: Ivs. lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, coriaceous, reticulately veined, very acute and mucronate: fls. on pedicels, 1-4 in. long: seeds black, almost globular. Dry parts of Coast ranges and in the Sierras. B.M. 5134. F.S. 14:1411. Gn. 50:292. J.H. III. 29:92. — Spring-flowering. In England it is somewhat tender, requiring some protection in winter. Prop, from seeds, that take very long to germinate. Con- siderable variation m size of fls. appears to depend on the conditions in which plants are growing. Evergreen, but in hard winters in Calif., loses most of its Ivs. by Feb. When, becoming scroggly, it may be cut back to ground for renewal. l_ jj. b + 1239. Tip of leaf of Dennstsedtia punctilobula. ( X M) 1240. Fruiting lobe of Dennstsedtia punc- tilobula. DENDROPANAX (Greek, tree Panax). Araliacex. Unarmed trees and shrubs from Trop. Amer. and Asia, ■ also China and Japan. Fls. hermaphrodite, rarely polygamous. Species about 20. D. japdnicus, Seem. {H6dera japdnica, Jungh.), may be secured from deal- ers in Japanese plants. The Ivs. have been compared to Fatsia japonica, but are smaller and mostly 3-Iobed but simple. The floral parts are in 5's: infl. umbellate, terminal nearly simple and not showy: berry globose. Cult in temperate house. N. TATLOR.t DENDROPHYLAX: Polyrrhiza. DENNST^DTIA (August Wilhelm Dennstedt, early German botanist). Polypodiacex. Hardy or green- house ferns of wide distribution, often referred to Dick- sonia but belonging to a different family from the tree ferns of the latter genus from the antarctic or southern hemisphere. Indusium inferior cup -shaped, open at top and adherent on outer side to a reflexed toothlet: Ivs. 2-3-pinnatifid, from erect or creeping rootstocks. Species about 30; of simple cultural requirements. punctilobula, Moore {Dicksbnia pilosiilscula, Willd.). Figs. 1239, 1240. Rootstock slender, creeping, under- ground: Ivs. light green, 1-2 J^ ft. long, 5-9 in. wide, usually tri-pinnatifid, under surface minutely 988 DENNSTyEDTIA DESCHAMPSIA glandular, giving the dried Ivs. a somewhat pleasant fragrance; aori minute, on small, recurved teeth. Canada to Tenn. — Sometimes called hay-scented fern, and boulder fern. Likes light porous soil and semi- shaded places. Variable. Smithii, Moore. Lvs. thick, the under surface almost woolly, glandular, tripinnate; lower pinnse 9-12 in. long, 3-4 in. wide; sori 2-8 to each segm. Philippines. dissects, Moore. From the W. Indies, often 6-7 ft. high, with broad (2-4 ft.) lvs. — Sometimes seen in cult, and is well worth a place in the trade. L. M. Underwood. DENT ARIA (Latin, dens, tooth; referring to the toothed rootstocks). Critdferse. Toothwobt. Small early-flowering herbs, sometimes offered by dealers in native plants. Hardy herbaceous perennials, usu- ally with pleasant-tasting rootstocks, 2 or 3 lvs., mostly with 3 parts, and corymbs or racemes of large white or purplish fls. in spring: sts. mostly unbranched and not leafy below: lvs. palmately 3-divided or laciniate: petals surpassing the sepals; stamens 6; style slender: fr. a very narrow flat silique dehiscent from the base. — Probably 20 species in Eu., Asia and in N. Amer. The European and E. American species are readily told from Cardamine by habit and many obvious differ- ences, but the W. American representatives of the 2 genera converge so that some botan- ists have merged Dentaria into Cardamine. (See E. L. Greene, Pittonia, 3:117-124.) Several species are culti- vated in Old World rockeries. They are of easy culture in light rich soil, and moist shady Eositions. Usually propagated y division, as seeds are not abundant. A. Rootstock continuous, not tuberous. diphylla, Michx. Pbppbh- RooT. Fig. 1241. Eight to 16 in.: rootstock several inches long, often branched, strongly toothed at the many nodes: st.-lvs. 2, similar to the root- Ivs., close together; segms. 3, ovate or oblong-ovate, coarsely crenate, the teeth abruptly acute: petals white inside, pale purple or pinkish out- side. Nova Scotia to S. C., west to Minn, and Ky. B.M. 1465. — ^Rootstocks 5-10 in. long, crisp, tasting like water-cress. Pretty spring fl. 1241. Dentaria diphylla. iX^i) AA. Rootstock tuberous or jointed. B. Lvs. deeply 3-parted, but not into distinct Ifts. lacini^ta, Muhl. Eight to 16 in.: the st. pubescent above: tubers deep: st.-lvs. 3, with lateral segms. often 2-lobed, all oblong to linear, more or less sharply toothed: petals purplish to white. Que. to Minn., south to Fla. and La. Var. Integra, Fern., has the lateral segms. entire or nearly so. D, andmala, Eames, is per- haps a hybrid with D. diphylla; Conn. macrocarpa, Nutt. (C. gemmAta, Greene). St. sim- ple, 4-15 in.: lvs. 1-3, palmately or pinnately 3-5- garted, or divided; segms. hnear to oblong, entire: s. purple or rose: tubers with joints about 1 in. long. N. CaUf. to Brit. Col. BB. Lvs. of St. cut into 3 distinct Ifts. {except sometimes in D. calif ornica). tenella, Pursh. Six to 12 in.: tubers small, irregular; basal lvs. simple and round-cordate, crenate or sinuate; st.-lvs. 1 or 2, nearly sessile, sometimes bulbiferous; Ifts. linear-oblong or linear, obtuse, entire: petals rose. Ore., Wash. calif 6mica, Nutt. Tubers mostly small: st. J^2 ft. high: lvs. very variable; st.-lvs. 2-4, mostly short- petiolate, and above the middle of the st. with 3-5 Ifts., rarely simple or lobed; Ifts. mostly short-petio- lulate, ovate to lanceolate or linear, entire or toothed: petals white or rose. Mountains and streams of Calif, and Ore. mfixima, Nutt. Ten to 16 in.: tubers near the sur- face, jointed, strongly tubercled: st.-lvs. 2 or 3, usually alternate; Ifts. ovate or oblong -ovate, coarsely toothed and somewhat cleft or lobed, with petiolules: fls. white or purple- tinged. Maine to Mich, and Pa. L. H. B.t DEODAR: Cedrua Deodara. DEPARIA (Greek, depas, a beaker or chalice; referring to the form of the invo- lucre). Polypodidxese. A small genus of Hawaiian and South American ferns related to Dennstaedtia, rarely seen in cultivation in America. The sori are mar- ginal and usually on stalked projections from the margin of the leaf. D^BItlS (Greek, a leather covering). Syn. DeguUia. Leguminbsse. Tropical, tall woody cUmbers (sometimes trees), one of which has been offered in S. Calif., but is now apparently out of cult, there. Lvs. alter- nate; Ifts. opposite, the odd one distant; stipules none; fls. violet, purple or white, never yellow, in racemes or panicles or fascicles, papiUonaceous, standard broad and rounded; wings oblique: pod indehiscent; 1- to several-seeded. — About 40 species, of little horticultural significance. scSndens, Benth. Climbing: Ifts. 9-18, 1-2 in. long, oblong, obtuse, or acute, glabrous or minutely pilose beneath: fls. pale rose, in very long racemes: pod long, lanceolate, acute at both ends, narrowly winged at the base; ovules 6-8. S. Asia and Indian Archipelago to Austral. — It has been offered in this country, but has not been successfully cult. D. aWorUbra, Hemsl., from China, has been flowered at Kew in the palm house "where it covered some square yards of the roof: fls. white, fragrant, with red calyx, in long panicles: Ifts. conar ceous, glabrous, ovate-oblong; a climbing evergreen shrub: once confused with D. Fordii, Oliver. B.M. 8008. j^ jj g DESCHAMPSIA (for Deslongchamps, a French botanist, 1774^1849). Gramlnex. Tufted perennials with shining spikelets in narrow or loose panicles, some- times grown for dry bouquets. Spikelets mostly 2-fld., with a hairy proloi^ation of the rachiUa; glumes about as long as the florets; lemmas toothed, tearing a dorsal awn. — Species about 20, in the cooler regions of the northern hemisphere. caespitdsa, Beauv. {A\ra csespitbsa, Linn.). Tufted Haib-Gbass. Hassock-Ghass. Growing in tufts 1-3 ft.; blades firm, narrow: panicle open, the branches slender. G.M. 54:916. Common in N. U. S., extending DESCHAMPSIA DESIGN south in the mountains. — In England, it is sometimes used by the farmers to make door-mats. flezudsa, Trin. {Aira flexudsa, Linn.). Wood Hair- Gbass. Culms slender, 1-2 ft.: blades numerous, capillary: panicle open, the flexuous branches spikelet- bearing near the ends. Dept. Agric, Div. Agrost. 7 : 173. Open woods N. E. U. S. — Of some value for woodland pastures, as it will grow well in the shade. Also used for ornament. A form with yellow-striped foliage is sold under the name Aira foliis variegatis. A. S. Hitchcock. DESIGN, FLORAL. An important feature of the work of a retail florist is the making of floral designs or "set pieces." Fig. 1242. This work is directly opposed to the informal arrangement of flowers which is so much admired at the present time. See Bouquets, Vol. I. By artistic arrangement, however, these designs are now made less formal than in the earlier history of the retailer's work. These designs lend themselves well to the working out of various inscriptions and legends in flowers; therefore, these are most frequently used as tokens of affection sent to friends or relatives at the time of a death. These designs are also much in demand by vari- ous fraternal orders and Other societies, when the emblems of the order society are worked out in flowers and sent as a tribute to the house of sor- row. They therefore have their place in the work of every flower-shop. As has been stated, the present-day tendency in the arrangement of flow- ers in designs is to get as far away as possible from a stiff, set formality. A design must, of necessity, be distinct in outline, but by a careful and free use of ferns and other florists' "green," the effect may be made somewhat infor- mal and pleasing. Various forms of the "shower" wreath illustrate this, as well as a loose arrange- ment of flowers, and even foliage and flowering plants about the base of a standing emblem. The most common forms of floral designs in use at / the present time are flat and standing wreaths, pillows, ' casket-covers, crosses, anchors, and the emblems of J various fraternal orders, such as the Masonic square and compass, and the Odd Fellows' three links. The flowers, of which these desi^s are made, vary in different stores. The price which is to be paid for the design usually governs the species and varieties used. Orchids, lilies, lilies-of-the-valley, roses and Farleyense fems compose the most expensive designs; while carna- tions, stevia, Roman white hyacinths and other more common flowers, with asparagus fern, comprise the cheaper designs. Usually the florist determines the price the customer wishes to pay and selects the flowers in accordance with this. Within recent years there has come to be a demand for unusual material in designs, (and boxwood, galax, leucothoe and magnolia leaves, ericas and other woody plants have been much used. In making these designs, the arrangement must necessarily be quite formal; therefore, wire frames are used. These are made in large quantities by various 1242. A floral design. wire-working firms and are sold at wholesale at a comparatively low figure. In order to emphasize the particular formal outline and to hold the flowers permanently in place, the flower-stems are usually removed and the flowers then wired with 9- or 12-inch, No. 22 or No. 24 wire. The wire forms are first filled with sphagnum moss, which is moistened so that the flowers will retain their freshness, and the wired stems of the flowers are inserted in this moss. The wiring is an art, and the design-worker becomes so proficient in this that many flowers may be wired in a short period of time. This is necessary when many designs must be made quickly, as is so frequently the case in a flower- shop at the time of the funeral of a distinguished person. Design work usually brings the retailer a substantial remuneration. In many instances, flowers of a lower quality may be used in designs than are demanded by persons buying cut-flowers. They must always be fresh, however; but, when roses are used, those having short stems are just as desirable as long-stemmed flowers. In carnations, many having a split calyx may | be used when they would be salable in no other way. If Roman hyacinths are used, the main truss may be sold as cut-flowers, and the secondary trusses used in designs. The green elements in the design, which are used to emphasize the beauty of the flowers, vary much in different stores. Each designer has his own ideas regarding the uses of this material, but often he is compelled to use what is available at the precise moment when it is needed. Because of its excellent keeping qualities, the "dagger," or Christmas -. fern, is frequently used; but, when this is plainly visible in the finished design, it has a coarse appearance which cheap- ens the effectiveness of the piece. It may, how- ever, be used as a cover for the frame and moss, with excellent effects. The "fancy dagger," or spinu- lose wood fern, is more attractive than the common dagger fern. One of the i earlier greens used was smilax, but this has inferior ' keeping qualities to other kinds and is not so popular at the present time. It does not lend itself readily to a loose, formal arrangement. Both Asparagus plumosus and A. Sprmgeri make excellent backgrounds for all design work. For softening effects to be worked among the flowers, nothing adds value to the design so much as a few sprays of Adiantum Croweanum or A. Farleyense. Often the foliage of the plants from which the fiowers come adds a more pleasing effect than does the green of any other species. This is especially true when roses or liHes-of-the- valley are used. Of the many designs made by the retailer of flowers, ■wasaths are probably the most in demand. They exhibit good taste, and many have excellent keepmg qualities. One of the earlier forms was made of Eng- hsh ivy, and the effect was pleasing. This was espec- ially so when the wreath was enriched with a large bunch of violets, arranged in a loose, artistic manner. Because of the difficulty of getting a sufficient quantity of these leaves, the ivy wreath has been largely replaced by that made of galax leaves. These have exceUent 990 DESIGN DESMANTHUS keeping qualities and are obtained in large quantities by wholesale dealers from the mountains of North and South Carolina. Both bronze and green galax may be secured, but the green is most satisfactory as it makes a more pleasing contrast with a larger number of colors of flowers. It is customary to make these in rather large sizes, a 16-inch frame, or even larger, being used. Usually the right-hand side of the wreath is decorated with roses, hlies-of-the-vaUey, or other flowers. A standing galax wreath, with a base of galax Jleaves, cocos palms, white roses and "valley," and the wreath itself decorated with white roses, Ulies-of-the- valley, with shower sprays of "valley" and maiden- hair ferns on dainty narrow ribbon, makes an effective design. If a single spray of cattleyas is placed among the roses and "valley," the effect is enriched wonder- fully. MagnoUa and leucothoe leaves are also used extensively for wreaths, but this foliage is heavier and less pleasing than galax. However, the buying pubUo is tiring of the galax, and the retailer is searching the continents for something to replace it. Boxwood also makes a rich and attractive wreath. Wreaths made principally of flowers are often in demand, and when varieties are carefully selected, the results are pleasing. Fig. 1242 (redrawn from American Florist). In selecting the flowers for any design, certain rules must be observed. In the first place, a designer must realize that, as in all other flower-arrangement, a lavish use of material is not essential to good effects. A flower has an individuaUty of its own, and this should be just as pronounced in a design as in a loose vase arrangement. At no time should the material be crowded. When an inscription is to be placed over the flowers, as, for example, in a pillow when carna- tions are to be the background, even then each carna- tion should show its form and the background should not be a mass of petals without definite shape. As a general thing, it is best to place the flowers in position first, after having covered the mossed frame with green, and then to work the foliage among the flowers where it is needed for the best effects. This method requires fewer flowers, and the effect is more artistic. In making a design, it must be remembered that there may be contrast of forms as well as colors. As a rule, there should not be over three contrasts of forms and two contrasts of colors, although there may be variations to this rule in special cases. As regards shapes and forms, it is quite essential that larger, heavier blooms, such as lilies and roses, should be contrasted with sprays of a light and graceful character, Uke lilies-of-the-vaUey and Roman hya- cinths. The larger flowers are to be placed low in the arrangement, and the finer sprays higher. Often the center of a design is made of one particular species, as, for example, pmk roses with their foUage; and the borders of the design are filled with sprays of lighter flowers, like UUes-of-the-vaUey with their foliage or that of the maidenhair fern. If in the arrangement of the larger flowers a few buds of the species used are added, the effectiveness of form is increased. In selecting colors for designs, the fighter shades are the most desired, although in recent years there has come to be a freer use of darker colors. For exam- ple, a large wreath of Richmond or other red roses contrasted with lilies-of-the-valley or white Roman hyacinths, is very effective and is not considered out of place for a funeral design. The amateur should, however, avoid striking contrasts or to endeavor to harmonize unusual forms in flowers. The experienced designer may bring these together with pleasing effects, but this ability comes only after years of study and experience. Large designs are more easily arranged than small ones, and in them may be used a wider range of colors. The most striking colors are, however, widely separated, and between these the flowers should be of such tints that they assist in blending. Flowers with a strong fragrance should not be used in designs if they can be avoided. They are especially objectionable if they are to be used in a dwelling-house where the rooms are often crowded. In a church or other large room, the fragrance is less noticeable. Polyanthus narcissi, tuberoses and freesias are espe- cially objectionable. The more deUcate odors of violets, lilies-of-the-vaUey and Roman hyacinths are less so. The funeral designs most frequently ordered by the immediate family are pillows and casket-covers. Both of these demand careful treatment in making, the pillow being especially difficult. The smaller the pillow, the harder it is to produce a pleasing result. The flowers should be of a rich character, and it shows better judgment to select a less expensive wreath as a floral tribute than to purchase a pillow made of cheap flowers. Casket-covers should also be made of expensive flowers. These covers are not lasting, for they must of necessity be light in character; and moss, which is so necessary to retain moisture and freshness in the flowers, cannot well be used. Light wire of a fine mesh, such as mosquito netting, is cut of the desired size and the flowers which are usually of one species, like Easter lilies or roses, are wired to this with suffi- \ cient foliage or other green to cover the wire. A flower j of some contrasting color may be used for a border; or a rich outline of smilax is effective. The construction of many fraternal emblems in a pleasing, artistic way, demands all the fine points of the professional designer's skill. Often all rules of flower-arrangement have to be disregarded. Special emblems have to be made of special colors; and when an emblem must be made which calls for definite parts to be blue, others to be yellow, red, white and green, the problem to harmonize these is a serious one. The designer has no choice in such a case, and can meet this demand only with an attempt to reduce to the , minimum these clashing contrasts in color. i As has been stated, formal designs in the arrange- ment of cut-flowers are a necessity, and for these there will probably always be a demand. The designer should have in mind, however, that it is possible to arrange flowers in a pleasing way and still emphasize the formal lines. Artists in this fine of work are just as truly "born, not made," as in any other branch of art; and unless one has a genuine love for flowers and the artist's skill in their arrange- ment, the making of formal designs should not be attempted. E. A. White. DESMAnTHUS (name refers to flowers being in bundles). Syn. Acuan. Leguminbsx. About 10 herbs or shrubs in subtropical N. Amer., and 1 in the tropics of the Old World, a few of the American species reaching well north in the U. S. ; probably not regularly cult., but now and then transferred to the garden for the effect of their bipinnate Ivs. and small greenish white fls., in axillary peduncled heads or spikes. The genus is one of the Mimosa tribe, and the fls. are not papilionaceous: petals 5, distinct or very nearly so; calyx bell-shaped; 5-toothed; stamens 5 or 10, distinct, usually exserted: pod flat, narrow, straight or curved, several-seeded. D. illino- insis, MacM. (Mimbsa Ulinoinsis, Michx. AcuaniUino^nsiSy'Kuntze), occurs in prairies and river borders 1243. Desmazeria ^ona Ind. west and south: 1-6 ft., sicuia. (x)^) nearly glabrous, perennial erect DESMANTHUS herb: Ifta. 20-30 pairs, obtusish. B. Uptdhhus, Torr. & Gray, occurs on prairies from Kajis. to Texas: Ifts. mostly fewer and acute, and peduncles much shorter (1 in. or less!"""'* DESMOS 991 DESMAZ&RIA (in honor of Desmazieres, a French botanist). Qraminex. Plants resembling Eragrostis, sometimes grown as ornamental grasses. Spikelets many-fld., strongly compressed, the lemmas keeled and coriaceous but faintly 3- or rarely 5-nerved, awnless : infl. several closely imbricated spikelets, arranged in a linear, dense, nearly simple spike-like panicle. — Species 4, 1 in Medit. region, and 3 in S. Afr. sicula, Dum. {Brizop'^rum sicuLum, Link). Spike- Geass. Fig. 1243. Annual, 8-12 in.: spikelets J^in., in a nearly simple spike. Eu. — Cult, for ornament and frequently used for edging. a. S. Hitchcock. DESMODIUM (Greek, a hand or chain; referring to the jointed pods). By some called Meibbmia. Legumv- nbsse. Tick Trefoil. Mostly herbs, upwards of 170 species, in temperate and warm regions of Amer., Asia, Afr. and Austral. Lvs. pinnate, with 3-5 (rarely 1) Ifts.: fls. small and papilionaceous, in terminal or axillary racemes in summer, mostly purple; calyx with a short tube, more or less 2- lipped; standard broad; wings joined to the keel: pod flat, deeply lobed or jointed, the joints often breaking apart and adhering to clothing and to animals by means of small hooked hairs. Fig. 1244. A number of species are native to N. Amer., and are sometimes grown in the hardy bor- der, where they thrive under ordinary conditions. One hothouse species, D. gyrans, is sometimes cult, for its odd moving Ifts. D. penduliflorum and D. japonicum will be found under Lespedeza. Several of the native species are worthy of cult., but are practically unknown in the trade. The following have been offered by col- lectors: D. canadense, DC. (Fig. 1244); D. cuspidatum, Hook.; D. Dillenii, Darl.; D. marilandicum, Boott; D. nudiflorum, DC; D. paniculatum, DC; D. pawA- florum, DC; D. sessilifolium, Torr. & Gray. The Florida beggarweed is Desmodium tortuosum, DC, of the W. Indies. It is coming into promiuence in the S. as a forage plant (see Cyclo. Amer. Agric, Vol. II, p. 214). Two Chinese shrubby species have recently been intro. to Eu. : D. amethystinum, Dunn, growing 3-5 ft. : lvs. 3-foliolate, the Ifts. elliptic, 4r-7 in. long: fls. amethy- stine, J^in. long, in a terminal panicle. D. cinerdscens, Franch., not Gray: broad bush, 3 ft. high, densely leafy: lvs. large, the Ifts. lozenge-shaped: fls. rosy lilac to violet, in many racemes, produced in June and again in Sept.' The greenhouse species, D. gyrans, is of tolerably easy culture. It reejuires stove temperature, and, although a perennial, it is best treated as an annual. The best method of propagation is by seeds. These should be sown in February in a hght, sandy soil, in 4-inch pots, and placed in a warm, close atmosphere, where they will soon germinate. The seedlings should be potted singly into small pots as soon as large enough to handle and grown on as rapidly as possible, using a mixture of good, fibrous loam and leaf soil in about equal propor- tions. By midsummer they wiU be good bushy plants, and, though not showy, they are very interesting. (Edward J. Canning.) gjrans, DC Teleghaph Plant. Undershrub, 2-4 ft. high, with 3 oblong or elliptic Ifts., the small lateral ones (which are almost linear) moving in various directions when the temperature is congenial, and especially in the sunshine: fls. purple or violet, in racemes and terminal racemose panicles. Ceylon to the Himalayas and the Philippines. — Grown occasionally M a curiosity, particularly in botanical collections. See Darwin's "Power of Movement in Plants," and various botanical treatises, for fuller accounts. L. H. B. DESMONCUS {hand and hook, referring to hook- like points on the lvs.). PalmAceas. About 25 palms of U. S., S. Mex. to Bohvia and Brazil, differing from Bactris in the long slender chmbing caudex and tech- nical characters. They are gregarious plants, with spines or hooks by means of which they chmb or are elevated on growing trees, the sts. usually thin and flexuose and annular: lvs. scattered along the St., pinnate or pinnatisect, the parts or segms. opposite or alternate, the rachis produced into a long hook-bearing chmbing organ: fls. greenish, in soUtary spadices with 2 spathe-lvs.: fr. small, pea -shaped, red. D. m^jor, Crueg., St. becom- ing very long and clinging to sup- ports by the modi- fied retrorse oppo- site segms. on the prolonged rachis: lvs. pinnate; Kts. 20 pairs, hnear-acumi- nate and usually clustered; rachis spiny, dark-tomen- tose: spathe cov- ered with brown prickles. Trinidad. Little known under glass, and reported as cult. in the open in S. Fla. and S. Cahf. L. H. B. DESMOS (Greek, chain, on ac- I'.A, T» J- count of the fruit resembUng nodes c^dens°°o'™ chained together). Annondcex. (Nearly natural £e.)' ^ genus established in 1790 by Loureiro and based upon Desnws cochinchinensis {Unona Desmos, Dunal, 1817; Unona cochinchinensis, DC, 1824). The flowers are com- posed of 3 sepals and 6 petals in 2 series, the latter valvate, nearly equal, and flat; stamens numer- ous, tetragonal -oblong or cuneate, the connective expanded above the dorsal oblong or hnear-oblong poUen-sacs into a truncate hood-like process; recep- tacle, or torus, slightly raised, usually truncate or somewhat concave at the apex; carpels indefinite; ovules several, usually forming a single column, but sometimes sub-biseriate; stjrle ovoid or oblong, re- curved; ripe carpels indefinite, either elongate and chain-like from constrictions between the seeds, or baccate and spheroid. D. cochin- chinensis, Lour., is a shrub with an erect or climbing st. and weak reclinate branches, lanceolate lvs., fragrant yellow- ish green pendulous fls., and reddish green moniU- form frs. D. chininsis, Lour. (Unona discolor, Vahl), is a small tree of the E. Indies, with ovate-oblong lvs. glaucous beneath and extra-axiUary sweet-scented aromatic fls., for the sake of which it is often cult. The greenish yellow corolla resembles that of Canang- ium odoratum, but the monihform fr. consists of several joints, each containing a pea -like seed. It is used when green by the Chinese at Hongkong, who make from it a fine purple dye. D. elegans, Safford (Undna ilegans, Thwaites), remarkable for its fr., which resem- bles strings of beads, and the very closely allied D. zeyldnieus, Safford (U. zeyldnica, Hook. f. & Thoms.), are endemic in the moist forests of Ceylon. Many species of Desmos have been erroneously referred to the genus Unona, based upon a S. American plant {Unona discreta, Linn, f .) not congeneric with the Asiatic genus above described, but more closely aUied, if not to be identified with the genus Xylopia. See Safford, W. E., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club. 39:501-8 (1912). w. E. Safford. 992 DEUTZIA DEUTZIA DEUTZIA (named by Thunberg in honor of his friend and patron, Johann van der Deutz). Saxifrag&cess. Very ornamental shrubs grown for their showy white or blush flowers appearing in spring or early summer. Upright: Ivs. deciduous, rarely persistent, opposite, petioled, serrate, usually with rough stellate pubes- cence: fls. in panicles, rarely in racemes or in corymbs, white, sometimes purplish, epigynous; calyx-teeth 5; petals 5; stamens 10, rarely more, shorter than the petals; filaments usually winged and toothed at the apex; styles 3-5, distinct: caps. 3-5-celled, with numerous minute seeds. — ^About 50 species in E. Asia and Himalayas and 1 in Mex. Monograph by Schneider in M.D. 1904:172-188, and a hort. monograph by Lemoine in J.H.F. 1902:298-314; see also Rehder in Sargent, Plant. Wilson. 1 : 14-24 for Chinese species. The deutziaa belong to our most beautiful and most popular ornamental shrubs; they are very floriferous and of easy cultivation. D. parviflora and D. grandi- flora are the hardiest, and also D. gracilis, D. Sieboldi- ana and D. scabra are hardy as far north as Massachu- setts; the recently introduced D. longifolia, D. Schneid- eriana, D. discolor, and D. Wilsonii have proved fairly hardy with slight protection or in sheltered positions at the Arnold Arboretum. One of the most tender is D. purpurascens. Of the hybrids, D. Lemoinei is the hardiest, while Z). rosea has proved about as hardy as D. gracilis; D. kalmixflora, D. myrianiha and others are tenderer. Most of the deutzias have white flowers, but D. rosea, D. purpurascens, D. longifolia, D. myrianiha, D. kalmiseflora and some varieties of D. scabra, have the flowers carmine outside or pinkish. They flower most profusely if pruned as httle as possible, although an occasional thinning out of the old wood soon after flowering will be of advantage. The deutzias thrive in almost any well-drained soil, and are well adapted for borders of shrubberies. Potted plants forced with a temperature not exceed- ing 50° develop into beautiful specimens for the decora- tion of greenhouses and conservatories, especially D. Lemoinei, D. gracilis and D. discolor. The same plants cannot be forced again. Propagate readily by greenwood and hardwood cuttings, also by seeds sown in pans or boxes in spring. albo-marmorata, 1. aWo~plena, 3. albo-punctala, 3. angustifolia; 3, 17. aurea, 1. aureo-variegata, 3. campanulata, 2. candidissima, 3. carminea, 2. compacta, 17. corymbiflora, 7. crenata, 3, 5. dentata, 3. Dippeliana, 6. discolor, 2, 8, 12. eburnea, 5. erecta, 5, 7. eximia, 2. INDEX. floribuDda, 2. formosa, 5. Fortunei, 3. gracilis, 1, 2. grandiflora, 2, 15. kalmiaeflora, 11. latiflora, 5. laxiflora, 4. Lemoinei, 17. longifolia, 9. magni£ca, 5. major, 12. marmorata, 3. Tnitis, 3. multiflora, 2. Mussel, 16. myriantha, 10. parviflora, 16. plena, 3. punctata, 3. punicea, 3. purpurascena, 8. rosea, 2. scabra, 3, 6, Schneideriana, 4. setchuenensis, 7. Sieboldiana, 6. superba, 5. Veitchii, 9. venusta, 2. VilmorinsB, 13, Watereri, 3. Wellmi, 3. Wilsonii, 14. 124S. Deutzia gracilis. (XH) A. Petals valvate in the hud. B. Fls. in panicles or racemes; calyx-teeth short {exce^ in the hybrids). c. Lvs. glabrous helow . discolor Candida, Lemoine). Upright shrub with large white fls. in panicles. M.D.G. 1907:376, fig. 6.—D. cdmea, Rehd. .(U. Sieboldiana X D. rosea grandiflora. D. discolor camea, Lemome). Upright shrub with pint rather small fls. in upright loose panicles. DEUTZIA DEWBERRY 995 Var. Idctea, Rehd., with white fla., var. stelldta^ Rehd., with narrow spreading petals, pale pink or carmine-pink, and var. densifidrat Rehd., with white fls. in dense upright panicles, petals narrow; all these varieties described by Lemoine as varieties of D. discolor. — JE). comjKic^i Craib. AlUed to D. parviflora. Lvs. lanceolate, sparingly pubescent on both sides, 5^-2 in. long: fls. white in dense corymbs: filaments strongly dentate. W. China. — D. corymbdsa, R. Br. AlHed to D. parviflora. Lvs. rounded at the base, crenate-serrate, long-acuminate: fls, larger; all filaments toothed. Himal^as. — D, dUcolffr vars.^D. Candida, D. carnea, D. elegantissima, D. excel- lens. — D. elegantisaimat Rehd. (D. purpurascens X D. Sieboldiana. D. discolor var. elegantissima, Lemome). Shrub, with slender branches, with numerous corymbs of large white, open fls. slightW- tinted with rose inside and outside. R.B. 36, p. 387. M.D-G. 1907:377, fig- 9. Var. arcudia, Rehd. (D. discolor var. arcuata, Lemoine), with white fls. Var. fasciculdta, Rehd. (D. discolor var. fasciculata, Lemoine). Flat white fls. tinted with pink. — D. excil- lens, Rehd. (D. Vilmoriniana X D. rosea grandiflora. D. discolor var. excellens, Lemoine). Shrub, with slender upright branches, with large loose corymbs of pure white fls. — D. globdaa, Duthie, Sixoilar to D. Wilsonii, but smaller in every part: fls. creamy white in dense corymbs; filaments abruptly contracted below the apex. Cent. China. — D. glomeruUfidra, Franch. Similar to D, discolor. Shrub, to 6 ft.: lvs. smaller, grayish white and soft-pubescent below: fls. white in dense and small, but very numerous corymbs along the slender branches; stamens like those of D. longifolia. W. China. Handsome and fairly hardy. — D. grdciUs vars.^D. candelabrum. — D, mdllis, Duthie. Allied to D. parviflora. Shrub, to 6 ft., with upright branches: lvs. elliptic-ovate to elliptic-lanceo- late, soft-pubescent below, 2-4 in. long: fls. small, creamy white or slightly pinkish in dense flat corymbs: filaments subulate. Cent. China. — D. refiixa, Duthie. Allied to D. discolor. Lvs. oblong- lanceolate, 2-^3 in. long: fls. smaller in loose corymbs, petals with reflezed margin; filaments with short teeth or abruptly contracted. Cent. China. — D. stamlnea, R. Br. Shrub, to 3 ft.: lvs.- ovate or ovate-lanceolate, with whitish stellate pubescence beneath: corjrmba many-fid.; fls. white, fragrant; filaments with large teeth. Hima- layas. B.R. 33:13. Var. Brunonidna, Hook. f. & Thorns. Lvs. less densely pubescent: fls. larger. B.B. 26:5 (as D. corymbosa). Alfred Bshder. DEVIL-m-A-BUSH: NigeOa. DEWBERRY. A blackberry-like fruit of trailing and climbing habit, now considerably grown in North America. The botanist makes no distinction between dew- berries and blackberries. But to the fruit-grower, trailing blackberries are dewberries, distinguished further, and probably better separated, by the flower- and fruit-clusters. In the true dewberries, the center flowers open first and flowers and fruits are few and scattered; in true blackberries — there are hybrids between the two in which the distinguishing characters are confused — the lower and outer flowers open first and flower- and fruit-clusters are comparatively dense. In the method of propagation there is a fiu-ther dis- tinction. In nature or under cultivation, dewberries are usually propagated from the tips, while black- berries are naturally propagated from suckers and under cultivation from root-cuttings. The dewberry is an American fruit but very recently domesticated — if, indeed, it can be said to be domesti- cated, for it is the most uncertain and the most unman- ageable of the small fruits. Its history as a garden plant, according to Card (Card's "Bush-Fruits," page 132) at the most does not go back further than 1863, and dewberries were not generally cultivated until well toward the close of the nineteenth century. Undoubtedly, despite unmanageable habits of growth, uncertainty in fruiting, the necessity of cross-poUina- tion between varieties, capriciousness as to soils and lack of hardiness in northerly climates, the several species and the rapidly increasing number of varieties of dewberries, fill a place not occupied by the better- known and longer domesticated blackberries; for, as a rule, they ripen earlier and, when well grown, give larger, handsomer and better, or at least, differently flavored fruits than the blackberry. Moreover, from the several species of dewberries are being derived greatly improved varieties and hybrids between them and species of blackberries, of which there are now several under cultivation, as Wilson Early and Wilson Junior, which are most promising. These qualities make certain the place of the dewberry in home and commercial plantations and presage for it even greater value in the future. Of the thirty or more species of Rubus which all could agree in calUng blackberries and dewberries, the fruit-grower would probably distinguish five as dew- berries. _ Between these there are hybrid forms under cultivation, as probably there are in the wild, and since 1248. Lucretia dewberry. iXH) there are also hybrids between blackberries and dew- berries, the group is one of great taxonomic difficulty. The five species of dewberries are: (1) Rubus viUosus, Ait., found in dry open places from Maine westward and southward. The species is characterized by woody, stoutly armed stems, membranaceous leaves, villous beneath, flowers few to several in leafy racemes, and short cyclindrical fruits with few to many large drupe- lets. Var. roribaccus, Bailey, is a well-marked sub- species from West Virginia of more vigor, with larger flowers with elongated pedicels, and larger fruits; much cultivated with the Lucretia as the best representative. (Figs. 1248, 1249). (2) Rubus invisus, Bailey, is similar but stouter, with canes less procumbent, leaves more coarsely toothed, pedicels longer, and with the sepals large and leaf-like. The species grows wild from New York to Kansas and southwest and is the parent of several cultivated dewberries of which Bartel (Fig. 1250, adapted from G.F. 4:19) is the type. {Z) Rubus trivialis, Michx., the southern dewberry, is quite dis- tinct from 1 and 2. This species is found near the coast from Virginia to Florida and westward to Texas. It is characterized by slender trailing stems armed with recurved prickles, evergreen, smooth, leathery leaves, corymbs 1-3-flowered, and cyclindrical fruits with many drupelets. Of the few varieties of this species cultivated. Manatee is prob- ably the oldest and best known. (4) Rubu^ Tubriselus, Rydb., found in sandy soils in Missouri and Louisi- ana, is similar to R. trivialis but with stems, petioles, and pedicels rough with reddish, purpUsh hairs; the flow- ers are smaller but the corymbs are 3-9-flowered. The species is locaUy cultivated and gives some promise for greater improvement. (5) Rubus vitifoliu^, Cham. & Schlecht, is the Pacific Coast dewberry characterized by trailing, slender, pubescent canes with weak, straight or recurved 1249. Lucretia dew- prickles, leaves various, flowers stami- berry. (Nat. size), nate or pistillate on different plants, 996 DEWBERRY DIANELLA fruit of medium size, round-oblong, sweet. Several varieties, of which possibly Aughinbaugh and Skagit Chief are the best known, are cultivated in the far West. The loganberry is said to be a hybrid between this species and R. Idasits, and several less well-known hybrids are recorded. The dewberry should receive imder cultivation much the same treatment given the more common black- berry. The culture of the two differs chiefly in the dewberries requiring more care in training and must usually be better protected for the winter. The plants are trained on trellises of two or three wires or tied to stakes, the former method giving better results, but the latter being more common. The object in either case is threefold, — ^namely, to regulate the amount of bearing wood, to keep the vine out of the way of the cultivator and to keep the fruit off the ground. The plants should be set 4 by 7 feet apart, these distances varying somewhat in accordance with the variety and 1250. Bartel dewbeny. the soil. Pruning is a simple matter, consisting of short- ening back young plants to 4 or 5 feet the &st season to keep them from sprawUng too much, cutting out old canes at any time after fruiting, and headmg-in long shoots and laterals in early summer. From four to six fruiting canes are allowed to the plant. In northern climates, the vines must be laid on the ground and protected in winter with straw or other material. The plants thrive on a somewhat lighter soil than the blackberry — ^in fact some sorts require such a soil. Varieties should be intermixed to secure cross-poUina- tion and thereby insure a good set of fruits and avoid the formation of nubbins. Of about thirty named varieties, Lucretia, Bartel, Austin and Premo are the best. Of these four, Lucretia is far most commonly grown, being adapted to the greatest diversity of soils and is in general best suited to varying environments. For history and botany, see Bailey, "Evolution of our Native Fruits;" for cidture, see 'Card's "Bush-Fruits," and Cornell Bulletins Nos. 34 and 117. Consult Blackberry, Loganberry and Biibiis. U. P. Hedbick. SEYEtrXIA: Calamugroalis. DIACATTLEYA (compounded of Diacrium and Cattleya). Orchiddcese. A genus established to include hybrids between the two genera, Diacrium and Cat- tleya. A hybrid between Diacnum hicornvium and Cattleya Mendelii is known as Diacatlleya Sanderx. It was raised by Sander & Sons. The fls. are pure white, the hp with a pale yellow disk and small rose markings. G.C. III. 49:290. D. Cblmanix, Hort. (DiacrocdtUeya Colmanix is a hybrid between Diacrium bicomutum and Cattleya intermedia var. nivea. G.C. III. 43:114. J.H. 56:167. It resembles a slender plant of Diacrium bicomutum: sepals and petals pure white, lip slightly tinged primrose-yellow. George V. Nash. DlACRIUM {through and point; the sts. are sur- rounded by sheaths). OrchidAcese. Four TVop. Amer. epiphytes, closely allied to Epidendrum, with which they have been included. It differs from that genus in the fact that the column and Up are not united. Fls. showy, in loose racemes: Ivs. few, sheathing: pseudo- bulbs slender. Cult, of Epidendrum and Cattleya. bicomfitum, Benth. (Epidindrum hicornidun, Hook.). Pseudobulbs 1-2 ft. long, hollow, bearing dry sheaths: Ivs. short and leathery: raceme slender, 3-12- fld.; fls. white, with small crimson spots on the 3-lobed lip, fragrant. B.M. 3332. G.C III. 16:337. J.H. 111.33:29. O.R. 12:113; 16:81; 20:361.— A hand- some orchid, requiring high temperature. D. bident&tum, Hemsl. (Epidendrum bidentatuin, Lindl,), of Mex., has been listed in trade catalogues, but it is practically unknown to cult., and is probably not now in tlie American trade. L. H. B. DIAL.&LIA (Compounded of the genera Diacrium and LseUa). Orchid&cex. D. VAtchii, Sort., is a hybrid between tHacrium bicomutum and Lselia cinnabarina. Pseudobulbs fleshy: fls. 9 or 10, the segms. white suf- fused with lilac, also showing a bronze tint derived from the Lselia parent. DIAMOND FLOWER: lonopaidium. DIANDROL"?RA (two-stam^ned Olyra). Gramirux. A single species raised at Kew some 8 years ago from seed suppUed by Sander but native country unknown; differs from Olyra in its twin spikelets and other charac- ters, the upper one being male and the lower one female, the male fls. with 2 stamens. The species is D. bicolor, Stapf, a perennial densely tufted grass with erect culms bearing 1-3 lanceolate or lance-oblong Ivs. that are dark green above and vjolet-purple beneath. DIANELLA (diminutive of Diana, goddess of the hunt). IMidtcese. Tender perennial rhizomatous plants, related to Phormium. Leaves hard, linear, sheathing, grass-like, crowded at base of st., often 2-3 ft. long: fls. blue, in large loose panicles, on delicate pendent pedicels; perianth wither- ing but not falling, with 6 distinct spreading segms.; stamens 6, with thickened filaments; ovary 3-celled, each cell several-ovuled, the style filiform and stkma very small: plant bearing great numbers of pretty blue berries, which remain attractive for several weeks, and are the chief charm of the plant. — ^There are about a dozen species in Trop. Asia, Austral, and Polynesia. They perhaps succeed best in the open border of a cool greenhouse. Prop, by division, or by seeds sown in spring in mild heat. They are little known in this country. They are spring and summer bloomers. A. Lvs. radical or nearly so. tasminica, Hook, f . Height 4-5 ft. : lvs. numerous, in a rosette, broadly ensiform, 2-4 ft. long, H,-! in. wide, margined with small reddish brown spines that cut the hand if the lvs. are carelessly grasped: panicle very lax, surpassing the lvs. 1-2 ft., with as many as 60 fls.; fls. pale blue, nodding, YT-Hin. across, sems. finally reflexed; anthers 1 fine long: berries bright blue, on very slender pedicels. Tasmania and Austral. B.M. 5551. Var. variegata, Bull. Lvs. handsomely striped with light yellow. R.B. 29:61. lafevis, R. Br. Lvs. 1-1 J^ ft. long, 6-9 Unes wide, less leathery and paler than in D. cserulea and at first shghtly glaucous: panicle deltoid, the branches more com- poimd than in D. reuoluta, outer segms. of the perianth with 5 distant veins, inner ones densely 3-veined in the middle third; anthers IH lines long. Eastern temperate parts of Austral. B.R. 751. L.B.C. 12:1136 (both as D. strumdsa). DIANELLA DIANTHUS 997 revoiata, R. Br. Height 2-3 ft.: Ivs. in a rosette, 1_1}^ ft. long, 3^ lines wide, dark green, purplish at the base and margin, not spiny at the margin: panicle branches short, ascending; fls. later than D. cseruka; veins of the perianth-segms. crowded into a central space. W. and E. Austral, in temperate parts. Taa- mania. B.R. 734 (as D. longifolia) ; 1120. AA. Lvs. more or less scattered on sts. that often branch at base. cserMea, Sims. Sub-shrubby, with a short st. in age, branching: lvs. about 6, clustered at the ends of branches, 9-12 in. long, 6-9 lines wide, dark green, rough on the back and margin: outer perianth-segms. with 5 distant veins, inner ones with 3 closer veins. E. Temp. Austral. B.M. 505. nemordsa, Lam. (C ensifdlia, Red.) Caulescent 3-6 ft. high, the lvs. never in a rosette, numerous, hard, linear, 1-2 ft. long, 9-12 lines wide, lighter-colored on the keel and margin: fls. blue or greenish white. Trop. Asia, China, Austral., Hawaiian Isls. B.M. 1404. WiLHELM Miller. L. H. B.t DIANTHfeRA (double anther referring to the sepa- rated anther-ceUs). AcantMcex. Water -Willow. Herbs, mostly of greenhouses and warmhouses, and sometimes of open planting in mild climates. Glabrous or pilose perennial herbs or sometimes somewhat woody, mostly of wet places, with opposite, mostly entire lvs. : fls. mostly purplish or whitish, irregu- lar, usually in axillary spikes, heads or fascicles, or the clusters combined in a terminal thjTse; corolla slen- der-tubed, 2-lipped, the upper lip erect and more or less concave or arched and entire or 2-toothed, the lower lip 3-lobed or 3-crenate and spreading, and with a palate-like structure; anther-cells separated on a , broadened connective, not parallel with each other: fr. an oblong or ovoid 2-ceUed caps., the seeds 4 or less: floral bractlets small or minute. — Probably more than 100 species, mostly in warm and tropical countries. Lindau in Engler & Prantl unites it with Justicia as a subgenus, and the number of species is estimated as more than 70 in Trop. Amer. The diantheras are little known in cult. D. Pohliana is to be found in Jacobinia. The treatment given Jacobinia and Justicia applies to these plants. americSna, Linn. St. angled, 1-3 ft.: Ivs. narrow- lanceolate, 3-4 in. long, nearly sessile: fls. several in a close cluster with a peduncle mostly exceeding the lvs., pale violet or whitish, the corolla mostly less than J^in. long, the tube shorter than the lips. In water, Quebec to Wis., Ga. and Texas. — Sometimes trans- ferred to garden bogs and streams. secunda, Griseb. (Justicia secilnda, Vahl). Nearly glabrous, constricted at the nodes: lvs. ovate or ovate- lanceolate, acuminate: fls. crimson, short-pedicellate, in a usually 1-sided panicle; lower lip 3-crenate. W. Indies. B.M. 2060. pectorllis, Gmel. (Justicia pectordlis, Jacq.) . Garden Balsam. St. slender, often woody, 1-3 ft.,' lvs. lanceo- late-acuminate or nearly oblong, to 4 in. long: fls. rosy or pale blue, with a parti-colored throat, rather dis- tant in elongated branched mostly l-sided spikes. W. Indies, Mex., Brazil. D. buttdla, N. E. Br. St. terete, purplish: Iva. elliptic, to 4 H in. long, short-stalked, cordate at base, buUate or puckered between tie veins, dark green above and purple- veined beneath : ila. white- ish.gmall, clustered. Borneo. I.H. 33:589. — ^A. hand.some foliage subject, with the appearance of a rubiaceous plant. — D, cilidta,\ Benth. &Hook. (Jacobinia oiliata. Seem.). St. obscurely4-angled, 2 ft.: Iva. ovate-lanceolate, 2-3 in. long, short-stalked: fls. violet with white palate, sessile, many in a short-peduncled fascicle; calyx ciliate; corolla-tube ?iin. long, cylindrical; upper lip very small, 2-lobed, concave and recurved; lower lip very large and showy (IX in. across), flat, with 3 large lobes. Costa Rica. Panama(?). B.M. 5888 (as Beloperone oiliata, Hook. f.). — Described as an annual. Perhaps not of this genua. L H B DIANTHUS (Greek for /otJe's^owr). Caryophylld- cex. Pink. Small herbs, many of them prized for their rich and showy flowers in- the open garden; and one is the carnation. Some of them are deUciously fragrant. Mostly perennials forming tufts and with grass- like lvs., and jointed sts. with terminal fls. and opposite lvs. From kindred genera Dianthus is distinguished by the sepal-Uke bracts at the base of a cyhndrical calyx (Figs. 802, 803); petals without a crown; styles 2: caps, opening by 4 valves. Mostly temperate- region plants, of S. Eu. and N. Afr., but occurring elsewhere, one of them (a form of D. alpinus) being native in N. Amer.; about 250 species are recognized. The fls. are usually pink or red, but in garden forms white and purple are frequent colors. Most of the cult, spefles are hardy in the N. and are easy of cult. The perennial species are excellent border plants. The chief care required in their cult, is to see that the grass does not run them out. Best results in flowering are secured usually from 2-year-old seedling plants. The genus abounds in attractive species, and other names than those in this article may be expected to appear in the catalogues. Numbers of species are likely to be grown by rock-garden specialists. Pinks are among the old- fashioned flowers, particularly D. plumarius, which was formerly common in edgings and in circle-beds. The sweet Williams are always popular. All the species described in this article are perennial, but there are a few annuals in the genus but apparently not in cult. Two weedy annual species, D. prolifer, Linn., and D. Armeria, Linn., are naturalized in the eastern states, and two or three others have nm wild more or less. See E. T. Cook, "Carnations, Picotees, and the Wild and Garden Pinks," London, 1905. Dianthuses like a warm soil, and one that will not become too wet at any time, especially in winter, when the perennial kinds are grown, as they are often killed not so much from cold as from too much ice around them. Snow is the best possible protection, but ice is the reverse. — All dianthuses are readily propagated from seeds sown in rich soil (usually beginning to bloom the second year), but the double kinds are reproduced from cuttings alone to be sure to have them true, and in the fall months cuttings are easily rooted if taken with a "heel" or a part of the old stem adhering to the base of the shoot; so that to make cuttings it is best to strip them off rather than to make them with a knife. It will be found, also, that cuttings made from plants growing in the open ground do not root readily but seem to dry up in the cutting-bench; if the plants to be increased are carefully lifted and potted, placed in a temperature of say 50° until young growth shows signs of starting, every cutting taien off at this stage will root easily. The transition from outdoors to the propa- gating-house should not be too abrupt. Another method of propagation is by layering, and with the garden pinks, or forms of D. plumarius, it is the easiest and surest. After hot weather is past, stir the soil round the parent plant, take the branches that have a portion of bare stem, make an incision half way through and along the stem for an inch, and peg this down in the ^oil without breaking off the shoot (Fig. 809). Roots will be formed and good strong plants be the result before winter. The layering method is specially suitable to such species as D. plumarius, D. Caryophyllus and double forms of others, such as sweet william. — Among the species are various pretty little alpine tufted sorts as D. neglectus, D. gladalis and D. alpinus, all of which are of dwarf close habit, not exceeding 3 inches high and having very large single flowers of brightest colors. These are suited only for rock-gardening, as on level ground they 'often become smothered with weeds or swamped with soil after a heavy rainstorm, and to these two causes are attributable the failures to culti- vate them. (E. O. Orpet.) 998 DIANTHUS DIANTHUS alpinus, 21. arenarius, 10. asper, 25. atrococcineus, 5. atrorubenBt 4. attenuatuB, 18. barbatUB, 3. CGesius, 16. callizonus, 23. capitatuB, 7. carthusianorum, 4 Caryophyllus, 19. caucaaicuB, 25. chinenaia, 25. cincinnatua, 25. cinnabarinuB, 1. collinust 25. cruentua, 5. deltoides, 20. dentosus, 25. INDEX. diadematust 25. fimbriatuSi 14. Freynii, 24. frigidus, 17. giganteus, 6. glacialis, 24. glaucua, 10. grandifloruB, 2. Heddewigii, 25. hybridua, 25. ibericuB, 25. imperialia, 25. laciniatuSi 25. latifolius, 26. Laucbeanua, 3. longicaulis, 19. macroaepaluSt 25. monapesaulanua, 11. morUanus, 25. neglectus, 24. orientalis, 14. Pancicu, 2. petrfieua, 13. plumariuB, 9. punctatus, 19. repena, 21. nUhenicus, 25. Bcoticua, 9. segueri, 25. semperfiorenBt 9, 25* Sinensis, 25. aquarrosuB, 12. atellaria, 25. atenopetaluB, 2. Buperbua, 15. sylveatria, 17. veraicolor, 22, virgineuB, 17. viacidus, 8. A. Fla. mostly in cymes or in heads, often densely aggre- gated, the duster often subtended by involucre- like Ivs. B. Petals not bearing hairs or barbs: bracts dry. 1. cmnabarinus, Sprun. A foot high, woody at base, many-stemmed, the sts. simple and 4-angled, bloom- ing in Aug. and Sept.: Ivs. linear, sharp-pointed and rigid, 7-nerved: fls. few in heads; petals fiery red above, galer beneath, glandular; stamens included. Greece. — [andsome little species; useful for hardy border or rockery. 2. PSncicii, Velen. (D. stenopitalus var. Pdncicii, Williams). Cespitose, glabrous, 2-3 ft., the sts. slen- der and 4-angled: Ivs. linear-acuminate, soft, 3-nerved, in a dense grass-like basal tuft: Is. 5-15 in a paniculate cyme or head; calyx green; petals rose or crimson. Balkan re- gion. Var. grandifldrus, Hort., has very stout sts., large clusters, and large purple - carmine fls. BB. Petals with hairs or barbs on the lower part of the blade. c. Plant glabrous but usually not glaucous. 3. faarMtus, Linn. Sweet William. Fig. 1251. Readily grown from seed and flower- ing well the second year: glabrous, the sts. 4-angled, 10-20 in.high, simple or branched only above: Ivs. broad and flat or condupli- cate, 5 - nerved : fls. several to many in a round - topped dense cyme, the petals toothed and bearded, red, rose, purple or white and also vari- colored in garden forms, the bracts sub- tending the calyx 4 and long - pointed. Russia to China and south to the Pyrenees. G. 1:372. Gn. M. 2:217; 14:55. F. E. 23:219. — The sweet wiUiam is one of 1251. Sweet WiUiam — ^Dianthus barbatus. (XH) the oldest garden fls. It is sure to be foimd in the old- fashioned gardens. The cult, forms run into many colors. Sometimes found along roadsides as an escape There are double-fld. forms. R.H. 1894, p. 277. Some of the modem improved large-fld. forms are very showy, and produce their bloom over a long season. D. Lauche^us, Bolle, is a hybrid of D. barbatus and D. deltoides. Gt. 53:1528. 4. carthusiandrum, Linn. (I), air&ruhens, Willd.), Hardy, glabrous, scarcely glaucous, 12-20 in. high, the St. angled: Ivs. finear and pointed, without prominent nerves when fresh: fls. in a dense, 6-20-fld. head (some- times the clusters very few-fld.), in shades of red, odor- less, the petals sharply but not deeply toothed, the cluster subtended by very narrow or even awl-like Ivs.; calyx-bracts 4, coriaceous, yellowish or straw-colored. Denmark to Portugal and Egypt. B.M. 1775, 2039.— Widely variable. Little planted in American gardens. cc. Plant glabrous and glaucous. 5. cruentus, Griseb. (Z). atrococdmeus, Hort.). Ces- pitose, glaucous, glabrous: st. 1-2 ft., terete, forking; Ivs. linear or lance-linear, sharp acuminate, spreading, 7-nerved, the cauline linear-appressed and 5-nerved: fls. deep blood-red, small, about 20 in a subglobose dense head, odorless; petals red-hairy towards the base. July. Greece and N. 6. gigantSus, Urv. Cespitose, glabrous, glaucous, 2-3 ft. or more, simple: Ivs. long-linear, 7-nerved, plane, spreading and acuminate : fls. 10-12 in a head, red, the petal-blade obovate-ouneate. Balkan region, Gn, 66, p. 122. ccc. Plant woolly, glaucous. 7. capititus, Balb. Plant glaucous, woolly, 12-16 in., simple, st. 4-angled: Ivs. linear, acute, plane, spread- ing, 7-nerved, those on the st. 5-nerved: fls. 6-8 in a head, the petals purple-spotted. Siberia to Servia. cccc. Plant visdd^pubescent. 8. vfscidus, Bory & Chaub. Cespitose, pubescent and sticky, about 12 in., simple: Ivs. nnear, acuminate, soft, plane, 1-3-nerved: fls. 3-6 in a fascicle, the petals purple-spotted, the blade obovate-cuneate and few-toothed. Bulgaria, Greece, Turkey. — Runs into several marked forms. AA. Fls. solitary, .or loosely in S's or S's. B. Calyx-bracts short and broad, mostly oppressed. c. Petals fimbriate. D. Teeth of calyx mucronate. 9. plumarius, Linn. (D. scdticus, Hort.). Common Grass or Garden Pink. Scotch Pink. Pheasant's Eye Pink. Low, tufty, 1 ft.: sts. simple or forked: plant blooming in spring and early summer, very fragrant: Ivs. elongate-linear, keeled, spreading or recurved, thickish, 1-nerved, blue-glaucous: fls. medium size, rose-colored (varying in cult, to purple, white and variegated), the blade of the petal fringed a fourth or fifth of its depth; calyx cylindrical, with short broad -topped mucro- nate bracts. Austria to Siberia. Gn. 66, p. 260. F.E. 23:401.— a universal favorite. Hardy. Much used in old-fashioned gardens as edging for beds. There are double-fld, forms. A more continuous-blooming form i£ catalogued as var. semperflbrens. 10. arenarius, Linn. Cespitose, glabrous, 1 ft. or less, the sts. simple or forked, slen- der, 1-3-fld.: Ivs. elongate-linear, keeled, obtuse, fascicled, spreading : fls. white, fra^ grant; petals much cut beyond the middle calyx purplish, the teeth ovate-lanceolate DIANTHUS Dalmatia to Finland. G.26:433.— Var. glaflcus, Blocki, connects this species with No. 9. DD. Teeth of calyx acuminate or attenuate. 11, monspessul4nus, Linn. Sts. terete, glabrous, branching, 12-20 in.: Ivs. linear, acuminate, plane, spreading but strict, 5- ill IJI ¥1 J iQi M '^^^^^'- fls- solitary or 2 or \^ Wilvl lA^ ffiM 3 together, showy, odorless; petals rose, rarely white, 5s,-»-^;j«i(;*=^^^f«; aw cut or fimbriate; calyx at- <^- ■^^K^'^^-'^'^ m ^ tenuated at top, the teeth 7-nerved. Spain to Cau- casus. 12. squarrdsus, Bieb. Cespitose: sts. terete, slender and squarrosely few-fld., gla- brous, more or less branching, lJ^-2 ft.: Ivs. linear, acute, cana- liculate, recurved : fls. rose; petals oblong, pinnately many-parted. Russia, Siberia. 13. petrsfeus, Waldst. & Kit. Cespitose, glabrous, the sts. slen- der and simple, 1 ft. or less: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, acute, keeled, spreading, 3-nerved: fls. white, fragrant; petal -limb obovate, fimbriate but not bearded. Bul- garia, Austria. B.M. 1204. 14. fimbriatus, Bieb. Suffruti- cose, glabrous, the ats. simple, 1 ft.: Ivs. linear, acute, appressed, 3-nerved, plane or keeled: fls. variable, rose-colored, much fim- briate, bearded. Var. orientalis, Williams (Z). prientdlis, Donn), has fls. with linear-cuneate petals, strongly imbricate obovate straw-colored bracts. B.M. 1069. — A very variable species, rang- ing from Portugal to Thibet. 15. superbus, Linn. Fig. 1252. Glabrous, light green: sts. 10-20 in., dichotomous and branched at top, terete and slender: Ivs. lance-linear, acute, 3-5-nerved, rather soft, plane: fls. very fragrant, in a lax forking panicle; petals hlac, dis- sected below the middle. Norway to Japan and Spain. Variable. B.M. 297. — ^A handsome species; garden forms are sometimes offered. cc. Petals only dentate {except perhaps in some garden forms). 16. c^sius, Smith. Cheddar Pink. Cespitose, glabrous, glaucous: sts. 12 in. or less, simple, or forked above, 4-angled, 1-2-fld.: Ivs. lance-hnear, plane, 3-nerved, the cauhne acute and keeled: fls. showy, fragrant, the petal-Umb rose-colored, obovate-cuneate and irregularly toothed. Eu. G.C. III. 44:214. Gn. 64, p. 236. — Runs into several forms. 17. sylvestris, Wulf. (Z). wtrffineiis, Hort.). Cespitose, slender, 1 ft. high, the st. simple or somewhat branched, angular-compressed and bearing 1-3 odorless fls.: Ivs. tufted, linear and sharp-pointed, scabrous on the margins: fls. rather small, red, the petals obovate- cuneate and shallow-toothed. Spain to Greece and Austria. — Very variable. Pretty perennial border plant. Var. frigidus, Williams (D. frigidus, Kit.) is a dwarf Hungarian form. 18. attenudtus, Smith. Cespitose, glaucous, woody at base, the sts. diffuse and tortuose, 20 in. : Ivs. linear, acute, plane, 3-nerved: fls. small, solitary or twin but disposed in a lax panicle, odorless, rose-colored; petal- limb oblong. Eu. DIANTHUS 999 1252. Dlanthus superbus. (XH) 19. Caryoph^llus, Linn. Carnation. Clove Pink. PicoTEB. Grenadine. Figs. 801-818. Plate XXII. Cespitose, glabrous, 1-3 ft., the sts. hard or ahnost woody below, the nodes or joints conspicuous: Ivs. thick, long-hnear, very glaucous, keeled, 5-nerved, stiffish at the ends: fls. mostly soUtary, showy, very fragrant, rose, purple or white; calyx-bracts 4, very broad, abruptly pointed. B.M. 39 (Bizarre Carnation); 1622 (var. imbricatus); 2744 (Picotees). — Generally sup- posed to be native to the Medit. region, but WiUiams gives its geographical limits as "north and west Nor- mandy" and "south and east Punjaub" (northwestern Hindoostan). In Eu. it is largely grown as an outdoor pink, but in this country it is chiefly known as the greenhouse carnation. The American forcing type (which may be called var. longicaiUis) is distinguished by very long stems and a continuous blooming habit; it is here the carnation of commerce. Garden varieties of D. Caryophylius are numberless, and they often pass under Latinized names {D. punclatus, Hort., is one of these names). See Carnation. The carnation has been long in cult. The bloom is now very variable in size, form and color; originally probably pale hlac. Fragrant. BB. Calyx-bracts half the length of the calyx, mostly narrow-pointed, more or less spreading at the tips: Ivs. short and spreading, the radical ones obtuse or nearly so. 20. deltoides.Linn. Maiden Pink. Fig. 1253. Densely tufted, 6-10 in., blooming in spring and early summer, creeping: sts. ascending, forking, with soHtary fls. on the branchlets: st.-lvs. an inch long, Unear-lanceo- late, sharp-pointed: fls. small (J^-J^in. across), the petals toothed, deep red with a crimson eye, the petals bearing an inverted V-shaped pocket at their base (whence the name deltoides), fragrant. Scotland to Norway and Japan. Gn. 66, p. 224. G.M. 55:28. G.W. 14, p. 181. — One of the prettiest border pinks, making neat mats of foliage and bearing profusely of the Utile bright fls. There is a white-fld. variety. 21. alpinus, Linn. More or less cespitose, very dwarf, the 1-fld. slender sts. rarely reaching more than 3-4 in. high, more or less prostrate: foliage dark shining green, the Ivs. linear or lance-hnear, those on the st. keeled and strict: fl. 1 in. or more across, odorless, deep rose or purplish and crimson spotted, a darker ring around the eye. Russia to Greece and Swiss Alps. B.M. 1205. Gn. 26:184; 47, p. 292; 45, p. 53. Gt. 4:110. G.W. 8, p. 14. — One of the choicest of alpine and rock- work plants. Var. repens, Regel (D. repens, Willd.), of Siberia and Alaska, has a single root and procumbent sts. branched from near base: fls. purple; .calyx some- what inflated, J^in. long. Apparently not cult. This is kept as a distinct species by some. 22. versicolor, Fisch. Glabrous, the sts. 10-12 in., terete, paniculately branched: Ivs. narrow-linear, plane, those on the st. becoming scale-like: fls. loosely paniculate, the petal-limb obovate-cuneate, red-spotted above and greenish yellow beneath; calyx-teeth lanceo- \,fef^W'.V-»r.1FfVJ. . late, acute. Altai ,V ';?i-i -.i-i*:"*'. *-■--■' '" Mts., Siberia. 23. cal Schott & Smooth cous, the I 1-fld., 12- canaliculate, 3-5- nerved, the radical hnear-1 a n c e ol a t e and acute, the cau- line lance-linear and acuminate : petal- 1253. Dianthus deltoides. 1000 DIANTHUS DIAPENSIA limb obovate-cuneate, purple-spotted above, and with a zone at the center, rose-colored beneath; calyx pur- ple, the teeth lanceolate-acuminate. S. E. Eu. Gn. 64, p. 298; 66, p. 54; 70, p. 275. BBB. Calyx-bracts leafy and spreading. 24. glaci^s, Haenke. Three to 4 in. high, the 4- angled sts. tufted and 1-2-fld. : Ivs. green, Unear-lanceo- late, pointed, those on the st. linear-acute and strict or recurved, 3-nerved: fls. small and odorless, red- purple; the petals toothed, yellowish beneath, con- tiguous; bracts 2-4. Mts. ofS. Eu. G.C. II. 21:809.— A pretty species, but difB- cult to estabhsh. Grown among alpine plants. Var. Preynii, Williams (D. Frkynii, Vandas). Lvs. rather soft, keeled, the lateral nerves obscure: sts. usually 1-fld. : calyx-teeth ciliate. Var. neglectus, Wil- liams (D. negUdus, Loisel). Lvs. plane: fls. rarely twin; bracts 4: petals separate. G.C. III. 49:415. Gn.76, p. 339. Gn.W. 20:711. 25. chinensis, Linn. (Z). sin&nsis, Hort.). Fig. 1254. Cespi- tose, glabrous, more creeping at base: st. forking, angled and more or less grooved, pubes- cent: lvs. broad and nearly flat or slightly trough- shaped, 3-5-nerved: fls. large, solitary or more or less clustered, pink or lUac; the petals (at least in the wild) barbed or hairy toward the base; calyx- bracts 4, in some cult. vars. short. China and Japan; but recent authorities con- sider a European pink to be but a form of it, and thereby extend its range west to Portugal. B.M. 25. The Amoor pink {D. dentbsns, Fisch.) is a form known as var. macrosepalus, Franch.: it is a hardy border plant, 1 ft. high, with bright red fls. and a spot at base of each petal. Var. asper, Koch (D. Seguieri, Auth.). has fls. in panicles, and the bracts squarrose - spreading: the European form of the species. D. semperfldrens, Hort., is a hardy perennial 1254. Diantbus chinensis. (XH) form, 12-18 in., with silvery foUage and deep pink, red-eyed, fragrant fls. D. chinensis has given rise to a beautiful and variable race of garden pinks, var. Heddewigii, Regel (D. Heddewigii, Hort.). These are extensively grown from seeds, and are practically annuals, although plants may survive the winter and give a feeble bloom in the spring in mild cUmates. The ils. are scarcely odorous. They are single and double, of many vivid colors; and many of the garden forms have bizarre markings. Gt. 7:328. G. 2:537. In some forms, var. lacini&tus, Regel (D. lacinidius, Hort.), the petals" are slashed and cut. G. 2:538. G.Z. 6:1. D. imperiaiis, Hort., is a name appUed to a strain with strong habit and rather tall growth, mostly double. C. diademStus, Hort., is another garden strain. G. 2:538. D. cincinn&tus, Lem., is a red form with shredded petals. I.H. 11:388. D. h^bridus, Hort., is another set. This name {D. hybridus) is also applied to a dentosv^-Mke form, which some regard as a hybrid of D. dentosus and some other species. A recent race of the garden pinks, with narrow petals and a star-like effect, is var. stellSris, (J), stellaris, Hort.). For portraits of garden pinks, see B.M. 5536. F.S. 11:1150; 12:1288-9; 13:1380-1. Gn. 49:82. — The garden pinks are of easy cult. Seeds may be sown in the open where the plants are to stand, but better results are obtained, at feast in the N., if plante are started in the house. Plants bloom after the first fall frosts. They grow 10-16 in. high, and should be planted 6-8 in. apart. They are very valuable for borders and flower-gardens. Species - names now referred to D. chinensis are D. caucasicus, Sims, D. ibericus.'Willd., D. ruthenicus, Roem., D. montanus, Bieb., D. coUinus, Waldst. & Kit., representing the European extension of the species. 26. latifdlius, Hort. Plant 6-12 in. high, of doubtful origin, but in habit intermediate between D. chinensis and D. barbatus. Fls. large, double, in close clusters or even head?, in good colors: lvs. oblong-lanceolate. — A good border plant; perhaps a hybrid. D. arbAreus, Linn. 3—4 ft., glabrous and glau- cous, with a woody trunk, linear-acute .canalicu- late 3-nerved lvs., and showy rose-colored fragrant fls. in a dense coiymb. S. E, Eu. G.C; 111. 43 : 52. This species is one ,of the sub-shrubby group of Dianthus, comprising also D. fruticoaus, Linn, (of the Grecian Archipelago), D. Bisig- nani, Tenore (of Tunis and Naples), and othe-a. D. suffruticosus, Willd., probably belongs^ with the last. — D, calt-alpimiB, Hort. Hybrid of D. callizonus and D. alpinus. G.M. 47, p. 408. — | D. diiiHnus, Kit. Allied to D. barbatus: glabrous:! sts. simple, 12-18 in., 4-angled: fls. pale red, 6-8u together in a head, the petals barbed. Hungary,] Servia. Rockery. — D. ^rdgrans, Bieb. Cespitose; glabrous: sts. 10-16 in., simple, or branched above: lvs. elongated-lineaY, acuminate, 3-5- nerved: fls. fragrant, the limb white suflfuaed with rose, petals beardless. Caucasia, Algeria. — D. grdcilis, Sibth. More or less woody at base, glabrous and glaucous, the sts. 14-18 in. and simple and slender: lvs. linear-acute, strict, 3- nerved: fls. rose, paler beneath, 2-3 in a cluster. Balkans. — D, graniticua, Jord. Sts. simple, scab- rous below and glabrous above, slender, 4-angled, 6 in.; lvs. linear-acute, 3-nerved: fls. solitary or in pairs, purple. France. Rockery. — D. japCnir CMS, Thunb. Glabrous perennial, with simple sts. 20 in.: lvs. ovate-lanceolate, acute, canahculate, twisted at base: fls. 6-8 in a head, red. Japan, Manchuria. — D. micrdlepiB, Boiss. Very dwarf, cespitose, glabrous: lvs. scale-like: fls. rose-colored (varying to white). Balkans. A marked little alpine. l H. B. DIAPfiNSIA (ancient name of obscure apph cation). Diapensi&cex. Two alpine- arctic species, one nearly circumpolar and one Himalayan, the former at least sometimes transferred to alpine gardens and rockeries. Diapensias are very small compact tufted evergreen more or less woody perennials, with small entire coriaceous crowded lvs.: corolla 5-lobed, bell-shaped; calyx inclosing the caps.; stamens 5, afiixed in the coroUa, the filaments broad; ovary 3-celled; fls. solitary on peduncles that project above the dense If.-rosettes (or the peduncle projected, at least in fr.), white or rose- purple. D. Iapp6nica, Linn., on mountain summite in New England and N. Y., and distributed northward to the arctic, forms dense cushion-like tufts, 1 or 2 in. high, with white fls. on peduncles that become 1 or 2 in. long; a very interestmg alpine, but seldom grown. B.M. 1108. D. himaiaica, Hook. f. & Thorn Densely tufted: lvs. somewhat acute, very short: fls. white or rose-red, subsessile, the coroUa-tube twice the length of the calyx. Sikkim, 10,000-14,000 ft. L. H. B. DIASCIA DICENTRA 1001 DiASCIA (to adorn, Greek, having regard to the attractive flowers). ScrophulariAcex. Low and slen- der herbs, 'Inostly annual, one of which is recently grown in flower-gardens. Leaves usually opposite: fls. mostly violet or rose-color in gen- eral effect, in racemes or fascicles at the end of the st. or branches; calyx 5-parted or -lobed; corolla- tube very short or none; limb 2- hpped, the upper lip 2-lobed and lower 3-lobed, all the lobes being broad and flat, 2 of the fauces be- ing projected into spurs; stamens 4, didynamous; style filiform: fr. a globose or elongated dehiscent many-seeded caps. — Probably 25 or more species in S. Afr. BSrberse, Hook. f. Fig. 1255. Annual: st. erect, 1-1 J^ ft., square, green and glabrous: Ivs. ovate, blunt, obtusely serrate, petioled or the upper ones sessile: fls. sev- eral to many in an erect terminal raceme, on slender glandular pedi- cels; calyx deeply 5-lobed; corolla %in. across, rose-pink with yellow green-dotted spot in throat, the 2 upper lobes email and nearly orbicular, the lateral twice larger, and the lower one much larger and ob- scurely4-angled, the spurs cylin- dric and about as long as lower lobe; filaments ^dular. B.M. 6933. Gt. 50, p. 639. — ^A very attractive Uttle plant, of simple cultural require- ments, blooming freely in summer. It also makes a good pot-plant for indoor use. Half-hardy annual. Pink and orange shades are advertised. L. H. B. DIASTEMA (two stamens). GesneriAcex. Dwarf warmhouse plants of Trop. AJner. (about 20 species), allied to Dicyrta, Achimenes and Isoloma, and requi> ing similar treatment; differs from former two in hav- ing 5 distinct glandular parts to the disk rather than annular, and from Isoloma in the narrower parts of the disk, plants weak, fls. pale, white or pur- plish, and in the short or nearly globular anther-cells, and other features: smnmer- flowering. D. ochrole&cum, Hook., has yel- lowish white fls. ; corolla somewhat swollen at base: Ivs. ovate, acute, hairy, coarsely serrate, on hairy purpUsh erect sts. 1-2 ft. high. Colombia. B.M. 4254. D. pictum is offered abroad, but its identity is in doubt; see Isoloma. L. H. B. DICENTRA (Greek, dis, kentron, two-spmred, but originally misprinted Did^ra, and then supposed to be Didytra). FwnariMex; by some this family is combined with Papaverduxx. Charming hardy perennial plants with much-cut foUage, and clustered attractive flowers of interesting structure. Herbs of various habit, erect, diffuse or climbing, often stemless, with rhizome horizontal and branching or more or less bulbous: Ivs. temately' compound or dissected: fls. rose-red, yellow or white in attractive 1255. Diascia Barbers. (Plant XM) racemes, very irregular, with 4 petals cohering into a heart-shaped or 2-spurred apparently gamopetalous coroMa (the 2 outer petals oblong with spreading tips and spurred or saccate at base, the inner 2 narrow and clawed and crested or winged and more or less united over the stigma); sepals 2, very small, scale-like; stamens 6, in sets of 3; pistil 1-ceUed, with a 2-4- crested and sometimes 2-4-horned stigma, ripening into an oblong or linear 2-valved caps, bearing crested seeds; pedicels 2-bracted. — About 15 species, lq N. Amer., W. Asia and the Himalayas. The names BUiukulla (or BicucuUa) and Capnorchis are older than Dicentra, but are rejected by the "nomina conser- vanda" list of the Vienna code. The squirrel-corn and dutchman's breeches are two of the daintiest native springtime flowers; and the bleeding-heart is one of the choicest memories of old- fashioned gardens: it is also the most widely cultivated of all the plants of this dehghtful order. Though long known to herbaria, plants of bleeding-heart were not introduced to western cultivation from Japan' until the late forties of last century. Robert Fortune saw it on the Island of Chusan, where he also got Diervilla rosea and the "Chusan daisy," the parent of pompon chrysanthemums. The first live plants seen in England flowered in May, 1847. It rapidly spread into every garden in the land, and is now rich in home associa- tions. It is an, altogether lovely plant. The species of Dicentra may be classed as caulescent and acaules- cent. The stemless kinds send . up their short scapes directly from the ground, as D. Cuculldria, D. canaden^ sis, D. formasa, D. eximia. The species with leaf-bear- ing stems are such as D. chrysantha and D. spectabilis. In the species here described the flowers . are nodding except in D. chrysantha. Dicentras are easily cultivated in borders and wild gardens. Two or three kinds can be readily secured from the woods in the East. Effort should be made to reproduce the natural conditions, especially the de- gree of shade. They hke a rich light soil. Propagation is by dividing crowns or roots. The forcing of bleed- ing-hearts, though pactically unknown in America, is said to be commoner in England than outdoor cul- ture. The forcing must be very gentle and the plants kept as near the glass as possible. It is best to have fresh plants each year, and return the forced ones to the border. None of the species is much cultivated with the exception of the bleeding-heart {D. spectabilis). A. Fls. rose-purple. B. Racemes simple. spectfibilis, Lem. (Dielytra spectdbilis, Don). Blebding- Heart. Fig. 1256. Height 1-2 ft.: Ivs. and Ifts. broadest of the group, the ulti- mate segms. obovate or cuneate: fls. large, deep rosy red; corolla heart-shaped; inner petals white, protrud- ing. Japan. F.S. 3: 258. Gn. 40:198; 60, p. 375; 70, p. 192. Gn.W.23:suppl. July 14. G. 2:375; 26:142; 27:112. G.M. 49:718; 51:160. G.W. 5, p. 388. H.F.2:96. B.M. 4458. R.H. 1847: 461. Var. &lba, Hort., the white-fld. form, has a weaker growth. The bleeding-heart is one of the best of flowering perennials. The bloom in spring and also the foliage are attractive. If given room and moisture, 1256. Dicentra spectabilis. — Bleeding-heart. (XH) 1002 DICENTRA DICHORISANDRA the plant will continue to be attractive as a foliage mass till late summer. BB. Racemes compound. exfmia, Toir. Stemless, glabrous and somewhat glaucous, 1-2 ft., from a scaly rootstock: ultimate If.- segms. broadly oblong or ovate, the Ivs. being ter- nately parted: scape about eguafing the Ivs.; fls. rose or pink, heart-shaped, taper- ing to a neck, inner petals protruded. Rocks of W. N. Y. and moimtains to Ga. Var. multi- pinn^ta, Hort., has Ivs. more finely cut, making a very handsome foliage plant. fonndsa,Walp. Fig. 1257. Stemless, with a fleshy and spreading rootstock: Iva. very long -stalked, biter- nately compound, _ the segms. cleft or pinnatifid.: scapes about 2 ft., some- what exceeding the Ivs., naked; fls. in a terminal cluster of short and bracted racemes, rose-purple, the corolla ovate-cordate, the petals all imited to above the middle, the inner petals scarcely protruding. Cent. Calif, to Brit. Col. A.F. 21:459. Mn. 8:17. B.M. 1335 (aa Fumaria formosa). 1257. Dicentra fotmosa. AA. Fls. chiefly white. canadensis, Walp. (Dielytra canadensis, Don). Squihhbl-Corn, from the scattered little tubers resembling grains of maize. Fig. 1258. Stemless, fragile: Ivs. finely cut, glaucous, the segms. linear and abruptly jpointed: raceme simple, few-fid.; fls. white, tipped with rose; coroUa merely heart-shaped, the spurs being short and rounded; crest of the inner petals conspicuous, projecting. Nova Scotia to Mich., to N. C. and Mo. and Neb., but chiefly northward in the vegetable mold of rich woods. B.M. 3031. Cucull^ria, Bemh. (Diel^ra CucullAria, Don). DtrrcHMAN's-BREECHES. Fig. 1259. Easily told from D. canadensis by its loose, granular cluster of tubers, forming a bulb-like body: Ivs. finely cut, little or not at all glaucous: racemes simple, few- fld.; fls. white, tipped creamy yellow; corolla not heart-shaped, the spurs longer and divergent; crest of the inner petals minute. Nova Scotia to Ga. and Mo., and also along the Columbia River (the west- em form differing in having shorter and rounded spurs). I.H. 6:215. Mn. 6:41. A.G. 13:516. B.M. 1127 (as Fumaria CvMillaria). AAA. Fls. yellow. chrysintha, Walp. Golden Eardrops. Pale and glaucous, with leafy sts. 2-3 ft. high: Ivs. bipin- na,te, 1 ft. or more long, segms. narrow: infl. thyr- soid paniculate; fls. numerous, as many as 50 in a thryse, erect, golden yellow; corolla linear-oblong; outer petals hardly larger than the inner, the tips soon recurving to below the middle, all distinct. Dry hills of the inner Coast range. Calif. B.M. 7954. F.S. 8:820 (as Capnorchis chrysantha). — Rare in cult. D. Umildm, Hook. f. & Thorns., of the Himalayan region, has been iatro. abroad. It is an annual climber, 10-16 ft.: Iva. attrac- tively out: fla. 6-8 together, yellow: fr. red. L H R t DICHORISAlTORA (compounded of Greek words referring to the division of the stamens into two series). Commelindcex. Tropical perennial herbs, with handsome foliage, often beautifully variegated, and rich blue flowers borne in thyrse-like paniwes. Stems simple or branched, erector partially scandent, the Ivs. sheathing at the nodes: Ivs. entire, sassile or petiolate, mostly long: sepals 3, distinct, ovate or oblong, green or colored, not equal; petals 3, distinct, wider than the sepals; stamens 6 or 5; ovary sessile, 3-celIed: fr. an ovate-3-angled 3- valved caps., few-seeded. — About 30 species in the American tropics. The dichorisandras are usually handled as warmhouse subjects, althou^ some of them may be plunged in the open ground south of Philadelphia. D. thyrsiflara is a satisfactory plant of unusual and interesting appear- ance, which requires little attention when once well established, and may be relied upon to flower regularly year after year. It needs careful repotting every year at first until a good-sized pot (say 8-inch) is well filled with roots. It then throws up a strong shoot each year about 5 or 6 feet high, unbranched, and with per^ haps 8 or 9 leaves near the top. The handsome thyrse of Dlue fiowers gives a color that is rare in the green- house. This plant may be the only representative of its interesting order in a private collection. It is will- ing to be crowded into the background, where its bare stem is hidden, and where the Ught may be poorest. The stem dies down in the wintCT time, when water should be gradually withdrawn. Water should be given liberally during the growing season. Of the Kiliage plants of this genus, D. mosaica is commonest. It is dwarfer, and does not flower so regularly. (Robert Shore.) A. Foliage not variegated. thyrsifldra, Mikan. Simple or nearly so, stout, 3-6 ft. : distinguished by its large Ivs., which are lanceo- late, narrowed into a distinct petiole, glabrous, 6-10 in. long, 2 in. wide, green on both sides: st. about 3 ft. high, scarcely branched, robust, glabrous: racemes subpanicled, pubescent; petals dark or light blue; sepals glabrous, blue or somewhat herbaceous. Brazil. B.R. 682. L.B.C. 12:1196. P.M. 3:127. G. 27:669. J.H. III. 43:262. AA. Foliage variegated. mos^ca, Lind. (D. mus&ica, Koch & Lind.). St. erect, simple, stout, spot- ted : distinguished by its large, broadly elliptical Ivs., which are roundish at 1258. Leaf of Dicentra canadensis, — Squirrel-corn. DICHORISANDRA DICKSONIA 1003 the base, sessile, glabrous, about 6 in. long, 3-4 in. wide, with a short, sharp, rather abrupt point : st. unbranched, robust, spotted: raceme short, densely thyreoid; sepals white or greenish. Gt. 1868:593. F.S. 16:1711.— Its chief beauty is the mosaic appearance of the foliage, due to numberless short transverse whitish Unes, which do not pass by the longitudinal veins of the If. The under side of the Ivs. is a rich purplish color. Var. gigantSa, Hort., a large form, has been offered. Var. undata, Miller (D. undata, C. Koch & Lind.). Fohage without any mosaic appearance, the variega- tion being entirely longitudinal. Each parallel vein 1259. Dicentra Cucullaria. — ^Dutchman's Breeches. lies in the middle of a long, whitish band extending the fuU length of the If. F.S. 17:1763. G.W. 3, p. 159. D. acaiilis, Cogn. Stemleas: Ivs. in a rosette, almost sessile, narrowly oblong, wavy, acutish, short-cuneate at the base, sparsely pilose on both sides: panicles terminal, sessile, much shorter than the Ivs. Brazil. I. H. 41:19. Handsomely variegated with count- less short longitudinal hnes. — D, dlbo-margindta, Lind. St. 3-4 ft.: Iva. lanceolate, acuminate, attenuate to base, glabrous: raceme peduncled, 2 in. long, dense; petals dark blue, white at base; sepals white. Brazil. G.W. 4, p. 307. — D. angustifdlia, Lind. & Rod. St. purple, spotted green: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, sessile, glabrous, roundish at the base, acute, about 6 in. long, 2 in. wide at the middle, purple below, marked above with short transverse white lines. Ecuador. I.H. 39:168. — D. leucophlMlmos, Hook., differs in hav- ing radical infl., its fla. lying flat on the ground. Lvs. elliptic, acumi- nate, green on both sides: fls. blue, with a white eye; stamens 6. Brazil. B.M. 4733. J.F. 4:428.— i3. ovalifdlia, Presl. Lvs. oval, sessile, acuminate, glabrous, the upper ones oblong-lanceolate: panicle wide-branching. Nicaragua to Colombia. — D, oxypetala. Hook., is instantly recognized by its acute petals, which are purple. Lvs. green on both sides. Brazil. B.M. 2721. — D. plcta, Lodd., has narrower petals than usual, with a white spot at the base, but is told from all others here described by the irregular blotches of purple on the upper side of the lvs. The purple is the same color as that on the under surface. Brazil (?). B.M 4760. L.B.C. 17:1667. — D. Regina, Hort. = Tradescantia Reginse, Lind. & Rod., intro. about 20 years ago by a firm of Continental Eu. -~D. Saundersii, Hook., differs from all others here described in the extreme density of its head-like infl. Lva. green on both aidea, lanceolate: sepals white, tinged blue. Brazil. B.M. 6165. — D. Siibertii, Hort. A little-known plant with white midrib and margms; probably a form of D. ovalifolia. — D. (A!/sidrea=Palisota. WiLHELM Miller. L. H. B.t DICHROA (Greek, dis, two, and chros, color). Syn. Adimia. Saxifragacex. Rare greenhouse shrub in habit resembling a Hydrangea, with violet-blue fls. in a pyramidal panicle a foot across, and handsome blue berries. Lvs. persistent, opposite, stalked, narrow, tapering both ways, serrate: panicles terminal, many- ild.; fls. blue, lilac, or violet; petals 5 or 6, valvate; styles 3-5, club-shaped: seeds numerous, small. The 64 genus has only 1 species, in the Himalayas, Malaya, and China. It is sometimes considered to be bitypic, but the other species, D. pubescens, Miq., is considered by Koorders (Exkursionoflora von Java) to be probably a true Hydrangea. febrifuga, Lour. (Addmia versicolor, Fortune. CyarA- tis sylvdtica, Reinw.). Later writers also include Adamia cyAnea, Wall., which Lindley distinguished by its smaller lvs. and fls., 5 petals, and 10 stamens, while A. versicolor had 7, or sometimes 6 petals, and 20 stamens. Plants may still be cult, under the name of A. cyanea, but it cannot be stated here how distinct they are for horticultural purposes. A somewhat virgate shrub 5-9 ft. tall, with lanceolate or obovate- lanceolate lvs. to 8 in. long, glabrous except on the nerves; petals less than 34in. long. Clarke states that the Chinese varieties have larger fls. than the Indian forms. Occurs in the temperate Himalayas from 5,000- 8,000 ft. B.M. 3046. P.M. 16:322. WiLHBLM MiLLEB. DICHROPHft,LUM: Euphorbia. ' DICHROSTACHYS {two-colored spikes). Legu- minbsx. Stiff shrubs, with bipinnate lvs. and small leathery Ifts. and very small polygamous fls. in spikes, sometimes mentioned as useful for cult, in warmhouses. The species are few, in Trop. Asia, Afr., and Austral. Fls. in the upper part of the spike perfect, those of the lower part bearing 10 long filiform staminodia; corolla not papilionaceous, comprising 5 strap-shaped petals that are more or less united at base; stamens 10 in the perfect fls., free, slightly exserted: pod narrow, com- pressed, mostly or nearly indehiscent. D. platycarpa, Welw., is or has been in cult.: a slender spiny tree, 10-15 ft. high: pinnse 10-18 pairs, the Ifts. 1-2 lines long and very narrow: spikes usually shorter than the lvs.: pod twisted, 2-4 in. long, about 1 in. broad. Guinea. D. n&tans, Benth. (Cailliia Dichrdsiachys, Guill. & Perr.), has been intro. in S. Cahf.: spiny, much contorted shrub or small tree: lvs. glabrous or pubescent, acacia-like; pinn® 5-10 pairs; Ifts. 10-20 or more pairs, sessile, linear or linear-oblong, rarely as long as 3^in.: fls. in dense axillary twin or solitary spikes, the upper ones sulfur-yellow and the lower ones rosy lilac: pod twisted, J^in. or less broad. Cent. Afr. L. H. B. DICKSONIA (named for James Dickson, an English botanist, 1738-1822). Cyathedcex. Tree ferns of greenhouses. Plants with a distinctly 2-valved inferior indusium, the outer valve formed by the apex of the If.-segm. — A small genus, mostly of the southern hemisphere. For D. pilosiuscula, D. punclilobula and D. Smilhii, see Dennslxdtia. For D. Schiedei and D. regalis, see Cibotium. These are only two of several confusions of species which have been called Dicksonia, but really belong in other genera. Modern fern students are now reaching the conclusion that Dicksonia is not only very distinct from the genus Cyathea and its relatives, but belongs in a distinct family. Dicksonias are amongst the most important tree ferns, both for their beauty and because of their relative hardiness. In their native countries some of them are occasionally weighted with snow, and D. antarctica has to endure frosts. They can be grown in ooolhouses, and should be tried southward outdoors in sheltered places. Their trunks are more fibrous than those of most tree ferns, and hence more retentive of moisture, so that they need less care. A good trunk produces thirty to forty fronds a year, and retains them until the next set is matured, unless the trees suffer for mois- ture in winter. Although they rest in winter, the fronds soon shrivel up if the trunks are allowed to get too dry. Dicksonias should have their trunks thoroughly watered twice a day during the growing season. These waterings 1004 DICKSONIA DICTYOSPERMA should be gradually decreased until winter, when the trunks should be kept merely moist all the time. Only in the hottest summer days is slight shade needed. It is a pity to grow tree ferns in pots, but if this must be done several principles should be observed. The lapse of a single day's watering will often cause serious damage. As a rule, the pots should be of the smallest size consistent with the size of the trunk. Three or 4 inches of soil all around the trunks are enough. The above points are taken from Schneider's "Book of Choice Ferns;" see also the discussion of tree ferns, under Fems, Vol. III.' ant^ctica, Labill. Lf.-stalks short, the scales dense, dark purpUsh brown; Ivs. 5-6 ft. long, the middle pinnae 12-18 in. long; segms. oblong, the sterile incised. Austral, and Tasmania. G.C. III. 9:81. — Trunk "some- times 30-35 ft. high. A very useful decorative plant. squarrdsa, Swartz. Lf.-stalks short, the scales hair- like, light colored : Ivs. 3-4 ft. long, the pinnse 9-15 in. long; segms. lanceolate, the sterile toothed, the ribs scabrous. New Zeal, and Chatham Isl. L. M. Underwood and Wilhelm Miller. DICLfPTERA (named in allusion to the 2-celled winged caps.). Acanihacese. Pubescent or hirsute annual or perennial herbs or sub-shrubs, with red, violet or blue bracted flowers in terminal or axillary clusters, in the tropical parts of the world, I or 2 of which may sometimes occur in the trade. Lvs. opposite, entire, the plant usually evergreen: corollas-tube, slender, often somewhat expanded above; limb 2- lipped, the Ups narrow; stamens 2, on the throat. D. Niederleini^a, Lind., has been recently intro. abroad from Argentina: sub-shrub: lvs. oval, to 3 in. long, petioled, rounded at apex, densely pubescent: fls. about 1 J4 in. long, several crowded in a terminal pani- culate cyme. D. Tweedidna, Nees, of Uruguay, is a showy perennial with orange-red fls. and oblong-obtuse lvs. There are probably 75 species of DicUptera. Very Ukely the horticultural names are confused as between this genus and others. L. h. B. DICL^TRA: An ancient typographical error for Dielytra. See Dicentra. DICTAMNTIS (old Greek name, supposed to indicate foliage like the ash: hence Fraxinella, diminutive of the Latin Fraxinus, an ash). RiUdcese. Gas-Plant. Burn- ing-Bush. Fraxinella. Dittany. A hardy peren- nial herb. Stout plants woody at the base: lvs. alternate, odd- pinnate, the Ifts. ovate, serrulate and pellucid-punctate: fls. showy, white or rose, on bracted pedicels; petals 5, the lower one decUned; disk thickish, annular; stamens 10, dechned,^ ovary deeply 5-lobed, 5-cellea, hispid, becoming a hard 5-divided caps., each division or separate part being 2-3-seeded.— -One variable species, native from S. Eu. to N. China. This genus includes an old garden favorite which has a strong smell of lemon, and which will give a flash of hght on sultry still summer evenings when a lighted match is held under the flower-cluster and near the main stem. It is one of the most permanent and beautiful features of the hardy herbaceous border. Instances are known in which it has outUved father, son and grand- son in the same spot. It thrives in the sun. The gas plant makes a sturdy, bold, upright growth, and a cmmp 3 feet high and as much in thickness makes a brave sight when in flower. A strong, rather heavy soil, moderately rich, is best for these plants. They are not fastidious as to situation, succeeding as well in par- tial shade as when fully exposed to the sun, and drought will not affect them when once fairly established. Old strong clumps are good subjects as isolated specimens on a lawn, and a large patch, planted in the border, is not only effective while in full flower, but the dark, persistent foliage is ornamental throughout the sea- son. It is not advisable to disturb the plants very often, as they improve with age, producing taller flower-stems and more of them as they grow older. They are excel- lent for cutting, especially the white variety. P ropag ge, tion is accompUshed with diflBculty by divisioHT^ut easily by seeds, which are sown in the open ground in fall as soon as ripe, and covered an inch or so. They will germinate the next- spring, and, when two years old, the seedlings may be removed to their permanent positions, where they will flower the following year (J. B. Keller.) ilbus, Linn. (,D. FraxinUla, Pers. FraxiniUa dlba, Gaertn. F. Dictdmnits, Moench). A vigorous, sym- metrical, hardy herb, with glossy leathery foliage sur- mounted by long showy terminal racemes of good- sized fragrant fls.: lvs. alternate, odd-pinnate; Ifts. ovate, serrulate, dotted with oil-glands: fls. white. G.C. in. 34:409. Gn. 35:458; 68, p. 73; 75, p. 381. G. 13:25. A.F. 5:328. Gng. 5:321. Var. purpiireus, Hort., has large dark-colored fls. Var. r&bra, Hort., has rosy purple fls., the veins deeper colored. Var. giganteus, Hort. (D. gigantkus, Hort.). Plant large. Var. caucasicus (D. caiicdsicus, Hort.), is a giant form with racemes twice the length of those of the common kind and standing well above the foUage. R.B. 32, p. 253. Perhaps the same as var. giganteus. Wilhelm Miller. L. H. B.t DICTYOGRAMMA: Coniogramme. DICTYOSPfiRMA (Greek, netted seed). Palmhxx. Areca-Uke palms, comprising several species of desirable pinnate house and table pahns that are becoming deservedly well known. Slender spineless palms, with a ringed trunk: lvs. equally pinnatisect; segms. Unear-lanoeolate, acumi- nate or bifid, the apical ones confluent; margins thick- ened, recurved at the base; midrib and nerves promi- nent, sparsely clothed with persistent scales beneath, or naked; rachis and petiole slender, scaly, 3-sided, furrowed, sheath elongated, entire: spadix on a short glabrous or tomentose peduncle, the branches erect or spreading and flexuose, the lower ones with mem- branaceous bracts at the base; spathes 2, complete, dorsally compressed, papery, the lower one 2-crested; fl.-bearing areas much depressed; bracts and bractlets scaly; pistillate fls. rather large, white or yellowish: fr. scaly, small, ohve-shaped or subglobose. — There are 6 or 8 species all from Trop. Asia but only the follow- ing seem to be known in the trade. For cult., see Areca from which Dictyosperma differs ' only in having a 1-celled and 1-seeded fr. 41ba, Wendl. & Drude (Arlca dlba, Bory. Ptycho- spirma dlba, Scheff.). Distinguished by the whitish petioles and the whitish green veins of the lvs.: cau4ex about 30 ft. high, 8-9 in. diam., dilated at the base: lvs. 8-12 ft. long; petiole 6-18 in. long, grooved down the face; segms. 2J^-3 ft. long, 2-3 in. wide, 7-nerved; veins and margins green or reddish: branches of the spadix 6-18 in. long, erect or slightly reflexed, zigzag when young. — By far the best of the genus and rather widely sold as Areca as is also D. rubra. a&rea, Wendl. & Drude {Arbca aiirea, Hort.). Dis- tinguished by the yellow or orange petioles and veins of young plants: caudex about 30 ft. high, smaller and more slender than the preceding: lvs. 4^8 ft. long; peti- ole 8 in. long; segms. 1J^2 ft. long, 1 in. wide; sec- ondary veins scarcely visible: branches of the spadix rigidly erect, 9-11 in. long. furfuracea, Wendl. & Drude (Arbca furfur&cea, Hort.). Like D. rubra, but the petiole and If.-sheath of the young plant tomentose. r&bra, Wendl. & Drude {Arbca rubra, Hort.). Re- sembUng D. alba, but the lvs. of the young plant* DICTYOSPERMA DIDYMOSPERMA 1005 darker green, the primary veins and margins dark red, the redness disappearing very much in adult plants: branches of the spadix longer and more reflexed. —Young plants of this may be used for table decorar tions as the plant grows quickly and is attractive in juvenile condition. Jahed G. Smith. N. TAYLOE.t DICfRTA {twice curved, referring to structure of fls.). Gesneridcex. Very closely related to Achimenes with which some authors unite it, differing in the smaller fls., and diverging anther-cells. Low-growing slender villous herbs with creeping roots: Ivs. opposite, membranaceous: fls. axillary, small, white or pale lilac, sometimes spotted; corolla-tube declinate, the limb oblique with 5 nearly equal spreading lobes; stamens affixed in the base of the corolla-tube, included, the anther-cells distinct. Two species occur in Guate- mala. D. Candida, Hanst. & Klotzsch {Achimenes cdndida, Lindl. Diastema grdcile, Regel). To IH ft.: Ivs. ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, serrate, short-petioled: fl. on a bracted pedicel that much exceeds the petiole, white, tubular-campanulate, the lowest lobe projecting. Summer. The other species is D. Warscewiczidna, Regel {A. misbra, Lindl.), appar- ently not in cult. : fls. smaller. L. jj. B. DIDISCUS: Trachymme. DIDYMOCARPUS {twin fruit). Gesneriacese. Attrac- tive warmhouse herbs, with few showy flowers. A polymorphous genus, distributed in E. India, Malaya, China, and Trop. Afr., differently named and defined by different authors. Roettlera is an older name, and has been used recently, but it is discarded by the "nomina conservanda" list of the Vienna code. The genus includes Chirita and Trachystigma accord- ing to Fritsch, and it then numbers more than 100 species. Bentham & Hooker omit Chirita, which differs in its 2-parted stigma, always 2 stamens, and other characters; in this work it is kept distinct. Didymo- carpus comprises plants that are caulescent or nearly acaulescent, sometimes woody, of various habit: Ivs. radical and cauhne, those on the st. opposite or alter- nate, crenate, more or less wrinkled and hairy: fls. violet, blue, white or even yellow, on few-fld. scapes or axillary peduncles; corolla with an elongated tube which is widened at the throat or ventricose, the limb spreading and somewhat 2-lobed; stamens 2 or rarely 4, the anthers connivent or coherent and cells divergent ; style long or short, the stigma Httle dilated and entire or nearly so. — The species require the treatment given the wannhouse gesneriaceous plants; usually difficult to grow, or are soon lost because seeds may not be pro- duced. Several species are mentioned in horticultural literature; but the following are more recently intro. and arehkely to be cult, or perhaps in the trade. They ^e low herbs with few Ivs., resembling Streptocarpus. Many new species have recently been added to this interesting genus, and a number of them may be expected to appear in cult. cyineus, Ridley, Stemless: Ivs. in a rosette, ovate, elliptic or obovate, ascending, somewhat obtuse, to 6 in. long, crenate-serrate, soft pubescent, petioled: flsj deep blue, trumpet-shaped, about IJ^ in. long, with rounded spreading lobes, 4 or 5 on a scape. Malaya. B.M. 8204. — Blooms in autumn; should have warm treatment, such as is given Streptocarpus. Veitchiana, W. W. Smith. Eight in. or less: Ivs. 2-4 pans, ovate, somewhat cordate at base, serrate, 4 in. or less long, stalked: fls. lilac with longitudinal lines, tubular, nearly 1^4, in. long, in few-fld. axillary cjTnes. ^^^- L. H. B. DrDYMOCHL.^NA (Greek, twin cloak; alluding to the indusium). Polypodidcese. Greenhouse ferns of rather coarse fohage. Indusium elliptical, emarginate- at the base, attached along a central vein, free all around the margin. — One or 2 species. Large coarse ferns somewhat resembling the shield ferns, Dryopteris, in habit and gross appearance. D. lunulala is a very distinct fern. It looks uke a tree maidenhair, but the stems are thick- and fleshy and the leaves are fleshier than any Adiantum. In cultivation the trunk is only a few inches high, but the fronds are 4 to 6 feet long and densely covered with long, brown, chaffy scales and has a metallic luster. This is a warm- house fern, and may be used for subtropical bedding. It has a bad trick of dropping its piimules if allowed to get too dry at the root, but soon raUies imder liberal treatment. lunul&ta, Desv. (D. trunculdta, Hort.). Fig. 1260. Lvs. clustered from an erect rigid St., bipirmate, 3-6 ft. long; pinnules almost quadrangular, J^-1 in. broad, entire or slightly sinuate, each bearing 2-6 sori. Cuba to Brazil; the same or an alhed species in Madagascar and Malaya. — D. lunulata is a very attractive fern while in a small state, but its decidu- ous articulated pinnules are a drawback as a com- mercial species, rendering it of little value for house decoration. L. M. Underwood and W. H. Taplin. DJDYMOPLEXIS {double or tmn plaits). Orchidacese. One sapro- phytic orchid with leafless sts. D. pdllens, Griff.,, has been cult, abroad but is probably not in the trade: root branch- ing and tuberous, bearing a st. 4-6 in. high with loose sheaths: racemes terminal, with 4-8 small brownish or dull yellow-white fls.; perianth 3^in. diam.; lip stipitate, transversely oblong, with 3 nerves and a papillose disk; pedicels becoming greatly elongated after fer- tiUzation. E. India. — The genus Didymoplexis comprises 2 or 3 species (Leucor- chis is a more recent name)-, in India, Malaya and the Pacific Isls., characterized by simple flexuous scapes, dorsal sepals and petals connate into a 3-parted upper lip, the lateral connate into an entire or 2-parted lower lip, the regular Hp inserted on the foot of the column, very short and broad, entire: caps, becoming very long- pedicelled. Apparently of little horticultural interest. DIDYMOSPERMA (Greek, double-seeded). Pal- mdcex, tribe Arhcex. Low or almost stemless pinnate oriental pahns. Leaves terminal, unequally pinnatisect, silvery- scaly below; segms. opposite, alternate, solitary, or the lower ones in groups, cuneate at the base, obovate- oblong or oblanceolate, sinuate-lobed and erose, the terminal one cuneate; margins recurved at the base; midnerve distinct, nerves flabellate; sheath short, fibrous: spadices with a short, thick peduncle and thick branches; spathes numerous, sheathing the spadix; fls. rather large; calyx 3-lvd., corolla with 3 stiff petals; 1260. DidymocMaena lunulata. (XM) 1006 DIDYMOSPERMA DIEFFENBACHIA ovary 2-3-celled: fr. ovoid or oblong, 2-3-, rarely 1-, seeded. Didjrmosperma is a genus of East Indian palms of moderate growth, containing possibly eight species, most of which are stemless or else forming but a short trunk, the pinnate leaves rising from a mass of coarse brownish fibers that surround the base of the plant. The leaflets are of irregular shape, bearing some resem- blance to those of Caryota, and the plants frequently throw up suckers from the base. The members of this genus are not very common in cultivation. The species that is most frequently seen is the plant known to the trade as D. caryotoides, an attractive warmhouse palm that has also appeared under the s3Tionym Harina caryotoides, and has lately been referred to Wallichia, which see. While young, at least, the didymospermas enjoy a warm house and moist atmosphere with shading from fuU sunshine, though one species, Z). oblongrfolia (or Wallichia), is frequently found in Sikkim at an elevation of 3,000 feet above the sea. Propagated usually by seeds; occasionally by suckers, which are kept rather close for a time after their removal from the parent plant. See G.C II. 24:362 for description of garden forms. porphyrocarpon, Wendl. & Drude (Wallichia por- phyrocdrpa. Mart.). Sts. reedy, 3-6 ft.: Ivs. 5-8 ft. long; Ifts. 9-15, about 6 in. long, distant, narrowly oblong, long-cuneate, blunt, or sinuately 2-3-lobed, truncate, denticulate, glaucous beneath. Java. ninum, Hook. A dwarf robust palm, 2-3 ft., covered with rusty pubescence: Ivs. 1-2 ft. long, glabrous above, glaucous beneath; Ifts. 1-3 pairs with an odd terminal one, 7-10 in. long, 3-5 in. broad, wedge-shaped, sharply toothed. Assam. B.M. 6836. — One of the smallest of all palms. D. Hookeridna, Becc. Resembles a Caryota, about 3 ft. high. Malay Penins. Plant scarcely known in cult, in Amer. but per- haps cult, in Eu. j^j,j, q SmitH. N. TAYLOR.t DIEFFENBACHIA (J. F. Dieffenbach, a German botanist, 1794-1847) Ardceie. Popular hothouse plants, grown for their handsome and striking foliage. Low, shrubby perennials: sts. rather thick, inclined or creeping at the base, then erect, with a leafy top: 1261. Diefienbachia picta vai. Bausei. petioles half-cylindrical, sheathed to above the middle, long, cylindrical at the apex; blade oblong, with a thick midrib at the base; veins very numerous, the first and second parallel, ascending, curving upward at their ends: peduncle shorter than the Ivsl Differs from Aglaonema in floral characters. Cent, and S. Amer. — Perhaps a dozen species. Engler (in Engler & Prantl, 1889) recognizes many species, with many varieties. For dieffenbachias, similar rooting material to that mentioned for anthuriums, combined with a high and moist atmosphere, will produce a very healthy and luxuriant growth of foliage, especially after the plants have made their first few leaves in ordinary light pot- ting soil. Unless it be the very large-leaved kinds, like D. triumphans, D. nobilis and D. Baumannii, three or four plants may be placed together in large pots, keep- ing the balls near the surface in potting. D. Jenmanii, D. Shuttleworthiana, D. Leopoldii and D. ebumea are all well suited for massing together in large pots. When above a certain height, varying in different species, the plants come to have fewer leaves, and those that remain are small; they should then be topped, retaining a con- siderable piece of the stem, and placed in the sand-bed, where they will throw out thick roots in a week or two. The remaining part of the stems should then be cut up into pieces 2 or 3 inches long, dried for a day or so, and then put into boxes of sand, when, if kept warm and only slightly moist, every piece will send out a shoot, and from the base of this shoot roots will be produced. These can be potted up as soon as roots have formed. (G. W. Oliver.) picta, Schott (D. braailiensis, Veitch. D. ShiitUe- worthictna, Regel). Blade oblong, or oblong-elliptical, or oblong-lanceolate, 2J^-4 times longer than wide, rounded or acute at the base, gradually narrowing to the long acuminate-cuspidate apex, green, with numer- ous irregular oblong or linear spots between the veins; veins 15-20 on each side, ascending. L.B.C. 7:608 (as, Caladium maculatum) . J.H. III. 46 : 165 Var. Bajisei, Engler (D. Bausei, Regel). Fig. 1261. Blade nearly or completely yellowish green, with obscurely green-spotted margins and scattered white spots. I.H. 26:338. Var. Shuttleworthi&na, Engler (D. Shuttleworthi&na, BuU). Blade pale green along the midrib. Seguine, Schott. Lvs. green, with white, more or less confluent stripes and spots, oblong or ovate-oblong, rounded or sUghtly cordate or subacute at the base, narrowed toward the apex, short cuspidate; primary veins 9-15, the lower spreading, the upper remote and ascending. Lowe 14 (as var. maculata). W. Indies. — Called "dumb plant" because those who chew it some- times lose the power of speech for several days. Var. Baraquini^na, Engler (Z). BaraquiniAna, Versch. & Lem. D. gigantha, Versch. D. VerschaffSltii, Hort. Petioles and also midribs almost entirely white; blade with scattered white spots. I.H. 11:387; 13:470, 471. G. 2:238. Var. ndbiUs, Engler (D. ndbile, Hort.). Fig. 1262. Blade elliptical, acute, dull green with dirty green spots. Brazil. Var. liturata, Engler (D. liturcUa, Schott. D. variegdia, Hort. D. LkopoUii, Bull. D. Wdllisii, Lind.). Blade dark green, with a rather broad, yellowish green, ragged -margined stripe along the midrib: spathe §laucous-green. Province Para, Brazil. I.H. 17:11. .H. 1, p. 455. G.Z. 25, p. 250. Var. iirorita, Engler (D. irror&ta, Schott. D. Baiir mannii, Hort.). Lvs. large and bright green, blotched and sprinkled with white. Brazil. The above are the recognized two type species. The following are or have been in the American trade. Probably some or all of them belong to the foregoing species: Chelsonii, BuU. Lvs. deep, satiny green, the middle gray-feathered, and the blade also blotched yellow- green. Colombia. ebtiraea, Hort. Compact: lvs. Ught green, freeh' spotted with white, the sts. reddish and white-ribbed. Brazil. DIEFFENBACHIA DIERVILLA 1007 Foumieri, Hort. Vigorous: Ivs. large, leathery, with spots and blotches of white on a blackish green back- ground. Colombia. illfistris, Hort. See D. latimaculata. imperator, Hort. Lvs. 16-18 in. long, 5-6 in. wide, olive-green, fantastically blotched, marbled and spotted with pale yellow and white. Colombia. 1262. DieSenbacbia Seguise var. nobilis. insignis, Hort. Lvs. dark green, with irregular, angular blotches of pale yellowish green, 6 or more in. wide, ovate and short^acuminate in form and with pale green petiole. Colombia, latimaculata, Lind. & Andr6 (D. illiistris, Hort.). Lvs. glaucous-green, profusely white-barred and white- spotted and blotched with yeUow-green, the petioles also glaucous. Brazil. I.H. 23:234. Jg nmanii , Veitch. Lvs. rich, bright, glossy green, re- heved by a milk-white band at every lateral nerve, and by a few white spots interspersed between the bands. Guiana. G.Z. 28, p. 218. magnifica, Lind. & Rod. Lvs. ovate-acuminate, large, dark green, attractively blotched and spotted with white along the veins; sts. and petioles also varie- gated. Venezuela. I.H. 30:482. S.H. 2, p. 383. G. 13:643. manndrea, Hort. See D. Parlatorei. meleagris, L. Lind. & Rod. Lvs. with the long petioles green, marked with ivory-white, the blades dark green above, paler beneath, marked on both sides with a few white spots. Ecuador. I.H. 39:559. mem6ria-C6rsii. A hybrid raised in the garden of the late Marquis Corsi. Parlatdrei, Lind. & Andr6, var. marmorea, Andre (D. memoria, D. mormbra and D. Cdrsii, Hort.). Lvs. long-oblong, acuminate, the midrib white and the blades blotched white, the green deep and lustrous. Colombia. I.H. 24 : 291. — Engler refers this plant to the genus Philodendron. Regina, BuU. Lvs. oblong-elUptical, rounded at base, short- acuminate at apex, greenish white, profusely mottled and blotched with alternate light and green tints. S. Amer. G.Z. 28, p. 26. — The vari-colored and margined lvs. are very attractive. Rex, Hort. Compact: lvs. oblong-lanceolate, the two sides not equal, deep green, but the white angular blotches and midrib occupying more space than the green. S. Amer. G.Z. 28, p. 97. SSnderae, Hort. Lvs. very broad-oval, green, mot- tled with cream-color. splendeng, Bull. St. faintly mottled with dark and light green: lvs. have a thick, ivory-white midrib, and the ground-color is of a deep, rich, velvety bottle-green, with a resplendent, lustrous surface, freely marked with whitish striate blotches. Colombia. G.Z. 25, p. 193. triiimphans, Bull. Lvs. dark green, ovateJanceolate and acuminate, 1 ft. long, irregularly marked with angu- lar yellowish blotches. Colombia. Jared G. Smith George V. Nash, f DIELYTRA: Dicentra. DIERAMA (a funnel, alluding to shape of fls.). Iriddcese. S. African cormous plants, related to Spar- axis and Ixia. Fls. large, white to purple and red, in panicled spikes: lvs. long, linear, rigid: perianth short- tubed, expanded at throat, with oblong nearly equal segms.; stamens 3, inserted on the perianth throat; ovary 3-celled, oblong, with many ovules, the style ex- serted: fr. a 3-valved caps. There are 2 or 3 species, of which D. pulcherrima, Baker, was intro. into S. Cahf. many years ago: scape 2-6 ft., with remote branches: lvs. narrow-sword-shaped and with a very slender point: fls. 1}^ in. long, pendulous, blood-red- purple, bell-shaped. B.M. 5555 (as Sparaxis pulcher- rima). Requires the treatment given Ixia. DIERVILLA (after Diereville, a French surgeon, who took D. Lonicera to Europe early in the eighteenth century) . Caprifoliacese. Weigela. Ornamental decid- uous shrubs, grown for their showy flowers appearing profusely in spring and early summer. Leaves opposite, petioled or nearly sessile, serrate: fls. in 1- to several-fld. axillary cymes, often panicled at the end of the branches, yellowish white, pink or crimson, epigynous; calyx 5-toothed or 5-parted; corolla tubular or campanulate, 5-lobed, sometimes shghtly 2-lipped; stamens 5; style slender with large capitate stigma; ovary inferior, elongated, 2-celled: fr. a slender, 2-valved caps, with numerous minute seeds. — About 10 species in E. Asia and N. Amer. Diervillas are shrubs of spreading habit, with more or less arching branches, rather large leaves, and, especially the Asiatic species, with very showy flowers from pure white to dark crimson, appearing in spring. A very large number of hybrids between the diiferent Asiatic species have been raised and have become great favorites in gardens on account of their profusely produced and dehcately tinted flowers. The earUest to bloom are D. prsecox and its hybrids and also D. florida var. venusta, which begin to flower in Massachusetts about the middle of May; the latest is D. rivularis. The American species are hardy North and prefer moist and partly shaded positions. Of the Asiatic species D. Middendorffiana is the hardiest, but rarely does well; it seems to grow best in humid sandy or peaty soil and in positions sheltered from strong winds; it dislikes hot and dry air; D. florida also is rather hardy and one of the handsomest species of the genus. The other Asiatic species require protection during the winter or sheltered positions. They thrive well in any humid garden soil. Propagation is readily effected by greenwood cuttings or hardwood cuttings; the American species usually by suckers and by seeds sown in spring. alba, 4, 7. amabilist 4, 6. arborea, 6. aTborescens, 8. canadensis, 1. Candida, 9. corseensis, 6. floribunda, 8. florida, 4. grandiflora, 6, S Gratissimat 9. Grcenewegenii, 9 Hendersonii, 9. bortensis, 7. INDEX. bybrida, 9. Incarnata, 9. Intermedia, 9. japonica, 7. Kosteriana variegata, 9. Lavatlei, 9. Lonicera, 1. Looymansii aurea, 9. Lowei, 9. Luteo-marginaia, 9. Middendorffiana, 10. muUiflora, 8. Nana variegata, 9. nivea, 7. paucifiora, 4. prfiecox, 5. rivularis, 3. rosea, 4. sessilifolia, 2. Sieboldii argenteo- marginata, 9. sinica, 7. Steltzneri, 9. Styriaca, 9. trifida, 1. Van Houttei, 9. Venosa, 9. venusta, 4. Verschaffeltii, 9. versicolor, 8. 1008 DIERVILLA DIERVILLA A. FU. yellow, slightly S-lipped, small, about )/2in. long. (Diervilla proper). B. Lvs. glabrous or nearly so. 1. Lonicera, Mill. (D. irifida, Moench. D. canadensis, Willd.)- Shrub, to 3 ft.: branchlets nearly terete, gla- brous: lvs. distinctly petioled, ovate-oblong, acuminate, serrate, nearly glabrous, finely ciliate, lJ^-4 in. long: cymes usually 3-fld.; limb nearly equal to the tube: caps, about J^in. long. June, July. Newfoundland to Sask., south to Ky. and N. C. B.M. 1796. 2. sessilifdlia, Buckl. Shrub, to 5 ft.: branchlets quadrangular: lvs. nearly sessile, ovate-lanceolate, ser- rate, nearly glabrous, of firmer texture, 2-6 in. long: cymes 3-7-fld., often crowded into dense, terminal panicles; limb shorter than the tube: caps, about J^in. 1263. DierriUa japonica. (.XH) long. June, July. N. C. and Tenn. to Ga. and Ala. G.C. III. 22:14; 42 :427.— Hardy in Canada. BB. Lvs., branchlets and infl. pubescent. 3. rivul&ris, Gattinger. Shrub, to 6 ft.: lvs. short- petioled, ovate to oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, trun- cate or cordate at the base, doubly serrate, pubescent on both sides, 1 J^3J^ in. long: cymes few- to many-fid., crowded into terminal panicles; limb of coroUa about as long as tube: caps. J^in. long. July, Aug. N.C. to Tenn., Ga. and Ala. G.C. III. 38:339. AA. Fls. showy, white, pink, or crimson, rarely yellowish. B. Anthers not connected with each other. (Weigela.) c. Calyx-lobes lanceolate, connate to or nearly to the middle; stigma 2-l6bed: seeds almost wingless. 4. fl6rida, Sieb. & Zucc. {Weighla rbsea, Lindl. W. amdhilis, Hort. D. pauciflAra, Carr.). Shrub, to 6 ft.: branchlets with 2 hairy stripes: lvs. short-petioled or nearly sessile, elliptic or ovate-oblong to obovate, serrate, glabrous above except at the midrib, more or less pubescent or tomentose on the veins beneath, 2-4 in. long: calyx nearly glabrous, with lanceolate teeth; ovary slightly hairy; fls. 1-3, pale or deep rose, IJi in. long; coroUa broadly funnel-shaped, abruptly narrowed below the middle. May, June. N. China. B.M. 4396. F.S. 3:211. B.H.1:577. Gt. 54,p.86. R.H. 1849:381. H.F. 1854:21. V. 18:37.— This is one of the most cult, species, very free-flowering and rather hardy. Var. alba, Moore. Fls. white, changing to light pink. R.H. 1861:331. Var. venfista, Rehd. Lvs. smaller, usually obovate, l}^-23^ in. long, usually nearly glabrous: fls. in dense clusters with small lvs. at the base; corolla slender, about 1}4 in. long, rather gradually narrowed toward the base, lobes oval to oval-oblong, rosy pink. Korea, N. China.— Recently intro.; very floriferous, early and hardy. 5. prafecox, Lemoine. Shrub, to 6 ft.: branchlets glabrous: lvs. short-petioled, elliptic or elliptic-ovate, acuminate, serrate, hairy above, soft-pubescent below, 2-33^ in. long: fls. clustered, 3-5, nodding; calyx with subulate lobes; ovary hairy; corolla abruptly narrowed below the middle, purplish pink or rose-carndine. Japan. May. Gt. 46:1441; 53, p. 522. R.H. 1905:314.— The earliest of all species to bloom; has given rise to a race of early-flowering hybrids as Avalanche, Gracieux, Vestale, Conquerant, Esperance, Seduction, which see under D. hyhnda. cc. Calyx-lobes linear, divided to the base: seeds mnged: stigma capitate. D. Plant nearly glabrous. 6. coraeensis, DC. (D. grandifldra, Sieb. & Zucc. D. amdhilis, Carr.). Shrub, 5-10 ft.: lvs. rather large, obovate or elMptic, abruptly acuminate, crenately ser- rate, sparingly hairy on the veins beneath and on the petioles: fls. in 1-3-fld., peduncled cymes; corolla broadly funnelform, abruptly narrowed below the mid- dle, changing from whitish or pale pink to carmine. May, June. Japan. S.Z. 31. F.S. 8:855. H.U. 1:19.— Vigorously growing shrub, with large lvs. and fls., but less free-flowering, and the tjrpe not common in cult. Var. aibdrea, Rehd. {W. arbdrea grandifldra, Hort.). Fls. yellowish white, changing to pale rose; of vigorous growth. DD. Plant more or less pubescent: corolla finely piibescent outside. 7. jap6mca, DC. Fig. 1263. Shrub, to 6 ft.: lvs. oblong-obovate or elliptic, acuminate-serrate, sparingly pubescent above, tomentose beneath: fls. usually in 3-fld., short-peduncled cymes, often crowded at the end of short branchlets; corolla broadly funnelform, nar- rowed below the middle, whitish at first, changing to carmine, slightly pubescent or nearly glabrous outside; style somewhat exserted. May, June. Japan, China. G.F. 9:405 (adapted in Fig. 1263). Gn. 21, p. 184. Var. hortensis, Rehd. (Z). hortensis, Sieb. & Zucc). Lvs. nearly glabrous above, densely grayish tomentose beneath: cymes usually rather long-peduncled; fls. usually carmine. S.Z. 29, 30. More tender and slower- growing than the tjnpe. Var. sinica, Rehd. Lvs. slen- der-petioled, soft-pubescent beneath: fls. campanulate, abruptly contracted below the middle into a narrow tube, pale pink. Cent. China. Var. alba, Makino (D. hortensis var. dlba, Sieb. & Zucc. D. japdnica var. nivea, Rehd.). Like var. hortensis but fls. white. G.C. II. 10:80. Gn. 22, p. 185; 34, p. 352. G. 28:392. 8. floribfinda, Sieb. & Zucc. {D. multifldra, Lem.). Shrub, to 8 ft. : lvs. oblong-ovate or elliptic, acuminate, serrate, sparingly pubescent above, more densely; beneath: fls. 1-3, usually sessile, mostly crowded at the end of short branchlets; coroUa rather ^adually nar- rowed toward the base, pubescent outside, brownish crimson in the bud, changing to dark or bright crimson; lobes about 5 times shorter than the tube; style exserted. May, June. Japan. S.Z. 32. I.H. 10: 383.— Vigorously growing shrub, with rather small but abundant fls. Var. grandifldra, Rehd. (W. arborSscens, Hort.). Fls. rather large, brownish crimson. Var. versJcolor, Rehd. (D. versicolor, Sieb. & Zucc.) Fls. greenish white at first, changing to crimson. S.Z. 33. 9. h^brida, Hort. (Fig. 1264), may be used as a col- lective name for the different hybrids between D. florida, D. prsecox, D. floribunda, D. japonica and D. corseensis, which are now more commonly cult, than the XXXVI. A border of dianthus and digitalis. DIERVILLA DIGITALIS 1009 typical species. Some of the best and most distinct are the following, arranged according to the color of the fls. The numbers in parenthesis a,fter the name refer to the number of the species and indicate the origin or probable origin of these hybrids : 1264. DierviUa hybrida. ( X H) Fla. white or nearly white: Avalanche, Lemoine (5 X ?). Fls. pure white; ear^. Dame Blanche (6x7). Fla. large, white, slightly pinkish outside, yellowish, white and bluish in bud. Gracieux, Lemoine (5x?). Fls. white, yellow in throat, buds light salmon- pink; early. Isoline, Van Houtte (4x?). Fls. white or slightly pink outside, yellow in throat. Madame Couturier, Billiard (4x6). Fls. yellowish white changing to pink. Madame Lemoine, Billiard (4x6). Fls. white with delicate blush, changing to pink. Madame TeUier, Billiard (4x6). Fls. large, white, with delicate blush. Yestale, Lemoine (5X?). Fls. pure creamy white. Mont- blanc, Lemoine (4x7). Fls. pure white, greenish white in bud, fadiog to pinkish. Pavilion Blanc, Lemoine. (4x7). Similar to the preceding. Candida (4 X6). Fla. pure white. R.H. 1879:130. Fls. pink or carmine: Abel Carrih-e (4x7). Fls. rose-carmine, purple-carmine in bud, with yellow spot in throat. AndrS Thouin (4x6). Fls. pink, carmine in bud. Conquerant, Lemoine (5X?). Fls. very large, rose-colored, carmine outside and in throat; early. Conquete (,ix7). Fls. very large, deep pink. Dr. Buillard iix7). Fla. carmine. Espirance, Lemoine (5X?). Fls. very large, pinkish white tinged with salmon-red, buds pale salmon; early. Gratissima (4x7). Fls. light pink. Grcmewegenii (4X?). Fls. red outside, whitish within, slightly striped with yellowish red. Gustave Mal- let, Billiard (4x6). Fls. light pink, bordered white. Hendersonii (4x8). Fls. tight crimson. Intermedia (4x7). Fls. carmine, buds darker. Othello (4x8). Fls. carmine, darker outside. Seduction, Lemoine (5x?). Fls. vinous carmine-red, early, very floriferous. SteUzneri, Van Houtte (4x7). Fls. dark red, abundant. Styriaca, Klenert (4x8). Fls. pink, changing to pinkish carmine, very floriferous. M.D. 1912:1. Van Houttei (4x7). Fls. carmine. F.S. 14:1447. Venom (4x6). Fls. carmine-pink, carmine in bud, orange to crimson in throat. Verschaffeltii (4x6). Fls. carmine- pink, limb bordered whitish. Fls. crimson or dark crimson: Congo (6x8). Fls. large, purplish crimson, abundant. Desboisii (8x7). Fls. small, dark crimson. E.Andri (8X6). Fls. very dark, brownish purple. Eva Rathke (8x6). Fls. deep carmine-red, erect; very free-flowering, R.B. 19:126. G. 14:1350. Hendersdhii (4x8). Fls. light crimson, crimson in bud. Jncamota (6x8). Fls. deep red. LavaUei (6xS). Fls. bright crimson. H.F. 1870:5. G.W. 1, p. 60 (habit). Lowei (8X4). Fls. dark purplish crimson. H.F. 1870:8. P. Duchartre (4x8), Fls. deep amaranth, very dark: free-flowering. Lvs. variously colored: Koateriana variegaia, Lvs. bordered yellow: fls. pink, paler in bud, dwarf. Looymansii aurea. Lvs. yellow; of slow growth. R.B. 2:173. Luteo-marginata fSVeigela amabilisfol.var. Van Houtte). Lvs. bordered yellow. F.S. 12:1189. Naria variegata (Weigela rosea nana fol. var. Van Houtte). Lvs. variegated with white: fls. nearly wliite: dwarf. Sieboldii argenteo- marginaia (4x7). Lvs. bordered white: fls. rose. BB. Anthers connected with each other. {Calyptro- stigma.) 10. Middendoiffiana, Carr. Shrub, to 3 ft.: lvs. short-petioled, ovate-oblong or oblong-lanceolate, ser- rate, glabrous at length: fls. in 2-3-fld. axiUary and terminal clusters; corolla campanulate-funnelform, yel- lowish white, spotted orange or purplish inside l^^ in. long; calyx-teeth partially connate. May, June. E. Siberia, N. China, Japan. Gt. 6:183. R.H. 1854:261. F.S. 11:1137. I.H. 4:115. G.C. III. 7:581.— Hardy, but rarely does well; it demands a cool and moist cli- mate and a position sheltered from strong winds. D. spUndms, Carr. (D. LonioeraXD. sessilifolia). Intermediate between the parents; more similar to L. sessilifolia, but lvs. short- petioled. Garden origin. — D. suAvis, Komarov. Allied to D. japon- ica. Lvs. ovate-lanceolate, ciliate, otherwise glabrous, sparingly serrate, 1-2 in. long: corolla white, pink outside; style not exserted. Manchuria. Recently intro. ; presumably quite hardy. — D. Wdgneri, Kusnezov (D. japonicaxD. Middendorfiiana). Lvs. ovate-oblong, glabrous except on the veins below: fls. axillary on short branchlets; sepals lanceolate, distinct or partly connate, pmk, tinged yellowish. Garden origin. Gt. 48:1461. — Doubtful whether still in cult. . -r, Alphed Rbhdbr. DIETES: Marxa. DIGITALIS (Latin, digitalis, finger of a glove, refer- ring to the shape of the flowers) . Scrophulari&cex, Fox- glove. A fine genus, numbaring several species, and some hybrids, of hardy or half-hardy herbaceous plants, well known for their long racemes of inflated flowers, which suggest spires or towers of bells. Plate XXXVI. Upright herbs, sometimes woody at the base, gla- brous or tomentose or woolly, mostly simple: lvs. alternate or scattered or crowded, entire or dentate: fls. showy, in a long terminal raceme or spike which is usually 1-sided, purple, ochroleucous or white; corolla declined, more or less campanulate, often constricted above the ovary, the limb erect-spreading and some- what 2-lipped, spotted and bearded at the throat; stamens 4, didynamous, usually included; style slen- der, 2-lobed: fr. an ovate dehiscent caps. — About 25 species, Eu. and W. and Cent. Asia. The foxgloves are old-fashioned and dignified, clean of growth and wholesome company in the choicest garden. The strong vertical lines of their flower- stalks, rising from rich and luxuriant masses of cauline leaves, give always an appearance of strength to the rambhng outlines of the usual herbaceous border. For a week or two the foxgloves usually dominate the whole border. The usual species in cultivation is D. purpurea, which is one of the commonest English wild flowers. The name "foxglove" is so inappropriate that much ingen- ious speculation has been aroused, but its origin is lost in antiquity. The word "fox" is often said to be a cor- ruption of "folk," meaning the "httle folk" or fairies. Unfortunately, etymologists discredit this pretty sug- gestion. In the drugstores, several preparations of D. purpurea are sold. They are diuretic, sedative, narcotic. For medicinal purposes, the leaves of the second year's 1265. The juvenile or foliage stage of Digitalis purpurea, used as an edging. Year preceding the bloom. 1010 DIGITALIS DIMORPHANTHUS growth are used. — Foxgloves are of the easiest culture. The common species and hybrids can be grown as biennials from seed. The perennial species are propaga- ted by seeds or by division. The common D. purpurea is best treated as a biennial, although it may sometimes persist longer. Seeds sown one spring (or fall) will give good blooming plants the following season. The large root-leaves before the flower-stems appear are decor- ative (Fig.1265). A. Middle lobe of the lower Up longer than the others. ferruginea, Linn. (Z). aurea, LindL). Bieimial or perennial, 4r-& ft. high: sts. densely leafy: Ivs. glabrous or (tiliate: racemes long, dense; fls. rusty red, reticulate-marked, downy outside; lower lip of corolla ovate, entire, bearded, July. S. Eu. B.M. 1828. lanita, Ehrh. Perennial, or biennial, 2-3 ft. Ivs. oblong or lanceolate, ciliate : fls . rather small, 1-1 J^ in. long, grayish or creamy yellow, sometimes whit- ish or purphsh, downy, in a dense, many-fld. raceme, with bracts shorter than the fls. July, Aug. Danube River and Greece. B.M. 1159 (poor fig.). — A fine species. sibirica, Lindl. Has the habit of jD. ambigua, with fls. like those of D. lanata: Ivs. downy, ovate- lanceolate, serrate or the upper entire: fls. ventricose, villose, yel- lowish; calyx- segms. linear, villose. Siberia. — This is a rare trade name, and it is doubtful whether this little known plant is really in cult. Thapsii, Linn. Plant much like D. purpurea: perennial, 2-4 ft. high: Ivs. ovate- lanceolate or ob- long, rugose, de- current: fls. purple, throat paler, marked with red dots in a lax raceme; calyx- segms. ovate or oblong. June-Sept. Spain. B.M. 2194 (as D.tomentosa). . Middle lobe of the lower lip shorter or hardly longer than the others. ambigua, Murr. (D. 1266. Digitalis purpurea. grandifldra, Lam. D. ochro- (XVi) leiica, Jacq.). Perennial or biennial, 2-3 ft. high: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, toothed, sessile or clasping, downy below: fls. large, 2 in. long, yellowish, marked with brown; lower bracts about as long as the fls. Eu., W.Asia. B.R. 64. purpflrea, Linn. (D. tomentdsa, Link & Hoffmgg.). Common Foxglove. Fig. 1266. The species most commonly cult.: mostly biennial, but sometimes per- ennial: height 2-4 ft.: Ivs. rugose, somewhat downy, the radical ones long-stalked and ovate to ovate- lanceolate, the st.-lvs. short-stalked and becoming small toward the top of the st.: fls. large, 2 in. long. ranging from purple and more or less spotted, rather obscurely lobed. On dry hiUs and roadsides. Great Britain, W. and Cent. Eu., to Scandinavia, running into white and modified forms in cult.; sometimes escaped in this country. Gn. 34:488. Var. gloxinise- fldra, Hort. {D. gloxinioides, Carr. D. ghxinisefiiyra Hort.). Of more robust habit, longer racemes, larger fls., which open wider, nearly always strongly spotted. Var. alba, Hort. Fls. white. Var. monstrSsa, Hort., is a double peloric form. P.G. 4:151. D. maculilta superba is a trade name for highly improved spotted forms. Var. campanul^ta, Hort., is a monstrous form with the upper fls. united into a bell-shaped large bloom. D. Buxbaiimii is offered as a yellow-fld. species. — D. diibia, Rodr. Perennial, woolly: fls. slender, banging, purpUsh, spotted inside' Balearic Isls. G. 30:309. — D. laciniAta, Umm. Perennial, woody' 2 ft. high: Ivs. lanceolate, jagged: fls. yellow, downy, with ovate! bearded segms.; bracts much shorter than the pedicels. Spain B.R. 1201.— B. leevigaia, Waldst. & Kit. Perennial, 2-3 ft! high : Ivs . hnear - lanceolate, radical ones obovate - lanceolate: fls. scattered, glabrous, yellow. Danube and Greece. — D. littea, Linn. Perennial, glabrous: ivs. oblong or lanceolate, denticu- late; raceme many-fld., secund; corolla yellow to white,- gla- brous; calyx-segms. lanceolate, acute. Eu. B.R. 251. — D. mar- idna, Boiss. Lvs. radical, very downy, ovate-oblong: fls. rose; corolla bearded. Spain. — Z>. jmrjmrdecens, Roth. Biennal: fls! yellow or sometimes purplish, pale inside, spotted at the mouth; lower lobe of corolla short. Eu. — Z). imrpiireo-ambttua is a hybrid of D. purpurea var. gloxiniieflora and D. ambigua. F. A. Waugh. DELIVAlUA: Acanthus. ^ DILL (Anbthum gravhoUns, Linn.), an annual or biennial plant of the UmbelUjferx, the seeds of which are used as a seasoning, as are seeds of caraway and coriander. It is of the easiest cult, from seeds. It should have a warm position. The plant grows 2-3 ft. high: the lvs. are cut into thread-like divisions: the St. is very smooth: the fls. are small and yellowish, the little petals falling early. It is a hardy plant. The foliage is sometimes used in flavoring, and medicinal preparations are made from the plant. The seeds are very flat and bitter-flavored. Native of S. E. Eu. DILL&NIA (named by Linnaeus for J. J. Dillenius, 1684-1747, botanist and professor at Oxford, author of important botanical works ) . DiUenid.. japdnica, Thxmb. St. slender, climbing 10-12 ft.: lvs. ovate with tapering apex and deeply cordate base, with some of the axils bearing small oblong tubers or bulbels; pistillate fls. small, white, racemose near the top of the plant: fr. triangular, winged: root 3-4 ft. long, 1-2 in. diam., often branched. Japan. Cult, forms have thicker and more condensed roots, and are eaten after the manner of potatoes. Offered abroad.' — D. tnacroiira. Harms. Lvs. simple, alternate, glabrous, stalked, cordate-orbicular, 1 ft. each way, undulate, with an apical cusp 1 3^-2 in. long: male fls. in a large panicle, the racemes reaching 2 ft., the fertile stamens 6 and very short. Upper Guinea (Trop. Afr.). — D. retiisa^ Mast. Sts. slender, much twining, finely pubescent: lvs. alternate, com- pound; Ifts. 5, stalked obovate, retuse, to 2 in. long, green and glabrous: male fls. few, in short-peduncled racemes; perianth- segms. oblong and connivent; fertile stamens 3 and staminodea 3. S. Afr. G.C. 1870: 1149. G.Z. 22, p. 242. L H B DIOSMA (Greek, dmrae odor). Rut&cex. Small ten- der heath-like shrubs from southwestern Africa. Leaves al- ternate or op- posite, linear- acute, chan- neled, serru- late or some- times cihate, glandular- dotted : fls. white or red- dish, terminal, subsoli- tary or corymbose, pedicellate; calyx 6- parted; hypogSTious disk 5-sinuate, 5-plaited; petals 5; style short; stigma capitate: carpels 5.— Of the more than 200 species described, barely a dozen now remain in this genus, the others being mostly referred to aUied genera, especially Adenandra, Agathosma and Barosma. The plant known to gardeners (and described by Linnaeus) as D. capitata is now referred to Audouinia capitata, Brongn., which belongs in a different order (Bruniacese) and even in a different subclass of the Dicoty- ledons (genus named for J. V. Audouin, born 1797, famous entomologist). It is a heath-like shrub 2-3 ft. high, with erect branches, and somewhat 1271. Native persim- fho'^'ed, mostly clustered mon, Diospyros virgin- branchletsrlvs. spirally arranged, iana. (x%) stalkless, overlapping, linear, 3- /V angled, roughish, with 2 grooves beneath: fls. crimson (according to Flora Capensis), crowded into oblong spike-like, terminal heads. Generic characters are: calyx adhering to the ovary, 5-cleft, segms. large, overlapping; petals with a long, 2-keeled claw, and a spreading, roundish hmb; stamens included; ovary half inferior 3-celled, cells 2-ovuled; style 3-angled, with 3 smaUj papUla-hke stigmas. — One species. In America, D. ericoides is more or less well known and is put to various uses in floral decorations, in sprays, or branohlets cut to the required length, and stuck in formal designs as a setting for other flowers in the same manner and for the same purpose as Stevia is used, to give that necessary grace and artistic effect to the whole. This species, like most of the genus, hag an agreeable aromatic fragrance in the foUage. It is a strong grower, loose and heath-hke in habit and foliage, as the specific name indicates; flowers white and small, one or more on the points of tiny branohlets. WhiJe^diosmas undoubtedly do best in soil suitable for heaths, that is, soil composed largely of fibrous peat, they are not nearly so exacting in their require- ments in this respect, and can be grown ia good fibrous loam and leaf-mold in equal parts, with considerable clean sharp sand added thereto. The plants should be cut back rather severely after flowering to keep them low and bushy; this refers more particularly to the above species, other members of the genus being of more compact growth and needing very Uttle correc- tive cutting to keep them in shape. D. capitata (properly Avdouinia capitata) is a fine example of the latter class, and is much better than D. ericoides for exhibition and show purposes; flowers pinkish hlac, in corymbs. The propagation of diosmas by cuttings is similar to that of heaths, but much easier The best material for cut- tings is young wood. (Kenneth Finlayson.) ericoides, Linn. Much-branched, 1-2 ft., leafy: branches and twigs quite glabrous: lvs. alternate, crowded, recurved-spreading, oblong, obtuse, keeled, pointless, glabrous: fls. terminal, 2-3 together, with very short pedicels; calyx-lobes ovate, obtuse; petals reddish, eUiptic-oblong or obovate, obtuse, narrowed to a short claw, twice as long as the calyx; disk free and 5-lobed. B.M. 2332 under this name is in reality D. mdgaris var. longifolia. G. 33:501. The plant cult, in Calif, as Diosma purpurea belongs to Aga/> thosma (Greek, good odor), differing from Diosma chiefly in the presence of 5 staminodes and in the 3 or 4 carpels; it is A. villdsa Willd., a shrub about 1 ft. high with upright branches, spirally arranged upright and imbricate lvs. oblong-lanceolate, cihate, gubescent beneath, J^~ l^in. long: fls. light purple, in dense terminal eads; pedicels unequal, at least the outer ones not exceeding the lvs. . S. Afr. R.B. 5:369 (as Diosma hirta), H.I. 1:4. Another fiecies sometimes cult, as D. purpurea is Agathosma Ventenatiana, artl. & Wendl. differing from the preceding species chiefly in the spreading lvs. and in nearly equal pedicels exceeding the lvs. L.B.C. 12: 1122 fas Diosma hirta). Z). fragrans, Simff=Adenandra f ragrans. — D. vulgdris, Schlecht., has narrower lvs. than D. ericoides, and they are acute: branchlets minutely pubescent: lvs. scattered, rarely opposite, Unear, convex- caiinate, subulate-acuminate: fis. corymbose, the petals white, or red on the outside: plant 1-2 or more ft. There are well-marked botanical varieties. WiLHBLM MiLLEK. L. H. B.f DIOSP'^B.OS {Dios, Jove's, pyros, gram; alluding to its edible fruit). Ebenacese. Peksimmon. Ebont. Woody plants grown partly for the handsome fohage and partly for their edible fruits; some species are valuable timber trees. Deciduous or evergreen trees or shrubs, with alter- nate, rarely opposite, entire lvs., without stipules: fls. dioecious or polygamous in few- or many-fld., axillary cymes, the pistillate often sohtary, yellowish or whitish; calyx and corolla 3-7-, usually 4-lobed; stamens usually 8-16, included; styles 2-6; ovary 4-12-ceUed: fr. a large, juicy berry, 1-10-seeded, Isearing usually the enlarged calyx at the base; seed flat, rather large. — About 190 species in the tropics, few in colder climates. The few cultivated species are ornamental trees, DIOSPYROS DIOSPYROS 1015 with handsome lustrous foliage, rarely attacked by insects and with decorative and edible fruit. The only snecies which is tolerably hardy North is D. virginiana, while D. Kaki, much cultivated in Japan for its large edible fruits, is hardy only in the southern states. Most species have valuable hard and close-grained wood, 1272. Diospyros Lotus. (X%) and that of some tropical species is known as ebony. They thrive in almost any soil, but require, in cooler climates, sheltered and sunny positions. Propagated by seeds to be sown after maturity or stratified and sown in spring, and by cuttings of half-ripened wood or by layers; the tropical species by cuttings of mature wood in spring, with bottom heat; the fruit-bearmg varie- ties are usually grafted or budded on seedling stock of D. virginiana. See Persimmon. A. Lvs. acuminate. B. Fr. i^l}4 in. across, not ribbed: branches mvaUy glabrous. virginiana, Linn. Common Persimmon. Fig. 1271. Tree, to 50 ft., rarely to 100 ft., with round-topped head and spreading, often pendulous branches: lvs. ovate or elliptic, acuminate, shining above, glabrous at length or pubescent beneath, 3-6 in. long: fls. short-stalked, greenish yellow, staminate in S's, Hm- long, with 16 stamens; pistillate solitary, larger, with 4 2-lobed styles, connate at the base: fr. globose or obovate, plum-like, with the enlarged calyx at the base, 1-1 J^ in. diam., pale orange, often with red cheek, edible, varying in size, color and flavor. June. Conn, to Fla., west to Kans. and Texas. S.S. 6:252, 253. G.F. 8:265. Mn. 4:21. Gn. 57, p. 146. A.G. 11:651. V. 4.20. G.W. 16:230. L6tus, Linn. Fig. 1272. Round-headed tree, to 40 ft.: lvs. elliptic or oblong, acumi- nate, pubescent, often glabrous above at length, 3-5 in. long: fls. reddish white, staminate in 3's, with 16 stamens, pistillate solitary: fr. yellow at first, black when fully ripe, globular, %-H^- diam., edible. June. W. Asia to China. A.G. 12:460. Gn.32,p. 68. S.I.F. 1:79. BB. Fr. l}/i-S in. across, usually ribbed: brarufc with oppressed brovmish pubescence. Kaki, Linn. f. (D. chinerms, Blume. D. Sc'l t Bunge. D.R6xburghii,Ca.TT.). Fig. 1273. Tree, to 40 ft., with round head: lvs. ovate-elliptic, oblong-ovate or obovate, acuminate, subcoriaceous, glabrous and shining above, more or less pubescent beneath, 3-7 in. long : fls. yellowish white, staminate with 16-24 stamens, pistillate to %m. long; styles divided to the base, pubescent: fr. large, lJ^-3 in. across, very variable in shape and size, mostly resembhng a tomato, orange or reddish. June. Japan, China. R.H. 1870, pp. 412, 413; 1872, pp. 254, 255. B.M. 8127. G.C. III. 41:22. Gn. 27, pp. 168, 169; 49, p. 171. M.D.G. 1909: 409. Var. costkta, Andr6. Fr. large, depressed, glob- ular, orange-red, with 4 furrows. R.H. 1870 : 410, and p. 133. I.H. 18:78. G.C. II. 4:777; III. 9:171; 13:51. Gn. 49, p. 171. Var. Mazelii, Mouillef. Fr. orange-yel- low, with 8 furrows. R.H. 1874:70. Other varieties are figured in R.H. 1872, p. 254; 1878:470; 1887:348; 1888:60. A.G. 12:331-8, 459-462.— A very deshable and beautiful fruit-bearing tree for the southern states, where a number of different varieties intro. from Japan are cult., but the hardier varieties from the north of Japan and China, which are likely to be hardy north to New England, seem hitherto not to have been intro. Fig. 1273 is from Georgeson's articles in A. G. 1891. — The plant cult, in Eu. as D. chinensis, which is apparently the same as D. Roxburghii, differs from the Japanese forms of Kaki, which usually have eUip- tio and glabrescent lvs., in the narrower usually oblong lvs. densely pubescent beneath, less so above, and in the greenish yeUow subglobose fr. ; it is tenderer than the common Kaki. It must not be confused with D. sinensis, Hemsl., an entirely different species from Cent. China, not in cult. AA. Los. obtuse or emarginate. tezana, Scheele {D. mexicana, Scheele. Brayodendron tex&num, Small). Small tree, intricately branched, rarely to 40 ft.: lvs. cuneate, oblong or obovate, pubescent below, 1-2 in. long: fls. with the lvs., pubes- cent, on branches of the previous year; calyx and corolla 5-lobed; staminate fls. with 16 stamens, pis- tillate with 4 pubescent styles connate at the base: fr. black, J^-1 in. diam. Spring. Texas, New Mex. S.S. 6:254. tesseliaria, Poh. (D. reticulata, Willd.). Tree or shrub: lvs. coriaceous, oval or oblong, rounded at both ends, lustrous above, glabrous and reticulate below, 3-6 in. long: fls. clustered, sessile; calyx tubular, 4-lobed at the apex; corolla 4-lobed; sta- 1273. A cultivated fruit of Diospyros Kaki. (Nearly natural size.) 1016 DIOSPYROS DIPHYLLEIA mens 12-13, glabrous: fr. ovoid, sericeous or glabrate, \MrVyi in. long, edible. Mauritius. — Yields the ebony of Mauritius. Cult, in S. Calif. Z>. arTndta, Hemsl. Spiny tree, to 2p ft.; Ivb. persistent, oval- oblong, obtuse, 1—2 in. long; staminate ila. in short panicles, creamy white, fragrant; fr. usually solitary, Min. across. Cent. China. Tender. — -Z). Ebenxister, Retz. The "guayabota" and "zapote negro," from Mex. and W. Indies, has been catalogued in S. Calif. It is a tall tree, with very sweet fra. the size of an orange, green out- aide and almost black inaide: Iva. plliptic or oblong, uaually obtuse, 3-lZ in. long; fls. white, fragrant. — D. Ebenum, Koenig. Tree, to 50 ft.; Ivs. elliptic-oblong, bluntly acuminate, glabrous: fla. white, staminate, in short racemea. E. Indies, Ceylon. For cult, in hothousea or tropical climates. This species is said to yield the beat ebony. — D. Morrisidna, Hance. Evergreen shrub or small tree, glabrous; Ivs. oval, obtusely acuminate, 2-3J^ in. long; fls. whitish, drooping, on hairy stalks: fr. yellow, subglobose, J^Min. across. Hongkong, Formoaa. The emble fr. ripens in Dec- — D. iuilis, Hemsl. Evergreen large tree: branchlets silky-pubescent: Ivs. oblong, short-petioled, glabrous above, whitiah and silky- pubescent beneath, 5-S in. long: fr. depressed-globose, pubescent, nearly 2 in. across. Formosa. The edible fr. ia called Mao-shih. Alpeed Rehder. DIOSTEA (probably two stones or seeds). Ver- hermcese. Once referred to BaiUonia, but now kept distinct; closely allied to Lippia, but differing widely in habit, in the slender green branches, in the branchlets having very long intemodes and being cylindric and hollow. D. jilncea, Miers, of the Andes of Chile and Argentina, is a bush or small tree, with the long branches constricted when dry: Ivs. opposite, 1 in. or less long, sessile, oblong or ovate-oblong, obtuse, crenate, rather fleshy: fls. small, pale hlac, in peduncled axillary or terminal spikes; corolla tubular, inflated above the middle, hairy inside, with 6 very short rounded spreading lobes; stamens 4, didsmamous. B.M. 7695. DIOTIS (two-eared, denoting the structure). Conv- pdsitx. One cottony perennial on sea sands of Eu., sometimes planted in rock-gardens and for edgings. D. candidissima, Desf. (D. maritima, Smith). Cot- ton-Weed. Usually less than 1 ft. high, has hard sts. almost woody at base, arising from a creeping root- stock: Ivs. alternate, oblong, entire or slightly toothed, about Jiin. long: fl.-heads nearly globular, J^in. across, in dense terminal clusters, in Aug. and Sept. It is readily prop, by seeds or cuttings. Diotis is closely allied to Achillea, being distinguished by the florets being all tubular and having 2 ears at the base of the coroUa which persist and inclose the achene. DIPCADI (meaning uncertain). Including Tricharis and Urop^taliim. Lilidcex. Tender bulbous scapose plants of minor importance, allied to Galtonia. Leaves radical, thickish, narrowly Linear: scape simple and leafless, bearing loose racemes of odd- colored fls. ; perianth with a cylindrical tube, the lobes mostly equaling or exceeding the tube^ the 3 exterior ones spreading or flaring and the 3 mterior usually shorter and erect; stamens 6, on the throat of the peri- anth, the anthers linear and attached by the back: ovary sessile, ovoid or oblong, becoming a 3-sidea dehiscent caps. : bulb tunicated. — About 60 species in S. Eu.; Trop. and S. Afr. and India. During the winter, their resting time, the bulbs should be kept dry. A compost of light, sandy loam and leaf-mold has been recommended. Many species have been described in recent years from Trop. and S. Afr., and some of them may be expected to appear in the trade, and in lists of novelties. A. AU ■periavihrsegms. equally long. {Tricharis.) serStintui, Medikus. Lvs. 5-6, fleshy-herbaceous, ^la^ brous, narrowly linear, 6-12 in. long, 2-3 lines wide near the base, channeled on the face: scape 4-12 in. long; raceme loose, 4-12-fld.; bracts lanceolate, 4-6 lines long, longer than the pedicels; perianth greenish brown, 5-6 lines long; ovary sessile or subsessile. S. Eu., N. Afr. B.M. 859 (as Scilla serotina). AA. Outer perianth-segms. longer than the inner and tailed. (Uropetalum.) filamentdsum, Medikus (Z>. viride, Moench). Lvs. 5-6, fleshy-herbaceous, narrowly linear, glabrous, 1 ft. long' IJ^S lines wide near the base: scape 1-2 ft. high; raceme loose, 6-15-fld.; bracts Unear-acuminate, 4-6 lines long; perianth green, 12-15 lines long, outer segms. 4-6 Imes longer than the inner: caps, sessile or nearly so. S. Afr. Wilhelm Miller. L. H. B.t DIPELTA (Greek dis, twice, and pelte, shield; two of the floral bracts are shield-like). Caprifoliacese. Ornamental deciduous shrubs, grown for their hand- some pinkish or purple flowers. Leaves opposite, short-petioled, entire or denticulate, without stipules: fls. soUtaxy or in leafy few-fld. racemes, with 4 unequal conspicuous bracts at the base; calyx- lobes linear or lanceolate, 5; corolla tubular-campanu- late, 2-lipped; stamens 4, inclosed; style slender, shorter than coi'oUa; ovary inferior, elongated, 4-celled, 2 of the cells with 1 fertile ovule each and 2 cells with several sterile ovules: fr. a caps, inclosed by the en- larged, usually shield-like, bracts. — Four species in Cent, and W. Asia. Dipeltas resemble dierviUas in habit, with hand- some pinkish or purple flowers in clusters along last year's branches; the flowers in shape are like those of a large-flowered abelia. D. fioribunda has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum, while D. ventricosa seems to be somewhat tenderer. They are apparently not partic- ular as to the soil. Propagation is by seeds sown in spring and probably, like Abeha and DierviUa, by greenwood and hardwood cuttings. floriblinda, Maxim. Shrub, to 15 ft.: lvs. ovate to lanceolate, acute or acuminate, rounded or narrowed at the base, entire, puberulous at first, soon glabrous, 2-4 in. long: fls. 1-6, on slender nodding pedicels, tubular-campanulate, pale rose, lower lip with orange maxks, X}^m. long; ovary inclosed by the 2 upper large shield-like bracts persisting on the fr. and. %-l in. across. May. Cent. China. B.M. 8310. G.C. III. 42:3. M.D.G. 1912:27. ventricdsa, Hemsl. Shrub, to 18 ft.: lvs. ovate- lanceolate to lanceolate, long - acuminate, usually rounded at the base, remotely glandular-denticulate, sparingly hairy above and villous along the veins beneath, 2-6 in. long: fls. 1-4 on drooping slender pedicels, campanulate, ventrioose and scarcely tubular at the base, outside purple, whitish inside and marked with orange, IM ™- long; ovary hidden by 2 large unequal auriculate bracts on the fr. about %m. across. May, June. W.China. B.M. 8294. G.C. IIL 44:101. Z>. yun-nnnSnsia, Franch. Allied to D. ventricosa. Lva. entire: corolla distinctly tubular at the base. W. China. II.H. 1891, p. 246. Not yet intro. — D. llegaws, Batal, is another handsome species not yet in cult. AlpRED RehdBR. DIPHYLLEIA (Greek, dovble leaf). BerberiMcex. Umbrella-Leap. An interesting hardy perennial herb, sometimes transferred to the wild-garden. Plant with thick creeping jointed knotty rootstocks, sending up . a huge peltate cut-lobed umbrella-like radical If. on a stout stalk, and a flowering st. bearing 2 similar (but smaller and more 2-cleft) alternate lvs., which are peltate near one margin, and a terminal cyme of white fls.: sepals 6, fugacious; petals and stamens 6; ovules 5 or 6: berries globose, few-seeded. This is one of the genera having omy 2 species, one of which is found in N. E.,N. Amer., the other in E. Asia or Japan, of which there are two others in this family. ' cymdsa, Michx. Root-Ivs. 1-2 ft. across, 2-cleft, each division 5-7-lobed; lobes toothed: st. 1-4 ft. tall: berries blue. May. Wet or springy places in mountains from Va. to Ga. B.M. 1666.— Grows readily in dry soil under cult, but is dwarf. DIPHYSA DIPH^SA (two bladders, because of the structure of the pod). Legumindsx. Shrubs or trees, usually glandu- lar, with odd-pinnate Ivs. and papilionaceous fls., of about 10 or 12 species in Mex., Cent. Amer., to Vene- zuela, rarely seen in cult, abroad in warmhouses: calyx with 5 unKke teeth, the 2 upper short; standard of the corolla orbicular, clawed, with 2 callosities inside; wings obovate or oblong or nearly lanceolate; keel as long as the wings or somewhat longer: fr. a stipitate more or less inflated pod: fls. yellow, in short racemes or fascicles. D. carthagenensis, Jacq., is a shrub or small unarmed tree, with 2-3-fld. axillary peduncles, and about 5 pairs of Ifts. D. floribunda, Peyr., has been offered in S. Calif.: much-branching shrub: Ivs. alternate; Ifts. 7-13, eUiptic or broad-oblong, the mid-nerve ending in a mucro: fls. yellow, in short secund racemes; standard strongly reflexed, J^in. broad. S. Mex. L H. B. DIPIDAX (doiMe fountain, from the pair of nectaries at the base of the perianth-segms.). Lili&cex. Two species in S. Afr., with tunicated corms, simple sts. and small whitish more or less tinted fls. in spikes, of little horticultural importance: perianth deciduous, polyphyUous; stamens 6, included; ovary sessile, 3- celled and 3-lobed, many-ovuled: styles 3, awl-shaped: fr. a turbinate 3-valved caps. D. ciliata. Baker. St. 6-12 in.: Ivs. usually 3, ciliate, the lower 4-6 in. long and lanceolate-acuminate and the upper much shorter and amplexicaul: spike 2-6 in. long, densely many-fld.; fls. whitish more or less tinged red: there are several botanical vars., differing in Ivs., number and color of fls. D. triquUra, Baker. St. 12-18 in. : Ivs. 3, not ciliate, the lowest at base of st. and the upper near the spike (which is 1-6 in. long) : fls. with numerous brown veins and 2 purple nectar-spots. B.M. 568 (as Melanthium trigiietrum). The species are treated as greenhouse perennials. DfPLACUS: Mimulus. DIPLADENIA (Greek, dovhle gland, referring to the two glands at base of ovary, which distinguish this genus from Echites). Apocynacese. A charming genus of greenhouse twiners (sometimes erect), mostly from Brazil. Flowers large, showy, more or less funnel-shaped, having a remarkable range of color, rarely white or dark red, but especially rich in rosy shades and with throats often brilliantly colored with yellow; the buds, also, are charming; calyx 5-parted, the lobes lanceo- late, with glands or scales in the inside; corolla without scales at the throat, the 5 lobes spreading, twisted in the bud; stamens 5, affixed in the top of the tube, included, the acuminate anthers connivent around the 5-lobed stigma; disk of 2 fleshy scales, alternating with the 2 distinct ovaries: fr. of 2 terete more or less spread- in g follicles. — Species 30-40, in Trop. S. Amer., woody (rarely herbaceous) and mostly at first erect but becom- ing scandent, the Ivs. mostly op- posite and entire and usually with bristles or glands at base; fls. usu- ally in ter min al or axiUary rar cemes. The genus is fuUy as interesting as Allam anda, 1274. Dipladenia atiopurpurea. (XK) which belongs tO DIPLADENIA 1017 another tribe of the same family. Other aUied genera of garden interest are Echites, Odontadenia, Mandevilla and Urechites. Some species are naturally erect bushes, at least when young, and many can be trained to the bush form. The group is a most tempting one to the hybridizer. Many names appear in European cata- logues, but they are confused. Very many pictures are found in the European horticultural periodicals. Of the twining glasshouse flowering subjects, dipla- denias are amongst the best and ought to be in all col- lections of greenhouse plants. An erroneous idea is held by many that it is necessary to have a very high temperature to grow these plants successfully. This, however, is not the case. Except when started into active growth in the early spring, they do better in an intermediate temperature. Dipladenias have been known to five, and thrive well, after having been sub- jected to 7° of frost. A good time of the year to secure cuttings of dipladenias is about February 1. At that time they show signs of starting into growth and the weak wood should aU be pruned back to the normal thickness of the stem. The thickest part of these prun- ings make good cuttings. Take a piece with two leaves attached, with about an inch of the stem under the leaves. Pot them singly in small pots, half filled with equal parts osmundme, broken up rather fine, sand, and charcoal. Fill the upper part of the pot with sand. Place the pots in a tight propagating bed, in a night-temperature of 70.° Allow the temperature to run up to 80° or more by day, but be sure and admit air several times during the day by opening up the case the plants are in for a few minutes. The cuttings win have the small pots fiUed with roots in about a month, when they may be shifted into larger pots. From now on, use for potting equal parts of osmundine, the fiber of loam out of which aU the fine part has been shaken, sphagnum moss, sand and charcoal. When the plants reach a 6-inch pot, a sixth part of sheep-manure may be added and a sprinkling of chicken-bone. It is a good plan, provided one has a good sheltered border with a southern aspect, to plant small plants of dipla- denia outdoors from Jime untfl the middle of Septem- ber. It is astonishing how vigorously they start into growth and flower when potted after this treatment. Fifty-five degrees is a good night temperature to grow dipladenias in when possible. During the summer, if grown indoors, admit all the air that can be admitted day and night. They will stand the fuU sun under glass, but they do slightly better under a very hght shade during the hotter part of the day, when the sun is shining. When the pots are filled with roots, and it is desired that they should remain in that pot for the rest of the season, feed with manure-water, a handful of cow-manure to a two-and-ar-half-gaUon watering- pot. The same amount to an equal quantity of water if a fertilizer such as "Clays" is used, is sufficient. Horse urine may also be used for a change, a 3-inch potful to two and one-half gallons of water. Be sure to water three times in between with clean water. Dipladenias show signs of completing their growth toward the end of November, at which time water ' should be gradually withheld, but never so as to allow the wood to shrivel. They may be treated in this man- ner until the end of January, when, as stated above, they wiU show signs of starting the season's growth. At this season they should have a general overhauling. Large plants should be turned out of their pots, and the loose dirt all washed out of them with a hose with a gentle pressure on it; and if possible repot in the same size of pot. After disturbing the roots in this manner, they are better to be placed for a few weeks in a tem- perature of not less than 65.° When they have gripped the new soil, they do better in 56° night temperature. Give each break a piece of thread attached from the plant to the roof to chmb on until they set flower. A few breaks, near the highest part of the plant, wiU 1018 DIPLADENIA DIPLARRHENA start climbing ahead of the others, and after they show a flower-stem pinch the shoot immediately ahead of the flower. This will encourage the belated breaks to start and catch up to these leaders. When they have all set flower, they may be trained evenly over a globe trellis if they are desired for a specimen plant. By the above treatment ninety-five open flowers, all at one time, have been secured on a plant in a 12-inch pot. Dipladenias are subject to mealy-bug, scale, thrips, and red-spider. Fumigate with hydrocyanic gas during the cold months, and syringe regularly and thoroughly during the summer, and these pests will give no trouble. (George F. Stewart.) A. Fk. white; throat yellow inside. bolivi€nsis, Hook. Plant everywhere glabrous: sts. slender: Ivs. petioled, 2-3 J^ in. long, oblong, aciuni- nate, acute at base, bright green and § lossy above, pale eneath; stipules none: racemes axil- lary, 3-4-fld. ; pedun- cles much shorter than the Ivs., about as long as petioles and pedicels; bracts minute at the base of the twisted pedicels; calyx - lobes ovate, acuminate, 3 hnes long; corolla almost salver - shaped, tube and throat slender and cylindrical, the former }^in. long, the latter twice as long and half as broad again; limb 1}^ in. across; lobes broadly ovate, more acumi- nate than in D. atro- jmrpurea. Bolivia. B. M. 5783. Gn. 44: 140. Gng. 7:342. AA. Fls. dark purple. atropurpfirea, DC. {D. Marie HenriUlx, Hort.). Fig. 1274. Glabrous: Ivs. ovate- acute, about 2 in. long, acute at the very base : racemes axillary, 2-fld.; peduncles a Uttle longer than the Ivs.; pedicels twisted, bracted ; calyx-lobes lanceolate-acumi- nate, a little shorter than the pedicel, and a third as long as the cylindrical part of the corolla (of which the tube is about 2 in. long); corolla dark purple inside and out, tube funnel-shaped above the middle; lobes triangular, wavy, spreading, shorter than the dilated part of the tube. Brazil. B.R. 29: 27. (as Echites). Gn. 44:488. I.H. 42:33. Gt. 43, p. 548. Var. Cldrkei, Hort. Lvs. rather small: fl. deep crimson shaded vel- vet-black, about 2}^ in. across, the tube paler. Gn. W. 8:661. — D. atropurpurea is a handsome species, but considered to be a shy bloomer. AAA. Fls. rose; throat deep rose or purple within, whitish outside. splendens, DC. {Echites splendens, Hook.). Fig. 1275. St. glabrous, the branches terete: lvs. subsessile, 4-8 in. long, elliptic-acuminate, cordate at the base, wavy, pubescent, especially beneath, veins elevated, numerous: racemes axillary, longer than the lvs., 4-6-fld.; calyx-lobes red-tipped, awl-shaped, as long as the cylindrical part of the corolla-tube, which is half the length of the funnel-shaped portion; limb flat, 4 in. across, the lobes rotund, subacute, almost as long 1275. Dipladenia splendens. (XW as the tube; corolla-tube 114 ii- long, white outside, lobes rosy, throat deeper, almost purple. BrazU. B.M 3976. F.S. 1:34 shows a yellow-throated form. Var! profilsa, Rod. {D. profiisa, Hort.)j has larger and brighter rosy fls., lined with yellow inside, the outside of the tube rosy except at the base, which is yellow J.H. III. 57:277. I.H. 30:491.— Intro, by B. S. Wil- liams. D. amdbilis, Hort., is said to be a hybrid of D. crassinoda and D. splendens. Lvs. short-stalked, oblong, acute: fls. rosy crimson, 4-5 in. across; coroUar-lobea very round and stiff. Gn. 51, p. 227. G. 12:89; 14:461. I.H. 27:396, shows a 12-fld. raceme with exceptionally bright red fls. AAAA. Fls. salmon-colored; throat yellow inside and out. urophylla, Hook. Glabrous erect bush, not a vine: branches numerous, swollen at the joints: lvs. ovate- oblong, obtuse at the base, suddenly narrowed at the apex into a narrow point Min- long: peduncles long, drooping, flexuose; racemes axillary, 4-6-fld.; calyx- segms. awl-shaped; corolla dull yellow outside, deeper and brighter yellow within; tube cylindrical m lower third, then swelling into an almost bell-shaped throat; lobes of the limb salmon inclined to purple, acute. Brazil. B.M. 4414. P.M. 16:66. F.S. 5:425. D. am&na, Moore. Free-flowering, with good foliage: lvs. oblong- acuminate: fls. pink tinted with rose; corolla-lobea rounded and not reflexed. Of garden origin (D. splendens XD. amabilis); offered abroad. F. 1868:73. G.6:391; 11:43. — D. Brearleyina, Hort. Lvs. oblong, acute, dark green: fia. pink at first, changing to rich crim- son, very large. Gn. 51, p. 226. F.W. 1875:161. G. 8:92; 12:703. Probably a form of Odontadenia apeciosa. — D. carisaima, Hort. Fls. very large (about 5 in. diam.), delicate pink lined with bright rose. Garden origin. G.Z. 27, p. 49. — D. craasindda, DC. Glabrous: st. much branched, with many nodes: lvs. lanceolate, acute or ahnoat acuminate, acute at the base, shining and leathery on both aides: racemes axillary, about 6-fld. ; calyx-lobes lanceolate, acumi- nate, a little shorter than the cylindrical part of the corolla-tube, 2 or 3 times shorter than the pedicel; corolla-tube bell-shaped above the middle; lobes obovate-orbicular. Brazil. The above is the original description by De Candolle, who adds that the lvs. are 3-3 H in. long, %-l in. wide; petiole 2-3 lines long: stipules inter- petiolar, with 4 short cuspidate teeth. The plant pictured in B.R. 30:64 was renamed D. Lindleyi by Lemaire chiefly for its pilose at. and stellate-lobed stipules. Later authorities refer B.R, 30:64 to D. Martiana. F.S. 22:2310 may be the same plant as B.R. 30:64, but with variable lvs. and stipules. The plant was prized for its delicate colors, being white at first, then shot with soft rose hke a flame tulip, and finally a deep rose. Only 1 fl. in a raceme was open at a time, and each lasteclSor 9 days; throat orange inside. — D. eximia, Hemsl. Very slender, twining, nearly glabrous, the st. rose-red: lvs. opposite, very short-atalked, 1-1 )^n. long, orbicular- ovate to elliptic: fls. 6-8 in a cyme, 2^-3 in. across, rose-colored, the tube nearly 2 in. long, corolla-lobes orbicular and obtusely cuspidate. Probably Brazil. B.M. 7720. — D./lam, Hook. Fls. size and color of common yellow allamanda; climbing: lvs. opposite, short-stalked, ovate to elUptic: fls. 4-6 in a lax cyme, yellow, the tube very hairy on the outside and suddenly enlarged above. Colom- bia. B.M. 4702. J.F. 4:373. See Urechites, to which this is prop- erly referred. — D. Hdrrisii, Hook. = Odontadenia specioaa. — D. h^brida. Lvs. large, stout, bright green: fls. flaming crimaon-red. Gardenform, G. 32:647. — D. ilMatris, DC. Glabrous or pubescent: lvs. oblong or rotund, obtuse or nearly acute, rounded or sub- cordate at the base, many-nerved; stipules none; petiole short: racemes terminal, 4-8-fld. ; fla. rosy, throat yellow inaide, purple at the mouth; corolla,-tube cylindrical to the middle, then funnel- shaped; hmb 3-3 3^n. across, lobes rosy, orbicular-ovate, obtuse. Brazil. F.S. 3:256. Var. glabra, Muell. Arg. B.M. 7166.— D. insig- Tw's, Hort. Stout-growing: foliage strong: fla. rosy purple. Of garden origin. E,.H. 1904, p. 419. G.Z. 16:145. — D. pastdrum, Mart., var. tenuifdlia, Hook, f. A very slender tuberous-rooted glabrous twin- ing herb with very narrow (Kin. or less broad) lvs. 2-3 in. long, and rose-colored fls. 1 H in. across and bearing a golden 5-cleft ring at the throat. Brazil. B.M. 7726. — D. Sdnderi, Hemal., has flesh- colored, fls. with throat yellow inaide, and outaide at the base, has smaller Iva. than D. illuatris, and no circle of purple at the mouth of the fl. Gn. 51:226. WiLHELM MiLLEB. L. H. B.t DIPLARRHENA (Greek, two anthers; the third being imperfect). IridAcex. Tender rhizomatous plants from Austraha and Tasmania, with white and variegated flowers. Herbs: rhizome short: sts. erect, simple or somewhat branched: lvs. mostly radical, narrow, rigid, acuminate, equitant: spathe terminal, rigid, acumi- nate; perianth without any tube above the ovary; segms. unequal, inner ones shorter, connivent; upper stamen imperfect; fls. usually more than 1 to a spathe, not lasting. DIPLARRHENA DIPLOTHEMIUM 1019 MoTs^a, Labill. Sts. l}^-2 ft. long, with a single terminal cluster, and several sheathing bracts: Iva. 6-8 in a tuft, 1-1 M ft- long, M-J^iu- wide: spathes cylindrical, 2-3-fld., 2 in. long; fls. whitish: caps. 1 in. long. New S. Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania. This species has been offered. The only other species is D. htifdlia, Benth. (D. Morsea var. latifdlia, Baker), from I Tasmania, with longer a,nd broader Ivs. (nearly 1 in. ' wide), longer spathes which are 6-6-fld., and fls. varie- gated with lilac and yellow. L_ jj_ B_ DIPLAZIUM (Greek, doubled). PolypodiAcess. Rather large, coarse ferns, of greenhouse culture. Allied to Asplenium, but with the indusia often double, extending along both sides of some of the free - veins. The dividing line between Diplazium and Asplenium is technical. In general appearance and in cuftural requirements, the two genera are practically identical. — ^Eighty or more species are found, mostly in the warmer portions of the world. A. Lvs. simple. lanceum, Presl. Lvs. 6-9 in. long, ^-1 in. wide, narrowed upward and downward; the margin mostly ' entire; sori reaching nearer to the edge than the midrib. India, China, Japan. AA. Lvs. pinnate, with the pinnx deeply hbed: rootstock not rising to form a trunk. aibbieum, Ties] (Asplknium arhdreum, Lmn.). Lvs. 12-18 in. long, 6-8 in. wide, with a distinct auricle or lobe at the base. The habit is not arboreous, as ori- ginally supposed, and as the name would indicate; quite near the next, but less deeply cut. W. Indies and Venezuela. Shepherdii, Link ( Asplenium Shepherdii, Spreng. ) . Lvs. 12-18 in. long, 6-9 in. broad, deeply lobed, the lobes at the base sometimes reaching down to the rachis, somewhat toothed and often J^in. broad; sori long- linear. Cuba and Mex. to Brazil. AAA. Lvs. bipinnate: trunk somewhat arborescent. maximum, C. Chr. (D. latifolium, Moore. Asplenium latifdlium, Don). St. erect, somewhat arborescent: lvs. 3-4 ft. long, 12-18 in. wide, with about 12 pinnse on either side. India, China and the Philippines. L. M. Undeewood. DIPLOGLOTTIS (double-tongued, referring to the divided scale inside the petals). Sapind&cez. Austra- lian tree; one species : D. australis, Radlli. {D. Ctlnr ninghamii, Hook, f.), mentioned in recent horticultural literature. Lvs. large (1-2 ft. or more), pinnate, more or less villous; Ifts. 8-12, oblong-elliptic to ovate- lanceolate, sometimes more than 1 ft. long: fls. greenish, many, in a large panicle; calyx deeply 5-lobed, small; petals about twice as long as calyx (J^in.), 4, thin, orbicular, cUiate, about equaled by the 2 inner scales; stamens 8, exserted or included; ovary 3-celled, the style short and incurved, stigma entire or somewhat 3-lobed: fr. a nearly globular 3-valved caps., tomentose, about J^in. diam. B.M. 4470 (as Cupania Cunning- hamii). DIPLOLJENA {double cloak, in allusion to the double involucre). RuMcex. W. Australian tomentose shrubs, sometimes cult., but apparently not in American trade. Lvs. simple and entire, stalked, alternate: fls. red from the appearance of the many stamens in the terminal heads which are flower-Uke and short-peduncled or sessile and surrounded by an involucre of broad bracts in 3 or 4 series of which the inner ones are large and petal-hke; calyx wanting; petals 5, small and narrow; disk small; stamens 10, much exserted, the filaments bearded; ovary 5-lobea, the styles united into 1: fr. 2-valved cocci, resulting from the division of the ovary. "T-About 4 species. D. grandiflbra, Desf., 5-6 ft., with rigid spreading branches, the ovate or broad-oblong 65 very obtuse lvs. tomentose or hoary on both sides. D. Dampieri, Desf., distinguished chiefly by the lvs. being green and smooth on the upper surface. B.M. 4059. B.R. 27:64. H.U. 5:42. l_ h_ b_ DIPLOPAPPDS: Aster. DIPLOSTEPHIUM {double crown or pappus). Compdsitx. This genus as now defined comprises upward of a dozen species in Venezuela, Colombia and to Peru, probably not in cult.; the D. amygddlinum, Cass., of gardens is Aster umbellatus, Mill., under Gray's treatment, and Dcellinghria umbellata, Nees, of some other authors. DoelUngeria differs from Aster proper in its double pappus, the inner bristles long and capillary and the outer short and rigid; involucre- bracts short and lacking herbaceous tips; heads corym- bose or solitary; rays rather few, white or rose-tinged: lvs. veiny, not stiff. (Named for Th. DoeUinger, botani- cal explorer.) Aster umbellatus is a stout plant (2-7 ft.) of low grounds from Newfoundland to Ga. and Ark., variable, and lower forms occurring: very leafy, with numerous crowded heads: lvs. lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate (to 6 in. long), tapering to both ends: involucre short; rays white. A good plant for the wild garden. L. H. B. DIPLOTHEMIUM (Greek, double sheathed). Pal- macex, tribe Cocoinex. Spineless pinnate palms, low or stemless, or often with ringed, stout, solitary or fas- cicled trunks. Leaves terminal, pinnatisect; segms. crowded, lanceolate or ensiform, acuminate, glaucous or silvery beneath, margins recurved at the base, midnerve prominent; rachis 2-faced, strongly laterally com- pressed; petiole concave above; sheath fibrous, open: spadices erect, long or short-peduncled, strict, thickish; spathes 2, the lower coriaceous, the upper cymbiform, beaked, ventral ly dehiscent; bracts short, coriaceous; fls. rather large, cream-colored or yellow, more showy than almost any other palm: fr. ovoid or obovoid, small. — Species 5. Brazil. Diplothemium is a group of very handsome palms. In size the members of this genus seem to vary as much as those included in the Cocos group. D. mariti- mum, which is found along the coast of Brazil, is but 10 feet in height when fully developed. This genus is without spines, the leaves being pinnate, very dark green on the upper side and usually covered with white tomentum on the under side, the pinnse being clus- tered along the midrib in most instances. In a very young plant of this genus the ultimate character is not at all apparent from the fact that the seedUng plants have undivided or simple leaves, this character- istic frequently obtaining in the case of D. caudescens until the plant is strong enough to produce leaves 4 or 5 feet long or about one and one-half years from germination. Frequently the plant bears both sorts of leaves while young. A warm greenhouse, rich soil and a plentiful supply of water are among the chief requisites for the successful culture of diplothemiums. D. caudescens is the best known of the genus, and when space may be had for its free development it is one of the handsomest palms in cultivation. See G.C. II. 24:394 for horticultural account of the group. caudescens, Mart. {Cerdxylon niveum, Hort.). Wax- Palm. St. 12-20 ft. high, 10-12 in. thick, remotely ringed, often swollen at the middle: lvs. 9-12 ft., short- petioled; segms. 70-90 on each side, ensiform, densely waxy white below, the middle ones 24r-28 in. long, 1 ^ in. wide, the upper and lower ones shorter and narrower, all obtuse at the apex. Brazil. R.H. 1876, p. 235. D. littorale, Mart. A small graceful palm with finely dissected lvs. and very bright yellow fi.-clusters making it attractive during the spring months. B.M. 4861. — Hardly in cult, in Amer. Jared G. Smith. N. TAYLOK.t 1020 DIPSACUS DISA 1276. Fuller's teasel— Dipsacus fuUonum. (XK) DfPSACUS (to thirst, from the Greek, because the bases of the connate Ivs. in some species hold water). Dipscicex. Teasel. Stout tall biennial or perennial herbs of the Old World, two or three of which are weeds; and one of them is cult, for fuller's teasels. The plants are prickly or rough-hairy: Ivs. opposite, entire, toothed or pinnatifid: fls. small and in dense heads, like those of compositous plants, but the anthers are not united (or syngenesious) as they are in the Compositae, blue or lilac; involucre-bracts and scales of receptacle sharp or spine- pointed. There are a dozen or more species in Eu., N. Afr. to Abyssinia, and Asia. D. sylv&stris, Huds., is an intro. weed along roadsides in the northeastern states and Ohio Valley. It is bien- nial, the St. arising the second year and reaching a height of 5 or 6 ft. It is said to be a good bee plant. Lvs. lance-oblong, toothed and more or less prickly on the margin. The' dead stiff stalks of this teasel are conspicuous winter ob- jects in the E. U. S., where it has run wild extensively. D. laciniatus, Linn., has been found wild in the U. S.: Ivs. pinnatifid or bipin- natifid, ciliate. The fuller's teasel, D. fuUdnum, Linn. (Fig. 1276), is probably derived from the first, and differs from it chiefly in the very strong and hooked floral scales. These scales give the head its value for the teasing or raising the nap on woollen cloth, for which no machinery is so efficient. This plant is grown commercially in a limited area in Cent. N. Y.; see Cyclo. Amer. Agric, Vol. II, p. 636. L. h. B. DIPTERONIA (Greek dis, twice and pteron wing: the fruit consists of two winged carpels). Aceracese. Orna- mental deciduous tree with handsome large pinnate foliage. Leaves opposite, petioled, odd-pinnate, with 9-15 serrate Ifts.: fls. polygamous, small, in large terminal panicles; sepals 5, longer than the short and broad petals; staminate fls. with usually 8 stamens and a rudimentary ovary in the center; pistillate fls. with a 2-celled compressed ovary; style cylindric with 2 slender recurved stigmas: fr. consisting of 2 1-seeded compressed nutlets connate only at the base and with the wing extending all around. — Two species in Cent, and S. W. China. The species in cultivation is a small tree with hand- some foliage, insignificant flowers, but conspicuous winged fruits in large panicles. It is apparently not hardy North. It grows well in any good soil. Propaga- tion is by seeds. sinensis, Oliver. Tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs. M-l}4 ft. long; Ifts. &-15, short-petioled, the upper nearly sessile, the lowest pair sometimes 3-parted, ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, long-acuminate, coarsely serrate, glabrous or sparingly hairy, 2-4 in. long: panicles loose, 6-12 in. long; fls. whitish, minute, slender-pedicelled: each carpel (samara) of the fr. broadly obovate or nearly orbicular, light brown, about 1 in. long, with the seed near the middle. June; fr. in Sept. Cent. China. J.H S. 28:60. H.I. 19:1898. Alfred Rehder. DIrCA (Dirke, mythological name; also a spring near Thebes). Thymelsedcex. Leathbrwood. Two North American small early-blooming shrubs, some- times planted. Bushes with tough fibrous bark, alternate, thin short entire petiolate deciduous lvs., apetalous perfect fls. in peduncled fascicles of the previous season's growth, the branches developing subsequently from the same nodes: calyx corolla-like, yellowish, campanulate, undulately obscurely 4-toothed, bearing twice as many exserted stamens as its lobes (usually 8) ; ovary nearly sessile, free, 1-loculed, with a sin^e hanging ovule; style exserted, filiform: fr. berry-hke, oval-oblong. The dircas often have the habit of miniature trees. The bark is of interlaced strong fibers, and branches are so tough and flexible that they may be bent into hoops and thongs without breaking, and were so used by the Indians and early settlers. 'The leatherwood is not one of the showiest of hardy shrubs, but its small yellow- ish fls. are abundant enough to make it attractive, and it deserves cult, especially for the earUness of its bloom spring. It is of slow growth, and when planted singly makes a very shapely specimen; planted in masses or under shade it assumes a straggUng habit. It thrives in any moist loam. Prop, by seeds, which are abundant and germinate readily; also by layers. paliistris, Linn. Leatherwood. Moose- wooD. WicoPT. Fig. 1277. Two to 6 ft. high, with numerous branches having scars which make them appear as if jointed, at the beginning of each annual growth, and with yellow- brown glabrous twigs: lvs. oval or obovate, with obtuse apex, 2-3 in. long, green and smooth above, whitish and downy below, becoming smooth, the base of the petiole covering buds of the next season : fls. yellowish, abundant enough to be attractive, nearly sessile, Ji^in. long, falling as the lvs. expand: fr. hidden by the abundant foliage, egg- or top-shaped, J^in. long, red- dish, or pale green. Woods and thickets, mostly in wet soil Canada to Fla. and Mo. B.R. 292. — Common. D. occidentdlia^ Gray. A similar species found on northerly slopes of cafions in Calif., differs mainly in the deeper calyx-lobefl, lower insertion of the stamens, sessile fls., and white involucre; blooms Nov.-Feb. Not in the trade, but worthy of cult. A. Phelps Wtman. DISA (origin of name unknown). OrchiMcex. Terrestrial orchids, mostly South African, of which several are known to fanciers, but only one of which is in the American trade. Sepals free, spreading, upper one galeate, produced in a horn or spur at the base; petals inconspicuous, small, adnate to the base of the column. — Sixty or more species. D. grandiflora is undoubtedly one of the most beautiful of known orchids, but as yet difficult to man- age under artificial conditions. grandifldra, Linn. Flower op THE Gods. Root- stock tuberous: sts. 1 ft. or more high, unbranched : lvs. dark green: fls. several; upper sepal hood-like or galeate, 3 in. long, rose - color, with branching crim- son veins; lateral sepals slightly shorter, brilliant carmine-red; petals and labellum orange, incon- spicuous. S. Afr. " B.M. 4073. G.C. IL 18:521; in. 9: 365; 33: 37. G.M. 54:608. Gt. 69, p. 374. J.H. III. 52:339. O.R. 6:241; 9:273; 20:336. D. craseicdrnis, L i n d I . Spike few-fld,; lateral sepals . _. oblong, the dorsal smaller; 1277. Leatherwood— Dirca reflexed petals, and lip Ian- palustris. ( X H) E: DISA 187. — p. Mwesii, Hort. A garden ceolate. S.Afr. Gn. 73 __ ^ hybrid, probably between D. kewensis and D. Veitohii. — D. equis jris, Reichb. f. Dorsal sepal funnel-shaped, pale blue; petals white. Khodesia. — D, erubiscens, Rendle. Fls. large and handsome, some- what resembling D. grandiflora in color. Trop. Afr. — D. kewensis, Hort. Hybrid between D. grandiflora and D. tripetaloides. Spike few-fld. ; fls. 1 !^i in. across ; lateral sepals rosy pink, the dorsal paler, red-spotted; lip yellowish, crimson-spotted. Gt. 62:1510. O.R. 6:24; 9:273; 20:336. — D. longicdmu, Linn. f. Plant J^-1 tt. high, producing a single fl. about 2 in. long resembling a light blue delphinium. S.Afr. — D. liigens, 'RoIms. Spike 10-15-fld.; fls. dull purple, the lip green, lacerated. S. Afr. B.M. 8415. — D. Lima, Hort. A garden hybrid between D. racemosa and D. Veitchii. — fl. piilchra, Sond. Spike 6-12 in. long; fls. rose. S. Afr. G. 28; 201. — D. racemdsa, Linn. f. Racemes 4-9-fld.: As. deep rose-red, about 1 )^ in. across. S.Afr. B.M. 7021. J.H. III. 47:213.— fl. aagittdlia, Swartz. Fls. in a short raceme, about ^in. long, pale lilac, the petals and lip red-streaked. S. Afr. B.M. 7403. G.C. III. 51 : 312. — D. Veitchii, Hort. Hybrid between D. racemosa and D. grandiflora. Fls. about 2 J^ in. across, rose-lilac. J.H. III. 43 : 145. C.O. 1. O.R. 6:241; 9:273; 20:336.— fl.uereMsfo, Bolus. A slender species with grass-like Ivs. S. Afr. GboRQB V. NASH.t DISANTHUS (Greek, dis, twice, and anthos, flower; the fls. being in 2-fld. heads). HamameliMcex. Orna- mental shrub, grown for its handsome foli- age, assuming beauti- ful autumnal tints. Deciduous, glabrous : Ivs. alternate, long- petioled, entire, pal- mately veined: fls. per- fect, axillary, in pairs on erect peduncles and connate back to back; calyx 5-parted; petals 5, spreading; stamens 5, shorter than sepals; ovary superior, with 2 short styles: fr. a dehis- cent caps, with several black glossy seeds in each cell. — One species in Japan. Hardy orna- mental shrub of ele- gant habit, with dis- tinct, handsome foli- age, turning to a beauti- ful claret-red or red and orange in fall. Prop, by seeds, germinating the second or third year, and by layers; possibly also by graft- ing on Hamamelis. cercidif dlius, Maxim . Fig. 1278. Shrub, to 10 ft., with slender branches: Ivs. round- ish-ovate, obtuse or acutish, truncate or cordate at the base, leathery at maturity, dark bluish green above, paler below, 2-4 in. long: fls. dark purple, about Min- across, with linear- lanceolate petals. Oct.: fr. ripens the following Oct. High Motmtains of Cent. Japan. G.F. 6:215 (adapted in Kg. 1278). R.H. 1910:363. Demands a light peaty ™"- Alfred Rehder. DISEASES AND INSECTS. Under one head it is thought best to bring together the discussions of the so-called enemies of plants, — the parasitic fungi and the depredating insects, together with the means of control. This composite article therefore comprises: Page Diseases due to parasitic fungi : 1021 Fungicides, or remedies for these diseases 1027 Catalogue of diseases, with advice 1029 Insects and their depredations on plants 1034 Insecticides and fiunigation 1042 Catalogue of insect depredators, with advice 1047 Spraying 1057 1278. Disaathus cercidifolius. (XM) DISEASES AND INSECTS 1021 The reader now has before him a comprehensive survey of the subject. It is impossible, of course, to hst all the plant diseases and all the insect pests in a compilation of this kind; but it is desired that the catalogues shall comprise the most important depreda- tors of the leading horticultural plants. The reader should keep himself informed of the new knowledge and new practice by consulting current pubhcations of the government and the experiment stations. Diseases of plants. Disease in plants may be defined as any derangement or disorganization of the normal structure or physio- logical functions of the plant, as for example the for- mation of galls, cankers or distortions, rotting of plant parts, or disturbances in the sap system resulting in wilting, or in the nutritive processes resulting in such symptoms as dwarfing, chlorosis, and the like. Forms of plant diseases are shown in Figs. 1279-1292. It is often very difiicult to distinguish clearly between diseased conditions and abnormalities of other types. Bud-sports, doubling of blossoms, fasciations and many other similar abnormalities, while often the result of reac- tion to some pathogen, are not apparently always so and they are often spoken of as teratological phenomena. While the reaction of plants to insect attacks in the forma- tion of galls, cankers, and so on, is to be regarded as symp- ,v torn of disease, the injuries <■ -^ produced by the mere eating away of parts of leaf, stem or fruit are not usually so to be regarded. Even here, how- ever, it is often difficult to draw a sharp Hue of demar- kation. While disease may usually be said to result in ultimate injury, there are apparently certain marked exceptions, as in the case of the root tubercles of legumes caused by the attacks of cer- tain nitrogen-fixing parasitic bacteria. Here increased growth and crop-yield are generally held to result. Diseases of plants are not soinething new or of recent development, as the grower is often inclined to think. The crops of the husbandman, from the earliest recorded history of his art, have been afflicted with diseases. In the historical writings of the Hebrews, the Bible, and in the writings of the Greeks and Romans, frequent mention is made of such diseases as rusts, smuts and mildews of grain and canker of trees; To be sure, the extensive and intensive crop-cultivation of modern times, together with the extraordinary world- wide transportation and exchange of crop-products, have greatly favored the distribution of plant pathogens (insects, fungi and bacteria), and afford them excep- tional opportunities for destructive development. Nor are cultivated plants alone subject to disease. Disease epidemics among weeds and the wild flowers of the woods may be observed any season in locaHties in which weather conditions especiaUy favor the causal organisms. The study of the nature and control of plant diseases, however, is of recent development. The first man really to study plant diseases from the true modern economic point of view, that is, with the object of help- ing the grower to understand and combat or control diseases in his crops, was Julius Kiihn. This German, the son of a German land-owner and for many years himself the manager of a large agricultural estate, was the founder of an early German agricultural coUege. He interested himself, among other phases of agri- culture, in plant diseases and their control and his 1022 DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS book, "Die Krankheit der Kulturgewachse," pub- lished in 1858, is to be regarded as the first book of real economic importance on the subject of diseases in plants. In this remarkable volume is given a concise statement of the thoroughly digested and personally tested knowledge of his time, on the nature and control of plant diseases. He also describes a number of new methods, especially for seed treatment of cereals against smute, which have become the foundation for many of our present-day practices. Since Kuhn's day there have been remarkable developments in the control of plant diseases. The dis- covery of bordeaux mixture by the Frenchman Millar- det in 1882; the discovery of the formaldehyde treat- ment of seed for smut by the American plant patho- logist, Arthur, in 1896; and the recent development of the use of hme-sulfur solutions and mixtures as a sub- stitute for bordeaux in the spraying of apples and peaches, are but the most noteworthy of the many discoveries and developments in the remarkable growth of this economic science within the last half century. The economic importance of plant diseases can scarcely be overestimated, as they constitute one of the chief losses in our agricultural resources. The loss from 5 to 25 per cent of many crops from diseases alone each year is so common as to be the general rule. The loss from potato diseases each season iu the United States has been carefully estimated at not less than $36,000,000. Yet, it has been conclusively demon- strated by extensive experiments among potato-growers during a continuous period of ten years, that an annual average increase of over forty bushels per acre may be expected from spraying the crop with bordeaux mix- tvu'e, from three to five times in the season at a total average cost of about $5 per acre. The loss from oat- smut commonly averages from 5 to 25 per cent of the crop, yet it may be absolutely prevented by seed treatment at almost insignificant cost. The loss from scab in the apple crop of New York State often totals not less than $3,000,000 and for the United States a corresponding loss of over $40,000,000. In 1900, the peach-growers of Georgia lost $5,000,000 by brown rot, while the average annual loss from the same disease in the entire United States is never less. Yet in each case here mentioned, as well as in most of the other of our common and destructive diseases, cheap and effective means of control are within the reach of every grower. The value and efficiency of these means have been estab- lished beyond doubt. Their profitable appli- cation requires only intelligence and practice on the part of the grower. Symptoms of disease in plants are so vafied in character as to make an attempt at wholly satisfactory grouping for practi- cal purposes of doubtful value. Mention of some of the more common types, however, may be useful. The grower must learn by study and experience the more striking sjTnptoms charac- teristic of those diseases peculiar to the crops that he grows. Disease may be exhibited in 1279 Effects of the malformations of the leaf, stem, leaf-curl fungus on peach root or fruit, as for example, foliage. (XM) knots, galls, tubercles, ourhng. ,=.^Es^ 1280. Early blight of potato. wrinkling or other distortions. There are such symp- toms in crown-gall of trees, black-knot of plums and cherries and leaf-curl of the peach (Fig. 1279). Another type are cankers, dead sunken or roughened areas in the bark of trees or the outer rind of herbaceous stems, as for example in the New York apple- tree canker, the brown- rot canker of peaches, frost cankers of many trees, and anthracnose of beans, melons, and others. The blight type of lesion is also very common. Here are the more or less sudden death of leaves, stems, shoots or blos- soms, usually turning dark and drying up. Such symptoms char- acterize fire-blight of fruit trees, potato- bUght (Fig. 1280, from Vt. Sta.), alternaria blight of ginseng and similar diseases, espe- cially in their last stages. The leaf- or fruit-spot type is also very common. Brown or black spots appear in fohage or fruit. They may be brown dead or rotted areas, or spots due to the growth of the parasite on or under the surface. Bordeaux-injury spots on apple fohage, shot-hole leaf injury of stone fruits, leaf- spot of the currant (Fig. 1281), celery or alfalfa, the tar-spot of the maple, the black-spot of the rose and the apple-scab are of this type. Another not uncom- mon type is that exhibited in certain bacterial and fungous diseases, where the pathogen infests the sap- tube regions of the stems or petioles, resulting in a sudden wilting of leaves and shoots. The wilt diseases of cotton, cucumber, ginseng, watermelon and cowpeas are characterized by this symptom. The yellowing of the foliage, either suffused or locaUzed as spots, rings, and blotches and often accompanied by dwarfing and wrinkling of the affected organs is a common symptom of certain so-called physiological diseases hke the peach yellows (Figs. 1282, 1283), Mttle-peach, mosaic disease of tobacco, infectious chlorosis and nitrogen-poisoning of greenhouse cucumbers (Fig. 1284) and other plants. The causes of disease in plctnts. Etiology, or the cause of disease, has been more generally and carefully investigated than any other phase of the subject, so that we now know much regard- ing the agents primarily responsible for most plant diseases. These agents may be grouped as follows: SUme molds, lowly organisms having characters of both plants and animals (see article Fungi). The club- root of cabbage, cauliflower and other crucifers, is the best known slime-mold disease. Bacteria, microscopic unicellular plants which mul- tiply very rapidljr by simple fusion (see article Fungi). While most species are harmless scavengers of dead organic matter, and a few are known to cause dis- eases of men and animals, not less than 150 different diseases of plants are now known to be due to the attacks of parasitic bacteria. Some of the commonest bacterial diseases of plants are, fire-blight, crown-gall, olive-knot, soft-rot of vegetables, potato-scab, cucum- ber-wilt and black-leg of potatoes. Fungi (see Vol. Ill) are "perhaps responsible for far the greater number of the diseases of plants. They are the causal agents in such well-known diseases as apple- scab, brown-rot of plums and peaches (Fig. 1285), black-rot of grapes, (Fig. 1286) bitter-rot of appte, brown-rot of lemons, late blight of potatoes, peach- DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS 1023 leaf-curl, heart-rot and canker of trees, mildew of many plants, rusts and smuts of cereals (Figs. 1287, 1288, Kansas Experiment Station); in fact the mere enumeration of the more common fungous diseases of plants would fill many columns in this volume. Algse, low forms of green plants, most of them Uving in water or very damp places. Few are known to pro- 1281. Cunant foliage attacked by the leaf-spot fungus. ( X H) duce disease in plants. The red rust of tea is one of the best known algal diseases. Parasitic angiosperms, — flowering plants, of which there is no inconsiderable number, causing more or less injury to the plants upon which they hve. These parasites are usually markedly degenerate in one or more respects, as a result of their parasitism, being often without true roots, or without leaves and fre- quently without chlorophyl green. As examples we may mention the mistletoes, dodders and broom rapes. Insects (see page 1034) cause such diseases as galls and similar malformations. Nematode worms, — ^minute all but microscopic in size and multipljring rapidly, they constitute one of the greatest crop pests, especially in warm or tropical countries. They usually infest the roots, causing galls or swellings. Some species injure the plants by destroying the fine feeding roots as in the case of the nematode parasites of oats so destruc- tive in certain countries of northern Europe. Over 400 different plants are known to be subject to the nematode root-gall disease. (See pp. 1041-2.) Physiological disease is a term under which is included all those diseases the cause of which cannot be attributed to some parasitic organism. Their origin is variously attributed to abnormal enzymic activity, distiirbed nutrition, and the like. The best-known of these are peach-yellows, chloro- sis of the vine, tip-burn (Fig. 129 1)^ mosaic disease of tobacco and leaf-roll disease of potatoes. The various parasitic organisms cause disease in one of two ways, either by the secretion of toxines and enzymes which at once kill the plant tissues and change them into forms readily available as food for the invader; or the toxins and enzymes secreted merely stimulate or irritate the plant tissues in such a way as to result in abnormal tissue growth or diversion of the food substances of the host to the advantage of the parasite making its home between or in the cells of the host. Both types of disease-production have the same ultimate result, the serious injury or destruction of the infested plant, although the former is usually the more rapid and destructive. Of the first type, rots, blights and leaf-spots are the best examples, and are characterized by the rapid death and destruction of the affected tissues; of the second type, galls, leaf- curls, rusts and smuts are good examples and are char- acterized by a rather long period of association of the parasite with the living tissues of its host before marked injm-y or death of the plant results. The causal agent is usually associated with the tissues of the host, either the dead or living, during its entire cycle of development. The apple-scab pathogen, Vcnluria inasgualis, will serve admirably to illustrate. It passes the summer on the surface of leaf and fruit. In the autumn when the infested leaves fall to the ground, the fungus, which as a parasite has invaded only the cuticle of the leaf or fruit, now penetrates the dead tissues and develops there during the autumn the winter form of fruit bodies, the minute globose black perithecia, in which during the warm days of early spring the ascospores are rapidly developed. These ascospores (Fig. 1292), eight in a sac, ripen and are discharged by the spring rains that come during the blossoming period. The old leaves on the ground are filled with milUons of these minute perithecia with many sacs of ascospores in each perithecium. The spores are shot into the air during the rain and being exceedingly light are carried to the opening leaves and forming fruits, where they germinate, sending out mycelial threads into the cuticle of leaf or fruit form- ing the characteristic dense dark green or black mats or crusts, the scab-spots. The leaves become crumpled and injured, the young fruits grow one-sided, or if the stem be attacked, soon drop from the tree, thus giving no set of fruit. On the scab-spots the conidia or sum- mer spores cut off from the tips of upright branches in great numbers, are carried by the wind to other leaves and fruits where, with the next rain, they germ- inate and give rise to new scab-spots and more conidia. The life-cycle as given for the apple-scab fungus is typical of many of the fungous pathogens of our crops. It must be remembered, however, that each pathogen has habits peculiar to itself; hence the necessity for the most careful study of each that we may know its habits and peculiarities and thus be able successfully to 1282. "Tip growth" of yellows. Left-hand specimen shows two small-leaved tips appearing in October, two or tbree of the normal leaves still remaining'iiear the top. The middle specimen shows numerous tips appearing, in August. Right-hand specimen is a healthy twig, for comparison. 1024 DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS combat it. The following illustrations will serve to explain and impress this point. Plowrighiia morbosa, the filngus causing black-knot of plums and cherries, requires two seasons to complete its life-cycle. The first season there appears on the knots only conidia, followed the second season by a crop of ascospores, produced in perithecia, which form a black crust on the surface where the conidia were earlier produced. Other pathogens like Exoascus cerasi, the "witches broom" pathogen of the cherry, lives from year to year as myceUum in the branch and twigs of the broom-Hke growths it excites, producing each season a crop of spores on the under sides of the leaves. The blister-rust fungus of the white pine, Cronartium rihicolum, also Uves from season to season 1283. Tbe tufted shoots o{ peach yellows. in the tissues of the pine, producing each spring a new crop of spores. This pathogen exhibits another habit pecuUar chiefly to certain of the rust fungi, namely that it has another stage or spore form on an entirely difierent host plant, in this case, the currant, especially the European black currant. The apple-rust pathogen, Gymnosporangium macrojms, exhibits the same habit, passing the winter in galls formed on the twigs of the red cedar. In the spring spores appear on these galls, which germinating in situ give rise to other minute spore bodies, the sporidia. These sporidia are carried by the wind to the young apple leaves and fruit, giving rise there to the rust disease so destructive to certain varieties like the Mcintosh and York Imperial. The spores formed on the rusted leaves and fruit of the apple are carried to the cedar, originating a new crop of galls and thus completing the life-cycle. While some pathogens may develop in both living and dead tissues of their host, as we have seen in the case of the apple-scab fungus, other pathogens like the rust organism just described or the potato-blight pathogen, Phytophthora infestans, require to be con- stantly associated with the living tissues of their host. The last-mentioned fungus passes the winter as myce- Uum in the tissues of diseased tubers, grows from thence up through the new shoots, slowly killing them and forming thereon the first crop of conidia, which, carried by the wind to nearby healthy plants, produce the primary infections of the season. The successive crops of conidia produced during the season on the blighted tops are washed into the soU by the rains, find their way to the newly formed tubers, and, infecting them, complete the seasonal cycle of the parasite. Many fungous pathogens are now known to pass from one generation of the host plant to the next through the seed. The smut parasites of cereals afford remark- able examples of this habit. In the case of the oat- smut fungus, Ustilago avense, the spores ripen as dusty black masses in the panicles of affected plants just as the healthy plants are in blossom. At this time the two hulls inclosing the grain are open. The wind-scat- tered spores lodge in the open flowers against the young kernel where they are soon safely housed by the closing hulls. They lie dormant along with the ripened seeds until they are planted. Then as the oat kernels ger- minate, the smut spores do likewise, sending forth their §erm tubes which penetrate the young oat sprouts efore they emerge from the hull. The myceUum grows along up through the growing oat straw, finally giving rise to the black spore masses in the unfolding panicle. In the case of stinking smut of wheat the seasonal life- cycle of the pathogen, Tilletia tritici, is much the same, except that the spores are disseminated at threshing time. Some very important differences in the habits of the loose smut pathogens of wheat, Ustilago tritici and of barley, Ustilago nuda, have recently been dis- covered (1902). The spores of these pathogens are also ripened and disseminated at blossoming time, but on falling within the open blossom they germinate at once, sending their germ-tubes into the tender young kernels. The affected kernels are apparently not injured but continue to develop and ripen. The myce- lium of the pathogen within remains dormant until the seeds are planted and begin to grow, at which time the mycelium also becomes active. It grows out into the young shoots and up through the lengthening culms eventuaUy to give rise to the black spore masses of the smutted heads. The bean anthracnose fungus, Colletotrichum lindemuthianum, is also carried over in the seed. Here the fungus in the black spots or cankers on the pods penetrates into the tender cotyledons of the seed within, goes into a dormant condition as the seed ripenSj to become active again when the germinar ting seed lifts these cotyledons from the soil. A new crop of spores is produced, which, if the season be rainy, are splattered on to the stems and leaves of nearby healthy plants and the pathogen becomes estabUshed for another season. WMIe the wind is the most common disseminating agent of fungus spores, often carrying them for great distances, such agents as rain, flowing water, insects and even man himself, are frequently responsible. It is in the dissemination of bacterial pathogens, however, that insects most generally function. The_ dreaded fire-blight bacteria are disseminated only by insects or man. Thejr pass the winter in a semi-active state in the half-living tissues along the margins of cankers on hmbs or twigs, multiply rapidly with the rise of sap and the heat of spring. They ooze from the affected bark in sticky, milky drops. This ooze is visited by bees and flies, which with besmeared legs and mouthparts fly away to visit the opening apple or pear blossoms. Here they leave some of the bacteria in the nectar where they rapidly multiply, to be more widely dis- tributed by each succeeding visitor. They soon pene- DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS 1025 trate into the tender tissues of the blossom, causing the blossom blight. From these bUghted blossoms, sucking insects like the aphids carry the bacteria to the tips of the rapidly growing shoots when in sucking sap they introduce the organisms and twig blight fol- lows. The striped cucumber beetle is probably the chief disseminator of Bacillus tracheiphilus, which causes the cucumber-wilt. Ecological conditions as affecting disease. By ecology is meant the influence of such environ- mental factors as climate, weather, soil and fertilizers, on the disease, its severity, epidemic occurrence, and the like. These factors may influence the severity of the disease by their effect on either the pathogen or the host, or both. For example, most fungous parasites re- quire the presence of water on the host plant in which their spores may germinate, hence severe epidemics of such diseases as potato-blight, apple-scab, brown-rot of stone fruits and black-rot of grapes usually appear in wet seasons. Moreover, the attacking pathogen is especially favored by wet weather at certain seasons or pe- riods in its development, especially the infection period. Continued spring rains about blossoming time favor apple-scab and peach leaf-curl. Late summer rains bring with them epidemics of late blight of potatoes, brown-rot of peaches or late infections of apple- scab. Frequent or continuous rains during June and July in grape re- gions are usuaUy accompanied by severe attacks of the black -rot pathogen. The relation of rainfaU to the pathogen explains why, when there has been a severe epidemic the previous season, the crop may escape if the following season be dry. There is ever a critical period in the development of the pathogen, usually when it is passing from its rest- ing or winter stage to the active vegetative period of the growing season. Moisture and temperature condi- tions at such periods largely determine whether the disease will be epidemic or not. Of course the neces- sary abundance of spores to be disseminated is an evident necessity. Favorable weather alone cannot bring on disease as the grower too often believes. The absence of rains at certain stages in their develop- ment is for other pathogens equaUy essential. The loose smuts of cereals afford good examples. Their spores are powdery and wind-borne and if rains fall when they are being dis- seminated, they are washed to the ground and perish instead of flnding their \^ way into the "open blossoms of their host. Thus, clear sunny weather during the blos- soming period of wheat and ''^" oats one season usuaUy means a more or less se- vere epidemic of smuts the next, while rains at this time, even though there be an abundance of 1284. Disease of cucumber leaf. The the disease, may dying margin indicates that the trouble is niean a Clean due to some interference with the food crop tne toUow- snpply. (Xja mgyear. On the other hand, weather conditions may deter- mine the severity or absence of certain diseases by its effect on the host. Long-continued cold rainy weather in the spring, especiaUy following a warm spell, results in a slow succulent growth of the developing peach leaves, rendering them especiaUy susceptible to the attacks of the leaf-curl pathogen. The apphcation of cer- tain fertihzers to the soil is known to have a direct effect, either favorable or unfavorable, on different pathogens. The applica- tion of lime or of manure to the soil tends greatly to increase I2S5. Peaches of last year's crop still hanging on the tree, attacked by monilia. The branch is dead from the effects of the fungus . ( X )^) the scab of potatoes planted thereon; while, on the other hand, liming the soil prevents infection of cabbage and cauliflower by the club-root pathogen. Lime like- wise favors the development of the root-rot of tobacco and ginseng caused by Thielavia basicola, while appli- cations of acid phosphate tend to prevent infection by this pathogen. The effect of fertilizers on the suscep- tibiUty of the host has also been shown to be marked in certain cases. Barley, when fertilized with nitro- genous manures, becomes very susceptible to attacks of the mildew Erysiphe graminis. Certain varieties of wheat have been observed in Denmark to suffer severely from attacks of the rust Pucdnia glumarum only when nitrogenous manures are appMed. Exces- sive applications of barnyard manure to greenhouse cucumbers often cause a physiological disease, the symptoms of which are a curling, and dying of the margins of the leaves, accompanied by marked chloro- sis or yeUowing. Fertilizers or late continued cultiva- tion of pear trees, by len^hening the period of active twig-growth, favor fire-bBght, the bacteria of which infect only tender actively growing tissues. Control of diseases. By the term control is meant the profltable reduc- tion of the losses ordinarily sustained from a given disease. The absolute prevention of many plant dis- eases is either impossible or unprofitable. There are four fundamental principles upon which aU methods of plant-disease control are based, viz.: (1) exclicsion, (2) eradication, (3) protection and (4) iwf munization. Upon the first two are based those meas- ures which are directed primarily against the pathogen, upon the last two those which are directed merely toward the protection of the host from pathogens commonly present in the environment. The order in which these principles are here presented represent the logical, though unfortunately not the historical or usual order of their development and application. We wiU consider briefly under each some of the more important methods now employed for the control of plant diseases. 1026 DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS 1286. Grapes ruined by black-rot. 1. Exclusion measiires are directed toward keeping disease organisms, usually insects, fungi and bacteria, out of areas, regions or countries in which they do not occur. This is commonly attempted by the passing of laws forbidding the importation of plants affected with such parasites. As means of enfor- cing such regula- tions, some sort of inspection, either at port of entry or at point of destina^ tion, is provided. Inspection in the country from which they are exported is also often required. Absolute quaran- tine against all importation of certain plants from those coun- tries in which dan- gerous diseases are known to occur is also being practised in some countries, as, for example, prohibit- ing the importation of potatoes into the United States from those countries in which the black-scab is now known to occur. Exclusion measures, often undertaken when it is too late, are at best under present conditions of doubtful efficiency. Those interested in these methods of control should consult the various pest and disease acts of the different countries of the world. See In- spection, in Vol. III. 2. Eradication. — On the principle of eradication are based those measures which are directed to the eUmination of patho- gens already established. While absolute eradication is seldom to be effected, the pathogen may often be eliminated to such an extent as to reduce losses therefrom to a prof- itable minimum. In Denmark, the destruction of all barberry bushes, the alternate host of the grain-rust fungus, Puecinia graminis, has decidedly reduced the severity of this disease in recent years. The careful eradication of all diseased plants is often quite effective even in a small area, Uke a raspberry or blackberry plantation suffering from the red rust. Here the myce- lium of the pathogen Uves from year to year in the roots of diseased plants, which each spring send up — -»,. diseased shoots. On the under side n wHlm 1) of the leaves of these shoots, the orange-red spores are produced in great abundance, and serve to spread the pathogen to healthy plants. As diseased plants are readily detected in early spring by the pale clustered shoots, they may be removed before spores appear and the pathogen thus eradicated. The black-knot of plums and cher- ries is most readily and profitably controlled in a similar manner, the knot-affected hmbs and twigs being cut out and burned early in the V4O spring before spores appear. The 1287. Smut of oats. fire-bUght of pears is to be controlled only by system- atic eradication, first of all cankers in autumn or early spring, then of all blossom blight as fast as it appears and later of the affected twigs when twig-bUght comes on. To be effective, the trees must be inspected two or three times each week throughout the growing season and all diseased parts removed at once as soon as discovered. Another method of eradication especially applicable to seeds, tubers or bulbs, on which spores of the patho- gen pass the dormant period, is disinfection. This is accomplished by the application of chemical poisons, either in solution, as powder or as gas, at a strength and for a period of time sufficient to destroy the pathogen without injury to the host. When the patho- gen hves over as mycehum in the seed or tuber, the application of heat is sometimes effective. Formalde- hyde, as a gas or in solution in water, is now generally employed for the eradication of the smut of oats, the stinking smut of wheat and the potato-scab. (For details of method, see Formaldehyde, p. 1028). The spraying of peach trees with copper-sulfate solution, lime-sul- fur solution or bordeaux, just be- fore the buds start in the spring, dis- infects the trees by destroying the spores of the leaf- curl fungus which pass the winter on the buds. Pathogens which attack the under- ground parts of plants may some- times be eradicated by disinfection of the soil before planting. Drench- ing the soil with a formaldehyde solu- tion of a strength sufficient to distrib- ute one gallon of the strong 40 per cent solution to each 100 square feet of surface, wetting the soil to a depth of 6 to 8 inches, has „ „ . , . , been found to be ^^88. Loose smut of barley. very effective against damping-off, root-rot and simi- lar diseases in forest tree seed-beds, ginseng seed-beds and in the benches in greenhouses. It is also often effective in the eradication of nematodes in green- houses. Steaming of the soil is also very effective, destroying insects and weed seeds as well as pathogenic fungi. It is not always conveniently appUed. 3. Protection measures are to be employed in those regions in which the pathogen is very generally and very thoroughly established, or in which for one reason or another eradication is impossible or unprofitable. They aim to protect the crop against attacks of the parasite by means of some external barrier. Spraying is the most commonly employed protective measure. In spraying, the susceptible surfaces of the plant are coated with some slowly soluble poison, known as a fungicide. Fungicides are of various types. They are apphed in suspension in water, in solution or dry, i.e., in the form of a fine impalpable powder. The fungicide most generally applied in liquid spraying is bordeaux, a colloidal compound formed by the union of lime^mflk and copper-sulfate solution. Minute blue gelatinous DISEASES AND INSECTS membranes are formed which remain for a time sus- pended in the liquid. When sprayed upon the plants the water soon evaporates, leaving a coating of these dried membranes. The active fungicidal principal in these bordeaux membranes is the copper. When leaves or fruit are rewetted by rains enough of the copper in these membranes comes into solution to prevent the germination of the spores of the parasite that may have been deposited thereon. (See under Bordeaux, p. 1028.) Bordeaux, however, is sometimes injurious to such plants as peaches, plums and apples, and has, within the last few years, been largely replaced as a summer spray, especially for apples. Lime-sulfur, unhke bor- deaux, is a solution. It is made by boiling together in water, Ume and sulfur. A concentrated solution of certain poly-sulfides of calcium, chiefly penta- and tetra- sulfide, is thus obtained which, when properly diluted is applied in the same way as the bordeaux. (For method of preparation, see Lime-sulfur, jj. 1028). When this solution dries on the leaves and fruit, it is rapidly converted by the action of the atmosphere into other calcium compounds and free sulfur. The sulfur is in a very finely divided state and is the active principal of lime-sulfur. It becomes oxidized in the presence of moisture probably as sulfuric or sulfurous acid, which prevents the germination of the spores of the pathogen. Flowers of sulfur and sulfur-flour, when very finely ground and applied dry by dusting or sprayed on in suspension in water, alone or with hme-milk (the so- called self-boiled Ume-sulfur) are also quite effective against certain diseases. Dusting with sulfur is em- ployed in combating powdery mildews of grapes, hops, roses and the rust of asparagus. Lime-sulfur may not be used on potatoes and grapes, as it dwarfs the plants and reduces the yield, while bordeaux has just the opposite effect on these crops. Bordeaux, as already pointed out, is, however, injurious to leaves and fruit of the apple and to the foliage of peaches and certain varieties of plums. It will thus be seen that there is no universal fungicide and also that both the effect on the host and on the parasite must be considered. It is now known for example that while lime-sulfur is very effective against the apple-scab fungus, it has httle fungicidal effect on the spores of the bitter-rot pathogen. To be effective, fungicides must be applied before the disease ap- pears. As the spores of most parasitic fungi germi- nate during the period of rainy cloudy weather, the fungicide, to be effec- tive, must be applied before and not after such , periods. They must not only be thoroughly applied to the sus- ceptible parts but also at the proper stage of growth or development of the plant. To illustrate: the only effective periods for spraying apple trees for scab are: just before the blossoms open (not dormant); just after the petals fall; ten days or two weeks later; and again in late summer just before the late summer rains, to protect the rapidly developing fruit from late infection. 4. Immunization consists in estab- lishing within the plant itself some condition which renders it immune or 1289. strawberry leaf resistant to the attacks of the patho- rolled up from the attack gens. Immune crops may be developed of the mildew. DISEASES AND INSECTS 1027 by selection and propagation of individuals naturally immune, whose immunity has been evidenced by their coming through an epidemic unscathed. Immune varieties may be crossed with susceptible ones having other especially desirable quali- ties and then by segregation and propagation strains of the crop may be developed com- bining the resist- ance or immu- nity of the one parent with the desirable quali- ties of the other. Some striking results have been obtained in this line of dis- ease control as witness the wilt- resistant cotton, cowpeas and watermelon, the nematode-free Iron cowpea, rust-resistant wheat, barley, and asparagus, and the anthrac- nose-resistant clover. Never- theless, this method of con- trol, while the most ideal, is beset with many difficulties and uncertainties. That pathogens, as well as crops, vary, giving strains capable of attack- ing host plants immune to other strains of the same pathogen, has generally been overlooked by breeders, and doubtless accounts for the frequent failure of sup- posedly resistant varieties when transferred to new localities. The production of artificial immunity by the injection of some substance into the plant or by the apphcation of certain substances (fertilizers, etc.) to the soil is at most only in the preUminary stages of experi- mentation and as yet offers but little of practical value to the grower. H. H. Whbtzel. Fungicides. A fungicide is any material or substance that kills fungi or their spores. The word is used particularly for those substan- ces employed in the warfare against parasitic fungi. A satisfactory fungicide must be one that does not injure the plants and at the same time is effective against the parasite. For spraying, additional requirements are imposed: it should not dissolve readily in rain-water; it should adhere to fohage and fruit; in some cases it should be colorless in order not to make orna^ mentals more unsightly than when diseased. The fungicide which has been used most for general purposes is bordeaux mixture. Lately some other preparations, particularly hrne-suffur combinations, have come into use, and in many cases are supplanting bordeaux. There are in 1290. A blight of grapes due to some constitutional disorder. Notice that the leaves die first at the edges. ( X H) 1028 DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS 1291. Tip-bum of potato leaf. — A physiological diffictdty or disease, due to some so-called "constitu- tional" disorder or obstruction (Vermont Experiment Station). addition a large number of other substances which have fungicidal value and are in more limited use for specific cases. The following directions are taken, with modifications, from the author's part in Bailey's "Farm and Garden Ilul&-Book." Practices. Destroying affected parts. — It is important that all aifeeted parts should be re- moved and burned, if pos- sible. In the fall all leaves and fruit that have been attacked by fungi should be raked up and burned. Diseased branches should be severed at acme distance below the lowest visible point of attack. Fimgous diseases often spread rapidly, and prompt action is usually necessary. Prac- tise clean and tidy culture. Rotation of crops. — This is one of the most effective and practical means of head- ing off fungous diseases. It is especially applicable to diseases of roots or root- crops, but also to many other diseases of annual plants. Sterilizing by ^ steam.— This is an effective fungi- cidal practice for several soil - iimabiting organisms which attack roots and stems. This includes nema- tode worms. It is especially applicable in the green- house, where it may be applied (a) through sub-irrigation tile or through specially laid perforated steam pipes in the bottom of the bed. Cover the beds with blankets. Introduce steam imder pressure of forty to eighty pounds for two hours. Insert thermometers at various places to see that the soil is being uniformly heated. (6) A large galvanized iron tight box may be constructed with finely perforated trays 4 to 6 inches in depth. Soil placed in these tra;i^s and steamed for two hours as above will be freed from parasitic organisms. In this case the frames should be sprayed with a solu- tion of formaldehyde, one pint in twelve gallons of water. Steam sterilization of soil may be used on intensively cultivated areas or extensive aeed-beda. A portable boiler is necessary. The beds are sterilized after they have been prepared for seed, and just before the seed is aown. A galvanized pan of convenient dimensions and 6 to 8 inches deep ia inverted, and the edgea are puahed down into the soil 1 or 2 inches. The pan is coimected with the steam boiler by means of a steam hose and live steam is run into the pan from twenty to forty minutes imder a pressure of eighty pounds and up. The higher the pressure the deeper the soil will be sterilized. The pan must be wei^ted. Paths should be disinfected by spraying with copper sulfate one pound to fifty gallons of water or with formaldehyde solution one pint to twelve gallons of water. The coat of sterilizing is approximately three-fourtha of a cent the square foot. It should be noted that soil-sterilization has an invig- orating effect on many plants, and it will be necessary to run green- houses at a lower temperature (5° to 10°) both night and day. Field-steriHzation also kills weed seeds, and with the reduction of the cost of weeding makes the process practicable. Substances. Bordeaux mixture. — ^A bluiah green copper compound that settles out when freshly slaked lime and a solution of copper sul- fate (blue-stone) are mixed. Many formulas have been recom- mended and used. The 5-5-50 formula may be regarded as stand- ard. In such a formula the first figure refers to the number of pounds of copper sulfate, the second to the stone or hydrated lime, and the third to the number of gallons of water. Bordeaux must often be used as weak as 2-2—50, on account of injury to some plants. To make fifty gallons of bordeaux mixture, proceed aa follows: (1) Pulverize five pounds of copper sulfate (blue vitriol), place in a glass, wooden, or brass vessel, and add two or three gallons of hot water. In another veaael alake five pounds of quicklime in a small amount of water. When the copper sulfate is all dissolved, pour into a barrel and add water to make forty or forty-five gallons. Now strain the lime into this, using a. sieve fifty meshes to the inch or a piece of cheese-cloth supported by. ordinary screening. Stir thoroughly, and add water to the fifty-gallon mark. The flocculent substance which settles is the effective fungicide. Always stir vigorously before filling the sprayer. Never add the strong lime to strong vitriol. Always add a large amount of water to one or the other first. Blue vitriol used alone would not only wash off quickly in a rain, but cause a severe burning of fruit and foliage. Lime is added to neutraUze this burning effect of the copper. If the lime were absolutely pure, only slightly more than one pound would be required to neutralize this burning effect. For many purposes an excess of lime is not obiectionable and may be desirable. For nearly ripe fruit and ornamentals an excess of lime augments spotting. In such cases the least amount of lime possible should be used. Determine this by applying the cyanide teat (2). (2) Secure from the druggist 10 cents' worth of potasmum ferrocjranide (yellow prussiate of potash) and dissolve it in water in an eight-ounce bottle. Cut a V-ahaped slit in one side of the cork, so that a few drops of the liquid can be obtained. Now proceed ae before. Add lime with constant stirring until a drop of the ferro- cyanide ceases to give a reddish-brown color. (3) When bordeaux mixture is desired in large quantities, stock solutions should be made. Place one hundred pounds of copper sulfate in a bag of coffee-sacking, and auapend in the top of a nfty- gaUon barrel, and add water to the fifty-gallon mark. In twelve to fifteen hours the vitriol will be dissolved and each gallon of solution will contain two pounds of copper sulfate. Slake a barrel of lime, and store in a tight barrel, keeping it covered with water, lime so treated will keep all summer. It is really hydrated lime. This is often dried, pulverized, and offered on the market in paper baga of forty pounda each, under auch names as ground lime, prepared lime, hydrated lime, and the like. If the paper is not broken, the lime does not air-alake for a long time. One and one-third pounds of hydrated lime equals in value one pound of quicklime. Air-slaked lime cannot be used in preparing bordeaux mixture. Arsenical poisons can be combined with bordeaux mixture. Ammoniacal copper carbonate. — For use on nearly mature fruit and on ornamentals. Does not discolor. Weigh out three ounces of copper carbonate, and make a thick paste with water in a wooden pail. Measure five pints of strong ammonia (26° Baum6) and dilute with three or four parts of water. Add ammonia to the paste, and stir. This makes a deep blue solution. Add water to make fifty gallona. Copper carbonate. — ^For use in the above formula, it may be secured aa a green powder, or may be prepared as follows: Dis- solve twelve pounds of copper sulfate in twelve gallons of water in a barrel. Dissolve fifteen pounds of aal-soda in fifteen gaUona of water (preferably hot). Allow the solution to cool; then add the sal-aoda solution to the copper-sulfate solution, pouring slowly in order to prevent the mixture from working up and running over. A fine precipitate is formed which will settle to the bottom if allowed to stand over night. Siphon off the clear liquid. _Waeh the precipitate by adding clear water, stirring, and allowing to settle. Siphon off the clear water, strain the precipitate through muslin, and allow it to dry. This is copper carbonate. The above amounts will make about six pounds. Copper sulfate. — See Sulfate of copper. Corrosive suhlimate (mercuric chloride). — Used for disinfecting pruned stubs and cleaned-out cankers, at the rate of one part in 1,000 parts of water. Can be secured from the druggist in tablet form in vials of twenty-five each, and costing 25 cents. One tablet makes a pint of solution. Make and store solution in glass and label "poison.^ Formaldehyde (40 per cent solution of formaldehyde gas m water). — ^A pungent, clear liquid, very irritating to eyes and nose. Obtained at any drugstore at about 40 cents a pint. Used for potato-acab, oat smut, bunt in wheat, soil disinfection, and so on. Lims. — Offered for sale in the following forms: (a) Ground rock or ground limestone; air-slaked lime is of the same composi- tion, i.e. a carbonate of calcium. (6) Lump, barrel, stone, or quick- lime; this is burned limestone, and should test at least 90 per cent oxid of calcium, (c) Prepared, ground, or hydrated lime; this is water- or steam-alaked quicklime, dried and pulverized. Used as an applicant to the soil to correct acidity, for club-root of cabbage, and for preparing spray mixtures. lAme-sulfur. — In the many possible combinations, lime-sulfur is coming to be equally as important aa bor- a deaux mixture, in the cr control of many plant diseases. (1) Flowers of sul- fur or very finely powdered sulfur ia often dusted on planta for surface mildews. (2) A paste o'f equal parts of lime, sulfur, and water. This is painted on the heating-pipes in the greenhouse, and is valuable for keeping off surface mildews. _ (3) Home-boUed dilute lime - sulfur. This solution has been widely used in the past as a dormant spray, particularly for San Jos€ scale and peach leaf-curl. It ia likely to be sup- planted by (4) or (5). For preparation aee page 1043. (4) Home-boiled concentrated lime-sul- fur. — ^When a great deal of spraying ia to ^^^^ *. . . . - i «k be done, a concen- Vi92. Penthecmm of apple scab, t r a t e d lime - sulfur showing spores. DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS 1029 solution may be boiled at home and stored in barrels to be used as needed. For method of preparation see page 1043. Test with a Baumfi hydrometer, whioh has a scale reading from 25° to 35°. Dilutions are reckoned from a standard solution test- ing 32°. If the solution testa only 28°, it is not so strong as stand- ard, and cannot be diluted so much as a solution testing 32°. The table shows the proper dilution for solutions testing 25° to 35° Baum6: 1-10 1-15 1-20 1-2S 1-30 1-40 1-SO 1-60 1-75 1-100 25° 7.4 11 14.7 18.4 22.1 29.5 36.8 44.2 55 73 26° 7.7 11.6 15.4 19.3 23.2 30.9 38.6 46.3 58 77.2 27° 8.1 12.1 16.1 20.2 24.3 32.4 40.5 48.5 60.6 80.7 28° 8.4 12.7 16.9 21.1 25.4 33.8 42.3 50.7 63.5 84.5 29° 8.8 13.2 17.6 22.1 26.5 35.3 44.2 53 66.3 88.2 30° 9.2 13.9 18.4 23 27.6 36.9 46.1 55.3 69 92 31° 9.6 14.4 19.3 24 28.8 38.4 48 58 72 96 32° 10 IS 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 33° 10.4 15.6 20.8 26 31.2 41.5 52 62.4 78 104 34° 10.8 16.2 21.6 26.8 32.4 43.2 54 64.7 80.8 108 35° 11.2 16.8 22.4 2S 33.4 44.9 56 67.4 84.2 112 Decimals are given in all cases, but for practical purposes the nearest even gallon or half gallon can be used, unless appliances for more accurate measurement are at hand. It is understood in making all dilutions that water is added to one gallon of the con- centrate to make the stated amount. Do not measure out the stated amount of water and add the concentrated solution to it. (5) Commercial concentrated lime-aulfur. — As manufactured and placed on the market is a clear amber liqioid, and should test 32° to 35° Baimi6. It coats about 20 cents a gallon retail, and comes ready to pour into the spray tank. For apple and pear dis- eases. Arsenate of lead can be used with this solution, and increases its fungicidal value. (6) Scott's self-boiled litne-aulfur. — This is a mechanical mix- ture of the two substances, and is really not boiled, the heat being supplied by the slaking hme. In a small barrel or keg place eight pounds of good quicklime. Add water from time to tirne in just sufficient amounts to prevent burning. As soon as the lime begins to slake well, add slowly (preferably through a sieve) eight pounds of sulfur flour. Stir constantly, and add water as needed. As soon as all bubbhng has ceased, check further action by adding a quan- tity of cold water, or pour into a barrel or tank and make up to fifty gallons. Keep well agitated. Very effective against peach scab and brown rot. Several other formulas have been used: 10-10-50 and 5-5-50. Arsenate of lead can be used with this mixture. By using boiling water and allowing the hot mixture to stand for half an hour, a stronger spray mixture than the above can be secured. It cannot be used safely on peaches, but has been used successfully on grapes for surface mildew. The addition of sulfate of iron or sulfate of copper, one or two pounds to fifty gallons, has been used for apple rust. Potassium sulfid (Uver of sulfur). — Simple solution, three ounces in ten gallons of water. For mildew in greenhouses, on rose bushes and other ornamentals. Resin-sal-soda sticker. — Resin, two pounds; sal-soda (crystals), one pound; water, one gallon. Boil until of aclear brown color, i.e. from one to one and a half hours. Cook in an iron kettle in the open. Add this amount to fifty gallons of bordeaux. Useful for onions, cabbage, and other plants to which spray does not adhere well. Sulfate of copper (blue vitriol). — Dissolve one pound of pure sulfate of copper in twenty-five gallons of water. A specific for peach leaf-curl. Apply once before buds swell in the spring. Cover every bud. For use in preparing bordeaux mixture. Costs from 5 to 7 cents a pound, in quantity. Sulfate of iron (copperas). — ^A greenish granular crystalline sub- stance. Dissolve one hundred pounds in fifty gallons of water. For mustard in oats, wheat and the like, apply at the rate of fifty gallons an acre. Also for anthracnose of grapes as a dormant spray. Sulfur (ground brimstone, sulfur flour, flowers of sulfur). — Should be 99 per cent pure. Valuable for surface mildews. Dust on dry or in the greenhouse used in fumes. Evaporate it over a steady heat, as an oil-stove, until the house is filled with vapor. Do not heat to the burning point, as burning sulfur destroys most plants. To prevent burning, place the sulfur and pan in a larger pan of sand and set the whole upon the oil-stove. Donald Reddick. Catalogue of diseases. Abies. Witches' Broom (j^cidium elaiinum. Melampsorella ela- tina).— On fir causing swellings, cankers, and witches' brooms. Control. — Prune off all affected parts. Abutilon. Rust. — See under Hollyhock. Contagious Chlorosis. — Variegated leaves. Control. — Remove variegated leaves and their shoots, keep in dark and remove any further variegated leaves; then the plant should remain green. Acacia. Rusts (JScidium sp.). — Distorts branches and twiga. Control. — ^Prune off diseased parts. Catalogue of Diseases, continued. Acer. Tar-Spot {Rhytiama acerinum), — Black tar-Uke spots on upper side of the leaves. Control. — Burn all old leaves in fall or winter. Su^r Scald or Scorch. — Maples suffer commonly from a drying up of the foliage, due to over-transpiration of water at timea when hot winds occur. Actinidia. Mildew (Uncinula necator). — See under Ampelopsis. .^sculus. Leaf-Spot (Phyllosticta pavise). — Irregular spots develop rapidly, the larger part of the leaf being involved. Leaves fall prematurely. Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture, beginning when the leaves are about half-grown and repeating the process every three weeks. Agave. Leaf-Blotch (Coniothyrium concentricum). — Grayish, more or less circular dead patches, ranging from J^ to 1 inch in diameter. Control. — Remove and burn diseased leaves. Allium. — See under Onion. Almond. Blight. (Coryneum beyerinkii). — See Peach Blight. Yellows. — See under Peach. Alnus. Root-tubehcles. — Clumps of small tubercles on the roots. Not important. Witches' Brooms and Bladdery Deformations of Flowers {Exoascus sp.). — Broom-like tufts of branches and irregular deforming and contortion of fruits. Control. — See under Peach Leaf-Curl. Alyssum. Mildew (Erysiphe polygoni). — See under Verbena. Disease very similar. Amarantus. White "Rust" or Mildew (Albugo bliti). — See similar disease under Radish, Amelanchier. Rust {GymnosporangiuTn sp.). — Orange rust spots on leaves. Control. — Keep junipers at a considerable distance. Witches* Broom (Dimerosporium collinsii). — Thick twisted broom-like growth of branches. ConiroZ.— Cut out the brooms. Ampelopsis. Black-Rot. — See under Grape. Mildew (Uncinula necator). — Powdery mildew growths on upper side of leaf. Control. — Dust with sulfur. Anemone. Root-Decay (Sclerotinia tuberosa). — Rhizomes decayed and large lumps form on the outside. Control. — Eradicate affected rhizomes and the cup-like fungous bodies near such plants. \ Rust.— Several rusts attack species of Anemone. Anthurium. Blight (Glomerella cincta). — See under Orchids. Apple. Blight. — The same disease as Pear Blight, which see. Canker.— Smooth cankers in bark of trunk or limbs usually indicate blight (Bacillus amylivorus); rough ones. New York apple-tree canker (Sphseropsis malorum), or the nail-head canker (Numularia discreta). Control. — As soon as noticed, cut away dead bark and wood to the living tissue and paint over with lead paint or coal-tar. Scab {Venturia insequalis). — Olive-green, brownish or blackish scab-like spots on leaves and fruit. Control. — Rake and burn or plow under old leaves very early in spring. Spray with lime-sulfur 32° Baum6, 1-40, or bordeaux, 3-3-50: (1) when blossom buds show pink; "(2) when majority of petals have fallen: (3) three weeks after 2, depending upon the weather; (4) if a late attack is feared, spray before fall rains begin. Apricot. Yellows. — See under Peach. Black-Spot or ScAB.^-See under Peach. Aquilegia. Mildew ( Erysiphe polygoni ). — See under Verbena. Disease very similar. Black-Spot (Bacillus delphini). — Sunken black spots on leaves and stems.. Control. — Remove and burn diseased parts. Artemisia. Rust (Pu^cinia asteris). — Same rust as on Asters, which see. Artichoke. Soft-Rot. — See under Carrot. Arum. Leaf-Spot (Protomyces ari). — Irregular bleached patches on leaves and leaf-stalks of A. maculatum. Control. — Burn diseased plants. Asparagus. Rust (Puccinia asparagi). — ^A rust of the tops which is often so severe as to kill them, thus interfering with root- development. Control. — Dust with flowers of sulfur about every three weeks while dew is still on in the morning. Use dusting- machines. Aspidistra. Leaf-Blotch (Ascochyta aspidistrse). — Large, irregular, bleached spots with black streaks running across. Control. — Remove diseased leaves. Aster. Rust (Puccinia asteris). — Brown rust of leaves. Control. — Eradicate the affected leaves. Aucuba. Freezing. — Young leaves suffer from spring frosts. Auricula. Leaf-Blotch (Heterosporium auriculi). — Three or four olive-green spots on each leaf. Spots become brown and fall out. . Control. — Do not have excessive moisture. Spray with potassium sulfid and ventilate well. Avocado, or Persea. Anthracnose (Colletotrichum glmosporioides). — Bee under Pomelo. 1030 DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS Catalogue of Diseases, continued. Bamboo. Smut ( Uetilago shiriana). — Internodes and tips of young shoots attacked. Wild and cultivated bamboo attacked in Japan. Control. — Bordeaux mixture and sprinkling soil with lime before the shoots appear. Banana. Rot {Bacillus musse), — Leaf-blades droop, turn yellow; petioles decay, letting leaves drop, and finally whole plant rots to the ground. Control. — Practise sanitation. Bean. Anthracnose, or Pod-Spot {Colletotrichum lindemuthianum). — Reddish brown, scab-like spots on stems, pods, and veins of leaves, particularly on yellow-podded snap beans. Fungus enters the beans. Control, — Use seed only from pods without spots. Spray plants, from beneath and above, every ten days. Blight (Bacterium phaseoli). — Large papery spots on leaves and watery spots on pods. . Control. — As for Anthracnose. Beet. Heabt-Rot (Phoma hetss). — Leaves appear spotted late in July, then wilt, and finally a dry heart-rot appears. Control. — Destroy affected plants. Practise long rotations. Treat seed with formalin, one pint in thirty gallons of water. Scab. — The same disease as Potato Scab, which see. Begonia. Root-Rot (Thielavia basicola). — See under Nicotiana. Berberis. RtJST {Puccinia gramims). — Orange-colored rust spots on under side of leaf. Betula. Leaf-Spot {GloBoaporium hetularum). — Roimd spots with blackish margin. Heart-Rot (Fomes igniarius). — See under Pagus. Blackberry. Crown-Gall, or Root-Gall {Bacterium tumefaciens), — Swellings, hard or soft, on roots and stem below ground. Treatment. — Plow up and bum all bushes in a diseased patch. Plant clean roots in a new place. Anthracnose. — See under Raspberry. Red or Orange Rust. — See under Raspberry. Leaf-Spot.— See under Dewberry, Same disease. Blueberry. Rust (Calyptospora goeppertiana). — Stem attacked, swollen, spongy, at first pink, changing to brown and blackish. Plants taller than healthy and leaves dwarfed. Control. — Segregate from species of fir and ^ruce. Brassica. See under Cabbage. Brussels Sprouts. Club-Root. — See under Cabbage, Buzus. Stem-Blight {Nectria rousseliana). — Twigs Idlledi reddish pustules appearing on stems and leaves. Control. — Remove all diseased parts and bum. Cabbage. Club-Root, or Club-Foot {Plasmodiophora brassicse).— A contorted swelling of roots and sickly wilted tops. Control. — Destroy affected seedlings. Lime the soil at least eighteen months before planting cabbage, using at the rate of two tons of quicklime to the acre. Black-Rot {Bacillus campestre). — Sap-tubes in leaves and stem turn black and the leaves drop, thus preventing heading. Control. — Practise crop-rotation. Soak the seed for fifteen minutes in a solution of mercuric chloride, one tablet in a pint of water. Cactus. Spot {Diplodia opuntix). — Sometimes a serious disease. Calathea. Leaf-Blight {Cephaleurua parasiticus). — ^The epidermal cells contain the alga, which spreads over the leaf, blackening and killing it. Control. — Remove diseased leaves. Calceolaria. Leaf-Blight (Ascribed to a Micrococcus). — ^Brownish patches on lower leaves, many times bordered by the email veins of the leaf. Control. — Bum affected plants. Campanula. Rust {Coleosporium campanulse). — Red and brown rust spots on leaves. Control. — Segregate from Pinus rigida. Capsicum. Anthracnose. — Same as on Piper, which see. Carnation. Rust ( Uromyces caryopkyUinus). — Brown, powdery pustules on stems and leaves. Coiitrol. — Spray once in two weeks with a solution of copper salfate, one pound to twenty gallons of water. Pick off diseased leaves. Keep temperature low. Carpinus. Black'-Mold (Dimerosporium pulchruTn). — On leaves. Control. — Spray with any good fungicide. Heart-Rot {Fames fulvus). — Red-brown decay; crumbles when crushed. Control. — Surgery methods. Carrot. Soft-Rot {Bacillus carotovorus). — A soft-rotting of the root identical with the soft rots of other root crops. Control. — Good drainage of soil. Steam sterilization of soil. Leaf-Spot or Early Leaf-Blight (Cercospora apii). — See under Celery. Carya. — See under Hickory-Nvt. Castanea. — See under Chestnut. Catalpa. Leaf-Blight. — Sudden blackening and dying of leaves in early summer. Heaht-Rot {Polystictus versicolor). — Heart -wood becomes straw-colored and finally soft. Control. — Surgery. RooT-RoT of seedlings {Thielavia basicola). — See under Nicotiana. Cauliflower. — See under Cabbage. Catalogue of Diseases, continued. Celastrus. Mildew {Phyllactinia corylea), — Powdery mildew of leaves. Control. — Dust with sulfur. Celery. Early Leap-Blight {Cercospora apii). — ^A spotting and eventual blighting of leaves. Control. — Spray with ammoniacal copper carbonate, 5-3-50, beginning in seed-bed and keeping new growth covered throughout the season. Late Blight {Septoria petroselini var. apii). — ^Blight of foliage appearing late in season and in storage. Control. — As above. Grow under half shade. Celtis. _ Mildew {Peronoplasmopara celtidis). — Definite spots on veins, water-soaked dark green becoming gray. Control.-k:^TpTa.y with bordeaux mixture. Cercis. Leaf-Spot X^^scochyta pisi). — Spots round, yellowish with brown margin on leaves and stem. Control. — Spray with dilute bordeaux mixture on first appearance. CbamEecyparis. Twig Disease {PestalozHa funerea). — ^Bark of young branches killed, needles die. Control. — Prune off affected parts and clean up litter and burn. Heart-Rot {Steccherinum baUonii). — Kills tops of trees. Cbard (Beta). Leaf-Spot {Cercospora beticola). — Brown, purplish bordered spots on leaves. Control. — Pick off and destroy diseased leaves. Cherry. Brown-Rot {Sclerotinia fructigena). — The flowers decay, the leaves become discolored with irregular brown spots, and the fruit rots on the tree. Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture, 4-4-50, or lime- sulfur, 1-40 (1) just before the blossom buds open; (2) just after the blossoms fall; (3) one or two more applications at intervals of ten days. Powdery Mildew {Podosphaera oxycantlise). — Leaves and twigs affected, often causing defoliation. Control. — Spray with lime-sulfur, 1-40, or dust heavily with powdered sulfur. Black-Knot. — See imder Plum. Same disease. Chestnut. Canker, or Bark Disease {Endothia parasitica). — Sunken or swollen cankers on limbs or trunk. Limbs die and leaves and burs cling in winter. Control. — Remove diseased parts and burn. Paint all wounds. Little chance of saving trees in infested locality. Chicory. Stem-Spot (Pleospora albicans). — Yellowish-gray spots on lower portion of the stem. Later on smaller branches and leaves. Plant destroyed. Control. — Eradicate diseased plants. Chrysanthemum. Leaf-Spot {Septoria chrysanthemi). — Small dark brown spots, which increase in size until leaf is killed. Control. — Pick and bum affected leaves. Spray with bor- deaux mixture, 4-4-50. Rust {Puccinia chrysanthemi). — Reddish brown rust pustules on leaves. Control. — ^As for Leaf-Spot. Cineraria. Mildew {Bremia lactucae). — Plants stunted and of a pale color, finally wilting. Same disease on lettuce. Control. — Remove diseased plants. Do not use same soil again. Rust, — See under Senecio. Citrus. — See under Orange, Lemon, Grapefruit, etc. The "wither tip" disease described under Pomelo is common to species of citrus. Clematis. Leaf-Spot {Cylindrosporium clematidis var. jackmanii). —Causing loss of lower leaves at times. Not serious. Cocoanut. Bud-Rot {Bacillus coli). — Rot of soft tissues of coco- nut plant and is perhaps responsible for coconut bud-rot. Control. — Not given. Coffea. Leap-Disease {Hemileia vastatrix and H. woodii). — Circular discolored areas, turning pale yellow and becoming studded with orange-yellow spots. Control. — Burn all diseased leaves. Colchicum. Rust ( Uromyces colchid), — Black spots on leaves. Looks like a smut disease. Control. — Diseased leaves should "be burned. Colocasia. Root-Rot {Peronospora trichomata). — Sap-tubes turn yellow and finally entire tuber becomes black. Control. — Dry tubers thoroughly before storing. -Do not plant in soil in which the disease has occurred. Convolvulus. Mildew {Albugo ipom.ceas-panduranx). — Distortions and white or yellow blisters. Control. — Remove diseased plants and spray with bordeaux mixture frequently. Cordyline. Blight. — See under Orchids. Coreopsis. ]\Iildew (Sphserotheca humuli var. fvUginea). — ^Pow- dery mildew of the leaves. Control. — Dust with sulfur. Corn. Smut ( Ustilago zes). — Boils on stalks, ears or tassels, at first white, then black, and, when burst open, containing black powder, the spores. Control. — Cut out developing smut-boils and bum. Wilt (Pseudomonas stewartii). — Sap -tubes turn yellow and plant wilts and drys up. a * a Control. — Bum affected plants. Grow varieties not anected. DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS 1031 Catalogue of Diseases, continued. ' ' Cornus. Twiq-Bliqht {Diaporths albocarnis). — Twigs die, bark turns yellow and is covered with numerous small pimples. Control. — Prune off and destroy affected parts. ' Corylus. — See under Filbert. Cosmos. Stem-Buqht {Phomopsis stewartii). — Brown spots rapidly enlarging on sterna of mature plants. Parts above wilt and die. Control. — ■Difficult and no certain methods known. Remove diseased stems and burn. Cotoneaster. Rhus (Gymnosporangium clavarise forme). — Orange rust pustules on leaves. Control. — Keep at a distance from junipers. Cranberry. Blast, or Scald (Guignardia vaccinii). — Young flower and fruits blasted, older fruits appear scalded or watery. Control.^SprB.y five or six times with bordeaux mixture, 5-5-50, to which has been added four pounds of resin fish-oil soap. Begin just before the blossoms open. Cratffigus. Rust {Gymnosporangium sp.). — Orange rust pustules on leaves and petioles. Control. — Keep at a distance from junipers. Cress. White Mold. — See under Horse-Radish. Crocus. Root-Rot (Rhizoctonia sp.). — Important in France and likely occurring here. Control. — Sanitation, new soil frequently or soil sterilization. Cucumber. Blight, or Mildew (Pseudoperonospora cubensis). — A blighting and premature yellowing of the leaves. Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture, 5-5-50, every ten to fourteen days after plants begin to run. Wilt. — See under Cucurbita. Cucurbita. Wilt (Bacillus tracheiphilus). — Sap-tubes are clogged and destroyed, causing the plant to wilt. Control. — Eradicate the striped beetle. Gather and destroy all wilted leaves and plants. Cupressus. Root-Rot. — See imder Pine. Same disease. Twig Disease. — See xinder Chammcyvaris. Witches' Broom {Gymnosporangium. ellisii). — Fasciation of branches. Control. — ^Prune off affected parts. Currant. Wilt, or Cane-Blight (Botryosphaeria ribis). — Canea die suddenly, the leaves wilting. Control. — No satisfactory method known. Cut out and burn affected plants. RosT {Cronartium ribicola). — Brown rust pustules and brown felt-like growth on under side of leaf. Black currants especially susceptible. Control. — Grow at least 500 feet from white pine trees. Cycas. Leaf-Spot {MycosphsereUa tulasnei=Cladosporium lLer~ fcorum).— Gray spots and final death of leaves. Control. — Remove and burn affected parts. Cyclamen. Leaf-Spot (Glomerella rufomaculans var. cydaminis). —Spots circular, sUghtly water-logged, with sharply defined outlines. Control. — Destroy affected leaves by burning. Blight. — Similar to Lilium Leaf-Spot, which see. Dahlia. Wilt {Sclerotinia sclerotiorum). — White mold on stem, later yellowing and wilting of plant, and finally stem collapses. Control, — Remove and burn affected plants. Green stable manure favors the disease. Daphne. Leaf-Spot {MycosphaereUa laureolse), — Similar to Straw- berry Leaf-Spot, which see. Date. See under Palms. Delphinium. Black-Spot {Bacillus delphini). — Sunken black spots on stem and leaves. Control. — Remove and bum diseased parts. Dewberry. Leaf-Spot {Septoria rubi). — Small pale spots of dead leaf-tissue finally becoming dotted with black specks. Control. — No successful method of treatment is known, Dianthus. — See under Carnation. Digitalis. Mildew {Peronospora sordida). — Broadly effused, dingy lilac patches of mildew on under surface of leaves. Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture. Diospyros. Mildew (Podosphasra oxyacanthae). — ^Powdery mildew of the leaves. Control. — Dust with sulfur. Dracaena. Blight. — See under Orchids. Eggplant. Anthracnose {Glceosporium melongense), — Spots on fruit. Same as on Piper, which see. Stem Rot (Nectria ipom-ceae). — Spreading spots on the stem. Control,— Spray mixtures may be of avail. Elasagnus. Roor-TtrBERCLEfl. — See under Alnus. Not destructive Eodire. RtrsT (Puccinia endiviae). — Rust spots on leaves. Stem-Rot. — See imder Chicory. Eucalyptus. Tumor ( Ustilago vriesiana). — ^Woody tumors at collar of tree. Production of black soot-like mass of spores between wood and bark. ConfroZ.— Surgery methods. Euphorbia. Blight (Glceosporium euphorhise). — Causes death of floral portion just before flowering time and the parts below are soon blighted. Control. — Burn affected plants. Spray with bordeaux mixture. Catalogue of Diseases, continued. Fagus. Heart-Rot (Fames igniarius). — White, dry, and some- what solid decay of heart-wood bordered by fine black lines. Control. — See under Arboriculture, Diseases of Trees, Ferns. Tip Blight {Phyllosticta pteridis). — Brown spots, at or near tips of the fronds covered with minute black dots. Control. — Remove and burn the bUghted leaves and then spray with bordeaux mixture. Ficus. Leap-Spot (Leptostromella elasticae). — Causes spots on leaves. See also under Fig. Fig. Leaf-Spot (Cercospora bolleana). — Brown spots on leaves. Leaves turn yellow and drop off. Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture while leaves are young. Filbert. Black-Knot {Cryptosporella anomala). — Serious stem disease, canker girdles the stems and kills parts above. Control. — Prune off affected parts and burn. Forsythia. Leaf-Spot {Alternaria forsythise). — Forms sub- circular spots. Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture. Frazinus. Rust (Puccinia fraxinata). — Swellings of midribs of leaves and petioles with orange rust spots on them. Control. — Keep the common grass Spartina cynosuroides away from the trees. Freesia. Leaf-Spot and Wilt (Heterosporium gracile). — Large brown spots with darker margin, numerous; soon the leaves wilt and die. Coniroi.— Spray with ammoniacal copper sulfate. Galanthus. Decay (Sclerotinia galanthi). — In place of the flower a shapeless mass is produced covered with brown mildew. Tubers decay also. Control. — Remove all affected parts and burn. Use new soil thereafter. Gardenia. Rust. — See under Coffea. Same disease. Genista. Root-Ttjbercles. — Beneficial. Gentiana. RtrsT {Puccinia gentianse). — Lower leaves first at- tacked, become yellow and die. Disease gradually works upward. Control, — Destroy affected plants. Geranium. Mildew (Plasmopara geranii). — Downy mildew of leaves. Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture. Gladiolus. Smut ( Urocystis gladioli). — Black smut pustules on corms. Control. — Destroy affected corms. Use new soil. Gleditsia. Leaf-Spot {Leptostroma hypophylla). — Leaflets become covered with small black specks, causing some of them to turn yellow and fall. Gooseberry. Mildew {Sphserotheca mors-uvae). — A powdery mildew of the fruit and young growth of English varieties. Control. — Spray with potassium sulfid, one ounce to two gallons of water, at intervals after leaves begin to unfold. Grape. Black-Rot {Guignardia hidwellii).— 'Brown circular spots on leaves, black, elongated, sunken pits on petioles, canes, etc., and on the berry a brown rot with shriveling and wrink- Ung. Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture, 4-4-50, before rains. Spray (1) when the third or fourth leaf unfolds; (2) as soon as the blossoms have fallen; (3) when berries are size of a pea; (4) about two weeks later. Two more applications if wet season. DowivTT Mildew, or Leaf-Blight (Plasmopara viticola). — White frost-like patches on under side of the leaf. Control. — Same as Black-Rot. Grapefruit. Leaf-Spot (Festalozzia guepini). — Large spots with dark margins. Leaves fall prematurely. On other species of Citrus also. Control. — Destroy affected leaves. Guava. Anthr acn^ose {Glomerella psidii ) . — Circular brown, decayed areas on fruiL Like apple bitter-rot. Control. — None given. Hedera. IjEaf-Spot and Leaf Blight (Vermicularia trichella).— Rapid blackening of the etiolated portion of the leaf. Control. — Remove and burn affected leaves and spray with bordeaux mixture. Helianthus. Rust {Puccinia helianthi), — Red rust pustules on leaves of most species of Helianthus. Control. — No specific control naeasures worked out. Helleborus. Leaf-Blotch (Coniothyrium hellebori). — Large cir- cular brownish blotches of scorched appearance, covered with minute black dots. Control. — Cut off and burn affected leaves. Hemerocallis. Leaf-Spot. — See under Freesia. Etibiscus. Leaf-Spot {Phyllosticta idsecola). — Indistinct brown spots with whitish centers. Control. — Burn affected leaves. Mildew {Microsphxra eiiphorbise). — ^Powdery mildew of leaves. Control. — Dust with sulfur. Hickory-nut. Leaf-Spot (Marsonia juglandis). — Large leaf-spot, causing premature dying of leaves. Control. — Spraying with bordeaux mixture may be of value. 1032 DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS CATAiiOGUE OP Diseases, continued. Hollyhock. Rust (Pttcdnia malvacearum). — All parts of plant show reddish brown pustules. Control, — ^Eradicate mallow. Pick off diseased leaves and bum. Spray every week with bordeaux mixture, 4-3-50. Horse-Radish. White Mold (Cyatopua candidus). — Deforming and swelling of leaves and stems, with white powdery surface growth. Control. — Hardly important enough on the radish to neces- sitate control. Hyacinthus. Buqht (Pneudomonas hyacirdhi). — Serious pest in the Netherlands. Sap-tubes filled with yellow slime. Control. — Destroy all affected plants. Hydrangea. Leaf-Blight {Pkyllosticta hydrangese). — Leaf-spot disease which become? serious at times. CoTifrol. — Destroy diseased leaves aa soon as noticed. Iberis. Cltjb-Root. — See under Cabbage. Impatiens. Mildew (Plasmopara obducens). — Downy mildew of the leaves. Control. — Remove affected leaves and spray with bordeaux mixture. Ipomcea. Rust {Coleosporium ipomtEss). — Common rust spotting of leaves. Control. — ^Destroy affected leaves. Mildew. — See under Convolvulus. Iris. Leaf-Blight (Botrytis galanihina). — First the leaves and flowers are much distorted and covered with black mold growth ; later the bulb may be destroyed. Control. — Eradicate diseased plants and grow in new eoiL Juglans. Leaf-Spot (Gnomoma leptostyla). — ^Brown leaf-^spot, causing defoliation. Control. — Collect and burn fallen leaves. Spray with bordeaux mixture while leaves are young. Juniperus. Cedab Apples {fSymnosporangium spp.), — ^Large or small red and woody growth at tips of branches. Gelatinous in wet weather. Control, — ^Prune off affected parts. Keep apples, pears, and hawthorns at a distance. Kale. Black-Rot. — See under Cabbage. Kohlrabi. Club-Root. — See under Cabbage. Laburnum. Leaf-Spot (Peronospora cystisi). — Leaves become brown-spotted. Seedlings killed. Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture. Contagious Chlorosis. — See under Abutilon. Lariz. Canker (Dasyscypha willkomii). — Canker of trunk and branches, usually around base of trunk. Control. — ^Eradicate diseased parts, using tree surgery methods. Laurus. Witches' Bboom {Exobasidium lauri). — Branched out growths, antler-like, 2 or 3 feet in length, springing from the leaves. Control. — Prune off affected parte. Lemon. Beown-Rot {Pythiacystis dtrophthora). — White mold on surface of fruit. Control, — Not destructive in orchard. Add copper sulfate to water when washing lemons to prevent infection of healthy ones. Leaf-Diseaseb. — Not well understood. Probably controllable by spraying. Lespedeza. Mildew {MicrospfuEra diffusa). — ^Powdery mildew of leaves. Control. — Dust with sulfur. Lettuce. Drop, or Rot (Sderotinta libertiana). — Base of steins or leaves rots off, allowing leaves to drop. Control. — Sterilize soil with steam before planting. Mildew. — See under Cineraria. Ligustnim. Anthracnosb iGlososporium (nngulatum). — ^Affected areas Ught brown either oblong on one side of the stem or completely girdling it. Conitol. — Destroy by burning affected plants. Lilium. Leaf-Spot {Botrytis sp.). — Orange-brown or bxiff blotches on leaves, stem and Sowers of L. candidum. May be same as Tulipa Mold, which see. Control. — Eradicate diseased plants. Lily-of-the-Valley. Stem-Rot. — See under Pssonia, Liriodendron. Twig Bught (Myxosporium hmgiaporium). — ^Kill- ing twigs. Control. — ^Prune off diseased twigs. Lobelia. Cankek (Phoma devastatrix). — ^Portions of the stems covered with minute black dots. CorUrol. — Remove diseased plants. They never bloom. Lonicera. Cankeh ( Nectria cinnabarina). — ^Rough canker on limbs covered with flesh-colored or red bodies. Control. — Prune off or cut out all affected parts and cover wounds with tar. Lupinus. — See xmder Pea. Lychnis. Smut ( Ustilago violacea). — Pollen-sacs filled with black dust which escapes and discolors the flower. Control. — Destroy the affected plants and use new soil. Lycopersicum. — See imder Tomato. Magnolia. Leaf-Spot. — See under Grapefruit. Malva. Rust. — See under Hollyhock. Same disease. Catalogue of Diseases, continued. Mapgifera. Black Blight (Dimerosporium mangiferum). In- tense black velvety patches on both surfaces of the leaves. Control. — Spray with any good spray mixture. Matthiola. Club-Root. — See under Cabbage. Mentha. Rust ( Puccinia menthae ) . — A most destructive ruBt Control. — None given. Mignonette. Leaf-Spot {Cercospora resedse). — ^Pirst reddish discoloration of leaves. Later small depressed spots with brownish or yellowish margin. Control. — Spraying with bordeaux mixture gives good results. Morus. Leap-Spot (Cercospora moricola). — Not serious. Leaf-Blight (Pseudomonas mori). — Wilting and death of leaves. Cankers girdle the twigs. Control. — ^Prune off diseased parts and burn. Muscari. Smut ( Urocystis colchici). — Long black powdery streaks on leaves. Control. — ^Destroy affected plants by burning. Use new soil. Mushroom. Mold (Mycogone pernicioaa). — Mushrooms develop abnormally as monstrous soft growths. These develop into a moldy mass and putrify. Control. — ^Affected beds should be thoroughly cleaned and sprayed with copper sulfate, one pound to fifty gallons of water. Muskmelon. Downy Mildew. — See under Cucurnber. Wilt. — See under Cucurbita, Narcissus. Leap-Spot (Ramidaria narcissi), — Spots on leaves and stem. Control. — Burn diseased parts and spray with bordeaux mixture. Nasturtium. White "Rust." (Cystopus candidus). — See under Horae-Radisk. Nectarine. Yellows, etc. — See under Peach. Nerium. Black Mold {Capnodium fmdum). — ^Black velvety-like growth on leaves. Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture. Nicotiana. Root-Rot (Thielavia basicola). — ^Blackening and rotting of the roots of seedUng plants. Control. — Steam sterilization of seed-beds. Mosaic or Calico Disease. — ^Enxymic disease. Mottling of leaf. Spread by touch. Oak. Anthracnosb (Gnomonia veneta). — Brown spotting on under side of leaves, along veins. Brown pustules on spots. Death of leaves and twigs. See under ArboricuUwe, Diseases of Trees. Control. — Collect and bum all diseased twigs and leaves. Spray with bordeaux mixture frequently from time buds swell. (Enothera. Leaf-Galls (Synchytrium fulgens). — Yellow swellings on the leaves. Control. — Destroy affected leaves. Okra. — See under Hibisctts. Olive. Limb-Gall, or Knot {Pseudomonas olex), — Knots or galls on the twigs and limbs. Control. — Remove and burn affected limbs. Onion. Mildew (Peronospora schleideniana). — Causes a wilt or blight of the leaves. Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture, 5-5-50, to which has been added one gallon of resin sal-soda sticker. First appHcation when third leaf has developed, repeating every ten days until harvest time. Smut ( Urocystis cepulse). — ^Black pustules on leaves and bulbs. Seedlings may be killed outright. Control. — Grow seed in new soil. Drill in with the seed one hundred pounds of sulfur and fifty pounds of air-slaked lime to the acre. Opimtia. Spot (Diplodia opuntise), — Sometimes a serious pest of cactus. Orach. Galls (Urophlyctis pulposa). — Glassy swellings od leaves, stems and flowers of Chenopodium and Atriplex, Control. — Burn affected plants. 'Orange. Black-Mou) (Capnodium ci7n).— Black mold-like growth on leaves and fruit. Control. — Spray with any good fungicide. Orchids. Leaf-Blight (Glomerella cincta). — Leaf dies back from the tip, tiUTiing brown. Control. — Burn affected leaves. Spray frequently then with bordeaux mixture. Omithogalum. Warts (Synchytrium niesii). — Dirly white warts on leaves, bounded by a dark Une. Control. — Burn diseased leaves. Psonia. Stem-Rot and Wilt (Sclerotinia pseoniae). — Gradual wilting and dying of leajves caused by decay of stem at or near surface of soil. Control, — Spray the stems frequently with a strong fungi- cide. Burn affected plants. Palms. Leaf-Spot (Glaeosporium aUescheri). — May cause ultimate death of leaves. , Control. — Frequent spraying with bordeaux mixture and eradication of diseased leaves may prove beneficial. DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS 1033 Catalogue of Diseases, continued. Pandaaus. Black Canker ( Nectria pandani). — Killa branches and entire plants. Black pustules on bark oozing black tendrils. ControL — Cut out diseased portions as soon as noticed. Pansy. Leaf-Spot (Peronospora violsB). — Discolored spots with pale violet growth on them. Control.— Spray with bordeaux mixture. Paparer. Mildew (Peronospora arborescens). — Downy mildew of wild and cultivated poppies. Especially injurious to eeedlinga of garden species. Control.— Spray with bordeaux mixture. Parsley. Leaf-Scorch _ (Se-ptoria petroselini). — Small scattered brown patches, which increase in size until whole leaf is covered. ControL — Spray early with dilute bordeaux. Pick off and burn affected leaves. Parsnip. Lbaf-Bleght. — See under Celery, Early Leaf-Blight. Pea. MiiJ)EW (Erysiphe polygoni). — ^A powdery mildew on pods and leaves. Control. — Dust dry sulfur over the plants. Peach. Blight (Coryneum beyerinkii). — ^A spotting, gumming and death of the buds and twigs, particularly in the lower parts of the tree. The fruit drops. ControL — For California conditions, two applications bordeaux mixture, 5-5-50, or lime-sulfur, 1-10, (1) in No- vember or December, and (2) in February or March. Leaf-Curl {Exoiscus deformans). — Leaves curl and wrinkle. ControL — Spray with lime-sulfur, 1-11, beiore buds swell. Bhown-Rot {Saerotinia fructigena). — Rot on fruit and cankers on limbs. Control. — Spray with self-boiled lime-sulfur, 8-8-50, adding two pounds arsenate of lead. Spray (1) about time shucks are shedding from young fruit; (2) two or three weeks later; (3) one month before fruit ripens. Scab, or Black-Spot {Cladosporium carpophilum). — ^Black scab- like spots on fruit. ControL — Self -boiled lime-sulfur applied as under Brown-Rot. Yellows. — A fatal disease. Red spots in fruit. Tuft-like growth of new shoots and finally yellow foliage. Control. — Burn affected trees. Pear. Blight {Bacillus amylovorus). — ^Flowers, young fruit, twigs, and leaves turn black and die. Limbs die back and sunken cankers form in bark. Control. — Eradicate all wild hawthorns, pears and apples. Inspect and remove all blighted parts of tree. Paint wounds with coal-tar. Scab. — Very similar disease to Apple Scab, which see. Pecan. Leaf-Blotch {MycosphasreUa convexida). — Dark-colored blotches covered with minute black dots on leaves in mid- summer. Control. — None given. Pelargonium. Dropsy. — ^Translucent spotting of leaf. Spots finally die. Control. — ^Withhold water until absolutely necessary. Persimmon. Anthracnose (GlomereUa rufomaculans). — Similar if not identical to Piper Anthracnose, which see. Petunia. Wilt. — See imder Dahlia. Phlox. Stem-Cai/ker {Pyrenochseta phloxidis). — Canker just above the ground on the stem. Plant dies; first turning yellow and then falls over. Control. — Diseased stems shoxild be removed and burned. Physalis. Wilt {Bacillus solonacearum). — ^Pith of stem turns brown, sap-tubes filled with viscid ooze. ControL — Get rid of insects such aa potato beetle and bum all affected plants. Picea. Leaf-Spot and Leaf-Cast (Phoma sp.). — Causes discolor- ation and dropping of needles. Black dots on affected needles. CorUrol. — Clean up all fallen needles and burn. Drought Injury. — Drying up of needles. Water in dry weather. Pine. Root-Rot {Armillaria meUea). — Tops turn yellow and die, swelling of trunk at surface of ground. Decay of roots with black threads abundantly present. Toadstools aroimd base of tree. ControL — Dig up and burn and destroy all toadstools near the affected trees. Pineapple. Heart-Rot. — Browning of the axis of the fruit, due to excessive moisture at time of ripening. Control. — ^Keep down humidity in greenhouses. Piper. Anthracnose {Glteosporium piperatum). — Spots on leaves of plants. Also apple bitter-rot fungus {GlomereUa rufomacu- lans) causes similar spots on the fruits. Control. — Frequent sprajdng with bordeaux mixtxire. Platanus. Anthracnose. — See under Oak. Same disease. Plnm. Black-Knot {Plowrightia morbosa). — Black tiunorous swell- ings from 1 to several inches in length, on limbs and twigs. Control. — Bum all affected parts in the fall. Burn whole tree if badly affected. Bbown-Rot. — See under Peach. Polygonum. Tar-Spot (Rhytisma hiatortse), — ^Black tar-like spots on leaves. Control. — ^Bum affected leaves. Pomegranate. Internal Rot {Sterigmatocystis castanea). — Central cavity of fruit occupied by a black sporulating fungus. ControL — None known. Catalogue op Diseases, continued. Pomelo. Wither-Tip ( Colletoirichum glceosporioides). — ^Anthrac- nose cankers of stem, spots on leaves and flowers and general wilting of tips of branches. Cimiro^^Prune off affected parts and spray with bordeaux mixture. Populus, Heart-Rot {Polyporus sulphureus). — Red rot of the wood, which finally breaks up into cubes. ControL — Surgery methods. Potato. Early Blight {Alternaria solani). — Circular spots, usually in July and final blighting of whole leaf. Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture, every ten days, beginning when plants are 6 to 8 inches high. Late Blight and Potato-Rot {Phytophthora infestans). — Quick-spreading watery appearing spots in leaves. Mildew on under side. Plants appear as scalded by hot water. Tubers rot in soil or soon after digging. Co7iiroZ.-;-Spray with bordeaux mixture, 5-5-50, at least three applications and in wet seasons, six or more may be necessary. Use from forty to one hundred gallons per acre. Scab (Odspora scabies). — A scabby and pitted roughness of the tubers. ControL — ^Keep lime and ashes off the land. Soak uncut seed tubers in a solution of formalin, one pint to thirty gallons of water for two hours. Avoid land that has grown scabby potatoes. Potentilla. Leaf-Spot. — See under Strawberry. Primula. Rot {Botrytis sp.) — Similar to rot of Pseonia, which see. Prime. — See under Plum. Pnmus. — See under Cherry, Plum and Peach. Pseudotsuga. Blight {Sclerotinia fv^keliand). — Gray mold of seedlings and younger shoots of older trees in moist situ- ations. Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture. Psidium. — See under Guava. Pyrus. — See under Apple and Pear. Quince. Blight.— See under Pear. Rust {Gymnosporangium, globosum). — Orange rust of fruit. Control. — Destroy red cedars in the neighborhood, also wild apples and hawthorns. Spray as for Apple Scab. Radish. White "Rust" or Mildew (Albugo candidus). — A whitish powdery growth on the leaves and petioles, often causing distortion. Control. — Steam sterilize the soil before planting. Club-Root. — See imder Cabbage. BLack-Rot. — See under Cabbage. Ranunculus. Mildew (Plasm,opara pygmsea). — ^Downy mildew of leaves. Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture. Raspberry. Anthracnose (GlcBosporium venetum), — Circular or elliptical, gray scab-like spots on the canes. Control. — Remove diseased canes as soon as fruit is picked. Avoid taking young plants from diseased plantings. Crown-Gall. — See under Blackberry. "Red, or Orange Rust (Gymnoconia inter stiiialis). — Dense red powdery growth on under side of leaves of black varieties and blackberries. ControL — Dig up and destroy affected plants. Leaf^Spot. — See under Dewberry. Same disease. Retinospora. Gall (Gymnosporangium sp.). — Swellings on limbs and twigs with red-brown pustules covering them. Control. — Prune off affected parts and keep at a distance from species of Pomeae. Rhamnus. Rust (Pucdnia coronata). — Irregular yellow blotches, with yellow pustules on imder side of leaf. Also on fruit and flowers. ControL — Keep at a distance from "rusted" cereals and other grasses. Rheum. Soft-Rot, — See under Carrot. Rhododendron. Galls (Exobasidium rhododendri). — Galls of the size of a pea or larger, at first pale green, then red and brownish covered with white bloom. ControL — Leaves bearing galls should be removed and burned. Rhubarb. Soft-Rot. — See under Carrot. Rhus. Canker and Twig Blight (Endothia parasitica). — See under Chestnut. Causes death of twigs. Ribes. — See under Currant and Gooseberry. Richardia. Soft-Rot (Bacillus aroidese). — Soft rotting of corms (bulbs) and leaves. Control. — Change soil_ every three or four years. Reject conns which show the disease. Robinia. Heart-Rot (Trametes robiniophila and Pomes rimosus). — Heart-wood converted into punk. SheLf-like bodies grow from wounds. ControL — Surgery methods. Rose. Mildew (Sphssrotheca pannosa). — ^A white powdery mildew on new growth. _ ■ j • u ControL — In greenhouses, keep steara-pipes painted with a paste of equal parts lime and sulfur mixed in water. Out-of- doors roses should be dusted with sulfur flower or sprayed with potassium sulfid, one ounce to three gallons of water. Stem-Blight. — Similar to Raspberry Anthracnose, which see. 1034 DISEASES AND INSECTS Catalogue of Diseases, continued. Rubus. — See under Raspberry. Saliz. Rust. — Numerous speciea of the rust fungi produce red rust spots on the leaves. Control. — Keep at a distance from species of conifers. Heart-Rot (Trametes suaveolens). — Enters through wounds. Control. — Surgery methods. Salsify. Mildew (Albugo tragopogonis). — Distortion and white blisters on host. Control. — Eradicate affected plants and grow on new soil apart from wild and cultivated species of the Compositse. Sambucus. Cankers. — See under Lonicera. Sarracenia. Blight. — See under Orchids. Saxifraga. Rust { Puccinia pazschkei and P. saxifrage ) . — Dark brown concentric circles of rust pustules on upper surface of the leaves. Control. — Burn affected leaves. Scilla. Bulb- Rot {Scl&rotinia bulborum). — ^Yellow stripes and blotches on leaves in early summer, with olive-brown mold on them. Rots the bulb later. Control. — Destroy affected plants. Spray with potassium sulfid. Use new soil thereafter. Sedum. Leaf-Spot (Septoria sedi). — Dark circular blotches appear on the leaves and defoliation occurs. Control. — Destroy affected parts by burning. . Sempervivum. Rust {Endophyllum sempervivi). — Brown rust pustules rupturing epidermis of leaf. Control. — Destroy affected plants as the fungus lives over from year to year in the same plant. Senecio. Rust iColeospoHum senecionis). — Orange patches on under surface of leaf. Control. — Keep at a distance from species of Pinus. Burn affected plants to protect neighboring pines. Sequoia. Blight. — See under Pseudotsuga. Silene. Smut. — See under Lychnis. Solanum. — See under Potato, Eggplant, etc. Sorbus. Blight. — See under Pear. Spinach. Anthracnose (Colletotrichum spinaceae). — Spots on leaves, at first minute and watery, gradually increasing in size and becoming gray and dry. Control. — Gather and destroy all diseased leaves. Mildew {Peronospora e#usa).— -Gray, sUghtly violet, patches of a velvety texture on under side of leaves. Control. — As for Anthracnose, which see. Spiraea. Rust (Triphragmium ulmarise). — Reddish yellow, and dark brown rust pustules on leaves. Control. — Burn affected parts. Squash. Wilt. — See under Cucurbita. Strawberry. Leaf-Spot, or Leaf-Blight (Mycosphserella fra- garim). — Small purple or red spots appearing on leaves. Leaf appears blotched. Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture, 4-4-50, soon after growth begins and make three or four additional sprayings during season. Sweet Pea. Mildew. — See under Pea. Sweet Potato. Black-Rot (Ceratocystis fimbriata). — Black shank and a black rot of tuber. Control. — Never use sprouts from affected potatoes. Steam sterilize hotbeds. Rots. — The sweet potato is susceptible to a large number of rots, soft, dry, hard, white, etc. Control. — Use soil which has not grown diseased sweet potatoes heretofore. Syringa. Mildew {Microsphxra alni). — White powdery mildew on upper surface of leaves. Control. — Dust with sulfur. Twig and Bud Disease (Phytophthora syringx). — Tips of twigs killed. Control. — Prune off twigs. Thalictrum. Red-Spot {Synchytrium anemones). — Red eruptions on stem, leaf and flower. Causing at times swelling and crumpling of the organ. Control. — Burn affected parts. Thuja. Root-Rot (Polyporus schweinitzii). — Diseased wood yellowish, cheesy, brittle when dry. Heart-Rot (Fomes cameus). — Causes pockets in the affected wood. Control. — Remove all affected wood, using surgery methods. Tilia. Leaf-Spot (Cercospora Tnicrosora). — Causes spotting and defoliation. Control. — Two sprayings in Massachusetts resulted in longer retention of the leaves. Tomato. Leaf-Spot (Septoria lycopersica). — ^At first small spots appear, which spread until the whole leaf is consumed. Fruit may be attacked. Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture, 4-4-50, making the first application two weeks after the plants are set out and repeating every two weeks throughout the season. Downy Mildew. — Bee under Potato. Late Blight. End-±Iot. — Due to lack of sufficient soil moisture. Control. — Water soil in dry periods. Toxylon (Madura). Rust (Physopella fid). — Pale cinnamon- brown rust pustules on under side of leaf. Control, — Destroy by burning the affected leaves. DISEASES AND HJSECTS Catalogue of Diseases, continued. Trop£eolum. — See under Horse-Radish. Tsuga. Heart-Rot (Trametes pini). — Light brown decay pitted with small oblong cavities, which are white-lined. Sap-Rot {Fomes pinicola). — Soft decay of sap-wood. Control. — Surgery methods. Tulipa. Mold (Sclerotinia parasitica). — OUve-brown, velvety patches formed on leaves, stem, and flowers; also, later, small black lumps at base of stettis. Control. — Burn affected plants. Turnip. Club-Root. — See under Cabbage. Same disease. SopT-RoT. — See under Carrot. Same disease. nimus. Tar-Spot (Gnomonia ulmea). — Black spots on upper surface of leaves. Control. — Burn old leaves in fall or winter. Heart-Rot (Pleurotus ulmarius).—Soit rotting of wood. Control.—Suigery methods. Vaccioium. Leaf-Blister (Exobasidium vaccinii). — Large blisters on leaves, petioles and stems, of a red or purple color. White bloom beneath. Control. — Remove and burn diseased parts. Verbena. Mildew. (Erysiphe cichoracearum and others). — Pow- dery mildew growths on leaves. Control. — Spray with any good fungicide or dust with powdered sulfur. Veronica. Leaf-Spot (Septoria veronicx). — Well-defined spots oa leaves. Control. — Pick off and burn affected leaves. Vinca. Leaf-Spot (Sphseropsis vincse). — Leaves disfigured by spots which occur on the stem at times as well. Control. — Destroy diseased parts of plants. Violet. Root-Rot (Thielavia basicola). — Plants make poor growth; roots rotted off. ConiroZ.— Start in steam-sterilized soil, and transfer to steriUzed beds. Vitis. — See under Grape. Walnut. Blight (Pseudomonas juglandis). — Black spotting of fruit and black cankers on the stems. Twigs and fruit-spura killed. Control. — None known except such as mentioned under Pear Blight. Grow immune varieties. Anthracnose, or Leaf-Blight (Marsonia juglandis). — See under Hickory-Nut. Same disease. Watermelon. Mildew. — See under Cucumber. Wilt (Fusarium vasinfecta). — Wilting of leaves and plant dries up. Control. — None recommended. Resistant varieties should be grown. Yucca. Leaf-Blotch. — See under Agave. Zea. — See under Com. Zinnia. Wilt. — See under Dahlia. ^-v -i-. Donald Heddick. Insect enemies of plants. The animals which constitute the insect world play an important part in most horticultural opera- tions. The busy bee is an indispensable aid in the production of many fruits, but the equally busy jaws of canker-worms or other insects oftentimes seriously interfere with man's plans for profitable crops. Horti- culttu-ists should become more intimately acquainted with their little friends and foes in the insect world. Not only from the economic standpoint is this knowl- edge necessary in the business of growing plants, but the striking peculiarities of form, coloring, structure, habits, and the wonderful transformations of insects afford one of the most interesting fields in nature. The life-stories of many insects, if told in detail, would rival in variety and interest many a famous, fairy tale. The science that treats of insects, or entomology, has now reached the stage at which its devotees are no longer looked upon with ridicule in most communities. At the present time more than 350 trained men are officially employed in entomological work in the United States and Canada. What they are. — An insect is an animal which, in the adult stage, has its body divided into three distinct regions: the head, the thorax and the abdomen (Fig. 1293). The head bears one pair of antennae, and there are always three pairs of legs and usually either one or two pairs of wings attached to the thorax. By these characteristics one can usually readily distinguish an adult insect from any other animal. Among the near relatives of insects in the animal world are the era}- 1293. A beetle, showing the different parts. DISEASES AND INSECTS fish, sow-bugs, and crabs, but these are mostly aquatic animals, breathing by true gills; they have two pairs of antennae, and at least five pairs of legs. Centipedes, or "hundred-legged wornls," and millipedes, or thou- sand-legged worms," are also nearly related to in- sects, but they have the thorax and abdomen form- ing a continuous region, and with six to 200 seg- ments, each bearing one or two pairs of legs; they have one pair of antennae. ' The layman usually classes such animals as the spiders, mites and daddy - long - legs among the insects, but they form a distinct class, as they have the head and thorax grown together, no an- tennae, and have ioui pairs of legs. How they are constructed. — Insects are constructed on an entirely different plan from the higher animals. Their supporting skeleton is outside, it being simply the skin hardened more or less by a horny substance, known as chitin. This firm outer wall, or skeleton, supports and protects the muscles, blood-vessels, nerves, and other organs within. The mouth-parts, antennae and eyes of an insect are attached to its head, and all are exceedingly useful organs, as will be shown later in discussing the feeling and the other sensations of an insect. An insect's wings and legs are always borne by the thorax. The wings are primarily organs of flight, but are used as musical organs by some of the grasshoppers and crickets. Female canlcer-worm moths, bed-bugs, and some other insects have prac- tically no wings, and the house-flies, mosquitos, male bark Uce, and similar insects have but one pair of wings. Insects use their legs primarily for locomo- tion; some have their front legs modified for catching other insects for food; others have hind legs fitted for jumping, while the honey-bee hais little "pockets" on its hind legs for carrying pollen to feed its young. The arrangement of the internal organs in insects is interesting and somewhat pecuUar. The alimentary or food canal in larvae is a nearly straight tube, occupy- ing the central portion of the body; in adult insects it is usually much longer than the body and is more or less folded; from the mouth the food passes through a pharynx, an esophagus, some- times a crop and a gizzard, a stomach, and a small and large intestine. The nervous system of an insect is similar to that in ' the higher animals, but it extends along the venter instead of the back. There is a httle brain in the upper part of the head, and two nerve cords extend from this around the food-canal to another ganglion or nerve center in the lower part of the head; two nerve cords then extend longi- tudinally along the venter and connect a series of nerve centers or gangha, typically one for each segment , of the body. From each of these ganglia or httle brains nerves arise, which supply the adjacent organs and ramify throughout the body. In insects, all parts of the body cavity that are not occupied by the internal organs are filled with a rich, colorless or ' slightly greenish blood. There is no system of tubes hke our arteries and veins, in which the blood is con- 66 1294. Head of grasshopper. Showing the great eye. A detail of a part of the surface of the compound eye is also shown. DISEASES AND INSECTS 1035 fined and through which it flows. There is a so-called heart" above the food-canal, along the middle line of the back; it is a tube consisting of several chambers communicating with each other and with the body cavity by valvular openings. The blood is forced through this heart into the head, where it escapes mto the body cavity. It then flows to all parts of the body, even out into the appendages, in regular streams which have definite directions, but which are not confined in tubes. They, like the ocean cmrents, are definite streams with hquid shores. Insects do not breathe through the mouth, as many suppose, but through a series of holes along the sides of the body. These openings, or spiracles, lead into a system of air- tubes, called tracheae. These tracheae branch and finally ramify all through the insect. Insects have no lungs, but the tracheae sometimes connect with air-sacs or bladders in the body, which help to buoy up the insect when flying. Thus the relation between the circulation of the blood and respiration is not nearly so intimate in insects as in man. In insects the air is carried to all the tissues of the body in the tracheae and the blood simply bathes these tissues. Just how the blood is purified and how the waste matter is disposed of in insects are not yet clearly understood. Aquatic insects breathe by either carrying down bubbles of air from the surface entangled under their wings, or they may be provided with organs known as tracheal giUs; these 1295. Fossil dragon-fly, Petalia longialata. ( X K) are usually plate-Uke expansions of the body that are abundantly suppUed with tracheae, in which the air is brought practically in contact with the air in water, and may thus be purified. More than 4,000 different muscles have been found in a single caterpillar. Not- withstanding their dehcate appearance, these muscles are really very strong and their rapidity of action is wonderful; in certain gnats the muscles move or vibrate the wings 15,000 times a second. Their sensations. — Insects can see, feel, hear, taste and smell, and they may also possess other senses, as a sense of direction. Many insects have two kinds of eyes. On each side of the head the large compound eye is easily recognized (Fig. 129.4) ; each compound eye is composed of many small eyes, from fifty in some ants to many thousands in a butterfly or dragon-fly. Between these compound eyes, from one to four sim- ple eyes are to be found in many adult insects. Cater- pillars and other larvae possess only simple eyes. It is thought that each facet of the compound eye sees a part of an object; thus the whole eye would form a mosaic picture on the insect's brain. The simple eyes doubtless see as our eyes do, and seem to be best adapted for use in dark places and for near vision. Insects do not see the form of objects distinctly, but their eyes are doubtless superior to ours in distin- guishing the smallest movements of an object. It is now supposed that no insects can distinctly see objects at a greater distance than 6 feet. It must be a sixth 1036 DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS sense, a sense of direction, which enables the bee to find its way for a mile or more back to its home. Insects are doubtless able to distinguish the color of objects, and some insects seem to prefer certain colors. Blue is said to be the favorite color of the honey-bee, and violet that of ants; ants are also apparently sensitive to the ultra-violet rays of light, which man cannot per- ceive. It is generally supposed that the shape and high colors of flowers attract insects; but recent ex- periments seem to show that in- sects are guided to flowers by the sense of smell rather than by sight. The hard outer skin of an insect haa no nerves distributed in it, hence it is not sensitive; but it is pierced with holes, in which grow hairs that are in connection with nerves at their base. It is by means of these sensory hairs that insects feel, and are sensitive to touch on most parts of the body. Doubtless insects are not deaf, for we know that many of them make sounds, and it must naturally follow that they have ears to hear, for there is every reason to suppose that they make these sounds as love-songs to attract the 1296. The foui stages in an insect's life — egg, larva, pupa, imago. — ^Xhe codlin-moth, (Egg much enlarged; others Xi-H) 1297. Nymphs of the four-lined leaf-bug, and adult of the tarnished plant-bug. The smaller one at the left is the nymph recently hatched. The next is the nymph after the first moult. The imago ie shown at the right. Hair lines at the right of nymphs, and small figure near imago indicate the natural size. sexes, as a means of communication, or possibly to express their emotions. Some think that bees and ants hear sounds too shrill for our ears. Insects have no true voice, but produce various noises mechanically, either by rapid movements of their wings, which causes the humming, of bees and flies, or by friction between roughened surfaces on the body or its appendages, thus producing the rasping sounds or shrill cries of some crickets and grasshoppers. The house-fly hums on F, thus vibrating its wings 335 times in a second, while the wing tone of the honey-bee is A. Usually the males are the musicians of the insect world, but it is the female of the familiar mosquito which doe^ the singing, and the "biting" also. The male mosquito doubtless hears the song of his mate by means of his antennae, as the soHg causes the antennal' hairs to vibrate rapidly. Organs which are structurally ear- like have been found in various parts of the body of insects. The common brown grasshoppers of the fields have a large ear on each side of the first segment of the abdomen; one can easily distin- guish with the naked eye the membrane or tympanum stretched over a cavity. Many of the long -homed green grasshoppers, katydids and crickets have two 1298. Larva of a sphinx moth. similar ears on the tibia of each front leg. Some think that mosquitos have the faculty of the perception of the direction of sound more highly developed than in any other class of animals. Insects undoubtedly possess the sense of taste. When morphine or strychnine was mixed with honey, ants perceived the fraud the moment they began to feed. The substitution of alum for sugar was soon detected by wasps. Bees and wasps seem to have a more deli- cate gustatory sense than flies. Taste organs have been found in many insects, and are usually situated either in the mouth or on the organs immediately surrounding it. Many ex|3eriments have shown that the antennae are the principal organs of smell in insects. Blow-flies and cockroaches which have had their antennae removed are not attracted by their favorite food, and male insects find their mates with diflaculty when deprived of their antennae. The familiar world which surrounds us may be a totally different place to insects. To them it may be full of music which we cannot hear, of color which we cannot see, of sensations which we cannot perceive. Do insects think or reason? Why not? Their actions are said to be the result of inherited habit or instinct. But some of them have been seen to do things which require the exercise of instinctive powers so acute and so closely akin to reason that one can hardly escape the conclusion that some insects are endowed with reasoning powers. Their number, size and age. — ^Experts guess that there are from 2,000,000 to 10,000,000 different kinds of insects in the world. Only about 400,000 of these have yet been described and named by man. Between 30,000 and 40,000 are now known in North America. Four-fifths of all the kinds of animals are insects; some single families of insects are said to contain more species than one can see stars in a clear sky at night; and there are as many butterflies as birds in North America. The larger part of the land animals are insects, and it is asserted that the larger proportion of the animal matter existing on the lands of the globe is probably locked up in the forms of insects. Insects vary in size from little beetles, of which it would take 100, placed end to end, to measure an inch, up to tropical species 6 or 8 inches in length, or of equal bulk to a mouse. Insects have a very long, but, as yet, very imperfect pedigree extending through the geological ages to Silu- rian times. Fossil remains of many different kinds of in- sects have been found in the rocks (Fig. 1295); even such delicate insects as plant- lice left their impress on the rocks ages ago. In the car- boniferous or coal age, the insect world was evidently quite different from that of today, for fossils of veritable insect mammoths have been found; dragon-flies with a wing-exjjanse of 2 to 3 feet then existed. Insect fossils found in the tertiary rocks 1299. Tent-caterpillai. DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS 1037 1300. A maggot. Larva of a dipterous insect. 1301. A gnib. Larva of a beetle. indicate that there were even more kinds of insects then than now. Their growth and transformations. Fig. 1296. — Insects begin hfe as an egg; in some cases the egg stage is passed within the Dody of the mother, which then gives birth to living young. The eggs of insects exhibit a wonderful variety of forms, sizes, colors and characteristic markings. A single scale insect may 1^ thousands of eggs, while some plant-lice produce only one. Remarkable instinct is often shown by the mother in- sect in placing her eggs where her young wiU find proper food. From their birth the young of some of the lowest or most generalized insects closely resemble their parents, and they undergo no striking change, during their hfe; hence are said to have no metamorphosis. In the case of grasshoppers, stink- bugs, dragon-flies, and many other insects, the young at birth resemble their par- ents, but have no wings. As they grow, wings gradu- ally develop and often changes in markings occur, until the adult stage is reached. The growth, however, is gradual, and no striking or complete change occurs, and these insects are said to undergo an incomplete meta^ morphosis. The young insects in all stages are called nymphs (Fig. 1297) ; thus insects with an incom- plete metamorphosis pass through three different forms during their hfe: an egg, the yoimg or npnph stage, and the advU. From the eggs of butterflies, moths, flies, beetles, bees and some other insects, there hatches a worm-Uke crea- ture, much unlike the parent insect. It is called a larva (Fig. 1298) ; the larvse of butterflies and moths are often called caterpillars (Fig. 1299) ; mag- gots axe the larvs of flies (Fig. 1300) ; and the term grub is apphed to the larvae of beetles and bees (Fig. 1301). When these larvae get their fuU growth, some of them go into the ground where they form an ekrthen cell, while others proceed to spin around them- selves a silken home or cocoon (Figs. 1302- 1304). In these re- treats the larvae change to a quiescent or life- less-appearing creature which has Uttle resem- blance to either the larva or the parent insect. It is caU a pupa (Fig. 1305). The pupae of butterflies are often called chrysalids. FMes change to pupae in the hardened skin of the maggot. Some pupae, Uke those of mosquitos, are very active. Wonderful changes take place within the skin of the pupa. Nearly all the larval tissues break down and the insect is practically made over, from a crawhng larva to a beautiful, flying adult insect. When the adult is fully formed, it breaks its pupal shroud and emerges to spend a comparatively brief existence as a winged creature. Such insects are said to undergo a complete metamor- phosis, and pass through four strikingly different 1302. Cocoon of Pro- methea motb. Made in the roll of a leaf. The insect weaves a web about the leaf-stalk and ties it to the parent stem, so that the leaf cannot faU. 1303. Lengthwise section of the Promethea cocoon. Showing at apex the valve- like opening t h r o u g h which the moth escaped. stages during their life: the egg, the worm- like larva, me quiescent pupa, and the adult insect. Such remarkable changes or transformations make the story of an insect's life one of intense interest to one who reads it from nature's book. Vari- ous kinds of adult insects, or imagoes, are shown in Figs. 1306-1311. No two kinds of insects have the same hfe-story to tell. Some pass their whole life on a single host; some partake of only a certain kind of food, while others thrive on many kinds of plants; some are cannibals at times, and others^ like the parasites, are boarders within their host, while many prey openly on their brethren in the insect world. Usually the hfe of the adult insect is brief, but ants have been kept for thirteen years, and the periodical cicada has to spend seventeen years as a nymph under- ground before it is fitted to become a denizen of the air. The winter months may be passed in any of the different stages of the insect's life. Two very closely allied insects may have very differ- ent life habits. How they grow. — Many persons think that the small house-flies grow to be the large ones. While most insects feed after they become adults, they get little or none of their growth during their adult life. Insecta grow mostly while they are larvae, or nymphs. The maggots from which the little house-flies develop doubtless do not have as luxuriant or favorable feed- ing-grounds as do those of the larger ihes. In thirty days some leaf-feeding caterpillars wiU in- crease in size 10,000 times; and a certain flesh-feeding maggot will in twenty -four hours con- sume two hundred times its own weight, which would be paral- leled in the human race if a one- day-old baby ate 1,500 pounds the first day of its existence! The skin of insects is so hard and inelastic that it cannot stretch to accommodate such rapid growth. But nature obviates this difficulty by teaching these crea- tures how to grow a new suit of clothes or a new skin underneath the old one, and then to shed or molt the latter. The old skin is shed in its entirety, even from all the appendages, and sometimes remains in such a natural position where the insect left it as to easily deceive one into thinking that he is looking at the insect rather than at its cast-off clothes. Some insects are so neat and economical that they devour their old suits or skins soon after molting them. Larvae, or nymphs, may molt from two or three to ten or more times; the larvae do not often change strikingly in appear- 1304. End of cocoon of Cecropia moth. Inside view, showing where the moth gets out. 1305. Pupa of tomato worm. 1306. The cabbage butterfly. 1038 DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS 1307. Imago of a tent-caterpillar. ance, but the nymphs gradually acquire the characters and structures of the adult. How they eat. — To the horticulturist, the mouth- parts of an insect are its most important organs or appendages. The mouth-parts are built on two very different plans. Grasshoppers, beetles, cater- pillars and grubs have two pairs of homy jaws, work- ing from side to side, with which they bite or chew off pieces of their food, that then pass into the food- canal for digestion (Fig. 1312). The scale insects (Fig. 1313), plant-Uce, true bugs (Fig. 1314), mosquitos and others have these jaws drawn out into thread-like organs, which are worked along a groove in a stiff beak or extended imder-Up. Such insects can eat only liquid food, which they suck with their beak-like mouth-parts. The insect places its beak on the surface of the plant, forces the thread-like jaws into the tissues, and then begins a sucking operation, which draws the juices of the plant up along the jaws, and the groove in the beak into the food-canal of the insect. Thns a suck- ing insect could not partake of particles of poison sprayed on the surface of a plant. Its mouth-parts are not built for such feeding, and as it is impracticable to poison the juice of the plant, one is forced to fight such insects with a deadly gas, or each individual insect must be actually hit with some insecti- cide. A knowledge of these fundamental facts about the eating habits of insects would have saved much time and money that have been wasted in trying to check the ravages of suckmg insects with paris green and similar poisons. Some insects, Uke the fruit flies, have mouth-parts fitted for lapping up liquids. Beneficial insects. The horticulturist has many staunch and true friends among the insects. The honey-bee, the many wild bees, and other insects, as they visit the blossoms to get food for themselves, for their young, and honey for man, leave an insurance policy in the shape of tiny grains of pollen, which often insures a crop of fruit that otherwise might be extremely uncertain. The honey-bee is often accused of biting into ripe fruits, especially grapes. They have not yet been proved guilty, and careful, S^ MK^KWSIl exhaustive experiments have shown ■ ■' ^'^ that they will not do it under 1309. One of the S^ most favorable circumstances. weevil beetles. With Wasps and other strong- jawed m- a long and strong sects are responsible for most of this proboscis. injury, the bees only sipping the juice from the wound. See Bees, Vol. I. Most of the pretty little beetles known to every child as "lady-bugs" eat nothing but injurious insects; many ether beetles are also predaceous. Man is also often deeply indebted to many of the two-winded insects or true flies whose larvae live as parasites inside the body of insect pests or feed upon them predaceously. Were it not for the ravenous larvae of the "lady-bugs" and of the syrphus flies, plant-lice of all kinds would soon get beyond control. While man must recognize these little friends as valuable aids in his warfare against the hordes of insect pests, it will rarely be safe 1308. A beetle. The adult of a borer larra. ^^ 1310. Ground beetle. One of the conunonest predaceous insects. to wait for the pests to be controlled by their enemies. Fig. 1315 shows a tomato worm bearing the cocoons of a parasite. Fig. 1310 shows one of the predaceous beetles destroying a cutworm. Injurious insects. There are now several thousand different kinds of insects that may be classed as injurious in the United States and Canada. Over 600 kinds were exhibited at the Columbian Exposition in 1893. All of these may not be injurious every year, as most insect pests have periods of subsidence, when certain factors, possibly their enemies or perhaps climate conditions, hold them in check. The out- look for American horticulturists, so far as injurious in- sects are concerned, is not encouraging. Nowhere else in the . world are insects being fought as intelligently, suc- cessfuUy and scien- tifically as in America, yet we never have exter- minated, and it is very doubtful if we ever will, a single insect pest. This means that American horticultuijsts will never have any fewer kinds of insects to fight. On the con- trary, there are many more insect pests now than in our grandfather's early days, and new pests are appear- ing every year. This alarming state of affairs is largely due to two causes, for both of which man is responsible. Man is continually encroaching ujjon and thereby dis- turbing nature's primitive domain and the equilib- rium which has there become established between animals and plants. In consequence, insects Uke the Colorado potato beetle, the apple-tree or the peach- tree borers have been attracted from their original wild food-plants to man's cultivated crops, which often offer practically unlimited feeding-grounds. Most of the new insect pests, howevei', are now coming to America from foreign shores. AiQerican horticulturists are continually importing plants from the ends of the earth, and oftentimes the plants are accompanied by one or more of their insect pests. Some comparatively recent introductions of this kind are the sinuate pear- borer, the pear midge, the gypsy moth, the brown-tail moth, the horn-fly and the elm leaf -beetle; such stand- ard pests as the Hessian fly, the cabbage butterfly, the currant-worm, the codlin-moth (Fig. 1296) came in many years ago. Of the seventy-three insects which rank as first-class pests, each of them almost annually causing a loss of hundreds of thousands of dollars, over 1311. Moths of the peach-tree borer. The lowest one is male. DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS 1039 1312. Mouth-parts of a biting insect. one-half have been introduced from foreign countries, mostly from Europe. It is a significant fact that usually these imported insects become much more serious pests here than in their native home; this is doubtless largely due to the absence of their native ene- mies, to more favorable climatic conditions here, and to a less intense system of agriculture in this country. Most of our worst insect pests of the fruits, of the garden crops, of the granary, of the household, of the greenhouse, and practically all of our most dangerous scale insects, are of foreign origin. Man will contmue to encroach on and disturb nature's primitive domain, and commer- cial operations wiU never cease, nor is there much hope of ever effectually quarantining our shores against these little foes; hence there seems to be no practicable way to stop this increase of the insect enemies of the horticulturist. The one who is the best fitted by nature, and who best fits himself with a knowledge of these pests and how to fight them, will usually be the one to survive and reap the reward of profits- able crops. No part of a plant, from its roots to the fruit it produces, escapes the tiny jaws or the sucking beaks of insects. Root-feeding insects. — Many of the small fruits and vegetables are often seriously in- -' jured by insects feed- ing on the roots. The grape-vine fidia (the grub of a small beetle) and the grape phyllox- era plant-louse live on grape roots. Straw- berries often succumb to the attacks of the grubs of several small beetles known as straw- berry-root worms, and to the large white grubs of the May beetles. The roots of cabbages, radishes and other cruciferous plants are often devoured by hordes'^ of hungry maggots. These underground root-feeding insects are difficult pests to control, like any other unseen foe. Sometimes they can be reached successfully by injecting a little carbon bisulfide into the soil around the base of the plant. The cabbage maggots can be prevented _ largely by the use of tarred paper pads placed around the plants, or by pouring a carbohc acid emulsion at the base of the infested 1313. San Jos£ Scale. Showing the mature winter Bcale: also the insect itself, with its thread- like feeding organs. also many of the smaller vine and bush-fruits and garden crops. Borers are often the most destructive of insect pests. The two apple-tree borers, the round- headed (Fig. 1316) and the flat-headed species, and the peach-tree borer (Fig. 1311) doubtless cause the death of as many apple and peach trees in America as all other enemies combined. The fruit-bark beetles, or "shot-hole" borers, usually attack only unthrifty or sickly fruit trees, and a tree once infested by them is usually doomed. Two borers, one the grub of a beetle 1314. Hemipterous insect. Known to entomologists as a true bug. plants. The strawberry root-feeders are best controlled by frequent cultivation and a short rotation of crops. Borers. — These are thelarvse of several different kinds of insects, which burrow into and feed upon the inner bark, the solid wood, or the interior pith of the larger roots, trunks, branches, and stems or stalks of many' horticultural plants. Nearly every kind of fruit trees is attacked by its special kind of borer, as are 1315. Tomato worm attacked by parasitic insects. and the other the caterpillar of a moth, sometimes tun- nel down the stems of currants and gooseberries. Rasp- berries and blackberries (Fig. 1317) also suffer from two or thee kinds of borers, one working in the root, one in the stem, and a maggot bores down and kills the new shoots. A caterpillar closely allied to the peach- tree borer lives in squash vines, often ruining the crop. The potato-stalk weevil sometimes does much damage in potato fields. Sometimes one can prevent borers from getting into a fruit tree with a paper bandage closely wrapped around the part liable to be attacked, or by the application of some "wash." Most of the washes recommended will prove ineffectual or dangerous to use. Gas-tar has given good results, but some re- port injury to peach trees from its use; hence one should first experiment with it on a few trees. No way has been found to keep borers out of the small fruits or garden crops; usually if infested canes, stems or plants are cut out and burned early in the fall or whenever noticed, most of the borers will be killed. When borers once get into fruit trees, the "digging-out" process is usually the only resort, although some report that they readily kill the depredator by simply injecting a little carbon bisulfide into the entrance of his burrow and quickly closing it with putty. Btid- and leaf-feeding insects. — The buds and leaves of horticul- tural crops often swarm with legions of biting and sucking in- sects. A mere enumeration of the different kinds of these pests would weary the reader. Some insects, like the rose chafer, work on several different kinds of plants, while many others attack only ,,,, _ , one or two kinds. In apple.or- "^^^.^^-^ »/,- chards, the opening buds are seized ^^^ ^^^^^ ^^ ^ ^^^^ upon by the the hungry bud-moth .^^jj^^g ^-^e imago or and case-bearing caterpillars, by beetle emerged. 1040 DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS the newly hatched canker-worms, and by tent-cater- pillars, whose tents or "sign-boards" are familiar objects in many orchards. These pests continue their destruc- tive work on the leaves. The pear slug often needs to be checked in its work of skeletonizing the leaves of the pear and cherry. The pear psylla, one of the jumping plant- lice, is a very serious menace to pear-grow- ing in many locali- ties; the fruit is either dwarfed or drops from badly infested trees, and sometimes so many little pumps sucking out its life finally cause the death of the tree. The little blue grape- vine flea-beetle often 'literally nips the prospective crop of fruit in the bud, or the rose-chafer may swarm over the vines and eat the foliage or blossoms. Currant and gooseberry grow- ers realize that eter- nal vigilance against the familiar green currant worms is the price of a crop of fruit. The asparagus beetles would soon appropriate every asparagus shoot that appears in many locahties. It is a continual struggle against insect pests to get a paying crop of almost any vegetable. The several kinds of cabbage caterpillars would soon riddle the leaves. The hungry striped cucumber beetles can hardly wait for the melon, squash, or cucumber vines to come up. Two sucking insects, the harlequin cabbage bug and the sguash stmk-bug, are equally as destructive as their biting relatives. The bud- and leaf-feeding insects are usually readily con- trolled by spraying some poison on their food, or by hitting them with some oil or soap spray. As the female moths of canker-worms are wingless, a wire trap or sticky bandage placed around the trunk of the tree in the late fall and early spring, to capture the moths as they crawl up the tree to lay their eggs, will greatly help to check these serious pests. The collec- tion and burning of the conspicuous egg-rings of the tent-caterpillars at any time between August and the following April will greatly re- duce the vast numbers of tents or signboards of shiftlessness in apple orchards. Hand-pick- ing or collecting is the most successful method of controlling the rose-chafer, harle- quin cabbage bug, and the squash stink-bug in many cases. Prompt action, guided by a knowledge of the insect's habits and life- history, and any intelligent use of materials and apparatus, are essential in any successful effort to control these bud- and leaf-feeding pests of the horti- culturist. 1317. A beetle borer and its work. The larva borea in the young wood of raspberry and blackberry canea, causing the swellings seen in the picture. 1318. Grasshopper. (Mounted) 1319. A crane fly. (Mounted) Fruit-eating insects. — -"Wormj^'^pples, pears, quinces plums, peaches, cherries, apricots, grapes, currants and nuts are often the rule rather than the exception. The codlin-moth or apple -worm often ruins from one-third to one-half of the crop each year in many localities; it also infests pears seriously. The apple maggot tunnels its way through and through the flesh of a large percentage of the apples in the northern sec- tions of the country. Most of the wormy plums, peaches, cherries and apricots are the work of the grub of that worst insect enemy of the stone fruits — the plum curcuUo; the plum gouger, a similar insect, whose grub works in the pit of plums, is equally destructive to this fruit in some states. "Knotty" quinces are largely the work of the adults of the quince curcuUo, while its grub often ruins the fruit with its dis- gusting worm- hole. There is also a grape cur- culio that, with the aid of the caterpillar of a little moth, works havoc in grapes. Cur- rants and goose- berries are often wormy from the work of two or three different kinds of maggots and caterpillars. Two kinds of fruit flies attack the cherry; infested cherries may show no external signs of the presence of the maggot reveUng in the juices within. Various small beetles known as weevils, are responsible for most wormy nuts. Most of the fruit-eating insects are out of the reach of the ordi- nary insecticides. The codlin-moth is a noted exception, however, for the peculiar habit that the little cater- pillar has of usually entering the blossom end of the fruit and feeding therein for a few days, gives the man with a poison spray a very vulnerable point of attack. It is only necessary to spray a bit of poison into the open calyx cup within a few days p,fter the petals fall, and let nature soon close the calices and keep the poison therein until the newly-hatched caterpillar includes it in its first menu. Often 95 per cent of the apples that would otherwise be ruined by the worms are saved by an apphcation of paris green at this critical time. Plant-lice. — Scarcely a plant escapes the little suc- tion pump or beak of some kind of a plant-louse or aphis. More than 300 different kinds of plant-lice have been identified in the United States, and nearly every kind of fruit, flower, farm or garden crop has its special plant-louse enemy, which is often a serious factor in the production of a crop. These Uttle crea- tures are so small, so variable, so hard to perceive, present so many different forms in the same species, and have such varied and interesting life-stories to tell, that what is known about them is but a mere beginning as compared to what is yet to be learned. It would take a large volume to include the in- teresting stories which might be told of the lives and of the relations with ants of some of the commonest of these plant-lice. No other group of insects presents so many curious, varied,' inter- esting, and wonderful problems of life 1320. a snapping as do the aphids. In the aggregate, the beetle, damage done by plant-lice is very great. (Mounted) DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS 1041 At times hundreds of acres of peas have been ruined by an aphid. Nursery stock often suffers severely and bearing fruit trees are often seriously injured by them. About forty different kinds of aphides Uve in green- houses where a perpetual warfare has to be waged against them. In four years nearly 100 genera^ tions of a common aphis have been reared in greenhouses, and there were no indications of any egg-stage or of male forms during this time, so that they may thus breed indefinitely in houses, their young be- ing bom alive and no males appearing. The standard remedies for plant-lice are whale-oil soap, kerosene emulsion, and tobacco in various ways (as a decoction, dry as a dust, or in the form of similar extracts), and these are successfully used to kill the aphides in all situations. Scale insects. — Since the advent of San Jos6 scale into the eastern United States, scale in- sects of aU kinds have attracted world-wide attention. They are all small insects, and derive their name from the fact that their tender bodies are protected by hard, scale-like coverings se- creted by the insects. Thus protected, they are difficult insects to kiU, and as they, are easily transported on nursery stock, buds or cions, and multiply rapidly. 1321. A spreading board for drying soft-winged insects. the scale insects are justly to be considered as among the most dangerous and destructive of injurious insects. A single female San Jos6 scale may rear a brood of from 100 to 600 young, and there may be four or five generations a year; and more than 2,000 eggs have been laid by a single Lecanium scale. The scale insects, the dreaded San Jos6 species included, can be controlled successfully by judicious, inteUigent and timely work with sprays of lime-sulfur, crude petro- leum, or hydrocyanic acid gas, which should be used in the case of nursery stock. Since 1889 fumigation with hydrocyanic acid gas has been extensively prac- tised in the citrus orchards of California, and now Florida and South African fruit-growers are also using it in their orchards. Large gas-tight tents or boxes are placed over the trees and the gas then generated within. Much nursery stock is now treated with the gas in tight boxes or houses: this is required by law in many states, and it should be practised in other regions. Recently greenhouses, railway coaches, rooms in private houses, and whole flouring mUls have been effectively fumigated with this gas. Insects are preserved in collections by securing them m tight cases by means of a pin inserted through the thorax, or through the right wing if the subject is a beetle. Moths and butterflies are pinned in position on a spreading-board until thoroughly dried. See Figs. 1318-1322. Every horticulturist should make a col- lection of injurious insects. Insect literature for hortioiUurists. — Horticulturists should keep in close touch with the experiment sta- tions and state entomologists of their own and of other states, and also with the Department of Agriculture at Washington; for it is from these som-ces that the best and latest advice regarding injurious insects is now being disseminated free, either by personal correspon- dence or by means of bulletins. Among the books, one or more of which may well find a place in a horticul- turist's library are the following: Weed's "Insects and Insecticides," Lodeman's "The Spraying of Plants," Saunders' "Insects Injurious to pWits," Sanderson's "Insect Pests of Orchard, Farm and Garden," and Slingerland and Crosby's "Fruit Insects." M. V. Slingerland. C. R. CROSBTt Other invertebrate animals. Mites. — Mites belong to the class of animals known as Arachnida, which are closely related to insects. Spiders and scorpions also belong in this group. Mites are small creatures, usually possessing four pairs of legs when mature, and the body is not divided into three divisions as in the case of insects. The green- house red-spider {Tetranychus bimaculatus) is one of the most common and injurious species. It occurs on a wide variety of plants grown under glass and also out- of-doors on the foUage of many wild and cultivated plants. It is about s^in. long and varies in color from yellow through orange to brown and dark green, often with a darker spot on each side of the body. It spins a very deHcate silken wel>like nest over its breeding- ground. It can be killed on the foUage of plants grown in the open with soap solution, dusting with sulfur, and hydrated hme, or by using a flour-paste spray. In greenhouses, it is best controlled by repeated spray- ing with water, using much force and little water to avoid drenching the beds. The clover mite {Bryobia pratensis) is a minute, spider-like, oval, reddish brown mite about Tooinch in length with long front legs. It attacks the foliage of many fruit and forest trees as well as clover and grasses. The tiny, round, reddish eggs often occur in great numbers on the bark of trees in winter giving the branches a reddish color. It may be controlled by the same treatment as for red-spider. In addition, the eggs may be killed with a lime-sulfur solution while the trees are dormant. The pear-leaf bUster-mite (Eriophyes pyri) differs from most other mites in having only two pairs of legs and in its elongate body. The mite is only ririnch in length; it burrows in the tissue of the leaf, causing blister-Uke galls. The eggs are laid within the gall, 1322. A cross-section of spreading board in front of the cleat "d," in Fig. 1321. and some of the mites when mature leave through a small opening and migrate to new leaves. The mature mites hibernate under the bud -scales. This pest is controlled by applications of Kme-sulfur or miscible oils while the trees are dormant. Nematodes. — A species of nematode worm (Hetero- dera radidcola) lives parasitically in the roots of a wide variety of wild and cultivated plants producing enlarged knots or sweUings. This disease is known as 1042 DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS root-knot and is more prevalent in light soils. It is especially troublesome in greenhouses. The adult female worm is flask-shaped, .6 to 1 mm. in length, pearly white in color, and is found within the knots on the roots. Each female lays several hundred eggs. The yoimg worms may continue within the same root or migrate through the soil to others. Nematode root-galls have been found on nearly 500 different species of plants. It is especially destructive to okra, hollyhock, Amarantus tricolor, peach, snapdragon, celery, heart-leaved basil, wax gourd, beet, rape, red pepper, balloon vine, melon papaw, catalpa, endive, watermelon, coffee, muskmelon, cucumber, squash, pumpkin, carrot, deutzia, California poppy, fig, soy- bean, pecan, morning-glory, lettuce, gourd, sweet pea, flax, tomato, tobacco, peony, ginseng, passiflora, petu- nia, tuberose, cherry, pomegranate, eggplant, potato, salsify, clovers, violet. Old World grape. See page 1023. Tms pest may be controlled in greenhouses by the use of Uve steam to sterilize the soil or by a weak solu- tion of formaldehyde, one part, 36 to 40 per cent formaldehyde, to one hundred parts water, applied at the rate of one to one and one-half gallons to every square yard of soil surface of shallow beds. After the apphcation, the soil should be thoroughly stirred and planting should not be done tUl at least ten days later. Under field conditions, the problem is more difficult. The most feasible method is a system of crop-rotation in which an immune crop is grown for at least two years between susceptible crops. One of the most resistant crops is the Iron variety of cowpea. Clean cultivation should be practised so as to destroy all susceptible plants. Insecticides. Insecticides are substances used to kill insects, as poisons, washes and gases. Insects are subject to many natural checks, such as wind, rains, sudden changes of temperature, the attacks of parasites and predaceous enemies, and are often destroyed in great numbers by bacterial and fungous diseases. In spite of these natural checks it is, however, usually necessary to resort to a spray or some other artificial insecticide for the protection of our crops. The essential requirements for a satisfactory insecti- cide are: efficient killing power, safety to the foUage, cheapness and ease of apphcation. The choice of an insecticide for any particular case will depend upon a number of factors: upon the structure, habits, and life-history of the insect to be killed; and upon the susceptibility of the host plant to injury, its mode of growth and the conditions under which it is cultivated. Some insects, as the plant-Uce, are soft-bodied and pro- vided with a thin and deUcate integument; others, like the beetles and wireworms, have hard, homy shells impervious to ordinary spray liquids; some insects bite off and swallow portions of the plant, while others merely suck out the sap by means of a slender tube; some are injurious in the larval stage, others as adults; some attack the roots, some the foliage and fruit, while others burrow in the trvmk and branches. Plants vary greatly in their susceptibihty to injury from the use of insecticides; the peach and Japan plum have especially tender foliage, while the apple is not so easily injured. All these points and many more must be con- sidered in selecting an insecticide which wiU be adapted to the control of any injurious insect. Our methods of fighting insects are constantly changing as new facts are discovered, new methods devised and new insecti- cides invented. Our present methods are the results of a more or less unconscious cooperation extending over many years between the practical grower, the student of insect fife and the progressive manufacturers of spraying materials and spray machinery. Insecticides may be classed into those which are eaten with the food and kill by poisoning; those that kill by contact with the insect's body; and fumes of gases used for fumigation. The poisons are effective against the biting or chewing and lapping (fruit flies) insects; the contact insecticides are used as a rule against sucking insects; and fumes and gases are employed principally in greenhouses and for the fumi- gation of nursery stock, stored seeds, and citrus trees. Poisoning insecticides. The most widely used substance for the poisoning of insects is arsenic in its various compounds. For this purpose only compounds insoluble in water can be used, as soluble arsenic is veiy injurious to foliage. White arsenic. — This is the cheapest form in which arsenic can be obtained. It is a white powder, soluble in water and very inju- rious to foliage. A cheap and efficient insecticide may be prepared from it as follows; For use with bordeaux mixiure only. Sal-soda, two pounds; water, one gallon; arsenic, one pound. Mix the white arsenic into a paste and then add the sal-soda and water, and boil imtil dis- solved. Add water to replace any that has boiled away, ao that one gallon of stock solution is the result. Use one quart of this stock solution to fifty gallons of bordeaux mixture for fruit trees. Make sure that there is enough lime in the mixture to prevent the caustic action of the arsenic. For use vnthout bordeaux mixture. Sal-soda, one pound; water, one gallon; white arsenic, one pound; qmcklime, two pounds. Dissolve the white arsenic with the water and sal-soda as above, and use this solution while hot to slake the two pounds of Ume. Add enough water to make two gallons. Use two quarts of this stock solution in fifty gallons of water. As there is always some danger of foliage injury from the use of these home-made arsenic compounds, and as they cannot be safely combined with the dilute lime-sulfur when used as a summer spray, they are now rarely employed in commercial orchard spraying. Paris green. — Paris green is_ composed of copper oxid, acetic acid and arsenious oxid chemically combined as copper-aceto- arsenite. By the National Insecticide Law of 1910, paris green must contain at least 50 per cent arsenious oxid and must not contain arsenic in water-soluble form equivalent to more than 3}^ per cent arsenious oxid. For many years paris green has been the standard insecticide for orchard use, but is now largely replaced by the safer and more adhesive arsenate of lead. In spraying apples, paris green is used at the rate of one-half pound to one himdred gallons of water or bordeaux mixture. When used with water, Ume twice the bulk of the paris green should be added to lessen the danger of foUage injury. Paris green cannot safely be used with either the dilute lime-sulfur as used for summer spray- ing or with the self-boiled lime-sulfur. London purple. — London purple is an arsenite of lime and is a by-product in the manufacture of aniline dyes. Its composition is variable, the arsenic content varying from 30 to 50 per cent. Owing to the presence of much soluble arsenic it is likely to cause foliage injury, and it is now Uttle used in commercial spraying. Arsenate of lead. — ^Arsenate of lead was first used as an insecti- cide in 1893, in Massachusetts. It is now almost entirely replacell^ ^sy paris green for orchard work throughout the country. It adheres better to the leaves, maj^ be used at considerably greater strength without injuring the foliage and may be combined with a dilute lime-sulfur solution or with the self-boiled lime-sulfur. Chemically, arsenate of lead may be either triplumbic arsenate or plumbic-hydrogen arsenate. The commercial product usually consists of a mixture of these two forms, the proportion depending on the method of manufacture employed. It is usually sold in the form of a thick paste, but for some purposes the powdered form is preferred. Under the National Insecticide Law of 1910, arsenate of lead paste must not contain more than 50 per cent water and must contain the arsenic equivalent of at least 12yi per cent arsenious oxid. The water-soluble arsenic must not exceed an equivalent of three-fourths of 1 per cent of arsenic oxid. In the best grades of arsenate of lead paste the chemical is in a_ finely divided condition, and thus when diluted for use remains in sus- pension for a considerable time. Arsenate of lead is used at various strengths, depending upon the insect to be killed and on the sus- ceptibility of the foliage to injury. Four pounds in one hundred gallons can be used on the peach if combined with the self-boiled Ume-sulfur: on apple, four or five pounds in one hundred gallons is usually sufficient: on grapes for killing the grape root-worm beetles and the rose-chafer, eight to ten pounds in one hundred gallons have been found necessary. The poison is more readily eateh by these beetles if sweetened by two gallons of molasses in one hundred gallons, but, unfortunately, the addition of molasses greatly decreases the adhesiveness of the poison. Some species of fruit flies may be controlled by the use of sweetened arsenate of lead sprayed on the foliage of the plants at the first appearance of the' flies. They lap up the poison with their fleshy tongue-like mouth-parts and succumb before ovipositing. Arsenite of zinc. — Arsenite of zinc is a light fluffy powder and contains the equivalent of about 40 per cent arsenious oxid. It has been used extensively on the Pacific .slope as a substitute for arsenate of lead. It kills somewhat more quickly_ and is '^^V^ safe on apple foliage when used with bordeaux mixture or with Ume. When sweetened with molasses, it is injurious to fohage. One pound of zinc arsenate is equivalent to about three pounds of arsenate of lead. In orchard experiments, as a rule, it has not shown that it is superior to the latter. DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS 1043 /?eKe6ore.— Hellebore is a light brown powder made from the roots of the white hellebore plant (Veratnim aWmm), one of the Uly family. It is applied both diy and in water. In the dry state, it is usually appued without dilution, although the addition of a little flour wiD render it more adhesive. In water, four ounces of the poison is mixed with two or three gallons, and an ounce of glue, or tmn flour paste, is sometimes added to make it adhere. A decoc- tion is made by using boiling water in the same proportions. Helle- bore soon loses its strength, and a fresh article should always be demanded. It is much less poisonous than the arsenicals, and should be used in place of them upon ripening fruit. It is used for various leaf-eating insects, particularly for the currant-worm and rose-slug. Contact insecticides. The most important contact insecticides are soapa, sulfur, sul- fur compound, and oily or resinous emulsions. Soaps. — ^The most commonly used soap solution is that pre- pared from fish-oil soap. The commercial brands of this soap are usually by-products and contain many impurities; further, many of them contain an excess of free or uncombmed alkali and are thus likely to injure young and tender foliage. A good fish-oU soap may be prepared by the following formula: Caustic soda, six pounds; water, one-half gallon; fish-oU, twenty-two pounds. Dissolve the caustic soda in the water and then add the fish-oil gradually under constant and vigorous stirring. The combination occurs readily at ordinary summer temperatures, and boiling is unnecessary. Stir briskly for about twenty minutes after the last of the oil has been added. There is now on the market a good brand of insecticide soap prepared from cotton-seed oil soap stock or from an impure grade known as pancoline. Sulfur. — Sulfur may be obtained in two forms, — ^flowers of stil- fur and flour of sulfur. In the form of a powder or dust, sulfur ia especially valuable against red-spider. In California, flowers of sulfur mixed with equal parts of hydrated lime is blown on the trees for the control of red-spider and mite. It may also be used for the same purpose mixed with water at the rate of one pound in three gallons of water, to which has been added a little soap to keep the sulfur in suspension. The mixture should be a^tated constantly during spraying. The sulfur remains longer in sus- pension if it is first made into a paste with water containing one-half of 1 per cent of glue. Page 1028. Lime-sulfur^ solution. — ^A solution of lime-sulfur was first used as an insecticide in California in 1886. It is now the standard remedy for blister mite, San Jos^ scale and similar scales, as well as an efficient fungicide. The lime-sulfur solution may be pur- chased in the concentrated form or may be prepared as follows: Lump lime (95 per cent calcium oxid), thirty-eight pounds; lump lime (90 per cent calcium oxid), forty pounds; sulfur, eighty pounds; water, fifty gallons. Make a paste of the sulfur with about ten gallons of hot water. Add the lime. As the lime slakes, add hot water as necessary to prevent caking. When the lime has slaked, add hot water to make fifty gallons and boil one hour, stirring con- stantly. Water should be added from time to time to keep the liquid up to fifty gallons. Store in air-tight hardwood barrels. Test the strength of the solution with a Baum6 hydrometer and dilute for use according to the following table (see also p. 1029) : Dilutions fob Doemju^ and Summer Spraying with LiME-SuLPUB Mixtures Reading on hydrometer Amount of dilution. Number of gallons of water to one gallon of lime-sulfur solution. For San Jos6 scale For blister mite For summer spraying of apples Degrees Baum6 35 9 8% 8M 6% 6K 6 5H 5 4M S'A S'A 3 2H 2H 2 12 K 12 liH 11 lOH 10 9 sy2 8 7 eVz 6 5 4« 3% 3 45 34 43 M 41 H 40 33 ... . 32 31 37% 30 36 M 34 j| 32 J^ 31 29 28 27 26 ... . 291-2 275-/ 25 24 .... 26 23 24K 22 22 5i 21 M 21 20 .... 19 19 5i 1?M 18 17 16 16 15 15 14 ■ ■ ■ ' 12^4 Emulsions. — Emulsions are oily or resinous sprays in which these substances are suspended in water in the form of minute globules, a condition brought about by the addition of soap. They form an important class of contact insecticides, useful particularly against scale insects and plant-lice. Kerosene emulsion. — ^Kerosene emulsion is the oldest of our contact insecticides. It is especialljr valuable for use against plant- lice and other small, soft-bodied insects. It is prepared by the following formula: Soap, one-half poxmd; water, one gallon; kerosene, two gallons. Dissolve the soap in hot water; remove froru the fire and, while still hot, add the kerosene. Pump the liquid back into itself for five or ten minutes or until it becomes a creamy mass. If properly made, the oil will not separate on cooling. For use on dormant trees, dilute with five to seven parts of water. For killing plant^Uce on foUage, dilute with ten to fifteen parts of water. — Crude-oil emulsion is made in the same way by substitu- ting crude oil in place of kerosene. The strength of oil emulsions is frequently indicated by the percentage of oil in the diluted Hquid: for a 10 per cent emulsion, add seventeen gallons of water to three gallons of stock emulsion; for a 15 per cent emulsion, add ten and one-half gallons of water to three gallons of stock emulsion; for a 20 per cent emulsion, add seven gallons of water to three gallons of stock emulsion; for a 25 per cent emulsion, add five gallons of water to three gallons of stock emulsion. Distillate emulsion. — Distillate emulsion is widely used in CaUfornia. Distillate (28° Baum6), twenty gallons; whale-oil soap, thirty pounds; water, twelve gallons. Dissolve the whale- oil soap in the water which should be heated to the boiling point, add the distillate and agitate thoroughly while the solution is hot. For use, add twenty gallons of water to each gallon of the stock solution. Carbolic acid emulsion. — This spray is used in California for mealy-bugs, plant-lice, and the soft brown scale: Whale-oil soap, forty pounds; crude carbolic acid, five gallons; water, forty gallons. Dissolve the soap completely in hot water, add the carboHc acid, and heat to the boiling point for twenty minutes. For use, add twenty gallons of water to each gallon of stock solution. Miscible oils. — There are now on the market a number of con- centrated oil emulsions, known as soluble or miscible oils, intended primarily for use against the San Josfi scale. For this purpose they are fair^ effective when diluted with not more than fifteen parts of water. To lessen danger of injury to the trees, appUcations should not be made when the temperature is below freezing, nor when the trees are wet with snow or rain. Methods have been devised for preparing these concentrated emulsions at home, but as there is considerable danger attending the process, it is better to buy them ready-made. Tobacco. — Tobacco is one of our most useful insecticides. The poisonous principle in tobacco is an alkaloid nicotine, which in the pure state is a colorless fluid, slightly heavier than water, of little smell when cold and with an exceedingly acrid burning taste even when largely diluted. It is soluble ia water and entirely volatile. It is one of the most virulent poisons known; a single drop is suflScient to kill a dog. Commercial tobacco preparations have been on the market for many years. The most important of these are black leaf, "black leaf 40," and nicofume. Black Leaf. — Black leaf was formerly the most widely used tobacco extract. It contains only 2.7 per cent nicotine and has now been replaced by the more concentrated extracts. It is used for plant-lice at the rate of one gallon to sixty-five gallons of water. "Black leaf 40." — "Black leaf 40" is a concentrated tobacco extract containing 40 per cent nicotine sulfate. Its specific gravity is about 1.25. In this preparation the nicotine is in a non-volatile form, it having been treated with sulfuric acid to form the sulfate. "Black leaf 40" is used at strengths varying from one part in 800 parts of water to one part in 1,600 parts. It can be satisfactorily combined with other sprays, as for example, lime-sulfur solution, arsenate of lead, and the various soap solutions. When used with water, about four pounds of soap should be added to make the mixture spread and stick better. Nicofume is a tobacco extract containing 40 per cent of nicotine in the volatile form. It is intended primarily for use in greenhouses. Strips of paper soaked in this preparation are smudged in green- houses to destroy apJhids. Tobacco is also used in the form of dust for the same purpose. It is especially valuable against root-fice on asters and other plants. Tobacco extracts can be made at home by steeping tobacco sterna in water, but as they vary greatly in nicotine content and are somelmMjjjkely to injure tender foliage, it is better to buy the standard^^^Htracts. Pyrethrv^^T-A very fine, light brown powder, made from the flower-heads of species of pyrethrum. It is scarcely injurious to man. Tluree brands are on the market: Persian insect-powder, made from the heads of Pyrethrum roseum, a species also ciiltivated as an ornamental plant. The plant is native to the Caucasus region. Dalmation insect-powder, made from Pyrethrum dnerarix' folium-. Buhach, made in California from cultivated plants of Pyrethrum cinerar iee folium. When fresh and pure, all these brands appear to be equally valuable, but the home-grown product is usually considered most rehable. Pyrethrum soon loses its value when exposed to the air. It is used in various ways: (1) In solution in water, one oimce to three gallons. Should be mixed up twenty-four hours before using. (2) Dry, without dilution. In this form it is excellent forthrips and lice on roses and other bushes. Apply when the bush is wet. Useful for aphis on house plants. (3) Dry, diluted with flour or any light and fine powder. The poison may be used in the proportion of one part to from six to thirty of the dilutent. (4) In fumigation. It may be scattered directly upon coals, or made into small balls by wetting and molding with the hands and 1044 DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS then set upon coals. This is a desirable way of dealing with mos- quitos and flies. (5) In alcohol, (o) Put a part of pyrethnim (buhach) and four parts alcohol, by weight, in any tight vessel. Shake occasionally, and after eight days filter. Apply with an atomizer. Excellent for greenhouse pests. For some plants It needs to be diluted a little. (&) Dissolve about four ounces of powder in one gill of alcohol, and add twelve gallons of water. (6) Decoction. Whole flower^heads are treated to boiling water, and the liquid is covered to prevent evaporation. Boiling the liquid destroys its value. Good insect-powder can be made from Pyrethrum roseum, and probably also from P. dnerarisBfolium, grown in the home garden. 1323. Device for discharging the cyanide into the acid. Bait, vegetable bait. — Spray a patch of clover or some other plant that the insects will eat with paris green or some other arsenical; mow it close to the ground, and while freah place it in small piles roimd the infested plants. To avoid wilting of the bait, cover the heaps with a shingle or piece of board. Bran-arsenic mash. — White arsenic, one-half pound, or pans green, one pound; bran, fifty pounds. Mix thoroughly and then add enough water to make a wet mash. Sugar or molasses may be added, but is unnecessary. Poisoned baits are \ised against cut- worms and grasshoppers. Kansas grasshopper bait. — ^This bait is the most efficient means of controlling grasshoppers yet devised. It is prepared as follows: Bran, twenty pounds; paris green, one pound; eynxp, two quarts; oranges or lemons, three fruits; water, three and one-half gallons. Mix the bran and paris green thorough^'' in a wash-tub while dry. Squeeze the juice of the oranges or lemons into the water; chop the pulp and peel fine and add them also. Dissolve the syrup in the water and wet the bran and poison with the mixture, stirring at the same time so as to dampen the mash thoroughly. Sow the bait broadcast in the infested area early in the mormng. Criddle mixture. — Mix one pound of paris green with one-half barrel of horse droppings, and add one pound of salt if the material is not fresh. For use against grasshoppers. Gas tar is used extensively for painting wounds to keep out the moisture and prevent the entrance of insects. It is also sometimes used on peach trees to keep out the borers. In this case it should be applied in the spring only, as there is danger of injuring the trees in the fall. Asphalt. — Certain grades of asphalt have been used successfully on peach in California to keep out the Pacific peach tree-borer. Experiments in the eastern states indi- cate that it may be used to advantage against the common peach tree-borer. Hot-'water, — Submerge affected plants or branches in water at a temperature of about 125°. For aphis. It will also kill rose-bugs at a temperature of 125° to 135°. Gasolene torch. — The gasolene torch has been success- fully used for the control of scale insects on date palms in Arizona. The trees are first pruned closely, drenched with gasolene and fired. They are then scorched with a gasolene last torch. Flour paste. — Mix a cheap grade of wheat flour with cold water, making a thin batter, without lumps; or wEish the flour through a wire screen with a stream of cold water. Dilute until there is one pound of flour in each gallon of mixture. Cook until a paste is formed, stirring constantly to prevent caking or burning. Add sufficient water to make up for evaporation. For use, add eight gallons of this stock solution to one hundred gallons of water. Used for red spider in California. General practices. Cleanliness. — Much can be done to check the ravages of insects by destroyinig their breeding-places and hiding- places. Weeds, rubbish, and refuse should be eliminated. Hand-picking is often still the best means of destroying insects despite all the perfection of machinery and of ma- terials. This ia, particularly true about the home grounds and in the garden. The cultivator should not scorn this method. ProTnoting growth. — Any course that tends to promote vigor will be helpful in enabling plants to withstand the attacks of plant-lice and other insects. Burning. — Larvae which live or feed in webs, like the tent- caterpillar and fall web-worm may be binned with a torch. The lamp or torch used in campaign parades finds its most efficient use here. Banding. — ^To preveht the ascent of canker-worm moths and gypsy-moth caterpillars, various forms of sticky bands are in use. For this purpose there is no better substance than *'tree tangle- foot." It may be applied directly to the tree-trunk, but when so used leaves an unsightly mark and requires more material than when the following method is used : First place a strip of cotton batting 3 inches wide around the trunk; cover this with a strip of tarred paper 5 inches wide; draw the paper tight and fasten at the lap only with three or four tacks. Spread the tanglefoot on the upper two-thirds of the paper, and comb it from time to time to keep the surface sticky. Burlap bands are made by tjdng or tack- ing a strip of burlap around the trunk and letting the edges hang down. The larvse will hide under the loose edge, where they may be killed. Banding is now little used for codlin-moth, since spraying with poison has been found so much more effective. Fundgation. Poisonous gases are widely used in killing insects under certain conditions. Hydrocyanic acid gas ia employed in the fumigation of greenhouses and citma trees. It is a most deadly and effective material. In Europe, fumigation with this gas is known as cyaniding and cyanization. Nicotine preparations are used ex- tensively in greenhouse fumigation. Carbon bisulfid is employed almost exclusively for the treatment of stored grains and seeds. Hydrocyanic acid gas. — This gas is generated by adding potassium or sodium cyanide to dilute sulfuric acid. The gas is a deadly poison, and great care should be taken not to inhale it. One breath is fatal ! Potassium cyanide is a white amorphous salt that readily absorbs moistiure when exposed to the air. Pure potassium cyanide contains 40 per cent of cyano- gen (CN) by weight. When potassiiun cyanide (KCN) IS placed in dilute sulfiuic acid the cyanogen (CN) imit^ with the hydrogen (H) of the acid (H2SO4) to form hydrocyanic acid gas (HCN). In the preparation of this gas for fumigation purposes use a potassium cyanide which is at least 98 per cent pure. The chemi- cals should always be combined in the following pro- portions: Potassium cyanide, one ounce; sulfuric acid, one fluid oimce; water, three fluid ounces. Always use an earthen dish, pour in the water firsts and add the sulfuric acid. When all is ready, drop in the proper quantity of potassium cyanide and retire 1324. Shed for the fumigation of nursery stock. DISEASES AND INSECTS DISEASES AND INSECTS 1045 immediately, before the gas arises. Fig. 1323 shows a device used abroad (from the "Gardening World") for dumping the cyanide (at 4) into the acid by means of a cord that extends outside the house. ^White-fly. — The quantity of chemicals used for a given space will depend on the nature of the insects to be killed and the susceptibUity of the plants to injury. This quantity is usually indicated by amount of potassium cyanide required for each 100 cubic feet of space. For treating white-fly on tomatoes in green- houses, use one ounce to 3,000 cubic feet, letting the fumigation continue all night. The same treatment apphes for cucimiber. Fumigate on dry, dark nights wnen there is no wind. The house should be as dry as practicable and the temperature not above 60° F. Greenhouses. — No one formula can be given for fumigating with hydrocyanic acid gas the different kinds of plants grown in greenhouses, as the species and varieties differ greatly in their abiUty to withstand the effects of the gas. For the general run of greenhouse subjects, the practice is to use one ounce of potassium cyanide, one ounce of suKuric acid, two ounces water, to each 2,000 cubic feet of space. The cyanide should be 98 per cent pure. Fumigate at night when there is no wind and when the plants are dry and the house cool; leave the house closed tiU morning, and open it up and let it air out before entering it. This apphes to chrysanthemums, cinerarias, azaleas, bulbs, carna- tions and other common plants. Ferns and roses are very susceptible to injuiy, and fumigation, if attempted at all, should be performed with great care. In cases of doubt, or when there is reason to suspect that the plants are particularly susceptible, and when one does not have definite instructions, it is well to fumigate with the wealjest strength in use, and increase it in sub- sequent fumigations if the insects are not killed and if the plants are not injured. Violets are very susceptible to injury from tobacco fumiga- tion, and commercial growers therefore reg- ularly use hydrocy- anic acid gas for the control of green-fly" and "black-fly," two species of plant-Uce. The latter is much more difficult to kiU. For over-night fumi- gation from one- fourth to one-half ounce potassium cyanide to each 1,000 cubic feet is generally used. Sometmies one ounce potassium cyanide to each 1,000 cubic feet is used, the fumigation continuing only from twenty-five to thirty-five minutes of two thicknesses of matched boards with building- paper between, and are provided with a tight-fitting door and ventfiators. The stock should be reasonably dry to avoid injury, and should be piled loosely in the house to permit a free circulation of the gas. Use one ounce of potassium cyanide for each 100 cubic feet of space, and let the fumigation continue forty minutes to one hour. A fumigating-house is shown in Fig. 1324 (from a bulletin on "The San Jos6 Scale," by A. E. Stene, of the Rhode Island State Board of Agriculture and Col- lege of Agriculture). It is a house or box as nearly air- tight as possible. The floor should have a movable slat grating on which the plants may be laid, some distance from the ground, to allow of circulation of the gas. The house shown in the cut is 8 feet high in front and 6 feet in rear, and the larger room contains 980 cubic feet, requiring approximately ten ounces of cyanide. The other rooms allow of smaller quantities to be fumigated. The doors opening from the outside provide quick discharge of the air when fumigation is completed. Fumigation of citrus trees. — In this case, the tree to be fumigated with the hydrocyanic acid gas is covered with an octagonal sheet tent (Fig. 1325) made of six and one-half ounce special drill or eight-ounce special army duck, and the gas is generated in the ordinary way beneath it. The tent is so marked that when in position it is an easy matter to determine the distance over the tent and the circumference at the ground. When these figures are known, the proper dosage may be obtained from the following chart, which has been prepared for a strength of one ounce of cyanide for each 100 cubic feet of space: D/srAA/c£ ^/foa/\/Oj /a/ r££T. \ 1 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 10 a z Z s s 10 12 z s 3 3 3 3 12 14 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 •* 4 4 4 S 14 16 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 S S s s •5- 16 16 3 3 3 -f 4 i s s s 4 15 5)4 m 17)4 IS 19 20 201& 21)4 So 3? 12 avz 13 14 15 1514 16 m 17 17)4 18 18/2 19 19!4 20li 2114 22)4 32 !Ui 13 14 15 16 17 m 18 18)4 19 19)4 20 20)4 21 2I'j4 22)i 23 34 — 1 14 J5 I& 17 17/, 18 19)4 20 2014 22 ?2'A 23 23'A 25* 36 3B 16 16)4 m 18)4 19 21 21)4 23)4 24 24* 25 2514 ^ ' ■1 raracsEgnD EDssaa^ si^aaisisiEHEaEiSE! 40 ' 17 18 19 20 22 22% 23 24 24)4 25 2514 26 »'A 27 27)4128 40 41 IS 19 20 21 22% 234 24 24% 25 2514 26 26'A 27 27iS 28 28)4 29 41 42 20 20% 22 22* 23 24'A 25 25!4 26 25'A 27 27'A 28 ?8!4 29 29 30 30)4 42 4.1 •iVf 'iff w 'fl' KW ■rJXf Ki Kli W M K:l S^t" ^g^ES !!:!£.fellCl!0 44 Zi 24 25 26 Z7 2l> 2814 29 29)330131 31)4^32 44 4S 24 25 26 26'A 27 m 28 29 29'A 30 30» 31 3rA 32 33 45 46 Z4'/4 ZS'k 26'A 2?I4 ZW m 28:4 29)4 30 30>i 31 31'/! 32)4 33 34 4« 47 25 26 27 27)4 28 28)4 29 30 3014 31'/! 32 32'A 33 34 35 47 fS 2514 a* 2714 28 28)1 23 2914 3014 31 32 3216 33 34 35 36 4a 49 iy/z 27 Z8 28)4 29 m 30 31 3l'/2 32'^ 33 34 35 36 37 49 so 5S 54 S6 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 50 30 31 31ft 32'A 33 3314 35 36 37 38 SO 51 31 m 32 33 33'A 34 36 37 38 39 51 52 31)4 32 33 33'A 34 35 37 38 39 41 52 53 32 32'A 33)i 34 35 36 38 39 40 41 53 ^ 32* 33 34 35 35 37 39 40 41 54 6C 62 ^ 66 68 7C ve 74 76 '55 33 34 35 36 37 37IS 40 41 42 43 55 se 34 35 36 37 37)4 38 m 42 43 44 56 57 m ™ '1* fW -TotSLtioD. and other remedies for white grub. See under Com. Carrot Rust Fly. — See Celery. Parsnip Leaf-Miner. — See Parani'p. Parsnip Plant-Louse. — See Parsnip. Parsnip Web- Worm. — See Parsnip. Carya. — See Hickory. Castanea. — See Chestnut. Catalpa. Catalpa-Midge (Cecidonyia catalpss). — Small yellowish- maggots, scarcely }4 inch in length when mature, attacking the seeds, terminal buds, ends of branches and leaves, deform- ing them. Treatment. — ^Plow in early fall or late spring to destroy pupae in nurseries. Catalpa Sphinx .{Sphinx catalpse). — ^A aulfur-yellow cateipiUar with black head and a broad black stripe down the back, about 2 ^ inches in length when mature, defoliates the trees. Several broods a season. Treatment. — ^Arsenate of lead when the caterpillars are small. Hand-picking later. Cauliflower. — See Cabbage. Ceanothus. Citrus Mealy-Bttg. — See Citrus. Mealy-Bug. — See Bananu. Oyster-Shell Scale.— See Apple. Celery. Carrot Rust-Fly {Psila rosse). — Minute whitish yellow maggots infeating the roots and stunting the plants. Preventive. — Late sowing and rotation of crops. Celery or carrots should not f oUow each other. Celery Caterpillar {Papilio polyxenes). — ^A large green cater- pillar, ringed with black and spotted with yellow, which feeds on the leaves. Treatment. — Hand-picking as soon as observed. Celery Leap-Tyeh {Phlyctsenia ferrugalis). — ^A greenish cater- pillar, feeding on the under side of the leaves. Treatment. — Spray with araenicals while the larvse are still young. Celery Looper {ArUographa faldgera). — ^A greenish looping caterpillar with white stripes, about IH inches long when mature; feeds on the tender leaves. Treatment. — No satisfactory treatment known. Little Negro Bug {Corimelsena jmlcaria). — Glossy black buga, H inch in length, that collect in clusters in the axils of the leaflets and cause the plants to wilt. Treatment. — Kerosene emulsion or tobacco extract. Parsnip Plant-Louse. — See Parsnip. Chard.— See Beet. Cherry. Aphis {Myzus cerasi). — ^Blackish plant-lice infesting the leaves and tips of new growth. Treatm£7U. — Spray as soon as the first lice appear with whale-oU soap or tobacco extract. Canker Worm. — See Apple. Cherry Fruit Flies {Rfubgoletis dngulata and R. fausta). — Small maggots infesting ripening fruit. Adults are fliea with banded wings and insert their eggs under the skin of the fruit. Treatment. — Spray with arsenate of lead, five pounds in one hundred gallons sweetened with three gallons molasses to kill flies before egg-la3dng. Should be done when flies first appear, — ^last of June in New York. Cherry Scale (Aspidiotus forbesi). — Resembles the San JosS scale. Treatment. — Same as for San JosS Scale, See Apple. Plttm-Curculio.— See Plum. Rose-Chafer. — See Grape. Slug (JEriocampoides limadna). — Larva, H inch long, blackish and slimy, feeding upon the leaves; two broods. Treatment. — Arsenicals, hellebore, tobacco extract. Cherry Trek Tortrix {Archips cerasivorana). — ^Tips of branches are frequently webbed into nests by colonies of lemon-yellow caterpillars. Treatment. — ^Wipe out nests and destroy the caterpillars. Peach Tree Borer.— See Peach. Fruit Thee Bark BEETLE.^^ee PeacJi. Chestnut. Chestnut Weevils {Balaninus proboscideus and B. rectus). — Brownish beetles with extreme^ long, slender snouts with which they bore holes into the nuts for deposi- tion of eggs. The gmbs feed on the kernel, producing wormy nuta. Treatment. — No satisfactory control measures known. DISEASES AND INSECTS Catalogue of Insects, continued. Two-lined Chestnut Borer {Agrilus bilineatus). — Slender flattened grubs, H inch long when mature, burrowing under the bark and girdling the treea. TrecUment. — Cut and burn infested trees to prevent spread. European Feuit Lecanittm. — See Plum. Chrysanthemum. Green Aphis (Aphis rufamaculata), — Small, green Uce attacking the terminal shoots. TreatmeTit. — Fumigation. Black Aphis (Macroaiphum saribomi). — Small, black lice attack- ing the terminal shoots. Treatment. — ^Fumigation. Tarnished PiiANT-Btra. — See Aster. Chrysanthemum Leaf-Miner (Oscinis sp.). — ^Works in the leaves. Treatment. — ^Hand-picking. Cineraria. Leat-Tteb. — See ( Citrus. Barnacle Scale (Ceroplastes cirripediformis). — ^A large, dark brown scale covered with a waxy secretion H inch in length. Surface of scale sculptured like a miniature barnacle. Control. — Resin wash or kerosene emulsion before the waxy covering is secreted. Black CiTBtrs Louse (Toxoptera aurantise). — Small, dull black lice, curhng the leaves and kiUing the new growth. Control. — Contact sprays before the leaves curl. Black Scale (Saissetia oleBe). — A black, oval scale % inch in diameter with an "H"-shaped mark on the back of the female. The young are hght yellow to brown, unmarked. The scales secrete honey dew in which a fungus grows smutting the fruit. rrea. Ftcidri*, Hort.=Polysciaa. t^ Tavthb DOCK. A name applied to various species of Rumex (Polygondcex) . The commonest species — growing in fields and yards — are the curled or narrow-leaved dock {B. crispus, Linn.) and the bitter or broad-leaved dock {R. oblusifolius, Linn.). These are introduced from the Old World. Several species are native. See Bumex. Various species of docks and sorrels have long been cultivated as pot-herbs. Some of them are very desir- able additions to the garden because they yield a pleas- ant food very early in spring, and, once planted, they remain for years. The Spinage dock and the Large Belleville are amongst the best kinds. The former (Fig. 1336) is the better of the two, perhaps, and it has the advantage of being a week or ten days earUer. The crisp leaves (blade 1 foot long) appear early in April, when there is nothing green to be had in the open, and they can be cut continuously for a month or more. This dock is the herb patience {Rumex Patientia, Linn.). It has long been an inhabitant of gardens, and it has sparingly run wild in some parts of this country. It is a native of Europe. The BeUeville (Fig. 1337) is also a European and northern North Ameri- can plant. It has also become sjpon- taneous in some of the eastern portions ,of the country. It is really a sorrel (Bumex Acetosa, Linn.). It has thin- ner, lighter green and longer-stalked leaves than the Spinage dock, with spear-like lobes at the base. The leaves are very sour, and will probably not prove to be so generally agreeable as those of the Spinage dock; but they are later, and afford a succession. In some countries this sorrel yields oxalic acid sufficient for commercial purposes. The round-leaved or true French sorrel (Bumex scuiatus, Linn.) would prob- ably be preferable to most persons. AH these docks are hardy perennials, and are very acceptable plants to those who are fond of early "greens." Some, at least, of the cultivated docks can be procured of American seedsmen. They are readily grown from seeds, and give a good produce the second year and subsequently, and often yield good ,,3^ Belleville leaves the first season. l H. B. dock. DOCYNIA DOCtNIA (derivation unknown). Rosdcese, sub- family Pbmese. Ornamental woody plants grown for their handsome foliage and white flowers appearing in spring. Evergreen or half-evergreen trees: Ivs. alternate, entire, or serrate, sometimes slightly lobed: fls. short- stalked, in umbels before or with the Ivs. ; calyx densely tomentose, with lanceolate lobes; petals 5; stamens 30-50; styles 5, connate at the base and woolly; stigma 2-lobed; ovary 5-celled with 3-5 ovules in each cell: fr. a subglobose, ovoid or pyriform pome with persistent calyx. — Four species in China, Himalayas and Annam. Closely related to Malus, chiefly distinguished by the 3-5-ovuled cells and the 2-lobed stigma. The species are very httle known in cultivation and none of them seems to be in the trade. D. Ddavayi has been introduced only very recently; D. Doumeri has been recommended as a stock for apples in tropical and sub- tropical countries and tried in Annam (R.H. 1904, p. 246); D. indica, though known for about 100 years, does not seem to be at present in cultivation either in Europe or in this country. They are adapted only for warmer temperate or subtropical regions. The fruits are more or less acid and are used for cook- ing; possibly they could be im- proved by selection and hybrid- ization and might be developed into valuable fruit trees for warmer climates. Propagation is by seeds and possibly by graft- ing on apple stock. D. DelaTi^yi, Schneid. (Pyrus Dela- vayi, Franch. ). Spiny tree, to 30 ft. : Ivs. evergreen, ovate-lanceolate, rounded or broadly cuneate at the base, entire, glossy above, white-tomentose below, 2-4 in.: fr. ovoid, about 1 in. long. S. W. China. Franohet, Plant. Delavay. 47.~D. DoUmeri, Schneid. (Pyrus Dou- meri, Bois). Unarmed tree: Ivs. ovate to ovate-lanceolate, entire or sparingly serrulate, white-tomentose below, 1-2 H in. long: fr. subglobose, about 2 in. across. Annam. Jour. Soc. Bot. France, 51:114, H5.— D. Indica, Decne. (Pyrus indica, Wall. D. GrifiBthiana, Decne. ). Small tree: Ivs. ovate to oblong-lanceo- late, entire or serrulate, lobed in young plants, woolly while young, finally glabrescent, 2-4 in. long: fr. subglo- bose, 1-1 M in. across. E. Himalayas. Wallich, PI. As. Ear. 2; 173. — The closely related D. Hookeridna has larger Ivs. and elon- gated fr. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris. 10: 15. Alfred Rehder. DODARTIA (Denis Dodart, physician and botanist, bom in Paris in 1634). Scrophulariacex. One ereet perennial herb related to Mimulus. D. orientalis, Linn., grows in S. Russia and W. Asia, and may be found in choice collections of outdoor herbs: fls. purphsh, in ter- minal racemes: plant with rush-Uke few-lvd. branches: Ivs. opposite below, alternate above, linear and entire or broader and somewhat dentate: coroUa with a cyUn- drical or flaring tube, 2-hpped; stamens 4, didyna- mous, included, the anther-cells distinct: caps, subglo- bose, dehiscent, the many seeds somewhat immersed in the more or less fleshy placenta. July, Aug. B.M. 2199. — Apparently of minor horticultural value. DODDER: Cuscuta. DODECATHEON (Greek, twelve gods, old name of no application here). Primulacex. Shooting-Star. American Cowslip. Small perennial herbs with cycla- DODECATHEON 1063 1338. men-shaped flowers on scapes, sometimes grown in wild or hardy gardens. Glabrous, with a tuft of ovate or oblong entire or dentate Ivs. at the base, and a slender single naked scape: fls. few or many in an umbel, nodding, white, rose or purple; corolla-lobes (5) and calyx reflexed; stamens 5, attached in the throat of the short corolla- tube, the short filaments more or less conjoined at base and the long slender anthers connivent into a cone: fr. an oblong or somewhat cylindrical 5- or 6-valved caps. — Dodecatheon is a puzzling genus to systematic botanists. It is found from Maine to Texas and from the Atlantic to the Pacific; and along the Pacific slope, from the islands of Lower Cahf. to those of Bering Strait. In this vast region, it varies immensely. It is also found in Asia, especially northeastward. This wonderful distribution and variability is all the more remarkable if, as Gray once thought, it is all one species, because monotypic genera are considered, as a rule, to be com- paratively inflexible or invaria- ble. Pax & Knuth, on the other hand (Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft. 22, 1905), recognize 30 species. There is singular lack of agree- ment in the characterization of accepted species. Dodecatheon belongs to the same family with Primula and Cyclamen, but in a different tribe from the former, while its reflexed corolla-lobes distinguish it from most genera of its family. Many species and varieties may be expected to appear in the hsts of dealers in native plants. Shooting-star is an appropriate name. The flowers have been compared to a diminutive cycla- men, for they are pendulous and seem to be fuU of motion (see Fig. 1338). The stamens in D. Meadia and all eastern species come to a sharp point and seem to be shooting ahead, while the petals fall behind like the tail of a comet. The flowers represent every shade from pure white, through lilac and rose, to purple, and they all have a yellow circle in the middle, i.e., at the mouth of the coroUa. After the flowers are gone the pedicels become erect. Some forms have all their parts in fours. There are a num- ber of good horticultural forms offered abroad. They require an open well-drained soil, not too dry, and moderately rich, and a shady or partially shady position. They are propagated by division or by seeds, the latter method being rather slow. MSadia, Linn. (Z). ellipticum, Nutt. Meadia Dodecd- thea, Crantz. M. Dodecatheon, Mill. M. carolinidna, Kuntze). Fig. 1338. Erect and strong, to 2 ft.: Ivs. ovate-oblong or oblong-linear, nearly or quite obtuse, dentate - crenate or nearly entire, 1-2 in. wide, tapering into a more or less margined petiole: scape smooth, usually purple-spotted; fls. 10-20; calyx deeply parted, the parts lanceolate; corolla-lobes linear-oblong, somewhat obtuse, rose-colored and whitish at base; anthers reddish yellow, the connective body purple and broadly ovate: caps, scarcely longer than calyx, with persistent style. May, June. Woods and prairies. Pa., W. and S. B.M. 12. — This species runs Dodecatheon Meadia, the common shooting-star. CKH) 1064 DODECATHEON DOLICHANDRA into many forms, some of which may be specifically distinct. Var. splendidiun, Hort., is an improved form, crimson with a yeUow circle. Var. giganteum, Hort., is larger in all its parts: Ivs. paler: fls. somewhat earlier, in some forms white. Var. elegans, Hort. Lvs. wider and shorter than the type: scape shorter; fls. more numerous, dark-colored. (The old generic name Meadia commemorates Dr. Richard Mead, 1673- 1754.) Jeffrey!, Van Houtte {Mhadia Jeffreyi, Kuntze). Plant somewhat glandular-viscid: rhizome vertical and short, strong: lvs. oblanceolate, erect, entire, some- what acute, mucronulate: scape 12-24 in. or more, bearing a many-fld. umbel; calyx-lobes lanceolate; corolla deep red-purple; connective-body of anthers very narrow or subulate at apex, colored same as star mens. Mts., CaUf. and Ore. F.S. 16:1662. tetrandrum, Suksdorf, has the general aspect of D. Jeffreyi, but the lvs. are ampler and relatively broader: roots, as in D. Jeffreyi, are abundant, fleshy, fibrous, persistent: roots, lvs. and scapes form a short, vertical crown: whole plant glabrous: corolla purplish, with a yellow ring near the base; segms. and stamens usually only 4: caps, circumscissile very near the apex. Mts., Wash, and Ore. frigidum, Cham. & Schlecht. Plant 1 ft. or less: lvs. obovate to ovate or oblong, acutish, entire or somewhat dentate: scape much exceeding the lvs., 2-3-fld.; calyx-lobes longer than the tube; coroUa-lobes oblong- linear, violet: caps, oblong, twice longer than calyx. Bering Strait to Rockies and Sierras. B.M. 5871. latflobum, Elmer {D. dentdtum. Hook. D. Mhadia var. laMlobum, Gray). Larger than the last: lvs. with blade 1-4 in. long, oval or ovate to oblong, repand or sparingly dentate, abruptly contracted into long- winged petioles, oiDtuse: fls. 2-4; calyx-lobes deltoid; corolla-lobes oblong, yellowish white: caps, but little longer than calyx, opening from the apex by valves. Wash., Ore., Idaho. Hendersonii, Gray. About a foot high, glabrous, deep green: lvs. small, obovate or elliptic, 1 in. or more long, narrowed to a short petiole: fls. rather few; calyx- lobes triangular, acuminate, twice exceeding the tube; corolla^lobes dark purple with a yellow base, the stami- nal tube dark purple; anthers oblong, obtuse, shor1> apiculate; connective-body deep purple: caps, ovoid, much exceeding the calyx, dehiscent by a circumscissile apex and splitting into 10 valves. CaUf. to Wash. G. 33:391. Clevelandii, Greene. One to 1}4 ft. tall, glabrous: Ivs. pale green, thickish, spatulate-ovate, petioled: fls. 2-10; calyx-lobes ovate-lanceolate, acute, glandular; corolla-lobes purple with yellow base and a few purple spots in throat; anthers purple, the connective -body yellow: caps, oblong, circumscissile at apex. Feb.- May. S. Calif. — Fls. said to vary to pure white. Fragrant. radic^tum, Greene. Glabrous: root short and corm- like with fibrous rootlets: lvs. 3-6, thin, light green, oblong-spatulate, crenate or nearly entire, blade attenuate into petiole of about equal length: fls. 3-5 or more on a stout scape 8-16 in. tall; calyx-lobes lanceolate, about as long as the tube; corolla pinkish or bluish violet, the lobes oblong-linear and e?ect- spreading; staminal tube short; anthers purple, acute: caps, narrow-ovate, only shghtly surpassmg calyx- lobes. April. Wyo. to New Max.— Recommended for alpine and rook-gardens. L. jj. b + DODON.a;A (Rembert Dodoens, or Dodonseus, about 1518-1585, royal physician and author). Sapirt- ddtcese. Trees and shrubs, somewhat planted in S. Fla. and S. Calif, for ornament. Leaves alternate, without stipules, simple or pin- nate: fls. small, polygamous, unisexual, often dioecious, terminal or axillary, solitary or in racemes or panicles' sepals 5 or fewer; petals wanting; stamens mostly 8 (5-10) with very short filaments; ovary 3-6-ceUed, each cell 2-ovuled: caps, winged on the back of each valve. — About 50 species, mostly in Austral., a few in Afr. and in Hawaii and N. Amer. Lvs. sometimes glandular and exuding resin-Uke or varnish-like sub- stance. viscdsa, Linn. Shrub, to 15 ft., viscid: lvs. mostly oblong, cuneate at base, entire, with resinous dots on both surfaces: fls. greenish, in snort terminal of axillary racemes; sepals ovate: caps about J^in. long and some- what broader, broadly 3-winged, notched at apex, more or less cordate at base. B.R. 13:1051 (as D. oblongifolia) . — A poorly defined plant, widely distributed in warm countries, occurring in Austral., S. Afr., in Mex., and forms of it in Fla. and Ariz. Lvs. varying from broadly spatulate to oblong to nearly or quite linear. Thunbergiana, Eckl. & Zeyh. Shrubs, 6-10 ft., glabrous, much branched: lvs. lanceolate or linear- lanceolate, narrowed at base, somewhat denticulate 1339. Leaves of DolichoB. A, D. LaUab; B, D. lignosus. and somewhat viscid: fls. green, polygamous, racemose: caps. J^in. long, resinous and shining, 2-3-winged, as long as the stalk or longer. S. Afr. triquetra, Andr. Erect shrub, the young branches flattened or very angular: lvs. oval-elhptic to oblong- lanceolate, acuminate, to 4 in. long, entire or very nearly so: fls. in short oblong compact panicles or racemes; sepals minute: caps, of D. viscosa, middle- sized. Austral. cune&ta, Rudge. Much-branched bush, usually viscid: lvs. small (usually under 1 in. long) obovate or cimeate, at the end rounded or truncate or toothed, on the sides entire or rarely obscurely toothed, short- petioled : fls . in short terminal scarcely branched racemes, or sometimes few in axillary clusters; sepals ovate-oblong: caps, of D. viscosa, the wings usually not very broad. Austral. l_ jj. B. DOGBANE: Apocynum. DOG'S-TAIL GRASS: Eleusine indica. DOGTOOTH VIOLET: Eryihronium. DOGWOOD: Comus DOLICHANDRA: Macfadyena. DOLICHODEIRA DOMBEYA 1065 DOUCHODEIRA: Sinninffia. DOLICHOS (old Greek name). Legumindsse. Tropi- cal twiners (a bush variety of D. Labldb is now being offered by seedsmen), of which a few forms are in culti- vation, some for ornament and some for forage. Keel of the coroUa narrow and J? bent inward at right angles, but not distinctly coiled; style bearded under the stigma, which is termi- nal; stipules small. For botanical distinctions between Dolichos, Phaseolus and Vigna see Vigna. The styles are points of difference (Fig. 1340). D. japonicus, a most worthy ornamental vine, wiU be found under Pueraria. For D. ses- quipedalis, see Vigna — Perhaps 50- 60 species, widely distributed. Three species of Dolichos are now grown in Amer. 1 -2 S 1340. Types of styles. I, D. Lablab; 2, Vigna sinensis; 3, V. sesquipedalis. biflorus, Linn. A. Style bearded only on a ring sur- rounding and just below the stigma. ^ This species is now being intro. from India, where it is frequently used as a forage plant. It differs from D. Lablab in having the upper hp of the calyx 2-toothed and from D. Lablab and D. lignosus in having only a ring or brush of hairs just beneath the stigma, whereas the styles of the 9ther species are bearded on a line extending down the inner face. The seeds axe small (average weight .035 gram) and rather strongly flattened. Their approximate dimensions are length H~H^-> width 7- Jin., thickness ^in. (2-2 J^ mm.). AA. Style bearded along the inner fide. B. Seeds smaU, }i-}iin. long by y^-Hin. broad, average weight .OZ grams. ligndsus, Linn. Australian Pea. Fig. 1339. Ever- green; fls. white or rosjr purple: Ivs. much smaller than in D. Lablab. A perennial rapidly growing vine, suitable for covering fences and outbuildings in warm countries; highly recommended in S. Calif, and Ariz. B.M. 380. — A form with white fls. is offered by seedsmen as D. alba. BB. Seeds large, li-}4in. long by }i-Hin. broad, average weight .10-.S0 grams. Lfiblab.Linn. (D. adtrUus, Thunb. D. purpiireus, Lindl. Ldblab cvltratus, DC). Hyacinth Bean. Figs. 1339, 1340, 1341. Tall-twining (often 10-20 ft.): Ifts. broad-ovate, rounded below and cuspidate- pointed at the apex, offen crinkly: fls. purple or white, rather large, 2- 4 at the nodes, in a long erect ra- ceme: pods small (2-3 in. long) and flat, usually smooth, conspicuously tipped with the persistent style; seed black, mahogany or gray, in the white-fld. varieties, white, small (average weight about ]4 gram). Tropics. B.M. 896. B.R. 830. A.G. 14:84.— Cult, in this country as an ornamental climbing bean, but in the tropics the pods and seeds are eaten. Annual. It is easily grown in any good garden soil. Like cornmon beans it will not endure frost. It is very variable. White-fld. and dwarf bush forms are now offered by seeds- men. A form with white fls. and very large growth is known among horticulturists as D. giganteus (Fig. 1342). D. paeudopachyrrhizua. Harms, recently intro. into some of the European gardens from Trop. Afr., is a perennial form with a large tuberous rootstock: sts. long, round or angular: Ivs. long-stalked, 3-foliolate; Ifts. very variable in shape, the lateral often ovate or elliptic and the terminal broadly rhomboid, 3 K-8 in. long, 2 J^-7 in. broad: fls. small, chiefly violet-blue, in racemes H-IM ft. long. Geo. F. Febeman. 1341. Calyx cups and styles of Doli- chos. i, D. Ugnosus; 2, D. Lablab. DOMBfeYA (after Joseph Dombey (1742-1795) French botanist and companion of Ruiz and Pavon in Peru and Chile). Syn. Assdnia, Astrapka. Sterculia- cese. Shrubs or small trees of continental Afr., Madagas- car and Seychelles, sometimes planted in Fla. and Calif. : Ivs. often cordate, palmately nerved, frequently lobed: fls. rosy or white, numerous, in loose axillary or terminal cymes, in umbels, or crowded into dense heads, often very showy; calyx 5-parted, persistent; petals 5; stamens 15-20, 5 sterile, the remainder shorter, united into a tube or cup; ovary 2-5-celled; stigmas 5: fr. a locuUcidal caps. — Probably 100 species, many new kinds having been made known recently with the opening of Trop. Afr. The dombeyas are yet little known in this country, although some of them promise well for lawn and park planting far south. natalensis, Sond. Distinguished by its cordate, acute Ivs. and the narrowly awl-shaped Ifts. of the invo- lucre: Ivs. long, petioled, somewhat angular, toothed, with minute stellate pubescence, 6-7-ribbed: umbels 4r-8-M. Natal. — Cult, in S. Fla. and North under ^ Very rapid-growing, foUage poplar-hke: fls. pure white, large, sweel^scented; a very good winter- blooming plant in S. Calif. spectabilis, Bojer. Small tree: Ivs. cordate, orbicular or oblong, acute, undulate, 5-9-nerved, rough above and rusty or whitish pubescent beneath, the petioles downy: fls. 5^in. across, white, in many-fld. much-branched axillary and termi- nal cymes; sepals lanceolate^ shorter than corolla; petals roundish; sta- mens united only at base. E. Trop. Afr. — A plant under this name is catalogued in this country as "a tall shrub with straw-colored and pink fls." acutangula, Cav. {Astrapka lilix- fdlia, Sweet). Low tree or shrub, with Ivs. crowded at ends of branches: Ivs. thin, round- cordate, nearly glabrous, palmately 3-6-lobed: fls. in 2-parted cymes; brac- teoles large, ovate, falling; sepals J^in. or less long, reflexing; petals white or reddish, %}n. long, ob- Uque-obovate ; stamens 18, I being exceeded in length by the staminodia; ovary densely tomentose, and styles free at top only. Mauritius and Bourbon. B.M. 2905 (form with en- tire Ivs.). punctata, Cav. Tree, the young parts hairy: Ivs. smooth and firm, orbicular and deeply cordate, acute, 3-4 in. long, obscurely ere- 1342. Dolichos Lablab (form giganteus). (XJ^) nate: fls. 10-20 in a simple umbel that has a peduncle 2-3 times the length of the petiole; sepals Unear-lanceo- late, reflexed; petals rather longer than sepals, obdel- toid; ovary tomentose. Mauritius and Bourbon. Intro, in S. CaUf. . ^ ^ ^ nairobensis, Engler. Shrub or tree with terete branches that become glabrous or nearly so: Ivs. ovate- cordate, acuminate, somewhat 3-lobed, u'regularly crenate, 7-nerved, hairy, and tomentose beneath: Hs. on long hispid pedicels in an umbel; bracteoles ovate- lanceolate; sepals lanceolate, becoming reflexed, tomentose outside; petals oblique and obtuse, scarcely 1066 DOMBEYA DORONICUM exceeding petals; staminodia narrowly spatulate; ovary tomentose. Nairobi. Wallichii, Benth. & Hook. (Astrapka Wdllichii, Lindl.). Tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs. large, velvety, cordate, angularly lobed, with leafy stipules: fls. scarlet (pink?), in drooping umbels, the peduncles long and hairy. Madagascar. — ^A very showy plant when in bloom. D. Burgessiae, Gerrard. Lvs. pubescent, cordate, but with 2 deep, wide cuta, and 2 shallow ones besides the basal one: fls. numerous, large, white, rosy at center and along veins; petals rounded. S. Afr. B.M. 5487. — D. caldntha, Schum. Shrab, 10-12 ft.: lvs. large (1 ft. across), 3-5-lobed, coarsely toothed, cor- date at base, pubescent above and tomentose beneath, with long petioles: fls. rose-colored, 1_M in. across. British Cent. Afr. B.M. 8424. — D. Cayekxii, Hort., is a hybrid of D. Mastersii and D. Wal- lichii: fls. beautiful pink in pendulous, many-fld. umbels: lvs. cor- date, acute, dentate, with long petioles. — D. Cdria, Baill. Tall tree: lvs. cordate or somewhat 3-lobed, 6 in. long and nearly as broad, toothed or crenulate, pubescent beneath: fls. lilac-rose, 2^ in. across. Madagascar. R.H. 1911:84. — D, Dd.vael, Hort., is a hybrid of D. spectabilis and D. natalensis: fls. rose-colored; also a white-fld. form (var. alba). R.H. 1912, p. 178-9. — D. Mdstersii, Hook. Shrub, 4-5 ft. high: lvs. velvety, heart-shaped, serrate: fls. fragrant, white, with thinner veins of rose than in D. Burgessise; petals acute. Trop. Afr. B.M. 5639. — 2). vibumifidra, Bojer, has very numerous white fls. with narrower petals than any here dea- cribed: lvs. cordate, 3-lobed, the cuts not so wide as in D. Bur- gessise. Comoro. B.M. 456S. t TT fl f d6nDIA: Hacgueiia. DOODIA (after Samuel Doody, London apothecary). Polypodiacese. Greenhouse ferns. Sori curved, placed in one or more rows between the midribs and the margins of the pinnse: lvs. rigid. A genus of diminutive ferns related to Woodwardia. — Species 4 or 5. Ceylon to New Zeal. All doodias, except D. blechnoides, are of dwarf habit, and are useful for fern-cases and for edgings of window boxes. Cool and intermediate temperatures are best. They are excellent for forming an under- growth in coolhouses, as they seldom are infested with insects, and endure fumigation. Schneider recom- mends three parts of peat and one of silver sand. Loam does not help, but a little chopped sphagnum does. They are very sensitive to stagnant water, and do not like full exposure to sunlight. Always propagate by spores, but division is possible. A. Lvs. pinnatifid. Sspera, R. Br. Lvs. 6-18 in. long, 2-4 in. wide, pinnatifia, narrowed gradually below: sori in 1 or 2 rows. Temp. Austral. — Crested varieties occur in cult. AA. Lvs. pinnate in the lower half. media, R. Br. Lvs. 12-18 in. long, with pinnse 1-2 in. long, the lower one gradually smaller. Austral, and New Zeal. — D. Kunthidna, Gaud., from the Hawaiian Isls. has close median pinnae. D. sup&rha, Hort., is a larger garden form. caudata, R. Br. Lvs. 6-12 in. long, with pinnse about an inch long, the spore-bearing ones shorter; apex often terminating in a long point. Austral, and New Zeal. blechnoides, Cunn. Lvs. 18 in. long; If. -blades 15 in. long, 6 in. broad, broadest at the middle, the lowest pinnae considerably narrowed; margins serrate: sori in an irregular row near midrib. New S. Wales. L. M. Underwood. R. C. Benedict, t DORSMA (dorema, a gift, an allusion to the gift of gum ammoniac). Umhelliferx. About 4 odd large perennial herbs of S. W. Asia, yielding gum-resins, likely to be met with in collections of economic plants. Usually glaucous, with pinnately decompound lvs., and small white or yellow fls. in close wooUy umbels: calyx-teeth wanting or nearly so; petals ovate: fr. ovate, piano-compressed. D. Ammonlacum, D. Don, an erect fleshy-stemmed herb to 7 ft., with a few lvs. near the base and bracts above, yields gum-ammoniac, a medicinal product. This resin exudes on the sting of insects, occurring in yellowish brown "tears" or drops; it has a balsamic odor and bitter unpleasant taste. The plant is native in Persia and Afghanistan. Other species yield similar exudation. DORONICUM (Latinized Arabic name). CompdHlse. Leopakd's Bane. Hardy herbaceous plants, 1-2 feei high, with yellow many-flowered heads. Stems little branched or not at all: lvs. alternate radical ones long-stalked, st.-lvs. distant, often claspl ing the st.: heads mostly one on a st. and 2-3 in. across, borne high above the basal crown of foUage, from April to June. — From 20-30 species, natives of Eu. and Temp. Asia. The genus is aUied to Arnica and dis- tinguished by the alternate lvs. and by the style. The plants are of easy culture in rich loam except O. cordifolium, which is an alpine species. The flowers are numerous and good for cutting. Doronicums have been strongly recommended for forcing. A. Root-lvs. not notched at the base, ovate. plantagfneum, Linn. Glabrous, but woolly at the neck, with long, silky hairs: root-lvs. ovate or oval, wavy-toothed; st.-lvs. nearly entire, the lower ones narrowed into a petiole and not eared, the upper ones sessile, oblong, acuminate: rhizome tuberous, roundish, or creeping obliquely: stalk of the root-lvs. about 3 in. long: typically about 2 ft. high. Sandy woods of Eu. G.C.HL 17:229. J.H. IIL 55:109. Gn. 60:151. Var. excelsum, Hort. (D. excelsum, Hort. D. "Harpur Crew," Hort.), is more robust, grows about 5 ft. high and is probably more cult, than any other kind of doronicum. Fls. sojmetimes 4 in. across. Gn. 47, p. 269; 28:512; 38:437. G.C. II. 20:297. G. 19:441; 27:225. Gn. W. 24:221. Clfisii, Tausch. (Arnica Cliisii, All.) Lvs. ovate or oblong; st.-lvs. half clasping, with distant teeth or many small ones. One subvariety has long, silky hairs on its lvs., while another has none. Swiss and Austrian Alps. — "Soft, downy foliage," J. W. Manning. "Grows 2 ft. high," Woolson. "Larger and later fls. than D. caiuxisicum," EUwanger and Barry. AA. Root-lvs. notched at the base, heart-shaped. B. Root tvberous. Pardalifinches, Linn. Hairy: lvs. toothed; lower st.- lvs. eared at the base of the stalk, subovate, upper ones spatulate-cordate, highest ones cordate-clasping, acute. Woods of lower mountains of Eu. G. 22:499. — While all species are typically 1-fld., any of them may have now and then more than 1 fl. on a st., and this species particularly may have 1-5 fls. BB. Root not tuberous. caucfisicum, Bieb. Glabrous except as noted above: lvs. crenate-dentate, lower st.-lvs. eared at the base of the stalk, the blade subcordate, highest ones cordate to half-clasping; lvs. near the infl. bnear-lanceolate. Shady woods of Caucasus, Sicily, etc. B.M. 3143. Gn. 28 p. 512., which shows sts. with 1 fl. and 1 If.— Fls. 2 in. across. cordifdlium, Stemb. (D. Cohimnss, Tenore). Glar brous, the st. very fibrous toward the base, scarcely 5 in. tall: radical lvs. cordate-kidney-shaped, the upper Ivs. st.-clasping: heads solitary on the sts., the small lvs. near it ovate-lanceolate, acuminate. An alpine species from S. E. Eu. and adjacent Asia. austriacum, Jacq. A trifle hairy: lvs. minutely toothed, lower st.-lvs. spatulate-ovate, abruptly nar- rowed at the base, half-clasping, highest ones cordate- clasping, lanceolate. Subalpine woods, Eu. D. draytoninse, Hort., is a list name, not referable to any known species. It seems not to occur in horticultural or botanical liter- ature.-^Z). magnificum. Hort., described as a "veiy attractive perennial with large yellow fls. somewhat like a single simflower," la also doubtful. It may be D. plantagineum var. excelsum. WiLHELM MiLLBB. N. TAYLOR.t 1068 DOUGLASIA DRABA with broader often spatulate Ive. which are entire and sparingly denticulate. Cascade Mts., Wash. — Z>. Isevigdia, Gray. Mature Ivs. coriaceous, the margin smooth or rarely minutely ciliate. blade oblong or oblong-lanceolate and obtuse: fls. 2-5; corolla-tube almost twice as long as calyi:. Ore., Wash. — D. montana. Gray. Mature Ivs. prominently ciliate on the margins, destitute of forked hairs, the blade very small and linear or lanceolate: fls. single, the corolla-tube less than the calyx or just equaling it. Mts., Wyo., Mont. Runs into several forms, 2 of which have been described as species CD. bifiora. Nelson and D. or Androsace unifiora). — D. mudiis, Lindl. Mature Ivs. covered with minute 2-3-forked pairs, margins not ciliate, blade linear and usually entire: fls. 3-7, the corolla-tube hardly exceeding the calyx. Columbia Biver. DOUGLAS SPRUCE: Pseudotmga Douglasii. L. H. B.t DOWNINGIA (after Andrew Jackson Downing, famous American pomologist and landscape gardener). Campanuldcese; or Lobelidcex when this family is kept distinct. Low herbs, much branched, sometimes grown as garden annuals; flowers blue with white or yellow markings or blotches. 'Leaves alternate, entire, passing above into bracts: fls. in the axils of the Ivs. or upper sessile bracts; corolla 2-lipped, the upper lobes much narrower than the 3 lower ones; tube of stamens free from the corolla: seeds numerous, small, oblong to spindle-shaped, in a very long linear caps, that bears at its apex the leafy linear calyx-lobes and is dehiscent lengthwise by 1-3 valves or fissures. — Six to 8 species, mostly in Calif. (1 in Chile), usually in moist places and margins of spring pools, sometimes in salty marshes or in moun- tains. Rafinesque's name BoleMa (anagram of Lobelia) is older, but is discarded by the list of "nomina conser- vanda" of the the Vienna code. The plants are little known in American gardens. They are easily grown annuals, and are said to make interesting pot-plants. The species are often not well distinguished, and some of them may be color forms. The plants grow about 6 in; high, and have been recommended for edgings. pulchella, Torr. (Clintdnia pulchella, Lindl.). Erect or ascending, 2-10 in., usually simple: Ivs. oblong- ovate to linear, }^in. long, obtuse: fls. deep blue, the center of lower lip yellow with a white border, and marked with violet and yellow in throat; lower lip with 3 roundish apiculate lobes; upper hp deeply 2-cleft with spreading oblong-lanceolate segms. May, June, in Calif. B.R. 1909. R.H. 1861: 171. G.W. 15, p. 213. R.H. 1895, p. 19, shows its straggling habit as a pot-plant. Many of the branches fall below the top of the pot. elegans, Torr. (C. ilegans, Douglas). St. usually simple, 4-7 in.: Ivs. ovate to lanceolate: the broad lip moder- ately 3-lobed; the 2 divisions of the smaller lip lanceo- late, parallel; lower Up sky-blue with darker veinlets and the main part white with 2 green or yellowish spots; the throat often purple-spotted and yellow-lined. May. Calif. B.R. 1241. L. H. B.f DOXAlJTTHA CAPREOLATA, Miers: Bignonia mpreolata. DRABA (Greek name for a cress). Crudferse. Whit- low-Grass. One of the important groups of spring- flowering plants for the alpine garden. A large and widely scattered genus of tufted hardy annual or perennial herbs, with stellate hairs: Ivs. often in a rosette, mostly uncut: scapes or sts. leafy or not; racemes short or long; fls. without bracts, small, white, yellow, rosy or purple | stamens 6: fr. an oval, orbicular or hnear flat pod with several to many marginless seeds in 2 rows in each cell; cotyledons accumbent. — Some ISO species in temperate and arctic regions of the world, many of them in mountains. Many species occur in the Usts of alpine gardeners. They are more or less alyssum-like. Drabas are very pretty dwarf compact alpine plants, with small but numerous flowers admirably adapted for the rockery or front part of a sunny border. They require a sunny position and an open soil. It is impor- tant that they be well matured by the autumn sun. The plant forms a dense little rosette of Ivs., and has a neat appearance at all times. In spring, drabas are thickly covered with their little flowers and when planted in masses are decidedly effective. Propagation is chiefly by division; also by seed, which may be sown in the fall if desired. (J. B. Keller.) aizoides, 7. Aizoon, 8. alpina, 15. androsacea. 6. aurea, 16. bruniaefoliat 11. bryoideSf 12. cinerea, 3. INDEX. cuspidata, 10. Dedcana, 9. fladnizensis, 6. gigaa, 5. iuE^ida, 14. Imbricata, 13. lapponica^ 6. Mawii_, 4. olympica, 11. pyrenaica, 1. rigida, 12, tridentataj 14. violacea, 2. Wahlenbergii, 6. A. Fh. rose or purple. 1. pyrenMca, Linn. Rock Beauty. Height 2-3 in.: Ivs. wedge-shaped, 3-lobed at apex: fls. white at first, changing to rosy pink. May. Mts., S. Eu. B.M. 713. — Said to be easily prop, by cuttings. This is PetrocaiKs pyrenaica, R. Br., under which name it will be found again. 2. viol&cea, DC. St. woody at base, branched: 6-12 in.: Ivs. obovate-oblong, obtuse, equally woolly 1344. Draba Dedeana. on both sides: scapes leafy; petals obovate, dark purple. Andes of Ecuador at elevations of 13,000-15,000 ft. B.M. 5650. AA. Fls. white (sometimes yellowish in No. 6). B. Plants biennial or annual. 3. cinerea, Adams. St. nearly simple: Ivs. oblong- linear, stellate pubescent: petals twice longer than calyx: pods oblong, pubescent, shorter than the pedicel. Early spring. Siberia. BB. Plants perennial. c. Lvs. rigid. 4. Mawii, Hook. Forming low, densely tufted, bright green patches: st. much branched, densely clothed with spreading, rosulate lvs.: Ivs. linear-oblong, obtuse, bristly, with a prominent midrib below: scape very short, woolly, 2-4-fld., very short-pedicelled; petals thrice as large as the sepals, obcordate, white: pods ellipsoid, compressed. Spain. B.M. 6186. 5. gigas, Stur (properly Arabia Carduchdrum, Boiss.). Lvs. rosulate and rigid, linear and obtusish, ciliate: scape 1 in. or less, the fruiting raceme short and con- tracted; fls. white: fr. glabrous, elliptic-linear, the style very short, the valves 1-nerved and keeled. Armenia. cc. Lvs. not rigid. 6. fladnizensis, Wulf. (D. androsdcea, Willd. D. Wdhlenbergii, Hartm. D. lappdnica, Willd.). Plant 2-3 in., much branched at base: lvs. rather loosely rosulate, oblong-linear to lanceolate, cihate, usually somewhat villous or stellate-pubescent, less than J^m. long: scape usually glabrous or only slightly villous; fls. sometimes yellowish: pods elliptic-oblong to ovate- lanceolate, not hairy. Arctic regions and Cent. Eu. n XXXVII. Dracaena Goldieana, a "foliage plant" from tropical Africa. DRABA DRAC^NA 1069 AAA. Fls. yellow. B. hi)s. rigid, heeled, ciliate. 7. azoides, Linn. Cespitose, 2-3 in.: Ivs. linear and acutish: scape glabrous, the raceme elongating in fr.; petals yellow, twice exceeding the calyx; anthers about equaling the petals: fr. oblong-eUiptic, glabrous or setulose; style as long as the pod is wide. March. Cent, and S. Eu.— B.M. 170. Variable. 8. Aizdon, Wahl. About 3 in. high: Ivs. broad- lanceolate, strongly ciliate: scape hairy, with sulfur- yellow fls., the filaments being paler or greenish. April. Eu. — Diverse in habit. 9. Dedeana, Boiss. & Reut. Fig. 1344. Densely cespitose: scape and pedicels pubescent: Ivs. oblong- linear, attenuate at base: petals broadly obcordate- cuneate; stamens scarcely longer than calyx: fr. elip- soidal or ovoid. Spain. — In habit like D. azoides; fls. paler yellow. 10. cnspidata, Bieb. Cespitose: Ivs. Hnear-acute: Bcape villous or woolly, the fruiting raceme short; petals yellow, twice exceeding the calyx; anthers equal- ing the petals: fr. lanceolate and somewhat turgid, setulose. Asia Minor. — Aspect of D. aizoides, but Bcape shorter and pod somewhat inflated. 11. olympica, Sibth. {D. brunisefolia, Stev.). Densely and broadly cespitose, about 4 in. high: Ivs. narrowly linear, somewhat keeled: petals deep golden, twice as long as the calyx and stamens: fr. small, turgid-com- pressed; style very short. June. Greece, Orient. — Runs into many forms. 12. rigida, Willd. (D. brycndes, DC). Powdered: Ivs. minute, and very short, oblong-linear and keeled, obtusish, the margin more or less ciliate: scape glabrous, bearing a rather long raceme; petals deep golden yellow, much exceeding calyx: fr. eUiptic or nearly linear. Caucasus, Armenia. 13. imbric^ta, Meyer. Very dwarf, much powdered: Ivs. very small, oblong, obtuse, 3-sided, cUiate, densely imbricate: raceme nearly sessile, glabrous, 3-5-fld.; petals deep golden, twice exceeding the calyx; filaments exceeding caljrx: fr. ovate-orbicular, glabrous, nearly plane; style very short. Caucasus. — An excellent little rock alpine. BB. Lvs. not rigid or keeled. 14. hispida, Willd. (D. triderUata, DC). About 3 in. high: lvs. obovate, narrowed into a long petiole, obscurely 1-3-toothed at the apex, somewhat bristly: Bcape not hairy; petals yellow, cuneate, retuse, twice longer than caljrx: fr. oblong-hnear, not hairy. Rus- sia, Caucasus. 15. alpina, Linn. Densely cespitose, with a much- branched caudex: lvs. lanceolate or oblong, obtuse or acute, pubescent: flat: scape more or less hairy: pods oblong to ovate; style very short. April. Greenland, N. Eu., Asia. 16. a&rea, Vahl. Doubtfully perennial or biennial, pubescent throughout with stellate hairs, the caudex simple or Uttle branched: lvs. oblanceolate to lanceo- late, to 2 in., entire or remotely serrate: petals bright yellow to almost white: pods lanceolate to linear, acute, often twisted. New Mex., and Ariz, in mountains and north. B.M. 2934. D.'bffredlis, DC. Fls. white; stellate-pubescent, more or less cespitose, st. 3-12 in., simple or sparingly branched: lvs. ovate to oblong-ovate, flat, J^n. or less: style short and stout. Brit. Col. to the high N., Japan. — D. elita, Hook. f. Fls. yellow: tall biennial, the St. about 1 ft. liigh from the previous year's rosette of spatulate lvs. Himalayas. — D. frigida, Saut. Fls. white: scape about 2- Ivd., loosely pubescent: lvs. lanceolate or elliptic, stellate-tomentose: fr. oblong, glabrous, the style very short or almost none. Alps. — D. GUliesii, Hook. & Arn. Fls. white, Hin. or less across: tufted perennial, 1-10 in., variable: lvs. ovate-oblong, coarsely toothed: fls. few to many in an erect raceme. Chile. B.M. 7913. Gn. 63, p. 243. — D. grandifidra, Hook & Am. Fls. white, in racemes: plant small and tufted, with tomentose lvs. oblong-spatulate. High Andes. Gn. 63, p. 242. Showy; hardy in England. — D. Salamdnii, oflfered abroad, is described as "very close, compact tufts, white fla." — D. virna, Linn. Whitlow-Gbass. A winter annual, widely naturalized from Eu., with white fls., bifid petals, oblong-obovate to oblanceolate rosulate lvs., slender scapes 2-6 in., and glabrous round-oval to oblong pods. t tt "D + DRAC^NA {female dragon; the dried juice supposed to resemble dragon's blood). Liliacex. Dkacbna. Ornamental hothouse or stove plants, frequently with variegated leaves. Often arborescent, with sword-shaped or broad lvs. mostly crowded at the summit of the st.: fls. clustered in panicles or heads, greenish -white or yellowish; perianth salver-form or campanulate; lobes 6, spread- ing; stamens 6: fr. a 3-ceUed berry. Differs from Cordy- hne in having larger fls., and solitary instead of many ovules in each cell of the ovary. — About 40 tropical woody plants, a few being in cult. See Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc, vol. 14, for a monograph of the genus. Dracsena Draco, of the Canaries, is the dragon tree. It reaches a height of 30 to 60 feet, branching when of great age. The dragon tree of Teneriffe, famous for centuries, was 70 feet high, and one of the oldest of known trees. See Cordyline for other names not found in this article; also for culture. The following key to the cultivated species of both Dracsena and Cordyline is based upon the lvs. Bcerhavii, 1. deremensis, 6, Draco, 1. fragrana, 4. Godseffiana, 8. Goldieaoa, 6. INDEX. Hookeriana, 3. Knerkii, 4. latifoliaj 3. Lindenii, 4. Rothiana, 4. Rumphii, 3. Sanderiana,.'?. thaloides, 7. umbraculifera, variegata, 3. Victoria, 4. KET TO THE SPECIES. A. Lvs. long and sword-shaped, sessile. B. The Ills, glaucous beneath, S-5 in. wide C. indivisa BB. The lvs. with both faces similar, nar- rower. c. Of mature plants narrow (6—15 lines broad) C. stricta cc. Of mature plants broader (1 -Sin.). D. Margins green. B. Color of lvs. glaucous-green, costate, 1^-3 ft. by 16-21 lines D. Draco EE. Color of lvs. green, costate, undulate below, 2-3]/2 ft. by 1 J^-2 in D. umbraculifera EEB. Cohr of lvs. green, casta ob- scure, 3-4 ft. by 13-18 lines.C. australis DD. Margins white-peUucid D. Hookeriana AA. Lvs. oblanceolate, broadly petioled or sessile. B. Size of lvs. 3-4 in. by l}^-2 in., opposite or whorled D. Godseffiana BB. Size of lvs. 12-16 in. by 18-21 lines, alternate C. rubra BBB. Size of lvs. lyi-S ft. by S-4 in., alternate. c. Pedicels 1-1 }i lines long; per- ianth 6-7 lines long D. f ragrans cc. Pedicels 1^-2 lines long; per- ianth 7-8 lines long ...... D. deremensis AAA. Lvs. ovate, lanceolate, or elliptical; petioles narrow. B. The lvs. 4-8 in. by Z-214 in., oblong- falcate, green C. Haageana BB. The lvs. 7-8 in. by 4-6 in., oblong, white-spotted D- Goldieana BBB. The lvs. 7-10 in. by }4-i}4 »"-. lanceolate, white-margined I>. Sandenana BBBB. The lvs. 10-18 in. by 1-3)4 in., elliptical C. terminalis ^ 1. Draco, Linn. Dragon-Teee. Arborescent (60 ft. high), branched: lvs. very numerous, crowded, sword-shaped, erect or the outer recurved [1)^2 ft. x lJ4-l%m.), scarcely narrowed below, long-attenuate at the apex, glaucous-green: pedicels 3-6 lines long: bracts minute, lanceolate: perianth 4 lines long, green- 1070 DRACiENA DRACOCEPHALUM ish; filaments flat: berries orange. Canary Isls. B.M. 4571. R.H. 1869, p. 416; 1880, p. 196. G.C. II. 14:749. G.W. 12:233. J.F. 2, pi. 124.— Fine for conservatory. D. Boerhavii, Tenore, is a garden form, with elongated Ivs., all recurved. 2. timbraculifera, Jacq. Arborescent (3-10 ft. high), simple: Ivs. very numerous, crowded, sword-shaped (2-33^ ft. X 1^-2 in.), outer recurved, all green and shining, attenuate at the apex, scarcely narrowed toward the conspicuously undulate base, costa distinct on both faces: pedicels 4-6 lines long: bracts minute, deltoid: perianth large, 2 in. long, white, tinged with red; fflaments fiUform. Mauritius. L.B.C. 3:289. 3. Hookeri^a, Koch (C Rtimphii, Hook. D. Riimphii, Regel). Trunk 3-6 ft. high, sometimes branched: Ivs. numerous, densely clustered, sword- shaped (2-2J^ ft. X lM-2 in.), outer reflexed, all long- attenuate at the apex, scarcely narrowed below, margin white-pellucid, lower face concave, indistinctly costate beneath: bracts lJ^-3 in. long, white: pedicels 3-4 lines long; perianth greenish, 12-15 lines long; filaments filiform: berries orange. Cape of Good Hope. D. latifdlia, Regel, is a horticultural variety, with Ivs. 3-3J^ in. wide. G.C. III. 20:305 (var. latifdlia). B.M. 4279 (as Cardyline Rumphii.) Var. variegilta, Hort. Variegated foUage. 4. frdgrans, Ker-Gawl (Aletris fr&grans, Linn. Sansenbria frdgrans, Jacq.). Arborescent (20 ft. high or more), sometimes branched: Ivs. (lJ^-3 ft. x2J^-4 in.) sessile, oblanceolate, lax and spreading or recurved, flaccid, green and shining^ acute, indistinctly costate: 1345. Draceena fragrans var. Lindemi. bracts minute, scarious, deltoid: pedicels 1-1}^ Unes long; fls. glomerate; perianth 6-8 lines long, yellow: berry orange-red. Guinea. B.M. 1081. A.G. 18:389. F.R. 4:189. Gn. M. 8:270. G.W. 12:232. G. 2:286. — Much used for greenhouse and table decoration. D. Enerkii, Hort. Form with glossy light green, less pen- dulous Ivs. D. Rothi^a, Hort. A garden form. I.H. 43, p. 97. R.H. 1877, p. 68. D. Victdria, Hort. A gar- den form. Gn. 63, p. 77. Var. Lindenii, Hort. (D. Lirir- denii, Hort.). Fig. 1345. Lvs. recurved, traversed from base to apex by creamy white bands. Very decorative. I.H. 27:384. F.R. 4:191. G.W. 14:321. A.F. 35:1241. G.C. III. 30:176. Var. Massangeina, Hort. {D. Mas- sangeana, Hort.). A broad yellow stripe along the center of the If. throughout its entire length. F.R. 4:193. 5. deremensis, Engler. Plant 9-15 ft. high, branched: lvs. IJ^ ft. long, 2 in. wide, narrowed into a broad petiole-like base: infl. large; fls. on pedicels IJ^- 2 lines long; perianth 7-8 lines long, with tube 4 lines long, dark red without, white within, unpleasant scented. Afr. G.C. III. 50:23. G.M. 54:523. G.W. 11:505 (aU as var. Wameckii). 6. Goldieana, Hort. Plate XXXVII. Trunk simple, slender: lvs. distant, spreading, thick-oblong (7-8 in. x 4-5 in.), cuspidately pointed, oase broadly rounded or cordate, glossy green, conspicuously white-spotted and banded, young lvs. often tinged with red; petioles erect (2-3 in. long), deeply grooved: fls. unknown. W. Trop, Afr. B.M. 6630. R.H. 1878, p. 15. I.H. 25:300; 42, p. 257. G.C. II. 17:49. G.Z. 22:1. G. 2:271; 14:239. G.W. 12:235.— A fine foUage plant. 7. Sanderi^a, Hort. (D. thakkdes var. varieg&ta, Hort.?). Slender: lvs. distant, alternate, spreading or recurved (7-10 x J^-IJ^ in.), narrowly lanceolate, acuminate, on rather broad petioles (1-3 in. long), glossy-green, broadly margined with white. Congo. A.F. 8:1281; 11:235. I.H. 40:175. G.C. III. 13:445. G.W. 14:322. Gn.W. 14:617. G. 23:533. G.L. 16:235. —Intro, in 1893. 8. Godsefii^a, Hort. Woody, but very slender, rather diffuse: lvs. at many nodes small, erect, soale- Uke and lanceolate, the others opposite or in whorls of 3, oblong or obovate, spreading, cuspidate, sessile (3-4xl}^-2 in.), firm, green, with copious white spots: raceme short -peduncled: bracts small: fr. globular, greenish yellow or red, nearly 1 in. diam. Congo. G.C. III. 21 :347. Gn. 50, p. 276; 51 :298, and p. 299. A.F. 13:1340. F.E. 10, supp. 2:12. Gng. 6:294. G. 19:388. — Fine for decorative purposes. The following are apparently not in the American trade; D. americdna, Donnell Smith. Twentyto 40ft. high: lvs. linear-sword- shape, 8-15 in. long, green : fis. white, small, in dense panicles. Allied to D. Draco. Cent. Amer. S.T.S. 1:207. New.— Z). arbdrea, Link. Lvs. green, aword-shaped, dense, sessile. Gt. 46: 1438; and p. 226. G.W. 8:260; 12:232. — D. Brodmfieldii, Hort. Lvs. spreading or recurved, strap-shaped, undulate, sessile, deep green bordered with broad white margins. J.H. III. 33:541. G.C. III. 20:667; 23:249; 33:249 (var.) G. 27:597. G.W. 13:4. — Botanical status obscure. — D. concinnai Kunth. Lvs. oblanceolate, green, purple on the margin, green-petioled. — D. cylindrica. Hook. Lvs. linear-lan- ceolate, or obovate-lanceolate, bright green, spreading. B.M. 5846. — D. BeckhdrUii, Hort. F.R. 4:46. Gn.W. 16:697. — D. eUlptim, Thunb. Lvs. spreading, petioled, thickish, elliptic -lanceolate, glossy, acute, longitudinally striate. B.M. 4787. p.C. II. 17:261 (var. maculata). — D. eneifdlia, Hort. Amer.=Dianella enaifolia. — D. kew&nsis, Hort. Lvs. dark green, broadly oblong-lanceolate- acute; petiole red, half as long as the blade. New Caledonia. New. May be a form of C. terminalia. G.C. III. 33:265. F.E. 15:619.— D. margindta, Lam. Lvs. aword-shaped, dense, spreading, green, margined and veined with red. G.W. 12:235. — D. marmarila, Hort. B.M. 7078. — D. phrynioides, Hook. Lvs. petioled, mostly oval, acuminate, coriaceous, spotted with yellowish white, pale beneath. B.M. 5352. — D. reflexa, Lam. Lvs. lanceolate or sword- shaped, acute, contracted into a petiole. — D, Sapoachnikdwi, Regel. Lv3. sword-ahaped, crowded, green. Gt. 705. — D. Smithii, Baker. Lvs. large, narrowly sword-shaped, crowded, bright green, B.M. 6169. Some trade names, the botanical status of which ia in doubt, are the following: aWa-margimita, albanensis, Alexandria, anguatifoliat anffuatata,argenteo-striata, DeSmetiatvi, edmorUoniensis, elefantisaimat Elizabethise, Frederica, Hendersonii, imperator, Jameaii, Jansaeaii, Lacourtii, Mayi, Mandxana, Offeri, perelyarea, recurva, SalTnonea, Sheperdii, apectabilia. D. nova-caledonica is probably Cordyline neo- caledonica, Lindl., with bronze lvs. t^ aj WiegaND. DRACOCEPHALUM (Greek, dragon's head, from the shape of the corolla). LaUAlse. Hardy herbaceous annual and perennial plants of easy culture and of minor importance. AlUed to Nepeta, differing in having the palyx mostly straight rather than curved and unequally toothed: mostly erect herbs, with opposite entire, toothed or deeply cut Ivs., the upper ones passing into bracts: fls. in many-fld. verticils which are axillary or terminal, blue or purple or rarely white; calyx tubular, about 15-nerved; corolla, upper lip somewhat notched and arched, the lower one 3-cleft and the middle part notched or 2-cleft; stamens 4, didynamous, the 2 DRACOCEPHALUM DRAGON PLANTS 1071 anther-cells divaricate. — Forty species in Eu. and Asia and very sparingly in N. Amer. Sandy loam, moderately rich, and a rather moist, partially shaded situation wiU suit these plants best. In a sunny dry border they are never very showy; the flowers are of short duration, and are seldom at their best except in very moist seasons. Propagation is by division or seeds. The species described below are erect-growing. A. Lvs. entire, not cut in any way. Ruyschiana, Liim. (Ruyschiana spicaiM, MiU.). Perennial, 2 ft.: sts. slightly pubescent: lvs. linear- lanceolate, glabrous: bracts ovate-lanceolate, entire: whorls in somewhat interrupted spikes; fls. 1 in. long, purplish blue or purple; anthers villous. Siberia. Var. japdnicum, Hort., has white fls. shaded with blue, and is a distinct improvement. G.C. II. 12 : 167. — According to Vilmorin, this species has been sold as D. altaiense (see D. grandiflorum). AA. Lvs. deeply 3-5-cleft. austriacum, linn., has the habit of the above, and belongs to the same subgenus Ruyschiana, but the lvs. are divided and more distinctly revolute at the margin. About 1-1}4 ft. high: fls. blue, 1}4 in. long and more: pereimial. July, Aug. Eu., Caucasus. AAA. Lvs. cut only at the margin, mostly crenate. B. Whorls crowded together into spikes or heads. grandiflorvun, Linn. (D. altaiSnse, Laxm.). Peren- nial, about 1 ft. high: root-lvs. long-stalked, oblong, notches at base; st.-lvs. few, short-stalked, ovate, not notched at base, the uppermost stiU more rounded: whorls in spikes 2-3 in. long, theJowest whorl usually at some distance: fls. 2 in. lon%-, blue. June, July. Siberia. B.M. 1009. P.M. 13:51. specidsum, Benth. AUied to D. grandiflorum, but' St. pubescent instead of pilose above: root-lvs. more broadly heart-shaped, and all lvs. pubescent beneath instead of nearly glabrous, and wrinkled: fls. purphsh to deep purple. June, July. Himalayas. B.M. 6281. BB. Whorls distant, in long racemes. Moldavica, Linn. (MoMdvica punctata, Moench). Lvs. lanceolate, inciso - crenate, the floral ones nar- rower and pectinate: fls. in few-fld. loose clusters; corolla 2 or 3 times as long as calyx, blue or white. European annual, 1-2 ft., sparingly run wild m N. Amer. Eu., N. Asia. Riiprechtii, Kegel. Perennial: dwarf or compact, 1- IJ^ft.: lvs. ovate-lanceolate, incised and toothed: fls. rosy purple or hlac, about 1 in. long, in axiOary clusters. Turkestan. Gt. 1018. nfttans, Linn. Perennial, 1 ft.: lvs. ovate-crenate, the floral ones oblong-lanceolate and more nearly entire: fls. blue. May-July. N. Asia. Mn. 4:137. B.R. 841. Var. alpina, Hort., is advertised. D. canariinse=Cedloneaa, triphylla. — D. canlscens, Liim.= Lallemantia. — L>. mrginianum, Linn.^Phyaostegia. WiLHBLM Miller. L. H. B.t DRACONXroM (derived from the Greek word for dragon). Aracex. Greenhouse or hothouse plants, grown more for curiosity than for beauty. Herbs with long-petioled lvs.: petioles verrucose; blades deeply 3-parted, these again parted: spathe oblong, convolute below; spadix short-stalked, short, cylindric, free, densely many-fld.; fls. perfect, with a perianth: fr. a 2-3-celled berry, each cell 1-seeded.— About a half-dozen species in Trop. Amer. Cult, as for Amorphophallus. Ssperum, Koch {Amxyrphophdllus nivbsus, Lem.). Petioles up to 9 ft. long and over 1 in. thick, roughened toward base with small warts conjoined m series, marked with large livid green and brown spots; blades up to 3 ft. broad, 3-parted, the divisions bipinnate, the ultimate segms. oblong to lanceolate: peduncles 4 in. or more long; spathe up to 10 in. long; spadix lK-2 in. long. Brazil. I.H. 13, p. 14; 12:424. George V. Nash. DRACUNCULUS (Latin, a little dragon). Aracex, Odd tuberous plants sometimes grown under glass. This plant has interesting dragon-fingered lvs. and a terrifying odor when in flower. Its tubers are sold by bulb dealers under the name of Arum Drdcunculus. The monographer of this order (Engler, in DC. Mon. 1346. Bracunculus vulgaris. Phan., vol. 2, 1879) puts this plant into the genus Dra- cunculus because the ovules are attached to the base ot the ovary, while in Arum they are attached to the side. The lvs. of the true arums are always arrow-shaped, while in Dracunculus they are sometimes cut into finger- like lobes. There are only 2 species. The common one is an entertaining, not to say exciting, plant. It is well worth growing for the experience, though its stench is not quite so bad as that of a helicodiceros, sold as Arum crinitum, which makes any house unbear- able in which it flowers. Nearly all arums are ill- smeUing. For cult., see Arum. vulgaris, Schott. Fig. 1346. Sheath of lvs. Uyid, spottid; stalks green; blades with 10 fingers projecting from a bow-shaped base: tube of spathe streaked with purple except at the bottom; spathe purple all over and much darker along the wavy border. Medit. regions. G.C. III. 47 : 198. Wilhblm Mii-ler. DRAGON PLANTS. The dragon arum, dragon root or green dragon, is the native Ansxma Dracoritium. The dragon plant of Europe is Dracuncu^ vulgaris. The dralon's head is not an aroid, but a Dracocepha- lum, a genus of mints. False dragon's head is Physo- steg a. The dragon's blood of commerce is a dark red, astringent, resinous secretion of the fruits of a pahn, 1072 DRAGON PLANTS DRAINAGE DasmonoTops Draco. Other kinds of dragon's blood are produced by Dracxna Draco and Ecastophyllum monetaria (now referred to Dalbergia). "Sticks," "reeds," "tears" and "lumps" of dragon's blood are known to commerce. The resin is used in coloring varnishes, dyeing horn in imitation of tortoise shell, and in the composition of tooth-powders and various tinctures. The dragon tree is Dracsma Draco. DRAINAGE. Underground or sub-drains serve to relieve the land of free water, which is harmful to most plants if left to, stagnate in the surface soil or subsoil. They serve not only to dry the land in early spring, but indirectly to warm it, for if the water is removed the sun's heat warms the soil instead of cooling it by evaporating the surplus water. Tenacious lands devoted to gardening and small-fruits are made more productive, warmer and earlier by sub-drainage. Drains promote nitrification, assist in liberating mineral plant- food and cheapen tillage. They serve not only to remove deleterious stagnant water, but they promote aeration as well, and this hastens beneficial chemical changes in the soil. Drainage promotes the vigor, healtnfulness and fruitfulness of plants. Tenacious soils are made more friable by drams, thereby giving 1348. Old-fashioned drain-tile. 1347. Diagrams to explain the effect of lowering the water-table by means of under-draining. On the undrained soil, the roots do not pene- trate deep; and when droughts come, the plants suffer. easier access to plant roots, while the percolation through the soil of rainwater, which carries some plant- food, is hastened. Rain-water in the spring is warmer than the soil; in midsummer it is cooler than the soil: therefore, percolation of rain-water warms the soil in the spring and cools it in extremely hot weather. Drains serve not only to reUeve land of free water, but they impart to it power to hold additional available moisture, which materially benefits plants dining droughts. Drainage is of two kinds, surface and sub-drainage. On land on which large outlays of monejr are to be expended, as in horticultural plantations, it is of the utmost importance that the soil be freed to consider- able depths from stagnant water. Trees, many shrubs, and even some garden crops send their roots deeper into the subsoil than most of the cereals, hence they require a greater depth of drained feeding-ground. In horticulture the planting may often precede the har- vest by five to ten years, while with many farm crops the harvest follows the planting in a few months. If the grain-raiser loses one crop, an annual, by planting on wet land, the loss is not great, but if the orchardist loses fifteen to twenty years of labor by planting on undrained lands, before the mistalce is discovered, the losses are serious. Some lands require Uttle more than to be relieved from surplus surface water in early spring. This may be accomplished by forming ridges and open furrows as far asunder as the rows of trees are to be plaped. But it is only rarely that vsurf ace drainage fuUy prevents serious damage from surplus moisture. Surface drainage may be considered a cheap way of temporarily alleviating undesirable conditions. It does not always eradicate them. Fig. 1347 illustrates how sub-drainage lowers the water-table (or the area of standing water), and thereby ameliorates the soil. Sub- drainage consists in placing conduits of tile or other material in the ground at depths varying from 2J^ to 4 feet, and " at such dis- tances apart as will serve to relieve the subsoil of deleterious stagnant water. When suitable stones are at hand, they are sometimes used instead of tile for forming drainage conduits. If such use is made of them, the drains shoi^ be somewhat deeper than tile drains, since the stones which form the drain occupy nearly a foot of the depth of the ditch and are more likely to become obstructed, especially if placed near the surface, than are tile drains. The throats or openings of stone drains are irregular in size, while those of tile drains are smooth and uniform in size, and are, therefore, most desirable. Years ago, various flat-bottomed tiles (Kg. 1348) were employed, but the style in general use at present is the cylindrical unglazed tile shown in Fig. 1349. They should be hard- burned. Because of the low cost of cement, tiles made of sand and hydraulic cement have recently come into use; they require no burning, are stronger than tiles made of clay and are just as efficient, except in alkaU and where frost penetrates very deep. In semi-arid districts in which irrigation is practised, if there is a hardpan, nearly or quite im- pervious to water, located within 3J^ to 4J^ feet of the surface, the land will in time become sour or charged with injurious alkaline salts, and in many cases ruinously unproductive. Lands of this description are, for the most part, situated west of the 100th meridian. A striking illustration of raising the water-table by too liberal irrigation may be found in a tract of several thousand acres in Tulare County, California, which formerljsr produced grapes and peaches abund- antly but now yields nothing except a Uttle hardy forage. The water table in this region was once 30 to 40 feet below the surface, but as a result of constant irrigation has risen to within 2 or 3 feet and, in low places, even to the surface, forming a sort of tule swamp. Since the water-table could not be lowered enough to restore the land by un- der drain- age, for lack of an outlet within resf sonable dis- tance, it is probable that the only way to reclaim it 1349. Common cylindrical drain-tile; and a scoop for preparing the bed for the tile. DRAINAGE DRAINAGE 1073 would be to sink a well and pump the surplus water into a surface ditch. Irrigation with pure water would then sweeten the soil and render it again productive; and the whole process of restoration need not be exces- sively expensive. If the hardpan is less than 2 feet in thickness, the land may be improved greatly for orchard and vine- yard purposes by the use of dynamite. Blasting should be deep enough to allow the surplus water to escape into the porous earth or gravelly soil beneath the hardpan. On the Pacific coast this method of draining orchard and vineyard land has been quite successful. In any case, unless the soil has good natural sub-drainage, it is both wise and economical to blast out holes for trees and vines; for the cost of digging holes, if they are as large and deep as they should be, is lessened by an amount almost equal to the cost of blasting. Recently, powerful tractors have solved, to some extent, the problem of drainage in many cases by mak- ing deep plowing possible before planting and during the first few years of subsequent tillage of the orchard or vineyard. This machine with the tillage implement turns easily at the ends of the field within the space allowed for turning a span of horses and a plow; it can pass under limbs where a 14-hand horse (66-inch) can 1350. Improper method of draining a field. pass, and as close to the plants as a span of horses can. It furnishes also power and locomoton for spraying and for opening trenches to a considerable depth (18 to 44 inches) for the reception of drain-tile. In some regions, drains are placed 200 to 300 feet apart, and serve their purpose well. In others they should not be placed farther apart than 20 to 30 feet. Wherever the subsoil is composed of tenacious fine clay, through which the water moves upward or down- ward with difficulty, the narrower intervals are neces- sary. In some instances the surplus water in the sub- soil is under pressure by reason of water which finds its way into it from higher levels, and if this is not removed, the water has a constant tendency to rise to the sur- face. In many such cases drains placed at wide inter- vals may serve to relieve the pressure and drain the land. Since sub-drains are designed to be permanent, are expensive to construct and difficult to repair, the principles of drainage should be well understood, and the work should be undertaken only after a most careful inspection of the land and after the fundamental principles of the subject have been mastered. Mains and sub-mains should be avoided so far as possible, since they greatly increase cost, tend to become obstructed, and are often unnecessary. The three long mains in Fig 1350 are not drains, strictly speaking, since the land may be as fully drained with- out them, as shown in Fig. 1351; therefore, they serve only to conduct the water of the drains proper. Tiles of 3 to 4 and 5 inches diameter should be used when the drains are infrequent and the flow of water considerable. Smaller ones, 2 to 3 inches in diameter, will suffice when the intervals between the drains are narrow. .t-t-i"-r*t"r-T"r-r"r 1351. Best method ot draining a field. Drains should have as uniform a fall as possible, and no abrupt lateral curves or sharp angles should occur as are seen in many places in Fig. 1350. If the drain has a rapid fall in its upper reaches, as is often the case, and but slight fall in the lower, a silt basin should be con- structed at the point at which the rapid changes into the slight fall, if obstructing silt is present. All drains which may be necessary should be placed before the planting occurs. Orchard lands may be drained in the spring, fallowed in the summer, and planted in the fall or the following spring. Drains placed at frequent intervals because of the tenacity of the soil should be comparatively shallow, for if placed deep or at wide intervals, the water will be too long reaching them. If drains are placed at wide intervals they should be at least 3K feet deep to be most efficient. If the parallel system is adopted (Fig. 1351), there may be more out- lets to construct and maintain than is desirable; if so, the system might be modified by constructing a sub- main, one side of which will serve also as a drain, and but one outlet will be required (Fig. 1352). Drains through which water runs for the greater part of the year are likely to become obstructed by roots, if water- loving trees, such as the willow, soft maple, and elm, are 1352. Showing how the drains may be gathered into one when there is only one place at which an outlet can be secured. allowed to grow near them. If floating silt is present, the joints of the tiles should be protected for two- thirds of their upper circumferences by a narrow strip of tarred building paper (Fig. 1353), or collars should be used. Stone drains should receive a liberal covering of straw or some similar material before they are filled. I. P. Roberts. 1074 DRAINAGE DRAINAGE Drainage for landscape work. The value of a thorough knowledge of the possi- bilities of drainage in landscape work has been over- looked until recent years as a definite field entirely apart from general drainage for agricultural purposes. Drainage under the headings of this article is in- stalled with the following objects in view: 1. Maintaining well-drained areas for firm lawn surfaces. 2. Maintaining well-drained and firm surface con- ditions for recreation areas. r-TAFi FiAPER 1353. CoTering a joint. 3. Draining of surface water and ground water from roads. 4. Draining foundations for walks. 5. Preserving the normal soil conditions for newly planted trees. 6. Draining swamp and marsh areas to prevent breeding of mosquitos. 1. Drainage for lawns. The secret of a perfect lawn is attributed to drain- age conditions which provide a well-drained subsoil and a firm surface that may be readily freed from any excess water during heavy rains. The installation of drain- age for this purpose is required only in the more com- pact soils that do not drain naturally. Sandy soils seldom require artificial drainage unless immediately underlaid with a stratum of impervious clay. On any lawn the topography of which does not permit the ready surface run-off and the subsoil of which is com- pact clay, the necessity of installing sub-surface drain- age is strongest. A drainage system for providing ideal soil conditions for perfect lawns must be instaUed carefully. Four- inch tile, is often used in the lateral systems while either 6-inch vitrified pipe, or the No. 2 quality of 6- inch round tile, is used for the main lines. AH drains should be laid on an even grade of not less than }4 of an inch fall to each linear foot of drain, and preferably not less than 14 of ^^ inch fall for each foot of drain. If perfect drainage is desired, the distance apart of these drains should not exceed 20 feet. In accordance with the general laws of drainage, tile should be laid at a more shallow depth in the heavy soils than in the lighter soils, and should be spaced at closer intervals than 20 feet, this space varying largely with the desire to free the lawn immediately of any excess surface water. In all tile drainage whether for lawns or other pur- poses, a space of approximately J^ inch should be allowed between the ends of the pipes. The covering of tar paper and cinders should be placed over each joint as shown in Fig. 1353. The tile should be placed on a firm bottom of clay or other natural soil, and sur- rounded on all sides, and covered to a depth of not less than 6 inches with cinders, crushed stone, or washed ^^ gravel (Fig. 1354). In very heavy clay, the trench excavated for the tile should be filled with cinders, crushed stone or gravel to a line separating the looser top soil from the clay subsoil (Fig. 1355). In heavy soil and for perfect lawn drainage, the lines of tile ought not to be laid deeper than 23^ feet and the cin- der fiU should not be less than 15 inches in depth. In the lighter sandy loam soils, the tile may be laid to a depth of 3 to 3 J^ feet. It is often found necessary when lawns are con- structed on sandy soil to prevent excessive drainage, rather than to encourage drainage conditions. In these extreme sandy soils, the surface water seeps away so readily that the lawns become exceedingly dry during the warm and dry months. To prevent this condition a layer of clay 4 inches deep should be distributed over the sandy sub-grade prepared for the lawn, at a depth varying between 10 and 18 inches below the proposed finished surface of the lawn. This clay is thoroughly compacted and serves as a partial barrier against abnormal seepage which would otherwise occur, and thereby retains the moisture necessary for the capil- lary attraction to feed the roots of the lawn grasses. 2. Recreation areas. Areas naturally falling under this heading are tennis-courts (clay and turf), bowling-greens, clock- golf areas, and croquet -lawns. All of these require a more careful study of drainage conditions than is SURf^CC GR/XDE NATURAL- I >GRA\>^iL.-J': I '■■CINDERS :f>'^OR^:j:^ SURFy^CE GRADE TOP SOIL- •'•*>','/.'■>.■■*«■ ."cinders;- y:x: OR -\r ; 'Jgrai^cl^ u.-r •■■.':•,••■.■,•- 6r/\LLFR0ri BACKNET TO CENTER p'ipr ^ — PIPE 1354. The filling of a drain. 1355. Applying good top soil. given to the average lawn. It is essential that such areas be so completely drained that the surface con- dition is always firm, even after the average continuous heavy rains. Tennis-courts. — These areas require the most care- ful study of drainage conditions. The average tennis- court requires two types of drainage, — surface and sub-surface. Surface drainage is cared for in two ways, (1) either by giving the court a gradual slope to one end, or (2) as shown in Fig. 1356, where the surface of the court is sloped from either end toward the middle line. This method, shown in Fig. 1357, gives probably the most satisfactory results, because, in this way, if surface conditions at the middle of the court are cor- rect, the surface water is cared for most readily and with the shortest possible run-off. This drain across the middle of the court may be either an open concrete drain with a plank laid over the top and flush with the surface of the court, or a blind drain filled with a CLAY BINDING GRAyEL OK STONE SCREENING^ ^y CINDERS OR CRUSHED STONE- 1356. Draining a tennis-court. DRAINAGE DRAINAGE 1075 ^(V. coarser crushed stone and fine crushed stone, over which is spread a thin layer of washed sand. The bottom of the drain ought to be approximately 6 inches lower, at the point where the outlet to the sub-drain is located, than the elevation at the extreme high points of the drain. The method of establishing these grades varies largely with the requirements of this particular problem. The water, as it reaches the low point in the drain, is conducted at once into the main 6-inch drain, which also takes ground- water from the underground sys- tem of drains. When the court is so constructed that one end is lower than the other, in order to assist surface-drainage condi- tions the courts should be level from side to side. Fig. 1357 shows the general distribution of the system of tile to care for the sub-surface water in tennis- court construction. This would apply equally well to the con- struction of other recreation areas, including clock- golf - greens, bowhng-greens and cro- quet-lawns. In the construction of all tennis-courts, the trenches excavated for the tile should be filled with cinders or an equally porous material to a height not less than 6 inches below the proposed finished grade of the court. Clock-golf-greens, bowling-greens, and croqitet-lavms. — A thorough distribution of tile drains installed as out- lined below, should meet all the requirements commonly imposed from the drainage standpoint upon the con- struction of these recreation areas. Lines of 4-inch tile should be placed, at intervals of not more than 10 feet. For the most thorough and ideal drainage of these areas, provided the cost is not prohibitive, the con- struction would be as follows: A neat sub-grade should be made at a depth not exceeding 15 to 18 inches below the proposed finished surface of the recreation area. The necessary lines of tile should be laid in trenches at a depth varying between 2 and 2 J^ feet below the finished grade, these trenches to be filled with cinders, crushed stone or gravel (Fig. 1355). On this sub-grade, thus completed, the entire recreation area should be filled to a point approximately 6 inches below the proposed finished grade, with cinders, or some equally porous material. On this finished surface, the remaining 6 middle of the road is used in soils in which the ground- water level is abnormally high. Such drains should range in depth from 2 to 3K feet below the finished sur- face of the road, and the trenches should be filled with a porous material and not with the natural soil. The method of installing drainage under the sides of the -^•<^ M^/fJ DFtAIN ,r~-^. 4,^ — L FiAtN-i.^' -L 1357. Draining a tennis-court. road, as shown in Fig. 1358 is used in heavy clay soils, and serves to keep the foundation of the road on well- drained soil. These drains are installed at a depth varying from 2 to 3 feet in trenches fiUed with cinders or equally porous material. Turf pleasure roads, so frequently constructed on private estates, should be thoroughly drained with a line of tile placed under the middle of the road, unless the road is constructed on a heavy foundation of field- stone or gravel which forms a natural drain path for surface-water and soil-water. In providing drainage along the sides of roads con- structed on clay soils through virgin woods, it is some- times necessary to carry these drainage lines a con- siderable distance through the woods to suitable out- let points. The joints of all such Unes of drainage should be cemented, otherwise the artificial condi- tions produced by the increased drainage will work serious injury to many large trees growing on either side. In general it is very unsafe to install drainage hues through virgin woods, without this precaution. Roads constructed through such woods would better be drained by laying a Une of tUe under the middle of the road as shown in Fig. 1359. inches should be filled with a layer of loam free from clay, but composed of a small percentage of sand. In this way, a firm surface will be obtained which wiU readily care for any surface and subsoil water. S. Roads. The secret of a perfect road sm^ace lies (1) in the proper crown of the road, and (2) in the adequate dra,inage of the subsoil or foundation. The first pro- vision cares for the surface water, and the second provision eliminates any surplus ground-water. On all private estates on which roads are constructed on heavy clay soils and not on grades greater than 4 per cent, the secret of success depends upon drainage installed in either of the two ways shown in Fig. 1358 or Fig. 1359. InstaUing a line of drains under the BRICK- CONCRELT£\ 4. Walks. A most frequent method of provid- ing drainage for walks is that shown in Fig. 1359. A line of 4-inch tile is laid at a depth vars^ing between 18 inches and 30 inches below the finished grade of the walk and fol- lowing the middle line of the walk. The trench for the tile is fiUed with a porous material to a height even with the bottom of the cinders used for the foundar tion of the walk, or laid as shown in Fig. 1359. 5. Newly planted trees. All trees planted in clay soil require drainage. If the pockets in which such trees are planted are not 1076 DRAINAGE DRAINAGE thoroughly drained, the area excavated and re-filled with soil when the trees are planted becomes a pocket for ground-water. This pocket or reservoir collects the water, which, if not carried off by means of drains, will very likely cause the death of the trees. AH large trees, especially those which do not grow best with their roots in the water, must be pro- ^"^ vided with drainage. ^ "k The common method /"'l i ' of drainage is to in- C r\ stall a line of 4-inch y'sT' "^ '\ tile leading from the ^\^ 'vi,_^ .^' ^ bottom of the ex- r^ cavated hole to a main line of tile which may have been in- stalled for other drainage purposes, or to the nearest outlet if no such line exists. 6. Drainage to prevent mosquito-breeding. It is a frequent practice, especially on large estates, to install open ditches from 50 to 100 feet apart in swamps and in salt marshes, in order to provide a means for draining such areas, and thus preventing the presence of stagnant water, which is conducive to the breeding of mosquitos. These trenches are excavated at depths varying from 2 to 3J^ feet. The more frequent the trenches, the shal- lower they may be made and still provide adequate drainage. The foregoing article pertains only to the particular phases of drainage especially to be considered in con- nection with landscape work. For additional informa- tion on the general details concerned with drainage, refer to the main article upon drainage, p. 1072. A. D. Tatlob. 'i^'sn^a^^^i^i^- 6 v^nz PIPE ■^'lateral drain- 1360. Detail of drain connections. (See Fig. 13S6.) Drainage and watering for newly transplanted trees. Drainage is an essential in all retentive soils and is a safeguard even on sandy gravelly subsoils against overwatering. Drainage is lS:ely to be vetoed on the score of expense or on the excuse that the subsoil is gravelly; whereas, there are only gravel stones in hard- pan which holds'water. A drain made by filling a pit with stones is frequently inadequate as it fills with water, which backs up into the hole, saturates the soil around the roots and rots them. Rotting of only a part of the roots may injure the tree more than the cutting off of that amount of roots. The soil in which to plant should be open, porous and aerated. Soil which has been piled up as in grading operations is likely to be sour from the decay of the sod and from the packing by teams and scraper. Muck from ponds which has been piled and mixed with lime for a year may still be sour. Clay soil packed by the water and packing-sticks may remain too compact and not aerated enough, may be too much saturated with water and, therefore, rot the roots. Manure should not be mixed in the soil around the roots on account of the danger of souring and rotting the roots. This rotting is determined by digging down to the roots and'finding them of blue-black color with a sour smell. Sometimes this decay has not reached through the bark of the roots and other times it has penetrated the bark and turned the cambium blue-black. Sour soil is likely to be of bluish or greenish color rather than chocolate-brown, and have a sour smell like that under- ^„,^^ neath a manure heap. ^f^-«k The smell is most j£ \ readily detected by breaking open a lump of soil. In digging into sour soil and soil that is over-satu- rated, the spade makes a peculiar sucking noise as in digging in a bog. If at the time of exami- nation the soil is already become sour, it is best to take out this sour soil and put in fresh soil covering the roots only ._^- 4 inches. The ball of earth in the cen- ^^ ter will not be so liable to get sour because it has not been disturbed. As brought out by StringfeUow in the "New Horticulture," soil that is dug over will take in water and become saturated; whereas, soil that has not been disturbed will retain air in the soil-spaces even if submerged. The ball of earth is also prevented from becoming saturated by the undisturbed feeding-roots which absorb the moisture. Watering cannot be by rule, but must depend on examination of both ball of earth iii the center and the outer roots. The difficulty will be to keep the ball of earth sufficiently damp on account of the rapid with- drawing of moisture by the roots. The danger will be that the soil outside the ball of earth will take up the water too rapidly, remain saturated several days and rot the roots. Examination is best done by shovel and fork, digging down IJ^ feet both in the ball and outside. An easier way is to bore into the soil with an auger. It will usually be found that the central ball of earth is dry and dusty in the summer even if the surface and outer soil is damp. The growth of weeds and grass will indicate the same. A good way to water is to make a basin around the width of the ball of earth, fill it with water 6 inches deep, make crowbar holes into the ball for it to soak in. Many mistakes are made in overwatering letting the run all night or watering every day, thereby rot- ting the roots. Mulching is frequently ne- glected, the tree starving for lack of humus. A close- cut lawn arotmd 1361. Setting a newly transplanted large tree. a newly planted tree may be the ideal of neatness, but it means starvation and thirst for the tree and is the principal cause of slow growth over several years, making new, bare and ugly land- scapes. The mulch should extend as wide as the roots and be from 3 to 6 inches deep, of strawy manure, leaves, grass, salt hay or similar organic matter. Too much manure may sour the soil and rot the roots, if it lies heavy and compact and keeps out the air. Light strawy manure is better. If the mulch blows about and is untidy, it may be kept in position by wire netting, earth, or the planting of small shrubs. Henry Hicks. DRIMIA DRiMIA (name refers to the acridity of the roots). liliicese. Bulbous S. African and Trop. African plants of the Scilla tribe, with gamophyllous perianth and a campanulate tube, the segms. linear -oblong and reflexing: stamens 6, shorter than the segms., and inserted at the throat of the perianth-tube; ovary ses- sile, ovoid, S-celled, becoming a loculicidally 3-valved membranous caps. : Ivs. either broad and rather fleshy or narrow and rigid, often appearing at a different season from the bloom: fls. on a naked peduncle or scape, in a simple raceme. — About 30 species, none of which appears to be regularly in cult. D. oligosperma, C. H. Wright. Probably from S. Afr., and very recently described: fl.-clusters over 6 ft. high, much branched, the beautiful white fls. with 3 green nerves on the oblanceolate spreading petals opening late in the afternoon: bulb elliptic, 6 in. long: Ivs. 12-14, rosulate, 1}4 ft- long, linear-acuminate, glabrous. Likely to come into commercial cult. DH!MYS (from a Greek word, used in allusion to the sharp or acrid taste of the bark). Magnoliacex. About 10 evergreen trees or shrubs, allied to lUicium, dis- tributed from Mex. to the Straits of Magellan, and in Austral., New Zeal., and islands. Glabrous and aromatic plants with pellucid-punctate Ivs., and polygamous diclinous or perfect fls. on 1- to many-fld. peduncles, white, yellowish or rose-colored and showy; sepals 2-4; petals 6-=°, in 2 or more series; stamens <», on thickened filaments; ovaries usually 2-00, with sessile stigma and many seeds. D. Wlnteri, Forst. (Wintera aromdtica, Murr.), is a S. American small tree (to 50 ft.), with milk-white fls. 1 in. or more across, jasmine- scented; petals 8-12, pale cream-yellow: Ivs. alternate, evergreen, eUiptical or lanceolate, coriaceous, somewhat acuminate, entire, glabrous, very aromatic: branches with reddish bark: imibels (3-9-fld.) often nearly equaling the Ivs. : scarcely known either as a glasshouse subject or for outdoor cult, in warm countries. B.M. 4800. L. H. B. DROSERA (Greek droseros, dewy, from the dew-Uke excretions on the tips of the leaf- hairs). Droseracex. A group of carnivorous plants popularly known as the Sundews or Dew-Plants. The sts. usually short, slender or com- pressed, rarely elongate and upright in .^ such t3rpes as D. peliata: Ivs. varying from linear through lanceolate to circular, often 1362. arranged in a rosette, and beset over their upper surfaces with fine often irritable hairs, that excrete a clear neutral viscid fluid which entangles and catches insect prey; the hairs then bend inward toward the If.-center, the fluid becomes acid and also excretes a proteinaceous ferment by which the animal tissues are digested, the dissolved products being then absorbed for the plant's nutrition: fl.-scapes slender, ending in curved scorpioid cymes of blooms, ^-1^4 in. across, and varying from white through pink to scarlet or crimson; sepals, petals and stamens 5 each, while the carpels vary from 6-3, are syncarpous with parietal placentation, and bear as many style-arms or lobes: fr. a caps. — ^About 90 species scattered over the world, though most abundantly in Austral. Monograph by Diels in Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft. 26. The species usually grow in moist muddy soil, at times almost floating in water, as in the common N. J. species, D. intermedia. Some AustraMan kinds form tubers, and can then survive through dry periods. The Ivs. in our native species wither in autumn, and a small winter bud-rosette is formed, which unfolds its Ivs. in the succeeding spring. The native and exotic species all grow well if treated as greenhouse plants, and grown in fine muddy loam topped by a little sphagnum. They should also be DROSOPHYLLUM 1077 kept constantly moist in their root extremities, and exposed to bright light. The following native and exotic species are now often grown in collections. They can be propagated by seeds, by division of the shoots, or by cuttmg the slender rhizomes into short lengths of i^-l in. The last, when placed in moist soil, root and form buds in two to three weeks. binata, Labill. (O. dichdtoma, B. & S.). Sts. short: Ivs. long-stalked, 6-16 in. high, once- to twice-forked mto long-linear reddish green segms. that are covered with viscid hairs: scape branched above; fls. white, J^Jiin. across; fls. June, July. Austral, and N. Zeal. B.M. 3082.— Intro, in 1823. Easily grown and prop, by division of the crowns. capensis, Linn. St. sbghtly elongate: Ivs. in a ter- minal rosette, linear to spatulate, tapered into petiole, obtuse at apex: scapes 6-10 in. long with 5-20 secund purple fls.; fls. June, July. Afr., southwestern part of Cape Colony. B.M. 6583.— Intro, in 1875. filiformis, Raf. St. short, hair- covered: Ivs. hnear, erect, 6-8 in. long, greenish with abundant purple hairs : scape equal to or longer than above, 6-15-fld.; fls. rather crowded, unilateral; petals pink-purple, J^in. across; fls. June, July. Del. to Mass., along sandy coastal places. B.M. 3540. Torrey, Fl. N. York, 82:t. 10. intermedia, Hayne. Rhizome slender, 1-4 in. long: Ivs. 1J^2J^ in. long, long-petioled, spatulate, red with glandular hairs: scape 6- 12-fld.; petals white; fls. April (Fla.) to August (New Bruns.). E. N. Amer., Cuba, and Eu. — Forms wild hybrids at times with other species, peltata, Smith. St. 6-10 in., bulb- ous below, slender elongate above ground, with scattered pel- tate glandular Ivs., and terminating in delicate 6-10-fld. stalks: petals white to pink. From India through China, Japan and the PhUippines to Austral. G.C.II.19 :436.— A pretty, delicate and striking spe- cies now not uncommon in cult. Totundifolia, Linn. Fig. 1362. St. short, slender: Ivs. %-2 in., with elongate non-glandular petiole and circular red-glandular blade: scape slender, 5-12-fld.; petals white, expanding in bright sunshine; fls. May (Carolinas) to Sept. (Newfoundland). — A classic plant, owing to Darwin's studies in "Insectivorous Plants." Tracyi, Macfarlane. Habit of D. filiformis. Lvs. 12-16 in., pale green with light green glandular hairs: scape 15-24 in.; fls. purple, Min. across. Abundant over the coastal area of the Gu& states from mid-Fla. to La. FI. April, May. — One of the largest species of the genus. J. M. Macfaelane. DROSOPHYLLUM (dew-leaved). One of the 6 genera of the DroserAcex, comprising a single species in S. Spain, Portugal and Morocco, sometimes seen in collections of insectivorous plants, and for the interesting mor- phology, the lvs. being revolute rather than involute as in the droseras and other plants. D. lusitdnicum, Link, is a sub-shxubby little plant, the simple st. 2-6 in. high bearing at the top long-hnear glandular insect- holding lvs.: fls. IJ^ in. across, on an elevated stalk (1 ft. high), bright yellow, with 10-20 stamens, alter- nating in length, bearing short yellow anthers; petals Drosera rotundifolia. ( X }^) 1078 DROSOPHYLLUM DRYOPTERIS 6, obovate, thin, twisted after anthesis; styles 5, fili- form: fr. a narrow caps., %, in. long, 5-valved. B.M. 5796. — The glands of this interesting plant are purple, some stalked and some sessile, viscid, not motile. See Diels, in Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft. 26 (1906) for monographic treatment, where the Drosera- cese is reduced to 4 genera, Byblis and Roridula being removed from the family; and Darwin studied it and described it in Chap. XV of "Insectivorous Plants." L. H. B. DR'5'AS (Greek, wood-nymph). Rosacess. Dwarf hardy tufted evergreen somewhat shrubby plants, sometimes transferred to gardens. Leaves alternate, petioled, simple, entire or crenate, tomentose: fls. large, white or yellow, borne singly on slender scapes; sepals 8-10, persistent; petals 8-10, obovate or oval; stamens many, with subulate filaments; pistils many, sessile, with a terminal style that persists and elongates on the achene. High northern or moun- tain plants, of N. Amer., Eu. and Asia, of which 4 spe- cies are recognized by Rydberg ( N. Amer. Flora, xxii, part 5, 1913); aUied to Geum. The best known cult, species, D. octopetala, requires a well-drained porous soil, a sunny but not dry posi- tion. It is well to shade the foUage from bright sun during the winter months with evergreen branches to prevent the fohage from having a scorched appear- ance. A capital plant for the rockery. Propagated by cuttings, division, or by seed. (J. B. Keller.) octopetala, Linn. Densely cespitose with a woody caudex or st. : Ivs. rugose, eUiptic, oval or oblong, deeply and regularly crenate, white-tomentose beneath: scapes 2-8 in. long; fls. white, the petals elliptic or obovate-elliptic, and the sepals linear or linear-lanceo- late : seeds with a feathered awn 1 in. long. North temperate and arctic regions. Drfimmondii, Rich. Cespitose perennial with decum- bent caudex: Ivs. eUiptic or obovate, white-tomentose beneath but nearly or quite glabrous above, somewhat rugose, coarsely crenate: fls. yeUow, the petals eUiptic- spatulate or obovate and almost erect, the sepals ovate or ovate-lanceolate. Que. to Ore. and N. B.M. 2972. — A good rockery plant; 4 in., more or less. D, irUegrifdlia, Vahl. Fls. white; sepals linear or linear-lanceo- late: Ivs. lanceolate or lance-elliptic, the margins mostly revolute. High northern N. Amer. — D. tomentbna, Farr. Fls. yellow; sepals ovate or ovate-lanceolate: Ivs. obovate or elliptic, coarsely crenate, tomentose on both surfaces. Canadian Rockies. L. H. B. DRYMOGLOSSUM (Greek, wood and tongue, of no direct significance). PolypodiAceie. Small ferns, 5 to 10 species, occurring wild in both tropics, with wide creeping rootstalks, and small, entire Ivs. : sori resembling those of Polypodium. None is advertised in Amer. Three or 4 kinds are mentioned in horticultural hterature abroad, but are not cult. here. l. M. Underwood. DRYMONIA (from Greek for an oak wood : growing on trees). Gesneridcese. Prostrate or cUmbing woody plants, sometimes grown under glass, but apparently not offered in this country. Fls. white or yellowish, mostly large, on short axillary usually solitary pedicels; calyx large, oblique, 5-parted; coroUa-tube prominently ventricose, declinate, gibbous or saccate at base, the 5 lobes broad and spreading and only slightly unUke; stamens affixed in the base of the corolla, 4 perfect; disk-glands large at rear, small or wanting in front; style elongated: fr. fleshy, ovate, becoming 2-valved: Ivs. opposite, thickish. — Some 15 species in Cent, and S. Amer., closely allied to Episcia. Warmhouse plants, requiring the treatment of other gesneriads. One spe- cies is ottered abroad: D. Turrialvse, Hanst., from Costa Rica: tall shrub: Ivs. broadly ovate, blistered, metallic- colored: fls. large, white, pendulous, the lower lobe toothed, calyx red. D. punctata, Lindl. =£piario punctata. L H. B. DRYMOPHLCEUS (Greek words meaning oak and smooth inner bark). PalmAcex, tribe Aricex. Spine- less pinnate palms, with slender medium caudices. Leaves terminal, equally pinnatisect, the segms. cuneate-oblong or hnear, broadly oblique, submem- branaceous, 3- to many-nerved, the margins recurved at the base; rachis scaly, 3-sided; sheath long: spadix with a short peduncle and slender branches; spathes 2 or many, the lower one 2-crested. This genus contains a tropical palm, with very distinct wedge-shaped Ifts. and ornamental scarlet frs., borne every year. It flowers when only a few feet high, and is suitable for pot culture. — Species 12. Australasia and the Pacific isls. The chances are that most of the plants now known to the American trade as D. olivxformis are really D. appendiddata. The true D. olivxformis is said to have been offered by a few dealers as Ptycfwsperma Rumphii. D. appendiculata was described and figured by WiUiam Watson, in Garden and Forest, mistakenly as D. olivx- formis, as explained in B.M. 7202. He adds, "Like all the palms of this section of the border, DrymophloBUs requires a tropical moist house with abundance of water at all times." G.C. II. 24:394. The plant figured was about fourteen years old, 3 feet high, with leaves about 3 feet long. The plant takes about six months to mature its fruits. appendiculatus, Scheff. {Arkca grdcUis, Giseke, not Roxbg. or Thouars ). St. 6-10 ft. : Ivs. terminal, 5-6 ft. long, arching: Ifts. 14-20, wedge-shaped, raggedly cut, serrate: spadix from between the Ivs., short-stalked, about a foot long; the yellow buds and white fls. make an attractive contrast at the flowering season (June). Moluccas, New Guinea. B.M. 7202. G.F. 4:331. — The D. olivxformis of most dealers not of Martins. 2). Mooreanue, Hort. "An erect-growing palm with grayish green Ivs." — D. olivsefdrmis, Mart., not the trade plant of that name, has narrower Ifts. than the above, and the fr. half immersed in the greatly enlarged perianth. jj^^^ q g^j^^ N. TAYLOH.t DRYNARIA (Greek, oak-like). PolypodiAcex. Some 10 or more E. Indian ferns, with round naked sori, as in Polypodium, but with a fine network of netted veins which are arranged in distinctly rectangular meshes. The most distinctive feature is in the shape of the Ivs. which are either of 2 sorts, as in Platycerium, the cup If. having the shape of an oak If. ; or the base of each If. is separately lobed and oak-like. D. quer- cifdlia, with 2 sorts of Ivs., the spore-bearing 2-3 ft. long, is the commonest species. D. rigidula, Swartz (D. diversifdlia, R. Br.), a similar but larger species from the same region also appeared at one time in the Ameri- can trade, but the species are seldom seen in cult, in this country. D. musxfblia is occasionally seen in fine collections, where it is grown for its striking simple foUage, which reminds one of the bird's nest fern (Asplenium Nidus). It is really a Polypodium, which see for description. b,_ q Benedict.! BRY6PTERIS (Greek, oak-fern). Polypodidcex. Wood-Fern. A widely distributed genus of handsome ferns with dissected foliage, the native species some- times grown in the hardy border and the tropical kinds under glass. Plants bearing round sori either naked or covered with heart-shaped or reniform indusia, which are fixed at the center or along the sinus: veins either wholly free or the lowest united. — Several hundred species have been referred to this genus. A considerable number of our common woods ferns belong to this genus. The species have been variously known under the names Lastrea, Aspidium, and Nephrodium. Other species sometimes referred to under this genus may be found under Polystichum and under Lastrea. For D. acrostichoides, see Polystichum; for D. decurrens, see DRYOPTERIS Tedaria. In N. Amer., known to many as Aspidium. For cult, see Ferns. Not the same as Doryopteris. DRYOPTERIS 1079 basilaris, IS. Boottii, 13. Clintooiana, ' orenata, 19. criatata, 7. dilatata, 12. disjecta, 15. effusa, 14. INDEX. Filix-mas, 9. Ksoheri, 3. Goldieana, S. hirtipes, 1. intermedia, 12. marginalis, 10. noveboracensia, Otaria, 16. parasitica, 17. patens, 6. philippinensis, simulata, 5. Bpinulosa, 12. Thelypteris, 4. viridescens, 11. 18. A. Veins entirely free. B. Pinnx lobed less than one-third to midrib. 1. hirtipeSj Kuntze {Nephrodium hirtipes, Hook.). Lvs. rather rigid, 2-3 ft. long, 8-16 in. broad, on stalks clothed with dense black scales; pinnse with broad, blunt lobes, the lower ones not reduced in size: sori medial on the lobes. India. BB. Pinnse cleft nearly to midrib, or lvs. bipinnate or tripinnatijid. c. Texture thin, membranous; veins simple or once forked. D. Lower pinnse gradually reduced to mere lobes. 2. noveboracensis, Gray (Asj/idium noveborac&nse, Swartz). New York Fern. Lvs. somewhat clustered from creeping rootstocks, pale green, 1-2 ft. long, taper- ing both ways from the middle. Canada to N. C. and Ark. 3. Fischeri, Kuntze (Lastrka opctca, Mett.). Lvs. 6-8 in. long, 2-3 in. wide, bipinnatifid, cut into close, entire lobes, the lowest much reduced; surfaces smooth. Brazil. DD. Lower pinnx scarcely smaller than those above. E. Veins forked. 4. Thelypteris, Gray (Aspidium Thelypteris, Swartz). Marsh Fern. Rootstock creeping: lvs. scattered, clear green, 1-2 ft. long; margins of the spore-bearing pinnae often strongly convolute: sori 10-12 to each segm. Canada to Fla. and Texas. — A form with pinnse va- riously forked at tip is known as Pufferx. EE. Veins simple. 5. simulata, Davenp. Rootstock creeping: lvs. yellow- ish green, scattered, 8-20 in. long, 2-7 in. wide, with 12-20 pairs of lanceolate pinnae : sori rather large, some- 1363. Dryopteris marginalis. (Detail X 1) what distant, 4-10 to each segm. Native in N. Y. and New England, where it may be confused with D. Thely- pteris. G.F. 9:485. 6. pitens, Kuntze. Lvs. clustered at the end of a thick rootstock, 2-3 ft. long, 4-10 in. wide, soft-hairy beneath; pinnae cut three-fourths to the midrib, the basal segms. usually longer. Fla. to Texas and Calif, and Trop. Amer. A.G. 20:25. cc. Texture firm or subcoriaceous; veins 2-4 times forked. D. Lvs. bipinnatifid or nearly bipinnate: indusia large, mostly fiat. 7. ctistkta., GTa,y (Aspidium crist&tum, Swaxtz) . Lvs. 1-2 ft. long, with short, triangular pinnae 2-3 in., long, are much wider at base. Var. Clintoniana, Underw. (probably a distinct species), is larger, with pinnae 4-6 in. long, and with the sori rather near the midvein. Canada to Ark.; also in N. Eu. — Hybrids are described with D. marginalis and other species. G.F. 9:445. 8. Goldieana, Gray (Aspidium Goldie&num, Swartz). Lvs. grow- ing in large crowns, 2-4 ft. long, 12-18 in . wide, the pinnae broad- est at the middle: indusia very large. Canada to Ky. — One of our largest and most stately native species. DD. Lvs. mostly bipin- nate: indusia con- vex, rather firm. 9. Filix-mds, Schott (Aspidium FUix-mds, Swartz). Male Fern. Lvs. growing in crowns, 1-3 ft. long: sori near the midvein. Used as a vermifuge, as is also the next species. Eu., Canada and Colo. 10. marginMis, Gray i (Asjndium marginale, Swartz). Fig. 1363. Lvs. 6 in. to 2 ft. long, growing in crowns, mostly in rocky places : sori close to the margin. Canada and southward. — One of our commonest ferns, and gathered with D. spinulosa intermedia for use with cut-fls. DDD. Lvs. mostly tripinnatifid; segms. spinulose-toothed: indusia shriveling at maturity. e. Lf. -stalks naked, polished. 11. viridescens, Kuntze. Lvs. 18-24 in. long, on stalks two-thirds as long; lower pinnae largest: sori near the midribs. Japan. EE. Lf. -stalks scaly. 12. spinuldsa, Kuntze (Aspidium spinulbsum, Swartz). Lvs. ovate-lanceolate, with a few pale, decidu- ous scales at the base: indusia smooth, without marginal glands. Var. intermedia, Underwood. Lvs. evergreen, the scales more persistent, with brown centers, and the margins of the indusia with stalked glands. One of our commonest wood ferns in the northern states. Extensively gathered for use with cut-fls. Probably a distinct species. Var. dilatata. Underwood, has similar scales to the last and tripinnate lvs. In woods at altitudes of 1,500 ft. upward, from Canada to Ore.; also in Eu. Probably a distinct species. 13. Bodttii, Underwood (Aspidium Bobttii, Tuckm.). Lvs. elongate-lanceolate, with broadly oblong pinnules: indusia minutely glandular. Intermediate between D. cristata and D. intermedia. Probably a hybrid. Canada, N. Y. and New England. DDDD. Lvs. ample, 4~5-pinnatifid. 14. effiisa, Urban. Lvs. 3-4 ft. long, 2 ft. or more wide, with polished stalks and from short, creeping rootstocks: sori abundant, scattered, often without indusia. Cuba to Brazil. 1364. Dryopteris parasitica. (XH) 1080 DRYOPfERIS DUGUETIA 15. dissecta, Kuntze {Lastrha membranifdlia, Hort.). Lve. 1-5 ft. long, 1-3 ft. wide, membranous, decom- pound; segms. broad and blunt; surfaces nearly naked: sori near the margin, abimdant. India and Madagascar to Austral. AA. Veins not entirely free, the lower veinlets of adjoin^ ing segms. united. 16. Ot^a, Kimtze (Lastrba arist&ta, Hort.). Lvs. 1 ft. long, with a long terminal pinna an inch or more wide, with lanceolate lobes, and 6-12 similar lateral pinnae; texture thin; surfaces naked; veins united half- way from the midrib to the edge. Ceylon to the Philip- pines. — Good for table ferneries, but slow of growth. 17. parasitica, Kuntze (Nephrodium mdlle, R. Br. D. mdllis, Underwood, in preceding edition). Fig. 1364. Lvs. 1-2 ft. long, 8-12 in. wide, bipinnatifid, the pinnae cut into blunt lobes; lower pinnae distant from the others and somewhat shorter; surfaces finely viUose. Tropical regions of both hemispheres. — Often grows as a weed in greenhouses. 18. basilaris, C. Chr. {Nephrbdium philippin&nse, Baker. D. philippin&nsis, Underwood, in Cyclo. Amer. Hort.). Lvs. 2-3 ft. long, 12-18 in. wide, bipinnatifid, smooth, with a naked rachis; lower pinnae scarcely smaller: sori midway from midrib to margin, with firm, smooth indusia. Philippines. 19. cren^ta, Presl. Lvs. 1-2 ft. long,, on stalks nearly as long, with a terminal pinnae 6-8 in. long, often 2 in. wide, and 4-8 similar lateral pinnae; margins bluntly lobed: sori near the main veins. Cuba and Mex. to Brazil. L. m. Underwood. R. C. Benedict, t DRYPfeTES (probably from Greek for drupe, from the character of the fruit). Guiana Plum. White- wood. Euphorbi&cex. Tropical evergreen greenhouse shrubs. Glabrous: lvs. leathery, alternate, simple, mostly entire: fls. dioecious, in axillary clusters or pis- tillate single, apetalous, staminate fls. with calyx im- bricate and a rudimentary pistil; stigma broad, nearly sessile; pistil 1-celled, 2-ovuled. — About 10 species in Trop. Amer., 2 native in S. Fla. They do well in light loam. Prop, from cuttings in sand with heat. D. laterifldra, Urban (D. crdcea, Poit. Schxffkria latmfldra, Swartz), of W. India region, 6 ft. high, lvs. elliptical, pointed, has been in cult. j. b. S. Norton. DUCHfiSNEA (A. N. Duchesne, monographer of Fragaiia in 1766). Rosdcex. Fragaria-like perennial trailing herbs, differing in the calyx being 5-parted and the lobes alternating with larger leafy 3-5-toothed bracts, the petals yellow, and the receptacle dry and spongy rather than becoming fleshy or pulpy as m the strawberry: lvs. temate, with short-stalked Ifts.: fls. solitary, on the runners; stamens 20-25, short. — Two species in S. Asia, one of which hais run wild in this country, and is usefvd as a basket-plant and as a low ground-cover. indica, Focke {Frag&ria indica, Andr.). Yellow Strawberry. A neat plant trailing close on the ground, with leafy runners, pubescent: Ifts. rhombic-ovate, more or less petioled, coarsely crenate, obtuse: fls. about J^in. across, on peduncles equaling or exceed- ing the lvs.: fr. usually less than J^in. diam., red, insipid. In waste grounds, N. Y., west and south. L. H. B. DUCKWEED: Lemna. DUCKWHEAT: Fagopyrum. DUDAIM MELON: Cummw. DtJDLEYA (named for the late Wm. R. Dudley, professor of botany in Stanford University). Crassur l&cex. Shortly caulescent or acaulescent perennials, with flat, Unear to ovate, acute basal lvs. : fls. in short or elongated panicles, orange-yellow or red, rarely white: lvs. on flowering branches much shorter and relatively broader than the basal ones, sessile or clasp- ing: coroUa nearly cyUndricaJ or sli^tly angled, the segms. united below the middle; stamens twice as many as the calyx-lobes: carpels erect, many-sided. — Some 60 species have been described, all from the west coast of N. Amer. None of them has proved very satisfactory as a bedding plant, and as a rule the spe- cies do not compare with the echeverias in horticul- tural value. The following species are described in this work under Cotyledon (p. 868) : D. Cotyledon, Brit. & Rose, as C. californica. D. pidverulenta, Brit. & Rose, as C. pulvenderUa. D. Purpusii, Brit. & Rose, as C. PurpvMi. D. lanceolata, Brit. & Rose, as C. lanceolata. J. N. Rose. DUGUfiXIA (named in honor of J. J. Duguet, who in 1731 wrote a work on plants). Aberemt)a, R. E. Fries, not Aubl. Annon&ceag. A genus of Trop. Ameri- can shrubs and trees, about two dozen species, differing 1365. Duguetia quitarensis. (Branch X H) from Annona in technical characters, particularly in imbricating petals and distinct angular rigid carpels becoming detached from the alveolate receptacle when mature, and usually with stellate-pubescent or scurfy indument. D. kmceolAta, St. Hil., the type of the genus, is a BraziUan tree. D. quitarensis, Benth., Fig. 1365, with very similar fr. which turns red when ripe, has recently been collected on the Isthmus of Panama by Henri Pittier; and D. furfur&cea, Benth. & Hook, f,, a low plant with edible orange-colored fr. as large as an apple, in the province of Minas, Brazil, by Shamel, Popenoe, and Dorsett, of the Bureau of Plant Industry. From this genus must be separated Fv^xa longifoliaj Safford {Annona longifolia, Aubl.), the fr. of which is a solid globose syncarpium, and the outer circles of stamens sterile and petal-Uke, while the indument is composed of simple silky hairs. See Fussea. W. E. Safford. DULICHIUM DUVALIA 1081 DTJLfCHIUM (old Latin name). Cyperacex. One perennial species, D. arundinAceum, Brit. (Z). spathd,- ceum, Pers.), in E. N. Amer., which has been offered by collectors as a bog-plant. It is grass-like, with terete leafy culms which are hoUow and unbranched, 2-3 ft. tall; it has linear flattened spikelets sessile in 2 ranks on peduncles that arise from the If.-sheaths. It is dis- tributed in swamps about ponds from Newfoimdland across the continent and to Fla. and Texas; of no special value. DUUANTA (after Castor Durantes, physician in Rome and botanist, died about 1590). Verbenacese. Tropical American woody plants, some of which are cultivated outdoors in Florida and Califomia, and in a few northern greenhouses. Shrubs or trees, glabrous or woolly, often armed with axillary spines: Ivs. opposite or in whorls, entire or toothed: racemes long and terminal or short and axillary; fls. small, short-pedicelled in the axis of a small bract; corolla-Umb of 5 spreading oblique or equal lobes, the tube usually curved; stamens 4, didynamous; calyx enlarging and inclosing the fr.; stigma 4-lobed: fr. an 8-seeded juicy drupe. — ^Eight or 10 species, Mex., W. Indies, S. Amer., one reaching Key West. Plumieri, Jacq. {D. spindsa, Linn. D. inSrmis, Linn. D. rhpens, Linn. D. Ellisia, Jacq. Ellisia acuta, Linn.). Golden Dewdrop. A variable shrub or small tree, minutely pubescent or becoming glabrous: branches 4-angled: Ivs. obovate, oblong, ovate or elliptic, mostly entire, contracted into short petiole: fls. in panicled loose racemes; calyx-teeth subulate; corolla iQac, the limb less than J^in. across, the lobes ciUolate; calyx yellowish, closed into a beak and covering the yellow drupe (which may reach about Min. diam.). Key West, W. Indies, Mex., to Brazil. B.M. 1759. B.R. 244. — Branches either armed or unarmed. Attractive forms with white fls. and with variegated Ivs. are reported in cult. Lorentzii, Griseb. Spineless, the branchlets 4-angled: Ivs. small, coriaceous, ovate or elliptic, obtusish, strongly serrate toward apex, petioled: fls. in terminal inter- rupted racemes (white?) ; calyx tubular, 5-ribbed, short- toothed; coroUa-tube exserted, cylindrical; coroUa- Umb unequally 5-parted, the lobes oval-orbicular; stamens included, didynamous: fr. a 2-pyrenous berry. Argentina; offered in S. CaUf . stenostachya, Tod. Closely allied to D. Plumieri. Spineless, to 15 ft. high, branchlets 4-angled: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, serrate or entire, pubes- cent on the veins beneath, 3-8 in. long: fls. Ulac, less than J^in. across, pendulous in slender racemes, 3-4 at the end of the branches, in fr. 6-12 in. long: fr. yellow, about Kin. across. Brazil. Offered in S. Calif. L. H. B. DURAZNILLO: Jatropha. DURIO (from a Malayan vernacular). Bombac&cex. Trees of the Indian archipelago and Malaysia, one of which yields the durian (D. zibethinus, Lhm.), a much-prized fruit of the East. Fig. 1366. There are probably a dozen other species of Durio, mostly Bor- nean and recently described. The durian is a tall tree (to 80 ft.), with oblong acuminate entire Ivs., colored and scaly beneath, pumately veined, coriaceous: fls. large, whitish, in lateral cymes or fascicles; calyx bell-shaped, 5-lobed, subtended by an involucre; petals 3; staminal column divided above into many filaments in 4^6 groups, the anthers twisted; ovary 5-celled, each cell many-ovuled, bearing a long style with a, capitate stigma: fr. ovoid or globular, often 10 in. long, very spiny, somewhat woody, mostly indehiscent, the large seeds and carpels surroimded by a firm cream-colored edible pulp. The fr. has a strong offensive odor. The durian is discussed as foUows by O. W. Barrett in the Phflippine Agricultural Review: "The durian has an odor that can be compared only to a mixture of old cheese and onions, flavored with tiUTpentine; but those who eat it love it so dearly that the smell does not bother them. . . . The fruit weighs about five pounds, nearly one-third of which is edible pulp and about one-sixth of which is edible seeds; the sugar -content is over 12 per cent, and it con- tains the same amount of starch besides. The tree 1366. The durian — Durio zibethinus. ( X H) (From an early representation of the fruit.) magnificent and stately, and grows usually in open country, in the edges of forests, around native villages, and in clearings. — It can hardly be called a cultivated tree; at least, it is hardly ever grown iu orchards, although on the other hand it could hardly hold its own in the real wild. Throughout Malaysia it is con- sidered the most dehcious fruit. Europeans, of course, generally revolt at the unpleasant odor; a fair propor- tion, however, of the foreign residents soon grow to reMsh the durian. Although it would not be wise, per- haps, for one unaccustomed to the fruit to eat a large quantity of the pulp at one sitting, there is apparently no substance in it that would cause indigestion or any other result than a rather unpleasant breath for a few hours after eating. The chemical body which is respon- sible for the very pronounced odor is probably one of the sulfur compounds with some base perhaps similar to that of butyric acid. — Harvesting the durian is not unattended with danger, for soon after it becomes mature the heavy fruit falls, and occasionally kills or severely injures the unlucky individual underneath." The seeds are eaten roasted, and the unripe fruit boiled as a vegetable. The tree has been successfully introduced into Jamaica, but is not in general cultiva/- tion in that island. The specific name, zibethinus, is said to be derived from the practice of using the decomposed fruit as a bait for the civet-cat or zibet. Fig. 1366 is reduced from Vol. 7 of the Trans, of the Linn. Soc, 1804, illustratmg Konig's historic account of the fruit. L. H. B. DUSTY MILLER: Lychnis Coronaria; also apeoiea of Centaurea and Senecio. DUTCHMAN'S BREECHES: Dicmira CucuOaria. DUTCHMAN'S PffE: Aristolochia. DUVALIA (for Duval, an early botanist). Asclepich dacese. About 20 succulent very dwarf leafless herbs, mostly of S. Afr., rarely seen in cult.: sts. decumbent or erect, sometimes subterranean and with the tips appearing above the surface, 4r-6-angled and with spreading teeth, each of which bears a minute rudi- mentary K.: fls. sohtary or in small clusters or cymes, usually borne near the middle of the young sts.; corolla rotate, deeply 5-lobed, with a cushion-like ring around the outer corona and supporting it; coroUa-lObes linear- 1082 DUVALIA DWARFING lanceolate to ovate, folded longitudinally backward; corona double, from near the top of the staminal col- umn, the outer one flat and entire and angled, the inner one with turgid more or less pointed lobes; stamens affixed in the base of the corolla, united into a tube around the ovary: fr. erect smooth follicles. Cult, of StapeUa and similar succulents. The species are essentially fancier's plants and apparently not in the trade. DUVERNOIA (J. G. Duvemoy, pupil of Toume- fort, or G. L. Duvemoy, of Strassburg, writer on natural history). Acanthacex. By some authors united with Adhatoda, which genus is by some included in Justicia. The genus comprises 15 or more herbs or shrubs: fls. single or in short spikes; calyx short, 4- toothed, the back lobe toothed or parted; coroUa^tube short; limb labiate, the upper Up hehnet-shaped and 2-toothed, the lower lip flat. The species seem not to be in the trade, although D. Dewevrei, DeWild, has been cult, in Belgium: it is a tufted herb, about 2 ft. high: Ivs. oblong, petiolate: fls. paniculate; upper lijj of corolla white with red stripes and the lower greenish white; corolla about J^in. long. Congo. DWARFING. Dwarf plants are those that never attain the height or size of the usual or representative individuals of the species. Some dwarfs are "natural," being represented by varieties of prevaiUngly small size; and these varieties usually reproduce more or less true from seed or cuttings. Thus there are dwarf petunias, lobelias, asters, cannas, peas, beans. Such dwarfing comes within the field of breeding. The "artificial" dwarfs are produced by more or less arbitrary manipulation^ as by grafting on stocks of small growth, heading-in the top or the root or both, by confining the roots, by withholding food and water, and by various forms of contortion and con- striction. Plants are dwarfed to keep them within bounds in small areas, to increase flower-bearing and fruit-bear- ing in proportion to the size of the subject, to bring aU parts within reach and control, to express the skill and satisfy the conceit of the gardener, and to extend the range of interesting plant forms; and plants may be adapted to adverse soils or conditions by grafting on hardy or more reliable roots that may chance to have a dwarfing tendency. Dwarf plants are very useful in flower-gardens and in landscape work. The pic- turesque dwarfs of the Japanese type are amongst the most curious of plant forms. The Japanese practice of dwarfing. Figs. 1367, 1368. The art of dwarfing trees has been long practised among the Japanese gardeners. Some trees are more adapted for this purpose than others. The following have been considered to be most suitable: ChamEBcyparis obtuaa. Pinus pentaphylla. Pinua parvifiora. Pinus Thunbergii. Pinus densifiora. Larix leptole^is. Juniperus rigida. Juniperus chinensis var. cumbens. Podocarpus chinensis. Podocarpus Nageia. Tsuga Sieboldii. Tsuga diversifolia. Ciyptomeria japonica. Acer palmatum. Various species of Japanese fruit trees, etc. Acer trifidum. Styrax japonica. Lagerstrcemia indica. Punica Granatum. Trachycarpus excelsa. Rhapis flabelliformis. Rhapis hunillis. pro- Zelkowa acuminata. Millettia japonica. Wistaria floribunda. Wistaria brachybotrys. Prunus Mume. Evonymus alata. Cycaa revoluta. flowering cherries, ivies, bamboos. 1367. Japanese dwarf tree. Before entering into a discussion of dwarfed trees, one should have a clear understanding between the "bonsai" or artistic plant and the "hachiuye" or ordin- ary potted plant. There are two styles in which the "bonsai" is pre- sented, one is the planting of one or more tiny trees of picturesque form m an artistic shallow pot; and the other is the representing of a part of a mimature garden or forest embracing trees, shrubs, grasses, mosses, rocks, and ponds. The former is simply an improved or modified potted plant, whereas the latter eiiibits an imaginary scene, so that one might feel by glancing upon the pot in a httle Japanese chamber as if he were at that mo- ment strolling in such a garden or wandering with- in forest. A httle piece of stone gives an idea of Mt. Fuji, and a drop of water the surface of the Japan Sea. We often suspect the tree, covered with mossed bark, of not more than J^ foot in height, would reach the cloud; or it might suggest a wintry landscape brought in amidst scorching summer days to release a man from heat. The success in raising a valuable "bonsai" depends entirely on the skill of dwarfing the trees, and it requires a long experience. Remember always what the home of the plant was, and treat it according to its habitat. In other words, climate, soil, environment, nourish- ment, and all other circumstances of its original state should accompany the tree; and the degree of humidity, both in the air and ground, is of prime importance in the dwarfing process. Some have the erroneous notion that the dwarfing is accomplished merely by bending the tree unnaturally. The roots are confined to check growth, without making other alteration. The shape and size of the branches or leaves are affected by the firmness of the earth, the way of watering, the kinds of fertilizer, and the degree of sunshine. Between the leaves there should be ample air and frequent sunshine. Some plants need only sUght moisture, and others much. Too wet is worse than too dry. Many are .thoughtless in giving water, not considering the condition of the soil. Judicious watering is one of the first requisites to success. For example, after being placed on balconies or terraces in the daytime, the potted plants should be exposed outdoors during the night, if not stormy. Japanese gardeners use many different fertilizers in accordance with the time of growth, kind of plant, and purposes (i.e., whether for branches or leaves, for flowers or fruits), some of them being: oil-cake, bone-meal, tankage, clam-shells, barn- manures, night-soil, wine leea, tea dregs, cow's milk, rice-bran, fish refuse, iron-rust, and others. Plants both of "bon- sai" and "hachiuye" dwarfs should be re- potted every two or three years, in order to destroy the old fibrous roots, and to give a chance for new ones. Otherwise, trees are deprived from taking any nourishment, and will soon die. "This practice is to be done in February or March, when the aim of dwarfing is completed; whereas the pruning is to be between April and June, to secure more or even larger floweirs. Pine. — This is one of the most difficult plants to be treated as a dwarfed tree, although it will hardly result in failure, if taken direct from the mountain or seashore while new young needles are steadily growing. Pines that have suffered through various difficult 1368. Training a branch. DWARFING DWARFING 1083 weather are preferred. About half a year previous to removal, a ditch should be made around the plant. In removing, the main root should be carefully cut off by scissors, leaving its end downward to avoid the resin from accumulating, which otherwise might destroy the tree. For different shapes, the branches are to be twisted to and fro, as shown in the cut (Fig. 1368) ; bind the part with hemp-palm rope, and pull it moderately toward the trunk with a cord. The special nature of this tree is to disUke the humid earth. Hav- ing no pleasing flower or fruit, the pine must exhibit merit in the arrangement of needles or the color of the bark. The best time to transplant is in autumn. For fertilizers, one may use oil-cake or a bone-meal. Mume {Prunus Mume). — ^This is different from the Japanese flowering cherry; the beauty of the flower should accompany the picturesque form of the tree itself. The age of the tree is highly regarded. Slender branches as well as CTotesque trunks with mossy bark are usually chosen. Hence, all dwarfed Miune plants are raised by grafting. The potting of Mume may take place as soon as the flowers have fallen. The pot is to be kept in shade at least one month, the earth having been thoroughly pressed. To have more flowers, the old roots are destroyed, and the branches cut, leaving a few branchlets. Potted Mume is fertiUzed with thin liquid manure, oil-cakes or occasionally cow's milk, between December and February. Pomegranate. — In this plant, the portion of the roots which is close to the main trunk may be exposed to the air. As a dwarfed tree, pomegranate is enjoyed both for fruits and flowers. AU new sprouts are to be pinched off, other than those that will produce flowers. Until the fruits have grown larger, one should wait for manuring. For flowers, oil-cake^ tankage, or bone-meal are used; for fruits a hght fertilizer is used. Bamboos. — Choose one of the most proper kinds and keep it in a pot lor two or three yeais. Then wait upon several shoots coining up. One year after this, these new bamboos are transferred into other pots. The practice needs much patience and ^eat skill, and it would hardly pay, knowing that the prime age of bam- boo is only for four or five years. Issa Tanimtika. Dwarf fruit trees. Generally speaking, dwarf trees are those which by various means are made to remain smaller than normal trees of the same species or variety. Three means are in common use in dwarfing trees: by growing on dwarfing stocks, restricting the root run, and by pruning to check or suppress the growth of the top. Horticulturally speaking, and particularly as the term is applied to fruit trees, dwarf trees are those which are grown on dwarfing stocks. A discussion of dwarf fruit trees is, then, most largely concerned with dwarf- ing stocks. Dwarfing stocks are not modern innovations. For at least three centuries, various stocks have been used to dwarf apples, pears, plums, cherries and quinces. In fact, dwarf fruit trees were quite as common, or even more so, in Europe a century ago than they are at present. They have been grown in America, at least dwarf apples and pears, for nearly a century, during which time in recurring periods they have received much attention from fruit-growers. There is in horticultural literature much data, which, while fragmentary, is still substantial, to guide us in the use of dwarfing stocks and to indicate the value of dwarf fruit trees. The action of dwarfing stocks is readily explained after a statement of what stocks are. A dwarfing stock is always a smaller, a weaker, or a slower-growing variety or species than the tree to be propagated on it. The top conforms to the roots chiefly because of the inability of the latter to furnish sufficient nutrition. The tree is dwarfed through starvation. Other than in size the trees are little or not at all affected, although minor changes in the fruit and in the bearing habit are supposed to be brought about by dwarfing. Dwarf fruit trees are propagated by the same methods employed in Rowing standard trees with preference given to budding dwarfing stocks, whereas standard trees are still largely propagated by grafting. Propaga- tors hold that a better union can be obtained by bud- ding than by grafting, and since it is always difficult to secure a good imion between plants as widely divergent as stock and cion in a dwarf tree must of necessity be, budding should have the preference of the two methods. In fact the chief problem in growing dwarf fruit trees is to find a stock with which the larger growing cion can easily be worked and with expectations of a close and permanent union. This brings us to the matter of stocks for the several fruits. Dwarf apples are commonly grown on two stocks — the Paradise and the Doucin. Both of these, it must be understood, are class names, there being in the literature a dozen or more varieties of Paradise and about as many of the Doucin. Carefully compared, the many kinds in use can be reduced to the French Paradise (Pommier du Paradis), English Paradise, and the Dutch Paradise for the first class, while the Doucin stocks may be grouped under the Doucin, the EngUsh Broad-leaved and the English Nonsouch. There is much confusion in the names of dwarf apple stock in nurseries and the grower will be fortunate if he gets what he calls for. Of these two classes, the Paradise stocks make the dwarfer plants and should be used for trees to be kept as true dwarfs and for all that are to be trained in fancy forms. The Douchin stocks are the better for free-growing trees. Pears are dwarfed by growing on quince roots. Any quince may be used, but the Angers, upon which quinces are commonly propagated, is the best dwarfing stock for the pear. Comparatively few pears can be successfully worked on quince roots because stock and cion do not make a good union. This antipathy is obviated by budding the quince with a pear which unites readily; the next year the untractable variety is budded on the more amenable variety, the result- ing tree being thus pear on quince, followed by pear on pear — the "double-working" of nurserymen. There is no question but that the Mahaleb is a dwarfing stock for the cherry, and in Europe, where it has long been used, it is always regarded as such. In America, where the Mahaleb in the last quarter century has all but superseded the Mazzard, a free- growing stock, it is not so commonly known that there is a difference in the size of trees on the two stocks. It must not be understood that the Mahaleb stock gives a true dwarf cherry, but it has a very decided dwarfing effect on either sweet or sour cherries. Stocks for plums have not been well tested — a statement that holds for all stone fruits. It is very certain, however, that varieties of Prunus insitilia, as the Damsons or the St. Juhen, the latter one of the best of all plums for a stock, have a dwarfing effect on the varieties of the larger-growing trees of P. domestica, as do also several of our free-growing native species, among which P. americana may be recommended for cold climates. For true dwarf trees, however, the only stocks that give promise are the dwarf natives, of which P. pumila and P. Besseyi have been found to unite readily with several varieties each of either the Domestica or Triflora plums, and to make very good dwarfing stocks for them. Peaches, apricots and nectarines are dwarfed by budding on P. cerasifera, P. insititia and P. americana. It is probable that all of these fruits, and the cherry as well, can be grown on P. pumila and P. Besseyi as true dwarfs, several experiments having demonstrated that good unions form between the peach, at least, and these dwarf sand cherries. As to whether the union 1084 DWARFING DYSCHORISTE would be sufficiently permanent to make the trees BO obtained worth while, remains to be seen. The great advantage of a dwarf tree is its small size, which permits the planting of more varieties of a fruit in a small space. Dwarf fruits, then, deserve, in par- ticular, the consideration of amateur fruit-growers and of those who want small-growing fillers for permanent orchards. Trees of small size are easier to prune, spray, and to care for in every way. Because of the low stature and compact head of the dwarfs, wind causes less injury to trees and crops. 1369. Dyckia rariflora. Another very material advantage of the dwarfs is that they come into bearing earlier than the standards. The desirabiHty of early bearing from several stand- points is obvious. Advocates of dwarf fruits very generally assert that the fruit from the dwarf trees is of higher quality, higher color and better flavor. As a generalization, this is not true, though it probably is true for a few varieties of each of the several fruits under consideration. Tests of many varieties of apples on dwarf and standard stocks on the grounds of the New York Agricultural Experiment Station show that more often the fruit from standard trees is the better. Pear-growers have found that comparatively few varieties of this fruit are improved in the quaUties named by growing as dwarfs. Size, color and quality of fruit are as likely to be affected deleteriously as beneficially by dwarfing. Dwarf stocks are much used to adapt varieties to soils. This is the chief value of most of the propagar ting plants named for the stone-fruits. The true purpose of such stocks must be clearly kept in mind — the dwarfing in this case is a disadvantage attendant upon the use of the stock for another purpose. The disadvantages of dwarfing stocks, in America at least, are rather more pronounced than their advan- tages. They may be summed up as follows: Nearly all dwarf trees are shorter-lived than standards — the exceptions are very few. All dwarf trees, whether trained in fancy forms or free-growing, need more care than standard trees. The chief items needing extra care are pruning, tilling and fertilizing. It is more difficult to propagate dwarf trees and the cost of the plants is therefore greater, making the cost an acre, with the increased number of trees, much greater. Lastly, it is most difficult to secure trees, especially of apples, on dwarfing stocks that are known to be true to name. In conclusion, it may be said that we have just passed through one of the recurring periods of interest m dwarf trees in America and that commercial fruit- growers are more than ever convinced that for the present, at least, dwarf trees are of Mttle value to them. The place of these trees is in gardens of amateurs and on the estates of those who can afford to grow and train them for their beauty as well as for their fruit. There is, however, a possible future for dwarf fruits in commerical plantations, when the refinements of horticulture have been carried far enough to show the special adaptations of varieties of the several fruits to different stocks and when the care of dwarf trees is better understood. u. P. Hedbick DYCKIA (after Prince Sahn-Dyck, German botanist, and author of a great work on succulent plants). Bromelidcese. Succulents, grown under glass and in the open far South. Dyckias somewhat resemble century plants, but with smaller spines, as a rule, and flowering regularly. They are usually stemless, and the lys. form dense rosettes. — About 60 species in S. Amer. For cult., see Agave. They are rareljr cult, in Fla. and Calif., and in a few northern collections. Following have showy yellow fls. A. Infl. amply branched or panicled. altfssima, Lindl. (D. princeps, Lem.). Lvs. spiny at the margin: floral bracts small, all manifestly shorter than the fls. Brazil. AA. Infl. not branched, a raceme or spike. B. Filaments forming a tube: fls. with scarcely any pedicel. rarifldra, Schult. Fig. 1369. Lvs. with small spines on the margin, shorter than in D. altissima: sepals not emarginate at the apex: upper sheaths of the scape shorter than intemodes. Brazil. B.M.3449. B.R. 1782. BB. Filaments not forming a tube aU the way: fls. with a short but conspicuovs pedicel. sulphftrea, C. Koch, not Baker. Lvs. with small spines at the margin: sheaths of the scape longer than the intemodes, the higher ones entire: bracts lanceolate, the lowest conspicuously longer than the pedicelled fls.: blades of petals wide and longer than stamens. Brazil. WiLHBLM Miller. D'S'PSIS (obscure name). Palm&cese, tribe Aricex. Madagascar palms that have been poorly described, are httle known and of scarcely any horticultural sig- nificance. They are all small, unarmed palms, with reed- like sts. : lvs. terminal, entire, bifid at the apex or pin- natisect; segms. spht at the apex or irregularly toothed, the apical one confluent; sheath short: spadices long, loosely fld.: fr. small, oblong or ovoid, straight or curved, oblique at base. — Perhaps half a dozen species. No species of Dypsis are common in cultivation, as they possess but' little beauty. They are among the easiest and quickest to germinate. All of them require a stove temperature. D. madagascariSnsis, Nichols, is also known as Areca mada^ascariinsis, Mart., and is so treated here. D. pinnatifrdns, Mart. (A. grddlis, Thouars), is one of several plants that have been known as Areca gracilis. It is a pretty palm, now grown in large quantities by some dealers. G.C. II. 24:394. The genus is closely related to Chamsedorea. N. TATLOB-t DYSCHORISTE (name refers to the scarcely divided or lobed stigma). Incl. Caldphanes. Acanth&cese. Fifty or more annuals or perennials of the tropics of Amer., Afr., and Asia, aJhed to RueUia and Stro- bilanthes. None of them is apparently in regular cult. They are plants with opposite mostly entire small lvs. and blue or pale fls. in short-stalked cymes. D. noUlior, G. B. Clarke (D. HUdebrandtii, Lind.), is a free-floweririg shrub, with a penetrating odor, and hairy branches: lvs. elliptic, nearly 2 in. long, slightly crenulate: fls. purple-blue in many distant and dense axillary cymes; corolla less than J^in. long. Brit. Cent. Afr.; recently cult, at Kew. E EARTH-NUT, EARTH-PEA. Little-used names for the peanut, goober or pinder, Arachis hijpogsea. The words earth-nut and ground-nut are used for many subterranean tubers, without much discrimination, and therefore they have small value as vernaculars. They may be applied to the underground tubers of Apios tvherosa, Panax trifolium, Erigenia bulbosa, Cypenis esculentiis, and others. Earth-apple, earth-gall and similar variants are in use for various plants. EATdNIA: Sphenopholis. EBENUS (Greek name for the ebony). Legumindsx. About 15 species of silky-hairy herbs or sub-shrubs, of the eastern Medit. region and eastward to Beluchistan, allied to OnobrycKis, sometimes planted in borders but apparently not offered in this country. Fls. red- dish or purplish, papilionaceous, in dense axillary long- peduncled spikes; standard obovate or obcordate, narrowed to oase; wings short or minute; keel about equaling the standard, the apex obtuse and obhque; calyx-lobes subulate and plumose: pod obovate or oblong, compressed, included in the calyx-tube, inde- hiscent, 1- or 2-seeded: Ivs. odd-pinnate or some of them somewhat digitately 3-foliolate or even simple. E. cretica, Linn., is shrubby with Ivs. usually of 5 (sometimes 3) Ifts., and reddish purple fls. in ovate- cylindrical spikes. Crete. B.M. 1092 (as Anthijllis cretica). D. Sibthorpii, DC, is herbaceous, with more Ifts., and purplish fls. in spherical spikes. This genus has no relation to the 'ebony, which is of the genus Diosp3Tos (particularly D. Ebenum). EBONY: Diospyroa Ebenum. ECB ALLIUM (Greek, to throw out). CucurhitAcese. Squirting Cucumber. A perennial trailing vine, easily grown as an annual in any garden, cultivated for its explosive fruits. When ripe, the oblong prickly fr. squirts its seeds at the sUghtest touch, dr sometimes at the mere vibration of the ground made by a person walking by. Some of the old herbalists called this plant Cucumis asininus. Another curious fact about the plant is that a powerful cathartic is made from the juice of the fr., which has been known for many centuries. A preparation of it is still sold in the drugstores as TrUuratio Elaterini. The dru^ ''elaterium" is derived from the juice of the fr. Ecbamum has only 1 species, and is closely related to the important genera Cucumis and CitruUus. With them it differs from Momordica in lacking the 2 or 3 scales which close the bottom of the calyx. Other generic characters are: prostrate herb, fleshy, rough hairy: Ivs. heart-shaped, more or less 3-lobed: tendrils wanting: fls. yellow, the staminate in racemes, pistillate usually from the same axils with the staminate fls.; calyx 5-cut. It is a native of the middle and eastern Medit. regions, especially in rich moist forests. Elaterium, A. Rich (Elatbrium cordifdlium, Moench. Mom&rdica Elaterium, Linn.). Squirting Cucumber. Fig. 1370. Described above; grown in this country as a curiosity. B.M. 1914. Wilhelm Miller. ECCREMOCARPUS (Greek, penderd fruit). Big- nonidcese. An attractive half-hardy tendril-climber. Shrubs, but grown as annuals in the N., taU climbing: Ivs. opposite, 2-parted or -pinnate: fls. yellow, scarlet or orange, mostly racemose; calyx campanulate, 5- parted; coroUartube elongated; limb more or less 2- lipped or in E. scaber small and nearly entire; stamens 4, didynamous, included; disk annular: fr. an ovate or elUptic locuUcidal 1-celled caps. — Three or 4 species of tall somewhat woody plants from Peru and Chile, climbing by branched tendrils at the end of the twice- pinnate Ivs., and having very distinct fls. of somewhat tubular shape, which are colored yeUow, orange or scarlet. Eccremocarpus has two sections, in one of which the corollas are cyhndrical, but in the section Calampelis, to which E. scaber belongs, the coroUa has a joint at a short distance beyond the calyx, then swells out on the under side, and suddenly constricts into a neck before it reaches the small circular mouth, surrounded by five very short rounded lobes. sciber, Ruiz & Pav. (Caldmpelis scdber, D. Don). About 10 ft. high: Ivs. bipinnate; Ifts. obliquely cordate, entire or serrate: fls. 1 in. long, orange, in racemes. July, Aug. Chile. B.R. 939. B.M. 6408. Var. coc- cineus, Hort., has scarlet fls. Var. aikeus, Hort., has fls. bright golden yellow. Var. carmineus, Hort., has fls. carmine-red. — E. scaber is hardy in the southern parts of the U. S., and makes a most attractive peren- nial woody subject. It is also satisfactory in the open in the N. if given a warm exposure, blooming readily from seed the first year. L. H. B.f ECHEVERIA (named lor Atar nasio Echeverria, an excellent Mexican botanical draughts- man). Crassulacex. Stemless or somewhat caulescent succulents. Leaves fleshy, but usually broad and flat, commonly mak- ing dense rosettes: fls. borne in loose spikes or racemes or some- times paniculate, but never in a flat cyme; calyx deeply 6- parted; sepals usually elongated and narrow, unequal, commonly spreading but sometimes erect; coroUa 6-angled, usually strongly so, very broad at base; stigma- lobes united below, very thick and nerveless, erect but often spreading at tip; stamens 10, 6 attached near the middle of the petals, the other 5 either free or attached lower down on the corolla: carpels 5, erect; ovules and seeds many. — More than 60 species of this genus have been described. Most of them have been in cult, in Washington and at the New York Botanical Garden, although but few are in the trade. It is confined almost entirely to Mex., one species extending into the mountains of W. Texas, and one or two species extend- ing into Cent. Amer. Many of the species are valuable for flat bedding on account of their compact rosettes and highly colored foliage. For cultural notes, see Cotyledon (with which it has been united by many authors). 1370. Ecballium Elaterium. (XM) (1085) 1086 ECHEVERIA ECHEVERIA amoena, 1. atropurpurea, 9. campanulata, 25. camicolor, 12. coccinea, 4. elegans, 17.. fulgens, 24. gibbiflora, 26. glauca, 19. lingusefoUa, 6. INDEX. lurida, 10. maculata, 13. metalUca, 26. microcalyx, 2. mucronata, 3. Peacockii, 15. Pringlei, 8, pubeBcens, 5. pulvinata, 7. Purpusii, 2. racemosa, 11. rubromarginata, 21. sanguinea, 9. Soheerii, 23. secunda, 20. setosa, 14. simulans, 18. subrigida, 22. subsessilis, 16. A. Sepals orbicular, very small, obtuse. B. Corolla twice as long as thick; sepals appressed. 1. amcfena, De Smet. Nearly stemless, with numerous offshoots: Ivs. in small but dense rosettes: flowering branches slender, 4-8 in. long; fls. 1-8, in slender racemes; corolla red, 4^5 lines long. Native of Mex. — This species was intro. into cult, nearly 40 years ago. BB. Corolla little longer than thick; sepals not appressed. 2. microcilyx, Brit. & Rose (E. Piirpusii, Brit.). Shortly caulescent, sometimes 1 ft. high: coroUa yellow- pink, 4 lines long. Native of Mex. AA. Sepals linear to ovate. B. Fls. axillary, arranged in hose spikes or racemes. c. The fls. in spikes. D. Plant not caulescent, glabrous throughout. 3. mucron&ta, Schlecht. Caulescent, glabrous throughout: basal Ivs. in a dense rosette 4-8 in. long: fls. sessile; corolla 1 in. or more long, reddish tinged with yellow. E. Mex. DD. Plant caulescent, pubescent throughout. 4. coccinea, DC. {Cotylhdon coccinea, Cav.). St. 1-2 ft. high, finely grayish pubescent: Ivs. oblanceolate, largest 8-9 in. long: infl. a spike of 15-25 fls. Common in Cent. Mex. Page 870. 5. pubescens, Schlecht. (Cotylhdon pvh&scens, Baker). A similar species is sometimes cult ., with obovate-spatu- late Ivs. cc. The fls. in racemes. D. Species caulescent. E. Infl. compound below; corolla pale. 6. lingufflfdlia, Lem. Sts. 1 ft. or more high, very leafy: Ivs. thick, fleshy, green, nearly terete at base: flowering branches long and drooping, each consisting of a simple raceme: fls. cream-colored. Mex. — This species has long been in cult., and has not been collected wild in recent years. It is so very different from the other echeverias of Mex. that we are led to suspect that it may be of hybrid origin. EB. Infl. simple throughout; corolla brightrcohred. F. Plant pubescent throughout. 7. pulvinita, Rose (Cotylbdon pulvinata, Hook.). Sts. 4-6 in. high, somewhat branching, becoming naked below: young branches, Ivs. and sepals covered with a velvety pubescence: Ivs. clustered in rosettes at the top branches, about 1 in. long, very thick: fls. in a leafy rar ceme; corolla scarlet, sharply 5-angled. Mex. — ^This is a very distinct echeveria, with a remarkable pubescence. 8. Pringlei, Rose {CotyUdon Pringlei, Wats.). This is perhaps nearest E. pulvinata, although not so pubes- cent nor so attractive a plant. FP. Plant glabrous throughotU. 9. atropurp&rea, Baker (Cotylkdon atropurpilrea. Baker. E. sdnguinea, Morr.). Sts. 4r-8 m. high, glabrous throughout: Ivs. aggregated at the top of the St. in a dense rosette, usually dark purple above, some- what glaucous: flowering branches elongated; sepals somewhat unequal; corolla bright red, strongly angled. Probably native of Mex., but known only from cult, specimens. Page 870. DD. Species not caulescent. 10. li^da. Haw. (CotyUdon liirida, Baker). Plants stemless, glabrous and glaucous throughout: Ivs. forming a flat, rather open rosette, narrowly olblong, 2-4 in. long, acute, tinged with purple, especially when old: flowering branches 12-32-fld.; sepals thick, spread- ing or even reflexedj corolla bright red. Known only from garden material, but undoubtedly from Mex B.R. 27:1. 11. racemdsa, Schlecht. & Cham. This is similar to E. lurida, and was considered by Baker to be a syn- onym; but they are here kept distinct. The material of E. racemosa now in cult, was secured at the type locality of the species, Jalapa, Mex. 12. camicolor, Morr. {CotyUdon camicolor. Baker). Another somewhat similar species, but with only 6-8 fls. It is known only from garden specimens. 13. maculita. Rose. This belongs also to this alli- ance, but grows at higher localities in Mex., and has brighter green Ivs. It ought to live throughout the year in our southern gardens. BE Fls. terminal, arranged in secund spikes or racemes, either simple or compound. c. Infl. a simple raceme. D. Plant hairy throughout. 14. setdsa. Rose & Purpus. Plants stemless, giving out offsets from the base: Ivs. often 100 or more, form- ing a dense, almost globular, rosette, thickish but flattened, about 2 in. long, covered on both sides with setiform hairs: infl. usually a simple secund raceme with 8-10 fls. ; petals red at base, yellow at tip, setose without. Contr. Nat. Herb. 13: pi. 10. — ^A very pecuUar species, recently collected by C. A. Purpus in Puebla, Mex. DD. Plant glabrous throughout. E. The fls. sessile. 15. Peacockii, Ctoucher {CotyUdmi Pbacockii, Baker). Stemless: Ivs. about 50 in a close rosette, obovate, spatulate, white-glaucous, slightly red toward the tip, faintly keeled on the back: flowering branches form- ing a scorpioid spike; coroUa bright red, 6 lines long. It is doubtless of Mexican ori^, although often reported as from New Mex. or Cauf. Page 870. EE. The fls. pedicelled. p. Lower pedicels short. 16. subsessilis, Rose. This is very similar to E. Peacockii, but has shortly pediceUed fls. It is a very beautiful species, well suited for flat bedding. Native of Cent. Mex. pp. Lower pedicels elongated. G. Lvs. very turgid. 17. €Iegans, Rose. Stemless: lvs. numerous, some- times 80-100 in cult, specimens, forming very compact rosettes, very glaucous, pale bluish green, very turgid, with translucent margins, these sometimes reddish: flowering branches pinkish, with 8-12 lvs.; fls. in a succulent raceme; corolla 5 hnes long, its segms. dis- tinct nearly to the base, pinkish with yellow spreading tips. — Known only from material collected near Pachuca, Mex., by J. N. Rose. This is one of the most beautiful species of the genus, and is weU suited for rockeries or for use in flat bedding. This is not to be confused with Cotyledmi eUgans, N. E. Br., which is Oliveranthus elegans. 18. simulans. Rose. A similar species with somewhat different habit and lvs., and with slightly different corolla; sepals appressed rather than spreading. GQ. Lvs. not turgid. H. The lvs. glaucous green. 19. gla&ca. Baker {Cotyledon glaiica. Baker). Stem- less: lvs. in small but dense rosettes, nearly orbicular, ECHEVERIA broadened just above the apex, almost truncate, but with a decidedly purple mucro, very pale, slightly glaucous: fls. 15-20 in a small secund raceme. Cent. Mex.— Often confused with E. secunda, but apparently specifically distinct. Page 870. HH. The Ivs. vnth reddish margins. 20. secunda, Booth {Cotyledon seciinda, Baker). Fig. 1083. Stemless, glabrous: Ivs. numerous, inclined to be erect, forming a dense rosette, bluish green, ovate-cuneate, broad at margin and more or less red- dish: fls. 12-15 in a secund raceme. Mex. Page 870. cc. Infl. a compound raceme. D. Plants acavlescent. E. Sepals widely spreading. 21. rubromarginita, Rose. Stemless or sometimes with a short st. : Ivs. comparatively few, stiff, ascending, glabrous, glaucous, with a somewhat crenulate, red margin: flowering sts. sometimes a foot high, more or less paniculate. Mex. EE. Sepals erect and closely oppressed to the corolla. 22. subrlgida, Rose (Cotylbdon svbrigida, Rob. & Seaton). Stemless, glaucous throughout: Ivs. in a dense rosette, flat, acute, very glaucous, bluish green, tinged with purple, the margins of young ones bright scarlet. Mex.— This is one of the most beautiful of all the echeverias. It is especially suitable for growing in clusters. DD. Plants caulescent. E. Shape of Ivs. acvie. F. Lvs. tapering into a long narrow stalk. 23. Scheerii, Lindl. {Cotylhdon Schehii, Baker). Sts. sometimes 2 ft. tall, or more often branched, gla^ brous, and somewhat glaucous: infl. a few-branched panicle; petals red or tinged with yellow, thick, erect or spreading at tip. Undoubtedly Mex., but known only from cult, material. B.R. 31:27. Page 870. FE. Lvs. somewhat narrowed downward, hut with a broad base. 24. fulgens, Lem. {Cotyledon fulgens, Baker). Sts. usually 4-8 in. high, glabrous throughout: lvs. few in each rosette: infl. paniculate; corolla strongly 5-angled, coral-red without, yellowish within. Mex. Page 870. EE. Shape of lvs. obtuse. F. Lvs. rounded on the face. 25. campanulata, Kunze. Short, caulescent, the branches crowned by rosettes of large lvs.: lvs. spatu- late, tapering into thick petioles, very glaucous, obtuse at apex: petals thick, reddish without, yellowish within, somewhat spreading at tip. Mex. B.R. 1247 (as E. gihhiflora). — It is said to be near E. gibbiflora, but it certainly has very different fohage. FF. Lvs. concave or flat on the face. 26. gibbiflSra, DC. Sts. often tall, 2 ft. or more high, glabrous throughout: lvs. 12-20 in a close rosette, obo- vate-spatulate, often highly colored : infl. a lax panicle. Mex. Var. metdllica. A very common and popular greenhouse plant. It is very similar to the type, but has more highly colored lvs. Page 870. B. arghoea, Lem., I.H. 10: Misc. 78, 1863=Dudleya pulveru- lenta. — E. Bernhardydna. Foerst., IB a garden species or form from an unknown source, — B. bractedsa, Lindl. & Paxt.=Pachy- pnytum sp. — E. cinhrea is listed in Johnson's Gardener's Diet., P- 264, 1894, as a hybrid. — E. clamfdlia. Deleuil, is a hybrid of Pachyphytum. bracteolosum and Courantia rosea. — E. Clkve- lavdii is a hybrid in cult, at the White House, Washington. — E. cyanea, Johnson Gard. Diet., is a garden hybrid. — E. dealbdta, Johnson Card. Diet, garden hybrid. — E. Desmetri&na, L. De Smet = E. Peacockii. — E. erScta, Deleuil, is said to be a hybrid of E. coccinea and E. atropurpurea. — E. firrea^ Deleuil, said to be a hybrid of E. Scheerii and E. Calophana. — E. globdaa. Hort. ex. E. Morr. in B;H. 24:161. (1874.J Caulescent or nearly so: lvs. numerous, forming a dense rosette, spatulate, pale and somewhat glaucous, about 3 in. long, broadest near the top and there ^-1 in. broad, ECHINACEA 1087 mucronate at tip, rather flat: flowering branches weak and spread- mg, bearmg a few linear bracts, branched at top into 2 secund racemes; sepals linear, very unequal, somewhat ascending; corolla both before and after flowering strongly 5-angled, reddish below, yellowish above and within; petals free nearly, if not quite, to the base; stamens opposite the petals borne on the lower third of the corresponding petals; the 5 alternate stamens free nearly to the base: carpels free, erect. This description is drawn from a plant in the Washington Botanical Garden of unknown origin. It resem- bles somewhat E. secunda. — E. grandifldra, E. Morr., is evidenthr a typographical error for E. grandifoUa, Haw. — E. grdndis, E. Morr.=E. glbbiflora(?). — E. grandisipala, Deleuil, is said to be hybrid of E. metallica and a Courantia. — E. herbdcea, Johnson Gard. Diet., is a garden hybrid. — E. imbricita, Deleuil, Cat. 1874; Deleuil inE. Morr. B.H. 24:329. (1874.) Deleuilin A. DeSmet. a..B. 3:147. (1677.) Thisis cult, in the Washington Botanical Garden, and in the White House grounds. This species seems to be a favor- ite as a border plant in Washington City parks. It is said to be a cross between E. glauca and E. metalUca. The infl., while secund as in E. glauca, is generally, although not always, 2-branched, while the lvs. are larger than in the true E. glauca. — E. metdllica decAra, Rodgers, I.H. 30:505, is a variegated form of C. metallica. — E. mirdbiUs, Deleuil, is a hybrid. — E. mutdbilis, Deleuil, is said to be a hybrid of E. Scheerii and E. hngulsefolia. — E. ovila, Deleuil, is said to be a hybrid of E. Scheerii and E. metallica. — E. pachy- phytioides, L. De Smet, is a cross of Pachyphytum bracteosum and E. metallica. — E. pruindsa, Deleuil, is said to be a hybrid between E. lingulEefolia and E. coccinea. — E. pvlvervXinta, Nutt. =Dudleya. — E. Purpusii, Schuni.= Dudleya. — E. rosacea, Lind. & Andri. I.H. 20:124, said to be close to E. secunda; locaUty not given. — E. rdsea. Lindl.^Courantia. — E. acaphylla, Deleuil, is a hybrid of Urbinia agavoides and E. Hngulsefolia. — E. securifera, Deleuil, is a hybrid. — E. spathulata, Deleuil, is a hybrid. — E. spiralis, Deleuil, hybrid. — E. stellita, Deleuil, hybrid. J. N. Rose. ECHrDN(3PSIS {viper-like, alluding to the serpent- like sts.). Asclepiadacese. A few species of leafless succulents of Trop. Afr. and Arabia, not sufficiently distinguished from CaraUuma; allied to Stapelia, which see for cult. None of the species seems to be in the trade. The sts. are many-angled and tessellate, bearing small mostly fascicled fls. in the grooves: corolla rotate or approaching campanulate, 6-lobed, fleshy, yellow or purple-brown; staminal column very short and arising from the base of the coroUa, and bearing the corona. The following species have recently been mentioned in garden hterature: E. cereifdrmis, Hook. f. is 6 in. high, with elongated cylindrical serpentine or pendulous sts. and bright yellow fls. in fascicles. B.M. 5930. E. Dammannidna, Spreng. not Schweinf., is similar but has dark brown -purple fls. Nile Land. E. Bentii, N. E. Br., has 7-8-ribbed sts. %m. or less diam. and vinous-purple fls. in pairs toward the tips of the branches. S. Arabia. B.M. 7760. E. somalensis, N. E. Br., has columnar cereus-like shrubby cylindri- cal 6-8-furrowed branches, and nearly sessile dark purple yeUow-spotted fls. sohtary or in 2's or 3's. Somaliland. B.M. 7929. ECHINACEA (Greek, echinos, hedgehog; alluding to the sharp-pointed bracts of the receptacle). Compdsitx. Purple Cone-Floweb. Perennial stout herbs, more or less grown in the border or wild garden. Closely related to Rudbeckia, but rays ranging from flesh-color, through rose, to purple and crimson (one species, not in the trade, has fls. yellow to red), while those of Rudbeckia are yellow or partly (rarely wholly)' brown-purple: the high disk and the downward angle at which the rays are pointed are features of echinaceas; the disk is only convex at first, but becomes egg-shaped, and the receptacle conical, while Rudbeckia has a greater range, the disk from globose to columnar, and the receptacle from conical to cylindrical; heads many- fld., mostly large; disk-fls. fertile, rays pistillate but sterile; pappus a small-toothed border or crown: sts. long and strong, nearly leafless above, terminated by a single head. — Five species in N. Amer., 2 of them from Mex., the others native to the U. S. By some treated as a section of Rudbeckia; by others now called Brau- neria, which is an older name. Echinaceas and rudbeckias are stout, and perhaps a little coarse in appearance, but their flower 1-heads, sometimes 6 inches across, are very attractive, and borne in succession for two months or more of late summer. 1088 ECHINACEA ECHINOCACTUS With the growing appreciation of hardy borders and of native plants, it should be possible to procure four or five distinct colors in the flower, associated with low, medium and tall-growing habits. They do well in ordinary soils, and may be used to help cover imusu- aUy dry and exposed spots. They respond well to rich soil, especially sandy loam, and prefer warm and sunny sites. They are perennials of easy culture. Propagated by division, though not too frequently; sometimes by seeds. The roots of E. angiisiifolia are black, pungent-tasted, and are included in the United States pharmacopoea as the source of an oleo-resin. purp&rea, Moench. (Braunhria purpilrea, Brit.). Commonly not hairy, typically taller than E. angustv- folia, 2 ft. or more high: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, or the lower ones broadly ovate, often 5-nerved, coromonly denticulate or sharply serrate, most of them abruptly contracted into a margined petiole; upper Ivs. lanceo- late and 3-nerved: rays at first an inch long and broad- ish, later often 2 in. long or more, with the same color- range as E. angustifolia, but rarely almost white. Rich or deep soil. Va. and Ohio to 111. and La. G.L. 19:28. G.M, 22: suppl. Nov. 11; 31:374. Gng. 5:41. Var. ser6tina, Bailey {Rvjdb&ckia purpiirea var. serdtina, Nutt. R. serdtina, Sweet). The varietal name means late-flowering, but the chief point is the hairy or bristly character of the plant. L.B.C. 16:1539. P.M. 15:79 (as E. intermedia). — Perhaps the best form for garden purposes, the rays said to be much brighter colored, broader and not rolling at the edges. angustifdlia, DC. (B. angustifblia, Brit.). Bristly, either sparsely or densely: Ivs. narrower than in E. purpurea, from broadly lanceolate to nearly linear, entire, 3-nerved, all narrowed gradually to the base, the lower into slender petioles: fl.-heads nearly as large as in E. purpurea, but sometimes much smaller. Prairies and barrens, Sask. and Neb. to Texas, east to 111., Tenn. and Ala. B.M. 5281. G.W. 4:164.— This species has several forms, which approach and run into E. purpurea. A dealer advertises (1912) a "red sunflower" obtained by cross- ing a species of Echinacea with Helianthus multifiorus. It is described as 5-6 ft. liigh, with fla. 4-7 in. diam., red. See BAiarUhus. ^^ TATLOB.f ECHINOCACTUS (Greek, spine and cactus). Cao- tdcex. A very large group of globular, strongly ribbed, and strongly spiny cacti, growing from the United States to South America, particularly abimdant in Mexico. Sometimes these cacti become very short-cylindrical; occasionally the ribs are broken up into tubercles which resemble those of Mammillaria; and rarely spines are entirely wanting: the fls. usually appear just above the young spine-bearing areas, but sometimes they are farther removed, and occasionally they are in the axil of a tubercle; the ovary bears scales which are naked or woolly in the axils, and the fr. is either succulent or dry. — The genus is well developed within the U. S., about 40 species having been recognized, but its extreme north- em limit is the southern borders of Colo., Utah, and Nev., apparently having spread from the great arid plateau regions of Mex. proper and Low. CaUf. The genus extends throughout Mex. but is not found in Cent. Amer. It is well represented, however, in the drier regions of S. Amer. Echinocactus and Mammfllaria are distinguished chiefly by the way in which the fls. are borne, — terminal on the tubercles in the former, and axiUary to tubercles in the latter. In external appear- ance they are very similar. The genus Astrophytum is here included, although it seems to be very different from the typical forms of Echinocactus and should doubtless be kept distinct. It is impossible to identify with certainty all of the specific names found in trade catalogues, but the following synopsis con- tains the greater part of them. In all cases the original descriptions have been consulted, and in some cases it is certain that a name originally applied to one form has been shifted to another. The following synopsis may be. useful, therefore, in checking up the proper appUcation of names, but it may thus leave some of the conunon species of the trade unaccounted for. No attempt is made to group the species accord- ing to relationships, but a more easily handled artificial arrangement, chiefly based upon spine characters, is used. It must be remembered that the species are exceedingly variable, especially under cult., and large allowance must be made for the characters given in the key and in the specific descriptions. Unlilce most globular forms of cacti, echinocacti do not readily produce offsets; consequently they must be propagated by seeds if one wishes to increase these plants in quantity. Seeds of echinocactus, and, in fact, most cacti, will germinate as freely as seeds of other plants, provided they have been allowed to ripen properly before gathering and carefully dried after- ward. The months of May and June have been found to be by far the most favorable for germination. Seeds of echinocactus will then germinate in five or six days, while during the winter months it takes almost as many weeks. Opuntias will germinate in even less than six days; they germinate most readily of all the Cactaoese, and grow the fastest afterward, while mammillarias are the slowest to germinate and grow the slowest after- ward. — The seeds should be sown in well-drained 4- inch pots in a finely sifted mixture of one part leaf- mold, one part loam and one part charcoal dust and silver sand. The surface should be made very smooth, and the seeds pressed lightly into the soil with the bottom of a flower-pot and then covered with about % inch of fine silver sand. This allows the seedlings to push through readily and prevents the soil from crust- ing on the surface of the pots, as they usually have to stay in their seedling pots at least one year. The pots should be placed in a greenhouse where they will receive plenty of light but not the direct sunlight, for, although cacti are natives of desert regions, the seed- lings will roast if exposed to full sunlight under glass. For the first winter, at least, the seedlings should be kept in a temperature of not less than 60° and care- fully looked over every day to ascertain the condition of the soU, for, although they should be kept on the dry side, they must never be allowed to become quite dry during the seedling stage. When about a year old they may be transplanted to shallow pans not more than 6 inches in diameter, and prepared with the same mix- ture as for seedling pots. These pans will be found better than small pots, because the soil may be kept more evenly moist and the seedlings do better in conse- quence. When grown from 2 to 3 inches in diameter, seedling echinocacti may be transferred to pots, using only sizes just large enough to accommodate them, as they make but few roots. Pot them in a mixture of two parts fibrous loam, one part leaf-mold and one part pounded brick and silver sand. During the spring and summer months, established plants may be given a liberal supply of water, but must be studiously watered during the fall and winter months. — During the winter they should be- given a light position in a dry green- house, with a night temperature of 45° to 50°, and a rise of 10° by day. For the summer, they may be either kept in an airy greenhouse or placed in some conve- nient position outside, plunging the pots in' the soil or in some light non-conducting material. Some of the species will begin to blossom in May and others at intervals during the summer. The flowers vary con- siderably in size, and embrace a good range of color, from white to deep yellow, and from faintest purple to deep rose. They do not readily produce seed (in New England, at least) unless artificially pollinated. — Like most of the cactus family, the more cylindrical species ECHINOCACTUS ECHINOCACTUS 1089 will readily unite when grafted upon other kinds, not only in the same genus, but in other genera of Caetacese, and for weak-growing species it may often be an advan- tage to graft upon some stronger-growing species. C&tocactus Baumannii (or C. colubrinus) makes an excellent stock to graft upon, choosing stock plants of reasonable size and height. The system known as "wedge-grafting" is perhaps best for the purpose, and the early spring months, or just as the growing season is about to begin, is the best time for grafting. — If plants of echinocactus can be kept in a healthy condi- tion, they are not much troubled with insect pests; mealy-bug is their worst enemy and should be removed at once with a clean mucilage brush. — The following varieties have been found to be among the most easily grown: E. capricomis, E. coptonogomis, E. comigerus, E. Grusonii, E. horizonthaloniiis, E. longihamaius, E. myriostigma, E. setispinus, E. texensis, and E. Wislizenii. (E. J. Canning.) arrigens, 31. bicolor, 36. brevibamatus, 5. capTicomis, 15. coptonogonus, 13. oornigerua, 9. crispatua, 31. cylindraceus, 2. Ecbidne, 23. electracantbus, 22. £moiyi, 26. fiavomrens, 37. Grusonii, 45. helophorus, 29. hexfidrophoTus, 32. homontbaloDius, 21. ingens, 20. intertextus, 38. Jobnsonii, 40. Lecontei, 43. INDEX. leucaoanthus, 18. limitus, 42. longibamatus, 3. lopothele, 33. major, 13. MirbeUii, 19. Monvillii, 11. multicostatus, 14. myriostigma, 50. obvallatua, 30. Orcuttii, 39. ornatiis, 19. ortbacanthus, 37. Ottonis, 35. Palmeii, 46. Pfeifferi, 12. pbyllacantbus, 17. pilosus, 48. polyancistrus, 10. polycepbalus, 41. rectispinus, 25. recurvus, 27. rinconensis, 16. robuatus, 34. saliillensiSj 46. Scopa, 47. setispinus, 28. SUen, 44. siixuatus, 6. texensis, 24. Treculianus, 6. turbiniformis, 49. uncinatus, 1, 7. Vanderseyi, 23. viridescens, 42. Visnaga, 20. Whipple! , 8. Wishzenii, 4. Wrightii, 1. A. Spines, or some of them, hooked (Nos. B. Central spine solitary. 1. Wrightii, Coulter (E. uncin&tus var. Wrightii, Engelm.). Oval, 3-6 in. high, 2-Z}4 in. diam. : radial spines 8, arranged as in .B. uncinatus; centrS spine solitary, angled, flexuous and hooked, elon- gated (2-6 in.), erect, straw- color, with dark tip: fls. 1-1 M in. long, dark purple. Texas and N. Mex. BB. Central spines 4- c. Some or all of the spines annulate. 2. cylindriceus, Engelm. Globose to ovate or ovate- cylindrical, simple or branch- ing at base, becoming as much as 3 ft. high and 1 ft. diam.: ribs 13 in younger specimens, 20-27 in older ones, obtuse and tuberculate: spines stout, compressed, more or less curved, reddish; radials about 12, with 3-5 additional slender ones at upper edge of areole, 1-2 in. long, the lowest stouter and shorter and much hooked; centrals 4, very stout and 4-angled, about 2 in. long and ^J^in. broad, the upper- most broadest and almost straight and erect, the lowest decurved: fls. yellow. 5. W. U. S. and Low. Calif. 3. longihamjltus, Gal. Subgloboseor at length ovate, becoming 1-2 ft. high: ribs 13-17, often oblique, broad, obtuse, tuberculate-interrupted: spines robust, purplish or variegated when young, at 1371. Echinocactus Whipplei. ( X \4i length ashy; radials 8-11, spreading, straight or curved or flexuous, the upper and lower ones 1-3 in. long, the laterals 2-4 in.; centrals 4, angled, the upper ones turned upward, straight or curved or twisted, the lower one stouter, elongated (3-8 in.), flexuous and more or less hooked: fls. yellow, tinged with red, 2j^-3>^ in. long. Texas and Mex. 4. Wislizenii, Engelm. At first globose, then ovate to cylindrical, 1%-A ft. high: ribs 21-25 (13 in small speci- mens), acute and oblique, more or less tuberculate: radial spines %-2 in. long, the 3 upper and 3-5 lower ones stiff, straight or curved, annulate, red (in old specimens the 3 stout upper radials move toward the center and become surrounded by the upper bristly ones), the 12-20 laterals (sometimes additional shorter ones above) bristly, elongated, flexuous, horizontally spreading, yellowish white; centrals 4, stout, angled, and red, 1%-Z}i in. long, the 3 upper straight, the lower one longest (sometimes as much as 4^5 in.), very robust (flat and channeled above), hooked downward: fls. yellow or sometimes red, 2-2% in. long. From S. Utah to N. Mex. and Low. Calif. cc. None of the spines annulate. 5. brevihamitus, Engelm. Globose-ovate, very dark green: ribs 13, deeply tuberculate-interrupted, the tubercles with a woolly groove extending to the base: radial spines mostly 12, terete, straight, white or yel- lowish, with dusky tips, J^-1 in. long, the upper longer; central spines 4 (rarely 1 or 2 additional ones), flattened, white with black tips, the 2 lateral ones divergent upward, straight or a little recurved, 1-2 in. long, the uppermost one weaker, the lower stoutest and darkest, porrect or deflexed, hooked downward, J^-1 in. long: fls. funnelform, rose-color, 1-lJ^ in. long. S. W. Texas and New Mex. 6. sinu^tus, Dietr. {E. Treculianus, Labour.). Globose, 4^8 in. diam., bright green: ribs 13, oblique, acute, tuber- culate-interrupted, the tubercles short- grooved: radial spines 8-12, setiform and flexible, the 3 upper and 3 lower purplish brown and straight- ish (the lower ones sometimes more or less hooked), ^-1 in. long, the 2-6 laterals more slender, longer (1-1% in.), often flattened, puberulent and whitish, sometimes flexu- ous or hooked; central spines 4, puberulent, yellowish (or purplish variegated), the 3 upper ones slender, flattened or subangled, erect and gener- ally straight (rarely hooked), 1^-2 in. long, the lowest one much stouter, flattened or even channeled, straw-color, flexuous, more or less hooked (sometimes straight), 2-4 in. long: fls. yellow, 2-3 in. long. Texas, Ariz, and N. Mex. 7. uncinatus. Gal. Glaucescent, globose to oblong: ribs 13, obtuse, tuberculate- interrupted: radial spines 7 or 8, 1-2 in. long, the upper 4 or 5 straw-color, straight, flattened, the lower 3 purplish, terete and hooked; centrals 4, the upper 3 rather stout and straight, about 1 in. long, the lowest one very long, flattened, hooked at apex: fls. brownish purple. N. Mex. 8. Whipplei, Engelm. Fig. 1371. Glo- bose-ovate, 3-5 in. high, 2-4 in. diam.: ribs 13-15 (often oblique), compressed and tubeuculately interrupted: radial 1090 ECHINOCACTUS ECHINOCACTUS spines usually 7, compressed, straight or slightly recurved, }^J^ in. long, lower ones shorter than the others, all wMte excepting the two darker lowest laterals; central spines 4, widely divergent, the upper- most one flattened, straight and white, 1-1 J^ in. long, turned upward in the plane of the radials (completing the circle of radials), the others a little shorter, quad- rangular-compressed, dark brown or black, becoming reddish and finally ashy, the 2 laterals straight, the lowest one stouter and sharply hooked downward: fl. greenish red. N. Ariz. Fig. 1371 is adapted from the Pacific Railroad Report. BBB. Central spines 5 to 8. 9. comigerus, DC. Globose or depressed-globose, 10-16 in. diam.: ribs about 21, very acute and wavy (not tuberculately interrupted): radial spines 6-10, white and comparatively slender, or wanting; centrals red and very robust, angular-compressed, with long, sharp, homy tips, the upper 3 erect-spreading, 1-1 J^ in. long, the lower 2 weaker and declined, the central one longer, more rigid and keeled, very broad (K-J^in-) and hooked downward: fls. purple, 1-1}^ in. long. Mex. 10. polyancistrus, Engelm. & Bigel. Ovate or at length subcyhndric, becoming 4-10 in. high and 3-4 in. diam.: ribs 13-17, obtuse, tuberculately interrupted: radial spines 20 or more, compressed and white, the uppermost wanting, the 4 upper ones broader and longer (1-2 in.) and dusky-tipped, the laterals shorter (%~1 in.), the lowest very short (}^in.) and subsetaceous; central spines of several forms, the uppermost one (rarely a second similar but smaller one above or beside it) compressed-quadrangular, elongated (3-5 in.), white with dusky tip, curved upward, the other .5-10 teretish or subangled, bright purple-brown; upper ones long (2-4 in.) and mostly straight, the others gradually shortening (to about 1 in.) downward and sharply hooked: &. red or yellow, 2-2% in. long and wide. Nev. and S. E. Calif. AA. Spines not hooked (Nos. 11-48). B. Central spines none or indistinct. 11. MonvUlii, Lem. Stout, globose and bright green: ribs 13-17, tuberculate, broadest toward the base, undu- late; tubercles somewhat hexagonal, strongly dilated below: radial spines 9-12, the lower ones somewhat longer, very stout, spreading, yellowish translucent, reddish at base; central wanting: fls. varying from white to yellow and red. Paraguay. 12. PfeJfferi, Zucc. Oblong-globose, becoming 1-2 ft. high and 1 ft. diam.: ribs 11-13, compressed and some- what acute: spines 6, about equal, rigid, straight, divergent or erect, pale transparent yellow with a brownish base; very rarely a solitary central spine. Mex. 13. coptonogSnus, Lem., var. m^jor, Salm-Dyck. Depressed, from a large indurated naked napiform base, 2-4 in. across the top: ribs 10-15, acute from a broad base, more or less transversely interrupted and sinuous: spines 3, annulate, very stout and erect from deeply sunken areoles, reddish when young, becoming ashy gray; upper spine stoutest, erect and straight, or slightly curved upward, flattened and keeled, and occa^ sionally twisted, 1J4-2M in. long; the 2 laterals erect- divergent, straight or slightly ciu-ved, terete above and somewhat quadrangular below, 1-lJ^ in. long; all from an abruptly enlarged base: fls. said to be small and white, with purplish median lines. Mex. 14. multicost&tus, Hildmann. Depressed-globose: ribs very numerous, 90-120, compressed into thin plates which run vertically or are twisted in every direction: spines exceedingly variable, in some cases wanting entirely, in others 3 or 4, short, rigid, and translucent yellow; in others more numerous, larger, and often flattish; in still other cases very long and flat, inter- lacing all over the plant; no centrals: fls. white, with a broad purple stripe. Mex. 15. capric6niis, A. Dietr. Globose: ribs about 11, broad, spotted all over with white dots: clusters of spines distant, iisually seen only near the apex; spines 5-10, long and flexuous; centrals not distinct: fls. large, yellow. Mex. 16. rinconensis, Poselg. Cylindrical, covered with ivory-white spines which are tipped with crimson: spines 3, with no centrals: fls. large, purple-crimson, darker at base. N. Mex. 17. phyllacfinthus, Mart. From globose to cylindri- cal, with depressed vertex, simple or proliferous, 2J^- 3% in. broad: ribs 40-55 (sometimes as few as 30), very much crowded and compressed, thin, acute, very wavy, continuous or somewhat interrupted: radial spiaes 5 (sometimes 6 or 7), straight and spreading, the 2 lowest ones white, rigid, j^-Min. long, half as long as the 2 darker, angled, larger laterals, the uppermost spine thin and broad, channeled above, faintly annulate, flexible, grayish pink, %-l in. long; central spines none: fls. small, dirty white. Mex. BB. Central spine solitary (sometimes 2-4 in E. cris- patus, E. kelophorus, and E. setispinus, or want- ing in E. lophothele). c. Sts. with less than IS ribs. 18. leucacfinthus, Zucc. Somewhat clavate-cylindri- cal, pale: ribs 8-10, thick, obtuse, strongly tuberculate, the areoles with strong wool: radial spines 7 or 8, similar, straight, finely pubescent, at first yellowish, at length white; central spine solitary, more or less erect, rarely wanting: fls. light yellow. Mex. 19. omitus, DC. (E. MirbMlii, Lem.). Subglobose: ribs 8, broad, compressed, vertical, thickly covered with close-set white wooUy spots, making the whole plant almost white: radial spines 7, straight, stout, yellowish or becoming gray; central spine solitary. Mex. 20. ingens, Zucc. (E. Visnaga, Hook.), Very large (sometimes as much as 10 ft. high and as much in cir- cumference), globose or oblong, purplish toward the top: ribs 8, obtuse, tuberculate: areoles large, distant, with very copious yellowish wool: radial spines 8 or more; central spine solitary; all the spines shaded yellow and red or brownish, straight, rigid, and interwoven: fls. bright yellow, about 3 in. broad. Mex. 21. horizonthaldnius, Lem. Glaucous, depressed- globose or at length ovate or even cylindric with age, 2-8 in. high, 2^4-4 in. diam.: ribs 8-10 (fewer in very young specimens), often spirally arranged, the tuber- cles scarcely distinct by inconspicuous transverse grooves: spines 6-9, stout, compressed, reddish (at length ashy), recurved or sometimes almost straight, nearly equal, %-\]/2 in. long (sometimes long and slender and almost terete, sometimes short, stout and broad) ; radials 6-8, upper ones weaker, lowest wanting; a single stouter decurved central (sometimes wanting) : fls. pale rose-purple, 23^ in. long or more. New Mex. and N. Mex. cc. Sts. with lS-27 ribs. 22. electrac£nthus, Lem. Globose or thick cylindri- cal, becoming 2 ft. high and 1 ft. diam.: ribs about 15: radial spines about 8, equal, rigid, spreading, yellow- ish, about 1 in. long; the central one solitary, red at base: fls. clear yellow. Mex. 23. Echidne, DC. (,E. Vanders^, Lem.). Depressed- globose, 5-7 in. diam., 3-4 in. high: ribs 13, acute: radial spines 7, broad, rigid, spreading, yellowish, 1 in. or more long; central spine solitary and scarcely longer than the others: fls. bright yellow, 1 in. or more long. Mex. 24. texensis, Hopf. Mostly depressed (sometimes globose), 8-12 in. diam., 4-6 in. high, simple: ribs ECHINOCACTUS mostly 21 (sometimes 27, and in smaller specimens 13 or 14) and undulate: spines stout and fasciculate, red- dish, compressed; the exterior 6 or 7 radiant, straight- ish or curved, unequal, H-^in. long in some cases, l>^-2 in. in others, much shorter than the solitary and stout recurved central, which is sometimes j^-J^in. broad: fls. about Kin. long, parti-colored (scarlet and orange below to white above). Texas and N. E. Mex. 25. rectispinus, Brit. & Rose. Fig. 1372. Globose, at length cylindrical: ribs 13-21, obtuse and strongly tuberculate: radial spines 7-9, very unequal, the 3 upper ones 4-5 in. long, the lower lJ^-3 in. long and paler; the central very long (12-13 in.) straight or slightly decurved: fls. about IKin. long, pmkish; ovary bearing a few ovate, scarious, naked scales. Low. Calif. 26. fimoryi, Engelm. Becoming large, globular to cylindrical plants, 1-4 ft. high: ribs 13-21, obtuse: radial spines 7- 9, nearly equal, stout, 1-2 in. long; central spine single, por- rect, hooked : fls. red, tipped with yellow: fr. 1-2 in. long, covered with thin bracts. S. Ariz, and N. Sonora. 27. recur vus, Link & Otto. Subglobose and very stout: ribs about 15, covered with broad, dark red spines, the ra- dials spreading, the central one recurved and very stout. Mex. 28. setispinus, Engelm. Sub- globose, 2-3K in. diam.: ribs 13, more or less oblique, often undulate or somewhat interrupted: radial spines 14-16, setiform and flexible, %-%m. long, the uppermost (the longest) and lowest ones yellowish brown, the laterals white; central spines 1-3, setiform and flexuous, dark, 1-1 K in- lon^: fls. funnelform, lK-3 in. long, yellow, scarlet witmn. Texas and N. Mex. 29. heldphorus, Lem. Depressed globose, light green with purple-red veins: ribs about 20, compressed, obtuse: radial spines 9-12, very stout and porrect; central spines 1—4, stronger and annulate; all the spines pearl-gray. Mex. ccc. Sts. with SO or more ribs. 30. obvallitus, DC. Obovate-globose, depressed: ribs very numerous, vertical: spines most abundant towards the apex, unequal, spreading, stout, whitish; the 3 upper radials and solitary central strong, the others (especially the lowest) small: fls. purple, with whitish margin. Mex. — The name was suggested by the appearance of the terminal cluster of fls. surrounded by a fortification of strong spines. 31. crispdtus, DC. (E. drrigens, Link) Globose, 5 in. or more high: ribs 30-60, compressed and sharp, more or less undulate-crisped : spines 7-11, widely spreading, more or less flattened, the upper larger and brown at tip, the lower shorter and white, or all of them brown: fls. purple, or white with purple stripes. Mex. ECHINOCACTUS 1091 1372. Echinocactus rectispinus. No. 25. cccc. Sis. tuberculate, as in Mammillaria. 32. hexaedrdphorus, Lem. More or less globular, dark gray: ribs deeply tuberculate, giving the appearance of a mammillaria, with hexagonal tubercles: radial spines 6 or 7, radiating like a star; central spine solitary, erect, longer; all the spines annulate, reddish brown: fls. white, tinted with rose. Mex. 33. lopothfele, Sahn-Dyck. Globose, strongly tuber- culate, after the manner of Mammillaria: tubercles quadrangular, bearing clusters of 5-10, more or less porrect, long, rigid, and equal spines; central solitary or wanting: fls. white or yellowish. Mex. BBB. Central spines 4 (^ or S in E. Sileri and sometimes S inE. Scope). c. Ribs less than IS. 34. robustus, Otto. Clavate and stout: ribs about 8, compressed, vertical: radial spines about 14, the upper ones slender, the lowest 3 stronger; central spines 4, 4-angled at base, transversely striate, the lowest one largest; all the spines purple-red, 1J^3 in. long: fls. golden yellow. Mex. 35. Ott6nis, Link & Otto. Depressed-globose or ovate, 3-4 in. high: ribs 10-12, obtuse: radial spines 10-18, slender, yellowish, more or less straight and spreading, about J^in. long; central spines 4, dusky red, stronger, the uppermost very short, the 2 laterals horizontal, the lowest longest (1 in.) and deflexed: fls. lemon-yeUow, becoming 2-3 in. diam. Mex. 36. bicolor, Gal. Globose-ovate, stout, lJ^-4 in. diam., sometimes becoming 8 in. high: ribs 8, oblique and obtuse, compressed, tuberculate-interrupted: lower radials and centrals variegated red and white; radials 9-17, spreading and recurved, slender and rather rigid, the lowest one J^-1 in. long, the laterals 1-2 in. long and about equaling the 2-4 flat flexuous ashy upper ones; centrals 4, flat and flexuous, 1^-3 in. long, the uppermost thin and not longer than the erect and rigid laterals, the lowest very stout, porrect and very long: fls. funnelform, bright purple, 2-3 in. long. N. Mex. cc. Ribs 13-27. 37. orthacanthus, Link & Otto {E. flavoArens, Scheidw.). Globose, yellowish green: ribs 12 or 13, vertical, acute: radial spines 14, unequal, straight and spreading; central spines 4, stronger, the lowest the largest; all the spines rigid, annulate, and' grayish white. Mex. 38. intertextus, Engelm. Ovate-globose, 1-4 in. high: ribs 13, acute, somewhat obhque, tuberculate-inter- rupted, the tubercles with a woolly groove: spines short and rigid, reddish from a whitish base and with dusky tips; radial 16-25, closely appressed and inter- woven, the upper 6-9 setaceous and white, straight K-Hin- long, the laterals more rigid and a little longer, the lowest stout and short, a little recurved; centrals 4, the 3 upper ones turned upward and exceeding the radials and interwoven with them, the lower one very short, stout and porrect: fls. about 1 in. long and wide, purplish. Texas and N. Mex. 39. Orcuttii, Engelm. Cylindrical, 2-3}^ ft. high, 1 ft. diam., single or in clusters up to 18 or more, not rarely decumbent: ribs 18-22, often oblique: spines extremely variable, angled to flat, Ji-3 in. wide; radials 11-13, unequal, lowest and several laterals thinnest; centrals 4: fls. about 2 in. long, deep crim- son in center, bordered by light greenish yeUow. Low. Calif. 40. Johnsonii, Parry. Oval, 4-6 in. high: ribs 17-21, low, rounded, tuberculately interrupted, close set, often oblique, densely covered with stoutish red- dish gray spines: radial spines 10-14, %-l^ in. long, the upper longest; centrals 4, stouter, recurved, about \]4 in- long: fls. 2-2 >f in. long and wide, from deep red to pink. Utah, Nev., Calif. 1092 ECHINOCACTUS ECHINOCEREUS 41. polycSphalus, Engelm. & Bigel. Globose (6-10 in. diam.) to ovate (10-16 in. high, 5-10 in. diam.) and cylindrical (reaching 24r-28 in. high and about 10 in. diam.), profusely branched at base: ribs 13-21 (occar sionally 10): spines 8-15, very stout and compressed, more or less recurved and reddish; radials 4^11, com- paratively slender (the uppermost the most slender), 1-2 in. long; the 4 centrals much stouter and longer (1 J^2^ in.), very unequal, the uppermost one usually broadest and curved upward, the lowest one usually the longest and decurved: jfls. yellow. Utah to CaUf. 42. viridescens, Nutt. Globose or depressed, simple or branching at base, 4-12 in. high, 6-10 in. diam.: ribs 13-21 (fewer when young), compressed and scarcely tuberculate: spines more or less curved and sometimes twisted, reddish below, shading into greenish or yellow- ish above; radials 9-20, %-%rn- long, the lowest short- est, robust, and decurved; centrals 4, cruciate, much stouter, compressed and 4^angled, %-!% in. long, the lowest broadest, longest and straightest: fis. yellowish green, about X%ia. long. S. Calif. — E. limitus, Engelm., is closely related to this species and is thought by some to be identical with it. 43. Lecdntei, Engelm. Resembles E. Wislizenii, but often somewhat taller (sometimes becoming 8 ft. high and 2 ft. diam.), usually more slender, and at last clar vate from a slender base: ribs somewhat more inter- rupted and more obtuse: lower central spine more flat- tened and broader, curved (rather than hooked) or twisted, usually not at all hooked, sometimes as much as 6 in. long: fla. rather smaller. From the Great Basin to Mex. and Low. Calif. 44. Sileri, Engelm. Globose: ribs 13, prominent, densely crowded, with short rhombic-angled tubercles: radial spines 11-13, white; centrals 3, black, with pale base, %m. long, the upper one slightly longer: fls. scarcely 1 in. long, straw-colored. Utah. 45. Grdsonii, Hildmann. Globose, completely cov- ered by a mass of almost transparent golden spines, which give the plant the appearance of a ball of gold: centrals 4, curved: fls. red and yellow. Mountains of Mex. — From illustrations it is evident that the radial spines are somewhat numerous and widely spreading, and that the centrals are prominent and more or less deflexed. 46. Pdlmeri, Rose (JE. saltillhisis, Poselg.). Fig, 1373. Very stout, globose: ribs 15-19, compressed^ dark green : spines very prominent, 5-7 in a cluster| stout and porrect, sometimes becoming 5 in. long; cen- trals 4. Mex. — Schu- mann makes this a va- riety of E. ingens. ccc. Rihs SO or more. 47. Sc5pa, Link & Otto. More or less cylin- drical, 1 ft. or more high, 2-4 in. diam., at length branching above: ribs 30-36, nearly verti- cal, tuberculate: radial spines 30-40, setaceous, white; central spines 3 or 4, purple, erect; some- times all the spines are white: fls. yellow. Brazil. — The species is exceed- ingly plastic in form, branching variously or passing into the cristate condition. 1374. Echinocactus myriostigma. No. 50. 48. ^ I y ■ mil BBBB. Central spines 5-10. pil6sus, Gal. Globose, 6-18 in. high: ribs 13-18, little if at all interrupted: radial spines represented by 3 slender ones at the lowest part of the pulvillus or wanting; centrals 6, very stout, at first pur- plish, becoming pale yellow, the 3 upper ones erect, the 3 lower recurved-spreading: fla. unknown. N. Mex. AAA. Spines entirely wanting. 49. turbinifdrmis, Pfeiff. Depressed-globose, gray- ish green, with 12-14 spirally ascending ribs, cut into regular rhomboidal tubercles; tubercles flat, with a depressed pulvillus, entirely naked excepting a few small setaceous spines upon the yovmger ones: fls. white, with a purplish base. Mex. — The depressed and spineless body, with its surface regularly cut in spiral series of low, flat tubercles, gives the plant a very characteristic appearance. 50. myriostigma, Sahn-Dyck {Astrdphytum myno- Lem.). Fig. 1374. Depressed-globose, 5 in. diam.: ribs 5 or 6, very- broad, covered with numer- ous somewhat pilose white spots, and with deep obtuse sinuses: spines none: fls. large, pale yellow. Mex. E. chryedrUhus (E. chrysaean- thu9)=C?). — E. DraegeAnus={1). — E. LeujJmi=Lophophqra. — E. microTn^is ^ MammiUaria. — E. PoeelgeriAnus, A. Dietz.^Mam- millariaScheerii. — E.Simpsomi= Pediooaotus.^E. irifurccUua—0). -E. prGrass. The largest of the native rye-grasses, growing to the height of 5-10 ft.: culms in dense tufts, stout: spikes 6-12 in. long, very variable, compact or interrupted, bearing branch- ing clusters of spikelets at each joint; glumes subulate; lemmas awnless or mucronate. Rocky Mt. regions and the Pacific slope. — Cult, as an ornamental. A Pacific Coast form has large branched heads. E. glaiicus, Regel. A glaucous-leaved, dense, cespitose, hardy perennial grass 3-4 ft. high, with very short, smooth Ivs. and erect, elongated spikes: spikelets in 2's, erect, usually 5- fld., densely villous- pubescent, short- awned. Turkestan. — Rarely in cult. as an ornamental grass. P. B. Kennedy. A. S. HlTCHCOCK.f EMBOTHRIUM (name refers to the structure of the an- thers). Prote&cex. A few trees and shrubs of S. Amer., one of which is offered abroad as a greenhouse sub- ject, grown from seeds, and apparently prized for the fls. FoUage sparse, coriaceous, entire: fls. in dense racemes, showy, per- fect: perianth with a cyhnd- rical spUt tube, the limb ovoid or globose in bud but becom- ing oblique or recurved; stamens 4, the anthers at- tached in lobes of the peri- anth: foUicles oblong, 1- celled, many-seeded. E. coccineum, Forst., is a shrub bearing bright scar- let fls. about 2 in. long in many-fld. terminal sessile racemes: perianth tubular, upwardly curved, the 4 reflex- ing twisting lobes representing a third of its length; anthers imbedded in the concave apices of the perianth-lobes; 1393. Elymuscana- pMl with an elongated cyhndrical densis. (xVi) ovary and long-exserted red style. Ivs. 1112 EMBOTHRIUM ENCELIA oblong to elliptic, short-staUced, alternate, obtuse and mucronate, pale beneath. Chile. B.M. 4856. — Should be hardy in warm-temperate parts. EMfLIA (perhaps a personal name). Compdsitx. Flower-garden herbs, perennial or annual, with orange or scarlet bloom. Related to Senecio (to which some authors refer it), but always without rays: heads -rather small, the invo- lucre very simple and cup-shaped, with no small outer scales; style-branches long or short: achenes with 5 acute ciliate angles: florets all perfect. — ^A dozen or more species have been described from warm parts of Afr., Asia to China, Poljmesia and Amer. One species in common cult. flanunea, Cass. (E. sagittata, DC. E. sonchifdlia, Hort., not DC. E. sonchifdlia, Linn., var. sagiltAta, Clarke. Cacalia cocdnea, Sims, B.M. 564. C. sonchi- fdlia, Hort., not Linn. C. sagiltAta, Vahl. Senhdo sagH- talus, Hoffm.). Tassel- Flower. Flora's Paint- brush. A neat annual, erect, 1-2 ft., glabrous or sparsely hairy, the long sts. terminated by clusters of small scarlet (golden yellow in the form called Cacalia lutea, Hort.) heads: Ivs. lance-oblong or ovate-lanceo- late, clasping the st., remotely crenate-dentate: in- volucre-scales much shorter than the florets. Probably tropics of New World. G.M. 5: 54 — This much- named annual is one of the commonest garden fls. It is of the easiest cult, in any good soil. Blooms from July until frost, if sown as soon as weather is settled. Two species are sometimes recognized in this variable group, — E. sagittata, DC, with involucre shorter than the fls., and E. sonchifolia, DC, involucre as long as the fls. E. purpiirea, Cass. (E. sonchifolia, DC, not Hort. Cacalia son- chifolia, Linn. Senecio sonchifolia, Moench). Hadical Ivs. often more or less lyrate, st.-lvs. broader and clasping, the heads fewer in the cluster and the involucre-scales nearly as long as the florets. Apparently not in cult, in this country. I H B EMMENANTHE (Greek, enduring flower; the per- sistent corollas retain their shape when dry). Hydro- phylldcese. A half-dozen low annual herbs from western North America, of which the most interesting species was introduced to cultivation ia 1892, xmder the name of California yellow- or golden-beUs. Diffuse, depressed or erect: Ivs. mostly alternate: fls. yeUow or cream-color, the corolla campanulate and persistent; corolla-lobes 5; stamens 5; style 2-cut. The species named below belongs to a section of the genus, with calyx-lobes broader downward, and coarsely pitted seeds. All the others have the calyx-lobes broader upward and the seeds more or less wrinkled transversely. pendulifldra, Benth. California Yellow- or Golden-Bells. Somewhat sticky, with long or short soft hairs: Ivs. pinnatifid, lobes numerous, short, some- what toothed or sharply cut: ovules about 16; seeds IJine long. CaUf. G.C III. 11:339.— It grows 9-12 in. high, forming bushy plants, each branch loaded with broadly bell-shaped, pendulous, unwithering fls., about Hin. long, of creamy yellow. The general effect of a branch suggests the lily-of-the-vaUey, but the foliage is pinnatifid. Wilhblm Miller. EMMENOPTERYS (Greek, persistent, and loing; referring to the wing-like calyx-lobe, persistent on the fruit). RubiAcex. Ornamental tree grown for its large leaves and the handsome flowers. Deciduous: Ivs. opposite, petioled, with caducous stipules, entire: fls. in many-fld. terminal panicles; calyx small, 5-parted, deciduous, in some fls. 1 lobe leafy and changed into a petioled, oblong, obtuse whitish If. persistent on the fr.; corolla campanulate- funnelform, tomentulose outside, with a narrow tube and 5 ovate lobes pubescent inside; stamens 5, included; ovary inferior, 2-celled; style filiform, not exceeding the stamens: fr. a spindle-shaped 2-celled caps., with numerous irregularly winged seeds. — One species in Cent. China. A tall tree, with large elliptic Ivs. and showy yellow fls. in many-fld. dense terminal panicles. It will succeed in warmer temperate regions only and is yet little known in cxilt., as it has been only recently intro. Prop, is by seeds and possibly by softwood cuttings under glass. Henryi, Oliver. Tree, to 40 ft., quite glabrous: Ivs. chartaceous, elliptic, acute, cuneate at the base, entire, 4r-Q in. long; petiole 1-2 in. long: fls. in many-fld. panicles, yellow, about 1 in. long: caps, spindle-shaped, about 1% in. long, often at the apex with a persistent enlarged wing-hke calyx-lobe 1 J^2 in. long on a petiole of equal len^h. Cent. China. H.I. 19:1823. Alfred Rehder. fiMPETRUM (Greek, en, in, petros, rook; growing often on rocks). Smpeirdceas. Crowberry. Omamentd low shrubs sometimes grown for the evergreen foHage and attractive fruits. Leaves linear-oblong, obtuse, thick: fls. dioecious or moncecious, axillary, 1-3, nearly sessile; sepals and petals 3; stamens 3, exserted; ovary superior, 6-9- celled with as many stigmas on a short and thick style: fr. a 6-9-seeded drupe. — Five species through the northern hemisphere in mountainous and arctic regions, also in Chile, antarctic Amer. and Tristan da Cunha. The crowberries are hardy, evergreen, densely branched, prostrate or creeping, heath-like shrubs, with small, crowded leaves, inconspicuous purphsh flowers, and globose, red or black, edible berries. They grow best in moist, sandy or peaty soil, and are especially handsome for rockeries. Propagated usually by cuttings of nearly ripened wood in late summer under glass. A. Branchlets and margin of expanding Ivs. glandular, the latter n^t tomentose. nigrum, Linn. Lvs. linear to linear-oblong, divergent,' soon reflexed, glabrous or nearly so, entire, J^-J^in. long: fls. purplish: fr. black, about Kin. diam. April, May; fr. in Aug., Sept. N. Eu., N. Asia,., in N. Amer. south to N. H., N. Y., Mich, and N. Calif. B.B. (ed. 2) 2:479. S.E.F. 8:1251. AA. Branchlets and margins of expanding lvs. white- tomentose. atropurpiireum, Fern. & Wiegand (E. nigrum var. aruMnum, Fern., not E. andinum, PhiUppi. E. nigrum var. purphreum, Auth., not DC). Trailing: lvs. linear- oblong, soon loosely divergent, rarely becoming re- flexed, those of the leading shoots J^-Jiin. long: fr. red to purplish black, opaque, J^-J^in. across. Gulf St. Lawrence to Maine and N. H. Eamesii, Fern. & Wiegand {E. nigrum var. pwdir reum, Auth., not DC. E. riibrum. La Pylaie, not Vam). Lvs. Unear - oblong, crowded, ascending, becoming sUghtly divergent, those of the leading shoots J^in. or less long; fr. pink or light red, becoming translucent, )^in. or less across. S. Labrador, Newfoundland, E. Que. — Very handsome in fruit. E. riibrum, Vahl (E. nigrum var. rubnim, DC). Closely related to E. Eamesii. Lvs. less crowded, spreading, somewhat larger. Antarctic Amer., Tristan da Cunha. B.R. 1783. Alfred Rehder. ENCELIA (Christopher Encel in 1577 wrote a book on oak galls). Compdsitx. Herbs or sub-shrubs, one or two of which have been sparingly introduced for planting in the southern parts of the United States. Rather showy plants with mostly yellow-rayed naked-stalked heads (rays now and then absent), and yellow or brownish disk: lvs. alternate or opposite, entire, toothed or lobed, often white-tomentose: rays neutral, disk-fls. perfect; pappus none or an awn or scale for each margin or angle of the achene. — About 30 species, Utah and Calif, to Chile. ENCELIA calif6nuca, Nutt. Woody at base, 2-4 ft. high, etrong-scented, rather hoary, or becoming green: Ivs. 1-2 in. long, ovate to broadly lanceolate, usually entire, indistinctly 3-ribbed from the base, abruptly stalked: heads 2}^ in. across, the golden yellow rays numerous, 2-4-toothed: seeds obovate, with long, silky hairs on the callous margins and a shallow notch at the tip. Calif., Ariz. aden6phora, Greenm. Stout almost woody herb, 3-6 ft., sometimes 10 ft., glandular-hairy throughout: lower Ivs. opposite, stalked, ovate or deltoid, 2J-^-4 in. long, 3-nerved: upper Ivs. gradually smaller: fls. cjonose, the rays pale yellow, sometimes tinged with orange. Autumn. N. Mex. — Not hardy north of Washington, ^•C- N. TAYLOE.t ENCEPHALARTOS (Greek combination, aUuding to the bread-like interior of the trunk). CycadAcex. Excellent cycads from tropical and southern Africa, grown chiefly for their evergreen foliage. The species are probably 20 or more, aUied to Dmnn and Macrozamia; with Stangeria, they constituti pecuUarly African representatives of the family. 'I are trees with stout cylindrical often fleshy trunks, i terminal crown of stiff mostly spiny pinnate long h fronds: fls. dioecious, in cones; staminate cone oblong, ovoid or cylindrical, the scales in many series, imbricate, thick and often rough, broadly or elongate-cuneate, with anthers on the under surface; pistillate cone elHpsoid or oblong, thick, the scales numerous in many series and imbricated, peltate, with the ovule beneath. For differences between this and related gen- era, see Vol. I, p. 120. From Dioon it is distinguished by its pinnate rather than pin- natifid Ivs., and from Cycas by straight rather than circinnate segms. in vernation, as well as by technical features of cones. The^e plants are specially suited for large conservatories, the fronds being not easily injured. They should succeed outdoors S. The trunks of some kinds grow only a few inches in many years. Most kinds p a sunny, tropical house, but E. brachyphylliis and haps others may be grown in a cool greenhouse if itepi a little dry in winter. The cones are always interesting and often very decorative. Those of E. viUosus are. twice as large as a pineapple, orange-yellow, half revealing the scarlet frs. They are prop, by seeds; also hy offsets or suckers. Some other cycads frequently produce seed in conservatories, but Encephalartos seldom does, and plants are, therefore, usually imported. Dry trunks, weighing frequently 50-75 lbs. have been received from S. Afr. They often remain dormant for a year or more, and do not make ornamental speci- mens for two or more years. They are slow-growing, except in very warm houses. They Uke a strong, loamy soil. While making new growth they need plenty of water. See Cycas. The wooUiness of the stem and leaf-segments varies with the age of the plants and of the leaves. The pith and central portion of the cones of some species form an article of food among the Kaflrs, hence the com- mon na,me of Kafir bread. The most widely known species in cultivation are E. viUosus, E. Altensteinii and E. jmngens. Though very handsome cyads, they are by no means popular. They require much room for best results. In the following descriptions "rachis" refers to the midrib of the leaf on which the leaflets or segments are borne, and "petiole" means the part of the leaf below where the leaflets begin. A. Lfts. toothed (sometimes entire in the first). B. Petiole ^-angled: foliage glavcous. h6rridus, Lehm. Trunk short and stout, wooUy or not : ivs. to 6 ft., reflexed at top; Kts. opposite or alternate. ENCEPHALARTOS 1113 lanceolate, mostly entire, sometimes toothed, with a sharp spine at the apex. Var. glaiica, is presumably more glaucous than the type. B.M. 6371. There is a var. trispinosiis. BB. Petiole sub-cylindrical: foliage not glaucous. Altensteinii, Lehm. Trunk stout, not woolly: Ivs. 2-6 ft. ; lfts. about 6 in. long and 1 in. broad, oblong- acuminate, paler beneath, edges and apex spiny; petioles swollen at base; lfts. mostly opposite, lanceo- late. B.M. 7162-3. G.C. II. 6:392, 393, 397; III. 2:281; 12:489-493; 40:206 (showing a specimen in Cape Colony over 100 years old, with a high trunk and an offshoot over half way up). G. 7:516. viUosus, Lehm. Trunk short and thick, woolly and scaly, 6 ft.: Ivs. to 6 ft.; lfts. very numerous, opposite or alternate, linear-lanceolate, spiny-toothed and pointed. B.M. 6654. R.H. 1897:36. G.C. IL 1:613; 3:400; 7:21; 13:181. 1394. Encephalartos cycadiiolius. AA. Lfts. not toothed {except in young Ivs. of the last one). B. Foliage glaucous. Lehmannii, Lehm. {Cpcas Lehmannii, Hort.). Trunk not woolly: rachis and petiole obtusely 4-angled; lfts. nearly opposite, narrowly or broadly lanceolate, to 7 in. long, rarely 1-toothed, with brown spine at apex. Gt. 1866:477. BB. Foliage not glaucous. c. Apex of lfts. mostly obtuse, pointless. longifdlius, Lehm. Trunk not woolly, at length tall: rachis and petiole 4-comered but flatfish above; lowest Kts. often 1-3-toothed, margin somewhat revo- lute: wool soon vanishing from the rachis and lfts. S. Afr. G.W. 5, p. 404. Var. revolfttus, Miq., has the margins more distinctly revolute. Var. angustifolius has narrower, flat lfts. Var. Hofikeri, DC, has narrowly lanceolate lfts., not glaucous but intense green, and rachis not woolly. B.M. 4903, erroneously named E. caffer, is referred to this place, though the ffts. are distinctly pointed in the picture. cc. Apex of lfts. always strong-pointed. D. Form of lfts. linear. cycadifdlius, Lehm. {E. Friderid-Guilielmi, Lehm. E. cycadifdlius var. Friderid-Guilielmi, Rod.). Fig. 1394. Trunk nearly globular, several inches in diam., woolly at first: rachis and petiole ashy-pubescent; 1114 ENCEPHALARTOS ENDIVE Ifts. opposite and alternate, linear, margin revolute. I.H. 29:459. G.F. 4:209 (adapted in Fig. 1394). G.W. 10, p. 377 (as E. cycadifolius var. Friderici-Guilielmi). plingens, Lehm. {Zdmia jrdngens, Ait.). Rachis and petiole glabrous; Ifts. lon^-linear, dark green, rigid, flat, striated beneath, margin not revolute. Var. glafica is also sold. DD. Form of Ifts. lanceolate. cfiffer, Miq. (E. cdffra, Hort.). Trunk to 18 ft. and 1 ft. or more diam.: Ivs. to 4 ft., very stiff, recurved; petiole 3-angled; rachis glabrous; Ifts. alternate, nar- rower at the base, twisted, the younger ones with 1 or 2 teeth, to 6 in. long. R.H. 1869, p. 233. Not B.M. 4903, which is E. longifolius var. Hookeri. Var. brachyph^llus, DC. (E. brachyphyllus, Lehm.). Rachis and blades of the lower Ifts. spidery pubescent: male cones sessile instead of peduncled. The pinnae are erect, and longer and narrower than in E. coffer. E. Bdrleri, Carr. St. short, about 1 ft. high and to 9 in. diam.; Ivs. to 5 or 6 ft. long, and 10 in. broad, erect or auberect; petiole and rachis with a gray tomentuzn that falls off; Ifts. about SO pairs, linear-lanceolate, sharp at the apex, few-toothed; male cone to 9 in. long, pale; female cone about S in. long, oblong-ellipsoid, dark olive. W. Trop. Afr. B.M. 8232. — E. Ghelltnckii, Lem. Spineless; trunk stout, woolly-scaly; Ivs. 3-4 ft., erect-spreading; pinnse very narrow-linear, densely tomentose. S. Afr. I.H. 15:567. — E. Hil- dehrandtii, A. Br. & Bouch6. Trunk cylindrical: Ivs. pinnate, with numerous lanceolate toothed pinnse which become 3-parted scales toward the end of the If., wooUyat least at first. Trop. Afr. G.CT III. 27:120. R.B. 29:196. G.W. 10, p. 210. An attractive spe- cies. — E, LaurerUidnus, Wildem. Large, the st. reaching 30 ft. or more and 2H ft. diam.; Ivs. often over 20 ft. long; lower Ifts. small, 3-toothed; middle Ifts. lanceolate, 12-16 in. long and 2 in. broad, spiny on both edges and at the apex. Congo. G.C. III. 35: 370. Named for Professor Laurent. — E. LemarinelidnuB. Wildem. & Dur. St. 3-7 ft.: Ivs. to 3 ft. or more; petiole shaggy; Ifts. I8- 60 on each side, rigid, coriaceous, glaucous, lanceolate, the edge slightly recurved, more or less spiny; male cone greenish, subcy- lindrical; female cone thick, green turning to salmon-color, short- peduncled, the scales triangular. Congo. Named for Capt. Lema- rinel. G.C. III. 35:371. R.H. 1904, p. 59.— .B. Woddii, Hort. Allied to E. Altensteinii: st. 18 in. high and 8 in. thick, bearing about 25 Ivs. which are gracefully curved and reach 5 f t. : Ifts. Sin, long and 2 in. broad, spiny- toothed, the broadest ones pinnatifid. Zululand. G.C. III. 43 ; 282. R.B. 34, p. 193. ENCHOLiHION: Vrieaia. L. H. B.t ENCHYLjl;NA (name alludes to the soft or juicy character of the berry-like fructification). Cheno- ■podid,cete. One procumbent or wide-branched very small-leaved shrub from Austral, recently intro. by U. S. Dept. Agric, and thriving weU at the University of California. E. tomentbaa, R. Br., grows 3 ft. or more high and makes a mass many feet across: branches mostly woolly or silvery: Ivs. alternate, linear, usually under J^in. long: fls. solitary in the axils, bracted, very small, perfect; perianth urn-shaped to globular, with r. 1395. Green curled endive tied up for blanching. 5 short teeth that close over the fr.; stamens 5, some- what exserted: fr. inclosed in the perianth, which becomes red or yellow, fleshy and berry-like and the size of a small pea. The Australian aborigines are said to eat the berries in great quantities. The plant endures drought, and it is eaten by sheep when other herbage becomes scarce. The procimibent habit and the endur- ing color suggest its use in landscape work in dry mild cUmates. ENCKllA; Piper. ENDIVE {Cichdrium Endivia). Compdsitx. A leaf- salad plant. See Cichorium. Until recently endive has been almost unknown in American home gardens, but it is gradually receiving favor with salad-lovers. Although more frequently a product of the amateur, during August and Septem- ber, and possibly later, it is now freely offered m the larger markets. It is especially the people of foreign de- scent who grow, buy and use endive. In the hot weather of summer and fall, when lettuce plants are more likely to produce seed-stalks than good solid heads, endive, although of somewhat bitter flavor when unbleached, makes a good and acceptable substitute for lettuce as a salad plant. In the unbleached state it may even be used for "greens." The requirements as to culture are simple, as the plant succeeds well on any ordinary well-enriched gar- den soil. Seed may be sown in the open ground as early as June, and as late as August, the rows to be a foot apart and the plants to be thinned early to a foot apart in the row; or seed may be started in flats and the young seedlings transplanted to open ground. The latter is the better way when the ground is very dry. In extreme cases, it may be advisable for the home gardener to grow his seedlings in flats and pot them off in thumb-pots to become well rooted. This gives a chance to grow good plants, while waiting for a rain to moisten the open ground. To be tender, the plants should be forced into strong and succulent ^owth by high feeding and the free use of the hoe. It is a waste of effort to plant endive on poor land that is deficient in humus, or naturally dry and exposed. The originally bitter flavor becomes pleasant and acceptable when the leaves or hearts are well blanched. The blanching is accomplished by tying the outer leaves over the heart with bast (Fig. 1395), or by placing a big flower-pot over each plant, or by setting boards, say 10 inches wide, on edge along each side of the row, in inverted V shape, and in somewhat the same fashion as for blanching celery, except that no opening is left on top. The light should be excluded from the hearts as much as possible. In any of these ways endive may be well blanched in about three weeks, and will come out with inner leaves showing a delicate whitish or creamy color, and being crisp, tender and of pleasant flavor. If to be kept for winter use, sow the seed of Green Curled endive in August, or set the plants early in September; then take up the full-grown but as yet unolanched plants with a ball of earth adhering to the roots, and store them in a root-cellar as is done with celery. If kept in the dark, they will soon bleach and be ready for use. Green Curled has long been the favorite variety in our markets and gardens. Its narrow curled leaves make the well-blanched plant far more attractive to the eye than the wider and plain leaves of Broad-Leaf. The latter, however, is gaining on the other in both growers' and consumers' favor. This is the only prac- tical difference between the two varieties. The cata- logues of European seedsmen list and describe several additional varieties, such as the Moss Curled and Rouen, none of which is often met with in American gardens. A few fungi and the spinach insects sometimes attack the plant. x. Greiner. ENGELMANNIA ENGELMANNIA (Dr. Geo. Engelmann, eminent botanist of St. Louis, died 1884). Compdsitx. One yellow-fld. herb, E. pinnatifida, Ton. & Gray, allied to Parthenium and Silphium, Kans. to La., Ariz, and Mex., that is likely to be planted in wild gardens. It grows a foot or two high, in dry places, from a stout perennial root, branching above, hirsute, with alternate and radical deeply pinnatifid Ivs., and corymbose heads of golden yellow fls. on slender and naked peduncles: involucre hemispherical, somewhat double; receptacle flat and chaffy; ray-fls. 8-10, pistillate and fertile, the rays J^in. or more long; disk-fls. perfect and sterile: achene obovate, wingless, ribbed, with a persistent pappus-crown. ENKIANTHUS (Greek pregnant a,nd flower, referring to the colored involucre which subtends the flowers of E. guingmflorm, giving the appearance of small flowers springing from a larger flower). Also written Enkyan- tfiTis. EricAcex. Ornamental woody plants, chiefly grown for their handsome flowers and the brilliant autumnal tints of the foliage. Deciduous, rarely evergreen shrubs with whorled branches: Ivs. alternate, usually serrulate, crowded toward the end of the branchlets: fis. in terminal umbels or racemes; sepals 5, small; corolla campanulate or urceolate, usually 5-lobed; stamens 10; anthers 2-awned at the apex, opening with short slits: fr. a dehiscent caps.; cells 1- to few-seeded; seeds 3-5- winged or -angled. — About 10 species in China and Japan, Coehin-China and Himalayas. Closely related to Pieris and Zenobia; chiefly distinguished by the few- or 1-seeded cells of the caps, and the winged or angled seeds. These are charming ornamental shrubs, with bright green, medium-sized leaves turning brilliant colors in autumn and with handsome white, red or yellow-and- red, drooping flowers appearing in spring; the flowers are not of the showy kind, but very graceful and of distinct appearance. Most of the cultivated species, as E. campanulatus, E. cemuus, E. perulatus and E. subsessUis, have proved hardy in Massachusetts; they seem to grow well in any well-drained humid soil, but probably are impatient of lime, as are most Ericacese and in limestone regions should be grown in specially prepared beds of peaty soil. Propagation is by seeds sown in spring, by cuttings of ripe wood under glass in spring, or by greenwood cuttings in summer; also by layers. A. Fls. urceolate, gibbous at the base, white. perulatus, Schneid. (E.japdnicus, Hook. i. Andrdm- eda peridata, Miq.). Shrub, to 6 ft.: Ivs. petioled, obovate to elliptic-ovate, acute, sharply appressed- serrulate, glabrous and bright green above, pubescent on the veins below, 1-2 in. long: fls. in drooping umbels, slender-pedicelled; corolla urceolate, with 5 revolute lobes and with 5 sacs at the base, H™- long: caps, oblong-ovoid, about J^in. long, on straight pedicels. May. Japan. B.M. 5822. G.C. IIL 21:357. R.H. 1877, p. 467. S.I.F. 2:62.— The foliage turns yellow and partly scarlet in autumn. AA. Fls. campanulate, not gibbous at the base, usually red or yellow-and-red. campanuiatus, Nichols. (Andrdmeda campanuldta, Miq.). Fig. 1396. Shrub, to 15 or occasionally to 30 ft.: Ivs. petioled, elliptic or rhombic-elliptic, acute or acuminate, sharply appressed serrulate, glabrous except few scattered bristly hairs, particularly on the veins below, 1^-3 in. long: fls. slender-pedicelled, in drooping, 8--15-fld. puberulous racemes; corolla with short obtuse upright lobes, yellowish or pale orange, veined darker red, nearly J^in. long: caps, oblong-ovate on pendulous stalks turned upward at the apex. May. Japan. B.M. 7059. Gn. 75, p. 287. G. 29:361. Gt. 22:747. M.D.G. 1900:550. S.I.F. 2:62.— This is one 71 ENTADA 1115 1396. Enkianthus campanidatus. (XH) of the handsomest species and the strongest grower; the peculiar coloring of the gracefully drooping fls. is very attractive; the fohage turns brilliant red in autumn. cgrnuus, Makino (E. Meistbria, Maxim. Andrdm- eda cemua, Miq.). Shrub, to 15 ft.: Ivs. short- petioled, obovate or rhombic-ob- ovate, acute or ob- tusish, crenately serrate, bright green above, lighter below and pubescent on the veins, 1-2 in. long: fls. in pendulous racemes, slender- pedicelled; corolla with irregularly laciniate Umb, about J/^in. long, white in the type: caps, on pendulous stalks turned up- ward at the apex. May. Japan. Var. rflbens, Makino. Fls. red. — Only the red-fld. variety seems to be in cult, and is a very distinct- looking handsome shrub. E. chin^sis, Franch. (E. himalaicus var. chinensis, Diels). Allied to E. cam- panulatus. Lvs. quite glabrous, more crenately serrate: racemes glabrous; cor- olla yellow and red, with darker red lobes. Cent, and W. China. J.H.F. 1900: 212. — E. deflixus, Schneid. (E. himalaicus, Hook. f. & Thoms.). Closely related to E._ campanulatua. Lvs. elliptic-ovate to elliptic-lanceolate, acute, slightly serrate, margin and petioles red while young: racemes many-fld.; cor- olla yellow, striped dark red, with darker lobea. Himalayas. W. China. B.M. 6460. — E. himalaicus, Hook. f. & Thoma.=E. deflexus and E. chinensis. — E. nikoSnsis, Makino =E. subsessilia. — E. qtiinpiefldrus. Lour. (E. reticulatus, Lindl.). Lvs. elliptic, long-petioled, entire, persistent: fls. about 5, in umbels, subtended by colored bracts, drooping: corolla campanulate, scarlet. S. China, Cochin-China. B.M. 1649. B.R. 884, 885. L.B.C. 12:1101. P.M. 5:127. R.H. 1849:221. H.F. 1859:101. Tender. Var. scr- Tuldtus, Wilson (E. serrulatus, Schneid.). Lvs. deciduous, mem- branous, finely serrulate: fls. smaller. Cent, and S. W. China. — E. reticulatus, Lindl.=E. quinqueflorus. — E. serrulatus, Schneid.= E. quinqueflorus var. serrulatus. — E. subsessilis, Makino (E. nikoensis, Makino). Allied to E. perulatus. Lvs. short-petioled, elliptic or obovate: fls. in pendulous racemes, small, white, Kin- long. June. Japan. S.T.S. 1:25. S.I.F. 2:62. — This is the least attractive in bloom, but the autumnal tints of the foliage are as beautiful as in the other species. ALFRED Rehder. ENNEAlOPHUS (name refers to the 9 crests on the style). Iridacese. A very recently described genus of one species, E. amazdnicus, N. E. Br., differing from Tigridia in the 3 style-branches being 3-crested rather than bifid or subulate. The perianth-segms. are free, unequal and clawed, the exterior ones much the larger, the blades of all of them more or less reflexed; stamens 3, the filaments connate into a tube. The bulb of the single known species is abut 1 in. long, ovoid: lvs. linear-lanceolate, about 4, the upper one about 2 in. long and the others 6-12 in.: fls. about 1}^ in. across, blue-violet with pale brown claws and a white spot at the base of the blade of the inner segma. Brazil; apparently not in the trade. ENTADA (a Malabar name). Syn. Pusktha. Legu- minbsx. Tropical woody spineless climbers. Leaves bipinnate, often cirrhiferous: fls. not papilion- aceous, white or yellow, in slender spike-like racemes which are solitary or panicled; calyx campanulate, shortly 5-toothed; petals 5, free or somewhat coherent; stamens 10, free, short-exserted: pod straight or arc- uate, flat-compressed, jointed, the joints separating and leaving a continuous border. — Perhaps 20 species of high climbers in Afr. and Amer. The genus is remark- 1116 ENTADA EPACRIS able for the jointed pods, which sometimes reach several feet in length. Two of the American species are mentioned as planted in S. Fla. Some of the species yield "sea beans" (G. F. 7:503). polystslchya, DC. At length tendril-bearing: piimae in 4-6 pairs; Ifts. in 6-8 pairs, oblong, rounded at apex, beneath glabrous or puberulent: racemes in terminal panicles: pod oblong, straightish, reaching 1 ft. in length. W. Indies to Venezuela and Guiana. — Makes a rapid growth. scandens, Benth. Climbing to a great height, tendril- bearing, the sts. terete : pinnae 1 or 2 pairs; Ifts. 2-5 pairs, coriaceous, oblong or elliptic, usually unequal-sided, gla^ brous or nearljr so beneath : racemes soUtary or twin : pod twisted, sometimesSft. long. W. Indies, Afr.j'Asia, Pacific Isls. G.C. II. 15:430. — Seeds 2 in. across, dark brown or purple, handsome, used in the making of trinkets and small receptacles. Lvs. long-stalked, the rachis commonly ending in a tendril. L_ jj b_ ENTEL^A (Greek, complete; the stamens all fertile, a distinguishing feature). Tilidcex. A shrub or small tree from New Zeal., intro. in S. CaUf. Lvs. large, alternate, 6-7-nervea, cordate at base, toothed or crenate, stellate-pubescent: fls. white, 1 in. across, in terminal cymes; sepals 4^5; petals 4r-5; stamens numerous, free; ovary 4r-6-celled; cells many-ovuled; style simple: fr. a globose bristly loculicidal caps. arborescens, R. Br. Attaining 20 ft.: the heart- shaped outline of the If. broken on each side, about two-thirds of the way toward the tip, by a projection or lobe Hin- long or nearly as long as the tip of the If.; blade 6-9 in. long, 4 in. wide, doubly serrate. New Zeal. B.M. 2480. — Eaten by horses and cattle in New Zeal. Allied to Sparmannia, AristoteUa and Elseocarpus. L. H. B. ENTEROLOBIUM (name refers to the intestine- form pods). Legumindsx. Tropical trees. Unarmed: lvs. bipinnate, the pinnae and Ifts. many: fls. not papilionaceous, greenish, in large heads or clusters; calyx campanulate, shortly 5-toothed; corolla 5-toothed, somewhat tnmipet-shaped, the petals con- nate part way; stamens many, connate at base into a tube, exserted, purple or white: legume broad, circinate, attached at or near the middle, restricted between the large seeds, leathery, pulpy. — ^About a half-dozen species in the American tropics, 2 of which have been intro. in S. Calif. A. Pod bent back in a complete circle. cycloctrpum, Griseb. Tall tree, glabrous: pinnae in 4-9 pairs; Ifts. in 20-30 pairs, .unequal-sided, oblong, pointed; the petiole with glands between bottom and top pinnae: stamens white. Cuba, Jamaica, Venezuela. AA. Pod forming half or two-thirds of a circle. Timbo&va, Mart. Said to be a fine tree: pubescent or glabrous, glaucous: pinnae 2-5-pairs; Ifts. 10-20 pairs, falcate-oblong, mostly acute: pod coriaceous and inde- hiscent, reniform, fleshy within; seed elliptic. L. H. B. EOMECON (Greek, eastern poppy). Papaverachse. Herbaceous perennial, with white flowers on a slender- branching scape. Rhizomatous, with radical lvs., glabrous: "mono- typic, intermediate between Stylophorum and San- gumaria, differing from both in the scapose habit, racemose fls. and sepals confluent in a membranous, boat-shaped spathe, and further from Stylophorum in the form of the lvs. and color of the fls., and from San- guinaria in the 4 petals and elongate style" (Hooker). chionSntha, Hance. Rootstock creeping, ascending, full of yeUow sap: lvs. all from the root; stalks twice as long as the blades; blades 3-6 in. long, heart-shaped, concave, broadly sinuate, rounded at the apex, bright pale green above, almost glaucous beneath: scape 1 ft. or more high, reddish; fls. 2 in. across, white; petals 4. Spring; hardy near New York City. E. China. B.M. ^'^^- WiLHELM MiLLBE. EOPfiPON: Trihcosanthes. £PACRIS (Greek-made name, upon the summit; referring to their habitat). Epamddceie. Heath-like shrubs of Australia and New Zealand, of which half a dozen or less are grown as cool greenhouse pot-plants. Leaves small and entire, usually sharp-pointed, sessile or short-stalked, scattered or sub-opposite: fls. small and axillary, short-stalked, the flowering sts. being elongated leafy spikes, regular and perfect; calyx bracteate; corolla tubular, 6-toothed, white or shades of purple and red; stamens 5; ovary 5-loculed, ripening into either a fleshy or capsular fr. IDistin- guished from Erica by the bracteate or scaly calyx, and the anthers opening by sUts rather than pores. — About 40 species. In the Old World, epacnses are prized by those who grow heaths, and many good varie- ties are known. They bloom in early spring or late winter. The varieties of E. impressa may be flowered for Christmas; perhaps others may be so treated. A carnation house, 60-55,° suits them well. There are double-fld. forms. A. CoroUa-tvhe decidedly longer than the calyx. imprSssa, LabiU. Three ft., erect, twiggy, downy: lvs. horizontal or deflexed, narrow-lanceolate and sharp: fls. rather large (often J^in. long), tubular, pendent, on very short stalks, red or white. B.M. 3407. There are many forms: var. parvifldra, Lindl., B.R. 25:19; E. campamdata, Lodd., with broader fls., L.B.C. 20:1925; E. cerxflbra, Graham. B.M. 3243; E. nivdlis, Lodd., snow-white, L.B.C. 19:1821. B.R. 1531; E. varidbilis, Lodd., blush, L.B.C. 19:1816; var. longifldra, Cav., (E. minidta, Lindl. E. grandifldra, Willd.). Sts. woolly, straggling: lvs. ovate-pointed or cordate- pointed, sessile or nearly so, many-nerved: fls. long (nearly 1 in.), red at base and white at the limb, cylin- drical. B.M. 982. B.R. 31:5.— Handsome. Var. splgn- dens, Hort., has brighter colors. AA. Corollor-tvbe shorter than the calyx or only os long as it. B. Lvs. acute or acuminate. acuminata, Benth. Lvs. ovate, acuminate, clasping, ascending: fls. small, red nearly sessile in the upper axils; coroUa-tube not exceedmg the calyx; sepals broad, ciUate. — ^Little known in U. S. outside of botanic gardens, but of considerable worth. breviildra, Stapf. (E. heterontma, Hook.). A grace- ful shrub, 1 ft., with many wavy branches, naked below, with many lvs. above: lvs. divaricate on upper part of St., reflexed below, efliptic-ovate, 3-6 lines long, sharp- Cointed: fls. spicate at the ends of the branches, white; racts and sepals whitish. New Zeal. Flowers in May in England. B.M. 3257. purpur&scens, R. Br. Lvs. ovate-acuminate, trough- shaped, tipped with a long curved point or spine: fls. short, the calyx nearly equaling the corolla, white or pinkish. There is a double-fld. form. L.B.C. 3:237. G.C. II. 5:340. — Probably identical with E. pvlcheUa, Cav. BB. Lus. very obtuse. obtusifdlia, Smith. An erect, much-branched shrub 1-3 ft. tall, the branches usually hairy: lvs. small, elliptic or linear, thick and obtuse: fls. small, white, in axillary racemes which are more or less one-sided. L.B.C. 3:292. Other trade names are: E. ardentissiTna. Fls. crimson. — E. hyacirUhifldra var. candidiesima, white, early, and var. ftUgens, Emk. — E. h^brida supirba is merely a catalogue name for mixed inds of Epacris. — E. rubSUa. Fls. bright red. — E. salmdneaih N. TAYLOB.t EPHEDRA EPIDENDRtIM 1117 EPHfiDRA (ancient Greek name, used by Pliny for the horse-tail). GnetAcex. Woody subjects, rarely cultivated; usually found only in botanical collections, although the scarlet fruits of some species are very attractive. Usually low much -branched shrubs, often pro- cumbent and sometimes climbing, the green branches resembling much those of Equisetum, bearing minute, scale-like, sheathing Ivs. in distant pairs or whorls: fls. dioecious, in small aments, forming usually pedun- cled axillary clusters; staminate fl. with a 2-4-lobed perianth and with the 2-8 stamens united into a column ; pistillate fl. with an urceolate perianth, including a naked ovule, developing into a nutlet; in some species the bracts of the ament become fleshy, and form a berry-like syncarp. — About 30 species from S. Eu., N. Afr., Asia and in Trop. Amer. Latest monograph by 0. Stapf, in Denkschr. Akad. Wissensch. Wien., vol. 56 (1889), (in German and Latin). Curious-look- ing, usually low shrubs, with pale green apparently leafless branchlets, much resembling those of the horse-tail and with inconspicuous fls., but fr. in some species decorative, berry -like and scarlet. They are but rarely grown, and most of them are tender; half- hardy N. are E. distachya, E. foliata, E. nevadensis, E. trifurca. They can be used for covering dry, sandy banks or rocky slopes. Prop, is by seeds or by suckers and layers. E. oUissiTna, Desf. Climbing shrub, to 20 ft., green: Ivs. to 1 in. long: aments paniculate or solitary; fls. with 2-3 stamens; pistillate fls. 1-2: fr. berry-like, ovoid, Hin. long, scarlet. N. Afr. B.M. 7670. G.C. III. 7 : 792. — E. distachya, Linn. (E. vulgaris, Linn. ). Low, often {trocumbent, 1-3 ft., pale or bluish green: Ivs. one-twelveth in. ong: aments usually clustered, staminate oblong; fls. with about 8 stamens, pistillate 2-fld.: fr. berry-like. S. Eu., W. Asia. R.F.G. 11:809. Var. monostdchya, Stapf. Aments usually solitary. — B. foliata, Boiss. (E. kokanica, Kegel). Procumbent or erect, to 15 ft., bright or bluish green: Ivs. to 1 in. long: aments usually clustered, ovate: staminate fls. with 3—4 sessile stamens; pistillate 2-fld.: fr. berry-like. W. Asia. — E. kokinica, Regel=E. foliata. — E. nebro- dinsia, Tineo. Erect, with rigid, pale green branches: Ivs. }^in. long: aments soUtary or few; staminate globular; pistillate 2-fld.: fr. berry-like. Medit. region to Himalayas. — E. nevadensis, Wats. Erect, 2-3 ft., with pale or bluish green branches: Ivs. Hin.: aments usual^ solitary; staminate ovate, 6-8-fld.; pistillate 2-fld.: fr. dry, with ovate bracts. Calif., New Mex. — E. trifurca, Torr. Erect, with rigid, yellowish or pale green branches: Ivs. in 3's, connate, about Kin. long; aments solitary; pistillate 1-fld. : fr. dry, the round- ish bracts with transparent margins. Ariz, to Colo. — E. vulgdris, Linn.=E. distachya. ALFRED RehDER. EPICATTLEYA (compounded of Epidendrum and Cattleya). OrckidAceas. A genus established to contain hybrids between Epidendrum and Cattleya. The following are some of these: E. balanicensis (C. labiataxE. eburneum).— .B. cdndida (C. SkinnerixE. nocturnum). — E. decipiens (C. gigasxE. ciliare). — E. lAliana; (C. Gaskelliana x E. costaricense). — E. made- burgensis. — E. Nebo (C.Ctesiana x E. O'Brienianum). — E. netnorAk-gigas (C. Warscewiczii x E. nemorale). — E. O'Briennix (C. Bowringiana x E. O'Brienianum). — E. Orpetii (C. amethystoglossa x E. O'Brienianum). — E. salmonicolor (C. JVlendehi x E. aurantiacum). — E. Sidenii (C. Bowringiana x E. radiatum). — E. WoUer- iAna(C. Schroederae x E. aurantiacum). George V. Nash. EPIDENDRUM {upon trees, alluding to their epi- phytal habit). Orchidacex. Epiphytic orchids, some requiring hothouse and some coolhouse conditions; although a large genus, of minor importance horti- culturally. Inflorescence simple or branched, nearly always terminal; claw of the labellum more or less adnate to footless column, the blade spreading and usually deeply lobed; poUinia 4, 2 in each anther-cell, separated. — Nearly 500 species discovered and described from the New World tropics, chiefly from Cent. Amer. Cidtivation of epidendrums. Epidendrums are noted as the rankest weeds amongst the orchid tribes. The remarkable success in the rais- ing of hybrids, be it in the genus itself or with the related Cattleya and Laelia, has opened a wide field for the breeder. Epidendrum seedlings grow freely; the time required to bring them to tlie flowering stage is little compared with other orchids, and it is but a ques- tion of a short time till the blood of the epidendrums will be infused into the" weaker but more gorgeous flowers of genera more difficult to grow. It is also the long stem and the grace of the racemes of the epidendra, as well as the odor of some of their species, which the hybridist will try to blend with the largeness of short- stemmed flowers, of cattleyas for example. Therefore a list of the species but rarely found under cultivation is given below, the value of which, however, will call for and justify large importations of their kind before long. It is scarcely possible to apply any one rule for the cultivation of this widely divergent and large genus, which includes many hundreds of variable individuals geographically distributed all over tropical America. For convenience they are treated under their several separate sections. Section I. Barkeria embraces several deciduous small-growing species which generally deteriorate sooner or later under cultivation. They succeed best in small baskets, suspended from the roof, in rough loose material, such as coarse peat fiber, with a small quantity of live chopped sphagnum moss added to retain moisture, this compost freely interspersed with pieces of charcoal or broken crocks or potsherds. They are all subjects for the coolhouse, require a free moist atmosphere, shade from the sun while growing, and must be syringed frequently overhead in 1397. Epidendrum radicans. (XK) bright weather. After the plants have matured growth, they should be removed to a rather sunny location and be sjringed overhead often enough to keep them in sound condition until they start new action. While resting during winter the temperature may range from 50° to 55° F. at night, and a few degrees higher during the day. They are increased by division. This should take place as the plants start growth action in early spring, allowing at least three pseudobulbs to each piece. Section II. Encyclium, of which E. atropurpureum, E. nemorale and E. prisnmtocarpum are good examples, may be grown either in pots or baskets in equal parts clean peat fiber and live chopped Bi)hagnum, with a liberal amount of drainage, and excepting E. vitellinum, which must be grown cool, they require a moist sunny location with a winter temperature of 58° to 65° P. by night and several degrees advance during the day. In February and March, many species will start root or growth action ; such as need it should then be repotted or top-dressed, as occasion requires. The temperature should be increased several degrees, and a greater amount of water be allowed with frequent overhead syringing on bright days. Ventilation should be given whenever the weather will permit, to keep the young growths from damping-off and the atmosphere active; at this time the plants will need light shading to pre- 1118 EPIDENDRUM EPIDENDRUM vent Bun-burning. The stock is increased by cutting nearly through the rhizome three or four bulbs behind the lead, when starting action; this will generally cause the latent eyes to grow, but the pieces should not be removed until the new growth is well advanced. Section III. Aulizedm includes such species as E. ciliare, E. cochleatum, and the like, the several require- ments being identical with the preceding. Section IV. Eubpidendrum. These are mostly tall- growing species, some reed-like as in E. evectum, and others rambling in an irregular way, producing aerial roots along the stems as they grow; a good example of this is seen in E. radicans. All are best grown in pots and placed near a partition or end of a greenhouse where support may be given as the growth advances. There is, in fact, no better example of an epiphyte than E. radicans, the roots often attaining several feet in length, and appearing from nearly every node. A structure in which 50° F. is maintained in winter will be ample, and full exposure to sun should be permitted at all times. This prevents immature growth, and flowers are produced very freely. After flowering time, young shoots appear, often from the old stems, and when a few roots are formed and before they become too long to go into a small pot without injury, remove them and pot with care, place the young plants in a shady place for a few weeks; in this way propagation is easily accomplished. This section of epidendrums produce seeds the largest known among orchids. They are green in color, and under favorable conditions germi- nate very readily. It is, in fact, much easier to get the seeds to grow than to get the species to produce good seeds, for when flowering plants are produced from seed, there is an infinite variation that has not yet been understood. Section V. Psilanthemum contains but one species, E. Stamfordianum, which requires the same general treatment as those in Section II. Robert M. Grey. E. O. Orpet. atropurpureum, 20. aurantiacum, 23. bicornutum and bi- dentatum are Di- acriuma. Brassavolse. 21. Capartianum, 18. Catillus, 2. ciliare, 22. cinnabarinum. 3. coclileatum, 27. crassifolium, 6. dictiromum, 17. eburneum, 10. elegans, ll. eliipticum, 6. Endresii, 5. INDEX. evectum, 8. falcatum, 24. fragrans, 26. Godseffianum, 18. imperator, 2, 9. leucochilum, 9. Lindleyanum, 13. maculatum. 19. macrockilum, 20. majua, 15. nemorale, 16. odoratum is an Aeridea. osmanthum, 18. paniculatum, 7. Parkinsonianum, 24. prismatocarpum, 19. radicans, 4. Kandianuin, 20. rhizopkorum, 4. roseum, 20. sanguineum is ix Broughtonia. Skinneri, 12. spectabile, 14. Stamfordianum, 1. tampenae, 25. tibicinns is a Schomburgkia. venosum, 25. violaceum is Cattleya Loddigesii. vitelHnum, 15. A. Infl. radical. (Psilanthemum.) 1. Stamfordi^um, Batem. Sts. fusiform, 12 in. long: Ivs. 7-9 in.: large panicles of yellow and green fls., crimson -spotted, fragrant. Mex. to Colombia. B.M. 4759. G.C. III. 17:655. J.F. 3:251. AA. Infl. terminal. B. Sts. loithout bulbs: Ivs. distichous, alternate: only top of column free from lip. {Euepidendrum.) c. Fls. red, orange or vermilion. 2. Catnius, Reichb. f. (E. imperd.tor, Hort.). Fls. cin- nabar-red. Colombia. I.H. 21:162. 3. cinnabarinum, Salzmann. Sts. 3-4 ft. : fls. orange- red, 2 in. diam., lobes of lip deeply fringed. Brazil. B.R. 28:25. — A beautiful species. 4. radicans, Pav. (E. rhizdphorum, Batem.). Fig. 1397. Sts. semi-scandent, up to 5 ft. long, long white roots from opposite the Ivs.: fls. up to 2 in. diam., numerous; most brilliant of the red-flowering species. Guatemala, amongst heavy grass. Gn. 24:390. O.R. 5:273. cc. Fls. white. 5. Endresii, Reichb. f. Sts. 6-9 in.: racemes 9-12- fld.; fls. 1 in. diam., pure white; lip and column spotted purple. Costa Rica. G.C. II. 23:504. B.M. 7855. O.R. 12:145. ccc. Fls., at least sepals and petals, rose or purple. 6. eliipticum, Graham (E. crassifblium. Hook.). Fls. on long scapes, clustered, rose or purple, J^in. diam. Brazil. B.M. 3543. 7. panicuiattkm, Ruiz & Pav. Sts. 3-4 ft.; fls. %m. across, lilac-purple, lip whitish yellow. Venezuela to Peru, high altitudes. B.M. 5731. I.H. 22:211.— Most free-flowering and best of paniculate species. 8. evSctum, Hook. Sts. 3-5 ft. : peduncles nodding, 2 ft.; fls. rich purple, lip deeply fringed. Colombia. B.M. 5902. — Easily cult, and on account of its free- flowering habit deserves a place in the warm greenhouse. cccc. Fls., at least sepals and petals, yellowish green. 9. leucochilum, Klotzsch {E. imperAtor, Hort.). Sts. 2 ft.: fls. 5-9, on long pedicels, greenish yellow; lip pure white. Colombia, 6,000-9,000 ft. 10. ebfimeum, Reichb. f . Sts. terete, 2-3 ft. : fls. 3-4 in. diam., yellowish green; lip ivory-white, with yel- low calli; raceme terminal, 4-6-fld. Panama, in swamps. B.M. 5643. 1398. Epidendrum cUiare. (Xy) BD. Sts. thickened into psevdobulbs. c. Pseudobulbs 2-4.-lvd.: labellum adnate than half; column broad- winged. (Barkeria). D. Lip obovate, obtuse. 11. elegans, Reichb. f. {Bark- eria elegans, Knowl. & West). Sts. terete, 12 in.: pedicels 24 in.; fls. 5-7, nodding, 1}^ in. diam., lilac-purple; lip whitish, with purple blotch. Pacific coast of Mex. B.M. 4784. DD. Lip acute. E. Fls. about 1 in. across. 12. Skinneri, Batem. (Barkhria Skinneri, Paxt.). Lvs. ovate-oblong, sheathing the slender st.: peduncle terminal, bearing rose-lilac fls. about 1 in. across; petals and sepals nearly equal, petals so twisted at the base as to present dorsal surface to the observer; label- lum ovate, with 3 raised lines. Guatemala. B.R. 1881. P.M. 15:1 (var. major). EE. Fls. 2-4 in. across. 13. Lindleyanum, Reichb. f. (Barkbria Lindleyana, Batem.). Sts. slender: fls. numerous, about 2 in. across, rose-purple; labellum with a white disk; petals broader than the sepals Cent. Amer. 1839. J.H. III. 44:53. 14. spectabile, Reichb. f. [Barkhria spectdbilis, Batem.). Flor db Isabal. Sts. tufted, cyhndrical, 4-5 in. high: lvs. 2: raceme about 6-fld.; fls. 3-4 in. across, bright lilac; sepals linear-lanceolate; petals ovate-lanceolate; labellum white at base, red-spotted. Guatemala. EPIDENDRUM cc. Psevdobvlbs 1-S-, rarely 3-lvd.: labellum adnate at base, or not up to the middle; column not winged. (Encyclium.) D. Fls. cinnabar. 15. vitellinum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovoid, 2 in. long: Ivs. 6-9 in.: peduncles 16-18 in., 10-16-fld.; fls. cinna- bar-red; hp and column orange. Mex., 6,000-9,000 ft B.M.4107. G.C. III. 10:141 "-«,^ in. across, in large panicles, light green, suffused with brown; lip white, lined with rose-purple, fragrant. Brazil. B.M. 7792. — One of the handsomest species. 19. prismatocfirpum, Reichb. f. (E. macuUtum, Hort.). Pseudobulbs ovoid, tapering, 4^5 in. : Ivs. 12-15 in.: fls. IK in. across, pale yellow-green, with purplish black spots; lip pale purple, with yellow tip and white border. Cent. Amer., 5,000 ft. B.M. 5336. G.W. 5, p. 126. O.R. 12:67. EEE. Sepals and petals purple wr brown. 20. atropuip&reum, Willd. (jB. macrochilum, Hook.). Pseudobulbs ovoid, 3-4 in high: Ivs. lanceolate, 12-15 in. long, dull purple-colored: peduncle 6-10-fld.; fls. 2}4 in. diam., purplish brown upon greenish ground; lip yellowish white, with crimson stripes. Mex. to Venezuela. B.M. 3634. A.F. 6:609. J.H. IIL 61:243, 401. Var. Randianum, Lind. & Rod. Sepals and petals margined with light yellowish green, the white middle lobe of lip with a red-purple-rayed blotch. Var. rdseum, Reichb. f. Sepals and petals purplish, lip bright rosy. Guatemala. P.M. 11:243. 21. Brassdvolae, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs pear- shaped: Ivs. 6-9 in.: racemes 18-24 in., 6-9-fld.; fls. 4 in. across; sepals and petals narrow, yellowish bro— n; lip trowel-shaped, purple, white and green. Mex. to Guatemala, 8,000 ft. B.M. 5664. ccc. Pseudobulbs 1-2-, rarely S-lvd.: lip adnate up to apex of column. (Aulizeum.) D. Lip fringed. 22. cilice, Linn. Fig. 1398. Pseudobulbs clavate, 4-6 in.: Ivs. 4-6 in., springing from sheathing bract: peduncles 5-7-fld.; fls. yellowish green; lip white. Trop. Amer., between 5th and 20th parallel of north latitude. B.R. 784. — Plant resembles a cattleya. Intro, to cult, in 1790. DD. lAp not fringed. E. Fls. vermilion. 23. aurantiacum, Batem. Once classed in the sepa- rate group of Epicladium, now often accepted as a spe- cies of Cattleya, where it was first referred by Don. The plant grows with, and much resembles Cattleya Skinneri. Fls. l^i in. across, orange-red, appearing in Feb. and March and lasting several weeks. Guatemala. Gt. 5:130. EPIDENDRUM 1119 EE, Fls. not vermilion. F. The lip deeply 3-lohed, the middle lobe long and lanceolate. 24. falcatum, Lindl. {E. Parkinsonidnum, Hook.). Pseudobulbs thin, rising from running rhizomes, monophyllous: Ivs. 6-12 in., fleshy, channeled on one side: peduncles 2-5, sheathed, 1-fld.; fls. 5 in. across, greenish yellow; lip white, greenish at apex. Mex. to Guatemala. B.M. 3778. G.C. III. 44:378.— Plants grow inverted. FF. The lip not as in f. 25. venfisum, Lindl. Butterfly Orchid. Scape 1 ft., with white sheaths: Ivs. 3, 4r-Q in. long, linear-lanceo- late: scape tumid at base, 5-7-fld.; fls. pink, chocolate and green, about 1 in. long, lasting a long time. On oaks, etc., Mex. — Of easy cult. The Fla. representa- tive of this species is E. tampense, Lindl. See 9th Kept. Mo. Bot. Gard. 137, pis. 38, 39. 26. fragrans, Swartz. Pseudobulbs fusiform, mon- ophyllous, 3-4 in.: Ivs. 8-12 in.: fls. inverted, 2 in. diam., very fragrant, pale greenish or whitish; lip crim- son-streaked. Guatemala, through the W. Indies to N. Brazil. B.M. 1669. 27. cochleatum, Linn. Pseudobulbs 3^ in, : Ivs. 6 in. : racemes 4-7-fld.; fls. 3-4 in. across, greenish white; Hp deep purple beneath, light green above, with maroon blotch on each side, column white. Trop. Amer. from Fla. to Colombia. B.M. 572.— Intro. 1787; first epiphy- tical orchid to flower in England. Garden hybrids: E. Berkeleyi (E. StamfordianumxE. O'Brien- ianum). — E. Biirtonii (E. O'BrienianumxE. ibaguense). — E. Clarrissa supirbum (E. elegantulumxE. WalUsii). — E. dellense (E. xanthinum X E. radicana). — E. elegdntulum (E. WalligiixE. Endresio-Wallisii). G.C. III. 19:361.— .ff. Endr&sio-Wdllisii.^E. kewense (E. evectumXE. xanthinum). — E. 0' Brienidnum (E. evec- tum X E. radicans). G.C. III. 3 : 771.— .E. Phahus (E. O'Brienianum XE. viteUinum). — E, radicdnti-Stamfordidnum. — E. rddico-vitel- linum. — E. Wdllisio-cilidre. — E. xdntho^adicans. Euepidendrum: E. aracknogldssum, Andrfi, Sta. 4-5 ft.: fls. rich purple-lilac; lip fringed, with orange calli. Colombia. R.H. 1S82:554. — E. CUesidnum, Cogn. Sts. up to 2 ft. tall: racemes numerous, pendulous; fla. pure white, Colombia. G.C. III. 29: 70. — E. cnemiddphorum, Lindl. Sts. 4-6 ft.: racemes ample, drooping; fla. purple, brown and yellow, fragrant. Guatemala, 7,000 ft. B.PS. 5656. — E. conopseum, R. Br. Scape few- to many-fld. : Iva. 1-3, thick^ fls. green, tinged with purple, the sepals spatulate and revolute, the petals narrower and obtuse. S. Fla. and S. Once offered by Reaaoner. — E. Cooperidnum, Batem. Sts. 2-3 ft.: fls. yellow-green; lip bright purple. Brazil. B.M. 5654. — E. costdtum, Rich. & Gal. Raceme nodding; fls. about 1 in. across, the sepals and petals reddish brown, the lip whitish, purple-marked. Mex. G.C. III. 44:425. — E. decipiens, Lindl. Fls. orange or vermilion. Colombia. — E. Ellisii, Rolfe. Fls. carmine-rose, very handsome. Colombia. E. fulgens, Brongn. Fls. orange-scarlet, in crowded racemes. Gmana to Brazil. — E. grdcilis, Lindl., was once offered by John Saul. — E. ibaguense, HBK. Sts. 2-3 ft.: fls. orange -scarlet; lip yellow. Colombia to Peru, 4,500 ft. — E. Lambeaudnum, De Wild. Sepals and petals whitish, the lip claret. G.C. III. 44:228.^^. myridnthum, Lindl. Sts. 3-5 ft.: enormous panicles of rich purple fls.; lip with 2 yellow calli. Guatemala. B.M. 5556. — E. noc- tiiTnum, Linn. Sts. 2-3 ft.: peduncles 8-10-fld.; fla. white and yel- lowish, 5 in. acrosa, very fragrant. S. Fla. and Mex. to Peru and W, Indies. B.M. 3298. Once offered by Reasoner. — E. palpigerum, Reichb. f. Fla. beautiful lilac. Mex.— ^. Pfdvii, Rolfe. Sts. 4-6 ft. high: fls. light purple; lip with white disk, in numerous racemes. Costa Rica. — E. Pseudepidendrum, Reichb. f. Sts. 2—3 ft.: fls. 3 in. diam., green; Up orange-red and yellow. Cent. Amer., 4,000 ft. B.M. 5929. — E. raniferum, Lindl. Sta. 2-3 ft.: fls. yellow-green, thickly spotted with purple. Mex. to Guiana. B.R. 28:42. — E. rigidum, Jacq., was once catalogued by Reasoner. — E. SchSm- burgkii, Lindl. Sts. 2-3 ft. : fls. vermilion. Guiana, Brazil, Quito. B.R. 24:53. — E. stenopHalum, Hook. Sts. up to 2 ft.: fls. 1J4 in. across, rosy mauve, the lip with a white blotch. Jamaica. B.M. 3410. — E. syringothyrsis, Reichb. f. Sts. 4-5 ft.: fls. deep purple; hp and column with orange and yellow, crowded in long racemes. Bolivia, 8,000-9,000 ft. B.M. 6145.—^. Wdllisii, Reichb. f. Sts. 4-6 ft.: fls. yellow, some purple spots; lip orange and purple, upon white ground. Colombia. 4,000-7,000 ft. Has lateral as well as terminal racemes. Encyclium: E. ddvena, Reichb. f. Fls. yellow, veined brown; lip yellowish white, purple-streaked. Brazil. — E. alMum, Batem. Fls. 2 in. across, purple and green; lip yellowish, streaked with purple, fragrant. Cent. Amer. B.M. 3898. — E. bifidum, Aubl. Fls. pale green, dotted with purple; lip rose, orange and white. W. Indies, Guiana. B.R. 1879. — E. FTiderici-GuUUlmi, Warac. & Reichb. f. Bulbs 4-5 ft.: fls. dark purple; base of lip white and yel- low. Peru, 6,000-8,000 ft. I.H. 18:48. — E.gaUopavinum.,Ueichh.i. Fls. brown in large racemes; lip yellow. Brazil. — E. oncidioides, Lindl. Panicles up to 6 ft. long; fls. yellow and brown, sweet- 1120 EPIDENDRUM EPIG^A Bcented. Stately species. Guiana. B.R. 1623. — E. phwniceum, Lindl. Panicles 2-3 ft.; fls. deep purple, mottled green; lip rich violet, stained crimson. Handsome. Cuba. — F. virgdlum, Lindl. Scape up to 7 ft. high; fls. small, up to 20, greenish, stained brown. Mex. Aulizeum: E, variegdtum, Hook. Racemes many-fld.; fls. fragrant; sepals and petals pale yellow, the Up rose or white-and- rose-spotted. S. Amer. B.M. 3151. Other species mentioned in horticultural literature are : ^. camjyy- lostAlyx, Keichb. f. A curious species with glaucous green pseudo- bulbs and Ivs.: fls. yellowish tinged with chocolate color. Cent. Amer.— E.Ldnibda, Lind. Closely allied to E. fragrans. Sepals and petals light salmon-color; lip cream-yellow with violet lines; crest velvety. Colombia. — E. UUer&le, Hort. Infl. produced on a rudimentary pseudobulb as in E. Stamfordianum. Cent. Amer. — E. pterocdrpum, Lindl. Of diminutive growth, chiefly of botanical interest. Mex. — B. puiwtlferum, Reichb. f. Fls. in erect spikes, green, the lip spotted with purple. Brazil. — E. purpurachylum^ Rodr. "Sepals and petals dull olive-green, tinged with brown; corrugated front lobe of lip_ deep purple, with whitish yellow mar- gin; fls. fragrant, not unHke violets." — E. sacchar&tum, Krgnzl. Raceme 15-20-fld.; fls. green, marked with dark -brown; lip white, rose-purple at apex. Guiana. — E. Stallforthidnum, Kranzl. Sepals and petals dull brown; column ivory-white; fls. have a peculiar and disagreealple odor. Mex. G.C. III. 51:114. — E. tripunctdtum, Lindl. Intro, in ISSl and now reappearing in cult. George Hansen. George V. NASH.t EPmiACRroM (compounded of Epidendrum and Diacrium). OrchidAcex. A genus established to con- tain hybrids between Epidendrum and Diacrium. The following is sometimes found in collections: E. Cdlmanii (E. ciliare X D. bicornutum). EPIG.^A (Greek, epi, upon, gaia, earth; in reference to the traihng growth). EricAcesB. Evergreen spring- blooming plants, herbaceous in appearance but with woody creeping stems, sometimes planted. Leaves alternate, petiolate, entire, leathery: fls. usually dicecious, sometimes perfect, in short terminal or pseudo-axillary spikes, each in the axil of a green bract and with 2 green brastlets; sepals 5, green; corolla pink or white, salver-shaped, with 5 lobes; stamens 10, attached to the base of the corolla-tube, the 2-celled anthers dehiscing by slits not, as is usual in the Erica- ceae, by pores; style columnar; stigma 5-lobed; ovary densely hairy, 5-celled, with many ovules: fr. depressed- globose, fleshy, dehiscent along the partitions, the many minute seeds set on the surface of the white suc- culent placentae. — Two species, N.'E. Amer. and Japan. rSpens, Linn. Trailing Abbutus. Mayplowbb. Fig. 1399. Spreading on the ground in patches some- times 2 ft. diam., the hirsute sts. rooting: If .-blades ovate-oblong to orbicular, cordate or rounded at the base, obtuse or broadly acute at the apex, sparingly hirsute on the margins and both surfaces, 1-3 in. long: fls. fragrant, the corolla-lobes spreading, those of the male fls. much larger than the female; stamens in the female fls. often reduced to mere rudiments of filaments; stigmas spreading in the female fls , folded together in the male: fr. berry -hke after dehiscence, the axis, dissepiments, and placentae fleshy Newfound- land to Sask., south to Fla., Ky., and Wis. — It grows only in acid soils. Trailing arbutus, probably the best beloved of all the early wild flowers of the eastern United States, is rarely seen in cultivation. Yet it thrives in the same acid peaty sandy well aerated soils as the blueberry, and like the blueberry it has in and on its roots a myco- rhizal fungus upon which it prob- ably depends for nutrition. One of the most satisfactory potting mix- tures is nine parts finely sifted kalmia peat, one part clean sand, and three parts clean broken crooks. In watering the plants one should use rain-water, bog-water, or some other water free from lime. Wild plants may be transplanted, preferably in autumn or very early spring, care being taken to Uft a large portion of the root-mat without disturbing the roots. Such plants should be kept in a coldframe or coolhouse and until abundant new roots are formed should receive little or no direct sunlight. They may be propagated by division or by layers, but the resulting plants are seldom symmetijcal. The best method of propagating trailing arbutus is by the seed. The fruit, which is often borne in abun- dance on vigorous female plants, ripens at the same season as the wild strawberry. At maturity and while still herbaceous the wall of the fruit splits from the center into five valves which turn backward in a green rosette exposing the white fleshy edible berry-like interior, 34 to J^ of an inch in diameter and dotted with seeds. The fruits disappear quickly after dehiscence, commonly within a few hours, being eagerly sought by ants, snails, and birds. A fruit bears usually 300 to 500 seeds. The seeds, which are easily separated from the pulp by rubbing between the fingers, should be sown at once in a well-drained shallow box, in a mixture of two parts finely sifted kalmia peat and one part of clean sand, covered about j^ of an inch with the same material, and watered slowly but thoroughly with a very fine rose. If covered with a glass and kept away from direct sunUght a second watering may not be required before, germination. The seeds come up in three to four weeks, and in their earliest stages after germination often require protection from ants. This is best accomplished by setting the seed-boxes on pots inverted in saucers of water. In the heat of summer young seedlings, and older plants a^ well, can not stand full sunlight. A lath shade with spaces of the same width as the lath usually furnishes sufficient protection. In the third or fourth month from germination, when the plants are about j^ of an inch in diameter, they should be potted in 2-inch pots in the mixture of peat, sand, and crocks already described, and the pots plunged in sand in shallow boxes. If carried through the first winter in a greenhouse, with a night temperature of 55° to 60° and a day temperature of about 65° to 70°, the plants continue their growth all winter, and in the following summer some of them even without transfer to larger pots will lay down a few clusters of flower-buds, in preparation for the next spring's blooming, when they are a year and a half old. Many of the plants, however, do not flower until they are two and a halt years old, their 1399. Trailing arbutus or Mayflower — Epigssa repena. XXXVIII. The California poppy. — Eschsclioltzia californica. EPIG^A EPIMEDIUM 1121 rosettes having reached a diameter of about 7 to 10 inches. The flower-buds are formed from midsummer to autumn. If the plants are kept in a warm greenhouse during the winter the fiower-buds seldom open. To make them open normally the plants must be subjected to a prolonged period of chilling. Actual freezing is not necessary. The best chilhng temperature for the greenhouse is a Httle above, freezmg, about 35°. Alter- nate freezing and thawing, with strong sunUght, is likely to injure the foliage. Strong sunlight without freezing heightens the color of the flowers. After two to three months of chilUng the plants may be forced, if early flowers are desired, by alternating the same low night temperature with a day temperature of 45° to 60°. Plants kept in a cool humid atmosphere often remain in flower three to four weeks, redolent with their well-known delightful fragrance. The male flowerSj with their yellow centers, are much larger and prevailmgly much pinker than the green-centered female flowers. In cultivated plants the corollas some- times have a spread of J/s of a-n inch. The most robust plants have been secured by plunging the pot in moist sphagnum in a pot of 2 inches greater diameter. The roots then grow through the hole in the bottom of the inner pot and develop profusely in the moist, well aerated sphagnum of the outer pot. Old plants which have become ragged at the center may be revivified by cutting the stems back almost to the main root immediately after flowering. They then throw out a new circle of branches with new and bright foUage and flower profusely the following spring. Frederick V. Coville. EPIL.SLIA (compounded of Epidendrum and Lxlia). Orchidacese. A genus established to include hybrids of these genera. E. belairensis (E. ciliare x L. autumnalis). — E. Charlesw&rthii (E. radicans x L. cinnabarina). — E. Fletcheridna (E. atropurpureumxL. harpophylla). — E. Hardydna (E. ciliare x L. anceps). C. O. 1. — E. healeriensis (E. O'Brienianum x L. cinnabarina). — E. Lawrencei (E. vitellinum x L. tenebrosa). — E. Lionetii (E. atropurpureum x L. purpurata). — E. Mdrgaritx (E. Parkinsonianum x L. grandis). — E. Sylvia (L. cinnabarina x E. Cooperianum.) — E. VAtchii (E. radicans x L. purpurata). — E. viiellbrdsa (E. vitel- linum X L. tenebrosa). George V. Nash. EPILOBnJM (Greek, upon the pod, referring to the structure of the flower). Including Chamasnirion. Onagricex. Border plants, with willow-like foUage, and large showy spikes of deep pink, rosy crimson or white or even yellow flowers borne from June to August. Herbs or sub-shrubs, sometimes annual, erect, sprawUng or creeping: Ivs. alternate or opposite, toothed or entire: fls. axillary or terminal, solitary or in spikes or racemes, rosy purple or flesh-colored, very rarely yellow; calyx-tube little, if at all, produced beyond the ovary; petals 4, obovate or obcordate, erect or spreading; stamens 8; ovary 4-celIed; seeds comose;. stigma often 4-lobed: caps, long and narrow, 4-sided and 4-valved. — Species about 200 or more, in many parts of the world, mostly in temperate regions. The taller species, hke E. angustifolium and E. hir- sutum, make very rank growth in moist places, and are therefore especially adapted for the wild garden or for naturahzing along the water's edge and in low meadows. The underground runners reach far, and the plants spread fast when not kept in bounds. Propagation is by division or seeds. angustlfdlium, Linn. (E. spicAium, Lam. Chams^ nhrion angmtifdlium, Scop.). Great Willow-Herb. Fire-Weed. In cult, mostly branched and 3-5 ft. high; in the wild simple or branched, 2-8 ft. high: Ivs. alternate, very short-petioled, lanceolate, entire or minutely toothed, 2-6 in. long, 4-12 Unes wide, pale beneath, acute, narrowed at bases: fls. spreading, in long, terminal spike-like racemes, petals rounded at tip; stigma 4-lobed: caps. 2-3 in. long. Eu., Asia, N. Ainer. B.B. 2:481. Var. alba, Hort., has pure white fls. suitable for cutting; also occurs wild. This variety was perfected in England . It forms a compact bush. hirs&tum, Linn. Stout, 2-4 ft. high, with short but conspicuous soft straight hairs: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, usually opposite, sessile and often clasping, with many small, sharp teeth, 1-3 in. long, pubescent on both sides: fls. erect, axillary, about 1 in. across; petals notched: weed from Eu., showy, and sometimes found in old gardens. Dodonsbi, Vill. {E. rosmarinifblium, Haenke). Per- ennial, 1-3 ft., blooming in midsummer, mostly erect: Ivs. linear, tapering somewhat toward either end, entire, smooth or somewhat soft-hairy: fls. red, the infl. terminal on the branches. Eu. obcorditum, Gray. Glabrous perennial: decumbent, sts. 3-5 in. long, 1-5-fld.: Ivs. numerous, opposite, ovate, sessile, ^m. or less long: fls. bright rose-color, the petals J^in. long and obcordate; stamens yellow, shorter than declining style: caps, short and thick. Calif, in the high Sierras, and in Nev. — Offered as an alpine. A handsome species. lUeum, Pursh. Nearly simple, 1-2 ft., nearly gla- brous: Ivs. ovate or elhptical to broad-lanceolate, toothed, sUghtly fleshy, 1-3 in. long, sessile or with a short-winged petiole : fls. bright yellow, the petals ^in. long; style often exserted: caps, long-stalked, some- what puberulent. Ore. to Alaska. E. abyssinicum dlbum is offered abroad, as "pure white, pretty:" the name does not appear to have botanical standing. — E. lati- fdliuTn, Linn. (Chamaenerion latifolium, Sweet). Erect, canescent, about 1 H it.: Ivs. lanceolate or ovate -lanceolate, tapering at both ends, thick: fls. purple, showy, sometimes 2 in. across. Newfound- land to Ore. anci north. L H B EPIMIIDIUM (Greek, like Median, a plant said to grow in Media; a name from Dioscorides, retained by Linnseus). Berberiddcex. Herbs suitable for rock-gar- dens and shady places. This genus contains some of the daintiest and most interesting plants that can be grown in the hardy border, and E. macranthum, particularly, is as distinct, compUcated and fascinating as many of the rare, ten- der and costly orchids. The whole family to which it belongs is exceptionally interesting, and is one of the most striking of those rare cases in which the cultural, botanical and artistic points of view have much in common. Of the 8 or 9 genera of this family only Ber- beris and Nandina are shrubs, all the others being herbs, with creeping, underground sts., and all small, choice, curious, and cult, to a sUght extent, except Bongardia and Leontice. Podophyllum contains our mandrake; Caulophyllum the quaint blue cohosh; and the others are Aceranthus, Achlys, Diphylleia, Jeffersonia and Vancouveria. A collection of all these plants should make a charming study. What appear to be petals in E. macranthum are really the inner row of sepals, col- ored like petals, and performing their functions, while the long spurs or nectaries are supposed to be highly specialized petals. Epimedium has 8 sepals and 4 petals, which are mostly smaU and in the form of nec- taries: stamens 4: caps, opening by a valve on the back: Ivs. pinnately twice or thrice dissected. They grow a foot or two high. For E. diphyllum, see Acer- anthus, which is distinguished by its flat, not nectary- Uke petals, and its Ivs. with a pair of Ifts. on each of the 2 forks of the petiole. — There are 11 species, all natives of the northern hemisphere, but some are found as far south as N. Afr. There is none native m Amer. The Garden, 48, p. 486, shows what a charming picture can be made of the foUage alone when cut and placed in a bowl. The plants retain their foUage aU winter, especially in sheltered spots under trees. 1122 EPIMEDIUM EPIPHRONITIS Epimediums thrive best in partial shade, and are particularly well suited for rockeries and the margins of shrubberies. Almost any soil will answer for them. The peculiar bronzy tints of the young foliage con- 1400. Epimedium macranthum. a, E. alpinum var. rubrum; b, E. pinnatum; Ehowing three types of spur or nectary. trast well with the variously colored flowers. Propagar tion by division. (J. B. Keller.) A. Spurs conspicuous, often 1 in. long, sometimes twice as long as the showy inner sepals. macrSnthum, Morr. & Decne. Fig. 1400. Lvs. thrice ternate; Ifts. cordate-ovate, unequal at the base, sharply toothed; petioles with short, spreading, con- spicuous hairs: outer sepals sometimes colored bright red, remaining after the larger and showier parts of the fl. have fallen; inner sepals ovate-lanceolate, violet; spurs white. Japan. B.R. 1906. P.M. 5:151. Not Gn. 46:356, which is E. pinnatum. Var. niveum, Voss {E. niveum, Hort.), has pure white fls. G.W. 3, p. 591. Var. rdseum, Voss (E. rbseum,_ Hort. E. niveum var. rdseum, Hort.), has fls. white, tinged with pink or pale rosy red. Var. violaceum, Voss {E. violAceum, Morr. & Decne.), has violet spurs, shorter than in E. macranthum, but much larger than in the other species. B.M. 3751. B.R. 26:43. H.F. 4:168.— A very interest- ing species. The E. lilacea advertised in some Ameri- can catalogues seems to belong here. E. lilacea is a name unknown in botanical literature. AA. Spurs medium-sized, nearly as long as the inner B. Inner sepals bright red. alpinum, Linn., var. r&brum, Hook. (E. riibrum, Morr.). Fig. 1400. Lvs. biternate (but Hooker's picture shows tendency to thrice ternate condition), minutely toothed: spurs white, marked with red, as in Fig. 1400, which shows the very distinct appearance of the fls. Japan. B.M. 5671. R.B. 3, p. 33.— Hooker says this differs in no way from E. alpinum, except in the larger and red fls., while the type which grows wild in England (though probably not native) has dull reddish yellow fls., and, though advertised, is probably not in cult. BB. Inner sepals whitish or pale yellow. Musschi&num, Morr. & Decne. Lvs. only once ter- nate, sharply toothed, as in E. macranthum: all floral parts whitish or pale yellow. Japan. B.M. 3745.^ The least showy kind, but worth growing in a collec- tion, its spurs having an individuality difficult to describe. Var. riibrum, Hort., is presumably an error, as a red-fld. form would be very unexpected. AAA. Spurs much shorter than the inner sepals, being, in fact, merely smaU nectar-glands. B. Lvs. once or twice ternate. pinnatum, Fisch. Fig. 1400. Lvs. usually biternate, with 5 Ifts., 3 above and 1 on each side; Ifts. with a deeper and narrower basal cut than in E. macranthum, the whole plant densely hairy: scape about as long as the fully developed lvs.; fls. typically bright yellow; nectaries red, a third or a fourth as long as the inner sepals. Shady mountain woods of Persia and Caucasus. B.M. 4456. Gn. 46:356, (erroneously as E. macran- thum) ; 48, p. 486. G. 18 : 706.— Best suited to the alpine garden. Var. elegans, Hort., presumably has larger, brighter and more numerous fls. E. sulphureum of European catalogues is regarded by J. W. Manning and J. B. Keller as a pale yellow-fld. form of E. pinna- tum, but by Voss as a variety of E. macranthum. A yellow form of the violet-fld. E. macranthum would be very surprising. Var. cdlchicum, Hort. (,E. cdlchicum, Hort.), has brilliant golden yellow fls. and nectaries 1-1}^ Unes long. BB. Lvs. always once ternate. Perralderianum, Coss. This is the African repre- sentative of E. pinnatum, from which it differs in the key characters and also in the much more strongly ciUate-toothed Kts.; when young the Ifts. have rich bronze markings, making a handsome showing. Its fls. are a "paler yellow than the typical E. pinnor turn. It is far from improbable that specimens con- necting them will be found in S. Eu., if not in Afr." Algeria. B.M. 6509. — Lvs. remain all winter. Less desirable than E. pinnatum. E. diph^Uum, Lodd. See Aceranthua diphyllus. — E. niveum is catalogued by Van Tubergen as a synonym of E. Muaachianum, but the chances are that all the plants advertised as E. niveum are E. niacranthum var. niveum. The spurs are so obviously longer in E, macranthum that there is no reason for confusion. WiLHELM Miller. N. TAYLOR.t EPIPACTIS (Greek, epipegnuo; it coagulates milk). Orchidacex. Hardy terrestrial orchids of minor value. Leafy orchids with creeping rootstocks and un- branched sts.: lvs. ovate or lanceolate, with plaited veins: fls. purplish brown, nearly white or tinged red; lower bracts often longer than the fls.; sepals free, spreading, nearly as large as the petals; lip free, deeply concave at base, without callosities, narrowly con- stricted and somewhat jointed in the middle, the upper portion dilated, petaloid. — Ten or a dozen species in the north temperate zone. The first mentioned may be secured through dealers in native western and Japanese plants; the second is listed in the American edition of a Dutch catalogue. For other definitions of the name Epipactis, see Goodyera. Royleftna, Lindl. (E. gigantha, Douglas). Stout, 1-4 ft. high: lvs. from ovate below to narrowly lanceo- late above, 3-8 in. long: fls. 3-10, greenish, strongly veined with purple. June, July. Wash, to Santa Barbara, east to S. Utah and W. Texas, on banks of streams. Also Himalayas. Intro. 1883. Mn. 8:145. atrdrubens, Schult. {E. rvbiginbsa, Crantz). Lvs. often reddish: fls. and ovary dark purple; lip oval, acute, or slightly notched; bracts equaling the fls. or rarely longer. July-Sept. Eu., W. Asia. L. H. B. EPIPHRONiTIS is a bigeneric orchid hybrid of Epi- dendrum and Sophronitis, for a picture of which see R.H. 1896: 476. It has about 10 fls^ chiefly a brilliant scarlet, set off with bright yellow. Gt. 46, p. 565. EPIPHRONITIS Veitchii, Hort. {Epidindrum radicans x Sophronltis grandifldra). Fls. like those of Epidendrum radicans, which it much resembles in habit, but the parts all broader. CO. 1. George V. Nash. EPIPHYLL. A plant that grows on a leaf. It is a kind of epiphyte. The epiphylls are algae, hchens, liverworts, and mosses. The name is applied to those species or kinds that find their physical support on foliage leaves rather than to those that are parasitic on them as are the fungi. Epiphyllous plants are likely to be most abundant in the tropics. EPIPHYLLANTHUS {flower upon the leaf). Coo lacese. Epiphytic: sts. much branched, jointed, ribbed: areoles bearing setae instead of spines: fls. resembhng those of Zygocactus ; ovary angled. — One species known. Native of Brazil. For cult., see Succidenis. obtus&ngulus, Berger (Cereus oblmdngulm, Schu- mann). Joints somewhat flattened, about 10-ribbed: stamens of two kinds. — Although usually considered a Cereus, it is more closely related to Zygocactus, but from both it seems generically distinct. Indeed Berger says it resembles certain Opuntias and seems to have a relationship with Rhipsalis. It is not grown in this country, and is still rare in Eu. j jj. Rose. EPIPHtLLUM (on a leaf; refers to the leaf-like branches on which the flower grows). Cacldcese. Spine- less upright branched flat-stemmed cacti with very large and showy flowers, some of them popular as house- plants. Branches flat, 2-edged, crenate or serrate on the margins, spineless: fls. usually large, mostly nocturnal; petals white, red, or yellow; stamens elongated, numer- ous: fr. oblong in outline, bearing a few bracts, red, juicy; seeds numerous, black. In the Cyclopedia of American Horticulture, the name Phyllocactus was used for this genus, but this is a much later name and hence it is given up. The epiphyllums of the first Cyclopedia will be found under Zygocactus. For cult., see Succulents. Several hundred hybrids are in the trade, the most common ones being with E. crenatum, E. Ackermannii and E. phyUanthoides. Fig. 1401. Crosses are often made with the various Cereus allies, such as Heliocereus speciosus, and with some species of Echinopsis. A. Tube offl. always elongated, usually much longer than the limb; petals white or yellowish: mostly night- bloomers. B. Style white. C. Branches thin, usually spreading in some plane: petals pure white. ozypetalum, Haw. (Phyllocdctus grdndis, Lem.). Very large, sometimes 20 ft. long, with numerous short side branches, and these in the same plane with the main st., thin and If .-like: fl. large (nearly a foot long), white, night-blooming (sometimes described as day- blooming). Originally from Mex., but said to be found in Honduras and Guatemala; also reported from Cuba, but surely not native there. G.W. 10:560 (as Phyllo- cactus laiifrons). — One of the commonest and best species in cult. cc. Branches thick, not spreading in the same plane: petals cream-colored or yellow. D. Fls. large: sts. with shallow crenations. crenatum, Don {Phyllocdctus crenatum, Lem.). Sts. about 3 ft. long, erect, thick, strongly crenate, soine- what glaucous: midrib very thick: fl. large, 6-10 in. long, said to be a day-bloomer; petals white or cream- colored in life, drying yellow; tube 4^5 in. long; style said to be white; very fragrant. Guatemala and S. Mex., and said to come from Honduras. EPIPHYLLUM 1123 DD. Fls. small for the genus: sts. with deeply cut margins. angMger, Don {Phyllocdctus angidiger, Lem.). About 3 ft. high, much branched below: branches narrow, thick, with deeply cut margins: fls. 5-8 in. long, with a slender tube; petals yellow. BB. Style red, c. Sts. stiff, erect. strictum, Brit & Rose {Phyllocdctus strictus, Lem.). Erect, branching, reaching a height of 10 ft., with long cylindrical branches and shorter, If.-like secondary branches: crenatures or teeth rather deep, unequal on the opposite sides: bristles wanting: tube of the fl. very long and slender, outer sepals brownish, inner pure white; the fl. opens late in the evening and closes before dawn; in full bloom the sepals are very strongly recurved. Said to come from Cuba. — Often found in collections under the name of P. lalifrons. cc. Sts. rather weak, spreading. D. Petals very narrow: areoles bearing black bristles. IStifrons, Zucc. {Phyllocdctus Idtifrons, Link. P. stenopelalus, Salm-Dyck?). Branches very long and largBj crenate or somewhat serrate, acute or acuminate : midrib and usually side ribs evident: areoles with rather large scales and dark bristles: fl. 8-10 in. long, spread- ing and in full bloom bent backward; petals narrow. Supposed to be from Mex., but not known from wild material. — Much advertised as the queen cactus. DD. Petals broader: areoles without bristles. Hodkeri, Haw. {Phyllocdctus Hobkeri, Sahn-Dyck). Sts. 6-10 ft. high: branches rather thin, light green, strongly crenate: fls. night-blooming, 8-9 in. long; fl.- tube narrow, tinged with yellow; sepals narrow, lemon- yellow; petals pure white, narrow, 2 in. long; stamens in a single series; style red. Brazil and Guiana. B.M. 1401. One of the many hybrid Epiphyllums. 2692 (as Cactus phyllanthus) .—Although long in cult., the species is not now well known, there being 2 or more closely related species in cult, under this name. AA. Tube of fls. short, always shorter than the limb: day- bloomers. B. Style reddish: fls. 4% in. broad. Ackermannii, Haw. {Phyllocdctus Ackermannii, Salm- Dyck). Fig. 1402. Sts. numerous, sometimes reach- ing 3 ft., somewhat recurved: branches usually less than a foot long, with evident middle and side ribs: areoles on the lower and younger shoots bearing short bristles: fls. scarlet-red outside, carmme-red within, 1124 EPIPHYLLUM EPIPHYTES the throat greenish yellow, tube very short, the limb wide-spreading, 4-6 in. diam. B.R. 1331. — Not known in the wild state. BB. Style white: fls. smaller than the last. phyllanthoides, Sweet {PhyUocddus phyllanthoides, Link). Branches at length hanging, cyUndrical at base, lanceolate above; serratures obtuse; middle and side ribs evident; bristles few: fl.-tube 2 in. long or less, with spreading scales, the limb somewhat longer, often striate. S. Mex. j. n. Robe. EPIPHYTES. Literally "air plants:" those plants that do not grow in earth or water, but are supported in air on trees or other objects and usually drawing no organic nourishment from such object or support. True epiphytes are widely distributed in all climates, but it is in the moist tropics that they become so numer- ous and conspicuous as to arouse the special interest and enthusiasm of the serious student as well as of the traveler or casual observer. One thinks of epiphytes as growing upon trees, and trees are usually the sup- porting plants. The term merely signifies that ecologi- cal type that has the habit of growing upon other plants, although in this account it is not the purpose to discuss such seaweeds or other algse as grow upon larger plants in the water. The word epiphyte also involves a contrast with parasite, the latter denoting that nourishment and water are derived from the living tissues of the supporting plant or host. The epiphytic habit implies no particular method of nutrition, and the epiphytes are entirely indepen- dent of the nutrition of the 1402. Epiphyllum Ackermanmi. ( X H) supporting plant. This habit is not restricted to a single class, or to a few famiUes of plants, although in some famines many representatives of the type have been developed, while in related families there may be none. The seed plants are represented by many species of tropical orchids, arums, bromeliads, and numerous others; lycopods, ferns, mosses and Uverworts all con- tribute many examples; and in the lower groups of plants the lichens are in some regions dominantly epiphytic. The luxuriant tropical rain-forest is regarded as the climax in development of vegetation. In describing this type, Humboldt declared that "forest is piled upon forest." Under such conditions the trunks and branches are clothed with larger epiphytes, and the leaves of some species accommodate algae and lichens. It is in the South American tropical forests that the better known of our greenhouse epiphytes are native. Orchids, bromeliads, and arums are among the most abundant. In the Javanese forests, the wealth of species is great, but mosses, ferns and lycopods are particularly numer- ous, and these are accompanied by some interesting species of Ficus, epiphytic for a time, and by the striking Rhododendron javanicum, among others. In the mountain forests of tropical regions there are, as epiphytes, representatives of several families of ferns, likewise many mosses and lichens. The dicotylous and certain coniferous forests of Europe and America harbor a few mosses and liverworts and numerous species of lichens. A conspicuous epiphyte of the southern states, as well as of tropical America is the long or Florida moss, Tillandsia usneoides, the extremest epiphyte among the Bromeliaceae. Accompanying this, the common pols^jody fern is also found on trees. Going northward, the total number of epiphytic Uchens may decrease, but several of the larger forms seem to become more abundant and some of the moss-hke usneas extend to the northernmost latitude of tree growth. The habit of growing upon trees ren- ders epiphytes subject to an inconstant water-supply. On this account the larger and more delicate epiphytes are restricted to regions constantly moist. Even in the moist forest, the species less resistant to drying out are found on the lower branches, and those more resistant maintain them- selves higher up, so that there is a dis- tribution in strata, analogous to the lateral distribution of species about the edge of a pond. In general, however, there is ex- posure to drying out, and, as might be anticipated, these plants exhibit the struc- tural characteristics of xerophytes (dry- land plants). Many of them are modified so that transpiration is reduced, and they are able to withstand considerable desic- cation. Among greenhouse forms this is notably true of many orchids and lichens. Moreover, many species of orchids possess special tissues to which water is trans- ported and there accumulated as a "re- serve" supply. Leaf-tissues may function in this way, but usually more important are the bulb-like enlargements of the stems. Of special interest are the organs of absorption of certain epiphytes. Aerial roots are characteristic of tropical arums and orchids. The typical air-root is pro- vided with an outer cylinder of tissue, the velamen, derived from the epidermis, con- sisting at maturity of dead cells capable of taking up liquid water and substances in solution like a sponge. From these roots as capillary reservoirs, the supply is gradu- 1403. Episcea cupreata. EPIPHYTES ally absorbed by the living tissues. Rain, dew, or moist substrata may furnish the water, but the view that these roots absorb water vapor is erroneous. The Bromeliacese are peculiar in the possession of certain absorbing leaf -scales or hairs. The Florida moss pos- sesses such hairs over the entire surfaces of the thread-like stems and leaves, and the plant is rootless. There are all gradations between ^ this and the soil-rooted pineapple - like forms. The arrangement of the leaves in many of the bromehads possess- ing larger leaves is such as to establish after a rain a tempo- rary reservoir about the leaf -bases. The ab- sorbing scales of the bromeuads exhibit features worthy of note in three particulars: (1) When dry certain dead cells absorb water greedily; (2) with ab- sorption they assume a posi- tion making possible the entry of water to a considerable sur- face of living cells, and (3) with collapse, due to loss of water, the spaces admitting water are closed and loss is minimized. Aside from such saprophy1;ic fungi as might he considered epiphytic, the epiphytes are amply provided with chlorophyll -bearing tissue; therefore, organic food is manufac- tured as in other plants. Some of the epiphytes growing upon such humus-developing sub- > trata as the decaying bark of trees, or such as passively accumulate humus and other materials in the vicinity of their absorbing surfaces, might absorb some organic compounds as well as salts in this way; but this supply of organic matter is certainly inconsequen- tial in most cases. Water and salts are secured either through the air-roots, as described, or partially through normal roots, when such occur. Many species, epi- phytic at first, ultimately send roots into the soil, and then secure water and salts largely through the terres- trial habit. In the forest, certain of the seed-bearing epiphytes are specialized with respect to supporting plants, often due to the special natxu-e of the protection offered, or to the physical advantages of the substratum in regard to fixation of the plant. Most species are markedly unspecialized and may be grown in the greenhouse most successfully. B. M. Dttggak. EPIPREMNXrM {upon the trunk of trees). Ard^x. Resembling the genus Rhaphidophora but has fewer ovules, 2 or more 1-seeded berries not confluent, and albuminous kidney-shaped instead of almost terete seeds. About 8 species from Malay and Polynesia. E. giganteimi, Schott. A robust climber over 100 ft. high, the sts. emitting long rope-like roots from every growth: Ivs. cordate-oblong, 6-8 ft. long, including the petiole which is as long as the blade and winged through- out its length: spathe about 1 ft. long, ending in a curved beak-spadix as long as spathe. iVIalay Renins. B.M. 7952. EPISCIA (Greek, shady; they grow wild in shady places). GesneriAcese. Choice and interesting warm- house plants, E. cupreata being much prized for baskets. EQUISETUM 1125 Herbs, with long, short or no hairs : st. from a creep- ing root, branched or not: Ivs. opposite, equal or not in size: fls. pedicelled, axillary, soUtary or clustered; corollas mostly scarlet, rarely whitish or purphsh; tube straight or curved, more or less spurred at the base; limb oblique or nearly equal; lobes 5, spreading, rounded. — Perhaps 30 species, all Trop. American. Episda cupreata is one of the standard basket plants, especially for the warmest greenhouses. It can also be used in pyramids and mounds, as told under Fittonia. As it does not require so close an atmosphere as the fittonias, it can be grown in some living-rooms and per- haps outdoors in summer in a shady place. Its chief charms are the slender, trailing habit, the soft hairiness of the leaves, the coppery hue, which is often laid on like paint in two broad bands skirting the midrib, and the rarer and perhaps finer metalhc bluish luster of which one occasionally gets a ghmpse in a finely grown specimen. Give very rich, fibrous loam, mixed with peat, leaf-mold and sand; in summer partial shade. (Robert Shore.) A. Fls. pale lavender to white. chontalensis, Hook. {Cyrtoddra chontalensis. Seem.). St. stout, more or less ascending, dark reddish purple, 6-10 in. long: Ivs. opposite and irregularly whorled, 3-4 in. long, oblong-ovate to eUiptic-ovate, crenate, obtuse, rounded at the base, decidedly convex on both sides of the midrib and between the much-sunk veins; margins recurved, green, marked with regular piirple patches, which advance from the mar- gins between the veins toward the midrib and are more or less oblong: fls. solitary or in small clusters; corolla-tube with a sac at the base, the limb oblique, lJ^-2 in. across, with small and regular but conspicuous and beautiful teeth. Chontales region of Nicaragua. B.M. 5925. R.B. 22:241. F.S. 18:1924. aA. Fls. scarlet. B. Lvs. usually not green, or only partially so. cupreata, Hanst. (Achirmnes cupre&ta, Hook.). Fig. 1403. Sts. slender, creeping, branched, rooting at the joints, with a main branch rising erect a few inches, which bears the fls. and the largest lvs.: Ivs. copper- colored above: fls. sohtary, 9 lines wide, scar- let, with a small sac and denticulate limb. Nicaragua. B.M. 4312. Var. viridifSlia.Hook., has green foliage and larger fls., 1 in. across. B.M. 5195. coccinea, Benth. & Hook. (Cyrtoddra cociA- nea, Hort., B. S. Williams). Lvs. dark metal- hc green, 3-4 in. long, 2^-3 in. wide. — Free- flowering. Some of the plants sold as E. metallica, a name otherwise unknown in botanical literature, probably belong here. BB. Livs. a rich dark green. fiilgida, Hook. A beautiful, creeping, much- branched hothouse plant, covered throughout with soft villous pubescence: lvs. ovate to eUiptic, wavy and serrate margined, ciliate: fls. axillary, solitary, the calyx prominently 1-sided, the sepals with recurved tips; corolla bright red, the limb deeper colored than the tube which is about IJ^ in. long; corolla-lobes rounded and hairy toward the throat. N. S. Amer. B.M. 6136. G.W. 3, p. 161. WiLHELM MiLLEB. N. TAYLOR.t -, '^*; ' Equisetum EQUISETUM (from the Latm egwMS, horse, hiemale.— and seto, bristle). Equisetclcex. Contains the Common weeds known as horse-tails, or scouring-rushes scouring- which are suitable for naturalizing in waste ™sh. 1126 EQUISETUM ERANTHEMUM and wettish places and help to hold sandy banks. The following have been advertised by dealers in native plants: E. arvense, E. hiemale (Fig. 1404), E. Ixmgatum, E. limbsum, E. praiense, E. robiistum, E. scirpoHdes, E. sylvdticum, E. variegAtum. For descriptions, consult the manuals of native plants. They grow usually in moist or swale-like places. They are flowerless plants, allied to ferns and club-moBses. Of the species named above, E. arvense has been found to have a poisonous effect on grazing stock when it occurs in any quantity in hay or pasturage. R. C. BENEDICT.f ERAGR(3STIS (Greek, er, spring, and agrostis, a grass). Graminex. Love-Grass. Annual or perennial grasses with more or less diffuse panicles of small several-flowered compressed spikelets. Some species grown in the open for ornament. 1405. Eiagrostis suaveolens. (.XW From 6 in. to several feet tall: culms simple or often branched; lemmas keeled, 3-nerved, the palea ciliate on the keels. — Species about 100 in warm and tem- perate regions of both hemispheres. Some annual species are common weeds, such as E. megastdchya. Link {E. mAjor, Host), Stink- or Snake- Grass, with rather large, ill-smelling spikelets in a compact panicle. Dept. Agric, Div. Agrost. 17:215. E. pectin&cea, Nees, a native of U. S., is a handsome perennial, with large open panicles of purple spikelets. Well adapted to cult, in sandy soils. Ibid 17:261. E. obtiisa, Munro {Brlza geniciddia, Thurb.), an annual with showy spikelets, is cult, in Eu., but little known in U.S. V. 3:247. abyssinica, Link {Pba abysslnica, Jacq.). Teff. A branching and spreading leafy annual, 1-3 ft. : panicle large and open, 1 ft. long, the branches capillary; spikelets numerous, loosely 6-9-fld., 3-4 Unas long; lemmas acuminate, scaberulous on the tip and nerves. Air. — This and the following are cult, for ornament, the spreading panicles being used for bouquets. The abundant seed used for making bread in N. E. Afr. suaveolens, Becker {E. collina, Trin.). Fig. 1405. A spreading leafy annual, 1-2 ft., differing from the preceding in the less diffuse panicles, the more com- pact spikelets and the less acuminate lemmas. W. Asia. interr- ' • ■ • ' Daedale treated as 111.15:89. i probably the correct name for the plant ithus Wattii, Bedd. See B.M. 8239. G.C. WiLHELM Miller. N. TAYLOB.f ERANTHIS (Greek, er, spring, and anthos, a flower; from the early opening of the flowers). Ranunculacex. Winter Aconite. Low perennial herbs, grown in open flower-beds because of the very early show of bright flowers; very desirable. Rootstock tuberous: basal Ivs. palmately dissected, 1 st.-lf. sessile or amplexicaul just beneath the large yellow fl.: sepals 5-8, petal-like; petals small, 2-lipped nectaries; stamens numerous: carpels few, stalked, many-ovuled, becoming foUicles. — About 7 species, natives of Eu. and Asia. The earliest generic name is Cammarum which was given in Hill's British Herbal, p. 47, pi. 7 (1756), but it is not accepted by the "nomina conservanda" of the Vienna code. Winter aconites are very hardy, and at home in half-shady places, among shrubs or in the border. Propagated by division of roots. The place in which the tubers are planted should be marked during the summer, when the foliage is dead. hyemalis, Salisb. (Helle- boms hyemdlis, Linn.). Fig. 1406. Erect, 5-8 in.: basal Ivs. long-petioled: involucre 12 - 15 - parted, the bright yellow fls. always sessile; anthers ob- long. Jan.-March, or as soon as frost is out of the ground. Naturalized from Eu. B.M. 3. Mn. 8, p. 43. G.C. 11. 11:245. G. 1: 628; 34:277. Var. cilicica, Huth. {E. dlicica, Sehott & Kots- chy). Much like the above : involucre of deeper and more numerous lobes; anthers ovate instead of oblong; sepals broader, being about ^in. across: folli- cles always straight. Season a few weeks later. G.C. III. 13:266. G.M. 49:180.— The sts., when grown in gardens, said to be red-brown. Roots of this were first sent to England from its native home near Smyrna in 1892. Rare in Amer. sibfrica, DC. Much dwarfer, seldom over 3-4 in. high: fls. bright yellow, a little smaller than those of E. hyemalis, 5-sepaled. Siberia. jj. C. Davis. ERCILLA (Peruvian name). Phytolacc&cex. One twining shrub from Peru and Chile, apparently not in the trade but sometimes cult, in this country for its dense spikes of pale purple fls. and dark purple berries. By some it is united with Phytolacca, from which it differs in habit, the coriaceous evergreen Ivs., larger bracteoles and technical characters of the fl. E. volii- bilis, Juss. (E. spicata, Moq. Bridgesia spicata, Hook. & Arn. Phytolacca voliMlis, Heiml.), has alternate, petioled, ovate-cordate or oblong or orbicular Ivs. 1-2 in. long: fls. perfect, in spikes 1-1 M in- long, the perianth S-parted, segms. oblong and obtuse; stamens 8-10, with filiform fleshy filaments, the alternate ones being shorter: carpels 4-8, somewhat impressed in the torus, becoming as many ovoid berries. G.C. II. 9:653. Said to be excellent for covering walls, and climbs by aerial rootlets. It is easily prop, by seeds and cuttings. L. H. B. 1406. Eranthis hyemalis. 1'407. Spiny twig of young seedling of Ere- mocitrus glauca. ( X H) EREMOCfTRUS (Greek, desert and Citrus). Rutacex, tribe CWre*. Australian Desert KtrMQUAT. Spiny shrub or small tree : Ivs. small, simple or emarginate,' thick and leathery, alike on both sides; spines single, long, slen- der, axillary: fls. smaU, 4- (rarely 3- or 5-) merous, white, fragrant, borne singly, or 2 or 3 together in the axils of the Ivs.; stamens free, 4 times as numerous as the petals :frs. small, subglo- bose, oblate or pyriform, yellow, with a thin fleshy peel hke that of a lime, 4- (rarely 3-5-) celled with 1 or 2 seeds in each cell; cells containing stalked subglo- bose pulp-vesicles fiUed with a pleasant acid juice. — Only 1 species of this subtropical Aus- tralian genus is known. gla&ca, Swingle {TriphAsia glaiica, Lindl. Ataldntia glauca, Benth.). A shrub or small tree bearing edible frs. and occurring in Queensland and New S. Wales, Austral., in subtropical regions subject to severe cold and ex- treme drought. The Ivs. of this plant are small (l-lj^ x H-H in.), emarginate, and show marked drought-resistant adap- tations; both faces of the Ivs. show palisade cells, andstomates at the bottom of deep pits; the long and slender spines are borne singly in the axils of the Ivs. (see Fig. 1407) : frs. subglobose, flattened or sHghtly pyriform (see Fig. 1408), usually 4-celled and containing globose, stalked pulp-vesicles (see Fig. 1408); seeds small, with a longitudinally fur- rowed and rugose testa. Yearbook Dept. Agric, 1911, pi. 45, fig. 1. Jour. Agric. Research, U. S. Dept. Agric. vol. 2, pp. 85-100, figs. 1-7, pi. 8.— The frs. of this species are used by the settlers in Austral, for jam and pickles and ade is madB from the juice. The Australian desert kumquat is the hardiest evergreen citrous fr. known besides being the only one showing pronounced drought-resistant adaptations; it bears in the wild state edible frs. with a pleasant acid juice and a mild-flavored peel. These characteristics make this plant very promis- ing for use in breeding new types of hardy drought- resistant citrous frs. It has been intro. into the U. S. by the Dept. of Agric, and is now growing in the greenhouse of the Dept. of Agric. and in the southern and western states. It can be grafted on the common citrous fruit trees, and can in turn be used as stocks for them. Walter T. Swingle. EREMOSPATKA (solitary spathe). PalmAcex. Above a half-dozen Trop. African climbing palms, with long slender ringed sts. and pinnate Ivs. Apparently none is in the trade. The fls. are perfect; calyx 3-toothed, campanulate; corolla urn-shaped, with 3 short lobes; stamens 6, with broad connate filaments; ovary 3-ceIled, and stigmas 3: fr. berry-hke: Ifts. alternate and opposite; rachis spiny, with a long tendril at end. EREMOSTACHYS (deserted or solitary spikes). Labidtse. ,.«= „ •■ °f^" . . . in cross-section, show- the genus being m commercial ing stalked globose pulp- cult. The genus IS allied to vesicles and furrowed Leonotis and Phlomis, and the seeds. (Natural size) species are from Cent, and W. 1128 EREMOSTACHYS ERIA Asia. Erect herbs, with the Ivs. mostly radical, large, toothed or cut-pinnatifid; st.-lvs. smaU, passing into floral bracts: fls. often ochroleucous, in many-fld. whorls in terminal and axillary spikes; corolla-tube included within the calyx; upper Mp of corolla erect and hooded, bearded inside; lower Up 3-lobed and the middle lobe largest; stamens 4, with connivent anthers. E. lacini&ta, Bunge, is catalogued abroad. Nearly simple, 12-20 in. : Ivs. pinnatisect, the lobes again pin- natifid: fls. yellow or ochroleucous, in midsummer. Asia Minor.—Said to be an attractive perennial. E. superba, Royle, reported from Eu., has a strict st., unbranched, 2 ft., root-lvs. pinnatisect, with segms. lobed, forming a rosette: fls. deep primrose-yellow in woolly heads to 6 in. long and 4 in. broad, showy. W. Himalaya. L. H. B. EREMURUS (Greek name, probably referring to their tall and striking aspect in solitary and desert places). ikliAcex. These hardy desert plants, when in flower with their great flower-stalks taller than a man and crowned with a spike of flowers from 1 to 4 feet long, are amongst the most striking objects in th6 choicer gardens of the North and East. Root clusters of fleshy fibers: Ivs. all from the root, in dense rosettes, long and linear: fls. white, yellow or rosy; perianth bell-shaped or more widely spreading, withering and persisting or finally dropping away; segms. 6, distinct or very slightly united at the base; sta^ mens 6; ovary 3-celled; seeds 1—4 in each cell, 3-angled. — About 20 species, from the mountains of W. and Cent. Asia. Probably E. robustiis and E. himalmcus are the hardiest of aU the tq,U desert- inhabiting plants of the lily family — ^a family mcluding the poker plant, the aloes, the yuccas, and many others that are not so tall and striking in appear- ance or else too tender to grow outdoors in the North. Large specimens of E. robustus-wi\l annuaUy" produce a flower- staUc 8 feet or more high, with racemes 4 feet long, remaining in bloom for a month. After flowering the leaves dis- appear entirely, but early in spring they reappear, and should then be ^covered with a box or barrel, to protect the form- ing flower-stalk from late frosts. A . mound of ashes over the crown in win- ter is advisable, or a box with water- tight top filled with dry leaves. Both species like a rich soil, moist but well drained, and plentar of water in the flowering period, but none afterwards. Iftopagation is by division, or slowly by seeds. Large plants are expensive, but they can sometimes be secured large enough to flower within a year or so of purchase. It tries one's patience to wait for seedlings to reach flower- ing size. The flowers look like small stars. (W. C. Egan.) A. Fh. rosy. B. Lvs. linear-ligulate. 1409. EremuTus himalaicus. / roblistus, Regel. Root-fibers thick and fleshy: lvs. glaucous, glabrous, linear-ligulate, 2 ft. long, 1J^2 in. wide, roughish on the margin, with minute recurved teeth: raceme 4r-4}4 in. wide; stamens about as long as the perianth. Turkestan. B.M. 6726. Gng. 6:52, 324. Gn. 46, p. 335. Mn. 8, p. 123. J.H. III. 29:267. Gt. 61, p. 366. G.C.in. 28:228; 30:426. Var. filbus, Hort. Stronger and pure white. — May be grouped in the hardy perennial border with bold effect. BB. Lvs. ovale-lanceolate. £lwesii, Mich. {E. Elwesianus, Hort.). Lvs. light green, ovate-lanceolate, obtuse, flat, not at all rough at the margin, shorter than in E. robustus, nearly trian- gular, even more glaucous, and beginning to decay at the time of flowering: perianth-segms. with a band of deeper color down the middle. Habitat(?). R.H. 1897:280. Gn. 54, p. 99. G.C. III. 24:137; 33:381. G.M. 44:321. — Intro, by LeichtUn as D. robustus var. Elwesii. AA. Fh. white. himalaicus, Baker. Fig. 1409. Root-fibers thick and fleshy: lvs. 9-12, Ugulate, firm, j)ersistent, 1-1 J^ ft. long, 6-15 Unes wide above the middle: raceme 3-3}^ in. wide; stamens about as long as the perianth. Himal- ayas. B.M. 7076. Gn. 49, p. 131. G.C. IL 16:49. G.M. 44:321; 52:631 (as E. Elwesii.) (3lgae, Regel. Lvs. narrow, glabrous, but with rough margins, about 8-12 in. long and 7-8 lines broad: fls. in a dense raceme, spreading; the white petals with a single brownish nerve down the center. Turkestan. Var. Slbus, Hort., a white-fld. form is known. AAA. Fls. some shade of yellow. B. Color light yellow. spectibilis, Bieb. Root-fibers thick and fleshy: lvs. 6-15, lorate, sUghtly glaucous, 12-18 in. long, 6-12 lines wide above the middle, noticeably narrowed at the base: raceme 1-1 J^ ft. long, 2 in. wide; stamens orange, finally twice as long as the perianth. Asia Minor, Persia. B.M. 4870. BB. Color pure yellow or orange. Biingei, Baker. Lvs. contemporary with the fls., linear, 1 ft. long, less than 3 lines wide: raceme 4-5 in. long, 2 in. wide; stamens finally twice as long as the perianth. Persia. G. 19:31. G.L. 20:155. Gn. 60, p. 53; 66, p. 150. Var. magnificus, Hort. A larger form than the type and with brighter yellow fls . Var. prsecox, Hort. An early flowering more slender form than the type, the fls. smaller and loosely scattered on the spike. Var. citrinus, Hort. "More robust than the type and with larger citron- yellow fls." BBB. Color orarCge. aurantiacus. Baker. Closely allied to E. Biingei, but live plants have less acutely keeled lvs.: root-fibers tapermg upward, and oiange fls. and stamens. Bokhara, Turkestan. B.M. 113. During recent years many beautiful hybrid plants have been intro. into cult., often under ^ome specific name which gives no indication of the parentage. Of these the following are known and the parents are indicated when possible. — E. isabellinus, Vihn. A hybrid between E. Bungei and E. Olgffi. Fls. large, apricot-rose. — E. Micheli&nua. Hort., is simposed to be a hybrid between E. Warei andE. Bungei. G.C. III. 40:83, deso. — E. Tvherghiii, Hort. A hybrid, crossed in Holland between E. himalaicus and E. Bungei. — E. vedrari^sis, Hort.^E. robustus X E. spectabilis? R.H. 1907, p. 229. — B. Warei, Hort., is supposed to be a natiu'al Eastern Asiatic hybrid between E. Bungei and E. Olgse. It is described as growing in ordinary seasons about 8 ft. high. The iSs. are less bright than in E. Bungei, and in rootstock it resembles the later-flowering E. OlgsB. Gn. W. 22: .suppl. May 27. WiLHELM MiLLEK. N. TATLOR.t £RIA (from Greek for wool, as the leaves of some species are downy or woolly). OrchidAcex. About 100 . species of tropical Asian orchids allied to Dendrobium but with eight rather than two or four pollinia, of most diverse habit, and very little in cultivation outside the ERIA collections of botanic gardens and fanciers, being mostly- curious and botanical rather than beautiful. They require warmhouse treatment, after the manner of ste^opeas. ERIANTHUS (Greek, erion, wool, and anthos, a flower). Gramlnex. Plumb-Grass. Tall reed-like ornamental perennials with large woolly plume-like inflorescence. Spikelets in pairs, one sessile, the other pedicellate, as in Andropogon, arranged in spikes, and these in a large terminal panicle, clothed with long hairs, especi- ally around the base, the fertile lemma awned. — Spe- cies about 18, warmer regions of both hemispheres. Ravgnns, Beauv. Plttmb-Grass. Ravbnna-Grass. Hardy Pampas-Grass. Fig. 1410. Three to 12 ft.: blades Hin- wide, narrowed into a firm rough point: panicle or plume as much as 2 ft. long. S. Eu. Gn. 54, p. 496. R.H. 1890, p. 546. V. 3 : 247.— This is one of the best of the stout and tall perennial grasses. It thrives in light and open places in well-drained soils, and makes great clumps, when well established sometimes producing as many as 40 or 50 heads. Hardy in latitude of New York City. A. S. Hitchcock. ERiCA (practically meaningless; probably not from ereiko, to brei, as commonly stated). Ericacex. Heath. This is the genus that the gardener usually means by "heath." The heath or heather of English hterature and history belongs to the closely aUied genus Calluna. The next most impor- tant group of cultivated "heaths" is • Epacris, which, however, belongs to a different family. Ericas are perennial woody plants from 6 in. to 12 ft. or more, usually much branched: Ivs. in whorls of 3-6, very rarely flat, usually 3-sided and with revolute margins that are some- times connate with the under side: infl. usually terminal or sometimes axillary, very seldom actually, though often apparently, racemose; caly^x free, 4- parted; corolla hjrpogsmous, white, rosy or sometimes yellow, usually early deciduous, variously shaped, the com- monest forms (in cult.) being beU- shaped, tubular and ventricose, usually 4-lobed; stamens 8; ovary sessile or rarely stalked, 4-celled, rarely 8-celled, with 2-00 ovules in each cell: fr. a 4-valved caps., with minute seeds. — About 500 species, mostly from S. Afr. and the Medit. region, nine-tenths from the former. There are many hybrids and horticultural forms. So far as the S. African species are concerned, the latest monograph is that of Guthrie and Bolus, which has served as the basis for the treatment ' below. Only a few of the European heaths are hardy in America, and there are no native heaths at aJl in this hemisphere. Of about fourteen kinds of Erica grown outdoors in Europe to produce large showy masses, only three are hardy here, and it is safest to cover these with eve^jgreen boughs in winter. Two others (E. mediterranea and E. lusitanica) are grown under glass somewhat but they are probably hardy,, with protection, from New York southward. The Vtee heath of southern Europe {E. arborea) wiU probably never be a feature of our southern landscapes. The heath that is natu- ralized in places from Rhode Island to Newfoui>dland ERICA 1129 1410. Erianthus Ravenn£e. is Calluna vulgaris (which see) ; and this is sometimes advertised as Erica vulgaris. The halcyon days of the heaths were from about 1806 (when the EngUsh took the Cape of Good Hope) until the middle of the century. Andrews' colored engrav- mgs of heaths (1809) marks the first flush of their popularity. Practically, if not absolutely, all the heaths that are grown on a large scale have been developed from the South African species. The old Enghsh gardeners still lament the glorious days when the hard-wooded plants of Austraha and the Cape formed the chief feature of European indoor horti- culture. They complain that the pres- ent generation is not wilhng to give them the care they deserve. This is especially true of America. In America, heaths are of minor importance, even at Easter, and the kind grown most extensively for Christmas seems to be E. melanthera. The great trouble with heaths is the immense amount of care they need. Few, if any, classes of plants require more attention. Hence the growing of heaths for the market is extremely speciaUzed, and there the American retail catalogues only rarely offer more than one species. Nevertheless, all the kinds described below are grown com- mercially, and are of the first impor- tance in the genus. The stock is largely imported from England. Germany has a very different set of varieties, and France still another, and there are few cases among cultivated plants showing so great a difference in the three coun- tries. The risks of importation are considerable, and the tendencies toward American independence in this Une seem to be gaining. Another difficulty in heath-culture is the poor quality of peat obtainable in America. In Eng- land the peat is more fibrous, and has been formed in past ages largely by the decay of the native heather. The soft-wooded kinds are the ones most grown. The hard-wooded sorts require a longer period of growth and more thorough ripening of the wood. Apparently only one yellow-flowered heath is cultivated in America, E. Cavendishiana which is a hybrid species about which httle is known. See sup- plementary list (p. 1132). In general, the ericas do not grow well in this chmate on account of the extreme heat of the summer months, but some varieties grow and flower even better here than in Europe. The choice of the soil is very important. A fight peat, mixed with sharp coarse sand is about the best we can get here. After flowering, the plants should always be cut down to keep them bushy at the base and well shaped. They will then receive a good repotting, always using very clean pots and plenty of drainage. Cuttings are made from December to April, preferably from young plants, the tender shoots about 1 inch in length being best. These are planted firmly in a pan filled with clean fine sand^ and covered with a bell-glass, or in a box covered tightly with a pane of glass. Bottom heat is not necessary. When rooted, the cuttings should be potted in small pots, and when well started should be given as much air as possible. It is well to bring the ericas out of the green- house as early in the spring as possible. The pots should be plunged in a good location, where plenty of air and 1130 ERICA ERICA sunlight can be had. They should be wintered in a greenhouse extremely well ventilated, and a tempera- ture not higher than 40° to 45° F. When in bud the plants should not be allowed to dry out too much. One drying might be enough to cause the loss of all the buds. Very often the heaths are attacked by a disease similar to mildew, brought on by an excess of humidity in the air. As this disease is very contagious, it is well, as soon as noticed, to use sulfur in powder or sulfate of copper in solution imtil the plants are rid of it (Louis Dupuy). INDEX. alba, 3, 5, 6. 10, 11. gracilis, 17. perapieua, 10. assurgenst IS. grandifiora, 11. prsestans, 12. autumnaUs, 17. grandinosaj 19. propendens, 14. BothweUianOt 11. herbacea, 4. pygmsea, 13. brevifiora, 11. hiemalis, 10. regerminanSt IS. caffra, IS. Mrsuta, 11. Edcsefolia, 13. capitata, 5. hispidula, 18. striata, 7. carnea. 3, 4, 11. hyemalis, 10. subcamea, IS. ciliaris, 1, 15. Isevis, IS. auperba, 11. clnerea, 6. lAnnxana^ 10. Tetralix, 2. cintra, 11. lusitahica, S. tricolor, 11. coccinea, 6. magnifica, 11. turrigera, 16. codonodea, 8. mediterranea, 3, 4. vagans, 5. cuprsssina, 16. melanthera, 20. Tentricosa, 11. flacca, 15. Partnentienij 12. vernalis, 17. formosa, 19. persoluta, IS. verticillata, 9. fragrans, 21, KEY TO THE SPECIES. A. Heaths hardy, European, m hardy with protection from New York southward. B. Lvs. and calyx- segms. ciliate: sta- mens included. c. Fls. in spike-like clusters 1. ciliaris cc. Fls. in umbel-like clusters 2. Tetralix BB. Lvs. and calyx-segms. glabrous. c. Anthers usitally exserted well beyond the corolla-tube. D. Fls. usiudly solitary and lat- eral, rose-colored 3. mediterranea DD. Fls. clustered, pink, usually all lateral 4. carnea DDD. Fls. all clustered at the ends of the branches 5. vagans cc. Anthers induded in the corolla- tube. D. Fls. rose-violet or purplish. E. The lvs. verticillate in S's... . 6. cinerea EE. The lvs. verticillate in 4's... 7. stricta DD. Fls. pale rose, in broad panicles 8. lusitanica AA. Heaths tender, S. African, always grown under glass in Amer. a. Fls. mostly showy, petal-like, scarcely greenish or sepal-like. c. Corolla tubular, the limb not spreading. D. Length of fls. usually •more than 6 lines, in cult, specif mens umbellate 9. verticillata DD. Length of fls. usiuiUy 10-12 lines, in S's or S's 10. hyemalis cc. Corolla various, not tubular, the limb often spreading. D. The coroUa-segms. spreading, the tube mostly elongate. E. Length of corolla 6—8 lines; segms. ovate, acute 11. ventricosa EE. Length of corolla S—4 lines; segms. ovate or sub-orbic- ular 12. praestans DD. The coroUa-segms. usuuUy not spreading, the tube rarely over 4 lines long. E. Lvs. channeled. F. The lvs. in S's 13. sicaefolia FF. The lvs. in 4' s 14. propendens EE. Lvs. not channeled, more or less open-backed and spreading. F. Infl. variable, often ter- minal and axillary on the same plant 15. flacca FF. Infl. always terminal. G. Sepals about as long as the corolla-tube. H. Lvs. rough or tuber- culate 16. turrigera HH. Lvs. not rough. I. The lvs. glabrous.. .17. gracilis II. The lvs. usvaUy pubescent 18. persoluta aa. Sepals about half as long as the coroUor tube 19. formosa BB. Fls. not so showy, calyx-liket ike calyx often colored also. c. Lvs. in S's: sepals colored 20. melanthera cc. Lvs. opposite: sepals green 21. fragrans 1. cili&ris, Linn. A much-branched nearly hardy shrub, 10-20 in. tall, the branches usually glandular: lvs. small, but not as in typical heaths, ovate, mucro- nate: fls. about 4 Unes long, or more, purpUsh, in spike- like, lateral clusters. Eu. June-Sept. B.M. 8443. 2. TetrMiz, Linn. Bell Heather. Cross-leaved Heath. Lvs. in 4's, margin folded back: fls. rosy; sepals ovate-lanceolate, cihate; anthers awl-shaped or awned, included; ovary with short, soft hairs. W. Eu. — FoU- iSli age grayish. Height in England 6-12 in. With Manning, at Beading, Mass., about 8 in. 3. mediterranea, Linn. (JE. cdmea var. occidentdlis, Benth.). Fig. 1411. This is considered by yj Bentham a western form of E. '' carnea (No. 4), with a little smaller fls., corolla a trifle wider at the apex, and anthers shortly exserted instead of included. E. mediterranea of the trade is hardy in England, and perhaps second only to E. carnea in popularity there. In Amer. it seems to be cult, only under glass but should be hardy from N. Y. southward with protec- tion. B.M. 471. Gn. 54:263; 55, p. 403; 61, p. 431. G.M. 45:261; 55:315. Var. 41ba, a 1411. Erica mediterranea. Y^^^^^- ^°rm is known. Gn. 59, p. 94. 4. cSmea, Linn. (E. herbacea, Linn.). Height 6 in.: lvs. in 4's: infl. lateral; corolla broadly bell-shaped; anthers exserted; ovary glabrous. March-May. Alps. L.B.C. 15: 1452. B.M. 11. Gn. 54:6 (a charming picture). — The bright rosy-fld. form is the best and most striking. There are pale red and pure white varie- ties. The most popular of all hardy ericas. Very easily prop, by division. E. mediterranea var. hyhrida, Hort., is said to be a cross with E. carnea, and in England thriving almost as well in loam as in peat. See Gn. 54:262; 55, p. 127; 61, p. 399; 72, p. 176. G.M. 50: 39. J.H. 111.51:293. 5. vegans, Linn. Cornish Heath. Fig. 1412. Lvs. in 4's or 5's: sepals small, ovate, obtuse; corolla ovate- bell-shaped; anthers ovate-oblong, 2-parted, exserted; ovary not hairy. W. Eu. and Medit. — Fls. pale pur- pUsh red. Grows 3-4 ft. in England; 1 ft. with J. W. Manning, Reading, Mass. Var. dlba has white fls. Var. capit&ta, grows 1-2 ft. high with Meehan at Ger- mantown, 'Pa., and has "small whitish fls. with a purplish tip." F.E. 22:685. 6. cindrea, Linn. A twisted and much-branched shrub, 8-15 in. high: lvs. verticillate, in 3's, narrow, glabrous, and usually not over 3 lines long: fls. showy, rose-violet, in usually verticillate clusters; corolla much contracted at apex, the lobes reflexed. June--Sept. Eu. Var. alba, Hort., a white-fld. form, and var. coccinea, Hort., a scarlet form, are both in the trade. Gn. 61, p. ERICA ERICA 1131 433. — Hardy in U. S., with a little protection, from lines long: fls. in 3's, the corolla dark purple, its segms. N. V. southward. ciholate. L.B.C. 5:468. B.M. 2263. 7. stricta, Don. Corsican Heath. Lvs. in4's, alittle 14. propendens, Andr. An erect sub-shrub, 10-18 in. more erect than in No. 2: sepals lanceolate, obtuse; cor- high, the branches nearly straight, the younger pubes- olla ovoid-oblong, narrowed at the ^ cent: lvs. in 4'Sj hnear and throat; anthers awl-shaped or m ^^ usually 3-sided, cihate, or some- awned, included; fls. rosy purple; ^ * ^ times glabrous: fls. 1-4 in a clus- ovary densely covered with long, "M «■ ^ S, -JSt ter, the corolla red, broadly bell- rough hairs. Corsica. — Summer. X. ^[ ^E. w ^ shaped and hairy, about J^-J^ in. Attains 4 ft. in Eng., but grows 1-2 K X. «W ^ long; ovary 4-8-celled, rough but ft. high with Meehan, at German- ^'^ ^^ X^ ^pB! ^°^ hairy. L.B.C. 1:63. B.M. town, Pa. Branches strict, rigid. ^m'W-'W' '^ Wm!1> a&^ 2140. AJndr. Heathery, 141. G. 8 lusitSnica Rudoloh (E co- «»» W 'iiS -^W m 25:137. G.C. III. 32:278, 279. donides, Lindl.). Spanish Heath. mBW, M W^W WW Mi ^^^-W- 21 = 759. J.H. HI. 47:543. Branches tomentose- pubescent: W wW W ^^^'W-'^W 9 15. flacca, E. Mey. {E.cilihris, lvs. glabrous and ovary glabrous: « Wj^m W ^^FiiW^^P' ^& Thunb., not of Hort.). An erect fls. pale rose, in broad panicles. "^lii^^K> W^^^^S^S^^X^ shrub, usually branched, but not W.Eu. B.R. 1698. G.C. II. 7:463; ^^^^^M^^M^^^^ ^^ diffuse, the branches pubescent or III. 19:487; 35:91. I.H. 43, p. %^^^^^^^^^^W' ^m glandular hairy: lvs. in 3's, rarely 321. Gn. 54: 263; 55, p. 125; 67, m m"« fJ^pM^^K -^^ '° "^'^ °'^ ^^^ ^^™® plant, spread- p. 328. B.M. 8018. G. 21:384; ^Ij/^M^mfwW^W^^ ^ "^^' usually "linear, as if sub- 30:130.— Hardy in England, but ^iH ^i ^W W 4P^P' '^' terete," the margins revolute, in U. S. only south of N. Y., and ^!^ii»r fM- ,^ 13^-2J^ lines long: fls. in 3's, the then must be protected. ^^^H\ / ^H^" corolla bell-shaped to tubular, the 9. verticiliata, Berg. An erect ^^1/ i^^K, segms about a third as long as shrub, 4-6 ft., with lvs. 4-6 in a ^nif J^ lfl# the tube; ovary sometmaes han-y whorl : lvs. densely imbricate, erect VW t^K %1'f ^^ °^ ^'^^ ^°P- or spreading: fls. mostly in 4's in «^ A ^ -^ W VMlCfft^ 16. turrigera, SaUsb. (E. cwpres- wild specimens, but, according to VW> Li/«»^ U ^Mf/ sina, Forbes). Lvs. glabrous, sub- Andrews, umbeUately 3-10-fld. in ^^i&^ wd cihate or naked: mfl. termmal; cult.; corolla tubular, hairy, usu- ^^ K fls. pediceUed, m I's to 4's; bracts aUy straight, bright rosy-scarlet, ^ M remote; sepals finally reflexed; and very showy: caps, unique in W sinuses of the corolla acute, nar- spUtting into 8 valves. Andr. 1412. Erica vagans. (XJ€) '■°'^- lo^^'^f '^ o^.qq?''"a'-p''V^ Heathery 58 smce 1802. F.t;. 9:333. A.i.15. 10. hye'maUs, Hort. Fig. 1413. Written also Me- 1175. Gng 9:35 (the last two as .B. c^pressina). mails. Watson thinks it may be a winter-flowering 17. gracilis, Sahsb. Lvs. m 4 s, somewhat erect; bracts form of E. persjncua, figured in L.B.C. 2 : 102 and 18 : remote : sepals smaller, lanceolated; anthers with a short, 1778 as E. Unnxana. Fls. rosy pink, tipped white. sharppomt L.B.C. 3:244 (pale violet). G. 25.602 Gn. Var. alba has white fls. With L. Dupuy, Whitestone, 76, p. 11. 'Tls. purplish red." Var. autumnaiis, Hort. L. L, it flowers in Sept. G.F. 5:137. 25 : 567. H. D. Darhngton says it is very distinct from E. perspicua. 11. ventricdsa, Thunb. Lvs. in 4's, incurved to spreading, with pilose margins: infl. terminal; sepals keeled; anthers with 2 very short ears, or awned, included; ovary glabrous. B.M. 350. L.B.C. 5:431. G. 9:565; 26:239. Var. grandifldra, with tubes over J^in. long. L.B.C. 10:945(as E. prxgnans). The fol- owing varieties are reported: Both- welliana, bremfldra, cdmea rbsea, dnlra, hirsiita, dlba, magnifica, superba, tricolor. See R.H. 1858, p. 450; 1880:50. Gn. 45, p. 87. A.F. 10:1111. F.E. 9:333. 12. preestans, Andr. {E. Parmen- tihii, Lodd.). Lvs. in 4's, some- what incurved; bracts crowded: fls. nearly sessile, white, faintly flushed pink at base, in terminal groups of 4 or more; sepals ovate, rough- margined; anthers scarcely acute. Sept. Varieties are pictured under various names in L.B.C, plates 154, 197, 1695, and 1804. 13. sicaBfdlia, Salisb. {E. pygmsea, Andr. and Hort.). Dwarf cushiony heath, perhaps best treated in the alpine garden, 4r-8 in. high : branches ascending, nearly glabrous" lvs. in whorls of 3, linear-acuminate, 2 J^5 72 Gn. 41:420. G. Fls. Sept. 1413. Erica hyemalis. Great numbers of this heath are sold in London eveiy Christmas. Var. veniaiis, Hort. Fls. in Oct. and Nov. 18. persoiata, Linn. Fig. 1414. Essentially a white-fld. and very variable species, particularly as regards hairiness: lvs. erect or spreading, hirsute or glabrous: corolla small, originally IJ^ Hnes long; lobes ovate, 2-3 times shorter than the tube, the sinuses acute, narrow. S. Afr. The numerous varieties' Bentham found impos- sible to separate either in the wild or in cult. Var. faispidula, Benth. Slightly hirsute: lvs. 23^-3 hnes long, rough: anthers sub- ovate. Var. Ijfevis, Benth. Lvs. shorter, blunter, often appressed, glabrous: anthers subglobose. Var. subcarnea, Benth., has the corolla- lobes more evident. To this last variety Bentham seems to refer most of the horticultural varieties cult, under the name of E. persoluta. E. assurgens, Link, he refers to the first variety; E. cdffra of Linnaeus to the first, but of L.B.C. 2:196 (and the trade?) to the second. E. regSrminans of Linnaeus is a distinct species (figured in L.B.C. 17:1614 as E. Smithiana) ; of the trade =£. persoluta var. hispidula; of L.B.C. 18:1728=i?. persoluta var. sub- carnea. Flowers in Feb and March, while other related species mostly flower in March and April. 1132 ERICA ERIGERON 1414. A fonn of Erica persoluta. 19. fonudsa, Thvmb. {E. grandindsa, Hort.). Erect shrub, 1-2 ft., the branches hairy, covered with Ivs. in whorls of 3 : Ivs. glossy, channeled, the younger ciUate, about 114 lines long: fis. in 3's, the corolla white, with 8 longitudinal channels, sticky. Andr. Heathery 266. 20. melanthera, Linn. Fig. 1415. Lvs. thick, ob- tuse, grooved on the back, younger ones often rough, witt glands; bracts mostly crowded: fls. rosy; sepals obovate, keeled, colored; anthers black ; ovary villous. Not L.B.C. 9:867, which may be a form of E. nigrita. Flowers in Dec. and Jan. A.F. 11:1133; 12:579; 29:1079. F.E. 9:333. C. L.A. 9:169; 15:170. G.M. 49:56. 21. frelgrans, Andr., not Salisb. Lvs. opposite, erect- appressed, acute, always glabrousj bracts loose, sepal- Eke: fls. m 2's; sepals ovate, keeled, green ; ovary gla- rous or slightly bristly at the tip. B.M. 2181. L.B.C. 3:288. The following are mostly kinds that have been grown suc- cessfully in small quantities in this country but appear not to be advertised in Ajnerican trade catalogues. H=hard-wooded; the rest are Boft-wooded. S. Afr., unless stated. Aside from these, E. scopdria, Linn., of S. Eu., is sometimes listed: 2-3 ft., glabrous: lvs. in 3*s: fls. greenish, in 1-sided racemes; calyx-lobes about half the length of the subgloboae corolla. E. capensis also appears, but it is apparently only a catalogue name. E. ampulldcea. Curt. Lvs. ciliate, mucronate: bracts colored; fls. mostly in 4's; corolla ventricose, very sticky, typically white, lined with red; limb spreading, white. Var. riibra is the only form cult. B.M. 303. L.B.C. 6:508. K.—E. arbdrea var. alpina, W. I. Beau. An alpine va-nety, grown only at Ke^. It is a stiff erect bush with tiny white fls. in plume-like clusters. Gn. 75, p. 384. — E. ariatdta, Andr. Readily distinguished by the long bristle which ends the lvs.: lvs. recurved: fls. in 4's; sepals keeled with red; corolla sticky, 1 in. long, ventricose, but with not so long and narrow a neck as in E. ampullacea. B.M. 1249. L.B.C. 1:73. R.—E. barbdia, Andr. Bristly and glandular- pubescent: lvs. in 4's: corolla urn-shaped, villous; ovary villous. L.B.C. 2:124.' — E. Bowiedna, Lodd. Lvs. in 4's to 6's: infl. axillary; corolla tubular, slightly inflated; limb erect or scarcely open. L.B.C. 9:842. — E. Biirnettii, Hort. Hybrid. F.S. 8:845. — E. Cavendi8hid,na,}loTt. (E. Cavendishii, Hort.), Hybrid of E. depressaXE. Patersonii. Lvs. in 4*s, margins revolute: fls. in 2's to 4*s; corolla tubular; sta- mens included; anthers awned. P.M. 13:3. G.C. 1845, p. 435; IL 18:213; 20:597. F.S. 2:142. A.F. 12:1143. Gng. 5:331. C.L.A. 7:180. G. 6:489; 10:243.— .ff. conapiaua, Soland., is a species with club-shaped, villous fls. and villous lvs. in 4'b. Var. splindens, Klotzsch, with the lvs. and sepals shining green and pubescent corollas, includes E. elata, Andr. L.B.C. 18:1788. — E. cylindrica, Andr. and Hort. Important hybrid of unknown parent- age, cult, since ISOO. Lvs. in 4's: fls. nearly sessile; corolla 1 in. long, brilliant rosy red, with a faint circle of dull blue about two- thirds of the way from the base; anthers awned, included; ovary glabrous. L.B.C. 18: 1734. R.H. 1859, p. 42.— Fls. very showy and unusually long. The oldest E. cylindrica. That of Wendland is a yellow-fld. species unknown to cult. — E. Devoniana, Hort. Hybrid. Fls. rich purple. H. — E. eldla, Andr.= E. conspicua var. splen- dens. — E. Irbyd/na, Andr. Allied to E. ampullacea, but with corolla narrower at the base and tapering with perfect regularly to just below the limb, where it has a prominent red bulge. It is also distinctly lined with red, and the sepals are green, although the bracts are colored, as in E. ampullacea. L.B.C. 9:816. H. — E. nigrSscens is presumably E. melanthera (H. D. Darlington). — E. pdllida. A confused name. The oldest plant of this name is Salisbury's, which has an um-shaped corolla, fls. often in 3's, pubescent and. hirsute branches and lvs. in 3'8. L.B.C. 1:72 (as E. pura). E, pdllida of the trade is probably the tubular-fld. hybrid of Loddiges in L.B.C. 14:1355, which has axillary and terminal fig., and lvs. in 4's to O's. — E. persjAcua, Wendl., has a tubular or slightly club-shaped corolla, lvs. in 4*8, pubescent or rough-hairy, and fls. in I's to 3's, but the plant in the trade is probably E. perspicuoidea, Forbes, a hybrid, with longer and woollier hairs, fls. somewhat in umbels, nearly 1 in. long. Only var. ericta is grown here. — E. SyndriAna is grown by Louis Dupuy. — E. transliicens, Andr. Perhaps the first of all the garden hybrids between E. tubiflora and E veutricosa. Lvs. rigid, with or without long, soft, red hairs: fls. in umbel-like heads; bracts remote; corolla rosy, 8-9 lines long; tube narrowly ventricose, pubescent limb short, spreading; ovary sessile. Andr. Heaths, 295. Bentham considers this a ^nonym of E. spuria, Andr. Heathfl. 60. Schultheis says "it is the finest erica grown; a poor propagator but good grower. Takes 3 months to root." — E. tricolor is perhaps the most confused name in the genus, and apparently one of the important kinds abroad, where it has many varieties and synonyms. In the trade it seems to stand for a handsome heath, with lvs. in 4'8, distinctly ciUate and terminated by a bristle: fls. in umbels of 8-10, 1 in. long, a little too inflated at the base for the typical tubular form, rosy at the base, then white, then green, and then suddenly constricted into a short neck; pedicels red and exceptionally long. This descrip- tion is from L.B.C. 12:1105 (as E. eximia), one of the earliest pictures of these charming hybrids which Bentham refers to the hybrid E. aristella, Forbes. — E. WUmorei, Knowles & Westc. (E. Wilmoreana and Vilmoreana, Hort.). Hybrid: corolla tubular, bulged below the lobes, slightly velvety-hairy: fls. in I's to 3's, rosy, tipped white. R.H. 1892, p. 202. A.F. 4:251. G.C. III. 19:201. A.G. 21:869. Var. glailca, Carr., has nearly glaucous foliage. Var. calyculdtaj Carr., has a large additional calyx. R,.H. 1»92,P.20.3. WiLHBLM Miller. N. TAYLOE.t ERIGENiA (Greek, spnnff-ftoni). UmbeUiferse. Hab- bingeb-of-Spring. a monotypic genus of E. N. Amer. E. bulbdsa, Nutt., is low (4-10 in.), nearly stemless, hardy, from a deep-lying tuber, with ternately decom- pound lvs. and small umbels of minute white fis. A few plants may have been sold by collectors and dealers in native plants, but it is not a cult, plant. It grows in rich deciduous woods and clearings. ERIGERON (Greek, old man in spring; some of the early kinds are somewhat hoary). Compdsitse. Flea- bane. Hardy border plants, suggesting native asters, but blooming much earlier, growing in tufts like the Eng- lish daisy, though usually from 9 inches to 2 feet high. Stem-lvs. entire or toothed: fls. solitary, or in corymbs or panicles; rays in 2 or more series, mostly rose, violet or purple, rarely cream-colored or white, and one kind has splendid orange fls. ; involucre bell-shaped or hemi- spheric, the bracts narrow, nearly equal, in 1 or 2 series, differing from Aster in which the bracts are in many series. — About 150 species scattered over the world, particularly in temperate and mountainous regions. The garden fleabanes are practically all perennials. A few annuals are harmless and pretty weeds. Some species have roots that are biennial, but they increase by offsets, and make larger clumps from year to year. They are of easy culture. They do best when somewhat shaded from the mid- day sun. They are easily propagated by seeds or division, and doubtless by cuttings, if there were sufficient de- mand. Small, divided plants set out in early spring produce good- sized flowering plants the first year. A good show of bloom may be had from seeds sown outdoors as early as possible in spring. Some flne masses of these plants in the hardy border or wild garden are much more desirable than an isolated speci- men or two of each kind. The most popular species is E. speciosus. At present it is the best kind that has the rich soft colors, from rose to violet and purple. E. aurantiacus has dazzling orange flowers, and is unique in the genus. 1415. Erica melanthera. alpinus, 8. arizonicus, 10. asper, 10. aurantiacus, 1. bellidifoliua, 14. Coulteri, 5. glabellus, 10. glaucus, 7. INDEX. grandjflorua, 6. Howellii, 3. hybridua Toaeua, 11. macranthus, 9. major, 6. mueronatua, 4. ochroleucus, 2. philadelphicus, 12. pulcheUus, 14. roseus, 6. Roylei, 8. salauginosua, 13. semperflorenB, 7. speciosus, 6. superbus, 6. ViUarsii, 11. ERIGERON A. Fls. orange. 1. aurantiacus, Kegel. More or less velvety: height 9 in.: Ivs. oyal-oblong, clasping at the base, more or less twisted: heads 1 on a st.; involucral scales loose, reflexed. July, Aug. Turkestan. R.H. 1882:78. Gn. 52, p. 485. G. 6:239. J.H. III. 52:303.— Perhaps the showiest of the genus. Sold as "double-orange daisy." AA. Fls. creamy or white. B. L/vs. linear. 2. ochroleacus, Nutt. Height 9-18 in.: sts. mostly not branched: Ivs. rather rigid: rays 40-60, white or purplish, never yellow. Gravelly hills and plains N. Wyo. and Mont, to Utah. — This and the next are rare kinds in cult., sometimes sold by collectors and dealers in native plants. BB. Lvs. broader, lanceolate to ovate, or obovate. 3. Howellii, Gray. Height about 1 ft.: root-Ivs. obovate; st.-Ivs. ovate, half-clasping, all thin: rays 30-35, 1-2 lines wide, white. Mountam meadows. Cas- cade Mts., Ore. and Mont. 4. mucronatus, DC. {Vittadlnia triloba, Hort., not DC.) Lvs. lanceolate, narrowed at base, ciliate, mostly entire, often with a long, callous mucro. Mex. This plant, grown in CaUf., is a much-branched perennial with variable sometimes lobed lvs., and the white rays purple on the back. G.C. III. 48:203. 5. Coiilteri, Porter. A slender equally leafy perennial about 15 in. high: lvs. thin, obovate or oblong, almost mucronate, and usually soft-hairy: fls. soUtary on each stalk, sometimes 2 or 3 together, the white rays about 1 in. long. July. Rocky Mts. G.C. III. 30:99. Gn.W. 3, p. 587; 16:440. AAA. Fls. rosy violet or purple. B. Rays 100 or more, mostly narrow: lvs. entire. c. Fl.-heads large. D. Involucre hairy. B. Height about 2 ft. : sts. several-fld. 6. specidsus, DC. (Stendctis speHbsa, Lindl.). Height 1J^2 ft., the st. more or less woody: hairs few, loose: St. very leafy at top : root-lvs. more or less spatu- late; st.-lvs. lanceolate, acute, half -clasping. Brit. Col. to Ore. near the coast. B.M. 3606. B.R. 1577. Gn. 52:484. G. 21:15. Var. superbus, Hort., sold abroad, has lighter colored and more numerous fls. Gn. 75, p. 118. G. 31:81. Var. major, Hort., has broader rays and brighter colors. Var. roseus, Hort. Ray-florets lilac; disk-florets yellow. Var. grandifldnis, Hort. Fls. larger and deeper in color than in var. ERINACEA 1133 EE. Height 9-16 in. or less: sts. usuaUy 1-fld. 7. gla&cus, Ker-Gawl. Beach Aster. Lvs. shghtly glaucous or often green in cult. ; root-lvs. rarely 2-3- toothed: rays not narrow, light lavender-blue. Pacific coast, where it flowers most of the year. B.R. 10. Gn. 52, p. 484. Var. semperfldrens, Hort. A dwarf floriferous form. 8. alpinus, Lam. {E. Rbylei, Hort.?). A dwarf species suitable for rockwork: sts. hairy, bearing a single head of purplish fls. : lvs. acute, lanceolate, sometimes ciliate but otherwise entire. Northern regions. L.B.C 6:590. — Suitable chiefly for alpine gardens. DD. Involucre not hairy. 9. macrinthus, Nutt. Height 10-20 in. : hairs numer- ous and long or short, sometimes nearly absent: lvs. lanceolate to ovate: rays very numerous, at least J^in. long. 'Rocky Mts., Wyo. to New Mex. and S. W. Utah. Gn. 52, p. 484. G.C. III. 46:53.— A good species. Blooms later than the eastern species. Violet. Hardy. Can be used with good effect in mass plantings of autumn-flowering asters and goldenrods. cc. Fl.-heads (or disk) small. 10. glabellus, Nutt. (E. dsper, Nutt.). Height 6-20 in., the St. simple or a little branched above: root-lvs. spatulate; st.-lvs. lanceojafe, gradually narrowing into bracts: involucre bristfy, or at least pubescent; rays violet-purple or white, very narrow. Minn, to Rockies. Gn. 52, p. 486. BJ^. 2923. B.B. 3:386. L.B.C. 17:1631. — Much cult, abroad. Var. aiizdnicus, Hort. A variety from Ariz. BE. Rays 70 or less, wider: lvs. entire or toothed. c. Lvs. almost or quite entire. D. Sts. with several fls. in a corymb. 11. Villarsii, Bell. Root biennial: height 1 ft.: lvs. with 3 or 5 nerves, roughish: fls. corymbose. Eu. B.R. 583. L.B.C. 14:1390. — Not cult., but in I.H. 43, p. 301, said to be a parent with E. aurantiacus of E. hybridus rbseus, Hort., Haage & Schmidt. This is said to resemble E. Villarsii in habit, and E. aurantiacus in form of fls. but not in color. Said to bloom freely from May to autumn. 12. philadelphicus, Linn. Perennial by offsets: a roughish, much-branched herb with spatulate or obo- vate lvs. often st.-clasping along the upper part of the St. : heads several, corymbose, the numerous purplish white rays being attractive in June. N. Amer. — ^Almost a weed and easily grown in any ordinary garden. DD. Sts. mostly 1-fld. 13. salsugindsus, Gray. Height 12-20 in. : upper st.- lvs. with a characteristic mucro: rays broad, giving an aster-like effect, purple or violet; the slightly viscid character of the involucre is particularly designative. Wet ground, on higher mountains, Alaska to CaMf . and New Mex. C.L.A. 21. No. 11:40. cc. Lvs. coarsely toothed above the middle. 14. bellidifdUus, Muhl. (E. pulchellus, Michx.). Poor Robin'^ Plantain. Makes new rosettes by offsets from underground sts.: height 2 ft.: root-lvs. wider above the middle than in most species; st.-lvs. fewer: fls. spring, clear blue, on long sts. Damp bor- ders of woods. Canada to lU. and La. B.M. 2402. B.B. 3:388.— Weedy. E. cwritleus, Hort.=(?). — E. div^rgens, Torr. & Gray. Diffusely branched -with pubescent lvs. and white or purple fl.-heads. W. U. S. — E. flageUdris, Gray. A spreading plant bearing a profusion of white or pale lilac fl.-heads. W. U. S. — E. grandifdlius elatior^ Hort. "Large solitary fls. with purple disk. June and July."=(?). — E. leiom^rus. Gray. Lvs. small, Unear: aohtary fl.-heads with violet rays and a yellow disk. Colo. B.M. 7743. — E. multiradiMus, Benth. & Hook f. Fl. -heads terminal, soUtary; ray-florets purplish; disk yellow: height 6 in. to 2 ft. Himala:^as. B.M. 6530. — E. neo-'^ mexicdnus. Gray. Fl.-heads loosely panicled; ray -florets linear, white ; disk - florets tubular, yellow. New Mex. — E. purpiireum, Hort., according to H. A. Dreer, "rarely exceeds 10 in, height, and has medium-sized fls. of soft, rosy purple, borne in graceful, spread- ing panicles." Form of E. macranthus (?). — E. trifidus, Schlecht. Fl.-heads white or pale lilac, daisy-like. Rocky Mts. E. unifloritSt Linn. Involucre hirsute, lanate, occasionally becoming naked; rays purple or sometimes white. Arctic regions. WiLHELM Miller. N. Taylor, t ERINACEA (Latin, erinaceus, hedgehog, allud- ing to the spiny nature of the plant). Legumindsse. A low almost leafless shrub forming dense spiny tufts covered in spring with numerous blue flowers. Deciduous, very spiny: lvs. simple or ternate, pubes- cent, only present at the end of young branchlets: fls. 1-3, axillary toward the end of the branchlets; calyx tubular, with 5 short teeth, inflated after flower- ing; petals narrow, long-clawed, claws of the wings and keel adnate to the staminal tube; standard ovate, slightly auriculate at the base; stamens connate: pod oblong, glandular-hairy, 2-valved, 4-6-seeded. — One species in S. W. Eu. Not hardy N.; likes limestone sqU and a sunny position, best adapted to be planted in rockeries. Prop, by seeds. piingens, Boiss. (Anthyllis Erin&cea, Linn.). Shrub, to 1 ft. : Ifts. 1-3, oblong-obovate or spatulate, }4-i4in. 1134 ERINACEA ERIOCEREUS long, pubescent: fls. 1-3, nearly 1 in. long, violet-blue, the petals exceeding the large inflated calyx only about one-third; the short pedicels, bractlets and calyx pubescent: pod about J^in.long. May, June. Mountains of S. France, Spain and Corsica. L.B.C. 4:318. B.M. 676. G.C. III. 41:310. Gn. 62, p. 127; 64, p. 399. Alfred Rehder. ERINTJS (a name used by Dioscorides). Scroph- vlariacex. A hardy tufted plant 3 or 4 inches high, suited for steep sides of alpine gardens, where it pro- duces in spring its racemes of small purple, rosy or white flowers. One species, in the mountains of W. and Cent. Eu.: root-lvs. crowded, opposite; st.-lvs. alternate, oblong- spatulate, with a few coarse, rounded teeth: coroUa- lobes 5, oboyate, the 2 upper ones sUghtly smaller; stamens 4, in 2 groups, mcluded; style very short, 2-lobed at apex: caps, ovate, obtuse, dehiscent. — Several species described in this genus belong in Zalu- zianskya. Not to be confounded with Lobelia Erinus. U16. Loquat. (X'A) Erinus should be planted in steep parts of the rockery where water cannot lodge on rainy days or in the win- ter and spring months. It needs slight shade from mid- day Sim. Divided plants are chiefly sold in America, but the amateur can soon produce a good carpet by the use of seeds. When well established, the seeds are self- sown and the offspring gain in hardiness. It may be safest to keep a pot or two in a coldframe over winter, until the plant can take care of itself. In England, seeds may be sown in earthy holes of brick walls, and grown as informal masses on old stone steps. (J. B. KeUer.) alpinus, Linn. Racemes 23^ in. long; fls. Hin. across, purple. April-June. B.M. 310. Vars. &lbus and carmineus, Hort., have white and crimson fls. respec- tively. Var. hirs&tus, Gren. (E. hirsiitus, Hort.). More vigorous: Ivs. villous or hairy: violet-red. WiLHBLM Miller. ERIOBOTRYA (Greek, woolly cluster). Rosdcese, subfamily Pbmex. Small tree, grown for its handsome large foliage and also for its edible acid fruits. Evergreen trees or shrubs: Ivs. alternate, short- petioled or nearly sessile, dentate, with strong veins running straight to the teeth: fls. in terminal, broad panicles; calyx-lobes 6, acute; petals 5, oval or sub- orbicular, clawed; stamens 20; styles 2-5, connate below; ovary inferior, 2-5-celled; cells 2-ovuled: fr. a pome with persistent incurved calyx-teeth, thin endo- carp and 1 or few large, ovoid or angular seeds. — About 10 species in the warmer regions of China, Japan, Himalaya and S.Asia. Closely related toPhotinia, from which it differs chiefly in the larger fr. with thin endo- carp and few large seeds and in the Ivs. having straight veins ending in the teeth. The only species known in cult, is E. japonica, an evergreen tree with large orna- mental foliage, comparatively inconspicuous white fragrant fls. in terminal rusty-woolly clusters, followed by large pear-shaped yellow frs. It can be cult, only in warmer temperate regions, and if protected during the winter, may be grown as far north as Philadelphia; does not seem to be exacting as to the soil. Prop, by jap6nica, Lindl. {Photiniajapdnica, Gvay). Loquat. Fig. 1416. Small tree, to 20 ft. : Ivs. thick, evergreen, nearly sessile, oval-oblong or obovate, remotely toothed, bright green and lustrous above, rusty-tomentose below, 6-10 in. long: panicles 4r-7 in. long; fls. white, J^in. across, nearly hidden in the rusty-woolly pubes- cence: fr. pear-shaped, yellow, about IJ^ in. long, with few large seeds, of agreeable acid flavor. Sept., Oct.; fr. April-June. Japan, China. B.R. 365. G.C. III. 26:660 (suppl.); 52:318. H.U. 3, p. 97. A.G. 1891, pp. 19, 370. G.W. 3, p. 439; 8, p. 314.— The loquat ia native to China and Japan, but is much planted in the Gulf states and westward. It blooms from Aug. until the approach of winter, and ripens its clustered fr. in very early spring. The fr. is often seen in northern markets. It is a profuse bearer in congenial climates. See Loquat. Loquat is an excellent decorative plant, either as an evergreen lawn tree south of Charleston, or as a pot-plant in the N. It is a most satisfactory conservatory subject, resisting uncongenial conditions. Var. varieg^ta, Hort. Lvs. variegated with irregular markings of pale green, dark green and white. Alfred Rehder. ERIOCEPHALUS (from erion wool, and kephale, head, in allusion to the wooUiness of mature heads). Compdsitse. A scarce Uttle-known group of greenhouse shrubs, grown for their violet-white flowers and pleas- antly scented leaves. Leaves usually entire, sometimes 3-lobed, often in bunches: fls. in umbellate clusters in the only cult, species, in some others racemose; heads with white ray- fls. and purplish disk-fls. ; involucre in 2 series, the outer series of 4r-5 bracts. — Twenty species, all S. African, but only one seems to be grown and this is confined to fanciers' collections in Amer. It is best grown in the temperate house in a mixture of sand and peat. Propagated by cuttings, in sand, under a bell-jar. afric^us, Linn. Lvs. opposite or tufted, sUky- pubescent, about J^in. long, thickish, channeled: heads mnbellate at the ends of the branches, the white-rayed, purple-centered heads making attractive clusters. S. Afr. B.M. 833. E. pectinifdUua, Linn. An attractive yellow-fld. sort with smooth green lvs. is perhaps referable to Hippiafrutescens. B.M. 1855. It is known onfy in botanic gardens in Amer. j^ Taylor ERIOCEREUS (ivoolly and Cereus; referring to the wool in the axils of the bracts on the ovary). Cad&cex. Usually slender plants, at first erect, but usually afterward clambering and creeping, often forming great clumps and thickets: fls. usually large; ovary covered with more or less enlarged bracts bearing hairs and spines in their axils: fr. red, spiny; flesh white; seeds numerous, black. For cult., see Succulents. Jusbgrtii, Riccob. Ribs 6, usually low, with broad intervals; spines very short: fls. funnelform; petals white; stigma-lobes linear, green; bracts on ovary and fl.-tube fiUed with long hairs. It is now believed that this species is a hybrid between an Echinopsis and some Cereus. ^ See Cereus for descriptions of the following species: BonpUindii, Riccob; Cavendishii, Riccob. This is described under Cereus, but probably does not belong to either genus; Martinii, Riccob: platygdnus, Riccob; tepkraainthua, RicooD; tortudatis, Riccob. J. N. Rose. ERIOCHILUS ERIOCHiLUS {woolly lip). Orchidacex. A half- dozen species of terrestrial orchids from Austral., with small subterranean tubers and a sohtary If. at the base of the St. or higher up: fls. pink or white, 1 or more and sessile on a scape or peduncle; labellum much shorter than lateral sepals, the margins often with small and erect lateral lobes. Some of the species have been mentioned as greenhouse subjects, but they are horti- culturally little known. ERIOCNtMA: Bertolonia. ERlODfiNDRON: Ceiba. ERIODICTYON {woolly net, referring to the under surface of the Ivs.). Hydrophyll&cex. Four species and many varieties (see Brand in Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft. 69, 1913) of shrubs of Calif, and the Great Basin, with alternate coriaceous entire Ivs., and white, purple or blue fls. in scirpioid cymes. Apparently not cult. E. Parryi, Greene =Nama. ERIOGONTJM (Greek, woolly joints). Polygonacex. About 140 species, W. N. American (with extension into Mex.), herbs tufted sub-shrubs or slender annuals, mostly densely woolly: Ivs. crowded at the base of the St., alternate or whorled, entire: fls. small, perfect, in an involucrate head, fascicle or umbel, mostly recurved or reflexed with age, mostly white, rose or yellow; perianth 6-parted; stamens 9; styles 3: fr. an achene, mostly 3-angled. Now and then some of the species are listed by dealers in native plants, but they can hardly be regarded as cult, subjects. E. compdsitum, Douglas, perhaps the best known, has very many minute neutral- colored fls., dull white to rosy, borne in compound umbels 5-6 in. deep and broad. B.R. 1774. The fol- lowing have been advertised, but are practically unknown in our gardens: E. campanulatum, E. com- pdsitum, E. Jlavum, E. heraclemdes, E. incanum, E. microlhecum var. effiisum,, E. niveum, E. niidum, E. ovalifolium, E. racemosum, E. sphserocephcdum, E. thymmdes, E. umbellatum. E. giganteum makes a mound or mat many feet across. G.C. III. 28:337. Descrip- tions of eriogonums may be readily found in the floras of the western part of the U. S. ERIOGtNIA: Luetkea. ERldLOBUS: Pyrus. ERIOPHORUM {wool-bearing, from the Greek; alluding to the heads of fr.). Cyperacese. Perennial rush-like plants, growing in swales: fls. in dense heads, the perianth-bristles very numerous and often becom- mg greatly elongated in fr. and giving the head a wool- hke appearance. None of them is known in cult., but the following names have been offered by collectors for bog gardens: E. alp^nits, Linn.; E. cyperinum, Linn.; E. lineatum, Benth. & Hook.; E. polystachion, Linn.; E. vaginatum, Linn.; E. virginicum, Linn. All these are wild in the northern states, and descriptions may be found in the regular manuals. Eriophorum comprises upward of a dozen species in the northern hemisphere. ERIOPlrtLLUM (Greek, woolly-leaved). Compdsitse. Herbs, mostly woody, and commonly with yellow- rayed heads; one kind cult, in a few hardy borders is a low, tufted, herbaceous peremiial, with much-divided Ivs., covered with wool beneath (each st. bearing about 5), and 8-rayed yellow heads 2 in. across, borne in a loosely forking fashion on peduncles 3-7 in. long. The genus was included in Bahia by Bentham & Hooker, but is now kept distinct largely because of the per- manently erect involucral bracts: seeds mostly 4- angled, and pappus of nerveless and mostly pointless, colorless portions. Actinolepis is included in this genus by some authors. There are about a dozen species, in N. W. Amer. E. caespitosum, Douglas {Actinella lanala, Pursh, not Nutt. Bahia landta, DC), described ERIOSTEMON above, has been advertised. Either moist or dry ground, Mont, to Brit. Col. and S. CaUf.; very variable. ERIOPSIS (Greek, like Eria, an orchid of the Epi- dendrum tribe, which it resembles when not in flower). Orchidicese. Five or six South American orchids of the Vanda tribe allied to Acacallis and Warrea, requiring coolhouse treatment as given to Cattleya; epiphytes. Leaves 2 or 3, long, phcate: racemes 2 or 3, basal; fls. open, small, but showy, maxillaria-like; Up 3-lobed, the lateral lobes broad and erect and inclosing the column, the middle lobe small and spreading and some- times 2-lobed. — About half a dozen species in S. Amer. biloba, Lindl. Pseudobulbs 3 in. long: Ivs. lanceo- late: fls. 1 in. across; sepals and petals yellow, with orange-red ' margins; labellum yellow spotted with brown. Colombia. B.R. 33 : 18. nitidobulbon, Hook. Stouter in habit than the above : pseudobulbs wrinkled, dark-colored: racemes drooping; sepals and petals orange-yellow, with deeper colored margins; labellum white, with purple spots. Antioquia, in exposed positions on the sts. of palms. Peru. B.M. 4437. Helenae, Kranzl. Said to be the finest in the genus. It differs greatly in habit from the other members; the pseudobulbs (standing 16 in. high) somewhat resemble those of Epidendrum Brassavolx, but are much stronger, and bear 3 long, coriaceous dark glossy green linear- lanceolate Ivs. The fls. are twice as large as those of E. biloba, and are borne on tall, arching scapes. The sepals and petals are orange-colored, margined with purple, the lip similar, but with a yellow blotch, spotted with purple at the base. Peru. E. FuerstenbSrgiit Krflnzl. Racemes up to 12 in. long; fls. about 1 % in. across; sepals and petals brown outside, orange with brown border inside; lip whitish, densely dotted with purple. Oakes Ames. ERIOSTEMON (Greek, woolly stamens). Rutdcex. Coolhouse evergreen shrubs from Australia, with starry, five-petaled flowers an inch wide, of white or blush- pink. Very little known in America, but abroad con- sidered amongst the finest of hard-wooded winter or spring-blooming AustraUan plants. Leaves alternate, entire, glandular-dotted: infl. axillary or terminal, sohtary or in clusters; calyx and corolla 5-parted, rarely 4-parted; stamens 8-10, free, shorter than the petals; anthers pointed: fr. 2-valved, 1-seeded. Much care is needed to produce well-trained specimens. Eriostemons are among the most beautiful of Aus- tralian hard -wooded plants. They are propagated from cuttings made of the points of half-ripened wood. Choose pieces about 3 inches long, and insert in a pot filled with one part finely sifted peat, and two parts sharp sand. Water them and set in a case in a tempera- tiire of 55° to 60°, shading them from the sun. After they have rooted, pinch out the heart of the shoots, and when they show signs of breaking, transfer them singly into small pots in equal parts of peat and sand. When well rooted in these pots, give them a shift about two sizes larger, using good fibrous peat, in rather a lurnpy state, and about a fifth part of good sharp sand, adding a little of flnely broken charcoal. This compost may be used for aU future pottings. If large plants are wanted quickly, it is better to grow them indoors all the year round, but they will not set flowers so well. Eriostemons flower in the smallest sized pot in spring, if they are grown outdoors all summer. The outdoor treatment ripens the wood thoroughly and the result will be seen when flowering time arrives. These plants are hable to run into strong shoots to the detriment of the weaker ones. When this is observed, cut them well back, and this will preserve the symmetry of the plant. During their growing period they should be syringed freely. This helps to soften the wood and secure 1136 ERIOSTEMON ERODIUM plenty of breaks, and also keep red-spider in check. A favorite method of propagation in the British Isles is by grafting on small plants of Correa alba. This insures a quicker means of raising the plants and is practised largely by nurserymen. A winter tempera^ ture of 40° by night should be maintained. However, if plants are wanted to flower earlier, they may be sub- jected to 60° or 55°. Eriostemons are sometimes attacked hy brown and white scale. Fumigation with hydrocyamc gas is the best remedy. (George F. Stewart.) A. Foliage linear or narrowly lanceolate. B. Lvs. linear. sc&ber, Paxt. A shrub with minutely pubescent or glabrous branches: lvs. covered with minute rough- nesses, sessile, acute and mucronulate: petals white, tipped pink. P.M. 13:127. BB. Lvs. narrowly lanceolate. linifdlius, Seghers. Lvs. broadest at middle, tapering both ways. R.B. 20 : 97. — Probably an old garden form of some well-known species. afflnis, Sprague. Shrub, 1-2 ft., the branches gla- brous and shining: lvs. sessile, linear-lanceolate, 1-2 in. long, glabrous: fls. in axillary slender clusters, quite like the next, but smaller. AA. Foliage conspicuously wider. B. Lvs. 10-12 times as long as broad. c. Apex abruptly pointed. myoporoJdes, DC. Lvs. widest at the middle, taper- ing evenly both ways, 1-3, rarely 4 in. long: fls. imibel- late; petals white or sometimes pink, glandular on the back. B.M. 3180. cc. Apex blunt. salicifdlius, Smith. This wiUow-leaved species has perhaps the handsomest foliage. Lvs. widest above the middle, tapering more gradually to the base than to the apex: petals bright, soft pink. B.M. 2854. BB. Lvs. S-4 times as long as broad. intermSdius, Hook. Lvs. 9-18 lines long, elliptical, abruptly pointed: petals lanceolate, white, but tipped with pink outside in the bud hke the rest; ovanr placed on a flat disk and not ringed at the base. Probably of garden origin. Intermediate between E. myopormdes ' and E. buxifolius. B.M. 4439. buxifdllus, Smith. Lvs. as in E. intermedius, though perhaps smaller: petals obovate, white, tipped pink; ovary sunk into a double disk of 2 rings. B.M. 4101. G. 26:19.— £?. densiflbrus, Seghers, R.B. 20:97, looks like a prolific horticultural variety of this species. WiLHELM MlLLBa. N. TATLOE.t ERITRfCmnM: For E. harbigerum, see Krynitzkia, For E. nothofuhmm, see Plagiobothrys. ERLANGEA (bears the name of the University of Erlangen). Compdsitx. One species of this genus, blooming in midwinter and spring, is oiiered in England. The genus was long considered to be monotypic, but Moore has recently (Jour. Bot. 46. 1908) incor- porated Bothriocline with it, and the new species have expanded the genus to 32 species, all Trop. African excepting 1 in New Guinea; it diners from Vernonia "only in the curious reduced achenes and the pappus of few, short, very caducous setse." E. tomentdsa, Moore {Bothriocline Schimperi var. tomentdsa, Oliv. & Hiem). Shrub, to 5 ft.: st. and under sides of lvs. tomentose: erect herb: lvs. opposite or at top of st. rarely alternate, oblong to ovate-lanceolate, 2-5 in. long, nearly or quite obtuse, rounded at base, serrate, villous: fls. all tubular, about 40 in the head, the heads about %in. diam., short-peduncled and collected in corymbose panicles; involucre-scales ovate, acute, scarious-margined. Trop. Afr. B.M. 8269. Foliage scented: fls. mauve or luac, lasting 2 or 3 months in winter; habit of a eupatorium, and requires the treat- ment given the greenhouse members of that genus. L. H. B. ERODIUM (Greek, a heron; alluding to the beaked fruit). GeraniAcese. Heeon's-Bill or Stobk's-Bill. Annual and perennial, some of the perennials grown in flower-gardens and with alpines for their finefy cut foliage and mostly purplish or white flowers. The plants suggest the wild and hardy geraniums, from which they differ in having only 6 instead of 10 anther-bearing stamens, the other 5 being reduced to scales; also the tails of the carpels hairy inside and twisting spirally. Herbs, rarely somewhat woody or tufted: lvs. opposite or alternate, one often smaller than its mate, stipuled, toothed, lobed, or dissected: fls. regular or nearly so, mostly in umbels, of various shades, from crimson-pink to purple, with darker blotches on the 2 upper petals and the venation out- lined in darker shades; sepals 5, imbricate; ovary 5-lobed, when ripe splitting into separate caps.-lobea, each lobe 1-seeded: plants usually heavy-scented. — The latest monograph (Knuth, in Engler's Pflanzen- reich, hft. 53, 1912) describes 60 species, widely dis- persed in temperate and warm regions. The self- planting of the seeds or carpels of some species is very interestmg. These plants are chiefly for the front row of the hardy borders and the rock-garden, where they thrive in a gritty loam. They like dry, sunny spots, and may be trusted with a conspicuous position, being chiefly valued for their steady succession of bloom from June to August. Divided plants are chiefly sold here, but the species are easily propagated by seeds. Some erodiums can be grown in chinks of walls. Some of the annual kinds are widely spread in Cahfornia and other parts of the West, and E. dcutarium and two or three others are grown for forage. The garden species have not attained much prominence in this country. absinthioidea, 14. Botiys, 3. chamsedryoides, S. chrysanthum. 4. cicutarium, 1. corsicum, 9. daucoides, 11. INDEX. glandulosuTn, 10. graveolens, 10. Guicciardii, 13. guttatum, 5. znacradenum, 10. Manescavi, 12. moschatum, 2. olytnpicum, 14. pelargonifionim, 6. petrseum, 14. Jieichardii, 8 SihthoT'pianum, 14. supracanum, 7 ■ A. Plant annual {or biennial). 1. cicutirium, L'Her. Alfilabia. Alfilerilla. Pin-Clovbb. Tufted, low and spreading, more or less glandular, often with coarse, soft, short hairs: lvs. oblong, 1-2-pinnate; Ifts. small, nearly sessile, the uppermost confluent, lower ones sharply and deeply cut and with narrower lobes: stipules small, acute: sepals with 1 or 2 terminal bristles; filaments not toothed; fls. rose-purple. Abundantly run wild from the Rocky Mts. to the Pacific, on dry or barren lands, and also grown for hay and utilized as wild pasture. Feb.-Apr. Old World; immensely variable. 2. mosch^ttmi, L'Her. Filabbe. Musk-Clover. Also Alfilebilla. Glandular and musk-scented, at first stemless and with a rosette on the ground but later sending up stout fleshy sts. to 1 ft.; Ifts. large, short-stalked, ovate to elHptical, serrate, broad-lobed: stipules large, rather obtuse: sepals not terminated by bristles; filaments 2-toothed; fls. rose-purple. Medit., Orient. Run wild in Calif, in the rich valley lands. 3. Bdtrys, Bertol. Branching from the base and usually prostrate, white-pubescent: If .-blades 1-2 in. long on petioles of similar or twice the length, oblong- ovate, pinnatifid, the lobes acute and serrate: sepals with 1 or 2 short bristles; fls. deep violet; filaments ERODIUM widened upward and toothed. Medit. region, now widely spread in Calif, and also grown for forage. AA. Plant perennial. B. Fls. yellow. 4. chrysfinthum, L'Her. Woody, 1-5 in. tall, sil- very, the rhizome vertical: Ivs. densely crowd«l at base, petiole and blade of equal length, broadly ovate, obtuse or nearly so, pinnate, the pinnse cut; st.-lvs. few or none, subsessile: peduncles sometimes basal; fls. yellow, the petals exceeding sepals, broadly cuneate and retuse. Greece. Gt. 1, p. 260. BB. Fls. white, sometimes veined or spotted. 5. guttatum, Willd. Woody, 3-6 in., the caudex vertical: Ivs. many at base of st., long-petioled, ovate- cordate or long-cordate, obscurely lobed, crenulate: peduncle 2-5 in. high; fls. clear white with a dark spot at base of upper petals; sepals lance-spatulate or obo- vate-spatulate; petals broadly obovate, rounded. S. W. Medit. region; a good little rock plant. Gt. 3, p. 244. 6. pelargoniflSnun, Boiss. & Heldr. Woody, to 1 ft. or more, the caudex vertical: basal Ivs. rather numerous, long-petioled, hairy above, ovate-cordate, somewhat lobed, obtusely crenate-dentate: peduncles 1-5 in. high; fls. white, the 2 upper petals spotted with pink at base; sepals ovate; petals broadly obovate, rounded or retuse. Asia Minor. B.M. 5206. Gt. 1:194. Gn. 59, p. 448; 63, p. 107. 7. supracanum, L'Her. Stemless, 1-4 in. tall, the rhizome vertical: Ivs. numerous, to about 2 in. long, densely silky-canescent above, green beneath, ovate or oblong, bipinnatisect, the pinnules entire or dentate or incised: fls. white, spotless, red- veined, the petals obovate and rounded, and sepals broadly ovate and 5-nerved. Pjrrenees. 8. chamsedryoides, L'Her. {E. RAchardii, DC.). Stemless, 2-3 in. taU: Ivs. numerous, long-stalked, sparsely hairy, round-ovate, slightly cordate, crenate, apex rounded: peduncles about 1-fld., about 2 in. tail; fls. white, rose- veined; sepals ovate-spatulate or lance- spatulate, minutely mucronate; petals obovate, retuse. Balearic Isls., Corsica. — ^An attractive alpine. BBB. Fls. rose, red or purple {sometimss white in No. 14). c. Lvs. undivided or obscurely lobed. 9. cfirsicum, Lem. St. 2-6 in. high, the root vertical or oblique: basal lvs. many, long-petioled, grayish tomentose or becoming glabrous, ovate or broader, more or less obsoletely lobed, coarsely crenate-dentate: peduncle 1-2 in. high, about 2-fld.; fls. ^in. across, in shades of rosy pink veined deeper color; sepals oblong- spatulate or ovate, not mucronate; petals broadly obovate or cuneate. Corsica and Sardinia. G.C. HI. 48:210. cc. Lvs. all pinnatisect. D. St. wanting. 10. macradenum, L'Her. (E. gravholens, Lapeyr. E. gkmdvldsum, Willd.). Remarkable for the great length of the roots when twisting among rocks, and strong odor of the foliage: 2-6 in.: lvs. hairy, glandular, lJ^-2 in. long, oblong, pinnate; segms. pinnatifid, rachis with a toothed wing: fls. light purple, the 2 upper petals a shade darker, and the spots nearly black. Pyrenees. B.M. 6665. 11. daucoides, Boiss. Plant 2-4 in., the rhizome ver- tical: lvs. many, tomentose, petiole exceeding blade, lanceolate or triangular in outUne, the pinnae pinnati- sect and the lobes Unear-lanceolate: peduncles stand- ing above the foliage, about 4-fld.; fls. rose-color; sepals more or less ovate, 5-nerved; petals obovate, somewhat rounded. Spain. 12. Manescavi, Coss. Height 10-18 in., the rhizome vertical or obUque : lvs. attaining 6 and more in. long. ERYNGIUM 1137 2^2 in. wide, lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate; segms. alternate ^ira. wide; lateral veins oblique. G. The fls. short-stalked. H. Arrangement of lvs. opposite: umbels bent downward 70. doratoxylon HH. Arrangement of lvs. alternate. I. The lidnarrowly conic, twice as long as calyx 36. redunca n. The ltd broader, not so long 37. pilulans 38. Muelleriana 39. acmenioides 41. punctata GG. The fls. sessile in the umbel: lvs. paler beneath.42. sahgna DD. Breadth offr. over )^ire. E. Ldd not or scarcely broader than calyx-tube. F. Lvs. roundish, obtuse 26. platypus FF. Lvs. lanceolate, acute. G. Calyx-tube and lid very warty 18. globulus GG. Calyx-tube and lid ridged or nearly smooth. H. Caps, sunk in the calyx- lyjye 46. incrassata 47. Planchoniana 21. cosmophylla HH Caps, protruding from calyx-tube 48. megacarpa EE. Lid much broader than calyx- tvbe .49. gompho- BB. Fl.-stalks cylindric or angular but not [cephala flattened. by some. When seeds can be procured, they may be , used in propagation. Grafting, as is sometimes prac- tised with cacti, is possible. Potting soil need not be rich. A coarse sandy loam, or, some say, any kind of soil will do. E. pulcherrima and E. fvlgens are good winter-flower- ing greenhouse plants, and require special treatment. E. fulgens succeeds well in the. warmest parts of the house, in pots, or best planted out like roses and trained upon the wall or strings. It is propagated from cut- tings taken in June, when the old plants have started to grow, kept in a warm frame until rooted, and then kept growing with heat, any transfers being made with as little root disturbance as possible. If stocky show plants are wanted, several cuttings may be planted in one pot and checked two or three times during summer by repotting, and kept pinched back freely to secure branches. They are best kept cooler when in flower, but are very sensitive to cold or sudden changes in temperature. After flowering they are kept dry for a few months. For the cut sprays they are best grown ifrom cuttings each year. They last very well when out. usually taken from the young wood._ Successive sets of cuttings may be made at later periods if different- sized plants are wanted. When well started, the potted plants are plunged outdoors tfll September, with plenty of water, light and sunshine and good drainage. They do well in rich heavy loam in 5-7-inch pots. They are liable to drop their leaves if exposed to cold or other un- favorable condi- tions. In au- tumn they are transferred to the greenhouse, with moderate temperature. When the bracte begin to appear, give more heat and some manure water to expand them. When in flower, reduce the temperature to preserve them longer. After flower- ing the pots may be stowed away in a dry warm place till spring, — under the benches will do. When the buds are cut the great ob- jection is that they wilt easily. This may be ob- viated by keeping them in water for a few days before using. See Grieve, G.C. III. 9:106, and Hatfield in Garden and Forest 9:496. See article Poimettia for further treatment. Euphorbia ipleru&ns is another winter bloomer, and may be treated as the succulents, with more heat and water. It will do well in living-rooms, and bears some flowers all the year. It bears rough treatment well, and is propagated by cuttings from the young growth, which root with the greatest ease. In tropical and subtropical regions many of the tree- like or succulent euphorbias make flne outdoor orna- mentals. The poinsettia is a magnificent landscape ornament in California, West Indies and so on. In Southern California the poinsettia is propagated by sticking canes 3 feet long in the ground from April on, these growing and blooming, often profusely, the first season. In the West Indies and Florida, some of the thorny tree-like forms, especially E. lactea, are grown as hedges, their thick, erect thorny branches making an almost impenetrable barrier. Tlus and other species are grown also as specimen plants. See Siicculen^. 1439. Kuphorbia fulgens (XHl- No. 5. tie culture of the poinsettia is very similar. _ To secijSrg plants with large heads, the general plan is to grow from cuttings annually, but the old plants may be continued. Old plants that have been resting may be introduced to heat and moisture in late spring, and will soon give a liberal supply of cuttings, which are abyaaimica, 32. alba, S. alcicomis, 19. anacantha, 47. antiquorum, 20. antiayphilitica, 7. atropurpurea, 63. BeaumJerana, 35. biglandulosa, 62. bupleurifolia, 51. canariensis, 31. caildelabrumt 24, 34. Caput-Meduss, 48. cereiformia, 40, 43. ckmdeatiruif 51. c^ava, 50. coeruleacens, 26. colletioidea^ 14. Commeliniif 48. Cooperi, 29. corollata, 3. coronatat 50. cotinifolia,2, criatata, 23. cyathophora, 9. C^panssias, 60. INDEX. dendroides, 55. disclusa, 34. drupifera, 17. EclunuB, 27. elaaticaj 56. entieagona^ 40. epithyinoides, 57. Foumieri, 13. fruticosa, 37. fulgena, 5. fulva, 56. genictdata, 4. globosa, 46. glomeratat 45. grandicomis, 22. grandidena, 21. qrandifoliat 17. hsamaiodea^ 2. havanenaiaj 9, 23. heptagona, 39. Hermentiana, 24. heterophylla, 9; HyatriXf 50. imbriaUa, 43. inermis, 49. Ipeoacuanhffi, 4. Jac^Maitefiora, 5. laotea, 23. lathyris, 52. loiicata, 50. major, 58. mammillaria, 42. mamnuUoaa, IS. marginata, 1. marmorata, 25. zneloforzDiB, 44. mexicajutt 43. misera, 6. Tnonatroaa, 23. royrsinites, 65. natalenaia, 33. neglecta, 32. □eriifolia, 16. offioinarmn, 36. omithopua, 46. Falznen, 64. palustris, 59. panduraia, 9. parvimamma, 48. Pfersdbrfii, 38. pilosa, 58. pinea, 63, EUPHORBIA EUPHORBIA 1169 pitoatoria, 64. plenissimai S. PainsettiaTMf 8. polychromttt 57. polygona, 41. Fseudocactus, 25. pteroneura, 14. puloherrizna, 8. Regis-Jubffi, 54. INDEX, CONTINUED resinifera, 30. rhipsaloides, 11. robusta, 64. sanguinea, 2. San Salvador^ 30. serperUaria, 49. similis, 33. apmoaior, 42. splendena, IS. submammillaria, 43. tessellata, 25. Tiruoallii, 10. triangularis, 28. variegata^ 1. viperina, 49. viroaa, 26. Wulfenii, 61. xylophylloidea, 12. A. Glands of the involucre with petal-like appendages (almost none in 4) : slender-branched herbs or rarely shrubs not spiny: Ivs. entire. Section Adeno- PETALUM. The Section Anisophylltjm, genus Chamxsyce of some, differs in having small oppo- site Ivs., unequal at base, ptipules present, fls. small, glands 4. It contains most of the low herba- ceous wild euphorbias of U. S., such as E. mac- ulata, Linn., E. Preslii, Guss., E. serpens, and E. capitata; names from this group occur in American catalogues, but the species to which they properly belong are inconspicuous weeds. E. lorifolia, HiUebr., of Hawaii, has recently been investigated as a possible source of rubber. (Descriptions of these species will be found in the floras.) B. Stipules present. 1. marginita, Pursh (E. variegata, Sims). Snow- ON-THE-MouNTAiN. Ghost-Webd. Pig. 1438. Annual, about 2 ft. high, pubescent, dichotomously many- branched: Ivs. numerous, light green, ovate-subcordate to oblong-lanceolate, 1-3 in. long, the upper white- margined, often entirely white: involucral glands with large white appendages. July-Oct. Plains from Dak. to Texas and extending eastward. B.M. 1747. Gt. 30:218. V. 2, p. 281 ; 5, p. 64. G.W. 13, p. 305.— Hardy annual, used for its white foliage in bedding and mixed borders in sunny situations. 2. sanguinea, Hort. {E. hxmatbdes, Boiss.?). A tall shrub: Ivs, ovate, obtusely pointed, in whorls of 3, rfed when young to deep bronze or purplish red later. — This handsome plant of unknown nativity is cult, in S. U. S. While it is not possible to classify it exactly without fls. and fr., the foliage characters indicate its relationship to S. cotinifolia, Linn. 1440. Euphorbia pulchenima iXH)- No. 8. BB. Stipules absent or microscopic. c. Plant a perennial herb. 3. coroMta, Linn. (Tithymaldpsis corollAta, Klotzsch & Garcke). Flowering Spurge. Fig. 1437. Plant lj.^3 ft. high, usually glabrous, slender and diffusely branched above: Ivs. ovate-oblong to lanceolate, 1-2 in. long those of the infl. much smaller and opposite: involucral elands 5, with conspicuous white appendages. July-Oct. On rather dry soil E. U. S. B.M. 2992. L.B.C. 4:390. F.R. 1 :969. — A hardy herbaceous peren- nial used like gypsophila for cutting, and as a bedder in 1441. Euphorbia heterophylla (X!' No. 9. light soil. There are many variations in size, shape, color and pubescence of plant, Ivs. and infl. 4. Ipecacufinhae, Linn. {TithymaUpsis Ipecacudnhse, Small). Ipecac Spurge. Only the forking infl. (3-6 in.) above ground, with its red or green glabrous, opposite Ivs. varying from oval to hnear on different plants, the alternate Ivs. of the short st. usually subterran- ean and scale-like : cyathia long pe- duncled; appen- dages of glands rudimentary. AprU. Sandy soil E. U.S. L.B.C. 12: 1145. B.M. 1494. I — E. genicul&ta, Ort., is sometimes cult, under this name. It is a plant of Trop. .Amer., related to E. heter- ophylla, but with broader Ivs. the upper whitish at base. cc. Plant a shrub. 5. ffilgens, Karw. ( E. jacquinixfldra, Hook.). Scarlet Plumb. Fig. 1439. Small shrub with slender drooping branches : Ivs. long-petioled, lanceolate, bright green : cyathia in small axillary cymes, with the conspicuous appendages to the 5 involucral glands bright scarlet. Mex. B.M. 3673. R.B. 39:41. F.C. 2:55. R.H. 1905:440. Gn. 33:486; 39, p. 239; 67 p. 73. V. 2, p, 74. A.F. 16:1551. G.M. 53:89. G. 4: 593. P.M. 4:31. Gn^. 10:76. — ^A handsome winter - blooming plant, used for cut-fls. or for specimen plants. 6. misera, Benth. Lvs. small, obovate, pubescent, clustered at the end of crooked branches: fls. incon- spicuous. S. Calif, and Mex. — Recently catalogued, in the Calif, trade. 7. antisyphilitica, Zucc. (Tricherostigma antisyph- ilitica, Klotzsch & Garcke). Candelillo. Slender, erect, rod-like branches 1-3 ft. high, almost leafless. ^ex. — The plants yield a useful wax and are some- times grown in collections of succulents. aa. Glands of involucre without petal-like appendages. (Nos. 8-65) B. St. herbaceous or shrubby, not fleshy: lvs. well devel- oped, the upper colored: stipules minute: infl. cymose. Section Poinsettia. 8. pulchgrrima, Willd. (E. Poinsettihna, Buist. Poinsettia pulcherrima, GTaham) . Poin?ettia. Easter Flower. Christmas Flower, if Lobster Flower. Mexican Flame -Leaf. Fig. 1440. Shrub 2-10 ft. high, branched: lvs. ovate-elliptical to lanceolate, entire, sinuate toothed or lobed, or panduriform, 3-6 in. long, somewhat pubescent, the upper narrower, more entire to even linear-lanceolate and of the bright- est vermilion-red: involucres 2-3 lines wide, ^eenish, with one large yellow gland. Nov.-March. Moist, shaded parts of Trop. Mex. and Cent. Amer. B.M. 34S3. G.C. in. 21:125, 193. F.C. 1:33. Mn. 7, p. 67. Gn. M. 2:209. — Sometimes cut, usually used for speci- men plants and in masses, often used in decorations. A gorgeous plant. Var. plenissima, Hort., has the fls., or most of them, transformed into red bracts, giving a fuller center. G.C. II. 5: 17. Gt. 28: 182. F.M. 1170 EUPHORBIA EUPHORBIA 1876:200. Var. dlba, Hort., has the upper Ivs. white. R.H. 1913:228. — It is not so vigorous, blooms later and requires more heat. 9. heteroph^^lla, Linn. {E. pandwdta, Hort.? E. hauan&nsis, Willd. E. cyatJwphdra, Murr.). Mexican FiBE Plant. Hypocrite Plant. Painted Leap. FiRE-ON-THB-MoUNTAIN. ANNUAL PoiNSETTIA. Fig. 1441. Annual, nearly glabrous, 1-3 ft. high: Ivs. ovate and sinuate-toothed, or panduriform, or some of them lanceolate or linear and entire, dark green, the upper bright red at least at the base: involucres small with 1 or 2 glands. July-Sept. E. and Cent. U. S. to Peru. Mn. 2, p. 53. Gt. 39, p. 105. — Easily grown from seeds in sunny gardens and also in pots indoors. White and yellow variegated forms are in cult. BB. Sts. more or less fleshy, often cactus-like and spiny: Ivs. small, none or soon decidvmis: infl. few- branched or cyathia single: stipules minute or none (except in E. Foumieri). Section Eixphorbium. Nos. 10-51. c. Branches cylindrical or angled, not thorny: If. -bases not thickened and elevated as podaria: Ivs. alternate or crowded on the angles. D. Joints or branches cylindrical or jlai. Subsection TiRUCALLI. 10. Tirucfillii, Linn. Milk-Bush. Indian Tree Spurge. A small tree, with a dense crown of slender, cylindrical whorled branches, curving outward then erect: joints about 4 in. long, twigs J^-J^in. thick: Ivs. narrow, about 1 in. long, soon falling. S. Asia. — A striking plant for the succulent collection. Easy of cult., often grown outdoors in warm regions. 11. rhipsaloides, Lem., is a closely related African species probably not now in cult., but the name is in use in the trade. 12. zylophylloides, Brongn. Shrub or tree: trunk cylindrical, much branched; branches flat or 2-angled, J^in. wide, slightly toothed along the edges: Ivs. minute, soon deciduous. Madagascar. DD. Joints or branches 4-^-ical shrub: Ivs. at end of branches. Allied to E, dendroides. — E. Berthddtii, C. Belle. Sub- tropical shrub aUied to E. Hegis-Jubee; name used incorrectly in the trade. — E. Bdjeri, Hook. (E. Breonii). Semi-succulent, slender, spiny shrub near E, splendens, Hook. B.M. 3527. — E. hvhalina, Boiss. (Section Treisia). Low, slender, spineless succulent, leafy at apex. R.B. 209 (as E. oxystegia). — E, Cdctus, Erenh. Succulent, spiny 3-angled shrub, near E. Hermentiana. — E. cattimdndoo. Ell. Small, succulent, spiny, 6-angled tree. — E. cervicdrnis, Boiss.=E. hamata. — E. chximsesyce, Linn. Low, opposite-lvd. herb with corolla-like cyathia in clusters. — E. cfiardcias, Linn. Umbellate perennial herb near E. Wulfenii. Gn. 59, p. 447. G.C. II. 13: 657. — E. coUetioides, Benth. Low Mexican shrub: Ivs. opposite. Plants grown under this name may be E. pteroneura. — E. DirUeri, Berger. Spiny, 6-8-angled succulent shrub often grown under names of E. virosa and E. tetragona. — E. Dregedna, Mey. Spineless, almost leafless shrub, near E. Tirucalh. — E. endpla, Boiss. Spiny succulent near E. heptagona, and confused with it. — E. erbsa, Willd. Spiny succulent, near E. mammillaris. — E. falcdta, Linn. Annual herb, near E. Aleppica. — E. fimbridta, Hort.^E. angularis. — E. hamdta. Sweet (E. cervicornis, Boiss.). how succulent shrub, leafy at apex, near E. clandestina. — E. helicdthele, Lem. Spiny, succulent tree, leafy at apex, near E. neriifolia. I.H. 4, p. 100, desc. — E. helioscbpia, Linn. Umbel- late annual , (Section Tithymalus). Kept. Mo. Bot. Gard. 11: SI. 26. — E. tntisy, Drake. Semi - succulent tropical shrub, near I. Tirucalli. — E. Lagdscas, Spreng. Annual, near E. pilosa. — E. Ldro, Drake. Semi-succulent shrub near E. Tirucalli. — E. lauri- Sdlia, Juss. Tropical shrub, leafy at ends of branches, near E. atropurpurea. — E. Ledihnii, Berger. Spiny succulent, near E. virosa, grown under the names of E. pentagona, E. coerulea, and E. ccerulescens. B.M. 8275. — E. LemaiTedna, Boiss. Spiny suc- culent. Near E. grandicornis. — E. lophogdna. Lam. Succulent with fringed angles, near E. Fournieri. B.M. 8076. — E. macro- gl^pha, Lem. Spiny, 3-angled succulent. — E. Mdrlothii^ Pax=. E. Montieri. — E. mauriidnica, Linn. Semi -succulent shrub. Near E. Tirucalli. — E. mellifera. Ait. Tree, leafy at branch ends. Near E. dendroides. B.M. 1305.—^. Montieri, Hook. (E. Marlothii, Pax ). Succulent shrub, leafy at the apex , of Section Pseud- euphorbium. B.M. 5534. — E. Morinii, Berger. Spiny succulent, near E. cereiformis. — E. miiUiceps, Berger. Succulent. Near E. Caput-Medusse. — E. nividia. Ham. Spiny, succulent shrub, leafy at apex. Near E. neriifolia. — E. Nyikse, Pax. Succulent tree with 2-angled joints. — E. ob^a. Hook. Succulent. Near E. meloformis. B.M. 7888. — E. obtusifdlia, Poir. Semi-succulent shrub. Near E. Tirucalli. — E. offi-cindrum, Linn. Succulent, spiny, 9-13-angled shrub. Near E. Beaumieriana. — E . Paralias, Linn. Perennial herb of Section Tithymalus. — E. paTvimdmma, Boiss. Low succulent, without spines. Near E. Caput-Medusse. — E. Phillipsise, N. E. Br. Succulent, spiny, 9-angled shrub. Near E. Beaumierana. — E, pilulifera, Linn. Low annual with opposite Ivs. and inconspic- uous cyathia in clusters: glands appendaged. — E. piscatdria, Ait. Tropical shrub: narrow Ivs. at end of branches. Near E. JElegis- JubsB. — E. phunerioidea, Teysmann. Tropical shrub similar to the previous one. — E. procdTrihens, Mill. (E. pugniformis, Boiss.). Succulent, not spiny. Near E. Caput-Medusie. B.M. 8082. R.B. 161. — E. punicea, Swartz. Tropical shrub. Near E. atro- purpurea. B.R. 190. B.M. 1961. L.B.C. 20:1901. G.C. 11. 15:529. — E. pyrifdlia, Lam. Semi-succulent shrub, leafy at the apex. Near E. lophogona. — E. Saplmi, De Wild. Slender, spiny sue* culent. Near E. cereiformis. G.C. HI. 45:66. — E. Schimperi, Presl. Semi-succulent shrub. Near E. Tirucalli. — E. Schimpendna, Hochst. An African annual of Section Tithymalus. Tlusname perhaps used erroneously for E. Schimperi. — E. Scolop&ndria, Don^E. stellata. — E. scopifdrmis, Boiss. = E. serpiformis. — B. serpifdrmis, Boisa. Section Arthrothamnus. Slender-branched semi-succulent shrub with opposite, rudimentary Ive. — E. Sf6- thorpii^ Boias. Perennial herb. Near E. Wulfenii. — E. SipoUsii^ N. E. Br. Slender succulent shrub with decurrent If.-bases. Near E. pteroneura. — E. spindsa, Linn. Umbellate sub-shrub or herb of S. Eu. Section Tithymalus. — E. stapelifdrmia, Hort. =E. stapelioides, Boiss. (?). A plant near E. bupleurifolia. — E. Stdpfii, Berger. Spiny, succulent, 4-angled shrub. — E. stel- Uespina, Haw. Spiny 10-13-ribbed succulent. Near E, cereiformis. — E. stelldta, Willd. (E. uncinata, DC, referred here according to N. E. Br.). Spii^ succulent with branches V-shaped in croas- eection, and clustered on a short thick st. — E. ietragdna. Haw. Spiny, succulent 4-angled tree. R.B. 39. — E. trigdna, Haw. Spiny, succulent, 3-angIed shrub, near E, antiquormn. — E. (xi6er- culdta, Jacq. Low succulent, near E. Caput-Medusae. — E. uncinata =E. stellata. Other names used but not classified: E. Amelia, Hort. — E. articuldta, Hort. — E. aurklia, Hort. (E. Amelia?). — E. Cdpid Com^ milinii, Hort. (E. Caput-Medusae?) — E. Cdput-odordta, Hort. — E. Cdput-Simix, Hort. — E. capinsis, Hort, (succulent). — E. colvhrinaf Hort. — E. cyllndrica, Hort. — E. dentdta, Hort. — E. de SmetidTia, Hort. — E. erecta, Hort. — E. fundlis, Hort. — E. gardeniaefdliat Hort, — E. grdcilis, Hort. — E. HouUetidna, Hort. — E. HovUUii, Hort. — E, longifdlia, Hort. — E. mdngador, Hort. (E. mogador, Hort.?). — E. Milleri. — E, obtiisa, Hort. — E. pavoinsis, Hort. — E. piUchra,S.OTt. — E. PvUetidna^ Hort. — E, R^mtii^ Hort. — E, sahari^nsis^ Hort. — E. waltoniSnsis, Hort. J. B, S. Norton. EUPHORIA (name refers to the fact that the plant carries well its edible frs.), Sapinddceae. A half-dozen trees in Trop, and Subtrop. Asia, allied to Litchi but differing in having petals and a deeply 5-parted imbri- cate calyx; both genera are sometimes combined in Nephelium, Lvs. pinnate: fls. regular; petals spatulate or lanceolate, hairy inside; stamens usually 8: fr, glob- ular or eUipsoid, more or less tuberculate or warty, the size of a cherry or plum. The following species is widely cult, in the eastern tropics. E. Longdna, Lam. (NephUium Longdnaj Cambess.). Tree, 30-40 ft., with gray bark: lvs. scattered; Ifts. opposite or alternate, elliptic to ovate to lanceolate, 2-5 pairs, rather obtuse at both ends, to 12 in. long, entire: fls. small (J^in. or 14S0. Leaves of Euptelea polyandra. CXH) EUPHORIA leas across), yellowish white, in puberulent terminal and axiUary panicles; calyx deeply 5-«-lobed; petals about equahng caJyx, spatulate: fr. globose, reddish or purple, ^in. or less diam., tuberculate or becoming S^i^.SL"®??"^^ smooth, with an edible aril. India B.M.4096. B.R. 1729.-A much-prized fr. in China V? u'"u . ''T® °^ longyen, or linkeng, resembling Utchi but smaller and smoother and yellow-brown. L. H.B. EUPHRASIA (Greek for hilarity or delight). Scrovh- idanacese. Eyebright. More than 100 low herbs of no special horticultural value although some of them M-e mentioned in connection with alpine-gardening 1 hey are more or less parasitic on roots of other plants- Ivs. opposite, dentate or incised: fls. small, fareelv whitish or purplish, in terminal leafy spikes; calyx mostly 4-cleft; corolla 2-hpped ; stamens 4, didynamous ascendmg under the upper lip: caps, oblong, many- seeded, dehiscent. The species range in temperate and cold parts of the globe, several of them being N American. EUPTELEA (Greek eu, well, handsome, and pUlea, elm). Trochodendrdcex. Ornamental woody subjects grown for their handsome foliage; also the red anthers of the precocious flowers are conspicuous in early spring. Deciduous shrubs or small trees: winter-buds con- spicuous, with imbricate dark brown scales: Ivs. alter- nate, slender-petioled, dentate: fls. before the Ivs., in axillary clusters along last year's branches, perfect, without perianth; stamens many, with large oblong- linear, red anthers: carpels many, stipitate, oblique, with a decurrent stigma, developing after the stamens lave dropped, growing into a small, slender-stalked obhquely winged 1-4-seeded nutlet. — Three species in Japan, Cent, and W. China, and E. Himalayas. They are graceful bushy trees resembling the linden in habit and foliage; the bright green leaves are very slender-stalked, and the tree is conspicuous in early spring from the bright red anthers of its flowers. E. polyandra, has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum a,nd possibly E. Franchetii is of the same hardiness. They seem to grow well in a loamy well-drained soil and prefer somewhat moist situations. Propagation is by seeds or by grafting on their own roots. polySndra, Sieb. & Zucc. Figs. 1450, 1451. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs. long-petioled, usually round- ish ovate, cuspidate, coarsely and irregularly dentate, below pale green and slightly pubescent on the veins, 2-4 in. long: carpels usually 1-seeded, J^in. long. April. Japan. S.Z. 72. S.I.F. 1:41. Gng. 16:162. Franchetii, Van Tieghem {E. Davididna, Hemsl., not Baill.). Tree, to 40 ft.: Ivs. long-petioled, usually roundish-ovate, cuspidate, fairly regularly sinuate- dentate, light green below, 2-A in. long: carpels usually 2-3-seeded. April. Cent, and W. China. H.I. 28:2787. V.F. 9. E. pleiosperma, Hook. f. & Thorns. (E. Davidiana, Baill.). Closely related to E. Franchetii. Lvs. glaucous below: carpels somewhat larger. W. China, E. Himalayas. Alfred Rehdeb. EURYA (Greek for large, but of no application). Ternstrcemiacex (or The&cese). Shrubs of S. Asia and Malaya (30 or more species), with small dioecious fls., berry-like frs., and simple, glabrous evergreen lvs. : fls. in axillary clusters, or rarely solitary; petals and sepals 5; stamens 15 or less (rarely only 5), joined to the base of the corolla; ovary usually 3-loculed. Cleyera is by some included in this genus. The euryas are alUed to camellias, and require much the same treatment. They are grown for foliage rather than for fls. They require an intermediate temperature and a peaty soil. Prop, by cuttings taken from the tips of growing shoots. E japdnica, Thunb. (E. Siebdldii, Hort.), is the com- mon species, and is very variable. The variegated form EURYOPS 1175 t 4.^ Z"^ "^ *''® *'"^'^® ^ ^- latifdlia variegata) is one ot the best glasshouse decorative pot shrubs: lvs. variable in shape, usually ovate-acuminate and irregu- larly toothed or notched, short-petioled, variously blotched with white: fls. greenish white, in smaU, axillary clusters. Japan. V. 23:5. L H B EURYALE (mythological name). NymphasAcex. One species, the Indo-Chinese representative of Victoria regia, from which it differs in having all the stamens fertile (in Victoria the inner ones are sterile) and in the very small fl. and in other technical characters. E. ferox, Salisb., is the species. The lvs. are 1-4 ft. across, circu- lar, purple and spiny-ribbed beneath, dark green and uneven above: fls. about 2 in. broad, open by day, prickly outside; calyx reddish inside and the 20- 30 purple petals shorter than the calyx-lobes; stamens numer- ous: fr. a small many-seeded, globular berry, bearing the re- mains of the calyx on its top; seeds edible. B.M. 1447. — Long cult, in China. Treated as an annual. Has attracted little at- tention since the intro. of Victo- ria. Prop, by seeds only, which are best stored in fresh cold water. Plant in rich earth as for nympheas, at 70-75° F. As far north as Philadelphia and St. Louis it is hardy, sowing itself every season. It is feroci- ously spiny. E. amazdnica, Poepp., still advertised in catalogues, is Victoria regia. h. s. conard. Wm. Thicker. EURYANGIUM: Ferula. EURYCLES (Greek-made name, of no particular applica- tion). AmaryllidAcex. Two south hemisphere tunicated - bulbous plants, allied to Hymenocalhs and Pancratium. Fls. white or whit- ish, umbellate on peduncles 12-18 in. long; perianth - tube cylin- drical, the segms. oblong-lanceolate, ascending and nearly equal; stamens inserted in the throat of the tube: lvs. broad and stalked, with prominent curving veins and interlocking veinlets. E. sylvestris, SaUsb. (E. amboin- ensis, Loud.). Brisbane Lily. Scapes 1-2 ft., bearing an umbel of 10-40 handsome, creamy white fls. (2 in. across): lvs. round-cordate, with a very short, blunt point; blooms in May and June in Eu., the lvs. appear- ing later. B.M. 1419 (as Pancratium amboinense). B.R. 715 (as Pancratium australasicum) . R.H. 1879, p. 456 and p. 457 (as E. ausiralasica); 1913, p. 111. G.W. 11, p. 583. G.Z. 24, p. 25. Malaya, Philippines, N. Austral. — Cult, apparently as for panoratiums. L. H. B. EURYOPS (large eyes, because of the prominent fls.). Compdsitx, Small shrubs of 25-30 species of Afr. (mostly S. Afr.), Arabia and Socotra, very httle known in horticulture. The fls. are yellow, the heads with female rays and tubular 5-toothed perfect disk-fls. ; receptacle convex or conical; involucre of 1 series of scales: achene wingless and beakless, the pappus of several rows of caducous bristles. These little bushes or undershrubs grow from 34-3 ft., or sometimes 5 ft., 1451. Flowers of Euptelea polyandra. (Natural size.) 1176 EURYOPS EUTERPE high. They are bloomed in the greenhouse or grown in the open in mild climates. None seems to be regularly in the trade. EUSCAPmS (Greek, em, handsome, and scaphis, vessel; alluding to the shape and the handsome color of the dehiscent capsule). Staphylecicese. Ornamental woody plant grown for its handsome fohage and the attractive fruits. Deciduous upright shrub or small tree, glabrous: Ivs. opposite, odd-pinnate, stipulate: fls. in terminal upright panicles, perfect; sepals, petals and stamens 5, all of nearly equal length; ovary 2-3-celled, sm-roimded at the base by an annular digk; styles 2-3, often connate: fr. consisting of 1-3 spreading, leathery dehiscent pods, each with 1-3 black seeds. — One species in Japan and Cent. China. A handsome plant with large pinnate Ivs., small whitish fls. in upright panicles followed by attractive brownish red frs. disclosing shining black seeds when opening. It grows in any good garden soil, but is only half-hardy N. Prop, by seeds and green- ■ wood cuttings imder glass. japfinica, Dipp. (E. staphyletMes, Sieb. & Zucc. Sambilcus japdnica, Thunb.). Shrub, to 10 ft.: Ifts. 7-11, ovate-lanceolate, glabrous, serrate, lH-3 in. long, each with 2 small stipules: fls. in broad many-fld. panicles to 6 in. long: fr. consisting of 1-3 pods, J^in. long, apiculate, each with 1-3 steel-blue seeds. May, June; fr. Aug., Sept. Japan. S.Z. 67. S.I.F. 1:70. Alfred Rehdbr. EUSTOMA (good mouth, alluding to the corolla). Gentiandcex. Two or 3 N. American large-fld. glaucous opposite-lvd. small herbs: fls. more or less paniculate, smgle on the peduncles, 5-merous or rarely 6-merous; calyx with narrow keeled lobes; corolla nearly campanu- late, white, blue or purple, the lobes oblong or obovate, usually erose; stamens attached on the coroUa^throat; ovary 1-ceUed; stigmas 2: caps, oval or oblong, many- seeded. E. selenifdlium, Salisb. (E. exaltMum, Griseb.). Annual, but in S. CaUf. said to be perennial, 9-15 in. erect: Ivs. oblong, glaucous-green: fls. light blue or pur- ple, the corollar-lobes about or nearly 1 in. long, twice exceeding the tube. Pla. to CaUf . Offered in Calif. EUSTREPHUS (Greek, referring to the climbing habit). LiliAcese. One or two Australian plants, botanically related to Lapageria, but much less showy; in habit suggestive of smilax (Asparagus medeoloides). Plants more or less woody at base, slender, branching, tall-climbing: Ivs. alternate, sessile or short-petioled: fls. 2 to many, in axillary fascicles; perianth-segms. distinct and spreading; stamens 6. E. latifdlius, R. Br., is a tall and much-branched half-twining herb, more or less woody at the base, bearing alternate, stiff, linear-lanceolate, short-stalked Ivs. and small, axillary, drooping light blue fls. with spreading, ciliate perianth-segms. : fr. a dry berry : Ivs. 2-4 in. long, sharp- pointed: fls less than 1 m. across. B.M. 1245. Of easy cult., either in the glasshouse border or in pots. Very useful for table decoration and for design work. L. H. B. EUTACTAi Araucaria. EUTAXIA (from Greek words referring to the attrac- tive appearance). Legumindsx. Shrubs of Austral., with golden or yeUow papilionaceous fls., one of which is offered for greenhouse cult.: Ivs. small, opposite, simple and entu-e: fls. sohtary or a few together, or sometimes crowded at ends of branches; standard orbicular, entire or nearly so, exceeding the other petals; stamens free: pod ovate, 2-valved. Said to require general treatment of Chorizema. E. myrtifdlia, R. Br. Glabrous, 2-3 ft. : Ivs. obovate-oblong to linear, mostly ?^in. or less long: fls. yellow with dark orange keel, solitary or 2-4 together. B.M. 1274 (as Dillwynia). R.B. 26 : 13. Var. floribiiTida is listed. EUTERPE (mythological name). Palmdcese, tribe Arktxx. Slender erect spineless palms, with solitary or fasciculate ringed caudices, and grown chiefly for their graceful habit and feathery pinnate foliage. Leaves terminal, equally pinnatisect; segms. nar- rowly linear-lanceolate, long, and gradually acuminate or ensiform, membranaceous, plicate, the thickened margins recurved at the base; rachis and petiole 3- sided toward the base, convex on the back, concave above; petiole elongated; sheath very long, cylindrical, entire: spadix paniculately branched: racms elongated: branches slender, gradually shortening above, usually scaly, thick at the base, erect-spreading in fl. : spathes 2, coriaceous or membranaceous, lanceolate, the lower one shorter, split at the apex, dorsally 2-keeled, the upper one symmetrical, split down the ventral side: bracts bordering the furrows; bractlets ovate-acute: fls. small, white, sessile in the furrows of the spadix: fr. hke a pea, purple. — Species about 8. Trop. Amer. and W.Indies. G.C. II. 24:586. Three species of Euterpe are commonly found in cultivation, namely: E. edvlis, E. moniana and E. oleracea. These are found under varying conditions in Central and South America and the West Indies, and all three species are valuable as food-producers to the natives of those countries. E. edvlis grows in great quantities in the lowlands of Brazil, where it is known as the assai pahn, owing to the fact that its seeds are macerated in water, and by this means is produced a beverage known as assai. E. oleracea is the well-known cabbage palm of the West Indies, growing in the low- lands near the coast, while E. montana is the mountain cabbage palm, and is frequently found at considerable altitudes in the same islands, and consequently does not attain the great dimensions of E. oleracea. — The euter- Ees do not present any special cultural difiiculties, eing free-rooting and rapid-growing palms; a night temperature of 65° F., and abimdant moisture are among their chief requirements. A good turfy loam, with the addition of about one-fifth of stable manure while in the compost heap, provides a siiitable soil. From their habit of forming a tall slender stem with- out suckering from the base, the euterpes are liable to become rather leggy specimens. When under culti- vation, and for tr^e purposes, it is advisable to group three or four of the young plants together, thus pro- ducing a more bushy specimen. White scale is one of the worst pests to which these palms are subject, and soon ruins the foliage unless care is taken. Seeds germi- nate in a few weeks if sown in a warm greenhouse, and the young plants make better progress when moderately shaded. (W. H. Taplin.) edaiis, Mast. Para Palm. Assai Palm. St. 60-90 ft. high, 8 in. thick, flexuous: Ivs. 10-15, spreading; the Ifts. often pendulous; sheaths 3— 4J^ ft.; petiole 114 ft-i blade 6-9 ft.; segms. linear, spreading^ deflexed, 60-80 on each side, densely crowded, 28-36 m. long, %-l in. wide : spadix about 2-3 ft. long, bearing numerous rather inconspicuous fls. Brazil. oIer3.cea, Mast. Cabbage Palm. St. 60-100 ft., scarcely 1 ft. diam. at base, attenuate above, flexuous: Ivs. arcuate-spreading, 4-6 ft. long, the apex more or less deflexed; segms. pendent, linear -lanceolate, the upper 2 ft. long, 1 in. wide, many-nerved. Brazil. See Oreodoxa. mont^a, R. Graham. St. 10 ft. high, swollen at the base, ringed: Ivs. 9 ft. long, elliptical-obovate; segms. lanceolate, entire, glabrous, alternate; petiole 2 ft. long, scaly beneath, imarmed; rachis plano-convex below, subtriangular toward the apex: spaidices several on the trunk at one time, axillary, much branched; fls. numerous, white. Grenada. B.M. 3874. — Intro, into Botanic Garden at Edinburgh in 1815. Jarbd G. Smith. N. TAYLOB.t EUTOCA EtrrOCA: Phaeelia. EyAPORATING FRUIT. The domestic operation of drying fruit has been practised ever since men looked beyond their nnmediate wants and stored food for time of greater need. Dried fruit has long been an article of commerce, yet until a few years ago only the most primitive methods were used in drying, and the industry, conunercially, was confined to a few favored regions in Europe. The modern industry is not yet a half-century old. Its almost inconceivable growth in America in this brief time is one of the industrial phenomena of the times. Spurred into activity by the encroachment of American products in their markets the European producers, by the adoption of better methods, and by governmental encouragement, have increased greatly then: output of dried fruit. Thus from an adjunct to fruit-growing for home use, drying fruit has become, within recent years, one of the main branches of horticulture. An idea of the dried-fruit industry in the United States and of its great growth in recent years may be obtained from the following figures from the census of 1910 for the crop of 1909 : Haisms 111,774,767 pounds, worth S4,837,933 Vnmea 138,498,490 pounds, worth 5,130,412 Peaches 46,843,391 pounds, worth 2,423,083 App.lea 44,568,244 pounds, worth 3,098,095 Apncota 29,205,569 pounds, worth 2,277,177 All other fruits 29,438,306 pounds, worth 2,073,695 Adding the valuations given, results in a grand total of $19,840,395 for dried fruits in the year 1909. Com- paring this sum with the census of 1900, one finds that the crop in 1899 was valued at $4,757,005 and that the industry, judged by the figures, has increased more than fourfold in ten years. Ftuit may be cured in the sun, or it may be cured in drying-machines, called evaporators. That cured in the sun is called by the producer "dried fruit:" that in evaporators, "evaporated fruit." By far the larger part of the world's product is cured in the sun. Thus, at least three-fourths of the fruit dried in America is Bun-dried in California. Sun-drying fruit. — In countries having a sufficiently warm and dry climate, as Greece and Turkey, and paits of France, Spain and western America, fruit is dried almost wholly in the sun. The fact that in these favored localities the diying capacity is limited only by the acreage of sunshme, makes it certain that the proportion of sun-dried fruit will always be vastly greater than that of evaporated fruit. Drying fruit in file sun is a simple process, but one hedged in by many little arts and methods that facilitate the work and improve the product. In general, the process is as follows: The fruit is graded, bleached by sulfur, if a light-colored product is desired, in the case of prunes dipped or pricked, and is then spread on trays to be ex- posed to the sun. When the drying process is completed, the fruit is again graded, in most cases put through a sweat, and then "finished" in various ways, as by dip- ping or glossing. Evaporating fruit. — There are many styles of evapora^ tors, but all possess in common a chamber for the reception of the fruit, through which a current of warm air is forced, or the fruit is forced through the air, or both, the object being to remove the aqueous matter from the fruit as quickly as possible, and the principle being that warm air will absorb more moist- ure than cool air. The saturated air must not remain in contact with the fruit. Since different fruits exact different conditions, it is necessary to change the temperature and velocity of the air-current in the dry- ing-chamber at will. To make the product homogene- ous, current and temperature must be equal in all parts of the evaporator. It "is obvious that simplicity in the machine and economy in heat and in room are cardinal virtues in a good evaporator. It is the rule to EVAPORATING FRUIT 1177 start the evaporation of large fruits at a low tempera- ture and fimsh at a high one, but with berries the reverse is true. Recently two or three patented processes for curing Iruit by dehydration" have been introduced with much promise of betterment in the industry. While the machinery, the methods and the products are quite diflerent m evaporatmg and dehydrating, the principle in the two operations is practically the same. In both processes the water is removed from the fruit by moving currents of warm air. In evaporation the air is warmed only. In dehydration the air is dried by cooling until the moisture is condensed out and is then warmed and passed over the fruit or vegetable to be cured. By the new process much time is saved and a greater variety of fruits and vegetables can be used. The following are definitions of the somewhat techni- cal terms used in the industry: Bleaching is the process of changing the dark color of fruit to a lighter hue, or of. preventing the discoloration; it is generally aocom- phshed by sulfuring. Bloaters are prunes which in dry- ing swell up to an abnormal size; they are usually pro- duced by fermentation in over-ripe fruit. Chops are dried apples cured without paring or coring to be used m making cider or vinegar. Dipping is the process of cuttmg the skin of fresh prunes to facilitate curing. The operation is performed by submerging the fruit m boiling lye. Cured fruit is sometimes dipped in one of various solutions as a "finishing" process. Drip is the syrupy hquid which oozes from prunes in the process of evaporation; it generally characterizes a poor prune or a poor evaporator. Frogs are cured E runes having an abnormal shape, a condition caused y curing unripe fruit. Pricking is the process of puncturing the cuticle of fresh prunes. It is done by means of a machine, the essential part of which is a board covered with projecting needles, over which the prunes must pass. It accomplishes the same end as lye-dipping. /Sizes is a term used to indicate the num- ber of cured prunes it takes to make a pound. The "four sizes" known in the markets are 60's-70's, 70's- 80's, 80's-90's, 90's-100's. Sugaring is the formation of globules of sugar on the cuticle of cured prunes or raisins. Sulfuring is a process to which fruit is subjected to give it a lighter color. The fruit is exposed to fumes of burning sulfur before being exposed to the sun or put in evaporators. Sweating is a process to which cured fruit is subjected before packing; it is put iu a room at a high temperature and allowed to become moist. Waste is a dried product made from skins and cores of apples and pears and used for vinegar. Apples and pears are peeled, cored, cut into rings and bleached by being exposed to the fumes of sulfur for about a half hour in preparation for drying or evaporating. Fruits so prepared are placed upon trays for sun-drying and must be cured in the sun for three to five days. In evaporating in the western states, the prepared fruits are placed on trays and passed in from six to twelve hours through the evaporator chamber, but in the East, where the product is chiefly made, the prepared fruit is piled from 4 to 6 inches deep on the floor of a kiln. Here it is left for fourteen to sixteen hours, being turned every two or three hours, until the fruit is no longer sticky, an indication that it has reached the proper stage of dryness. In New York, the law requires that evaporated apples contain not more than 27 per cent of moisture. One hundred pounds of apples will yield from twelve to flfteen pounds of evaporated apples. Apricots, peaches and nectarines must be fully ripe before drsdng and without bruises. They are pitted, and may or may not be peeled. If peeled, the opera^ tion is done with a machine or with lye, though the use of the latter is considered bad practice. The fruit is placed on the trays cup side up. About three days are required for drying in the sun and about eight hours 1178 EVAPORATING FRUIT EVERGREENS for evaporating. The cured product should be of a translucent amber color. Berries are seldom sun-dried for the markets. For evaporating they are placed on trays in quantities of sixteen to thirty quarts, given a temperature of about 175° at the start, and are finished in four to five hours, at a temperature of about 100°. After being taken from the evaporator, they are piled for sweating in a warm, ventilated room. Figs for drying must be gathered when fully ripe. Some growers prefer drying in shade . rather than in sun. Evapora- tors are seldom used. The fruit • is not allowed to dry hard, and 1452. Where to dig in ^^^'"'^ packing must be well removing an evergreen, sweated. Usually, for '[fimsh- mg, they are dipped m salt water or syrup. The drying process requires from five to eight days. Primes are allowed to ripen until they fall to the ground. Before being spread on the trays they are dipped or pricked in order to thin or crack the skin, that the moisture may easily escape, and dripping be prevented. Sun-drying requires from one to three weeks, while from twelve to thirty hours are required for evaporation. A thorough sweat prevents the sugaring so common to this fruit. Before packing they are graded in sizes. Dipping as a "finish- ing" process is practised by many pro- ducers. A good prune is soft, smooth and meaty, with loose pit, and of an amber, dark red, or golden hue, depending upon the variety. Grapes for raisins are sun-dried. They must be picked when fully ripe, the bunches, and the berries on the bunches, being sorted as the picking progresses. The operation of drjang must be watched with care. The process requires from eight to fourteen days, during which time the bunches must be turned at least once. A sweat is given before packing. Raisins are graded into half a dozen or more brands for the market. XJ. P. Hbdrick. EVERGREENS. In horticulture, evergreens are plants that retain green fohage the year around; they do not shed all their foliage at any one time; in some cases, the individual leaves may remain attached and green for some years, as in many of the Coniferae, but in aU evergreens the old leaves shed after a time when they become so overshadowed or crowded as to be no longer functional. The leaves of pines and spruces may persist three to fifteen years. In the popular mind, "evergreen" and "conifer" are sjmonymous; but some conifers — as the taxodiums and larches — are deciduous. Moreover, in the tropics very many trees aside from conifers are evergreen, as notably the palms. Evergreens may be classi- fied as coniferous and broad- leaved, the latter including such plants as rhododendron, kalmia, mahonia, box and many others. The number of plants that are evergreen in the latitude of New York City is very large. Few per- sons recognize the wealth of good winter greenery that may be secured by exercising 1454. The roots bound up. Careful choice of material and and tree being loaded. providing proper conditions 1455. The method of binding up the roots. and protection for its growth. There are many very low evergreen plants that may contribute much to the winter interest of a yard or garden, in the way of edgings, masses, rosettes, and ground cover. The follow- ing lists indicate the materials that are now at the com- mand of the planter. Beyond the latitude of Lake Erie, the dependable evergreens are mostly coni- fers. At the Central Experi- mental Farm at Ottawa, those deciduous plants that hold their foliage fairly late in the autumn are mostly too tender for use. A few good plants, however, are, Oregon grape (Mahonia), bearberry (Arctostaphylos TJva-ursi), Pachysandra ierminalis, shrub yellow-root {Xanthorrhiza apiifolia), and Quercus imbri- caria. The Oregon grape is perhaps the most useful evergreen there for ground-covering. The hardier species of Ligustrum are also fairly satisfactory, but most of the species of this genus leave so much dead wood after winter that in very large masses they are liable to be imsightly. Many attractive conifers are reliable at Ottawa, in the genera Abies, Chamaecyparis, Ginkgo, Juniperus, Picea, Pinus, Pseudotsuga, Taxus, Thuja, Tsuga. The uses of evergreens are discussed in other places in the Cyclopedia, as under Arboriculiwe, Herhary, Landscape-Oardening, Lavm-Planting, Per- ennials, Rock-Gardening, Screens,Shrubbery, Topiary. Work, Wild-Garden, Windbreaks, Winter-Gardening. For lists of evergreens for California, see pp. 379-381 (Vol. I). L. H. B. Moving large evergreens. 1452-1457. 1453 Digging up an evergreen. Large evergreens are moved with a ball of earth because they have no dor- mant period, but carry their foUage and need moisture at all times of the year. It is essential that the ball of earth contains a sufiicient amount of small fibrous feeding roots to support the tree and that the tree be kept weU watered for two or more seasons until the tree has spread its roots over sufficient area to gather enough rainfall to sustain the normal growth. The extent of fibers in the ball is increased by transplanting and root-pruning. Root- pruning is less essential with trees having an abundance of fibrous roots than with trees having only a few large coarse roots in the central portion. Some trees, as white pine, will survive with a comparatively small number of roots, their drought-resistant qualities enabling them to persist with a small supply of mois- ture. Other evergreens, as Nordmann's fir, have a long carrot-like taproot, and the tree is likely to die if this is cut and the tree given an inadequate quantity of water. Frequent nursery transplant- ing is, therefore, necessary with this species. Trees are dug by starting a trench at a radius from the tree about 3 feet wider than the ball of earth to be taken. The roots are cut off on the outside of the trench and the soil dissected out from be- tween the roots back to the size of the ball. These roots are bent around against the ball of earth if they are 1456. Digging the hole in frozen ground to receive the tree. EVERGREENS EVERGREENS 1179 flexible enough to bend. If not sufficiently flexible and tractable, they are out off. A canvas is made 15 to 24 inches deep, and is made smaller at the bottom by folding over a V and sewing it. This makes it fit a conical ball and, when it is pulled up 3 inches by the cross-lashing at the top, makes it tighter. The canvas has cross-ropes sewed on it with rings at the top and bottom, and on the deeper balls two rows of rings in the middle. The bottom rope is tightened by a wooden lever 20 inches long with four holes, the rope being looped through the holes and the lever thrown over to puU the rope tight. The top rope is then tied and tightened by cross-lashing. To get the ball free from the subsoil, dig under all around and tip the tree sUghtly. Level off the bottom with a fork. If there are tap-roots, tunnel under and cut them with a saw. Put a platform as far under as possible and tip the tree back. To get the ball in the center of the platform, put a hammock around the ball and pull. Hold the platform in position by crowbars driven in front of it. Lash the ball to the platform, make an incline, drag the platform out of the hole onto a truck or sled. Skids with small wheels set in them about 1 foot apart enable a team to load a ball quickly. With balls 10 to 15 feet feet in diam- eter and 20 inches deep, jacks and pipe roUers are needed. 1457. Transporting a large evergreen tree. Trees over 10 feet need to be tipped over to go under wires. If the canvas is put on tight and at the proper taper, and if the ball is cut flat to fit close to the plat- form and lashed tight to the platform, the tipping can be done without the ball shaking loose. Sometimes a canvas or burlap bottom can be put between the platform and the ball. In unloading, the tree is stood up, team hooked to the platform and the tree dragged off to the ground. The tree may drop 2 feet without injury. The 'platforms are dragged to the hole and balls less than 4 feet rolled into the hole. Larger balls have the platform dragged into the hole and the platform pulled out holding the tree in position by a hammock. To straighten the tree, tramp the earth 8oUd under it until it stands erect. Take off the canvas, spread out the side roots, pack the earth and anchor as with deciduous trees. Keep the ball moist; examine it once a month or more often by digging or boring into the ball diumg the first two years. Evergreens moved with a too small ball or with not enough fibers in the ball or with the watering neglected, may grow 3 inches a year for the first two or three years. If prop- erly moved, they will grow 6 inches or more a year — half their normal growth. , ■ ,i c _n. Deciduous trees may be moved with balls of earth by the above method, and it has proved an aid with difficult species, as beech, oak, Uquidambar, tuhp. Especially when previously transplanted or root- pruned, the ahSve trees SH inches in diameter moved Vfith a ball of earth 4 feet in diameter are very success- 75 14S8. Ficeaezcelsa, the Norway spruce. One of the most popu- lar coniferous evergreens. ful, while without a ball many are lost or the growth is much slower. Investigation should be made to see whether this is because of less disturbance of the roots or because there is carried with the roots and soil a myceUum of a fungus which aids the roots to take up plant-food and mois- ture. The time of year for moving trees is of minor importance. It is over- emphasized by purchaser, landscape architects and nurserymen, and results in heavy financial loss . to nurserymen in congesting sales and their own plant- ing in the short spring season. It greatly lessens the total amount of plant- ing needed for forest, shelter - belt, landscape, fruit, and other economic purposes. A nurseryman may plant all the year. Evergreens can be taken up with a ball of earth even in May and June. The new growth may curve down. After June 20, the spruces, and after July 10, the pines, are firm enough not to wilt. August-September sales with a ball of earth are just as successful as April: The ground is warm and the roots grow rapidly: the ground can be made moist. Weather in September is less dry than in May and June. Small evergreens up to 2 feet high may be planted in August and September from one part of the nursery to another without balls of earth, if the roots are very carefully dissected out without breaking. There will be more failures if the week following planting is hot and dry. Planting with balls of earth may continue all winter, especially if the ground is mulched to keep out the frost and permit economical dig- ging of the tree and the hole. The frozen ball of earth is an old method, frequently! referred to, but is not an aid. If the ball is frozen soHd and remains so for one or two months with dry winds, the top may dry out and die as has occurred with red cedar. If the ball is not frozen, sap can come up to take the place of that lost by trans- piration. A ball of earth 3 feet in diameter is needed for an ever- green 8 to 10 feet high ; i}i feet in diam- eter for an evergreen 15 feet high, except red cedar which can have a ball 3 feet; a ball of earth 12 feet in diameter is needed for a pine 35 feet high. Root -pruning pines, spruce and hemlock, permits moving the following year with a smaller ball than \u i«i. otherwise. In root- 1459. Picturesque field pine, pruning, the trench remnant of a forest. 1180 EVERGREENS EVERGREENS can go three-quarters of the way around or three or four of the larger roots can be left across the trench to keep the tree from blowing over. Root-pruning of red cedars is of less advantage and is rarely practised. In New England and northern New York, the pine, spruce and hemlock, have only a few coarse roots just under the surface and no roots extending 2 feet deep. When moved to better-drained soils on the coastal plain, they develop deeper roots and have ten times as many fibers in a ball 4 feet in diameter. The above evergreens with their shallow root-systems can be taken up with a disc of roots, peat and grass 8 inches deep and 3 to 4 feet wide. This can be set on a wagon and trees 10 to 15 feet high easily moved. Less roots 1460. The beauty of yoting evergreens lies in their symmetry and the preservation of the lower limbs. will be broken or bare if the ball is tied in burlap. The usual cause of failure in this operation is neglect of watering. Hemlocks and probably other trees will be aided by shading for the first two months. Henry Hicks. Woody evergreens for New England and New York. B=Broad-leaved evergreens. s=Senii-evergreen. P=Protected at Arnold Arboretum, Boston. T^Tender above New York City. 8BT Abelia chinensis. BBP Abelia grandiflora. BT Abelia unidora. T Abies amabilis. Abies appollinis. Abies balsamea. Abies ceiphalonica. Abies cilicica. Abies concolor. Abies Fraseri. T Abies grandis. Abies homolepis^A. brachyphylla. Abies magnifica. Abies nobilis. Abies Nordmanniana. Abies pectinata=A. Picea. Abies Picea. T Abies Pinsapo. T Abies shastensis. Abies sibirica. Abies Veitchii. BT Ac£ena micropiiylla. BT Acffina ovalifolia. BS Akebia lobata. BB Akebia quinata. B Alyssum saxatile. B Andromeda floribunda=Pieris floribunda. B Andromeda glaucophylla. BP Andromeda japonica^Pieris japonica. BT Andromeda nitida=Lyonia nitida. B Andromeda polifolia. BS Andromeda speciosa^Zenobia speciosa. BT Arbutus Menziesj. alba, elata, rubra, tomentosa (light BT Arbutus Unedo. B Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi. B Anmdinaria chrysantha. B Arundinaria Fortunei var. variegata. B Arundinaria Hindsii. B Arundinaria japonica. BT Aubrietia deltoidea. BT Aucuba japonica. BS Azalea amoena^Khododendron amoenum. BT Azara microphylla. BS Baccharis halimifolia. BT Baccharis patagonica. BS Baccharis salicina. B Bambusa nana. BS Berberis aristata. See Mahonia for evergreen barberries with compound leaves. BF Berberis buxifolia. B Berberis Gagnejpainii. B Berberis ilicifoha, Hort.^Neubertii. BS Berberis Neubertii=B. vulgaris xM. a(^uifolium. Foliage intermediate drying and turning brown in winter and both single and trifoliate leaves on same plant. Berberis Sargentiana (one of the best). B Berberis stenophylla. B Berberis verruculosa. B Berberis Wallichiana, Hort.=B. Sargentiana. ' BS Berberis Wilsonse (leaves brown), BT Bignonia capreolata. Biota orientalis^Thuja orientalis. Bruckenthalia spicuUflora (light leaf-mulch). Bryanthus empetriformis. Bryanthus erectus. Bryanthus taxifolius=Phyllodoce cserulea. BBP Buddleia japonica. SBF Buddleia Davidii (variabilis) var. magnifica. SEP Buddleia Davidii var. superba. SBP Buddleia Davidii var. Wilsonii. BBP Bumelia lanuginosa. B Buxus japonica. BF Buxus sempervirena. p Calluna vulgaris, vars. leaf-mulch). ^ SBT Carrieria calycina. Caryotaxus^Torreya. Cassiope hypnoides. Cassiope tetragona. BT Castanopsis chrysophylla. BB Ceanothus Fendlen. T Cedrus atlantica. T Cedrus Deodara. p Cedrus Libani. Cephalotaxus drupacea. p Cephalotaxus Fortunei. B Cercocarpus parvifolius. BB Chamsebatiara millefolium. Chamaecistus^Loiseleuria. T Chamfiecyparis Lawsoniana. Chamaecyparis nutkaensis (C. nootkatensis). Chamsecyparis obtuaa, especially var. nana. Chanisec3T>ari8 pisifera. Chamaecyparis sphaeroidea. BS Chamaedaphne calyculata (leaves brown). B Chimaphila maculata. B Chimaphila umbellats. B Chiogenes hispidula. T Cistus laurifolius, BB Clematis panicula,ta. T Clematis Armandii. BS Cocculus Thunbergii. Corema Conradii. 6BF Cotoneaster adpressa \ BP Cotoneaster buxifoUa I BP Cotoneaster Dammeri BBP Cotoneaster horizontalia BP Cotoneaster microphyllk ST Cotoneaster saliciiolia / Cryptomeria japonica. T Cuprcssus Macnabiana. BB Cytisus capitatus. BS Cytisus nigricans. BP Cytisus purgans. p Daboecia polifolia (light leaf-mulch). B Daphne Blagayana. B Daphne Cneorum. SBF Daphne Houtteana. BT Daphne Laureola. BP Daphne pontica. Diapensia lapponica. BT Distylium racemosum. B Diyas octopetala (better with winter shade). BB Elaeagnus umbellata. Empetrum nigrum. Ephedra distaohya. Ephedra gerardiana. B Epigeea repens. p Erica carnea ^ T Erica stricta v p Erica Tetralix f p Erica vagans / BT Evonymus americana. BS Evonymus Bungeana var. aemipersistens. (light leaf-mulch). (light leaf-mulch). EVERGREENS EVERGREENS 1181 BT Evonymus japonioa. B Evonymus nana (leaves bronze). Evonymus nana var. Koopmannii (leaves bronze). BT Evonymus patens. B Evonymus radicans, in variety, especially vegeta and Car- rierei. BT Garrya elUptica. BT Garrya Fremontii. BT Garrya Veitchii var. flavescena. B Gaultheria procumbens. B Gaylussacia brachycera. BS Genista elata. B8 Genista germanica. BPB Genista pilosa. BFS Genista procumbens. BS Genista tinctoria. B Hedera helix (tender in exposed places; safer with winter shade). BB Helianthemum vulgare. BB Hippophae rhamnoides. B Hyssopus officinalis. BS Hypericum. B Iberis sempervirens. B Iberis tenoreana. PB Ilex crenata. B Ilex crenata microphylla. B Ilex glabra. B Ilex opaca. B Ilex rugosa. BT Ilex vomitoria. BT Jasminum humile=J. revolutum, Hort. Juniperus chinensis in variety, especially procumbens. Juniperus communis in variety, especially fastigiata, hiber- nica and nana. Juniperus sabipa in variety, especially humilis, prostrata and tamariscifolia. Juniperus virginiana in variety, especially globosa, procum- bens and tripartita. B Kalmia angustifolia. B Kalmia glauca. B Kalmia latifolia. B Ledum grcenlandicum. B Ledum paluatre. B Leiophyllum buxifolium. B Leucothoe axillari^. B Leucothoe Catesbsei. BB Leucothoe racemosa. T Libocedrus decurrens. BS Ligustnim Ibota var. myrtifolium. BS Ligustrum strongylophyllum. BBT Ligustrum ovalifolium. B Ligustrum Prattii. BB Ligustrum vulgare. B Linnsea borealis. Loiseleuria procumbens. BS Lonicera fragrantissima. BS Lonicera Henryi. BS Lonicera japonica(^ L. Halleana) in variety. BS Lonicera similis var. Delavayi. BB Lonicera Standishii. BB Lonicera Standishii var. lancifolia. BS Lonicera xylosteum. BS Lycium chmense. BB Lycium haliinifoliuni=L. vulgare. Lycopodium annotinum. Lycopodium clavatum. Lycopodium complanatum. Lycopodium lucidulum. Lycopodium obscurum. BT Lyonia nitida=^Andromeda nitida. BB Magnolia glauca. B Mahonia Aguifolium "^ B Mahonia Fortune! I j , ■ BP Mahonia japonica V Formerly included m B Mahonia nepalensis ^ Berberis. B Mahonia nervosa I B Mahonia repens (most hardy) / B Mitchella repens. BT Osmanthus Aquifolium. B Pachysandra terminalis. B Pachystima Canbyi. BP Pachystima Myrsinites. BT Pemettya angustifolia. BT Pemettya mucronata. BT Phillyrea decora. Phyllodoce cserulea=Bryanthus taxifoUus. B Phyllostachys flexuosa. B Phyllostachys Marliacea. B Phyllostachys violascens. Picea Abies=P. excelsa. Picea ajanensis. Picea Alcockiana. Picea alba^P. canadensis. Picea Engelmannii. Picea excelsa=P. Abies.^ Picea excelsa var. Barryi. ^ ^ Picea excelsa var. clanbrasihana. Picea excelsa var. Ellwangeriana. Picea excelsa var. Gregoriana. Picea excelsa var. Maxwellii. Picea excelsa var. pendula. Picea excelsa var. pumila. Picea excelsa var. pygmeea. Picea excelsa var. pyramidalis. Picea Mariana=P. nigra. Picea Menzie8ii==P. pungens. Picea nigra and var. Doumettii. Picea omorika. Picea orientalis. Picea polita=P. Torano. Picea pungens. Picea rubra. T Picea sitchensis. Pieris=Andromeda. Pinus austriaca. Pinus Banksiana=P. divaricata. Pinus cembra. Pinus densiflora and var. pumila. Pinus divaricata. Pinus echinata. Pinus edulis. T Pinus excelsa. Pinus flexilis. T Pinus Jeffreyi. Pinus montana. Pinus monticola. Pinus palustris. Pinus parviflora. Pinus ponderosa. Pinus resinosa. Pinus rigida. Pinus Strobus. Pinus sylvestris. Pinus Tffida. Pinus Thunbergii. Pinus virginiana. B Polygala chamaebuxus. B Potentilla tridentata (leaves brown-purple). BP Prunus Laurocerasus var. schipkaensis. Pseudotsuga taxifolia=P. mucronata or P. DouglasiL BT Pyracantha coccinea var. Lalandii. BT Pyracantha coccinea var. pauciflora. IV^ddanthera barbulata. BB Quercus imbricaria. BT Quercus macedonica. BTS Quercus Libani. BS Quercus Turneri. Retinospora decu3sata=Thuja orientalis v«,r. decussata. Retinospora dubia=R. ericoides, Hort. Retinospora Ellwangeriana. Retinospora ericoides, Zucc-^Chamsecyparis sphaeroidem var. ericoides. Retinospora ericoides, Hort^Thuja occidentalis ericoides. Retinospora filicoides. Retinospora filifera. Retinospora iuniperoide8=R. decussata. Retinospora leptoclada, Hort.^Chamsecyparis spharoidea var. andelyensis. Retinospora lycopodioides. Retinospora meldensis. Retinospora obtusa. Retinospora pisifera. Retinospora rigida=^R. decussata. Retinospora Sieboldii=R. decussata. . Retinospora squarroaa, Sieb. & Zucc.=Cham£ecyparis pisif- era var. squarrosa. Retinospora squarrosa, Hort.=R. decussata. BT Rhamnus Alaternus. BTS Rhamnus hybrida. B Rhododendron arbutifolium. B Rhododendron brachycarpum. B Rhododendron californicum. B Rhododendron carolinianum^R. punctatum, in part. B Rhododendron catawbiense. B Rhododendron caucasicum. B Rhododendron ferrugineum. B Rhododendron hirsutum. B Rhododendron maximum. B Rhododendron Metternichi. B Rhododendron minus=R. punctatum, in part. B Rhododendron myrtifolium. BT Rhododendron ponticum. , B Rhododendron praecox var. "Early Gem" (flowers often caught by early frost). . ■„. , B Rhododendron Wilsonii, Hort.=R. arbutifoUum (true Rhodo- dendron Wilsonii is tender and not cultivated in the United States). B Rhodothamnua cham£ecistus==Rhododendron chamEecistus. BB Rosa wichuraiana. BB Rubus laciniatus (leaves bronze). BB Rubus spectabilis var. plena=R. fruticosus. BB Ruta graveolens. B Salvia officinalis. Sciadopitys verticillata. T Sequoia sempervirens. T Sequoia Washingtoniana. BT Smilax laurifolia. BB Spiraea cantoniensis. l- l • *u Taxus baccata in variety, especially repandens, which is the most hardy English yew. Taxus canadensis. Taxus cuspidata (best and hardiest of all yews). 1182 EVERGREENS EVERGREENS Tazua cuspidata var. brevifolia or nana. Teucrium chamsdrys. Thuja ^gantea=T. plioata. Thuja japonica. Thuja occidentalis in variety, especially plioata. Thuja orientalis in variety, especially decussata. ' Thujopsia dolobrata. Thymus Serphyllum. . Thymus vulgaris. Torreya nucifera. ' Torreya taxifolia. Tsuga canadensis. Tsuga caroliniana. Tsuga diversifolia. Tsuga heterophylla. ' Tsuga mertensiana. Tumiou=Torreya. ' Ulex europaeus. ; Vaccinium macrocarpon. I Vaccinium oxycoccus. ; Vaccinium Vitis-Ideea. 1 Viburnum rhytidopl^rUuiii. i Vinca minor. I Yucca filamentoaa. 1 Yucca flaccida. I Yucca glauca=Y. anguatifolia. I Zenobia speciosa niti&. ; Zenobia speciosa var. pulverul^nta. Ralph W. Curtis. Broad-leaved evergreens for Washington and the South. The following list of broad-leaved evergreens hardy at Arnold Arboretum may also be expected to thrive at Washington. Broad-leaved evergreens The evergreens and half are also good. Abelia floribunda. Aucuba himalaica. Aucuba japonica. Aucuba japonica var. concolor. Buxus balearica. Buxus sempervirens var. arborescens. Buxus sempervirens var. Handsworthii. Buxus sempervirens var. suf- fruticosa. Cotoneaster Simonsii (nearly deciduous at Washington). Cotoneaster thymifolia (nearly deciduous at Washington). Daphne LaTireola. Eleeagnus pungens var. refiexa. Eriobotrya japonica. Evonymus japonica var. macrophylla. Garzya elliptica. Ilex aqufolium. Ligustrum japonicum. Ligustrum lucidum. hardy at Washington, D.C. evergreens of foregoing hst Ligustrum lucidum var. aureo- marginatum. Ligustrum Quihoui (half ever- green). Ligustrum sinenae (half ever- Magnolia grandifiora. [green). Nandina domestica. Osmanthus Aquifolium. Phill^rea angustifolia. Photinia serrulata. Prunus Laurocerasus var. Bertini. Prunus Laurocerasus var. colchica. Prunus Laurocerasus var. achipkaensls. Prunus Laurocerasus var. rotundifolia. Pyracantha coccinea. Rhododendron amcenum. Rhododendron arbutifolium. Rhododendron carolinianum. Rhododendron Hinodegiri. Rhododendron minus- K^^^ 1461. Picea pungens. The two small tufts at the right are P. excelsa var. Maxwelli, Broad-leaved evergreens hardy at Norfolk and South Berberis congestiflora. Berberis Darwinii. Elseagnus pungens var. maculata. Elffiagnus pungens var. Simonii. Gardenia jasminoides. Gardenia jasminoides var. Fortunei. Ilex cornuta. Laurus nobilis. Laurus regalia. Leucothog acuminata. Magnolia fuscata. Magnolia Thompsoniana. Mahonia Fortunei. Mahonia nepalensis. Mahonia trifoliata. Photinia serrulata. Prunus caroliniana. Prunus luaitanica. Quercus acuta. Quercus Darlingtonii. Quercus sempervirens. Yucca aloifolia. Yucca Treculeana. Abelia grandiflora. Arctostapbylos Uvar-ursi. Azara microph^j-lla. Buddleia japonica. Bumelia lanuginosa. Bumelia lycioides. Buxus japonica. Buxus sempervirens. Cistus laurifolius. Cotoneaster buxifolia. Cotoneaster microphylla. Daphne Blagayana. Daphne Cneorum. Daphne pontica. Ilex crenata. Ilex glabra. Ilex opaca. Ilex vomitoria. Kalmia angustifolia. Kalmia latifolia. Leucotho6 axillaris. Leucothoe CatesbeeL Mahonia japonica. Pachistima Canbyi. Pachistima Myrsinites. Pernettya angustifoUa. Pemettya mucronata. Phillyrea decora. Pieris floribunda. Pieris japonica. Pninus Laurocerasus, lapo } Lai Pyracantha coccinea var, Lalandii. Pyracantha coccinea var. pauci- flora. Rhododendron amoenum. Rhododendron indicum. Yucca filamentosa and varieties. Yucca floccida and varieties. Yucca glauca. Zenobia speciosa and varieties. 1462. Young trees of Pinus ponderosa, useful in tiie Rocky^ Mountain region. A list of broad-leaved evergreens in addition to those recommended for Norfolk, Virginia, for the South Atlantic and Gulf Coast regions and as far inland as Augusta and Montgomery. Those marked "S" thrive only in the warmest sections. Prunus versaillensis. Arbutus Unedo. Ardisia crenulata. Berberis fascicularis. Bumelia angustifolia. Bumelia tenax. Camellia japonica (S). Cinnamomum Camphora (S). Cleyera japonica. Cytisus canariensis. Cytisus filipes. Csrtisuis monspessulEinua. Gardenia florida. Gardenia Fortunei. Gardenia radicans. Hehanthemum ocymoides. Illicium anisatum (S). LeucothoS acuminata. Prunus lusitanica. Ligustrum nepalense. Metrosideros floribimda (3). Myrtus communis. Nerium odorum. Nerium Oleander. Nerium splendens. Olea fragrans. Othera japonica=Ilez Integra. Pittosponun Tobira. Quercus suber. RuscuB aculeatus. Thea Bohea. Trachycarpus Fortunei (S). Viburnum odoratissimum. Viburnum suspensum. Viburnum Tinus. Viburnum sEUidankwa. F. L. MULFORD. Plants that are evergreen on the middle Great Plains. It must be remembered that on the Great Plains the conditions Vary enormously, and that few plants naturally range over the whole area, or are capable of being successfully grown in artificial plantations throughout the whole area Two special localities are frequently mentioned in the list. Arbor Lodge is the arboretum established by the late J. Sterling Morton at Nebraska City, within a few miles of the Missouri EVERGREENS River. The University Arboretum is at Lincoln, Nebraska, on the high prairies 60 miles west of the Missouri River. Abies balsamea (not common). Abies cephalonica (Arbor Lodge; University Arboretum) Abies cilicioa (Arbor Lodge). Abies concolor (common). Abies nobilia (Arbor Lodge). Abies Nordmanniana (Arbor Lodge). Abies Picea (Arbor Lodge)^A. pectinata. Abies Pinaapo (Arbor Lodge). Abies Veitchii (Arbor Lodge; University Arboretum). Chamsecyparis oisifera (Arbor Lodge). Juniperus scopiilorum (native in western portion). Juniperus virginiana (native in eastern portion. ) Juniperus virginiana var. aurea variegata (University Arbor*»tum). Jimiperus virginiana var. elegantissima (University Arboretum^. Jxmiperus virginiana var. glauca (University Arboretum). Picea Alcockiana (Arbor Lodge; University Arboretum). Picea canadensis fcommonj==P. alba. Picea Engelmanni (rare). Picea excelsa (common )=P. Abies. Picea excelsa var. inverta (University Arboretum). Picea excelsa var. pumila (University Arboretum). Picea excelsa var. pumila compacta (University Arboretum). Picea mariana (Arbor Lodge)=P. nigra. Picea orientalis (Arbor Lodge). Picea nigra (University Arboretum)=P. mariana. Picea nigra var. Doumetti (University Arboretum) . Picea Parr3ra,na (common)^P. piingens. Picea polita (Arbor Lodge; University Arboretum)=P. Torano. Pinus auatriaca (very common; University Arboretum). Pinus austriaca var. cebennensis (monapelienais) (University Arboretum) . Pinua cembra (Arbor Lodge). Pinus divaricata (common) ==P. Banksiana. Pinua laricio (Arbor Lodge). Pinus massoniana (Arbor Lodge). Pinus montana (Arbor Lodge; University Arboretum). Pinus resinoaa (not common). Pinua rigida (Arbor Lodge). Pinua acopulorum (native in western portion). Pinua Strobus (common). Pinus sylveatris (very common). Pseudotsuga taxifolia (common)=P. Douglaaii. Taxodium distichiun (not common). Taxus canadensis (Arbor Lodge). Thuya occidentalia (common). Thuya orientalis (Arbor Lodge; University Arboretum). Tsuga canadensis (Arbor Lodge). Shrubs. Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi (native in western portion). Berberis ilicifolia (University Arboretum). Buxus (not common; tender at University Arboretum). Evonymua japonica (University Arboretum). Evonymua nana? (University Arboretum). Evonymus radicans (University Arboretum). Hedera helix (rarely hardy; tender). Ilex opaca (rarely planted; tender), Juniperus chinensis (University Arboretum). Juniperua communis var. aurea (University Arboretum; tender). Juniperua communis (native in western portion; University Arboretum). Juniperua communia var. hibemica (Univeraity Arboretum; tender). Juniperus aabina var. proatrata (University Arboretum). Juniperus atricta (Univeraity Arboretum). Liguatrum Ibota (half evergreen; Univeraity Arboretuni). Ligustrum ovalifolium (evergreen; half hardy; University Arbore- tum). Liguatrum ovalifolium var. aurea (half evergreen; hardy; University Arboretum). Ligustnim vulgare (half evergreen; University Arboretum).^ Liguatrum vulgare var. buxifolium (evergreen, hardy; University Arboretum). Liguatrum vulgare var. fructealba (half evergreen; University Arboretum). Lonicera japonica var. Halliana. Mahonia Aquifolium (native in western portion). Rhododendron maximum (rarely planted; tender). Smilax hispida (half evergreen; native). Yucca filamentoaa (common). Yucca glauca (native in western portion). Herbs. Equisetum hiemale (native throughout). Equisetum Isevigatum (native throughout). Equisetum scirpoidea (native throughout). Equisetum vanegatum (native throughout). Iris germanica. Iris pumila. Mamillaria miaaouriensis (native in weatem portion). Mamillaria viviparua (native in western portion). Opuntia arboreacens (native in southwestern portion). Opuntia camanchiana (native in southwestern portion). Opuntia fragilis (native throughout). EVERLASTINGS 1183 Opuntia humifusa (native throughout). Opuntia polyacantha (native throughout). Opuntia tortispina (native in southern portion). Pellffla atropurpurea (native throughout). Salvia officinalis (common). Selaginella rupeatris (native throughout). Vinca minor (common). Rosettes. Many herbaceous plants have rosettes of green leaves throughout the winter, the following being the more conspicuous on the Great Plains. CapsellaBursa-pastoria (throughout the region ; common cruciferous weed, introduced long ago and known as "shepherd's purse"). Dianthus ) Plantago |- (several apeoies). Rumex ) Fragaria virginiana (throughout the region). Geum cauadense (throughout the region). Hieracium longipilum (in eastern portion). CEnothera biennis (throughout the region), Pentatemon grandiflorus (throughout the region). Pyrola chlorantha (in the western portion). IVrola elliptica (in the western portion). IVrola secunda (in the western portion). Taraxacum officinale (throughout the region); not green in Univeraity Arboretum, Lincoln, except where covered by snow. Tara^cum eiythrospermum. CharlES E. BbssET. EVERLASTINGS. A term applied to flowers or plants that retain their shape and other characteristics after being dried; equivalent to the French word "immor- telle." With everlastings are also included various artificial or manufactured articles that imitate flowers or plants. The most important commercially of the flowers that retain their form and color in a dried state have been the French immor- telles, Helichrysum arena- rium. These flowers are used very extensively in France in their natural yel- low color, for the manufac- ture of memorial wreaths and crosses, which, being constructed very compactly, are exceedingly durable, even in the severest weather, and are exported in large" numbers to all parts of the world. The flowers bleached white, or bleached and then dyed in various colors, are also shipped in enormous quantities, either direct to this country or by some of the large exporting houses of Germany. In the United States, however, the use of these immorteUes has fallen off on account of the high duty. Approaching the French immortelles in aggregate value have been the so-called "cape flowers," Heli- chrysum grandiflorum, which formerly reached an enormous sale in this country, and they largely sup- planted the immortelles on account of their silvery texture and greater beauty every way. They are natu- rally white, but require bleaching in the sun to give them the desired luster. They came from the Cape of Good Hope, and reached this country mainly from Hamburg. Of recent years, these products have been less important in the American trade because of the uncertainty of the crop, poor quaUty, and the competi- tion of artificial materials. There is now being made in Germany an artificial "cape flower;" this flower is made from paper and waxed, and is an excellent imita^ tion African cape. Large quantities of these goods are being imported into this country, and they have given great satisfaction to all florists that have used them. Probably in time the German product will 1463. A mature field tree of Pinus ponderosa. 1184 EVERLASTINGS EVERLASTINGS entirely supersede the natviral African cape, more particularly as each flower has a wire stem which the florists attach to the toothpicks or sticks, and this saves considerable labor. The common everlasting of American and English country gardens, Helichrysum bracteatum, is the only one of these flowers grown to any extent in North America, and more or less extensive cultivation of it, commercially, has been practised in this country but a large percentage is still imported. These plants come in white, straw and brown colors naturally, and take readily to a variety of artificial tints; together with Ammobium alatum and the well-known globe amaranth, GomphTena globosa, they are grown and used to a con- siderable extent by the country folk in the construc- tion of the many forms of wreaths, stars, and other Christmas forms, which they sell in the city markets in large quantities, but their sale by wholesalers and jobbers for general consumption is very limited. Statice incana, cultivated or wild from the swamps of southern Europe, and Gypsophila in several species are used to a considerable extent; and the sale of statice especially, which is popular in combination with cape flowers in memorial designs, is quite an item with the dealers in florists' suppUes. Of the djied grasses, the pampas plumes of California, Cortaderia argentea, native of South America, are the only American production attaining any great commer- cial importance. Their beautiful silky plumes, unap- proached by any other horticultural product, are used in enormous quantities for decorative purposes, and are an important item of American export. They are used mainly in a sun-bleached state, but more or less dyeing, often parti-colored, is also done. Bromus hrizseformis is the most extensively used of the smaller grasses. It is mostly imported from Europe. It can be imported, however, including duty, for about 25 per cent less than it is possible to grow it in this country. It is handled in the natural state. Briza maxima, another popular grass, is grown in Italy. Briza msdia, a medium-sized grass, and Briza minima, the flowers of which are as fine as sawdust, are also handled in the same way as Briza maxima, very little of the B. minima being used dyed, however. Phleum pratense, Stipa pennata, and various kinds of oats have more or less commercial value, being used considerably in the manufacture of imitation flowers and straw goods, but from a florist's standpoint they are not important. The most impor- tant commercially of the imported grasses is the Italian wheat, the quantities used in this country for the manufacture of sheaves for funeral purposes being enormous, and increasing yearly. It comes in many grades of fineness and length of stem. In this country all attempts to cultivate it in competition with the European product have failed. Of late years, a decora- tive natural grass called "Minerva" and treated arti- ficially is being imported in large quantities, and is used by florists in combinations, making a very efifec- tive setting-off to flowers in basket decoration. Much use is now made in this country of the dried twigs and foliage of ruscus. This is grown in Italy, and is shipped to Germany where it is prepared and dyed in many attractive colors. It holds its form well. It is made up into wreaths and other articles, and provides a good foliage effect. Enormous use is now made of magnolia leaves pre- pared and colored in brown, red and green. In former years these goods were secured from Germany and Italy, but they are no longer imported for the reason that they are prepared in this country as good, if not better than they are on the other side, and much cheaper. They are gathered and prepared in Florida, and shipped to all parts of the United States, put in cartons containing about 1,000 leaves. They are used very extensively by all classes of florists on account of their lasting qualities and fine appearance. They have almost entirely superseded the galax leaf, which has been in use for so many years in the making up of mortuary emblems. A number of our native composites — of the genera Gnaphalium, Antennaria and Anaphalis — are called everlastings, and are often used in home decorations, particularly in the country; but they have no com- mercial rating. There is an increasing demand for artificial decora- tive articles, to be used alone and in conjunction with fresh cut-flowers; they are now being used by the best florists and plantsmen. The demand for decorative artificial flowers, plants and like materials, has grown to such an extent that there are now a large number of businesses devoted exclusively to the manufacture of them. This is well illustrated in the product called "Japanese wood frieze," in appearance resembling very much the well-known worsted and silk chenille. It is made from wood-fiber colored in shades to repre- sent the colors of immortelles. This frieze or wood chenille, when worked up in various designs, so closely resembles immortelles that the difference between them can hardly be detected. One of the interesting artificial greens is the "sea moss." It is an alga^-like hydroid (oAe of the animal kingdom), known as Sertularia argentea, which is com- monly distributed along our Atlantic coast northward from New Jersey to the Arctic. The long moss-like strands are dyed bright green, and the "plant" is used in making table decorations and jardiniere pieces. It is sometimes called "air plant." The apparent lateral minute buds clothing all the branches are, of course, the shelter for the zooids of the colony during life. There is another one (Aglaojthenia struthionides) found on the Pacific coast, which is even more beautiful, and which is put to the same decorative uses, and is known there as the ostrich plume, the branches having a beautiful pinnate arrangement along the two sides of a single axis. These sea-mosses are dried, the dirt picked out, and then dyed and fixed in a preparation to make them permanent. They are likely to have an unpleasant odor. jj. Batersdorpbr. WM. N. REED.f Everlastings for home use. After much experience with the growing of everlast- ings for home winter decorations, the three following species have been found the best for plantings: Heli- chrysum monstrosum, the double form of H. bracteatum, known as "golden ball," Acroclinium {Hdipterum) roseum fiare-jKeno, and the Chinese lantern plant, Phy- salis Pranchetii. These are easily grown, are free bloomers and give better and brighter color in their dried state than other forms. They have a certain warmth in color that is appreciated in zero weather. The heUchrysum and acroclinium are started in the greenhouse or hotbed during the latter part of March, planting them out in full sun as soon as all danger of frost is past. Any good garden soil suits them. It is most important that the flowers of the acro- clinium be picked just as soon as the buds show color, even if they look almost too small, because if too far advanced the ray petals open up flat, exposing the center, which will soon turn brown when dried and spoil the effect. Those cut early will open up part way, presenting only their full color. In full blooming season they should be picked daily. With the helichrysum one can wait until the bud is of fairly good size but all the smaller ones will open up also when dried. Those fully open or showing the center at aU will turn brown. With both plants pluck off all foliage, place in bundles and hang them, heads down, in some dry closet. They should be examined at times, as in the drying the stems shrink and the flower may fall down. They should remain in this dry shelter until the house is heated in the EVERLASTINGS EVONYMUS 1185 fall, reducing the moisture in the air, otherwise the dry flower-stems would absorb the moisture and become limp. A certain number of "droopers" is wanted when arranging a bouquet, in order to avoid stiffness. These are easily secured. Take a long sheet of a pliable card- board about 8 inches wide, tack one edge lengthwise on the top of a shelf, at the front bringing it out and downward so as to form a half circle, and fasten it there. Then lay the freshly picked flower-stems on the shelf, heads hanging down. It is sometimes necessary to place a book or some weight on the stems to keep them in place. They will dry in this curved form. Brown spht bamboo baskets make good vases, as they harmonize well with the deep orange of the golden ball and the pink of the acrocUnium. A wire mesh in these baskets enables the flowers to be arranged more easily. As there is no green foliage used, it is well to use some short-stemmed flower in the center, midway between the basket and the tallest flowers. These "flecks" of color reheve the bareness of the stems. The Chinese lantern plant (Physalis Franchetii) is an easily grown perennial, spreading at the roots. The seed-pods are very ornamental, retaining their brilhancy of color when dried, the colors ranging from a pale green to orange and red. They hang hke inverted balloons, on slender peduncles and lose their graceful appearance unless the main stem that carries them can be curved outward when dry. They have to be treated differently from the others. Boards on a partition in a wood-shed may be used, driving tacks, one each side, close up to the side of the bottom of the main stem, the heads of the tacks overlapping the stick. Run the stem up straight for about 6 inches, then curve to right or left and fasten in same manner. Then, when dried, the lanterns will hang clear of the stem. The seed- pods of the balloon vine, Cardiospermum Halicacabum, work in well among the lanterns. Cut away part of the side of the lantern, and see the brilliant wick inside. W. C. Egan. EVODIA (Greek, pleasant odor). Rut&cex. Orna- mental woody plants grown chiefly for their handsome foliage. Deciduous or evergreen trees or shrubs: trunk with smooth bark: winter-buds naked: Ivs. opposite, petioled, simple or pinnate with entire punctate Ifts.: fls. in terminal or axillary panicles or corymbs, unisexual, usually 4-merous, less often 5-merous; sepals imbricate; petals valvate or slightly imbricate; stamens 4-5, at the base of a cupular disk: carpels 4-5, each with 2 ovules, nearly free or connate, with a cyhndric style, at maturity dehiscent, 2-valved, 1-2-seeded. — About 50 species in E. Asia, from Korea and N. China to S. Asia., Austral, and Polynesia. Allied to Zanthoxy- lum which is easily distinguished by its alternate Ivs.; very similar in habit and foliage to Phellodendron which besides in the berry-like frs. differs in the winter buds being inclosed in the base of the petiole, while in Evodia they are borne free in the axils. The cultivated hardy species are strong-growing deciduous trees with rather large pinnate leaves of aromatic odor when bruised, and with whitish flowers in terminal broad panicles followed by small capsules exposing glossy black seeds when opening. Evodia DanieUii has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum. E. glauca and E. Henryi, are somewhat tenderer. There are also a few tropical species from New Guinea, rarely cultivated as warmhouse evergreens; they are little known and their correct names have not yet been determined. Propagation is by seeds and of the warm- house species by cuttings of haK-ripened wood; probar bly also by root-cuttings. A. Frs. obtuse or only mucronulate at the apex. glaaca, Miq. (E. Fdrgesii, Dode). Tree, to 50 ft.: Ifts. 5-11, usually 7, on slender slightly hairy stalks, J^-J^in. long, elliptic-ovate to oblong-lanceolate, long- acuminate, broadly cuneate or rounded at the base, minutely crenulate, glaucous below and glabrous except hairs along the midrib near the base, 2J^-4 in. long: infl. corymbose, 6-8 in. broad, nearly glabrous; pistil of the staminate fls. glabrous: fr. about Mil- long, finely pubescent. June; fr. Sept. Cent. China. AA. Frs. strongly beaked. Henryi, Dode. Tree, to 35 ft.: Ifts. 5-9, short- stalked, ovate-oblong to ovate-lanceolate, long-acumi- nate, rounded or narrowed at the base, finely crenu- late, glaucescent or pale green below and glabrous, 2}/2-A in. long: infl. paniculate, 2-2 J^ in. across: fr. reddish brown, sparingly hairy, J^in. long, with slen- der beaks about half as long. June; fr. Sept. Cent. China. Daniellii, Hemsl. {Zanthdxylum DanieUii, Bennett). Small tree: Ifts. 7-11, ovate to oblong-ovate, acuminate with an obtusish point, rounded at the base, sometimes subcordate or broadly cuneate, pale green below and glabrous except hairs along the midrib and sometimes on the veins, 2-3 J^ in. long: infl. corymbose, 4-6 in. across; fr. nearly j^in. long, slightly hairy or nearly glabrous, with a rather short, usually hooked beak. June; fr. Sept. N. China, Korea. E. ilegans, Hort. Evergreen: Ivs. 3-foIiolate: Ifts. linear-lanceo- late, undulate and crenate; resembling Aralia elegantiasima. New Guinea. F.E. 1899:291. Gng. 12:404. G. 21:273.— E. formdsa, Hort. A similar species, intro. in 1900 by Sander & Go. This and the preceding are warmhouse evergreens and belong probably to species already described. — E. officinAlia, Dode. Allied to E. glauca. Small tree: Ifts. 5-11, ovate to elliptic-oblong, acuminate, pubescent and light green beneath: infl. pubescent: fr. glabrous. Cent. China. — E. rutaecdrpa. Hook, f . & Thorns. Alhed to E. glauca. Small deciduous tree: 1ft. short-petioled, broader, pubescent on both aides: infl. smaller and denser, with stout pedicels, pubescent, Japan. Himalayas. S.Z. 1:21 (as Bojrmia rufaecarpal. — E. iieliltina, Rehd. & Wilson. Allied to E. Henryi, but Ivs. and young branchleta densely short-pubescent: fruiting corymb 4-8 in. across. Cent. China. Alfred Rehder. EVOLVULUS (to unroll, because not twining as in Convolvulus). Convolvulctcex. Prostrate or erect annual or perennial herbs or sub-shrubs, rarely planted or grown in greenhouses. The genus differs from Con- volvulus in having 2 styles 2-cleft, stigmas always narrow, corolla often open or rotate, and not twining: Ivs. entire, small: fls. smaU, in summer and autumn; sepals 5, the calyx not bracted at base; corolla blue, rose or white, 5-angled or shortly 5-lobed. The species are about 80; in warm regions, several in the U. S. E. purpiiro-ccerideus, Hook., of Jamaica, appears to be the only species prominently mentioned horticulturally, and this is seldom planted: 1-2 ft., woody at base: Ivs. small, lanceolate-acute: fls. purplish, terminal, the corolla rotate, white-centered and purple-rayed. B.M. 4202. EVONYMTJS (ancient Greek name). Often spelled Euonymm. Celmtracex. Spindle-Tree. Woody plants, erect or climbing, grown chiefly for their handsome fohage and the attractive fruits. Deciduous or evergreen shrubs or small trees with usually more or less 4-angled branches," mostly erect, rarely creeping or climbing by rootlets: winter-buds usually conspicuous with imbricate scales: Ivs. opposite, petioled, usually serrate, and mostly glabrous: fls. small, in axillary cymes, 4-5-merous, generally per- fect; style and stamens short, the latter inserted on a disk: fr. a 3-5-lobed, somewhat fleshy caps., each dehis- cent valve containing 1 or 2 seeds inclosed in a generally orange-colored aril; the seed itself is white, red or black.— About 120 species in the northern hemisphere, most of them in Cent, and E. Asia, extending to S. Asia and Austral. The spindle-trees are of upright or sometimes pro- cumbent or creeping habit, with rather inconspicuous greenish, whitish or purplish flowers in axillary cymes; very attractive in fall, with their handsome scarlet. 1186 EVONYMUS EVONYMUS pink or whitish, capsular fruits, showing the bright ■■ orange seeds when opening, and with the splendid fall coloring that most of the species assume, especially E. alata, E. Maackii, E. sanguinea, E. verrucosa, E. euro-pxa and E. atro-purpwrea. The wood is tough, close-grained and light-colored, often almost white, and used, especially in Europe, for the manufacture of small articles. The bark of E. atro'pur'pwea has medical 1404. Evonymus obovata. { X %) properties. — Most of the cultivated deciduous species, except those from Himalayas, are hardy North, while of the evergreen ones only E. radicans is fairly hardy, and, on account of its greater hardiness, is often used North as a substitute of the ivy for covering walls, rocks and trunks of trees, climbing if planted in good soil, to a height of 15 and sometimes 20 feet. E. europsea, and South, the evergreen E.japonica are some- times used for hedges. The spindle-trees are not particular as to the soil and are well adapted for shrubberies. Propagation is by seeds which are usually stratified and sown in spring, or by cuttings of ripened wood in fall. The evergreen species grow readily from cuttings of half- ripened wood under glass in faU or during the winter in the greenhouse. Varieties are sometimes grafted or budded on stock of their tjrpical species. acuta, 16. alata, 3. albo-marginata, 15. americana, 1, 2, 9. angustifolia, 1. aperta, 3. argenteo-marginata, 16. argenteo-variegata, 15, 16. atropurpurea, 6, 9. atrorubena, 6. aurea, 15 aureo-marginata, 15. aureo-variegata,, 15. brevlpedunculata, 8. Bungeana, 13. INDEX. calooarpa, 12. Carrierei, 16. camptoneura, 8. columnaris, 15. europsea, 6, 11. JIaveBcenSj 15. gracilis, 16. Hamilloniana, 10, and suppl. list, hians, ll. japonica, 15, 16. kewensis, 16. kiauiechovica, 14. Koehneana^ 12. Koopmamui, 5. latifolia, 7. leucocarpa, 6. Maackii, 10. niacrophylla, 15. medio-picta, 15. micropnylla, 15. minima, 16. nana, 5, 6. obovata, 2. 13. pallens, 15. patens, 14. picta, 16. pulchella, 15. pyramidalie, 15. radicans, 16. repens, 16. reticulata, 16. robueta, 15. roseo-marginata, 16. sanguinea, 8. semipersistens, 13. Sieboldiana,12, 13, 14, and suppl. list. Btriata, 3. INDEX, CONTINUED. subtriflora, 3. verrucosa, 4. Thuniergiana, 3. viridi-variegata, 15. variegata, 2. vulgarie, 6. vegeta, 16. yedoenaia, 12. A. Foliage deciduous. Nos. 1-13. B. Caps, tuberculaie, depressed'globose: fls. dimerous. 1. americSna, Linn. Stkawberky Bush. Upright shrub, to 8 ft.: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate or oblong-lanceo- late, usually acute at the base, acuminate, crenately serrate, 1J^3 in. long: peduncle slender, few-fld.; fls. yellowish or reddish green: fr. pink. June; fr. Sept.- Oct. From S. N. Y. south, west to Texas. L.B.C. 14: 1322. B.B. (ed. 2) 2:491. Var. angustifdlia, Wood {E. angustifblia, Pursh). Lvs. lanceolate or linear-lanceo- late, half-evergreen S. 2. obovita, Nutt. {E. americAna var. obovita^ Torr. & Gray). Fig. 1464. Procumbent shrub, with rooting St. and erect branches, to 1 ft.: lvs. obovate or eUiptic- obovate, crenately serrate, light green, 1-2 in. long: fls. purplish: caps, usually 3-celled. May; fr. Aug., Sept. From Canada to Ind. and Ky. G.F. 9:385 (adapted in Fig. 1464). — It may be used for covering the ground under large trees, or for borders of shrub- beries. Var. varieg£lta, Hort., has the lvs. marked pale yellow. BB. Caps, smooth: fls. generally J^-mxrims. c. Fr. divided to the base into 4 or less nearly separate pods. 3. al^ta, Maxim. (E. Thunbergiina, Blume. E. striata, Loes.). Spreading shrub, to 8 ft.: branches stiff, with 2-4 broad, corky wings: lvs. elUptic or obo- vate, acute at both ends, sharply serrate, 1-2 in. long: fls. 1-3, short-peduncled, yellowish: caps. purpUsn, small; seeds brown with orange aril. May, June; fr. Sept., Oct. China, Japan. 8.I.F. 1:63. F.E. 32:54. Var. subtrifldra, Franch. & Sav. Branches not winged: fls. 1-5. Var. aperta, Loes. Aril open at. the apex, dis- closing the black seed. Cent. China. — This species is one of the handsomest; the lvs. turn bright crimson in autumn, the small, but numerous frs. are brightly colored and in winter the shrub is conspicuous by ite broadly winged branches. cc. Fr. more or less SS-lobed. D. Branches densely warty. 4. verrucdsa, Scop. Erect shrub, to 6 ft. : lvs. ovate- lanceolate, crenately serrulate, acuminate, 1-2J^ in. long: fls. slender-peduncled, 1-3, brownish: caps. 1465. Evonymus europEea. ( X H) deeply 4-lobed, yellowish red; seed black, not whoUy covered by the orange aril. May, June; fr. Aug. S. E. Eu., W. Asia. H.W. 3,^. 55. DD. Branches smooth. E. Anthers yellow. F. The caps, with obtuse lobes. 5. nilna, Bieb. Low shrub, to 2 ft., with slender, often arching or sometimes procumbent and rooting EVONYMUS branches: Ivs. linear or linear-oblong, mucronulate, entire or remotely denticulate and revolute at the margins, }^lji m. long: fls. slender-peduncled, pur- pbsh: caps, deeply 4-lobed, pink; seed browii, not wholly covered by the orange aril. May, June: fr. Aug. W. Asia to W. China.— Handsome shrub for rockeries and rocky slopes; forming a graceful, pendu- lous, standard tree if grafted high on E. europsea. Fr. ripens in Aug., earhest of all species. Var. Ko6pniannii' Beissn. {E. Kodpmannii, Lauche). Lvs. larger and broader. 6. europefea, Linn. (E. wlghris, Mill.). Fig. 1465. Erect shrub or sometimes small tree, to 20 ft.: lvs! ovate or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, crenately ser^ rate, 1^-2^^ in. long: fls. yellowish, in few-fld. cymes: caps. 4-lobed, usually pink. May. Eu. to E. Asia B.B. (ed. 2) 2:492. H.W. 3, p. 53. — Varying with narrower ajid broader lvs. There are also sev- eral varieties with varie- gated Ivs. and some with frs. of different colors, as var. atrdrubens, Rehd. {E. vulgdris var. atr&rubens, Schneid. E. europikafr. atropurpiireo, Hort.), with deep purple frs.; var. leucocaipa, DC. {E. europsbafr. dtbo, Hort.), with whitish frs., and var. atropurpdrea, Alb. Kew, with rather narrow purplish lvs. Var. nana, Lodd., is a dwarf, dense, and strictly upright form with eUiptic to elliptic-lanceolate lvs. 1-1 3^ in., or on vigorous shoots, to 2J^ in. long: it hardly ever flowers and is tenderer than the type. FP. The caps, with winged lobes: lvs. broad. 7. latifdlia, Scop. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.: winter-buds elon- gated, acute, about J^in. long: lvs. obovate-ob- long, acuminate, cre- nately serrate, 2—4 in. long: fls. yellowish, often 5-merous, in slender- peduncled, rather many- fld. esTcnes: caps, pink, large, with winged lobes. May, Jime; fr. Sept. S. Eu., W. Asia. B.M. 2384. Gn. 39, p. 213. Gt. 53, p. 30. G. 4:235. H.W. 3, p. 54. F.S.R. 3, p. 29.— A very decorative species, with handsome foliage and large pendulous frs. 8. sanguinea, Loes. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.: winter-buds elongated, acute: branchlets nearly terete: lvs. broadly oval or ovate to elliptic-ovate, acute, broadly cuneate or rounded at the base, densely fim- briate-serrulate, dull green above, paler below and shghtly reticulate, l?^-4 in. long: cymes lax, long-pe- duncled; fls. usually i-merous: fr. purple, slightly lobed, 4-winged, the wings }i-}iin. long; aril orange, entirely covering the black seed. June; fr. Sept. Cent, and W. China. Var. brevipedimculata, Loes. Peduncles about 1 in. long. W. China. Var. camptonefira, Loes. Lvs. oval or ovate to eUiptic-ovate, veins curved (broader in the type and veins nearly straight) . Cent, and W. China. EVONYMUS 1187 1466. Evonymus radicans. EE. Anthers purple. p. Fls. purple, 9. atropurpdrea, Jacq. (E. americAna, Kort.). Burn- ing Bush. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.: lvs. elliptic, acuminate, obtusely serrate, pubescent beneath, 1J^5 in. long: fls. purple, in slender-peduncled, many- fid. cymes: caps, deeply 3-4-lobed, scarlet. June; fr. Oct. E. N. Amer., west to Mont. B.B. (ed. 2) 2:491. pp. Fls. yellowish or whitish. G. Petioles one-fifth to one-sixth as long as the If.; hs. acute or gradually acuminate: fr. pink. H. Lvs. oblong to ovate-oblong, broadest about or below the middle. 10. Maackii, Rupr. (E. Hamiltonidna, Dipp., not Wall.). Large shrub or small tree, glabrous: lvs. elliptic -oblong to ob- long-lanceolate, acumi- nate, gradually nar- rowed toward the base, serrulate, 2-3 in. long and M-IM in. broad: cymes small, about Min. across: fr. pink, 4-lobed, about J^in. across; aril orange-red, usually closed, rarely slightly opened at the apex. June: fr. Sept. N. E. Asia. 11. hians, Koehne. Large shrub : lvs. ovate- oblong, short-acuminate, rounded or broadly cune- ate at the base, serrulate, 2}^-4J^ in. long and 1-1% in. broad: cymes rather long - stalked, small; stamens with very short filaments: fr. pink, turbinate, deeply 4-lobed, J^in. across; aril blood-red, open at the apex and disclosing the blood-red seed. June; fr. Sept. Japan. S.I.F. 2:39 (as E. europsea). HH. Lvs. generally obovate or obovate-oblong, to 2^2. in. broad. 12. yedoensis, Koehne (E. Sieboldiana, Rehd., not Blume). Large shrub: lvs. usually ob- ovate, sometimes ellip- tic, broadly cuneate at the base, abruptly acuminate, serrulate, 2-5 in. long and lJ4-23^ in. broad: cymes long-stalked, rather dense and many-fld.: fr. pink, deeply 4^1obed, Kin. across; aril orange, usually closed. June; fr. Sept. Japan. Gt. 53, p. 31. S.T.S. 1:62. F.E. 31:125. Var. calocSrpa, Koehne. Fr. bright carmine. Var. Koehne- ana, Loes. Lvs. hairy on the veins below. Cent. China. GG. Petioles usually a third to a fourth as long as the If.; lvs. abruptly long-acuminate: fr. pale yellowish or pinkish white. 13. Bungetoa, Maxim. Shrub, to 15 ft., with slender branches: lvs. slender-petioled, ovate-eUiptic or elHp- tic-lanceolate, long-acuminate, finely serrate, 2-4 in. long: fls. in rather few-fld. but numerous cymes: fr. deeply 4-lobed and 4-angled; seeds white or pinkish, with orange aril. June; fr. Sept., Oct. China, Man- 1188 EVONYMUS EXACUM churia, M.D.G. 1899:569.— Very attractive with its rather large, profusely produced frs., remaining a long time on the branches. Var. semipersistens, Schneid. (E. Hamiltoni&na var. semwersistens, Kehd. E. Siebol- diAna, Hort., not Blums). Lvs. eUiptic, long-acuminate, half-evergreen, keeping its bright green foEage S. until mid- winter: fr. bright pink, usually sparingly produced and ripening very late. AA. Foliage evergreen or half-evergreen (see also the preceding var.). B. Lvs. rather thin, half-evergreen. 14. patens, Rehd. (E. kiautschdvica var. p&tens, Loes. E. Sieboldid/na, Hort., not Blume). Spreading shrub, to 10 ft., the lower branches sometimes procum- bent and rooting: branchlets obscurely 4-angled, minutely warty: lvs. elhptic to eUiptic- oblong, rarely obovate-oblong, acute, cuneate at the base, crenately serrulate, bright green above: cymes 2-3 in. across, loose, slender -pe- duncled: fr. subglobose, pink; seed pinkish brown, covered entirely by the orange aril. Aug., Sept.; fr. Oct., Nov. Cent. China. S.T.S. 1:64.— Hardy as far north as N. Y., in sheltered positions to Mass. One of the best shrubs for winter-effect on account of its abundant late-ripening frs. and the handsome foUage remain- ing on the branches until spring except when destroyed by severe frost. BB. Lbs. ihichish, evergreen. 15. jap6nica, Linn. Upright shrub, to 8 ft., with smooth and slightly quadrangular or striped branches: lvs. obovate to narrow-elliptic, cuneate at the base, acute or obtuse, obtusely serrate, shining above, 1/^23^ in. long: fls. greenish white, 4-merous, in slen- der-peduncled, 6- to many-fld. cymes: caps, depressed, globose, smooth, pink. June, July.; fr. Oct. S. Japan. S.I.F. 2:39. B.R. 30:6.— A very variable species. Var. macrophflla, Sieb. (var. robiista, Hort.). Lvs. oval, large, 2}^3 in. long. Var. microph^lla, Sieb. {E. pulchella, Hort. Eiirya microph^la, Hort.). Lvs. small, narrow-oblong or oblong-lanceolate. Var. column^s, Carr. (var. pyramidAlis, Hort.). Of upright, columnar habit: lvs. broadly oval. There are many varieties with variegated lvs.; some of the best are the follow- ing: Var. argenteo-varieg^ta, Kegel. Lvs. edged and marked white. Var. aSreo-variegftta, Kegel. Lvs. blotched yellow. Lowe, 49. Var. &lbo-margiiUta, Hort. Lvs. with white, rather narrow margins. Var. medio- picta, Hort. Lvs. with a yellow blotch in the middle. Var. pallens, Carr. (var. flavescens, Hort.). Lvs. pale yellow when young; similar is var. afirea, Hort., but the yellow is brighter and changes more quickly to green. Var. viridi-variegita, Hort. (var. Due d'Anjou, Hort.). Lvs. large, bright green, variegated with yellow and green in the middle. Var. aftreo-marginita, Hort. Lvs. edged yellow. F.E. 16:436; 29:815. 16. radlcans, Sieb. {E. japdnica var. radicans, Regel. E. rhpenSj Hort.). Figs. 1466, 1467. Low, procumbent shrub, with often trailing and rooting or climbing branches, climbing sometimes to 20 ft. high: branches terete, densely and minutely warty: lvs. roundish to elliptic-oval, rounded or narrowed at the base, cre- nately serrate, usually dull green above, with whitish 1467. Evonymas ladicans. veins, J^2 in. long: fls. and fr. similar to the former, but fr. generally of paler color. Jime, July; fr. Oct. N and Cent. Japan. R.H. 1885, p. 295. G.C. II. 20:793 M.D. 1906, p. 219.— Closely allied to the former, and considered by most botanists as a variety; also very variable. Var. CarriSrei, Nichols. (E. Carrik-ei, Vauv.). Low shrub, with ascending and spreading branches: lvs. oblong-elliptic, about IJ^ in. long, somewhat shining. G.W. 8, p. 16. Var. arggnteo-marginata, Rehd. Lvs. bordered white. Var. rdseo-margin^ta, Rehd. Lvs. bordered pinkish. Var. reticulata, Rehd. (var. picte, Hort., var. argmteo^ariegdia, Hort. E. grdcilis, Sieb.). Lvs. marked white along the veins. R.H. 1876, p. 354; 1878, p. 135. G.W. 1, p. 475. A.G. 19:37. Var. minima, Simon-Louis {E. kewensis, Hort.). Lvs. marked hke those of the preceding variety but smaller, M-Kin. long. Var. vegeta, Rehd. Low spreading shrub, to 5 ft., usually with a few. prostrate rooting branches at the base, and cUmbing high, if planted against a wall: lvs. broadly oval or almost suborbicular, acutish or obtusish, crenately serrulate, 1-1 % in. long, those of the rooting branchlets smaller and thinner and generally ovate. Japan. S.T.S. 1:65. M.D.G. 1908:13.— Handsome and hardy shrub; the frs. appear in great profusion and remain on the branches a long time. Var. acfita^ Rehd. (E. japdnica var. aeilta, Rehd.). Rooting and climbing: lvs. elliptic or ovate-elliptic, acute or short-acuminate, serrulate, with the veins below slightly elevated. Cent. China. B. Aquifdlium, Loes. & Rehd. Evergreen ahrub, to 10 ft.: lvs. coriaceous, nearly sessile, ovate to ovate-oblong, spiny sinuate- dentate: fr. 4-lobed, usually solitary. W. China. One of the most striking species on account of its holly-like lvs. — E. ccAiTidto.WalL Usually creeping or climbing, with rooting branches: lvs. ovate- lanceolate: fr. spiny. Himalayas. B.M. 2767. — E. fimbridUa, Hort., not Wall.=E. pendula. — E. grandifiira. Wall. Shrab, to 12 ft.: lvs. obovate or obovate-oblong, finely and acutely serrate: fls. white ii in. across: fr. globose, yellow: aril scarlet. Himalayas, W. China. — E. HamiUoniina, Wall. AlUed to E. Maackii. Small tree: lvs. oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, finely and irregularly ser- rulate, 2}4-4 in. long: anthers yellow: fr. pink, turbinate, 4-lobed, Himalayas. Probab^ not in cult. ; the plant cult, under this name is E. Maackii. — ^j^. laneeifdlia, Loes. Allied to E. hians. Shrub or tree, to 30 ft.: lvs. firm at maturity, lanceolate to elliptic-oblong, crenately serrulate, 3-6 in. long: anthers purple: fr. 4-lobed, pale; aril orange, open at the apex; seed crimson. Cent, and W. China. — E. Tnacrdptera, Hupr. Allied to E. latifoUa. Lvs. obovate or obovate-oblong, cuneate at the base: cymes many-fld.: fr. with 4 narrow wings J^^iin. long. Japan. N. E. Asia. I.T. 6:121. Hardy. — E. occiderUAlis, Nutt. Shrub, to 16 ft.: winter-buds rather large: lvs. ovate or elliptic-lanceolate, irregularly serrulate: fls. 6-merous, purple: fr. sUghtly lobed. Ore.J Calif. — E. oxyph^Ua, Miq. Shrub or small tree: lvs. ovate or obovate, acuminate, rather large, serriilate: fls. 5-merou8, purple or whitish: fr. globose. Japan. — E. p^nduIa, Wall. {E. fimbriata, Hort.). Evergreen, small tree, with pendulous branchlets: lvs. oblong-lanceolate, sharply serrate, shining, 3-6 in. long: fr. with 4 tapering wings. P.F.G. 2:55. r.S. 7, p. 71. — E. pldnijies, Koehne. Allied to E. latifolia. Lvs. cuneate at the base; petioles flat, not grooved: fr. acutely 5-angled, scarcely winged. Japan. M.D. 1906, p. 62. Gt. S3, p. 29.— E. Bocchalininaia. Maxim. Allied to E. latifolia. Lvs. ovate-oblong, crenate-serrulate: cymes very long-peduncled; fls. purple: fr. dis- tinctly winged, convex at the apex. N. E. Asia. — E. SargeniiAna, Loes. & Rend. Evergreen shrub: lvs. obovate to oblong-obovate, abruptly acuminate, remotely crenate-serrate, 2-3 H in. long: fr. oblong-obovoid, 4-angled. W. China. — E. Semendvii, Regel & Herd. Allied to E. europsea. Small shrub: lvs. lanceolate, serrulate: cymes usually 3-fld.: fr. 4-lobed with obtuse lobes. Turkestan. — E. semiexgirta, Koehne. AlUed to E. Maackii. Lvs. oblong or oblong-lanceolate, crenate-serrate, 2-5 in. long: fr. light pink; aril orange, open, with the blood-red seed almost hall exjrased. Japan, — E. Sieboldidna, Blume. Allied to E. Maackii. Lvs. slen- der-petioled, elliptic to oblong, acuminate, serrulate: fr. not lobed, strongly 4-ribbed. Japan. M.D. 1906, p. 62. Not in cult.; the plants cult, under this name belong to E. yedoensis, E. patens or E. Bungeana var. semipersistens. Alfred RehDEB. ]|XACUM (classical name, of no significance to these plants). Gentiandcex. Herbs treated either as annuals or biennials or perennials, with flowers of white, Ulac, blue or dark purplish blue, cultivated in a very few greenhouses. Very rarely suffruticose: dwarf or tall and paniculate- branching: lvs. sessile, clasping or short-stalked, ovate or lanceolate, mostly 3-5-nerved: fls. small or attaining 2 in. across, rotate, pedic ailed or not, in forking cymes; EXACUM calyx 4-5-pMted, the segms. keeled, winged or flat and 3-nerved; coroUa^lobes 4 or 5, ovate or oblone twisted; stamens 4 or 5, attached to the throat, with very short filaments, the anthers opening by apical pores that finaUy enlarge nearly to the base: fr. a elo- bose 2-valved caps.— Species about 30, in Trop. and Subtrop. Asi&, Malaysia, Trop. Afr., Socotra. Plants of E. affine flower in summer. If specimens in 5-inch pots are desired, sow in March of the same year; for larger specimens, sow in August of the pre- «edmg yeM-. The plants must be kept in a cool but not draughty greenhouse or frame in summer, and shaded from fierce sunhght. They usually are given warmhouse conditions. A. Lvs. with stalks often }4in. long. aS'me, Balf. St. cyhndrical, 1-2 ft. high, much branched from the base: lvs. 1-1 H in. long, elliptic- ovate, faintly 3-5-nerved: sepals with a broad wing on the back; corolla 6-9 lines wide; lobes almost rounded Socotra. B.M. 6824. A.F. 13:1104. Gng. 6:229 R.H. 1883, p. 512. Gt. 32:1108. G.C. II. 21:605. AA. Lvs. nearly or quite stalkless. B. Corolla-lobes rounded. zeylfinicum, Roxbg. Annual: st. 4-sided, branched only above: lvs. becoming 3 in. long, strongly 3-nerved, elliptic-oblong, acuminate, narrower than in E. affine, and tapering: fls. blue, IJ^ in. across, in terminal, leafy corymbs; sepals broadly winged; corolla-lobes obovate, obtuse. Ceylon. B.M. 4423 (sky-blue, with a dash of purple). II.H. 1859, p. 238. J.F. 1:43. H.F. II. 2:60. BB. Corottoriobes usxiaUy tapering to a point. macranthum, Arn. {E. zeyldnicum var. macrdnthum). Fig. 1468. St. cylindrical, slightly branched : lvs. as in E. zeylanicum, though perhaps more variable from base to summit: fls. purplish blue, 2 in. across. In both species there is a narrow ring of yellow at the mouth, to which the conspicuous clusters of stamens are attached. Ceylon. B.M. 4771 (deep purplish blue). G.C. III. 15:331. R.H. 1911, p. 31. J.H. III. 42:182; 51:259.— The best of the genus. The rich, dark blue is worth striving for. Fdrbesii, Balf. Bushy and shrubby: lvs. triangular or ovate-lanceolate, IJ^ in. across at base: fls. upwards of J^in. across, purple or violet-purple, in terminal racemes, the anthers yellow and prominent. Socotra. G.C. 111.31:93. G. 23:679. G.W. 6, p. 290. G.M. 45:81. — ^A good plant for intermediate temperature, blooming weU in a 6-in. pot. Wilhelm Milmk. L. H. B.t EXCtECARIA (from Latin excmcares, referring to its effect on the eyes). Eupkorbidcex. TVopical trees or shrubs with poisonous milky juice rarely cultivated for ornament. Glabrous: lvs. alternate or opposite, usually entire (or crenate to serrate): infl. usually in axillary spikes; fls. dioecious or monoecious; caly^c imbricate; sepals 2-3, free or connate at base; petals none; stamens 2-3, erect in bud; filaments free; ovary 3-ceIled, 3-ovuled: seed not canaliculate. — ^About 25 species in the Old World tropics. Related to StiUingia and Sapium. bicolor, Hassk. (Crdton blcolor, Hort.), with the oppo- site lvs. red beneath is sometimes cult, for ornament in European greenhouses or outdoors in the tropics. E. Agalldcha, Linn., Agallocha, Blinding Tree, River Poison, etc., with alternate lvs., is a well-known poison- ous tree of the coasts of S. Asia, j, b_ s_ Norton. EXHIBITIONS of horticultural products have been both a concomitant and a stimulant of progress in American horticulture. The great international exposi- tions ushered in by the Centennial Celebration of 1876 at Philadelphia, through the opportunities afforded EXHIBITIONS 1189 for the comparison of products, have been the means of unusual education in the indentification of varieties. No amount of descriptive literature can compare with this method of acquiring accuracy in naming and describing fruits, flowers, and vegetables. The interest in these great exhibitions by the growers of soil products indicates a peculiarity of this class of producers. They are the ones to reap the smallest direct result, and yet they have always been willing to give freely of their productions to swell the volume of these great fairs and emphasize the possibilties of the localities in which they lived. They would even pay their own expenses to attend these fairs and explain to the world how they succeeded in growing such attractive things. No producers of the useful things of fife will compare with the horticulturist in willingness to impart to his fellow the secrets of his 1468. Exacum macranthum ( X^). success. National, state, district and township exhibi- tions have thus become great methods of disseminating information of value to the horticulturist — educators of the people. For many years the most prominent feature of fruit shows was the nomenclature of the exhibit. In vege- tables it was the size of the specimen, in flowers the number of sorts and their tasteful arrangement. People flocked together to identify varieties, to see the big things and to satisfy esthetic longing. Later the art in exhibiting products was given more atten- tion, and wonderful creations have resulted from com- binations and artistic arrangement. Exhibitions have been the favorite opportunities of bringing out new and valuable sorts and often the usefulness of a variety dates from some particular fair at which it was prominently displayed. Notable instances of this were the grapefruit, which was shown in quantity for the first time at the great New Orleans exhibition; the Kieffer pear, which was a distinguishing 1190 EXHIBITIONS EXHIBITIONS feature of a meeting of the American Pomological Society in Philadelphia; the Niagara grape, which was featured at a winter meeting of New York fruit-growers. Striking examples of this are found in the annals of floral exhibits. The dissemination of the most dehght- ful strains of carnations and chrysanthemums dates from some particular fair or "show." In recent years, the experiment stations of the coun- try have added greatly to their usefulness in preparing technical exhibits for winter exhibitions of horticultiu'EU societies, helping their progressive work, through graphic illustrations of the results which they have obtained in growing jjroducts under varying condi- tions, and having in mind the demonstration of prob- lems of value to growers. ' One of the most recent developments has been the opportunity given students of agricultural colleges of putting into practice the knowledge of varieties which they have acquired in the naming of various collections as a competitive drUl. The products of glass farming have been brought into prominence through national, state, and local horticultural societies in their annual exhibitions, and the great seedhouses of the country have used these exhibitions as avenues for the dissemination of new and valuable varieties. Nurserymen have success- fully utilized exhibitions in publishing to the world not only their new creations but their methods of propagation. During recent years the initiative of the American Pomological Society has been followed by many other organizations in perfecting a scale of points for judg- ing exhibits of horticultural products. By this means, more accurate methods have come into use at our great fairs, and, in the hands of experts, the judgments rendered have been far more satisfactory and useful. A most important result of exhibitions has been the acquirement of the knowledge ' that varieties vary a great deal as the result of chmatic conditions and dif- ferences in soil, and it is found as an outcome of these comparisons that certain locaUties are especially adapted to certain varieties in which they reach their highest perfection. This is illustrated in the Rocky Ford cantaloupe, the Albemarle Pippin, certain strains of carnations, and head lettuce. The facts brought out through these comparative exhibits are leading to scientific investigations concerning the conditions which produce these variations which will be of great use to the producers, as well as deep interest to the scientist. Commercial problems are finding their solution through exhibitions which illustrate styles of packing and kinds of packages and general attractiveness in presenting the products to the consumer. Already these exhibitions have brought to the attention of law-makers the importance of uniform legal requisi- tions concerning methods of marketing throughout the land. The iaost recent development of values resulting from horticultural exhibits of great utiUty has been the carrying of the methods of comparison instituted there to the growing of products on the farm and in the garden, orchard and vineyard, thus awakening a deeper interest in the factors which affect the pro- duction of horticultural creations and a recognition of the uses of these creations in landscape art. Thus an abiding interest has been awakened in the develop- ment of the science as well as the art of horticulture through the adoption of new and improved methods of production and widening the usefulness of the products. Chahleb W. Gakptbij). Exhibitions of plants and flowers. Floral exhibitions undoubtedly had their origin, in part, in the desire to display pubUcly the products of one's skill and to attain renown and a position of pre- eminence among one's fellows by successful rivalry and the demonstration of superior cultural abilities. But, in addition to this factor of self-interest and excusable pride, the laudable spirit that seeks to promote a taste for ornamental gardening and floriculture in general, and to acquire knowledge and diffuse information con- cemmg it, has from the first been a powerful incentive; ajid it cannot be questioned that pubUc floral exhibi- tions have contributed most suDstantiaUy to the advancement of refinement and good taste and exer- cised a potent and salutary influence on the domestic life, health, morals and happiness of the respective communities in which they have been held. Exhibitions of plants and flowers, as usually con- ducted, may be broadly divided into two classes: (1) Those whose particular purpose is to demonstrate advancement in cultural methods and exploit new and improved varieties and which are calculated to interest primarily the trade and professional gardeners. The' unavoidably monotonous system of staging exhibits in such an affair is well known. To the general public, its salient points are scarcely apparent, and the ele- ments which often appeal most strongly to the profes- sional are all but lost on the average visitor. It has been demonstrated over and over again, that as an attraction for the people who look for entertainment in a show and are willing to pay for the privilege of seeing it, this sort of an array is fundamentally deficient. (2) If public support is sought, the first requisite is that the pubhc fancy be considered and catered to and the character and scope of the exhibition be such as the people care to take an interest in. A practical demon- stration of the uses of flowers and plants and their appropriate arrangement for the various events of social or home life will invariably excite curiosity and interest when prim rows of dozens and fifties of com- petitive blooms will often fail to awaken appreciative response. It is to be regretted that the so-called retail florist trade has so long been neglectful of its duty and its opportunity as a supporter of and par- ticipator in the flower shows. Without the assists ance and cooperation of the experienced decorator and artistic worker in flowers, these affairs must invariably fall short of their mission and their educa^ tional possibiUties. How to overcome the indifference of this branch of commercial floriculture toward these enterprises which should bring immeasurable benefit to their industry is one of the serious problems for which those who beUeve in flower shows must find a solution before the ideal of what a horticultural exhibi- tion should be can be realized. The direct cost of installing a public flower show is no small matter and many a commendable enter- prise has failed through lack of sufficient income properly to finance it. Rent of haU, music, advertising, Eremiums, tables, vases, management, labor and a ost of incidentals must be taken carefully into con- sideration, and to launch any such project, under con- ditions now existing, without some form of endowment, subscription, guaranty or other definite and reliable resource; apart from the uncertain sale of admission tickets, is merely tempting fate and taking chances on misfortune. The grouping of pot-plants for effect calls for talents of a high order. Arrangements of this kind, which are so indispensable in giving character to a flower show that will appeal to the artistic eye as effective studies in form and color, are indeed rarely seen. Two almost universal faults are excessive formahtj^ in contour of the group and overcrowding of material, and it not infrequently happens that when a studied effort has been made for irregularity of outUne, the result is still unnatural and often almost grotesque. The pro- miscuous mixing together of incongruous subjects, as, for example, hardy conifers, tropical palms, geraniums and orchids in one group, is all too common. A taste- EXHIBITIONS ful grouping of plants of congenial character will always inspire enthusiastic admiration among cultured and discriminating visitors, and if the flower pots are hidden from sight by moss or other natural material the pleasing effect will usually be further enhanced, particularly in the case of plants which might natu- rally grow together. It is well known among flower-growers that the time of day, the condition of development, and other factors have a considerable influence on the keeping qualities of their product. A sojourn in a cool, dark room over night with stems deeply immersed in fresh water is really an essential with many flowers if they are to remain for any time in good condition in the atmosphere of an exhibition hall. Nothing is more dis- figuring in a flower show than a lot of wilted blooms. Much depends upon the style of vases used. Vases spreading at the top and narrowing to a point at the bottom, while perhaps the most graceful in form, are very destructive to flowers, the small quantity of water available at the base of the stems soon becoming heated and impure. Constant changing of water, and keeping down the temperature of the hall will help to preserve the exhibits. Table baskets and dinner-table exhibits generally, as often arranged, scarcely last until the first visitors are admitted. Only those in which the flower-receptacles are such as contain water can give any satisfaction in a flower show. The background against which flowers are shown, as the color and material of the walls, covering of tables, and so on, has much to do with the general impression, favorable or otherwise, on the visitor. Green — the natural foliage green — ^is unquestionably the "middle of the road" background hue for flowers. Back of and beyond green, the neutral grays and browns, and some- times pure white, are pleasing and satisfactory. It is worth noting that, while terra-cotta or flower-pot tones are usually beyond reproach as a background for Uv- ing green, yet a brick waU is a disheartening condition for this purpose, showing that it is not alone color which decides the appropriateness of exhibition hall walls or drapery. The number of specimens usually shown in cut-flower classes depends upon the kind of flowers, the ingenuity of the schedule-makers, and the demands of the occa- sion. The more extensive and pretentious the exhibi- tion, the larger should be the classes. Roses and carna- tions in half-dozens, for example, have little value in a large exhibition. Fifties and hundreds alone will impress the visitors. When individual blooms, or groups composed of individual varieties are displayed, much depends upon the taste shown in color-arrangement. This is especially important with such subjects as chrysanthemums, dahlias, gladioli and sweet peas, all of which afford wide scope for demonstration of taste in exquisite blending, contrasting and gradation of color-tones, qualities which should count for much in the final decisions of the judges. The question of the height of tables or platforms on which flowers are shown is one which should be carefully considered in ilanning an exhibition. There are flowers which should le looked down upon if their full beauty is to be seen. Others must arch overhead to display their graces, and there are many intermediate steps. As a rule, exhibition tables are set too high. One main reason for the flower show being its educa- tional value, the proper and legible labehng of species and varieties is essential. In no other respect are our exhibitions so deficient. A neat label, attached so it can be read without handling, and legible at a fair distance, is something rarely seen at a flower show, while obtrusive advertising cards or award cards frequently spoil the beauty of an otherwise creditable EXHIBITIONS 1191 El Competitive exhibitions properly conducted and entered into with the right spirit are, as before said. calculated to accomplish much good for the art of horticulture. Emulation in a friendly contest for honors is a strong factor in the success of a show, but the kind of rivalry which stimulates jealousies, envenoms dis- appointment and incites to angry protests over judges' decisions, is one of the most mischievous elements that can intrude upon the scene. In order to discourage the protesting habit and minimize the demorahzing influ- ence of questionable decisions, great care should be exercised always in the selection of competent, disin- terested and impartial judges. Their names should be announced a sufficient time in advance so that eveiy intending exhibitor may know who is to pass upon h& exhibits. It is now a generally established custom to inclose the name of an exhibitor in an envelope bearing only the class number, the identity of the exhibitor not to be disclosed until after the judging has been completed. Some very excellent systems of cards, record books, envelopes, and so on for this purpose have been devised and are in general use. Wm. J. Stewaet. Exhibition of fruits. Fig. 1469. The educational value of carefully planned exhi- bitions of fruits can scarcely be overestimated. That this fact is appreciated in increasing measure each year is demonstrated by the growing number of such exhibitions that are being held throughout the coun- try. Commercial fruit regions do much of their adver- tising by means of these annual affairs, and there are few towns or hamlets, however unpretentious, without their yearly fruit show promoted by the grange, the school, the church, or some other organization whose aim is progress in country affairs. Foresight, with careful attention to details, is essen- tial if the possibflities of an exhibition are to be devel- oped to the utmost. The larger number of such events are held in the fall, since fall is Nature's harvest sea/- son for fruits. This means that preparation must begin in midsummer to insure the greatest measure of success. There are many things that the grower can do at this time to secure high-class fruit for exhibition purposes, and no other should be considered. The best fruit is often found near the top of the tree, if thorough spraying has been done. It is the best because conditions there are most nearly ideal for its development. As the fruit increases in size and the weight upon the branches becomes greater, the side branches settle more closely together, while the top- most branches and those most nearly upright in habit of growth, always advantageously situated, have an increased opportunity to receive the abundance of air and s unli ght so essential to normal and perfect fruit. Fruit on such branches invariably possesses the highest color of any on the tree, and color is of vital importance for the matter in hand. The color may be heightened and the size increased if the fruit is thinned until the specimens hang 6 inches or more apart. A branch may be headed back, and occasionally one may be removed entirely to the benefit of those remaining, if good judgment is used. This matter of thinning is of con- siderable importance in the securing of high-class exhibition fruit, whether the fruit be apple, orange, or grape. The production of exhibition specimens by abnormal processes — ^as by ringing or girdling — ^is not allowable, unless for the express purpose of showing what can be accomphshed by such practices: fruits produced by such means should not be shown in comparison or competition with specimens produced under recognized and standard methods. The specimens should be allowed to remain- attached to the parent plant as long as possible. The longer they remain thus, the more intense will be their color and the greater wiU be their size. Pears especially 1192 EXHIBITIONS EXHIBITIONS increase very rapidly in size just before maturity. The picking should be done by hand and with the greatest care. Many an excellent specimen has been ruined by careless handling. The stems should remain intact. The picker should remove, not a suflBcient number of specimens to meet the requirements under which the exhibit is held, but many times that num- ber. A bushel, or even a barrel, of seemingljr high- class fruit will often yield after the most rigid inspec- tion but a single plate of perfect specimens. The actual selection of the specmiens to be exhibited is the most difficult and perplexing problem connected with this work. Fundamental to a successful solution of this problem is a thorough knowledge of the variety, an intmiate acquaintance with the characters of a normal specimen, and a fine discrimination in the balancing of these characters and in the attaching of the proper values to each. The external factors that must be considered are size, form, color, uniformity, and freedom from blem- ishes. The criteria to be used in the inspection of the 1469. Good exhibition plates of apples. first three factors are the attributes of a typical normal specimen of the variety when grown under conditions favorable to its development. The largest apple is not necessarily the best; in fact, great size is usually obtained at the expense of some equally desirable factor. The extrar-large specimen is always an abnormal specimen and, as such, is not to be sought. It is in regard to this factor, nowever, that many exhibitors make their first mistake. A safe rule to follow is to choose the specimen combining large size with the highest color. This rule will almost invariably elim- inate the abnormally large specimen. The form of the specimen should be true to the pre- vailing type of the section in which it grows. Occasion- ally different sections produce different types, as, for example, the New York and the Oregon-grown Esopus. One IS as true to type as the other, but the two types should never be mixed on the same plate or in the same package. Of all external factors, none exceeds in importance the quality of color. High color always sets up in the mind the presumption of excellence; the higher the color, the more pronounced seems to be the presump- tion, though it is not always justified. Color is also an indication of fitness, of approaching maturity, but a specimen maturing far in advance of its companions should be regarded with suspicion lest it harbor a worm that may emerge at a most inopportune moment if it escapes detection. Polishing a specimen to enhance its cobr should not be practised. The operation removes the bloom, which is more beautiful than the high poUsh because it is natural. The factor of uniformity implies that one specimen should resemble every other specimen as nearly as it is possible for the human eye and hand to make it. ' It is a Uteral application of the expression "as nearly i aUke as two peas." A single specimen of highest order should not be retained for a moment if its companions are on a more nearly equal though somewhat lower plane of excellence. Freedom from blemishes implies that the specimen is perfectly sound. A blemish may be anything from a bruise, a broken stem, or a stem puncture to a scale- mark or scab-spot. In an age when knowledge of pre- ventive measures is so widespread and so accessible, evidence of injury from insect or disease should com- pletely exclude a specimen from consideration. Need- less to say, the condition of the specimen should be as sound as the season permits, showing neither flabbiness nor physiological disintegration of the tissues. The factor of quaUty is also worthy of consideration, though it is of more importance in case of collections in wmch one variety is ejdiibited against another than in case of different specimens of the same variety. Granted that size, form, and color are normal, the factor of quality will usually take care of itself. There is need of a standardization of requirements under which fruit exhibits are held. These require- ments should be based on trueness to type and all that the term implies, and the values attached to the dif- ferent characters concerned should be fixed in pro- portion- to their relative importance for the purpose in hand. Such a statement appears in the following score-card for apples, which is in somewhat common use in the eastern United States: Size 10 Form 10 Color 20 Uniformity 15 QuaUty 20 Freedom from blemishes 25 Total 100 This score-card may be no more nearly correct than many others, but it represents a concerted effort to fix a satisfactory standard. There should be more of this work for every fruit. Score-cards for other fruits have been adopted by particular exhibitions and institutions as the foUow- mg for grapes: Form of bunch 10 Size of bunch 15 Size of berry 10 Color 10 Bloom 5 Freedom from blemish 20 Flavor 25 Firmness 5 Total 100 There is need also of a general agreement as to the number of specimens to be exhibited on a single plate. The rules now governing all large exhibitions in the East require that plates of apples, peaches, pears, and quinces shall contain five specimens; of the smaller fruits a sufficient number to fill a 6-inch plate; and of grapes three clusters. Fruit to be sent away for exhibition should be care- fully packed. A bushel box is a satisfactory package for this purpose, being better than a larger package in which the pressure on the fruit is greater. Each speci- men should be wrapped, and the box should be well lined with excelsior or other material. Extra speci- mens should be included to replace those that are injured in any way. In selecting the room in which the exhibition is to be held and m setting up the fruit, one prime factor should always be kept in mind — there should be noth- ing in the room to detract in any way attention from the fruit. To this end, the walls should be plain or EXHIBITIONS EXHIBITIONS 1193 even bare. The decorations should be few, simple and in harmony with the colors of the fruit, that is, substantial and perfectly plain. Red and white make a very effective combination for ceiUng decorations, if decorations seem desirable. Plain white is best for draping the tables. If electric Ughts are present, the shades may be covered with red crepe paper. This will give a quiet and subdued effect to the room when the hghts are on and will be in keeping with the other decorations. The tables should be covered with a material that will throw the fruit into sharp relief without attracting attention to the covering itself. Oatmeal paper, gray-green in color, answers these specifications very well. Six- or eight-inch papjrus plates are better than smooth-pressed paper plates or the wooden plates and need no covering. The fruit should be set up in such a way that a mass effect is produced, which impresses the observer with the fruit and with nothing else. This means that all the fruit must be on the same level. Shelves or tiers one above the other are not desirable. In other words, every detail should be subordinated to bringing out as sharply as possible the fruit that is on exhibition. It is therefore highly undersirable to place labels on the top of a specimen, as is so often done. The observer notes first of all a vast and meaningless sea of tags and after that perhaps the fruit. The label may be pinned into the plate in such a way that it is unnoticeable except on close inspection, when it can be plainly seen. A satisfactory label is a plain white cartf with three lines on it, the first for the variety name, the second for the name of the exhibitor when permissible, and the third for the section from which the fruit comes. If the exhibit is to attain its highest educational value, the varieties must be correctly named and the names correctly spelled. In general, it will be better to group varieties together in order that comparisons may be made between the different plates. By so doing an opportunity is afforded for a study of variations of fruits grown under differ- ent methods of management and in different sections in which climatic conditions are unlike. Occasionally grouping by sections may be desirable, especially if there are general and marked contrasts between the same varieties as grown in different sections. The plates should not be crowded on the tables lest the eye become confused and the fruit appear to be a jumble of specimens lacking orderly arrangement. The background of paper covering the table should be visible between every plate, not in order that it may be seen, but because it will serve to set off each plate as a separate unit meriting for the moment undivided attention. Finally, the specimens should be arranged in the same order on every plate and the plates should be in perfect alignment in every direction. Not only this, but when the angles formed by the specimens on a plate are right angles, as in case of apples with four specimens on the bottom and one on top at the cen- ter, the angles should assume the same direction as those of the table top. The same rules hold for the selection of fruit for barrels, boxes, or other packages as for single plates. The arrangement should be such as to bring out the fruit and subordinate the package, exemplified in the bank of boxed fruit. C. S. Wilson. Exhibition of vegetables. The exhibition of vegetables is usually an impor- tant feature at county, district and state fairs, and often at farmers' institutes, horticultural society meetings and conventions of vegetable-growers. Vege- tables are also likely to occupy a prominent place in county or state exhibits at state, national or inter- national shows or expositions. The exhibits may be competitive or non-competitive. In the former case they are usually made by the individual producers; in the latter case, they are more often made by a com- pany, development bureau, or an institution, primarily for advertising or educational purposes. In either case, they have some educational value, even the individual exhibitor learning by comparison of his exhibit with others. Competitive exhibits are of two kinds: (1) those in which the exhibit consists of a specified quantity of a given kind of vegetable, e.g., one dozen table carrots, and (2) those which consist of a collection or display of vegetables alone, or combined with other products of the soil. Vegetables in exhibits that are designed primarily for advertising or educational purposes usually form only a part of some general exhibit. In making exhibits in competition with the products of other exhibitors, the successful competitors are usually those who give most careful attention to the selection, preparation and installation of their exhibits. In making single exhibits, care should be taken to show the exact quantity or number of specimens men- tioned in the entry Ust. At county fairs, especially, exhibitors are prone to make their "pecks" or "half- pecks" exceedingly small if exhibition material is scarce or time limited. The present tendency is to specify in premium fists the number of specimens, whenever this is feasible, rather than a given bulk, and to dis- qualify exhibits which do not conform to the require- ment in this respect. In selecting specimens which are to form a single exhibit, very few inexperienced persons appreciate the importance of uniformity in size and type. Some- times an exhibit wiU be very creditable with the excep- tion of one or two specimens. These odd specimens may be very good as individuals, but differ much in size or type from the other specimens and detract seriously from the value of the exhibit. Vegetables on exhibition should be clean. Root crops should usually be washed. Onions are best prepared by careful brushing. Cauliflower and cabbage should be carefully trimmed; tomatoes, eggplant and melons wiped with a moist cloth. Celery, lettuce and endive should be gathered with the roots on, carefully washed, and displayed with the roots immersed in water so that the plants will not wilt. The arrangement of the specimens in a single exhibit is also important. When the judging is by comparison, only those exhibits which attract the immediate attention of the judge will be likely to receive careful consideration if the number of entries is at all large. Under such conditions it often happens that the arrangement of the specimens is fuUy as effective in securing careful examination of the exhibit as is the perfection of the specimens themselves. In the case of many kinds of vegetables, if the number of specimens is not over one dozen, the exhibit can often be dis- played very advantageously on plates or trays. If one- peck or one-half bushel is prescribed, spUnt baskets are desirable receptacles. In any case, the appearance of the exhibition room will be greatly enhanced if the recep- tacles used for all the single exhibits are as uniform as the nature of the products wiU permit. With this end in view, it is desirable that the management furnish the receptacles. In the exhibitions held by thoroughly established organizations which give special attention to vegetables, there is Ukely to be a recognized appropriate method of disposing the specimens of each kind of vegetable in or upon a given type of receptacle. At county fairs, each exhibitor usually exercises his own ingenuity both as to type of receptacle and method of arrangement; and the result is at least lacking in monotony. To show at its best, every exhibit should be charac- terized by neatness and simplicity in arrangement. The principles involved in making a general display 1194 EXHIBITIONS EXOCHORDA including a number of different kinds of vegetables are much the same as for making individual exhibits: the specimens must be selected with care, thoroughly cleaned, and attractively arranged. In addition, the character and arrangement of the exhibit as a whole must be given careful attention. Very often, general displays fail in effectiveness because the number of specimens of each kind is too limited or the dififerent specimens of the same kind are too much scattered through the exhibit, instead of being massed so that they would make an impression upon the spectator. Exhibitors are likewise inclined to weaken the char- acter of an exhibit by introducing a. few specimens each of numerous species or varieties that are Uttle known or of small commercial importance. These are often scattered promiscuously through the exhibit and detract the attention from the main features. The general effect of the exhibit as a whole is of prime importance. Non-competitive exhibits of vegetables for adver- tising or educational purposes are usually confined to a comparatively few species or varieties in a given exhibit. In exhibits made for advertising some particu- lar section or locality, the vegetables are Ukely to be merely a minor part of a general exhibit, and to con- sist of specimens likely to attract attention by reason of their unusual size rather than any other noteworthy feature. Certain kinds of vegetables lend themselves readily to the making of purely educational exhibits to illus- trate the influence of differences in soil treatment or cultural methods or the results of treatment for plant diseases. In such exhibits, it is unwise to attempt to illustrate the results of many different treatments in one exhibit. It is much better to concentrate the attention of the spectator upon one or two striking results than to try to demonstrate a number of minor variations. If the latter method is attempted, the effectiveness of the display wiU be destroyed; for the passing observer recognizes only striking contrasts. For example, if a number of different fertilizer treat- ments have been employed, and all give marked results as compared with the check (the unfertiUzed plat), it would be unwise in an educational exhibit to attempt to illustrate the proportionate yields from all the treat- ments. Only the yields of the check plat and one or two others should be given. The casual observer can see three things at a glance, but not a dozen. In making an educational exhibit to represent dif- ferences in yields, the quantities shown should repre- sent yields from definite areas of ground, such as one- hundredth or one-thousandth of an acre; and the specimens should be arranged in such a way that the (fifferences will be most apparent. In arranging an exhibit to illustrate the results of treatment for plant diseases, e.g., treatment of seed potatoes for the control of scab, it is better to sort the specimens from each plat into "diseased" and "sound," and to display them in two contiguous piles, than to mix the diseased and sound promiscuously in the same pile. The educational value of all exhibits, whether compet- itive or non-compe^tive, is greatly enhanced if careful attention is given to the proper labeling of the various parts or features of each exhibit. Conspicuous legends of a concise nature are of some benefit to even the casual observer, and are greatly appreciated by the few who are specially interested in the particular exhibit or the matter it is designed to illustrate. John W. Lloyd. EXOCHORDA (from exo, external, and chorde, a cord, referring to the chord belonging to the external part of the placenta on the ventral side of the carpels). Rosacex. Peahl- Bush. Ornamental shrubs grown chiefly for the showy racemes of pure white flowers. Deciduous: winter-buds conspicuous, with imbricate scales: Iva. alternate, petioled, entire or serrate: fls. in terminal racemes, polygamo-dioecious; calyx-tube broadly turbinate; calyx-lobes and petals 5; stamens 15-25, at the margin of a large disk, short; carpels 5, cormate; styles distinct: fr. a 5-angled, deeply furrowed caps., separating into 5 bony, 1-2-seeded carpels; seeds winged. — Three species in China and Turkestan. The pearl-bushes are slender-branched shrubs with rather thin bright green foliage and very showy white flowers. E. Korolkowii is hardy North. E. racemosa and E. Giraldii are at least hardy as far north as Mass- achusetts. They grow best in a well-drained loamy soil and in a sunny position. Propagation is by seeds, or by softwood cuttings taken from forced plants; taken in summer from the open they root slowly and with difl[iculty; also by layering. racemdsa, Rehd. (E. grandifldra, Lindl. Ameldnchier racemdsa, Lindl.). Fig. 1470. Slender spreading shrub, to 10, rarely to 15 ft., glabrous: Ivs. elhptic to elliptic- oblong or oblong-obovate, ,;^ entire or on vigorous shoots serrate above the middle, 1J^2H in. long, whitish below; pet- ioles about /4iii. long: racemes 6- 10-fld.; fls. 2 in. across, pure white, short-stalked; petals roundish, clawed; stamens 15: fr. turbinate, about J^in. long. April, May. China. B.M. 4795. F. S. 9:954. L.L 11-12. Gt.47: 1455. R.H. 1889, p. 128; 1896, pp. 324, 325. J.H. III. 34:483; 53:285. G.C. II. 16:73; IIL 7:613. Gn. 58, p. 315; 60, p. 232; 62, p. 161; 66, p. 141. A.F. 6:643. Gng. 5:97. F.E. 30:117; 31:971. G.M. 44:531. M.D.G. 1901:321; 1905: 254; 1906:561. G.W. 10, p. 430. H.F. 1867:250. Var. prostrata, Hort. A form with prostrate branches. — The species is among the showiest shrubs blooming ia May. GirMdii, Hesse (,E. racemdsa var. GirdUii, Rehd.). Similar to the preceding: Ivs. oval or .elliptic, entire, very rarely cre- nate-serrate; petiole about 1 in. long, usuaUy red: fls. very short-stalked or nearly sessile; petals obovate, gradually nar- rowed into the claw, some- times toothed; stamens 25-30. N.W.China. M.D.G. 1909:295. G.W. 16, p. 450. Var. WDsonii, Rehd. (E. racemdsa var. WUsonii, Rehd.). Lvs. elliptic to oblong, occasionally serrate; petioles H- Ji in. long, usually green: stamens 20-25. Cent. China. Korptk6wii, Lav. (E. Albertii, Regel. E. grandiflbra var. Albertii, Aschers. & Graebn.). Upright, slender- branched shrub, to 12 ft., glabrous: lvs. oblong, to oblong-oblanceolate, obtuse or acute, gradually nar- rowed toward the base, entire, but the lvs. of the stronger shoots often serrate above the middle and at the base with 1 or few small narrow lobes, l/4-2J^ in. long: racemes 5-8-fld.; fls. 1}^ in. across; petals nar- rowly obovate; stamens 25: caps. J^in. long, ovoid, pointed. April, May. Turkestan. G.W. 16, p. 451. G. 31:505. — This is one of the earliest shrubs to burst into leaf in spring; it is of more upright habit and with 1470. Ezochorda racemosa. (XM) EXOCHORDA darker and denser foliage than the preceding, but not BO floriferous. macrintha, Lemoine (E. racemdsa x E. Korolkdwii). bimilar to E. racemosa, but of more upright habit and more vigorous: Ivs. generally obovate or oblong- obovate, bright green, entire on vigorous shoots ore- nate, 2-3 in. long: racemes 8-10-fld.; fls. lJ^-2 in. broad; petals obovate, narrowed into the claw sta- mens about 20. April, May. Of garden origin. R H 1903, pp. 18, 64. M.D.G. 1902:484. G.W. 16:449. ' >^ Alfred Rehder. EXOG6NIUM: Ipomaca. w!,t"^an. EXORRHiZA {exo, out, outside, rhiza, root; alluding to the large aerial roots above the ground). PalmAcex, tribe Cocolnex. High-growing pinnate-leaved pahn. Stem or trunk straight, smooth, supported at the base by large aerial, spiny roots: Ivs. large, pinnate. Allied to Kentia, but distinguished by the imbricate sepals of the staminate fls., the elongated subulate filaments of the stamens, by the roundish ovate sepals of the pistillate fls. and by the parietal ovule. In Kentia the ovule is basal and erect. Cult, as in Kentia. The following species flowered at Kew in 1901. Wendlandiaaa, Becc. (KSntia ExorrUza, Wendl.). Often more than 60 ft. high but in cult, reaching only 24 ft.: Ivs. 10-12 ft. long; pinnse alternately arranged, 1-2 in. from each other, becoming 4 ft. long and 2 in. broad, 8-10-nerved: spadix appearing below the Ivs., enveloped in thick, coriaceous boat-shaped spathes; spadices 2, much longer than the spathes. Fiji Isls. B-M. 7797. N. TAYLOR.f EXOSTEMMA (name alludes to the exserted sta- mens). Rubidcese. Evergreen trees and shrubs of W. Indies and other parts of Trop. Amer., by some united with Rustia. There are upwards of 20 species. They are httle known as warmhouse subjects, and the name does not appear in the trade. It is probable that the general treatment given Cinchona and similar things will apply to them. Lvs. opposite: fls. white, various in size and arrangement; corolla salver-form, the lobes 5 and spreading and narrow; stamens 5, inserted in the bottom of the corolla-tube, long-exserted; disk annular: fr. an oblong, cylindrical or club-shaped 2-valved caps. The fls. are commonly axillary or in terminal corjonbs. EXPERIMENT STATIONS. Every state of the Union, every island dependency of the United States, and every province of the Dominion of Canada has one experiment station for agriculture supported by public funds. A very few of the states have two stations, one being the regular federal agency in the state and the other being usually an institution established and maintained directly by the state and representing the movement that began before the passage of the federal experiment station act. By the middle of the last century, the discussion for institutions or agencies to make experiments in agri- culture was well under way. It was not till 1875, how- ever, that any legislative body made an appropriation for the establishing of such an institution. This was in Connecticut. Other stations followed in several states, some of them under direct legislative enact- ment and others being organizations within colleges or college departments of agriculture. These move- ments were marked in North Carohna, New York, New Jersey, Ohio, Massachusetts, and other states. The movement in the United States for a national system of experiment stations took form in a bill for the purpose introduced into Congress in 1882 by Hon. C. C. Carpenter of Iowa. The bill finally to become a law was introduced in the House of Representatives by Hon. William H. Hatch of Missouri; this became law March 2, 1887, by the signature of President 76 EXPERIMENT STATIONS 1195 Cleveland. It appropriates $15,000 to each state for the purpose of estabhshing an agricultural experi- ment station, to be located at the land-grant college unless the state shall determine otherwise. A second act, supplementing the Hatch Act, was approved March 16, 1906, by President Roosevelt, it having been introduced and carried to passage by Hon. Henry C. Adams, of Wisconsin. This appropriates $15,000 to each state "for the more complete endow- ment and maintenance" of the stations, with the under- standing and requirement that it shall support funda- mental researches. About $1,500,000 is therefore expended annually by the federal government for the maintenance of experiment stations in the forty-eight states, aside from similar grants for stations in Porto Rico and Hawaii, expenditures in the PhiUppines through the War Department, and in Alaska and Guam directly through the United States Department of Agriculture; and there is also a large and important expenditure in the Department of Agriculture itself, both for supervision and for investigation. The states also contribute heavily to the experiment station work. The total revenue in the United States for the year ended June 30, 1912 was $4,068,240.09. By law, reports are to be issued at least quarterly by the different experiment stations. These institu- tions are now issuing numerous bulletins, circulars and reports on an astonishing range of subjects and of the greatest importance to the people. The pubhcations of the United States Department of Agriculture are very extensive and of the highest technical and gen- eral value. In Canada, the experiment station movement was practically parallel with that in the United States. The Act for a dominion system was passed in 1886. One central station, or "central experimental farm," was established at Ottawa, and the stations in the prov- inces are branches of it and under the administration of its director. The grant of Parhament for the year 1913-1914 for the maintenance of the system of experimental farms was $900,000. In both the United States and Canada, horticulture is one of the important subjects of experiment and research. Usually this work is in charge of a separate officer, commonly known as a "horticulturist;" and the number of associates and helpers may be several or many. The extent of horticultural research is now large and it is rapidly increasing. Persons desiring to be in touch with this work should apply to the experi- ment station in the state or province or to the national department; and a fist of these institutions is given below. For further history and discussion of Experi- ment Stations in the two countries, see pp. 422-430, Vol. IV, Cyclo. Amer. Agric. In the United States the address of the experiment station and of the college of agriculture is usually the same post-office. In New York, there is a state station at Geneva as well as the federal station and college at Ithaca; in Ohio, the experiment station is at Wooster, and the college is part of the State University at Columbus; in Georgia, the station is at Experiment and the college at Athens, in the University; in Con- necticut, the federal station is at New Haven, and the college at Storrs; in other states the post-offices of the two are the same. Canada. The Dominion or headquarters institution is the Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Ontario. Alberta. Experimental Station, Lacombe. Experimental Station, Lethbridge. British Columbia. Experimental Farm, Agassiz. Experiment Stations, at Invermere, and at Sidney on Vancouver Island. 1196 EXPERIMENT STATIONS EXPERIMENT STATIONS Manitoba. Experimental Farm, Brandon. New Brunswick. Experimental Station, Fredericton. Nova Scotia. Experimental Farms, Nappan, Kentville. Ontario. Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa. Prince Edward Island. Experimental Station, Charlottetown. Quebec. Experimental Stations, Cap Rouge, Ste. Anne de la. Pocatiere, Lennoxville. Saskatchewan. Experimental Farm, Indian Head. Experimental Stations, Rosthern and Scott. United States. United States Department of Agricultiire, Wash- ington, D. C. Alabama. Agricultural Experiment Station of the Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn. Canebrake Agricultural Experiment Station, Union- town. Tuskegee Agricultural Experiment Station, Tuske- gee Institute. Alaska. Alaska Agricultural Experiment Stations, Sitka, Kodiak, Rampart, and Fairbanks. Arizona. Agricultural Experiment Station of the University of Arizona, Tucson. Arkansas. Arkansas Agricultural Experiment Station, Fay- ettevUle. California. Agricultural Experiment Station of the University of California, Berkeley. Colorado. Agricultural Experiment Station, Fort Collins. Connecticut. The Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station, New Haven. Storrs Agricultural Experiment Station, Storrs. Delaware. The Delaware College Agricultural Experiment Station, Newark. Florida. Agricultural Experiment Station of Florida, Gainesville. Georgia. ' Georgia Experiment Station, Experiment. Guam. Guam Agricultural Experiment Station, Island of Guam (address Island of Guam, via San Fran- cisco). Hawaii. Hawaii Agricultural Experiment Station, HonoMu. Hawaii Sugar Planters' Experiment Station, Honolulu. Idaho. Agricultural Experiment Station of the University of Idaho, Moscow. Illirwis. Agricultural Experiment Station of the University of Illinois, Urbana. Indiana. Agricultural Experiment Station of Indiana, La Fayette. Iowa. Iowa Agricultural Experiment Station, Ames. Kansas. Kansas Agricultural Experiment Station, Man- hattan. Kentucky. Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station, Lex- ington. Louisiana. State Experiment Station, Baton Rouge. North Louisiana Experiment Station, Calhoun. Rice Experiment Station, Crowley. Sugar Experiment Station, Audubon Park, New Orleans. Maine. Maine Agricultural Experiment Station, Orono. Maryland. Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station, College Park. Massachusetts Agricultural Experiment Station, Amherst. Michigan. Experiment Station of Michigan Agricultural Col- lege, East Lansing. Minnesota. Agricultural Experiment Station of the University of Minnesota, University Farm, St. Paul. Mississippi Agricultural Experiment Station, Agri- cultural College. McNeill Branch Experiment Station, McNeill. Delta Branch Experiment Station, Stoneville. Holly Springs Branch Experiment Station, Holly Springs. Missouri. Missouri Agricultural College Experiment Station, Columbia. Missouri State Fruit Experiment Station, Moun- tain Grove. Montana. Montana Agricultural Experiment Station, Boze- man. Nebraska. Agricultural Experiment Station of Nebraska, Lincoln. Nevada. Nevada Agricultural Experiment Station, Reno. New Hampshire. New Hampshire CoUege Agricultural Experiment Station, Durham. New Jersey. New Jersey Agricultural College Experiment Star tion, New Brunswick. New Jersey State Agricultural Experiment Station, New Brunswick. New Mexico. Agricultural Experiment Station of New Mexico, State College. New York. New York Agricultural Experiment Station, Geneva. Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion, Ithaca. North Carolina. North Carohna Agricultural Experiment Station, West Raleigh. Agricultural Experiment Station of the North Caro- hna State Department of Agriculture, Raleigh. North Dakota. North Dakota Agricultural Experiment Station, Agricultural College. EXPERIMENT STATIONS Ohio. Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station, Wooster. Oklahoma. Oklahoma Agricultural Experiment Station, Still- water. Oregon. Oregon Experiment Station, Corvallis. Pennsylvania. The Pennsylvania State College Agricultural Experi- ment Station, State College. Philippine Islands. Lamao Experiment Station, Lamao, Bataan. Porto Rico. Porto Eico Agricultural Experiment Station, Maya- guez. Porto Rico Sugar Producers' Experiment Station, Rio Piedras. Rhode Island. Agricultural Experiment Station of the Rhode Island State College, Kingston. South Carolina. South Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station, Clemson College. South Dakota. South Dakota Agricultural Experiment Station, Brookings. Tennessee. Tennessee Agricultural Experiment Station, Knox- ville. Texas. Texas Agricultural Experiment Station, College Station. Utah. Agricultural Experiment Station, Logan. Vermont. Vermont Agricultural Experiment Station, Bur- lington. Virginia. Virginia Agricultiual Experiment Station, Blacks- burg. Virginia Truck Experiment Station, Norfolk. Washington. Washington Agricultural Experiment Station, PuUman. West Virginia. West Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Morgantown. Agricultural Experiment Station of the University of Wisconsin, Madison. Wyoming. Wyoming Agricultural Experiment Station, Laramie. Research in horticulture. (TJ. P. Hedrick.) For the purposes of this discussion we need not con- cern ourselves with formal definitions of horticulture nor discuss its several divisions. (For definitions, see Horticulture.) It is more to the point to indicate the nature of the research problems to be solved in the several loosely correlated industries of which horti- culture is composed. Experimenters in horticulture may investigate the phenomena of science, the mechani- cal methods of an art, and latterly they have come to have much to do with business affairs. What should be the relative status of science, art and business in research work in this branch of agriculture? Horticulture is a "no man's land" in science. Bota^ nists, chemists, entomologists, bacteriologists and genet- icists, join in solving its problems. First one science and then another lets in its hght and illuminates an obscure nook. Thus, systematic botany, in the classi- EXPERIMENT STATIONS 1197 fication of orchard and garden plants, began the con- struction of rational horticulture; then came chemistry to furnish knowledge of soils and fertilizers; botanj and entomology brought aid in combating innumerable pests. When, however, a discovery is made in anj science men are drawn to it as moths to a light, and botany and entomology, which have recently been most prominent, are now giving way in horticulture to genetics and the sciences having to do with the soil, discovery and activity being greatest in these fields. Thus, there is no science of horticulture, but there is science in horticulture. The science field, alsO; is as open to horticulturists as to experimenters m the sciences that form the foundation of horticulture. The apijUcation of science is art. The botanist and entomologist discover the fife-history of insects and fungi; the control of the pests, by means of spraying or otherwise, is an art. The discovery of the laws that govern soil-moisture and soil-heat is a field for the scientist; the art of tillage is or should be founded on the science of soil physics. A widely different phase of physics comes mto action when the mechanical engineer is asked to help solve the problems of coohng, storing and transporting horticultural products. The manipulation of plants in propagating, grafting and training is an art based on plant physiology. Thus, research work in horticulture partakes of the "prac- tical;" indeed, applicability usually must be a para- moimt consideration in investigations in this field. Much that is called "pure science" is helpful in horti- culture, but the horticulturist is chiefly concerned with apphed science. So, also, there are inter-relations between business, science and art in horticulture. A prevalent phase of experirnentation is the determination of the cost of the unit — the barrel of apples, for example — of agri- cultural products; other business experiments seek to determine the outgo and the income of the orchard and garden; stiU others consider the relative profits of two crops in certain soils or other environmental conditions. These problems are largely studies of business methods and are not true research subjects, but one can conceive of scientific investigations in the business affairs of horticulture and certainly science and business come into close touch in this industry. The distinctions that have been made are not clearly defined in the activities of horticulturists. Too often men supposed to be engaged in research work in horti- cultural science are busy with the art — ^very often not in discovery or invention in art but simply with the details of well-established art. Much that is put out as the result of research work is a description or a dis- cussion of the technic of horticulture. A study of business methods, pure and simple, is frequently offered as the results of research. These isolated observations on the art and business of horticulture, having no relation to either pure or applied science, ephemeral and of but limited application, bear but poorly the brand of investigation. Data in the art and business of horticulture, to be worth the while of the true research worker, must be a part of the coor- dinated and classified knowledge of horticulture, must be of more or less universal application, and must deal more or less directly with scientific principles. Investi- gating is not teaching, nor demonstrating, nor observ- ing, nor describing, nor proving, unless primarily behind any of these is the design to discover laws. On the other hand, much that passes as scientific investigation turns out to be theory made attractive by the rouge of speculation; or it is controversy for controversy's sake; not infrequently the offering of science is an old garment made over in a new style; or it is a small truth much adorned; sometimes the scientific offering but heralds a discovery which never appears. Pseudo-research is by no means confined to the practical phases of horticulture. 1198 EXPERIMENT STATIONS EXPERIMENT STATIONS The writer does not overlook the body of good work being turned out by the American experimenters in hor- ticultural hnes, but this is not the subject of the present discussion. The training o/ research workers. The diverse character of experimentation in horti- culture as set forth indicates somewhat the training that investigators in this field should have. It follows from the importance attached to science in horticul- ture, that thorough training in the sciences is impera^ tive, but the distinctions here made indicate just as clearly that a person trained in the sciences and not in the art and business of horticulture is sadly handi- capped. We may put down as the first essential in the mental equipment of the research worker, a broad and severe scientific training. The second essential is, per- fect familiarity with garden, orchard and greenhouse plants and methods of handling their products. It is not sufficient that the horticultural experimenter know but the industry in which he may speciahze. Knowledge of what is done in the greenhouse, for example, is indispensable to the experimenter with fruits, offering him suggestions at every turn. Whatever knowledge a man may possess of the needs and care of plants in any field of agriculture will be helpful in a specialized field. Perhaps the ability to correlate science and art should be put down as a third essential. But at present chief emphasis must be laid on the scientific training. The art of horticulture is sufficiently weU taught in agricultural colleges, and the money- earning value of an education is in most institutions over-emphasized. The atmosphere of practicums and money-making which prevails in most of our colleges is not one in which investigators are born and bred. Instead, for the proper training of a horticultiirist there should be an atmosphere of investigation for investigation's sake, of sound learning, of appreciation of science not only in its applications but as pure science and for its disciphnary value. It is desirable, almost imperative, that one training to become a hor- ticulturist should take a post-graduate course in which special attention may be devoted to the sciences and the problems of horticulture. Equipment for research. Less need be said about the material equipment for horticultural research ths,n the mental make-up of the worker. The nation and the states have been free in the expenditure of money for experimental work. Not a, few horticultural departments in the experiment stations of the country are over-equipped with land, buildings and laboratories — the things that money can buy. Certain it is that the output from the insti- tutions conducting research is not in proportion to the money spent or to the number of men on the staff. The fact that equipment and materials do not create, needs emphasis everywhere in horticultural experi- mentation. The custom of obtaining money to build up a department without specific work to be done is a vicious one from which there must in time be a reac- tion. Opportunity, equipment and problem should go together, and all these are valueless without a man with initiative, ideas, and training to use them. There are probably more over-equipped departments in horticulture than under-equipped ones. Large experimenting is sometimes small experimenting and small experimenting large experimenting. In one particular, however, the horticultural depart- ments of the country are sadly under-equipped. There are no comprehensive plantations of economic plants in the experiment stations of the United States. The amelioration of plants is the chief work in horticulture and it would seem that the establishment of economic gardens is imperative, since material to be used advan- tageously must be near at hand. At least one station in every distinct agricultural region in the country should have an economic garden where may be found the food plants of the world suitable for the region. This should be an agricultural garden, not a plant museum to show the curious and the ornamental; in it agriculture must be dominant, not recessive. Organization for research. Horticulture is composed of so many industries and involves so many sciences that its problems are too diverse and too complex to permit of many definite statements in regard to organization for research. But several generalities may be set down as essentials to a good organization: (1) There must be a man in command — a broadly trained man. (2) The position of the experimenter should be permanent, subject only to efficiency. (3) The time and thought of the investi- gator must not be taken up with other activities, as administration, teaching, extension work and the like. (4) The organization must be permanent, to give con- tinuity, coherence and exhaustiveness to the work. (5) The organization should usually correspond with the subdivisions of horticulture rather than the sciences upon which it is founded. That is, there should be pomologists, gardeners and florists, rather than botan- ists, chemists and entomologists. (6) Money and effort should be concentrated upon a few comprehensive problems that can be exhaustively carried to sound conclusions. Too many experiments are but frag- ments of a larger problem; discovered to be such, they are often discarded after waste of time and money. The third of the essentials just given needs amplifica- tion. The greatest deterrent to good work in experi- mentation is the association of research with teaching either in the classroom or from the institute platform. So much of the time and energy of men having these dual-purpose positions is taken by the more present, and therefore more pressing, work of teaching that they are often investigators only in name. In every institution where teaching and investigating are com- bined, the demand is naturally strongest from students, and investigation suffers. There are, it is true, advan- tages in the combined position of teacher and investi- gator, but few indeed are the cases in which the dis- advantages do not outweigh them and always the research work suffers. There should be cooperation between the horticul- tural experimenters in the several states and the United States Department of Agriculture. A most pathetic spectacle in our agricultural institutions is that of iso- lated men attacking one and the same problem, dupli- cating results, often duplicating errors and in either case wasting public funds. So far as possible there should not be overlapping of experimental work, unless dupli- cation is desirable to make more certain the results. In the latter case the work should be jointly planned and from time to time compared and adjusted to secure efficiency and economy. The Society for Horticultural Science is an excellent clearing-house in which the official horticultural experimenters in North America may interchange ideas and adjust their work. Theories in horticulture are so general, facts so numerous, evidence of one kind or another so easily adduced, that the temptation is strong to state a theory, supply facts from the many already known, adorn the work with a dash of personally collected evidence and call the result an experiment. Such work lacks coher- ence and is incomplete. Few, indeed, are the horticul- tural investigators who make their work invincible by exhaustiveness. Again, the urgent call for results has led to the study of problems admitting of hurried con- clusions rather than those that are fundamental, and for this reason much work is unfinished and incon- clusive. The superb exhaustiveness of Darwin's work, much of it horticultural experimentation, should furnish inspiration and method to investigators in this EXPERIMENT STATIONS field of agriculture in particular. All call to mind that the Origin of Species" is but a short statement of the theory of evolution which is then shown to be an impregnable fact by a vast amount of evidence over which Darwin labored for twenty years, biding time until his views reached full maturity. There is every temptation to publish prematurely, but permanent work is that which is completely worked out. Besides, given time, investigation is easier, material coming of itself which, under speed, would have required travail of mind to bring forth. The immediate field. In conclusion it may be well to state, as a record of the times, and for possible suggestive value, some of the present problems of horticulture. Experimentation is needed in the oldest of horti- cultural operations — ^pruning. It must be approached through physiological botany. We know next to nothing about the feeding of plants and the influences of the food elements on plant-products — current methods of fertihzing are largely arbitrary. Many questions having to do with sex are before us. There is need of more precise knowledge about bud-forma- tion and the setting and dropping of fruits. There is yet much to be done in the classification and descrip- tion of horticultural plants. More than elsewhere in agriculture, horticultural plants are inter-planted as in catch-crops, cover-crops and in crop-rotation; the inter-relationships of plants and the effects of crop residues, therefore, must be studied. Greater knowledge of the associations of plants would throw new light on the relations of climates and soils to plant-growing — plant ecology. We have not yet reached the Mmit of improvement in any cultivated species and plant- breeding must be given attention. The relationships of parasites and hosts involving the whole matter of predisposition, resistance and immunity offer a series of problems. The good and bad effects of sprays, quite aside from their insecticidal or fungicidal func- tions, are worthy of study. Much has been written but very little is really known about the reciprocal influences of stock and graft. The whole matter of stocks needs experimental attention, fruit-growers in particular having little to guide them in the choice of stocks for the several fruits. We know that cultivated plants vary greatly: are any of the variations heritable or do they appear and disappear with the individual? A study of the last problem would bring one to a much- needed investigation of mutations. Acclimatization deserves consideration. There yet remain many native plants worthy of domestication. Forcing of plants brings up many problems; as, the influence of heated soils and atmospheres, soil sterilization, artificial lights in place of sunlight, the use of electricity in forcing growth and the physiological disturbances of the plant brought about by the changed environment. Lastly, those who ship and store horticultural products are call- ing for experimental aid to solve their many problems. EXTENSION TEACHING IN HORTICULTURE. Extension work is the effort made by an institution of higher learning to carry outside its own walls and directly to the people, any form of helpful educational influence. A state university, or institution tha,t derives financial support from the state, may legiti- mately be called upon to give instruction to the people who cannot attend its courses, if means are provided for the performance of this office. Such an institution no longer fulfils its complete function when it confines itself to teaching students who come to it and to the investigation of problems within its laboratories. A strong college of arts and science, necessarily the center of the great university of today, may extend its educa- tional ideals and its higher educational functions to the people of the state as well as to the students who EXTENSION TEACHING 1199 reside within it. The professional schools of law, medi- cine, education, engineering, journalism, agriculture and others (articulated with the college of arts and science, to make up the university) are each investiga- ting the problems of their respective fields and gather- ing information that may be carried to the people of the state, through organized extension work. More and more the people are coming to depend upon this information as a basis for better enactment, better municipal functions, better sanitation, better regula- tions as to health, better civic improvement of all phases, and last, but not least, better agriculture, better roads, and a higher plane of country Ufe. Extension work in horticulture is that phase of organized extension activity that has to do with better production, better handhng and better marketing of horticultural products and the higher efforts of living to which this work contributes. Horticultural extension is conducted by means of private letters, lectures, pubhcations, correspondence courses, demonstration schools, demonstration experi- ments, and the Uke. Private correspondence. — Every fruit-grower, gar- dener, florist or other horticultural worker may encounter special problems upon which he needs individual advice. The horticultural department in any of our leading colleges of agriculture is called upon to answer thousands of letters of inquiry every year. Each of these inquiries is referred to the mem- ber of the horticultural staff best qualified to handle it. Many of these inquiries entail special letters. Some of them may be more fully answered by sending circulars or bulletins. Publications. — Departments of horticulture dissemi- nate much information through bulletins, circulars of information and press notices. These bulletins are the published results of the investigation of special problems by the members of the horticultural staff. Circulars of information are more popular treatises of horticultural subjects of interest in the state, and pertaining to which the department has gathered information of interest. Press notices are usually timely topics or seasonal advice furnished the press of the state to publish at the opportune time for their readers. If an insect or disease appears suddenly and promises to become widespread, due to unusual conditions, it often may be checked by prompt action. Unusual weather conditions may sometimes call for unusual methods of management of plants or of crops. The pubhcation may take the form of an organized reading-course effort without assuming to construct and conduct correspondence courses. Extension lectures. — ^Hundreds of lectures on horti- cultural topics are given by members of the horti- cultural staff, at schools, teachers' meetings, civic improvement societies, commercial club meetings, nurserymen's conventions, canners' associations, fruit- growers' organizations, florists' clubs, and other gather- ings. In this way something of the work of the Depart- ment may be carried to every organized body in the state which is interested in a phase of horticulture. Surveys. — ^That the department of horticulture may be of special service to a horticultural center, or special horticultural industry, a careful survey of the horti- cultural conditions as they exist may be desirable. Such a survey may determine what varieties are prov- ing most profitable, which of the prevaiUng methods of management are yielding the most satisfactory results, what are the difficult problems that need investiga- tion and what are the reasons for successes or failures. The average result may throw much hght upon what is already proving best in the neighborhood. A question that is vexing the average grower may have been answered by the work of the best growers, whose results show the answer to the question. As an exam- ple of the plan and possibilities of such surveys may 1200 EXTENSION TEACHING EXTENSION TEACHING be mentioned the orchard survey of some of the leading apple-growing counties of New "York. A meas- ure of the commercial value of spraying is secured by statistical results from sprayed and unsprayed orchards. The commercial value of orchard tillage as compared with orchards growing in sod is shown by the returns from each class of orchard. The best methods of green- house construction and management for particular crops may be determined and explained in the same way. Extension schools. — In many states, extension schools of horticulture are held for the purpose of carrying special horticultural instruction to a neighborhood. Such schools often consist of lectures and demonstra- tions in a subject of immediate interest. For example, just previous to harvesting a fruit crop a school in fruit-packing may be held. The methods and advan- tages of proper packing are presented by means of lectures. This is followed by practical laboratory periods in which those in attendance learn to do the work of proper packing. In a similar way, pruning, spraying and other phases of fruit-production are being taught in brief periods of one or two days or a week, the time varying with the needs of the commu- nity and the character of the subject taught; or situa/- tions with vegetable-growers and florists may be met. Correspondence courses. — Some schools teach courses in horticulture by correspondence. Certain subjects are capable of being taught in this way. OutUnes for the lessons are mailed to the student. Prescribed read- ing is required and directions for observations and original work and study of plants are formulated. Examinations usually consist of written reports made by the student, embodying a statement of the results secured by him. These reports usually show whether or not the student has grasped the subject and wherein he may need further suggestions and study. Boys' and girls' clubs. — ^A movement that is destined to have a very profound influence is the organization of boys' and girls' clubs for the study of subjects relar ting to horticulture. Often this club work takes the form of contests in gardening or in the production of some special garden crop, such as tomatoes. Organiza- tion is best effected through cooperation with the schools or somebody that can direct the work of each local club. Printed sheets are mailed the club members, from time to time, giving instruction in the details of the work and the conditions governing the contest. Prizes are usually awarded at the local contests and sometimes the prize-winner3»compete in a state contest. Cooperative demonstrations and experiments.^ A very efficient means of promoting the productive growth of any horticultural interest is by means of cooperative demonstrations conducted on the grounds of some energetic grower, whose conditions fairly represent the neighborhood. The ground may be leased by the institution or offered by the local grower. Experiments are carefully outUned to test some problem of interest, such as spraying, comparison of methods of pruning or of cultivation or planting, the use of fertilizers, determination of the merits of particular flowers or vegetables, or other question which the community needs to nave worked out. A representative of the horticultural staff visits the grounds as often as is necessary to oversee proper conduct of the work and to record the results of the experiment. Whenever results are secm'ed that are of benefit to the growers, a meeting is held for the purpose of explaining and observing these results and demonstrating the methods for the benefit of those who may profit by adopting them. This form of extension affords the means not only of presenting to the grower facts and methods already known, but it also works new problems out for the neighborhood by securing results that are adapted to their special local requirement. It makes the work convincing; the growers themselves have a hand in it and feel that it is their own; they grow into an understanding of it as the work grows; it gives a new pride and a new power in working for superior methods. While this is perhaps the most productive form of extension work, its scope is, of course, neces- sarily limited by the fact that working force and funds are not available for handling more than a hmited number of the pressing problems in a state at one time. General considerations. — Incidentally there are other ways by which extension work may be accomphshed. Enough already has been accomplished to show that organized extension work has a large and increasing influence upon the horticulture of a state. Like any other great movement in behalf of human progress, the measure of success of extension work in horticulture depends largely on its proper organization. It offers a multitude of opportunities for work that the world needs to have done. As indicated above, the work is approached in numerous ways. Unless properly organized there is danger of scattered effort, duplica- tion, and failure to follow up results so as to give sta- bility and permanence. It should be a factor in the organized extension work of the entire institution of which it is a part. The question then arises as to whether the work should be undertaken by a separate corps of workers, especially trained for the purpose, and acting under the direction of an extension department head, or whether, since it relates to a special profes- sional fleld, it should be carried by the officers of the department of horticulture in the college and experi- ment station. To the writer, the latter seems to be the more rational arrangement. It is no doubt true that if a corps of men do extension work exclusively, with no definitely organized relation to college teaching and experiment station investigation, there will be a ten- dency to lose touch with higher educational ideals and failure to take to the people the stimulus of pro- ductive investigation and the last word in scientific advancement. Undoubtedly there is a tendency, especially on the part of younger men who have the faculty of appealing to the popular audience, to become satisfied with the plaudits of the multitude, and to strive only to enthuse and amuse, unless they are closely connected with college and station work. While one function of extension work may be to inspire and exhort, the day has passed when that alone is sufficient. The commercial horticulturist has reached a plane of development when he needs definite helpful instruction. Attractive letters and lectures are no longer sufficient. He needs, in addition, so far as it is possible to supply it, definite demonstrations of how to do his work according to the most approved methods. The men most closely in touch with strong college teaching and station investigation should be the best fitted to supply this need. Furthermore, the college teacher or investigator equally needs intimate contact with the commercial grower and his problems. His problems are the prob- lems of the teacher and the investigator. The above conclusions do not dispute the fact that an individual may have especial talent and taste for extension work and lack the plodding patience to make a strong investigator. He may largely devote his time to extension if only the organization keeps him closely hnked with college and station men. On the other hand, a productive investigator may not best succeed as a popular lecturer and may give most of his time to investigation. His help may be indispensable in solv- ing some of the difficult problems ithat arise in the field of extension. The organization of the individuals doing college and station work, ought to afford that union of relationship that will enable the director of extension to call the department of horticulture to his aid. The organization within the department should be best able to supply this need by caUing upon the individual best fitted to meet the specific demand. J. C. Whitten. The following pages contain advertisements of books by the same author or on kindred subjects. Cyclopedia of American Agriculture Edited by L. H. BAILEY Late Director of the College of Agriculture and Professor of Rural Economy, Cornell University With 100 full-page plates and more than 2,000 illiistrations in the text; four volumes; the set, $20.00 net; half morocco, 132.00 net. VOLUME I— Farms VOLUME III— Animals VOLUME II— Crops VOLUME IV— The Farm and the Community This is unquestionably the most important agricultural cyclopedic work published in this country. The leading experts in the United States and Canada, both investigators and practical farmers, contribute to its chapters, which are arranged not alphabetically, but topically, each subject being treated in its various aspects by men especially familiar with it. It contains advice for the city man who is seeking a home in the country, as well as for the professional farmer. The book is strictly new and up to date in its methods and advice, thoroughly readable, and a standard work of reference. It is profusely illustrated, about one-third of the total space being assigned to illustrations — all original. "Indispensable to public and reference libraries . . readily comprehensible to any person of average education." — The Nation. "The completest existing thesaurus of up-to-date facts and opinions on modern agricultural methods. It is safe to say that many years must pass before it can be surpassed in comprehensive- ness, accuracy, practical value, and mechanical excellence. It ought to be in every library in the the country." — Record-Herald, Chicago. "To the man who wishes to study farming in its various aspects or to practice agriculture, this work will appeal strongly." — Literary Digest. "The 'Cyclopedia of American Agriculture' is unique." — New York Tribune-Farmer. THE MACMILLAN COMPANY PUBLISHERS 64-66 Fifth Avenue NEW YORK RURAL SCIENCE SERIES Edited by L. H. BAILEY Each volume illustrated Cloth, 12mo. A series of practical books for farmers and gardeners, sold as a set or separately. Each one IS the work of a competent specialist, and is suitable for consultation alike by the amateur or pro- fessional tiller of the soil, the scientist or the student. Illustrations of marked beauty are freely used, and the books are clearly printed and well bound. ON SELECTION OF LAND, ETC. Isaac P. Roberts' The Farmstead . . «1 50 net T. F. Hunt's How to Choose a Farm . ....'.'. 175 net E. G. Cheyney's The Farm Wood Lot . . . .' 1 50 net ON TILLAGE, ETC. F. H. King's The Soil 1.50 net Isaac P. Roberts' The Fertility of the Land . . . . 1.50 net F. H. King's Irrigation and Drainage . . 1.50 net Edward B. Voorhees' Fertihzers . 1.25 net Edward B. Voorhees' Forage Crops . 1.50 net J. A. Widtsoe's Dry Farming . . ... 1.50 net L. H. Bailey's Principles of Agriculture .... . . .... 1.25 net S. M. Tracy's Forage Crops for the South .... . 1.50 net ON PLANT DISEASES, ETC. E. C. Lodeman's The Spraying of Plants ... . 1.25 net ON GARDEN-MAKING L. H. Bailey's Garden-Making . . . . .... . 1.50 wef L. H. Bailey's Vegetable-Gardening .... 1.50 net L. H. Bailey's Forcing Book 1.25 net L. H. Bailey's Plant Breeding . 1.25 net ON FRUIT-GROWING, ETC. L. H. Bailey's Nursery Book . .... ... 1.50 net L. H. Bailey's Fruit-Growing 1.50 net L. H. Bailey's The Pruning Book . . . 1.50 net F. W. Card's Bush Fruits . 1.50 net W. Paddock & O. B. Whipple's Fruit-Growing in Arid Regions 1.50 net ON THE CARE OF LIVE-STOCK Nelson S. Mayo's The Diseases of Animals . . 1.50 net ■ W. H. Jordan's The Feeding of Animals .... 1.50 net I. P. Roberts' The Horse 1.25 net M. W. Harper's Breaking and Training of Horses .... ... 1.75 net George C. Watson's Farm Poultry. New edition .... . 1.50 net John A. Craig's Sheep Farming . . ... 1.50 net ON DAIRY WORK, FARM CHEMISTRY, ETC. Henry H. Wing's Milk and Its Products. New edition . . ... 1.50 nef J. G. Lipman's Bacteria and Country Life .... 1.50 ne< ON ECONOMICS AND ORGANIZATION William A. McKeever's Farm Boys and Girls ... .... . 1.50 net I. P. Roberts' The Farmer's Business Handbook ■ 1.25 net George T. Fairchild's Rural Wealth and Welfare 1.25 net H. N. Ogden's Rural Hygiene 1.50 net J. Green's Law for the American Farmer 1.50 net G. H. Powell's Cooperation in Agriculture . 1.50 net THE MACMILLAN COMPANY PUBLISHERS 64-66 Fifth Avenue NEW YORK The Rural Outlook Set By L. H. BAILEY Four Volumes. Each, cloth, \2mo. Uniform binding, attractively boxed. $5.00 net per set; carriage extra. Each volume also sold separately. In this set are included three of Professor Bailey's most popular books as well as a hitherto un- published one, — "The Country-Life Movement." The long and persistent demand for a uniform edition of these little classics is answered with the pubhcation of this attractive series. The Country-Life Movement Cloth, 12mo, 220 pages, $1.25 net; by mail, $1.34 This hitherto unpublished volume deals with the present movement for the redirection of rural civilization, discussing the real country-life problem as distinguished from the city problem, known as the back-to-the-land movement. The Outlook to Nature (New and Revised Edition) Cloth, 12mo, 195 pages, $1.25 net; by mail, $1.34 In this alive and bracing book, full of suggestions and encouragement. Professor Bailey argues the importance of contact with nature, a sympathetic attitude toward which "means greater effi- ciency, hopefulness, and repose." The State and the Farmer (New Edition) Cloth, 12mo, $1.25 net; by mail, $1.34 It is the relation of the farmer to the government that Professor Bailey here discusses in its varying aspects. He deals specifically with the change in agricultural methods, in the shifting of the geographical centers of farming in the United States, and in the growth of agricultural institutions. The Nature Study Idea (New Edition) Cloth, \2mo, $1.25 net; by mail, $1.34 •"It would be well," the critic of The Tribune Farmer once wrote, "if 'The Nature Study Idea' were in the hands of every person who favors nature study in the public schools, of every one who is opposed to it, and, most important, of every one who teaches it or thinks he does." It has been Professor Bailey's purpose to interpret the new school movement to put the young into relation and sympathy with nature, — a purpose which he has admirably accomplished. THE MACMILLAN COMPANY PUBLISHERS 64-66 Fifth Avenue NEW YORK THE RURAL MANUALS Edited by L. H. BAILEY Manual of Farm Animals A Practical Guide to the Choosing, Breeding and Keep of Horses, Cattle, Sheep and SVine. By MERRITT W. HARPER Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry in the New York State College of Agriculture at Cornell University Illustrated, decorated cloth, 12mo, 545 pages, index, $2.00 net; by mail, $2.18 "The work is invaluable as a practical guide in raising farm animals." — Morning Telegram. "A book deserving of close study as well as being handy for reference, and should be in the possession of every farmer interested in stock." — Rural World. Manual of Gardening A Practical Guide to the Making of Home Grounds and the Growing of Flowers, Fruits and Vegetables for Home Use. By L. H. BAILEY Illustrated, cloth, 12mo, 544 pages, $2.00 net; by mail, $2.17 This new work is a combination and revision of the main parts of two other books by the same author, "Garden-Making" and "Practical Garden Book," together with much new material and the result of the experience of ten added years. Among the persons who collaborated in the preparation of the other two books, and whose contributions have been freely used in this one, are C. E. Hunn, a gardener of long experience; Professor Ernest Walker, reared as a commercial florist; Professor L. R. Taft, and Professor F. A. Waugh, well known for their studies and writings on horticultural subjects. A STANDARD WORK REVISED AND ENLARGED The Farm and Garden Rule Book By L. H. BAILEY Illustrated, cloth, 12mo, $2.00 net When Professor Bailey's "Horticulturist's Rule Book" was pubhshed nearly twenty-five years ago, the volume became a standard agricultural work running through sixteen editions. Taking this book as a basis, the author has now made a wholly new book, extending it to cover the field of general farming, stock-raising, dairying, poultry-rearing, horticulture, gardening, forestry, and the like. It is essentially a small cyclopedia of ready rules and references, packed full from cover to cover of condensed, meaty information and precepts on almost every leading subject connected with country life. THE MACMILLAN COMPANY PUBLISHERS 64-66 Fifth Avenue NEW YORK Rural TEXT-BboK Series Edited by L. H. BAILEY Each Volume Illustrated, Cloth, 12mo. While the RURAL SCIENCE SERIES is designed primarily for popular reading and for general use, this related new series is designed for classroom work and for special use in consultation and reference. The RURAL TEXT-BOOK SERIES is planned to cover eventually the entire range of public school and college texts. DUGGAR B. M. Physiology of Plant Production . . . . . . $1.60 net DuGGAR, JokN Frederick Southern Field Crops . . . . . . . . 1.75 net Harper, M. W. Animal Husbandry for Schools . . . . . . 1.40 net Lyon, T. L. and Fippin, E. 0. Principles of Soil Management . . . . . . . 1.75 net Mann, A. R. Beginnings in Agriculture ........ .75 net Montgomery, G. F. Corn Crops .......... 1.60 net Warren, G. F. Elements of Agriculture . . . . . 1.10 ne< Warren, G. F. Farm Management .... . 1.75 net Wheeler, H. J. Manures and Fertilizers . . . . . . . . l.QO net THE MACMILLAN COMPANY PUBLISHERS 64-66 Fifth Avenue NEW YORK